THE  UNIVERSITY 


OF  ILLINOIS 
LIBRARY 

(ot\V 


The  person  charging  this  material  is  re- 
sponsible for  its  return  to  the  library ' from 
which  it  was  withdrawn  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

Theft,  mutilation,  and  un^er^"9 ^^h^di.mittal  from 
for  disciplinary  action  and  may  resuit  m 

TcT  r e n e vT  ^ a 1 1^  Telephone  Center,  333-8400 

university  of  uuno.s  library  at  urbanvcham^ 


MR  1 8 W 
nARi3raqfi 

HAR  0 ’i  ®8 


L161— 0-1096 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 

\ 

ifi  ■ 


https  ://arch  ive.org/detai  Is/i  I lustratedcatalOOpren 


1 904 


ILLUSTRATED  CATALOGUE 

OF 

Machinery,  T ools  / Supplies 


Prentiss  Tool 

N 

AND 

Supply  Company 


No.  115  Liberty  Street, 

NEW  YORK.  p-  °-  B°*  866- 

BRANCH  STORE: 

Nos.  62  and  64  South  Cana!  Street, 

f 

CHICAGO,  ILL. 


1896. 


(a&A/ll 

?9|l 


m*\ 

■4 

Ps 

UJ 


r— 


2: 


o 


PR 


It  is  requested,  when  sending  order  or  letter  of  inquiry,  that 
the  page  and  figure  number  be  given,  also  that  full  shipping  instruc- 
tions accompany  order. 

We  cannot  guarantee  the  safe  delivery  of  goods,  our  liability 
ceasing  when  goods  are  delivered  to  the  railroad  or  transportation 
company,  and  receipted  for  by  them  in  good  order. 

Terms:— Net  cash  30  days.  Special  terms  and  prices  on 
application  to  the  Company  only.  Accounts  not  paid  at  maturity 
are  subject  to  sight  draft  without  notice. 

All  quotations  are  subject  to  change  without  notice.  In  naming 
prices  the  manufacturers’  latest  list  will  be  used  as  a basis. 

We  are  prepared  to  furnish  specifications  and  estimates  of  cost 
for  equipping  all  kinds  of  shops  using  metal  working  machinery. 

We  solicit  yourNvalued  favors. 

% 

PRENTISS  TOOL  AND  SUPPLY  COMPANY. 


349892 


INDEX. 


A 


Accumulator,  Hydraulic, 

PAGE 

529 

Adjustable  Box  Tool, 

614 

“ Blocks  for  Machine  Tools,  • 

632 

“ Dies, 

- 657 

“ Saw  Table, 

852 

“ Floor  Stand, 

- 903 

“ Step  for  Upright  Shaft, 

904 

Adzes,  .... 

- 748 

Adze  Eye  Hammers, 

75i 

Air  Compressors, 

530  532 

Alphabets  and  Figures,  Steel, 

778 

Angle  Iron  Bench  Shears, 

- 437 

Anvils,  - 

789 

Arch  Screw  Press, 

- 39i 

Arbor  Press, 

583 

Arbors  for  Shell  Reamers, 

640 

Assembling  Drill, 

552 

Ash  Cans,  .... 

- 759 

Automatic  Screw  Cutting  Chuck, 

616 

“ Drills, 

642 

“ Drill  Stock,  - 

642 

“ Hub  Drilling  Machine, 

- 552 

“ Cut-Off  Steam  Engines, 

865 

Auger  Boring  Machine, 

• 705 

Augers,  ----- 

705 

“ Ship, 

706 

“ Bit  Sets,  - 

- 707-708 

Awls,  - 

- 711 

Axes,  - 

- 747-748 

Axle  Turning  Eathes, 

71-72 

B 

Bar  Straightener, 

584 

Ball  Pene  Hammers, 

- 752 

Babbitt  Metal  Furnace,  - - 

799 

Barrows, 

820  822 

Ball  Bearing  Jacks, 

- 835837 

Band  Saws, 

- 854 

Ball  and  Socket  Pillow  Blocks, 

902 

Base  Plate,  - 

- 9°4 

Bench  Drills,  - 

228 

“ Lathes, 

1 2 

“ Drop  Presses, 

496 

“ Straightener  and  Centre, 

- 584 

“ Hooks,  - 

714 

Belt  Strapping  Machine, 

382-383 

Bending  Rolls,  - - - - 

- 484-488 

“ “ Power  Straigtener, 

489-490 

Belt  Power  Wheel  Press, 

- 538  541 

Bevel  Protractor,  ... 

- 664 

Bevels,  ----- 

664 

Belt  Bolts,  - 

PAGE 

684 

“ Punches,  - 

- 

720 

“ Clamps, 

723 

“ Tightener, 

- 

909-910 

Belting,  Leather,  ... 

- 723 

“ Rubber, 

723 

Bellows, 

816 

Bit  Stock  Countersink,  - 

635 

“ Brace  Taps, 

646 

“ “ Die  Holder, 

- 

656 

Bits,  - - - 

- 704 

Bit  Brace,  .... 

- 

709 

Blacksmith  Taper  Taps, 

647 

Blank  Bolts, 

685 

Blacksmith  Hammers, 

- 

- 751 

“ Tools, 

790 

“ Tongs, 

791 

Blowers,  - - - - - 

792-794.  804 

Blast  Forge, 

- 799 

Boring  and  Turning  Drills, 

- 

288 

Boiler  Makers’  Drill > 

- 

289 

Bolt  Lathes,  - - - - 

-- 

13 

Boring  and  Milling  Machines, 

- 

140  142 

Boring  Machines,  Portable  Cylinder,  - 

- 

191 

“ “ Horizontal,  2 Spindles, 

- 

192  193 

“ “ “ Double  Head,  - 

194-195 

“ “ “ Duplex  Pump, 

194 

“ and  Drilling  Machines,  Horizontal, 

196  204 

“ “ “ “ “ 4 Spindles, 

- 205 

Vertical,  - 

- 

206 

“ “ Turning  Mill,  - 

- 207  212,  288 

“ Machine,  Car  Wheel, 

- 

2I3-2'4 

Bolt  Cutters,  Four  Die,  - - - 

- 

- 3°4 

“ “ Bench, 

- 

308 

“ “ Single, 

305-3!3 

“ “ Double, 

- 

3i4 

“ “ Track,  - 

- 

- 3i5 

“ “ Hand,  - - - - 

3*5 

“ “ Stay,  .... 

- 

316-317 

“ Pointer,  - 

318 

“ and  Nut  Head  Facing  Machine, 

- 319 

“ Headers,  - - - - - 

- 

323-328 

“ Dies,  - - - - - 

- 

657  658 

“ Ends,  .... 

- 

685 

Boiler  Head  Manhole  Facing  Machine, 

- 493 

“ Patch  Bolts, 

- 

685 

“ Rivets, 

- 

- 689 

“ Makers’  Punch, 

- 

597 

“ Makers’  Hammers, 

- 

- 752 

Boilers,  ----- 

- 

875-880 

Boxwood  Rules,  - 

- 

694-698 

Board  Rules,  - 

- 

695 

Boot  Calks,  ----- 

- 

- 697 

VI. 


INDEX 


Boring  Machine,  Auger, 

Breast  Drill,  - 
Broaching  Machine, 

Brass  Machine  Screws, 

Bridge  Rods, 

“ Bolts, 

Brace  and  Bit  Sets, 

“ Brock”  Chain  Wrenches, 
Brazing  Tables, 

Brushes, 

Brooms, 

Bracket  Hanger, 

Bull-Dozer, 

Buffing  Machines, 

“ and  Polishing  Spindles, 
Button  Head  Cap  Screws, 
Buckets, 


C 


Car  Axle  Straightening  Press,  ■ 
Caliper  Guages, 

Calipers,  - - - - 

Cast  Iron  Washers, 

■*;  Calk  Sets, 

Cabinet  Planer, 

Case  Hardening  Furnace, 

Center  Grinding  Machines, 
Centering  Machines, 

Centers, 

Center  Gauges, 

Chucks, 

“ Box  Body, 

“ Universal, 

“ Car  Wheel, 

Two  Jaw, 

“ Geared  Scroll, 

“ Drill, 

Planer, 

“ Milling  Machines, 

“ Screw  Cutting, 

Chucking  Lathes, 

Chain  Stretching  Machines, 
Chuck  Drill  Holder, 

Chalk  Line  Reels, 

Chasers  for  Screw, 

Chisels, 

Charging  Barrows, 

Clamp  Spindle, 

“ Dogs, 

Clamps, 

Clocks,  - 
Clamping  Presses, 

Claw  Jacks,  Hydraulic,  - 
Clamp  Hub  Pulley,  - 
Combined  Punch  and  Shears, 
Cock  Grinder, 

Collet  Chucks  for  Turrets, 

Collets, 

Combination  Set, 

“ Square, 

Collar  Screws, 

Coach  Screws, 


PAGE 

PAGE 

708 

Common  Carriage  Bolts, 

687 

542-549 

“ Tire  ”... 

- 687 

562 

Combined  Set  and  Punch, 

697 

- 680 

Corner  Chisels,  .... 

7°3 

684 

“ Brace, 

709 

- 688 

Countersinks,  ... 

713 

709 

“Coe’s”  Wrenches, 

715 

- 716 

Cooper  Froes,  . 

- 749 

797-798 

“ Hammers, 

75i 

808-810 

Coal  Picks,  .... 

- 753 

808-810 

Conductors’  R.R.  Punches, 

777 

- 903 

Combined  Punch  and  Shears, 

595 

- 329  330 

“ Engines  and  Boilers, 

870 

384-387 

“ Columbia  ” Compound  Boiler, 

- 880 

386 

Coal  Hoisting  Engine, 

895 

678 

Compression  Couplings, 

- 899 

760 

Countershafts,  .... 

9°3 

Cold  Chisels, 

790 

Core  Oven,  - 

813 

Crank  Shapers, 

I53-I54 

585 

“ Planers,  - 

161 

- 668 

Crimping  Rolls, 

- 491 

- 672-673 

Crow  Bars,  - 

755 

691 

Crank  Pin  Presses,  . 

839-841 

697 

Crane  Pulley  Blocks, 

842 

- 848 

Cranes,  - 

923-926 

801 

Crucibles, 

811 

356,  544 

Cutter  Grinders,  .... 

- 352 

331-332,  579-582 

Cutting  Off  Machines, 

333.  579-582 

614 

Cut-Off  or  Cross-Slide,  - - . - 

614 

667 

Cutting  Off  Tool, 

615 

190,  617-627 

620 

D 

621 

621-623 

Depth  Gauge,  .... 

667 

- 622-623 

D.  Machine  Grinder, 

545 

624 

Die  Sinking  Machine, 

561  573 

- 625.627a 

“ Dogs,  ----- 

629 

190,  627b 

“ Holder,  ..... 

- 645 

627a 

Dividers,  - 

- 671-673 

- 616 

Dial  Power  Press, 

602 

89-92 

Detached  Engines, 

866 

418 

Double  Plunger  Side  Cistern  Hand  Pump, 

- 534 

632 

“ Square,  .... 

664 

- 697 

“ Surfacer,  - 

- 844 

656 

“ “ and  Matcher,  - 

- 845-846 

- 703 

“ Patent  Friction  Drum  Electric  Hoist, 

- 897 

822 

“ Lift  Hoist, 

921 

- 543 

Dowel  Bits,  ..... 

- 704 

- 629-632 

Drill  Grinders,  - 

- 353  355 

- 631 

Drills,  Hand,  ----- 

227 

- 768770 

“ Bench,  .... 

228-240,  550 

602 

“ Friction,  - - - 

229-238,  550-551 

837 

“ Post, 

230-233,  273 

908 

“ Portable,  - 

234-235 

- 461  473 

“ Flexible  Shaft,  - 

- 236-237 

- 574 

“ Sensitive,  ...  - 

240-245 

614 

“ Multiple,  - 

243-244,  287 

614,  658 

“ 6 Spindle  Turret, 

246 

663 

“ Twin  Rim, 

247 

664 

“ Goose  Neck, 

248 

679 

“ Upright, 

249-269,  272,  555 

- 682 

“ Wall, 

- 273 

INDEX 


vn. 


Drills,  Radial, 

PAGE 
- 274-283 

“ Electric  Driven, 

- 

- 285 

“ Boring  and  Turning, 

288 

“ Boiler  Makers’, 

- 

- 299 

“ Suspension, 

- 

557 

“ Bicycle, 

- 

- 556 

Drill  Presses, 

- 

- 553-554 

“ and  Tap  Holder, 

- 

612 

“ “ “ Chuck, 

- 

613 

“ Pad, 

- 

614 

“ Gauge, 

- 

642 

Drop  Forged  Wrenches, 

- 

717-718 

“ Hangers, 

- 

90c 

Drawing  Table, 

- 

- 663 

Driving  Wheel  Lathes,  - 

- 

73 

Drop  Presses, 

- 

496-498 

“ Hammers,  - 

- 

499 

Dusters, 

- 

- 808 

Duplex  Forging  Presses, 

- 513-514 

“ Steam  Hydraulic  Pump, 

- 

- 533 

“ Milling  Machine, 

143 

“ Rotary  Column  Milling  Machine, 

- 492 

E 

Edging  Machines, 

_ 

560 

Elevator  Bolts, 

- 

- 684 

Emery  Wheels, 

- 

807 

“ Paper, 

- 

807 

“ Cloth, 

1 

807 

Engine  Lathes, 

- 

14-67,  604 

End  Cutting  Hollow  Mills, 

- 

615 

Engines, 

- 

865-874 

Engineer  Wrenches, 

- 

7i5 

Expanding  Lathe  Mandrills, 

- 

- 613 

Extension  Beam  Trammels, 

- 

669 

Expansion  Bolts, 

- 

686-689 

“ Bits,  - 

- 

704 

Exhaust  Fans, 

- 

804 

Eye  Bolts, 

- 

684 

F 

Facing  Machine.  Boiler  Head  Manhole,  - 

- 493 

Face  Plate  Jaws,  - 

- 

628 

Feed  Water  Heaters, 

- 

- 886 

Fillister  Head  Cap  Screws, 

- 

678 

Files,  - - . . 

- 

- 737-739 

File  Handles, 

- 

739 

Fire  Buckets, 

- 

760 

“ Pails, 

- 

760 

Flexible  Shaft  Drills, 

- 

. 236-237,  542-546 

Flat  Bar  Iron  Shears, 

- 

436 

Flue  Welding  Machine, 

- 

- 495 

Flat  Drills, 

- 

643 

“ Head  Cap  Screws, 

- 

- 678 

Flint  Paper, 

- 

807 

Flue  Cleaners, 

- 

• 886 

Flange  Face  Coupling,  - 

- 

900 

Floor  Stands,  - 

- 

900-903 

Flange  Pulleys,  - 

909 

Foot  Power  Lathes,  - 

- 

15 

Fox  Monitor  “ 

- 

7985 

PAGE 

Forming,  Bending  and  Bunching  Machine,  - 329-330 

Foot  Presses,  - 389,  390,  41 1 

Four  Poppett  Drop  Presses, 497 

Four  Plunger  Belt  Pumps,  - 535 

Friction  Turret  Drill,  • 555 

“ Shapers,  ------  155 

Frame  Numbering  and  Lettering  Machine,  - 414 

Friction  Clutch  Pulleys,  - - 910 

“ Cut-ofT  Couplings,  - - 91 1 

“ Cone  Countershafting,  - 9x6 

Forged  Set  Screws,  ------  684 

Forges,  -------  800-804 

“ Heating,  ------  802 

“ Machinist,  ....  802 

Foundry  Supplies,  - 811-813 

“ Riddles,  - - 813 

Q 

Gap  Lathes,  ------  68-70 

Gasoline  Brazer,  - - 797 

Garnet  Paper,  - 807 

Gas  Forges,  ...  - 800 

“ Heater,  ------  830 

“ Pliers,  ...  - 719 

Gear  Cutter  Milling  Attachment,  - - - 218 

“ Cutters,  ....  218-223,  563-565 

“ Cutting  Attachment  for  Engine  Lathe,  - 563 

Gin  Blocks,  842 

Girder  Rail  Bender,  - 839 

Gouges,  --------  702 

Gauges,  699 

Gummer  Cutters,  ...  - 728 

Guide  or  Gallows  Pulley  and  Frame,  - 910 

Grooved  Pulleys,  ------  915 

Grub  Hoes,  - - 749 

“ Greenard  ” Arbor  Press,  ....  383 

Grinding  Machines,  Emery,  - 349-381 

“ Attachment  for  Lathe,  - - - 2 

“ Machines,  Universal,  - - - 342-347 

“ Plain,  - 348 

Twist  Drill,  - - 351-355 

Universal  Tool,  - - - 349 

“ Column,  ...  378-379 

C.S.,  ....  379 

Grinders,  Drill,  ...  353-355 

“ Bench  Tool,  - - 357 

“ Water  Tool,  ....  358-361 

“ Ball  Bearing,  -----  362 

“ Surface,  ...  363-366 

“ Face,  ...  367 

“ Universal  Face  and  Angle,  - 368 

“ Car  Box,  - - - - 369 

“ Knife,  - - - - 370 

“ Wet  and  Surface,  - 371 

“ “ Plain,  ...  . 372 

“ Dfy>  * - - 373-377 

“ Bench,  - 378-380 

Grinder  and  Milling  Machine  Attachment,  - 573 

Grindstones,  ------  779 

Grindstone  Frames,  - 780 

Troughs,  -----  780 

Trueing  Device,  ....  781 


Vlll. 


INDEX 


Hack  Saws  and  Blades, 

H 

PAGE 
- 674 

Hammers,  Drop,  - 

499 

Upright  Power, 

501 

“ Cushion, 

502 

Spring, 

- 

- 503 

“ Eccentric, 

504 

“ Power, 

- 

505-507 

“ Steam, 

508-511 

“ Hand, 

- 

751-754 

Adze  Eye, 

- 

75i 

Ball  Pene, 

- 

- 752 

“ Drilling, 

- 

752 

Hand  Drills,  - 

- 

227 

“ Fox  Lathes, 

78 

“ Milling  Machines, 

- 

111-113 

“ Punches, 

- 476-495 

“ Shears, 

- 437 

“ Pillar  Crane, 

935 

“ 'Cranes, 

- 

931-932 

“ Transfer  Table, 

933 

“ Traveling  Crane, 

- 

923-924 

“ Jointer  or  Buzz  Planer, 

- 

849 

Hangers, 

■ - 

900-905 

Hatchets, 

746 

Hanger  Bolts, 

- 

- 683 

Hex.  Head  Cap  Screws,  - 

- 

677 

Hex.  Nuts, 

689690 

Head  Lights, 

- 

765 

Heavy  Plate  Shear,  - 

- 

- 596 

High  Pressure  Blowers, 

- 

- 796-797 

Horizontal  Milling  Machines, 

- 

- 144 

“ Boring  Machines, 

- 

- 192-195 

“ “ and  Drilling  Machines, 

1 96- 206 

“ Flange  Punch, 

- 

600 

Hydraulic  Shears, 

. 

- 439-  481-482 

“ Accumulator, 

- 

529 

“ Intensifier, 

- 

529 

“ Wheel  Presses, 

- 

537-539 

“ Bar  Straightening  Press, 

- 584 

‘ ‘ Car  Axle  Press, 

- 

585 

Pulling  Jacks, 

- 

- 838 

“ T Rail  Bender, 

839 

Hoisting  Engines, 

- 

887.899 

“ Crabs, 

- 

843 

Hob  and  Master  Taps, 

- 

- 646 

Hook  Bolts 

I 

684 

Index  Centers, 

148 

“ Milling  Attachment, 

- 

559 

Inclinometer, 

- 

665 

Intensifier,  Hydraulic,  - 

- 

529 

Internal  and  External  Cylindrical  Gauges, 

- 669 

Iron  Cutters  and  Shears,  Bench, 

435 

Iron  Machine  Screws, 

- 

680 

Jacks, 

J 

- 833-840 

“ Track, 

- 

833 

“ Screw, 

• 

833 

“ Railway, 

833  834 

“ Power, 

- 

834 

PAGE 

Jacks,  Bridge,  - . . - 834 

“ Hydraulic,  .....  836840 

Jaw  Clutch  Coupling,  ...  goo 

Jib  Cranes,  - - 925-926 

Jig  Saw,  ------  855 

Journal  Boxes,  - . qo2 


K 


Keyseaters, 

Portable, 

Keyseat  Milling  Machine, 
“ Rule, 

Knee  Tool, 

Knurling  Tool, 

Knobs, 


586-593 

594 

- 59i 
670 

614 

615 

- 772 


Lathes,  Machinists’  Bench,  - - - 12 

“ Screw  Cutting  Bench,  1 

“ Speed,  ......  4.^  g.I2 

“ Stud  or  Bolt,  - - - . 13 

“ Engine,  - - - - 14,  67,  576  578 

“ Foot  Power,  - - - - - 15 

“ Engine  Gap,  - - - - 6S-70 

“ Axle  Turning,  ...  71-72 

“ Driving  Wheel,  -----  73 

“ PE, 67 

“ Pulley,  Horizontal,  ....  74  77 

“ “ Vertical,  - - - - - 75 

“ Hand,  Fox,  ....  7s 

“ Fox  Monitor,  - - - - 79  85 

“ Square  Arbor,  - 80 

“ Cabinet,  Fox  Monitor,  - - - 83-84 

“ Monitor,  .....  86-87 

“ Engine,  with  Turret  on  Carriage,  etc.,  - - 88 

“ Turret  Chucking,  - - - 89  90 

“ with  Gap,  - 91-92 

“ Pattern  Makers’,  ....  93-95 

“ “ Gap,  - - 96-97 

“ Variety  Wood  Turning,  - - 9S 

“ Metal  Spinning,  ....  99-102 

“ “ Oval  Spinning,  ...  100 

“ Extension  Spinning,  ....  101 

“ Combined  Cutting  Off,  Nut  and  Bolt  Facing,  319 

“ Grinding  Attachment,  ....  381 

“ Tools,  ......  615 

“ Dogs,  .....  629630 

“ Jack  Screws,  ....  632 

Lag  Screws,  ....  - 6S2 

Lamps,  ...  . 764766 

Lanterns,  ...  . 765-768 

Ladles,  ......  812 

Laboratory  Lamp,  - - 831 

Lever  Wire  Rope  Shears,  ....  437 

“ Shears,  ......  440 

Levels,  ....  - 69S 

Lincoln  Pattern  Milling  Machines,  - 130- 132 

Log  and  Board  Rules,  .....  696 

Locks,  - - - ...  - 77i  775 

Lock  or  Luggage  Chain,  775 

Lumber  Gauge,  .....  697 


INDEX 


IX. 


Locomotive  Switching  and  Wrecking  Ropes,  • 
“ Low  ” Hydraulic  Jacks, 

n 

Machine  Bits,  - 

Machinists’  Hand  Taps,  - 
“ Nut  Taps, 

Machine  Screw  Taps,  - 

“ Bolts,  .... 

Mandrills,  Expanding  Lathe, 

Marking  Stick,  .... 

Mallets,  ------ 

Mauls,  - 

Mattocks,  ------ 

“ Marsh  ” Steam  Pumps, 

“ Air  Compressors, 

Manhole  and  Nozzle  Forming  Machine, 

Metal  Spinning  Lathes,  - 
“ Sawing  Machines, 

“ Saws,  Power.  - 

“ “ Automatic, 

“ Band  Saw,  - - > - 

“ Pattern  Letters, 

Melting  Furnace,  - 

Mill  Holder,  - - - 

Milled  Iron  Studs, 

Mill  Picks,  ----- 
Micrometer  Caliper  Square, 

“ Inside,  - 
Milling  Machines,  Hand,  . - 
“ “ Inverted  Hand, 

“ “ Plain, 

“ “ Universal, 

“ Lincoln  Pattern, 

“ 2 Spindle  Edge, 

“ “ Valve, 

“ “ Vertical, 

“ and  Boring  Machine, 

“ Machine,  Duplex,  - 

“ “ 4 Spindle, 

“ Horizontal, 

“ “ Slab, 

“ Index  Centers,  - 

“ “ Vises, 

“ Vertical  Attachment, 

Rack  Cutting  Attachment, 

“ “ Collets,  - 

“ “ Cutter  Arbors, 

Duplex  Rotary  Column, 

Key  Seat, 

“ “ Cutters,  - 

Monitor  Lathes,  - 

Moulder  and  Shaper, 

Moulders,  - 

Mortiser  and  Boring  Machine, 

Mule  Pulley  Stand, 

Multiple  Drills,  - 

N 

Nail  Set,  - - - 

Nut  and  Pipe  Wrench,  - 
Nut  Tappers, 

“ Rotary,  - 

NurlingTool,  .... 


PAGE 

815 

- 837 

- 636 

644 

- 644 

645 
•-  682 

613 

- 697 
714 

- 754 
749 

- 884 
885 

- 494 
99-102 

340-341 

- 338-339 
334-335 

675 

- 813 
898 
6r4 
679 

- 753 
665 

- 667 

- 111-112 

- M3 
114-116,  127 

118124 

- 130-132 

- 133 

- 134-135 
'36-139,  56S-572 

- 140-142 

- 143 
144 

- 144 

- 145-147 

148 

149 

- 150 

150 
150 
150 

- 492 
59i 

658-663 

86-87 

856 

- 856-857 

- 85S 

- 910-91  r 
243-287 


712 
7i5 
320-321 
322 
- 615 


PAGE 

o 

Oil  Cabinets,  ......  756  759 

“ Cans,  758 

“ Funnels,  - - - - 757 

“ Filter  and  Purifier,  .....  757 

“ Measure,  ---...  757 

“ Stones,  ---....  779 

“ Separators,  --....  608 

“ Torches  -------  832 

“ Waste  Cans  ------  759 

Oilers — Iron,  Zinc,  Brass  and  Copper,  - - 760764 

“ Thompson,  -----  760 

“ Mill, - - 761 

“ Engineers’  Sets,  -----  762 

“ Nozzles  for,  ------  764 

“ Railroad,  -----  760-764 

Ore  Picks,  -------  750 

“ Washer  Screws,  -----  678 

Overhead  Tramways,  - 922-923 


P 


Pattern  Makers’  Lathes, 

Pack' Shear,  - 
Patch  Bolt  Taps,  - 
Panel  Raiser,  - - ■ 

Pit  Lathes, 

Pipe  Cutting  and  Threading  Machines, 
“ Machine  Gripping  Chucks, 

“ “ Chucks, 

“ “ Die  Head, 

“ Cutting  Shears, 

“ Taps,  Hobs  and  Reamers,  - 
“ Swivels, 

“ Tongs, 

“ Cutter,  - 

Picks,  - - - - ' 

Pillow  Blocks,  ... 

Planers — Iron,  - 

“ Rotary, 

Centers, 

“ Chucks, 

Plain  Milling  Machines, 

Plate  Iron  Shear, 

Plate  Couplings,  - 
“ Washers, 

Plumb  Bobs,  ... 
Planes, 

Plane  Irons, 

Pliers,  .... 

Pneumatic  Hoists, 

Post  Drills, 

Portable  Drills,  - 

“ Cylinder  Boring  Machine, 

“ Sawing  Machine, 

“ Extension  Pile  Driver, 

“ Testing  Pump,  - 

“ Screw  Feed  Drill  Press,  - 
“ Emery  Grinder, 

“ Key  Seater, 

“ Engines, 

“ Boilers, 

“ Chain  Hoist, 


93-97 

- 433 
647 

- 860 

67 

293  303 
294 

- 294 
294 

- 439 
647 

- 686 
715 

- 719 
749  753 

901 
161-185 
- • 186-188 

189 

190 
114  127 

- 436 
900 

- 688 
697-736 
700  701 

702 

- 719 

918 

230  233,  273,  551 
234-235 

- 191 
337 

- 927 
536 

- 543 
544 

- 594 
868-869 
877-878 

919 


INDEX. 


x . 


Portable  Folding  Derricks, 

PAGE 

921 

Polishing  Frames, 

388 

Power  Screw  Press, 

391 

“ Transfer  Table, 

935 

“ Shears, - 

438,  442  444,  431  434 

“ “ Alligator, 

- 445-449 

“ “ Universal, 

446 

“ “ Slitting,  - 

446 

“ “ Beveling, 

447-448 

“ “ Bar  Iron, 

- 450-452 

“ “ Angle, 

- 45i 

“ Splitting  and  Trimming, 

453 

“ Traveling  Crane, 

925 

Post  Hangers, 

901 

Presses — F'oot  Power, 

- 389-390,411 

‘ ‘ Power,  - 

391-395 

“ Bench, 

- 395 

“ Upright, 

- 396-397 

“ Punching  and  Shearing, 

399-401 

“ Deep  Throated, 

402 

“ Embossing,  - 

403 

“ Coining, 

404 

“ Pendulum  Foot, 

- 419 

“ Round  Bed, 

405 

“ Light  Pattern, 

406 

“ Heavy  “ 

407 

Double  Action  Drawing, 

408410 

“ Foot  and  Screw, 

411 

“ Long  Stroke  Power, 

412 

“ Power  Saddle,  - 

413 

“ Bench  Drop, 

- 496 

“ Portable  “ 

497 

“ Four  Poppet  Drop, 

497 

“ Drop, 

498 

“ Trimming, 

512 

“ Duplex  Forging, 

- 513-514 

“•  Forging  and  Drawing  Hydraulic, 

515 

“ “ Flanging  “ 

516 

“ Broaching  Hydraulic, 

-517-518 

“ Leather  Hydraulic, 

517 

“ Hydraulic  - 

518 

Protractors, 

667 

Prick  Punches, 

- 712 

Profiling  Machines, 

560,  606 

Prospecting  Engine,  - 

893 

Punches  and  Shears,  Power, 

- 431-478 

“ Power,  Horizontal, 

454-455 

Punches,  Architectural, 

456 

“ Multiple,  - - - ' 

457 

“ Beam  and  Channel, 

458 

“ Power,  - 

459-468,  474-478 

“ and  Shears,  Combined  Power, 

461-464,  471-473 

469 

“ Dies, 

469 

“ Bushings, 

470 

‘ ‘ Stocks, 

470 

“ Couplings, 

470 

“ Glands, 

470 

“ Hand  Power,  - 

476  479 

“ “ “ Scroll, 

478 

“ “ “ Lever, 

- 478-495 

“ and  Shears  Combined,  Hand  Power,  - 479  495 

“ Hand,  Metal,  - 

480 

PAGE 


Punches,  Hydraulic, 

481-482 

Steel  Screw,  ... 

483 

“ Hydraulic  Screw,  - 

- 483 

Shear  and  Upsetter, 

440-441 

Pulley  Lathes, 

74  77 

“ Drilling  and  Tapping  Machine, 

292 

Pulleys,  .... 

- 905 

Pulley  Taps,  - - - - 

645 

“ Blocks,  - 

- 919-920,  842 

“ Putnam  ” Steam  Engine, 

865 

Pumps,  Hydraulic,  - 

533-536 

“ Steam, 

- 88  r 885 

R 

Radial  Drills,  - 

273  285 

Rack  Cutter, 

- 224-226 

Radial  Flexible  Boring  Machine, 

- 545 

“ Bicycle  Drill, 

- 546-547 

Ratchet  Drills,  - 

642  643 

“ Die  Stocks, 

- 648-649 

“ Brace, 

- 710 

“ Nut  Wrenches,  - 

716 

“ Screw  Jacks, 

- 836 

Rail  Benders,  ... 

839 

Railroad  Cranes, 

926' 

“ Track  Bolts, 

685 

“ or  Clay  Picks, 

- 750 

“ Track  Punches, 

754 

“ . “ Wrenches, 

754 

“ “ Chisels,  - 

754 

“ Crow  Bars,  - 

- 755 

“ Claw  Bars, 

755 

1 ‘ Car  Sealing  Devices, 

- 776 

Sledges, 

755 

“ Spike  Mauls, 

- 755 

“ Rail  Fork, 

755 

“ Tamping  Bar, 

- 755 

“ Tongs,  - 

755 

Reamers, 

637-641,  731 

Reamer  Holder, 

629 

Wrench, 

654 

Reversing  Tap  Holder, 

608 

Resawing  Machine, 

850 

Return  Tubular  Boilers,  - 

S76 

Rip  Saw  Table, 

853 

Rivet  Header 

- 324-327 

Rim  Rolling  Machines, 

- 4!5 

Riveting  Machines, 

421  422 

“ “ Pneumatic, 

519-526 

“ “ Hydraulic, 

- 527  528 

Ring  Grinder, 

- 544 

Rivet  Sets, 

712 

Riveting  Hammers,  - 

75i 

Rotary  Planers, 

- 186-188 

Roughing  Box  Tool,  - 

614 

Round  Head  Cap  Screws, 

678 

Roof  Rods,  - - - - 

684 

“ Bolts, 

688 

Rotary  Air  Pumps, 

795 

Rope, 

S14 

Rubber  Stamp  Holders, 

- 778 

INDEX 


xi. 


s 

PAGE 

Saddlers’  Punches,  - - - - 

720 

Sand  Paper, 

807 

“ Sifter, 

812 

“ Screen,  - - - - 

812 

“ Papering  Machine, 

- 862 

Saws,  - - - . 

- 724-728 

“ Circular, 

724 

“ Pit,  - 

726 

“ Cross  Cut,  - - - - 

726727 

Saw  Handles, 

- 726  727 

“ Gauge,  - - - - - 

- 727 

“ Mill,  - 

728 

“ Mandrills, 

728 

“ Tools  for  Repairing, 

729 

“ Setting  Stake  for  Circular, 

- 729 

“ Gummer,  - - - - 

730 

1 1 Cutter  Grinder  for, 

73° 

“ Swages,  - - - - 

730 

“ Straight  Edges,  - 

• 730 

“ Makers’  Anvils, 

730 

“ Set, 

- 73i 

“ Side  Filers, 

73i 

“ Clamps,  - - - - 

- 732 

“ Tables, 

852-853 

“ Handles  and  Screws, 

- 736 

Saws,  German  Webs, 

732 

“ Scroll,  - - - - 

- 732 

“ Band, 

733 

“ Grooving,  - - - - 

- 733 

“ Hand,  Panel  and  Rip, 

- 734-735 

“ Back,  - 

- 735 

" Keyhole, 

735 

“ Compass, 

735 

Safety  Hoists,  - 

919 

Screw  Machines, 

- 103-109,  605 

“ Slotting  Machines, 

574 

“ Threading  “ 

612 

“ “ Dies,  - 

- 612,  657 

“ Chuck,  - 

614 

“ Cutting  Chuck, 

616 

“ Plates, 

648-655 

“ Pitch  Gauge 

- 666-668 

“ Thread  Micrometer  Caliper,  - 

671 

“ Driver  Bits, 

710 

“ Drivers, 

710-711 

Scratch  Awls,  - - - - 

711 

“ Gauge, 

665 

Scoops,  ----- 

- 740-745 

Scales, 

823-S25 

Scroll  Saw, 

855 

Sensitive  Drills,  - - - - 

228-245 

Set  Screws, 

676 

Shears  and  Punches,  Power, 

431-478 

Shapers,  Iron,  - - - - 

- I5I-I59 

“ Traveling  Head, 

- 152 

“ Crank  ...  - 

- I53-I54 

“ Friction, 

- 155 

“ Shifting  Belt, 

- 156-157 

“ Traverse,  - 

158-159 

Table,  - - - - 

160 

“ Centers, 

160 

PAGE 

Shop  Saw,  Power,  ....  336 

Shear,  Heavy  Hand,  - - - - - 434 

Sheet  Splitting  Shear,  ...  439 

Shears,  Power  Pack,  ------  433 

“ Iron  Bench,  ...  - 435 

“ Flat  Bar  Iron,  ...  . 436 

“ Plate,  ...  - 436 

“ Angle  Iron  Bench,  -----  437 

Lever  Wire  Rope,  - - 437 

“ Power,  - - - 438 

“ Hydraulic  Round  Iron,  - 439 

“ “ Wire  Rope,  - 439 

“ “ Plate  Iron,  - 439 

“ Pipe  Cutting,  ....  439 

‘ ‘ Sheet  Splitting,  - 439 

“ Lever,  - - - - - 440 

Shank  Die  Holder,  ...  . 614-615 

Shovels,  ....  740-745 

Shifter  Forks,  - - - - - 91 1 

Sheave  Pulleys,  ....  915 

Shafting — Steel,  Iron  and  Turned,  - - 899 

Short  Drop  Hangers,  - - 901 

Shaft  Floor  Bearing,  ....  902 

Single  Surfacer,  ....  - 847 

“Skinner”  Engines,  ...  - 871-874 

Slab  Milling  Machines,  - - - 144 

Slide  Rests,  ------  3-7 

Slotting  Machines,  - - - - 216  217 

Slews — Taper  Shank  Drill,  - - 641 

Sledges,  -----  - 753 

Slide  Valve  Engines,  ...  - 872 

Slip  Collars,  -----  - 899 

Sockets,  Taper  Shank  Drill,  - 641 

Solid  Punches,  - - - - - 712 

Soda  Kettle,  - - - - 781 

Soldering  Furnace,  - - - - 831 

Sole  Plate,  ------  9°4 

Speed  Lathes,  - - - - 5-12 

Spoke  Threading  Machine,  - - 416-417 

“ Heading  “ - - - 4J6 

“ Header  and  Bender,  - - - 4!7 

Sprue  Cutter,  ...  - 420 

Speeded  Screw  Micrometer,  - 669 

Speed  Indicators,  - 670 

Spokeshaves,  - 699 

Spring  and  Saddlers’  Punches,  - - 720 

Spades,  -------  740-745 

Split  Pulleys,  -----  - 908 

“ Set  Collars,  - - - - 899 

Stud  Lathes,  - - - 13 

“Stow”  Flexible  Shafts,  - - - - 542 

Stop  Clutch,  - - - - - - 543 

Strapping  Attachment  for  Grinding  Machines,  - 548 

Steel  Wire  Gauge,  ------  642 

Stay  Bolt  Taps,  -----  647 

Stove  Bolt  Taps,  - - - - - 647 

Standard  Square,  - - - - - 663 

Steel  Straight  Edge,  - - - - - 660 

Standard  Caliper  Gauges,  ...  668 

Straight  Edges,  ,-  - - 660-671 

Steel  Thumb  Screws,  - - - - 681 

Stud  Bolts,  -------  683 

Stay  Bolts,  ....  - 683 


Xll. 


INDEX 


PAGE 

Steel  Washers, 

691 

“ Rules,  .... 

695 

“ Measuring  Tapes, 

692-693 

“ Dog  Wrench, 

716 

“ Stillman  ” Wrenches, 

716 

Steam  Cranes,  .... 

- 928  930 

“ Shovels,  .... 

936 

Stone  Picks, 

750 

Steel  Wedges 

754 

Stationary  Step  for  Upright  Shaft, 

904 

Steel  Rim  Pulley, 

9°4 

Steel  Stamps, 

778 

“ Letters, 

- 778 

Stationary  Engines, 

867 

“ Tubular  Boilers, 

- 875 

Steam  Pumps, 

881-884 

Steel  Rim  Clutch  Pulleys,  - 

- 91 1 

Square  Arbor  Lathe, 

80 

“ Iron  Shear,  .... 

• 437 

“ Head  Cap  Screws, 

677 

“ Nuts,  --- 

689-690 

“ Washers  - 

691 

Surface  Gauge, 

- 666 

“ Plates,  - 

671 

Switch  Locks, 

773-774 

Swing  Cut-off  Saw  Machine, 

851 

T 

Tail  Stocks,  ... 

3 

Tapping  Machines. 

290  292,  575 

Tap  and  Drill  Chuck, 

- 613 

“ Holder,  ... 

614 

“ and  Reamer  Wrench, 

654-656 

Taps,  .... 

- 644-647 

Tap  Bolts,  ..... 

- 684 

Tank  Rivets,  .... 

689 

Tamping  Picks,  .... 

- 750 

Tallow  Pots,  ... 

762 

Tenoning  Machines, 

- S61 

Thumb  Screws,  - 

681 

Thread  Rolling  Machine, 

- 603 

Throttling  Engines, 

873 

Ticket  Punches, 

776  777 

Tire  Benders, 

805-806 

Tinners’  Tools, 

824  830 

“ Titan  ” Engine, 

874 

Tight  and  Loose  Pulleys, 

909 

Tire  and  Axle  Shrinker, 

S06 

Tool  and  Cutter  Grinder, 

349 

“ for  Backing  Off  Milling  Cutters, 

558 

“ Chests,  ----- 

721-722 

Triplex  Spur  Gear  Block, 

920 

Traverse  Shapers, 

158-159 

Try  Squares,  .... 

665 

T “ - - - - 

665 

Trowels, 

816 

Trucks,  ..... 

822  823 

Traverse  Jacks, 

- 835  838 

Turning  and  Boring  Machines, 

- 215 

Turnbuckles,  .... 

686 

PAGE 

Tuyere  Irons,  ......  805 

Tumbling  Barrels,  .....  817  819 

Turret  Angle  Shear,  .....  598 

Tube  Expander, 778 

Twin  Rim  Drills,  ......  247 

Twist  Drills,  ......  633-636 

Twist  Drill  Gauge,  ......  642 

Two-Spindle  Edge  Milling  Machine,  - - 603 

U 

Upright  Drills,  - - - - - 248-270 

Universal  Milling  Machine,  - - 118-124 

“ Joint,  -----  543 

“ Angular  and  Ratchet  Drill,  - - 550 

“ Geared  Power  Shear,  - 599 


V 


Variety  Wood  Turning  Lathe,  - - - - 98 

Vertical  Boilers,  ------  879 

“ Boring  Machine,  -----  859 

“ Hydraulic  Jacks,  ....  838 

“ Milling  Machines,  - - 136-139,  561,  568-572 

“ Shaft  Box,  .....  902 

Vises,  ---  - - - 782-788 

Vise  and  Drill,  - - - - 549 

Vreeland  Pit  Jacks,  ------  840 

W 

Wall  Brackets,  .....  905 

“ Frame  or  Box,  ....  905 

Washers,  W.  I.,  - - - - - - 691 

Washer  Cutters,  ------  720 

Water  Pails,  ------  760 

Weston  Hoists,  ...  919 

Web  Pulleys,  -------  9°9 

Wells  Light,  ------  831-832 

Winches,  -------  843 

Wing  Thumb  Nuts,  ....  681 

Wheel  Barrows,  .....  S20-S22 

“ Presses,  ------  537041 

“ Cutting  Attachment,  Lathe,  3 

Wire  Cutters,  ....  426 

“ Cloth,  -----  - 813 

“ Gauge  and  Caliper,  - - - 668 

“ Gauges,  ....  . 669 

“ Reels,  ....  429 

“ Straighteners,  - - - 427-428 

“ Straightening  and  Cutting  Machines,  423  425 

“ Rope,  - - 1 - 814 

“ “ Clips,  -----  815 

“ “ Fastenings,  - - 814-815 

“ “ Grip  Wheels,  - 815 

“ “ Iron  Sheaves,  -----  815 

“ “ Wheels,  - - 815 

Wood  Split  Pulleys,  - - - 9J7 

“ Turning  Lathes,  - - - - 863 

“ Working  Machine  Tools,  - 844-864 


Fig.  i. 


No.  3 MACHINISTS’  BENCH  LATHE. 


^"lAHESE  LATHES  combine  the  very  latest  improvements,  and  are  without  question  the  best  of  their  class  manufactured. 
The  spindle  has  a half-inch  hole  through  it,  and  it  is  hardened  and  runs  in  hardened  steel  bearings,  which  are  ground 
by  special  machines  to  perfect  truth  and  fit. 

The  side  of  the  cone  pulley  is  indexed  two  rows  of  holes  : one  of  60,  giving  subdivisions  of  60,  30,  20,  15,  12,  10,  6,  5,  4,  3, 
2,  and  one  of  48,  giving  48,  24,  16,  12,  8,  6,  4,  3,  2. 

The  back  end  of  spindle  is  made  long  enough  to  attach  indexes,  which,  with  a gear-cutting  attachment,  converts  the  lathe 
into  a gear  cutter  and  milling  machine,  in  which  taps,  dies,  fluted  reamers,  etc.,  can  be  cut,  and  also  ground  after  hardening. 

This  lathe  is  adapted  to  use  the  self-centering  spring  chuck  for  holding  wire  or  washers,  which  is  used  in  all  watch  factories 
(the  largest  wire  chuck  holding  wire  inch).  The  usual  scroll  and  independent  jawed  chucks  can  be  fitted. 

Fig.  2. 


No.  3 MACHINISTS’  BENCH  LATHE  WITH  THREAD=CUTTING  ATTACHMENT. 


THE  cone  pulley  on  headstock  is  reversed  in  order  to  give  more  strength  to  the  front  bearing  standard  and  to  allow  the 
index-pin  to  be  put  in  the  back  standard,  away  from  the  chips  and  dirt,  which  have  proved  a source  of  trouble  when  at 
the  opposite  end. 

The  head  and  tailstock,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  all  fixtures,  are  secured  to  the  bed  by  an  improvement  of  bolt  and  cam, 
and  by  this  plan  are  quickly  tightened  or  loosened. 

The  bearings  have  ornamental  brass  dust  rings,  to  exclude  dust  and  chips  and  prevent  the  oil  from  flying  out  upon  the 
workman.  The  head  and  tailstock  and  all  interchangeable  parts  are  made  to  standard  gauges,  so  that  additional  attachments 
may  be  made  without  necessitating  the  return  of  the  lathe. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Length  of  Bed,  ....  28,  32  or  36  inches,  as  ordered. 

Between  Centers,  ...  14,  18  or  22  “ “ 

Swing,  .....  7 inches. 

Cone  Pulley  is  4J4,  3 Yz  and  2 inches  in  diameter  by  iy&  inch  face. 


1 


Fig.  3. 


INSIDE  GRINDING  ATT ACHMFNT  FOR  SMALL  HOLES. 


No.  3 MACHINISTS’  BENCH  LATHE. 

With  Outside  Grinder  on  Slide  Rest  and  3 Speed  Countershaft  with  Drum  for  Grinding  Attachment. 

J A F-  5' 


TWO=SPEED  COUNTERSHAFT 

Both  are  forward  motion.  If  speed  of  drawing  shaft 
is  250,  it  requires  pulleys  12  inch  and  4 inch  diameter. 


THREE-SPEED  COUNTERSHAFT. 

One  slow  forward  motion,  driven  by  4 inch  pulley,  one  fast  for- 
ward motion,  driven  hy  12  inch  pulley,  one  backward  motion,  for 
thread  cutting  and  grinding,  driven  by  8 inch  pulley. 


O 


Fig.  7. 


Fig.  8. 


HALF  OPEN  TAILSTOCK. 

By  having  several  spindles  holding  drills, 
countersinks,  or  taps,  their  operations  may 
be  performed  at  one  chucking. 


Fig.  9. 


IMPROVED  WHEEL  CUTTING  ATTACHHENT, 
Mounted  on  Slide  Rest  Driven  by  Counter  on  Bench. 


IMPROVED  STYLE  SLIDE  REST, 
With  Graduations. 


ATTACHMENTS  FOR  No.  3 MACHINIST’S  BENCH  LATHE. 


THE  Tailstock  Spindle  passes  entirely  through  the  stock,  has  a motion  of  2^  inches,  and  is  graduated  so  its  motion  may 
be  read.  These  new  features  are  not  shown  in  the  illustration. 

The  Slide  Rest  is  an  accurately  made  tool,  has  scraped  fits,  the  swivel  is  indexed  into  degrees,  and  its  longitudinal  feed 
screw  runs  in  hardened  steel  bearings.  Both  feed  screws  have  a large  indexed  check  nut  which  indicates  .001  of  an  inch. 

The  Screw  Cutting  Attachment  consists  of  a train  of  gears  and  connection  to  slide  rest,  so  that  a wide  range  of  numbers 
of  threads  to  the  inch  can  be  cut,  either  straight  or  tapering.  It  is  arranged  so  as  to  be  easily  removed  and  replaced.  It  cuts 
both  English  and  Metric  threads  with  the  same  screw,  by  means  of  translating  gears. 

The  Gear-Cutting  Attachment  is  fitted  to  the  slide  rest  and  cuts  bevel,  spur  and  crown  wheels  and  pinions. 

The  Grinding  Attachments  are  fitted  to  the  slide  rest,  and  give  the  ability  to  grind  nearly  all  the  forms  that  can  be 
turned  or  cut,  such  as  fluted  reamers,  mills,  etc. 

The  Back  Rest  is  of  the  usual  form. 

The  Countershafts  are  shown  on  page  2. 


3 


Fig.  io. 


8 INCH  SWING,  HAND  OR  SPEED  BENCH  LATHE. 


T 


MIIS  LATHE  is  designed  to  supply  the  demand  for  an  extra  well  built 
small  Lathe.  They  are  fitted  with  patent  hard  open  grain,  cast  iron, 
taper  shell  bearings,  running  in  gun  metal  boxes.  The  back  end  of 
steel  spindle  is  tapering  and  hardened,  and  is  fitted  to  an  independent 
adjusting  cast  iron  step.  For  fine  adjustment  this  step  is  fitted  with  a 
screw  separated  from  the  spindle  by  two  buttons  made  of  steel  and  hardened. 
This  combination  gives  accuracy  of  position  with  large  wearing  surface,  while  the  open  iron  bearings  take  up  and  hold 
the  lubricator,  reducing  the  friction  to  a low  point.  They  can  be  run  at  high  speed  without  heating. 


8 INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  BENCH  LATHE. 


Swings, 
Length  of  bed, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

8 inches  Takes  in  between  centers,  - - i6j4  inches 

30  inches  Hole  through  spindle,  inch 


Fig.  11. 


II  INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  BENCH  LATHE. 


THIS  LATHE  is  furnished  extensively  for  manual  training  schools,  laboratory  work,  etc.,  etc.  We  furnish  this  Lathe 
with  either  floor  or  bench  legs. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing  over 
Bed. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance 
between  Centers 

Weight. 

10  inches. 

3 Yz  feet. 

7 inches. 

24  inches. 

320 

IO  “ 

a'A  “ 

7 “ 

36  “ 

340 

I iglit  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft  6 inch  diameter  by  3 inch  face.  Countershaft  should  make  330  revolutions  per 
minute  ; for  wood-turning,  550  per  minute.  Worm  face  plate,  bell  chuck  centers  for  wood-turning,  and  slide  rest,  are  furnished 
as  extras. 


4 


Fig.  i2. 


9 INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  LATHE, 

For  Foot  or  Power. 

This  is  a strong,  substantial  and  thoroughly  well-built  Lathe,  designed  for  turning  in  metals  or  wood,  boring,  drilling, 
polishing,  etc.  It  is  provided  either  with  or  without  foot  power. 

The  head  stock  has  a three-speed  cone  for  i*  inch  belt,  hollow  steel  spindle  with  ys  Hole,  and  hard  bronze  metal  boxes 
which  are  adjustable  to  take  up  the  wear.  Centers  are  standard  taper  J4  inch  to  the  foot. 

The  tail  stock  has  a steel  spindle  with  self-discharging  center,  cam  locking  device,  etc.  The  bed,  which  is  strong  and 
solid,  has  two  raised  V ways. 

Each  Lathe  is  provided  with  two  point,  and  one  each  cup  and  spur  center,  short  and  long  f rests,  wrench,  and  every- 
thing complete  as  shown  in  cut. 

The  patent  foot  power  applied  to  this  Lathe  consists  of  double  treadles,  with  a walking  motion,  embracing  an  entirely 
new  principle.  The  treadles,  which  are  movable,  work  independent  of  each  other,  each  being  connected  at  opposite  ends  of 
the  driving  wheel  shaft  in  such  a manner  as  to  produce  a strong,  positive  and  continuous  power.  It  can  be  started  or  stopped 
instantly,  and  may  be  operated  with  both  feet  when  sitting,  or  with  one  foot  when  standing,  as  desired. 

Countershaft  furnished  in  place  of  foot  power  without  extra  charge. 

No.  1 Hand  Lathe.-Swing,  9 inches  ; between  centers,  24  inches  ; length  of  bed,  41  inches  ; weight,  245  pounds. 

No.  2 Hand  Lathe — Swing,  10  inches  ; between  centers,  36  inches  ; length  of  bed,  53  inches  ; weight,  275  pounds. 


Fig.  13. 


II  INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  LATHE. 


THIS  LATHE  lias  an  improved  conical  cast-iron  bearing,  which  is  forced  upon  a steel  spindle,  making  the  spindle  and 
bearing  practically  one  ; the  spindle  runs  in  gun  metal  boxes  and  has  easy  means  of  adjustment.  The  workmanship 
and  material  used  are  strictly  first-class.  There  are  more  than  1,000  of  these  lathes  in  use,  which  is  conclusive  proof  of  their 
merit.  This  lathe  can  be  furnished  with  improved  slide  rest , and  also  lever  movement  of  tail  stock  spindle. 

Swing,  1 1 inches  ; length  of  bed,  4 feet.  Speed  of  countershaft,  250  revolutions  per  minute. 


CROWN  SLIDE  REST. 


THIS  SLIDE  REST  may  be  used  on  any  9 or  10  inch  Lathe.  It  is  a thoroughly  well  made  tool  and  very  desirable  for 
working  in  metals.  It  will  turn  either  straight  or  tapering  and  face  or  square  up  surfaces  to  the  full  capacity  of  the 
Lathe.  It  has  two  Slides  placed  at  right  angles  with  each  other  carrying  a Tool  Post,  which  may  be  drawn  back  and 
forth  or  sideways  by  means  of  screws,  allowing  any  position  for  the  turning  tool,  and  has  a Bevel  Rest  which  permits  the  vertical 
adjustment  of  the  tool  without  altering  its  pitch.  It  swings  the  full  circle  on  Bed  Plate.  The  cross  feed  is  two  inches  and 
longitudinal  feed  five  inches.  The  Tool  Post,  Screws  and  Gibs  are  steel,  and  the  Traverse  Screws  are  covered.  They  are  made 
in  two  sizes — No.  1 for  9-inch  Lathes ; No.  2 for  10-inch  Lathes. 


Fig.  15. 


SPENCER  HAND  LATHE  SLIDE  REST, 

For  Lathes  from  11  to  14  Inch  Swing. 

THE  above  cut  represents  a useful  auxiliary  tool  for  Hand  Lathes.  It  is  accurately  constructed,  easily  attached  and 
capable,  within  its  limits,  of  performing  work  such  as  boring  and  turning  equal  to  the  Screw  or  Engine  Lathes.  There 
are  two  sizes  of  slide  rests,  one,  especially  designed,  by  reason  of  its  height,  for  11  inch  Hand  Lathes,  and  having  a 
longitudinal  travel  of  7^  inches,  and  a traverse  travel  of  3X  inches,  and  weighing  30  pounds. 

The  other,  having  a longitudinal  travel  of  9 inches  and  a traverse  travel  of  3^  inches  and  weighing  40  pounds,  is  used  on 
Hand  Lathes  from  12  to  14  inch  swing. 

The  slide  rest  for  n inch  Lathe  before  mentioned,  can  also  be  used  on  12  and  14  inch  Lathes  by  simply  blocking  it  up  to 
the  required  height ; with  this  exception,  the  two  kinds  of  slide  rests  are  exactly  alike  in  respect  to  accuracy  and  workmanship. 


Prentiss  Tqql  ^ supply  (5? 


Fig.  j6. 


12  INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  LATHE. 


HIS  LATHE  is  made  to  swing  12  or  14  inches.  It  is  furnished  with  a five  section  cone  for  1^  inch  belt  and  has  crucible 
steel  spindles. 

The  spindle  has  a 9-16  inch  hole  through  its  entire  length,  and  is  bored  to  Morse  taper,  No.  2. 

Each  Lathe  is  provided  with  two  T rests,  wrench  and  plunger,  for  driving  center  out  of  spindle. 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  7 inches  in  diameter,  3 inch  face.  Revolutions  per  minute,  235.  # 

Beds  of  any  desired  length  can  be  furnished, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Swing  of  Lathe,  - 
Swings  over  bed, 

Length  of  bed,  - 
Distance  between  centers, 

Swings  over  f rest,  ... 

Weight, 


1 2 inches. 

12  “ 

5 feet 
34  inches 
S}4  inches 
500  lbs. 


1 4 inches. 

14  “ 

6 feet 
46  inches 

580  lbs. 


8 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (Qj 


2T* 


Fig.  17. 


13  INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  LATHE. 

— 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

5 feet. 

13  inches. 

8 inches. 

2 )/z  feet. 

650 

6 “ 

13  “ 

8 “ 

4 

7J5 

7 “ 

13  “ 

8 “ 

5'A  “ 

780 

9 “ 

13  “ 

8 “ 

7 

845 

IO  “ 

*3  .. 

8 “ 

8 A “ 

910 

12  “ 

13  “ 

8 “ 

IO  “ 

975 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  8 inches  diameter,  inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  145  revolutions  per  minute. 


I 


9 


HAND  OR  SPEED  LATHES. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


16  INCH  SWING  HAND  LATHES. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

5 feet. 

16  inches. 

12  inches. 

2 ft.  6 inches. 

750  pounds. 

6 “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

3 “ 6 “ 

800  “ 

7 “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

4 “ 6 “ 

850 

8 “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

5 “ 6 “ 

900  “ 

9 “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

6 “ 6 “ 

950 

IO  “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

7 “ 6 “ 

IOOO  “ 

II  “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

8 “ 6 “ 

1050  “ 

12  “ 

16  “ 

12  “ 

9 “ 6 “ 

I IOO  “ 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  io  inches  diameter,  3^  inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  175  revolutions  per  minute. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


20  INCH  SWING  HAND  LATHES. 


L,ength  of 
Bed. 

vSwing  over 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

6 feet. 

20  inches. 

13  inches. 

3 ft.  3 inches. 

IOOO  lbs. 

8 “ 

20  “ 

13  “ 

5 “ 3 “ 

1150  “ 

IO  “ 

20  “ 

13  “ 

7 “ 3 “ 

1300  “ 

12  “ 

20  “ 

13  “ 

9 “ 3 “ 

1425  “ 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  12  inches  diame- 
ter, 4 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  165  revolutions  per  minute. 


24  INCH  SWING  HAND  LATHES. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

, 

Swing  over 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

6 feet. 

24  inches. 

lbs. 

8 “ 

24  “ 

“ 

IO  “ 

24  “ 

‘ ‘ 

12  “ 

24  “ 

' 4 4 

14  “ 

24  “ 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  14  inches  diame- 
ter, 4 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  145  revolutions  per  minute. 


10 


STANDARD  14  INCH  HAND  LATHE. 


^TAHESE  LATHES  are  of  superior  design,  heavy,  well  built,  and  convenient.  They  have  patent  spindle  journals  and  boxes 
(same  as  Standard  Engine  Lathes),  and  otherwise  embrace  new  features  and  improvements,  are  powerfully  belted  and 
furnished  with  balanced  iron  cones,  cast-iron  back  shelves,  hammered  cast-steel  spindles,  iron  beds  with  solid  “dug-out  ” tops, 
face  plates,  countershafts,  wrenches,  X rests,  and  center  key. 

Top  of  beds  are  scraped  to  surface  plates,  and  the  allignment  of  centers  are  practically  true. 


STANDARD  12  INCH  SWING  HAND  OR  SPEED  LATHE. 


Length  of  Bed. 

Swing  over  Bed. 

Swing  over  Rest. 

Distance 

between  Centers. 

Weight. 

4 feet 

12^  inches 

7 inches 

I 

foot  8 inches 

550  lbs. 

5 “ 

12%  “ 

7 “ 

2 

( ( g ( < 

625  “ 

6 “ 

l2'/2  “ 

7 “ 

3 

“ 8 “ 

700  “ 

7 “ 

l2l/2  “ 

7 “ 

4 

“ 8 “ 

775  “ 

8 “ 

12'/2  “ 

7 “ 

5 

“ 8 “ 

850  “ 

9 “ 

12'/Z  “ 

7 “ 

6 

a g < < 

925  “ 

IO  “ 

12'/2  “ 

7 “ 

7 

“ 8 “ 

IOOO  “ 

I I 

12^  “ 

7 “ 

8 

t ( C>  ( ( 

1075  “ 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  7 inches  diameter, 
3 ]/2  inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  275  revolutions  per  minute. 
Slide  rest  fitted  to  Lathe,  extra. 


Hollow  spindle,  Jf  inch  hole,  extra. 

Steel  drill  sockets  (Morse  taper),  No.  1,  fitted  to  12  inch 
Lathe, 

Steel  drill  sockets  (Morse  taper),  No.  2,  fitted  to  14  inch 
Lathe. 


1 l 


STANDARD  14  AND  16  INCH  SWING  HAND  AND  DRILLING  LATHE. 


STANDARD  14  INCH  SWING  HAND  AND  DRILLING  LATHE. 
Face=Plate  and  Centers  Interchange  with  14  Inch  Swing  Engine  Lathe. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

4 feet. 

14  inches. 

inches. 

i foot  6 inches. 

605 

5 “ 

r4 

8 K “ 

2 “ 6 “ 

690 

6 “ 

14  “ 

8/z  “ 

3-6  “ 

775 

7 “ 

14 

8^  “ 

4 “ 6 

860 

8 “ 

14  “ 

8/2  “ 

5 “ 6 “ 

945 

9 “ 

14 

8l/z  “ 

6 “ 6 “ 

1030 

IO  “ 

14  “ 

8'/z  “ 

7 “ 6 “ 

ms 

II  “ 

14 

8 X “ 

8 “ 6 “ 

1200 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  7 inches  diameter,  3^  inches  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  250  revolutions  per  minute. 

.Slide  rest  fitted  to  Lathe,  extra. 

Steel  drill  sockets  (Morse  taper),  fitted  to  Lathe. 

Hollow  spindle,  with  inch  hole. 


STANDARD  16  INCH  SWING  HAND  AND  DRILLING  LATHE. 
Face=Plate  and  Centers  Interchange  with  16  Inch  Swing  Engine  Lathe. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

4 feet. 

16  inches. 

10^  inches. 

I 

foot  4 inches. 

655 

5 “ 

16 

10^ 

2 

“ 4 “ 

745 

6 “ 

16 

lO'/z 

3 

“ 4 “ 

835 

7 “ 

16 

JO'/z  “ 

4 

“ 4 

925 

8 “ 

16 

lo'/Z  “ 

5 

“ 4 “ 

1015 

9 “ 

16 

10^  “ 

6 

“ 4 “ 

1105 

IO  “ 

16 

io'/i  “ 

7 

“ 4 “ 

1195 

II  “ 

16 

lO'/2 

8 

“ 4 “ 

1285 

12  “ 

16 

io'/2  “ 

9 

“ 4 “ 

•375 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  8 inches  in  diameter,  3^4)  inches  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  200  revolutions  per  minute. 

Hollow  spindle,  with  inch  hole,  extra. 


12 


Fig.  19. 


16  INCH  BACK  GEARED  HAND  LATHE, 

With  or  Without  Carriage. 

/npHIS  LATHE  has  cast  crucible  steel  spindles.  Diameter  of  front  bearing,  i{  ,i  inches  ; diameter  of  back  bearing,  iT9g  inches. 
Length  of  front  bearing,  t>'A  inches.  Hole  through  spindle,  13-16  of  an  inch.  Centers  have  No.  3 Morse  Taper. 
Diameter  of  face  gear,  8 inches  ; width  of  face  gear,  1 '/&  inches.  Largest  section  of  cone,  8^  inches  diameter  ; smallest 
section  of  cone,  2>lA  inches  diameter.  Width  of  belt,  2%  inches.  Diameter  of  tail  spindle,  \ '/2  inches  ; travels  5 inches. 

When  carriage  slide  is  not  wanted,  a rest  is  furnished.  We  also  fit  this  Lathe  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys  or  friction 
countershaft,  as  desired. 


13 


Fig.  20. 


9 INCH  SWING  SCREW  CUTTING  ENGINE  LATHE. 
With  Automatic  Cross-Feed  for  Foot  or  Power. 


9 INCH  SWING  SCREW  CUTTING 
ENGINE  LATHE. 

With  Automatic  Cross-Feed  for  Foot 
or  Power. 

This  is  a perfect  back-geared  screw  cut- 
ting engine  Lathe  with  automatic 
cross-feed,  etc. 

It  has  a broad,  heavy,  solid  bed  (with  four 
V ways),  and  all  other  parts  being  propor- 
tionately heavy  will  take  work  to  its  full 
capacity  without  trembling  or  jarring. 

It  swings  9 inches  over  ways  and  5 yz 
inches  over  tool  carriage. 

The  headstock  has  a three-speed  cone  for 
iX  inch  belt  (and  with  the  back-gears  gives 
six  changes  of  speed).  It  has  1 % inch  hollow 
steel  spindle  with  y%  hole  and  hard  bronze 
metal  boxes  which  are  adjustable  to  take  up 
the  wear.  The  centers  are  standard  taper, 
X inch  to  the  foot. 

The  tailstock  has  an  adjustable  side  move- 
ment for  turning  tapers  and  a steel  spindle 
with  self-discharging  center,  also  a cam  lock- 
ing arrangement. 

It  has  patent  feeding  device,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  both  automatic  cross  and  longi- 
tudinal feeds,  which  may  be  thrown  in  or 
out  of  contact  by  simply  turning  a thumb 
nut  in  the  apron,  and  will  feed  right  or  left, 
cut  screws  right  or  left  or  can  be  thrown  out 
of  gear  entirely  by  moving  the  lever  in  the 
headstock,  without  changing  the  motion  of 
the  foot. 

The  tool  carriage  is  strongly  gibbed  to  the 
bed,  the  rest  having  an  automatic  cross-feed, 
which  will  feed  in  or  out,  secures  perfect 
accuracy  in  turning  or  facing  up  work,  and 
with  the  addition  of  simple  fixtures,  which 
can  be  made  by  any  ordinary  workman,  a 
variety  of  milling  may  be  done.  The  carriage 
has  a clamping  device  for  locking  it  to  the 
bed  when  using  the  cross-feed.  The  tool 
post  is  provided  with  a screw  adjustment  for 
raising  and  lowering  the  tool. 


All  small  parts  liable  to  be  bruised  are  case-hardefied. 

It  will  cut  threads  from  3 to  64  inclusive  without  compounding  the  gears,  and  any  number  of  threads  by  compounding 
them.  The  lead  screw  is  splined  and  for  all  work,  except  screw'  cutting,  it  simply  acts  as  a feed  rod,  and  therefore  the  only 
wear  on  its  threads  is  in  screw  cutting. 

The  lead  screw  and  all  working  screws,  also  the  rack  and  all  small  gears  are  made  of  steel  ; the  rack  and  all  gears  being 
cut  by  automatic  machinery  run  smoothly. 

We  furnish  this  Lathe  either  with  or  without  patent  foot  power. 

The  treadles  of  the  foot  power  Lathe  are  movable  and  work  independent  of  each  other,  each  being  connected  at  opposite 
ends  of  the  driving  wheel  shaft  in  such  a manner  as  to  produce  a strong,  positive  and  continuous  power.  It  can  be  started  or 
stopped  instantly,  and  may  be  operated  with  both  feet  when  sitting,  or  with  one  foot  when  standing,  as  desired. 

Each  Lathe  is  provided  with  a center  rest,  2 point  centers,  a full  set  of  change  gears  to  cut  threads  from  3 to  64,  wrenches, 
and  everything  complete  as  shown  in  cut. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

No.  1.  Swing,  9 inches.  Between  centers,  25  inches.  Length  of  bed,  43  inches.  Weight,  333  pounds. 

No.  2.  Swing,  9 inches.  Between  centers,  36  inches.  Length  of  bed,  54  inches.  Weight,  360  pounds. 

Blocking,  to  raise  head  and  tailstocks  and  tool  post  to  make  swing  13  inches,  extra. 

This  blocking  should  be  fitted  to  the  Lathe  before  it  leaves  our  factory. 

Countershafts  will  be  furnished  in  place  of  foot  power  without  extra  charge. 


14 


Fig.  21. 


1 I INCH  SWING  SCREW  CUTTING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


/ i \HIS  LATHE  swings  eleven  inches  over  lied,  seven  inches  over  carriage  and  is  twenty-four  inches  long  between  centers. 

-L  The  bed  is  four  feet  long. 

Gears  are  furnished  to  cut  the  following  threads  : 4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  n,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  18,  20,  22,  24,  26,  28,  30,  32,  36 
and  40  to  the  inch. 

Thread  on  screw  is  not  used  in  turning  as  there  is  a friction  feed  for  that  purpose. 

The  Lathe  is  backgeared  and  has  three  steps  on  cone  for  1 '/z  inch  belt.  Cross  slide  on  carriage  will  square  up  work  the 
full  swing  of  Lathe. 

There  is  a reverse  motion  in  head  stock  which  reverses  the  screw  cutting,  preventing  the  necessity  of  stopping  the 
balance  wheel. 

Feed  rack  for  carriage  is  a cut  steel  rack.  All  gears  are  cut  from  the  solid.  Countershaft  in  place  of  foot  power  will  be 
furnished  when  desired.  Weight,  about  550  lbs. 


Fig.  22. 


II  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


^TTMIE  above  illustration  represents  our  improved  Engine  Lathe  with  raise  and  fall  gibbed  rest.  This  Lathe  is  made  from 
entirely  new  patterns,  of  the  best  materials,  and  in  a strictly  first-class  manner. 

It  is  intended  to  be  used  for  accurate  small  work,  and  all  parts  are  arranged  for  quick  and  easy  operation. 

The  spindle  is  hollow  and  made  from  high  grade  carbon  steel. 

Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  a splined  lead  screw  to  which  is  attached  a friction  feed  for  turning ; by  this  means  the 
accuracy  of  the  lead  screw  is  preserved  for  screw  cutting. 

The  Lathe  can  be  furnished  with  plain  gib  or  raise  and  fall  rest,  and  with  countershaft  with  tight  and  loose  or  friction 
pulleys. 

On  this  Lathe  threads  from  4 to  40  can  be  cut. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Swing  of  lathe,  ------ 

Swing  over  plain  gib  rest,  - 

Swing  over  raise  and  fall  rest, 

Length  of  bed,  - 
Turns  between  centers,  - 

Hole  through  spindle,  - 
Number  of  steps  on  cone,  - 

Diameter  of  largest  step,  ... 

Face  of  cone  section,  - 
Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft. 

Revolutions  of  countershaft,  - 


1 1 inches. 

7 “ 

6 “ 

5 feet. 

3 “ 

9-16  inch. 

4 

7 inches. 

1 H “ 

8 
225 


16 


Fig.  23. 


12  [INCHJ  SWING  SCREW  CUTTING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


With  Automatic  Cross-Feed  for  Foot  or  Power. 

THIS  illustration  represents  the  Lathe  with  special  legs  and  countershaft  as  arranged  when  ordered  with  countershaft  in 
place  of  foot  power. 

This  Lathe  swings  12  inches  over  ways  and  8 inches  over  tool  carriage. 

The  headstock  has  a four-speed  cone  for  1%  inch  belt  (and  with  the  back  gears  gives  eight  changes  of  speed);  has  it75 
inch  hollow  steel  spindle  with  % inch  hole,  and  hard  bronze  metal  boxes,  which  are  adjustable  to  take  up  the  wear.  The 
centers  are  standard  taper  l/i  inch  to  the  foot. 

It  should  be  understood  that  we  furnish  this  Lathe  either  with  legs  and  foot  power,  or  with  special  legs  and  countershaft 
as  shown  above  at  same  price.  The  drive  wheel  on  foot  power,  has  a 4 step  cone  to  conform  to  the  cone  pulley  on  headstock. 

Each  Lathe  is  provided  with  a center  rest,  2 point  centers,  a full  set  of  change  gears  to  cut  threads  from  3 to  64,  wrenches, 
and  everything  complete  as  shown  in  cut. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

No.  5.  Swing,  12  inches.  Between  centers,  36  inches.  Length  of  bed,  63  inches.  Weight,  660  lbs. 

“ 6.  “ 12  “ “ “ 48  “ “ “ 75  “ “ 700  •“ 

“ 7.  “ 12  “ “ “ 60  “ “ “ 87  “ “ 740  “ 

Blocking  to  raise  head  and  tailstocks,  and  tool  post  to  make  swing  16  inches,  extra.  This  blocking  should  be  fitted  to 
the  Lathe  before  it  leaves  the  factory. 


17 


13  INCH  SWING  PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE. 

With  Raise  and  Fade  Rest. 

^ I MIE  above  cut  represents  our  improved  Standard  Engine  Lathe,  13  inch  swing,  with  raise  and  fall  rest. 

This  Lathe  is-  made  from  entirely  new  patterns,  much  heavier  than  usually  furnished  on  lathes  of  the  same  size.  The 
design  is  intended  to  give  strength  as  well  as  accuracy,  and  ease  and  quickness  of  operation. 

Lathes  are  furnished  with  either  cast  iron  or  phosphor-bronze  bearings,  as  desired. 

All  Lathes  are  furnished  with  hollow  spindle  made  from  high  carbon  steel. 

The  lead  and  all  actuating  screws,  rack  and  pinions  in  apron  are  made  of  steel  and  cut  from  the  solid. 

Lathes  are  furnished  with  raise  and  fall,  plain  gib  or  compound  rests  ; also  with  taper  attachment  and  power  cross  feed 
when  required. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing  of  Lathe, 

13  indies 

Diameter  of  largest  step,  - 

8 inches 

Swing  over  plain  gib  rest,  - 

- 8'/2  “ 

Face  of  largest  step,  - 

2 “ 

Swing  over  raise  and  fall  rest,  - 

7 “ 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

10  “ 

Length  of  bed, 

5 feet 

Face  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

3 “ 

Turns  between  centers,  - 

26  inches 

Revolutions  of  countershaft, 

150 

Hole  through  spindle, 

A inch 

Weight. 

1100 

Number  of  steps  on  cone, 

4 

18 


13  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

With  Screw  Cutting  Attachments. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


GIB  REST,  UNLESS  ORDERED  WITH  WEIGHTED  REST. 


Length  of  Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carnage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Plain  Head. 

Screw  Cutting. 

Weight. 

5 feet. 

64/  inches. 

34  inches. 

Plain. 

Without. 

955  lbs. 

6 “ 

61/  “ 

46  “ 

“ 

“ 

1030  “ 

7 “ 

61/  “ 

58 

“ 

“ 

1105  “ 

8 “ 

63/  “ 

70  “ 

4 4 

1180  “ 

5 “ 

61/  “ 

34 

Geared. 

“ 

970  “ 

6 “ 

61/  “ 

46  “ 

“ 

“ 

1045  “ 

7 “ 

61/  “ 

58 

4 4 

4 4 

1120  “ 

8 “ 

61/  “ 

70  “ 

“ 

“ 

1195  “ 

5 “ 

61/  “ 

34 

With. 

1020  “ 

6 “ 

61/  “ 

46  “ 

“ 

“ 

1095  “ 

7 “ 

6,1/  “ 

58 

“ 

II70  “ 

8 “ 

61/  “ 

70  “ 

4 ( 

1245  “ 

Pulleys  on  counter,  8 inch  diameter,  3 1/  inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  135  revolutions  per  minute. 

Reversing  speed,  165  revolutions  per  minute. 

Power  cross-feed  is  furnished,  with  compound  rest  or  elevating  rest,  only  when  ordered. 


I 


19 


Fig.  26. 


NEW  14  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


/■  f M4ESE  LATHES  are  furnished  with  countershafts  complete,  also  with  wrenches.  All  screw  cutting  Lathes  have  patent 
friction  reversing  pulleys.  Screw  works  are  made  with  eccentric  nut  for  chasing,  and  are  independent  of  feed  works. 
The  screws  are  made  from  an  extra  quality  of  steel,  and  are  cut  to  United  States  Standard. 

The  76  inch  swing  and  less  have  hammered  cast-steel  spindles  and  superior  composition  or  babbitt  lined  boxes,  wrought-iron 
and  steel  handles  and  balances  ; steel  racks  on  all  Lathes  below  54  inch  swing,  one  open  adjustable  jawed  hack  rest,  one  extra 
large  face  plate  and  patent  friction  lateral  feed.  18  inch  swing  and  above  are  furnished  with  compound  rest,  tool  elevated  by 
cam  ring. 

All  these  Lathes  have  improved  inside  power  cross  feed.  18  inch  Lathes  and  above  have  an  extra  tool  rest  for  turning  large 
work.  84  and  108  inch  swing  may  be  used  for  turning  locomotive  drive  wheels  and  other  heavy  work  ; they  have  compound  rests 
with  universal  power  feed  for  boring  tapering  holes,  etc.;  also  have  power,  cross,  and  slide  feeds.  When  desired,  a crank-pin 
boring  machine  with  quarterer  can  be  furnished.  Wrought-iron  work  is  case  hardened.  Traverse  rests  are  furnished  with  Lathes 
up  to  and  including  18  inch  swing,  without  extra  charge. 


20 


14  AND  16  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


14  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


16  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


Actual  Swing,  15  Inches. 


Actual  Swing  17  Inches. 


Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle.  Hollow  Spindle  has  1 1=32  Inch  Hole. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carnage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

5 feet 

6A  inches 

2 feet 

2 inches 

Without 

1795 

6 “ 

6'X  “ 

3 

4 ( 

2 “ 

t { 

1935 

7 “ 

6}4  “ 

4 

4 < 

2 “ 

2075 

8 “ 

6'A  “ 

5 

( ( 

2 “ 

4 ( 

2215 

9 “ 

614  “ 

6' 

4 ( 

2 “ 

( 4 

2355  ^ 

IO  “ 

6X  “ 

7 

2 “ 

2495  2 

11  “ 

6X  “ 

8 

< 4 

2 “ 

( 4 

2635  f 

12  “ 

6^  “ 

9 

( 4 

2 “ 

2775  2 

13  “ 

W “ 

IO 

< < 

2 “ 

2915  3 

5 “ 

6K  “ 

2 

4 ( 

2 “ 

With 

1880  jj 

6 “ 

614  “ 

3 

4 4 

2 “ 

4 ( 

2020  £■ 

7 “ 

6^  “ 

4 

( ( 

2 “ 

4 4 

2160  H 

8 “ 

6X  “ 

5 

( 4 

2 “ 

4 ( 

2800 

9 “ 

6^  “ 

6 

4 < 

2 “ 

< 4 

2440  jt 

IO  “ 

6 X “ 

7 

4 t 

2 “ 

4 i 

2580 

II  “ 

6X  “ 

8 

4 4 

2 “ 

( 4 

2720 

12  “ 

6'A  » 

9 

4 ( 

2 “ 

( 4 

2860 

13  “ 

6A  “ 

IO 

4 4 

2 “ 

3000 

Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle.  Hollow  Spindle  has  1 1-32  Inch  Hole. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

6 feet 

8A  inches 

2 feet 

7 inches 

Without 

7 “ 

8X  “ 

3 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

8 “ 

8A  “ 

4 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

9 “ 

8'A  “ 

5 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

IO  “ 

8^  “ 

6 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

II  “ 

8X  “ 

7 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

12  “ 

8^  “ 

8 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

13  “ 

814:  “ 

9 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

14  “ 

%%  “ 

IO 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

15  “ 

814  “ 

II 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

6 “ 

8X  “ 

2 

4 4 

7 “ 

With 

7 “ 

8X  “ 

3 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

8 “ 

8 A “ 

4 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

9 “ 

8X  “ 

5 

4 4 

7 “• 

4 4 

IO  “ 

8A  “ 

6 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

II  “ 

8^  “ 

7 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

12  “ 

8^  “ 

8 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

13  “ 

8X  “ 

9 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

14  “ 

8^  “ 

IO 

4 4 

7 <- 

4 4 

15  “ 

8X  “ 

II 

4 4 

7 “ 

4 4 

Weight. 


2160 

2310 

2460 

2610 

2760 

2910 

3060  5 

321°! 

3360  « 

3510  ^ 

2250  K 

2400 

2550  - 

2700  £ 

2850  £ 

3000 

3150 

3300 

3450 

3600 


Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone  (2  A inch  and  2 inch 
belt). 

Compound  rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over 
carriage,  9*4  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  4 to  36  to  inch. 

A taper  attachment  can  be  furnished  for  this  Lathe  if 
wanted. 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter  are  10  ins.  diameter,  3^  ins.  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  95  revolutions  per  minute. 

Reversing  speed,  105  revolutions  per  minute. 


Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone  (3 A inch  and  2 yz  inch 
belt). 

Compound  rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over 
carriage,  11  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  3 to  36  per  inch. 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter  are  12  ins.  diameter,  -x,A  ins.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  90  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  100  revolutions  per  minute. 


Patent  combination  (English  and  Metric),  screw  cutting,  extra. 


21 


Tapei 


PREMISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  & 


PUTNAM  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHES. 


^TAIIESE  LATHES  are  symmetrical  anil  attractive  in  outline,  combining  in  construction  patented  improvements  and 
features  of  originality.  They  are  heavy,  powerful,  accurate,  durable,  recommended  for  general  excellence,  are 
manufactured  to  standard  gauges , and  are  practically  interchangeable.  Headstock  spindles  are  hammered  steel  of  high  grade. 
Cones,  gears  and  journals  are  of  large  proportions , the  latter  being  finished  with  unusual  care  and  accuracy.  The  patent 
spindle  boxes  we  advocate  as  the  best,  and  superior  in  every  respect  to  the  common  Lathe  box  ; they  are  susceptible  of  easy 
and  fine  adjustment  ; are  rigid  and  extremely  durable,  and  retain  the  live  spindle  in  a central  line , vertically,  longitudinally 
and  relatively  to  the  dead  spindle  ; are  easily  and  quickly  duplicated  without  refitting  or  otherwise  disturbing  other  parts  of 
the  Lathe.  Lathe  carriages  are  rigid  and  have  an  unusual  wearing  surface  on  the  “ways;”  are  gibbed  tothe  outside  and 
inside  of  Latlie-bed.  The  compound  rests  are  recommended  as  best  adapted  to  heavy  face-plate  work  or  boring,  while  the 
elevating  carriage,  with  its  ball  and  socket  joint,  is  superior  to  all  other  devices  for  rapid,  easy  aii(,l  delicate  adjustment  of  the 
cutting  tool,  and  is  best  adapted  to  fine  work  or  miscellaneous  fitting.  Screw-cutting  works  are  of  improved  construction  and 
cover  a wide  range,  are  accurate,  strong  and  independent  of  feed  works.  Lead  screws  are  made  from  steel  of  a special  grade, 
and  finished  with  care  and  precision.  Tailstocks  are  of  extra  length  at  base,  have  improved  adjustable  spring  rolls,  tool  shelf, 
center  oiler,  split  binder,  and  patent  cam  screw  anchor  bolts,  which  are  not  equalled  in  convenience  or  effectiveness.  Feed 
works  are  powerful,  quick  and  give  a uniform  steadiness  of  action  to  the  carriage.  The  patent  friction  feed  at  all  times  imparting 
an  easy  and  positive  motion.  Feeds  are  operated  by  either  belt  or  gears,  thus  producing  an  almost  unlimited  range.  Lathes 
up  to  20-inch  swing  (inclusive)  are  furnished  with  either  elevating  carriages  or  compound  rests.  24  inch  swing  Lathes  have 
compound  rests  (graduated  swivels),  with  case-hardened  step-ring  for  elevating  tool.  All  Lathes  will  face  up  their  full-rated 
swing,  without  change  of  tool,  and  are  practically  perfect  in  the  qualities  of  facing,  boring  and  turning.  The  allignment  of 
centers  is  reliable  at  all  positions  of  tailstock.  Lathes  are  furnished  with  improved  lateral  feed,  automatic  cross-feed,  steel 
racks  and  pinions,  balanced  iron  cones,  open  adjustable  tliree-jawed  back  rest,  with  swivel  joint  and  handle  lock-nut, 
traverse  rests  up  to  and  including  18  inch  swing,  are  furnished  without  extra  cost ; large  circular  face-plates,  dog  face-plates, 
wrenches,  and  countershafts.  All  screw-cutting  Lathes  are  driven  by  patent  friction  pulleys  of  improved  construction. 
Handles  and  balances  are  forged  from  the  best  refined  iron.  All  work,  so  required,  is  tempered  or  case-hardened.  20  inch 
swing  Lathes  and  above  have  side  blocks  for  turning  full  swing  of  Lathe.  Latlie-beds  are  strong  and  stiff,  being  braced  by 
cross-ties  and  patent  central  truss-rib,  which  is  cast  solid  to  the  bed  and  extends  from  end  to  end.  Graduation  of  speeds 
on  all  geared  Lathes  are  in  uniform  progression.  All  screw-cutting  Lathes  are  furnished  with  finished  iron  cones  and  improved 
patent  friction  driving  pulleys  on  countershaft.  Lathes  without  screw-cutting  attachment  have  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on 
countershaft.  Live  and  dead  centers  on  all  Lathes  are  made  from  a fine  quality  of  hammered  tool  steel,  skilfully  fitted  to 
spindles,  pointed,  properly  tempered,  and  finished  ready  for  use. 


90 


PUTNAH  STANDARD  14  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


Note. Cut  does  not  illustrate  latest  type  of  Lathe,  see  Photo.  These  Lathes  have  our  new  compound  reversing  gear  stud 

for  Screw  Cutting. 


STANDARD  14  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 
Actual  Swing,  15  Inches. 


Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle 

Hollow  Spindle,  1 

1 =32  Inch 

Hole. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swin££  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

5 feet 

654  inches 

2 

Feet  10  inches 

Without 

1795 

6 “ 

6J4 

3 

“ 10  “ 

1935 

7 “ 

6>X 

4 

“ 10  “ 

2075  . 

8 “ 

654  “ 

5 

“ IO  “ 

2115  a 

9 “ 

654  “ 

6 

“ 10 

2355  % 

10  “ 

654 

7 

“ 10  “ 

2495  5 

II  “ 

654 

8 

“ 10  “ 

2635  g 

12  “ 

654  “ 

9 

“ IO  “ 

2775  £ 

13  “ 

654 

10 

“ 10 

2919  .4 

5 “ 

6 54 

2 

“ 10  “ 

With 

1880  u 

6 “ 

654  “ 

3 

“ 10  “ 

2020  ^ 

7 “ 

654  “ 

4 

“ 10  “ 

2l6o 

8 “ 

654  “ 

5 

“ 10 

23OO  ^ 

9 “ 

654  “ 

6 

“ 10  “ 

2440  ■= 

10  “ 

654  “ 

7 

“ 10  “ 

2580 

1 1 “ 

654 

8 

“ 10 

2720 

12  “ 

654  “ 

9 

“ 10  “ 

2860 

13  “ 

654  “ 

IO 

“ 10  “ 

3000 

Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone,  254  inch  and  2 inch  belt. 

Compound  rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over  carriage, 
954  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  254  inches  to  36  to  inch 
Gears  to  cut  even  numbers  up  to  64  per  inch,  extra. 

Range  of  feed,  r>V  to  1 inch  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter  are  10  inches  diameter,  3^  inches  face. 
Countershafts  should  make  95  revolutions  per  minute. 

Reversing  speed,  105  revolutions  per  minute. 

Patent  combination  (English  a 


STANDARD  16  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE 
Actual  Swing,  17  Inches. 


Solid  or 

lollow  Spindle.  Hollow  Spindle,  1 

9=32  Inch 

Mole. 

Length  of 
Bed 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

6 feet 

854  inches 

2 

feet  7 inches 

Without 

2160 

7 “ 

8H  ;; 

3 

“ 7 “ 

2310 

8 “ 

854  “ 

4 

“ 7 “ 

2460 

9 “ 

854 

5 

“ 7 “ 

2610  ■ 

10  “ 

854  “ 

6 

“ 7 “ 

( t 

2760  a 

11  “ 

854 

7 

“ 7 “ 

2910  - 

12  “ 

854  “ 

8 

“ 7 “ 

( ( 

3060  = 

13  “ 

854 

9 

“ 7 “ 

3210  g 

i4  “ 

854 

IO 

..  y .. 

336o  £ 

15  “ 

854  “ 

II 

“ 7 “ 

3510  < 

6 “ 

854  “ 

2 

“ 7 “ 

With 

2250  u 

7 “ 

854  “ 

3 

7 

2400  % 

8 “ 

854 

4 

“ 7 “ 

2550  £ 

9 “ 

854  “ 

.s 

“ 7 “ 

2700  ^ 

10  “ 

m ;; 

6 

“ 7 “ 

2850  - 

11  “ 

7 

“ 7 ■■ 

3000  ”7 

12  “ 

m ;; 

8 

“ 7 “ 

3150 " 

13  “ 

854  “ 

9 

“ 7 “ 

3300 

14  “ 

854 

10 

“ 7 

3450 

15  “ 

854  “ 

11 

“ 7 “ 

3600 

Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone,  354  inch  and  2V2  inch  belt. 
Compound  rest  furnished  when  ordered  Swing  over  carriage, 
11  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  2%  inches  to  36  per  inch. 
Gears  to  cut  even  numbers  up  to  64  per  inch,  extra. 

Range  of  feed,  -5-54,  to  1 inch  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter  are  12  inches  diameter,  354  inches  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  90  revolutions  per  minute. 

Reversing  speed  100  revolutions  per  minute. 

Metric),  screw  cutting,  extra. 


23 


With  Taper  Attachment. 


14  AND  16  INCH  SWING 


PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE 


LATHE, 


With  Compound  Rest  and  Automatic  Cross  Feed. 


THE  above  cut  represents  our  improved  Standard  Engine  Lathes,  14  and  16  inch  swing,  with  compound  rest  and  automatic 
cross  feed. 

These  Lathes  are  made  from  new  patterns  throughout.  The  design  is  intended  to  give  strength  and  rigidity,  as  well  as 
accuracy,  ease  and  quickness  of  operation. 

Lathes  are  furnished  with  either  cast  iron  or  phosphor-bronze  bearings. 


Spindles  are  hollow  and  made  of  hammered  high  grade  carbon  steel. 

The  lead  and  all  actuating  screws,  rack  and  pinions  in  apron,  are  made  of  steel  and  cut  from  the  solid. 


All  Lathes  have  automatic  cross  feed,  and  can  be  furnished  with  raise  and  fall,  plain  gib,  or 
attachments,  if  wanted. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

compound 

rest  ; also  taper 

Swing  of  Lathe,  - 

14  ins. 

16  ins. 

Face,  ----- 

2'A  ins. 

2%  ins. 

Swing  over  plain  gib  rest,  - 
Swing  over  raise  and  fall  rest, 

- 9H  “ 

11'A  “ 

Diam.  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

10  “ 

11  “ 

7X  “ 

9 “ 

Width  of  belt,  ... 

3 

3 

Length  of  bed,  - 

6 feet 

6 feet 

Revolutions  of  countershaft, 

140 

120 

Turns  between  centers, 
Number  of  stepson  cone, 
Diameter  of  largest  step, 

3 feet  3 ins. 

4 

8 y2  ins. 

3 feet 
9 y2  ins. 

Weight,  - . - - 1 

Can  furnish  any  length  bed  up  to 

300  lbs. 
10  feet 

1550  lbs. 
12  feet 

24 


Fig.  29. 


14  INCH  SWING,  6 FOOT  BED  WITH  OIL  PAN,  AND  AUTOflATIC  STOP  FOR  FEED. 


THE  above  illustration  shows  the  Lathe  fitted  with  pan  under  it  for  the  reception  of  chips  from  the  turning.  It  is  also  an 
advantage  in  case  oil  is  used  on  the  Lathe,  making  it  useful  as  a screw  machine.  This  Lathe  can  be  arranged  to  use  the 
drawing-in  chucks  as  used  on  Watch  Lathes  for  small  work.  This  pan  is  fitted  to  five  and  six  foot  beds  only. 

We  furnish  this  Lathe  with  Compound  or  Homan  rest,  with  power  cross  feed  at  slight  extra  cost. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Swing,  - 

- 4 inches 

Diameter  of  tail  spindle, 

1 % inches 

Proportion  of  gearing  in  the  head, 

to  1 

Cuts  screws  from, 

i'/2  to  80  per  inch 

Cone  diameters,  - 

3H,  5'X,  6 ft,  8 K 

Feeds,  per  inch, 

io'/i  to  560 

Width  of  belt,  ... 

2 inches 

Size  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

9 in.  dia.  x 3 in.  face 

Hole  through  the  spindle, 

1 inch 

6 ft.  Lathe  takes  in  between  centers 

:,  - 40  inches 

Front  bearing,  - - 2 in. 

Back  bearing,  - - \]/z  in. 

dia.  y.  2>H  in.  long 
dia.  x 2 ]/z  in.  long 

Lengths  of  bed, 

5,  6,  7,  8,  and  10  feet 

25 


16  INCH  SWING  HOLLOW  SPINDLE  ENGINE  LATHE. 


THIS  LATHE  swings  16  inches  over  bed  and  io  inches  over  carriage.  Head  spindle,  front  bearing,  2|Jx5  inches. 

Hole  through  head  spindle,  iy\  inches.  Centers,  Morse  taper,  No.  4.  Tail  spindle,  1 % inches  in  diameter.  Cone, 
four  steps  for  2%  inch  belt;  largest  step  10  inches.  Geared,  11  to  1.  Distance  between  centers,  6 feet;  bed,  30  inches. 
Weight  on  6 foot  bed,  1800  pounds.  Carriage  has  power  cross-feed  and  both  feeds  are  controlled  by  one  friction,  the  change 
from  one  feed  to  the  other  being  by  the  upper  knob  shown  to  the  right  of  the  hand  wheel.  The  knob  below  this  reverses  the 
direction  of  either  feed  and  does  away  with  the  annoyance  of  reversing  gears  in  the  lieadstock.  The  countershaft  has  two 
IOx3l4  inches  friction  pulleys  which  should  run  140  revolutions  per  minute,  and  is  furnished  with  self-oiling  hangers. 


26 


Fig.  31. 


16  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  WITH  HOLLOW  SPINDLE. 


THIS  Lathe  has  hollow  spindle  in  the  head  with  large  boxes  and  long  bearings. 

Head  is  strongly  back-geared  with  a cross  ot  8 and  10  pitch,  which  prevents  chatter. 

Has  steel  feed-rod  and  leading-screw,  with  open  and  shut  nut  and  steel  worm. 

Cuts  threads  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  22,  24,  26,  28,  30. 

Has  10  pitch  steel  rack,  with  steel  pinion  running  in  it ; also  steel  rocker-gears  in  the  head. 

Cone  has  4 sections,  9 7%,  6%,  4^4  inches  by  2^  inches  face. 

Front  bearings  on  spindle  sH  inches  long  by  2T7ff  inches  in  diameter. 

Back  bearings  3 inches  long  by  iff  inches  in  diameter. 

Centers  conform  to  Morse  taper  No.  3. 

Swing  over  ways,  16  inches  ; swing  over  rest,  10  inches. 

Distance  between  centers,  3 feet  2 inches. 

Has  friction  countershaft,  with  pulleys  10  inches  in  diameter  and  2^  inch  face. 

We  make  this  Lathe  with  either  raise  and  fall  back  gibbed  rest,  plain  gibbed  rest  with  power  cross-feed,  or  compound 
rest  with  power  cross-feed.  The  outfit  of  each  Lathe  is  1 large  and  1 small  faceplate,  1 center-rest,  2 centers  of  tool-steel,  a 
set  of  change  gears  to  cut  the  above  threads,  countershaft,  and  necessary  wrenches. 


27 


Ftc  32. 


17  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  ON  6 FOOT  BED. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  a 17  inch  Swing  Engine  Lathe  on  6 foot  bed,  with  rise  and  fall  gibbed  carriage. 

These  Lathes  are  screw  cutting,  rod  feed,  and  power  cross  feed,  with  11-16  inch  hollow  spindle.  The  spindles  are  forged 
steel  and  run  in  bronze  metal  boxes;  the  lead  screw,  feed  rod,  feed  rack  and  pinion  gear  for  same,  as  well  as  all  working 
screws,  are  steel , the  rack  and  pinion  being  cut  from  the  solid. 

They  are  built  with  beds,  as  desired,  up  to  and  including  12  feet  in  length.  Each  are  furnished  with  large  and  small 
face  plate,  center  rest,  full  set  of  screw  gears,  counter  shaft  with  friction  pulleys,  wrenches,  etc.,  etc.  The  raise  and  fall  gibbed 
carriage  will  be  sent  unless  otherwise  ordered,  but  will  substitute  the  plain  gibbed  carriage  at  same  price  or  the  compound  rest 
at  special  price. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

This  Lathe  will  take  3 feet  between  centers  and  swing  about  inches  over  the  raise  and  fall  carriage,  and  9^  inches 
over  the  plain  or  solid  carriage  and  the  same  when  the  compound  rest  is  used.  The  front  bearing  to  spindle  is  2 x 3^  ; the 
cones  carry  a 2 }4  inch  belt;  the  friction  pulleys  on  counter  are  12x3  inches  and  should  make  about  140  revolutions  per 
minutes. 

Weight,  complete  on  6 foot  bed,  about  1700  pounds. 


28 


THE  above  cut  represents  our  improved  18  inch  engine  Lathe.  This  Lathe  is  designed  for  either  light  or  heavy  work  ; the 
journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished,  the  front  bearing  being  2^  inches  diameter  by  4^  inches  long. 

The  spindle  is  made  of  hammered  crucible  steel  and  has  a iT\  inch  hole  through  its  entire  length. 

The  boxes  are  of  hard  phosphor  bronze,  and  are  so  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time,  and  easily  set 
in  perfect  alignment. 

The  lead  screw  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  a special  grade  of  steel. 

The  carriage  has  an  extra  long  bearing  on  ways  and  the  tool-block  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage. 

A taper  attachment  can  be  furnished  when  required. 

Provision  is  made  for  withdrawing  the  pinion  from  rack  when  screw  cutting,  which  also  prevents  the  possibility  of 
engaging  both  feeds  at  the  same  time. 

The  cabinet  leg  is  fitted  with  a box  with  separate  places  for  each  of  the  change  gears,  wrenches,  etc. 

Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  large  and  small  face  plates,  steady  rest,  set  of  change  gears  for  screw  cutting  (including 
11  ]/z  threads  for  pipe)  and  friction  countershaft,  and  with  plain  gib  or  compound  rest  as  required. 


Size  of  Lathe, 

Swing  of  Lathe, 

Swing  over  carriage, 
Length  of  bed, 

Turns  between  centers,  - 
Number  of  steps  on  cone, 
Face  of  steps  on  cone, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


18  inches 
i8}4  inches 
nyi  inches 
6 feet 
2 feet  7 inches 
4 

2 % inches 


Diameter  of  large  step,  - - 1 1 inches 

Cuts  threads  - - 2 to  20  inches 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft,  12  inches 
Width  of  pulleys  on  countershaft,  4 inches 
Revolutions  of  countershaft,  - 130 

Weight,  ....  2400  lbs. 


29 


/^i/^prejvtiss  Tqql  Supply 


Fig.  34. 


18  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


ILLUSTRATION  shows  patent  combination  English  and  metric  screw  cutting  as  applied  to  14,  16,  18  and  20  inch 
Lathes  of  this  class. 


Actual  Swing,  19  Inches.  Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle,  hollow  Spindle,  1 7=16  Inch  Hole. 


Length  of 
Bed 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

6 feet. 

12 )4  inches. 

2 feet  Yz  inch. 

Without. 

3180 

7 “ 

12  yz 

3 “ % “ 

4 4 

3345  i 

8 “ 

12  yz  “ 

4 “ % “ 

4 1 

35io  g 

9 “ 

12)4 

5 “ % “ 

i 4 

3675  | 

IO  “ 

12)4  “ 

6 “ )4  “ 

4 4 

3840  « 

II  “ 

12)4 

7 “ K “ 

i i 

4005  ^ 

12  “ 

12)4 

8 “ Y “ 

1 4 

4170  s 

13  “ 

12  )4 

9 “ Y “ 

4 4 

4335  S' 

14  “ 

12)4 

10  “ Y “ 

4 4 

4500  h 

15  “ 

12)4  “ 

11  “ K “ 

4 4 

4665  a 

16  “ 

12)4 

12  “ >4  “ 

4 4 

4830  t 

17  “ 

12  )4 

13  “ )4  “ 

4995 

I,ength  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers, 

Screw 

Cutting. 

6 feet. 

12  Y inches. 

2 

feet  )4  inch. 

With. 

7 “ 

12)4 

3 

“ )4  “ 

4 4 

8 “ 

12)4 

4 

“ )4  “ 

9 “ 

12)4 

5 

“ )4  “ 

4 4 

IO  ‘4 

12)4 

6 

“ )4  “ 

4 4 

II  “ 

12  Yz 

7 

“ )4  “ 

4 4 

12  “ 

12)4 

8 

“ )4  “ 

4 4 

13  “ 

12)4 

9 

“ )4  “ 

14  “ 

12)4 

IO 

“ )4  “ 

15  “ 

12)4  “ 

1 1 

“ )4  “ 

( 4 

16  “ 

12)4  “ 

12 

“ )4  “ 

17  “ 

12)4 

13 

“ )4  “ 

4 4 

Weight. 


33°° 

3465 

3630 

3795 

3960 

4125 

4295 

4455 

4620 

4785 

4950 

5ii5 


Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone  (3)4  and  2)(  inch  belt). 
Elevating  Rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over  car- 
riage, 9 Yz  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  2 to  24  per  inch. 

Gears  to  cut  even  numbers  up  to  36  to  inch,  extra. 

Patent  combination  (English  a 


Taper  attachment  and  shafting  rest,  extra 
Pulleys  on  counter,  14  inches  diameter,  4)4  inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  85  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  95  revolutions  per  minute. 

Metric),  screw  cutting,  extra. 


30 


With  Taper  Attachment. 


PUTNAM  STANDARD  18  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Note. — Cut  does  not  illustrate  latest  type  of  Lathe — see  Photo.  These  Lathes  have  new  compound  reversing  gear  stud  for 
screw  cutting. 


ACTUAL  SWING,  19  INCHES. 


Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle. 


L,ength  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance 
bet’n  Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

6 ft. 

I2j^  in. 

2 

ft.  yz  in. 

Without. 

3180 

7 “ 

( 4 

3 

“ ^ “ 

4 4 

3345  i 

8 “ 

4 4 

4 

“ ^ “ 

4 4 

35io  2 

9 “ 

4 ( 

5 

“ X “ 

4 4 

3675  | 

IO  “ 

< 4 

6 

“ X “ 

4 4 

3840  « 

11  “ 

7 

“ X “ 

4 4 

4005  5 

12  “ 

( 4 

8 

“ X “ 

4 4 

4170  g 

13  “ 

9 

“ ^ “ 

4 1 

4335  =■ 

14  “ 

IO 

“ X “ 

4 4 

4500  H 

15  “ 

4 1 

II 

“ X “ 

4 4 

4665  = 

16  “ 

4 4 

12 

“ >4  “ 

4 4 

4830  is 

17  “ 

13 

“ K “ 

4 4 

4995 

Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone,  3^  in.  x 2^  in.  belt. 
Elevating  rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over  carriage, 
9 yz  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  6 in.  to  24  per  in. 
Gears  to  cut  even  numbers  up  to  36  to  in.,  extra. 

Range  of  feed,  to  1 in.  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 


Hollow  Spindle  has  1 7=16  Inch  Hole. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance 
bet’n  Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

6 ft. 

12Y  in. 

2 

ft.  Yz  in. 

With. 

3300 

7 “ 

“ 

3 

“ >4  “ 

4 4 

3465 

8 “ 

4 4 

4 

“ X “ 

4 4 

363°  2 

9 “ 

‘ ‘ 

5 

“ X “ 

3795  = 

IO  “ 

‘ ‘ 

6 

Yz 

4 4 

3960  s 

II  “ 

‘ ‘ 

7 

“ X “ 

4 4 

4125  = 

12  “ 

‘ ‘ 

8 

“ ^ “ 

4 4 

4295  8 

13  “ 

< ‘ 

9 

“ X “ 

4455  ~ 

14  “ 

‘ ‘ 

IO 

" ^ “ 

4 4 

4620  h 

15  “ 

‘ ‘ 

II 

“ X “ 

4785 1 

16  “ 

‘ ‘ 

12 

“ “ 

‘ ‘ 

4950  is 

17  “ 

13 

“ K “ 

4 4 

5115 

Taper  attachment,  extra.  Shafting  rest,  extra. 
Pulleys  on  counter,  14  in.  diameter,  <\Y  in.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  85  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  95  revolutions  per  minute. 

and  Metric),  screw  cutting,  extra. 


Patent  combination  ( English 


31 


IMPROVED  18  INCH  SWING  HOLLOW  SPINDLE  ENGINE  LATHE 


TIf  IS  LATHE  combines  many  recent  improvements  which  adapt  it  to  a wide  range  of  work.  The  headstock  is  neat  in  appearance,  and  so  massive 
as  to  entirely  obviate  any  tendency  to  chatter  or  vibrate  under  heaviest  cuts.  The  spindle,  which  is  journaled  in  hard  bronze  boxes,  is  bored 
to  receive  i'/f  inch  round  bar  in  the  rough,  and  is  made  from  a forging  of  hard  crucible  steel  in  one  piece  with  the  collar,  which  forms  a 
suitable  surface  for  the  face  plates  to  screw  against. 

The  value  of  this  arrangement  becomes  apparent  in  connection  with  large  hollow  spindle,  as  it  not  only  affords  an  ample  shoulder  for  face 
plate,  but  also  permits  of  making  the  nose  of  same  large  enough  to  carry  the  heaviest  chuck  work  without  the  necessity  of  making  the  diameter  of 
front  journal  of  spindle  excessively  large,  which  in  this  case  is  2%  inches  in  diameter  by  4^  inches  in  length. 

The  diameter  of  nose  is  2 y2  inches  by  2 inches  long,  threaded  two-thirds  of  its  length,  four  threads  per  inch,  U.  S.  standard. 

The  cone  has  five  steps  for  2%  inch  belt,  the  largest  speed  being  12  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  back  gear  ratio  is  12  to  1,  giving  ten  speeds, 
which  increase  in  geometrical  progression 

The  carriage  is  24  inches  m length  with  full  hearings  on  V’s,  and  is  gibbed  to  outside  of  bed. 

Either  a plain  or  compound  rest  is  furnished  at  the  option  of  purchaser. 

The  compound  rest  is  so  arranged  that  its  handle  may  be  revolved  without  interfering  with  cross-feed  handle  in  any  position. 

The  base,  which  is  graduated  in  degrees,  securely  holds  by  means  of  one  bolt  the  top  when  swiveled  to  any  angle. 

The  feeds  are  driven  directly  from  the  spindle  either  with  change-gearing  or  belt,  and  are  reversed  in  the  apron,  where  provision  is  made  so 
that  friction  feed  and  lead-screw  eauot  be  engaged  at  the  same  time  to  cause  breakage. 

Belt  feeds  are  proportioned  to  give  80,  50,  or  30  cuts  to  the  inch,  which  will  answer  the  usual  requirements.  With  the  gearing  a range  of  feeds 
from  5 to  105  per  inch  is  possible  suitable  for  any  purpose. 

The  handle  shown  in  front  of  lead-screw  box  at  head  end  of  Lathe  must  simply  be  turned  to  the  right  or  left  to  respectively  engage  the  gear 
or  belt  feed,  or  vice  versa , without  the  necessity  of  disengaging  the  change-gearing  or  removing  the  belts.  Inasmuch  as  the  motion  is  transmitted 
from  the  spindle  to  the  lead-screw  by  the  least  possible  number  of  gears,  all  of  unusually  large  diameters,  a much  steadier  motion  is  produced,  of 
great  value  in  cutting  accurate  screws. 

The  tailstock  is  clamped  in  its  position  by  two  bolts  located  as  near  the  front  as  possible  to  prevent  lifting. 

A 2 inch  spindle  is  substantially  fitted  with  6 inches  of  movement,  tightened  in  the  usual  manner  when  used  in  turning. 

Screws,  racks  and  small  gears  are  made  of  steel.  Flat  surfaces  are  carefully  scraped  to  bearing  with  surface  plates,  and  cylindrical  surfaces 
ground  true. 

A new  and  improved  taper  attachment  is  furnished  if  desired,  with  which  tapers  up  to  4 inches  to  the  foot  may  he  accurately  turned. 

The  countershaft  is  fitted  with  friction  pulleys  12  inches  in  diameter  by  4 inches  face,  of  our  latest  pattern  ; which  operate  easily  and  almost 
positively,  and  should  run  140  revolutions  per  minute. 

Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  large  and  small  face  plates,  steady  rest,  follow  rest,  and  change  gears  necessary  to  cut  nearly  all  threads  from 
1 to  20  per  inch,  inclusive  of  nl/2  for  pipe  thread,  countershaft  and  wrenches  complete.  Any  desired  length  of  bed  can  be  furnished. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Diameter  of  front  journal  of  spindle.. 254  in. 

Length  of  front  journal  of  spindle 4J4  in. 

Diameterof  hole  through  spindle. ..1  5-16  in. 
Diameter  of  largest  step  of  cone 12  in, 


Width  of  belt 2\i  in. 

Ratio  of  back-gearing 12  to  1 

Diameter  of  tailstock  spindle 2 in. 

Swing  over  bed 18^  in. 


Swing  over  carriage 12  in. 

Length  between  centers  with  6 foot 

bed 2 ft.  8 in. 

Weight 2200  lbs. 


Fig.  37. 


18  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  WITH  HOLLOW  SPINDLE  ON  10  FOOT  BED. 

— 

THIS  LATHE  has  hollow  spindle  in  the  head  with  large  boxes  and  long  bearings. 

The  head  is  strongly  back-geared  with  a cross  of  8 and  10  pitch,  which  prevents  chatter. 

It  has  steel  feed-rod  and  leading-screw,  with  open  and  shut  nut  and  steel  worm. 

Cuts  threads  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  22,  24,  26,  28,  30. 

Has  10-pitch  steel  rack,  with  steel  pinion  running  in  it ; also  steel  rocker  gears  in  the  head. 

Cone  has  4 sections,  9^,  7^,  6%,  4%  inches,  by  2 J4  inches  face. 

Front  bearing  on  spindle  5^4  inches  long  by  2T\  inches  in  diameter. 

Back  bearing,  3 inches  long  by  i}|  inches  in  diameter. 

Centers  conform  to  Morse  Taper  No.  3. 

Swing  over  ways,  18  inches  ; swing  over  rest,  12  inches. 

Distance  between  centers,  7 feet  two  inches. 

Has  friction  countershaft,  with  pulleys  10  inches  in  diameter  and  2%  inches  face. 

We  make  this  Lathe  with  either  raise  and  fall-back  gibbed  rest,  plain  gibbed  rest  with  power  cross-feed,  or  compound 
rest  with  power  cross-feed.  The  outfit  of  each  Lathe  is  1 large  and  1 small  face-plate,  1 center  rest,  2 centers  of  tool-steel,  a set 
of  change  gears  to  cut  the  above  threads,  countershaft  and  necessary  wrenches. 


I 


33 


18  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Weight. 


Actual  Swing,  19  Inches.  Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle.  Hollow  Spindle,  1 7=16  Inch  Hole. 


Length  of 
Bed 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

6 feet. 

12)4  inches. 

2 feet 

)4  inch. 

Without. 

3180 

6 feet. 

12)4  inches. 

2 feet  Vz  inch. 

With. 

7 “ 

12)4 

( ( 

3 

t < 

)4  “ 

4 4 

3345  i 

7 “ 

12)4 

3 “ 

>4  “ 

( i 

8 “ 

12)4 

( ( 

4 

< < 

>2 

4 4 

35io  2 

8 “ 

12)4 

4 “ 

)4  “ 

« ( 

9 “ 

12)4 

( ( 

5 

< < 

K “ 

4 4 

3675  •£ 

9 “ 

12)4 

5 “ 

)4  “ 

( ( 

IO  “ 

12)4 

< < 

6 

4 4 

X “ 

4 4 

3840  « 

IO  “ 

12)4 

6 “ 

)4  “ 

i ( 

II  “ 

12  )4 

< ( 

7 

t ( 

4 4 

4005  % 

II  “ 

12)4 

7 “ 

)4  “ 

( < 

12  “ 

12)4 

( ( 

8 

4 ( 

V. i “ 

4 4 

4170  s 

12  “ 

12)4 

8 “ 

>4  “ 

< ( 

13  “ 

12)4 

9 

4 4 

A “ 

4 4 

4335  §• 

13  “ 

12)4 

9 “ 

)4  “ 

( ( 

14  “ 

12)4 

IO 

44  “ 

4 4 

4500  e- 

14  “ 

12)4 

IO  “ 

)4  “ 

( i 

15  “ 

12)4 

l ( 

II 

4 4 

^ “ 

4 4 

4665  ~ 

15  “ 

12)4  “ 

II  “ 

K “ 

( ( 

16  “ 

12)4 

( ( 

12 

4 4 

K “ 

4 4 

4830  js 

16  “ 

12)4 

12  “ 

>4  “ 

( ( 

17  “ 

12)4 

13 

4 4 

A “ 

4 4 

4995 

17  » 

12)4 

13  “ 

>4  “ 

< < 

Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone  (3)4  and  2)4  inch  belt). 
Elevating  Rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over  car- 
riage, 9 y2  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  2 to  24  per  inch. 

Gears  to  cut  even  numbers  up  to  36  to  inch,  extra. 

Patent  combination  (English  and 


33oo 

3465 

3630 

3795 

3960 

4125 

4295 

4455 

4620 

4785 

4950 

5ii5 


Taper  attachment  and  shafting  rest,  extra 
Pulleys  on  counter,  14  inches  diameter,  4)4  inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  85  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  95  revolutions  per  minute. 


Metric),  screw  cutting,  extra. 


34 


With  Taper  Attachment. 


PREMISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  S> 

r ^ 


20  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

This  Lathe  is  the  same  in  general  design  as  the  18  inch  Lathe  illustrated  on  opposite  page. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Actual  Swing,  21  Inches.  Solid  or  Hollow  Spindle,  hollow  Spindle  has  1 5-H  Inch  Hole. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

6 feet. 

inches. 

I 

foot  8 inches. 

Without. 

3780 

7 “ 

' >3  14 

2 

“ 8 “ 

44 

3965 

8 “ 

13  14  “ 

3 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

4150 

9 “ 

1314 

4 

“ 8 “ 

4365 

IO  “ 

•3/4 

5 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

4520 

II  “ 

1314  “ 

6 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

4705  4 

12  “ 

13I 

7 

“ 8 “ 

‘ ‘ 

4890  a 

13  “ 

13^  “ 

8 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

5075  -= 

14  “ 

1 3 T4  “ 

9 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

5260  « 

15  “ 

n'A  “ 

IO 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

5445  < 

16  “ 

1 3 14  “ 

I I 

“ 8 “ 

‘ ‘ 

5630  £ 

17  “ 

1314 

12 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

5815  =• 

18  “ 

1314  “ 

13 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

6000  =" 

19  “ 

1314  “ 

14 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

6185  5 

20  “ 

1314  “ 

15 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

6370  t 

21  “ 

1314  “ 

l6 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

6555 

22  “ 

1314  'l 

17 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

6740 

23  “ 

1314  “ 

18 

“ 8 “ 

“ 

6925 

24  “ 

1314  “ 

19 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

7110 

25  “ 

1314  “ 

20 

“ 8 “ 

7295 

Furnished  with  4 or  5 step  cone  (4^  or  3^  inch  belt), 

Elevating  rest  furnished  when  ordered.  Swing  over  carriage,  1 inch. 
Range  of  screw  cutting,  1 to  16  per  inch. 

Taper  attachment  and  shafting  rest,  extra. 

Patent  combination  (English  and  Metric)  screw  cutting  extra. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

6 feet. 

ix'A  inches. 

I 

foot  8 inches. 

With. 

3930 

7 “ 

1314  “ 

2 

“ 8 “ 

44 

4115 

8 “ 

1314  “ 

3 

“ 8 “ 

( i 

4300 

9 “ 

1314  “ 

4 

“ 8 “ 

< i 

4485 

IO  “ 

1314  “ 

5 

“ 8 “ 

t i 

4670 

1 1 “ 

1314  “ 

6 

“ 8 “ 

t ( 

4855  i 

12  “ 

1314  “ 

7 

“ 8 “ 

( ( 

5040  | 

13  “ 

1314  “ 

8 

“ 8 “ 

« < 

5225  * 

14  “ 

1314  “ 

9 

“ 8 “ 

( ( 

5410  « 

15  “ 

1314  “ 

IO 

“ 8 “ 

( ( 

5595  < 

16  “ 

1314  “ 

II 

“ 8 “ 

( ( 

5780  £ 

17  “ 

1314  “ 

12 

“ 8 “ 

44 

5965  s 

18  “ 

1314  “ 

13 

“ 8 “ 

( i 

6150  H 

19  “ 

1314  “ 

14 

“ 8 

1 ( 

6335  5 

20  “ 

1314  “ 

15 

“ 8 “ 

( < 

6520  js 

21  “ 

13K  “ 

l6 

“ 8 “ 

i ( 

6705 

22  “ 

1314  “ 

17 

“ 8 

t i 

6890 

23  “ 

1314  “ 

18 

“ 8 “ 

1 ( 

7075 

24  “ 

1314  “ 

19 

“ 8 “ 

( ( 

7260 

25  “ 

1314  “ 

20 

“ 8 “ 

( i 

7445 

No.  1 and  No.  2 portable  straightening  machine,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter,  16  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  80  revolutions  per  minute.  Reversing  speed,  90  revolutions  per  minute. 
Patent  combination  (English  and  Metric)  screw  cutting  extra. 


35 


Fig.  39. 


18  AND  22  INCH  PATTERN  IMPROVED  ENGINE  LATHE. 

On  6 Foot  Bed. 

THESE  LATHES  combine  many  improved  features  which  particularly  recommend  them  to  machine  users  who  desire  a 
first-class,  reliable  tool. 

The  Head. — The  head  is  neat  and  massive.  The  cone  pulley  has  five  steps  for  a 2 y2  inch  belt,  with  diameters  of  12,  10, 
8,  6 and  4 inches,  and  makes  twelve  revolutions  while  the  spindle  makes  one — when  the  back  gear  is  engaged.  The  spindle  is 
of  crucible  steel  with  a it5,t  inch  hole  through  it,  and  is  mounted  in  bearings  of  the  best  quality  of  bronze.  The  front  bearing 
is  3 inches  diameter  by  4 inches  long  ; the  back  bearing  is  2^  inches  diameter  by  3^2  inches  long;  the  spindle  is  ground 
in  order  to  insure  its  being  absolutely  round  and  straight.  The  thrust  collars  are  of  steel,  hardened  and  ground.  All  the 
change  gears  are  of  steel  and  are  mounted  on  a shaft  which  runs  in  substantial  bearings  in  the  bed,  directly  under  the  head. 
The  change  gears  receive  their  motion  from  the  gear  shown  on  the  outer  end  of  spindle. 

The  Tail  Stock. — The  tail  stock  is  made  in  the  most  approved  form  for  strength  and  neatness,  and  is  shaped  so  that  the 
compound  rest  may  be  set  at  an  angle  without  coming  in  contact  with  it.  Suitable  screws  are  provided  for  setting  over  side- 
ways, and  an  index,  marked  to  sixteenths,  is  cut  on  the  base  with  a zero  line  in  the  center  of  the  two  inches.  This  shows  very 
plainly  from  the  top  and  is  an  improvement  over  having  it  at  the  sides.  The  tail  spindle  is  2 inches  diameter  and  has  a move- 
ment of  7 inches.  The  nut  is  2^4  inches  long,  cut  in  the  solid  spindle,  and  will  wear  a lifetime. 

The  Carriage. — The  carriage  has  had  every  care  taken  to  make  it  fully  meet  the  demands  made  upon  this  important 
part.  It  is  extremely  heavy  and  substantial ; is  provided  with  liberal  f slots,  and  is  gibbed  to  the  bed  its  entire  length.  The 
bearing  on  the  bed  is  not  recessed,  but  has  a full  bearing  from  end  to  end  and  the  entire  depth  of  V on  the  bed.  It  is  also  pro- 
vided with  a screw  and  clamp  for  locking  it  while  using  the  cross-feed.  Provision  is  also  made  to  carry  off  either  cuttings  or 
water  that  may  find  their  way  on  to  the  cross-feed  screw. 

Cross=Feed  Screws  and  Compound  Rest.— The  compound  rest  is  in  keeping  with  the  balance  of  the  lathe  for  sub- 
stantiability.  Both  the  upper  and  lower  slides  are  fitted  with  taper  gibs,  which,  besides  being  tapering,  are  tongued  and 
grooved  into  the  sides,  so  that  no  amount  of  strain  will  disturb  them.  The  taper  gibs  are  provided  with  only  two  screws  : one 
front  and  one  back,  which  take  up  the  wear  the  entire  length,  and  which  will  not  require  resetting  perhaps  more  than  once  a 
year.  The  top  slide  is  of  ample  width,  so  that  heavy  cutting  may  be  done  without  projecting  the  tool  out  away  from  the  rest. 
The  top  slide  has  a movement  of  5 inches  in  length  for  angles,  and  is  fitted  with  a screw  of  ten  pitch  ; this  screw  is  provided 
with  an  indexed  micrometer  divided  into  lines,  each  of  which  reads  2-iooths.  This  is  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  stock  as 
required,  and  reading  the  diameter  without  the  use  of  calipers — excepting  as  tests.  The  lower  slide  is  provided  with  a 
micrometer  divided  into  64ths  of  an  inch  ; thus,  every  line  the  screw  is  turned  in  a given  direction  would  indicate  a change  in 
diameter  of  the  stock  of  i-6qth  of  an  inch.  A turn  of  sixty-four  lines  will,  of  course,  reduce  the  stock  one  inch.  When  starting 
the  cut  an  exact  diameter  may  be  obtained  without  the  use  of  calipers,  by  using  the  tail  spindle  as  a gauge.  For  example  : 
secure  the  tool  firmly  in  place,  move  it  forward  until  its  point  touches  the  spindle  ; the  tool  is  then  set  to  turn  a diameter  of 
two  inches.  If  smaller  diameters  are  wanted,  move  forward  by  the  micrometer  the  required  amount  as  explained.  If  larger 
diameters  are  wanted,  move  backward  in  the  same  manner,  except  that  in  moving  backward,  a half-turn  more  than  required 
should  be  made  and  then  brought  back  to  the  proper  place,  in  order  that  lost  motion  may  not  cause  confusion. 


36 


The  Apron. — The  apron,  one  of  the  most  important  parts,  has  received  especial  care.  It  is  fastened  to  the  carriage  by 
four  square  head  cap  screws  ; is  of  ample  length,  width  and  thickness,  and  is  provided  with  three  heavy  braces  its  entire  depth  . 
The  studs  are  steel  and  are  hardened  and  ground.  All  pinions  for  crank,  friction,  cross-feed  and  rack  are  steel.  The 
reverse  for  the  feeds  is  extremely  simple.  It  is  composed  of  two  spur  gears  mounted  on  a plate,  and  is  always  at  the  hand  of 
the  operator.  The  half-nuts  are  planed  to  fit  directly  into  substantial  bearings  in  the  apron  and  are  entirely  independent  of 
any  cap  screws.  They  are  operated  by  a cam  having  its  grooves  carefully  milled.  The  studs  revolve  partially  in  half-nuts, 
and  the  square  heads  of  the  studs  are  a neat  fit  in  the  milled  grooves  of  the  cam — the  whole  forming  a substantial  combination 
that  will  out-wear  the  other  parts  of  the  machine  and  never  cause  trouble.  We  have  provided  a small  drop'cam  that  prevents 
the  half-nuts  becoming  engaged  with  the  lead  screw  while  the  Lathe  is  feeding. 

Indexed  Crank  Shaft  for  Internal  Work. — Suppose  a hole  should  be  counterbored  to  a given  depth  and  diameter. 
The  depth  may  be  read  by  the  index  on  the  crank  shaft  instead  of  measuring  off  by  a rule,  and  a diameter  for  counterbore  may 
be  made  by  reading  the  cross-feed  screw  index.  In  chasing  internally  this  not  only  prevents  the  breaking  of  tools,  but  makes 
an  exact  diameter.  All  parts  are  easily  accessible  to  oil. 

The  Bed. — The  bed  is  designed  with  ample  depth  and  proper  width  and  bracing.  The  surfaces,  to  which  the  lead  screw 
bearings  are  fastened,  are  planed  to  receive  them,  and  are  tongued  and  grooved  and  are  in  perfect  allignment.  The  tops  of  the 
V’s  are  rounded  to  avoid  bruising.  The  racks  are  of  steel  in  one  piece,  accurately  cut,  and  in  order  to  best  receive  the  strain 
brought  to  bear  on  them,  they  are  fitted  endwise  into  a recess  cast  into  the  bed. 

Screw  Cutting. — The  screw  cutting  feature  of  these  lathes  is  covered  with  several  patents  and  has  many  points  of 
excellence.  The  change  gears  are  all  of  steel  and  are  mounted  on  a short  I 3-16  inch  shaft  running  in  substantial  bearings  in 
the  bed,  and  directly  under  the  head  stock.  The  knob  shown  in  front  of  the  head  carries  a gear  that  continually  runs,  either 
right  or  left ; this  gear  may  be  dropped  into  any  one  of  the  ten  steel  change  gears  instantly,  and  thus  gives  any  one  of  forty 
changes  of  speed,  because,  on  the  outer  end  of  the  change-gear  shaft  are  four  gears,  into  any  one  of  which  the  gear  shown  on 
the  lead  screw  may  engage  ; not  a single  gear  is  ever  removed  to  obtain  the  different  threads  or  feeds.  A substantial  and 
simple  plate  is  used  to  change  from  right  to  left-hand  screws.  The  index  plate  has  the  words  “ threads  ” “ knob  ” on  the  upper 
line  ; under  the  word  “ threads”  are  the  numbers  of  threads  the  lathe  will  cut — for  the  eighteen  inch  lathe,  from  two  to  thirty- 
two.  Under  the  word  “ knob  ” are  the  figures  one  to  ten  ; thus,  should  the  operator  desire  to  cut  any  certain  thread  ; he  finds 
this  on  the  index  plate,  engages  his  gear  opposite  to  it,  places  the  knob  in  the  hole  indicated  on  the  plate  and  starts  his  tool 
to  work. 

Feeds. — Any  feed  from  six  to  eighty  may  be  obtained  for  either  length  or  cross-feed  ; the  feeding  is  done  entirely  inde- 
pendent of  the  lead  screw.  The  index  reads  from  6 to  12,  12  to  20,  20  to  40,  40  to  80.  Should  any  of  our  customers  desire  it, 
we  can  furnish  them  with  a printed  card  giving  all  of  the  fractional  threads  and  feeds  that  can  be  obtained  in  the  entire  com- 
bination. This  list  also  gives  the  scrolls  that  can  be  cut  by  the  cross  slide. 

Countershaft. — The  countershaft  is  provided  with  a cone  pulley  of  larger  diameters  than  the  one  on  the  spindle,  in 
order  to  give  ample  belt  power.  This  cone  pulley  is  flanged  at  both  ends,  The  countershaft  is  fitted  with  friction  pulleys 
12  x 3 inches,  which  pulleys  have  chambered  cores  with  wool  to  retain  oil.  The  hanger  boxes  are  also  arranged  to  hold  a 
supply  of  oil.  We  furnish  with  these  a hook  and  eye  to  attach  to  the  top  of  the  shifter  and  ceiling,  and  also  a dog  to  attach  the 
shift-rod  to  the  vertical  stick.  Plain  or  compound  rest  is  furnished  as  desired.  Every  lathe  is  fitted  with  follow  and  steady 
rests,  plain  or  friction  countershaft,  large  and  small  face  plates,  wrenches,  etc.  These  lathes  are  manufactured  in  18,  20,  22,  24, 
27  and  30  inch  swing. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Lathe, 

Ratio  of  back  gearing, 

Cone  diameter, 

Width  of  belt  on  cone, 

Hole  through  spindle, 

Front  bearing  of  spindle, 
Diameter  of  tail  spindle, 

Lathe  will  cut  screws  from 
Feeds  per  inch, 

Weight,  ... 

Speed  of  countershaft, 

Size  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Lathe  will  take  between  centers, 
Beds  made  in  lengths  of 
Swing  over  carriage, 


18  INCH  SWING, 

6 Foot  Bed. 

12  tO  I 

J 12  ins.,  10  ins.,  8 ins., 
\ 6 ins.,  4 ins. 

2 yz  ins. 

1 5-16  in. 

3 ins.  dia.,  414  ins.  long 
2 ins. 

2 to  32 
4 to  80 
2,200  pounds 
150  rev. 

12  ins.  x 4 ins. 

3 ft.  2 ins. 

6-8- 10- 1 2- 14- 1 6 ft. 

11  ins. 


22  INCH  SWING, 

8 Foot  Bed. 

13  tO  I 

14 Yz  ms.,  12^  ins.,  9^  ins.,  \ 
7 V%  ins.,  5 ins.  J 

3 ins. 

1 13-16  in. 

3 7-16  ins.  diam.,  5%  ins.  long 

2 7-16  ins. 

2 to  28 

4 to  80 
3,500  pounds 

150  rev. 

14  ins.  x 43^  ins. 

4 ft. 

8-10-12-14-16-18  ft. 
iA'/z  ins. 


37 


PRENTISS  STANDARD  20  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  are  made  from  new  patterns  throughout ; are  attractive  and  symmetrical  in  outline,  and  weigh  about 
one-third  more  than  ordinary  Lathes. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  combine  strength  and  rigidity  with  ease  of  operation. 

The  journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished.  An  improved  device  to  furnish  geared  feed  to  the  rod  so  that  lead  screw 
will  remain  idle  is  a particular  feature  of  this  Lathe. 

Spindles  are  made  of  hammered  high  carbon  steel. 

Boxes  are  of  the  best  phosphor  bronze,  and  are  so  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time  and  easily  set  in 
perfect  allignment. 

The  lead  screw  and  rod  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  special  grade  of  steel. 

The  carriage  has  an  extra  long  bearings  on  ways  ; and  the  compound  rest  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage. 

All  standard  lathes  have  a slide  at  back  of  bed  for  taper  attachment,  which  can  be  used  at  any  part  of  the  bed  ; it  is 
simple,  substantial  and  capable  of  boring  or  turning  a taper  six  inches  to  one  foot. 

These  lathes  are  provided  with  variable  feed  of  great  range,  which  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  work. 

An  endless  belt  is  used  on  feed  cones  and  can  be  easily  tightened  without  cutting  and  lacing  same. 

Automatic  cross  feed,  compound  center,  traverse  and  full  swing  rests,  and  countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  are 
furnished  with  all  sizes. 

Hollow  spindles  are  furnished  when  required. 

This  Lathe  in  future  will  be  furnished  with  a cabinet  on  each  end  of  bed. 

Lathes  are  made  with  beds  of  any  even  length,  varying  by  two  feet. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Lathe,  - - - 20  inches 

Swing  of  Lathe,  - - - 20 '/2  inches 

Swing  over  carriage,  - - - 13^  inches 

Length  of  bed,  - - - 8 feet 

Turns  between  centers,  - - 4 feet  4 inches 

Number  of  steps  on  cone,  4 


Face  of  steps  on  cone,  - - - 3^  inches 

Diameter  of  largest  step,  - - 12  inches 

Cuts  threads,  - - - - 2 to  20 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft,  - 12  inches 

Width  of  belt,  - - - 4 inches 

Revolutions  of  countershaft,  - - - 125 


38 


Fig.  41. 


20  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  WITH  HOLLOW  SPINDLE. 


THIS  LATHE  has  hollow  spindle  with  large  bearings. 

Head  is  strongly  back  geared  with  a cross  of  5 and  six  pitch,  which  prevents  chatter. 

Cone  pulley  has  four  sections,  12^,  10^,  7^,  4%  inches  in  diameter,  respectively,  for  3 inch  belt. 

Compound  rest  is  securely  gibbed  to  the  outside  of  bed  at  front  and  back  sides  with  long  bearing  on  the  bed. 

Side  Tool  Block  is  furnished  with  each  Lathe  for  turning  work  as  large  as  Lathe  will  swing. 

The  power  cross-feed  is  run  by  bevel  gears,  making  it  entirely  independent  from  other  working  parts  of  the  apron. 

Steel  feed-rod  and  leading  screw  with  open  and  shut  nut. 

Cuts  threads  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  16,  18,  per  inch. 

Steel  rack  and  pinion  for  moving  carriage. 

Rack  gears  can  be  drawn  out  of  the  rack,  preventing  wear  on  these  parts  when  not  required  in  screw-cutting  and  other 
similar  work.  This  does  away  with  the  annoyance  of  revolving  handles. 

Has  friction  counter-shaft  with  pulleys  14  inches  in  diameter  for  4-inch  belt.  Should  make  100  revolutions  per  minute. 
Weight  3100  lbs. 


39 


20  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  ON  10  FOOT  BED. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  a 20  inch  swing  engine  Lathe  on  10  foot  bed,  with  compound  rest.  These  Lathes  are 
back  geared  and  screw  cutting,  have  rod  feed,  with  power  cross  feed,  and  are  furnished  with  compound  rest,  center 
rest,  large  and  small  face  plate,  full  set  of  screw  gears,  counter  shaft  with  friction  pulleys,  wrenches,  etc.,  etc.  The  spindles 
are  forged  steel  and  run  in  bronze  metal  boxes,  the  lead  screw,  feed  rod,  feed  rack  and  pinion  gear  for  same,  as  well  as  all 
working  screws,  are  steel , the  rack  and  pinion  being  cut  from  the  solid. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

This  Lathe  will  take  6 feet  between  centers,  and  swing  about  12 yz  inches  over  the  carriage,  the  front  bearing' to  the 
spindle  is  2j4  x /\l/2  inches,  the  cones  carry  a 2|^  inch  belt,  the  friction  pulleys  on  countershaft  are  14  x 3^  inches  and  should 
make  about  125  revolutions  per  minute,  the  carriage  has  a bearing  of  26  inches  in  length  on  the  ways.  They  will  be  built  with 
beds  as  desired  up  to  and  including  20  feet  in  length. 

Weight  complete  on  10  foot  bed  about  2300  pounds. 


40 


22  AND  23  INCH  PATTERN  ENGINE  LATHES. 


THESE  LATHES  are  of  a new  design  and  are  built  from  entirely  new  patterns.  The  bearings  are  large  and  long  ; the 
cones  have  broad  faces  ; the  head  is  very  strongly  back  geared  ; the  gearing  cut  coarse  and  is  still  running  ; has  friction 
feed,  inside  power  cross  feed  compound  rest  to  move  in  any  horizontal  direction  ; very  strong  gibbed  carriage,  screw 
cutting  ; is  fitted  with  open  and  shut  nut,  consequently  screw  and  carriage  can  be  connected  at  any  point. 

The  feed  is  unusually  strong  and  durable,  and  can  be  changed  from  right  to  left,  or  vice  versa,  in  an  instant. 

The  spindle  is  forged  cast  steel,  the  rack  and  pinion  gear  for  same  are  of  steel  (cut  from  the  solid),  as  well  as  other  parts 
that  require  great  strength  and  are  exposed  to  wear  ; the  important  sliding  parts  are  scraped  together,  not  ground  with  emery. 

Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  large  and  small  face  plate,  compound  rest,  center  rest,  full  set  of  screw  cutting  gears, 
countershaft  with  patent  friction  pulleys,  wrenches,  etc. 

Beds  furnished  of  any  desired  length. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


22  INCH  SWING. 


23  INCH  SWING. 


Swing  over  ways,  - 
Length  of  bed,  - 
Turns,  - 

Diameter  of  front  bearing,  - 
Diameter  of  back  bearing, 

Diameter  of  spindle  through  cone, 
Width  of  cone  belt,  - 
Distance  between  head  aud  tail-stock  V 
Carriage  has  solid  bearing,  on  ways  - 
Weight,  about  - 


8 feet 
3 feet  6 inches 


- i2'/i  inches 
30  inches 
3200  pounds 


3 Vi  inches 
214  inches 
2 inches 
3!4  inches 


22  inches 


wdul  ucauuu, 

Diameter  of  back  bearing, 

Diameter  of  spindle  through  cone, 
Hollow  spindle,  - 

Width  of  cone  belt  - 
Distance  between  head  and  tail-stock  V 
Carriage  has  solid  bearings  on  ways, 
Weight,  about  - - - 


Swing  over  ways, 
length  of  bed,  - 
Turns 

Diameter  front  bearing, 

Until  pfor  rtf  Koolr  Iw.n  v.., 


- 3 'A  inches 
314  inches 

- 3jhi  inches 
2}4  inches 

3 inches 
12  inches 
30  inches 
3300  pounds 


23  inches 


7 feet 
3 feet 


24  INCH  SWING  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  are  made  from  new  patterns  throughout ; are  attractive  and  symmetrical  in  outline,  and  weigh  about  one- 
third  more  than  ordinary  Lathes. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  combine  strength  and  rigidity-  with  ease  of  operation. 

The  journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished. 

Spindles  are  made  of  hammered  high  carbon  steel. 

Boxes  are  of  the  best  phosphor  bronze,  and  are  so  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time  and  easily  set  in 
perfect  allignment. 

The  lead  screw  and  rod  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  a special  grade  of  steel. 

The  carriage  has  an  extra  long  bearing  on  ways  ; and  the  compound  rest  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage. 

All  standard  lathes  have  a slide  at  back  of  bed  for  taper  attachment,  which  can  be  used  at  any  part  of  the  bed  ; it  is  simple, 
substantial  and  capable  of  boring  or  turning  a taper  six  inches  to  one  foot. 

These  Lathes  are  provided  with  variable  feed  of  great  range,  which  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  work. 

An  endless  belt  is  used  on  feed  cones  and  can  be  easily  tightened  without  cutting  and  lacing  same. 

Automatic  cross  feed,  compound,  center,  traverse  and  full  swing  rests,  and  countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  are  furnished 
with  all  sizes. 

Hollow  spindles  are  furnished  when  required. 

Lathes  are  made  with  beds  of  any  even  length,  varying  by  two  feet. 


Size  of  Lathe, 

Swing  of  Lathe, 

Swing  over  carriage, 
Length  of  bed, 

Turns  between  centers, 
Number  of  steps  on  cone, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


24  inches 
24^  inches 
17  inches 
8 feet 
3 feet  2 inches 
5 


Face  of  steps  on  cone, 

Diameter  of  largest  step,  - 
Cuts  threads,  .... 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Width  of  belt,  .... 

Revolutions  of  countershaft, 


3^  inches 
15^2  inches 
2 to  20 
14  inches 
4 inches 
120 


Fig.  45- 


24  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Note. — Cut  does  not  show  recent  changes.  For  latest  illustration,  see  Photo. 


Actuai.  Swing,  25  Inches. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


L,ength  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carnage. 

Between 

Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Between 

Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

8 feet. 

17 

inches. 

3 feet. 

Without. 

5000 

8 feet. 

17 

inches. 

3 feet. 

With. 

5250 

9 “ 

17 

4 “ 

“ 

5210 

9 “ 

17 

4 “ 

“ 

5460 

IO  “ 

17 

5 “ 

“ 

5420 

10  “ 

17 

5 “ 

*• 

5670 

II  “ 

17 

6 “ 

* * 

5630 

II  “ 

17 

6 “ 

“ 

5880 

12  “ 

17 

7 “ 

“ 

5840 

12  “ 

17 

7 “ 

“ 

6090 

13  “ 

17 

8 “ 

“ 

6050 

13  “ 

17 

8 “ 

“ 

6300 

14  “ 

17 

9 “ 

“ 

6260 

14  “ 

17 

9 “ 

“ 

6510 

15 

17 

10 

“ 

6470 

15  “ 

17 

10  “ 

“ 

6720 

16  “ 

17 

II  “ 

“ 

6680 

16  “ 

17 

II  “ 

6930 

17  *■ 

17 

12  “ 

“ 

689o 

d 

17  “ 

17 

12  “ 

44 

7140 

a 

18  “ 

17 

13  “ 

“ 

7100 

g 

18  “ 

17 

13  “ 

“ 

735° 

© 

19  “ 

17 

14  “ 

‘ 4 

7310 

-d 

19  •• 

17 

14  “ 

7560 

20  “ 

17 

15  “ 

7520 

© 

20 

17 

15  “ 

44 

7770 

© 

21  “ 

17 

16  “ 

773° 

21  “ 

17 

16  “ 

7980 

22  “ 

17 

17  “ 

7940 

22  “ 

17 

17  ■' 

8190 

23  “ 

17 

18  “ 

“ 

8150 

U 

23  “ 

17 

18  “ 

“ 

84OO 

24  “ 

17 

19  “ 

“ 

8360 

© 

24  “ 

17 

19  “ 

“ 

8610 

© 

25  “ 

17 

20  “ 

“ 

8570 

d 

25  “ 

17 

20  “ 

“ 

8820 

26  “ 

17 

21  “ 

“ 

878O 

H 

26  “ 

17 

21  “ 

“ 

9030 

H 

27  “ 

17 

22  “ 

‘ ‘ 

899O 

27  “ 

17 

22  “ 

“ 

9240 

28 

17 

23  “ 

4 ‘ 

9200 

28  “ 

17 

23  “ 

‘ ‘ 

945° 

29  “ 

17 

24 

“ 

9410 

29  “ 

17 

24  “ 

“ 

9660 

30  “ 

17 

25  “ 

14 

9620 

30  “ 

17 

25  “ 

“ 

9870 

31  “ 

17 

26  “ 

9830 

31  “ 

17 

26 

4> 

10080 

32  “ 

17 

27  “ 

10040 

32  “ 

17 

27  “ 

44 

10290 

33  “ 

17 

28  “ 

‘ ‘ 

10250 

33  “ 

17 

28  “ 

4 4 

IO5OO 

34  “ 

17 

29  “ 

IO46O 

34  “ 

17 

29  “ 

10710 

Driving  speed  of  counter,  75  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed  of  counter,  85  revolutions  per  minute. 
Tap  attachment  and  shafting  rest,  extra. 

Hollow  spindle,  with  1 15-16  inch  hole,-  extra. 


Range  of  screw  cutting,  1 to  16  per  inch. 

Countershaft  pulleys  (friction),  16  inches  diameter,  5*4  inches 
face. 

Traverse  rest  and  No.  2 portable  straightening  machine,  extra. 


43 


Fig.  45A. 


PUTNAH  STANDARD  24  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Actual  Swing,  25  Inches. 


Note. — Cut  does  not  illustrate  latest  type  of  Lathe,  see  Photo.  These  Lathes  have  new  compound  reversing  gear-stud  for  screw 
cutting.  For  general  description  of  this  Lathe  see  page  22. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

8 feet. 

17  inches. 

3 feet. 

Without. 

5000 

8 feet. 

17  inches. 

3 feet. 

With. 

9 

17  “ 

4 “ 

4 4 

5210 

9 “ 

17  “ 

4 “ 

4 4 

10 

17  “ 

5 “ 

5420 

10  “ 

17  “ 

5 “ 

11  “ 

17  “ 

6 “ 

4 4 

5630 

II  “ 

17  “ 

6 “ 

4 4 

12  “ 

17  “ 

7 “ 

i 4 

5840 

12  “ 

17  “ 

7 

4 4 

13  “ 

17  “ 

8 “ 

4 1 

6050 

13  “ 

17  “ 

8 “ 

4 4 

14  “ 

17  “ 

9 “ 

l 4 

6260 

14  “ 

17  “ 

9 “ 

4 4 

15  “ 

17  “ 

IO  “ 

6470 

15  “ 

17  “ 

IO  “ 

4 4 

16  “ 

17  “ 

II  “ 

4 4 

6680  . 

16  “ 

17  “ 

11  “ 

4 4 

17  “ 

17  “ 

12  “ 

4 4 

6890  = 

17  “ 

17  “ 

12  “ 

4 4 

18  “ 

17  “ 

13  “ 

7100  s 

18  “ 

17  “ 

13  “ 

19  “ 

17  “ 

14  “ 

( 4 

7310  1 

19  “ 

17  “ 

14  “ 

20  “ 

17  “ 

15  “ 

7520  S 

20  “ 

17  “ 

15  “ 

21  “ 

17  “ 

16  “ 

4 4 

7730  z 

21  “ 

17  “ 

16  “ 

4 4 

22  “ 

17  “ 

17  “ 

7990  g, 

22  “ 

17  “ 

17  “ 

23  “ 

17  “ 

18  “ 

4 4 

8150  H 

23  “ 

17  “ 

18  “ 

4 4 

24  “ 

17  “ 

19  “ 

4 4 

8360  s 

24  “ 

17  “ 

19  “ 

25  “ 

17  “ 

20  “ 

4 4 

8570  g 

25  “ 

17 

20  “ 

26  “ 

17  “ 

21  “ 

4 4 

8780  ' 

26  “ 

17  “ 

21  “ 

4 4 

27  “ 

17  “ 

22  “ 

4 4 

899O 

27  “ 

17  “ 

22  “ 

4 4 

2S  “ 

17  “ 

23  “ 

9200 

28  “ 

17  “ 

23  “ 

29  “ 

17  “ 

24  “ 

9410 

29  “ 

17  “ 

24  “ 

30  “ 

17  “ 

25  “ 

4 4 

9620 

30  “ 

17  “ 

25  “ 

31  “ 

17  “ 

26  “ 

4 4 

983O 

31  “ 

17  “ 

26  “ 

4 4 

32  “ 

17  “ 

27  “ 

4 4 

10040 

32  “ 

17 

27  “ 

33  “ 

17  “ 

28  “ 

4 4 

10250 

33  “ 

1 7 “ 

28  “ 

34  “ 

17  “ 

29  “ 

4 4 

II460 

34  “ 

17  “ 

29  “ 

Weight. 


5250 

5960 

5670 

5880 

6090 

6300 

6510 

6720 

6930 

7140 

7350 

7560 

7770 

7980 

8190 

8400 

86lO 

8820 
903° 
9290 
9450 
9660 
9870 
10080 
10290 
1 0500 
10710 


Driving  speed  of  counter,  75  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed  of  counter,  85  revolutions  per  minute. 
Taper  attachment  and  shafting  rest,  extra. 

Hollow  spindle  with  1 J \ inch  hole,  extra. 


Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  12  in.  to  16  per  in. 
Range  of  feed,  to  in.  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 
Countershaft  pulleys  ( friction ) , 16  in.  diameter,  5 L in.  face. 
Traverse  rest  and  No.  2 portable  straightening  machine,  extra 


44 


With  Taper  Attachment, 


Fig.  46. 


26  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  WITH  HOLLOW  SPINDLES,  ON  12  FOOT  BED. 


THIS  LATHE  has  hollow  spindle  with  large  bearings. 

The  head  is  strongly  back-geared  with  a cross  of  5 and  6 pitch  which  prevents  chatter. 

Cone  pulley  has  4 sections,  12^,  iol/&,  7 yz,  4%  inches  diameter  respectively  for  3 inch  belt. 

Compound  rest  is  securely  gibbed  to  the  outside  of  bed  at  front  and  back  sides  with  long  bearing  on  the  bed. 

Side  Tool  Block  is  furnished  with  each  Lathe  for  turning  work  as  large  as  Lathe  will  swing. 

The  power  cross-feed  is  run  by  bevel  gears,  making  it  entirely  independent  from  other  working  parts  of  the  apron. 

Steel  feed-rod  and  leading-screw,  with  open  and  shut  nut. 

Cut  threads  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  16,  18  per  inch. 

It  has  steel  rack  and  pinion  for  moving  carriage. 

Distance  between  centers,  8 feet  6 inches. 

Rack -gears  can  be  drawn  out  of  the  rack,  preventing  wear  on  these  parts  when  not  required  in  screw-cutting  and  other 
similar  work.  This  does  away  with  the  annoyance  of  revolving  handles. 

Has  friction  counter-shaft,  with  pulleys  14  inches  in  diameter  for  4-inch  belt.  Should  make  100  revolutions  per  minute. 
Weight  4000  lbs. 


I 


45 


NEW  PATTERN  26  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE,  ON  12  FOOT  BED. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  an  entirely  new  pattern  Engine  Lathe,  with  26  inch  swing,  on  12  foot  bed.  The  bearings 
are  large  and  long,  the  cones  have  broad  faces,  the  head  is  very  strongly  back  geared,  the  gearings  are  cut  coarse,  and 
are  still  running  It  has  friction  feed,  inside  power  cross  feed,  compound  rest  to  move  in  any  horizontal  direction,  very 
strong  gibbed  carriage,  screw  cutting,  is  fitted  with  open  and  shut  nut,  consequently  screw  and  carriage  can  be  connected  at  any 
point.  The  feed  is  unusually  strong  and  durable,  and  can  be  changed  from  right  to  left,  or  vise  versa,  in  an  instant. 

The  spindle  is  forged  cast  steel,  the  rack  and  pinion  gear  for  same  are  of  steel  (cut  from  the  solid),  as  well  as  other  parts 
that  require  great  streugth  and  are  exposed  to  wear  ; the  important  sliding  parts  are  scraped  together,  not  ground  with  emery. 

Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  large  and  small  face  plate,  compound  rest,  center  rest,  full  set  of  screw  cutting  gears, 
counter  shaft  with  patent  friction  pulleys,  wrenches,  etc. 

The  friction  pulleys  are  16  x \'/z  inches,  and  should  make  about  no  revolutions  per  minute.  Beds  can  be  furnished  as 
required  up  to  and  including  30  feet  in  length. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing  over  ways,  ... 

Length  of  bed,  - 

Turns,  ..... 
Weight,  about,  - 

Diameter  front  bearing, 

Diameter  back  bearing,  - 
Diameter  of  spindle  through  cone, 

Width  of  cone  belt, 

Distance  between  head  and  tail  stock  V’s, 
Carriage  has  solid  bearings  on  ways, 


26  inches 
12  feet 
7 feet 
5,100  lbs. 
4 inches 

3 inches 
3^  inches 

4 inches 
14  inches 
34  inches 


46 


27  AND  30  INCH  PATTERN  ENGINE  LATHE. 


These  Lathes  are  the  same  in  general  design  and  embody  the  same  features  as  described  on  pages  36  and  37. 


Size  of  Lathe,  - 
Ratio  of  back  gearing,  - 
Cone  diameter, 

Width  of  belt  on  cone, 

Hole  through  spindle, 

Front  bearing  of  spindle, 

Diameter  of  tail  spindle, 

Lathe  will  cut  screws  from 
Feeds  per  inch  - 
Weight,  - 

Speed  of  countershaft, 

Size  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Lathe  will  take  between  centers,  - 
Beds  made  in  lengths  of 
Swing  over  carriage, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


27  INCH  SWINQ, 

10  Foot  Bed. 

14  to  I 

( 16^  in.,  13^  ill.,  u'/s  in., 
I 8 % in.,  6l/&  in. 

3'A  in. 

2 A in. 

• 3it  in-  diam.,  6%  in.  long. 
2 Ya  in. 

1 to  14 
3 to  70 
4500  lbs. 

125  rev. 

16  x 5 in. 

- 5 ft.,  6 in. 

10-12-14-16-18-20  ft. 

18  in. 


30  INCH  SWINQ, 

1 2 Foot  Bed. 

15  to  I 

20  in.,  i6|4  in.,  1334  in.,  } 
io]4  in.,  7 in.  1 
4 in. 

2 A in- 

5 in.  diam.,  7 in.  long. 

3 A in- 

1 to  14 
3 to  64 
6000  lbs. 

100  rev. 

18  x 514  in. 

7 ft. 

12-14-16-18-20-22  ft. 

21  in. 


47 


Fig.  49. 


28  INCH  SWING  PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  are  made  from  new  patterns  throughout;  are  attractive  and  symmetrical  in  outline,  and  weight  about 
one-third  more  than  ordinary  lathes. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  combine  strength  and  rigidity  with  ease  of  operation. 

The  journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished. 

Spindles  are  made  of  hammered  high  carbon  steel. 

Boxes  are  of  the  best  phosphor  bronze,  and  are  so  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time  and  easily  set  in 
perfect  allignment. 

The  lead  screw  and  rod  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  special  grade  of  steel. 

The  carriage  has  an  extra  long  bearing  on  ways ; and  the  compound  rest  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage. 

All  standard  lathes  have  a slide  at  back  of  bed  for  taper  attachment,  which  can  be  used  at  any  part  of  the  bed  ; is  simple, 
substantial  and  capable  of  boring  or  turning  a taper  six  inches  to  one  foot. 

These  lathes  are  provided  with  variable  feed  of  great  range,  which  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  work. 

An  endless  belt  is  used  on  feed  cones  and  can  be  easily  tightened  without  cutting  and  lacing  same. 

Automatic  cross  feed,  compound,  center,  traverse  and  full  swing  rests,  and  countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  are  furnished 
with  all  sizes. 

Hollow  spindles  are  furnished  when  required. 

Lathes  are  made  with  beds  of  any  even  length,  varying  by  two  feet. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Lathe,  ... 

Swing  of  Lathe, 

Swing  over  carriage, 

Length  of  bed, 

Turns  between  centers, 

Number  of  steps  on  cone, 

Face  of  steps  on  cone, 

Diameter  of  largest  step, 

Cuts  threads,  ... 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Width  of  belt,  ... 

Revolutions  of  countershaft  per  minute, 


28  inches 
28/z  “ 
19^  “ 

10  feet 

4 feet  9 inches 
5 


2 to  20 
16  inches 

5 “ 

100 


48 


PUTNAM  STANDARD  28  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Actual  Swing,  29  Inches. 


Note. — Cut  does  not  illustrate  latest  type  of  Lathe,  see  Photo.  These  Lathes  have  new  compound  reversing  gear  stud  for 
screw  cutting. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

8 feet. 

20^ 

inches. 

2 feet  6 inches. 

Without. 

6715 

9 “ 

20  x 

k k 

3 

< < 

6 “ 

k k 

6955 

10  “ 

20X 

4 

6 “ 

k k 

7195 

II  “ 

20'/ 

k k 

5 

6 “ 

k k 

7435 

12  “ 

20 X 

k ( 

6 

< t 

6 “ 

k k 

7675 

13  “ 

20  X 

k k 

7 

k t 

6 “ 

k k 

7915 

14  “ 

20  X 

k ( 

8 

k < 

6 “ 

k k 

8155 

15  “ 

20% 

k k 

9 

t < 

6 “ 

k k 

8395  i 

16  “ 

20% 

( k 

IO 

t k 

6 “ 

k k 

8635  § 

17  “ 

20X 

k k 

II 

k < 

6 “ 

k k 

8875  .= 

18  “ 

20^ 

k k 

12 

< k 

6 “ 

k k 

9115  $ 

19  “ 

20^ 

k t 

13 

k t 

6 “ 

k k 

9355  < 

20  “ 

20 X 

k k 

14 

< t 

6 “ 

k k 

9595  55 

21  “ 

20  X 

k ( 

15 

t < 

6 “ 

k k 

9835  r 

22  “ 

20% 

( ( 

l6 

< < 

6 “ 

k k 

10075  s- 

23  “ 

20% 

k ( 

17 

< k 

6 “ 

k k 

10315  3 

24  “ 

20]4 

( ( 

18 

i < 

6 “ 

k k 

10555  it 

25  “ 

20  X 

< ( 

19 

< t 

6 “ 

k k 

10795 

26  “ 

20'X 

( 4 

20 

1 1 

6 “ 

k k 

1 1035 

27  “ 

20% 

k k 

21 

c ( 

6 “ 

k k 

11275 

28  “ 

20  % 

k k 

22 

< t 

6 “ 

11515 

29  “ 

20'X 

k < 

23 

< k 

6 “ 

k k 

1 1755 

30  “ 

20'X 

( k 

24 

k < 

6 “ 

k k 

1 1 995 

31  “ 

20  'A 

( k 

25 

< < 

6 “ 

k k 

12235 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

8 feet. 

20X 

inches. 

2 feet  6 inches. 

With. 

9 “ 

20^ 

k k 

3 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

IO  “ 

20'X 

k k 

4 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

II  “ 

20'X 

k k 

5 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

12  “ 

20'X 

k k 

6 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

13  “ 

20'X 

k k 

7 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

14  “ 

20'X 

k k 

8 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

15  “ 

20'X 

k k 

9 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

16  “ 

20'X 

k k 

IO 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

17  “ 

20  X 

k k 

II 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

18  “ 

20 % 

k k 

12 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

19  “ 

20  L 

k k 

13 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

20  “ 

20X 

k k 

14 

k k 

6 “ 

i k 

21  “ 

20^ 

k k 

15 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

22  “ 

20'X 

k k 

l6 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

23  “ 

20'X 

k k 

17 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

24  “ 

20'X 

k k 

18 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

25  “ 

20'X 

k k 

19 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

26  “ 

20'X 

k k 

20 

k k 

6 

k k 

27  “ 

2Q'X 

k k 

21 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

28  “ 

20'X 

k k 

22 

k k 

6 

k k 

29  “ 

20'X 

k k 

23 

k k 

6 

k k 

30  “ 

20  'X 

k k 

24 

k k 

6 “ 

k k 

31  “ 

20  X 

k k 

25 

k k 

6 “ 

i k 

Range  of  feed,  ^ to  r 'X  inch  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 
Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  12  inches  to  16  per 
inch.  Taper  attachment,  extra.  Shafting  rest,  extra. 

No.  1 portable  straightening  machine,  extra. 

No.  2 Portable  straightening  machine,  extra. 


Weight. 


7015 

7255 

7495 

7735 

7975 

8215 

8455 

8695 

8935 

9175 

9415 

9655 

9895 

10135 

10375 

10615 
10855 
1 1095 

1 1335 
11575 

11815 

12055 

12295 

12535 


Traverse  rest,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter  are  18  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  70  revolutions  per  minute. 

Hollow  spindle,  with  2 ^ inch  hole,  extra. 


49. 


With  Taper  Attachment. 


Fig.  51. 


30  INCH  SWING  PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


THIS  LATHE  is  made  from  new  patterns  throughout ; is  attractive  and  symmetrical  in  outline,  and  weighs  about  one-third 
more  than  ordinary  Lathes. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  combine  strength  and  rigidity  with  ease  of  operation. 

The  journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished. 

Spindles  are  made  of  hammered  high  carbon  steel. 

Boxes  are  of  the  best  phosphor  bronze,  and  are  so  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time  and  easily  set  in 
perfect  allignment. 

The  lead  screw  and  rod  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  a special  grade  of  steel. 

The  carriage  has  an  extra  long  bearing  on  ways  ; and  the  compound  rest  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage. 

All  standard  lathes  have  a slide  at  back  of  bed  for  taper  attachment  which  can  be  used  at  any  part  of  the  bed  ; is  simple, 
substantial  and  capable  of  boring  or  turning  a taper  six  inches  to  one  foot. 

This  Lathe  is  provided  with  a variable  feed  of  great  range,  which  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  work. 

An  endless  belt  is  used  on  feed  cones  and  can  be  easily  tightened  without  cutting  and  lacing  same. 

Automatic  cross  feed,  compound,  center,  traverse  and  full  swing  rests,  and  countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  are  furnished. 
Hollow  spindles  are  furnished  when  required. 

Lathes  are  made  with  beds  of  any  even  length,  varying  by  two  feet. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Lathe,  ... 

Swing  of  Lathe, 

Swing  over  carriage, 

Length  of  bed, 

Turns  between  centers, 

Number  of  steps  on  cone, 

Face  of  steps  on  cone, 

Diameter  of  largest  step, 

Cuts  threads  ... 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Width  of  belt, 

Revolutions  of  countershaft,  - 


30  inch 
30^  inches 
2oj4  inches 
10  feet 
4 feet  2 ins 
5 

4 '/%  inches 
inches 
2 to  20 
16  inches 
5 inches 
100 


50 


NEW  PATTERN  30  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE  ON  12  FOOT  BED. 


■ 

I 


THE  above  illustration  represents  an  entirely  new pattern  engine  Lathe,  with  30  inch  swing  on  12  foot  bed. 

The  bearings  are  large  and  long  ; the  cones  have  broad  faces  ; the  head  is  very  strongly  back  geared  ; the  gearings  are 
cut  coarse,  and  are  still  running,  it  has  friction  feed,  inside  power  cross  feed,  compound  rest  to  move  in  any  horizontal 
direction  ; very  strong  gibbed  carriage  ; screw  cutting  ; is  fitted  with  open  and  shut  nut,  consequently  screw  and  carriage  can 
be  connected  at  any  point. 

The  feed  is  unusually  strong  and  durable,  and  can  be  changed  from  right  to  left,  or  vice  versa , in  an  instant. 

The  spindle  is  forged  cast  steel,  the  rack  and  pinion  gear  for  same  are  of  steel  (cut  from  the  solid),  as  well  as  other  parts 
that  require  great  strength  and  are  exposed  to  wear ; the  important  sliding  parts  are  scraped  together,  not  ground  with  emery. 

Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  large  and  small  face  plate,  compound  rest,  center  rest,  full  set  of  screw  cutting  gears, 
countershaft  with  patent  friction  pulleys,  wrenches,  etc. 

The  friction  pulleys  are  20  x 6 inches  and  should  make  about  80  revolutions  per  minute. 

Beds  can  be  furnished  as  required  up  to  and  including  30  feet  in  length. 


Swing  over  ways, 
Length  of  bed, 

Turns, 

Weight,  about 
Diameter  front  bearing, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


30  inches  Diameter  back  bearing,  - - -3 % inches 

12  feet  Diameter  of  spindle  through  cone,  - 3^4  inches 

6 feet  3 inches  Width  of  cone  belt,  - - - - 4^  inches 

6500  pounds  Distance  between  head  and  tail-stock  V’s,  16  inches 

5 inches  Carriage  has  solid  bearings  on  ways,  - 39  inches 


51 


Fig.  53. 


PUTNAH  STANDARD  30  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE, 

Actual  Swing,  31  Inches. 

Note. — See  Photo,  for  latest  type  of  Lathe.  These  Lathes  have  our  new  compound  reversing  gear  stud  for  Screw  Cutting. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

length  of 
Bed. 

.Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

10  feet 

20  inches 

3 feet  8 inches 

Without 

8225 

10  feet 

20  inches 

3 feet  8 inches 

With 

S600 

II  “ 

20  “ 

4 “ 8 “ 

8500 

11  “ 

20  “ 

4 “ 8 “ 

8875 

12  “ 

20  “ 

5 “ 8 “ 

8775 

12  “ 

20  “ 

5 “ 8 “ 

9*5° 

13  “ 

20  *• 

6 “ 8 “ 

9050 

13  “ 

20  “ 

6 “ 8 “ 

9425 

14  “ 

20  “ 

7 “8  “ 

9335 

14  “ 

20  “ 

7 “ 8 “ 

9700 

15  “ 

20  “ 

8 “ 8 “ 

9600 

15  “ 

20  “ 

8 “ 8 “ 

9975 

16  “ 

20  “ 

9 “ 8 “ 

9875 

16  “ 

20  “ 

9 “ 8 “ 

10250 

17  “ 

20  “ 

10  “ 8 “ 

10150 

17  “ 

20  “ 

10  “ 8 “ 

10525 

18  “ 

20  “ 

ii  “ 8 “ 

10425 

18  “ 

20  “ 

11  “ 8 “ 

10S00 

19  “ 

20  “ ' 

12  “ 8 “ 

10700 

19  “ 

20  “ 

12  “ 8 “ 

1 1075 

20 

20  “ 

13  “ 8 “ 

10975 

20  “ 

20  “ 

13  “ 8 “ 

II350 

21  “ 

20  “ 

14  “ 8 “ 

I I 250 

21  “ 

20  “ 

14  “ 8 “ 

1 1625 

22  “ 

20  “ 

IS  “ 8 “ 

1 1525 

22  “ 

20  “ 

15  “ 8 “ 

1 1 900 

23  “ 

20  “ 

16  “ 8 “ 

I iSOO 

23  “ 

20  “ 

16  “ 8 “ 

12175 

24  “ 

20  “ 

17  “ 8 “ 

12075 

24  “ 

20  “ 

17  “ 8 “ 

12450 

25  “ 

20  “ 

18  “ 8 “ 

12350 

25  “ 

20  “ 

18  “ 8 “ 

12725 

26  “ 

20  “ 

19  “ 8 “ 

12625 

26  “ 

20  “ 

19  “ 8 “ 

13000 

27  “ 

20  “ 

20  “ 8 “ 

I29IO 

27  “ 

20  “ 

20  “ 8 “ 

13275 

28  “ 

bo  “ 

21  “ 8 “ 

13 1 75 

28  “ 

20  “ 

21  “ 8 “ 

13550 

29  “ 

20  “ 

22  “ 8 “ 

13450 

29  “ 

20  “ 

22  “ 8 “ 

13825 

3°  ‘ 

20  “ 

23  “ 8 “ 

13725 

30  “ 

20  “ 

23  “ 8 “ 

14 100 

31  “ 

20  “ 

24  “ 8 “ 

14000 

31  “ 

20  “ 

24  “ 8 “ 

14375 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter  are  20  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  12  inches  to  16  per  inch. 

Countershaft  should  make  55  revolutions  per  minute. 

Range  of  feed,  15V1  nch  to  ^ inch  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 

Reversing  speed,  65  revolutions  per  minute. 

Triple-geared  head,  extra.  Traverse  rest,  extra. 

Hollow  spindle,  with  2yfr  inch  hole,  extra. 

52 


30  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE 


Actual  Swing,  31  Inches. 

Note. — For  illustration  of  this  Lathe  see  I'hoto. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

10  feet. 

20  inches. 

3 

feet  8 inches 

Without. 

8225 

II  “ 

20  “ 

4 

( ( 

8 “ 

( ( 

8500 

12  “ 

20  “ 

5 

4 4 

8 “ 

( 4 

8775 

13  “ 

20  “ 

6 

4 ( 

8 “ 

9050 

14  “ 

20  “ 

7 

8 “ 

9335 

15  “ 

20  “ 

8 

( 4 

8 “ 

( 4 

9600 

16  “ 

20  “ 

9 

( < 

8 “ 

4 4 

9875 

17  “ 

20  “ 

IO 

8 “ 

10150 

18  “ 

20  “ 

I I 

4 ( 

8 “ 

10425 

19  “ 

20  “ 

12 

8 “ 

10700 

20  “ 

20  “ 

13 

8 “ 

10975 

21  “ 

20  “ 

14 

8 “ 

1 1 250 

22  “ 

20  “ 

15 

8 “ 

11525 

23  “ 

20  “ 

l6 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

1 1800 

24  “ 

20  “ 

17 

4 ( 

8 “ 

4 4 

12075 

25  “ 

20  “ 

18 

i 4 

8 “ 

12350 

26  “ 

20  “ 

!9 

4 ( 

8 “ 

4 4 

12625 

27  “ 

20  “ 

20 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

12900 

28  “ 

20  “ 

21 

( 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

I3I75 

29  “ 

20  “ 

22 

( < 

8 “ 

4 4 

13450 

30  “ 

20  “ 

23 

“ 

8 “ 

13725 

31  “ 

20  “ 

24 

8 

14000 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  1 to  16  per  inch. 

Taper  attachment,  traverse  rest,  and  hollow  spindle,  with 
2 j'(I  inch  hole,  extra. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

10  feet. 

20  inches. 

3 

feet  8 inches 

With. 

8600 

II  “ 

20  “ 

4 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

8875 

12  “ 

20  “ 

5 

8 “ 

9I5° 

13  “ 

20  “ 

6 

‘ ‘ 

8 

9425 

14  “ 

20  “ 

7 

8 

9700 

15  “ 

20  “ 

8 

8 “ 

9975 

16  “ 

20  “ 

9 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

10250 

17  “ 

20  “ 

IO 

8 

10525 

18  “ 

20  “ 

II 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

10800 

19  “ 

20  “ 

12 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

1 1075 

20  “ 

20  “ 

13 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

11350 

21  “ 

20  “ 

14 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

11625 

22  “ 

20  “ 

15 

8 “ 

4 4 

II  900 

23  “ 

20  “ 

16 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

12175 

24  “ 

20  “ 

17 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

12450 

25  “ 

20  “ 

18 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

12725 

26  “ 

20  “ 

19 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

13000 

27  “ 

20  “ 

20 

8 “ 

13275 

28  “ 

20  “ 

21 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

13550 

29  “ 

20  “ 

22 

4 4 

8 “ 

4 4 

13825 

3°  “ 

20  “ 

23 

8 “ 

4 4 

I4IOO 

31  “ 

20  “ 

24 

8 “ 

4 4 

14375 

Pulleys  on  counter,  20  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  55  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  65  revolutions  per  minute. 


53 


Fig.  54. 


PUTNAM  STANDARD  33  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


Actual  Swing,  34^  Inches. 


Note — Cut  does  not  illustrate  latest  type  of  Lathe,  see  Photo.  These  Lathes  have  new  compound-reversing  gear-stud  for  screw 
cutting. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


L,ength  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carnage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

10  feet. 

24K 

inches. 

3 

feet  8 inches. 

Without. 

10225 

10  feet 

2414  inches. 

3 

feet  8 inches. 

With. 

10600 

II  “ 

24^4 

< k 

4 

“ 8 

4 4 

10500 

II  “ 

24  24 

l ( 

4 

< k 

8 

k k 

( k 

10875 

12  “ 

24^4 

( 4 

5 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

10775 

12  “ 

24  3A 

l ( 

5 

k ( 

8 

( ( 

k k 

1 1 150 

13  “ 

24^4 

4 k 

6 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

1 1050 

X 

13  “ 

24^4 

( k 

6 

8 

k k 

k k 

11425  i 

14  “ 

24/8 

4 4 

7 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

11335 

£ 

14  “ 

24^4 

k k 

7 

8 

k ( 

k k 

1 1700  2 

15  “ 

243A 

( ( 

8 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

1 1600 

w 

15  “ 

24^4 

( ( 

8 

( ( 

8 

k k 

k k 

11975  I 

16  “ 

24^4 

( 4 

9 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

11875 

3. 

16  “ 

24  3A 

k ( 

9 

8 

( t 

k k 

12250  ■*. 

17  “ 

24/8 

IO 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

12150 

*•- 

17  “ 

24^4 

k k 

IO 

8 

k k 

12525  t 

18  “ 

24H 

4 k 

II 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

12425 

18  “ 

24^4 

( k 

II 

( ( 

8 

k k 

k k 

12800 

19  “ 

24A 

( 4 

12 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

12700 

19  “ 

24A 

12 

8 

13075 

20  “ 

24^4 

4 4 

13 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

12975 

20  “ 

24A 

13 

8 

13350 

21  “ 

24A 

4 4 

14 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

13250 

21  “ 

24  a 

t k 

14 

( k 

8 

( k 

k k 

13625  - 

22  “ 

24^4 

4 4 

15 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

13525 

22  “ 

24H 

k k 

15 

k k 

8 

( k 

k k 

13900  § 

23  “ 

24^4 

4 4 

l6 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

13800 

E 

23  “ 

24^4 

( k 

16 

k k 

8 

k k 

14175  I 

24  “ 

24  3A 

4 4 

'7 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

14075 

& 

24  “ 

24^4 

17 

8 

14450  « 

25  “ 

243A 

4 4 

iS 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

14350 

25  “ 

24^4 

18 

8 

14725  5 

26  “ 

24  3A 

4 4 

19 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

14625 

u 

26  “ 

24^4 

19 

s 

I5OOO  u 

27  “ 

24A, 

4 4 

20 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

14900 

27  “ 

24  24 

« ( 

20 

8 

15275  | 

28  “ 

24^4 

4 4 

21 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

15175 

H 

28  “ 

243/s 

21 

S 

15550  f 

29  “ 

24  H 

4 4 

22 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

15450 

29  “ 

24  3A 

k k 

22 

8 

k k 

15825 

30  “ 

24^4 

4 4 

23 

“ S 

4 4 

4 4 

15725 

3°  “ 

24H 

23 

8 

16100 

31  “ 

24H 

4 4 

24 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

16000 

31  “ 

24A 

24 

8 

16375 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  12  in.  to  16  per  in. 
Range  of  feed,  to  l'X.  in.  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 
Triple-geared  head,  traverse  rest,  and  hollow  spindle,  2 fa 
inch  hole,  extra. 


Pulleys  on  counter,  20  in  diameter,  6 in.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  55  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  65  revolutions  per  minute. 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 


54 


STANDARD  36  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Actual  Swing,  37  Inches. 

Note. — See  Photo  for  latest  type  of  Lathe.  These  Lathes  have  new  compound  reversing  gear  stud  for  screw  cutting. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swin^  over 
Carriage. 

Distance 

between  Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swin^  over 
Carnage. 

Distance 

between  Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

10  feet. 

26  inches. 

3 

feet  8 inches. 

Without. 

10855 

IO 

feet. 

26  inches. 

3 

feet  8 inches. 

With. 

II  “ 

26 

( 4 

4 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

1 1 130 

II 

4 4 

26  “ 

4 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

12  “ 

26 

( ( 

5 

“ 8 

4 4 

1 1405 

12 

4 4 

26  “ 

5 

“ 8 

4 4 

13  “ 

26 

4 < 

6 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

1 1680 

•3 

4 4 

26  “ 

6 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

14  “ 

26 

( ( 

7 

“ 8 

4 4 

1 1955 

U 

14 

4 4 

26  “ 

7 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

15  “ 

26 

4 4 

8 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

12230 

O' 

15 

4 4 

26 

8 

“ 8 

4 4 

16  “ 

26 

4 t 

9 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

12505 

© 

16 

4 4 

26  “ 

9 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

17  “ 

26 

4 ( 

IO 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

12780 

17 

4 4 

26  “ 

IO 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

18  “ 

26 

4 k 

I I 

“ 8 

4 4 

13055 

H 

18 

4 4 

26  “ 

II 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

19  “ 

26 

4 4 

12 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

•3330 

•9 

4 4 

26  “ 

12 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

20  “ 

26 

4 4 

13 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

13605 

20 

4 4 

26  “ 

13 

“ 8 

4 4 

21  “ 

26 

4 4 

14 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

13880 

21 

4 4 

26  •“ 

•4 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

22  “ 

26 

4 4 

15 

“ 8 

4 4 

I4I55 

22 

4 4 

26  “ 

15 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

23  “ 

26 

i 4 

16 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

14430 

© 

23 

4 4 

26  “ 

16 

“ 8 

4 4 

24  “ 

26 

4 4 

17 

“ 8 

4 4 

14705 

Js 

24 

4 4 

26 

17 

“ 8 

25  “ 

26 

4 4 

18 

“ 8 

4 4 

14980 

25 

4 4 

26  “ 

18 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

26  “ 

26 

4 4 

19 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

15255 

-fl 

26 

4 4 

26  “ 

•9 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

27  “ 

26 

4 4 

20 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

15630 

© 

27 

4 4 

26  “ 

20 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

28  “ 

26 

4 4 

21 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

15905 

28 

4 4 

26  “ 

21 

“ 8 “ 

4 4 

29  “ 

26 

4 4 

22 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

16180 

29 

4 4 

26  “ 

22 

“ 8 

4 4 

30  “ 

26 

4 4 

23 

“ 8 

4 4 

16455 

30 

4 4 

26  “ 

23 

4 4 g 4 4 

4 4 

31  “ 

26 

4 4 

24 

“ 8 “ 

16730 

31 

4 4 

26  “ 

24 

“ 8 

4 4 

Range  of  screw  cutting, 

one  thread  in  12  in.  to  16  per  in 

Pulleys  on  counter  are 

20  in.  diameter,  6 in.  fa 

Range  of  feed,  ^ to  1%  in.  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 
Triple-geared  head,  traverse  rest  and  hollow  spindle,  2j 
inch  hole,  extra. 


Weight. 
1 1 2X0 

1 1505 

11780 

12055 

12330 

12605 

12880 

13155 

13430 

13705 

13980 

14255 

14530 

14805 

15080 

15355 

15630 

15905 

16 1 80 

16455 

167  30 
17005 


Countershaft  should  make  50  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  60  revolutions  per  minute. 

Taper  attachment,  extra. 


55 


Taper  Attachment.  Triple  Gears. 


56 


38  AND  40  INCH  PATTERN  PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHES. 


IIIE  Ir,  ina.de  from  new  patterns  throughout;  is  attractive  and  symmetrical  in  outline,  and  weighs  about  one- 
third  more  than  ordinary  lathes  of  the  same  capacity.  s aDOUt  one 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  combine  strength' and  rigidity  with  ease  of  operation. 

The  journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished. 

Spindles  are  made  of  hammered  high  carbon  steel. 

in  perfecfalhVnmlnt.6  ^ ph°Sphor  bronze>  and  are  50  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time  and  easily  set 
The  lead  screw  and  rod  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  special  grade  of  steel. 

d,!lCa7ulg?  hfStani  1xtrf  long  bea[lnS  on  ways  : and  the  compound  rest  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage 
of  boring  or  turning °a  **  ^ * “y  P3rt  °f  bed  ; * is  shnple’  substa"tial  and  capable 

Provided  with  variable  feed  of  great  range,  which  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  work. 

An  endless  belt  is  used  on  feed  cones  and  can  be  easily  tightened  without  cutting  and  lacing  same. 

Automatic  cross  feed  compound  center,  traverse  and  full  swing  rests,  and  countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  are  furnished 
instead^ tape^ttadiment.UrnlS^ed  reqmre<L  Thls  Lathe  is  Crashed  with  automatic  angular  feed  in  compound  rest 

Lathes  are  made  with  beds  of  any  even  length,  varying  by  two  feet. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Lathe, 

Swing  of  Lathe, 

Swing  over  carriage, 

Length  of  bed, 

Turns  between  centers, 

Number  of  steps  on  cone, 

Face  of  steps  on  cone, 

Diameter  of  largest  step, 

Cuts  threads,  - 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Width  of  belt,  - 

Revolutions  of  countershaft, 


Weight, 


38  Inch 

36 ]/z  inches 
- 22}&  inches 
12  feet 
5 feet  2 inches 
5 

4 Y%  inches 
22  inches 
2 to  16 
18  inches 
6 inches 
90 

10000  pounds 


Size  of  Lathe,  - - - 40  Inch 

Swing  of  Lathe,  - - 40^  inches 

Swing  over  carriage,  - - 25  inches 

Length  of  bed,  - - - - 12  feet 

Turns  between  centers,  - 5 feet  2 inches 

Number  of  steps  011  cone,  - - - 5 

Face  of  steps  on  cone,  - - 434  inches 

Diameter  of  largest  step,  - 22  inches 

Cut  threads,  - - - - 2 to  16 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft,  18  inches 
Width  of  belt,  - - - -6  inches 

Revolutions  of  countershaft,  - - 90 


Weight, 


13000  pounds 


57 


PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g, 


Fig.  57. 


38  INCH  SWING  PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE, 


On  12  Foot  Bed,  with  Triple  Gears. 


THIS  LATHE  is  made  from  new  patterns  throughout ; is  attractive  and  symmetrical  in  outline,  and  weighs  about  one-third 
more  than  ordinary  Lathes. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  combine  strength  and  rigidity  with  ease  of  operation. 

The  Journals  are  large  and  carefully  finished. 

Spindles  are  made  of  hammered  high  carbon  steel. 

Boxes  are  of  the  best  phosphor  bronze,  and  are  so  designed  that  new  ones  can  be  substituted  at  any  time  and  easily  set  in 
perfect  allignment. 

The  lead  screw  and  rod  and  all  actuating  screws  are  made  of  special  grade  of  steel. 

The  carriage  has  an  extra  long  bearing  on  ways  ; and  the  compound  rest  also  has  a long  bearing  on  carriage. 

An  automatic  angular  feed  is  furnished  for  operating  compound  rest. 

This  Lathe  is  provided  with  variable  feed  of  great  range,  which  is  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  work. 

An  endless  belt  is  used  on  feed  cones  and  can  be  easily  tightened  without  cutting  and  lacing  same. 

It  has  triple  gears,  automatic  cross  feed,  compound  center,  traverse  and  full  swing  rests,  and  countershaft  with 
friction  pulleys  are  furnished. 

Hollow  spindles  are  furnished  when  required. 

Lathes  are  made  with  beds  of  any  even  length,  varying  by  two  feet. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Size  of  Lathe,  - - - - - - -38  inches 

Swing  of  Lathe,  ------  38 ]/2  inches 

Swing  over  carriage,  - - - - - - 23  inches 

Length  of  bed,  ------  12  feet 

Turns  between  centers,  -----  5 feet  2 inches 

Number  of  steps  on  cone,  -------  5 

Face  of  steps  on  cone,  ■ 4^4  inches 

Diameter  of  largest  step,  -----  22  inches 

Cuts  thread,  - - - - - - - 2 to  16 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft,  - - - - 18  inches 

Width  of  belt,  - - - - - - -6  inches 

Revolutions  of  countershaft,  ------  90 

Weight,  - - - - - - 1 2000  lbs. 


58 


Fig.  58 


59 


Fig.  59. 


60 


42  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


Compound  Rest. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of  Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carnage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw  Cutting. 

Weight. 

10  feet. 

30  inches. 

3 

feet 

8 

inches. 

Without. 

1 1 680 

12  “ 

30  “ 

5 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

12280 

14  “ 

30  “ 

7 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

12880 

16  “ 

30  “ 

9 

( 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

13480 

18  “ 

30  “ 

I I 

( < 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

14080 

20  “ 

30  “ 

13 

1 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

14680 

22  “ 

30  “ 

15 

1 i 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

15280 

24  “ 

30  “ 

17 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

15S80 

26  “ 

30  “ 

19 

< 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

16480 

28  “ 

30 

21 

4 ( 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

17080 

30  “ 

30  “ 

23 

( ( 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

17680 

IO  “ 

30  “ 

3 

t 4 

8 

4 4 

With. 

12080 

12  “ 

30  “ 

5 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

12700 

.ZT 

14  “ 

30  “ 

7 

8 

13320 

H 

16  “ 

30  “ 

9 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

13940 

18  “ 

30  “ 

II 

( ( 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

14560 

20  “ 

30  “ 

13 

4 C 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

15180 

22  “ 

30 

15 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

15800 

24  “ 

30  “ 

17 

4 4 

8 

4 1 

4 4 

16420 

26  “ 

30  “ 

19 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

17040 

28  “ 

30  “ 

21 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

17660 

30  “ 

30  “ 

23 

4 4 

8 

4 4 

4 4 

18280 

Traverse  rest,  triple  geared  head  and  shafting  rest,  extra. 
Pnlleys  on  counter,  24  inch  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  55  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  75  revolutions  per  minute. 


61 


Fig.  6i. 


STANDARD  46  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Actual  Swing,  47 Inches.  Tailstock  .Spindle  Operated  by  Side  Hand-wheel- 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

12  feet 

3454  inches 

3 

Feet  7J4  inches 

Without 

17000 

12  feet 

34k  inches 

3 

feet  7k  inches 

With 

18200 

14  “ 

•34k  “ 

5 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

18200 

14  “ 

34k  “ 

5 

“ 7k 

19400 

15  “ 

34  k “ 

6 

“ 7k  “ 

18800 

15  “ 

34  k ;; 

6 

“ 7k  “ 

20000 

16  “ 

34k  “ 

7 

“ 7k  “ 

19400 

16  “ 

34k  “ 

7 

“ 7k  “ 

20600 

17  “ 

34k 

8 

“ iVi.  “ 

“ 

20000 

17  “ 

34k 

8 

“ 7k  “ 

21200 

18  “ 

34k  “ 

9 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

20600 

18  “ 

34k  ; 

9 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

21800 

19  “ 

34k  “ 

10 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

21200 

19  “ 

34k  ‘ 

10 

“ 7k  “ 

22400 

20  “ 

34k 

11 

“ 7/1  “ 

“ 

21800 

20  “ 

34k  “ 

11 

“ 7k 

23OOO 

21  “ 

34k  ■“ 

12 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

22400 

21  “ 

34k  “ 

12 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

2360O 

22  “ 

34k 

13 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

23000 

22  “ 

34k 

13 

“ 7k  “ 

24200 

23  “ 

34k  “ 

14 

7k  “ 

“ 

23600 

23  “ 

34k 

m 

“ 7k  “ 

24800 

24  “ 

34k  “ 

15 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

24200 

24  “ 

34k 

L5 

“ 7k  “ 

254OO 

25  “ 

34k 

16 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

24800 

2.3 

34k 

l6 

“ 7k 

26000 

26  “ 

34k  “ 

17 

“ 7k  “ 

25400 

26  “ 

34k  ;• 

17 

“ 7k  “ 

26600 

27  “ 

34k 

is 

“ 7k 

26000 

27  “ 

34  k 

l8 

“ 7k  “ 

27200 

28  “ 

34k 

19 

“ iVi  “ 

“ 

26600 

28  “ 

34k 

>9 

“ 7k  “ 

27800 

29  “ 

34  k “ 

20 

“ 7k  “ 

27200 

29  “ 

34k  “ 

20 

“ 7k  “ 

284OO 

30  “ 

34k  “ 

21 

“ 7k  “ 

27800 

30  “ 

34k 

21 

“ 7k  “ 

29OOO 

31  “ 

34k  “ 

22 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

28400 

31  “ 

34  k 

22 

“ 7k  “ 

29600 

32  “ 

34k  “ 

23 

“ 7k  “ 

29000 

32  “ 

34k  “ 

23 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

30200 

33  “ 

34k  “ 

24 

“ 7k  “ 

29600 

33 

34  k “ 

24 

“ 7k  “ 

30800 

34  “ 

34k  “ 

25 

“ 7k  “ 

“ 

30200 

34  “ 

34k 

25 

“ 7k 

3I4OO 

33  “ 

34k 

26 

“ 7 XA  “ 

30800 

35  “ 

34'k  “ 

26 

“ 7'k 

32000 

36  “ 

34k  “ 

27 

“ 7k  “ 

31400 

36 

34k  “ 

27 

“ 7k 

32600 

37  “ 

34k  “ 

28 

“ 7k  “ 

32000 

37  “ 

34'k 

28 

“ 7k 

33200 

39  “ 

34k  “ 

30 

“ 7k  “ 

33200 

39  “ 

34k  “ 

3° 

“ 7k  “ 

34400 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  one  thread  in  12  ins.  to  16  per  in. 
Range  of  feed,  ^ to  2%  ins.  to  one  revolution  of  spindle. 
Triple  geared  lieadstock,  and  tailstock  spindle  operated  by 
side  hand-wheel,  extra. 


Traverse  rest  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter,  26  inches  diameter,  8 inches  face. 
Counter  should  make  40  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  50  revolutions  per  minute. 


62 


Fig.  62. 


48  INCH  SWING  ENG1NE||LATHE, 

With  Screw  Cutting  Attachment.  Triple  Geared  Headstock  and  Compound  Rest. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of  Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

10  feet. 

35  inches. 

3 feet. 

Without. 

13875 

12 

< t 

35 

5 

4 4- 

4 4 

15075 

14 

1 1 

35 

7 

4 4 

4 4 

16275 

l6 

35 

9 

17475 

18 

1 i 

35 

II 

4 4 

4 4 

18675 

20 

< t 

35 

13 

4 4 

4 4 

19875 

22 

35 

15 

21075 

24 

35 

17 

22275 

26 

35 

19 

23475 

28 

1 1 

35 

21 

4 4 

4 4 

24675  3 

30 

< < 

35 

23 

4 4 

4 4 

With. 

25875  0 

IO 

< < 

35 

3 

4 4 

15075  £ 

12 

4 4 

35 

5 

4 4 

4 4 

16275  ~ 

14 

35 

7 

17535  H 

16 

4 4 

35 

9 

4 4 

4 4 

18765 

18 

35 

II 

4 4 

19995 

20 

35 

13 

21225 

22 

35 

15 

22455 

24 

4 4 

35 

17 

4 4 

4 4 

23685 

26 

35 

19 

4 4 

249 1 5 

28 

4 4 

35 

21 

4 4 

4 4 

26145 

30 

35 

23 

4 4 

27375 

Traverse  rest,  triple  geared  head  and  shafting  rest,  extra. 
Pulleys  on  counter,  26  inch  diameter,  8 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  50  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  70  revolutions  per  minute. 


I 


63 


Fig.  63. 


jlltlllUUIIlUill 


EXTRA  HEAVY  TR1PLE=GEARED  54  AND  60  INCH  PATTERN  ENGINE  LATHES. 

Back  Faceplate  and  Pit  Lathe  Attachments.  Tailstock  Spindle  operated  by  Side  Hand  Wheel. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


54  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHES. 
Compound  Rest. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing-  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

14  feet. 

34  inches. 

7 y2  feet. 

Without. 

18900 

16  “ 

34  “ 

9A  “ 

“ 

19750 

18  % “ 

34  “ ' 

12 

< ( 

20600 

21  “ 

34  “ 

*4'A  “ 

“ 

21450 

23L;  “ 

34  “ 

17 

‘ ‘ 

22300 

26  “ 

34  “ 

19K  “ 

“ 

23150 

28^  “ 

34  “ 

22  “ 

‘ 1 

24000 

14  “ 

34  “ 

lYz  “ 

With. 

20100 

16  “ 

34  “ 

9K  “ 

“ 

20950 

i8f4  “ 

34  “ 

12  “ 

l i 

21800 

21  “ 

34  “ 

14'A  “ 

“ 

22650 

23^  “ 

34  “ 

17 

23500 

26  “ 

34  “ 

19'A  “ 

‘ ‘ 

24350 

28^  “ 

34  “ 

22  “ 

25200 

Triple  geared  head  and  tailstock  spindle  operated  by  side 
hand-wheel,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter,  36  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  45  to  50  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  60  revolutions  per  minute. 


60  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHES. 


Compound  Rest. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

17  feet. 

40  inches. 

9 feet. 

Without. 

25250 

l9'A  “ 

40  “ 

u'A  “ 

‘ ‘ 

26250 

22  “ 

40  “ 

14 

27250 

24^  “ 

40  “ 

16'A  “ 

“ 

28250 

27  “ 

40  “ 

19  “ 

‘ ‘ 

29250 

29K  “ 

40  “ 

21^  “ 

‘ ‘ 

30250 

17  “ 

40  “ 

9 “ 

With. 

26450 

19  K “ 

40  “ 

n'A  “ 

‘ 1 

27450 

22  “ 

40  “ 

14 

“ 

28450 

m'A  “ 

40  “ 

i6'/2  “ 

“ 

29450 

27  “ 

40  “ 

19  “ 

30450 

29^  “ 

40  “ 

2I>^  “ 

31450 

Triple  geared  head  and  tailstock  spindle  operated  by  side 
hand-wheel,  extra. 

Pulleys  on  counter,  36  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  48  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  60  revolutions  per  minute. 

Face  plate  on  back  end  headstock  for  pit  lathe,  extra. 
Lathe  22  ft.  bed,  with  back  faceplate,  weight  30000  lbs. 
Lathe  22  ft.  bed,  with  back  faceplate,  bed  for  pit  lathe,  with 
2 compound  slide  rests,  power  feed,  etc.,  weight  40000  lbs. 


64 


EXTRA  HEAVY  76  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


length  of 

Swing  over 

Distance  between 

Weight. 

Bed. 

Carriage. 

Centers. 

(Screw  Cuttiug.) 

25  feet 

53  inches. 

10  feet 

69550 

28  “ 

53  “ 

13  “ 

75250 

31  “ 

53  “ 

16  “ 

80950 

34  “ 

53  “ 

19  “ 

86650 

37  “ 

53  “ 

22  “ 

92350 

40  “ 

53 

25  “ 

98050 

43  “ 

53 

28  “ 

103750 

46  “ 

53  “ 

31  “ 

109450 

49  “ 

53  “ 

34  “ 

115150 

52  “ 

53  “ 

37  “ 

120850 

55  “ 

53 

40  “ 

126550 

58  “ 
61  “ 

53  “ 

53 

43  “ 
46  “ 

132250 

137950 

64  “ 

53 

49  “ 

143650 

67  “ 

53 

52  “ 

149350 

70  “ 

53  “ 

55  “ 

155050 

Additional  lengths  of  bed  made  if  required. 

Pulleys  on  counter  40  inches  diameter,  9 inches  face. 

Counter  should  make  50  revolutions  per  minute. 

Reversing  speed,  60  revolutions  per  minute. 

Range  of  feed  inches  to  12  inches  for  1 revolution  of  spindle. 
Range  of  screw  cutting,  12  threads  to  1 inch  to  1 thread  in  24  inches. 


EXTRA  HEAVY  TRIPLE  GEARED  84  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

With  Back  Faceplate  for  Pit  Lathe,  Extra. 


Fig.  65. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


SEVEN  FEET  SWING  ENGINE  LATHES. 
Geared  Face  Plates. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Ways.  ' 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  be- 
tween 
Centers. 

Weight. 

18  feet 

7 feet 

59  Vz  inches 

8 feet 

22  “ 

7 “ 

59A  “ 

12  “ 

32  “ 

7 “ 

59  K “ 

22  “ 

42  “ 

7 “ 

59  lA  “ 

32  “ 

52  “ 

7 “ 

59^  “ 

42  “ 

62  “ 

7 “ 

59^  “ 

52  “ 

Back  faceplate  for  pit  lathe,  extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  54  inches  diameter,  7 
inches  face. 

Double  pulleys  (if  used),  36  inches  diameter,  7 inches 
face. 

Countershaft  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute. 
Tailstock  spindle,  operated  by  side  hand-wheel,  extra. 
Crank  pin  boring  attachment,  extra. 


SEVEN  FEET  SWING  ENGINE  LATHES. 


From  New  Patterns.  Extra  Heavy,  Strong  and  Powerful. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Ways. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  be- 
tween 
Centers. 

Weight. 

18  feet 

7 feet 

59  inches 

8 feet 

22  “ 

7 “ 

59  A “ 

12  “ 

32  “ 

7 “ 

59 'A  “ 

22  “ 

42  “ 

7 “ 

59^  “ 

32  “ 

52  “ 

7 “ 

59  A “ 

42 

62  “ 

7 “ 

59  A “ 

52  “ • 

Back  faceplate  for  pit  lathe  extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  54  inches  diameter, 
7 inches  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute. 
Tailstock  spindle  operated  by  side  hand-wheel,  extra. 
Crank  pin  boring  attachment,  extra. 


66 


EIGHT  FEET  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE, 

Geared  Face  Plates. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Ways. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

22  feet. 

8 feet. 

70  inches. 

11  feet. 

32  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

21  “ 

42  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

31  “ 

52  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

41  “ 

62  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

51  “ 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  54  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 
Double  pulleys  (if  used),  36  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute. 

Back  face  plate  for  pit  lathe  and  tail-stock  spindle  operated  by  side 
hand-wheel,  extra. 


EIGHT  FEET  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE, 

From  New  Patterns.  Extra  Heavy,  Strong  and 
Powerful. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Ways. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

22  feet. 

8 feet. 

70  inches. 

11  feet. 

32  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

21  “ 

42  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

31  “ 

52  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

41  “ 

62  “ 

8 “ 

70  “ 

51  “ 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  same  as  above. 
Countershaft  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute. 
Back  face  plate  for  pit  lathe  and  tailstock  spindle 
operated  by  side  hand-wheel,  extra. 


NINE  FEET  SWING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Geared  Faceplate. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Dength  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Ways. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Weight. 

27  feet. 

9 feet. 

80  inches. 

15  feet. 

37  “ 

9 “ 

So 

25  “ 

47  “ 

9 “ 

80  “ 

35  “ 

57  “ 

9 “ 

80  “ 

45  “ 

67  “ 

9 “ 

80  “ 

55  “ 

Countershaft  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute. 
Back  faceplate  for  pit  lathe  and  tailstock  spindle 
operated  by  side  hand-wheel,  extra. 


67 


Fig.  66. 


STANDARD  16  AND  32 '<  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  GAR  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


16  AND  32'  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  GAP  LATHE. 
Gap  18  Inches  Long. 


18 % AND  43  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  GAP  LATHE. 
Gap  20X  Inches  Long. 


length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Swing 

through  Gap. 

Distance  be- 
tween Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight 

6 feet 

S'4  ins. 

32^  ins. 

2 ft. 

9 ins. 

Without 

2IOO 

7 “ 

8 % “ 

“ 

3 “ 

9 “ 

“ 

2200 

8 “ 

8K  “ 

32^  “ 

4 “ 

9 “ 

“ 

23OO 

9 “ 

8 A “ 

32^  “ 

5 “ 

9 “ 

‘ ‘ 

2400 

IO  “ 

8 A “ 

32^4  “ 

6 “ 

9 “ 

‘ 1 

2500 

I I “ 

8 A “ 

32A  “ 

7 “ 

9 “ 

1 ‘ 

2600 

12  “ 

8 A “ 

'32)4  “ 

8 “ 

9 “ 

“ 

27OO 

6 “ 

8^  “ 

3 2H  “ 

2 “ 

9 “ 

With 

2200 

7 “ 

8 A “ 

32^4  “ 

3 “ 

9 “ 

“ 

2300 

8 “ 

814:  “ 

32^  “ 

4 “ 

9 “ 

“ 

2400 

9 “ 

8X  “ 

32>4  “ 

5 “ 

9 “ 

“ 

2500 

IO  “ 

8 A “ 

32^4  “ 

6 “ 

9 “ 

‘ ‘ 

2600 

II  “ 

8 A “ 

32>4  “ 

7 “ 

9 “ 

‘ ‘ 

27OO 

12  “ 

8^  “ 

32>4  “ 

8 “ 

9 “ 

2800 

Compound  rest  furnished  when  ordered. 

Swing  over  carriage,  io|4  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  I thread  in  2 A ins.  to  36  per  in. 
Power  cross  feed  is  furnished  with  offset  carriage. 

Pulleys  on  countershaft  are  12  ins.  diameter,  4 ins.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  95  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  150  revolutions  per  minute. 

Hollow  spindle  with  jf  inch  hole  and  special  31  ins.  face- 
plate, extra. 


Deugth  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Swing 

tlirough  Gap. 

Distance  be- 
tween Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight 

8 feet 

9 inches 

43  inches 

4 ft.  yz  in. 

Without 

3280 

IO  “ 

9 “ 

43  “ 

6 “ A “ 

“ 

3580 

12  “ 

9 “ 

43  “ 

8 “ >1  “ 

“ 

3880 

14  “ 

9 “ 

43  “ 

10  “ y2  “ 

“ 

4180 

8 “ 

9 “ 

43  “ 

4 “ ^ “ 

With 

3420 

IO  “ 

9 

43  “ 

6 “ % “ 

“ 

3720 

12  “ 

9 “ 

43  “ 

8 ir#  “ 

“ 

4020 

14  “ 

9 “ 

43  “ 

10  “ “ 

“ 

4320 

Compound  rest  furnished  when  ordered. 

Swing  over  carriage,  12  inches. 

Range  of  screw  cutting,  1 thread  in  4 y2  ins.  to  24  per  inch. 
Power  cross  feed  is  furnished  with  offset  carriage. 

Pulleys  on  counter,  14  inches  diameter,  4 y2  inches  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  90  revolutions  per  minute. 
Reversing  speed,  100  revolutions  per  minute. 

Hollow  spindle  with  t '/&  inch  hole  and  special  42  ins.  face- 
plate, extra. 


68 


25  AND  50  INCH  SWING  GAP  CHUCKING  LATHE. 

Double  Geared  Headstock. 

AN  improved  and  heavy  tool  of  great  range  and  capacity.  Cone  is  balanced  and  has  four  shifts  for  a wide  belt.  Headstock 
has  patent  ground  journals  with  anti-friction  metal  boxes,  which  compensate  for  wear  and  preserve  the  original  allign- 
ment  of  the  live  and  dead  centers. 

Spindle  boxes  are  made  of  one  piece  of  metal  ( patented)  ; are  so  constructed  as  to  be  susceptible  of  accurate  adjustment  ; 
are  interchangeable  and  easily  duplicated. 

Tailstock  is  secured  to  bed  by  side-screw  binder. 

Bed  slider  is  operated  by  rack  and  pinion,  which,  when  open,  give  ample  swing  through  gap,  and  additional  distance 
between  centers. 

Furnished  with  countershaft,  four-arm  faceplate,  two  pointed  centers,  one  set  of  improved  chucking  rests,  and  wrenches. 
Top  of  bed  is  hand-scraped  to  surface  plates. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

21  AND  3754  INCH  SWING  GAP  CHUCKING  LATHE. 
Gap  18  Inches  Long. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Carriage. 

Swing 

through  Gap. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Closed  Slide). 

Distance 
between  Centers. 
(^Slide  Open;. 

Weight. 

6 feet 

16  inches. 

37 Yz  inches 

2 foot  10  inches 

5 feet 

1850 

7 “ 

16  “ 

37>4  “ 

3 “ 10  “ 

6 “ 

1950 

8 “ 

16  “ 

37>4  “ 

4 “ 10  “ 

7 “ 

2050 

9 “ 

16  “ 

37  yi  “ 

5 “ 10  “ 

8 “ 

2250 

10  “ 

16  “ 

3714  “ 

6 “ 10  “ 

9 “ 

2450 

11  “ 

16  “ 

3714  “ 

7 “ 10  “ 

IO  “ 

2650 

12  “ 

16  " 

37/4  “ 

8 “ 10  “ 

II  “ 

2850 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  14  inches  diameter,  4 inches  face. 
20  inches  4 jawed  chuck,  fitted,  extra. 

Back  geared  headstock,  extra. 

Automatic  revolving  turret  head,  extra. 

Countershaft  should  make  80  revolutions  per  minute. 


25  AND  50  INCH  SWING  GAP  CHUCKING  LATHE. 


Gap  20K  Inches  Long. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing  over 
Rest. 

Swing 

through  Gap. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Closed  Slide). 

Distance 
between  Centers. 
(Slide  Open 

Weight. 

8 feet 

20  inches 

50  inches 

4 foot  4 inches. 

7 feet 

2950 

IO  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

6 “ 4 “ 

IO  “ 

3250 

12  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

8 “ 4 “ 

13  “ 

3500 

14  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

10  “ 4 “ 

16  “ 

3800 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  16  inches  diameter,  \]/2  inches  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  75  revolutions  per  minute. 

24  inches  4 jawed  chuck,  fitted,  extra. 

Back  geared  headstock,  extra. 

Automatic  revolving  turret  head,  extra. 


69 


28  AND  57  INCH  SWING  ENGINE  GAP  LATHE. 

Will  Face  up  Full  Swing  (through  Gap)  with  Automatic  Feed. 

^TAIIIS  LATHE  embodies  in  its  construction  the  desirable  features  of  the  “ Putnam  Standard”  Engine  Lathes,  and  is  fitted 
-1-  up  with  the  same  care  and  accuracy. 

Driving  cone  has  five  shifts  for  a wide  belt.  Headstock  gears  are  powerful,  speeds  are  proportioned  to  give  velocities  in 
uniform  progression.  Live  spindle  is  made  from  a high  grade  of  crucible  steel  ; is  massive.  Journals  are  ground  to  secure 
rotundity  and  accuracy.  Spindle  boxes  are  interchangeable  and  easily  duplicated,  are  made  from  one  piece  of  anti-friction 
metal,  are  susceptible  of  accurate  and  easy  adjustment,  and  preserve  the  original  allignment  of  the  live  and  dead  centers. 

Tailstock  has  large  spindle,  broad  base,  set-over  device,  tool  shelf  and  a patent  cam-screw  binder,  which  is  not  equaled 
or  quickness  and  efficiency  ; is  also  fitted  with  adjustable  rolls,  which  cause  the  tailstock  to  slide  easily  on  the  bed  when  its 
position  is  changed. 

Carriage  has  an  unusual  area  of  wearing  surface  on  the  “ ways,”  and  is  improved  by  its  new  construction,  giving  increased 
rigidity,  and  lessens  the  annoyance  from  chips,  etc. 

Feed  table  is  of  ample  power,  and  responds  quickly  to  the  operator,  its  action  for  either  cross  or  lateral  feeds  being 
smooth,  even  and  without  shock  or  jar;  the  feed  is  operated  by  both  belt  and  gear,  while  its  range  is  unequaled,  our  extra 
coarse  cross  and  lateral  surfacing  feed  being  a new  feature. 

The  bed  is  remarkably  free  from  distortion  by  shrinkage  incident  to  improper  distribution  of  metal,  and  is  designed  to 
impart  strength  and  resist  vibration,  deflection  and  torsional  strains.  The  “ways”  are  large,  of  desirable  form,  and  essentially 
mproved  by  having  the  one  supporting  the  front  of  the  carriage  larger  than  the  rear  one. 

This  Lathe  is  furnished  with  countershaft,  large  and  small  faceplates,  open  adjustable  3 jawed  back  rest  with  lever  handle 
lock-nut,  and  wrenches.  Abrasive  surfaces  are  seated  by  hand  scraping,  and  motive  parts  (including  rack)  subject  to  excessive 
wear  or  strain  are  made  of  steel. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing 

’ over  Carnage. 

Swing 

through  Gap. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 

Screw 

Cutting. 

Weight. 

8 feet 

14)4  inches 

57  inches 

3 

feet 

10  ins. 

Without 

7075 

IO  “ 

14  14  “ 

57 

5 

< < 

10  “ 

“ 

7575 

12  “ 

hH  “ 

57  “ 

7 

( ( 

10  “ 

‘ ‘ 

8075 

14  “ 

hJ4  “ 

57  “ 

9 

< ( 

10  “ 

“ 

8575 

t6  “ 

14 14  “ 

57  “ 

II 

( ( 

10  “ 

“ 

9075 

18  “ 

h'A  “ 

57  “ 

13 

( ( 

10  “ 

‘ ‘ 

9575 

20  “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

15 

10  “ 

“ 

10075 

8 “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

3 

( ( 

10  “ 

With 

7375 

IO  “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

5 

( ( 

10  “ 

“ 

7875 

12  “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

7 

( ( 

10  “ 

“ 

8375 

14  “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

9 

( ( 

10  “ 

“ 

8875 

16  “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

II 

( ( 

10“ 

( ( 

9375 

18  “ 

1414  “ 

57  “ 

13 

t < 

10  “ 

“ 

9875 

20  “ 

14 14  “ 

57  “ 

15 

( ( 

10  “ 

10375 

Lathe  is  made  in  1 foot  lengths  of  bed.  Intermediate  lengths,  intermediate  prices. 

Large  52  inch  circular  faceplate.  Weight,  850  lbs.,  extra. 

Gap  18  inches  long  with  8 foot  bed,  6 inches  longer  for  each  additional  foot  of  bed. 
l’ulleys  on  counter,  18  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 

Counter  should  make  60  revolutions  per  minute.  Reversing  speed,  70  revolutions  per  minute. 


70 


-PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  <3 


Fig.  67. 


IMPROVED  AXLE=TURNING  LATHE. 


THIS  LATHE  is  designed  particularly  for  turning  car  and  locomotive  axles.  Is  unequalled  in  weight,  strength,  power  and 
convenience.  Is  provided  with  a double  set  of  driving  pulleys  on  the  countershaft,  which  enables  the  operator  to  rough 
out  and  finish  work  at  different  speeds  without  shifting  belt  on  the  driving  cone. 

The  head  and  tail  spindles  are  of  cast  steel  and  unusually  large  ; the  former  is  self-oiling,  receives  the  lateral  pressure  on 
an  anti-friction  collar,  and  is  so  constructed  that  the  bearings  can  be  compressed  to  compensate  for  wear,  while  the  spindle 
retains  a central  line. 

It  has  two  grades  of  feeds  for  roughing  and  finishing,  which  can  be  thrown  off  or  on  by  the  lateral  adjustment  of  shipper 
rod  on  the  front  side  of  Lathe. 

Carriage  screw  has  hand  wheel  for  squaring  up  the  ends  and  shoulders  of  axles  (a  new  feature  which  prevents  the 
carriage  from  “ jumping”). 

The  tailstock  is  secured  to  the  Lathe  bed  by  three  anchor  bolts,  and  can  be  set  to  turn  straight  or  tapering ; has  split 
binder,  also  oil  cup  and  spoon  for  oiling  centers. 

It  is  furnished  with  a swinging  crane  and  pulley  blocks,  by  the  use  of  which  one  man  can  hoist  and  adjust  the  axles  to 
the  Lathe  centers. 

It  is  also  furnished  with  countershaft,  wrenches,  and  dripper  tank  with  stop  cock  and  standard.  Friction  pulleys  on 
counter,  24  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  60  and  70  revolutions  per  minute. 


VI 


^premiss  TQ9L  SUPPLY  (&  3 


Fig. r 68. 


DOUBLE  AXLE  TURNING  LATHE. 


THIS  is  a heavy,  powerful  and  rapid  machine  for  turning  locomotive  and  car  axles. 

The  driving  head  has  a ten  inch  opening  through  which  the  axles  are  passed,  revolved  on  dead  centres  and  finished 
complete  without  reversing.  Is  operated  by  worm  and  gear,  driven  by  cone  with  four  inch  belt  shifts.  Is  provided  with  an 
equalizing  or  self-centering  dog  ring.  Has  double  bearings  between  which  the  power  is  applied  through  the  driving  gear  and 
worm.  This  combination  gives  a steady  motion  to  the  axle  while  under  treatment,  and  produces  a smoother  cut  than  is 
obtained  by  gearing  of  other  construction. 

The  Lathe  has  two  independent  carriages  for  finishing  both  ends  of  the  axle  at  the  same  time.  Each  carriage  is  complete 
with  tool  post,  tool  ring,  water  trough,  automatic  water  pipe  with  stop  cock  and  hand  and  power  feed  for  both  roughing  and 
finishing  cuts.  Each  carriage  is  fitted  to  an  extra  large  “ way  ” on  front ; also  to  a second  “ way  ” nearly'  under  the  tool  post. 
This  serves  to  arrest  vibration  when  the  cutting  tool  is  under  heavy  cut. 

Carriages  are  operated  (both  by  hand  power)  by  steel  screws.  The  disengagement  of,  or  change  in  feed  from  roughing 
to  finishing  is  effected  by  vertical  hand  levers  conveniently'  located  within  reach  of  each  carriage. 

The  Lathe  is  provided  with  a large  reservoir  into  which  the  drip  is  conveyed  after  being  strained  from  chips,  etc.  A 
rotary  pump  with  a relief  valve  is  employed  to  force  liquid  in  desirable  quantities  on  to  the  cut.  The  Lathe  swings  2534" 
inches  over  bed,  13  inches  over  carriages  and  will  take  in  7^  feet  between  centers. 

Each  tailstock  is  provided  with  four  anchor  holts,  spindle-screw  hand  wheel,  center  oilers,  split  spindle  binders,  etc. 

A strong  and  convenient  crane  with  with  improved  double  crank  hoist  and  solid  axle  hook  enables  the  operator 
to  place  axles  in  or  remove  them  from  the  Lathe. 

The  Lathe  is  furnished  with  countershaft  complete  ; also  with  wrenches  and  axle  dog. 

The  countershaft  is  driven  by  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  16  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face,  and  should  make  540 
and  640  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight,  10,500  pounds. 


72 


79  INCH  SWING  DOUBLE  HEADED  DRIVING  WHEEL  LATHE, 


With  Ten  Speeds  Driven  by  Internal  and  External  Faceplate  Gears. 


HIS  is  a powerful  Driving  Wheel  Lathe  throughout,  and  under  the  several  patents  of  which  we  have  the  sole  right  to 


manufacture,  carries  with  it  many  valuable  advantages  which  cannot  be  furnished  by  any  other  manufacturer  without 


wheels  from  lathes. 

Also,  patent  stop  attachment,  for  locking  faceplate. 

Crank-pin  boring  attachment,  9 to  15  inches  throw,  extra. 

Attachment  for  boring,  squaring,  and  slotting  hub  or  wheel,  without  removing  from  Lathe,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  36  inches  diameter,  6 inches  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  90  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight,  44500  lbs. 


infringement. 

Powerfully  geared  heads,  large  slotted  faceplates,  and  internal  spindles  arranged  for  working  independent  or 


simultaneously. 

Two  patent  compound  slide  rests,  with  automatic  and  hand  feeds. 

Patent  quartering  attachment,  arranged  for  boring  crank-pin  holes  (30  inch  stroke  and  less),  without  removing  driving 


Fig.  70. 


26  INCH  PATTERN  PULLEY  LATHE. 


AtAHESE  MACHINES  are  made  from  entirely  new  patterns,  are  strong  and  powerful,  and  the  bed  is  designed  to  gain  the 
greatest  stiffness  for  the  weight. 

The  gearing  is  cut  from  the  solid,  and  the  driving  pinion  of  face-plate  is  of  Bessemer  steel.  All  machines  are  triple 
geared  ; the  feed  ranges  from  one-sixteentli  to  one-fourtli  inch  cut.  Work  is  turned  on  centers  and  driven  by  arms  bolted  to 
face-plate.  A boring  attachment  is  supplied,  when  ordered,  by  which  work  strapped  to  the  face  plate  can  be  bored  by  a boring 
bar  passing  from  the  tailstock  through  the  hollow  spindle  in  the  headstock. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


26  INCH. 

36  INCH. 

Weight,  complete,  ready  for  shipment, 

2000  lbs. 

3800  lbs. 

Floor  space  required,  ... 

6 x 4 y2 

7 x 5 Vz 

Diameter  of  face-plate,  ... 

i5'/z  in. 

24 V\  in. 

Speed  of  counter-shaft,  ... 

130 

130 

Number  of  of  changes  of  speed, 

6 

8 

Diameter  of  cones,  ... 

Diameter  and  face  that  can  be  turned, 

12,  9^,  7x3 

14,  12,  10,8x3^ 

5 to  26  x 19  in. 

10  to  36  x 21  in. 

Distance  between  centers. 

28  in. 

33  in. 

Boring  attachments  and  compound  rests  are  extra. 


74 


IMPROVED  PATTERN,  PULLEY  LATHE. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  the  Improved  Pulley  Turning  Lathe  for  accurate  and  quickly  turning  pulleys. 

This  machine  has  two  heads  that  travel  on  a horizontal  way  on  the  bed,  each  of  which  has  a tool  holder  carrying  two 
tools,  and  can  be  set  to  turn  either  straight  or  crowning  face  pulleys. 

The  pulley  to  be  turned,  after  being  bored,  is  placed  on  an  arbor  fitted  in  the  main  spindle  in  the  middle  of  the  bed,  and 
firmly  held  by  the  arms  near  the  rim  in  a horizontal  position  in  an  improved  chuck  easily  and  quickly  adjusted. 

Change  gears  are  furnished  that  enable  the  machine  to  cut  twenty-four  feet  per  minute  irrespective  of  the  diameter  of 
the  pulley  being  turned. 

This  machine  has  power  vertical  feed  on  both  heads,  and  power  cross  feed  on  one  head. 

All  the  gearing  is  turned  and  cut  from  the  solid,  and  the  workmanship  first-class  throughout. 

We  furnish  with  each  machine  four  faceplates,  or  chucks  to  accommodate  the  different  size  pulleys  to  be  turned.  One 
set  of  change  gears.  One  countershaft  complete. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Weight,  ..... 

Floor  space  required, 

Number  of  changes  of  speed, 

Diameter  and  face  that  can  be  turned, 
Speed  of  countershaft,  ... 
Size  of  countershaft  pulleys  (T.  & L-)> 


No.  1. 

3600  lbs. 

6 ft.  6 ins.  x 4 ft. 

*3 

12  ins.  to  30  ins.  x 14  ins. 
180 

14  ins.  x 4 ins. 


No.  2. 

3800  lbs. 

7 ft.  x 4 ft. 

13 

12  ins.  to  36  ins.  x 14  ins. 
180 

14  ins.  x 4 ins. 


No.  3. 

4300  lbs. 

7 ft.  10  ins.  x 4 ft. 

13 

12  ins.  to  40  ins.  x 20  ins. 
180 

14  ins.  x 4 ins. 


' 


75 


Fig.  72. 


50  AND  60  INCH  PATTERN  PULLEY  LATHES. 


THESE  MACHINES  are  made  from  entirely  new  patterns;  are  strong  and  powerful ; and  the  bed  is  designed  to  gain 
the  greatest  stiffness  for  the  weight.  The  gearing  is  cut  from  the  solid,  and  the  driving  pinion  of  face-plate  is  of 
Bessemer  steel.  All  machines  are  triple  geared  ; the  feed  ranges  from  one-sixteenth  to  one-fourth  inch  cut.  Work  is  turned 
on  centers  and  driven  by  arms  bolted  to  face-plate.  A boring  attachment  is  supplied,  when  ordered,  by  which  work  strapped 
to  the  face-plate  can  be  bored  by  a boring  bar  passing  from  the  tailstock  through  the  hollow  spindle  in  the  headstock. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


SO  INCH. 

60  INCH. 

Weight,  complete,  ready  for  shipment, 

Floor  space  required,  ... 

Diameter  of  face-plate,  ... 

Speed  of  countershaft,  .... 

Number  of  changes  of  speed,  ... 
Diameter  of  cones,  ----- 
Diameter  and  face  that  can  be  turned,  - 
Distance  between  centers,  ...  - 

4500  lbs. 
8x7 
29  in. 

120 

8 

14,  12,  10,  8x4 
16  to  50x30  in. 
40  in. 

5000  lbs. 
8x8 
29  in. 

120 

8 

14,  12,  10,  8x4 
16  to  60x30  in. 
40  in. 

Boring  attachments  and  compound  rests  are  extras. 


7G 


60  INCH  PULLEY  LATHE. 


^ I MiE  60  inch  Pulley  Lathe,  above  illustrated,  is  designed  to  turn,  square,  and  bore  pulleys  from  18  to  60  inches  diameter 
by  36  inches  face.  The  bed,  including  the  wings,  is  all  one  casting  up  to  the'  spindle  bearings.  The  solidity  of  the 
bed,  together  with  the  large  bearing* surfaces  provided  for  carriages,  insures  a rigidity  not  to  be  obtained  in  any  other  manner. 
The  machine  is  geared  60  to  1,  has  cone  pulley  with  six  steps  for  5 inch  belt.  Spindle  is  10  inches  in  diameter,  and  is  hollow, 
having  a 6 inch  hole  through  its  entire  length  ; nose  of  spindle,  where  chuck-plates  and  chucks  screw  on,  is  14  inches  in 
diameter.  The  bearings  for  the  spindle  are  scraped  into  the  head.  Rails  have  sufficient  travel  to  turn  a pulley  36  inches  face, 
and  there  is  sufficient  space  between  the  head  end  and  tail-stock  to  receive  a pulley  of  this  face.  Power  cross  and  angular  feeds 
are  provided  on  back  rail.  Pulleys  may  be  held  for  boring  and  turning  simultaneously,  or  a mandrel  may  be  used  for  turning. 

The  boring-bar  takes  a bearing  in  a bush  in  the  live  spindle,  and  is  provided  with  a self -oiling  device.  A proper  cutting 
speed  may  be  obtained  with  the  boring-bar  for  the  different  sizes. 

Power  feed  is  provided,  also  hand  feed  by  means  of  pilot-wheel.  The  machine  may  also  be  furnished  with  a regular 
foot-stock  and  spindle  for  turning  only.  Weight,  20000  lbs. 


77 


PRENTISS  TQQt  SUPPLY 


Fig.  74. 


14  INCH  SWING  SET=OVER,  OR  HAND  FOX  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  have  14  inch  swing  and  5 foot  bed.  The  spindles  are  of  the  best  hardened  steel,  and  run  in  phosphor 
bronze  boxes  of  ample  size,  and  have  special  provision  for  resisting  the  end  thrust.  The  live  cone  is  large,  and  has  five 
changes  of  speed  for  wide  belts.  The  tailstocks  have  dove-tail  set-over  and  quick  return  motion  to  the  spindles.  A neat 
table  is  secured  to  the  back  of  the  Lathe  by  iron  brackets  for  the  reception  of  finished  work.  The  nose  of  spindle  can  be 
chased  to  any  standard  guage. 

Hand  rest,  countershaft,  wrenches,  etc.,  are  furnished  with  each  Lathe. 


Diameter  of  pulleys,  -----  6 inches 

Speed,  ------  250  revolutions 

Weight,  ------  850  pounds 


78 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (9j 


Fig.  75. 


No.  1 inPROVED  BRASS  FINISHERS’  SET=OVER  LATHE. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  an  Improved  Brass  Finishers’  Lathe,  built  from  entirely  new  patterns,  and  designed  for 
use  on  brass  work  of  every  description.  By  means  of  the  incline  plane,  the  headstock  can  almost  instantly  be  raised 
and  lowered,  as  may  be  required,  to  a height  to  agree  with  that  of  the  tailstock.  This  feature  is  a desirable  one,  and  will  be 
appreciated  by  all  who  are  aiming  to  do  their  work  well  and  rapidly.  The  live  spindle  is  made  of  special  steel  which  is  very 
hard  and  close  grained. 

The  journals  are  large  and  run  in  self -oiling  bronze  boxes  that  are  fitted  with  arrangement  for  adjusting,  by  which  the 
spindle  can  be  kept  to  a perfect  running  fit,  and  all  held  so  rigidly  that  shaking  is  impossible.  We  have  overcome  the  principal 
objection  to  hollow  spindle  lathes,  by  providing  a thrust  bearing  that  continually  runs  in  oil,  and  thus  the  spindle  is  relieved 
of  the  great  friction  and  wear  it  has  heretofore  been  subjected  to. 

1 

The  taper  attachment  on  the  front  of  the  bed  will  be  appreciated  by  all  who  have  had  taper  threads  to  cut  with  screw 
apparatus,  as  the  guide  bar  can  be  set  accurately  and  quickly. 

The  tailstock  has  all  the  desirable  features  of  the  square  arbor  tailstock,  swivel,  back  motion  and  dovetail  setover. 

The  construction  of  the  spindle  more  effectually  resists  a tendency  to  partially  rotate  (when  boring  is  to  be  done  with 
the  spindle),  than  is  effected  even  with  a square  spindle,  and  is  again  superior  to  that,  for  when  worn  enough  to  produce 
chattering,  it  can  be  adjusted  to  its  original  degree  of  tightness. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Bed  6 feet  long;  swings  17  inches,  hollow  spindle.  Back  geared,  with  1 % inch  hole;  screw  apparatus ; taper  attach- 
ment, swivel,  back  motion,  dovetail  set-over  and  overhead  works.  Cone  for  2 'X  inch  belt  has  5 changes  ; countershaft  with  10 
inch  by  3 inch  friction  pulleys,  shoulcLmake  150  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space  78  inches  by  28  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
1300  pounds. 


79 


No.  1 SQUARE  ARBOR  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

No.  1. — Bed,  6 feet  long,  swings  15  inches,  with  dove-tail  set  over,  swivel  and  back  motions,  back  gears,  screw 
apparatus  and  overhead  works.  Cones  have  four  changes  for  2%  inch  belt.  1 yz  inch  countershaft  has  10  inch  reverse 
pulleys,  or  10  inch  by  3 inch  friction  pulleys,  and  should  make  180  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  70  inches  by  28 
inches.  Weight,  1,000  pounds.  Hardened  spindle  and  boxes,  and  hobbs  for  cutting  threads,  including  cutter  and  leader,  are 
extras.  Allowance  is  made  for  back  gears  and  screw  apparatus  when  not  wanted. 

No.  2. — Bed,  5 feet  long,  swings  13  inches,  with  screw  apparatus  and  hardened  spindle,  dove-tail  set  over,  back  motion 
and  overhead  works.  Cones  have  four  changes  for  2 inch  belt.  1%  inch  countershaft  has  8x2)5  inch  reverse  pulleys  and 
should  make  250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  5 feet  5 inches  by  2 feet.  Shipping  weight,  675  pounds.  Ilobbs  for 
cutting  threads,  including  cutter  and  leader,  are  extra.  Without  the  screw  apparatus  the  cones  would  have  5 changes  for  two 
inch  belt. 


80 


Fig.  77. 


No.  1 FOX  MONITOR  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Bed,  6 feet  long.  Swing,  18  inches,  with  back  gears,  chasing  bar,  and  overhead  works.  Cone  for  2 X inch  belt  has  five 
changes.  Countershaft,  with  12  inch  reverse  pulleys,  should  run  150  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space  74  inches  by 
28  inches.  Shipping  weight,  1600  pounds. 

Friction  countershaft  furnished  if  desired. 


81 


THESE  LATHES  are  carefully  designed,  well  built,  and  easy  of  operation.  The  different  parts  are  proportioned  to  handle 
work  within  their  range. 

The  turret  slides  can  be  operated  by  either  lever  or  screw  feed,  and  the  swivel  can  be  set  at  any  angle. 

The  cross  motion  of  turret  is  towards  the  front  of  machine,  and  an  adjustable  stop  is  furnished  for  returning  the  turret 
to  a central  position. 

The  chasing  bar  is  furnished  with  an  attachment  for  cutting  taper  threads.  Each  machine  is  furnished  with  hand  rest, 
necessary  wrenches,  face  plate,  follower,  and  countershaft. 

A cut-off  or  slide  rest,  when  required,  can  be  furnished  as  an  extra. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number  of  machine, 

Swing  over  bed,  - 

Length  of  bed,  - - 

Weight,  .... 

Hole  through  spindle, 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 

Number  of  holes  in  turret, 

Diameter  of  turret,  ... 

Actual  milling  length, 

Countershaft  pulleys,  ... 
Diameter  of  spindle  cone,  plain  machine, 
Diameter  of  spindle  cone,  clutch  back  geared, 
Spindle  belt  width,  plain  machine, 

Spindle  belt  width,  clutch  back  geared. 
Spindle  journals,  large. 

Spindle  journals,  small,  - 


3 

13  inches 
4 feet  4 inches 
1050  pounds 
iX  inches 
1 inch 
6 

754  inches 
654  inches 
10  x 3 inches 
6,  8J4,  10  inches 
6,  754,  9 inches 

354  inches 
254  inches 
3 3/16  x 4 inches 
x 354  inches 


4 

16  inches 
5 feet 
1600  pounds 
254  inches 
154  inches 
6 

8j4  inches 
10  inches 
12x4  inches 
7,  954,  12  inches 
7,  8X,  ioj4  inches 
4 inches 
3 inches 
3%  x 4J4  inches 
3x4  inches 


5 

18  inches 
5 feet  7 inches 
2000  pounds 
2%  inches 
1 34  inches 
6 

934  inches 
12  inches 
14  x 434  inches 
9.  11  54,  14  inches 
9,  11,  13  inches 
434  inches 
4 inches 
3%  x 3 inches 
3 54  x 4},.  inches 


82 


Fig.  79. 


C.OHEN-CO.CIN.O.  — 

IMPROVED  18  INCH  SWING,  6 FOOT  BED,  CABINET  FOX  MONITOR  LATHE. 


MTHE  TURRET  is  so  designed  that  one  slight  backward  movement  of  the  handle  loosens  the  turret,  and  at  the  same  time  withdraws  the 
locking  pin  ; while  a slight  forward  movement  produces  the  fractional  revolution  of  the  turret  for  the  next  tool,  and  at  the  same  time 
locking  and  tightening  it  This  machine  will  cut  left-hand  threads  with  right-hand  leaders,  thus  saving  the  cost  of  a separate  set  of 
left-hand  hobs  and  leaders. 

The  cone  pulley  has  four  steps  of  large  diameter,  and  is  strongly  backgeared. 

The  spindle  is  made  of  high  grade  steel  accurately  ground,  and  has  large  hole  through  same. 

The  journals  are  of  phosphor  bronze.  The  end  of  spindle  has  standard  thread  to  receive  face  plate  or  chuck,  and  has  taper  hole  for 
center,  and  with  center  in  turret  and  hand  rest  accompanying,  machine  may  be  used  as  a hand  Eathe. 

The  thread  chasing  bar  is  very  rigid,  and  has  substantial  bearings  bolted  to  the  back  of  bed. 

The  front  bearing  of  chasing  bar  may  be  moved  along  the  bed  by  means  of  tongue  and  groove  to  accommodate  position  of  chasing  head 
when  operating  on  work  held  in  chuck,  or  between  centers 

The  different  pitches  of  threads  are  obtained  by  the  well-known  follower  and  leader  device.  One  leader  and  follower  to  cut  11%  threads  per 
inch,  also  one  hob  to  cut  follower,  go  with  each  machine. 

The  chasing  arm  has  a tilting  handle,  by  which  the  operator  can  back  the  arm  to  the  under  side  of  bed,  and  prevents  its  lifting  when  in 
. use,  but  allows  it  to  slide  freely  endwise.  Straight  or  taper  threads  may  be  cut,  and  the  change  from  one  to  the  other  may  be  made  instantly. 

The  turret  is  provided  with  automatic  engine  feed  with  three  changes,  which  may  be  reversed  by  the  handle  at  the  left-hand  side  of  apron, 
and  directly  at  the  hand  of  the  operator.  There  is  also  a longitudinal  movement  by  either  lever  or  screw.  The  top  slide  rests  upon  a slide  having 
a right-angle  hand  movement  operated  by  a screw  to  front  of  machine,  allowing  a large  range  for  facing  off  work  held  in  chuck.  When  using  this 
hand  set  over,  the  holes  in  turret  can  always  be  brought  central  with  spindle  by  a positive  stop.  The  stop  can  be  quickly  removed  when  tools  are 
to  be  used  on  back  side  of  center  of  spindle. 

The  slide  has  an  additional  cross  movement  operated  by  a supplementary  taper  slide,  taper  being  derived  from  a bar  between  the  ways  of  the 
bed.  The  bar  can  be  set  by  a graduated  index,  as  shown  in  cut,  to  ootain  any  taper  from  4 inches  to  1 foot.  This  obviates  the  necessity  of  setting  over 
the  lieadstock  for  taper-boring  or  turning,  and  by  this  new  taper  attachment  work  can  be  faced  off  square  when  taper  work  is  completed,  without 
any  change.  When  used  for  straight  work,  the  taper  side  is  locked  to  saddle  by  a taper  tool  steel  pin,  having  a square  head  for  its  ready  removal. 

The  automatic  feed  allows  pieces  of  any  length  to  be  operated  on  within  the  range  of  the  machine.  When  automatic  feed  is  not  used,  the 
saddle  may  be  locked  to  bed  by  gib  screw  at  right-hand  side  of  apron. 

The  following  turret  tools  are  a part  of  and  go  with  each  machine  : One  % inch,  and  the  other  % inch  hole,  two  boring  bars  and  one  center. 
These  tools  are  held  in  turret  by  inch  diameter  hardened  tool-steel  set  screws. 

This  machine  has  an  unusually  large  range  for  brass  work,  and  is  fitted  up  with  the  best  of  workmanship  and  material  in  all  its  parts. 
Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  10  inches  in  diameter,  6%  inch  face,  and  should  run  225  revolutions  per  minute. 


83 


Fig.  So. 


No.  2 CABINET  FOX  nONITOR  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

N°-  I • Bed,  7 feet  long.  Swings  20  inches.  Engine  feed,  back  geared,  screw  apparatus  and  overhead  works.  Cone 
for  inch  belt  has  4 changes.  Countershaft,  with  12  inch  reverse  pulleys,  should  make  160  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor 
space,  82  inches  by  24  inches.  Shipping  weight,  2950  pounds. 

N°*  2.— Bed,  6 feet  long.  Swings  18  inches.  Back  geared,  screw  apparatus  and  overhead  works.  Cone  for  2 % inch 
belt  has  4 changes.  Countershaft,  with  10  inch  reverse  pulleys,  should  make  180  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  74 
jnches  by  24  inches.  Shipping  weight,  2000  pounds.  Slide  rests  for  the  above  Lathes  are  extra. 


84 


Fig.  8i. 


No.  0 FOX  MONITOR  LATHE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Bed,  8 feet  long.  Swing,  24  inches,  with  engine  feed,  back  gears,  screw  apparatus  and  overhead  works.  Cone  for  3 inch 
belt  has  four  changes.  Countershaft,  with  14  inch  reverse  pulleys,  should  make  150  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  120 
inches  by  36  inches.  Shipping  weight,  2850  pounds. 

Friction  countershaft  furnished  if  desired. 


85 


m 

j 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g;  $ 


Fig.  82. 


No.  4 MONITOR  LATHE, 

With  Plain  Hlad. 


ALL  of  these  Monitor  Lathes  have  spindles  and  bearings  of  large  diameter,  with  large  holes  through  the  spindles. 

They  are  equipped,  when  desired,  with  power  feed  to  turret,  power  feed  to  cross  slide,  wire  feed  and  chuck. 

The  sizes  are  13,  16,  18  and  21  inch  swing  with  beds  of  ample  length  mounted  on  cabinets  with  closets  for  small  tools. 
All  the  surfaces  are  scraped  and  provisions  are  made  to  take  up  wear  and  alignment  in  all  directions. 

The  construction  is  such  that  there  is  no  tendency  to  spring  or  chatter  even  with  the  heaviest  cuts.  The  turret  slides 
are  long  and  stiff  and  are  automatic.  There  is  no  springing  of  any  of  the  parts  when  the  lock  bolts  or  gibs  are  tightened. 

Much  care  has  been  given  to  the  simplicity  of  construction  throughout,  and  all  the  workmanship  and  materials  are  first- 
class.  Every  screw,  bolt  and  nut,  together  with  wrenches  and  parts  subject  to  wear  or  abrasion,  are  carefully  case  hardened. 

With  these  machines,  work  may  be  bored,  reamed,  faced  off,  taped  out,  threaded,  or  turned  off.  A friction  countershaft, 
with  forward  and  back  motion,  is  provided  with  each  machine. 


Number  of  Machine, 

Swing  over  bed,  ... 

Length  of  bed,  - 
Hole  through  spindles, 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 

Number  of  holes  in  turret, 

Diameter  of  turret, 

Actual  milling  length, 

Countershaft  pulleys,  - 
Speed  of  countershaft  for  iron, 

“ “ “ “ brass,  - 

Diameter  of  spindle  cone,  plain  machine, 
“ “ “ “ clutch  back  ge: 

Spindle  belt  width,  plain  machine,  - 
“ “ “ clutch  back  geared, 

Spindle  journal,  large, 

“ “ small  - 

Weight,  .... 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

3 


13  inches 

16  inches 

18  inches 

21  inches 

4 feet  4 inches 

5 feet 

5 feet  7 inches 

9 feet  6 inches 

1%  inches 

2'X  inches 

2^  inches 

yX  inches 

1 inch 

iX  inches 

il/z  inches 

3 inches 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7 yz  inches 

8 y2  inches 

<)'/z  inches 

14  inches 

6yi  inches 

10  inches 

12  inches 

14  inches 

10  x 3 inches 

12x4  inches 

14  x 43^  inches 

16x5  inches 

90  revolutions 

80  revolutions 

75  revolutions 

70  revolutions 

200  revolutions 

190  revolutions 

170  revolutions 

160  revolutions 

6,  8)4,  10 

7,  9'A-  12 

9.  I]t>2>  J4 

11,  14,  17 

1,  6,  7/2,  9 

7,  8%,  io'/z 

9,  ID  13 

11,  13  A,  16 

3 A 

4 

aA 

6 

z'A 

3 

4 

5 

3 A x 4 

3 A x AA 

3 7A  x 5 

AA  x 8 

*A  x y/2 

3x4 

3A  x 4 A 

lb  X 7 

1050  pounds 

1600  pounds 

2 (xx.)  pounds 

4800  pounds 

86 


No.  4 MONITOR  LATHE  WITH  FRICTION  BACK  GEARED  HEAD. 


ALL  of  these  Monitor  Lathes  have  spindles  and  bearings  of  large  diameter,  with  large  holes  through  the  spindles.  Tliev  are 
- eJl w len  desired,  with  power  feed  to  turret,  power  feed  to  cross  slide,  wire  feed  and  chuck. 

ah  Th^  slzes  are  T3>  l6’  18  alld  21  ’f1?11  swlng>  with  beds  of  ample  length  mounted  011  cabinets  with  closets  for  small  tools 
All  the  surfaces  are  scraped,  and  provisions  are  made  to  take  up  wear  and  alignment  in  all  directions. 

lono-  ? SUC^  thatthere  ls  no  tendency  to  spring  or  chatter  even  with  the  heaviest  cuts.  The  turret  slides  are 

iong  and  stiff  and  are  automatic.  There  is  110  springing  of  any  of  the  parts  when  the  lock  bolts  or  gibs  are  tightened 

\I  h Care  has  been  given  to  the  simplicity  of  construction  throughout,  and  all  the  workmanship  and  materials  are  first 
^Tu?irreW’  bn!t  and  nU  ’ ^ether  w.th  wrenches  and  parts  subject  to  wear  or  abrasion,  are  carefully  case  hardened 
With  these  machines  work  may  be  bored,  reamed,  faced  off,  taped  out,  threaded,  or  turned  off.  A friction  countershaft 

with  forward  and  back  motion,  is  provided  with  each  machine.  n countersnatt, 


Number  of  machine,  - 

Swing  over  bed,  - 

Length  of  bed,  - 
Hole  through  spindles,  - 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 

Number  of  holes  in  turret, 

Diameter  of  turret,  - 

Actual  milling  length, 

Countershaft  pulleys, 

Speed  of  countershaft  for  iron, 

Speed  of  countershaft  for  brass,  - 
Diameter  of  spindle  cone,  clutch  back  geared, 
Spindle  belt  width,  clutch  back  geared, 
Spindle  journal,  large,  - 

Spindle  journal,  small, 

Weight,  - 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


3 

4 

5 

13  inches 

16  inches 

18  inches 

4 feet  4 inches 

5 feet 

5 feet  7 inches 

1 ^ inches 

2‘4'  inches 

2 % inches 

1 inch 

1 X inches 

I'/i  inches 

6 

6 

6 

7 '/i  inches 

8}4  inches 

9 Yz  inches 

inches 

10  inches 

12  inches 

10  x 3 inches 

12x4  inches 

14  x 4^  inches 

190  revolutions 

175  revolutions 

160  revolutions 

210  revolutions 

200  revolutions 

190  revolutions 

6,  7K,  9 

7,  8^,  10K 

9,  11,  13 

2^ 

3 

4 

tV  x 4 

2>3/s  x 4 ^ 

3^x5 

2^  x 3 ^ 

3x4 

3 'A  x 4'/2 

1 150  pounds 

1700  pounds 

2100  pounds 

6 

21  inches 
9 feet  6 inches 
2>l/i  inches 
3 inches 
6 

14  inches 
14  inches 
16  x 5 inches 
140  revolutions 
150  revolutions 

11,  13K,  16 

4%  x 8 
4%  x 7 
4900  pounds 


87 


Fig.  85. 


16  INCH  ENGINE  LATHE  WITH  CARRIAGE  TURRET  AND  CUTTING  OFF,  OR  FORMING  ATTACHflENT. 


THE  above  tools  combine  many  features  which  adapt  them  to  special  classes  of  work.  The  turret  fits  on  the  carriage  of  the 
Lathe  in  place  of  the  tool  block,  with  which  it  is  interchangeable.  The  turret  is  fitted  so  that  the  same  nut  for  cross 
feed  on  tool  block  is  used  with  the  turret  when  it  is  desired  to  face  up  work,  while  for  the  usual  class  of  work  done  by  the 
turret,  a pin  is  provided  for  locking  to  the  carriage,  in  a position  always  in  line  with  the  spindles.  A lever  at  the  right  operates 
the  locking  device.  With  this  we  get,  in  addition  to  the  regular  capacity  of  an  Engine  Lathe,  all  the  advantages  of  a first- 
class  turret  Lathe,  with,  possibly,  the  exception  that  the  turret  is  not  revolved  automatically.  The  turret  is  9 inches  in 
diameter,  and  has  six  5-16  inch  holes  for  tools. 

Cut=off  or  Forming  Attachment. — We  furnish  this  attachment,  when  desired,  in  connection  with  the  turret.  The 
tool  blocks  are  made  to  take  tools  y%  inch  thick,  and  for  forming  up  to  4 inches  in  width,  being  held  in  place  by  bolts  and 
strap.  The  tool  on  the  back  side  is  used  up-side  down,  bringing  the  cutting  edges  of  these  tools  opposite  each  other  The 
feed  of  these  tools  is  so  arranged  that  they  are  brought  up  to  the  centre  in  unison  by  means  of  a right  and  left  hand  screw,  or, 
when  desired,  they  can  be  used  singly  with  the  lever.  This  tool  will  be  found  very  useful  in  connection  with  the  turret  in 
forming  and  cutting  pieces  from  the  solid  bar. 

The  Lathe  for  which  the  above  described  tools  are  designed  will  be  found  on  page  26. 


88 


1 


22  INCH  TURRET  CHUCKING  LATHE. 


^HpHIS  LATHE  swings  22  inches,  has  eight  foot  bed  and  is  back  geared.  The  extra  length  of  bed  permits  of  the  boring  out 
of  cone  pulleys  and  similar  work.  It  is  driven  by  a four  step  cone  for  a 3^  inch  belt ; the  spindle  is  bored  2'/i  inches 
clear  through  ; the  front  bearing  is  4 x 5^  inches ; the  back  gearing  is  3^  x 4 inches ; the  bearings  are  the  best  phosphor 
bronze  and  are  protected  by  dust-proof  oil  cups ; all  turrets  are  hexagonal,  13  inches  from  side  to  side,  and  are  provided  with 
tool  steel  division  plates,  hardened,  with  hardened  locking  key  ; the  turrets  revolve  automatically,  and  a lever  is  provided  to 
Withdraw  the  locking  pin  by  hand,  so  that  the  turret  may  be  revolved  at  any  point  of  its  stroke  ; this  avoids  having  to  move 
the  slide  back  to  a given  point,  and  permits  of  using  one  or  more  tools  and  moving  them  backward  and  forward  as  the 
nature  of  the  work  requires. 

The  stroke  of  automatic  turret  is  24  inches.  The  stroke  when  automatic  trip  is  thrown  out  is  30  inches. 

The  turret  base  has  a screw  movement  of  20  inches  along  the  bed.  The  Lathe  is  provided  with  four  changes  for  power 
feed  which  is  practically  powerful  and  substantial.  A pilot  wheel  is  used  for  hand  movement.  The  double  cut-off  rest  with 
two  tool  posts  is  so  constructed  that  the  back  rest  may  be  taken  off  in  order  to  use  the  full  swing  of  the  Lathe  ; this  rest 
has  screw  and  steel  bevel  gears  so  that  it  may  be  moved  longitudinally  18  inches  from  nose  of  spindle.  The  Lathe  also 
has  a guide  rest  for  boring,  etc.  An  18  inch  four-jaw  independent  chuck,  with  reversible  jaws,  is  furnished  with  each  Lathe. 
Weight,  3500  pounds. 


89 


Fig.  87 


22  AND  36  INCH  PATTERN  TURRET  CHUCKING  LATHES. 


ZnrAHIS  TOOL  is  designed  to  handle  quickly,  work  within  its  capacity,  that  is  to  be  bored  and  reamed  or,  work  in  which  a 
hole  with  one  or  more  sizes  is  to  be  bored. 

It  can  also  be  used  to  a great  extent  for  work  similiar  to  that  done  on  a screw  machine. 

The  machine  is  made  in  two  sizes  and  is  furnished  with  or  without  back  gears,  as  desired.  The  turret  slide  is  operated 
by  power. 

It  is  carefully  made  from  strictly  first-class  materials,  is  well  proportioned  and  will  prove  a satisfactory  investment  to 
parties  wanting  such  a Tool. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing,  .... 

22  Inch 

36  Inch 

Hole  in  spindle,  ... 

ly'j  inches 

it7,t  inches 

Diameter  of  turret, 

10  inches 

10  inches 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 

1^  inches 

inches 

Number  of  holes  in  turret, 

6 

6 

Traverse  of  turret  slide, 

24  inches 

16  inches 

Diameter  of  countershaft  pulleys, 

15  inches 

15  inches 

Face  of  countershaft  pulleys, 

4 inches 

4 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft  pulleys, 

125  revolutions 

125  revolutions 

Weight  complete, 

2200 

3200 

90 


No.  4 CHUCKING  LATHE,  WITH  PLAIN  HEAD. 


WE  furnish  these  Lathes  with  either  plain  head,  geared  head,  or  friction  back  geared  head.  The  head  stock  is  extra  heavy 
having  large  cones  for  wide  belts. 

They  have  power  feed  to  turret  both  ways,  with  stop  motion.  The  turret  has  lateral  and  cross  feed,  and  either  lever 
or  screw  lateral  feed  or  pilot  wheel  and  lever  arrangement  as  shown  in  cut.  The  design  is  of  neat  appearance,  and  that  portion 
carrying  the  head  stock  and  lower  part  of  the  bed  and  cabinet  are  all  in  one  piece. 

For  convenience  in  running  out  of  the  way,  the  moveable  portion  of  the  bed  forming  a gap  can  be  run  back  by  means 
of  the  handle  band  and  returned  to  the  original  position  at  any  time,  the  stop  providing  an  accurate  gauge  for  the  purpose,  the 
lever  locking  the  movable  portion  of  the  bed  proper,  and  a similar  lever  reverses  both  the  cross  and  lateral  feed  to  turret. 

In  this  form  of  machine  no  cross  slide  is  necessary,  all  the  working  operations  being  performed  from  the  turret  direct. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number  of  machine,  ... 

Swing  over  bed,  - 

Length  of  bed,  ... 

Weight,  ----- 
Hole  through  spindles, 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 

Number  of  holes  in  turret, 

Diameter  of  turret,  ... 

Actual  milling  length, 

Countershaft  pulleys,  - - - 

Diameter  of  spindle  cone,  plain  machine, 
Diameter  of  spindle  cone,  clutch  back  geared, 
Spindle  belt  width,  plain  machine, 

Spindle  belt  width,  clutch  back  geared, 
Spindle  journal,  large, 

Spindle  journal,  small,  - 


4 

24  inches 
5 feet  4 inches 
1600  pounds 
254  inches 
1 54  inches 
6 

8J4  inches 
10  inches 
12x4  inches 
7,  954,  12  inches 
7,  8%,  1054  inches 
414  inches 
354  inches 
3%  x 454  inches 
3 x 354  inches 


5 

36  inches 
5 feet  7 inches 
2000  pounds 
2|4  inches 
154  inches 
6 

954  inches 
12  inches 
14  x 454  inches 
9,  1154,  14  inches 
9,  11,  13  inches 
454  inches 
4 inches 
3%  x 5 inches 
354  x 454  inches 


6 

48  inches 
9 feet  6 inches 
4800  pounds 
354  inches 
3 inches 
6 

14  inches 
14  inches 
16  x 5 inches 
11,  14,  17  inches 
11,  1354,  16  inches 
6 inches 
5 inches 
4 % x 8 inches 
454  x 7 inches 


91 


Fig  89. 


26,  40  AND  50  INCH  PATTERN  TURRET  CHUCKING  LATHE,  WITH  CROSS  FACING  ATTACHHENT. 


THESE  LATHES,  made  in  3 sizes,  are  designed  to  handle  quickly  work  within  their  capacity  that  is  to  be  bored  and 
reamed,  or  work  in  which  a hole  with  one  or  more  sizes  is  to  be  bored.  They  are  also  furnished  with  a cross  facing 
attachment,  operated  by  hand  or  power,  which  will  face  to  16  inches  diameter ; when  required  this  attachment  can  be 
arranged  to  face  to  full  swing  of  the  Lathe.  Turret  slide  is  operated  by  power. 

These  Lathes  can  also  be  used  to  a great  extent  for  work  similar  to  that  done  on  a screw  machine. 

They  are  carefully  made  from  strictly  first-class  materials,  are  well  proportioned,  and  will  prove  a satisfactory  investment 
to  parties  wanting  such  a tool. 


Swing,  ..... 
Hole  in  spindle,  ... 
Diameter  of  turret, 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 
Traverse  of  turret  slide, 

Traverse  of  cross  facing  slide, 
Diameter  of  countershaft  pulleys, 
Face  of  countershaft  pulleys, 
Speed  of  countershaft  pulleys, 
Weight,  complete,  about 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


26  inches 

40  inches 

50  inches 

iT\;  inches 

iTj  inches 

inches 

10  inches 

10  inches 

14  inches 

inches 

1 X inches 

2 inches 

20  inches 

16  inches 

20  inches 

18  inches 

18  inches 

30  inches 

15  inches 

15  inches 

18  inches 

4 inches 

4 inches 

4 Yz  inches 

125  rev. 

125  rev. 

100  rev. 

2500  pounds 

4000  pounds 

5000  pounds 

92 


16  INCH  SWING  PATTERN  MAKERS’  LATHE. 


/"TAHIS  LATHE  has  crucible  steel  spindles.  Diameter  of  bearings,  ifs  inches.  Length  of  bearings,  o 1 u incllt"  ' ' 

I face  plate  o„  outer  end  of  spindle.  Diameter  of  largest  section  of  cone,  9*  inches.  Diameter  of  smallest  sect, on  of 
cone,  inches.  Width  of  belt,  2%  inches.  % inch  hole  through  spindle,  Morse  taper.  Length  of  head  spindle,  20 A inches. 

Diameter  of  tail  spindle,  iT7g  inches.  Length  of  tail  spindle,  8^  inches. 

It  is  furnished  with  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  giving  eight  changes  of  speed.  One  set  pulleys,  7 niches  in 
diameter,  3 inch  face,  should  make  460  revolutions  per  minute.  Another  set  of  pulleys,  10  inches  in  diameter,  3K  mch  face, 
should  make  90  revolutions  per  minute. 

We  furnish  this  Lathe  with  or  without  carriage  and  compound  rest,  and  with  or  without  back  gears  or  carnage. 

Included  are  three  T rests  for  hand  turning,  one  rest  for  chucking,  and  male  and  female  centers.  Tnpod  rest  w len 
ordered.  Beds  of  any  length  desired  can  be  furnished. 


Swings  over  bed, 
Length  of  bed, 
Turns, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


16  inches 
6 feet 
42  inches 


Swings  over  T rest, 

Swings  over  carriage  slide  rest,  - 
Weight,  - 


it,'/2  inches 
1 2^  inches 


93 


16  INCH  SWING,  HOLLOW  SPINDLE,  PATTERN MAKERS’  LATHE,  WITH  CARRIAGE  SLIDE  REST. 


THIS  LATHE  is  designed  to  meet  all  the  usual  requirements  of  a first-class  pattern  shop  in  the  way  of  a wood-turning 
Lathe.  The  live  spindle  extends  through  outer  end  of  headstock  and  is  provided  with  a large  face  plate  on  that  end  for 
turning  pulley  patterns,  or  any  work  larger  than  the  swing  of  the  Lathe.  We  furnish  this  Lathe  with  or  without  the 
carriage  as  shown  in  cut.  We  also,  when  desired,  put  a compound  rest  on  this  carriage  or  furnish  the  Lathe  with  power  feed. 

The  bed  is  made  rigid  by  being  cast  with  tie  wards,  the  same  as  modern  engine  Lathe  beds.  The  spindles  and  screw  in 
tail  spindle  are  of  steel,  the  bearings  on  head  spindle  being  ground,  and  the  boxes  (which  are  of  hard  cast  iron)  carefully 
scraped.  The  cone  ( which  is  bored  inside  to  secure  perfect  balance),  has  four  changes  of  speed  for  2%  inch  belt.  The  rest 
holder  sets  on  a plate  fitted  to  the  ways,  and  is  readily  and  securely  fastened  with  a cam  lever  at  the  back,  within  easy  reach 
of  the  operator.  We  furnish  with  each  machine  a countershaft,  with  iron  cone,  two  friction  pulleys,  etc.,  all  complete;  also 
three  rests  for  hand  turning,  face  plates,  set  of  centers,  and  screw  or  rosette  center. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Swing  over  bed,  16  inches.  Swing  over  carriage,  13  inches.  Distance  between  centers  with  6-foot  bed,  3 feet  10  inches. 

Bearings  on  head  spindle,  x 3^  inches.  Hole  through  head  spindle,  9-16. 

( 6 inch  diameter,  x 3^  inch  face,  700  revolutions. 

Friction  pulleys  on  countershaft,  -J  . . 

( 10  inch  diameter,  x 3 yz  inch  face,  85  revolutions. 

Weight  on  6 foot  bed,  ready  for  shipment,  700  pounds.  Beds  of  any  length  desired  can  be  furnished. 


94 


m 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  <&  3 

4w?p 


Fro.  91. 


24  INCH  SWING,  HOLLOW  SPINDLE,  PATTERNMAKERS’  LATHE,  WITH  CARRIAGE  SLIDE  REST. 


THIS  LATHE,  which  is  designed  to  meet  all  the  requirements  of  a first-class  pattern  shop  in  the  way  of  a wood  turning 
Lathe,  has  a swivel  headstock  for  convenience  in  turning  draft  on  patterns  chucked  on  face  plate.  The  head  spindle 
is  extended  through  outer  box  and  has  a face  plate  on  end  for  large  work  above  24  inches  diameter. 

The  carriage  has  a hand  feed  (by  rack  and  pinion)  the  entire  length  of  bed,  and  carries  a compound  slide  rest  on 
tool  block. 

The  tail  spindle  sets  over  to  turn  taper  (on  work  between  centers)  in  connection  with  the  carriage.  Rests  for  hand 
turning  are  provided  as  shown.  Also  a three-legged  rest  for  use  in  connection  with  outer  face  plate.  The  cone  has 
four  changes  of  speed  for  3 inch  belt,  and  the  countershaft  has  two  friction  pulleys  of  different  size,  giving  in  connection 
with  the  cone  eight  changes  of  speed,  four  quite  slow  for  work  on  outer  face  plate  and  four  higher  speed  for  lighter  work. 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Swing  over  bed,  24  inches.  Swing  over  carriage,  20  inches.  Distance  between  centers  with  8 foot  bed,  5 feet 
2 inches.  We  furnish  beds  of  any  length. 

Bearings  on  head  spindle  2%  by  inches.  Hole  through  head  spindle,  13-16. 

,,  . „ ( 6 inch,  550  revolutions. 

Friction  pulleys  on  countershaft,  \ 

[ 10  inch,  85  revolutions. 

Weight  on  8 foot  bed,  ready  for  shipment,  1300  pounds. 

Beds  of  any  length  desired  can  be  furnished. 


95 


Fir,.  92 


PUTNAM  STANDARD  25  AND  50  INCH  SWING  PATTERN  MAKERS’  LATHE. 


AN  improved  tool  for  the  pattern  room,  combining  great  strength,  rigidity,  and  sufficient  weight  to  overcome  vibration. 

- The  cone  is  balanced,  and  has  five  shifts  for  wide  belt.  The  headstock  has  friction  brake  to  overcome  momentum  of 
cone  ; also,  patent  ground  journals,  with  anti-friction  metal  boxes,  which  compensate  for  wear  and  preserve  the  original 
alignment  of  the  live  and  dead  centers. 

The  spindle  boxes  are  made  of  one  piece  of  metal,  and  are  so  constructed  as  to  be  susceptible  of  accurate  adjustment  ; 
are  interchangeable  and  easily  duplicated.  The  rear  journal,  step  and  collar  run  in  an  oil  reservoir,  and  are  automatically 
lubricated. 

The  tailstock  is  secured  to  the  bed  by  patent  cam-screw  binder  ; has  set-over  bolts  for  dead  spindle  ; latter  is  locked  by 
compression  lever. 

The  feed  table  is  operated  by  diagonal  worm,  which  imparts  a smooth  and  easy  motion  to  carriage,  causing  it  to  move 
rapidly  with  each  revolution  of  balance  handle. 

The  carriage  is  gibbed  to  bed,  and  has  double  cross  sides  and  graduated  swivel  for  working  outside  and  inside  bevels, 
tapers,  etc. 

The  bed  slider  is  operated  by  rack  and  pinion. 

This  Lathe  is  furnished  with  countershaft,  two  worm  face-plates,  two  spur  centers,  two  pointed  centers,  three  T rests, 
screw  tool  poppet,  wrenches  ; also,  an  extension  arm  (with  screw),  which  receives  the  slide  rest  with  swivel  base,  and  allows 
bevels,  etc.,  to  be  turned,  and  work  faced  up  at  the  full  capacity  without  change  of  tool. 


96 


PATTERN-MAKERS’  LATHE,  21  AND  37  G INCH  SWING. 

Gap,  i 8 Inches  Long. 

SPECIFICATIONS.  No.  1. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing 

over  Carriage. 

Swing 

through  Gap. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Closed  Slide). 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Slide  Open). 

Weight. 

6 feet 

16  inches 

37  yz  inches 

2 feet  10  ins. 

5 feet 

1823 

7 “ 

16  “ 

37^2  “ 

3 “ 10  “ 

6 “ 

1925 

8 “ 

16  “ 

37^  “ 

4 “ 10  “ 

7 “ 

2025 

9 “ 

16 

37'A  “ 

5 “ 10  “ 

8 “ 

2225 

IO  “ 

16  “ 

37  ^ “ 

6 “ 10  “ 

9 “ 

2425 

II  “ 

16 

37  A “ 

7 “ 10  “ 

IO  “ 

262s 

12  “ 

16  “ 

37  K “ 

8 “ 10  “ 

1 1 “ 

2825 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  8 inches  diameter,  4 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  500  revolutions  per  minute. 

loathe  constructed  with  overhanging  (outside;  faceplate  and  standard  rest,  extra  ; without  standard  rest  extra 
Lathe  constructed  with  automatic  and  hand  feed  to  carriage,  extra. 


PATTERN-MAKERS’  LATHE,  25  AND  50  INCH  SWING. 

Gap,  2034  Inches  Long. 

SPECIFICATIONS.  No.  2. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swiu^ 

over  Carriage. 

Swing 

through  Gap. 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Closed  Slide). 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Slide  Open). 

Weight. 

8 feet 

20  inches 

50  inches 

4 feet  4 ins. 

7 feet 

2800 

IO  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

6 “ 4 “ 

IO  “ 

3050 

12  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

8 “ 4 “ 

13  “ 

3300 

14  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

10  “ 4 “ 

16  “ 

3550 

Tight  and  ioose  pulleys  on  counter,  10  inches  diameter,  4 ^ inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  550  revolutions  per  minute. 

Lathe  constructed  with  overhanging  (outside)  faceplate  and  standard  rest,  extra  ; without  standard  rest  extra 
Lathe  constructed  with  automatic  and  hand  feed  to  carriage,  extra. 


PATTERN-MAKERS’  LATHE,  25  AND  50  INCH  SWING. 


Gap,  20)4  Inches  Long. 

Constructed  with  Large  Special  Headstock  anil  overhanging  ( outside ) faceplate. 

SPECIFICATIONS.  No.  3. 


Length  of 
Bed. 

Swing 

over  Carnage. 

Swing 

through  Gap, 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Closed  Slide). 

Distance  between 
Centers. 
(Slide  Open). 

Weight. 

8 feet 

20  inches 

50  inches 

4 feet  4 ins. 

7 feet 

2950 

IO  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

6 “ 4 “ 

IO  “ 

3200 

12  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

8 “ 4 “ 

13  “ 

3450 

14  “ 

20  “ 

50  “ 

10  “ 4 “ 

16  “ 

3700 

Friction  pulleys  on  counter,  12  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  250  and  500  revolutions  per  minute. 
Standard  rest,  extra. 

Lathe  constructed  with  automatic  and  hand  feed  to  carriage,  extra. 


97 


Fig.  93. 


VARIETY  WOOD  TURNING  LATHE. 


THIS  LATHE  is  acknowledged  by  all  to  be  the  most  perfect  and  rapid  Wood  Turning  Lathe  manufactured  for  ever}’ 
description  of  small  wood  turning,  such  as  draw  pulls,  knobs,  rosettes,  wood  casters,  organ  stops  and  rods,  scythe  snath 
handles,  spinning  tops,  rolling  pins,  druggists’  boxes,  hubs  and  spokes  for  baby  carriages  and  carts,  thread  spools,  wood 
balls,  button  moulds,  pipe  bowls  and  stems,  rake  teeth,  wood  toys  of  every  description,  short  spindles  for  chairs  and  furniture, 
ornaments  of  all  kinds,  skewers,  bushings  for  bobbins,  handles  of  all  kinds,  telegraph  and  telephone  pins,  wood  faucets,  liat- 
rack  pins,  croquet  mallets  and  stakes,  feather-duster  handles,  bungs,  bit-brace  handles  and  knobs,  tent  buttons,  children’s 
tea  sets,  etc. 

We  furnish  these  Lathes  in  four  sizes.  Countershaft  furnished  with  each  Lathe.  Also  one  ring,  three  chucks,  and  knives 
for  turning  one  article. 


No.  1 , 5 feet  9 inch  bed,  works  stock  up  to  2 inches  diameter.  Weight,  650  pounds 


2,  “ “ 

“ “ 2^  “ 

“ 650 

3,  6 feet  6 inch  “ “ 

“ “ 2,'A  “ 

“ 700 

4,  “ 

“ “ yA  “ 

“ 750 

98 


15  INCH  METAL  SPINNING  LATHE. 


^TAHESE  LATHES  have  steel  spindles,  running  in  long,  self-oiling,  babbitted  bearings,  with  the  caps  planed  in  and  provided 

with  back-pressure  screws,  thus  dispensing  with  packing,  and  enabling  a perfect  adjustment  to  be  easily  made. 

The  rear  end  of  spindle  bears  against  a block  provided  with  means  for  feeding  oil  to  its  center.  Most  lathes  lack  this 
feature,  and  therefore  give  trouble,  as  the  oil  works  away  from  the  center  of  the  spindle  while  the  latter  is  in  motion,  causing 
it  to  heat  and  stick. 

The  cones  are  made  of  well-seasoned  cherry,  in  preference  to  metal,  to  save  weight,  thus  enabling  them  to  be  started  arid 
stopped  quickly.  Wood  also  gives  a better  grip  to  the  belt. 

A nipple  and  center-screw  for  holding  work,  a rest  bank,  a f rest,  two  centers,  one  face-plate  and  one  hollow  chuck,  are 
furnished  with  each  of  these  Lathes,  also  a complete  countershaft  with  self-oiling  bearings  and  self-oiling  pulleys.  With 
Lathes  over  15  inches  swing,  two  X rests  are  furnished. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing,  ... 

12  in. 

15  in. 

18  in. 

22  in. 

27  in 

Distance  between  centers, 

30  “ 

24  “ 

28  “ 

26  “ 

24  “ 

Length  of  bed, 

54  “ 

54  “ 

62  “ 

64  “ 

75  “ 

Diameter  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

7 “ 

7 “ 

7 “ ■ 

8 “ 

9 “ 

Belt  for  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

2 “ 

2'/2“ 

3 “ 

3'A“ 

Turns  of  countershaft,  about 

500 

550 

550 

575 

650 

99 


Fig/ 95- 


18  INCH  OVAL  SPINNING  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  have  steel  spindles  running  in  long  self-oiling  babbitted  bearings,  with  the  caps  planed  in  and  provided 
with  back  pressure  screws,  thus  dispensing  with  packing  and  enabling  a perfect  adjustment  to  be  easily  made. 

The  rear  end  of  spindle  bears  against  a block  provided  with  means  for  feeding  oil  to  its  center.  The  cones  are  made  of 
well  seasoned  cherry,  in  preference  to  metal,  to  save  weight,  thus  enabling  them  to  be  started  and  stopped  quickly.  A nipple 
and  center  screw  for  holding  work,  a rest  bank,  -p  rest,  two  centers,  one  faceplate  and  one  hollow  chuck,  also  countershaft 
with  self-oiling  bearings  and  pulleys,  are  also  furnished. 

These  Lathes  are  provided  with  an  attachment  which  can  be  readily  removed  when  round  work  is  to  be  made. 

They  can  be  set  to  turn  anything  from  a round  up  to  an  oval  with  a difference  between  lengths  and  width  as  follows  : 
18  inch  swing,  any  oval  up  to  6 inches  difference  ; 22  inch  swing,  any  oval  up  to  8 inches  difference. 


Swing,  .... 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

18  inch 

22  inch 

Distance  between  centers, 

28  inches 

26  inches 

Length  of  bed,  ... 

62  inches 

64  inches 

Diameter  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

7 inches 

8 inches 

Belt  for  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

2 yz  inches 

3 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - 

550  revolutions 

575  revolutions 

We  can  also  supply  oval  chucks  which  will  turn  an  oval  having  10  inch  and  12  inch  difference  between  length  and 
breadth. 

Other  sizes  will  be  designed  to  order. 


100 


Fig  96. 


EXTENSION  SPINNING  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  are  very  substantially  built.  They  have  steel  spindles  running  in  long,  self-oiling  bearings,  lined  with 
the  best  Babbitt  metal.  The  bearing  caps  are  planed  in  and  are  provided  with  back  pressure  screws,  thus  dispensing 
with  packing  and  enabling  a perfect  adjustment  to  be  readily  made.  The  rear  end  of  spindle  bears  against  a block  provided 
with  means  for  keeping  it  thoroughly  oiled.  Spindle  steps  give  trouble  in  most  Lathes,  because  such  means  are  not  provided, 
and  while  the  spindle  is  in  motion  it  is  constantly  working  the  oil  away  from  the  center  and  not  allowing  any  to  return. 

The  cones  are  made  of  well-seasoned  cherry,  to  save  weight,  thus  enabling  them  to  be  stopped  quickly.  Wood  also  oiVes 
a better  grip  to  the  belt. 

The  upper. part  of  bed  is  moved  by  a screw,  and  clamped  in  position  by  a hand  wheel  under  the  main  bed. 

A nipple  and  center  screw  for  holding  work,  a rest  bank,  two  f rests,  two  centers,  one  hollow  chuck,  and  two  face  plates 
are  furnished  with  each  of  these  Lathes  ; also  a complete  countershaft,  with  self-oiling  bearings,  and  two  sets  of  tight  and 
loose  pulleys,  to  give  a wide  range  of  speed  for  large  and  small  work. 

The  large  Lathe  is  provided  with  an  extra  face  plate  and  with  a special  bracket  and  L plate  for  supporting  the  rest  for 
very  large  work. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Lathe, 

Swing  of  Lathe,  ... 
Swing  of  Lathe  when  extended, 

Distance  between  centers  when  gap  is  not 
used,  ... 

Distance  between  centers  when  gap  is  used, 
Weight,  with  countershaft, 


22  inches 

22  inches 
44  inches 

25  inches 
5t inches 
1400  pounds 


Size  of  Lathe,  - - - 

Swing  of  Lathe,  - 

Swing  of  Lathe  when  extended, 

Distance  between  centers  when  gap  is  not 
used,  - - - 

Distance  between  centers  when  gap  is  used, 
Weight,  with  countershaft, 


27  inches 

27  inches 
60  inches 

25  inches 
51  inches 
3000  pounds 


101 


No.  2 SPINNING  LATHE. 


THESE  LATHES  are  used  for  finishing  drawn  or  dropped  work  after  it  is  formed  to  shape  in  presses.  They  consist  of  a 
solid  heavy  frame  or  shears,  mounted  on  legs  (or  a pedestal  in  the  smallest  size),  and  supporting  a “ live  head  ” and  a 
“dead  head”  as  in  ordinary  lathes,  together  with  special  appurtenances  for  spinning,  trimming,  and  “wiring”  work. 
They  are  used  to  smooth  out  the  “body  wrinkles”  which  generally  form  in  drawn  tapering  articles,  such  as  cups,  pans, 
wash-basins,  breasts,  etc.,  etc.  The  universal  motion  of  the  slide  allows  the  roller  to  follow  the  surface  of  round  work  of  any 
form.  If  preferred,  the  tool  can  be  manipulated  by  means  of  the  hand  lever  (shown  on  floor)  instead  of  using  the  crank.  This 
is  a special  advantage  in  work  that  has  curved  profiles,  and  is  a feature  not  found  in  Lathes  made  by  other  manufacturers.  The 
trimming  and  wiring  attachment  is  built  in  an  improved  form,  and  so  arranged  that  a simple  motion  of  the  hand  lever  in  front 
does  both  operations,  that  is,  when  swung  from  right  to  left,  the  trimming  cutters  come  forward  and  do  their  work.  When 
the  motion  is  reversed  the  wiring  comes  forward  and  the]  trimmers  recede.  There  is  ample  adjustment  provided  to  allow  for 
various  sizes  and  shape  of  work.  These  Lathes  are  built  very  solid  and  heavy  in  all  their  parts  to  prevent  “ chatter,”  and  are 
accurately  and  carefully  fitted  up,  with  scraped  surfaces,  hardened  bolts  and  nuts.  Included  with  each  Lathe  are  spinning 
and  wiring  rolls,  trimming  cutters,  one  flat  chuck,  a set  of  holding  discs,  bolts,  wrenches,  etc. 

Spinning  Lathe  No.  I is  for  spinning,  trimming  and  wiring  small  muffin  pans,  cups,  brass  goods,  etc.,  not  over  io  inches 
in  diameter.  Weight,  600  pounds. 

Spinning  Lathe  No.  2 is  for  spinning,  trimming  and  wiring  milk  pans,  wash-bowls,  necks  and  bases  of  water-coolers, 
cuspidors,  gas  fixture  parts,  and  a great  variety  of  other  tin  and  brass  work  not  exceeding  21  inches  in  diam.  Weight,  1500 pounds. 

Spinning  Lathe  No.  3 is  built  in  same  general  style  as  Lathe  2,  but  much  heavier,  and  is  for  spinning,  trimming  and 
wiring  large  dish  and  sauce  pans,  and  other  work  in  brass,  copper,  etc.,  up  to  32  inches  in  diameter.  Weight,  35m  pounds. 


102 


t 


!f 

< 


\ 


Fig.  98. 


No.  2 PRENTISS  SCREW  MACHINE  WITH  WIRE  FEED. 


WE  furnish  these  machines  with  or  without  wire  feed.  The  wire  feed  is  arranged  to  operate  easily,  and  at  the  same  time 
grip  firmly  ; it  is  simple  in  design  and  reliable.  Two  movements  of  lever  feed  the  stock  forward  while  the  machine 
is  in  motion,  and  clamp  it  ready  for  another  operation.  The  stock  is  held  by  spring  collets  of  varying  sizes,  which,  by 
holding  it  firmly,  does  not  mar  it.  The  head  can  be  adjusted  on  bed  by  gib  screws,  thus  making  it  an  easy  matter  to  preserve 
the  alignment.  The  bearings  are  made  of  phosphor  bronze,  and  the  spindle  of  hammered  steel.  The  cross  slide  has  two  tool 
posts  with  adjustable  collars,  which  give  a quick  and  easy  adjustment  for  tools;  it  has  also  a stop  screw  front  and  back,  to 
regulate  depth  .of  cut.  The  turret  has  six  holes  for  the  reception  of  tools  ; the  dividing  mechanism  is  made  of  steel  and 
hardened.  The  locking  pin  is  hardened  and  ground.  It  works  in  an  adjustable  taper  bushing,  and  fits  into  hardened  bushings 
in  bottom  of  turret.  The  turret  slide  is  provided  with  a stop  screw  to  regulate  the  length  to  be  milled,  and  is  operated  by  a 
hand  lever.  A large  reservoir  is  attached  to  bed  of  machine  for  draining  the  oil,  which  can  be  drawn  from  the  bottom.  All 
sliding  parts  are  carefully  and  properly  scraped  to  a bearing.  The  machine  is  furnished  with  chuck,  drip  pot,  stop,  wrenches, 
and  friction  countershaft. 


SPECIFICATIONS  No.  1 MACHINE. 


SPECIFICATIONS  No.  2 HACHINE. 


Wire  feed  capacity, 

Without  wire  feed, 

Diameter  of  turret, 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret,  - 
Movement  of  turret  slide 
Swing  over  bed, 

Friction  clutch  pulleys, 

Speed  of  countershaft, 
Weight, 


J4  inch  to  % inch  rod 
% inch 
4 Yi  inches 
11  inch 
3%  inches 
9 inches 
- 10  x 3 inches 
225  revolutions 
500  pounds 


Wire  feed  capacity, 

Without  wire  feed, 
Diameter  of  turret, 
Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 
Movement  of  turret  slide, 
Diameter  of  spindle, 

Swing  over  bed, 

Length  of  bed. 

Friction  clutch  pulleys,  - 
Speed  of  countershaft, 
Weight, 


Ys  inch  to  1 inch 
iy V inches 
- 6 inches 
1 inch 
6 y2  inches 
2X/X  inches 
11  inches 
3 feet  6 inches 
10  x 4 inches 
200  revolutions 
1000  pounds 


103 


zzzz 

— zz 

~~ 

Fig.  ioo. 


No.  4,  16  INCH,  SCREW  MACHINE. 

Rear  View,  Showing  Power  Feeds. 


1 

Front  View,  Showing  Wire  Feed  and  Chuck. 

104 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  fi, 


No.  4,  16  INCH  SCREW  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  specially  designed  for  bicycle  work,  combining  many  new  features  of  particular  value.  Every  part  is 
absolutely  stiff  and  rigid.  All  the  bearings  are  large  and  carefully  fitted.  The  sliding  surfaces  are  all  flat  and  scraped  to 
a bearing,  and  the  arrangement  is  such  that  the  parts  remain  in  line.  There  is  a 2'A  inch  hole  through  the  spindle,  and  a 2 
inch  hole  through  the  wire  feed.  The  chuck  is  very  strong  and  simple  in  construction,  and  the  rod  is  fed  automatically  by  the 
action  of  the  chuck  lever.  The  chuck  has  a wide  range  of  movement  permitting  the  easy  handling  of  rough  bars.  The  short 
nose  of  the  spindle  keeps  the  work  close  up  to  the  main  bearing,  thus  preventing  all  tendency  of  springing  away  from  the 
heavy  cuts  of  the  double  forming  tool. 

The  double  forming  cross  slide  is  operated  by  a right  and  left  screw,  with  power  feed,  and  has  a stop  motion. 

The  stationary  cut-off  is  provided  with  two  tool  slides,  worked  by  right  and  left  hand  screws,  making  a very  powerful 
arrangement  for  cutting  off,  which  permits  of  the  use  of  thinner  tools  than  when  one  tool  only  is  used. 

The  double  forming  slide  also  has  a hand  lateral  feed. 

The  turret  slide  has  a ten  inch  run,  the  turret  revolves  automatically  and  has  six  holes.  The  turret  stock  has  a lateral 
adjustment  along  the  bed,  by  means  of  a screw  and  the  lock  up  to  the  turret,  and  both  slides  are  of  such  construction  as  to 
firmly  grip  the  parts  without  springing. 

The  head  stock  is  long  and  rigid,  with  circular  bronze  boxes  of  special  construction  and  cone  pulley  of  large  diameter 
and  wide  face.  The  friction  clutch,  to  operate  the  back  gears,  is  composed  of  only  six  pieces,  and  is  self-adjusting  and  positive 
in  its  action. 

Every  part  of  this  machine  has  been  designed  and  made  for  excessive  duty,  and  will  be  found  to  be  perfectly  adapted  to 
the  cutting  out  from  solid  stock,  Hubs , Bushings , Cones,  Bearings  and  other  parts  that  go  to  make  up  a bicycle,  or  other 
similar  work. 

These  machines  have  double  friction  countershaft,  with  14  inch  pulleys,  having  4 inch  face. 

SPECIAL  CLASSIFICATION. 

Class  A — Plain  machine  with  cut-off,  plain  turret,  and  mounted  on  cabinet. 

Class  B — Same  as  class  A with  the  exception  that  it  has  power  feed  to  the  turret  and  lever,  and  screw  feed  to  cross  slide,  and 
also  hand  lateral  feed  to  cross  slide. 

Class  C — Same  as  class  B,  except  it  has  auxiliary  double  cut-off. 

Class  D — Same  as  class  C,  except  it  has  plain  back  gears. 

Class  E — Same  as  class  D,  except  it  has  friction  head. 

CLASS  P' — Same  as  class  E,  except  it  has  power  feed  with  double  cut-off  rest,  and  double  forming  slide  operated  with  power  feed 
and  stop  motion. 

Class  G — Same  as  class  F,  but  has  automatic  wire  feed  and  chuck. 

The  No.  4,  16  Inch  Screw  Machine  is  divided  into  seven  classes  as  above.  In  making  inquiries,  designate  which  class  of 
machine  is  desired. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of  bed, 

Swing, 

Hold  through  spindle, 

Hole  through  wire  feed, 

Width  of  belt, 

Diameter  of  cone, 

Size  of  holes  in  turret, 

Travel  of  turret, 

Travel  of  cross  slides, 

Diameter  of  thread  on  spindle, 
Weight  of  Machine, 


eet  3 inches 
16  inches 
2%  inches 

2 inches 

3 inches 
\o%  inches 

inches 
10  inches 
x'A  inches 


105 


Fig.  ioo. 


No.  3 TURRET  AUTOHATIC  SCREW  MACHINE, 

With  Worm  Feed  and  Shotting  Device. 

THIS  MACHINE  is  fitted  with  worm  feed  instead  of  segment  drum  and  is  designed  especially  for  brass  work;  also  light 
iron  and  steel  work  where  rapid  production  is  possible. 

When  the  work  requires  less  tools  than  the  full  number  of  holes  in  the  turret,  the  vacant  holes  are  turned  past  the  work 
without  loss  of  time  and  without  the  reciprocating  movement  usually  required  for  each  hole  in  the  turret.  For  example,  if  a 
machine  constructed  to  carry  five  tools  is  being  used  on  work  requiring  two  or  three  tools  only,  the  reciprocating  movements 
of  the  turret  would  be  limited  to  the  number  of  tools  in  use.  This  machine  is  also  furnished  without  slotting  device  when 
desired . 

For  general  description  and  specifications,  see  page  no. 


IOC) 


Fig.'-'ioi. 


No.  3 PLAIN  AUTOHATIC  SCREW  HACHINE. 


■y^vESIGNED  especially  for  studs,  rollers,  pins,  milled 
rivets,  short  screws,  and  a great  variety  of  work 
where  the  forming  may  be  done  with  side  tools. 

It  has  no  turret,  but  is  provided  with  a single  tool 
stock  in  line  with  the  spindle,  and  a cross  slide  bearing 
two  tool  posts.  Has  chuck  capacity,  and  is  extremely 
rapid  and  accurate. 


No.  4 PLAIN  AUT0HAT1C  SCREW 
HACHINE. 


^nrAHIS  MACHINE  is  the  same  as  No.  3, 
above  shown,  and  designed  for  the 
same  class  of  work.  Is  larger  in  size  and  has 
chuck  capacity. 

For  general  description  and  specifica- 
tions see  page  1 10. 


Fig.  102. 


107 


No.  4 TURRET  AUTOMATIC  SCREW  MACHINE. 


For  general  description  and  specifications,  sec  page  1 10. 


108 


No.  5 TURRET  AUTOHATIC  SCREW  MACHINES. 


Fig.  106. 


For  general  description  and  specifications,  see  page  i io. 


109 


AUTOMATIC  SCREW  MACHINES. 

General  Description. 

Feed  Adjustment. — The  rapid  and  independent  adjustment  of  the  feed  of  each  tool  to  suit  the  work  required  is  an 
important  feature.  The  operation  is  so  simple  that  the  feed  of  any  of  the  tools  may  be  changed  without  stopping  the  machine. 
In  all  other  machines  of  this  class,  a change  of  speed  for  the  feed  of  the  tools  is  obtained  in  one  of  two  ways  ; first,  by  increasing 
or  diminishing  the  speed  of  the  feeding  mechanism,  and  thus  making  a uniform  change  in  the  feed  of  all  the  tools  in  the  series. 
(The  result  in  such  cases  being  that  all  tools,  excepting  one,  would  work  too  slow.)  The  second  method  is  the  very  expensive 
process  of  substituting  cams  for  each  different  movement  required.  In  our  machines  the  feed  of  each  tool  may  be  adjusted 
independently  and  almost  instantly,  without  removing  any  cams.  This  enables  the  operator  to  get  the  full  cutting  power  of 
each  tool ; he  may  also  change  his  machines  from  one  job  to  another  in  a remarkably  short  time. 

The  Spindle. — We  have  no  belt  pulling  on  the  spindle,  but  drive  the  spindle  by  gears  arranged  on  a shaft  parallel  to 
and  behind  the  spindle,  so  that  a single  belt  running  continuously  in  one  direction  will,  when  shifted  from  one  pulley  to  the 
other,  drive  the  spindle  alternately  in  opposite  directions,  as  is  required  in  threading  a screw  and  backing  off  the  die.  These 
gears  may  be,  and  usually  are,  so  proportioned  that  the  speed  of  the  spindle  is  greater  when  running  in  one  direction  than  the 
other.  The  advantage  of  this  will  be  apparent  when  threading  a long  screw,  as  the  die  may  be  run  off  the  thread  screw  at  a 
much  higher  speed  than  is  used  in  cutting  the  thread,  and  certain  operations  in  making  the  screw,  for  instance,  cutting  off  the 
finished  screw  from  the  rod,  may  also  be  run  at  the  higher  speed. 

By  driving  the  spindle  by  these  means  we  avoid  the  excessive  wear  caused  by  the  pull  of  the  belts,  which  has  been  found 
' to  be  a serious  source  of  trouble  in  ordinary  screw  machines.  The  wear  of  the  spindle  being  reduced  to  a minimum,  the  align- 
ment of  the  spindle  with  the  tools  is  preserved  indefinitely,  which  is  a very  valuable  feature. 

The  Turret. — The  turret  for  carrying  the  tools  is  mounted  on  a shaft  having  a horizontal  axis  parallel  with  the  spindle, 
the  tools  being  inserted  in  the  end  of  the  turret.  It  is  indexed  and  locked  at  its  full  diameter,  and,  as  the  tools  are  inserted  in 
the  end  in  concentric  order  and  in  a circle  considerably  smaller  than  the  circle  in  which  the  locking  is  effected,  the  tools  are 
held  very  rigidly  in  line  with  their  work. 

The  Cross  Slide. — The  cross  slide  carries  two  tool  posts,  one  or  both  of  which  may  be  used,  as  the  nature  of  the  work 
may  require. 

Tools. — The  tool  posts  on  all  machines  are  constructed  to  carry  circular  forming  and  cutting-off  tools.  These  tools  may 
be  ground  on  the  cutting  face  without  changing  their  shape,  and  will,  therefore,  produce  work  of  uniform  shape  until  com- 
pletely worn  out.  Convenient  means  are  provided  for  accurately  adjusting  the  movements  of  these  tools. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


No.  of  machine,  - 

3 

4 

5 

5'/2 

Chuck  capacity,  ------ 

y%  inch 

y inch 

1 inch 

2 inches 

Number  of  holes  in  turret  for  tools,  - 

4 or  5 

4 or  5 

5 

5 

Diameter  of  holes  in  turret,  - - - - 

% inch 

% inch 

inches 

\%  inches 

Bength  that  can  be  milled, 

inches 

2x/z  inches 

4 inches 

4 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft,  ----- 

320  rev. 

320  rev. 

320  rev. 

320  rev. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  - 

- 6x2  inches 

8x2  inches 

8 x 2X/Z  inches 

8x2^  inches 

Weight  with  countershaft,  - 

900  pounds 

1600  pounds 

2400  pounds 

2500  pounds 

110 


Fig.  107. 


■ 


PRENTISS  No.  1 HAND  HILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  milling  when  the 
cuts  to  be  taken  are  short  and  the  work  must  be 
done  quickly. 

The  head  is  mounted  on  a substantial  column,  and 
is  furnished  with  or  without  overhanging  arm.  The  arm 
can  be  adjusted  for  different  lengths  of  arbors. 

The  cross  sliding  table  is  operated  by  a hand  lever; 
the  movement  of  same  is  varied  by  adjustable  stop. 

For  work  requiring  a quick  vertical  movement  of 
carriage,  a lever  is  provided  in  front  of  machine,  in  a 
convenient  position  for  the  operator. 

The  slide  is  furnished  with  an  adjustable  stop. 

A flat  base  vise  for  holding  work  is  furnished  with 
the  machine. 

Machine  can  be  made  with  automatic  movement  of 
slide  when  required. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of  feed  table,  ... 

Width  of  feed  table, 

Length  of  feed,  .... 
Distance  from  center  of  spindle  to  top  of 
table  when  down,  ... 

Distance  from  center  of  spindle  to  top  of 
table  when  up.  ... 

Diameter  of  hole  in  spindle,  - 


15  inches 
4^s  inches 
6 inches 

6 inches 

Yz  inch 
Vz  inch 


Taper  hole  in  spindle  is  reamed  for  Morse  Standard  No.  2 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  8x3  inches 
Speed  of  countershaft,  - - 150  revolutions 

Weight,  complete,  - - - 640  pounds 


111 


No.  3 HAND  HILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  making  two  or  more  short  cuts  in  different  planes.  The  table  slide  has  vertical  and 
transverse  adjustments  operated  from  front  of  the  knee  by  crank  wrenches 

The  vertical  slide  with  vise  has  both  horizontal  and  vertical  feeds  by  rack  and  pinion  operated  by  hand  levers  with 
stops  to  regulate  the  length  and  depth  of  cut.  It  may  be  readily  removed  and  other  fixtures  bolted  to  the  table  if  desired.  The 
table  has  a f slot  extending  its  entire  length.  The  spindle  is  of  steel  with  tapered  front  bearing,  has  a hole  extending 
through  it,  runs  in  hard  bronze  boxes,  and  is  provided  with  ample  adjustment  for  wear.  When  desired  the  machine  can  be 
furnished  with  overhanging  telescope  arm  and  a table  with  special  two  inch  oil  groove  around  it. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Size  of  table,  .... 

Length  of  feed,  ... 

Vertical  adjustment  under  spindle, 

Adjustment  in  line  with  spindle, 

Vertical  feed  of  fixture, 

Dimensions  of  front  spindle  bearing, 

Largest  diameter  of  cone,  ... 

Width  of  belt  required,  - 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

Speed  of  countershaft, 

Weight,  ..... 


5^  x 20  inches 
6 inches 
o to  17 yz  inches 
6 inches 
2 inches 
4x2 Y%  inches 
iofts  inches 
2|^  inches 
T2  x 3 inches 
1 20  revolutions 
1000  pounds 


112 


Fig.  109. 


III  I 

* «pl|! 

■pgjiggii 

/ 3 ■It 

INVERTED  HAND  HILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  built  especially  for  manufacturers  of  Silver  Ware,  Jewelry,  Fire  Arms  or  any  business  requiring 
Blanking  or  Trimming  Dies.  The  principal  features  of  the  construction  of  the  machine  will  be  understood  from  the 
engraving,  in  which  it  is  seen  that  the  frame  proper  is  supported  upon  gudgeons  at  either  side,  which  are  clamped  in 
their  bearings,  and  serve  to  hold  the  frame  in  any  desired  position,  i.  e.,  horizontal,  or  at  any  desired  inclination  in  either 
direction.  The  object  of  this  is  simply  for  the  convenience  of  the  operator  and  so  that  he  may  secure  upon  the  surface  of  the 
work  and  the  lines  drawn  upon  it  the  best  possible  light. 

Through  the  right-hand  gudgeon  passes  the  shaft  on  which  is  placed  the  driving  pulley.  At  the  other  end  of  this  shaft  is 
a bevel  gear,  which,  by  means  of  another  bevel  gear,  drives  the  spindle. 

This  spindle  is  vertical  and  has  a vertical  adjustment.  It  carries  at  the  upper  end  the  mill  by  which  the  cutting  is  done, 
this  mill  being  of  the  ordinary  stem-cutter  type,  with  taper  shank,  and  with  the  cutting  portion  also  tapered  to  suit  the  amount 
of  clearance  desired  in  the  die. 

This  cutter  projects  through  an  opening  in  the  bottom  of  the  chuck,  over  which  opening  the  work  is  placed.  The  chuck 
is  moved  in  either  direction  by  means  of  the  two  slides  and  screws  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  and  thus  by  means  of  the 
crank  handles  the  lines  laid  out  on  the  surface  of  the  work  can  be  accurately  followed.  It  is  necessary  only  to  drill  one  hole 
through  the  portion  of  the  die  which  is  to  be  removed,  and  the  cutter  started  in  at  this  hole  removes  the  entire  center  in  a 
single  piece. 

The  machine  is  so  designed  and  fitted  up  that  the  movement  of  the  slides  is  smooth  and  under  perfect  control,  special 
provision  being  made  for  taking  up  all  lost  motion.  As  would  be  expected  by  any  mechanic  experienced  in  such  work  as  this 
machine  is  designed  for,  it  has  proven  in  use  to  be  very  efficient  and  satisfactory  in  every  way.  Two  sizes  are  built,  the  smaller 
of  which  will  hold  a 'plate  6 inches  wide,  % thick  and  any  length;  the  larger  machine,  10  inches  wide,  2 )/2  inches  thick 
and  any  length.  If  desirable  the  smaller  machine  can  be  placed  on  a work  bench. 


113 


No.  1 CINCINNATI  PLAIN  MILLING  HACHINE. 


THE  column,  knee,  saddle,  table,  overhanging  arm,  spindle  and  bearings  of  this  machine  are  of  ample  proportions  to 
insure  rigidity  and  wearing  qualities  at  all  points  subject  to  strain  and  service.  In  spindle  power  and  strength  of  feed 
it  is  unexcelled. 

Facility  of  Manipulation. — The  means  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  machine  are  so  located  and  contrived  as  to 
consume  the  least  possible  time  of  the  operator.  The  shaft  for  vertical  motion  is  placed  at  an  oblique  angle  and  carries  a clutch 
crank.  This  arrangement  of  shaft,  in  connection  with  permanent  handles  on  screws  for  cross  and  longitudinal  adjustment 
of  table,  gives  the  operator  control  of  every  adjustment  without  the  necessity  of  changing  his  position  or  shifting  handles. 
Two  adjustments  may  be  made  simultaneously.  All  adjustments  are  indicated  in  thousandths  of  an  inch  by  large  readable 
dials.  The  table  is  provided  with  a quick  return.  The  saddle  or  carriage  for  table  is  firmly  locked  when  in  position  by 
pushing  down  small  lever  shown  on  the  left  side  of  saddle.  The  cylindrical  overhanging  arm  is  used  on  all  machines.  Us 
advantages  of  quick  removal  and  adjustment  are  evident.  It  is  made  of  ample  diameter,  and  when  in  position  is  rigidly 
clamped  at  two  points.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bushing,  forming  a perfect  cylindrical  support  for 
the  end  of  cutter  arbor. 


114 


No.  1 CINCINNATI  PLAIN  HILLING  MACHINE. 


General  Description  Continued. 

Feed  Variation. — In  this  machine,  through  a very  simple  mechanism  at  the  back  end  of  spindle,  twelve  distinct 
changes  in  the  feed  (progressing  uniformly)  are  obtained  for  every  spindle  speed.  A pointer  on  the  end  of  lever  shown 
indicates  on  a dial  the  feed  at  which  the  machine  is  being  operated.  Throwing  this  lever  from  one  side  to  the  other  has  the 
effect  of  doubling  the  feed  or  reducing  it  by  one-half,  an  advantage  in  taking  roughing  and  finishing  cuts,  etc.  No  belts  or 
pulleys  need  be  removed  to  effect  these  changes.  The  feed  pulleys  are  of  large  diameter,  and  one  and  a half  inch  wide  belts 
are  used.  On  the  coarse  feeds  the  driving  power  is  greatest. 

The  Feed  to  table  is  automatic  in  either  direction,  instantly  reversed  by  a lever  conveniently  located  at  front  of 
machine.  This  feature  on  some  classes  of  work  largely  increases  the  output  over  machines  with  feed  for  table  in  one  direction 
only.  The  table  is  automatically  tripped  in  either  direction  by  a dog  so  constructed  as  to  permit  a further  adjustment  by  hand 
without  the  necessity  of  releasing  dog.  This  is  a convenience  to  the  operator  when  examining  work.  The  table  is  provided 
with  oil  channels  and  pockets  at  both  ends. 

Spindle. — The  spindles  are  made  of  crucible  steel  and  are  hollow.  The  front  bearing  is  cast  iron,  lined  with  Babbitt 
metal.  It  is  tapered  and  solid.  All  driving  pulleys  have  four  steps,  and  in  connection  with  the  double  friction  countershaft 
which  is  furnished,  a wide  range  of  spindle  speeds  is  obtained.  This  wide  range  in  spindle  speeds  is  very  necessary  where 
extremely  small  and  large  cutters  are  used. 

Workmanship. — In  materials  and  workmanship  this  machine  is  guaranteed  strictly  of  the  highest  class.  Cylindrical 
and  conical  bearings  wherever  advisable  are  hardened  and  ground.  Provision  is  made  throughout  for  taking  up  wear. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Net  weight,  .... 

Shipping  weight  about,  ... 

Length  of  automatic  feed  to  table, 

Cross  motion  in  line  with  spindle, 

Vertical  range,  .... 

Size  of  table  over  all,  - 
Working  surface  of  table, 

Largest  diameter  of  driving  pulley, 

Number  of  steps  on  driving  pulley, 

Width  of  driving  belt,  ...  - 

Number  of  feed  changes, 

Variations  in  feed  to  i revolution  of  spindle, 

Width  of  feed  belt,  ... 

Centre  of  spindle  to  overhanging  arm, 

Diameter  of  overhanging  arm, 


1765  pounds 
2000  pounds 
21  inches 
6 inches 
19  inches 
- 36  x 9 inches 
30  x 9 inches 
12  inches 
4 

3 inches 
12 

.006  to  .187 
1 Yz  inches 
6%  inches 
3 % inches 


115 


No.  2 PLAIN  MILLING  MACHINE, 

Back  Geared. 

THE  column,  knee,  saddle  table,  overhanging  arm,  spindle  and  bearings  of  these  machines  are  of  ample  proportions  to 
insure  rigidity  and  wearing  qualities  at  all  points  subject  to  strain  and  service.  In  spindle  power  and  strength  of  feed 
they  are  unexcelled. 

Facility  of  Manipulation. — The  means  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  machine  are  so  located  and  contrived  as  to 
consume  the  least  possible  time  of  the  operator.  The  shaft  for  vertical  motion  is  placed  at  an  oblique  angle  and  carries  a clutch 
crank.  This  arrangement  of  shaft  in  connection  with  permanent  handles  on  screws  for  cross  and  longitudinal  adjustment  of 
table,  gives  the  operator  control  of  every  adjustment  without  the  necessity  of  changing  his  position  or  shifting  handles.  Two 
adjustments  may  be  made  simultaneously.  All  adjustments  are  indicated  in  thousandths  of  an  inch  by  large  readable  dials. 
The  table  is  provided  with  a quick  return.  The  saddle  or  carriage  for  table  is  firmly  locked  when  in  position  by  pushing  down 
small  lever  shown  on  the  left  side  of  saddle.  The  cylindrical  overhanging  arm  is  used  on  all  machines.  Its  advantages  of 
quick  removal  and  adjustment  are  evident.  It  is  made  of  ample  diameter,  and  when  in  position  is  rigidly  clamped  at  two 
points.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bushing,  forming  a perfect  cylindrical  support  for  the  end  of  cutler 
arbor. 


11  6 


No.  2 CINCINNATI  PLAIN  MILLING  HACHINE, 

Rack  Geared. 


General  Description , Continued. 


Feed  Variation. — In  this  machine,  through  a very  simple  mechanism  at  the  back  end  of  spindle,  twelve  distinct 
changes  in  the  feed  (progressing  uniformly)  are  obtained  for  every  spindle  speed.  A pointer  on  the  end  of  lever  shown 
indicates  on  a dial  the  feed  at  which  the  machine  is  being  operated.  Throwing  this  lever  from  one  side  to  the  other  has  the 
effect  of  doubling  the  feed  or  reducing  it  by  one-half,  an  advantage  in  taking,  roughing  and  finishing  cuts,  etc.  No  belts  or 
pulleys  need  be  removed  to  effect  these  changes.  The  feed  pulleys  are  of  large  diameter,  and  one  and  a half  inch  wide  belts 
are  used.  On  the  coarse  feeds  the  driving  power  is  greatest. 

The  Feed  to  table  is  automatic  in  either  direction,  instantly  reversed  by  a lever  conveniently  located  at  front  of  machine. 
This  feature  on  some  classes  of  work  largely  increases  the  output  over  machines  with  feed  for  table  in  one  direction  only. 
The  table  is  automatically  tripped  in  either  direction  by  a dog  so  constructed  as  to  permit  a further  adjustment  by  hand 
without  the  necessity  of  releasing  dog.  This  is  a convenience  to  the  operator  when  examining  work.  The  table  is  provided 
with  oil  channels  and  pockets  at  both  ends. 

Spindle. — The  spindles  are  made  of  crucible  steel  and  are  hollow.  The  front  bearing  is  cast  iron,  lined  with  Babbitt  metal. 
It  is  tapered  and  solid.  All  driving  pulleys  have  four  steps,  and  in  connection  with  the  double  friction  countershaft  which  is 
furnished,  sixteen  spindle  speeds  are  obtained  on  this  machine.  This  wide  range  in  spindle  speeds  is  very  necessary  where 
extremely  small  and  large  cutters  are  used. 

Workmanship. — In  materials  and  workmanship  this  machine  is  guaranteed  strictly  of  the  highest  class.  Cylindrical 
and  conical  bearings  wherever  advisable  are  hardened  and  ground.  Provision  is  made  throughout  for  taking  up  wear. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number  of  machine, 

Net  weight,  - - - 

Shipping  weight,  about 
Length  of  automatic  feed  to  table, 

Cross  motion  in  line  with  spindle, 

Vertical  range,  ... 

Size  of  table  over  all, 

Working  surface  of  table, 

Largest  diameter  of  driving  pulley, 

Number  of  steps  on  driving  pulley, 

Width  of  driving  belt, 

Number  of  feed  changes, 

Variations  in  feed  to  i revolution  of  spindle, 
Width  of  feed  belt,  - 
Center  of  spindle  to  overhanging  arm, 
Diameter  of  overhanging  arm, 


2 

3 

.2000  pounds 

2850  pounds 

2300  pounds 

3150  pounds 

24  inches 

32  inches 

7 inches 

8 inches 

19  inches 

20  inches 

40  x 10  inches 

51  x 12  inches 

34  x 10  inches 

44  x 12  inches 

10  inches 

11 Y inches 

4 

4 

2%"  inches 

3 inches 

12 

12 

.006  to  .187 

.006  to  .187 

1 inches 

i'Y  inches 

5i6  inches 

6t7j  inches 

4 inches 

4'Y  inches 

117 


IMPROVED  No.  1 CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  TOOL  ROOM  MILLING  MACHINE. 


THIS  illustration,  represents  an  entirely  new  Universal  Tool  Room  Milling  Machine,  embodying  the  very  latest  ideas. 

Strength. — The  column,  knee,  saddle,  table,  overhanging  arm,  spindle  and  bearings  are  of  ample  proportions  to  insure 
rigidity  and  wearing  qualities  at  all  points  subject  to  strain  and  service.  In  spindle  power  and  strength  of  feed  this  machine 
is  unexcelled. 

Facility  of  Manipulation.— The  means  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  machine  are  so  located  and  contrived  as  to 
consume  the  least  possible  time  of  the  operator.  The  shaft  for  vertical  motion  is  placed  at  an  oblique  angle  and  carries 
a clutch  crank.  This  arrangement  of  shaft,  in  connection  with  permanent  handles  on  screws,  for  cross  and  longitudinal 
adjustment  of  table,  gives  the  operator  control  of  every  adjustment  without  the  necessity  of  changing  his  position  or  shifting 
handles.  Two  adjustments  may  be  made  simultaneously.  All  adjustments  are  indicated  in  thousandths  of  an  inch  by  large 
readable  dials.  The  table  is  provided  with  a quick  return.  The  cylindrical  overhanging  arm  is  used  on  all  machines. 
Its  advantages  of  quick  removal  and  adjustment  are  evident.  It  is  made  of  ample  diameter,  and  when  in  position  is  rigidly 
clamped  at  two  points.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bushing,  forming  a perfect  cylindrical  support 
for  the  end  of  cutter  arbor.  The  arbor  is  withdrawn  by  forcing  the  nut  on  it  against  the  end  of  spindle. 


118 


General  Description , Continued. 


A Distinctive  Feature  of  this  machine  is  the  circular  form  of  the  swiveling  carriage  for  table.  This  not  only  adds  to 
the  appearance,  but  is  of  especial  practical  value  when  cutting  spirals  or  any  work  requiring  the  setting  of  the  table  at  an 
angle.  It  is  apparent  that  the  swiveling  carriage  need  not  be  drawn  out  from  the  face  of  column  to  the  same  extent  as  when 
made  square,  permitting  at  the  same  time  the  use  of  a shorter  cutter  arbor.  Again,  the  swiveling  carriage  always  has  its  full 
bearing  on  slide  on  top  of  knee,  no  matter  at  what  angle  the  table  is  set.  This  permits  further  a most  effective  method  for 
clamping  the  swiveling  carriage  to  slide  on  knee.  Two  accessible  bolts  operating  in  a circular  slot  absolutely  bind  these  two 
parts  together.  The  above  points  all  add  to  the  rigidity  of  the  machine  under  cutting  operation.  The  index  for  angles  of 
spirals  is  placed  on  the  outside  of  the  circular  carriage,  where  it  may  be  conveniently  read.  The  table  may  be  completely 
revolved  and  spirals  beyond  45  degrees  cut.  It  is  provided  with  oil  channels  and  pockets  at  both  ends. 

The  automatic  feed  to  table  is  started,  stopped  or  reversed  by  levers,  conveniently  located  and  operated  from  front  of 
machine.  It  is  automatically  tripped  in  either  direction  by  a dog,  so  constructed  as  to  permit  a further  adjustment  by  hand, 
without  the  necessity  of  releasing  dog.  This  is  a convenience  to  the  operator  when  examining  work. 

Spindle. — The  spindles  are  made  of  crucible  steel  and  are  hollow.  The  front  bearing  is  cast  iron,  lined  with  Babbitt 
metal.  It  is  tapered  and  solid.  All  driving  pulleys  have  four  steps,  and  in  connection  with  the  double  friction  countershaft, 
which  is  furnished,  eight  spindle  speeds  are  obtained.  This  wide  range  in  spindle  speeds  is  very  necessary  where  extremely 
small  and  large  cutters  are  used. 

The  Universal  Indexing  and  Dividing  Head  has  a number  of  new  features  and  improvements.  It  is  distinctly 
universal,  as  the  swiveling  block  carrying  the  spindle  makes  a complete  revolution.  This  is  an  important  feature  and  of  great 
advantage  on  certain  classes  of  work.  In  starting  a cutter  on  work  held  at  an  angle,  such  as  bevel  wheels,  etc.,  it  has  been  a 
difficult  matter  to  prevent  gouging  of  the  cutter.  This  difficulty  is  entirely  overcome  in  this  machine  by  swinging  spindle 
over  to  opposite,  thereby  changing  the  character  of  the  cut.  With  the  work  held  in  this  position,  heavier  cuts  may  be  taken 
and  a smoother  finish  obtained.  Right  and  left  hand  work  may  be  cut  without  changing  the  cutters.  The  spindle  is  firmly 
held  at  any  angle,  ample  means  being  provided  for  locking  it  rigidly  in  any  position.  The  block  carrying  the  spindle  is  always 
fully  contained  within  its  bearings,  no  matter  at  what  angle  the  spindle  is  held.  There  is  also  a device  for  locking  the  spindle 
during  cutting  operation,  to  relieve  all  parts  from  unnecessary  wear.  The  universal  heads  furnished  have  an  extra  cup-shaped 
dial  plate  for  rapid  indexing.  The  tail-stock  has  the  patent  adjustable  centre  bar,  on  one  end  of  which  is  a full  round  centre, 
and  on  the  other  a centre  with  the  top  milled  off.  The  centre  bar  is  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  rack  and  pinion  for  taper 
work.  The  universal  head  is  provided  with  a complete  set  of  change  gears  and  all  necessary  spirals  right  and  left  hand  are  cut 
automatically  and  divisions  made  up  to  three  hundred  and  sixty.  Everything  shown  in  cut,  including  double  friction 
countershaft,  is  furnished. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Net  weight,  ... 

Shipping  weight,  about 

Length  of  automatic  feed  and  table, 

Cross  motion  in  line  with  spindle, 

Vertical  range,  - 

Size  of  table  over  all, 

Working  surface  of  table, 

Index  centre  swing, 

Index  centres  taken  in  length, 

Largest  diameter  of  driving  pulley, 
Number  of  steps  on  driving  pulley,  - 
Width  of  driving  belt 
Number  of  feed  changes, 

Centre  of  spindle  to  overhanging  arm, 


1 ,775  pounds 
2,000  pounds 
20  inches 
6 inches 
17  inches 
35  x 6 inches 
33  x 6 inches 
10  inches 
15  inches 
12  inches 
4 

3 inches 
4 

6 inches 


119 


inPROVED  No.  \'/2  CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  TOOL  ROOH  HILLING  HACHINE. 


THE  illustration  represents  an  entirely  new  Universal  Tool  Room  Milling  Machine,  embodying  the  very  latest  ideas  in 
modern  machine  construction. 

Strength. — The  column,  knee,  saddle  table,  overhanging  arm,  spindle  and  bearings  are  of  ample  proportions  to  insure 
rigidity  and  wearing  qualities  at  all  points  subject  to  strain  and  service.  In  spindle  power  and  strength  of  feed  this  machine  is 
unexcelled. 

Facility  of  Manipulation. — The  means  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  machine  are  so  located  and  contrived  as  to  con- 
sume the  least  possible  time  of  the  operator.  The  shaft  for  vertical  motion  is  placed  at  an  oblique  angle  and  carries  a clutch 
crank.  This  arrangement  of  shaft,  in  connection  with  permanent  handles  on  screws  for  cross  and  longitudinal  adjustment  of 
table,  gives  the  operator  control  of  every  adjustment  without  the  necessity  of  changing  his  position  or  shifting  handles.  Two 
adjustments  may  be  made  simultaneously.  All  adjustments  are  indicated  in  thousandths  of  an  inch  by  large  readable  dials. 
The  table  is  provided  with  a quick  return.  The  cylindrical  overhanging  arm  is  used  on  this  machine.  Its  advantages  of  quick 
removal  and  adjustment  are  evident.  It  is  made  of  ample  diameter,  and  when  in  position  is  rigidly  clamped  at  two  points.  It 
is  provided  with  an  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bushing,  forming  a perfect  cylindrical  support  for  the  end  of  cutter  arbor. 
The  arbor  is  withdrawn  by  forcing  the  nut  on  it  against  the  end  of  spindle. 


120 


IHPROVED  No.  \y2  CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  TOOL  ROOH  HILLING  MACHINE. 


General  Description , Continued. 

A DISTINCTIVE  FEATURE  of  this  machine  is  the  circular  form  of  the  swiveling  carriage  for  table.  This  not  only  adds 
to  the  appearance,  but  is  of  especial  practical  value  when  cutting  spirals  of  any  work  requiring  the  setting  of  table  at  an 
angle.  It  is  apparent  that  the  swiveling  carriage  need  not  be  drawn  out  from  the  face  of  column  to  the  same  extent  as  when 
made  square,  permitting  at  the  same  time  the  use  of  a shorter  cutter  arbor.  Again,  the  swiveling  carriage  always  has  its  full 
bearing  on  slide  on  top  of  knee,  no  matter  at  what  angle  the  table  is  set.  This  permits  further  a most  effective  method  for 
clamping  the  swiveling  carriage  to  slide  on  knee.  Two  accessible  bolts  operating  in  a circular  slot  absolutely  bind  these  two 
parts  together.  The  above  points  all  add  to  the  rigidity  of  the  machine  under  cutting  operation.  The  index  for  angles  of 
spirals  is  placed  on  the  outside  of  the  circular  carriage  where  it  may  be  conveniently  read.  The  table  may  be  completely 
revolved  and  spirals  beyond  45  degrees  cut.  It  is  provided  with  oil  channels  and  pockets  at  both  ends. 

The  automatic  feed  to  table  is  started,  stopped  or  reversed  by  levers  conveniently  located  and  operated  from  front  of 
machine.  It  is  automatically  tripped  in  either  direction  by  a dog,  so  constructed  as  to  permit  a further  adjustment  by  hand 
without  the  necessity  of  releasing  dog.  This  is  a convenience  to  the  operator  when  examining  work. 

Spindle. — The  spindles  are  made  of  crucible  steel  and  are  hollow.  The  front  bearing  is  cast  iron,  lined  with  Babbitt 
metal.  It  is  tapered  and  solid.  The  driving  pulley  has  three  steps,  and,  in  connection  with  the  double  friction  countershaft, 
which  is  furnished,  twelve  spindle  speeds  are  obtained.  This  wide  range  in  spindle  speeds  is  very  necessary  where  extremely 
small  and  large  cutters  are  used. 

The  universal  indexing  and  dividing  head  has  a number  of  new  features  and  improvements. 

Workmanship. — In  materials  and  workmanship  this  machine  is  guaranteed  strictly  of  the  highest  class.  Cylindrical 
and  conical  bearings  wherever  advisable  are  hardened  and  ground.  Provision  is  made  throughout  for  taking  up  wear. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Net  weight,  ..... 

Shipping  weight,  about  ... 

Length  of  automatic  feed  to  table,  ... 
Cross  motion  in  line  with  spindle, 

Verticle  range,  - - - - - 

Size  of  table  over  all,  - - - - 

Working  surface  of  table,  .... 
Index  centers  swing,  .... 
Index  centers  take  in  length,  ... 

Largest  diameter  of  driving  pulley, 

Number  of  steps  on  driving  pulley, 

Width  of  driving  belt,  ... 

Number  of  feed  changes,  .... 
Center  of  spindle  to  overhanging  arm, 


1800  pounds 
2050  pounds 
20  inches 
6 inches 
17  inches 
35  x 6 inches 
33  x 6 inches 
10  inches 
15  inches 
10  inches 

3 

2^  inches 

4 

6J4  inches 


121 


Fig.  i 14. 


inPROVED  No.  2 CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  TOOL  ROOM  HILLING  HACHINE. 


illustration  represents  the  design  of  an  entirely  new  Universal  Tool  Room  Milling  Machine,  embodying  the 
i.  very  latest  ideas  in  modern  machine  construction. 

Strength  . — The  column,  knee,  saddle  table,  overhanging  arm,  spindle  and  bearings  are  of  ample  proportions  to  insure 
rigidity  and  wearing  qualities  at  all  points  subject  to  strain  and  service.  In  spindle  power  and  strength  of  feed  this  machine 
is  unexcelled. 

Facility  of  Hanipulation. — The  means  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  machine  are  so  located  and  contrived  as  to 
consume  the  least  possible  time  of  the  operator.  The  shaft  for  vertical  motion  is  placed  at  an  oblique  angle  and  carries  a 
clutch  crank.  This  arrangement  of  shaft,  in  connection  with  permanent  handles  on  screws  for  cross  and  longitudinal 
adjustment  of  table,  gives  the  operator  control  of  every  adjustment  without  the  necessity  of  changing  his  position  or  shifting 
handles. 


122 


IMPROVED  No.  2 CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  HILLING  HACHINE. 


General  Description  Continued . 


TWO  adjustments  may  be  made  simultaneously.  All  adjustments  are  indicated  in  thousandths  of  an  inch  by  large 
readable  dials.  The  table  is  provided  with  a quick  return.  The  cylindrical  overhanging  arm  is  used  on  all  micliines. 
Its  advantages  of  quick  removal  and  adjustment  are  evident.  It  it  is  made  of  ample  diameter,  and  when  in  position  is  rigidly 
clamped  at  two  points.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bushing,  forming  a perfect  cylindrical  support 
for  the  end  of  cutter  arbor.  The  arbor  is  withdrawn  by  forcing  the  nut  on  it  against  the  end  of  spindle. 

Feed  Variation. — Heretofore  the  variation  in  the  feed  of  milling  machines  has  been  insufficient.  In  this  machine 
through  a very  simple  mechanism  at  the  back  end  of  spindle,  twelve  distinct  changes  in  the  feed  (progressing  uniformly)  are 
obtained  for  every  spindle  speed.  A pointer  on  the  end  of  lever  shown  indicates  on  a dial  the  feed  at  which  the  machine  is 
being  operated.  Throwing  this  lever  from  one  side  to  the  other  has  the  effect  of  doubling  the  feed  or  reducing  it  by  one-half, 
an  advantage  in  taking  roughing  and  finishing  cuts,  etc.  No  belts  or  pulleys  need  be  removed  to  effect  these  changes.  The 
feed  pulleys  are  of  large  diameter,  and  one  and  a half  inch  wide  belts  are  used.  On  the  coarse  feeds  the  driving  power 
is  greatest. 

Automatic  Feeds. — This  machine  not  only  has  an  automatic  longitudinal  feed  to  table,  but  also  an  automatic  cross 
motion  in  line  with  spindle.  An  automatic  vertical  feed  is  supplied  to  order.  All  feeds  are  started,  stopped  or  reversed  by 
levers  conveniently  located  and  operated  from  front  of  machine.  In  the  larger  machines,  to  facilitate  adjustment  by  hand,  the 
screw  for  vertical  motion  is  provided  with  anti -friction  bearings. 

The  Universal  Indexing  and  Dividing  Head  has  a number  of  new  features  and  improvements.  It  is  distinctly  universal, 
as  the  swiveling  block  carrying  the  spindle  makes  a complete  revolution.  This  is  an  important  feature  and  of  great  advantage 
on  certain  classes  of  work.  In  starting  a cutter  on  work  held  at  an  angle,  such  as  bevel  wheels,  etc.,  it  has  been  a difficult 
matter  to  prevent  gouging  of  the  cutter.  This  difficulty  is  entirely  overcome  in  this  machine  by  swinging  spindle  over  to 
the  opposite  side,  thereby  changing  the  character  of  the  cut.  With  the  work  held  in  this  position,  heavier  cuts  may  be  taken 
and  a smoother  finish  obtained.  Right  and  left  hand  work  may  be  cut  without  changing  the  cutters.  The  spindle  is  firmly 
held  at  any  angle,  ample  means  being  provided  for  locking  it  rigidly  in  any  position.  The  block  carrying  the  spindle  is 
always  fully  contained  within  its  bearings,  no  matter  at  what  angle  the  spindle  is  held.  There  is  also  a device  for  locking  the 
spindle  during  cutting  operation,  to  relieve  all  parts  from  unnecessary  wear  The  universal  heads  furnished  have  an  extra 
cup-sliaped  dial  plate  for  rapid  indexing.  The  tail-stock  has  the  patent  adjustable  center  bar,  on  one  end  of  which  is  a full 
round  center  and  on  the  other  a center  with  the  top  milled  off.  The  center  bar  is  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  rack  and 
pinion  for  taper  work.  The  universal  head  is  provided  with  a complete  set  of  change  gears,  and  all  necessary  spirals  right  and 
left  hand  are  cut  automatically  and  divisions  made  up  to  three  hundred  and  sixty.  Everything  shown  in  cut,  including  double 
friction  countershaft,  is  furnished. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Net  weight,  ... 

Shipping  weight  about, 

Length  of  automatic  feed  to  table, 

Cross  motion  in  line  with  spindle, 

Vertical  range,  ... 
Size  of  table  over  all,  - 
Working  surface  of  table, 

Index  centers  swing, 

Index  centers  take  in  length,  - 
Largest  diameter  of  driving  pulley, 
Number  of  steps  on  driving  pulley, 

Width  of  driving  belt, 

Number  of  feed  changes, 

Variation  in  feed  to  i revolution  of  spindle 
Width  of  belt,  - 
Center  of  spindle  to  overhanging  arm, 
Diameter  of  overhanging  arm, 


2100  pounds 
2400  pounds 
23  inches 
6 y2  inches 
i8j4  inches 
38  x 8 inches 
35  x 8 inches 
10  inches 
17  inches 
10  inches 
4 

2^  inches 
12 

- .006  to  .150 
1 %.  inches 
5xff inches 
4 inches 


Fig.  i 15. 


iriPROVED  No.  3 CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  TOOL  ROOH  MILLING  MACHINE. 


THE  illustration  represents  the  design  of  an  entirely  new  Universal  Tool  Room  Milling  Machine,  embodying  the  very 
latest  ideas  in  modern  machine  construction. 

Strength.— The  column,  knee,  saddle  table,  overhanging  arm,  spindle  and  bearings  are  of  ample  proportions  to  insure 
rigidity  and  wearing  qualities  at  all  points  subject  to  strain  and  service.  In  spindle  power  and  strength  of  feed  this  machine  is 
unexcelled. 

Facility  of  Manipulation. — The  means  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  machine  are  so  located  and  contrived  as  to 
consume  the  least  possible  time  of  the  operator.  The  shaft  for  vertical  motion  is  placed  at  an  oblique  angle  and  carries  a clutch 
crank.  This  arrangement  of  shaft,  in  connection  with  permanent  handles  on  screws  for  cross  and  longitudinal  adjustment  of 
table,  gives  the  operator  control  of  every  adjustment  without  the  necessity  of  changing  his  position  or  shifting  handles. 


124 


lHPROVED  No.  3 CINCINNATI  UNIVERSAL  TOOL  ROOM  MILLING  MACHINE. 


General  Description  Continued. 

TWO  adjustments  may  be  made  simultaneously.  All  adjustments  are  indicated  in  thousandths  of  an  inch  by  large 
readable  dials.  The  table  is  provided  with  a quick  return.  The  cylindrical  overhanging  arm  is  used  on  all  machines. 
Its  advantages  of  quick  removal  and  adjustment  are  evident.  It  is  made  of  ample  diameter,  and  when  in  position  is 
rigidly  clamped  at  two  points.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bushing,  forming  a perfect  cylindrical 
support  for  the  end  of  cutter  arbor.  The  arbor  is  withdrawn  by  forcing  the  nut  on  it  against  the  end  of  spindle. 

Feed  Variation. — Heretofor  the  variation  in  the  feed  of  milling  machines  has  been  insufficient.  In  these  machines, 
through  a very  simple  mechanism  at  the  back  end  of  spindle,  twelve  distinct  changes  in  the  feed  (progressing  uniformly)  are 
obtained  for  every  spindle  speed.  A pointer  on  the  end  of  lever  shown  indicates  on  a dial  the  feed  at  which  the  machine 
is  being  operated.  Throwing  this  lever  from  one  side  to  the  other  has  the  effect  of  doubling  the  feed  or  reducing  it  by  one-half, 
an  advantage  in  taking,  roughing,  and  finishing  cuts,  etc.  No  belts  or  pulleys  need  be  removed  to  effect  these  changes.  The 
feed  pulleys  are  of  large  diameter,  and  one  and  a half  inch  wide  belts  are  used.  On  the  coarse  feeds  the  driving  power 
is  greatest. 

Automatic  Feeds. — These  machines  not  only  have  an  automatic  longitudinal  feed  to  table,  but  also  an  automatic  cross 
motion  in  line  with  spindle.  An  automatic  vertical  feed  is  supplied  to  order.  All  feeds  are  started,  stopped  or  reversed  by 
levers  conveniently  located  and  operated  from  front  of  machine.  In  the  larger  machines,  to  facilitate  adjustment  by  hand,  the 
screw  for  vertical  motion  is  provided  anti-friction  bearings. 

The  Universal  Indexing  and  Dividing  Head  has  a number  of  new  features  and  improvements.  It  is  distinctly 
universal,  as  the  swiveling  block  carrying  the  spindle  makes  a complete  revolution.  This  is  an  important  feature  and  of  great 
advantage  on  certain  classes  of  work.  In  starting  a cutter  on  work  held  at  an  angle,  such  as  bevel  wheels,  etc.,  it  has  been 
a difficult  matter  to  prevent  gouging  of  the  cutter.  This  difficulty  is  entirely  overcome  in  these  machines  by  swinging  spindle 
over  to  the  opposite  side,  thereby  changing  the  character  of  the  cut.  With  the  work  held  in  this  position,  heavier  cuts  may 
be  taken  and  a smoother  finish  obtained.  Right  and  left  hand  work  may  be  cut  without  changing  the  cutters.  The  spindle  is 
firmly  held  at  any  angle,  ample  means  being  provided  for  locking  it  rigidly  in  any  position.  The  block  carrying  the  spindle  is 
always  fully  contained  within  its  bearings,  no  matter  at  what  angle  the  spindle  is  held.  There  is  also  a device  for  locking  the 
spindle  during  cutting  operation,  to  relieve  all  parts  from  unnecessary  wear.  The  universal  heads  furnished  have  an  extra 
cup-shaped  dial  plate  for  rapid  indexing.  The  tail-stock  has  the  patent  adjustable  center  bar,  on  one  end  of  which  is  a full 
round  center,  and  on  the  other  a center  with  the  top  milled  off.  The  center  bar  is  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  rack  and 
pinion  for  taper  work.  The  universal  head  is  provided  with  a complete  set  of  change  gears,  and  all  necessary  spirals  right  and 
left  hand  are  cut  automatically  and  divisions  made  up  to  three  hundred  and  sixty.  Everything  shown  in  cut,  including  double 
friction  countershaft,  is  furnished. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Net  weight  - 

Shipping  weight,  about,  ... 

Length  of  automatic  feed  to  table, 

Cross  motion  in  line  with  spindle, 

Verticle  range,  .... 

Size  of  table  over  all, 

Working  surface  of  table, 

Index  centers  swing,  ... 

Index  centers  taken  in  length, 

Largest  diameter  of  driving  pulley, 

Number  of  steps  on  driving  pulley,  - 
Width  of  driving  belt, 

Number  of  feed  changes, 

Variations  in  feed  to  i revolution  of  spindle, 

Width  of  feed  belt,  ... 

Center  of  spindle  to  overhanging  arm, 

Diameter  of  overhanging  arm, 


2800  pounds 
3100  pounds 
27  inches 
7 inches 
19  inches 
46  x 9 inches 
43  x 9 Yz  inches 
12  inches 
21  inches 
11  yz  inches 
4 

3 inches 
12 

.006  to  .150 
inches 
6x7if  inches 
4 ]/z  inches 


125 


No.  2 PUTNAH  UNIVERSAL  MILLING  HACH1NE, 

With  Counter  Balanced  Table. 

For  Illustration  of  this  Machine  see  Photo. 

/"JAHIS  MACHINE  has  all  the  movements  of  a plain  milling  machine,  and  in  addition  the  work  is  automatically  fed  at  an 
angle  to  the  axis  of  the  main  spindle,  and  also  automatically  stopped  at  any  desired  point.  The  machine  is  strongly 
back  geared.  The  overhanging  arm,  which  carries  an  adjustable  center,  is  easily  clamped  in  any  position,  and  can  be  run 
back  out  of  the  way  when  not  needed.  Driving  cone  has  four  shifts  for  wide  belt.  Head-stock  gears  are  powerful.  Speeds 
are  proportioned  to  give  velocities  in  uniform  progression.  Live  spindle  is  made  from  a high  grade  of  crucible  steel ; is  hollow 
from  end  to  end.  Journals  are  ground  by  a special  process  to  secure  accuracy.  Spindle  boxes  are  interchangeable  and  easily 
duplicated,  are  made  from  one  piece  of  anti-friction  metal,  are  susceptible  of  accurate  and  easy  adjustment,  and  preserve  the 
original  alignment  of  the  live  and  dead  centers.  The  beam  sliding  on  the  frame  can  be  moved  vertically  a distance  of  17 
inches,  while  the  table  on  this  beam  has  a movement  of  9 inches  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  main  spindle.  The  movement 
of  both  beam  and  table  can  be  made  to  thousandths  of  an  inch.  The  platen  has  centers  which  swing  10  inches  and  take  20 
inches  in  length,  and  on  these,  drills,  taps,  reamers,  etc.,  can  be  held  while  milling  straight  or  spiral,  right  or  left  hand.  The 
screw  operating  the  platen  has  a balance  handle  at  both  ends,  allowing  the  operator  to  feed  work  by  hand,  if  desired,  from 
either  side  of  the  machine.  The  elevating  head  on  platen  is  graduated,  and  can  be  set  at  any  angle  from  5 degrees  below  a 
horizontal  to  a perpendicular  position,  thus  allowing  bevel  gears,  angular  mills,  etc.,  to  be  cut.  The  spindle  in  this  head  is 
made  hollow  and  fitted  for  a chuck,  so  that  work  can  be  held  which  is  too  long  to  be  taken  between  centers.  As  this  spindle 
and  the  main  spindle  are  reamed  to  the  same  taper,  the  same  arbor  can  be  used  in  each.  The  machine  has  a tool  shelf  on  rear 
side,  adjustable  oil  tank  with  stop-cock,  a set  of  change  gears  for  different  spirals,  three  index  plates,  a 6 inch  three-jawed 
chuck,  hand-wheel  wrenches,  and  a vise  with  jaws  5 inches  wide,  1 inch  deep,  and  opening  3J4  inches.  The  vise  swivels  upon 
the  platen  at  any  horizontal  angle  ; has  graduated  base.  The  frame  of  the  machine  is  hollow  and  fitted  with  doors,  thus 
forming  closets  for  holding  tools,  etc. 

Countershaft  has  two  12  inch  friction  pulleys  for  inch  straight  and  cross  belt,  to  reverse  machine,  and  should  make 
100  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  55  x 55  inches. 

Weight,  2850  pounds. 


126 


premiss  Tqql  ^supply  (&  ri 


Fig.  i 16. 


STANDARD  MILLING  HACH1NE. 


T HIS  MACHINE  lias  vertical  table,  20  inch  cross  feed, 
vertical  adjustment  of  6 inches.  Arm  4 inches  diameter, 
cone  pulley  11  inches  to  18  inches  diameter,  for  3 ]/z  inch 
belt,  geared  4 to  1.  Spindle  3 inches  diameter,  main  gear  20 
inches  diameter.  Weight,  5500  pounds. 

The  description  of  the  general  construction  of  the  Heavy 
Standard  as  given  below,  applies  also  to  this  machine. 


HEAVY  STANDARD  MILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  general  machine  shop  use,  but  on  larger  work  requiring  larger  cutters  and  taking  deeper 
cuts  than  usually  attempted  on  Milling  Machines  of  its  type. 

The  Head  is  32  inches  long,  has  a horizontal  movement  of  3 inches  on  top  of  standard  for  the  cross  adjustment  of 
cutters,  thus  dispensing  with  one  joint  below  the  table,  and  has  an  overhanging  arm  8 inches  diameter,  which  is  removed  for 
the  use  of  cutters  over  12  inches  diameter. 

The  Spindle  is  of  steel  and  runs  in  bronze  boxes.  The  Fig.  117. 

front  bearing  is  conical,  6J4  inches  diameter.  Has  threaded 
end  for  face  cutters  and  taper  hole  for  cutter  arbors.  It  is 
driven  by  a cone  with  four  sections;  the  larger  20  inches 
diameter  for  a 334  inch  belt  through  gearing  in  the  ratio  of 
16  to  1.  The  spindle  gear  is  30  inches  diameter,  3 34  inches 
face. 

The  Table  is  14  inches  wide,  72  inches  long.  At  the 
lowest  position  the  top  is  24  inches  below  the  center  of  the 
spindle.  It  has  a bearing  in  the  knee  14  inches  wide,  48 
inches  long. 

The  Knee  has  bearing  on  standard  20  inches  wide,  26 
inches  long,  and  is  supported  by  elevating  screw  2^4  inches 
diameter.  The  hand  wheel  nut  rests  on  hardened  steel  balls. 

The  Feed  is  the  full  length  of  the  table  and  driven  by 
a 2 Yi  inch  belt  on  a four  section  cone,  and  in  connection 
with  intermediate  gearing,  twenty  changes  of  feed  can  be 
obtained,  so  that  the  maximum  rate  of  feed  per  minute  of 
the  table  can  be  maintained  irrespective  of  the  diameter  of 
cutter  used  and  proportionate  spindle  speed.  This  is  a very 
desirable  feature,  as  it  is  frequently  required  that  the  rate  of 
feed  per  minute  of  the  table  should  be  greater  when  using  a 
cutter  of  large  diameter,  and  consequently  slow  spindle 
speed,  than  when  using  a cutter  of  small  diameter  and  fast 
spindle  speed. 

The  Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  16  inches 
and  20  inches  diameter,  and  should  run  250  and  90  turns  per 
minute  respectively.  Floor  space  required,  80  x 160  inches. 

The  base  is  36  x 54  inches.  Height,  67  inches.  Center  of  spindle,  50  inches  above  floor.  Weight,  8000  pounds. 

Extra  Attachments.  An  automatic  vertical  feed  for  knee  can  be  furnished,  also  a vertical  spindle  milling  attachment. 


127 


Fig.  iiS. 


128 


CINCINNATI  HILLING  HACHINE  OPERATIONS. 


Explanation  of  Cuts  on  Opposite  rage. 

T^IGURE  i 

-F  Fig.  2. 

Fig-  3- 
Fig.  4- 
Fig.  5- 
Fig.  6. 

yi  inch  thick,  finishing  one  side,  and  then  the  other.  A small  cutter  should  then  be  applied  to  finish  inside  bearings.  The 
housing  requires  but  one  chucking. 

Fig.  7.  How  to  turn  out  a hole  with  a boring  bar  arbor.  Various  work  can  be  drilled  and  bored  out  to  an  advantage  in 
this  way,  by  either  bolting  the  work  on  the  table,  holding  it  in  a vise  or  between  centers. 

Fig.  8.  How  to  mill  a key  seat.  Can  be  done  in  a vise  or  between  centers. 

Fig.  9.  How  to  mill  a taper  reamer. 

Fig.  10.  How  to  cut  a number  of  gear  wheels  when  strung  on  a mandrel. 

Fig.  11.  How  to  mill  a tap. 

Fig.  12.  How  to  hob  a worm  wheel  after  the  teeth  are  cut.  This  operation  gives  the  teeth  the  proper  shape,  so  that  the 
shafts  will  stand  at  right  angles  to  each  other. 

Fig.  13.  How  to  cut  off  pieces  of  metal. 

Fig.  14.  How  to  mill  a thread  chasing  tool.  The  milling  cutter  is  to  be  V shaped  and  60  degrees.  Mill  one  side  first, 
and  then  the  other,  without  re-chucking 

Fig.  15.  How  to  mill  an  angle,  finishing  sides  and  bottoms  at  the  same  time. 

Fig.  16.  How  to  mill  a slot  with  a small  cutter. 

Fig.  17.  How  to  mill  a fork  true  with  its  round  shank.  One  end  is  held  in  a universal  chuck,  which  is  screwed  on  the 

spindle  of  the  indexing  center,  and  the  other  held  in  a steady  rest. 

Fig.  18.  How  to  cut  a rack. 

Fig.  19.  How  to  mill  boxes  perfectly  true  with  the  hole. 

Fig.  20.  How  to  mill  an  angular  cutter. 

Fig.  21.  How  to  index  dial  plates.  In  this  case  the  tool  does  not  revolve. 

Fig.  22.  How  to  mill  a cam. 

Fig.  23.  How  to  mill  a friezing  bit  for  wood  work.  First,  the  sections  are  milled  out  with  a square  faced  cutter,  and 

then  the  cutting  edges  are  milled  by  placing  a right  and  left  angular  cutter  011  the  milling  arbor.  These  bits  can  be  milled 

complete  before  removing  them  from  the  mandrel. 

Fig.  24.  How  to  cut  off  round  or  square  stock  by  placing  the  universal  chuck  on  the  main  spindle  and  using  the 
overhanging  arm  for  a length  gauge. 


illustrates  how  hexagon  nuts  or  heads  of  bolts  can  be  milled  with  a single  cutter. 

How  to  mill  a number  of  nuts  at  a time,  with  two  cutters,  while  strung  on  a mandrel. 

How  to  mill  a lot  of  caps,  accurately  finishing  the  sides  and  bottom  at  the  same  time. 

How  to  mill  a T slot  having  groove  milled  or  planed  to  proper  depth. 

How  to  mill  a V slot. 

How  to  mill  the  guides  of  a housing.  This  can  be  done  with  a cutter  the  width  of  guide,  or  with  a saw  about 


129 


LINCOLN  PATTERN  HILLING  MACHINE, 

With  Oil  Pan  and  Tank. 

/nrAHIS  MACHINE  is  furnished  with  an  adjustable  tail-stock  which  can  be  quickly  and  easily  set  at  an)'  part  of  the  bed.  It 
has  self-acting  screw  feed,  with  an  adjustable  automatic  stop  motion,  three  changes  for  feed  belt  and  three  for  driving 
belt.  Back  geared  414  to  one.  It  is  also  provided  with  oil  pan  and  tank  for  filtering  oil  from  chips  and  shavings ; this  is  a 
valuable  feature  not  found  on  other  machines. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Greatest  height  of  spindle  above  carriage,  8 % inches.  Length  of  cross  feed,  I4j4  inches.  Length  of  lateral  feed, 
6 inches.  Length  of  cross  feed  slide,  28  inches.  Width  of  cross  feed  slide,  7 '/i  inches.  Size  of  taper  hole  in  spindle,  1 % 
inches.  Greatest  distance  between  centers,  16  inches.  Center  of  spindle  to  bottom  of  vise,  6 inches.  Speed  of  countershaft, 
300  revolutions  per  minute.  Pulley  on  countershaft,  12  inches  diameter  for  3 inch  belt;  cone,  12,  10  and  8 inches  diameter. 
Main  spindle,  large  bearing,  2%  inches  diameter ; small  bearing,  \ inches  diameter.  Weight,  with  tail  stock  and  counter- 
shaft, 1300  pounds. 


130 


LINCOLN  PATTERN  HILLING  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  furnished  witli  an  adjustable  tailstock,  which  can  be  quickly  and  easily  set  at  any  part  of  the  bed. 

The  table  is  28  inches  long  x 7 inches  wide ; it  has  an  adjustment  of  6 inches  to  and  from  the  head,  and  is  operated  by 
a lead  screw. 

The  spindle  has  standard  taper  1 '/■  inches  diameter,  and  6 inches  deep. 

The  machine  is  back  geared  4 to  1. 

Greatest  distance  between  centers,  16  inches. 

Greatest  height  of  spindle  above  carriage,  S'X  inches. 

Distance  from  center  of  spindle  to  bottom  of  vise,  6 inches. 

Pulleys  on  countershaft,  12  inches  diameter  for  3 inch  belt. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  300  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight  complete,  1350  pounds. 

Machine  can  be  furnished  without  either  vise  or  tailstock  if  desired. 


131 


No.  2 LINCOLN  PATTERN  MILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  bicycle  and  gun  work,  sewing  machines,  etc.  It  is  provided  with  hand  or  power  feed, 
countershaft,  hangers,  etc.  Weight,  1750  pounds. 

No.  3 Milling  Hachine.— This  machine  is  designed  for  bicycle  and  gun  work,  sewing  machine  manufacturing,  etc.  It 
has  hand  or  power  feed,  countershaft,  hangers  and  wrenches.  Weight,  1800  pounds. 

No.  4 Milling  Hachine. — This  machine  is  designed  for  gun  work  and  heavy  milling.  Has  hand  or  power  feed,  is 
double  geared  and  extra  heavy.  Weight,  1925  pounds. 


132 


PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (O; 


Fig.  122. 


2 SPINDLE  EDGE  HILLING  HACHINE. 


^TTVHIS  MACHINE  is  especially  adapted  for  Bicycle,  Gun,  and  Sewing  Machine  manufacturers.  It  is  built  from  entirely 
new  patterns,  has  take  up  for  wear  in  back  and  gears,  and  is  constructed  from  the  best  material  with  the  utmost  care  to 
ensure  good  workmanship  and  correct  results. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  300  revolutions.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10  inches  diameter,  2]^  inch  face.  Spindle  and  guide 
pin,  4 inches  apart.  Taper  in  spindle,  Y%  inch  to  Y inch  (standard  size).  Lower  bearing  of  spindle,  1%  inches;  upper 
bearing,  inches.  Pulley  on  spindles,  4 inches.  Diameter,  4)4  inch  face.  Table,  12  x 15  inches.  Guide  pin  held  by  clamp  ; 
size  of  pin,  .833.  Finished  weight  of  machine  and  countershaft,  2600  pounds. 


133 


Fig.  123. 


No.  1 VALVE  HILLING  MACHINE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

This  machine  is  5^|  inches  between  cutters,  and  3 l/z  inches  from  top  of  elevating  spindle  to 
Pulleys  on  spindles,  6 inches  diameter  by  3 inch  face. 

Speed  of  countershaft  500  revolutions  per  minute. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  6 inches  diameter  by  3 inch  face. 

Driving  pulley  on  countershaft,  10  inches  diameter  by  6 inch  face. 

Floor  space,  3 feet  9 inches  by  2 feet  1 inch. 

Shipping  weight,  800  pounds. 


134 


r 


PREMISS  Tool  ^SUPPLY  (& 


No.  0 VALVE  HILLING  HACHINE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

/^lAHIS  MACHINE  is  13  inches  between  cutters,  and  10  inches  from  top  of  elevating  spindle  to  center  of  cutters. 
Pulleys  on  spindles  are  7 inches  diameter  by  4 inch  face. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  500  revolutions  per  minute. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  8 inches  diameter  by  4 inch  face. 

Driving  pulley  on  countershaft,  12  inches  diameter  by  10  inch  face. 

Floor  space,  5 feet  4 inches  by  2 feet  10  inches. 

Shipping  weight,  1335  pounds. 


135 


Fig.  125. 


IMPROVED  No.  I VERTICAL  HILLING  HACHINE  OR  DIE  SINKER. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  made  from  new  and  improved  patterns,  with  extra  heavy  bearings  and  surfaces.  The  surfaces  are  all 
scraped  to  surface  plates.  Height  of  machine  is  6 feet  3 inches.  Table  is  14  x 14  inches,  with  four  ^ inch  T slots,  and 
vertical  movement  of  15  H inches.  This  movement  is  indicated  by  a graduated  dial  on  the  pilot  wheel  to  256th  part  of  an 
inch.  The  knee  rests  on  ball  bearings,  with  hardened  steel  bushings,  making  a great  improvement  in  operating  the  vertical 
movement.  The  cross  movements  are  17  and  12  inches  respectively.  The  feed  screws  for  handling  the  cross  movements  have 
adjustable  nuts  for  taking  up  wear.  The  main  spindle  bearing  is  i-j-jj  inches  diameter  and  6'/2  inches  long.  The  lower  end 
of  spindle  is  bored  out  to  No.  2 taper,  and  a shell  chuck,  with  straight  hole  for  holding  straight  shank  tools  x inches,  is 
fitted  in  same.  This  chuck  is  made  in  two  pieces  which  pass  entirely  through  the  spindle,  and  is  operated  at  the  top  of  spindle 
by  a right  and  left  hand  screw  which  draws  the  chuck  or  forces  it  out.  This  chuck  always  runs  true  and  holds  the  tools  per- 
fectly rigid.  It  is  simple,  strong  and  reliable,  never  getting  loose  or  allowing  the  tools  to  drop  down. 

The  main  spindle  is  driven  by  a 12  inch  pulley  with  4'/,  inch  face.  The  cone  pulleys  have  4 steps  ranging  from  5 V2  to  12 
inches,  requiring  a 3^  inch  belt,  and  are  driven  by  a countershaft  having  two  sets  ot  tight  and  loose  pulleys  10  x 5 and  12x5 
inches  respectively,  making  eight  changes  of  speed,  and  giving  a range  of  from  62  to  654  revolutions  on  the  spindle. 

The  speed  of  the  countershaft  on  12  inch  pulley  is  135  revolutions,  on  the  10  inch  pulley  300  revolutions  per  minute. 
Floor  space  is  3 feet  7 inches  by  5 feet  8 inches.  Weight,  with  countershaft,  2200  pounds. 

We  furnish  with  this  machine  either  flat  or  circular  feed  vise  at  slight  extra  cost. 


136 


mPROVED  No.  2 VERTICAL  HILLING  MACHINE  OR  DIE  SINKER 


THIS  MACHINE  is  made  from  new  and  improved  patterns,  with  extra  heavy  bearings  and  surfaces.  The  surfaces  are  all  scraped  to  surface 
plates.  Height  of  machine  is  6 feet  7 inches.  Table,  14x24  inches,  with  seven  ^ inch  T slots  with  vertical  movement  of  16  inches.  This 
movement  is  indicated  by  a graduated  dial  on  the  pilot  wheel  to  256th  part  of  an  inch.  The  knee  rests  on  ball  bearings  with  hardened  steel 
bushings,  making  a great  improvement  in  operating  the  vertical  movement.  Cross  movements  are  24  and  14  inches  respectively.  The  feed 
screws  for  handling  the  cross  movements  have  adjustable  nuts  for  taking  up  the  wear  The  main  spindle  bearing  is  2 ]/2  inches  diameter  and  8 inches 
long.  The  lower  end  of  spindle  is  bored  out  to  No.  10  taper  ; a shell  chuck,  with  straight  hole  for  holding  straight  shank  tools  % x 2 inches,  is  fitted 
in  same.  It  is  made  in  two  pieces  which  pass  entirely  through  the  spindle,  and  are  operated  at  the  top  of  spindle  by  a right  and  left  hand 
screw  which  draws  the  chuck  in  or  forces  it  out.  This  chuck  always  runs  true  and  holds  the  tools  perfectly  rigid.  It  is  simple,  strong  and  reliable, 
never  getting  loose  or  allowing  the  tools  to  drop  down. 

The  main  spindle  is  driven  by  a 14  inch  pulley  with  a 5 inch  face.  The  cone  pulleys  have  4 steps,  ranging  from  6l/2  to  14  inches,  requiring  a 4 
inch  belt,  and  are  driven  by  a countershaft  having  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10  x 6 and  12x6  inches  respectively,  making  8 changes  of  speed 
and  giving  a range  of  from  63  to  646  revolutions  on  the  spindle.  The  speed  of  the  countershaft  on  12  inch  pulley  is  135  revolutions  ; on  10  inch  pulley 
is  300  revolutions.  Floor  space,  5 feet  x 6 feet  6 inches.  Weight  of  machine  with  countershaft,  about  2600  pounds.  We  furnish  with  this  machine 
either  flat  or  circular  feed  vise  at  slight  extra  cost. 

137 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  surface  milling,  using  face  or  end  cutters  from  i inch  to  12  inches  diameter. 

The  Bed  is  heavy  and  well  stiffened  with  girts  and  calculated  to  absorb  all  vibrations. 

The  Upright  is  firmly  attached  to  the  bed,  is  of  box  pattern  8 inches  high,  24  inches  wide,  and  so  constructed  as. to  best 
withstand  torsional  strains  and  vibrations. 

Table  is  24  inches  wide,  96  inches  long.  Pans  project  from  each  end  to  protect  bearings  on  bed  which  are  fiat  and  to 
which  it  is  firmly  gibbed.  There  are  three  T slots  running  its  entire  length. 

Cross  Head  has  a bearing  on  upright  of  24  inches  wide,  48  inches  long,  and  is  well  braced  to  resist  action  of  cutter 
It  is  adjusted  by  means  of  a screw  geared  down  to  a hand  crank  provided  with  graduated  dial  reading  inches. 

Saddle  which  carries  the  spindle  is  securely  gibbed  to  the  cross  head  on  which  it  has  a movement  of  24  inches  at  rigli. 
angles  to  that  of  the  table. 

Spindle  is  of  hammered  steel  and  runs  in  hard  bronze  boxes  ; the  lower  one  is  conical,  4 inches  diameter,  5 inches  long. 
It  is  driven  by  a 3 J4  inch  belt  on  a 4 section  cone  through  gearing  in  the  ratio  of  6%  to  1 with  compound  \6'/2  to  1,  calculated 
to  give  proper  speeds  for  cutters  ranging  from  1 inch  to  12  inches  diameter. 

Feed  is  by  hand  or  power  the  full  length  of  table,  and  is  provided  with  automatic  stop.  There  are  12  changes  from 
1 inch  to  8 inches  per  minute,  regardless  of  diameter  of  cutter. 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  16  inches  diameter  for  4 l/z  inch  belt,  and  should  run  340  revolutions  per  minute. 
Weight,  16800  pounds. 

Illustration  shows  power  cross-feed.  These  machines  are  furnished  with  it  or  without. 

VERTICAL  SPINDLE  HILLING  MACHINE, 

With  Double  Head  and  Outer  Support. 

This  machine  is  identical  with  the  above,  excepting  that  it  is  provided  with  double  head  and  outer  support.  Spindles 
can  be  run  independently  or  together.  Each  has  independent  vertical  and  horizontal  adjustment.  16-incli  face  mills  can  be 
used. 

The  design  of  these  machines  will  be  changed  if  desired  to  conform  to  any  requirement. 


138 


PREMISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  & 


Fig.  128. 


VERTICAL  TWO=SPINDLE  MILLING  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  consists  of  a box  bed  9 feet  long,  with  extension  on  back  supporting  the  upright  which  carries  the 
overhanging  arm,  to  which  is  fitted  the  two  saddles  carrying  the  spindles. 

The  spindles  are  made  with  1 inch  diameter  conical  bearing  at  lower  end,  and  1 '/%  inch  straight  bearing  at  upper  end,  each 
provided  with  bronze  bushings.  The  spindle  ends  extend  2 inches  below  spindle  head.  The  cross  adjustment  of  the  spindle 
centers  are  from  2^  inches  to  14  inches.  Each  spindle  is  provided  with  ]A  inch  independent  vertical  adjustment.  The  vertical 
adjustment  of  cross  head  on  upright  is  by  means  of  a screw,  and  is  provided  with  a dial  to  read  to  thousandths  of  an  inch. 
The  spindles  can  be  raised  from  platen  to  17  x/z  inches  above. 

The  belt  which  drives  the  spindles  also  drives  the  feed  mechanism,  and  is  so  arranged  that  the  tension  of  driving  belt  is 
not  altered  by  the  vertical  movement  of  cross  head  on  upright. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Platen  is  6 feet  long  inside  of  end  pans,  14  inches  wide  and  5 inches  deep.  Peed  is  6 feet  4 inches,  by  hand  or  power 
provided  with  automatic  stop,  and  has  12  changes  from  1 inch  to  16  inches  per  minute  at  some  speeds,  but  2 inches  to  8 U 
inches  per  minute  at  any  of  the  spindle  speeds.  Spindle  adjustment  is  from  2'/z  inches  to  14  inches  from  center  to  center. 
Vertical  adjustment  is  ]/z  inch.  Spindles  have  No.  3 Morse  taper  holes.  Upright  is  18  inches  wide  on  face.  Pulley  on  driving 
shaft  of  machine  is  16  inches  diameter  for  3 inch  belt.  Cross  head  adjustment  on  upright  moves  spindles  from  o to  17%  inches 
above  platen.  There  are  two  countershafts,  the  first  to  run  210  revolutions  per  minute.  Extreme  height  of  machine,  7 feet. 
Weight  about  8000  pounds. 


139 


Fig.  129. 


COMBINED  MILLING  AND  BORING  HACHINE. 


THE  above  illustrated  machine  represents  a Full  Universal  Milling  Machine  of  unusual  capacity  with  three  new  and 
important  features : 

First. A sliding  bar  or  telescoping  spindle  lying  inside  of  the  main  spindle  and  revolving  with  it,  which  carries  any 

kind  of  cutting  tool  in  either  direction  automatically  or  by  hand  feed  into  the  work  set  rigidly  on  the  machine. 

Second.— An  adjustable  pendant,  constituting  a perfect  drill  jig  or  carrier  for  boring  bars  and  arbors,  and  an  arm 
adjustable  its  entire  length  and  which  can  be  thrown  out  of  the  way  entirely. 

Third. — A combined  work  table,  angle  table,  and  dividing  head  with  spiral  adjustment,  'this  attachment  presents 
work  for  boring,  milling,  drilling,  tapping,  etc.,  in  any  possible  position  or  angle  from  the  horizontal  to  the  perpendicular 
without  taking  the  work  from  its  original  seat. 

For  other  operations  of  this  machine  see  page  142. 


140 


"'"E-Prentiss  tqql  supply  (g? 


Fig.  130. 


COMBINED  MILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 




THE  above  cut  illustrates  two  of  the  special  features  of  these  machines  : The  sliding  bar  or  spindle,  and  the  angle  table. 

The  main  spindle,  which  is  3 inches  in  diameter,  is  shown  with  a collar  and  end,  threaded  to  take  the  screw  arbors. 
Coming  out  from  the  inside  and  revolving  with  the  main  spindle,  is  seen  the  telescoping  spindle  2%  inches  in  diameter, 
and  bored  to  No.  5 Morse  taper,  with  a butt  mill  in  its  end.  This  sliding  spindle,  driven  out  and  in  automatically  or  by  hand 
feed,  has  a travel  of  13  inches  with  9 inches  bearing  remaining  in  the  main  spindle,  and  as  its  only  motion  is  sliding,  wear  is 
a minimum  and  alignment  always  true. 

By  putting  a drill  in  the  place  of  the  butt  mill  and  bringing  the  jig  pendant  down  just  over  the  point  of  the  drill  it  will 
be  seen  that  a true  hole  can  be  made  in  any  work,  whether  flat,  angular,  or  spherical.  The  same  true  results  are  obtained  with 
a boring  bar  whose  one  end  is  in  the  sliding  spindle  and  the  other  firmly  held  by  the  bushing  in  the  jig  pendant. 

The  angle  table  is  illustrated  as  thrown  at  an  angle  of  about  45  degrees  with  a piece  strapped  to  it  to  show  the  circular 
face  above  all  surrounding  parts,  allowing  work  of  any  size  to  be  put  on  it ; its  cross  T slots  and  how  work  can  be  fastened  ; 
its  semi-circular  sides,  which  can  be  set  at  any  angle  by  graduations  on  the  cheek,  from  the  horizontal  to  the  perpendicular; 
and  how,  by  its  construction,  graduations  on  platen,  saddle,  and  the  index  divisions  work  can  be  placed  in  any  position  or 
angle  to  the  cutting  tool  without  measurement  or  scratch. 

For  other  operations  of  this  machine  see  page  142. 


141 


/"TAO  clearly  illustrate  the  working  of  this  tool  and  the  advantages  of  the  combination  of  boring  and  milling  in  one  machine, 
we  show  cut  of  work  done  on  the  frame  of  a double  compound  engine,  whose  four  cylinders  must  be  in  perfect  alignment 
with  themselves  and  the  central  hole  for  the  shaft  of  the  circular  valve  whose  seat  is  in  the  same  casting  at  the  back. 

It  will  be  seen  that  accuracy  in  all  the  operations  of  boring,  drilling,  facing,  milling,  etc.,  is  absolutely  necessary,  and 
also  how  difficult  and  expensive  the  work  would  be  in  ordinary  shop  practice. 

With  this  machine,  after  facing  the  bottoms,  we  clamp  the  work  on  the  platen  with  the  valve  .seat  to  the  back,  and  it  is 
not  moved  again  until  every  one  of  the  thirteen  operations  are  completed  and  the  work  is  finished. 

Mechanics  will  see  in  a moment  the  economic  advantages  of  this  construction.  The  work  never  changes  its  first  setting, 
while  the  telescoping  spindle  carrying  butt  mill,  drill,  or  boring  bar,  travels  out  or  back  by  power  feed  or  hand,  in  a perfect 
line.  The  pendant,  adjustable  so  that  it  can  drop  inside  or  outside  of  the  work,  holds  the  drill  or  boring  bar  close  up  to  the 
cutting  tool  to  avoid  any  chance  of  spring,  with  no  laying  out  or  measurements,  the  tool  doing  all  its  own.  The  result  in 
accuracy  of  production  and  limit  of  cost  is  without  comparison. 

For  other  operations  of  this  machine  and  illustrations  see  pages  140  and  141. 


142 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  manufacturing  purposes,  taking  cuts  on  one  side  of  two  pieces,  or  on  two  sides  of  one 
piece  at  the  same  time,  the  article  passing  between  the  ends  of  the  spindles  and  the  work  done  by  face  mills,  which 
produce  the  best  results  when  the  nature  of  the  work  will  admit  of  their  use.  Milling  Cutters  of  this  character  are  the  most 
economical  to  construct  and  maintain. 

The  Bed  is  eight  feet  long,  18  inches  wide,  27  inches  deep,  and  very  heavy. 

Heads. — There  are  two  heads,  one  fixed,  the  other  can  be  moved  horizontally  by  means  of  a screw,  to  any  desired 
position  on  the  bed,  and  securely  fastened. 

The  Spindles  run  in  bronze  boxes  ; the  front  bearing  is  4%  inches  in  diameter,  6 inches  long,  back  bearing  3 ^ inches 
diameter,  5 inches  long.  The  greatest  distance  from  end  to  end  of  spindles  is  3 feet ; least  distance,  5 inches.  The  driving 
dulleys  are  16  inches  diameter  for  5 inch  belt.  The  back  gearing  is  in  the  ratio  of  8 to  r. 

The  Table  lias  no  vertical  adjustment,  the  article  to  be  operated  on  being  held  in  a suitable  fixture.  The  top  has  three 
T slots,  and  is  40  inches  long,  14  inches  wide,  and  has  an  automatic  screw  feed  of  30  inches.  The  distance  from  center  of 
spindles  to  top  of  table  is  10  inches. 

The  Carriage  is  moved  on  the  bed  by  a screw  to  the  desired  position,  and  then  fastened. 

Countershafts. — There  are  two  countershafts,  each  having  a three-section  cone,  giving  six  properly  arranged  speeds  to 
the  spindles.  The  first  shaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  16  inches  in  diameter  for  a 5 inch  belt,  and  should  run  about  120 
turns  per  minute. 

Weight,  including  two  countershafts,  7500  pounds. 


143 


<§  yj^P 

PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  <& 


Fig.  133. 


FOUR  SPINDLE  HILLING  MACHINE. 

E are  prepared  to  furnish  Milling  Machines  for  special 
purposes.  One  or  more  spindles  arranged  in  any  manner 
to  meet  requirements. 


HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  MILLING  HACHINE. 


/^TAHIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  long  and  heavy  cuts,  such  as  guide  bars,  connecting  rods,  key  seating  shafting,  axles 
JL  to  10  inches  diameter,  etc.,  and  is  a very  solid,  substantial  tool. 

The  Bed  is  heavy  and  well  stiffened  by  a number  of  girts,  making  a firm  support  for  the  table  and  housings. 


The  Table  is  14  inches  wide,  has  three  T slots  and  is 
operated  by  hand,  and  is  surrounded  by  a trough  to  collect 
lubricant  used  on  cutters. 

The  Cross  Head  is  gibbed  to  the  housings  and  adjusted 
by  a screw  with  graduated  dial  reading  to  thousandths, 
which  facilitates  accurate  measurement  for  sinking  and 
other  cuts.  The  distance  between  housings  is  19  inches. 

The  Spindle  runs  in  bronze  bearings  4 inches  diam- 
eter and  5 y2  inches  long  ; is  driven  by  a 3 )A  inch  belt  over  a 
20  inch  pulley,  through  gearing  in  the  ratio  of  6 to  1,  ar- 
ranged for  3 speeds.  Provision  is  made  for  horizontal  adjust- 
ment of  cutters,  in  addition  to  that  afforded  by  washers. 
The  greatest  distance  from  top  of  table  to  center  of  spindle 
is  20  inches;  the  least,  3 inches.  Cutters  to  inches 
diameter  can  be  used.  Cutter  section  of  spindle  is  inches 
diameter,  14  inches  long. 

The  Feed  is  actuated  by  means  of  a worm  and  gear 
driven  by  cones  having  four  sections,  and  can  be  thrown  out 
by  hand  as  desired,  or  stopped  automatically  by  adjustable 
stop,  and  is  the  full  length  of  table.  (Power  elevating 
arrangement  for  cross  head  can  be  furnished. ) 

A Pump  returns  the  lubricant  to  the  cutters  as  collected 
in  a tank  contained  in  the  bed. 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  18  inches 
diameter  for  4*^  inch  belt,  and  should  run  200  revolutions  per 
minute.  Weight,  8000  lbs. 


feet  long,  moves  by  cut  rack  and  so  geared  as  to  be  easily 
Fig.  134. 


144 


15  x 15  INCH  x 4 FEET  SLAB  MILLING  MACHINE. 


THE  TABLE  is  15^4  inches  wide,  5%  inches  deep,  4 feet  8 inches  long,  and  4 feet  between  the  pockets. 

Feed  motion  is  screw  feed,  with  power  quick  return.  Four  changes  of  feed  with  each  of  the  six  changes  of  cutter  speed. 
Bed  casting  is  6 feet  long. 

Column  is  5 feet  high,  16  inches  wide. 

The  saddle  carries  spindle,  and  is  gibbed  to  column  with  bearing  22  inches.  Adjusted  vertically  by  hand  wheel.  This 
adjustment  is  graduated  to  read  in  thousandths. 

The  spindle  is  4 inches  in  diameter,  with  bearing  in  saddle  of  16  inches  long.  Horizontal  adjustment,  6 inches,  and 
six  changes  of  speed. 

The  arbor  is  2 inches  in  diameter,  with  outer  bearing  4 inches  long,  which  can  be  moved  on  the  arm  close  up  to  the  column. 
Swing  cutters  xo  inches  in  diameter,  15^4  inches  wide,  can  be  swung  on  this  machine. 

Driving  cone  is  three  stepped  for  3 j4  inch  belt — from  18  inches  to  14  inches. 

Countershaft  furnished  with  each  machine.  Two  speeds,  108  and  206  revolutions  per  minute. 

Pump  and  water  tank  furnished  with  machine. 

Weight,  6500  pounds. 


145 


24  x 24  INCHES  x 6 FEET  SLAB  HILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  can  be  made  to  mill  any  length.  The  table  is  21  inches  wide,  6 feet  between  pockets,  and  6‘4'  inches 
deep.  Adjusted  by  power  in  either  direction,  thirty  feet  per  minute. 

Total  length  of  bed  castings,  9 feet  6 inches. 

Feed  motion  is  spiral  geared,  variable,  by  means  of  friction  disc,  from  inches  per  minute,  slowest  cutter  speed,  to  5 
inches  per  minute,  fastest  cutter  speed.  Automatically  stopped  at  any  point. 

Spindle  is  \l/i  inches  in  diameter,  with  25  inch  bearing,  back  geared  20  to  1.  Eight  changes  of  speed.  Horizontal 
adjustment  of  12  inches. 

Spindle  gear  is  24  inches  in  diameter  on  pitch  line.  Three  pitch. 

Arbor  is  2l/2  inches  in  diameter  with  out  board  bearing  5 1/2  inches  long,  furnished  with  machine. 

Swing  cutters  15  inches  in  diameter,  and  24  inches  long  can  be  swung  on  this  machine. 

Housing  is  double  webbed,  7 inches  wide. 

Cross  rail  is  14^  inches  wide.  Elevated  by  hand,  reading  in  thousandths. 

Driving  cone  is  four  stepped,  20  inches  to  14  inches  for  4 inch  double  belt. 

Two  countershafts  furnished  with  each  machine.  Speed  of  driving  counter,  266  revolutions  per  minute;  quick 
return,  225. 

Pump  and  water  tank  furnished  with  each  machine. 

A vertical  spindle  can  be  furnished  with  this  machine  at  a small  additional  cost. 

Weight  about  14000  pounds. 


146 


36  x 36  INCHES  x 8 FEET  SLAB  HILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  will  mill  a piece  36  inches  square  under  a cutter  6 inches  in  diameter.  The  table  is  30  inches  wide,  8 
feet  between  the  pockets,  and  very  heavy.  Adjusted  by  power  in  either  direction  at  the  rate  of  30  feet  per  minute. 

Feed  motion  is  spiral  geared,  variable  by  means  of  friction  disc,  from  5 inches  per  minute,  highest  cutter  speed,  to  T\ 
inches  per  minute,  slowest  cutter  speed.  Automatically  stopped  at  any  point.  Easily  adjusted  by  hand. 

Spindle  is  5^  inches  in  diameter,  minimum  length  of  bearing,  25*inches.  Back  geared  24  to  1 with  8 changes  of  speed. 
Horizontal  adjustment  of  14  inches,  vertical  adjustment  of  36  inches. 

Arbor  is  3 inches  in  diameter,  with  out-board  bearing  10  inches  long,  furnished  with  machine. 

Swing  cutters  to  15  inches  in  diameter  and  36  inches  long  can  be  swung  on  this  machine. 

Housings  are  double  webbed,  8 inch  face. 

Cross  rail  is  elevated  by  power  or  hand.  Graduated  to  read  in  thousandths. 

Driving  cone  is  four  stepped  for  4 inch  double  belt. 

Two  countershafts  furnished  with  each  machine.  Speed  of  each,  280  revolutions  per  minute. 

Pump  and  water  tank  furnished  with  each  machine. 

Weight  about  22000  pounds. 


147 


Fig.  137. 


PLAIN  INDEX  CENTERS. 


THESE  CENTERS  are  intended  for  use  in  shops  where  spirals  and  bevel  gears  are  not  required  to  be  cut,  and  are  a 
splendid  substitute  for  the  more  expensive  universal  indexing  and  dividing  head.  They  may  be  used  to  advantage  also 
on  the  planer  or  shaper.  It  will  swing  twelve  inches.  The  spindle  has  inch  hole  with  taper  socket.  The  center  bar 
in  tailstock  is  elevated  or  lowered  by  means  of  rack  and  pinion  for  taper  work.  It  is  also  reversible  with  two  centers,  one 
with  top  milled  off  to  bring  cutter  close  to  the  center  of  the  work.  This  center  bar  can  be  firmly  locked.  There  is  a clamping 
arrangement  on  the  spindle  which  locks  it  firmly  during  cutting  operation,  relieving  index  pin  and  dial  plate  of  all  strain. 
Two  dial  plates  are  furnished  for  divisions  up  to  100. 

Fig.  139. 


These  centers  swing  6 inches,  and  will  take 
between  centers  16  inches.  The  index  plate  has 
five  circles  divided  into  60,  56,  54,  52  and  48  holes. 
Index  plate,  spindle  and  dogging  plate  are  cast  in 
one  piece.  The  centers  are  hardened.  Heads  of 
all  screws  fit  the  same  wrench . 


No.‘3  INDEX  CENTERS. 


These  Centers  have  dial  moved  by  worm.  They  will  swing  a 
diameter  of  5J4  inches,  and  take  in  a length  of  15  inches.  Extreme 
length  of  bed  is  29^  inches.  Dial  is  provided  with  rows  of  44,  48,  56, 
72,  84  and  96  holes  respectively. 


Fig.  140. 


No.  S INDEX  CENTERS. 


These  Planer  Centers  will  swing  a diameter  of  12  inches,  are  of 
substantial  proportions  and  well  made,  and  will  hold  rigidly  any 
work  that  comes  within  their  range.  The  head  and  tailstocks  are 
provided  with  steel  tongue  pieces  to  preserve  the  alignment.  There 
is  a worm  and  gear  for  turning  and  holding  the  lieadstock  spindle, 
thus  relieving  the  index  pi  11  and  holes  of  all  the  strain,  and  the 
attendant  wear  and  loss  of  accuracy.  The  worm  gear  has  five 
accurately  drilled  circles  of  holes  as  follows  : 26,  44,  54,  64  and  70. 
The  worm  can  be  dropped  out  of  gear  when  it  is  desired  to  turn  the 
dial  without  it.  The  tailstock  spindle  has  a vertical  adjustment  for  handling  taper  work.  The  head  and  tail  together  weigh 
90  pounds. 


148 


SWIVEL  MILLING  MACHINE  VISES. 


PLAIN  FLANGED  HILLING  HACHINE  VISES. 


Fig.  141. 


Fig.  142. 


T 7 ISE  shown  swiveling  has  a graduated  base  and  ends 
V of  jaws  open  for  better  clamping  long  work  in  an 
upright  position.  The  bed  plate  is  provided  with  tongues 

{fitting  in  slot  of  table.  The  No.  1 Vise  is  furnished  with 
Nos.  1 and  2 Universal,  and  the  No.  2 with  No.  3 Universal 
Machines. 


VISE  shown  has  ends  of  jaws  open  for  better  clamping 
long  work.  The  bed  plate  is  flanged  for  clamping, 
and  is  provided  with  tongues  fitting  in  slot  of  table.  These 
vises  may  be  clamped  parallel  or  right  angular  to  table,  as 
tongues  are  detachable.  No.  1 is  usually  furnished  with  Nos. 
1 and  2 Plain  and  the  No.  3 with  No.  3 Plain  Machines. 


Size, 

Depth  of  jaws, 
Width  of  jaws, 
Jaws  open, 
Weight,  - 


DIHENSIONS. 

1 

1/5  inches 
6 inches 
3/4  inches 
- 50  pounds 


2 

Ij4  inches 
7 inches 
4 Yz  inches 
75  pounds 


DIMENSIONS. 

Size, 

1 

3 

Depth  of  jaws, 

1 r7jf  inches 

2jfs  inches 

Width  of  jaws, 

6 inches 

8 inches 

Jaws  open, 

3 yz  inches 

6 inches 

Weight, 

- 35  pounds 

90  pounds 

Fig.  143. 


Fig.  144. 


SQUARE  BASE  MILLING  MACHINE  VISE. 


ROUND  BASE  MILLING  MACHINE  VISE. 


149 


MILLING  MACHINE  CUTTER  ARBORS. 


MILLING  MACHINE  COLLETS. 


No. 

Diameter. 

Length  from 
Shoulder  to  Nut. 

Machine. 

No.  of 
Taper. 

Price. 

1 

Y%  inch. 

4 inches.  1 

No.  1 Universal. 

10 

$5  So 

2 

y»  “ 

4 ;;  \ 

“ “ 

10 

5 50 

3 

I “ 

4 > 

10 

5 50 

10 

% •• 

6 “ | 

Nos.  1 and  2 Plain. 

10 

7 50 

11 

1 

6 “ [ 

Nos.  1 and  2 Universal. 

10 

7 50 

12 

1 1-16  “ 

6 “ i 

“ 11  “ “ 

10 

7 50 

15 

% “ 

8 “ I 

No.  3 Plain  and  “ 

11 

9 00 

16 

1 

8 “ I 

“ “ “ 

11 

9 00 

17 

1 1-16  “ 

8 “ r 

“ “ “ 

11 

9 00 

18 

1 X “ 

8 “ J 

11 

9 00 

Size. 

Price. 

Machine — Where  Used. 

Outside 
Taper  No. 

Inside 
Taper  No. 

A 

$2  50 

Nos.  1 and  2 Universal  and  Plain 
Machines  (inner  collet). 

7 

t 

c 

3 5° 

No.  3 Universal  and  Plain 
Machine  (inner  collet). 

9 

5 

E 

3 25 

Nos.  1 and  2 Universal  and  Plain 
Machines. 

10 

7 

G 

4 50 

No.  3 Universal  and  Plain 
Machine. 

11 

9 

Fig.  146. 


Fig.  147. 


I jAURenrjt.Cm. 

IHPROVED  RACK  CUTTING  ATT ACHflENT. 


i 

jjte 

(| 

■■Mi 

Ilf  This  is  so  constructed  as  to  revolve  the  milling  cutter  transversely  to 

main  spindle  of  machine.  It  is  made  to  fit  on  any  size  machine.  Racks  to 
any  length  can  he  cut.  A vise  30  inches  long  for  holding  racks  is  furnished 
with  this  attachment.  It  may  be  used  for  cutting  off  pieces  from  bars  of 
iron  or  steel  of  any  length.  Two  sizes  of  this  attachment  are  made. 


VERTICAL  MILLING  ATTACHMENT. 


This  attachment  here  shown  is  the 
same  as  that  used  on  No.  3 Hand  Milling 
Machine,  but  can  be  attached  to  any  of  our 
other  milling  machines,  making  a very  rapid 
and  convenient  means  of  milling  short  ver- 
tical cuts,  and,  in  connection  with  the  table 
feed,  both  horizontal  and  vertical  cuts  can  be 
taken.  The  vertical  slide  hasa movement  of 
2 inches  by  hand  lever,  pinion  and  rack,  and 
is  provided  with  stops  for  regulating  depth 
of  cut.  Net  weight,  65  pounds. 


VERTICAL  SPINDLE  MILLING  ATT  ACHflENT. 


Two  sizes  of  this  attachment  are  made.  Photographs  and  full  details 
mailed  on  application. 

No.  1 is  used  on  Nos.  1 and  2 Plain  and  Universal  Machines. 

No.  2 is  used  on  No.  3 Plain  and  Universal  Machine. 


Fig.  148. 


SIX  INCH  SHAPING  HACHINE. 


/"lAHIS  SHAPER  will  be  found  very  convenient,  and 
-1-  capable  of  doing  accurate  work.  It  will  take  full  six 
inch  stroke,  and  can  easily  be  adjusted  to  any  less  distance 
required.  The  driving  shaft  and  feed  screws  are  made  of  the 
best  of  steel.  The  screws  and  other  parts,  where  necessary, 
are  case  hardened.  The  feed  is  automatic  and  reversible. 


The  cutter  bar  has  a graduated  swivel  head.  The  table  is 
6x6  inches,  and  elevates  by  hand.  A six  inch  swivel 


chuck  is  furnished  with  each  machine. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Length  of  stroke, 

Length  of  traverse,  - 
Vertical  adjustment  of  table, 
Driving  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Cone  pulleys,  three  grade, 
Revolutions  of  countershaft, 
Weight,  - - - - 


6 inches 
6 inches 
5 inches 
6 x 2l/2  inches 
3,  4 14  and  6 x 1 inches 
220 

35°  pounds 


EIGHT  INCH  SHAPING  flACHINE. 

THIS  MACHINE  will  plane  up  to  full  8 inches  in  length,  and  is 
conveniently  adjusted  for  shorter  strokes.  The  cross  feed  is 
automatic,  reversible,  and  has  a wide  range  from  the  finest  to 
coarsest  grade.  The  screw,  as  well  as  all  the  shafts,  are  of 
steel,  and  the  wrought  iron  work  is  case  hardened.  The  cutter  bar  has  a 
graduated  swivel  head  for  down  and  angular  feed.  The  table  has  a 
vertical  movement  of  7 inches,  adjusted  by  means  of  a screw.  The 
driving  shaft,  which  is  strongly  geared,  is  provided  with  a balance 
wheel  fitted  with  a handle,  by  means  of  which  the  machine  can  be 
operated  by  hand  in  case  of  an  emergency.  The  machine  is  fitted  with  a 
swivel  chuck,  and  other  appliances  required  with  machines  of  this 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Length  of  traverse,  8J£  inches 

Vertical  adjustment  of  table,  . ....  y inches 

Three  cone  pulley,  - 4%,  6J4  and  8 x 2 inches 

Driving  pulley  on  countershaft,  - - - 8x2^  inches 

Weight,  600  pounds 


10  INCH  SHAPING  HACHINE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Length  of  stroke, m inches 

Length  of  traverse, 8 % inches 

Table,  - - - - - - - -8x10  inches 

Vertical  adjustment  of  table,  - - - - - 7 inches 

Driving  pulleys  on  countershaft,  - - - 10x2^  inches 

Cone  pulleys,  three  grade,  - - 4^,  6^  and  8 x 2 inches 

Revolutions  of  countershaft,  ------  100 

Weight,  - - - - - - 775  pounds 

Suitable  centers  for  fluting  reamers,  taps,  etc.,  furnished  when  ordered. 


151 


Fig.  149. 


12  INCH  STROKE  SHAPER. 


THE  sliding  bar  or  ram  has  a stroke  of  twelve  inches,  or  any  less  distance.  By  a patent  device  the  length  of  the  stroke  can 
be  readily  adjusted  while  in  motion,  as  can  also  the  position  of  the  bar. 

It  is  driven  by  suitable  gears  fitted  with  the  Whitworth  quick  return.  The  saddle,  or  traveling  head,  has  an  automatic 
horizontal  feed  of  40  inches.  The  tool  head  lias  an  automatic  vertical  or  angular  feed.  It  also  has  a circular  feed  for  planing 
the  inside  arcs  of  circles.  The  machine  has  an  automatic  circular  feed  which  will  feed  the  entire  circle,  a suitable  mandril 
with  cones  and  collars  being  furnished  for  the  purpose.  The  vise  swings  at  any  horizontal  angle  and  is  graduated.  The  angle 
irons  which  support  the  platen,  vise,  or  centers,  are  gibbed  to  the  vertical  slide,  and  have  (by  means  of  a screw,  shaft  and 
gears)  a vertical  adjustment  of  15  inches  ; and  are  readily  moved  the  entire  length  of  of  the  bed  (which  is  4 ft.,  10  in. ) by  rack 
and  pinions  underneath.  All  slides  and  flat  surfaces  are  carefully  fitted  by  scraping  to  surface  plates.  All  gears  are  cut  from 
the  solid,  the  smaller  ones  being  made  of  steel,  as  are  all  shafts,  studs  and  lathe-cut  screws.  A vise,  circular  feed  mandril, 
countershaft  and  wrenches  are  furnished  with  each  machine.  The  tight  anil  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft  are  14  inches  in 
diameter,  and  should  run  about  no  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight  of  machine,  complete  as  per  cut,  3200  pounds. 


152 


Fig.  150. 


inPROVED  PATTERN  CRANK  SHAPERS. 


^ I MIIS  cut  represents  our  new  quick  return  Crank 
Shaper,  the  stroke  of  which  can  be  readily  adjusted 
while  machine  is  in  operation. 

The  quick  return  is  obtained  by  the  link  motion 
instead  of  sliding  block,  which  is  so  liable  to  wear. 

The  stroke  is  changed  by  crank  handle  which  oper- 
ates two  screws,  one  of  which  moves  the  saddle  on  saddle 
lever,  and  the  other  a gib  to  hold  the  saddle  firmly  to  the 
lever,  thereby  making  all  joints  tight  from  power  shaft  to 
the  ram. 

When  the  ram  is  at  extreme  point  of  return,  and 
ready  for  forward  stroke,  the  pointer  will  indicate  on 
plate  fastened  to  clamping  device  the  length  of  stroke. 

The  feed  mechanism  of  table  is  so  constructed  as  to 
avoid  breaking  or  bending  of  parts  in  case  any  obstruction 
is  encountered  while  machine  is  in  operation. 

We  can  furnish  with  these  Shapers  three  different 
styles  of  vise,  either  a parallel  jaw  vise  with  centers, 
single  screw,  as  shown  in  cut ; parallel  swivel  jaw  vise 
with  centers,  single  screw  ; or  a swivel  jaw  vise  operated 
by  two  screws.  All  have  graduated  swivel  bases. 

The  gearing  of  these  machines  is  very  strong,  being 
in  12  in.  stroke  1 to  12  ; 16  in.  stroke  1 to  14 ; 22  in.,  24 
in.,  26  in.  and  28  in  stroke  1 to  20. 


16  INCH  STROKE. 

SPECIFICATIONS, 


with  square  si, ides  on  ram. 


Stroke. 

Planes. 

Parallel  Jaw  Vise. 

Swivel  Jaw 

Vise. 

Countershaft 

Pulleys. 

Revolutions 
per  Minute. 

Weight. 

12  in. 

Width.  Over  Vise. 

15*4  ill.  12  in. 

Opens. 

8 in. 

Depth . 

in. 

Width . 

8 ill. 

Ope  ns . Depth . Width . 

6J4  in-  1%  in-  8 in. 

10  in.  x 2%  in. 

260 

1300 

16  “ 

18 

“ 15^  “ 

10  “ 

2 “ 

10  “ 

8 “ 2 • 

IO 

10  “ x 3 

260 

1750 

22  “ 

25 

“ i5>£  “ 

12  “ 

2 “ 

12  “ 

ioj4  “ 2 

12  “ 

12  “ x 4 “ 

260 

2400 

26  “ 

27^ 

“ 15  X “ 

14  “ 

2%  “ 

14  “ 

12j|  “ 2 X ‘ 

14  “ 

12  “ x 5 

260 

3400 

I 


153 


IMPROVED  CRANK  SHAPER  WITH  “V”  SLIDES  ON  RAM. 

THE  above  cut  represents  our  new  quick  return  Crank  Shaper,  with  y slides  on  ram,  t lie  stroke  of  which  can  be  readily  adjusted  while  machine 
is  in  operation.  The  quick  return  is  obtained  by  the  link  motion  instead  of  sliding  block,  which  is  so  liable  to  wear.  The  stroke  is  changed 
by  crank  handle  which  operates  two  screws,  one  of  which  moves  saddle  on  saddle  lever,  and  the  other  a gib  to  hold  the  saddle  firmly  to  the 
lever,  thereby  making  all  joints  tight  from  power  shaft  to  the  ram.  When  the  ram  is  at  extreme  point  of  return,  and  ready  for  forward  stroke,  the 
pointer  will  indicate  on  plate  fastened  to  clamping  device  the  length  of  stroke.  The  feed  mechanism  of  table  is  so  constructed  as  to  avoid  breaking 
or  bending  of  parts  in  case  any  obstruction  is  encountered  while  machine  is  in  operation. 

We  can  furnish  these  Shapers  with  three  different  styles  of  vise,  either  a single  screw  parallel  swivel  jaw  vise  with  centers  as  shown  in  cut,  a 
single  screw  parallel  jaw  vise  with  centers,  or  a swivel  jaw  vise  operated  by  two  screws.  All  have  graduated  swivel  bases. 

The  gearing  on  this  machine  is  very  strong,  being  in  13  inch  stroke,  to  1 to  13  ; 18  inch  stroke,  1 to  14  ; 24  inch  and  28  inch  stroke,  1 to  20. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Stroke. 

Planes. 

Parallel  Jaw  Vise. 

Swivel  Jaw  Vise. 

Countershaft  Pulleys. 

Revolutions  per  Minute. 

Weight. 

13  in. 

Width. 
15  in. 

Over  Vise. 
12  in. 

Opens. 
8 in. 

Depth. 
1%  in. 

Width. 

8 in. 

Opens. 
6 % in. 

Depth. 

i 5A  in. 

Width. 

8 in. 

10  in.  x 2 Va  in. 

260 

1300 

18  “ 

18  “ 

15  'A  “ 

10  “ 

2 “ 

10  “ 

8'A  “ 

2 “ 

IO  “ 

10  “ x 3 “ 

260 

1750 

24  “ 

24  “ 

15  K “ 

12  “ 

2 “ 

12  “ 

10  Vi  “ 

2 

12  “ 

12  “ x 4 “ 

260 

2400 

28  “ 

28  “ 

15H  “ 

14  “ 

2}<  “ 

14  “ 

1254  “ 

2 y.  “ 

14  “ 

12  “ x 5 “ 

260 

3400 

154 


IMPROVED  PATTERN  FRICTION  SHAPERS. 

22  Inch  Stroke. 

THE  stroke  of  these  machines  can  be  readily  changed 
while  in  motion  to  any  length  from  inch  to  its 
full  extent  by  simply  shifting  the  tapets  or  dogs  similar 
to  those  on  a common  planer.  There  are  two  different 
speeds  for  cutting  either  steel  or  the  softer  metals.  The 
return  stroke  is  40  per  cent,  quicker  than  cutting  stroke. 
It  is  driven  by  means  of  two  belts,  one  open  and  the  other 
closed.  The  grip  is  produced  by  two  leather  surfaces 
brought  together  in  such  a manner  as  to  cause  the  grip  to 
tighten  in  proportion  to  the  resistance  of  the  work.  The 
machine  is  therefore  able  to  take  an  exceptionally  strong 
cut,  in  fact,  all  the  driving  belt  can  pull  without  danger 
of  slipping.  The  friction  feed  does  not  consume  any 
power  when  not  feeding.  We  can  furnish  with  these 
shapers  three  different  styles  of  vise,  either  a parallel  jaw 
vise  with  centers,  single  screw,  as  shown  in  cut ; parallel 
swivel  jaw  vise  with  centers,  single  screw  ; or  a swivel 
jaw  vise  operated  by  two  screws.  All  have  graduated 
swivel  bases.  The  16  and  22  inch  shapers  are  single  rack 
machines.  The  26  and  32  are  double  rack  machines. 
The  16  inch  machine  will  key-seat  shafts  up  to  3 inches 
diameter.  The  22  and  26  inch  up  to  4 inches  diameter, 
and  the  32  inch  up  to  4 >2  inches  diameter.  Countershaft 
should  make  240  revolutions  per  minute. 


SPECIFICATIONS 


Stroke. 

Planes,  Width. 

Planes,  Height. 

Countershaft 

Pulleys. 

Revolutions 
per  Minute. 

Weight. 

16  inches. 

16  inches. 

18  inches. 

10  x 3 inches. 

240 

1050 

22  “ 

20  “ 

18  “ 

10x3 

240 

1700 

26  “ 

2Q'/2  “ 

18  “ 

12x3 

240 

2100 

32 

22  “ 

18  “ 

12x3 

240 

2300 

155 


PRENTISS  THIRTY-]  WO  INCH  SHIFTING  BELT  SHAPER. 


THE  above  engraving  represents  a triple  geared  Shifting  Belt  Shaper  made  in  three  sizes,  twenty-two,  twenty-six  and 
thirty-two  inches. 

I he  twenty-six  and  thirty-two  inch  machines  are  made  with  two  racks  and  gears  placed  apart  on  the  inside  of  machine 
to  allow  a bar  of  4bz  inches  diameter  to  pass  between  the  gears  under  the  ram  (or  cutter  bar)  through  the  machine  to 
enable  the  operator  to  cut  a key  way  at  any  desired  point  in  same.  These  gears  are  of  large  diameter  and  the  racks  are  of  steel, 
the  shafts  are  all  of  large  diameter  and  have  bearings  on  both  sides  of  column. 


156 


SHIFTING  BELT  SHAPERS. 


General  Description  Continued. 

THE  twenty-two  inch  has  one  rack  placed  on  one  side  which  allows  a three  and  one-quarter  bar  to  pass  under  the  ram  and 
through  the  machine  to  cut  a key  way  at  any  point  ; the  shafts  are  also  of  large  diameter  and  have  bearing  on  both  sides 
of  column,  as  in  thirty-two  inch  machine. 

The  bearings  are  very  powerful.  In  the  twenty  inch  there  are  fifty  lineal  feet  of  one  and  one-quarter  inch  belt  to  one 
foot  motion  of  the  ram,  and  in  the  thirty-two  inch  fifty-eight  lineal  feet  of  one  and  one-quarter  inch  belt  to  one  foot  motion  of 
the  ram. 

The  belts  are  shifted  by  a cam  motion  which  is  operated  by  two  rollers  that  act  the  same  as  the  shift-dogs  on  a common 
planer,  thus  decreasing  the  wear  and  jar  so  that  it  can  be  run  at  any  reasonable  speed.  The  return  stroke  of  ram  is  now  arranged 
at  speed  of  two  to  one,  but  can  be  made  to  return  at  any  desired  proportion  by  changing  the  size  of  pulleys  on  countershaft. 

The  feed  mechanism  is  so  constructed  as  not  to  consume  any  power  after  the  feeding  is  done,  it  being  operated  by  a 
friction,  which  also  prevents  the  bending  or  breaking  of  parts  in  case  the  table  meets  with  any  obstruction. 

The  head  has  an  angular  feed  in  any  direction  which  can  be  arranged  to  operate  by  power,  when  so  ordered.  This 
feed  mechanism  is  a novel  contrivance  constructed  to  use  the  power  only  for  feeding  and  releasing  the  feed  bar  when  cutting 
is  done,  consequently  putting  no  extra  strain  or  wear  on  the  gearing  of  the  machine. 

The  vises  furnished  with  these  machines  have  a single  screw  passing  through  the  end  of  vise,  causing  the  screw  to  take 
most  of  the  strain  from  clamping  by  a nut  and  washer  at  the  end  ; the  jaw  is  arranged  to  swivel,  so  an  irregular  piece  can  be 
held.  The  centers  with  which  every  vise  is  furnished  remain  in  line  regardless  of  the  position  in  which  the  jaw  is  placed. 

The  table  is  of  box  form  and  has  two  T slots  on  each  side,  and  in  addition  there  is  a slot  on  right  hand  side  of  table  to 
clamp  vise  to  the  side  of  same  for  planing  off  ends  of  bars,  etc. 

We  furnish  with  these  machines  either  a swivel  or  parallel  jaw  vise  with  single  screw,  or  a chuck  with  swivel  jaw  and 
two  screws  ; the  vises  and  chuck  have  graduated  bases  and  steel  faced  jaws. 

All  surfaces  are  scraped  to  a fit.  All  gears  and  racks  are  cut ; the  screws,  shafts,  etc.,  are  all  made  of  steel.  The  screws, 
nuts  etc.,  that  are  subject  to  wear  are  case  hardened. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Stroke. 

Planes  Over 

Cross 

Feed. 

Feed  in 
Head. 

Vise. 

Pulleys  on 
C’shaft. 

Rev.  of 
C’shaft. 

Weight. 

Table. 

Vise. 

Opens. 

Depth. 

Width. 

22  inches. 

18  inches. 

13  inches. 

20  inches. 

6 inches. 

8 inches. 

2 inches. 

10  inches. 

8x4  ins. 

360 

1700 

26  “ 

19 

15 

22  “ 

6 “ 

8 “ 

2 “ 

10  “ 

10x3  “ 

39° 

1900 

32 

20  “ 

'5 

24 

8 “ 

10  “ 

2'/  “ 

12  “ 

10  x 4 44 

360 

2500 

157 


Fig.  154. 


20  Inch  Stroke.  60  Inch  Traverse  of  Head. 

THIS  SHAPER  is  designed  for  railroad  and  other  machine  work.  It  lias  a stroke  of  20  inches,  and  can  beset  to  any  length 
of  stroke  while  the  machine  is  in  motion,  thereby  making  a saving  in  time  over  a crank  shaper.  The  saddle  has  a traverse 
on  the  bed  of  60  inches,  but  the  machine  can  be  made  longer,  if  desired.  The  machine  has  power  feed  operated  from  the 
pulley  end  of  the  bed.  The  head  has  power  down  feed.  Circular  arbor  has  pow'er  feed  also.  The  hand  wheel  on  top  of  saddle 
is  for  setting  the  tool  to  the  work  by  hand.  The  tables  are  both  made  in  box  form,  and  one  is  fitting  with  our  patent  adjust- 
ment for  planing  taper  work.  The  tables  are  easily  taken  off  to  fasten  large  work  to  the  bed,  if  desired.  The  bearings  on  this 
machine  are  all  made  of  hard  bronze,  and  shafts  and  screws  are  of  steel.  Since  the  cut  was  made  w'e  have  increased  size  of 
driving  wheels,  and  now  make  both  tables  box  form.  Weight  of  machine,  7000  pounds. 

TRAVERSE  SHAPER. 

15  Inch  Stroke.  36  Inch  Traverse. 

THIS  SHAPER  has  15  inch  stroke  of  cutter  bar  and  36  inches  traverse  of  saddle  on  bed,  and  will  plane  a piece  on  table  14 
inches  high.  It  has  our  patent  friction  driving  movement.  The  stroke  can  be  changed  while  machine  is  in  motion,  the 
cutting  speed  remaining  the  same  entire  length  of  cut.  The  table  and  saddle  can  be  moved  on  one  side,  or  entirely 
removed  from  bed,  so  that  work  may  be  fastened  to  front  or  face  of  bed,  as  shown  by  bolt-slots.  The  vise  has  graduated  swivel 
base,  and  will  open  8 inches  to  receive  work.  The  jaws  are  faced  with  steel,  and  extra  jaws  are  furnished  to  hold  irregular 
shaped  work.  Weight,  2500  pounds. 


158 


FRONT  VIEW  OF  TRAVERSE  SHAPER. 

30  Inch  Stroke.  72  Inch  Traverse  of  Head. 

THIS  SHAPER  is  designed  for  railroad  and  other  heavy  work.  It  has  a stroke  of  30  inches,  and  can  be  set  to  any  length 
of  stroke  from  1 to  30  inches  while  the  machine  is  in  motion,  thereby  making  a saving  in  time  over  the  crank  shaper. 
The  saddle  has  a traverse  on  the  bed  of  72  inches,  but  the  machine  can  be  made  of  any  length  desired  to  suit  special  work. 
It  has  feed  works  at  each  end  to  feed  the  saddle  back  and  forth,  so  that  in  using  the  tool  on  one  end  or  the  other  the  feed  is 
always  convenient  to  hand.  The  saddle  can  be  run  fast  by  hand  from  one  end  to  the  other  when  desired  to  change  the  position 
on  bed,  each  turn  of  crank  moving  it  2j4s  inches.  It  also  has  an  adjustable  handle  on  the  saddle  to  use  in  setting  tool  close  to 
work  when  starting  machine.  The  head  has  automatic  vertical  feed,  and  can  be  set  to  any  angle.  The  circular  arbor  also  has 
independent  feed,  and  is  operated  from  the  pulley  end  of  the  machine.  The  tables  are  raised  and  lowered  by  screws,  and  the 
aprons  on  which  the  tables  work  are  moved  on  bed  by  rack  and  pinion.  Tables  are  20  x 20  inches  on  top.  The  aprons  have  a 
bearing  low  down  on  the  bed  to  insure  solidity  when  taking  a heavy  cut.  The  vise  jaws  open  15  inches  and  are  15  inches  long. 
Vise  is  graduated  and  swivels  on  a heavy  base  plate.  The  vise  is  operated  by  one  screw  inches  in  diameter;  it  is  also 
provided  with  extra  jaws  to  hold  taper  work,  and  eye-bolt  to  lift  it  off  by  tackle,  as  the  weight  (500  pounds)  is  too  much  to  lift 
by  hand.  The  screws  and  shafts  are  all  of  steel  and  bearings  are  of  hard  bronze.  The  rack  gear  and  pinion  and  other  small 
gears  are  of  steel. 

The  machine  should  stand  on  a brick  or  stone  foundation,  and  for  large  work  which  is  to  be  worked  from  the  floor,  we 
can  provide  heavy  cross  beams  to  stand  the  machine  on,  and  a heavy  cast  iron  table,  with  slots  and  holes  like  a planer  table, 
to  bolt  work  to  ; from  the  top  of  this  table  to  slide  is  44  inches.  The  tables  can  be  run  off  easily  to  make  room  for  large  work, 
and  work  can  be  bolted  to  front. 

The  countershaft  has  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  12  and  15  inches  in  diameter,  4 inch  face.  The  speed  of 
countershaft  with  12  inch  pulleys  can  be  set  to  any  speed  required.  12  turns  of  pulley  on  machine  moves  cutter-bar  one 
foot.  The  speed  of  countershaft  with  15  inch  pulleys  should  be  225  revolutions  per  minute.  This  will  give  143^  feet  per 
minute  to  cutter  bar  on  slow  speed,  and  20  feet  per  minute  on  fast  speed. 

Weight  of  machine  without  foundation  beams  and  plate,  10000  pounds. 

I 


159 


Fig.  156. 


ADJUSTABLE  SHAPER  TABLE,  SET  TO  PLANE  TAPER. 


THE  above  illustration  shows  one  of  the  positions  of  our  Adjustable  Shaper  Tables.  We  furnish  these  Tables,  when  desired, 
in  place  of  the  solid  table.  This  style  of  Table  has  many  advantages.  In  certain  classes  of  work  it  is  so  arranged  to  plane 
at  any  taper  desired  by  means  of  a screw  at  the  bottom  hinged  table.  The  Table  is  in  box  form,  making  it  exceedingly 
strong  and  solid  under  a heavy  cut. 

Work  can  be  bolted  on  either  side  as  well  as  on  top,  and  the  vise  can  also  be  fastened  on  either  side  in  a vertical  position. 
When  the  Table  is  removed  the  work  can  be  fastened  on  the  saddle  of  the  front  of  the  machine. 


Fig.  157. 


SHAPER  CENTERS. 


THESE  CENTERS  will  be  found  of  special  value  for  fluting  taps  and  reamers,  squaring  bolts  and  lints,  graduating,  laying 
out  work,  planing  irregular  forms,  etc.,  etc.  They  are  thoroughly  made  of  the  best  materials,  and  are  accurate  in 
all  respects. 

No.  1 swings  6X  inches.  Takes  between  centers,"  - - - - - 12  inches 

“2  “8 
“ 3 “ 9^ 


160 


15 

lS 


Fig.  158. 


-\  - 


18  INCH  CRANK  METAL  PLANER. 


THIS  MACHINE  presents  many  advantages  over  ordinary  planing  machines  for  light  work.  It  has  both  vertical  and 
horizontal  feed  with  swivel  head  for  angular  work.  The  table  moves  twelve  inches  on  track  at  full  stroke.  It  will  plane 
eighteen  inches  long. 

The  table  is  kept  in  position  by  gibs  and  has  the  Whitworth  quick  return  motion.  Takes  sixteen  inches  between  posts. 
The  length  of  stroke  and  position  of  table  are  easily  adjusted.  The  running  parts  are  made  to  take  up  and  compensate  for  wear. 
It  has  four  changes  of  cone  for  2 yz  inch  belt  and  is  strongly  geared. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  120  revolutions  per  minute.  Size  of  pulleys  011  countershaft,  12  inches  diameter,  3 ^ inch  face. 
Weight,  1750  pounds. 


161 


L.  W.  POND  METAL  PLANERS. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

/"yAIIESE  MACHINES  combine  the  very  latest  improvements  for  tools  of  tlieir  class,  in  addition  to  many  new  features  not 
-*■  used  by  other  manufacturers. 

The  beds  of  these  machines  are  extra  deep,  heavy  and  substantial,  and  are  provided  with  leveling  screws  which  allows  of 
their  perfect  adjustment,  a feature  very  valuable  in  this  class  of  tools. 

The  table  is  extra  heavy,  with  slides  of  good  width,  giving  a solid,  firm  bearing  and  an  extra  wearing  surface,  also  having 
an  oil  channel  cut  the  entire  length  to  insure  perfect  lubrication,  thus  keeping  the  parts  from  cutting  on  heavy  work.  There 
are  three  bolt  slots  planed  from  the  solid  and  running  the  entire  length  of  the  table.  The  holes  in  the  table  for  the  purpose  of 
packing  or  holding  the  work  firmly  in  place  are  carefully  drilled  and  reamed  to  size. 

The  uprights  carrying  the  side  head  are  very  heavy,  with  large  breadth  of  base,  and  are  braced  so  as  to  prevent  springing 
of  the  face  when  a heavy  cut  is  being  taken.  These  uprights  are  firmly  bolted  to  the  bed  with  large  steel  taper  bolts,  and  with 
a large  additional  steel  pin  nicely  fitted  to  a drilled  and  reamed  hole  in  both  parts,  to  make  them  doubly  secure  against  any 
lateral  strain. 

The  driving  shafts  are  made  of  steel,  fitted  to  extra  long  and  large  bearings,  placed  close  to  gearing,  giving  steadiness 
and  smoothness  to  the  table  when  carrying  heavy  work. 

The  cross  bar  is  extra  strong  and  heavy  and  firmly  fitted  to  the  uprights,  and  so  arranged  that  it  can  be  quickly  adjusted 
by  power  by  means  of  the  raise  and  fall  screws.  The  slides  and  working  parts  are  carefully  scraped  to  fit. 

The  feed  is  transmitted  to  the  cross,  down  and  angle  screws  through  the  driving  shaft,  and  is  supplied  with  our  patent 
friction  arrangement  which  runs  perfectly  free  and  loose  after  having  done  its  work  at  the  end  of  the  stroke. 

The  reversing  motion  is  of  recent  invention.  By  this  arrangement  each  belt  completes  its  work  before  the  other  starts, 
leaving  the  machine  under  perfect  control  of  the  operator  at  any  part  of  the  stroke  and  prevents  any  unpleasant  jar  or  jerk  in 
reversing,  and  can  be  operated  from  either  side  of  the  machine. 

For  additional  information  and  general  specifications,  see  description  of  each  machine. 


102 


Planes  i8}4  Inches  Wide,  i8>£  Inches  High,  by  4 Feet  Fong. 

THE  accompanying  cut  is  an  exact  reproduction  from  photograph  of  the  new  pattern  18  inch  Planer. 

The  bed  is  extra  deep,  heavy  and  substantial.  Length  of  bed,  6 feet  8 inches. 

Extreme  length  of  table,  5 feet,  with  three  T slots  and  4 rows  of  ^ inch  holes  drilled  and  reamed  in  same.  Length 
between  pockets,  4 feet.  Width  of  table,  15 inches.  It  has  a friction  feed  from  o to  inches,  and  will  feed  horizontally, 
vertically,  or  at  any  angle. 

All  shafting  and  screws  are  made  of  steel,  and  all  racks  and  gears  are  cut  from  the  solid. 

The  rack  and  driving  gear  are  2^  inches  wide,  and  5 diametrical  pitch. 

The  machine  is  run  with  two  inch  belts,  one  on  each  side,  which  we  consider  the  correct  method  of  belting  a planer, 
as  it  brings  the  belts  close  to  the  bearings,  and  prevents  all  liability  of  springing  the  shaft,  or  interference  of  the  belts.  Belt 
velocity,  23  feet  of  belt  to  move  the  table  one  foot. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  210  revolutions  per  minute,  which  gives  24  per  minute  on  cut. 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  10  inches  diameter,  3 inch  face. 

Return  speed  of  table,  three  to  one. 

'Exact  shipping  weight : 3 feet,  2750  pounds  ; 4 feet,  2950  pounds. 


163 


PUTNAH  METAL  PLANERS. 

From  Improved  Patterns,  Extra  Heavy,  Powerful,  Smooth  Running,  Quick  Return, 

Spirae  Driving  Pinions,  Etc. 

GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

A"f~\HESE  PLANERS  are  extra  heavy  and  are  made  from  entirely  new  and  improved  patterns,  no  expense  having  been  spared  to 

make  them  convenient,  quick  and  efficient  machines.  The  operating  mechanism  is  conveniently  arranged  to  control 
the  advancing  and  receding  movements  of  the  table.  They  have  hand  and  automatic  horizontal,  vertical  and  angular  feeds, 
universal  feed  in  heads  and  extra  coarse  surfacing  feeds. 

The  motive  parts  consist  of  large,  triple  or  quadruple  powered  steel  shafts,  with  strong,  accurately  cut  gears.  Racks  are 
cut  with  precision.  Rack  pinions  and  shafts  are  made  from  solid  steel  forgings.  Pulley-pinions  are  made  with  spiral  cogs , 
which,  together  with  a well-proportioned  and  carefully  built  train  of  gearing  imparts  a smooth  and  lasting  motion  to  the  tables 
which  reverse  without  shock  or  jar. 

Beams  can  be  fed  (under  cut)  down  their  entire  distance.  They  have  improved  clamp  binders  for  locking  to  posts. 

Belts  are  operated  by  improved  automatic  shifter,  which  acts  upon  the  loose  pulley  in  advance  of  the  other,  thereby 
preventing  excessive  wear  to  belts  and  produces  little  or  no  noise  in  reversing. 

Driving  gears  are  protected  by  chip  shields.  Loose  pulleys  have  anti-friction  bushings.  The  improved  feeding  mechanism 
is  quick  acting,  yet  so  arranged  as  to  reduce  the  shock  and  strain  common  to  imparting  instant  action  to  the  parts  while  at 
rest ; it  commences  and  ends  its  work  easily,  accumulating  its  full  velocity  in  the  middle  of  the  stroke. 

Beams,  saddles,  heads  and  posts  are  scraped  to  surface  plates  when  being  fitted.  Screws,  rods  and  shafts  are  of  steel  ; 
nuts,  etc.,  are  case  hardened.  Elevating  screws  have  hardened  points  and  adjustable  steel  steps  to  preserve  the  original 
accuracy  of  the  beam. 

Tables  are  heavy,  well  ribbed  and  have  pockets  at  each  end  ; drilled  and  reamed  bolt  holes,  also  admit  of  three 
longitudinal  T slots  without  impairing  their  rigidity. 

Beds  are  thoroughly  braced  and  have  oil  pockets  at  each  end  of  the  “ ways.” 

Material  and  workmanship  is  of  the  best  quality. 

Furnished  with  countershaft  complete,  also  with  wrenches. 

The  30,  36,  42,  48,  54,  60,  72,  84,  100,  and  120  inch  have  improved  power  attachment  for  raising  and  lowering  the  cross 
beams  (which  are  gibbed  to  the  posts),  by  which  means  the  operator  can  adjust  the  beam  to  any  desired  height  without 
tightening  or  loosening  of  screws. 

Besides  the  regular  sizes  herein  catalogued,  special  widths  and  lengths  are  made  to  order,  In  all  cases  the  figures  given 
as  lengths  of  platen  are  the  distances  between  pockets,  and  the  weights  given  are  approximated. 

NOTE. — Special  Attention  is  called  to  the  beam  feed  feature  of  these  Planers.  For  vertical  (cutting  down)  feeds,  and 
especially  ior  fits,  we  advocate  this  system  as  superior  to  that  of  the  head  feed.  It  produces  better  and  more  reliable  work  and 
is  a source  of  economy  where  accuracy  and  good  work  are  required . 


164 


16  INCH  PUTNAM  HETAL  PLANER. 


Peanes  16  Inches  High,  18  Inches  Wide,  3^  Feet  Long. 


THIS  PLANER  is  a convenient,  quick  and  efficient  machine,  lias  automatic,  horizontal,  vertical  and  angular  feeds, 
universal  feed  in  head,  and  an  extra  coarse  surfacing  feed. 

The  racks  and  all  gears  are  cut,  which,  with  large  steel  driving  shafts,  produce  a smooth  and  lasting  movement  to  the 
motive  parts. 

Beam,  saddle  and  head  are  scraped  to  surface  plates  when  being  fitted. 

Table  has  pockets  at  each  end,  drilled  and  reamed  bolt  holes,  also  three  f slots. 

Shipper  has  provision  for  quick  return  of  table,  and  has  spring  pawl  on  the  advancing  dog,  which  allows  the  table  and 
dog  to  pass  without  the  possibility  of  lifting  the  table. 

Screws  are  made  of  steel;  nuts,  etc.,  are  case-hardened.  Elevating  screws  have  adjustable  steel  steps  to  preserve  the 
original  accuracy  of  the  beam. 

Furnished  with  countershaft  complete,  also  with  wrenches. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  8 inches  diameter,  3^  inch  face.  Countershaft  should  make  132  revolutions 

per  minute. 

Weight,  1950  pounds. 


165 


20  INCH  L.  W.  POND  METAL  PLANER. 


Planes  2o'/z  Inches  Wide,  2o'/2  Inches  High,  by  4 Feet  Long. 

THE  accompanying  cut  is  an  exact  reproduction  from  photograph  of  the  new  pattern  20  inch  Planer.  The  bed  is  extra 
deep,  heavy  and  substantial.  Length  of  bed,  6 feet  8 inches. 

Extreme  length  of  table,  5 feet,  with  three  T slots  and  4 rows  of  2^-incli  holes  drilled  and  reamed  in  same.  Length 
between  pockets,  4 feet.  Width  of  table,  17  inches. 

It  has  a friction  feed  from  o to  inch,  and  will  feed  horizontally,  vertically,  or  at  any  angle. 

All  shafting  and  screws  are  made  of  steel,  and  all  racks  and  gears  are  cut  from  the  solid. 

The  rack  and  driving  gear  are  2%  inches  wide,  and  5 diametrical  pitch. 

I he  machine  is  run  with  two  inch  belts,  one  on  each  side,  which  we  consider  the  correct  method  of  belting  a planer, 
as  it  brings  the  belts  close  to  the  bearings,  and  prevents  all  liability  of  springing  the  shaft.  Belt  velocity,  23  feet  of  belt  to 
move  the  table  one  foot. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  210  revolutions  per  minute,  which  gives  24  per  minute  on  cut. 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  10  inches  in  diameter  3^-inch  face. 

Return  speed  of  table,  three  to  one. 

Exact  shipping  weight : 4 feet,  3350  pounds  ; 5 feet,  3600  pounds. 

For  additional  description , sec  page  162. 

1 66 


'^wgt 

4>rentissTqql^5upplyG>, 


Fig.  162. 


22  INCH  L.  W.  POND  HETAL  PLANER. 


THE  above  illustrated  Planer  is  built  from  new  patterns,  and  combines  many  new  and  improved  features.  It  planes  22^4 
inches  wide  by  22^4  inches  high  by  6 feet. 

The  bed  is  extra  deep,  heavy  and  substantial,  resting  on  cabinet  legs,  with  middle  legs  provided  with  leveling  screws. 
Length  of  bed,  10  feet. 

The  Table. — Extreme  length  of  table,  7 feet,  with  three  T slots,  and  four  rows  of  inch  holes  drilled  and  reamed  in 
same.  Length  between  pockets,  6 feet,  and  by  using  holes  in  the  end  of  the  table,  will  plane  7 feet.  Width  of  table,  18  inches, 
It  has  a friction  feed  from  o to  ^ inches,  and  will  feed  horizontally,  vertically,  or  at  any  angle. 

All  shafting  and  screws  are  made  of  steel,  and  all  racks  and  gears  are  cut  from  the  solid. 

The  rack  and  driving  gear  are  2^  inches  wide,  and  4 diametrical  pitch. 

The  machine  is  run  with  two  inch  belts,  one  on  each  side,  which  we  consider  the  correct  method  of  belting  a planer, 
as  it  brings  the  belts  close  to  the  bearings,  and  prevents  all  liability  of  springing  the  shaft.  Belt  velocity,  30  feet  of  belt  to  move 
the  table  one  foot. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  280  revolutions  per  minute,  which  gives  24  feet  per  minute  on  cut. 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  10  inches  diameter,  4 inch  face. 

Return  speed  of  table,  three  to  one. 

Exact  shipping  weight  : 4 feet,  3700  pounds  ; 5 feet,  4000  pounds  ; 6 feet,  4300  pounds. 

For  additio?ial  description  see  page  162. 


167 


22  INCH  PUTNAM  HETAL  PLANER. 

Planes  22^  Inches  Wide,  22^  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

22  inches. 
22  “ 

22  “ 

22  “ 

22  inches. 
22  “ 

22  “ 

22 

4 feet. 

5 “ 

6 “ 

7 “ 

7 feet  4 inches. 
9 “ 

10  “ 8 “ 

12  “ 4 “ 

4450 

4850 

5250 

5650 

light  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft  8 inches  diameter,  4 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  290  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  164. 


168 


Fig.  164. 


24  INCH  L.  W.  POND  HETAL  PLANER. 


THE  above  illustrated  Planer  is  built  from  new  patterns,  and  combines  many  new  and  improved  features.  It  planes  24^ 
inches  wide  by  24^  inches  high  by  6 feet. 

The  Bed  is  extra  deep,  heavy  and  substantial,  resting  on  cabinet  legs,  with  middle  legs  provided  with  leveling  screws. 
Length  of  bed,  10  feet. 

The  Table. — Extreme  length  of  table,  7 feet,  with  three  T slots,  and  four  rows  of  }£  inch  holes  drilled  and  reamed  in 
same.  Length  between  pockets,  6 feet,  and  by  using  holes  in  the  end  of  the  table  will  plane  7 feet.  Width  of  table,  20  inches. 
It  has  a friction  feed  from  o to  ^ inch,  and  will  feed  horizontally,  vertically,  or  at  any  angle. 

All  shafting  and  screws  are  made  of  steel,  and  all  racks  and  gears  are  cut  from  the  solid. 

The  rack  and  driving  gear  are  3 inches  wide,  and  4 diametrical  pitch. 

The  machine  is  run  with  two  2 inch  belts,  one  on  each  side,  which  we  consider  the  correct  method  of  belting  a planer, 
as  it  brings  the  belts  close  to  the  bearings,  and  prevents  all  liability  of  springing  the  shaft,  or  interference  of  the  belts.  Belt 
velocity,  30  feet  of  belt  to  move  the  table  one  foot. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  260  revolutions  per  minute,  which  gives  23  feet  per  minute  on  cut. 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  10  inches  diameter,  4 inch  face. 

Return  speed  of  table,  three  to  one. 

Exact  shipping  weight,  5 feet,  4600  ; 6 feet,  5000 ; 7 feet,  5400  ; 8 feet,  5800  pounds. 

For  additional  description , see  page  162. 


169 


Fig.  165 


24  INCH  PUTNAM  METAL  PLANER. 

PLANES  24^  Inches  Wide,  24%  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

24  inches. 

24  inches. 

5 feet. 

feet. 

6300 

24  “ 

24  “ 

6 “ 

IO  “ 

7044 

24  “ 

24  “ 

7 “ 

n'A  “ 

7357 

24  “ 

24  “ 

8 “ 

13 

7670 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  12  inches  diameter,  4 '/£  inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  265  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  j6j. 


170 


Fig.  166. 


28  INCH  L.  W.  POND  flETAL  PLANER. 


THE  new  pattern  28-inch  Planer,  of  which  the  accompanying  cut  is  an  exact  reproduction  from  photograph,  and  an  entirely 
new  departure  from  the  tools  heretofore  built,  has  some  features  never  before  adopted  by  builders  of  iron  Planers. 

The  bed  is  extra  deep,  heavy  and  substantial,  resting  on  new  style  cabinet  legs,  affording  extra  large  bearing  surface  on 
floor,  and  giving  great  steadiness  to  machine  when  in  operation.  This  is  a very  desirable  feature,  especially  where  tools  go  on 
upper  floors. 

This  tool  has  a very  quick  return  for  table,  and  is  provided  with  a quick  return  of  4 to  1 on  end  of  bar,  saving  operator 
much  time  and  exertion  in  carrying  head  across. 

All  Planers  of  this  size  are  fitted  with  automatic  rack  feed,  powerful  and  compact,  driven  by  a steady  friction  of  new 
design,  giving  a feed  of  from  o to  1 ]/2  inches  at  a very  little  expenditure  of  power. 

The  gearing  is  all  placed  inside  of  bed,  and  is  so  fitted  that  a very  quick  return  is  obtained  without  any  faster  speed  of 
shafting  than  in  old  style  slow  return  Planers,  and  runs  without  jar  or  rattle. 

Pulleys  are  extra  large  diameter,  giving  large  area  of  belt  surface  and  high  speed  of  belting. 

All  bearings  for  shafts  are  bored  with  jigs  fitted  to  V’s  of  bed,  and  are  fitted  with  eccentric  bushings  so  adjusted  that 
shafts  and  gearing  run  easily  and  noiselessly.  This  is  an  important  feature  in  construction  of  Planers  having  so  fast  a return. 

This  Planer  is  most  handsomely  designed,  strongly  built,  and  material  and  workmanship  throughout  is  of  the  very  best 
quality. 

Shipping  weight : 6 feet,  7000  pounds  ; 8 feet,  8000  pounds  ; 10  feet,  9000  pounds. 


171 


fPRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g, 


Fig.  166. 


30  INCH  PUTNAM  flETAL  PLANER. 

Planes  31  Inches  Wide,  32  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

30  inches. 

30  inches. 

8 feet. 

13  feet  4 inches. 

14176 

30  “ 

30  “ 

IO  “ 

16  “ 8 “ 

16314 

30  “ 

30  “ 

12  “ 

20  “ 

17828 

30  “ 

30  “ 

14  “ 

23  “ 4 “ 

I9500 

30  “ 

30  “ 

l6  “ 

26  “ 8 “ 

21200 

30  “ 

30  “ 

18  “ 

30  “ 

229OO 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  12  inches  diameter,  \]/z  inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  310  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description  see  page  j6.f. 


172 


32  INCH  L.  W.  POND  flETAL  PLANER. 


/'T'MIE  new  pattern'32  inch  Planer,  illustrated  above,  is  an  exact  reproduction  from  photograph,  and  an  entirely  new  departure 
-*■  from  tools  of  this  class  heretofore  built. 

The  bed  is  extra  deep,  heavy  and  substantial,  resting  on  new  style  cabinet  legs,  affording  extra  large  bearing  surface  on 
floor,  and  giving  great  steadiness  to  the  machine  when  in  operation. 

It  has  a very  quick  return  for  table  and  is  provided  with  a quick  return  of  4 to  I on  end  of  bar,  saving  the  operator  much 
time  and  exertion  in  carrying  head  across. 

All  planers  of  this  size  are  fitted  with  automatic  rack  feed,  powerful  and  compact,  driven  by  a steady  friction  of  new 
design. 

The  gearing  is  all  placed  inside  of  bed,  and  is  so  fitted  that  a very  quick  return  is  obtained  without  any  faster  speed  of 
shafting  than  in  old  style  slow  return  planers,  and  runs  without  jar  or  rattle. 

The  pulleys  are  extra  large,  diameter  giving  large  area  of  belt  surface  and  high  speed  of  belting. 

All  bearings  for  shafts  are  bored  with  jigs  fitted  to  V’s  of  bed,  and  are  fitted  with  eccentric  bushings  so  adjusted  that 
shafts  and  gearing  run  easily  and  noiselessly. 

Shipping  weight : 8 feet,  1 1000  pounds  ; 10  feet,  12000  pounds  ; 12  feet,  14200  pounds. 


173 


Fig.  169. 


36  INCH  PUTNAfl  METAL  PLANER. 

Planes  37X  Inches  Wide,  37 Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

36  inches 

36  inches 

8 feet 

15  feet 

21180 

36  “ 

36  “ 

IO  “ 

18  “ 

22330 

36  “ 

36  “ 

12  “ 

21  “ 

23480 

36  “ 

36  “ 

14  “ 

24  “ 

24380 

36  “ 

36  “ 

16  “ 

27  “ 

25780 

36  “ 

36  “ 

18  “ 

30  “ 

26930 

36  “ 

36  “ 

20  “ * 

33  “ 

28080 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  16  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  290  revolutions  per  minute. 


For  general  description  see  page  164. 

174 


- — - 


Fig.  170. 


38  AND  44  INCH  L.  W.  POND  flETAL  PLANERS. 

Planes  38 '/£  Inches  Wide,  38^  Inches  High.  Planes  44^  Inches  Wide,  44^  Inches  High. 


THE  cut  shown  herewith  is  an  accurate  reproduction  from  photograph  of  Planers  built  from  new  and  improved  patterns  ; 
heavy  and  powerful  tools  designed  for  the  most  trying  class  of  work.  These  machines  are  finely  proportioned,  and 
every  part  is  made  capable  of  withstanding  the  severest  strain  it  is  liable  to  be  subjected  to. 

The  bed  is  extra  deep,  and  of  unusual  length  in  proportion  to  length  of  table,  leaving  but  a small  part  of  the  latter  to 
to  overhang  when  planing  at  full  length.  It  is  extra  wide  between  V’s,  and  thoroughly  braced  by  box  girders  throughout  its 
entire  length  The  tracks  are  wide,  providing  a good  wearing  surface,  with  oil  channels  cut  their  entite  length,  which  in 
in  connection  with  our  improved  oiling  device,  ensures  constant  and  perfect  lubrication. 

The  table  is  very  heavy,  of  more  than  ordinary  thickness,  and  of  full  length  between  pockets.  Holes  are  drilled  and 
reamed  from  solid  stock.  Slots  planed  entire  length. 

Uprights  are  very  massive,  strongly  ribbed,  and  have  wide  face.  Cross  bar  is  especially  strong  and  heavy,  is  well 
supported  on  back,  and  firmly  bolted  to  uprights.  All  head  work  is  made  to  correspond  in  weight  and  strength  with  other 
parts,  and  all  working  parts  are  carefully  scraped  to  surface  plates,  and  are  made  to  fit  accurately. 

Shafting  is  made  of  the  finest  quality  steel,  large  diameter,  fitted  to  extra  long  bearings,  and  all  bearings  are  so  adjusted 
that  shafting  and  gearing  run  easily  and  noiselessly. 

All  racks  and  gearing  are  cut  from  solid  stock,  and  designed  for  the  heaviest  and  most  trying  work.  All  pinions  are 
made  of  forged  steel. 

The  shipping  device  is  on  the  cam  motion  principal,  so  constructed  that  all  the  principal  parts  are  outside  and  convenient 
for  oiling.  It  also  provides  for  one  belt  traveling  its  full  distance  before  other  starts,  so  that  at  no  time  shall  one  belt  oppose 
the  other. 

These  machines  are  fitted  with  improved  rack  feed,  and  this  in  connection  with  positive  ratchet  feed,  powerful  in 
operation,  secures  an  accurate  feed  at  all  times.  We  furnish  Planers  of  these  sizes  with  one  or  two  heads  on  cross  rail  and 
with  side  head  on  one  or  both  uprights,  as  desired.  Quality  of  material  and  workmanship  first-class. 

Shipping  weight  38-inch  Planer:  8 foot  table,  15000  pounds  ; 10  foot  table,  16500  pounds  ; 12  foot  table,  19500  pounds. 

Shipping  weight  44-incli  Planer  : 10  foot  table,  21000  pounds;  12  foot  table,  25000  pounds  ; 16  foot  table,  30000  pounds. 


175 


42  INCH  PUTNAM  METAL  PLANER. 


Planes  43X  Inches  Wide,  43X  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width 

Planing  Height. 

Ivength  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed 

Weight. 

42  inches. 

42  inches. 

8 feet. 

14  feet  6 inches. 

22330 

42  “ 

42  “ 

IO  “ 

16  “ 8 “ 

23380 

42  “ 

42  “ 

12  “ 

19  “ 6 “ 

24390 

42  “ 

42  “ 

14  “ 

21  “ 8 

25400 

42  “ 

42  “ 

16  “ 

24  “ 

26410 

42  “ 

42  “ 

18  “ 

27  “ 

27450 

42  “ 

42  “ 

20  “ 

30  “ 

28460 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  16  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  300  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description,  see  page  175. 


176 


Fig.  172. 


48  INCH  PUTNAH  METAL  PLANER. 


Planes  49^  Inches  Wide,  49'X  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

48  inches. 

48  inches. 

8 feet. 

13  feet  6 inches. 

22830 

48  “ 

48  “ 

IO  “ 

17  “ 1 

23890 

48  “ 

48  “ 

12  “ 

20  “2  “ 

24900 

48  “ 

48  “ 

14  “ 

23  9 

259ro 

48  “ 

48  “ 

l6  “ 

26  “ 10  “ 

26920 

48  “ 

48  “ 

18  “ 

30  “ 5 

27930 

48  “ 

48  “ 

20  “ 

33  “ 5 

28940 

48  “ 

48  “ 

22  “ 

36  “ 5 

28950 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  extra.  Post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 


Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  16  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  300  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  164. 

177 


lull 


Fig.  173. 


54  INCH  PUTNAM  METAL  PLANER. 


Pi,anes  55><  Inches  Wide,  55^  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

54  inches 

54  inches 

io'feet 

18  feet  2 inches 

39700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

12  “ 

21 

“ IO  “ 

41700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

14  “ 

24 

“ IO  “ 

43700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

16  “ 

27 

“ IO  “ 

45700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

18  “ 

30 

“ IO  “ 

47700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

20  “ 

34 

“ IO  “ 

49700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

22  “ 

38 

“ IO  “ 

51700 

54  “ 

54  “ 

24  C “ 

42 

“ IO  “ 

53700 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  18  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  280  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  i6.f. 


178 


60  INCH  L.  W.  POND  METAL  PLANER, 

On  12  Foot  Bed. 

THE  accompanying  illustration  represents  one  of  the  latest  and  most  improved  Planers  of  above  size.  These  tools  are 
made  with  or  without  the  extra  heads  on  cross  bar  or  upright,  as  shown  in  cut. 

The  Bed  is  of  unusual  length  in  proportion  to  the  length  of  the  table,  allowing  but  a small  portion  of  the  latter  to  over- 
hang when  working  at  full  length  of  its  movement.  The  V’s  are  supplied  with  oil  rolls,  assuring  perfect  lubrication. 

The  Table  is  extra  heavy,  with  slides  of  good  width,  giving  a solid,  firm  bearing,  and  an  extra  wearing  surface,  also 
having  an  oil  channel  cut  the  entire  length  to  ensure  perfect  lubrication,  thus  keeping  the  parts  from  cutting  on  heavy  wTork. 
There  are  three  bolt  slots  planed  from  the  solid  and  running  the  entire  length  of  the  table.  The  holes  in  the  table  for  the 
purpose  of  packing  or  holding  the  work  firmly  in  place  are  carefully  drilled  and  reamed  to  size. 

The  Uprights  carrying  the  side  head  are  very  heavy,  with  large  breadth  of  base,  and  are  braced  so  as  to  prevent 
springing  of  the  face  when  a heavy  cut  is  being  taken.  These  uprights  are  firmly  bolted  to  the  bed  with  large  steel  taper 
bolts,  and  with  a large  additional  steel  pin  nicely  fitted  to  a drilled  and  reamed  hole  in  both  parts,  to  make  them  doubly  secure 
against  any  lateral  strain. 

The  Driving  Shafts  are  made  of  steel,  fitted  to  extra  long  and  large  bearings,  placed  close  to  gearing,  giving  steadiness 
and  smoothness  to  the  table  when  carrying  heavy  work. 

The  Cross  Bar  is  extra  strong  and  heavy  and  firmly  fitted  to  the  uprights,  so  arranged  that  it  can  be  quickly  adjusted 
by  power  by  means  of  the  raise  and  fall  screws.  The  slides  and  w'orking  parts  are  carefully  scraped  to  fit. 

The  Feed  is  transmitted  to  the  cross,  down  and  angle  screws  through  the  driving  shaft,  and  is  supplied  with  patent 
friction  arrangement  which  runs  perfectly  free  and  loose  after  having  done  its  work  at  the  end  of  the  stroke. 

The  Reversing  Motion  is  of  recent  invention.  By  this  arrangement  each  belt  completes  its  work  before  the  other 
starts,  leaving  the  machine  under  perfect  control  of  the  operator  at  any  part  of  the  stroke,  and  prevents  any  unpleasant  jar  or 
jerk  in  reversing,  and  can  be  operated  from  either  side  of  the  machine. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Size  of  planer,  - - - - - 48  x 48 

Depth  of  bed,  ----- 
Width  of  bed  between  V’s,  ... 

Width  of  V’s,  ----- 
Width  of  table,  - - 

Width  of  post  at  bar,  - 

Face  of  post,  ----- 

Width  of  bar,  - 
Feed  of  belt  to  feet  of  table,  - 


52x  52  60x  60  72x  72 

*9/4 

34 

4/4 

50^ 

53 

lO'/i 

84 


179 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (o, 


Fig.  175. 


■ V . i '- -:,E  ■!  '■  P :■  ■ 1 

■ • ■ - --L-ps  a 


60  INCH  PUTNAM  METAL  PLANER. 

Planes  61#  Inches  Wide,  6i^  Inches  High. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

60  inches. 

60  inches. 

10  feet. 

18  feet 

2 inches. 

41000 

60  “ 

60  “ 

12  “ 

21  “ 

IO  “ 

43000 

60  “ 

60  “ 

14  “ 

24  “ 

IO  “ 

45000 

60  “ 

60  “ 

16  “ 

27  “ 

IO  “ 

47000 

60  “ 

60  “ 

18  “ 

30  “ 

IO  “ 

49000 

60  “ 

60  “ 

20  “ 

34  “ 

IO  “ 

5IOOO 

60  “ 

60  “ 

22  “ 

38  “ 

IO  “ 

53000 

60  “ 

60  “ 

24  “ 

42  “ 

IO  “ 

55000 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  18  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  280  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  164. 


180 


Fig.  176. 


66  X 44  INCH  SPECIAL  PATTERN  METAL  PLANER. 


^T^HESE  PLANERS  are  made  in  the  following  sizes  : 50  x 44,  60  x 44,  66  x 44,  and  72  x 44  inches,  with  any  length  of  table 
desired.  Full  particulars  and  specifications  will  be  sent  on  application. 


181 


Fig.  177. 


182 


72  INCH  PUTNAfl  METAL  PLANER. 


72  INCH  PUTNAfl  HETAL  PLANER. 


PLANES  72%.  Inches  Wide,  73K  Inches  High. 


Planiug  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

L,ength  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

72  inches 

72  inches 

10  feet 

20  feet 

67500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

12 

< < 

23 

( ( 

4 inches 

71500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

14 

26 

< < 

8 “ 

75500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

l6 

30 

79500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

18 

t < 

33- 

( ( 

4 “ 

83500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

20 

36 

( < 

8 “ 

87500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

22 

40 

91500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

24 

43 

4 “ 

95500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

26 

46 

8 “ 

99500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

28 

50 

“ 

IO3500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

30 

53 

4 “ 

107500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

32 

56 

8 “ 

I I 1500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

34 

60 

4 ‘ 

I 15500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

36 

( t 

63 

4 “ 

I 19500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

38 

* 4 

66 

( l 

8 “ 

123500 

72  “ 

72  “ 

40 

70 

127500 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  22  inches  diameter,  8 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  280  revolutions  per  minute. 


84  INCH  PUTNAM  METAL  PLANER. 

Planes  85^  Inches  Wide,  85^  Inches  High. 


Planiug  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

84  inches. 

84  inches. 

10  feet. 

20  feet 

68500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

12  “ 

23 

< ( 

4 inches. 

72500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

14  “ 

26 

< < 

8 “ 

76500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

16  “ 

30 

( t 

80500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

18  “ 

33 

( ( 

4 “ 

84500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

20  “ 

36 

< t 

8 “ 

88500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

22  44 

40 

< < 

92500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

24  “ 

43 

< ( 

4 “ 

96500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

26  “ 

46 

I ( 

8 “ 

100500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

28  “ 

50 

t ( 

104500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

30  “ 

53 

( ( 

4 “ 

I0S500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

32  “ 

56 

l l 

8 “ 

I I 2500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

34  “ 

60 

( ( 

116500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

36  “ 

63 

1 1 

4 “ 

120500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

38  “ 

66 

( < 

8 “ 

124500 

84  “ 

84  “ 

40  “ 

70 

( < 

128500 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  22  inches  diameter,  8 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  280  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  164. 


184 


100  INCH  PUTNAM  HETAL  PLANER. 


100  INCH  PUTNAfl  METAL  PLANER. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

Length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

100  inches 

100  inches 

12  feet 

21  feet 

123435 

TOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

14  “ 

24  “ 

133435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

16  “ 

27  “ 

143435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

18  “ 

30  “ 

153435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

20  “ 

34  “ 

163435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

22  “ 

38  “ 

173435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

24  “ 

42  “ 

183435 

TOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

26  “ 

46  “ 

193435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

28  “ 

50  “ 

203435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

30  “ 

54  “ 

213435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

32  “ 

5S  “ 

223435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

34  “ 

62  “ 

233435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

36  “ 

66  “ 

243435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

38  “ 

70  “ 

253435 

IOO  “ 

IOO  “ 

40  “ 

74  “ 

263435 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  24  inches  diameter,  8 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  280  revolutions  per  minute. 


120  INCH  PUTNAH  METAL  PLANER. 


Planing  Width. 

Planing  Height. 

length  of  Platen. 

Length  of  Bed. 

Weight. 

120  inches. 

100  inches. 

12  feet. 

21  feet. 

128435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

14  “ 

24  “ 

138435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

16  “ 

27  “ 

148435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

18  “ 

30  “ 

158435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

20  “ 

34  “ 

16S435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

22  “ 

38  “ 

178435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

24  “ 

42  “ 

188435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

26  “ 

46  “ 

198435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

28  “ 

50  “ 

208435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

30  “ 

54  “ 

218435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

32  “ 

58  “ 

228435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

34  “ 

62  “ 

238435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

36  “ 

66  “ 

248435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

38  “ 

70  “ 

258435 

120  “ 

IOO  “ 

40  “ 

64  “ 

268435 

Beam  head  with  automatic  feed,  and  post  heads  with  automatic  feed,  extra. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  24  inches  diameter,  8 inch  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  280  revolutions  per  minute. 

For  general  description , see  page  164. 


185 


Fig.  180. 


REGULAR  PATTERN  36  INCH  ROTARY  PLANER. 


186 


NEW  PATTERN  ROTARY  PLANER. 


THE  cut  on  opposite  page  illustrates  our  new  pattern  of  Rotary  Planer.  This  machine  is  designed  for  use  where  no  table 
is  required  and  a long  feed  is  necessary. 

It  is  powerfully  geared  and  is  designed  for  heavy  work.  There  are  two  changes  of  automatic  feed,  and  the  cutting  head 
has  quick  return.  We  furnish  a gauge  for  the  rapid  and  accurate  setting  of  tools. 

This  cut  represents  a machine  with  36  inch  head.  Length  of  bed,  16  feet ; automatic  feed,  12  feet  6 inches.  Lateral 
adjustment  of  cutting  head,  \l/z  inches.  We  build  this  machine  in  four  sizes,  viz.:  30,  36,  42  and  48  inches,  with  either 
stationary  base,  as  shown  in  ciit,  or  with  revolving  base. 

These  tools  are  built  in  the  best  possible  manner,  with  broad  wearing  surfaces,  large  bearings,  etc.,  and  ample  provision 
for  taking  up  wear. 


REGULAR  PATTERN  ROTARY  PLANERS. 


THESE  MACHINES  have  been  carefully  designed,  and  as  carefully  constructed.  They  are  speeded  to  turn  out  in  a given 
time  the  utmost  possible  amount  of  good  work.  Only  the  best  material  is  used  in  their  construction. 

They  have  an  automatic  feed,  which  is  positive  and  continuous,  thereby  securing  an  even  and  smooth  cut.  There  are 
two  speeds  of  feed  which  meet  all  requirements,  and  either  can  be  started  or  stopped  by  handle  shown  at  end  of  machine,  there 
being  no  adjusting  of  any  kind  necessary,  one  disengaging  completely  before  the  other  can  be  started.  When  facing  cast  iron 
columns  there  may  be  one  or  more  in  a lot,  very  hard,  or  even  in  a single  one  there  may  be  a hard  spot,  and  when  this  occurs, 
by  using  the  slow  speed  the  cutting  tools  do  not  deteriorate  as  rapidly.  Again,  in  the  facing  of  built  up  wrought  iron  or  steel 
columns,  etc.,  composed  of  light  sections,  the  tendency  is  to  spring  and  thereby  break  the  edges  of  section  or  leave  a rough 
surface,  but  by  using  fine  feed  this  will  be  overcome.  Where  heavy  sections  are  used  the  coarse  feed  can  be  used  advanta- 
geously, at  least  to  a point  where  the  cutters  begin  to  get  through  the  work,  and  by  changing  the  feed  here,  the  edges  will  be 
left  sharp  and  smooth.  The  head  has  quick  return  by  separate  countershaft. 

These  machines  are  guaranteed  to  make  true,  smooth  work. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


24  Inch.  30  Inch.  36  Inch.  42  Inch. 


Length  of  bed,  - 

- 

8 feet 

8 feet 

1 1 feet  6 inches 

11  feet  6 inches 

Diameter  of  cutter  head, 

24  inches 

30  inches 

36  inches 

42  inches 

Size  of  table, 

4feetx  30  inches 

4 feet  X30  inches 

6 feet  X36  inches 

6feetx36  inches 

Size  of  tools, 

llX 

x X inches 

1'A 

x X inches 

iX  x A inches 

iX  x A inches 

Number  of  tools, 

24 

30 

36 

42 

Diameter  of  spindle, 

4 Yz  inches 

5 inches 

6 inches 

7 inches 

Diameter  of  steel  worm, 

- 

5 X inches 

6 inches 

7 inches 

7X  inches 

Diameter  of  feed  screw, 

2X  inches 

2'/2  inches 

3 inches 

3 inches 

Diameter  of  worm  shaft, 

- 

2X  inches 

2 y2  inches 

3 inches 

3 inches 

Diameter  of  worm  wheel,  - 

24  inches 

36  inches 

40  inches 

48  inches 

Face  of  worm  wheel, 

- 

3 inches 

2,Y  inches 

4 inches 

4X  inches 

Length  of  nut  on  feed  screw, 

10  inches 

12  inches 

14  inches 

15  inches 

Feed  per  revolution, 

- X 

and  X inch 

TS 

and  % inch 

Yi  and  X inch 

and  X inch 

Revolution  per  minute, 

3 l/z  inches 

3 inches 

2 Yz  inches 

2X  inches 

Travel  of  head  per  minute, 

- 

iX  inches 

1 Y&  inches 

1 Yi  inches 

i§j^  inches 

Will  face  surface, 

24  x 48  inches 

30 

x 48  inches 

36  x 72  inches 

42  x 72  inches 

Weight,  ... 

- 

pounds 

pounds 

pounds 

pounds 

Fig.  181. 


VERTICAL  ROTARY  PLANER. 


/npVHIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  use  on  work  which  cannot  be  done  on  our  regular  Rotary  Planer,  or  where  economy  of 

room  is  desirable. 

It  is  intended  for  any  work  where  large  surfaces  are  to  be  faced  off,  and  will  do  true,  smooth  work. 

It  is  provided  with  automatic  variable  feed  and  quick  return  to  head. 

Cut  shows  machine  with  plain  table,  with  hand  wheel  for  feeding  work  up  to  cutter  head.  A countershaft  is  furnished 
with  each  machine. 

When  the  work  is  on  small  articles,  we  can  furnish  a rotary  table  with  locking  device,  so  that  the  operator  can  be 
setting  one  piece  while  another  is  being  milled.  This  machine  has  cutter  head  18  inches  in  diameter,  and  will  surface  work 
18  inches  broad  and  18  inches  high.  Maximum  feed  is  i inches  per  minute. 


88 


Fig.  182. 


Fig.  18^. 


CENTERS  FOR  HETAL  PLANERS. 


No.  1. 

12  inch  swing,  perforated  dial  and  spring  stop. 

12  inch  swing,  operated  by  hand-wheel,  worm  and  worm 
gear,  extra. 


No.  2. 

24  inch  swing,  perforated  dial  and  spring  stop. 

24  inch  swing,  operated  by  hand-wheel,  worm  and  worm 
gear,  extra. 


Fig.  184. 


COnPOUND  CENTERS. 

Will  Take  in  8 Inches  Diameter  and  20  Inches  Long. 


Has  hand-wheel,  worm  and  worm  gear  for  rotating  head  spindle,  spring  stop  for  hand-wheel,  dog  face  plate,  steel  spindle, 
with  longitudinal  screw  adjustment  of  4 inches ; tool  steel  centers  finished  and  hardened  ; headstock  movable  to  position  ; 
tail-stock  has  elevating  center.  Weight,  1 12  pounds. 


189 


PUTNAM  PATENT  CONE  BASE  PLANER  CHUCK. 


Fig.  185. 


/"TAIIIS  cut  represents  the  Putnam  Patent  Planer  Chuck.  The 
center  view  is  the  Chuck  complete  ; the  outside  views  are 
sectional  representations  showing  its  internal  constructions.  The 
adjustment  of  these  Chucks  to  position  requires  the  operation  of 
only  one  screw.  They  are  graduated,  and  are  first-class  in  work- 
manship and  materials  throughout,  and  are  the  most  convenient 
and  efficient  Chucks  made.  They  are  made  in  four  sizes  : 9 inch, 
12  inch,  15  inch,  and  18  inch. 


10  INCH  SLIDING  JAW  SWIVEL  BASE  CHUCK. 


Length  of  jaws,  10  inches;  jaws  open,  8 inches.  Has  taper  attachment 
which  adjusts  itself  automatically  to  straight,  round,  taper,  bevel,  or  any  irreg- 
ular work.  A single  screw  operates  the  jaws  and  clamps  the  work.  The  screw 
and  all  the  wearing  parts  are  protected  from  chips  and  dirt.  The  movable  jaw 
is  held  firmly  to  base,  and  is  arranged  so  that  wear  may  be  taken  up.  The 
swivel  base  is  accurately  graduated,  and  the  jaws  are  faced  with  steel.  Jaws 
are  provided  with  centers.  Weight,  105  pounds. 


Fig.  186. 


18  INCH  SLIDING  JAW  SWIVEL  BASE  CHUCK. 


Fig.  187.  Length  of  jaws,  18  inches  ; jaws  open,  10  inches.  Has  taper 

attachment  which  adjusts  itself  automatically  to  straight,  round, 
taper,  bevel,  or  any  irregular  work.  A single  screw  operates  the 
jaws  and  clamps  the  work.  The  screw  and  all  the  wearing  parts 
are  protected  from  chips  and  dirt.  The  movable  jaw  is  held 
firmly  to  base,  and  is  arranged  so  that  wear  may  be  taken  up 
by  gibs.  The  swivel  base  is  accurately  graduated,  and  the  jaws 
are  faced  with  steel.  Weight,  335  pounds. 


190 


PORTABLE  CYLINDER  BORING  HACHINE. 


>nr\HESE  MACHINES  are  designed  for  reboring  steam  cylinders  of  every  description,  without  removing  same  from  bed- 
plate.  Locomotive  cylinders,  pumps,  valve  chambers,  stern  tubes,  taper  holes,  fly  wheels  or  housings,  dynamos,  cotton 
compressors,  hydraulic  presses,  etc.,  can  be  easily  and  quickly  bored. 

The  simplicity  of  this  bar  enables  a man  of  slight  experience  as  machinist  to  successfully  operate  it  without  a possible 
chance  of  breaking  the  machine  or  spoiling  the  work  he  undertakes.  Each  bar  is  supplied  with  a continuous  gear-feed,  belt- 
wheel  and  hand-wheel  for  driving  bar  ; also  two  cutter-heads  or  more  when  ordered,  and  four  blocks  for  attaching  bar  to  work 
to  be  bored.  Workmanship  and  material  used  are  strictly  first-class. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


diameter  of  bar. 

BORES  CYLINDERS. 

LENGTH  OF  TRAVEL. 

2%  inches 

y/z  to  io  inches  diameter 

30  inches 

inches 

6 

to  24  inches  diameter 

32  inches 

4 l/z  inches 

8 

to  36  inches  diameter 

50  inches 

6 inches 

14 

to  48  inches  diameter 

62  inches 

7 y*  inches 

20 

to  100  inches  diameter 

98  inches 

io  inches 

24 

to  no  inches  diameter 

120  inches 

191 


Fig.  189. 


TWO  SPINDLE  BORING  MACHINE  WITH  REVOLVING  TABLE. 


/"TAHIS  MACHINE  is  suitable  for  short  boring,  turning,  threading  or  tapping.  Work  is  fastened  011  front  and  back  of 
revolving  table  which  has  a binder  as  shown  in  the  center.  Locking  or  indexing  pin  is  operated  by  a sliding  catch  shown 
on  front  of  machine.  Table  is  then  revolved  half  around  and  work  of  spindles  started.  While  the  operation  of  cutting  is 
going  on,  work  can  be  removed  and  replaced  on  opposite  side  where  pan  is  shown. 

The  revolving  table  saddle  is  stationary,  and  spindle  head  moves  against  the  work  by  automatic  feed  through  rack  and 
pinion.  A lead  screw  is  located  under  head  and  can  be  attached  to  feed  head  by  an  open  and  shut  nut  which  insures  accuracy 
of  taps  or  dies.  Change  gears  are  provided  that  any  pitch  desired  can  be  obtained. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Total  length  of  machine,  7 feet.  Height  of  center  of  spindles,  36  inches  from  floor.  Revolving  table,  20  x 20  inches. 
Center  of  spindle  to  revolving  table,  4 inches.  Detachable  heads  with  spindles,  2^,  3 and  3j4  inches,  center  to  center  of 
spindles.  End  of  spindles  to  edge  of  revolving  table,  greatest,  14  inches ; least,  1 inch.  Changes  made  to  conform  to  any 
requirements.  Weight  about  4200  pounds. 


192 


Fig.  190. 


ADJUSTABLE  TWO  SPINDLE  BORING  HACHINE. 

Plain  Table. 

/"rAHIS  MACHINE,  as  shown,  has  a plain  table  moved  by  hand  or  power,  with  automatic  stop,  with  power  feed  at  four 
ratios.  The  head  is  stationary,  and  spindles  are  adjustable  from  center  to  center  and  is  strongly  geared.  Spindles  are 
large  with  overhang  for  deep  boring  with  short  tool  heads. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Whole  length  of  machine,  7^  feet.  Center  of  spindle  from  floor,  38  inches.  Center  of  spindle  from  platen,  8)4  inches. 
Extreme  overhang  of  spindle,  16 )4  inches.  Diameter  of  spindles,  4 inches.  Cone  has  three  sections  for  3^  inch  belt.  Ratio 
of  gearing  to  spindle,  27  to  1.  Least  distance  of  spindle  centers,  6 inches.  Automatic  feed,  20  inches.  Platen,  28  inches 
long,  20  inches  wide.  Changes  will  be  made  as  may  be  required.  Weight  about  5000  pounds. 


193 


Fig.  191. 


Extreme  length,  with  spindles 
clear  back,  15  feet.  Center  of 
spindles  from  floor,  44  inches. 
Center  of  spindles  from  platen,  S'/i 
inches.  Diameter  of  spindle  at 
large  end,  4%  inches.  Least  dist- 
ance between  spindles,  6X  inches.  Greatest  distance  between  spindles,  54  inches.  Ratio  of  gearing,  15  to  1 and  30  to  1. 
Driving  cone  has  three  sections  for  3 yz  inch  belt.  Two  countershafts,  each  provided  with  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 
200  and  400  revolutions  per  minute.  Weight,  about  10500  pounds. 


SPECIAL  DOUBLE  HEAD 
BORING  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  consists  of  a 
bed  1 1 feet  long,  with  station- 
ary platen  and  two  heads.  Each 
head  is  driven  by  its  own  feed 
mechanism  independently.  Spin- 
dles are  large,  and  each  provided 
with  a recess  threaded  end  for  hold- 
ing tools,  etc. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


DUPLEX  PUHP  BORING 
HACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  as  illustrated 
carries  a head  -which  has  two 
spindles  which  can  be  adjusted 
from  center  to  center,  as  required, 
for  the  spread  of  duplex  pumps, 
and  can  be  fitted  with  two  sets 
of  spindles  ranging  from  4 to  12 
inches,  center  to  center. 

Platen  is  moved  by  a screw, 
either  by  hand  or  power,  and  has  a 
revolving  table  which  can  be  se- 
curely clamped  after  indexing. 

The  machine  is  strongly  geared 
and  has  four  feeds  ; also  a fine  ad- 
justment by  hand  for  setting  tools. 


Fig.  192. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Length  of  machine,  11  feet.  Height  of  centers  from  floor,  47  inches.  Height  of  centers  above  revolving  table, 
28  x 28  inches.  Length  of  platen,  18  inches.  Ratio  of  gearing,  average,  27  to  I.  Weight,  about  8000  pounds. 


194 


Fig.  193. 


DOUBLE  HEAD  HORIZONTAL  BORING  MACHINE, 

With  Intermediate  Table. 

^~I~\HIS  MACHINE  will  be  found  to  be  admirably  adapted  for  any  class  of  work  which  is  to  be  operated  upon  from  opposite 
sides  at  the  same  time.  In  the  present  case,  the  tool  was  adapted  to  boring,  facing  and  tapping  double  gate  valves. 

It  consists  of  two  heads  bolted  to  a heavy  bed  plate,  with  a table,  adjustable  vertically,  placed  between  them.  The  work 
is  to  be  bolted  to  a compound  carriage,  having  horizontal  movements  lengthwise  and  crosswise  of  the  table.  It  is  clear  that 
the  work  can  be  set  with  the  greatest  rapidity  by  these  respective  movements,  using  no  blocking  whatever.  The  bars  have 
slow  and  rapid  hand  motions,  as  well  as  power  feeds,  both  forward  and  backward.  The  diameter  of  the  bars  in  this  case  is  4 
inches;  but  heads  with  heavier  bars  can  be  furnished.  The  bars  are  shown,  provided  with  threads  and  flanges  for  the 
expansion  cutter  heads  ; but  the  bars  may  be  finished  in  any  manner  to  suit  desired  tools. 

In  the  illustration  the  machine  is  fitted  to  bore  face  and  tap  valves  using  expansion  cutter  heads,  the  frame  only  of  the 
motion  for  operating  the  cutters  is  shown,  as  the  rods  and  the  other  details  would  have  confused  the  illustration.  The  machine 
will  be  furnished  with  any  desired  style  of  head  or  with  none  as  the  customer  may  desire. 

Two  countershafts  go  with  this  machine. 


195 


No.  1 STANDARD  DRILLING  AND  BORING  HACHINE. 


Fig.  195- 


No.  2 STANDARD  DRILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 


196 


i 


No.  1 STANDARD  DRILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 


/nrMIIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  drilling,  boring  and  tapping  a great  variety  of  work  for  which  a much  more  expensive 
tool  would  ordinarily  be  required.  When  desired  it  can  be  furnished  with  an  outer  bearing  for  boring  bars,  also  with  a 
cross  table  provided  with  longitudinal  traverse. 

The  standard  has  shelves  cast  in,  making  a convenient  receptacle  for  tools,  etc.  It  is  provided  with  a large  flange  on  the 
bottom,  which  is  3 x 4 feet,  thus  insuring  a firm  floor  bearing. 

The  knee  or  platen  is  26  inches  wide,  32  inches  long,  has  three  T slots,  is  well  braced,  also  supported  by  elevating  screw 
i'/z  inches  diameter,  which  is  placed  well  out  from  standard,  with  18  inch  hand  wheel  for  adjustment.  The  bearing  on  standard 
is  16  inches,  is  gibbed  and  provided  with  binders  for  rigid  fastening.  The  least  distance  from  top  of  table  to  center  of  spindle 
is  2 inches  ; the  greatest,  24  inches. 

The  spindle  is  3 inches  in  diameter,  has  No.  5 Morse  taper  hole  for  tools,  also  driving  slot  across  the  end.  It  has  20  inch 
movement  by  hand  or  power  and  is  driven  by  a 3 inch  belt  on  a 5 section  cone,  6 to  16  inches  in  diameter,  is  geared  direct  3 to  1, 
and  back  geared  24  to  1,  which  gives  10  speeds  from  2 yz  to  160  revolutions  per  minute.  The  gearing  is  protected  by  shields. 
The  spindle  quill  has  long  conical  ends  running  in  taper  boxes  of  hard  bronze,  with  take-up  for  wear. 

The  automatic  feeds  are  120,  80,  40  and  13^  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  of  feed.  • 

The  countershaft  has  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  14  inches  diameter  for  334"  inch  belt,  and  should  run  190 
revolutions  per  minute. 


No.  2 STANDARD  DRILLING  AND  BORING  flACHINE. 


^TAHIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  drilling,  boring,  facing  and  tapping,  has  large  cone  pulley,  heavy  gears,  is  powerfully 

belted,  and  has  long  spindle  traverse. 

It  will  bore  to  the  center  of  a 48  inch  circle,  has  cross  table  20  x 40  inches,  with  24  inch  cross  movement.  Saddle  has  24 
inch  movement  parallel  with  spindle.  Spindle  has  20  inch  traverse  by  hand  or  power. 

The  standard  base  has  shelves  cast  in,  making  a convenient  receptacle  for  tools,  etc. 

The  spindle  is  3 inches  diameter,  has  No.  5 Morse  taper  hole  for  tools,  and  is  driven  by  a 3 inch  belt  on  a 5 section  cone 
pulley,  6 to  16  inches  in  diameter,  is  geared  direct  3 to  1,  and  back  geared  24  to  1,  which  gives  10  speeds  2^  to  160  revolutions 
per  minute.  Gearing  is  protected  by  shields.  The  spindle  quill  has  long  conical  ends,  running  in  taper  boxes  of  hard  bronze 
with  take  up  for  wear.  Has  face  plate  to  attach  facing  head,  etc. 

The  outer  bar  support  can  be  removed,  and  side  support  for  knee  can  be  retained  if  so  desired  ; elevating  screws  are  $'/% 
inches  in  diameter,  operated  from  end  or  side  of  knee.  The  nuts  for  elevating  screws  have  compensating  adjustment,  enabl- 
ing knee  to  be  kept  parallel  with  spindle. 

The  feeds  are  13^,  40,  80  and  120  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  traverse  of  spindle. 

The  countershaft  has  two  sets  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  14  inches  in  diameter  for  3^  inch  belt,  and  should  run  190 
revolutions  per  minute  either  way.  Weight,  6500  pounds. 


197 


STYLES  C.  & D.  HORIZONTAL  BORING  AND  DRILLING  HACHINES. 


These  are  the  standard  machines  for  rapid  and  accurate  boring.  Their  superiority  is  due  to  the  ease  with  which  the  work  can  be  accurately 
set,  to  the  quick  handling  of  the  boring  bar,  and  to  the  concentration  of  the  power  upon  the  cutting  tool.  In  addition  to  its  efficiency  as  a 
boring  machine  there  is  no  better  tool  for  heavy,  flat  and  face  milling,  key-set  milling  and  accurate  drilling.  These  machines  are  built  by 
us  in  four  sizes,  of  which  the  driving  power  and  weight  are  in  proportion  to  the  diameter  of  the  boring  bar.  The  boring  bars  are  respectfully, 
3 ins.,  4 ins.,  5 ins.,  and  9 ins.  in  diameter  for  the  “C,”  “D,”  “E,”  and  “F”  machines.  The  cut  shows  the  smallest  size,  the  “C”  or  3 in.  bar 
machine.  We  furnish  carriage,  table  and  swing  to  suit  the  needs  of  the  customer  when  necessary. 

The  work  is  bolted  to  the  carriage  directly  under  the  boring  bar,  the  work  being  set  square  by  the  top  surface  and  the  edges  of  the  carriage, 
which  are  absolutely  true  with  regard  to  the  bar.  The  carriage  can  be  moved  either  across  or  along  the  table,  which  is  supported  by  two  large 
screws.  The  table  can  be  lowered  or  raised  from  the  side  or  at  the  end.  With  these  movements  of  the  table  and  carriage,  using  no  blocking  what- 
ever, the  work  can  be  set  quickly  and  with  perfect  accuracy,  for  all  the  surfaces  and  motions  are  absolutely  true  with  regard  to  the  bar. 

A yoke  of  great  strength  braces  the  table,  and  is  provided  with  double  bushings  to  steady,  without  wear,  the  end  of  the  boring  bar  or  the  arbor. 
The  boring  bar  is  fed  by  a rack  and  pinion ; and  it  is  held  by  a friction  clamp,  so  that,  by  easing  the  clamp  and  taking  another  grip,  a very  long  feed 
can  be  obtained.  The  feed  motion  is  positive  and  very  powerful.  The  bar  can  be  fed  by  hand  also,  with  either  a quick  or  slow  motion. 

The  distinguishing  advantages  of  our  machine  are  as  follows:  Self-acting  reversible  feeds,  without  reversing  the  direction  of  the  motion  of 
the  cone  or  stopping  the  machine.  Wide  range  of  feeds,  from  1-80  to  yx  of  an  inch,  which  can  be  changed  without  stopping  the  machine.  Friction 
feed  clamp,  with  lost  motion  take  up,  grasping  the  bar  at  any  point.  Double  bushing  in  the  yoke.  Improved  facing  attachment. 


STYLE  “C.” 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Diameter  of  bar,  - 
Length  of  table, 

Swing  over  carriage, 

Swing  over  table, 

Diameter  of  large  speed  of  cone, 

Width  of  step,  - 
Carriage,  - 

Cross  feed, 

Length  of  machine  over  all, 

Weight, 

This  machine  will  bore  holes  as  large  as  18  inches  internal 
diameter. 


(2  %)  3 inches 

5 feet 

4 feet  3 inches 

4 feet 

16  inches 
3%  inches 

30  inches  long,  30  inches  wide 

2 feet 

10  feet  9 inches 
7500  pounds 


Diameter  of  bar,  - 
Length  of  table,  ... 
Swing  over  carriage, 

Swing  over  table,  - - - 

Diameter  of  large  speed  of  cone, 
Width  of  step,  .... 
Number  of  steps,  - 
Carriage,  ..... 
Cross  feed,  .... 


STYLE  “D.” 

4 inches 

6 feet 

4 feet  2 inches 

5 feet 

18  inches 

4 inches 

_ 4 

36  inches  long,  30  inches  wide 
28  inches 


A longer  main  table  and  greater  swing  can  be  furnished, 
furnished  with  the  machine. 


Length  of  machine  over  all, 12  feet  2 inches 

Weight,  about  -------  10000  pounds 

This  machine  will  bore  holes  as  large  as  24  inches  internal 
diameter. 

The  sizes  of  the  carriage  may  be  changed  to  suit  especial  work.  Facing  attachment 


198 


Fig.  197. 


STYLE  E HORIZONTAL  BORING  AND  DRILLING  MACHINE. 


/~r\HE  cut  on  this  page  shows  one  of  the  larger  sizes  of  Horizontal  Boring  Machines.  We  call  this  the  E or  5-inch  bar 
machine.  It  has  been  the  custom,  heretofore,  to  grade  the  class  of  machine  tools  by  the  swing  ; but  we  claim  that  the 
diameter  of  the  boring  bar  is  the  only  correct  measure  of  the  size  of  the  tool,  for  this  limits  its  greatest  cylinder  boring 
capacity. 

The  cut  shows  a table  9 feet  in  length,  but  shorter  tables  are  furnished,  and  the  swing,  also,  may  be  increased  if  desired. 
This  machine  has  the  same  features  and  style  shown  in  the  design  of  the  smaller  tool.  The  feed  can  be  varied  from  -fa  to  X 
inch  without  stopping  the  machine  ; the  bar  can  be  gripped  at  any  point,  and  it  can  be  fed  backward  or  forward  without 
resetting  the  cutters.  There  is  also  a quick  and  slow  hand  motion  for  the  bar.  The  power  lift  for  the  table  is  a feature 
peculiar  to  the  larger  machines.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  lower  ends  of  the  table  lifting  screws  are  carried  by  worm  gears 
threaded  to  serve  as  nuts.  These  gears  take  their  motion  from  the  worm  shaft,  which  is  driven  from  the  feed  shaft  by  means 
of  the  chain  gearing.  In  this  way  the  power  from  the  driving  cone  is  used  to  lift  the  table,  and  this  arrangement  enables  the 
workman  to  move  the  table  without  leaving  his  position,  and  when  the  work  is  nearly  set  he  can  throw  the  power  lift  out  of 
gear  and  make  the  delicate  final  adjustment  by  hand,  using  the  slow  feed  hand  wheel. 

Other  excellent  points  are  the  strong  forms  of  table  and  yoke.  The  table  is  not  cut  in  two  to  receive  the  feed  screw  for 
the  saddle,  and  this  construction  permits  a system  of  cross  bracing  underneath.  These  features  add  materially  to  the  stiffness 
of  the  machine. 


199 


60  INCH  HORIZONTAL  BORING  AND  MILLING  flACHINE. 


The  cone  has  5 steps  for  4 inch  belt ; range,  9 inches  to  22  inches  in  diameter.  The  back  gear  ratio  is  10: 1. 

The  spindle  is  5 inches  in  diameter,  of  high  carbon  hammered  steel.  The  socket  is  3^  inches  in  diameter  and  tapered 
1-16  inch  to  the  inch. 

The  spindle  has  traverse  of  60  inches  at  two  strokes,  and  is  guided  through  a sleeve  46  inches  long.  Usual  quick  return 
is  provided. 

Main  table  8 feet  long,  26  inches  wide  ; cross  table,  3 feet  wide  by  4 feet  long. 

Over  main  table,  60  inches  ; over  cross  table,  46  inches. 

The  spindle  feed  is  from  1-200  inches  to  6-10  inches  per  revolution  of  spindle.  This  range  has  never  before  been 
approached  in  this  type  of  machine. 

The  main  table  has  vertically  all  feeds  common  with  spindle.  The  cross  table  has  hand  and  automatic  feeds  in  both 
directions. 

All  adjustment  can  be  made  by  the  operator  from  one  position. 

This  machine  is  especially  adapted  to  end  milling,  slabbing  and  rack  cutting  within  its  range. 

Elevating  screws,  4 '/z  inches  in  diameter.  The  boring  bar  can  be  removed  from  this  machine  without  having  to  slide 
through  the  outer  bearing  in  yoke. 


200 


Fig.  200. 


HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  HACHINE. 


AtAHIS  MACHINE  consists  of  a platen  or  bed  with  stationary  upright,  carrying  spindle  head  with  feed  mechanism,  which  is 
counterbalanced  by  a weight  in  the  upright,  and  the  up  and  down  movement  is  by  means  of  rack  and  pinion  operated 
by  pilot  wheel  shown  on  front  of  head. 

The  left  hand  upright  is  moved  back  and  forth  on  platen  in  line  of  spindle  by  means  of  a screw.  The  outer  support 
head  which  forms  a rest  for  boring  bars  is  moved  up  and  down  on  upright  by  rack  and  pinion,  and  is  counterbalanced  by 
weight  in  the  upright.  The  circular  disc  shown  above  spindle  forms  a drill  guide  which  can  be  fitted  with  bushings,  as  desired, 
or  removed  entirely. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Platen  is  12  feet  long,  30  inches  wide,  and  15  inches  high.  Stationary  upright  is  8^  feet  high  from  floor,  20  inches  width 
of  face.  Left  hand  upright  can  be  adjusted  to  within  18  inches  of  spindle  head,  or  moved  back  to  72  inches.  Spindle  is  3 >4 
inches  diameter,  and  has  No.  5 Morse  taper  hole  in  end  for  tools,  etc.  Spindle  can  be  lowered  to  within  2 ^ inches  from  center 
to  top  of  platen,  or  raised  to  60  inches  above.  Ratio  of  spindle  gearing,  3 to  1 ; also  10  to  1.  Any  required  speed  from  9 to  222 
turns  is  available.  Feeds  are  13,  40,  80  and  120  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  travel.  Weight,  about  15500  pounds. 


201 


No.  1 HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  202. 


No.  2 HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 


202 


No.  1 HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  drilling  or  boring  work  which  can  be  securely  fastened  to  the  bed  and  tools  brought  to 
the  desired  position  without  the  necessity  of  moving  work,  which  is  much  more  convenient  and  accurate  than  moving 
work,  particularly  when  it  is  heavy. 

The  platen  is  8 inches  high,  40  inches  wide,  84  inches  long,  is  heavy  and  well  ribbed,  has  7 y slots  % inch  wide,  and 
to  it  is  securely  fastened  the  bed  which  supports  the  upright  with  spindle. 

Spindle  is  3 inches  diameter,  has  No.  5 Morse  taper  hole  for  tools,  also  driving  slot  across  the  end,  has  24  inch  movement 
by  hand  or  power,  is  driven  by  a 2^  inch  belt  on  a five  section  cone  geared  3 to  1,  and  back  geared  24  to  1,  which  gives  10 
speeds  from  3 to  150  revolutions  per  minute.  The  spindle  quill  has  large  conical  ends  running  in  taper  boxes  of  hard  bronze, 
with  take-up  for  wear. 

Automatic  feeds  are  120,  80,  40,  and  13^  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  of  feed. 

The  greatest  distance  from  top  of  platen  to  center  of  spindle  is  40  inches,  the  least,  10  inches.  The  spindle  can  be 
moved  vertically  30  inches,  horizontally  40  inches,  and  the  outer  bearing  moved  to  correspond.  Accuracy  of  adjustment  is 
secured  by  four  graduated  steel  rules  suitably  placed  with  pointer. 

Carriage  on  platen  has  a quick  adjustment  by  racks  and  pinions  from  outer  end  of  platen  nearly  to  spindle,  and  can 
be  rigidly  fastened.  The  greatest  distance  from  spindle  head  to  outer  bearing  is  70  inches. 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  14  inches  diameter  for  2 '/2  inch  belt,  and  should  run  130  revolutions  per 
minute,  both  directions. 

Weight,  6500  pounds. 


No.  2 HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  drilling  or  boring  work  resting  on  platen,  and  tools  can  be  brought  to  any  desired 
position  within  the  range  of  spindle  without  the  necessity  of  moving  work. 

The  platen  is  12  inches  high,  72  inches  wide,  ii'/2  feet  long,  is  very  heavy  and  well  ribbed,  has  8 y slots,  ^ inch  wide, 
and  to  it  is  securely  fastened  the  bed  which  supports  the  upright  with  spindle. 

Spindle  is  5 inches  diameter,  has  No.  6 Morse  taper  hole  for  tools,  also  driving  slot  across  the  end,  has  31  inch  travel  by 
hand  or  power,  is  driven  by  a 3 inch  belt  on  a 5 section  cone  pulley  geared  4 to  1,  and  back  geared  36  to  1,  which  gives  10 
speeds  from  1%  to  105  revolutions  per  minute.  The  spindle  quill  has  large  conical  ends,  running  in  taper  boxes  of  hard 
bronze,  with  take-up  for  wear. 

Automatic  feeds  are  120,  80,  40  and  13^  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  travel. 

The  greatest  distance  from  top  of  platen  to  center  of  spindle  is  61  inches,  the  least  1 5 '/2  inches.  The  spindle  can 
be  moved  vertically  46  inches,  horizontally  72  inches,  and  the  bar  support  to  correspond.  Greatest  distance  suitably 
between  spindle  and  bar  support  10  feet,  least  distance  3 feet.  Accuracy  of  adjustment  is  secured  by  4 graduated  steel  rules 
placed,  with  pointers. 

Carriage  on  platen  has  a quick  adjustment  by  racks  and  pinions,  and  can  be  rigidly  fastened. 

Changes  made  to  suit  any  requirements. 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  12  inches  diameter  for  4 inch  belt,  and  should  run  170  revolutions  per  minute 
either  way. 

Weight,  25000  pounds. 


203 


Fig. -203. 


HORIZONTAL  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  HACHINE. 

Electric  Motor  Driven. 

t I MIIS  MACHINE  consists  of  platen,  with  stationary  upright  carrying  spindle  head  with  its  feed  mechanism,  and  1 horse 
power  electric  motor.  The  left-hand  upright  has  a movement  in  line  of  spindle  on  top  of  platen  by  racks  and  pinions; 
also  a support  head  for  boring  bars,  which  has  a movement  by  screw  to  correspond  with  spindle  head  movement. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Platen  is  13  feet  long,  40  inches  wide,  and  15  inches  high.  Upright  is  feet  in  height  above  floor,  20  inches  width  of 
face.  Greatest  distance  between  uprights,  9 feet  3 inches.  Least  distance  between  uprights,  2 feet.  Spindle  head  bearing  on 
upright,  40  x 20  inches.  Spindle,  5 inch  diameter;  No.  6 Morse  taper  hole  in  end.  Greatest  distance  from  center  of  spindle  to 
platen,  62  inches.  Least  distance  from  center  of  spindle  to  platen,  21  inches.  Spindle  gear,  36  inches  diameter,  4 inch  face, 
3 pitch.  Ratio  of  gearing,  20,  60,  136  or  408  revolutions  of  motor  to  one  of  spindle.  Spindle  has  1 2 speeds  suitable  for  work 
from  3^  to  40  inches  diameter.  Feed  is  31  inches  ; rate,  13,  40,  80  and  120  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  travel.  Weight, 
about  20000  pounds. 


204 


Fig.  204. 


ADJUSTABLE  FOUR  SPINDLE  DRILLING  AND  BORING  flACHINE. 


AtAHIS  MACHINE  has  a stationary  platen  in  center  of  bed  with  two  movable  heads,  each  carrying  two  spindles,  adjustable 
between  centers,  to  conform  to  work  under  operation. 

Each  set  of  spindles  is  driven  independently,  also  feeds  for  heads,  which  are  provided  with  automatic  stop.  Spindles 
are  made  with  Morse  standard  taper  hole,  and  provided  with  mechanism  for  removing  tools  without  stopping  spindles  from 
revolving. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Extreme  length  of  machine,  16  feet  4 inches.  Bed  is  23  inches  wide  on  top.  Platen  is  20  inches  in  line  of  spindles. 
Platen  is  28  inches  across  bed.  Spindle  centers  are  40  inches  above  floor.  Spindles  can  be  brought  nearly  together  and  separ- 
ated to  48  inches,  end  to  end.  Spindle  centers  are  adjustable  from  5 inches  to  18  inches.  Spindle  centers  above  platen,  8j4 
inches.  Ratio  of  gearing,  2 to  1.  Cone  sections  are  II,  13^,  16  and  18^  inches  diameter  for  3^  inch  belt.  Feeds  for  drilling, 
26,  51,  and  102  revolutions  of  spindle  to  1 inch  feed.  Feeds  for  boring,  8,  16  and  32.  Spindle  revolutions,  40,  55,  75,  and  109 
per  minute.  Changes  made  to  meet  requirements.  Weight,  about  11000  pounds. 


205 


Fig.  205. 


IMPROVED  BORING  AND 
DRILLING  MACHINE. 


THE  illustration  shows 
our  new  Boring  and 
Drilling  Machine  which  has 
been  specially  designed  for 
boring  heavy  forgings  and 
cutting  out  holes  from  solid 
steel  plates.  The  construction 
of  the  tool  is  a very  heavy 
one,  and  all  parts  are  so  pro- 
portioned that  perfect  satis- 
faction is  secured  in  doing 
the  heaviest  work. 

The  spindle  is  of  forged 
steel,  and  has  a taper  hole  in 
the  end  for  large  drills,  like- 
wise threads  on  the  outside 
for  tool-holding  heads.  The 
spindle  measures  6 inches  on 
the  bottom,  and  4 inches  on 
the  top  end.  The  spindle  is 
counterbalanced,  and  has 
four  changes  of  automatic 
feed,  but  can  also  be  fed 
down  by  hand  quick  return 
wheel  or  lever,  same  as  on 
our  standard  drills. 

The  distance  between  the 
housings  on  the  machine 
shown  is  three  feet,  but  this 
distance  can  be  changed  to 
suit  the  requirements  of  the 
case. 

The  ratio  of  the  bevel  gear 
and  driving  pinion  is  4 to  1 ; 
the  gear  is  made  of  cast  iron  24 
inches  diameter,  the  pinion  is 

made  of  steel  6 inches  diameter  ; both  are  3-incli  face  and  machine  cut.  The  back  gears  are  very  heavy,  4 and  3 pitch  gears, 
and  the  ratio  is  6'/2  to  1.  The  cone  pulleys  are  18,  15 K,  13  and  io'/2  inches  in  diameter,  4^-incli  face.  The  tight  and  loose 
pulleys  are  22  inches  in  diameter  and  5-inch  face. 

Weight,  9000  pounds. 


206 


THESE  mills  are  furnished  with  single  or  double  heads,  heavy,  strong  and  powerful,  self-contained  and  complete,  with  new 
and  superior  features.  On  the  double  mill  the  heads  are  right  and  left,  so  as  to  work  close  together,  and  will  feed 
entirely  independent.  The  tool  spindles  are  6 inches  in  diameter,  octagon,  bearing  on  alternate  sides,  which  furnishes  an 
excellent  bearing  with  very  little  friction,  and  provisions  for  taking  up  wear,  oiling,  etc.  The  spindles  operate  at  any  angle, 
have  quick  hand  adjustment,  and  powerful  automatic  feed  in  any  direction,  and  counterbalanced  in  any  position.  Have  steel 
tool-holders,  which  may  be  removed  to  use  boring  bars.  Working  parts  are  large,  strong  and  carefully  fitted.  All  gears  are 
cut  from  the  solid.  Internal  spur  gear  full  size  of  table,  insures  steady  and  powerful  motion,  devoid  of  lifting  or  chattering 
tendencies. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


5 FOOT  MILL. 

Size  of  base,  63  x 78  inches. 

Extreme  height,  1 1 feet. 

Table,  54  inches  in  diameter,  with  10  inch  spindle  4 feet 
long. 

Takes  62  inches  between  uprights  and  3S  inches  under 
cross  rail. 

Tool  spindle  feeds  24  inches. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  24  inch  diameter,  5 inch  face, 
and  should  run  130  revolutions. 


6 FOOT  MILL. 

Size  of  base,  63  x go  inches. 

Extreme  height,  feet. 

Table,  62  inches  in  diameter,  with  12  inch  spindle  4 feet 
long. 

Takes  74  inches  between  uprights,  and  40  inches  under 
cross  rail. 

Tool  spindle  feeds  30  inches. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  24  inch  diameter,  5 inch  face, 
and  should  run  130  revolutions. 


207 


FOUR,  FIVE  AND  SIX  FOOT  BORING  AND  TURNING  MILLS. 

208 


FOUR,  FIVE  AND  SIX  FOOT  BORING  AND  TURNING  HILLS. 


OUR  SINGLE  COLUMN  BORING  AND  TURNING  MILL  will  be  found  one  of  the  most  useful  machine  tools  which 
can  be  placed  in  any  machine  works.  The  work  can  be  chucked  on  the  table  much  easier  than  in  a lathe,  and  after 
being  placed  on  the  table  and  resting  thereon,  it  can  be  wedged  up  and  set  in  a shorter  time.  The  center  of  the  tool  spindle 
can  be  brought  to  the  center  of  hole  in  table,  and  then  by  using  boring  bars,  such  work  as  fly  wheels,  pulleys,  truck  wheels, 
etc.,  can  be  bored  the  same  as  on  a special  boring  machine.  By  substituting  the  tool  holder  in  place  of  the  boring  bar,  any 
casting  may  be  faced,  bored  or  turned,  as  large  in  diameter  as  swing  of  machine,  and  as  high  as  distance  between  table  and 
cross  rail.  The  tool  spindle  is  octagon  shape,  with  bearing  on  alternate  sides,  thus  giving  the  best  possible  bearing  with  little 
friction  and  excellent  provisions  for  taking  up  the  wear.  The  spindles  can  be  operated  at  any  angle,  have  quick  hand  adjust- 
ment and  very  powerful  automatic  feed  in  all  directions.  The  column  is  so  designed  that  when  doing  work  of  large  diameter 
the  spindle  is  brought  directly  opposite  the  column,  thus  giving  the  best  support  possible. 

Spur  gearing  is  used  under  the  table,  which  gives  a smooth  and  steady  motion,  free  from  all  the  lifting  and  chattering 
tendencies  of  bevel  geared  machines.  All  gearing  is  cut  from  the  solid,  and  all  shafts  are  of  steel.  Only  strictly  genuine 
Babbitt  metal  is  used  in  all  boxes.  The  cross  rails,  saddles,  spindles,  and  all  journals  are  carefully  scraped  to  a perfect  bearing. 
The  table  is  extra  heavy,  running  in  large  journals,  and  resting  on  a tempered  step,  is  adjusted  by  a taper  key  which  is  operated 
by  the  screw  in  front  of  the  base.  The  cone  pulleys  are  very  large  and  have  a wide  belt  surface. 

The  machines  throughout  are  very  heavy,  strong  and  convenient,  and  we  guarantee  them  perfectly  true  and  accurate  in 
every  respect.  Only  the  very  best  material  and  workmanship  are  used  in  their  construction. 

We  also  furnish,  when  desired,  any  of  these  machines  with  two  heads  on  the  cross  rail. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Dimensions  and  weights, 

From  top  of  table  to  floor, 

From  top  of  table  to  bottom  of  rail, 
Diameter  of  table,  - 
Floor  space  of  housing,  - 

Floor  space  of  mill  set  up, 

Height  from  floor  to  top  of  chain  roller, 
Width  of  table,  - - - 

Sizes  of  cone  pulleys,  - 

Sizes  of  table  spindle,  ... 

Pitch  diameter  of  internal  spur  gear, 
Pitch  diameter  of  driving  pinion,  - 
Octagon  spindle  across  sides, 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

Width  of  belt  for  cone  pulleys, 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - - - 

Weight,  about 


48-Inch  Mm,. 

29  inches 
27  inches 
48  inches 
5 feet  7^  inches  x 2 feet 
6'/i  inches 

9 feet  5 inches  x 4 feet 
9 feet  9 inches 

5 inches 
1854,  16,  13^  and  11  ins. 

x 4 ]/2  inch  face 
8 inches  on  top,  5 inches 
on  bottom  bearing 
38 Yi  ins.  x 3 % ins.  face 
7 54  ins.  x 2>%  ins.  face 

6 inches 
22  x 5 inches 

4 Yz  inches 
90  revolutions 
8500  pounds 


60-Inch  Mill. 

31  inches 
31  inches 
60  inches 
7 feet  2 Yz  inches  x 3 feet 
3 inches 

12  feet  x 5 feet 
9 feet  2 y2  inches 
Sy  inches 

20 1/2, 18,  1554, 13 and  io>4 

ins.  x 4^  ins.  face 
10  ins.  on  top,  8 ins,  on 
bottom  bearing 
45/4  ins.  x 3 yi  ins.  face 
754  ins.  x y/%  ins.  face 
6 inches 
26  x 5 inches 
4 y2  inches 
90  revolutions 
1 1000  pounds 


72  -Inch  Mill. 

31  inches 
29  inches 
72  inches 
7 feet  3 inches  x 3 feet  6 
inches 

12  feet  6 inches  x 6 feet 
10  feet  6 inches 
6%  inches 

2054,  18, 15 13 and  io'/i 

ins.  x 4%  ins.  face 
10  ins.  on  top,  754  ins.  on 
bottom  bearing 
4554  ins.  x ins.  face 
75^  ins.  x 3 ins.  face 
6 inches 
26  x 5 inches 
4l/2  inches 
80  revolutions 
14000  pounds 


209 


7 FOOT  VERTICAL  TURNING  AND  BORING  MILL. 


/nrVHESE  MILLS  are  vertical  and  have  capacities  as  named  in  the  specifications.*  With  the  arrangement  of  gearing  the 
operator  is  able  to  get  a great  number  of  speeds  on  the  tables.  The  cross  rails  are  moved  by  power,  and  we  always  advise 
the  use  of  two  saddles  on  them,  one  of  which  will  move  to  the  center  for  all  such  work  as  boring,  and  the  other  will  approach 
as  near  the  center  as  ever  will  be  required  on  any  class  of  work  on  which  two  tools  can  be  used  advantageously  ; the  vertical 
spindles  have  quick  hand  return,  and  are  counterbalanced.  The  feeds  are  entirely  independent  of  each  other  in  all  of  their 
movements.  An  annular  bearing  is  provided,  on  which  the  table  can  be  run  when  on  heavy  work. 

* For  specifications  see  page  sir. 


210 


Fic.  209. 


TEN  FOOT  VERTICAL  TURNING  AND  BORING  MILL. 


jjlitli! ! ■,'  n m 


I 

I'lllllllll 

■iig 

Inm'immii 1|iiii|'ii*'llIM''ll'l"-^^^ 

211 


VERTICAL  TURNING  AND  BORING  MILLS. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  of  Mill,  - 

5 Feet. 

6 Feet. 

7 Feet. 

7=10  Feet. 

Swings,  ...  - 

5 feet  5 inches 

6 feet  5 inches 

7 feet  5 inches 

10  feet 

Will  take  in  work  ... 

3 feet  6 inches 
high. 

4 feet  high 

4 feet  9 inches 
high. 

4 feet  9 inches 
high. 

Traverse  of  tool  spindles, 

24  inches 

25^  inches 

27  inches 

27  inches 

Changes  of  speed,  ... 

20 

20 

40 

40 

Weight,  .... 

20000  pounds 

26000  pounds 

33900  pounds 

35500  pounds 

Size  of  Mill, 

8 Feet. 

9 Feet. 

10  Feet. 

10  Feet. 

Swings,  ... 

- 8 feet  4 inches 

9 feet  4 inches 

10  feet  4 inches 

Heavy  Pattern 

10  feet  4 inches 

Will  take  in  work, 

4 feet  9 inches 
high. 

4 feet  9 inches 
high. 

4 feet  9 inches 
high. 

6 feet  high 

Traverse  of  tool  spindles, 

27  inches 

27  inches 

27  inches 

30  inches 

Changes  of  speed, 

40 

40 

40 

60 

Weight,  ... 

359°°  pounds 

37900  pounds 

40300  pounds 

60100  pounds 

Size  of  Mill, 

10=16  Feet. 

12  Feet. 

1 4 Feet. 

1 4 Feet. 

Heavy  Pattern 

Swings, 

16  feet 

12  feet  4 inches 

14  feet  4 inches 

14  feet  5 inches 

Will  take  in  work, 

6 feet  high 

6 feet  high 

6 feet  high 

10  feet  high 

Traverse  of  tool  spindles, 

30  inches 

30  inches 

30  inches 

48  inches 

Changes  of  speed, 

60 

60 

60 

60 

Weight,  ... 

63100  pounds 

63100  pounds 

67100  pounds 

1 12700  pounds 

Slotting  attachments  can  be  put  on  all  Mills  from  7 feet  to  14  feet,  inclusive. 


212 


Pig.  210. 


No.  1 iriPROVED  CAR  WHEEL  BORING  flACHINE, 

With  Automatic  Hub  Facing  Attachment. 


THE  frame  of  this  machine  is  very  heavy,  and  of  such  construction  as  to  give  strength,  convenience,  and  beauty  of  design. 
The  boring  spindle  is  of  large  proportions,  and  has  sufficient  run  to  meet  all  requirements,  is  counterbalanced,  and 
provided  with  a steel  cutter  arbor  3^  inches  in  diameter,  with  a taper  bearing  in  main  spindle  of  11^  inches. 

The  chuck  has  a combination  of  universal  and  independent  jaws,  and  will  receive  wheels  from  15  to  42  inches  diameter  ; 
it  runs  on  large  double,  elliptical,  self-centering  bearings,  with  Babbitt  linings  ; chuck  spindle  is  hollow,  and  allows  chips  to 
fall  in  the  interior  of  the  frame,  where  from  either  side  of  the  machine  they  may  be  easily  removed. 

The  driving  gearing  is  strong  and  powerful ; the  driving  cone  is  large,  and  has  three  changes  of  speed,  and  by  the 
arrangement  of  the  countershaft  pulleys,  admits  of  two  speeds  for  each  cone-shift  without  change  of  belt. 

Is  provided  with  a convenient  side  crane,  with  chain  and  grappling  irons  for  lifting  and  swinging  wheels  on  and  off  the 
chuck.  Will  bore  straight  or  tapering  ; will  also  face  the  hubs  of  wheels. 

The  feeding  arrangement  for  the  boring  spindle  is  convenient  and  effectual ; there  being  two  belt  and  two  clutch  feeds, 
the  latter  admits  of  being  changed  instantaneously,  independent  of  the  former. 

Furnished  with  countershaft  and  wrenches. 

Friction  pulley  on  counter,  28  inches  diameter,  8 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  80  and  90  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight,  9500  pounds.  Power  crane,  extra.  Automatic  squaring-up  attachment,  extra. 


213 


Fig.  21  i. 


No.  2 IHPROVED  CAR  WHEEL  BORING  HACHINE, 


With  Power  Crane,  Automatic  Safety  Stop  and  Hub  Facing  Attachment. 

THIS  is  a new  and  advanced  machine.  Its  weight,  strength,  and  power  is  sufficient  to  meet  the  severest  duty,  and  its 
capacity  for  production  and  endurance  is  in  excess  of  any  machine  of  its  kind. 

The  chuck  has  five  jaws  arranged  to  be  operated  both  universally  and  independently,  will  receive  wheels  from  15  to  42 
inches  diameter.  The  vertical  pressure  and  end  thrust  of  the  cutter-head  is  received  on  an  anti-friction  ball  bearing.  The 
chuck  spindle  is  of  improved  construction,  and  runs  in  a Babbitt-lined  case,  which  provides  for  wearage,  and  retains  the 
precision  of  the  chuck  relatively  to  the  boring  spindle;  chuck  spindle  is  hollow,  borings,  chips,  etc.,  fall  into  a pit  in  the 
interior  of  the  machine,  where  they  may  easily  be  removed. 

The  gearing  throughout  is  powerful.  Driving  cone  has  four  changes  for  five-inch  belt,  and  by  an  improved  arrangement 
of  countershaft  the  momentum  of  the  motive  parts  are  checked  by  a friction  brake  when  the  machine  is  stopped. 

The  power  crane  is  strong,  quick,  and  fully  controlled  by  the  operator,  will  swing  wheels  to  center  of  chuck,  or  will 
remove  and  lower  them  with  rapidity. 

Feeding  arrangement  is  convenient  and  effectual.  Vertical  boring  spindle  is  large  and  easily  operated  ; is  provided  with 
take-up  bolts,  and  has  six  changes  of  feed,  ranging  from  T8ff  to  % inch  to  one  revolution  of  chuck.  Spindle  can  be  run  up  into 
the  frame  to  clear  the  throat  of  machine,  and  give  full  play  to  the  crane. 

An  improved  safety  stop  is  applied  to  boring  spindle,  which  automatically  stops  the  machine  (after  the  cutters  pass 
through  the  wheel)  in  case  the  operator  fails  to  do  so. 

The  hub-facing  spindle  can  be  worked  by  hand,  or  will  operate  automatically  with  the  boring  spindle  ; has  a sliding  head 
which  adjusts  the  tool  to  its  cut  by  screw  and  worm. 

Machine  will  bore  the  holes  of  car  or  truck  wheels  either  straight  or  tapering,  as  desired. 

Machine  is  first-class  in  workmanship  and  material,  and  is  furnished  with  countershafts,  wrenches,  etc.,  also  with  one 
patent  cutter  head.  Friction  pulley  on  countershaft,  28  inches  diameter,  8 inch  face.  Countershaft  should  make  no  revolu- 
tions per  minute.  Friction  pulley  on  countershaft  to  power  crane,  16  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face.  Countershaft  to  power  crane 
should  make  140  revolutions  per  minute.  Weight,  18500  pounds. 

214 


TURNING  AND  BORING  MACHINE. 

For  Fly  Wheels  and  Crank  Discs. 

THE  necessity  for  a machine  to  turn  fly  wheels  and  crank  discs  and  to  bore  them  for  both  center  and  crank  pin,  without 
handling  them  separately  for  this  operation,  has  been  long  felt  by  progressive  engine  builders.  The  machine  herewith 
illustrated  was  designed  to  fill  this  requirement.  The  bed,  which  includes  the  head  and  footstocks  together  with  the 
wings,  is  all  one  casting.  The  spindle  is  ten  inches  in  diameter,  thirty-six  inches  long,  is  hollow  four  and  three-quarter  inches 
its  entire  length.  The  nose  of  the  spindle  is  fourteen  and  three-quarter  inches  in  diameter,  and  is  chased  two  threads  to  the 
inch,  so  that  a face  plate  or  chuck  may  be  easily  adjusted.  The  spindle  is  scraped  into  the  headstock,  which  is  provided  with 
ample  lubricating  facilities,  so  that  there  is  no  possibility  of  any  cutting.  The  cone  pulley  is  of  six  grades,  varying  from  26 
inches  to  13  inches  for  4%  inch  belt.  The  ratio  of  revolutions  of  the  cone  pulley  to  live  spindle  is  sixty  to  one.  The  distance 
between  head  and  footstock  is  forty-eight  inches,  and  a piece  of  forty  inches  width  by  sixty  inches  diameter  may  be  turned. 
The  rails  are  of  a box  form  of  construction,  and  so  designed  that  no  stress  ever  brought  to  bear  on  them  could  produce  a tremor. 
The  rails  are  movable  to  and  from  the  center,  so  that  the  machine  will  turn  down  to  twelve  inches  ; they  also  swivel  so 
that  pieces  requiring  a taper  may  be  accurately  handled.  Power  cross  and  angle  feeds  are  supplied  to  the  front  tool  post.  A 
cross  rail  for  turning  small  diameters  may  be  supplied  as  an  extra.  A massive  form  of  construction  is  adopted  for  the 
boring  head  in  order  that  the  most  accurate  results  may  be  obtained.  The  especially  desirable  feature  of  the  boring  head  is 
its  set-over  movement  of  twelve  inches,  enabling  the  machine  to  bore  to  a throw  of  twenty-four  inches.  The  gearing  shown 
gives  a very  powerful  and  steady  cut  to  the  boring  bar.  Boring  head  has  power  length  feed,  also  pilot  wheel  for  quick  hand 
feed.  The  machine  complete  weighs  about  ten  tons. 


215 


THE  frame  of  this  machine  is  wide  and  heavy,  to  insure  stability  and  prevent  spring.  The  ram  is  driven  by  the  four  speed 
cone  and  the  gearing.  The  Whitworth  “ quick  return  ” gives  a quick  upward  and  a slow  cutting  stroke  to  the  ram.  The 
stroke  can  be  varied  from  o to  13  inches,  and  the  change  is  quickly  made  by  means  of  a screw  in  the  crank  disc.  The 
position  of  the  ram  in  regard  to  the  work  may  also  be  quickly  changed  by  the  rod  which  is  shown  on  the  front  of  the  ram.  The 
counterbalance  takes  up  the  lost  motion  in  the  crank  pin.  The  compound  table  is  provided  with  a circular  table,  driven  by  a 
worm  wheel  and  gear,  with  self-acting  feeds  in  both  directions,  and  the  feeds  take  place  always  at  the  top  of  the  stroke,  and 
never  during  the  cut,  and  it  may  be  changed  from  fine  to  coarse  by  the  feed  crank.  The  circular  table  may  be  held  rigidly  by 
the  clamps  at  the  four  corners.  All  the  handles  are  within  easy  reach  of  the  workmen.  This  is  a very  important  feature,  as 
work  on  the  slotter  requires  close  watching  by  the  workmen,  who  should  be  able  to  operate  all  the  handles  without  stopping 
the  machine.  All  wearing  surfaces  are  broad  and  scraped  to  a perfect  bearing.  All  wearing  screws  and  spindles  are  of  steel. 
Countershaft  and  wrenches  are  included  with  the  machine. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Targe  cone  step,  26  inches  x 4 % inch  face.  Ratio  of  gearing,  1:4.  Circular  table,  31  inches  diameter.  Compound  table 
feed,  21  inches  longitudinally,  ami  27^  inches  across.  Machine  will  slot  the  center  of  57  inches.  Distance  from  tool  seat  to 
inside  of  frame,  27  inches;  from  circular  table  to  frame,  17  inches.  Length  of  ram,  4 feet  4 inches.  Weight,  10000  pounds. 


216 


No.  4 PUTNAM  SLOTTING  AND  PARING  HACHINE. 


THESE  MACHINES  have  hand  and  power,  cross,  side  and  revolving,  independent  or  connected  variable  feeds  ; quick 
return  to  rams  which  are  counterbalanced  to  obviate  jarring  while  cutting  ; driven  by  variable  cranks  which  are  adjusted 
to  any  amount  of  stroke  by  screw  ; are  also  arranged  so  that  operator  may  vary  height  of  the  sliding  bar  conveniently 
while  he  is  upon  the  floor.  Frames  are  of  good  design,  heavy,  well-proportioned,  and  braced  by  side  and  internal  ribs  to  give 
additional  strength.  Stock  and  workmanship  throughout  are  of  the  best  quality  ; surface  fits  are  liand-scraped  to  test  plates. 

They  are  also  furnished  with  the  following  valuable  attachments  : A patent  relief  motion,  which  greatly  enhances  the 

amount  and  quality  of  work  produced  over  that  of  an  ordinary  slotter,  which  is  accomplished  without  joint  in  the  cutting  tool 
or  ram,  thus  giving  the  full  strength  of  a solid  tool  while  its  cutting  edge  is  not  impared  by  scraping  against  the  article 
worked  ; will  operate  equally  well  on  the  outer  or  inner  surface  of  any  article,  or  upon  the  front  or  back  side  : it  never  requires 
to  be  altered  or  reset  when  the  stroke  of  the  machine  is  changed  ; can  be  quickly  varied  or  thrown  off  at  the  will  of  the  operator 
while  the  machine  is  in  motion.  The  circular  table  is  of  such  construction  as  to  admit  of  its  being  rigidly  secured  to  the  saddle 
at  any  point  in  its  circumference  Is  accurately  graduated  into  360  degrees.  Furnished  with  three  tool  holders  for  ram, 
wrenches,  countershaft  ; with  iron  cone  and  patent  friction  driving  pulley  ; also  with  improved  friction  brake  for  the  purpose 
of  instantly  stopping  the  machine,  or  to  facilitate  in  placing  the  cutting  tools  in  proper  position  when  changed  or  removed  from 
the  rum. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number  of  machine, 

Length  of  stroke,  - 
Will  slot  to  center  of  circle, 
Revolving  table,  diameter, 

Revolving  table,  in  and  out  traverse, 
Revolving  table,  cross  traverse, 
Friction  pulley  on  countershaft, 
Countershaft  revolutions  per  minute, 
Weight,  - 


2 

11  inches 
40  inches 
26  inches 
i8Jf  inches 
21  inches 
16  x 4 1/2  inches 
no 

6000  pounds 


3 

14  inches 
57  inches 
33  inches 
24  inches 
28 y2  inches 
20  x 5%  inches 
100 

8000  pounds 


4 

19  inches 
74  inches 
42  inches 
46  inches 
41  inches 
28  x 8 inches 

85 

16000  pounds 


217 


wzP. 


gWp^PRE/VTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (3 


Fig.  215. 


CUTTER  MACHINE. 

« 

^ I MIE  MACHINE  shown  in  cut  is  used  in  connedtion  with  the 
the  gear  cutter,  by  those  who  make  their  own  cutters,  for  the 
purpose  of  milling  the  teeth  in  them.  This  machine  does  the  work  in 
such  a manner  that  the  file  is  used  only  for  founding  the  corners. 
Those  using  a gear  cutter  should  have  one  of  them.  They  are  sent 
complete,  ready  for  the  belt.  Spindle,  400  revolutions  per  minute. 


Fig.  216. 


26  INCH  GEAR  CUTTER, 

With  Lever  Feed  for  Light  Work. 

THE  illustration , shows  the  lever  feed  (or  screw,  if  desired) 
machine  for  light  work,  which  will  cut  gears  from  o to  26 
inches  in  diameter  and  6 pitch  with  accuracy  and  dispatch.  It  is  well 
and  substantially  built. 

It  is  furnished  with  an  index  and  change  wheels  for  cutting  all 
numbers  from  o up  to  50,  and  nearly  every  number  up  to  200. 

Countershaft  pulleys  are  9x2^,  and  should  make  95  revolu- 
tions. 

Weight,  about  550  pounds. 


218 


AUTOHATIC  GEAR  CUTTERS. 


THESE  MACHINES  are  so  designed  and  built  to  turn  out  with  ease  the  most  severe  class  of  gear  cutting  accurately  and 
rapidly.  Work  of  smaller  size  and  pitch  can  be  done  equally  well. 

The  driving  arrangement  is  original  and  of  simple  construction,  but  one  belt  being  used  to  drive  the  entire  machine. 
Variation  of  speeds  is  obtained  by  the  changing  of  but  one  gear.  No  cone  pulleys  and  no  belt  tighteners  are  used. 

The  cutter  is  placed  in  the  center  of  the  cutter  carriage,  and  the  feed  screw  is  in  the  center,  and  so  placed  as  to  take  the 
thrust  in  a direct  line,  thus  insuring  the  least  possible  wear  on  the  slide  bearings,  etc.  The  cutter  spindle  is  so  designed  that 
the  cutters  can  be  taken  out  and  replaced  without  the  removal  of  the  bearings,  and  various  size  arbors  can  be  inserted  without 
loss  of  time. 

A new  and  very  important  system  we  are  introducing  is  a suitable  pan  cast  around  the  base  of  the  machine  for  holding  a 
lubricant,  which  is  pumped  to  the  cutter,  thus  keeping  the  cutter  and  cast-iron  wheel  cool.  This  preserves  the  cutting  edges 
of  the  cutter,  so  that  the  cutter  can  do  about  three  to  six  times  the  work  before  requiring  sharpening  than  when  cutting  dry. 

By  reference  to  the  cuts  of  the  machine,  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  machine,  in  all  its  parts,  possesses  that  massive  sim- 
plicity of  design,  which  makes  the  machine  very  rigid,  and  at  the  same  time,  the  simplest  machine  to  run  and  adjust. 

Changes  of  feed  are  made  with  gearing  ; a large  range  of  feeds  can  be  obtained,  proper  index  being  fastened  to  the  door 
of  the  apron. 

The  quick  return  to  cutter  slide  is  uniform  ; changing  the  feed  does  not  change  the  speed  of  the  return. 

The  feed  gearing,  clutches,  etc.,  are  all  enclosed  with  a neat  guard  or  box.  This  guard  is  cast  in  one  piece  with  all  the 
shaft  bearings  (which  are  composition  lined),  thus  connecting  all  the  bearings  and  assuring  perfect  alignment  and  long  wear. 

A good  method  of  automatically  lubricating  the  bearings,  etc.,  is  adopted. 

The  chips  are  removed  from  under  the  cutter  automatically,  deposited  at  the  base  of  the  machine  where  they  can  be 
caught  in  a receptacle  and  removed.  Little  is  left  for  the  workman  to  do,  after  starting  the  machine,  but  to  take  the  finished 
wheel  out  and  put  in  another  blank. 

In  point  of  accuracy,  our  machine  is  practically  perfect.  The  worm  dividing  gear  is  large  and  the  teeth  are  of  a coarse 
pitch.  The  worm  wheel  is  well  covered  over  with  a neat  guard,  thus  keeping  it  free  from  dirt  and  chips.  A suitable  casing  is 
provided,  fastened  to  the  side  of  the  machine,  for  holding  the  set  of  change  gears  when  not  in  use. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Will  cut  diameter  in  inches,  ... 

25 

40 

50 

60 

72 

84 

120 

Face  in  inches,  ----- 

8 

12 

12 

l6 

l6 

Pitch,  diametral,  - - - - - 

3 

2 

1 K 

''A. 

I 

I 

Diameter  of  arbor  to  place  cutters, 

I'/in. 

iX.in. 

iX  & \ l/2  ins. 

& 1 yz  ins. 

iX  & i l/z  ins. 

& il/z  ins. 

Class  of  work, 

Med. 

Med. 

Med.  and  Hea. 

Med.  and  Hea. 

Heavy 

Heavy 

Heavy 

Shipping  weight,  about  - 

3400 

4400 

6000 

I IOOO 

1 1500 

12800 

Boxed  weight,  about  ----- 

3900 

5000 

6800 

1 1800 

12500 

13800 

Counter  pulleys,  ----- 

14  x 4 

16  x 4 

16x6 

20  x 6 

20  x 6 

20x6^ 

20  x 6 y2 

Revolutions  for  countershaft  pulleys, 

250 

200 

200 

200 

200 

180 

180 

219 


Fig.  217. 


22  INCH  ENTIRELY  AUTOMATIC  GEAR  CUTTER, 

For  Cutting  Spur,  Bevel,  and  Worm  Gears. 

THIS  MACHINE  was  designed  to  meet  a want  for  cutting  spur  and  bevel  gearing,  of  small  diameters,  with  accuracy  and 
dispatch.  It  is  capable  of  performing  work  within  the  range  of  its  capacity  much  quicker  than  could  be  accomplished 
on  a larger  machine.  Its  manipulation  is  very  simple  and  workings  are  complete,  very  little  floor  space  being  required. 
Its  construction  is  a modification  of  our  well-known  Universal  Automatic  Gear  Cutters,  all  parts  being  built  with  the  same 
degree  of  accuracy.  The  worm  dividing  wheel  is  in  sections,  thus  securing  perfect  accuracy.  The  feed  is  variable  instantan- 
eously, and  has  very  quick  return  to  slide.  Cutter  shaft  has  three  changes  of  speed.  Worm  can  be  dropped  from  wheel  for 
testing  gears.  It  has  an  overhanging  arm  for  supporting  the  outer  end  of  mandrel,  or  for  work  “between  centers.”  It  will  cut 
every  number  up  to  100,  all  except  prime  numbers  to  200,  and  a very  large  range  of  higher  ones.  The  column  is  hollow,  form- 
ing a receptacle  for  cutters,  gauges,  etc.  It  is  furnished  complete  with  countershaft  and  all  necessary  wrenches. 

For  table  of  specifications  see  page  223. 


220 


Fig.  218. 


NEW  TYPE  ENTIRELY  AUTOMATIC  GEAR  CUTTER. 

Arranged  for  Cutting  Spur  Gears  Only. 


For  general  specifications  and  description , see  page  223. 


221 


Fig.  220. 


Arranged  to  Automatically  Hub  Worm 
Gears  Without  Gashing. 


30  inch ; both  spur  and  full  automatic ; has 
driving  stand  like  illustration. 


Fig.  221. 


30  INCH  ENTIRELY  AUTOMATIC 
GEAR  CUTTER, 

For  Spur  Bevel  and  Worm  Gears. 

Machine  to  cut  spur  gears  only,  Has 
belt  tightener ; no  stand.  Automatic  oil 
pump  and  pan  shown  are  charged  extra. 


ENTIRELY  AUTOMATIC  GEAR  CUTTER 


For  general  specifications  and  descriptions, 
see  page  223. 


222 


0 


!Si&-pre^tiss  tqql  Supply  (3 


ENTIRELY  AUTOMATIC  GEAR  CUTTERS. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

THESE  MACHINES  embody  the  very  latest  improvements  and  are  unquestionably  the  best  of  their  class  manufactured. 

They  have  V tooth  worm  and  worm  dividing  wheel,  adjustable  rim  support  to  take  the  strain  of  cutter  on  large  wheels, 
and  allow  withdrawing  the  worm  from  dividing  wheel  to  test  large  wheels  before  cutting  them.  The  bearings  and  wearing 
surfaces  are  large. 

They  will  cut  a smooth  tooth  without  chatter,  and  have  an  unlimited  range  of  feed  as  any  combination  of  the  37  change 
gears  are  at  the  workman’s  command.  An  index  accompanies  each  machine,  stating  the  proper  gears  to  use  for  the  various 
pitches,  thus  avoiding  all  guess  work. 

They  have  quick  return  to  the  cutter  carriage,  which  is  uniforn  and  is  not  affected  by  changing  the  feed. 

They  have  a rigid  outward  support  to  cutter  arbor  on  the  larger  size  machines. 

They  carry  away  the  chips  automatically. 

They  have  dial  for  setting  cutter  to  within  a thousandth  of  an  inch  in  depth. 

They  have  gauge  to  set  the  cutter  exactly  to  center  of  mandrel. 

They  have  graduation  for  setting  over  for  worm  wheels  and  bevel  gears. 

They  have  graduated  quadrant  for  cutting  bevel  gears. 

They  have  large  and  quick  adjustment  of  cutter  shaft  for  cutting  bevel  gears. 

They  have  an  overhanging  arm  for  supporting  the  outer  end  of  gear  blank  mandril,  or  for  work  between  centers.  The 
arm  is  of  such  a shape  that  the  sliding  bearing  may  be  removed  entirely  to  examine  or  test  work  ; the  latter,  on  being  put 
back,  is  always  sure  to  be  in  perfect  alignment  with  center  of  gear  mandrel.  With  a round  overhanging  arm  it  is  not  positive, 
and  is  done  with  difficulty. 

They  have  change  gears  that  will  cut  every  number  up  to  100,  all  but  prime  numbers  to  200,  and  a large  range  of  higher 

ones. 

Every  machine  is  fully  guaranteed  to  work  satisfactorily. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Will  cut  diameter  in  inches, 

22 

30 

36 

50 

Face  in  inches, 

5 

8 

IO 

II 

Pitch,  diametral, 

6 

5 

3 

3 

Diameter  of  arbor  to  place  cutters, 

IX  inches 

iX  inches 

iX  inches 

iX  inches 

Class  of  work, 

Light  only 

Light  and  medium 

Medium  and  heavy 

Medium  and  heavy 

Shipping  weight,  about  - 

1300 

2300 

3600 

4200 

Boxed  weight,  about 

1600 

2700 

4200 

4800 

Countershaft  pulleys, 

9x3 

9x3 

12x4 

12x4 

Revolution  for  pulleys, 

250 

250 

250 

250 

223 


ENTIRELY  AUTOHATIC  RACK  CUTTER. 


THIS  MACHINE  was  designed  for  cutting  the  teeth  of  racks  entirely  automatic  and  holding  the  work  in  the  best  possible 
position. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  engraving,  the  blank  to  be  cut  is  placed  in  a vertical  position,  the  sliding  head  carrying  the 
cutters,  also  traveling  in  a vertical  plane,  being  counterbalanced. 

Among  the  principal  advantages  gained  by  this  construction,  though  at  first  sight  seeming  small,  is  the  easy  and 
accessible  way  made  possible  to  remove  the  chips  or  cuttings,  as  well  as  to  direct  and  control  oil  or  other  lubricants  for  cooling 
and  aiding  the  cutters  in  their  work. 

It  also  affords  convenience  in  both  setting,  inspecting  and  testing  the  work.  Naturally  the  chips  fall  and  are  caught  in 
a receptacle  just  below  the  cutters,  in  which  revolves  a coarse  threaded  screw,  which  by  means  of  a telescopic  pipe,  the  chips 
are  delivered  at  the  side  of  the  machine,  convenient  to  be  caught  in  a box  and  removed. 

Gang  Cutters. — When  using  these,  cutting  points  are  set  spirally,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  avoiding  chatter  and  rapid 
dulling  of  the  edges. 

Capacity. — The  machine  shown  will  cut  a rack  of  either  circular  or  diametral  pitch,  with  accuracy,  8 inches  wide  by  3 
feet  long  at  one  setting,  and  as  course  as  2 inches  circular  pitch,  carrying  from  one  to  twelve  cutters  at  a time,  according  to 
the  pitch.  It  is  capable  of  cutting  24  inches  of  inches  pitch,  4 inches  face,  cast  iron  rack  in  one  hour. 

The  table  can  be  geared  to  use  the  movement  when  traveling,  for  cutting  in  either  direction,  not  requiring  the  return  of 
the  same  end  of  table  to  commence  the  cutting,  thereby  causing  the  least  wear  to  the  parts. 

Work  of  regular  as  well  as  irregular  shape  will  be  found  very  convenient  to  fasten  to  this  style  of  table,  which  is  arranged 
to  stop  automatically  at  each  end  of  the  work. 

Feeds. — Change  wheels  are  provided  for  cutting  the  various  pitches. 

Large  bearings  and  wearing  surfaces,  carefully  scraped  and  fitted,  together  with  a well  and  evenly  distributed  amount  of 
metal,  are  characteristics  of  this  machine.  We  will  construct  machines  to  cut  racks  of  any  length  at  one  setting.  We  furnish 
countershaft,  wrenches,  etc.,  necessary  to  operate  the  machine.  Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  14  inches  by  4 
inches,  275  revolutions.  Weight,  about  5000  pounds. 


224 


PUTNAH  10  FOOT  ENTIRELY  AUTOflATIC  RACK  CUTTING  MACHINE. 

( See  Photo,  for  I llic  strati  on.) 

THIS  MACHINE  is  entirely  automatic  in  its  movements,  and  designed  to  accurately  cut  all  descriptions  of  racks  within  its 
capacity,  i.  e.,  io  feet  long  12  inches  wide.  The  cutter  can  be  raised  from  the  platen  14  inches.  As  usually  made,  all 
diametrical  pitches  from  2 to  10,  inclusive,  can  be  cut.  Circumferential  pitches  can  be  substituted  for  diametrical,  if  wanted, 
and  so  stated  when  ordered.  The  division  or  spacing,  is  accomplished  in  a simple  and  positive  manner,  and  is  so  constructed 
that  it  is  impossible  to  cut  any  pitch  except  that  indicated  by  the  pitch  gearing.  The  depth  of  cut  is  adjusted  by  a dial  grad- 
uated to  1-1000  inches.  The  return  of  the  cutter  slide  is  52  to  1 of  the  feed.  The  moving  parts  are  heavy,  to  absorb  all  vibra- 
tions of  the  cutters,  while  the  entire  weight  of  the  machine  is  about  10000  pounds.  All  parts  of  the  machine  are  accurately 
fitted.  Furnished  with  countershaft  and  wrenches. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  16  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face. 


225 


THIS  MACHINE  was  designed  for  cutting  the  teeth  of  racks  entirely  automatic  and  holding  the  work  in  the  best  possible 
position.  The  machine  is  driven  by  one  friction  clutch  pulley,  operated  by  a starting  lever  from  the  side  convenient  for 
the  operator. 

A new  and  original  feature  of  this  machine  is  that  all  changes  of  speed  are  made  without  the  employment  of  cones  or  the 
shifting  of  belts,  it  being  necessary  to  change  only  one  gear  in  order  to  obtain  the  speed  required. 

This  construction  not  only  increases  the  life  of  the  driving  belts,  but  also  obviates  many  of  the  annoyances  resulting  from 
the  use  of  cones.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  engraving,  the  blank  to  be  cut  is  placed  in  a vertical  position,  the  sliding  head 
carrying  the  cutters,  also  traveling  in  a vertical  plane,  being  counterbalanced  by  a weight  suspended  from  the  ceiling. 

Among  the  principal  advantages  gained  by  this  construction,  though  at  first  sight  seeming  small,  is  the  easy  and  access- 
ible way  made  possible  to  remove  the  chips  or  cuttings,  as  well  as  to  direct  and  control  oil  or  other  lubricant  for  cooling  and 
aiding  the  cutters  in  their  work. 

It  also  affords  convenience  in  setting  and  testing  the  work.  Naturally  the  chips  fall  and  are  caught  in  a receptacle  just 
below  the  cutters,  in  which  revolves  a coarse  threaded  screw,  which,  by  means  of  a telescopic  pipe  and  second  conveyor,  the 
chips  are  delivered  at  the  side  of  the  machine,  convenient  to  be  caught  in  a box  and  removed. 

Gang  of  Cutters. — When  using  these,  the  cutting  points  are  set  spirally,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  avoiding  chatter  and 
rapid  dulling  of  the  edges. 

The  cutter  spindle  is  geared  very  strong,  driven  by  means  of  a sliding  sleeve  and  universal  joint,  which  readily  compen- 
sates for  all  movements  the  slide  may  make,  in  cutting  various  widths  of  face,  dispensing  with  belt  tighteners,  etc. 

A heavy  brace  is  placed  opposite  the  cutter  slide  to  connect  with  the  top  of  head,  to  prevent  any  tendency  of  springing 
when  cutting  coarse  pitches. 

Capacity. — The  machine  shown  will  cut  a rack  of  either  circular  or  diametrical  pitch,  with  accuracy,  io  inches  wide  by 
io  feet  long  at  one  setting,  and  as  coarse  as  3 inch  circular  pitch  ; carrying  from  one  to  twelve  cutters  at  a time,  according  to 
the  pitch. 

The  table  can  be  geared  to  use  the  movement  when  traveling,  for  cutting  in  either  direction,  not  requiring  the  return  of 
the  same  end  of  table  to  commence  the  cutting,  thereby  causing  the  least  wear  to  the  parts. 

Work  of  regular  as  well  as  irregular  shape  will  be  found  very  convenient  to  fasten  to  this  style  of  table,  which  is  arranged 
to  stop  automatically  at  each  end  of  the  work. 

Feeds  and  Speeds. — Change  wheels  are  provided  for  cutting  the  various  pitches  as  well  as  for  the  necessary  feeds. 
Earge  bearings  and  wearing  surfaces,  carefully  scraped  and  fitted,  together  with  a well  and  evenly  distributed  amount  of 
metal,  are  characteristics  of  this  machine.  We  will  construct  machines  to  cut  racks  of  any  length  at  one  setting.  We  furnish 
countershaft,  wrenches,  etc.,  necessary  to  operate  the  machine. 

Countershaft,  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  18  x 6 inches,  175  revolutions.  Weight,  about  12000  pounds. 


220 


kCl ' 


;/vpre^tissTOql  ar Supply  G>?  $ 


Fig.  224. 


No.  2 HAND  DRILL. 


THIS  size  will  drill  holes  up  to  ^ of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  is  so  constructed  that  the  crank  can  be  used  either  at  the 
end  of  the  arm  or  at  the  end  of  the  spindle. 

The  crank  is  also  made  adjustable  in  length,  so  that  by  using  it  longer  or  shorter  the  correct  speed  can  be  obtained  for 
the  size  of  drill  used. 

The  arm  has  a reach  of  9 >2  inches,  drilling  at  one  setting  anywhere  over  a surface  of  19  inches  outside  diameter  and 
8 inches  inside  diameter. 

The  spindle  has  3^  inches  traverse,  and  contains  a No.  2 Morse  taper  socket.  By  loosening  the  clamp  bearing  on  the 
post  the  spindle  can  be  set  at  any  angle. 

The  post  has  5 inches  vertical  adjustment  to  allow  for  the  use  of  different  lengths  of  drills  and  reducing  sockets. 

By  using  the  bottom  clamp  of  the  base  the  drill  can  be  fastened  to  a bench,  or  with  the  clamp  and  stud  removed  it  can 
be  bolted  to  any  flat  surface. 

Weight  of  machine  is  33  pounds.  Weight,  boxed  for  shipment,  is  55  pounds. 


No.  3 HAND  DRILL. 


THIS  size  is  similar  in  construction  to  the  No.  2 Hand  Drill  above  described,  with  increased  range  and  power,  being 
capable  of  drilling  holes  up  to  inches  in  diameter. 

The  arm  has  a reach  of  12  inches,  drilling  at  one  setting  anywhere  over  a surface  of  24  inches  outside  diameter  and  9 
inches  inside  diameter. 

The  spindle  has  4 inches  traverse,  and  contains  a No.  3 Morse  taper  socket. 

The  post  has  5 inches  vertical  adjustment  to  allow  for  the  use  of  different  lengths  of  drills  and  reducing  sockets. 

Weight  of  machine  is  50  pounds.  Weight,  boxed  for  shipment,  is  95  pounds. 


227 


Fig.  225. 


IMPROVED  BENCH  DRILL. 


^TAHIS  BENCH  DRILL  Las  adjustable  bed  plate,  26J2  inches  high  ; drills 
**•  up  to  yz  inch  feed,  lias  a run  of  3^  inches.  The  crank  can  be  length- 
ened or  shortened.  The  feed  is  easily  operated.  It  takes  Y%  round  or  square 
shank  drill  bits.  Two  chucks  are  furnished  with  Drill.  Weight  complete,  34 
pounds. 


Fig.  226. 


IMPROVED  SENSITIVE  BENCH  DRILL. 


THIS  TOOL  is  designed  for  light  rapid  drilling  up  to  5-16  holes. 
It  is  the  result  of  several  years’  experience  with  this  class  of 
drills,  and  it  is  especially  adapted  for  the  use  of  manufacturing 
Jewelers,  Electricians,  Mathematical  Instrument  makers,  and  for 
light  drilling  generally. 

The  spindle  is  driven  by  a 1 inch  flat  belt.  It  has  two  speeds,  a 
cut  steel  rack  and  pinion  feed,  and  an  adjustable  stop  to  gauge 
the  depth  of  holes.  It  is  entirely  relieved  of  belt  strain,  and  is 
counterbalanced  by  a weight,  inside  of  frame,  making  it  extremely 
sensitive  and  uniform  to  the  touch.  It  is  also  provided  with  means 
for  taking  up  wear  or  lost  motion,  and  is  fitted  to  “Almond,” 
“ Skinner,”  or  other  standard  drill  chuck. 

The  spindle  pulley  is  so  arranged  that  it  will  not  throw  oil  in  the 
operator’s  face. 

The  countershaft  is  attached  to  the  frame  and  can  be  placed 
directly  under  your  line  shaft,  thus  avoiding  the  trouble  and  expense 
of  putting  up  a countershaft. 

Speed. — It  can  be  run  at  a very  high  rate  of  speed,  as  the  pulleys 
are  turned  iuside  and  out,  and  all  the  rotary  parts  are  perfectly 
balanced. 


228 


PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (o,  ^ 


-L 


Fig.  227. 


No.  2 FRICTION  BENCH  DRILL. 


^ | MILS  DRILL  Las  the  greatest  power  when  speed  is  slow,  and  is  the  most  sensitive 
when  speed  is  high. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


It  will  drill  from  o to  inches,  and  from  center  of  10  inch  circle. 


Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle,  - 
Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle, 
Distance  from  column  to  spindle, 

Diameter  of  column,  - 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ... 
•Size  of  table,  - - - 

Speed  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  drills,  - 

Spindle  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  taper. 


20  inches 
13  inches 
- - 5 inches 

- inches 
i/s  inch 
9x11  inches 
600  revolutions 
400  to  1500 
Weight,  1 15  pounds. 


Fig.  228. 


No.  4 FRICTION  BENCH  DRILL. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

It  will  drill  from  o to  Tsff  inches. 

Greatest  distance  between  table  and  chuck, 

Diameter  of  table,  - 

Distance  from  center  of  table  to  column, 

Diameter  of  spindle,  .... 

Vertical  movement  of  spindle,  ... 

Size  of  driving  pulley,  .... 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  .... 
Speed  of  drills,  ----- 
Weight,  ------ 


6 yz  inches 
6 inches 
4 y2  inches 
T\  inches 
2]^  inches 
i/f  x 3%  inches 
800  revolutions 
800  to  2000 
35  pounds 


229 


Prentiss  tqql  supply 


Fig.  229. 


No.  4 UPRIGHT  SELF  FEED  DRILL. 


rrAHE  No.  4 DRILL  is  a practical  tool,  designed  in  every  respect  for  large  and  heavy  work.  The  main  driving  gear  is 
10  inches  in  diameter  and  double-back  geared,  which  can  be  changed  from  fast  to  slow  speed  by  shifting  from  shaft  A 
to  shaft  B (or  balance  wheel  shaft),  thus  increasing  the  power  two  and  one-half  times  for  heavy  work.  Shaft  A for  lighter 
work  and  faster  speed.  It  will  drill  to  the  center  of  an  18-inch  circle.  Spindle  bored  to  take  in  J^-inch  shank  drills,  unless 
otherwise  ordered.  Drills  ^ to  1 yi  inch  hole.  Length,  50  inches.  Weight  complete,  200  pounds. 


230 


Fig.  230. 


IMPROVED  POST  DRILL, 

With  Quick  Return. 

npHIS  DRILL  is  supplied  with  patent  quick  return  attachment,  by  which  the  drill  bit  is 
removed  from  the  work  in  an  instant  by  simply  pushing  the  lever  with  the  left  hand, 
while  the  right  hand  continues  turning  the  handle  or  crank  which  raises  the  bit  to  any 
height  desired,  and  at  the  same  time  cleaning  the  hole  bored  by  the  drill  bit  revolving  while 
being  raised. 

It  has  two  journal  bearings  for  each  gear,  one  on  each  side  of  the  gear.  By  referring 
to  cut  of  backbone  of  this  Drill,  you  will  at  once  see  the  valuable  principal  of  the  double 
journal  bearings,  and  at  the  same  time  discover  the  weakness  of  the  drills  that  are  made 
with  the  stud  simply  screwed  into  the  backbone  at  its  weakest  point. 


The  Drill  is  supplied  with  two  true  and  honest 
speeds  on  the  right  hand  side  of  the  Drill  ; first  speed 
for  light  and  medium  work  and  second  speed  for  heavy 
work.  You  simply  change  the  hub  from  speed  first  to 
speed  second. 

Drills  to  center  of  15X  inches. 

The  spindle  has  a run  up  and  down  of  4 yz 
inches  and  will  bore  from  o to  i'X  inch  hole. 

Drills  are  all  bored  to  take  in  yz  inch  straight 
shank  drills.  When  otherwise  ordered,  will  be 
furnished  for 

Weight,  complete,  130  pounds. 


Fig.  231 


SELF  FEED  POST  DRILL. 

T^vRILLS  to  the  center  of  a 15  inch  circle,  and  from  ^ to  1 X inch  hole.  Has  double 
journal  bearings  with  full  back  gear  ; also  two  speeds  on  right  hand  side  of  drill 
which  can  be  changed  in  an  instant  to  suit  all  kinds  of  work.  Diameter  of  spindle,  1 'X 
inches.  The  screw  has  an  up  and  down  run  of  4 yz  inches.  The  automatic  self-feed  is 
the  latest  improved.  The  table  is  large  and  slotted,  so  operator  can  securely  bolt  work 
on  for  drilling.  The  drill  is  mounted  on  a hardwood  plank,  2 inches  thick.  The  spindle 
is  bored  to  take  in  X>  inch  straight  shank  drills.  If  specially  ordered,  bored  to  take  in 
X or 

Weight,  complete,  125  pounds. 


231 


Fig.  232. 


No.  7 SELF  FEED  DRILL. 


^TAHE  above  Drill  has  cut  gears  so  arranged  that  quick  or  slow  motion  is  given  to  spindle,  as  light  or  heavy  work  may 
require,  and  is  a desirable  tool  for  machine  shop  or  factory,  and  is  largely  taking  the  place  of  higher  cost  machines. 
Drills  to  center  of  19  inch  circle  ; spindle  takes  drills  -J]  inch  shank  ; can  be  used  as  hand  and  power,  or  either  independently  ; 
pulleys  10x2^  inches  ; speed  for  ordinary  work  about  180  turns  per  minute  ; drills  from  o to  1 '/2  inch  hole.  Length,  65  inches. 
If  specially  ordered,  spindle  will  be  bored  to  take  in  y2  inch  straight  shank  ; drills  without  extra  charge.  Weight  complete, 
250  pounds. 


232 


Fig.  234. 


NEW  20  AND  46  INCH  COMBINED  BACK  GEARED  POST  DRILL. 


/'T'VHE  above  cut  represents  the  improved  sliding  head,  quick  return,  lever  or  wheel  feed,  back  geared  Post  Drill.  The 
^ sliding  head  has  a vertical  movement  of  18  inches,  and  can  be  placed  at  any  position  on  face  of  column  quickly  by  means 
of  the  quick  return  lever.  From  the  face  of  column  to  center  of  the  spindle  is  10  inches,  and  from  the  post  where  drill  is 
fastened  to  center  of  spindle  is  23  inches.  As  will  be  seen,  this  machine  will  drill  to  the  center  of  a circle  46  inches  in  diameter. 
It  can  be  bolted  to  wall  or  post  at  any  required  distance  from  the  floor,  on  account  of  which  a very  large  range  of  work  can  be 
done.  Diameter  of  spindle  is  1 yz  inches  ; hole  in  the  same  conforms  to  Morse  taper  No.  3.  Cones  are  5,  7,  9,  and  11  inches  in 
diameter,  and  with  the  back  gears  this  machine  will  do  quite  heavy  work.  It  is  especially  designed  for  carriage  makers  and 
blacksmiths. 

Countershaft  is  furnished  free  of  charge.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  same  are  12x3  inches.  Total  weight,  about  45 
pounds.  This  is  a thoroughly  made  tool  in  every  respect. 


233 


Fig.  235. 


PORTABLE  DRILL  WITH  COUNTERSHAFT. 


THIS  MACHINE  can  he  placed  as  easily  as  a ratchet  brace,  and  will  drill  at  any 
angle,  in  any  position,  at  any  distance,  and  in  any  direction  from  the  power 
Is  especially  adapted  to  drilling  all  pieces  which  are  inconvenient  to  move,  or 
which  cannot  be  readily  adjusted  under  stationary  Drilling  Machines. 

The  accompanying  cut  represents  a No.  3 Drill  with  countershaft,  showing  the 
manner  in  which  the  power  is  applied  to  the  machine. 

The  countershaft  being  bolted  to  the  ceiling  or  other  convenient  place,  receives 
power  from  the  “ line-shaft  ” by  a flat  belt  on  the  fast  and  loose  pulleys.  The  frame 
carrying  the  “ idlers  ” rotates  on  a hollow  stud,  through  which  the  round  belt  passes 
to  the  grooved  driving  pulley.  The  rotation  of  this  frame  permits  the  belt  to  be  led 
to  the  Drilling  Machine  in  any  direction,  radially,  from  the  countershaft,  while  the 
rise  and  fall  of  the  weighted  “ idler  ” permits  it  to  be  led  to  any  point  within  the 
scope  of  this  rise  and  fall— say  ten  to  fifteen  feet  or  more.  By  inserting  sections  of 
belt  by  means  of  the  hook  couplings  any  distance  can  be  reached. 

The  base  of  the  Drilling  Machine  is  intended  to  be  bolted  or  clamped  to  the 
piece  to  be  drilled.  The  height  of  the  post  can  be  adjusted  to  suit  the  different 
lengths  of  drills  and  chucks  used  in  the  spindle. 

The  radial  arm  is  adjustable  in  direction  of  its  length,  and  can  be  rotated  about 
the  post,  thus  any  point  within  the  circle  having  the  arm  for  its  radius  can  be  reached 
without  moving  the  machine. 

Fig.  236. 


No.  3 PORTABLE  DRILL. 


THIS  SIZE  MACHINE  will  drill  holes  up  to  2 inches  diameter,  and 
is  also  furnished  with  an  automatic  feed. 

The  arm  has  a reach  of  21*4  inches;  drilling,  at  one  setting, 
anywhere  over  a surface  of  43  inches  outside  diameter  and  13  inches 
inside  diameter.  The  arm  is  moved  in  and  out  by  a screw  and  rotated 
around  the  post  by  a worm  and  tangent  wheel.. 

The  spindle  has  8 inches  traverse,  contains  a No.  4 Morse  taper 
socket,  and  is  furnished  with  an  automatic  feed  arrangement  giving, 
per  revolution  of  the  spindle  .005,  .007  or  .013  of  an  inch  advance.  The 
spindle  is  held  in  a vertical  position  by  a squaring  collar  fitted  to  the 
underside  of  the  ball  on  the  frame.  On  removing  this  collar  the  spin- 
dle (by  means  of  the  ball  and  socket  joint)  can  be  set  at  any  angle  up 
to  30  degrees . 

The  post  has  6 inches  vertical  adjustment  to  allow  for  the  use  of 
different  lengths  of  drills  and  reducing  sockets.  It  can  be  held  in  the 
split-bearing  on  the  side  of  the  base  for  drilling  horizontally. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  the  No.  2 countershaft  (this  being 
the  size  furnished  with  this  machine)  are  10  inches  in  diameter  for 
3-inch  belt,  and  should  make  200  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight  of  the  machine,  285  pounds. 

Weight  complete  with  countershaft,  boxed  for  shipment,  625 
pounds. 


234 


No.  5 PORTABLE  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  designed  for  the  heaviest  kind  of  boring,  having  five  steps  on  the  driving  cone  and  being  powerfully 
back  geared.  The  arm  has  a reach  of  36  inches,  drilling,  at  one  setting,  anywhere  over  a surface  of  72  inches  outside 
diameter  and  22^  inches  inside  diameter.  The  arm  is  moved  in  and  out  by  a screw  and  rotated  around  the  post  by  a 
worm  and  tangent  wheel. 

The  spindle  has  22  inches  traverse,  contains  a No.  5 Morse  taper  socket,  and  is  furnished  with  an  automatic  feed  arrange- 
ment, giving,  per  revolution  of  the  spindle,  any  advance  from  .005  of  an  inch  to  .125  of  an  inch.  As  in  the  No.  4 Drill,  the  frame 
is  held  in  a straight  bearing,  which  keeps  the  spindle  vertical. 

The  post  has  8 inches  vertical  adjustment  to  allow  for  the  use  of  different  lengths  of  drills  and  reducing  sockets.  It  can 
be  held  in  the  split-bearing  on  the  side  of  the  base  when  drilling  horizontally. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  the  No.  3 countershaft  (this  being  the  size  furnished  with  this  machine)  are  16  inches  in 
diameter  for  3 ]/z  inch  belt,  and  should  make  150  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight  of  the  machine  is  900  pounds. 

Weight,  complete  with  countershaft,  boxed  for  shipment,  is  1400  pounds. 


235 


Fig.  238. 


PORTABLE  DRILL  PLANT. 

TPIE  above  cut  represents  full  Portable  Drill  Plant,  consisting  of  flexible  shaft,  countershaft,  drill  press,  roundabout,  etc., 
which  will  permit  of  a j{  inch  rope,  doing  more  work  with  less  tension  than  a 1 inch  rope  would  do  with  the  old  style 
small  pulleys,  thus  saving  the  wear  on  belt.  For  long  distances  we  furnish  an  extra  idler  at  small  additional  cost. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Capacity  about 

Speed  of  Countershaft 
about 

Shipping  Weight 
about 

No.  3, 

No,  4, 

No.  4, 

No.  5, 

No.  6, 

No.  8, 

No.  9, 

No.  8, 

No.  9, 

Drills  to  1-4  inch 
• “ 1-2  “ 

“ 5-8  “ 

“ 15-16  “ 

:: 

“ 2 “ 

“ 2 1-2  “ 

44  3 44 

200 

650 

450 

45° 

440 

425 

400 

425 

375 

130  pounds 
140  “ 

230  “ 

250  “ 

265  “ 

310  “ 

340 

340 

370  “ 

Speed  of  countershafts  only  approximated.  Should  be  governed  according  to  material  drilled. 


236 


Fig. 


239- 


COflBINATION  OF  STOW  FLEXIBLE  SHAFT  AND  ELECTRIC  HOTOR. 


AS  from  time  to  time  small  shops  have  grown  larger  and  large  shops  great,  a demand  has  been  made  upon  us  for  an 
i-  arrangement  of  our  drilling,  tapping  and  reaming  plants  that  would  make  them  available  for  a more  extended  range  of 
work.  This  demand  was  partially  met  by  increasing  the  length  of  driving  rope  and  adding  extra  idlers  for  support  of  same 
but  the  objection  was  again  urged  that  where  traveling  cranes  or  other  overhead  machinery  were  used,  the  driving  rope  was  in 
the  way. 

The  very  general  introduction  of  electricity  into  the  larger  shops  has  enabled  us  to  entirely  overcome  this  difficulty  by 
the  combination  of  our  flexible  shaft  and  specially  designed  low  speed  electric  motor. 

We  have  had  this  combination  under  advertisement  for  nearly  three  years,  and  after  long  continued  and  expensive 
experiments  are  now  enabled  to  offer  to  such  of  the  trade  as  have  electricity  in  their  shops  or  can  make  connection  with  a 
power  current,  a portable  electric  drilling,  tapping  and  reaming  plant  which  can  without  trouble  or  loss  of  time  be  conveyed  to 
any  part  of  the  building.  We  also  furnish  it  with  waterproof  covering,  thus  permitting  its  use  for  yard  work  in  all  kinds  of 
weather. 

Our  Motor  complete  includes  truck,  rheostat,  starting  and  stopping  box,  reduction  gears,  reel,  ioo  feet  insulated  wire  and 
box  to  cover  motor. 

Our  Motors  have  a normal  speed  of  about  800,  which  can  be  increased  by  rheostat  to  1000  or  1200  and  reduced  by  gears 
furnished  to  about  275  without  loss  of  power.  A higher  or  lower  rate  of  speed  can  be  obtained  by  the  substitution  of  suitable 
gears. 

Our  Standard  Motors  we  manufacture  for  a voltage  of  no,  220  and  500,  but  we  make  them  to  order  for  any  practical 
voltage. 


237 


Fig.  240. 


No.  1 FRICTION  DRILL. 


THE  principal  feature  of  this  Drill  is  that  power  is  greatest  when  speed  is  slow  and 
large  drills  are  used,  and  most  sensitive  for  small  drills  under  high  speed. 

The  friction  plate  is  always  lowered  out  of  contact  with  the  pulley  when  not  in 
motion,  as  depressions  are  made  in  the  leather  on  pulley  when  left  in  contact  for  any 
length  of  time. 

This  tool  has  many  valuable  features,  some  of  which  we  mention  : 

The  platen  is  counterbalanced  by  a weight  in  column,  and  can  be  instantly  raised 
and  lowered,  also  can  be  swung  to  either  side  of  column  and  locked. 

It  requires  about  one-tliird  as  much  belting  as  other  drills. 

By  a slight  motion  of  the  foot  it  can  be  quickly  started  and  stopped. 

The  workmanship  throughout  is  first-class  and  the  material  used  is  the  best  that 
can  be  obtained. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


It  will  drill  from  o to  inch. 

Greatest  height  from  base  to 

spindle,  - - 46^4  inches 

Greatest  height  from  platen  to 

spindle,  - - - 35  inches 

Distance  from  column  to  spin- 
dle, - - - - 5 inches 

Diameter  of  column,  - 3^  inches 


Diameter  of  spindle,  - ^ inch 

Vertical  motion  of  spindle,  3^4  inches 
Size  of  table,  - - 10  x 14  inches 

Size  of  driving  pulley,  2x5  inches 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  - 600  rev. 

Speed  of  drills,  - - 400  to  1500 

Spindle  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  taper. 

Fig.  241. 


No.  2 FRICTION  DRILL. 


THE  advantage  of  this  Drill  over  all  other  Sensitive 
Drills  is,  the  power  is  always  in  the  proper  relation 
to  the  size  of  Drill  used.  The  resistance  of  the 
drill  on  the  work  is  transmitted  through  the  spindle  to 
the  friction  plate  and  pulley.  Thus  a large  drill  has 
greater  resistance  than  a small  one,  and  the  driving 
power  is  always  in  the  same  relation.  The  trouble  here- 
tofore in  all  Friction  Sensitive  Drills  has  been  to  keep  the 
friction  adjusted  to  the  size  of  drill.  When  a small  drill 
is  used  the  friction  must  necessarily  be  less  than  when  a 
large  one  is  used,  or  the  sensitive  feature  is  lost.  Any 
mechanic  will  readily  see  the  great  advantage  thus 
obtained. 

The  friction  plate  is  always  lowered  out  of  contact 
with  the  pulley  when  not  in  motion,  as  depressions  are  made  in  the  leather  on  pulley  when  left 
in  contact  for  any  length  of  time.  The  pressure  of  the  work  coming  against  the  friction  plate, 
instead  of  collar,  saves  friction  and  wear.  The  drill  also  starts  and  stops  automatically,  and  is 
always  at  rest  when  not  in  use. 

By  a slight  motion  of  the  feed  or  hand  lever  it  automatically  starts  and  stops. 

The  platen  can  be  instantly  adjusted  from  one  extreme  to  the  other. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


It  will  drill  from  o to  inch. 

Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle,  - 
Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle, 
Distance  from  column  to  spindle, 
Diameter  of  column, 

Diameter  of  spindle, 

Size  of  table, 

Size  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  drills, 

Spindle  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  taper. 


42  inches 
32^4  inches 
5 inches 
3j4  inches 
% inch 
9x11  inches 
2x5  inches 


ONE  SPINDLE  SPECIAL  SENSITIVE  DRILL. 


^ I MilS  DRILL  is  intended  for  bicycle  work.  It  is  used  mostly  for 
-*■  drilling  for  the  pins  to  hold  the  frames  for  brazing,  or  for  any 
other  drilling  necessary  to  be  done  on  the  frames. 

The  work  can  be  placed  on  a truck  or  table  of  the  proper  height. 

The  spindle  is  adjustable  by  moving  the  arm  which  is  gibbed  to 
the  front  of  the  upright,  having  a traverse  of  13  inches. 

The  throw  of  the  spindle  by  the  feed  lever  is  4 inches. 

The  distance  from  spindle  to  column  is  28  inches. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  4^  x 1%  inches.  The  speed  should 
be  375  revolutions. 

It  can  be  run  directly  from  the  main  line.  Countershafts  furnished 
when  desired. 


Fig.  242. 


IHPROVED  SENSITIVE  DRILL. 


THIS  tool  is  designed  for  light  rapid  drilling  up  to  5-16  holes.  It  is  the  result  of  several  years’ 
experience  with  this  class  of  drills,  and  it  is  especially  adapted  for  the  use  of  manufacturing 
jewelers,  electricians,  mathematical  instrument  makers,  and  for  light  drilling  generally. 

The  spindle  is  driven  by  a 1 inch  flat  belt.  It  has  two  speeds,  a cut  steel  rack  and  pinion 
feed,  and  an  adjustable  stop  to  gauge  the  depth  of  holes.  It  is  entirely  relieved  of  belt  strain,  and 
is  counterbalanced  by  a weight  inside  of  frame,  making  it  extremely  sensitive  and  uniform  to  the 
touch.  It  is  also  provided  with  means  for  taking  up  wear  or  lost  motion,  and  is  fitted  to  “Almond,” 
“ Skinner,”  or  other  standard  drill  chuck. 

The  spindle  pulley  is  so  arranged  that  it  will  not  throw  oil  in  the  operator’s  face. 

The  countershaft  is  attached  to  the  frame  and  can  be  placed  directly  under  your  line  shaft, 
thus  avoiding  the  trouble  and  expense  of  putting  up  a countershaft. 

It  can  be  run  at  a very  high  rate  of  speed,  as  the  pulleys  are  turned  inside  and  out,  and  all 
the  rotary  parts  are  perfectly  balanced. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Fig.  243. 


Greatest  distance  from  spindle 
to  table,  ... 
Vertical  movement  of  spindle, 
Vertical  movement  of  table, 
Diameter  of  table, 

Distance  from  center  of  spindle 
to  frame,  - - - 

Drill  capacity, 

Weight  without  column, 
Weight  with  column, 


1'/2  inches 
2 yz  inches 

7 inches 

8 inches 

5tV  inches 
o to  inch 


239 


ONE  SPINDLE  SENSITIVE  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  intended  for  all  kinds  of  accurate  and  light  work  up  to  ]/z  inch  holes. 

The  spindle  is  counterbalanced  by  a weight,  and  is  adjustable  by  moving  the  arm 
which  is  gibbed  to  the  front  of  the  upright,  having  a traverse  of  13  inches  from  the 
upper  table. 

The  throw  of  the  spindle  by  the  feed  lever  is  3^  inches. 

The  rack  for  moving  the  spindle  is  steel. 

The  distance  from  the  center  of  the  spindle  to  the  column  is  6 inches. 

The  upper  table  can  be  turned  around  the  column  when  required  to  use  the  bell 
center  for  centering  work,  or  the  lower  table.  The  lower  table  is  10  inches  in  diameter, 
and  moves  the  entire  length  of  the  column,  giving  a distance  of  46  inches  between  the 
table  and  spindle. 

The  bell  center  fits  into  the  same  socket  as  the  lower  table. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  4^  x 1^ 
inches.  The  speed  for  general  work  should  be 

350  revolutions.  245. 

The  cone  has  three  changes  of  speed. 

The  belts  are  of  extra  length. 

The  lower  table  moving  the  entire  length 
of  the  column  is  very  convenient,  and  gives  the 
drill  the  same  capacity  for  light  work  as  a 
larger  tool. 

The  steel  rack  for  moving  the  spindle, 
gives  a full  bearing  on  the  tooth,  and  will  not 
break  as  a cast-iron  rack  cut  on  the  slide. 

Weight,  250  pounds. 


TWO  SPINDLE  SENSITIVE  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  intended  for  light  work  up  to  l/z  inch  holes.  It  is  accurate, 
sensitive  and  strong.  It  has  long  belts,  and  the  spindles  are  counterbalanced 
by  weights. 

The  spindles  are  adjustable  by  moving  the  arms  which  are  gibbed  to  the  front 
of  the  uprights,  having  a traverse  of  13  inches,  and  have  taper  holes,  Morse  drill 
socket  No.  1. 

Each  spindle  has  three  changes  of  speed  independent  of  each  other. 

The  throw  of  the  spindles  by  the  feed  lever  is  4 inches. 

The  distance  from  the  center  of  the  spindles  to  the  column  is  6 inches. 

The  table  is  19  x n inches  and  moves  the  entire  length  of  the  column,  giving  a 
distance  of  46  inches  between  the  table  and  spindles. 

It  needs  no  countershaft,  as  it  takes  the  belt  direct  from  the  main  line. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  6x2  inches. 

The  speed  for  general  work  should  be  350  revolutions.  Weight,  350  pounds. 


240 


Fig.  246. 


THREE  SPINDLE  SENSITIVE  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  intended  for  work  up  to  J Vz  inch  holes.  It  is  sensitive  and 
strong.  It  was  designed  with  especial  reference  to  the  use  of  drills  or 
tools  of  different  sizes  and  lengths,  having  the  spindles  and  table 
adjustable,  up  and  down.  Each  spindle  has  three  changes  of  speed  independent 
of  each  other. 

The  spindles  are  tool  steel  X inch  diameter,  and  have  a traverse  of  13 
inches.  They  have  taper  holes,  Morse  drill  socket  No.  1.  They  are  adjustable 
by  moving  the  arms  which  are 

gibbed  to  the  front  of  the  uprights,  biG.  247. 

and  are  balanced  by  weights. 

The  throw  of  the  spindle  by 
the  feed  level  is4X  inches.  A steel 
rack  fitted  into  the  slides  is  used. 

The  distance  from  the  center 
of  spindles  to  the  column  is  7 
inches. 

The  table  is  25  x 14  inches, 
and  moves  the  entire  length  of  the 
column. 

It  needs  no  countershaft,  as  it 
takes  the  belt  from  the  main  line. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are 
8 x 2X  inches.  The  cone  has  three 
changes  of  speed.  Speed  for  general 
use,  about  350  revolutions. 

Weight,  500  pounds. 


THREE  SPINDLE  SENSITIVE  ADJUSTABLE  DRILL  No.  2. 


THIS  DRILL  is  made  with  automatic  gravity  feed  and  stop.  The  special 
feature  is  that,  without  changing  the  single  belt,  the  spindles  may  be 
moved  laterally,  enabling  the  distance  between  them  to  vary  from  2X  inches  to 
5 inches.  When  using  but  two  spindles  they  may  be  placed  10  inches  apart. 

To  drill  from  o to  inch  holes,  3 inches  in  depth. 

Countershaft  furnished  with  tight  and  loose  pulley.  Three  changes  of  speed  obtained  with  one  cone. 

4X  inches  from  column  to  spindles,  and  will  receive  work  from  o to  30  inches  in  height.  Weight,  200  pounds. 


FOUR  SPINDLE  SENSITIVE  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  intended  for  work  up  to  yz  inch  holes.  It  is  sensitive  and  strong,  and  was  designed  with  especial  reference 
to  the  use  of  Drills  or  tools  of  different  sizes  and  lengths,  having  the  spindles  and  table  adjustable,  up  and  down.  Each 
spindle  has  three  changes  of  speed  independent  of  each  other. 

The  spindles  are  tool  steel  y -inch  diameter,  and  have  a traverse  of  13  inches.  They  have  taper  holes,  Morse  drill  socket 
No.  1.  They  are  adjustable  by  moving  the  arms  which  are  gibbed  to  the  front  of  the  uprights,  and  are  balanced  by  weights. 
The  throw  of  the  spindle  by  the  feed  lever  is  4j4  inches.  A steel  rack  fitted  into  the  slides  is  used. 

The  distance  from  the  center  of  spindle  to  column  is  7 inches. 

The  table  is  31  x 14  inches,  and  moves  the  entire  length  of  the  column. 

It  needs  no  countershaft,  as  it  takes  the  belt  from  the  main  line.  The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  8 x 2^  inches.  The 
cone  has  three  changes  of  speed.  Speed  for  general  use,  about  350  revolutions.  Weight,  650  pounds. 


242 


MULTIPLE  SPINDLE  DRILL. 


THE  illustration  represents  the  latest  improved  heavy  multiple  spindle  drill  press,  designed  especially  for  drilling,  counterboring  and  reaming 
bicycle  parts,  but  adapted  for  a great  variety  of  other  uses.  Each  spindle  is  practically  a separate  machine  and  combines  the  following  feeds: 
power  self  feed,  lever  feed,  automatic  stop,  quick  return,  and,  if  desired,  hand  worm  feed  can  be  added. 

The  arrangement  of  parts  is  such  that  any  of  these  feeds  can  be  used  independently  of  the  others,  and  with  the  greatest  ease  on  the  part  of  the 
operator. 

The  spindles  are  made  of  steel,  are  two  inches  in  diameter,  and  have  ball  thrust  bearings  on  sleeve.  They  are  counterbalanced  by  means  of 
weights,  shown  on  tops  of  frames.  The  automatic  stop  can  be  set  to  throw  the  feeding  mechanism  out  of  gear  at  any  desired  point.  The  stop  is 
positive  and  cannot  slip.  The  tables  are  of  the  bracket  form,  and  are  very  massive.  They  have  an  upright  bearing  on  main  frame  nineteen  inches 
by  sixteen  in  width,  and  are  clamped  to  same  in  any  desired  position  by  means  of  four  heavy  bolts. 

The  tables  are  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  a lever  operating  a shaft  with  a pinion  which  engages  with  a rack  on  face  of  main  frame.  A 
ratchet  and  pawl  lock  the  pinion  shaft  so  the  table  cannot  fall. 

The  vertical  slots  in  which  the  heads  of  the  four  supporting  bolts  travel  are  planed,  insuring  an  accurate  fit  of  the  bolt  heads  and  allowing 
them  to  travel  easily  up  and  down.  With  this  construction  of  table  all  spring  of  same  is  clone  entirely  away  with  and  perfect  work  insured. 

This  machine  will  drill  holes  in  solid  steel  two  inches  in  diameter,  and  with  its  massive  construction  a very  rapid  feed  is  possible. 

Although  the  cut  represents  a three  spindle  machine,  any  number  from  one  to  four  can  be  built. 


Greatest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  in 
its  highest  position  to  table, 

Vertical  adjustment  of  table, 

Length  of  table,  not  including  oil  groove, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Width  of  table,  not  including  oil  groove,  - 17  inches 

22  inches  Perpendicular  bearing  of  table  bracket  on  frame,  19  inches 

10  inches  Perpendicular  travel  of  spindle,  8 inches 

20  inches  Weight  of  three  spindle  machine,  - 5000  pounds 


243 


EIGHT  SPINDLE  MULTIPLE  DRILL. 


THE  construction  of  Multiple  Drills  is  always  subject  to  the  class  of  work  on  which  the  drills  are  to  be  used  ; consequently 
no  fixed  standard  of  these  machines  can  be  adopted,  but  each  machine  must  be  made  to  suit  the  requirements  of  the 
work. 

The  cut  illustrates  an  extra  heavy  and  powerful  eight  spindle  Drill,  which  is  capable  of  drilling  two-inch  holes  through 
ten  inches  of  wrought  iron  or  steel  plates,  and  is  therefore  especially  serviceable  in  marine,  locomotive,  car,  boiler,  and  safe 
works,  for  any  work  requiring  a number  of  holes  at  fixed  distances  apart.  The  heads  are  moved  on  the  rail  by  rack  and 
pinion,  the  minimum  distance  between  centers  of  spindles  being  six  inches.  The  two  tables  which  are  strongly  supported  by 
a heavy  I shaped  beam  are  moveable  in  the  lateral  and  longitudinal  directions,  and  can  be  set  by  means  of  screws  and  wheels 
and  graduated  discs  exactly  to  hundredths  or  sixty-fourths  of  an  inch,  thus  allowing  holes  to  be  drilled  at  ail)’  desired 
distance  from  center  to  center.  The  spindles  have  vertical  adjustment,  quick  approach  and  return  movements,  and  automatic 
stops  either  simultaneously  or  independent.  The  driving  gears  on  horizontal  and  vertical  back  shafts,  likewise  the  spindles, 
are  made  of  steel.  The  spindle  gears,  apart  from  the  minimum  distance  of  spindles,  are  of  very  large  diameter.  1 he  ratio  of 
driving  pinion  and  spindle  gear  is  very  near  one  to  three.  As  stated  above,  the  spindles  have  a minimum  distance  of  six 
inches,  but  the  spindle  gear  is  about  ten  inches  diameter,  which  is  effected  by  having  the  heads  of  different  lengths.  1 his 
machine  weighs  18000  pounds  and  is  guaranteed  in  every  detail. 

In  making  inquiries  about  Multiple  Drills,  always  send  full  details  of  the  work  to  be  done. 


244 


Fig.  251. 


FOUR  SPINDLE  SENSITIVE  FRICTION  TURRET  DRILL. 


f I MIIS  DRILL  is  of  an  entirely  new  design,  combining  many  features  of 
particular  interest. 

It  is  made  with  either  four  drilling  spindles,  or  with  three  drilling 
spindles  and  one  automatic  tapping  spindle. 

The  head  carrying  the  spindles  revolves  on  the  column,  bringing  any 
spindle,  with  its  tool,  over  the  table,  and  in  operation. 

A spring  stop,  operated  by  the  foot,  releases  or  sets  the  head. 

The  top  drive  is  set  eccentric  to  the  column,  so  that  the  spindle  which 
is  brought  to  the  front  is  the  only  one  in  operation. 

The  speed  of  any  spindle  can  be  changed  instantly  by  the  pedals  at 
the  front  while  the  machine  is  running. 

By  throwing  the  head  off  the  centers,  all  the  spindles  are  entirely  free 
and  inoperative,  although  the  machine  is  running. 

The  main  shaft  is  arranged  with  a ball  thrust  bearing,  and  a Universal 
joint ; all  frictions  are  adjustable  ; spindle  springs  are  on  the  outside,  and 
tension  is  equalized. 

Special  attention  is  asked  to  the  addition  of  the  Automatic  Tapping 
Spindle.  By  this  arrangement  the  machine  has  three  drilling  spindles  and 
one  automatic  tapping  spindle  always  ready  for  use,  but  none  in  operation 
except  the  one  thrown  to  the  front ; and  can  be  used  instantly  as  a drill,  as 
a tapping  machine,  or  as  a combination  for  drilling,  counterboring,  and  tapp- 
ing of  work  at  one  setting. 

The  machine  drills  up  to  inch,  has  four  inch  throw  of  spindle,  12 
inch  swing  of  table,  and  28  inch  vertical  movement. 

Furnished  with  self-oiling  countershaft ; or,  on  order,  with  new  fric- 
tion and  self-oiling  friction  countershaft. 


245 


Fig.  252. 


SIX  SPINDLE  FRICTION  TURRET  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  has  many  advantages  over  any  machine  of  the  kind  yet  offered.  One 
of  the  principal  features  of  this  Drill  is,  that  power  is  greatest  when  speed  is  slow 
and  large  drills  are  used,  and  most  sensitive  for  small  drills  under  high  speed — a very 
valuable  feature  never  before  obtained  in  a sensitive  drill. 

Another  great  advantage  over  all  other  sensitive  drills  is,  the  power  is  always  in 
the  proper  relation  to  the  size  of  drill  used.  The  resistance  of  the  drill  on  the  work  is 
transmitted  through  the  spindle  to  the  friction  plate  and  pulley.  Thus  a large  drill  has 
greater  resistance  than  a small  one,  and  the  driving  power  is  always  in  the  same  relation. 
The  trouble  heretofore  in  all  Friction  Sensitive  Drills  has  been  to  keep  the  friction 
adjusted  to  the  size  of  drill.  When  a small  drill  is  used  the  friction  must  necessarily  be 
less  than  when  a large  one  is  used,  or  the  sensitive  feature  is  lost.  Any  mechanic  will 
readily  see  the  great  advantage  thus  obtained.  This  feature  thus  makes  the  Friction 
Turret  Drill  an  uncjualified  success,  and  enables  it  to  take  in  a much  larger  range  of  work 
than  was  ever  supposed  to  be  possible. 

The  friction  plate  is  always  lowered  out  of  contact  with  the  pulley  when  not  in 
motion,  as  depressions  are  made  in  the  leather  on  pulley  when  left  in  contact  for  any 
length  of  time.  The  pressure  of  the  work  coming  against  the  friction  plate,  instead  of 
collar,  saves  friction  and  wear.  The  drill  also  starts  and  stops  automatically,  and  is 
always  at  rest  when  not  in  use. 

This  tool  is  so  very  simple  that  it  is  only  necessary  to  refer  to  the  cut  to  fully 
understand  it. 

By  a slight  motion  of  the  feed  or  hand  lever  it  automatically  starts  and  stops. 

It  requires  about  one-third  as  much  belting  as  other  drills. 

The  platen  can  be  instantly  adjusted  from  one  extreme  to  the  other. 

The  workmanship  throughout  is  first-class,  and  the  material  used  is  the  best  that 
can  be  obtained. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

It  will  drill  from  o to  ^4  inches. 

Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle, 

Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle, 

Distance  from  column  to  spindle, 

Diameter  of  column,  - 
Diameter  of  spindle, 

Size  of  table,  .... 

Size  of  driving  pulley,  - 
Speed  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  drills,  - 

Spindle  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  taper. 


42  inches 
32  '/2  inches 
5 inches 
2,%  inches 
inch 

9x11  inches 
2x5  inches 
600  revolutions 
400  to  1500  revolutions 


246 


Fig.  253. 


TWIN  Rin  DRILLING  flACHINE. 

For  Bicycle  Rims. 

f I MIE  DRILL,  as  represented,  is  intended  for  drilling  and  counter- 

boring  the  nipple  or  spoke  holes  of  bicycle  wheel  rims. 

The  rim  is  firmly  held  on  an  expanding  chuck,  which  supports 
it  at  twelve  points.  The  jaws  are  operated  by  means  of  a center  disc, 
provided  with  handles  and  connecting  links,  attached  in  such  a way 
to  them  that  they  can  be  quickly  adjusted  for  different  size  wheels  by 
means  of  graduation. 

The  shaft,  carrying  the  chuck,  has  attached  to  it  a removable 
index  plate  on  its  rear  end.  It  can  be  exchanged  instantaneously.  It 
is  operated  by  means  of  a treadle,  it  being  locked  firmly  while  the 
drilling  is  being  done.  Any  desired  number  of  holes  can  be  drilled 
by  changing  the  index  plate. 

The  drill  spindles  are  adjustable  in  all  directions  to  accommodate 
any  kind  of  wheel,  whether  straight  or  tangent  spoke.  The  drill 
spindles  are  adjusted  vertically  for  different  diameters  of  wheels. 

The  machine  is  indispensible  for  wooden  rims.  The  holes  being 
drilled  in  the  proper  direction  and  correctly  spaced,  adds  to  the 
strength  and  appearance  of  the  wheel. 

Regularly  built,  the  machine  will  take  in  wheels  26  inches  and 
28  inches  diameter  with  allowance  for  different  diameters  of  tires. 

One  index  plate  and  countershaft  is  furnished. 


247 


No.  1 GOOSENECK  BELT  DRILL,  18-INCH  TABLE.  No.  2 GOOSENECK  BELT  DRILL,  DOUBLE  GEARED,  22-INCH  TABLE. 

No.  1 GOOSENECK  BELT  DRILL, 

i 8-inch  Table. 


HAS  a drilling  capacity  from  )/%  to  i inch  diameter.  Will  receive  work  20  inches  in  height  on  drilling  table,  and  30  inches 
on  base  plate  ; admits  9 inches  between  center  of  spindle  and  face  of  rack,  or  will  drill  to  the  center  of  19^-inch 
circle  on  base.  Drilling  table  has  a vertical  run  of  18  inches  on  column.  Spindle  has  a working  range  of  S inches. 
Weight,  1000  pounds.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft  are  8 inches  diameter,  3^-iuch  face.  Countershaft  for  steel 
exclusively  should  make  170  revolutions  per  minute.  Countershaft  for  general  use  should  make  175  revolutions  per  minute. 
Countershaft  for  brass  and  soft  metals  should  make  180  revolutions  per  minute. 


No.  2 GOOSENECK  BELT  DRILL, 

Double  Geared,  22-inch  Table. 

HAS  a drilling  capacity  from  % to  2 inches  diameter.  Will  receive  work  inches  in  height  on  table,  and  36  inches  on 
base  plate  ; admits  12  inches  between  center  of  spindle  and  face  of  column,  or  will  drill  to  the  center  of  a 25-inch  circle 
on  base.  Drilling  table  has  a vertical  run  of  17  inches  on  column.  Spindle  has  a working  range  of  10  inches.  Weight, 
1600  pounds.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft  are  10  inches  diameter,  4)4 -inch  face,  Countershaft  for  steel  exclusively 
should  make  130  revolutions  per  minute.  Countershaft  for  general  use  should  make  140  revolutions  per  minute. 


248 


Fig.  255. 


-COHEN- 


20  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL,  STATIONARY  HEAD,  WHEEL" 
FEED,  AND  PATENT  QUICK  RETURN. 


Fig.  256. 


20  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL,  SLIDING  HEAD,  WHEEL-FEED  AND 
QUICK  RETURN. 


20  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL. 


Stationary  Head,  Wheel-Feed,  Quick  Return. 

COLUMN  is  5 inches  in  diameter,  6 feet  2 inches  high  ; drills  to  the  center  of  20  inches  diameter.  The  table  is  18  inches 
in  diameter.  The  distance  from  table  to  end  of  spindle  is  30  inches  ; from  base  to  end  of  spindle  is  42  inches.  The 
spindle  is  iT\  inches  in  diameter,  bored  to  fit  No.  3 Morse  taper.  Bevel  gear  is  6 inches  in  diameter.  Pinion  runs  two 
to  one.  Cone  pulleys,  three  changes,  4,  6,  8 inches  in  diameter.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  8 inches  in  diameter,  all  for  2^  inch 
belt,  and  should  run  300  revolutions.  Weight,  600  pounds. 


20  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL. 

Sliding  Head,  Wheel-Feed,  Quick  Return. 

COLUMN  is  6 inches  in  diameter,  6%  feet  high  ; drills  to  the  center  of  20  inches  in  diameter.  The  table  is  20  inches  in 
diameter.  The  distance  from  table  to  end  of  spindle  is  32  inches  ; from  base  to  end  of  spindle  is  44  inches.  The 
spindle  is  iTeff  inches  in  diameter,  bored  to  fit  No.  3 Morse  taper.  Bevel  gear  is  6 inches  in  diameter.  Pinion  runs  two 
to  one.  Cone  pulleys,  three  changes,  4^,  6%.,  8 yz  inches  in  diameter.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  9 inches  in  diameter,  all 
for  2 inch  belt,  and  should  run  275  revolutions.  Weight,  1000  pounds. 


249 


Fig.  257. 


20  INCH  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  COMBINED  WHEEL  AND  LEVER  FEED. 


THIS  DRILL  has  both  wheel  and  lever  feed,  and  is  capable  of  doing  quite  heavy  work.  The  table  is  vertically  adjusted 
on  the  column  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection  with  worm  and  worm  gear,  which  is  preferable  to  a screw,  as  the 
table  can  be  swung  entirely  around  the  column.  The  spindle  is  operated  by  a worm  and  worm  gear,  in  connection 
with  a steel  rack  and  pinion,  and  has  the  quick  return  movement  common  to  all  drills  of  this  class.  It  is  designed  to  meet  the 
requirements  for  an  all-around  tool  for  light  or  medium  class  work,  and  is  very  convenient  to  handle.  A countershaft  with 
friction  pulleys  can  be  furnished  when  desired  for  tapping  purposes. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table, 

Diameter  of  table,  ... 

Vertical  traverse  of  table, 

Vertical  traverse  of  spindle, 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  table, 
Diameter  of  spindle, 

Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper  No.  3. 

Driving  pulleys  are  - 

Cone  pulleys  carry  ... 

Speed  of  lower  shaft  for  ordinary  work, 

Floor  space  required, 

Total  height  of  machine, 

Total  weight, 


10X  inches 
j6y‘4  inches 
16  inches 
8 yz  inches 
42  inches 
26  inches 
\'/i  inches 

10  x 2^  inches 
2k(  inch  belt 
275  revolutions 
48  x 16  inches 
68  inches 
650  pounds 


250 


, 


Fig.  258. 


Back  Gears,  Stationary  Head,  Power  Feed,  and  Quick  Return. 

THIS  DRILL  has  back  gears  and  power  feed,  with  quick  return  motion  to  the  spindle.  Great  care  has  been  taken  to  so 
proportion  the  different  parts  that  all  will  correspond  to  one  another  to  secure  strength  and  solidity,  and  be  of  easy  and 
accurate  operation.  The  spindle  and  shafts  are  made  of  steel.  All  gears  and  racks  are  cut  from  the  solid.  The  spindle 
is  balanced  by  weight  in  column.  This  drill  can  be  made  with  back  gears  only,  if  desired. 


Swing,  - - - 

Height  of  drill, 

Diameter  of  column, 

Diameter  of  steel  spindle,  - 
Diameter  of  table, 

Diameter  of  driving  pulley, 
Width  of  belt  on  driving  pulley, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


21  inches 
6 feet  3 inches 
5 Yz  inches 
- 1^  inches 
18  inches 
9 inches 
2 inches 


Width  of  belt  on  cones,  - 
Largest  sizes  of  cone, 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base  plate, 
Greatest  distance  from  table  to  spindle, 
Hole  in  spindle  to  fit  Morse  taper, 

Speed  of  lower  shaft,  - - 270 

Weight,  complete,  ... 


2 inches 
- 9 inches 
42  inches 
27  inches 
No.  3 
revolutions 
700  pounds 


251 


2 1 =1NCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

Stationary  Head  Wheee  and  Lever  Feed,  With  or  Without  Backgears. 

THIS  DRILL  has  both  wheel  and  lever  feed,  and  is  made  with  or  without  the  hack  gears.  It  is  powerfully  geared,  and  is 
capable  of  doing  quite  heavy  work.  The  table  is  vertically  adjusted  on  the  column  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection 
with  worm  and  worm  gear,  which  is  preferable  to  a screw,  as  the  table  can  be  swung  entirely  around  the  column.  The 
spindle  is  operated  by  a worm  and  worm  gear,  in  connection  with  a steel  rack  and  pinion,  and  has  the  quick  return  movement 
common  to  all  drills  of  this  class.  The  back  gearing  can  be  quickly  connected  or  disconnected  by  means  of  a lever  descending 
parallel  with  the  column.  This  machine  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  for  an  all  around  tool  for  light  or  medium  class 
work,  and  is  very  convenient  to  handle.  A countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  can  be  furnished,  when  desired,  for  tapping 
purposes. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  spindle,  \'/2  inches.  Verticlc  traverse  of  spindle,  io  inches.  Diameter  of  table,  i8j4  inches.  Vertical 
traverse  of  table,  15^  inches.  Distance  from  post  to  center  of  spindle,  10^  inches.  Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 
43J4  inches  ; from  spindle  to  table,  25  inches.  Driving  pulleys  are  10  x 2'/z  inches.  Width  of  belt  on  cones,  2}{  inches. 
Speed  of  lower  shaft  for  ordinary  work,  275  revolutions.  Floor  space  required,  52  x 22  inches.  Total  height,  78  inches. 
Weight,  800  pounds.  Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper  No.  3. 


252 


Prentiss  Tqql  supply  <3 


JL 


Fig.  260. 


21  =INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears,  Power  Feed,  Automatic  Stop  Wheel  and  Lever  Feed  Combined. 

THIS  DRILL  is  furnished  with  back  gears,  power  feed,  quick  return,  and  automatic  stop  for  determining  the  depth  of 
holes.  Has  wheel  and  lever  feed  combined.  It  is  powerfully  geared,  and  is  capable  of  doing  quite  heavy  work.  The 
table  is  vertically  adjusted  on  the  column  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection  with  worm  and  worm  gear,  which  is 
preferable  to  a screw,  as  the  table  can  be  swung  entirely  around  the  column.  The  spindle  is  operated  by  a worm  and  worm 
gear,  in  connection  with  a steel  rack  and  pinion,  and  has  a quick  return  movement  common  to  all  drills  of  this  class.  The 
back  gearing  can  be  quickly  connected  or  disconnected  by  means  of  the  lever  descending  parallel  with  the  column.  It  is 
designed  to  meet  the  requirements  for  an  all  around  tool  for  light  or  medium  class  work,  and  is  very  convenient  to  handle.  A 
countershaft  with  friction  pulleys  can  be  furnished  when  desired  for  tapping  purposes. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  spindle,  i'/2  inches.  Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  io  inches.  Diameter  of  table,  i8^£  inches.  Vertical 
traverse  of  table,  I5><  inches.  Distance  from  post  to  center  of  spindle,  10%  inches.  Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 
43 y2  inches  ; from  spindle  to  table,  25  inches.  Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper  No  3.  Driving  pulleys  are  10  x 2l/z 
inches.  Width  of  belt  on  cones,  2%  inches.  Speed  of  lower  shaft  for  ordinary  work,  275  revolutions.  Floor  space  required, 
52  x 22  inches.  Total  height,  78  inches.  Weight,  800  pounds. 


253 


22  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 


Back  Geared,  Automatic  Feed. 

THIS  DRILL  is  furnished  with  back  gears,  automatic  power  feed,  and  our  celebrated  quick  return  to  the  head  and  spindle. 
The  spindle  has  an  automatic  feed  of  22  inches,  which  is  an  important  feature  when  boring  long  holes.  By  the  use  of  the 
quick  return  lever  in  front,  in  connection  with  rack  and  pinion  gear,  the  head  can  be  placed  in  any  position  on  the  face 
of  column  quickly,  without  stopping  to  unfasten  the  same,  as  is  the  case  with  other  drills.  The  head  being  12  inches  long,  with 
a bearing  the  entire  length,  and  firmly  gibbed  to  the  column,  there  is  very  little  spring  to  the  spindle  when  doing  heavy  work. 

The  spindle  is  made  of  crucible  steel,  the  bearing  being  1 % inches  diameter.  The  head  and  spindle  traverse  together  a 
distance  of  22  inches.  The  back  gearing  may  be  connected  or  disconnected  quickly  by  means  of  the  lever  descending  parallel 
with  the  column.  The  arm  on  which  the  table  rests  is  raised  or  lowered  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection  with  a worm  and 
worm  gear.  A friction  countershaft  can  be  furnished,  when  desired,  for  tapping  purposes. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table,  n % inches.  Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base,  48  inches.  Greatest  distance 
from  spindle  to  table,  33  inches.  Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  22  inches.  Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper  No.  3. 
Diameter  to  spindle,  lji  inches.  Ratio  of  back  gearing,  4 to  1.  Width  of  belt  on  cones,  2 '/2  inches.  Diameter  of  face  plate, 
19^  inches.  Diameter  of  driving  pulleys,  12  inches.  Face  of  driving  pulleys,  3 inches.  Speed  of  lower  shaft,  275  revolutions. 
Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle,  22  inches.  Required  lloor  space,  20  x 55  inches.  Weight,  1300  pounds. 


254 


24  INCH  PLAIN  UPRIGHT  DRILL. 


THIS  DRIL,Iv  has  wheel  feed  and  patent  quick  return  motion.  The  spindle  is  of  steel,  counterbalanced  by  weight  inside  of  column.  Bevel  gear, 
pinion  and  feed  rack  are  cut  from  the  solid.  The  table  is  adjusted  to  height  by  rack  and  pinion,  turns  in  the  arm,  and  swings  around  the 
column.  The  shafts  are  of  steel.  The  drill  is  heavy,  strong  and  convenient.  The  column  is  7 inches  in  diameter,  7 feet  high  drills  to  the 
center  of  24  inches  diameter  The  table  is  24  inches  in  diameter  The  distance  from  table  to  end  of  spindle  is  34  inches  ; from  base  to  end  of 
spindle  is  48  inches  The  spindle  is  1 7-16  inches  in  diameter,  bored  to  fit  No.  3 Morse  taper.  Bevel  gear  is  7 inches  in  diameter.  Pinion  runs  two 
to -one.  Cone  pulleys,  4 changes,  454,6^,8^,  ioJ4  inches  in  diameter.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10  inches  in  diameter,  all  for  2*4  inch  belt,  and 
should  run  250  revolutions.  Weight,  1500  pounds. 


24  INCH  UPRIGHT  BACK  GEARED  AND  POWER  FEED  DRILL. 


THIS  DRITC  has  wheel  feed  and  patent  quick  return  motion.  The  spindle  is  of  steel,  counterbalanced  by  weight  inside  of  column.  Bevel  gear, 
pinion  and  feed  rack  are  cut  from  the  solid.  The  table  is  adjusted  to  height  by  rack  and  pinion,  turns  in  the  arm,  and  swings  around  the 
column.  The  shafts  are  of  steel.  The  drill  is  heavy,  strong  and  convenient.  The  column  is  7 inches  in  diameter,  7 feet  high  ; drills  to  the 
center  of  24  inches  diameter.  The  table  is  24  inches  in  diameter.  The  distance  from  table  to  end  of  spindle  is  34  inches;  from  base  to 
end  of  spindle  is  48  inches.  The  spindle  is  1 7-16  inches  in  diameter,  bored  to  fit  No.  3 Morse  taper.  Bevel  gear  is  7 inches  in  diameter.  Pinion  runs 
two  to  one.  Cone  pulleys,  four  changes,  4*4,  6lA,  8^  10%  inches  in  diameter.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10  inches  in  diameter,  all  for  2^-inch  belt, 
and  should  run  250  revolutions.  The  Drill  can  also  be  furnished  without  power  feed,  if  desired.  Weight,  1500  pounds. 


255 


24  AND  26  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Sliding  Head,  Back  Gears,  Power  Feed  and  Quick  Return. 


Fig.  264. 


256 


24  AND  26  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Sliding  Head,  Back  Gears,  Power  Feed  and  Quick  Return. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


/nrAHE  above  sizes  of  Drills,  as  illustrated  on  the  opposite  page,  are  of  the  same  general  design,  and  are  built  from  new  and 
heavy  patterns,  combining  all  valuable  and  modern  improvements.  All  parts  are  especially  designed  with  strict  regard 
to  proportions,  so  that  they  correspond  to  one  another  to  secure  strength  and  solidity,  and  be  of  easy  and  accurate  operation. 

They  are  heavily  braced  from  top  to  base,  so  as  to  prevent  the  column  from  springing  under  the  strain  of  heavy  drilling. 
The  sliding  head  is  gibbed  to  column  and  balanced,  so  as  to  hold  it  in  position  when  fastening  screws  are  loosened. 

The  quick  return  is  fitted  with  an  improved  friction,  with  the  quick  return  levers  on  the  left  hand  side,  and  placed  so  as 
to  be  within  easy  reach  and  handy  to  operate. 

Spindles  are  balanced  to  prevent  them  from  dropping,  and  are  made  of  steel  and  extra  large. 

Cones  and  bevel  gears  are  extra  large.  All  gears  and  racks  are  cut  from  the  solid. 

Back  gears  are  thrown  in  and  out  by  a single  lever  movement. 

All  the  shafts  and  studs  are  made  of  steel. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Size  of  Drills,  -------- 

Swing,  -------- 

Height  of  Drill,  ------- 

Diameter  of  column,  ...... 

Diameter  of  steel  spindle,  ------ 

Diameter  of  table,  ------- 

Diameter  of  driving  pulley,  ------ 

Width  of  belt  on  driving  pulley,  ----- 

Width  of  belt  on  cones,  ------- 

Largest  sizes  of  cone,  ------ 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base  plate,  - 
Greatest  distance  from  table  to  spindle,  - 

Hole  in  spindle  to  fit  Morse  taper,  ----- 

Speed  of  lower  shaft,  ------ 

Weight,  complete,  ------- 


24  Inches. 

24  inches 
7 feet  2 inches 
7 inches 
if’j  inches 
20  inches 
11  inches 
2 inches 
il/z  inches 
11  inches 
48  inches 
34  inches 
Number  3 
270  revolutions 
1400  pounds 


26  Inches. 

26  inches 
7 feet  3 inches 
7 x/z  inches 

1 inches 
23  inches 
12  inches 

2 inches 
il/z  inches 

11  inches 
48  inches 
35  inches 
Number  3 
270  revolutions 
1700  pounds 


257 


' 


25  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

Back  Geared,  Automatic  Feed. 


258 


I 


25  INCH  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


^ I \HE  cut  on  the  opposite  page  represents  improved  25-inch  swing  upright  Drill.  This  machine  is  furnished  with  back 
"*■  gears,  automatic  power  feed,  and  a quick  return,  which  all  mechanics  say  is  a great  labor-saving  feature.  The  spindle 
has  a vertical  automatic  feed  of  23  inches,  which  is  an  important  point,  especially  when  desirous  of  boring  long  holes.  By  the 
use  of  the  quick  return  lever  in  front,  in  connection  with  rack  and  pinion  gear,  the  head  can  be  placed  in  any  position  on  the 
face  of  the  column,  quickly,  without  the  use  of  wrench  or  disconnecting  any  gears.  This  is  a great  labor-saving  feature, 
especially  when  doing  work  which  requires  the  head  or  spindle  to  be  moved  a lodg  distance  quickly.  The  head  being  14 
inches  long,  and  firmly  gibbed  to  the  column,  there  is  very  little  spring  to  the  spindle  when  doing  heavy  work.  The  spindle 
is  made  of  crucible  steel.  The  head  and  spindle  are  both  balanced  by  one  weight,  and  both  traverse  together  a distance  of 
23  inches  on  the  face  of  column.  The  back  gears  are  connected  or  disconnected  quickly  by  means  of  a lever  descending 
parallel  with  the  column.  The  table  is  raised  or  lowered  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection  with  worm  and  worm  gear.  As 
will  be  seen,  the  column  is  strongly  braced  so  as  to  resist  all  strain.  A friction  countershaft  can  be  furnished  at  cost,  when 
desired,  for  tapping  purposes. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table, 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base,  - 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  table, 

Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  - - - 

t Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - - - - 

Diameter  of  face  plate,  ... 

Ratio  of  back  gearing,  - - - - 

Width  of  belt  on  cones,  - 

Diameter  of  driving  pulleys,  ... 

Face  of  driving  pulleys,  ... 

Speed  of  lower  shaft,  - - - - 

Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle, 

Required  floor  space,  .... 

Weight,  - 


I2^j  inches 
50  inches 
33  'A  inches 
23  inches 
No.  4 
1 inches 

22  inches 

4 to  1 
2l/z  inches 
12x3  inches 
3 inches 
275  revolutions 

23  inches 
24'x  60  inches 

1600  pounds 


1 


259 


28-INCH  SWING  SNYDER  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


260 


28=INCH  SWING  SNYDER  DRILL, 


With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

/TMiE  cut  on  the  opposite  page  represents  our  28-inch  Upright  Drill.  This  machine  is  furnished  with  back  gears,  automatic 
power  feed,  and  our  celebrated  quick  return,  which  all  mechanics  say  is  a great  labor  saving  feature.  The  spindle  has  a 
vertical  automatic  feed  of  24  inches,  which  is  an  important  point,  especially  when  desirous  of  boring  long  holes.  By  the  use  ol 
the  quick  return  lever  in  front,  in  connection  with  rack  and  pinion  gear,  the  head  can  be  placed  in  any  position  on  the  face  of 
the  column  quickly,  without  the  use  of  wrench  or  disconnecting  any  gears.  This  is  a great  labor-saving  feature,  especially 
when  doing  work  which  requires  the  head  or  spindle  to  be  moved  a long  distance  quickly.  The  head  being  16  inches  long, 
and  firmly  gibbed  to  the  column,  there  is  very  little  spring  to  the  spindle  when  doing  heavy  work.  The  spindle  is  made  of 
crucible  steel.  The  head  and  spindle  are  both  balanced  by  one  weight,  and  both  traverse  together  a distance  of  24  inches  on 
the  face  of  column.  The  back  gears  are  connected  or  disconnected  quickly  by  means  of  a lever  descending  parallel  with  the 
column.  The  table  and  arm  are  raised  or  lowered  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection  with  worm  and  worm  gear,  and  the  table 
cannot  fall  when  doing  heavy  work.  As  will  be  seen,  the  column  is  strongly  braced  so  as  to  resist  all  strain.  A friction 
countershaft  can  be  furnished  at  cost,  when  desired,  for  tapping  purposes. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table, 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 
Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  - 
Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper 
Diameter  of  spindle, 

Ratio  of  back  gearing, 

Width  of  belt  on  cones, 

Diameter  of  cone  sections, 

Diameter  of  driving  pulleys, 

Face  of  driving  pulleys, 

Diameter  of  face  plate, 

Speed  of  lower  shaft, 

Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle, 
Required  floor  space, 

Weight,  - - - - 


14X  inches 
54  inches 

24  inches 

No.  4 
2 inches 
4 to  1 
2 inches 
6,  8,  10,  12  inches 
13  inches 
4 inches 

25  inches 
250  revolutions 

24  inches 
26  x 66  inches 
2000  pounds 


261 


-PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g; 


Fig.  267. 


30  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


262 


30  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

/nr\HE  cut  on  the  opposite  page  represents  our  new  30  inch  back  geared,  automatic  feed,  quick  return  Upright  Drill.  This 

is  a thoroughly  well  made  tool,  is  very  heavy,  and  is  designed  for  doing  heavy  work.  It  is  strongly  back  geared  ; the 
bevel  gears  are  large,  the  ratio  of  the  same  being  two  to  one.  The  cones  are  very  large  and  are  placed  as  far  apart  as  possible. 

The  driving  pulleys  are  13  x 4 inches  and  should  make  260  revolutions  per  minute. 

The  sliding  head  is  16  inches  long  and  is  strongly  gibbed  to  the  column. 

The  spindle  is  made  of  crucible  steel. 

Head  bearing  to  spindle  is  7^  inches  long  and  2 inches  diameter. 

The  spindle  and  sliding  head  are  both  balanced  by  one  weight,  and  by  our  patented  quick  return  the  head  can  be  placed 
in  any  position  on  the  face  of  column  quickly  without  the  use  of  any  wrench. 

This  Drill  has  an  •automatic  feeding  capacity  of  27  inches  without  stopping,  which  is  an  important  feature  when  boring 
long  holes. 

The  back  gears  are  connected  or  disconnected  quickly  by  means  of  a lever  descending  parallel  with  the  column. 

The  table  and  arm  are  raised  or  lowered  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection  with  worm  and  worm  gear,  and  the  table 
cannot  fall  when  doing  heavy  work. 

All  of  our  Drills  are  especially  adapted  to  boring  purposes.  The  automatic  feed  can  be  stopped  from  either  side  of  the 
machine,  and  the  sliding  head  can  be  placed  in  any  position  on  face  of  column  when  the  drill  is  running,  without  stopping  the 
feed.  Many  of  the  best  equipped  plants  in  the  country  are  now  using  these  machines,  and  as  far  as  we  have  learned  they  are 
giving  perfect  satisfaction.  Every  drill  is  tested  by  actual  work  and  known  to  be  all  right  before  leaving  our  hands. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table, 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  table, 
Vertical  traverse  of  spindle, 

Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper 
Diameter  of  spindle, 

Diameter  of  face  plate, 

Ratio  of  back  gearing, 

Width  of  belt  on  cones, 

Diameter  of  driving  pulleys, 

Face  of  driving  pulleys 
Speed  of  lower  shaft, 

Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle, 
Required  floor  space, 

Weight,  ... 


15 inches 
54  inches 
35  Yz  inches 
27  inches 
No.  4 

2 inches 
26^  inches 

4 to  1 

3 inches 
13  inches 

4 inches 
260  revolutions 

27  inches 
25  x 69  inches 
2400  pounds 


263 


Prentiss  tqql  Supply  (9, 


30,  34  AND  40  INCH  UPRIGHT 
DRILLS, 


With  Back  Gears, 

Skiding  Head, 

Power  Feed  and 
Quick  Return. 


264 


30,  34  AND  40  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILLS, 

With  Back  Gears,  Sliding  Head,  Power  Feed  and  Quick  Return. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

^TAHESE  DRILLS  are  of  the  same  general  design,  built  from  new  and  heavy  patterns,  and  combine  all  valuable  and  modern 
improvements  in  use  by  drill  builders.  All  parts  are  especially  designed  with  strict  regard  to  its  proportions,  so  that 
they  correspond  to  one  another  to  secure  strength  and  solidity,  and  be  of  easy  and  accurate  operation. 

They  are  heavily  braced  from  top  to  base,  so  as  to  prevent  the  column  from  springing  under  the  strain  of  heavy  drilling. 
The  sliding  head  is  gibbed  to  column  and  balanced,  so  as  to  hold  it  in  position  when  fastening  screws  are  loosened. 

The  quick  return  is  fitted  with  an  improved  friction,  with  the  quick  return  levers  on  the  left  hand  side,  and  placed  so  as 
to  be  within  easy  reach  and  handy  to  operate. 

Spindles  are  balanced  to  prevent  them  from  dropping,  and  are  made  of  steel  and  extra  large. 

Cones  and  bevel  gears  are  extra  large.  All  gears  and  racks  are  cut  from  the  solid. 

Back  gears  are  thrown  in  and  out  by  a single  lever  movement. 

All  the  shafts  and  studs  are  made  of  steel. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing,  ...  - 

Height  of  Drill,  - - - - 

Diameter  of  column , - 

Diameter  of  steel  spindle,  - - - 

Diameter  of  table,  ... 
Diameter  of  driving  pulley, 

Width  of  belt  on  driving  pulley, 

Width  of  belt  on  cones, 

Largest  sizes  of  cone,  - - - 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base  plate,  - 
Greatest  distance  from  table  to  spindle,  - 
Hole  in  spindle  to  fit  Morse  taper, 

Speed  of  lower  shaft,  - 
Weight,  complete, 


30  Inches. 

34  Inches. 

40  Inches. 

7 feet  7 inches 

8 feet  2 inches 

9 feet  6 inches 

8 inches 

• 9 inches 

io}i  inches 

iff  inches 

2-pj-  inches 

2T5ff  inches 

26  inches 

30  inches 

36  inches 

12  inches 

14  inches 

16  inches 

3 inches 

3 inches 

4 inches 

3 inches 

3 inches 

3 inches 

13  inches 

14  inches 

15  inches 

50  inches 

52  inches 

58  inches 

36  inches 

38  inches 

41  inches 

No.  4 

No.  4 

No.  5 

240  revolutions 

200  revolutions 

150  revolutions 

2000  pounds 

2600  pounds 

3500  pounds 

265 


34  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


266 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


/nrAHE  cut  on  the  opposite  page  represents  a 34  inch  swing  back  geared,  automatic  feed,  quick  return  Upright  Drill.  This  is  a 
very  heavy  and  thoroughly  made  tool,  and  is  designed  for  locomotive  work,  tool  work,  and  all  shops  where  a heavy,  first- 
class  Drill  is  needed.  For  accuracy  of  finish,  strength,  capacity,  durability,  and  convenience  in  operating,  this  Drill  has  no 
superior.  It  has  an  automatic  drilling  capacity  of  30  inches  without  stopping,  which  is  an  important  feature,  especially  when 
boring  very  long  holes.  It  has  the  same  swinging  capacity  the  entire  length  of  column.  The  head  and  spindle  are  both  balanced 
by  one  weight,  and  by  our  patented  quick  return,  the  head  can  be  placed  in  any  position  on  face  of  column  quickly,  without  the 
use  of  any  wrench.  The  sliding  head  is  18  inches  long,  has  a bearing  the  entire  length,  and  is  firmly  gibbed  to  the  column. 
The  cones  are  large  and  placed  as  far  apart  as  possible.  The  spindle  is  made  of  crucible  steel,  and  the  bearing  in  the  head  is 
9 inches  long  and  1%  inches  diameter.  Every  drill  is  tested  by  actual  work  before  leaving  the  works,  and  known  to  be  in 
perfect  running  order. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table, 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  table, 
Vertical  traverse  of  spindle, 

Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper 
Diameter  of  spindle,  ... 
Ratio  of  back  gearing, 

Width  of  belt  on  cones, 

Diameter  of  driving  pulleys, 

Face  of  driving  pulleys, 

Speed  of  lower  shaft, 

Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle, 
Required  floor  space, 

Weight,  - 


- 17%  inches 

50  inches 
38  inches 
30  inches 
No.  4 
2}(  inches 
5K  to  1 

3 inches 
14  inches 

4 inches 
225  revolutions 

30  inches 
28  x 76  inches 
3000  pounds 


267 


J( 

\ 


-S) 


PKEMISS  Tqql  &\Supply  (3 


268 


36  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Automatic  Feed. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

/nrAHE  cut  on  the  opposite  page  represents  an  improved  36  inch  Upright  Drill.  This  machine  is  furnished  with  back  gears, 
automatic  power  feed,  and  a patent  quick  return,  which  is  a great  labor  saving  feature  and  one  worthy  of  consideration. 
It  has  an  automatic  power  feed  of  29  inches,  which  is  of  great  importance,  especially  when  boring  very  long  holes.  The  head 
and  spindle  both  travel  together,  and  are  both  balanced  by  one  weight.  The  head  can  be  placed  at  any  required  position  on 
the  face  of  column  quickly  by  means  of  quick  return  lever  in  front,  in  connection  with  steel  rack  and  pinion  gear,  without 
disconnecting  any  gears,  or  the  use  of  a wrench,  thus  doing  away  with  the  old  style  of  unbolting  the  head  when  obliged  to 
change  the  position  of  the  same,  as  is  the  case  with  other  drills  now  on  the  market.  The  bearing  to  head  being  19 1/2  inches 
long,  and  firmly  gibbed  to  the  column,  there  can  be  very  little  spring  to  spindle  when  doing  heavy  work.  The  spindle  is  made 
of  crucible  steel,  with  bearing  in  head  2 Yt  inches  diameter  by  9 inches  long,  and  is  provided  with  Brownell’s  patent  roller 
bearing,  which  is  a great  saving  of  power.  The  back  gears  can  be  quickly  connected  or  disconnected,  by  means  of  lever 
descending  parallel  with  the  column.  The  arm  on  which  the  table  rests  is  raised  or  lowered  by  means  of  a crank  in  connection 
with  worm  and  worm  gear,  and  the  table  cannot  fall  when  doing  heavy  work.  A patent  friction  countershaft  can  be  furnished 
at  cost,  when  desired,  for  tapping  purposes.  The  cones,  pulleys,  bevel  and  spur  gears  are  very  large  and  powerful,  and  are 
designed  especially  for  doing  heavy  work.  These  drills  are  in  use  in  many  of  the  best  equipped  plants  in  the  country. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table,  - 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base,  - 
Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  table, 

Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  .... 

Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ------ 

Ratio  of  back  gearing,  ..... 

Width  of  belt  on  cones,  ..... 

Diameter  of  driving  pulleys,  .... 

Face  of  driving  pulleys,  ..... 

Speed  of  lower  shaft,  ..... 

Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle,  ... 
Required  floor  space,  ..... 

Weight,  ....... 


18 Yi  inches 
56  inches 
38  inches 
29  inches 
No.  4 
2]4-  inches 
5 lA  to  1 

3 inches 
14  inches 

4 inches 
225  revolutions 

29  inches 
30  x 84  inches 
4000  pounds 


269 


36  INCH  SWING  SNYDER 
UPRIGHT  DRILL, 


Back  Geared,  Automatic  Feed, 
with  Revolving  Table  and 
Chucking  Attachments. 


270 


36  INCH  SWING  SNYDER  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

Back  .Geared,  Automatic  Feed,  with  Revolving  Table  and  Chucking  Attachments. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

cut  on  opposite  page  is  our  regular  36  inch  Drill,  arranged  for  boring  or  chucking  purposes.  The  table  is  made  to 
revolve  independent  of  the  spindle  by  means  of  an  extra  countershaft,  in  connection  with  cone,  bevel,  and  spur  gears, 
which  enables  the  operator  to  true  up  work  with  accuracy  and  rapidity.  This  is  a very  handy  tool  for  heavy,  long  boring 
purposes.  With  the  proper  boring  bars  this  tool  is  capable  of  boring  large  holes  quickly  and  accurately.  We  have  furnished 
some  of  the  largest  plants  in  the  country  with  this  Drill. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Distance  from  post  to  center  of  table, 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  base, 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle  to  table, 

Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  ... 

Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  taper 
Diameter  of  spindle,  - 

Ratio  of  back  gearing,  ... 

Diameter  of  driving  pulleys,  ... 

Face  of  driving  pulleys,  ... 

Speed  of  lower  shaft,  .... 

Automatic  feeding  capacity  to  spindle, 

Required  floor  space,  .... 

Weight,  ..... 


18^4  inches 
56  inches 
38  inches 
29  inches 
No.  4 
2^  inches 
5'A  to  1 
14  inches 
4 inches 
225  revolutions 
29  inches 
30  x 84  inches 
4000  pounds 


271 


Fig.  272. 


38  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL, 

Back  Geared  and  Power  Feed. 

THIS  DRIEL  can  be  made  a back  geared,  or  a back  geared  and  power  feed  Drill.  It  has  the  patent  quick  return  motion  of  the  spindle.  The 
latter  is  of  steel,  counterbalanced  by  weight  inside  of  column.  Eeed  rack  and  all  gears  are  cut  from  the  solid.  The  table  is  adjusted  to  height 
by  rack  and  pinion,  turns  in  the  arm  and  swings  around  the  column.  The  38-inch  column  is  10%  inches  in  diameter,  8 feet  high  ; drills  to 
the  center  of  38  inches  in  diameter.  The  table  is  36  inches  in  diameter.  The  distance  from  table  to  end  of  spindle  is  39  inches  ; from  base  to  end  of 
spindle  is  54  inches.  The  spindle  is  1 15-16  inches  in  diameter.  Pinion  runs  two  to  one.  Cone  pulleys,  four  changes,  8,  10,  12,  14  inches  in 
diameter.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  14  inches  in  diameter,  all  for  3-inch  belt,  and  should  run  200  revolutions.  Weight,  3500  pounds. 


272 


POST  OR  RADIAL  WALL  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  designed  for  drilling,  reaming  and  countersinking  large  work  in  boiler  shops,  bridge  works,  architectural 
iron  works,  ship  yards,  etc.  The  bracket  which  supports  the  radial  arm  can  be  bolted,  with  its  broad  and  long 
bearing,  to  a post  or  a wall,  or  if  put  up  in  a gang,  clamped  fast  to  two  flat-lying  I beams.  The  head  is  moveable  on  the  arm  by 
means  of  rack,  pinion,  and  hand  wheel,  and  can  be  securely  locked  to  same.  The  arm  can  be  secured  rigidly  to  wall-plate  by 
means  of  a clamping  screw.  The  spindle  has  power  feed,  hand  feed,  quick  return  motion,  and  automatic  stop.  The  machine 
has  four  different  speeds,  and  three  different  feeds  for  spindle.  Spindles  are  counterbalanced. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Distance  between  bearings  on  wall-plate, 

Length  of  wall-plate,  - 

Width  of  wall-plate,  - - - - 

Length  of  radial  arm  from  center  of  trunnion  to  end, 

Vertical  range  of  spindle,  - 

Cone  pulleys,  four  changes,  - 

Width  of  belt  for  cone  pulleys, 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - 


' 3 feet 
4 feet  4 inches 
i foot  4 inches 
6 feet 
io  inches 
6,  8,  io  and  12  inches 
3 inches 
14  x 2,'A  inches 
200  revolutions 


273 


Fig.  274. 


RADIAL  DRILL. 


THIS  DRILL  is  intended  for  a large  range  of  work.  It  takes  in  a pulley  up  to  four  feet  in  diameter,  and  may  be  used  for 
boring  small  cylinders  and  similar  work. 

The  feed  screw  has  adjustable  automatic  feed,  and  will  feed  14  inches.  The  back  gearing  is  all  enclosed,  preventing 
danger  of  catching  the  operator. 

Socket  hole  in  the  spindle  is  made  to  fit  Morse  taper  Nos.  3 or  4. 

The  circular  table  is  24  inches  in  diameter,  and  is  bored  to  receive  bushes  for  boring  bars.  1 he  table  can  be  raised  oi 

lowered  without  being  turned  around.  , 

The  square  tilting  table  slips  in  slotted  side  of  bed,  and  can  be  quickly  removed.  It  is  convenient  for  drilling  work  at 
any  desired  angle.  It  can  also  be  used  as  a straight  table.  . 

This  Drill  has  a radius  of  48  inches,  giving  a distance  between  column  and  spindle  of  34  inches,  and  will  drill  to  the 
center  of  a 68  inch  circle.  The  column  is  12  inches  in  diameter  and  six  feet  high.  The  entire  height  from  floor  to  top  of  feed 

screw  is  8 feet  10  inches.  . ,,  , . , , . , , , 

The  Drill  has  strong  gearing  and  the  boxes  are  easily  renewed.  The  lower  spindle  box  is  brass,  and  is  so  constructed 
that  the  wear  can  be  taken  up  by  a simple  turn  of  a nut.  If  there  should  be  any  lost  motion  in  top  of  spindle  it  can  be  easily 

taken  up. 

The  table  stand  has  a perfect  clamp  to  hold  table  firm  at  any  desired  height.  Weight,  2000  pounds. 


274 


II 


Fig.  275 


No.  0 RADIAL  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Plain  Table. 

A regular  round  drill  press  table  can  easily  be  fitted  on  to  the  plain  table  at  a very  moderate  extra  charge.  Same  is 
shown  on  following  page. 

For  general  description  see  page  277. 


275 


Fig.  276. 


No.  0 RADIAL  DRILL, 

With  Back  Gears  and  Universal  Tilting  Table,  which  is  Fitted  with  Regular 

Round  Drill  Press  Table. 

By  the  use  of  this  arrangement  of  tables,  almost  the  same  results  are  produced  as  with  a full  Universal  Radial  Drill. 

For  general  description  see  page,  277. 


276 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


THE  rotating  column  is  mounted  on  a stationary  column  which  is  rigidly  secured  with  its  wide  flange  to  the  heavy  T slotted 
base. 

The  stationary  column  has  two  offsets  and  extends  half  way  into  the  upper  rotating  column,  thus  giving  the  machine  a 
great  stiffness,  which  is  not  found  on  any  other  Radial  Drills  of  this  type. 

The  table  rests  on  the  first  one,  and  is  accurately  fitted  to  the  same.  At  the  outer  end  the  table  is  provided  with  a foot 
for  solid  support.  It  can  be  locked  tight  to  the  column  by  means  of  clamping  screws  and  can  be  swung  completely  off  the 
base,  in  cases  when  the  work  requires  to  be  set  or  bolted  directly  on  the  base. 

The  rotating  column,  or  sleeve,  rests  on  the  second  offset.  This  is  tightened  by  means  of  an  inside  wedge-shaped 
clamping  ring,  which,  by  being  drawn  rigidly  to  its  support,  makes  both  a solid  stand. 

The  arm  is  held  in  position  on  the  rotating  column  by  means  of  feather,  screw,  and  clamping  bolts.  It  can  be  raised 
and  lowered  by  power  by  a very  simple  mechanism,  which  is  within  easy  reach  of  the  operator.  On  all  other  Drills  of  this 
size  the  arm  must  be  raised  and  lowered  by  hand,  which  involves  entirely  too  much  labor  and  time. 

The  head  is  moved  on  the  arm  by  means  of  a screw,  and  retains  all  the  features  of  the  “ Bickford  ” head  with  quick 
return  motion. 

The  back  gears  are  placed  directly  on  the  head,  and  can  be  directly  engaged  while  spindle  rotates.  In  the  same  manner 
they  can  be  disengaged,  and  the  direct  gearing  thrown  in  while  the  machine  is  running.  This  arrangement  also  enables  us  to 
stop  the  spindle  without  reaching  to  the  shifter.  This  is  an  entirely  new  and  valuable  feature  which  cannot  be  found  on  any 
other  Drill  on  the  market.  It  is  time-saving,  convenient,  and  practical,  reducing  the  wear  and  tear  of  the  machine,  the  strain 
being  directly  on  the  spindle  and  taken  away  from  the  usual  long,  transmitting  shafts  and  journals. 

The  spindle  has  eight  speeds  and  three  changes  of  feed,  is  graduated,  and  has  an  entirely  new  automatic  stop,  quick- 
return  motion,  hand  and  power  feed. 

The  cuts  and  dimensions  shown  herewith  illustrate  the  machine  in  detail,  and  additional  information  will  be  cheerfully 
sent  on.  We  guarantee  this  tool  in  every  detail  for  strength,  accuracy,  convenience,  workmanship,  and  performance. 

The  No.  o Radial  Drill  will  be  furnished  with  or  without  back  gears,  with  or  without  the  universal  tilting  table,  and 
with  or  without  a round  table  fitted  into  the  plain  or  universal  tilting  table. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Diameter  of  column,  ..... 

Distance  from  floor  to  highest  point  of  column, 

Distance  from  elevating  screw  to  center  of  drill  spindle,  when  at  the 
of  arm,  ...... 

Drills  to  the  center  of  a circle  of  - 

Vertical  range  of  arm  on  column,  .... 
Receives  under  spindle,  over  base,  - 

Receives  under  spindle,  over  floor,  .... 
Height  of  table  above  base,  - 

Size  of  table,  ...... 

Spindle  bored  to  fit  Morse  taper,  - 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ..... 

Traverse  of  spindle,  - - - - - 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  .... 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - 

Width  of  belt  for  cone  pulleys,  .... 

Floor  space  for  base,  ------ 

Weight  of  drill,  about  ..... 


9 inches 
6 feet  9 inches 

extreme  point 

2 feet  io%  inches 
5 feet  9 inches 
2 feet  6 inches 
4 feet 

- - 4 feet  6 inches 

i8}4  inches 
16  x 27  inches 
No.  3 
ix9ff  inches 
10  inches 
12  x inches 
250  revolutions 
2 inches 

2 feet  8 inches  x 6 feet  4 inches 
3000  pounds 


277 


Fig.  277. 


No.  0 UNIVERSAL  RADIAL  DRILL. 


THE  column,  which  is  10  inches  in  diameter,  and 
firmly  fastened  to  the  sole  plate,  has  a 20  inch 
bearing  at  top  for  top  of  column  to  revolve  on,  and 
carries  the  non-rotating  arm.  The  arm,  which  is  7 inches 
in  diameter,  travels  forward  and  backward  through  top 
of  column  or  T,  and  on  end  of  arm  is  a swivel  face  plate 
or  head  which  carries  spindle,  and  by  this  means  carries 
power  to  spindle  at  any  angle  spindle  may  be  placed,  and 
the  head  is  indexed  to  show  different  degrees. 

The  swivel  face  plate  is  double  bearing,  nicely  fitted 
and  perfect,  so  that  spindle  may  be  revolved  the  entire 
circle  while  machine  is  running,  or  held  at  any  position 
by  means  of  two  clamps,  one  of  which  can  be  set  up  with 
wrench,  and  holds  head  perfectly  solid  at  any  angle  with 
slight  turn  of  the  wrench.  Thus  a line  or  row  of  holes 
may  be  drilled  at  any  angle,  vertically  upward  or  down- 
ward, and  at  any  point  around  column,  within  range  of 
the  arm.  Has  power  feed  and  five  driving  speeds  for 
wide  belt,  and  spindle  bored  to  No.  4 Morse  taper  socket. 
Has  round  table  28  inches  in  diameter  that  can  be  turned 
to  any  point  around  column,  and  raised  or  lowered. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  column,  - - - - - 10  inches 

Height  of  column,  - 6 feet  1 inch 

Length  of  arm,  ------  3 feet 

Drills  to  center  of  circle,  outside  of  column,  52  inches 
Greatest  distance  from  sole  plate  to  end  of  spindle,  45  ins. 
Greatest  distance  from  floor  to  end  of  spindle,  50  inches 
Size  of  table,  - 28  inches  diameter 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - - - - 1 ^ inches 

Traverse  of  spindle,  -----  20  inches 

Size  of  countershaft  pulleys,  - - - 12  x 3 inches 

Speed, 170  revolutions 

Width  of  belt  on  cones,  3 inches 

Floor  space  required  for  base,  - - 30  x 60  inches 

Weight,  about 2500  pounds 


No.  I UNIVERSAL  RADIAL  DRILL. 


THE  column,  which  is  10  inches  in  diameter  and 
very  heavy,  is  firmly  fitted  to  base  plate,  and  has  a 
20  inch  bearing  at  the  top  of  column  for  T to  re- 
volve on,  and  carries  the  non-rotating  traveling  arm,  which  is  held  from  revolving  by  a long  guide  or  bearing  in  a slot  in  the 
arm,  which  is  well  fitted  in  the  T.  The  arm  is  moved  freely  back  and  forward  by  rack  and  pinion  and  a six  handled  hand 
wheel.  The  drilling  spindle,  which  is  on  end  of  arm  and  held  by  a swivel  face  plate  or  head,  is  the  means  by  which  power  is 
carried  to  spindle  at  any  angle  spindle  may  be  placed,  and  head  is  indexed  to  show  the  different  degrees  of  the  circle.  The 
swivel  face  plate  is  double  bearing,  nicely  fitted  and  perfect,  so  that  spindle  may  be  revolved  the  entire  circle  while  machine  is 
running,  or  held  at  any  position  by  means  of  two  clamps,  one  of  which  can  be  set  up  with  a wrench,  and  will  hold  the  head 
perfectly  tight.  Thus  a line  or  row  of  holes  may  be  drilled  at  any  angle,  vertically  upward  or  downward,  and  at  any  degree 
within  range  of  the  arm,  and  at  any  point  around  the  column  within  length  of  arm,  which  makes  a very  complete  drill  for  any 
class  of  drilling,  being  very  quick  of  adjustment.  Has  power  feed  and  back  gear  and  quick  return  lever,  enabling  the  work- 
man to  stand  in  front  of  his  machine  while  operating,  with  the  arm  always  back  out  of  the  way,  which  cannot  be  done  with 
any  other  drill.  Every  machine  is  belted  and  tested  before  leaving  the  shop. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Diameter  of  column , ------  10  inches 

Height  of  column,  - - - - 6 feet  4 inches 

Length  of  arm,  ------  42  inches 

Drills  to  center  of  circle,  outside  of  column,  - 60  inches 

Greatest  distance  from  sole  plate  to  end  of  spindle,  45  inches 
Greatest  distance  from  floor  to  end  of  spindle,  - 50  inches 

Total  height  of  machine,  about  ...  8 feet 

Size  of  table, 28  inches  diameter 


Diameter  of  spindle, inches 

Size  of  hole  in  spindle,  Morse  socket  No.  4. 


Traverse  of  spindle, 

Size  of  countershaft  pulleys, 
Speed,  . - - - 

Width  of  belt  on  cones, 

Floor  space  required  for  base, 
Weight,  about  - - - 


20  inches 

12  ins.  diameter,  3 inch  face 
180  revolutions 
2l/1  inches 
30  x 60  inches 
3000  pounds 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  <& 


Fig.  278. 


Nos.  1,  2 AND  3 RADIAL  DRILLS. 


I 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Dimensions  and  weights,  - 
Diameter  of  column,  - 

Distance  from  floor  to  highest  point  of  column,  - 
Distance  from  elevating  screw  to  center  of  drill  spindle, 
when  at  the  extreme  point  of  arm, 

Drills  to  the  center  of  a circle  of  - - - 

Vertical  range  of  arm  on  column, 

Receives  under  spindle,  over  base,  - 
Receives  under  spindle,  over  floor,  ... 
Height  of  table  above  base,  - - - - - 

Size  of  table,  ...... 

Spindle  bored  to  fit  Morse  taper  - 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ..... 

Traverse  of  spindle,  ------- 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  - - - - 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - 

Width  of  belt  for  cone  pulley,  .... 

Floor  space  for  base,  ------ 

Weight  of  drill,  about  ..... 


No.  1. 

10  inches 
7 feet  3 inches 

3 feet  7 inches 
7 feet  2 inches 
2 feet  4 inches 
4 feet  2 '4  inches 
4 feet  9^4  inches 
2 feet 
20  x 20  inches 
No.  4 
1 13-16  inches 
15  inches 
12x3  inches 
250  revolutions 
2%  inches 
4 feet  7 ins.  x 7 feet  4 ins. 

4500  pounds 


No.  2. 

11  inches 
8 feet  2 inches 


No.  3. 

14  inches 
10  feet 


4 feet  6 inches 
9 feet 
2 feet  10  inches 
5 feet 
5 feet  7 54  inches 
2 feet 
20  x 20  inches 
No.  5 
1 15-16  inches 
20  inches 
14  x inches 
250  revolutions 
3 inches 
4 feet  8 ins.  x 8 feet 
5700  pounds 


5 feet  6 inches 

11  feet 
4 feet 

6 feet  6 inches 

7 feet  2 inches 
2 feet  4 inches 

28  x 28  inches 
No.  5 
2 7-16  inches 
20  inches 
16  x 3%  inches 
200  revolutions 
3 inches 
6 ft.  10  ins.  x 9 ft.  8 ins. 

11000  pounds 


We  furnished,  when  desired,  the  No.  2 Radial  with  arm  one  foot  longer  at  a small  extra  cost. 


279 


PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  & 


280 


ir 


Prentiss  tqql  Supply  (& 


STYLES  A AND  D.  HALF  UNIVERSAL  DRILLS. 


THE  base  plate  of  these  Drills  is  very  heavy  and  deep,  ribbed  and  braced  on  the  under  side  so  as  to  avoid  all  spring.  The 
column,  with  large,  round  base,  is  bolted  to  the  bottom  plate,  and  over  this  column,  with  long  bearing  on  top  and 
bottom,  is  fitted  the  outside  sleeve  which  carries  the  arm.  The  sleeve  rests  on  the  bottom,  on  a large  flange,  and  is  fitted  with 
three  clamping  bolts.  The  rotating  arm,  fitted  over  sleeve,  is  of  a box  form,  strongly  braced  on  top  and  bottom,  and  raises 
and  lowers  by  power.  The  flange  of  the  sleeve  is  provided  with  a roller  bearing  which  allows  the  arm  to  swing  with  perfect 
freedom.  The  machines  are  driven  from  cone  pulley,  shown  on  back  of  drill,  and  by  means  of  mitre  gears  through  inside  of 
column  to  the  top.  All  sizes  are  fitted  with  back  gearifig.  The  spindles  are  counterweiglited,  have  powerful  automatic  feed 
and  are  fitted  with  patent  quick  return  motion.  We  furnish  a box  table,  slotted  on  top  and  side,  and  countershaft  with  tight 
and  loose  pulleys  with  each  machine.  We  can  also  furnish  a universal  tilting  table  in  place  of  the  box  table,  if  desired,  at  a 
small  additional  cost. 

All  shafts  and  spindles,  likewise  the  worms  and  worm  rings,  are  made  of  steel.  All  gearing  is  cut  from  the  solid  and  the 
main  gearing  is  made  of  steel.  These  tools  throughout  are  very  heavy,  strong  and  convenient,  and  we  guarantee  them  perfectly 
true  and  accurate  in  every  respect.  Only  the  very  best  material  and  workmanship  are  used  in  their  construction. 

In  this  style  of  Drill  the  head  can  be  swiveled  at  any  angle  upon  the  arm. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Diameter  of  column,  ..... 

Total  height  of  machine,  ..... 

Distance  from  elevating  screw  to  center  of  drill  spindle  when 
at  the  extreme  point  of  arm,  - 
Drills  to  the  center  of  a circle  of  - 
Vertical  range  of  arm  on  column,  - 
Receives  under  spindle,  over  base,  ... 

Receives  under  spindle,  over  floor,  - 
Height  of  table  from  base,  - - - - - 

Size  of  table,  ------- 

Spindle  bored  to  fit  Morse  taper  .... 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ...... 

Traverse  of  spindle,  ------ 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  - 

Speed  of  countershaft,  ----- 

Width  of  belt  for  cone  pulley,  - 

Floor  space  for  base,  ..... 

Weight  of  drill,  about  ------ 


Style  A. 

ii inches 
8 feet  2 inches 

5 feet 
io  feet 
2 feet  io  inches 
4 feet  io  inches 
5 feet  5 inches 
2 feet 
20  x 20  inches 
No.  4 
2 7-16  inches 
16  inches 
14  x inches 
250  revolutions 
3 inches 
4 feet  8 inches  x 8 feet 
5700  pounds 


Style  D. 

14  inches 

10  feet 

5 feet  6 inches 

11  feet 
4 feet 

6 feet  8 inches 

7 feet  4 inches 
2 feet  4 inches 
28  x 28  inches 

No.  5 
2 13-16  inches 
20  inches 
16  x 2>'A  inches 
200  revolutions 
3 inches 

6 feet  10  ins.  x 9 feet  8 ins. 

1 1000  pounds 


281 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g, 


Fig.  280. 


Nos.  1,  2 and  3 RADIAL  DRILLS,  WITH  PATENT  TAPPING  ATTACHHENT. 


THE  above  cut  illustrates  Nos.  i,  2 and  3 Radial  Drills,  with  New  and  Improved  Patented  Tapping  Attachment.  This  arrangement  for  tapping 
is  acknowledged  by  users  to  be,  without  any  exception,  the  best  in  use  to-day.  The  tap  will  be  started  by  pressing  the  same  with  the  quick 
return  lever  against  the  work,  and  the  drill  spindle  is  drawn  downward  until  the  adjusting  clamp  on  the  spindle  rack  strikes  the  reverse  lever, 
and  thereby  the  other  end  of  this  lever  is  thrown  out  of  the  notch  in  bottom  bracket  of  reverse  shaft. 

By  means  of  a spring  on  the  top  end  of  the  reverse  rod,  and  also  by  the  departing  intention  of  the  engaged  spur  wheels,  the  tumbler  plate  will 
iustantly  swing  around,  and  the  now  engaged  wheels  reverse  the  spindle  and  back  out  the  tap.  This  will  show  an  entirely  automatic  movement  in 
all  respects,  after  once  throwing  the  reverse  lever  back  in  its  notch  and  starting  the  tap  as  described.  The  spur  wheels  011  tapping  radials  are  cut 
from  solid  machinery  steel  and  the  mitre  gears  from  solid  cast  steel.  We  fully  guarantee  this  arrangement  in  every  particular  and  will  be  pleased 
to  send  any  other  information  on  application. 


282 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  column, 

Total  height  of  machine,  ------- 

Distance  from  elevating  screw  to  center  of  drill  spindle  when  at  the  extreme 
point  of  arm,  ------- 

Drills  to  the  center  of  a circle  of  - 

Vertical  range  of  arm  on  column,  ------ 

Receives  under  spindle,  over  base,  ------ 

Receives  under  spindle,  over  floor,  ------ 

Height  of  table  above  base, 

Size  of  table,  --------- 

Spindle  bored  to  fit  Morse  taper  ------- 

Diameter  of  spindle,  -------- 

Traverse  of  spindle,  -------- 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  ------ 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - --  --  --  - 

Width  of  belt  for  cone  pulley,  ------ 

Floor  space  for  base,  -------- 

Weight  of  drill,  about  ..... 


Style  B. 

n inches 
8 feet  2 inches 

4 feet  6 inches 

9 feet 
2 feet  io  inches 
4 feet  io  inches 

5 feet  5 inches 

2 feet 
20  x 20  inches 
No.  4 
2 [7,;  inches 
1 6 inches 
14  x 3 yz  inches 
250  revolutions 
3 inches 
4 feet  8 inches  x 8 feet 
5700  pounds 


Style  C. 

14  inches 

10  feet 

5 feet  6 inches 

11  feet 
4 feet 

6 feet  6 inches 

7 feet  2 inches 
2 feet  4 inches 
28  x 28  inches 

.No.  5 
2}  | inches 
20  inches 
16  x 3^  inches 
200  revolutions 
3 inches 
6 ft.  10  in.  x 9 ft.  8 in. 
1 1000  pounds 


283 


6jF00T  RADIAL  DRILL. 


DISTANCE; from  face  of  column  to  end  of  arm,  6 feet  2 ^ inches.  From  center  of  arm  trunnions  to  center  of  drilling 
spindle,  5 feet,  are  double  geared,  and  driven  by  4-inch  belting  on  cone  of  four  changes,  Idlers  run  on  eccentrics, 
arranged  to  tighten  belt  without  stopping  machine. 

Thrust  of  lifting  screw  is  received  on  an  anti-friction,  hardened  steel,  ball  bearing.  Arm  has  a vertical  traverse  of  36 
inches ; is  operated  vertically  by  power.  Drilling  head  has  a quick  lateral  adjustment  by  rack  and  pinion,  also  a radial 
traverse  on  arm  of  42  inches,  is  provided  with  a friction  hold-fast,  which  locks  saddle  to  arm,  and  prevents  jumping  or  any 
possible  change  of  center  while  drilling  or  boring. 

Spindle  is  2 24  inches  diameter,  with  a range  of  16  inches  ; is  counterbalanced,  and  has  quick  return  by  rack  and  pinion, 
which  is  always  in  gear ; has  hand  and  automatic  feed  of  six  changes  (three  for  drilling  and  three  for  boring). 

Machine  is  provided  with  hold-fast,  which  secures  the  arm  in  position  when  spindle  is  used  for  boring  purposes. 
Greatest  height  between  spindle  and  floor,  6 feet  5 inches. 

Portable  drilling  table  is  accurately  planed  on  all  sides,  and  provision  made  for  bolting  same  to  base  ; has  T slots  on  top 
and  sides  ; also  vertical  V groove  for  holding  square  or  cylindrical  work  ; is  also  provided  with  shelf  and  receptacles  for  tools. 
Top  of  table  is  22  x 24  inches ; sides,  22  x 25  inches. 

Base  plate  is  9 feet  8 inches  long,  44  inches  wide,  6%.  inches  thick,  and  extra  heavy  ; has  anchor  holes  for  foundation 
bolts,  T slots,  guide  hole  for  boring  bars,  and  is  accurately  planed  top  and  bottom. 

Furnished  with  countershaft,  wrenches,  socket  key,  and  a set  of  steel  drill  sockets  for  M >rse  stan  lard  taper  drills. 
Weight,  10850  pounds. 

*Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  16  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  100  revolutions  per  minute. 


284 


Y 


« ‘PREMISS  TOOL  SUPPLY  & 3 


Fig.  283. 


RADIAL  DRILL,  DRIVEN  BY  ELECTRIC  MOTOR. 

General  description  on  page  286. 


285 


RADIAL  DRILL.— (Fig.  283.) 

Driven  Direct  by  Electric  Motor. 

THE  illustration  shows  our  Radial  Drill,  driven  direct  by  an  electric  motor.  The  motor  is  fastened  to  the  top  cap  of  the 
drill  column,  and  its  armature  shaft  is  fitted  on  one  end  with  a raw-hide  pinion  which  is  engaged  with  a spur  wheel 
which  is  at  one  end  of  a short  shaft,  which  shaft  carries  at  the  other  end  a steel  mitre  wheel.  This  mitre  wheel  engages 
with  a small  wheel  on  the  upper  end  of  the  vertical  splined  shaft  in  the  back  of  the  column.  From  this  shaft  the  power  is 
transmitted  to  the  horizontal  splined  shaft  in  back  of  the  arm,  and  from  here  to  a short  vertical  shaft  in  the  back  of  the  head 
which  drives  the  spindle  direct.  The  gearing  on  this  machine  is  attached  directly  to  the  spindle,  which  arrangement  greatly 
reduces  the  strain  on  the  shafts.  The  arm  of  the  Drill  swings  completely  around  in  a full  circle,  and  the  base  of  this  machine 
is  also  made  in  a full  circle,  which  gives  the  great  advantage  of  setting  the  work  on  one  part  of  the  base  while  another  piece 
is  being  drilled. 

The  remainder  of  the  machine  is  similar  in  construction  to  our  regular  line  of  Drills  described  in  the  previous  pages. 
The  entire  arrangement  of  this  Drill,  fitted  with  electric  driving  power,  has  been  very  satisfactory,  and  we  can  recommend  it 
in  every  respect.  Further  particulars  in  reference  to  such  a machine  will  be  sent  on  application. 


SPECIAL  MULTIPLE  DRILL.— (Fig.  284.) 

THE  cut  shown  represents  a Special  Multiple  Drill  designed  for  drilling,  reaming,  and  counterboring  a large  variety  of 
work.  In  designing  the  machine  we  have  taken  into  consideration  two  points  as  the  main  features,  great  strength  and 
very  rapid  operation.  The  machine  is  constructed  very  rigid,  and  the  columns  are  bolted  together  with  box,  girder- 
shaped, connecting  pieces.  The  outer  sides  of  outside  columns  are  provided  with  planing  strips  and  tapped  hbles,  ready  for 
fastening  additional  machines  in  the  same  gang.  The  countershafts  are  placed  on  the  bottom  of  columns,  and  shifting  of 
driving  belts  is  done  quickly,  as  the  shifting  handles  are  in  the  nearest  reach  of  the  operator.  The  belts  on  the  cone  pullers 
can  be  attended  to  with  the  greatest  facilities.  The  arrangement  and  the  direction  of  the  countershaft  cones,  the  deplacement 
and  setting  of  machines  is  very  simple,  as  it  is  necessary  only  to  have  it  parallel  to  or  under  the  line  shaft,  and  to  run  the 
belts  from  the  same  down  direct  to  the  countershaft  pulleys.  The  table  heads  on  the  columns  are  counterbalanced  by  a weight 
inside  of  the  housing,  and  can  be  adjusted  within  a range  of  io  inches  vertically  by  hand.  Three  bolts  and  clamping  gibs 
secure  them  tightly  to  the  column.  The  table  is  also  provided  with  an  annular  groove  to  take  up  the  oil  or  other  lubricating 
liquid  conveyed  to  the  drills  by  means  of  a centrifugal  pump  attached  to  the  machine.  At  the  deepest  corners  of  this  groove 
the  drain  pipe  is  inserted,  to  which  an  easy  connection  can  be  made  to  the  supply  basin  for  pump.  In  reference  to  the  head, 
this  and  all  the  parts  movable  or  stationary  are  constructed  for  the  performance  of  very  rapid  and  large  work.  The  machines 
are  made  with  back  gears,  as  shown  in  the  cut.  or  without  back  gears,  for  the  lighter  class  of  work.  The  spindles  are  2 
inches  diameter,  and  on  the  back-gear  machine  can  be  run  with  eight  different  speeds,  four  with  and  four  without  back  gears. 
On  the  plain-geared  machine  we  have  five  different  speeds  from  the  cone  pulleys.  The  back  gears  can  be  thrown  in  or  out 
instantly  while  the  machine  is  runhing.  The  gearing  ratio  from  cone-shaft  to  spindle  on  the  back-gear  machines  is  1 to  12, 
and  on  the  plain-geared  machines  1 to  4.  The  spindles  have  three  different  feeds,  and  by  using  a very  large  worm-wheel  and 
wide  feed  pulleys,  large  intermediate  gears,  the  largest  efficiency  is  produced.  The  spindles  are  counterweighted,  and  have 
anti-friction  ball  thrust  bearings  between  spindle-collar  and  sleeve.  The  feed  mechanism  is  the  simplest  on  the  market,  and 
combines  quick  return,  automatic  stop,  power  feed  and  hand  feed,  all  of  which  are  very  clearly  shown  in  the  cut.  The 
swiveling  worm-shaft  and  worm  are  kept  engaged  with  the  worm-wheel  by  means  of  the  eccentric  lever  near  the  hand  feed, 
and  are  locked  by  the  automatic  trip  lever.  The  vertical  range  of  spindles  is  8 inches.  Cones  for  2 x/2  inch  belt.  The  distance 
of  column  from  center  to  center  is  3 feet,  giving  ample  room  for  the  operator. 

Further  detail,  together  with  prices,  may  be  had  on  application. 


286 


SPECIAL  MULTIPLE  DRILL. 

General  description  on  page  286. 


Fig.  284. 


1 


287 


40  INCH  BORING  AND  TURNING  MILL. 


Fig.  285. 


are  counterbalanced  by  chain  and  weight.  All 


B F | MIE  accompanying  illustration  shows  a 40  inch  boring 

_L  and  turning  mill,  in  combination  with  a 40  inch  up- 
right drill  of  our  latest  design. 

The  machine  in  all  its  parts  is  constructed  for  durability 
and  convenience  of  handling,  and  many  new  features  and 
improvements. 

The  table,  or  rather  its  strong  spindle,  revolves  in  two 
long  bearings  of  the  swinging  arm,  and  in  addition  is  support- 
ed by  a foot  bearing,  which  is  fastened  rigidly  to  the  base. 
A hardened  steel  toe  is  inserted  in  the  end  of  the  spindle, 
which  toe  finds  its  support  on  a hardened  steel-plate,  which 
is  always  submerged  in  oil.  This  plate  can  be  raised  or 
lowered  by  means  of  a screw,  according  to  the  desired  speed 
of  the  revolving  table. 

The  table,  with  its  supporting  arm,  can  easily  be  swung 
around  the  column  on  anti-friction  rollers,  which  are  in  an 
annular  groove  at  the  bottom  of  the  arm,  and  by  fastening 
the  foot-bearing  to  the  base-plate,  it  brings  the  center  line 
of  the  table-spindle  exactly  central  with  the  drill-spindle, 
and  no  setting  or  adjusting  is  required.  The  table  is 
indirectly  driven  from  the  top  shaft  of  the  machinery  by 
means  of  a steel  mitre-wheel,  which  matches  into  a mitre- 
wheel  on  the  vertical  shaft  between  column  and  back  brace. 
At  the  end  of  this  shaft,  which  can  be  raised  or  lowered  to 
bring  the  mitres  out  or  into  match,  is  a spur-pinion,  which 
drives,  by  means  of  the  column  surrounding  intermediate 
wheel,  the  spurring  of  the  table. 

By  the  peculiar  appliance  and  combination  of  the  gear- 
ing on  the  top  shaft,  the  spindle  and  the  table  can  revolve 
together,  thus  giving  the  machine  the  qualification  of  a 
double-head  boring  and  turning  mill. 

The  strong  and  heavy  front  arm  slides  on  the  V-shaped 
face  of  the  column  very  easily.  It  has  long  gibbed  bearings, 
and  can  be  raised  or  lowered  either  direct  by  crank  handle 
or  worm  and  worm-wheel,  and  the  same  hand  wheel  which 
serves  for  feeding  the  drill  spindle  by  hand.  It  can  also 
be  fed  up  and  down  by  power,  same  as  the  spindle,  without 
much  change  in  the  feed  mechanism,  by  throwing  in  an 
intermediate  gear  on  an  oscillating  lever. 

The  front  ami  has  on  the  left  side  a strongly  braced 
extension,  which  carries  the  carriage  and  tool-holder.  The 
carriage  can  be  fed  automatically  or  by  hand  from  the  right 
to  the  left,  or  vice  versa,  same  as  on  any  ordinary  turning 
mill. 

' There  are  five  different  feeds  for  turning,  as  well  as  for 
drilling  or  boring,  and  eight  different  speeds  for  the  rotation 
of  table  and  spindle.  The  front  arm  or  head  and  spindle 
handles  for  changing  feeds  or  speeds  of  the  machine  are  in  convenient  reach. 


The  spindle- shafts  and  studs,  likewise  the  main  gearing,  are  made  of  steel. 

In  all  details  the  machine  is  perfectly  correct,  consequently  the  manufacturers  give  the  strongest  guarantee  foi  the 

efficiency  of  the  tool. 


288 


60  INCH  BOILERMAKERS’  DRILL. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  our  60  inch  Boilermakers’  Drilh  It  is  especially  adapted  to  boiler  work,  is  well 
proportioned,  with  great  strength  and  accuracy  of  working  parts. 

It  has  all  modem  improvements,  has  wheel  feed  and  our  patent  quick  return  motion  of  the  spindle.  An  extra  tool  arm 
is  furnished  with  each  drill,  to  screw  on  end  of  spindle  for  cutting  holes  up  to  18  inches  in  diameter,  such  as  tube  and  flue 
holes  in  boiler  heads,  etc. 

The  spindle  is  made  of  steel,  counterbalanced  by  weight  in  column.  Height  of  drill  is  7 feet  8 inches.  Swing  60  inches. 
The  table  is  36  inches  in  diameter.  The  distance  from  table  to  end  of  spindle  is  18  inches.  The  latter  is  2 T7^  inches  in 
diameter,  and  has  14  inch  feed.  The  bevel  gear  is  14  inches  in  diameter.  Pinion  runs  three  to  one.  Cone  pulleys  have 
four  changes,  6,  8,  10,  12  inches  in  diameter.  The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  12  inches  in  diameter,  all  for  iy2  inch  belt,  and 
should  run  200  revolutions. 

This  Drill  can  be  made  with  back  gear,  or  back  gear  and  power  feed,  as  desired.  Weight,  3500  pounds. 


289 


Fig.  287. 


No.  1 AUTOMATIC  TAPPING  MACHINE. 


THE  spindle  is  fitted  with  two  loose  friction  pulleys,  driven  in  opposite  directions  by 
one  continuous  belt.  Between  these  pulleys  is  a friction  clutch  keyed  to  the  shaft, 
which  is  thrown  into  the  driving  pulley  by  the  downward  pressure  of  a hand  lever 
at  the  right.  The  tapping  then  proceeds,  and  is  tripped  and  reversed  automatically  at 
any  point  in  the  operation  by  an  adjustable  stop  on  the  upper  end  of  the  spindle,  coming 
into  contact  with  a reversing  lever  at  the  top  of  the  machine,  or  by  moving  this  lever  by 
hand.  The  spindle  is  balanced  and  fitted  with  a chuck  for  holding  the  taps.  The  table 
is  rectangular,  has  an  oil  groove  around  it,  and  is  adjustable  up  and  down  the  column  to 
suit  the  work.  A valuable  feature  in  this  tool  is  that  it  operates  satisfactorily  at  high 
speed  and  will  trip  and  reverse  after  being  set,  though  the  operator  should  continue  to 
press  down  the  starting  lever. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  spindle, 

Diameter  of  the  largest  hole  that  can  be  tapped,  - 
Motion  of  spindle, 

Dimensions  of  table,  - - - - 

Adjustment  of  table  on  column, 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

Speed  of  countershaft, 

Net  weight  complete, 


1 inch 

h inch 

inches 
12  x 18  inches 
20  inches 
6x2%  inches 
200  revolutions 
300  pounds 


No.  2 AUTOMATIC  TAPPING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  288. 


THIS  machine  is  adapted  for  tapping  holes  rapidly,  squarely,  and  to  a uniform  depth 
in  work  of  any  size,  large  or  small.  The  driving  clutch  is  thrown  into  gear  and 
the  tap  started  by  the  lever  shown  on  the  side  of  the  machine,  when  the  tapping 
proceeds,  trips  and  reverses  automatically.  When  the  stop  is  not  set  the  catch  on  the 
top  of  the  machine  is  readily  pushed  off  by  hand,  or  the  tap  may  be  stopped  instantly  by 
tripping  the  treadle  on  the  base.  The  table  has  T-slots  for  holding  down  work,  and  has 
an  oil  groove  around  the  rim  with  reservoir  in  the  center.  The  table  can  turn  on  its 
center,  and  also  swing  around  on  the  column.  The  spindle  is  balanced  by  a weight  in- 
side the  column,  and  is  provided  with  a slip  chuck  for  holding  taps  below  X inch.  This 
chuck  can  be  set  for  different  degrees  of  resistance,  and  when  the  tapping  becomes 
greater,  from  careless  drilling,  than  the  tap  can  safely  stand,  the  chuck  will  slip  around 
in  its  spindle  and  avoid  breaking  the  tap.  The  driving  cone  has  three  steps  for  2 X inch 
belt. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ------  1 ^ inches 

Largest  size  of  hole  that  can  be  tapped,  - - - - X inch 

Motion  of  spindle,  ------  4 inches 

Diameter  of  table,  - - - - - - - 24  inches 

Adjustment  up  and  down  on  column,  - - - - 28  inches 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  - 10x3^  inches 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - - - - - 135  revolutions 

Weight,  - - - - - - 675  pounds 


IMPROVED  TAPPING  MACHINE. 


TIIIS  machine  is  designed  for  manufacturers  of  sewing  machines,  fire  arms,  electric  lamps,  locks,  hardware  and  bicycles. 

It  is  self-reversing  by  pressing  the  work  against  the  tap,  and  drawing  it  in  the  opposite  direction  when  finished ; the 
check  nuts  on  the  end  of  the  spindle  govern  the  depth  to  be  tapped,  when  the  tap  is  not  required  to  pass  through. 

The  clutch  is  operated  by  gears  running  in  opposite  directions. 

It  is  run  by  one  belt,  the  cone  pulley  having  two  changes  of  speed. 

A universal  chuck  holding  from  o to  inch  is  a part  of  the  machine. 

It  can  be  used  for  drilling  by  attaching  a lever  to  the  foot  block  spindle  ; the  clutch  held  from  reversing  by  a stop  on  the 
back  of  machine. 

Drilling  attachment  furnished  when  desired. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10x2^.  Speed  of  countershaft,  140  revolutions. 


\ 


291 


PULLEY  DRILLING  AND  TAPPING  MACHINE. 


General  Description. 

THIS  machine  is  designed  for  the  use  of  such  shops  as  have  a great  many  pulleys,  fly  wheels  or  other  work  requiring  set 
screws.  It  is  intended  to  be  set  at  the  edge  of  a pit,  and  will  then  drill  and  tap  pulleys  from  12  inches  in  diameter  by 
20  inch  face,  to  a diameter  of  the  limit  of  the  pit  by  20  inch  face. 

The  small  pulleys  can  be  handled  to  advantage  where  the  number  of  arms  will  permit  it.  Three  detachable  arbors  for 
holding  the  work  are  furnished  with  each  machine  ; the  smallest  size  being  like  the  one  shown  in  the  foreground. 

The  drills  and  taps  are  driven  through  a train  of  gears  by  the  upright  shaft  shown,  which  is  driven  in  its  turn  by  a pair 
of  steel  bevel  gears  at  the  base  of  the  machine. 

The  pilot-wheel  governs  the  feed,  the  sliding  head  being  balanced  so  as  to  be  extremely  sensitive.  The  sleeve  is  bored 
taper  to  receive  the  bushings  shown,  said  bushings  being  splined  on  the  outside  along  their  length,  and  squared  at  the  upper 
end  to  receive  ordinary  machinists’  liand-taps. 

The  drill-holders  have  also  a slot  to  receive  the  flatted  end  of  the  drill. 

In  addition  to  this,  small  set  screws  are  used  to  hold  the  drills  and  taps  up  into  place.  A full  set  of  these  tools  furnished 
with  each  machine,  consisting  of  l/2,  % and  1 inch. 

A friction  countershaft,  with  reverse  motion,  is  also  furnished  for  overhead.  . 

The  weight  of  the  machine  is  800  pounds. 


292 


BENCH  PIPE  MACHINES. 


Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 


ALIGHT,  strong,  portable  machine,  and  very  powerfully  geared,  so  that  the  largest  sizes  of  pipe  are  threaded  with  ease. 
The  combination  of  changes  in  speed  are  quickly  effected  by  simply  changing  position  of  gears  as  shown  in  cut. 


No.  30  threads  and  cuts  % to  2, 

$60 . OO 

Extra  dies,  per  set  of  4 pieces,  right  or  left,  - 

#2.50 

“ 31  “ 

“ “ X to  3, 

150.00 

“ “ 4 “ “ “ 

- 3-5o 

“ 32  “ 

“ “ 1 to  4, 

- 200 . OO 

“ “ 4 “ “ “ 

4.00 

“ 33  “ 

“ “ \ x/z  to  6, 

300.00 

“ “ 4 “ “ 

- 4-50 

“ 34  “ 

“ “ 2]/z  to  8, 

450.00 

“ “ 6 “ 4 

7.00 

The  dies  are  quick  opening  and  adjustable.  Each  set  of  four  or  six  pieces  up  to  five  inches  cuts  two  sizes  of  pipe,  which 
is  a great  point  in  favor  of  the  machine  when  new  dies  are  required. 

After  pipe  is  threaded  there  is  no  backing  off  the  dies  as  in  the  ordinary  manner.  All  that  is  necessary  is  simply  to 
open  the  dies  and  move  pipe  away  from  dies.  If  pipe  is  to  be  cut  off  the  dies  will  expand  far  enough  to  admit  of  pipe  passing 
through  them  to  the  cutting-off  knife.  When  dies  require  sharpening  they  can  be  quickly  removed  and  ground  on  any 
ordinary  grindstone.  The  die  head  is  also  provided  with  an  adjustable  stop  pin  which  is  very  convenient  when  a large  number 
of  threads  of  the  same  size  are  to  be  cut.  Ordinarily,  every  time  a thread  is  cut,  the  dies  must  be  carefully  reset.  With  this 
adjustable  stop  the  dies  are  first  set  to  the  size  to  be  threaded,  then  the  adjustable  stop  moved  and  secured,  which  will  only  allow 
the  cam  to  move  to  the  point  required  to  thread  the  proper  size  without  the  necessity  of  carefully  resetting  for  every  thread 
that  is  to  be  cut. 


293 


'PREMISS  TQQL^SUI-PLYC?,  ^ 


NUT  GRIPPING  CHUCK. 

Remove  die  head  cover  and  dies  and  attach  nut  gripping  cliuck. 


Price  for  No.  6 or  7 Machine,  to  take  square  or  hexagon  nuts,  ^ to  1^  inch, 

for  No.  7A  to  12  Machines,  to  take  square  or  hexagon  nuts,  l/2  to  2 inches, 
“ for  Wrench, 


$20.00 

25.00 

•50 


Fig.  293. 


CHUCK. 

The  spindle  of  this  Chuck  can  be  inserted  into  grip- 
ping chuck  of  Nos.  8 to  12  Machines,  inclusive,  and  will 
grip  Yi  to  2 inch  rods  and  ^ to  2 inch  pipe,  inclusive. 


DIE  HEAD. 

The  spindle  of  this  Die  Head  is  so  constructed  that  by 
removing  die  head  cover  and  dies  from  Nos.  8 to  12  Machines, 
inclusive,  it  can  be  inserted  and  firmly  held  in  position. 


Price  Chuck,  take  ^ to  2 inches,  including  wrench, 

“ Die  Head,  with  Y to  2 inch  bolt  dies,  inclusive, 

“ Die  Head,  with  Y t°  2 inch  pipe  dies,  inclusive, 

“ Extra  bolt  or  pipe  dies,  per  set  of  four  pieces, 


Fig-  293, 

#25.00 

“ 294, 

60.00 

“ 294, 

50.00 

- 

3-5o 

294 


No.  6 PIPE  MACHINE. 

)(  to  2 Inch  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 
Weight,  about  660  pounds. 

Floor  space,  2 feet  4 inches  x 4 feet. 

Lubricate  dies  with  lard  oil. 


No.  7 PIPE  flACHINE. 

X To  2 Inch  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions. 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  one  tight  and  two  loose,  12  inches  for 
3 inch  belt. 

Cone  has  3 steps  for  3 inch  belt. 


Price  No.  6 Machine,  including  right  hand  dies,  X to  2 inches, 

“ No.  7 Machine,  including  right  hand  dies,  X t°  2 inches,  and  countershaft, 
“ Oil  pump,  extra,  --------- 

“ Cutting-off  knife,  -------- 

“ Extra  dies,  4 sets  of  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  $2.50  per  set, 


One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 
% and  ya. 


One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 
y2  and  JL 


One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 
1 and  1 %. 


One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 
1 y2  and  2. 


$90.00 

105.00 

15.00 
•50 

10.00 


295 


PRENTISS  TOOL  &-.SUITLY  (g, 


Fig.  298. 


No.  7 A PIPE  MACHINE. 

yA  to  3 Inch  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 
Weight,  about  1000  pounds. 

Floor  space,  2 feet  8 inches  x 4 feet  4 inches. 


Fig.  297. 


No.  7B  PIPE  MACHINE 


y to  3 Inch  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions. 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  one  tight  and  two  loose,  14  inch  for 
4 inch  belt. 

Cone  has  4 steps  for  y/2  inch  belt. 


Price  No.  7A  Pipe  Machine,  including  right-hand  dies,  '/  to  3 inches, 

“ No.  7B  Pipe  Machine,  including  right-hand  dies,  ]i  to  3 inches,  and  countershaft 
“ Extra  dies,  5 sets  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  $3.50  per  set, 

One  set  cut  these  two  sizes:  One  set  cut  these  two  sizes:  One  set  cut  these  two  sizes:  One  set  cut  these  two  sizes: 
% and  ys.  ^ and  1 and  iJ4.  anu  2. 

“ Cutting-off  knife, 


f300.oo 

325.00 

17-50 

One  set  cut  these  two  sizes: 

254  and  3. 

• 50 


Can  furnish  extra  dies  for  casing  and  line  pipe.  Also  for  English  and  Whitworth  standard  threads. 

When  threading  2 inch  and  smaller  always  insert  the  bushing  or  die  supporter  into  the  die  head  to  stiffen  the  dies. 


296 


PREMISS  TQQL  supply  (& 


No.  9 PIPE  n ACHINE. 

i to  4 Inches  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 


Weight,  about  2000  pounds.  Floor  space,  3x6  feet. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions. 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  one  tight  and  two  loose,  14  inches  for  4 inch  belt. 

Cone  has  3 steps  for  3 yi  inch  belt. 

When  threading  3 inches  and  smaller  always  insert  the  bushing  or  die  supporter  into  die  head  to  stiffen  the  dies.  This 
machine  has  six  changes  of  speed,  without  removing  or  replacing  gears. 

Price,  No.  9 Pipe  Machine,  including  right  hand  dies,  1 to  4 inches,  and  countershaft  -----  $425. 00 

“ Cutting-off  knife,  - --  --  --  --  --  --  .70 

“ Extra  dies,  4 sets  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  $4. 00  per  set,  - --  --  --  - 16.00 

One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 

1 and  1%  1 J4  and  2.  254  and  3.  354  and  4. 

Can  furnish  dies  for  threading  casing  and  line  pipe.  Also  for  English  and  Whitworth  standard  threads. 

These  Pipe  Machines  are,  without  doubt,  the  best  and  most  convenient  machines  of  their  kind  made . The  dies  are 
quick  opening  and  adjustable.  Each  set  of  four  pieces  cuts  two  sizes  of  pipe,  which  is  a great  point  in  favor  of  the  machine 
when  new  dies  are  required. 


297 


No.  II  PIPE  flACHlNE. 


i l/z  to  6 Inch  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 


Weight,  about  2400  pounds.  Floor  space,  3 feet  3 inches  x 6 feet. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions. 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  one  tight  and  two  loose,  14  inches  for  4 inch  belt. 

Cone  has  3 steps  for  3 yz  inch  belt. 

Price  No.  11  Pipe  Machine,  including  right  hand  dies,  l'/i.  to  6 inches,  and  countershaft,  - 

“ Extra  dies,  5 sets  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  #4.50  per  set,  -------  22.50 

One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes:  One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes:  One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes:  One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes: 

and  2.  2%  and  3.  and  4.  4 lA  and  5.  6. 

Can  furnish  extra  dies  for  casing  and  line  pipe.  Also  for  English  and  Whitworth  standard  threads. 

These  Pipe  Machines  are,  without  doubt,  the  best  and  most  convenient  machines  of  their  kind  made.  The  dies  are 
quick  opening  and  adjustable.  Each  set  of  four  pieces,  up  to  five  inches,  cuts  two  sizes  of  pipe,  which  is  a great  point  in  favor 
of  the  Machine  when  new  dies  are  required. 

When  threading  4 inch  and  smaller  always  insert  bushing  or  die  supporter  into  die  head  to  stiffen  the  dies.  This 
machine  has  six  changes  of  speed,  without  removing  or  replacing  gears. 


298 


Fig.  301. 


PIPE  MACHINE,  No.  12. 

1 ]/i  To  6 in.  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies.  Lubricate  Dies  with  Lard  Oil. 


THIS  machine  can  be  easily  transported  from  building  to  building  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  and  threading  pipe.  This  is  not  only  a great 
convenience,  but  often  times  on  a single  large  contract  the  saving  is  sufficiently  great  to  pay  the  first  cost  of  the  machine. 

With  the  vertical  lever  directly  above  the  door,  the  speed  can  be  changed  instantly  while  running,  or  the  machine  be  stopped  entirely.  For 
threading  it  is  necessary  to  run  at  a slower  speed  than  for  cutting  off  pipe. 

Use  great  care  when  putting  the  dies  into  die  head  to  have  die  number  correspond  with  slot  number. 

We  can  furnish  extra  dies  for  casing  and  line  pipe.  Also  for  English  and  Whitworth  standard  threads. 

These  Pipe  Machines  are,  without  doubt,  the  best  and  most  convenient  machines  of  their  kind  made.  The  dies  are  quick  opening  and 
adjustable.  Each  set  of  four  pieces  up  to  five  inches  cuts  two  sizes  of  pipe,  which  is  a great  point  in  favor  of  the  machine  when  new  dies  are  required. 

After  pipe  is  threaded  there  is  no  backing  off  the  dies  as  in  the  ordinary'  manner.  All  that  is  necessary  is  simply  to  open  the  dies  and  run  die 
head  back.  If  pipe  is  to  be  cut  off  the  dies  will  expand  far  enough  to  admit  of  pipe  passing  through  them  to  the  cutting-off  knife.  When  dies 
require  sharpening  they  can  be  quickly  removed  and  ground  on  an  ordinary  grindstone.  The  die  head  is  also  provided  with  an  adjustable  stop  pin 
which  is  very  convenient  when  a large  number  of  threads  of  the  same  size  are  to  be  cut.  Ordinarily  every  time  a thread  is  cut  the  dies  must  be 
carefully  reset.  With  this  adjustable  stop  the  dies  are  first  set  to  the  size  to  be  threaded,  then  the  adjustable  stop  moved  and  secured,  which  will 
only  allow  the  cam  to  move  to  the  point  required  to  thread  the  proper  size  without  the  necessity  of  carefully  resetting  for  every  thread  that  is  to  be 
cut.  The  pump  insures  a steady  supply  of  oil  to  lubricate  dies  and  knife. 

There  are  no  loose  bushings  on  the  machine  which,  when  required,  cannot  be  found.  Our  machine  has  on  back  end  of  spindle  an  adjustable 
self-centering  chuck  to  center  the  pipe.  Also  the  same  on  die  head  to  steady  the  pipe  when  being  cut  with  cutting-off  knife.  The  gripping  chuck  is 
self-centering  too  and  very  powerful.  Weight,  about  2400  pounds.  Floor  space,  3 feet  3 inches  x 6 feet. 


299 


Fig.  302. 


No.  13  PIPE  riACHINE. 

Back  View. 

2j£  To  8 Inches  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 


Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions. 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  one  tight  and  two  loose,  18  inches  for  4 inch  belt. 

Cone  has  4 steps  for  4 inch  belt. 

When  threading  6 inch  and  smaller  always  insert  the  bushing  or  die  supporter  into  the  die  head  to  stiffen  the  dies.  This 
machine  has  eight  changes  of  speed  without  removing  or  replacing  gears. 

Price  No.  13  Pipe  Machine,  including  right  hand  dies,  2j4  to  8 inches,  and  countershaft,  ....  $900.00 

“ Cutting-off  Knife  -------------  1.00 

“ Extra  dies,  six  sets  of  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  $7.00  per  set,  -------  42.00 

One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 

and  3.  3J£  and  4.  4%  and  5. 


300 


Fig.  303. 


No.  16  PIPE  HACH1NE. 

2)/z  TO  TO  INCHKS  QUICK  OPENING  ADUSTABLE  DIES.  LUBRICATE  DIES  WITH  LARI)  Oil,. 


Weight,  about  7000  pounds.  Floor  space,  3 feet  8 inches  x 8 feet  3 inches. 

In  order  to  reverse  engine  for  cutting  left  hand  threads,  loosen  set  screw  in  eccentric  cam.  Move  cam  by  aid  of  reversing 
lever  in  opposite  direction  to  which  engine  is  to  run. 

Dimensions  of  cylinder,  6x8  inches.  Governor  pulley  provided  with  steps  for  changing  speed  of  engine.  The  fly- 
wheel has  a 3^-inch  face  for  belting  to  a line  shaft  if  desired  for  operating  other  machinery.  The  engine  is  so  arranged  that 
by  the  movement  of  a lever  it  can  be  disconnected  from  the  pipe  machine  part. 

When  threading  8-inch  and  smaller  always  insert  the  bushing  or  die  supporter  into  die  head  to  stiffen  the  dies. 

The  gripping  jaws  in  chuck  take  4^  to  10  inches,  while  those  shown  on  the  floor  take  2 y2  to  8 inches.  For  gripping 
smaller  than  inches  it  is  necessary  to  remove  chuck  cover  and  change  the  jaws,  which  can  be  easily  and  quickly  done. 

Price,  No.  16  pipe  machine,  including  right-hand  dies,  2 yz  to  10,  - - - - - - - $1,325.00 

“ Cutting-off  knife,  -------------  1.00 

“ Extra  dies,  8 sets  of  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  $8,00  per  set,  -------  64.00 

One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : One  set  cuts  these  two  sizes  : 

2l/2  and  3.  3J4  and  4.  4^  and  5. 

Can  furnish  extra  dies  for  casing  and  line  pipe.  Also  for  English  and  Whitworth  standard  threads. 

These  pipe  machines  are  without  doubt  the  best  and  most  convenient  machines  of  their  kind  made.  The  dies  are  quick 
opening  and  adjustable.  Each  set  of  six  pieces  up  to  five  inches  cuts  two  sizes  of  pipe,  which  is  a great  point  in  favor  of  the 
machine  when  new  dies  are  required. 


301 


7 To  16  Inches  Quick  Opening,  Adjustable  Dies. 


Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions. 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  one  tight  and  two  loose,  20  inches  for  5 inch  belt. 

Cone  has  4 steps  for  5 inch  belt. 

With  the  vertical  lever  the  speed  can  be  changed  instantly  while  running,  or  the  machine  can  be  stopped  entirely. 

For  threading  it  is  necessary  to  run  at  a slower  speed  than  for  cutting  off  pipe. 

When  threading  12  inches  and  smaller  always  insert  the  bushing  or  die  supporter  into  the  die  head  to  stiffen  the  dies. 
This  machine  has  eight  changes  of  speed  without  removing  or  replacing  gears. 

Price  No.  19  Pipe  Machine,  including  right  hand  dies,  7 to  16  inches,  and  countershaft,  ....  $ 2,000  00 
“ Cutting-off  knife,  - --  --  --  --  --  --  1.50 

“ Extra  dies,  7 sets  of  pipe  dies,  right  or  left,  at  $16. 00  per  set,  -------  112.00 

7,  8,  9,  10,  12,  14,  16. 

Can  furnish  dies  for  threading  casing  and  line  pipe.  Also  for  English  and  Whitworth  standard  threads. 

These  Pipe  Machines  are,  without  doubt,  the  best  and  most  convenient  machines  of  their  kind  made.  The  dies  are  quick 
opening  and  adjustable. 

There  are  no  loose  bushings  on  the  machine  which,  when  required,  cannot  be  found.  Our  machine  has  on  back  end  of 
spindle  an  adjustable  self-centering  chuck  to  center  the  pipe.  Also  the  same  on  die  head  to  steady  the  pipe  when  being  cut 
with  cutting-off  knife.  The  gripping  chuck  is  self-centering  too,  and  very  powerful. 


302 


No.  19  PIPE  HACH1NE. 


\'/2  TO  6 INCH  PIPE  MACHINE,  WITH  ELECTRIC  HOTOR  ATTACHMENT. 


T7TTE  can  furnish  any  of  our  pipe  machines  with  electric  motors,  so  arranged  as  to  have  all  the  changes  of  speed  necessary, 
~ reverse  motion,  etc.  Prices  on  application. 

These  machines  can  be  easily  transported  from  building  to  building  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  and  threading  pipe. 
This  is  not  only  a great  convenience,  but  often  times  on  a single  large  contract  the  saving  is  sufficiently  great  to  pay  the  first 
cost  of  the  machine. 

In  any  community  where  electric  power  is  furnished  these  machines  can  be  easily  operated,  as  all  that  is  necessary  is 
simply  to  run  an  electric  wire  to  and  connect  it  with  the  motor. 


303 


LATEST  IMPROVED  PATENT  4 = DIE  BOLT  AND  NUT  TAPPING  MACHINE, 

With  Automatic  Oii,  Pump. 


HAVE  hollow  spindles,  and  will  admit  bolts  of  any  desired  length  ; are  simple  in  construction,  easily  operated,  and  not 
liable  to  get  out  of  order  ; have  opening  dies  which  are  made  to  vary  in  size  ; the  diameter  of  the  threads  cut  are  made 
larger  or  smaller  by  the  aid  of  an  adjusting  index.  The  durability,  precision  and  production  of  these  machines  are 
unsurpassed.  The  dies  are  quickly  and  easily  changed  from  one  size  to  another,  and  when  dulled  by  use  can  be  resharpened 
(without  drawing  the  temper)  by  grinding  on  an  ordinary  emery-wheel  or  grindstone.  Will  cut  right  or  left  hand.  Left  hand 
dies  are  extra,  and  furnished  only  to  order ; is  not  necessary  to  stop  or  reverse  the  machine  to  cut  or  change  the  bolts,  which 
are  cut  at  one  operation  (or  once  passing  over),  with  uniform  diameter,  size  and  lead. 

Extra  dies,  taps  or  hobs  furnished  to  order. 


No.  1 will  cut  from  K to  i inch  diameter,  with  the  following  taps 
and  dies : A<  5/16,  7/16,  A*  9/16,  Ys,  A<  % and  1 inch.  Weight,  1000 

pounds.  Hobs  for  recutting  dies. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  18  in.  diam.,  5 in.  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  75  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $3  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $350. 

Boxing,  $ . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  $335. 

No.  2 will  cut  from  to  I1/,  inches  in  diameter,  with  the  following 
taps  and  dies:  %,  7/16.  A<  9/16,  Y,  A>%  l<  1 '/«,  1 A inches.  Weight, 
1200  pounds.  Hobs  for  recutting  dies,  $ extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  14  inches  diameter,  4A  in.  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  100  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $4.  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $400. 

Boxing,  f . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  $380. 

No.  3 will  cut  from  7/16  to  lA  inches  diameter,  with  the  following 
taps  and  dies  : 7/16,  J4,  9/16,  Y><  A,  %,  1,  i}4,  iA,  1%,  iL  inches.  Weight, 
1500  pounds.  Hobs  for  recutting  dies,  $ extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  t6  inches  diameter,  4%  in.  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  70  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $5.  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $450. 

Boxing,  $ . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  55425. 

No.  4 will  cut  from  Ye  to  2 inches  diameter,  with  the  following  taps 
and  dies:  Ye,  A,  %,  1,  i!4,  ixA<  1 14,  1%,  2 inches.  Weight,  2400 

pounds.  Hobs  for  recutting  dies,  $ extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  18  inches  diameter,  5 in.  face. 

Countershaft  should  make  80  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $6.  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $550. 

Boxing,  $ . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  $500. 


No.  5 will  cut  from  % to  2 y2  inches  diameter,  with  the  following 
taps  and  dies:  A<  1,  i)4,  I&,  1%,  iA,  ifi,  XA,  i/s,  2,  2 A,  2^  inches. 
Weight,  3000  pounds.  Hobs  for  recuttiug  dies,  $ extra. 

Tight  aucl  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  24  inches  diameter,  7 in.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  70  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $7.  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $750. 
Boxing,  $ . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  #685. 

No.  6 will  cut  from  % to  3A  inches  diameter,  with  the  following 
taps  and  dies  : %,  1,  i'/s,  1 A,  1%.  *A<  *A,  2,  2 A,  2 A,  2A,  3,  3A  inches. 
Weight,  6800  pounds.  Hobs  for  recuttiug  dies,  $ extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  28  inches  diameter,  8 in.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  40  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $9.  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $1,500. 
Boxing,  $ . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  $1,375. 

No.  7 will  cut  from  r to  4 inches  diameter,  with  the  following  taps 
and  dies  : 1,  lA , 1 A,  lAt  2,  2A<  2 A’  2%,  3,  3A<  3 A,  3A<  4 inches.  Weight, 
7000  pounds.  Ilobs  for  recutting  dies,  $ extra. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  28  inches  diameter,  9 in.  face. 
Countershaft  should  make  35  revolutions  per  minute. 

Extra  dies  per  set,  $10.  Price  of  machine  with  taps  and  dies,  $i,Soo. 
Boxing,  $ . Price  of  machine  without  taps,  $1,525. 


Each  of  above  machines  furnished  with  countershaft  and  wrenches, 
automatic  oil  pump,  with  stop-cock  and  adjustable  standard. 


304 


HERRIHAN  BOLT  CUTTERS. 

Design  Showing  Sizes  Nos.  3,  4,  5 and  6. 


THE  above  cut  shows  the  No.  3 Machine,  and  the  general  design  as  shown  is  followed  in  all  the  larger  sizes,  details  of  the 
capacity  of  each  being  enumerated  in  the  following  table.  Oil  pumps  and  the  automatic  opening  device  can  be 
furnished  with  any  of  these  sizes  at  a small  additional  price. 


Size  No.  3. 


| Diameter  of  bolt, 
I Threads  per  inch, 


K, 

13, 


V*. 

10, 


8, 


l'/a, 

7, 


Ilf. 

7, 


6, 


iK, 

6, 


1 h, 
5%, 


i%, 

5. 


1%, 

5, 


2. 

4 %. 


11,  10,  9, 

Speed  of  countershaft,  150.  Diameter  of  pulley,  16  inches,  4^  inch  face.  Weight,  about  2200  pounds. 

This  is  a heavy  back-geared  machine,  so  arranged  as  to  give  eight  changes  of  speed,  thus  fitting  it  for  a large  range  of  work,  from  very  large 
down  to  moderately  small,  and  doing  any  size  with  celerity. 

Size  No  4 ■!  Diameter  of  bolt,  54,  s/St  %,  1,  1 % i%,  I 1 'A,  iH  1 % 1 1A 

s ze  o.  4.  -j  threads  per  inch,  13,  11,  10,  9,  8,  7,  7,  6,  6,  554,  5,  5, 

Speed  of  countershaft,  150.  Diameter  of  pulley,  16  inches  by  4%  face.  Weight,  about  2600  pounds. 

This,  like  the  No.  3,  is  a heavy,  back-geared  machine,  intended  for  bridge  and  other  bolt  work. 

I,  iJ4,  1 1 'A,  1%,  1%,  2, 

8,  7,  7,  6.  6,  5%,  5,  5,  4 'A, 


2, 

4 H, 


25 i 
4 ]A 


2 54 


Size  No  S i Diameter  of  bolt, 
size  mo.  5.  -j  Threads  per  inch, 


254, 


2%. 

4, 


2M. 

4, 


3 'A- 


Speed  of  countershaft,  100.  Diameter  of  pulley,  18  inches  by  4 % face.  Weight,  about,  3200  pounds. 
This  machine  is  back-geared  like  a lathe,  has  eight  speeds,  and  the  holding  vise  has  tw< 


two  screws  geared  together,  so  that  it  is  capable  of 
holding  securely  the  heaviest “work,  or  of  tapping  the  heaviest  nuts.  It  is  intended  for  doing  a very  large  range  of  work,  from  small  to  very 
- heavy  bolts. 

No  b ) Diameter  of  bolt,  i,  i y8}  i%}  i%,  1%,  i y8,  i^,  i 2,  2*/,  2^,  2^,  3,  3^,  3^>  33A-  4. 

°'  1 Threads  per  inch,  8,  7,  7,  6,  6,  5%  5,  5,  4%,  4 %,  4.  4-  3/4*  3^>  3%,  3.  3. 

This  machine  can  be  fitted  to  cut  to  inches,  if  desired.  It  is  a very  strongly-geared  tool,  capable  of  doing  its  heaviest  work  with  facility. 

With  all  machines  are  furnished  dies  and  taps  ready  for  use,  oiling  apparatus  tap  holders  for  holding  the  taps  when  tapping  nuts,  dies  for 
holding  bolts  and  nuts,  also  countershafts,  pulleys,  hangers  and  wrenches. 

Hobs  for  recutting  dies  will  be  sent  only  on  special  order.  Cuts  or  photographs  and  prices  of  any  size  furnished  on  demand. 

The  United  States  standard  of  threads,  adopted  and  recomme"'1'''1  *l-  - ^ 1-,2~  — c — ~.i ~ — A ^ 

standard  which  we  follow.  The  top  and  bottom  are  flat  one-eighth  c 
form,  but  made  1-32  inch  over  size  for  rough  iron  work.  Other  styles, 
made  to  order. 


Fig."  308. 


— 


HERRIHAN  BOLT  CUTTER,  SIZE  No.  2,  OR  \'/2  INCH  MACHINE. 


THIS  is  a very  popular  and  satisfactory  machine,  meeting  every  reasonable  demand  for  railroad  and  general  machine  shops 
bolt  work,  or  general  jobbing.  The  dies  can  be  changed  instantly  from  one  sized  bolt  to  another,  or  from  threading 
bolts  to  tapping  nuts,  and  without  turning  a screw  or  nut.  The  machine  has  a gear  cut  from  the  solid,  18  inches  diam 
eter,  driven  by  a pinion  direct  from  a cone  of  pulleys  having  broad  belt  surfaces,  and  giving  sufficient  power  on  the  largest 
sizes,  and  sufficient  speed  on  the  smaller  sizes. 

The  spindle  is  hollow,  so  that  a bolt  can  be  threaded  to  any  desirable  length. 

An  automatic  attachment  for  throwing  off  the  dies,  when  the  thread  has  been  cut  to  any  desired  point,  can  be  furnished 
at  cost  price  extra. 

Oil  Pumps. — We  supply  every  machine  with  oiling  apparatus,  but  do  not  furnish  oil  pumps,  except  on  special  order,  at 
small  cost. 

Pipe  Work. — Within  the  capacity  of  the  machine,  pipe  can  be  threaded  with  great  facility  in  these  machines  and  with 
more  rapidity  than  with  a pipe  threading  machine,  as  the  pipe  is  immediately  released  when  threaded,  without  backing  the 
dies  from  the  thread.  Pipe-thread  dies  cost  the  same  per  set  as  bolt-thread  dies. 

Taps  and  dies  usually  furnished  with  the  No.  2 machine. 

.Size  No  2 / Diameter  of  bolt H,  A,  H,  H,  H,  1.  1*6.  lA- 

' \ Threads  per  inch. . 16,  13,  11,  10,  9,  8,  7,  7,  6,  6. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  150  ; diameter  of  pulley,  12  inches,  3 inch  face  ; weight,  complete,  1000  pounds. 

Further  particulars  and  price  upon  application. 


306 


i 


Fig.  309. 


THIS  machine  is  intended  for  rapid  work  on  small  sizes  of  iron,  from  and  including  inch  up  to  if  inch.  Is  constructed 
without  gearing,  but  it  has  a cone  of  pulleys  with  broad  belt  service,  intended  to  give  sufficient  power  for  any  work 
within  the  range  stated.  It  is  made  with  automatic-opening  dies,  at  a small  extra  cost,  if  so  desired.  The  spindle  is 
hollow,  so  that  bolts  can  be  threaded  to  any  desirable  length.  Taps  and  dies  usually  furnished  with  this  machine,  according 
to  the  following  schedule  of  sizes  and  pitch  of  threads : 

g.  ^ ^ ( Diameter  of  bolt  ....  ts>  H<  Tff>  Ki  V&,  H- 

\ Threads  per  inch  ...  20,  18,  16,  14,  13,  11,  10. 


Speed  of  countershaft,  125  revolutions  ; diameter  of  pulley,  12  inches,  3 inch  face  ; weight,  complete,  6oo,pounds. 

They  will  cut  the  usual  V , square,  or  ratchet  threads,  with  equal  facility,  and  at  one  cut. 

They  are  provided  with  an  “ index,”  by  the  use  of  which  the  machine  can  be  instantly  adjusted  to  cut  the  required  size 
so  that  the  bolts  can  be  made  to  fit  the  nuts. 

They  are  provided  with  means  for  tapping  nuts  when  needed,  and  the  change  from  cutting  bolts  to  tapping  nuts  can  be 
made  in  a minute,  or  vice  versa. 

In  the  perfection  of  the  thread  produced  they  are  surpassed  by  no  other  machine. 

In  rapidity  they  surpass  all'ordinary  machines,  their  capacity  being  several  times  as  great  as  that  of  the  ordinary  kind. 
They  are  so  simple  in  construction  that  they  are  not  liable  to  get  out  of  order. 


Complete  detail  and  prices  furnished  upon  application. 


307 


PRENTISS  Tool  ^SUPPLY  (o, 


Fig.  310. 


HAND  BOLT  CUTTER  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 


No.  6. 

Above  machine  complete,  with  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies 
and  collets. 

Cutting,  X20.  5-i618,  X16.  7-1614,  X12.  X1X>  X10-  ' 
Price,  150.00. 

Weight  complete,  150  pounds. 


Fig.  311. 


HAND  BOLT  CUTTER  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 
No.  7. 


Above  machine  complete,  with  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies 
and  collets. 

Cutting,  X20.  5-i61s,  X18>  7-i614,  X12,  X11,  X10.  X9>  i8- 
Price,  $70.00. 

Weight  complete,  200  pounds. 

Has  improved  clutch  on  spindle  for  running  die  off  after 
thread  is  cut,  making  quick  return. 


Fig.  312. 


Assortment  No  6. 

With  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets. 

Cutting,  X20,  5-i618,  X18>  7-i614,  X12,  X11.  X10- 
Price,  $57.00. 

Weight  of  above  machine,  185  pounds. 
Assortment  No.  7. 

With  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets. 

Cutting,  X20.  5-i618,  %if;,  71614,  X12.  X11,  X10,X">  i8- 
Price,  $77.00. 

Weight  of  above  machine,  235  pounds. 


Fig.  313. 


HAND  BOLT  CUTTER  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 


Nos.  8 and  8X* 

This  machine  has  three  changes  of  speed,  multiplying 
the  power  two  and  seven  times,  and  equalizing  it  once. 

Assortment  No.  8. 

Cutting,  X20,  5-i618,  X18.-  7 i614,  X1*,  X11.  X10.  7A\  I8. 
Price,  $90.00. 

Assortment  No.  8X- 

Cutting,  X20.  5-i618,  X18,  7-i614,  X12.  X11.  X10,  X”.  J8, 
1X7.  IX7‘  Price,  $108.00. 

Weight  of  machine,  350  pounds. 

This  machine  has  our  improved  tail  block  jaws,  for  hold 
ing  iron  ; also  clutch  on  spindle,  for  throwing  out  gear. 


308 


Fig.  314. 


HAND  BOLT  CUTTER  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 

No.  9. 

This  machine  has  four  changes  of  speed,  multiplying  the  power  14, 
7 and  2 times,  and  equalizes  it  once. 

This  machine  has  clutch  on  spindle  for  throwing  out  gear,  also  our 
improved  jaws  for  holding  iron  in  the  tail  block.  Has  hollow  spindle. 

Assortment  No.  9. 

With  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets. 

Cutting,  X16>  tV*,  X12,  Vs11,  A10,  7/s\  Is.  i^7.  i X7. 
iAse,  iXs-  Price,  $140.00. 

We  furnish  balance  wheel  on  end  of  spindle  for  $5.00  extra.  Weight 
of  machine,  400  pounds. 

Fig.  316. 


BOLT  CUTTER  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 
No.  12. 


Complete,  with  plain  countershaft,  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets. 

Cutting,  X16,  TV4,  'A12,  X11,  A10,  A9,  I3,  1/s7,  iX7> 
I He,  IAe-  Price,  $165.00. 

If  with  friction  clutch,  $10.00  extra.  Weight  of  machine  complete, 
850  pounds.  Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions  per  minute.  Size  of 
driving  pulleys  on  countershaft,  3^  x 12. 


Fig.  315. 


Complete,  with  plain  countershaft,  tap  chuck,  taps,  adjustable  dies 
and  collets. 


Assortment  No.  io. 

Cutting,  A20,  Yg1 8 , X16-  -A14,  A12,  A11,  A10,  A°,  I8- 

Price,  $115.00.  If  with  friction  clutch,  $10.00  extra. 

Assortment  No.  ioX- 


Cutting,  X20,  xV8.  H16,  TV4,  X12,  X11,  A10,  A\  1\ 
I X7.  lA7-  Price,  $133.90. 

If  with  friction  clutch,  $10.00  extra. 

Weight  of  machine,  600  pounds.  Speed  of  countershaft,  250  revolu- 
tions per  minute.  Size  of  driving  pulleys  on  countershaft,  3J4  x 10 
inches. 


Fig.  317. 


POWER  BOLT  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 

No.  14. 

Machine  No.  14,  with  countershaft,  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets. 

Cutting,  X.  t56.  X>  A.  A,  X>  A,  Vs,  i inch.  Price,  $155.00. 

When  countershaft  is  not  wanted  deduct  $15.00. 

The  machine  is  arranged  with  automatic  quick  return.  By  pushing 
up'on  tail  block  dies  are  run  on  to  the  bolt.  By  pushing  back  on  tail 
block  dies  are  run  off  automatically  at  an  increased  speed.  This  in 
many  kinds  of  work  makes  this  machine  a rival  of  an  open  die  machine. 

But  one  belt  is  needed  on  countershaft . 

Speed  of  countershaft,  250  revolutions  per  minute. 


309 


No.  20.  Back-geared  Machine. 

BOLT  CUTTER  AND  NUT  TAPPER. 


Price  List  and  Assortments. 

Assortment  No.  A 20. 

Machine  No.  20,  with  friction  clutch  countershaft,  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets,  cutting  24,  j7s>  l/2, 

Hi  Hi  Hi  1 , 1H1  llXi  IHi  inches,  ---------  f 290.00 

Assortment  No.  B 20. 

Machine  No.  20,  with  friction  clutch  countershaft,  tap  chuck,  taps,  dies  and  collets,  cutting  24,  , '/2, 

Hi  Hi  Hi  I.  I Hi  1Hi  *H>  i/4,  iHi  2 inches,  -------  328.20 

If  plain  countershaft  is  wanted  deduct  $ to. 00  from  above  prices. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  200  revolutions  per  minute,  which  gives  a range  from  10  to  400  revolutions  of  spindle  per 
minute.  Machine  has  six  speeds. 


Sizes  of  Bolt  Cutter  Heads. 


Prices  of  Dies. 


No. 

Diameter 
of  Flange. 

Entire 

Eength. 

Size  of 
Hole. 

Capacity 
Up  to 

Price 

Without 

Dies 

I 

6 )4  inch. 

8^  inch. 

1 24  inch. 

1 24  inch. 

2 

724  inch. 

9 inch. 

2 inch. 

1 y2  inch. 

3 

724  inch. 

924  inch. 

2%  inch. 

2 inch. 

4 

io'X  inch. 

1 1 H inch. 

3 X inch. 

2 >4  inch. 

5 

10X  inch. 

12  inch. 

4 inch. 

3 inch. 

6 

14  inch. 

14  inch. 

424  inch. 

4 inch. 

7 

1424  inch. 

1424  inch. 

7 h inch. 

6 inch. 

8 

18  inch. 

18  inch. 

10  inch. 

8 inch. 

Bolt  Cutter. 

Plain  Dies. 

Hat  Dies. 

Case  Dies 

Flush  Case. 

Chasers  or 
Cutters  for 
Case  Dies. 

Cases. 

Hats 

Hat  Cutters 

Re-Cutting 

Dies. 

No.  I 

#2.50 

fo.OO 

#4.00 

#4.50 

#i-5o 

$2.50 

$ -50 

#2.50 

^ 1 
8 

2 

2 50 

3.00 

4-00 

4-50 

1.50 

2.50 

•50 

2.50 

r .00 

3 

2.50 

3.00 

4-5o 

5.00 

1.50 

3.00 

■50 

2.50 

1. 00 

3 Yz 

3.00 

3-5o 

5-oo 

6.00 

2.00 

3-5o 

I. OO 

3.00 

1.50 

4 

3-50 

4.00 

6.00 

6.50 

2.00 

4.00 

I. OO 

3.00 

1.50 

5 

3-5° 

4.00 

6.00 

6.50 

2.00 

4.00 

[.OO 

3.OC) 

1.50 

6 

3-5° 

4.00 

6.00 

6.50 

2.00 

4.00 

I.  OO 

3.00 

1.50 

7 

5-oo 

6.00 

7.00 

7-5° 

3 00 

4.00 

2.00 

4.00 

2.00 

8 

5.00 

6.00 

7.00 

7-5o 

3.00 

4.00 

2.00 

4.00 

2.00 

Steel  heads  2 inches  to  3 inches  shorter  can  also  be  furnished. 


310 


Fig.  319. 


(Pat.  Oct.  1874,  1879,  1886.) 

No.  2 OR  1 1=4  INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Bolt  Cutters  of  the  above  design  are  made  in  all  sizes  fully  described  on  page  312. 

* 

The  simplest,  strongest,  most  durable  and  easiest  operated  head  in  the  market. 

Best  mechanical  motions  of  any  in  the  world. 

Most  simple  and  positive  lock  when  closed. 

Has  no  toggle  lock  with  five  points  for  lost  motion. 

Has  no  toggle  lock  requiring  to  pass  center  to  lock  at  all. 

No  place  for  lost  motion,  when  dies  are  placed  in  the  head  and  size  wanted,  is  obtained  by  adjustment ; there  cannot  be 
a particle  of  lost  motion,  the  size  is  fixed  absolutely.  This  differs  from  the  toggle  motion. 

Head  easily  kept  free  from  chips  and  dirt. 

Head  made  to  standard  jigs  and  gauges,  and  all  parts  are  interchangeable. 

Advantage  of  four  styles  of  dies  : Plain,  hat,  case  and  flush  case. 

We  do  not  misstate  when  we  say  that  case  and  flush  case  dies  can  be  made  double  end  or  reversible. 

riain  and  hat  dies  cut  in  one  head  fit  any  other.  Case  and  flush  case  dies  we  advise  to  be  cut  in  their  cases.  The  cases, 
however,  fit  any  other  case  or  flush  case  die  head. 

Flush  case  die  cuts  close  to  the  shoulder,  the  only  adjustable  opening  die  that  will  do  this. 

Heads  are  attached  to  hollow  spindle  on  machine,  allowing  any  length  of  thread  to  be  cut. 

Head  is  much  shorter,  more  compact,  and  does  not  overhang  spindle,  as  some  others  do. 


311 


No.  0,  OR  3=4  INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  ^ to  X inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  12x4  inch  pulleys,  140 
revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  3 feet  10  inches  x 2 feet  2 inches. 

Weight,  1000  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  ------- 

Case  dies,  »t,  X,  X,  s/s>  % inch, 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies, 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  ------------ 

Complete, 


No.  I , OR  1 INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  X to  1 inch,  right  or  left  hand. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  with  12x4  inch  pulleys,  100  revolutions  per  minute. 
Floor  space,  5 feet  3 inches  x 2 feet.  Weight,  1400  pounds. 
Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft, 

Case  dies,  X>  X>  X>  X>  X>  X and  1 inch, 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  ----------- 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  ---------- 

Complete,  ----------- 


No.  2,  OR  I 1=4  INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  X to  iX  inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  12x4  inch  pulleys, 

250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  5 feet  3 inches  x 2 feet.  Geared  4 to  1. 

Weight,  1500  pounds. 

Machine,  primp,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft, 

Case  dies,  X.  X,  X.  X>  X.  L iX>  1 X inch, 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  -------------- 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  - 

Complete, 

No.  3,  OR  1 1=2  INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  X to  iX  inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  14  x 4 inch  pulleys, 

. 250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  5 feet  9 inches  x 2 feet  5 inches. 

Geared  5 to  1.  Weight,  1700  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  -------- 

Case  dies,  X.  X.  X.  X.  X>  L xX»  IX  and  iX  inch,  ------- 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  ...  - 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die  - 

Complete,  - - ------- 


No.  3 1=2,  OR  LIGHT  2 INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  X to  2 inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  16  x 4 inch  pulleys, 
250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  6 feet  x 2 feet  5 inches. 

Geared  6X  to  1.  Weight,  2200  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft, 

Case  dies,  X.  X.  X.  X.  L iX>  *X>  IYs,  iX.  JX>  2 inch 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  ............. 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  --------- 


| 220.00 

21.00 
6.00 

10.00 

$257  00 


# 262.00 
28.00 
IO  OO 
10.00 

$310.00 


f 295. 00 

32.00 

13.00 

10.00 

#350.00 


$360 . 00 

40.00 

15.00 

10.00 

#425-00 


#405.00 

50.00 

30.00 

15.00 


Complete, 


In  ordering , always  state  style  of  threads  required. 


#500.00 


No.  4,  OR  HEAVY  2 INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  y2  to  2 inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  18  x 4 inch  pulleys, 

250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  7 feet  8 inches  by  2 feet  10  inches. 

Geared  6 to  1.  Weight,  2700  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  ------  - $460.00 

Case  dies,  >4,  1,  iX.  and  2 inch>  --------  55.00 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  - --  --  --  --  --  --  - 30.00 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  ---  ----  ---  - 15 .00 

Complete,  ------------  $560.00 

No.  5,  OR  2 1=2  INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  to  2'/2  inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  18  x 4 inch  pulleys, 

250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  7 feet  8 inches  by  2 feet  10  inches. 

Geared  7 to  1.  Weight,  3100  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  --------  $535.00 

Case  dies,  1,  !'/&,  11/,  ifs,  ifs,  iji,  2,  2'/  and  2lf  inch,  ------  75.00 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  - - - - - - - - - - - - 50.00 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  - - - - - - - - - - 15.00 

$675.00 


$652.00 

78.00 
75  00 

20.00 

Complete,  - --  --  --  --  --  --  - $825.00 

No.  7,  OR  3 1=2  INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  to  3^  inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  18x4  inch  pulleys, 


250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  8 feet  10  inches  by  three  feet. 

Back  geared  49  to  1.  Weight,  4200  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  - --  --  --  - $700.00 

Case  dies,  1,  1%,  ifs,  ilA,  iH,  1^,  2,  2#,  2%,  2^,  3,  and  y/2  inch,  - - - - 9000 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  - --  --  --  --  --  - . 115.00 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  --------  --  - 20.00 

Complete,  -----------  $925.00 

No.  8,  OR  4 INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 


Threads  and  taps  to  4 inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  18x4  inch  pulleys, 
250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  8 feet  10  inches  by  3 feet. 

Back  geared  49  to  1.  Weight,  4400  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  - 
Case  dies,  i'/2 , itf,  i3f,  1 7A,  2,  2^,  2%,  3,  5%,  y/2,  3^  and  4 inch, 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies  ------------ 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  -------- 


- $795-oo 

85.00 
150.00 

20.00 


Complete,  - --  --  --  --  --  -- 

No.  6,  OR  3 INCH  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  and  taps  to  3 inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  18  x 4 inch  pulleys, 
250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  8 feet  by  2 feet  10  inches. 

Back  geared  30  to  1.  Weight,  3600  pounds. 

Machine,  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  - 
Case  dies,  1,  1%,  1 1 i'/2,  lji,  1%,  1^,  2,  2 'X,  2^,  2%  and  3 inch, 

Nut  taps,  as  per  dies,  - --  --  --  --  - 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  - - - - - - - 


Complete, 


In  ordering  always  state  style  of  thread  required. 


- $1050.00 


1 INCH  DOUBLE  BOLT  CUTTER. 


Threads  or  taps  to  i inch  on  both  heads  at  one  time,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft, 
with  14  by  4 inch  pulleys,  250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  4 feet  by 
3 feet  6 inches.  Geared,  3 to  1.  Weight,  2200  pounds. 

Machine,  with  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening  and  countershaft,  .... 

Case  dies,  2 set  each,  y%,  T7F,  y2,  J4,  3A  inch ; 1 set  each,  1 inch,  - - - 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  ----------- 

Complete,  - --  --  --  --  --  - 


1 1=2  INCH  DOUBLE  BOLT  CUTTER. 


Threads  or  taps  to  1 y2  inch  single  head,  or  on  both  heads  to  1 inch,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of 
countershaft,  with  14  by  4 inch  pulleys,  250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space, 

4 feet  9 inches  by  4 feet.  Geared,  4 to  I.  Weight,  2500  pounds. 

Machine,  with  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening,  and  countershaft,  ------ 

Case  dies,  2 set  each,  %,  y,  y&  and  1 inch  ; 1 set  each,  iy,  i%,  1 y%  and  i'/z  inch,  - 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  - --  --  --  --  -- 

Complete,  - - - - - - - - - - 

2 INCH  DOUBLE  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  or  taps  to  2 inch  on  both  heads  at  one  time,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft, 
with  18  by  4 yz  inch  pulleys,  250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  6 feet  1 inch 
by  4 feet  5 inch.  Single  geared,  6A  to  1.  Weight,  4,200  pounds. 

Machine,  with  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening,  and  countershaft,  ------ 

Case  dies,  2 set  each,  yz,  %,  A,  1,  1%,  1'/,  1%,  i'/2  inch  ; 1 set  each,  \A,  2 inch, 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  ----------- 

Complete,  ------------ 

2 1=2  INCH  DOUBLE  BOLT  CUTTER. 

Threads  or  taps  to  2 y2  inch  on  both  heads  at  one  time,  right  or  left  hand.  Speed  of  countershaft,  with  18 
by  y/z  inch  pulleys,  250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  6 feet  1 inch  by  4 feet  5 inch. 

Plain  geared,  2>A  to  1 ; back  geared,  14^  to  1.  Weight,  4500  pounds. 

Machine,  with  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening,  and  countershaft,  ... 

Case  dies,  2 set  each,  A,  1,  I'A,  I'A,  i}4,  i'/z,  1 A,  2 inch  ; 1 set  each,  2 'A,  2 y2  inch, 

Adjustable  tap  chuck  and  stop  die,  ----- 

Complete,  ------------- 

In  ordering  always  state  style  of  thread  required. 


#485. 

45- 


$540. 


#550. 

60, 

10. 

$620. 


$700.00 
1 10.00 
15.00 
$825. (X) 


$850.00 
1 10.00 
15.00 
$075.00 


314 


8 8 8:8  8 8 8 8 


RAPID  TRACK  BOLT  CUTTER. 


Fig.  321. 


? | AHE  machine  is  furnished  witli  tlie  “ rapid”  style  of 
head  commonly  adopted  in  bolt  works,  where  con- 
tinuous threading  of  bolts  for  one  or  two  days,  without 
changing  dies,  is  practiced.  It  is  also  adapted  for  cutting 
lag  screws,  machine  and  carriage  bolts  and  general  bolt 
work. 

It  has  three  changes  of  speed,  pump  and  automatic 
opening,  and  we  furnish  any  style  of  vise  required. 

TWO  SPINDLE  MACHINE. 

Capacity  to  1 inch  ; will  thread  5000  track  bolts  per 
day  ; weight,  2000  pounds.  Countershaft  pulleys,  14  by  4 
inch  ; speed,  250  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price,  with  countershaft  and  two  sets  of  dies,  $425.00. 

THREE  SPINDLE  MACHINE. 

Capacity  to  1 inch  ; will  thread  7000  track  bolts  per 
day  ; weight,  3000  pounds.  Countershaft  pulleys,  18  by 
4 inch  : speed,  250  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price,  with  countershaft  and  three  sets  of  dies,  $ 650.00 . 
In  ordering  always  state  style  of  thread  required. 


Fig.  322. 


BOLT  CUTTER. 

Hand  Power  Attachment. 

THIS  cut  illustrates  a Bolt  Cutter  with  hand  power  attach- 
ment, which  can  be  applied  to  the  No.  o,  No.  1,  No.  2 and 
No.  3 single  head  machines  shown. 

This  is  a very  convenient  device  where  power  is  not  attain- 
able, or  where  only  a few  bolts  are  required  to  be  threaded. 

We  can  furnish  the  machines  with  both  belt  and  hand 
attachments  if  desired. 

Prices  given  upon  application. 


315 


fg*PREjVTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  <3 

Fig.  323 


SINGLE  STAY  BOLT  CUTTER. 


''pins  machine  is  designed  for  boiler  and  locomotive  works,  where  machine  bolts  as  well  as  stay  bolts  are  threaded.  It 
will  cut  right  or  left  hand  threads  from  y%  to  i ^ inches  in  diameter,  and  from  i to  36  inches  in  length,  at  one  vising 
and  by  revising  bolt  thread  over  36  inches  long  can  be  cut.  It  is  also  adapted  for  tapping  of  nuts. 

J his  machine  is  furnished  with  combined  hand  and  automatic  opening,  and  we  can  also  supply  lead  screw  attachment 
when  desired. 


.Speed  of  countershaft,  with  14  x 4 inch  pulleys,  250  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  6 feet  8 inches  by  2 feet. 

Geared  5 to  1.  Weight,  1900  pounds. 


Machine,  with  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening,  countershaft,  top  chuck  and  (9)  set  of  case  dies, 

Class  B,  with  hat  dies,  

Class  C,  with  plain  dies, 


#425.00 

385.00 

370.00 


Plain  dies,  #2.50  ; hat  dies,  $3.00  ; case  dies,  $4.50  ; flush  case  dies,  $ 5.00  per  set. 
In  ordering  always  state  style  of  thread  required. 


316 


(Pat.  Oct.  1874,  1879,  1886.) 


DOUBLE  STAY  BOLT  CUTTER. 


AtAHIS  tool  will  thread  two  bolts  at  the  same  time,  and  is  designed  for  large  boiler  and  locomotive  works,  where  quantity  as 
well  as  quality  is  essential.  It  will  cut  right  or  left  hand  threads  from  */%  to  1 inches  in  diameter,  and  36  inches  of 
thread  without  revising.  We  can  also  furnish  it  with  lead  screw  attachment  if  desired.  This  machine  is  also  adapted  for 
common  bolt  threading  and  tapping  of  nuts. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  with  16  x 4 inch  pulleys,  275  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  7 feet  7 'f  inches 
by  4 feet.  Geared  4 to  1.  Weight,  2800  pounds. 


Machine,  with  pump,  automatic  and  hand  opening,  and  countershaft,  tap  chuck  and  (14)  set  of  case  dies, 
Class  B,  with  hat  dies,  --------- 

Class  C,  with  plain  dies,  -------- 

Plain  dies,  $2.50  ; hat  dies,  #3.00  ; case  dies,  #4.50  ; flush  case  dies,  $5.00  per  set. 


In  ordering  always  state  style  of  thread  required. 


$625.00 

585-00 

570.00 


317 


BOLT  POINTER. 


/nrVHIS  machine  is  used  for  forming  and  finishing  the  points  ot  all  classes  of  bolts,  lag,  or  coach  screws,  studs,  etc.  The 
pointing  tools  or  knives,  consisting  of  one  or  more  cutters  made  of  flat  or  square  steel,  set  at  a proper  angle  or  angles  in  a 
round  head,  we  consider  the  best  method  for  general  pointing.  We  manufacture  a large  line  of  these  machines,  but  only 
illustrate  the  one  style;  as  shown.  Photographs,  etc.,  of  others  on  application. 


Speeds,  Capacities  and  Prices. 

No.  i.  Small  bench  pointer,  to  y%  inch,  - - - 

Speed,  300  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  2.  Small  bench  pointer,  to  inch  (with  steel  head),  ... 

Speed,  300  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  3.  Large  bench  pointer,  to  1 inch  (with  steel  head),  ... 

Speed,  200  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  4,  Small  pedestal  pointer,  to  y inch  (on  frame  like  cut), 

Speed,  250  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  5.  Large  pedestal  pointer,  to  1 inch  (on  frame  like  cut), 

Speed,  200  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  6.  Large  pointer,  to  1 y or  i'/2  inch  (on  frame  same  as  No.  2 bolt  cutter), 

Speed,  100  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  7.  Large  pointer,  to  2 inch  (geared,  on  frame  same  as  No.  2 bolt  cutter), 

Speed,  75  revolutions  per  minute. 


$ 100.00 
115  00 


125.00 


1 35 .00 


• 150.00 


175.00 


250.00 


318 


COMBINED  CUTTING=OFF  LATHE  AND  NUT  AND  BOLT  HEAD  FACING  flACHINE. 


nrAHIS  MACHINE  is  especially  adapted  to  locomotive,  engine  and  tool  shops.  By  a suitable  arrangement  of  the  nut 
arbors,  it  becomes  impossible  to  square  a nut  otherwise  than  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  hole.  The  spindle  has 
i-j’j  inch  hole.  Largest  step  on  cone,  12  inches  diameter,  4 inch  belt.  The  water  used  is  strained  from  chips  and  used 
again.  The  saddle  is  compound,  the  lower  slide  being  used  to  adjust  the  facing  tools  to  proper  thickness  of  nut ; the  upper 
one  having  roughing  and  finishing  tools,  the  roughing  being  done  by  the  front  tool  and  the  finishing  by  the  back  one,  which 
is  reversed,  thus  obviating  the  necessity  of  reversing  the  motion  of  the  machine.  The  chamfering  or  rounding  is  done  during 
the  operation  of  the  facing.  The  capacity  of  this  machine  is  from  ^ to  2 inch  nuts,  and  % to  1 inch  bolts,  inclusive.  The 
first  thread  is  chamfered  out  by  the  lever  shown  at  the  right.  The  tailstock  spindle  can  be  removed,  and  by  substituting  a 
cutting-off  for  the  facing  tool,  stock,  up  to  1 inch  diameter,  can  be  cut  off  as  quickly  as  in  a regular  cutting-off  machine.  Each 
machine  is  furnished  with  nine  adjustable  nut  arbors  from  % to  inches,  two  tool  holders,  four  facing  tools,  water  tank, 
wrench,  and  12  inch  friction  countershaft,  which  should  make  90  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight,  1300  pounds.  Price,  ----------  $300.00 

Special  three-jawed  Universal  chuck  (fitted),  - .....  35  00  extra. 


319 


premiss  tqql  Supply  <& 

CLfe#? 


Fig.  327. 


BELT  NUT  TAPPER.  (CLASS  B.) 


SKEW  GEAR  NUT  TAPPER. 


BELT  NUT  TAPPER.  (CLASS  B.) 


Speeds,  Capacities  and  Prices. 


No.  1,  3 spindle,  taps  to  inch;  weight,  500  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  14x4  inch  pulleys,  120 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  three  sockets.  -----  #1 15.00 

No.  1,  4 spindle,  taps  to  Y inch;  weight,  600  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  14x4  inch  pulleys,  120 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  four  sockets,  -----  125.00 

No.  2,  5 spindle,  taps  to  inch;  weight,  900  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  14x4  inch  pulleys,  120 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  five  sockets,  -----  140.00 

No.  3,  3 spindle,  taps  to  $4  inch  ; weight,  600  pounds  ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  24  x 6 inch  pulleys,  100 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  three  sockets,  -----  125.00 

No.  4,  4 spindle,  taps  to  )4  inch  ; weight,  800  pounds  ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  24  x 6 inch  pulleys,  100 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  four  sockets,  -----  140.00 

No.  5,  5 spindle,  taps  to  inch;  weight,  1100  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  24x6  inch  pulleys,  100 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  five  sockets,  - - - - - 165.00 

No.  6,  6 spindle,  taps  to  inch  ; weight,  2200  pounds ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  30  x 7 inch  pulleys,  55 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  six  sockets,  -----  275.00 


SKEW  GEAR  NUT  TAPPER. 


Speeds,  Capacities  and  Prices. 


No.  1,  4 spindle,  taps  to  % inch;  weight,  1200  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  14x4  inch  pulleys,  120 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  four  sockets,  -----  $ 200.00 

No.  2,  5 spindle,  taps  to  % inch  ; weight,  1350  pounds ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  14  x 4 inch  pulleys,  206 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  five  sockets,  - 225.00 

No.  3,  4 spindle,  taps  to  1 inch  or  inch  on  2 spindles  ; weight,  2000  pounds  ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  iS  x 4 

inch  pulleys,  240  revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  four  sockets,  - 35°-(>o 

No.  4,  6 spindle,  taps  to  1 inch  or  1^4  inch  on  2 spindles  ; weight, 2800  pounds ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  18  x 4 

inch  pulleys,  240  revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  six  sockets,  - - 41x1.00 


320 


Fig.  329. 


BACK  GEARED  NUT  TAPPER. 


/nrVHIS  style  of  Nut  Tapper  is  acknowledged  by  the  bolt  trade  to  be  the  most  complete  and  perfect  tapper  in  the  market. 

The  long  pinion  does  away  with  the  feather  driving  motion,  and  the  power  is  applied  between  the  bearings  on  the  driven 
spindles.  Any  one  of  the  spindles  can  be  stopped  independent  of  the  others  by  treading  same'out  of  gear.  This  tapper  can 
be  operated  in  or  out  of  back  gear,  giving  six  changes  of  speed,  and  we  manufacture  it  with  four  and  six  spindles.  The 
treadles  of  this  machine  are  supported  on  the  frame,  and  it  is  thoroughly  self-contained.  It  also  has  deep  pan,  the  ends  of 
which  are  arranged  for  drawing  off  water  and  oil,  when  a door  is  opened  and  chips  drawn  out. 

Furnished  with  “plain,”  “patent  relieving”  or  “spring”  sockets. 

Speeds,  Capacities  and  Prices. 

No.  1,  4 spindle,  taps  to  1%  inch;  weight,  2800  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  18x4  inch  pulleys,  275 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  four  sockets,  -----  $500.00 

No.  2,  6 spindle,  taps  to  1^  inch;  weight,  3500  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  18x4  inch  pulleys,  275 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  six  sockets,  -----  600.00 

No.  3,  4 spindle  (extra  heavy),  taps  to  2 inch;  weight,  3000  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  18x4  inch 

pulleys,  275  revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  four  sockets,  - - - 550.00 

No.  4,  6 spindle  (extra  heavy),  taps  to  2 inch  ; weight,  3700  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  18x4  inch 

pulleys,  275|revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  six  sockets,  - 650.00 


321 


ROTARY  AUTOflATIC  NUT  TAPPER. 


Speeds,  Capacities  and  Prices. 

No.  i,  6 spindle,  taps  to  inch;  weight,  5500  pounds;  speed  of  countershaft,  with  30x8  inch  pulleys,  225 

revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  six  sockets,  - $850.00 

No.  2,  10  spindle,  taps  to  1 or  1^  inch  on  six  spindles  ; weight,  7000  pounds  ; speed  of  countershaft,  with  30  x 8 

inch  pulleys,  120  revolutions  per  minute.  Price,  with  countershaft  and  ten  sockets,  ...  1000.00 

This  tool  is  hack  geared  for  heavy  work,  and  is  a substantial,  reliable  and  strong  tapper. 

It  is  made  with  6 or  10  spindles. 

Furnished  with  “patent  relieving”  or  “spring”  sockets. 

The  revolving  pan  or  basin  is  fdled  with  oil  or  an  alkali  water,  which  covers  the  nut,  which  keeps  it  cool  and  well 
lubricated. 


322 


IHPROVED  BOLT  HEADER. 


THIS  MACHINE  has  four  hammers  working  in  connection  with  heading  die,  all  being  driven  from  main  crank  shaft,  and 
is  especially  adapted  for  square  and  hexagon  head  bolts,  but  is  capable  of  making  any  other  styles.  It  can  be  operated 
by  any  ordinary  workman  with  a few  hours’  instruction;  the  operator  has  simply  to  insert  the  blank  and  start  the 
machine.  From  four  to  eight  revolutions  will  produce  a perfect  head  on  any  square  or  hexagon  bolt,  rivets  and  track  bolts 
being  made  at  one  blow.  Any  length  of  bolt  can  be  made,  and  a change  from  one  size  to  another  rapidly  executed.  The 
output  of  one  of  these  machines  will  run  from  2000  to  6000  in  ten  hours,  depending,  of  course,  on  the  size  and  form  of  heads. 
The  iron  should  be  properly  heated  to  avoid  any  cold  shuts  under  the  head.  We  supply  special  furnaces  when  required,  to 
use  crude  oil,  coal  or  gas.  Special  attention  has  been  given  to  proper  strength  of  beds,  adjustable  liners ; bronze  bushings 
and  steel  castings  where  required,  and  our  machines  having  been  fully  tested  are  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  any  other  make. 

No.  o.  Capacity  to  yi  inch.  Weight,  2500  pounds.  Speed,  135  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  5 feet  by  3 feet 

4 inches.  Price,  with  one  size  of  dies.  --------  $750.00 

Extra  dies,  $12.00  per  set.  Countershaft,  extra,  $30.00. 

No.  1.  Capacity  to  ^ inch.  Weight,  3700  pounds.  Speed,  120  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  5 feet  7 inches 

by  3 feet  7 inches.  Price,  with  one  size  of  dies,  -------  850.00 

Extra  dies,  $18.00  per  set.  Countershaft,  extra,  $35.00. 

No.  2.  Capacity  to  1 inch.  Weight,  5000  pounds.  Speed,  100  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  7 feet  8 inches 

by  5 feet.  Price,  with  one  size  of  dies,  --------  950.00 

Extra  dies,  $20.00  per  set.  Countershaft,  extra,  $40.00. 

No.  3.  Capacity  to  \ inch.  Weight,  12000  pounds.  Speed,  85  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  8 feet  4 inches 

by  6 feet.  Price,  with  one  size  of  dies,  --------  1500.00 

Extra  dies,  $25.00  per  set.  Countershaft,  extra,  $45.00. 

No.  4.  Capacity  to  2 inch.  Weight,  15000  pounds.  Speed,  65  revolutions  per  minute.  Floor  space,  9 feet  by  7 feet 

6 inches.  Price,  with  one  size  of  dies,  --------  2ooo  00 

Extra  dies,  $30.00  per  set.  Countershaft,  extra,  $50.00. 


323 


Fig.  332. 


No.  2 OPEN  DIE,  SINGLE  STROKE  HEADER. 


/ I MIESE  machines  are  made  throughout  of  best  material ; hardened  knuckles  and  plungers,  steel  puucli-holders  and  steel 
cams ; the  die-holders  are  fitted  for  each  length  of  rivet,  and  can  be  readily  removed  and  replaced  by  others  made  for 
any  lengths  up  to  the  limit  of  the  machine  ; the  dies  are  closed  and  held  during  the  heading  b}’  a powerful  knuckle-joint 
actuated  by  a positive  cam  motion  on  the  main  shaft. 

Prices  of  all  rivet  machines  include  necessary  wrenches  and  one  set  of  tools  fitted  and  in  working  order  ; countershaft, 
etc.,  not  included. 


324 


Fig.  333. 


/nrVHE  illustration  represents  the  No.  2 size  of  this  class  of  machine.  They  are  made  of  the  best  material,  in  the  most 
thorough  manner,  with  all  necessary  adjustments  for  wear  and  for  different  sizes  of  work.  They  will  work  up  the  ends 
of  the  wire,  and  new  pieces  of  wire  can  be  fed  in  without  stopping  the  machine.  The  adjustments  for  length  of  rivet  and  for 
the  length  of  wire  feed  can  be  regulated  while  the  machine  is  in  motion. 


Number  of  machine,  ------ 

0 

1 

2 

3 

Diameter  of  wire  the  machine  will  work, 

Y%  inch 

3-16  inch 

inch 

Y%  inch 

Length  of  rivet  the  machine  will  make,  - - - 

Y inch 

inch 

1 yi.  inches 

2 Y%  inches 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel,  ----- 

20  inches 

36  inches 

42  inches 

62  inches 

Face  of  fly-wheel,  ------ 

Y/z  inches 

4 y inches 

5 Yz  inches 

7 inches 

Number  of  revolutions  per  minute,  - 

125 

90 

75 

55 

Weight,  complete,  ------ 

800  pounds 

2000  pounds 

3800  pounds 

8000  pounds 

Price,  ------- 

#550 

$750 

$950 

$1,600 

The  prices  include  necessary  wrenches  and  one  set  of  tools  fitted  and  tested  to  produce  sample  work. 

Note. — The  sizes  of  wire  that  machine  will  work  are  calculated  for  iron  ; they  may  be  exceeded  in  many  cases,  especially 
for  brass  and  copper  work . 


325 


SOLID  DIE,  DOUBLE  STROKE,  GEARED  RIVET  MACHINES. 


^TAHE  illustration  represents  the  No.  2^  size  of  Solid  Die,  Double  Stroke,  Geared  Rivet  Machines.  These  machines  have 
independent  knock-out  motion,  will  work  up  all  of  the  wire,  and  can  be  adjusted  same  as  the  plain  machines.  Relief 
motion  is  described  on  following  page  ; the  cost  of  relief  fixtures  not  included  in  price  list. 


Number  of  machine,  - 

2'A 

3'A 

5 

Diameter  of  wire  the  machine  will  work, 

5-16  inch 

inch 

y inch 

Length  of  rivet  the  machine  will  make, 

2 inches 

2,%  inches 

4'/2  inches 

Number  of  rivets  per  minute,  - 

60 

50 

40 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel,  - - - . - 

36  inches 

50  inches 

60  inches 

Face  of  fly-wheel, 

4 yz  inches 

6 inches  • 

6 y2  inches 

Revolutions  of  fly-wheel  per  minute, 

120 

100 

80 

Weight  of  machine,  complete,  - 

5500  pounds 

12800  pounds 

21000  pounds 

Price,  ------- 

#1,300 

#2300 

#3,600 

The  prices  include  all  necessary  wrenches  and  one  set  of  tools  fitted  and  tested. 


326 


u 


Fig.  335. 


No.  3 1=2  SOLID  DIE,  DOUBLE  STROKE,  GEARED  RIVET  MACHINE. 


WE  have  recently  perfected  the  No.  33^  machine  shown  in  the  illustration,  and  attention  is  called  to  the  following 
improvements  : The  feed  and  knock-out  motions  have  been  revised,  and  we  have  added  a relief  mechanism  whereby 
the  end  of  the  knock-out  pin,  against  which  the  rivet  rests  when  the  first  blow  is  struck,  is  automatically  drawn  back  a short 
distance — the  extent  of  which  can  be  properly  adjusted — and  this  permits  the  second  blow  to  drive  the  rivet  further  into  the 
die,  which  in  practice  enables  the  machine  to  easily  produce  a variety  of  work  that  has  not  heretofore  been  made  by  cold 
heading.  All  of  the  gears  are  cut,  and  the  pinions  are  of  steel.  For  the  price  of  machines  with  relief  attachments  add  $200.00 
to  the  Price  List  on  previous  page. 


327 


Fig.  336. 


; BOLT  HEADING,  FORGING  AND  UPSETTING  HACH1NE.  ( Class  “ A.”  ) 


This  tool,  for  large  upsetting,  heading  bolts,  rivets,  car  pins,  upsetting  truss  rods,  connecting  rods,  forming  eye  bars,  turn  buckles,  etc.,  is 
the  most  powerful  and  economical  machine  of  its  class  that  has  yet  been  offered,  and  is  especially  adapted  for  use  in’large  railroad,  forge,  bridge 
and  car  shops.  The  features  of  this  machine  lie  in  the  suspended  rocking  die  attached  to  a hinge  toggle  motion  and  operated  by  an  ecceutric  face 
cam  on  side  shaft. 

This  does  away  with  the  hard,  reciprocating  movement  of  the  heavy  live  or  movable  die  box,  which,  in  machines  of  this  size,  weighs 
considerable. 

It  gives  a full  center  line  grip  the  whole  length  of  the  die  box. 

It  has  an  extremely  strong,  positive  and  easy  style  of  toggle  movement. 

The  motion  of  the  eccentric  closing  cam  is  very  soft  and  easy. 

The  three-lobed  cam  on  cushioned  lever  gives  three  strokes  of  same  to  every  revolution  of  shaft,  and  is  very  useful  in  shaping  or 
finishing  work  prior  to  or  after  upsetting. 

The  machine  is  provided  with  stop  motion,  and  is  uuder  the  complete  control  of  the  operator  to  start  or  stop,  by  use  of  the  hand  levers,  as 
shown  on  the  cut,  or  by  treadle  with  which  the  machine  is  provided. 

The  die  box  is  exceptionally  large  for  upsetting  ; this  has  hitherto  been  a great  objection  in  tools  of  this  style.  Any  class  of  work,  which  can 
be  done  with  these  motions  in  perfect  control,  can  be  made  on  this  machine  In  fact,  in  the  hand  of  an  ingenious  mechanic  it  is  hard  to  say  what 
cannot  be  accomplished  with  its  aid.  Often  where  the  machine  itself  does  not  finish  the  work  it  will  shape  it  for  the  drop  hammer. 

The  machine  is  furnished  with  friction  clutch  and  safety  breaker,  both  of  which  aid  in  preventing  accidents  and  breakages. 


Capacities,  Dimensions  and  Speeds. 


Die  Space. 

Opening 
oi  Grip. 

Stock 

Gathered 

Strokes 
per  Minute 

Speed  of 
Fly  Wheel. 

Capacity. 

1 _ 

"S)  ♦£ 

a g* 

►3  1 « 

Stroke. 

Fly  Wheel. 

Weight. 

Floor  Space. 

No.  5,  plain  

2 Vi  in- 

12  X 8 

8 in. 

3 in- 

6 in. 

60 

60 

ii  x 72  in. 

I OOOO 

g ft.  x 8 ft. 

No.  6,  geared 

2%  in. 

13  'A  x 11 

ii  in. 

3 in. 

7 in. 

40 

250 

11  x 36  in. 

17000 

10  ft.  6 in.  x 9 ft.  7 in 

No.  7,  geared 

i'A  in. 

15  x 17 

12  in. 

4 in. 

8 in. 

33 

300 

10  x 45  in. 

32000 

14  ft.  6 in.  x 13  ft. 

Prices. 


Price,  with  one 
size  of  dies. 

Countershaft, 

Extra. 

Cushion 

Hammer, 

Extra. 

Friction  Clutch, 
Extra. 

Friction  Clutch 
with  Stop  Motion 
Extra. 

Pin  Clutch, 
Extra. 

Dies,  per  set, 
Extra. 

$100.00 

$150.00 

$100.00 

$20.00 

25.00 

30.00 

No.  7,  geared 

75.00 

328 


Fig.  337. 


FORHING,  BENDING  AND  PUNCHING  HACH1NE. 

Has  Friction  Crutch. 


npHIS  simple  but  useful  machine  was  designed  to  reduce  the  cost  of  bent  or  formed  work  over  the  hand  process,  where 
duplicate  parts  in  large  numbers  and  uniformity  are  required.  With  dies  properly  made  iron  or  steel  can  be  formed  or 
bent  into  almost  any  shape,  forged,  welded,  upset  or  punched. 

Parties  using  this  style  of  machine  find  that  it  is  adapted  to  many  classes  of  work  not  thought  of  when  the  machine 
was  purchased  ; this,  however,  depends  largely  upon  the  ingenuity  and  skill  shown  in  constructing  the  dies. 

The  power  is  transmitted  by  means  of  pulley  without  any  balance  wheels,  which  are  not  necessary  in  a tool  geared  so 
high,  and  which  are  liable  to  cause  breakage. 

Where  the  price  and  the  size  will  warrant,  a friction  clutch  is  used,  it  being  easier  to  open  and  close  than  a common 
pronged  clutch.  It  is  also  a factor  of  safety. 

The  power  is  finally  transmitted  to  the  eccentric  by  means  of  a single  large  pitched  central  driving  gear,  giving 
uniformity  of  motion  to  the  eccentrics,  freedom  from  danger  of  outside  gears  and  pinions,  and  less  liability  for  dirt  or  chips. 

No  eight  tooth  pinions  are  used. 

The  crosshead  on  the  large  sizes  moves  in  covered,  gibbed  ways  beneath,  which  are  free  from  dirt  and  grit,  and  the 
crosshead  and  movable  die  do  not  rest  at  all  on  the  upper  surface,  but  are  suspended  one-fourtli  to  one-half  an  inch  above. 
This  prevents  grit  or  dirt  from  interfering  with  the  accuracy  of  its  motion. 

The  back  supports  are  high  and  heavy,  and  are  consequently  stronger  and  better  for  supporting  high  dies. 

In  the  large  sizes  we  have  a hole  through  each  side  of  bed  for  2 '/1  inch  bolts,  which  nearly  double  the  strength  of  the 
bed  when  required. 

The  material  required  to  give  these  results  on  carefully  calculated  strains  with  a factor  of  safety  brings  the  weight  of 
the  No.  5 machine  up  to  24000  pounds. 


329 


No.  5,  FORMING,  BENDING  AND  PUNCHING  MACHINE. 

Has  Friction  Crutch  and  Automatic  Back  Stop  Movement. 


Capacities  and  Dimensions. 


Length 
over  all. 

Width  over  all 

Face  Length  of 
Crosshead. 

Depth  of 
Crosshead. 

Movement  of 
Crosshead. 

Space  for  Dies. 

Back  Gear. 

No.  i,  ... 

6 ft. 

36  ins. 

24  ins. 

5 ins. 

14  ins. 

14  ins. 

iVz  to  I 

No.  2,  - 

8 ft. 

52  “ 

36  “ 

7 “ 

l6  “ 

26  to  I 

No.  3. 

IO  ft. 

62  “ 

44^  “ 

8 “ 

17  “ 

26  y2  “ 

35  to  1 

No.  4,  - 

io  ft. 

69  “ 

54  “ 

8 “ 

18  “ 

38  “ 

45  to  1 

No.  5, 

12  ft.  6 in. 

78  “ 

60  “ 

IO  “ 

20  “ 

39  “ 

51  to  1 

Speeds  and  Prices. 


Strokes 

per 

Minute. 

Speed  of 
Driving 
Pulley. 

Driving 

Pulley. 

Weight. 

Floor  Space. 

Friction 

Clutch, 

Extra. 

Friction 
Clutch 
with  Stop 
Motion, 
Extra. 

Price 

without 

Dies. 

No.  1, 

15 

120 

30  x 6 ins. 

3500  pounds 

3 ft.  4 ins.  x 6 ft. 

No.  2, 

12 

320 

28x6  “ 

6000  “ 

4 ft.  11  ins.  x 8 ft.  4 ins. 

No.  3, 

IO 

350 

30x6  “ 

I IOOO  * ‘ 

5 ft.  3 ins.  x 9 ft.  10  ins. 

$100.00 

$150.00 

No.  4, 

8 

200 

30x8  “ 

15000  “ 

6 ft.  8 ins.  x 12  ft.  4 ins. 

100.00 

160.00 

No.  5, 

6 

300 

30x8  “ 

22500  “ 

6 ft.  8 ins.  x 12  ft.  4 ins. 

100.00 

175-00 

330 


CENTERING  MACHINE,  No.  1. 


CENTERING  flACHINE,  No.  2. 


This  machine  is  designed  for  centering  and  drilling 
round  iron  preparatory  to  working  it  in  a lathe.  It  is  a 
combination  of  a universal  scroll  chuck,  for  holding  the 
work,  with  a traversing  spindle  carrying  a drill,  two  being 
so  arranged  as  to  be  perfectly  central. 

At  one  operation  it  will  center  and  drill  any  size  of 
round  iron,  from  % to  3 inches  in  diameter.  The  spindle  is 
fitted  with  a split  chuck  for  holding  a y inch  twist  drill, 
which  maybe  ground  if  broken,  and  replaced  when  used  up, 
with  but  little  trouble. 

The  machine  is  supplied  with  cups  for  oil  to  lubricate 
the  bearings,  and  stands  in  an  iron  pan  for  the  reception  of 
the  oil  and  chips  from  the  drill.  The  accuracy  and  dispatch 
with  which  it  performs  its  work,  combine  to  render  it  a very 
desirable  tool  for  every  machine  shop. 

Machines  with  four  jaws,  for  holding  square  iron,  are 
made  to  order. 

Prices. 

Complete,  including  split  drill  chuck,  twist  drill,  and 


rest  for  end  of  bar, $50.00 

With  four-jaw  chuck,  ------  54-°° 

Mounted  on  iron  table, 75-°° 

Countershaft,  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  6-inch 

diameter  by  2-inch  face,  extra,  - - - - 9.00 


Countershaft  should  make  about  400  revolutions  per 
minute. 


This  is  a larger  and  heavier  machine  than  the  No.  1,  and 
will  center  iron  from  y inch  to  4 y2  inches  diameter.  It  is 
set  on  a bed  about  2 feet  long,  and  the  chuck  is  bolted  to  a 
separate  stand,  which  is  fitted  to  the  bed  and  can  slide  5 
inches,  thus  giving  more  or  less  room  between  the  work  and 
drill  as  required. 


Machines  with  four  jaws,  for  holding  square  iron,  made 
to  order. 


Prices. 


Complete,  same  as  No.  i,  - - - - - $68.00 

Complete,  with  four-jaw  chuck,  - 72.00 

Mounted  on  iron  table,  ------  93.00 

Countershaft,  same  as  No.  1,  extra,  - 9.00 


CENTERING  flACHINE  CHUCKS. 


Universal  Scroll  Chucks,  having  steel  scrolls  and  jaws, 
the  same  in  all  respects  as  those  used  with  corresponding 
numbers  of  centering  machines,  will  be  furnished  separately 
when  desired.  They  are  very  useful  for  holding  large  rods 
or  pipe  while  being  threaded  in  machines,  and  in  all  places 
where  a chuck  having  a very  large  hole,  as  compared  with 
its  outside  diameter,  is  required. 

Price  List. 


Thickness. 

Outside 

Diameter. 

Diameter 
of  Hole. 

Price, 
3 Jaws. 

No.  1, 

2 yz  inches. 

8 inches. 

\\l  inches. 

$18.00 

No.  2, 

2>4 

9U  “ 

414  “ 

21.00 

No.  3, 

2^  “ 

ioy  “ 

5'A  “ 

24.00 

No.  4, 

3 

14  K “ 

7'A  “ 

30.00 

STANDS  OR  TABLES  FOR  CENTERING  ITACHINES. 

Patterns  have  been  made  for  a table  upon  which  to  mount  No.  1 and  No.  2 machines  when  desired. 

Cuts  for  illustrating  this  table  are  not  yet  ready,  but  it  is  of  very  neat  design,  and  is  conveniently  adapted  for  mounting 
our  machines,  or  for  any  similar  purpose.  It  is  planed  true  on  the  top  and  has  a narrow  trough  around  all  sides  to  catch  oil  or 
chips.  It  is  30  inches  long  by  14  inches  wide,  and  weighs  175  pounds.  These  tables  are  supplied  with  the  No.  1 or  No.  2 
machines,  mounted  complete,  or  we  furnish  them  singly,  if  desired. 

Price,  - - - $25.00 


331 


Fig.  341. 


CENTERING  MACHINE,  NO.  3. 


This  is  still  larger  than  No.  2,  having  a capacity  of  from 
X to  inches  ; is  set  on  a bed  three  feet  long  with  iron 
legs  ; is  furnished  with  counter  and  hangers  complete.  The 
chuck  can  slide  on  the  bed  eighteen  inches,  giving  ample 
room  for  any  work  required. 

Machines  with  four  jaws,  for  holding  square  iron,  made 
to  order. 

Price. 

Complete,  same  as  No.  1.  - - - $100.00 

With  four-jaw  chuck,  ....  105.00 

Countershaft,  same  as  No.  1,  included. 


CENTERING  flACHINE,  NO.  4. 


The  No.  4 machine  is  made  only  to  order,  being 
designed  for  heavy  work,  as  locomotive  and  car  axles.  It 
will  center  shafts  y'/z  inches  in  diameter.  In  appearance  it 
resembles  the  No.  2 machine,  but  is  much  larger  and  heavier. 

Price. 

Complete,  including  countershaft,  - - $125.00 


Fig.  342. 


NEW  TWO  SPINDLE  CENTERING  MACHINE. 


General  Description. 

THE  machine  illustrated  is  the  result  of  careful  study, 
and  embodies  important  improvements  over  all  others 
of  its  class.  It  has 

Two  sensitive  balanced  spindles  for  drilling  and  reaming 
at  one  setting  of  the  work. 

Great  convenience  in  the  feeding  device  and  lateral 
movement  of  the  head. 

Positive  stops,  so  arranged  as  to  secure  perfect  uniform- 
ity in  the  depth  of  work,  and  to  absolutely  prevent  counter- 
sinking too  deep,  even  by  the  most  inexperienced  operative. 

Positive  locking  device  for  head.  The  spindles  cannot 
be  advanced  except  at  the  central  point,  and  when  advanced 
no  lateral  movement  can  occur. 

Improved  form  of  vise,  easily  kept  true  and  in  perfect 
allignment  with  spindles. 

Rests  for  each  end  of  work,  so  arranged  that  the  work- 
man does  not  have  to  support  the  weight  of  the  bar  while 
guiding  it  into  the  vise. 

Improved  oiling  device,  for  cutting  tools. 

Ample  shelf  and  table  room,  the  convenience  of  which 
will  be  readily  appreciated. 

Countershaft  has  T.  & L,.  pulleys,  6 inches  diameter  by 
2 inch  face,  and  should  make  about  500  revolutions  per 
minute. 

Machine  weighs  about  450  pounds  and  occupies  floor 
space  26  x 54  inches. 

Capacity,  X to  4 inches.  Price,  $125.00. 


832 


CUTTING-OFF  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  possesses  many  points  of  superiority  that  will  be  appreciated  by  the  practical  mechanic.  The  spindle  bearings  are  large  and 
long,  the  cones  are  of  ample  width  and  diameter.  There  are  two  strong  and  powerful  chucks — one  on  each  end  of  the  spindle — designed  and 
constructed  expressly  for  this  machine.  The  jaws  do  not  project,  consequently  the  cutting  tool  can  be  kept  very  close  to  the  face  of  the  chuck, 
thereby  avoiding  the  usual  leverage  and  strain  on  chuck  and  spindle  bearings.  A special  feature  of  this  machine  is  the  tool-post  or  holder,  which  is 
of  extraordinary  strength  and  stiffness,  and  is  provided  with  two  lateral  adjusting  screws,  so  that  after  once  setting  the  tool  perfectly  true  and 
square,  it  can  be  removed  for  grinding  and  replaced  in  exactly  its  original  position  without  loss  of  time  and  without  changing  its  distance  from  the 
length  gauge.  There  is  an  automatic  tlirow-off,  which  stops  the  feed  when  the  piece  is  cut  off,  and  proves  to  be  a very  desirable  attachment.  The 
length  guage  is  provided  with  a finger  at  its  forward  end,  which  can  be  thrown  over,  after  gauging  the  length,  to  prevent  cramping  the  tool  as  the 
piece  drops  off.  The  countershaft  has  two  changes  of  speed,  making,  with  the  changes  on  the  cone,  six  different  speeds  for  the  main  spindle.  The 
pulleys  on  the  countershaft  are  driven  by  a simple  and  efficient  clutch,  so  that  by  an  instantaneous  movement  of  the  lever  the  speed  may  be 
accelerated  as  the  tool  approaches  the  center. 

2 1=2  Inch  Machine.  All  sizes  under  2^  inches  can  be  cut  in  this  machine.  A “Slate”  cutting-off  tool  and  an  adjustable  stand  for  the 
support  of  long  bars  are  provided  with  each  machine.  Each  machine  is  thoroughly  tested  before  delivery,  and  we  warrant  them  first-class  in  every 
respect.  Friction  pulleys  on  countershaft  12  inches  and  10  inches  diameter,  4 inches  wide,  and  should  run  70  and  100  turns  per  minute. 

Price  of  machine  and  overhead  work,  $225.00.  Weight,  about  900  pounds. 

4 1=2  Inch  Machine.  The  driving  cone  has  four  changes,  which,  with  the  two  speeds  provided  by  pulleys  on  the  countershaft,  gives  eight 
different  speeds  to  the  main  spindle,  varying  from  13  to  100  revolutions  per  minute.  The  main  spindle  has  bearings  6J4  inches  diameter,  7 inches 
long.  There  is  an  automatic  throw-off,  which  disengages  the  feed  when  the  piece  is  cut  off.  The  countershaft  has  two  pulleys,  driven  by  a simple 
and  efficient  clutch,  so  that  by  an  instantaneous  movement  of  the  lever  the  speed  may  be  accelerated  as  the  tool  approaches  the  center.  Slate’s 
patent  cutting-off  tool,  and  an  adjustable  stand  for  the  support  of  long  bars,  are  furnished  with  each  machine.  The  driving  pulleys  on  countershaft 
are  10  inches  and  12  inches  diameter,  4 inch  face,  and  should  run  100  and  200  turns  per  minute,  respectively.  Width  of  steps  on  cones,  3%  inches. 

Price  of  Machine,  complete,  $425.00.  Weight,  1700  pounds. 


333 


Fig  344. 


No.  1 AUTOHATIC  POWER  flETAL  SAW. 


THIS  SAW  is  designed  for  cutting  off  iron,  steel,  and  all  kinds 
of  metals  up  to  6x8  inches,  round  or  square.  In  this 
machine  a steady  and  uniform  pressure  on  the  saw  is  main- 
tained on  the  entire  forward  stroke,  while  on  the  return  the  greater 
part  of  the  pressure  is  removed.  It  is  a well  known  fact  that  a 
hack  saw  or  file  may  be  ruined  in  a very  short  time  by  pressing  too 
hard  on  the  return  stroke  ; the  teeth  are  made  to  cut  in  one  direc- 
tion only. 

No  skill  is  required  to  operate  it.  Any  unskilled  workman  can 
run  it.  The  only  attention  required  is  to  secure  the  work  in  the 
vise  and  set  the  machine  in  motion,  and  when  the  bar  is  cut  off, 
(leaving  the  ends  true  and  in  nice  shape  for  centering)  the  saw 
automatically  lifts  from  the  work  and  stops.  This  saw  also  cuts 
tubing  or  pipe  up  to  8 inches. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Revolutions  per  minute,  40  to  50 

Size  of  belt,  -----  2 inches 

Length  of  stroke,  - - - - 6 inches 

Floor  space  occupied,  - - 18  x 30  inches 

Length  of  blades,  - - io,  11,  12,  14  and  16  inches 

No.  1 machine  cuts  off  any  size  to  - - 43^  inches 

“2  “ “ “ - - 6 x 8 inches 

Full  directions  accompany  each  machine. 


THE  LEADER  METAL  SAWING  MACHINE. 


Entirely  Automatic. 


WITH  this  machine  several  pieces  may  be  clamped  together  and  cut 
off  at  any  angle  as  well  as  if  they  were  one  solid  piece.  An 
Automatic  Tension  is  also  provided  which  permits  of  adjustment 
of  metals  of  various  densities,  this  being  accomplished  by  setting  the 
weight  forward  or  backward  on  the  lever  to  suit  the  class  of  work 
operated  upon. 

The  adjustment  of  the  weight  also  controls  the  blade  for  rapidity  of 
cut,  as  when  the  frame  has  advanced,  and  made  a cut,  it  is  lifted  slightly, 
freeing  the  blade  during  the  return  stroke,  thus  preventing  the  teeth 
from  dragging ; upon  completion  of  back  stroke  the  frame  descends  and 
is  ready  to  make  a new  cut.  It  will  be  readily  seen  that  the  life  of  the 
blade  is  lengthened  50  per  cent. 

A pivoted  vise,  similar  in  design  to  a planer  chuck,  is  employed  to 
hold  the  work,  thus  enabling  the  user  to  cut  off  pieces  at  any  angle  from 
45  to  90  degrees. 

A table  like  projection  is  added  to  the  bed  below  the  vise  to  prevent 
a partly  detached  piece  from  dropping  to  the  floor  ; therefore  the  section 
when  sawed  through  will  remain  on  the  shelf. 

The  saw  clamps,  adjustable  for  a blade  up  to  12  inches  in  length, 
are  so  arranged  that  the  straight  running  of  the  blade  is  insured. 

A gauge  for  regulating  the  length  of  pieces  to  be  cut  is  a valuable 
fixture  which  is  included. 

An  extra  saw  guide  is  provided  with  the  machine  and  may  be  attached 
to  the  frame  guide  by  a thumb  screw  if  needed.  This  will  be  of  benefit 
when  very  thin  sections  are  to  be  cut  off,  but  it  is  not  necessary  for  ordi- 
nary work  as  the  blade  runs  well  enough  without  it. 

The  shaft  bearing  is  bushed,  consequently  the  wear  comes  on  the 
bushing  and  not  on  the  bearing,  and  as  it  is  bored  and  turned  to  a stand- 
ard size  in  case  of  wear  it  may  be  replaced  at  slight  cost.  The  saw  should 
be  run  at  40  strokes  per  minute. 


Fig.  345. 


334 


Fig.  346. 


SHOP  SAW,  WITH  AUTOMATIC  FEED. 

Capacity  Five  Inches  and  Less. 

rT^HIS  Shop  Saw  is  a great  improvement  over  the  gravity  feed  ; has  positive  feed,  entirely  automatic,  and  speed  can  be 
changed  instantly,  to  accommodate  all  classes  of  work.  The  saw  has  automatic  screw  feed  ; the  same  cutting  speed  is 
maintained  throughout ; the  saw  clears  the  metal  on  return  stroke,  effecting  an  actual  saving  of  50  per  cent,  of  wear,  a single 
blade  lasting  from  three  days  to  two  weeks. 

These  machines  are  supplied  with  movable  vise,  allowing  use  of  entire  blade  ; also  double  adjustable  guards  to  hold  the 
blade  firmly,  insuring  true  work. 

Price  of  Shop  Saw,  including  six  special  saw  blades,  $25.00. 

Each  machine  fully  guaranteed. 


335 


u 


Fig.  347. 


nte'QftG  Shop  Saw 


No  4 

Th*  C Ow;-*.w 


SHOP  SAW  No.  4. 


/nrVHIS  MACHINE  is  constructed  similar  to  an  ordinary  shaper.  It  has  a cabinet  base,  which  can  be  used  as  a receptacle 
for  tools,  etc.  It  is  21  inches  high  to  the  work  table,  and  occupies  a floor  space  of  1x2^  feet.  It  is  run  by  a. 3 inch 
belt  direct  from  main  shaft  on  to  a 14  inch  pulley  on  machine.  It  takes  the  place  of  expensive  cutting-off  machines,  as  it 
leaves  the  ends  of  the  work  square  and  smooth,  ready  to  receive  the  lathe  centers.  This  machine  has  patented  automatic  feed, 
of  great  range,  which  can  be  changed  from  fast  to  slow  instantly  without  stopping.  Being  entirely  automatic  in  its  operation, 
requires  little  or  no  attention  when  cutting,  and  can  therefore  be  used  in  conjunction  with  other  machines  by  the  same 
operator.  The  saw  blades  are  extra  heavy,  and  will  not  break  under  severe  strain.  The  stroke  of  the  saw  blade  is  perfectly 
horizontal  and  does  not  drag  back  on  the  work,  giving  long  life  to  the  blade.  In  fact,  the  cost  of  operating  this  machine  on 
ordinary  work  is  so  little  as  to  save  its  entire  cost  in  a short  time  over  any  other  method  of  cold  sawing. 

A boy  can  operate  ten  of  these  machines.  The  latest  machine  out.  The  cheapest  Shop  Saw  built.  This  will  save  an 
expensive  cutting-off  machine. 

Sold  complete,  with  three  extra  heavy  saw  blades. 


336 


. Fig.  348. 


No.  5 PORTABLE  SAWING  MACHINE. 

16  Inch  Blade,  with  Automatic  Feed. 


THIS  machine  is  designed  especially  for  steam  and  street  railroads;  it  will  cut  rails,  beams,  channels,  etc.,  up  to  seven 
inches  in  height,  and  at  an  angle  up  to  and  including  450.  It  is  generally  operated  by  two  men,  but  can  be  by  one,  as 
the  great  decrease  of  power  required  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  power  is  applied  directly  to  the  periphery  of  the 
saw  blade,  which  enables  the  operator  to  get  the  greatest  amount  of  power  possible  with  the  least  exertion.  With  this  machine 
continuous  cutting  can  be  done  with  little  effort,  owing  to  its  ease  of  action.  Steam  rail  can  be  cut  in  from  six  to  twelve 
minutes.  The  saw  blade  being  hollow  ground  and  acting  as  a rotary  planing  cutter,  it  leaves  the  rail  perfectly  smooth  and 
true.  An  accuracy  of  of  an  inch  can  be  obtained.  It  is  an  indispensable  tool  to  all  track  men.  It  is  especially  valuable 
in  cutting  off  rail  ends.  It  is  of  great  value  in  making  crossings  and  switch  lay-outs  on  account  of  its  ability  to  cut  angles. 
It  is  well  and  strongly  built,  all  feed  gears,  etc.,  being  cut  from  solid  steel ; is  equipped  with  an  automatic  feed  and  quick 
release,  and  can  be  attached  to  a rail  in  thirty  seconds.  It  is  furnished  complete  with  two  saw  blades  securely  boxed  and  ready 
for  work.  Weight  of  machine,  260  pounds  ; boxed,  300.  Prices  upon  application. 

No.  6.  A Special  Size  made  for  9=inch  Street  Rail.  20l4=inch  Blade. 

OWING  to  the  success  of  No.  5 machine,  described  above,  we  offer  a larger  size  called  No.  6.  This  machine  is  an  exact 
duplicate  of  the  No.  5 in  regard  to  the  principle  and  construction,  but  uses  a 20^-inch  instead  of  a 16-inch  saw  blade  ; 
and  is  designed  especially  to  meet  the  wants  of  street  railroads  and  contractors  where  it  is  necessary  to  cut  rails,  etc., 
up  to  and  including  nine  inches  in  height,  and  up  to  a 450  angle.  The  machine,  being  somewhat  heavier  than  the  No.  5,  is 
arranged  so  as  to  be  carried  easily  by  two  men.  Furnished  with  two  saw  blades,  complete,  and  securely  boxed.  Weight,  385 
pounds  ; boxed,  430  pounds.  Prices  on  application. 


337 


I 


MEDIlin  TABLE  SAW  No.  2. 


FOR  general  use  in  mills,  foundries  and  machine  shops  where  miscellaneous  cutting  is  required.  This  cutter  requires  but 
about  ten  square  feet  of  floor  space  and  can  be  operated  by  any  ordinary  workman.  Gears  and  pinions  hard  cast  steel, 
and  all  parts  strong  and  serviceable.  Saws  accurately  at  angles  or  cross-cut  and  is  a very  rapid  cutter.  In  successful 
operation  in  the  leading  rail  mills  of  the  country. 


Weight  of  machine, 
Size  of  table, 

Speed  of  pulley, 
Feed, 

Power  required, 


- Automatic, 


1 200  pounds 
2 feet  x 2 feet 
200  revolutions 
self-adjusting  tension 
3 horse  power 


Capacity  to  cut  4 inch  sections  round  or  square,  12  inch  I beams,  channels,  girders,  rails,  &c. 


TABLE  HACH1NE  “ CAHBR1A.” 

Weight,  ---------  about  2100  pounds 

Size  of  saw,  - --  --  --  - either  18  inches  or  20  inches 

Size  of  table,  - --  --  --  - about  2 y2  feet  x 2]/2  feet 

Capacity  to  cut  6 inch  round  or  square  sections,  15  inch  T beams,  channels,  girders,  rails,  & c. 

Power  required,  - --  --  --  - 3 horse  power 

Feed,  - --  --  --  --  Automatic,  self-adjusting  tension 

Made  in  every  respect  first-class,  with  hardened  shear  steel  gears  and  pinions.  Designed  for  cutting  15  inch  1 beams  or 
channels,  tees,  rails  and  girders  or  other  metal  sections.  Accurate  as  a mitre  cutter.  12  inch  I beams  can  be  cut  at  450  on 
this  table. 

A very  rapid  cutter  and  requires  but  little  space  for  operation.  Working  principle  same  as  explained  in  “ Medium 
Table  Machine  No.  2.” 

Delivery  in  six  weeks  from  receipt  of  order. 


338 


Fig.  350. 


LARGE  TABLE  MACHINE  No.  1. 


INTENDED  for  frog  and  switch,  bridge  and  architectural  work  when  long,  straight  or  angle  cuts  are  required,  and  for 
heavy  sections  or  rails,  beams  and  channels.  Has  steel  gears,  hard  shear  steel  sprocket  wheel.  All  protected  in 
machine  frame  and  out  of  way  of  operator.  Made  of  best  material  and  guaranteed  in  every  respect. 


Weight  of  machine, 

Size  of  table,  - 
Size  of  pulley, 

Velocity  of  pulley, 

Saw  carriage  travels, 

Feed,  automatic  ; self  adjusting  tension,  from 
Power  required,  - - - 

Capacity,  - - - - - 


4300  pounds 
3 feet  x 7 feet 
24  inches 
75  revolutions 
42  inches 

1 inch  to  2 Yz  inches  per  minute 
5 horse  power 

40  x 1 inch  ; 36  x 8 inches,  or  9-inch  sections,  round  or  square 


339 


No.  10  POWER  SAWING  HACHINE. 

20^4  Inch  Blade,  with  Automatic  Feed,  Three  Speeds,  Adjustable  to  Light  or  Heavy  Work. 


OTARIS  MACHINE  has  been  reconstructed  and  improved,  and  is  now  recognized  as  the  most  substantial  and  valuable  cold 
saw  in  the  market.  It  has  greater  capacity  than  any  other  cold  saw  sold  for  more  than  twice  its  price,  and  is  sold 
under  our  guarantee  of  satisfactory  results  or  no  sale.  This  machine  is  designed  to  belt  direct  from  main  shaft,  being  equipped 
with  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  and  no  countershaft  is  necessary.  It  can  be  equipped  with  a small  engine,  on  carriage,  if  desired. 
It  is  furnished  with  an  automatic  feed  of  three  different  speeds,  enabling  the  operator  to  change  the  cutting  speed  at  will,  to 
accommodate  light  or  heavy  work.  It  is  especially  valuable  on  all  classes  of  architectural  work,  cutting  beams,  channels, 
girders,  etc.,  either  square  or  mitre,  making  a perfect  joint  faster  than  any  other  known  method.  It  is  also  used  extensively 
in  frog  and  switch  works,  rolling  mill  forge  works,  and,  in  fact,  wherever  cold  sawing  is  necessary.  Its  capacity  is  straight 
cuts  of  1 8 inches  or  less,  and  mitres  up  to  15  inches.  It  is  5,1^  inches  from  bottom  of  carriage  to  upper  table,  and  8 inches  to 
lower  table,  making  it  possible  to  cut  forgings,  etc.,  from  $'/2  inches  to  8 inches  thick,  or  less,  without  turning.  It  is  furnished 
complete,  with  oil  tanks,  adjustable  clamping  device,  wrenches,  special  grinding  machine,  and  two  20 ]/2  inch  saw  blades. 
Further  particulars  as  to  details,  testimonials,  etc.,  can  be  had  upon  application.  This  machine  generally  requires  about 
2-horse  power.  For  light  work  a J^-horse  power  electric  motor  is  sufficient.  Floor  space  occupied,  about  2x6  feet.  Size  for 
shipment,  2 feet  by  6 feet  by  2 feet  6 inches.  Weight,  including  casing,  2400  pounds.  The  great  decrease  of  power  required 
is  explained  by  the  principle  not  before  used  on  any  such  machine,  whereby  the  power  is  directly  applied  to  the  saw  blade  on 
its  periphery.  Furnished  with  automatic  and  adjustable  feed.  Adjustable  table  for  all  kinds  of  work.  Work  always  true 
and  with  fine  feed  as  smooth  as  if  planed.  Mitred  joints  made  perfect. 


340 


Fig.  352. 


^TAHIS  machine  has  a capacity  of  36  x 12  inches.  It  will  also  cut  any  angle,  as  our  special  clamping  device  is  arranged  to 
-*■  hold  work  in  any  way.  It  will  make  mitre  cut  up  to  24  inches,  and  is  invaluable  for  large  architectural  work,  forgings, 
rolls,  etc.  It  is  a very  powerful  machine,  being  compound  geared,  substantially  constructed,  and  is  furnished  with  a false 
table  (not  shown  in  cut)  for  extra  large  work.  For  rail  sawing  several  can  be  placed  on  machine  at  once,  making  a great 
saving  of  time.  It  is  complete,  with  automatic  chain  feed,  fast  and  slow,  which  can  be  instantly  changed  by  the  operator.  It 
also  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  for  5-inch  belt,  and  is  designed  to  run  direct  from  the  main  shaft.  Each  machine  is  furnished 
with  two  30-inch  saw  blades  and  our  special  grinding  machine  shown.  Further  particulars  and  details  upon  application. 
Power  required,  from  two  to  four-horse  ; floor  space,  2)4  x 12  feet. 

Owing  to  the  splendid  success  of  this  machine  on  all  classes  of  work,  and  a call  for  a similar  machine  of  larger  capacity, 
we  are  prepared  to  furnish  a special  machine  with  32-inch  blades  instead  of  30-inch,  to  cut  14  inches  of  solid  metal  without 
turning  the  work.  We  shall  be  pleased  to  give  further  information. 

Weight,  5000  pounds.  Capacity,  36  x 12  inches. 


\ 


341 


Fig.  353- 


No.  1 UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


T 


General  Description  of  Diamond  Universal 
Grinders. 

VHIS  machine  is  specially  adapted  for  grinding  straight 
or  taper,  soft  or  hardened  spindles,  arbors,  cutters, 
reamers,  etc.,  and  it  can  also  be  used  for  grinding  rings, 
hardened  boxes,  etc.,  by  means  of  a special  chuck  which 
can  be  furnished.  The  wheel  spindle,  head  stock  and  foot 
stock  spindles  are  all  of  steel,  carefully  ground  and  run  in 
bronze  boxes  adjustable  for  wear,  and  protected  from  emery 
dust. 

The  wheel  stand  slide  swivels  and  has  a graduated  base. 
The  end  of  spindle  is  drilled  to  take  taper  mandrel  for  carry- 
ing small  wheel  for  facing  work.  The  head  is  removed  when 
the  internal  grinding  fixture  is  used.  The  wheel  stand  may 
be  moved  to  the  work  transversely  by  hand  wheel  graduated 
to  thousandths  of  an  inch  on  diameter  of  the  work.  It  has  an 
adjustable  stop  so  that  wheel  may  be  run  back  and  brought 
up  to  same  place  as  before. 

The  sliding  table  carries  a swivel  table  turning  upon  a 
center  pin.  The  swivel  table  is  provided  with  tangent  screws 
in  order  to  set  it  accurately,  and  has  scales  graduated  to 
read  4 yz  degrees  each  side  of  the  center  line,  and  to  2 inches 
taper  per  foot  for  No.  1 machine  ; 4 degrees,  inches  taper 
per  foot  for  machines  Nos.  2 and  3.  This  arrangement 
allows  tapers  to  be  ground  without  throwing  the  head  and 
foot  stock  out  of  line. 

The  sliding  table  may  be  fed  in  either  direction  by  hand 
or  automatically,  the  amount  of  travel  being  controlled  by 
dogs  which  engage  a lever  on  the  front  of  the  machine.  The 
slides  are  carefully  scraped  to  straight  surfaces  and  are  com- 
pletely protected  from  emery  dust. 

The  head  stock  is  clamped  to  swivel  table.  It  swivels  and  has  a graduated  base,  and  may  be  set  at  right  angles  for 
grinding  work  on  face  plate  or  chuck,  or  at  any  degree  for  grinding  centers.  The  front  end  is  threaded  and  fitted  with  a No.  1 
Morse  taper  hole.  If  work  is  to  be  ground  on  dead  centers,  the  spindle  may  be  locked  and  the  work  revolved  by  means  of 
pulley  on  front  end  of  the  spindle.  There  is  a special  device  for  taking  up  the  wear. 

The  foot  stock  is  clamped  to  swivel  table.  The  spindle  is  adjusted  by  a screw,  and  a spring  is  provided  to  adjust  the 
spindle,  if  the  work  expands.  The  spindle  has  a No.  1 Morse  taper  hole.  An  automatic  pump  and  connections  to  use  water 
upon  the  work  is  provided  when  ordered. 


IS"*. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Machine  receives  work,  - - - - - - 

Length  of  traverse,  - - - 

Height  from  floor  to  center  spindle,  ------ 

Size  of  base,  -------- 

Emery  wheel,  - --  --  --  - 

16  inches  long,  8 inches  diameter 
20  “ “ “ “ 

43  “ 

26  inches  x 28  inches 
8 “ diameter,  3 inch  hole. 

The  countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  6 inches  diameter,  3 inch  face,  and  should  run  about  450  revolutions. 
Weight,  with  countershaft,  about  1000  pounds. 

Price  of  No.  1 machine  complete,  with  countershafts,  face-plate,  center  and  back  rests,  emery  wheel,  three-jawed 

chuck,  wrenches  and  dogs,  aback  --------  $350.00 

Price  of  pump  and  water  connections,  extra,  add  - --  --  --  - 25.00 


Fig.  354. 


UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  MACHINE  No.  C. 

Patented. 


343 


A T ODERN  requirements  in  machine  construction — higher  speed,  greater  accuracy,  increased  production,  reduced  cost — 
have  advanced  beyond  the  well-known  limits  of  the  lathe  and  the  planer,  which,  compared  with  grinding  machines, 
are  now  regarded  as  scarcely  more  than  roughing  tools  ; means  for  reducing  to  approximate  size,  but  inadequate  for  finishing 
to  that  degree  of  accuracy  and  condition  that  are  demanded  in  modern  machinery.  Marked  attention  has  therefore  been 
directed  to  grinding  machines  of  the  type  known  as  Universal  Grinders,  machines  of  special  design  and  construction,  capable 
of  a great  variety  of  the  higher  forms  of  grinding. 

We  ask  special  notice  of  its  distinctive  features  and  general  design  ; the  latter  having  particular  reference  to  means  for 
maintaining  its  accuracy,  and  obtaining  a minimum  of  vibration  without  the  necessity  for  ponderous  weight.  In  this 
connection  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  work  traverses  the  wheel,  not  the  contrary,  and  that  the  table-slides  are  of  the  dovetail 
form,  and  the  sliding-table  does  not  depend  merely  upon  its  weight  for  its  accuracy,  consequently  no  vibration  is  imparted  to 
it  by  the  action  of  the  belts.  Attention  is  also  asked  to  the  small  number  of  its  working  parts,  all  of  which  are  accessible,  of 
ample  dimensions,  constructed  in  the  best  manner  and  of  the  best  materials.  Its  simplicity  and  the  facility  with  which  it  can 
be  quickly  set  to  grind  a great  variety  of  pieces  is  especially  noteworthy. 

We  illustrate  the  complete  machine,  &nd  set  for  work  between  centers.  The  base  is  lieav}'  and  substantial  and  is 
arranged  with  a cabinet  for  small  loose  parts.  The  sliding-table  is  operated  by  rack  and  pinion  and  has  three  changes  of 
speed  by  power  which  can  be  thrown  out  and  the  machine  fed  by  hand,  and  has  automatic  reverse  for  any  length  piece 
between  centers  up  to  20  inches ; 10  inch  swing.  A swivel  table  rests  on  the  sliding-table  and  turns  on  a central  stud  by  hand- 
screw,  and  is  locked  by  bolt  and  nut.  It  has  a scale  graduated  to  show  the  taper  both  in  degrees  and  in  inches  to  the  foot. 
Exact  settings  can  therefore  be  easily  made.  It  has  a T slot  its  entire  length,  into  which  the  head-stock  and  foot-stock  are 
carefully  fitted.  The  head-stock  swivels  half  way  round  and  is  graduated  for  taper  chucked  work.  It  has  hollow  taper  spindle 
running  in  phosphor-bronze  bearings  and  is  arranged  for  grinding  on  live  or  dead  centers,  the  latter  being  desirable  when 
grinding  shafts.  The  foot-stock  has  spring  center  to  allow  for  expansion  of  pieces  of  small  diameter,  and  is  provided  with 
a safe  arrangement  for  locking  the  center  when  desirable.  The  wheel-head  is  very  heavy,  and  is  mounted  on  a stout  dovetail 
slide  on  a large  knee  cast  to  the  base.  It  swivels,  and  can  be  secured  at  any  angle,  and  is  turned  end  for  end  for  internal 
grinding.  The  emery  wheel  is  advanced  to  the  work  by  liand-screw  in  front,  which  is  also  graduated,  and  is  especially  useful 
as  the  work  approaches  a fit. 

The  main  emery  wheel  spindle  is  10^  x inches.  Size  regular  emery  wheel,  8x^x1  inch  hole. 

Weight,  about  1500  pounds. 

Price  complete,  without  surface  head  and  cutter  holder,  ------  $575 . 00 

Add  for  surfacing  head,  --------  - 75 .00 

Add  for  cutter  holder,  - - - - - - - - -50.00 

Add  for  chuck  and  face  plate,  - - - - - - - - 20.00 

Deduct  $ for  no  head  for  internal  grinding  if  not  wanted. 

Deduct  $ for  no  automatic  feed  ; that  is,  a plain  or  hand-feed  machine  which  may  be  arranged  for  a special  article 
of  manufacture  ; also  cutter  grinding  by  simply  adding  the  cutter-holder,  tlras  greatly  reducing  the  price. 


344 


No.  3 UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  flACHINE. 


The  Machines  Possess  the  following  Points  of  Advantage. 

THOROUGHLY  adapted  for  the  free  use  of  water  in  all  grinding  operations.  All  bearings  thoroughly  protected  from 
dirt.  All  angles  accurately  ground.  Head  stock  swiveled.  All  tapers  can  be  ground  upon  the  centers  up  to  4 inches 
per  foot  for  No.  3,  and  3 inches  per  foot  for  No.  4 machine,  by  the  automatic  traverse. 

Swivel  table  clamped  simultaneously  at  both  ends. 

Swivel  table  clamping  device  beneath  the  table,  thoroughly  protected  from  grit. 

Swivel  table  adjusting  screw  beneath  the  table,  excluded  from  the  grit. 

End  of  swivel  table,  a plain  surface,  easily  kept  clean  ; no  slots  to  receive  dirt. 

Two  graduations  at  the  same  end  reading  X degree  and  ]/g  inch  taper  per  foot. 

Foot-stock  center  held  into  the  work  by  a spring  of  variable  tension. 

Traverse  varied  in  an  instant  to  any  speed  between  -fa  inch  and  l}(  inch  to  each  revolution  of  the  work. 
Speed  of  work  quickly  varied  to  anything  between  25  and  450  revolutions. 

Emery  wheel  spindles  of  steel,  hardened  and  ground  and  run  in  adjustable  phosphor  bronze  bearings. 

Emery  wheel  base  is  made  very  heavy  to  absorb  all  vibrations. 

Quick  change  from  external  to  internal  grinding.  No  spindle  and  boxes  to  remove. 

Emery  wheels  quickly  changed,  as  they  are  on  the  end  of  the  spindle. 

Emery  wheel  adjustment  is  graduated  to  indicate  inch  diameter  of  work. 

Head  and  foot-stock  spindles  are  of  steel,  hardened  and  ground. 

Emery  wheel  can  go  beyond  the  point  of  reversal  and  reverse  as  before,  automatically,  without  readjusting. 


345 


Fig.  356. 


No.  3 UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  flACHINE. 

Rkar  View. 


LATERAL  adjustment  of  emery  wheel  by  a graduated  collar,  to  read  to  TT/UW  to  grind  shoulders.  Emery  wheel  carriage 
guide  is  the  entire  length  of  machine  and  is  self-oiling.  Carriage  guide  covered  in  all  positions  and  protected  from  grit. 
Foot  stock  clamp  by  hand.  No  wrench  used.  Head  and  foot  stocks  are  clamped  against  the  edge  of  table,  not  dependent  on 
a tongue  fitting  a groove.  Accuracy  of  allignment  of  head  and  foot  stock  centers,  as  all  the  surfaces  are  scraped  to  surface 
plates.  The  internal  grinding  fixture  has  a bearing  next  to  the  emery  wheel,  allowing  a small  spindle  for  high  speed.  The 
emery  wheel  cannot  accidentally  be  thrust  into  and  damage  the  work,  as  the  hand  wheel  is  located  above  and  prevents  this. 
The  water  pan  is  never  removed  for  any  operation.  Full  swing  of  the  machine  for  all  operations,  with  the  water  pan  for  the 
free  use  of  water  the  entire  length.  All  kinds  of  grinding  is  done  over  the  water  pan,  and  the  finished  parts  are  protected  by 
telescopic  water  guards.  The  traverse  worm  is  self-oiling.  Reversing  points  adjustments  are  fine,  and  continuous  in  either 
direction  without  returning.  No  step  cone  pulleys  are  used,  no  pole  needed  to  ship  belts  to  change  speed.  Overhead  works 
are  self-contained  for  No.  3 and  4 machines,  easy  to  put  up.  Self-oiling  loose  pulley  and  hanger  boxes. 

Workmanship  and  Material. 

In  the  manufacture  of  these  machines  we  aim  to  use  the  bgst  material.  All  parts  on  which  there  is  much  wear,  such  as 
emery  wheel  spindles,  are  hardened  and  ground,  and  all  screws  requiring  frequent  use  are  case-hardened.  The  bearings  are 
made  of  phosphor  bronze  for  emery  wheel  and  head  stock  spindles,  and  other  bearings  are  made  of  good  anti-friction  metal. 

The  workmanship  is  of  the  best.  All  plane  surfaces  are  scraped  to  surface  plates.  All  shafts  throughout  the  machines 
are  ground.  In  every  respect  the  utmost  pains  are  taken  to  insure  good  work.  All  wearing  parts  are  protected  from  grit,  and 
every  provision  is  made  to  carry  away  the  water  in  a proper  course  when  it  is  freely  used. 


346 


No.  3 UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


THE  capacity  of  this  machine  is  12-inch  swing  and  42  inches  between  centers,  while  the  distance  between  centers  may  be 
extended  2 inches  more.  Weight  of  machine  is  about  3800  pounds.  With  this  machine  is  furnished  an  internal  grinding 
fixture,  pulley  and  belt  to  drive  the  same,  four-jawed  chuck,  face  plate,  chuck  for  thin  cutters,  center  rest,  stationary  back  rest, 
sliding  back  rest,  cutter  tooth  rest,  large  and  small  dead  center  pulleys  for  driving  the  work,  centers,  complete  set  of  wrenches, 
four  double  tail  equalizing  dogs,  pump,  water  tank,  hose,  overhead  cord  weights  and  rod  knob,  two  water-guard  rods,  complete 
set  of  water  guards,  hand  wheel  for  operating  head-stock  spindle,  complete  overhead  works. 

A 3-inch  belt  is  used  to  drive  from  the  line  shaft,  a ij^-inch  drives  the  emery  wheel,  a ij^-inch  drives  the  work,  a 1)4- 
inch  drives  the  feed  and  a i-inch  drives  the  pump.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  8 inches  diameter,  3^  inches  wide,  and  run 
525  revolutions. 


No.  4 UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


/ 1 \HIS  machine  is  identical  in  all  its  parts  with  that  of  the  No.  3,  the  only  difference  being  that  it  takes  2 feet  more  between 
centers,  being  in  capacity  66  inches  between  centers  and  12-inch  swing,  table  can  be  swung  to  2)4  inches  per  foot  taper 
and  5)4  degrees. 

Weight  of  this  machine  is  about  4400  pounds. 

Speeds  of  overhead  works  and  belting  used  are  exactly  the  same  as  for  the  No.  3 machine. 

The  attachments  and  accessories  furnished  with  this  machine  are  exactly  the  same  as  those  furnished  with  the  No.  3 
machine . 


No.  5 UNIVERSAL  GRINDING  HACHINE. 


>npHE  machine  has  a capacity  of  20-inch  swing  and  takes  96  inches  between  centers,  and  will  grind  to  4 inches  per  foot  for 
whole  taper  and  9 degrees  from  each  side  of  the  center  line  of  shaft.  The  weight  of  the  machine  is  about  10000  pounds, 
and  1 1000  pounds  when  boxed  for  export. 

With  this  machine  is  furnished  a blue  print  drawing  showing  plan  for  erecting  the  machine,  an  internal  grinding 
fixture,  pulley  and  belt  to  drive  the  same,  a four-jawed  chuck,  center  rest,  stationary  back  rest,  sliding  back  rest,  centers, 
complete  set  of  wrenches,  pump,  water  tank,  hose,  overhead  works  rod  knob,  weights  for  cords,  two  water-guard  rods, 
complete  set  of  water  guards,  complete  overhead  works. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  10  inches  diameter,  4 inch  face,  and  should  run  525  revolutions. 

Intern  a r.  Fixture;  Sizes. 

No.  2 fixture  grinds  holes  from  )4  to  % inch.  Speed,  15700  revolutions. 

No.  3 fixture  grinds  holes  from  )4  inch  upward.  Speed,  13000  revolutions. 

No.  4 fixture  grinds  holes  from  1 inch  upward.  Speed,  10000  revolutions. 

No.  5 fixture  grinds  holes  from  2 inches  upward.  Speed,  8000  revolutions. 


Nos.  3 AND  4 PLAIN  GRINDING  HACHINES. 


THIS  illustration  represents  our  No.  3 Plain  Grinding  Machine,  and  with  the  difference  of  two  feet  longer  also  gives  a 
correct  idea  of  the  No.  4 machine.  These  machines  are  built  identically  the  same  as  the  No.  3 Universal  machine,  with 
the  following  exceptions  only  : The  head  stock  is  not  made  to  swivel,  and  its  arrangement  will  be  seen  in  the  cut.  The 
machine  will  grind  taper  as  well  as  straight  shafts,  and  for  grinding  the  centers  the  emery  wheel  slide  is  swung  to  proper  angle 
and  the  hand  wheel  for  emery  wheel  feed  up  is  used. 

The  machine  can  at  any  time  be  converted  into  a Universal  by  procuring  head  and  foot  stock  and  the  attachments.  For 
manufacturing  advantages  we  build  these  machines  so  nearly  alike,  and  there  is  nothing  in  this  Plain  machine  which  is  not 
of  good  service  to  it. 

The  capacity  of  these  machines  is  the  same  as  the  Universal. 

No.  3 machine  weighs  about  3800  pounds  ; No.  4 machine,  about  4400  pounds. 

With  these  machines  we  furnish  the  plan  for  erecting  the  same,  a stationary  back  rest,  sliding  back  rest,  large  and  small 
dead  center  pulleys  for  driving  the  work,  centers,  complete  set  of  wrenches,  four  double  tail  equalizing  dogs,  two  guard  rods, 
complete  set  of  guards,  knob  for  rod  to  overhead  works,  weights  for  cords,  pump,  hose,  water  tank,  complete  overhead  works. 


No.  5 PLAIN  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


This  machine  is  identical  with  the  Universal,  with  the  exception  that  the  head  stock  is  not  swiveled.  The  capacity, 
weights  and  attachments  are  the  same,  with  the  exception  that  the  internal  grinding  fixture,  center  rest,  pulley  and  belt  and 
the  chuck  are  omitted, 


348 


UNIVERSAL  CUTTER  AND  TOOL  GRINDER. 


General  Description. 

/"TAHIS  MACHINE  is  provided  with  all  adjustment  necessary  to  grind  between  centers  work  to  8 inches  in  diameter,  but 
straight  face  cutters,  metal  slitting  saws,  inserted  tooth  mills,  etc.,  can  be  ground  to  14  inches  in  diameter.  It  is  also 
arranged  for  grinding  cylindrical,  conical  and  flat  surfaces,  such  as  hardened  spindles,  arbors,  bushings,  cam  rollers,  concave 
sides  of  cutters  and  saws,  and  the  face  of  punching  dies,  hardened  gauges  and  templates.  A great  variety  of  small  machine 
parts  can  also  be  finished  to  an  advantage  by  grinding  on  this  machine. 

It  is  perfectly  universal  and  differs  from  other  machines  in  the  fact  that  it  will  grind  any  cutter  and  reamer  without  the 
use  of  special  attachments,  and  that  all  work  is  done  on  a horizontal  slide. 


349 


General  Description  Universal  Cutter  and  Tool  Grinder. — Continued. 


Those  familiar  with  grinding  taper  reamers,  and  the  side  teeth  of  side  milling  and  angular  cutters,  are  aware  that  the 
adjustment  of  the  tooth-rest  is  a difficult  one,  because  the  cutting  edge  of  tooth  to  be  ground  must  be  exactly  parallel  with  the 
line  of  slide.  This  difficulty  is  overcome  in  this  machine.  No  attention  is  required  to  adjust  the  tooth-rest,  as  it  is  centrally 
fixed  for  all  diameters  of  cutters  and  reamers.  In  grinding  work  the  tootli-rest  travels  with  the  cutter,  except  when  grinding 
spiral  mills.  It  is  made  spring  like,  acting  as  a pawl  in  a ratchet.  This  is  a very  positive  and  rapid  way  of  passing  to  next  tooth. 

The  side  teeth  of  angular  and  side  milling  cutters  are  ground  off  with  a practically  straight  line  clearance.  This  is  done 
with  a cup-shaped  emery  wheel,  3 inches  in  diameter,  on  the  left  side  of  the  machine.  The  advantage  of  grinding  side  teeth 
with  a fair-sized  emery  wheel,  and  at  the  same  time  grinding  a straight  line  clearance  with  a corresponding  strong  cutting 
edge,  is  known  to  those  who  have  heretofore  been  compelled  to  use  a small  wheel  making  a hollow  clearance  with  a 
corresponding  weak  cutting  edge. 

An  important  feature  of  this  machine  is  this  : that  the  table  may  be  swung  around  on  the  column,  and  that  the  work 
can  be  brought  into  contact  with  the  emery  wheels  on  either  side  of  the  machine.  Some  of  the  advantages  of  this  feature 
are  as  follows  : Work  may  be  brought  into  contact  with  wheels  in  the  most  favorable  manner  for  rapid  grinding  without 
heating  the  cutter.  Work  may  be  ground  more  rapidly  ; for  instance,  a side  milling  cutter  may  have  the  top  teeth  ground  off 
on  the  straight  emery  wheel  on  the  right  side  of  the  machine,  and  the  side  teeth  on  the  cup-shaped  wheel  at  the  left  side  of 
the  machine,  without  taking  the  cutter  off  the  arbor  or  disturbing  the  tooth-guide.  Cutters  of  small  diameter  and  sharp 
angles  can  be  brought  into  contact  with  the  emery  wheel  without  the  cutter,  mandrel  or  centers  striking  the  belt  or  head-stock 
of  the  machine.  In  cylindrical  grinding  this  feature  permits  the  wheel  to  grind  close  up  to  a shoulder.  In  grinding  the  side 
teeth  of  side  milling  and  angular  cutters,  a slight  movement  of  the  table  around  the  column  changes  the  character  of  the  cut 
from  a sharp  clearance  for  the  stocking  out  between  the  teeth  to  a slighter  clearance  for  finishing  the  cutting  edge  without 
any  danger  of  drawing  the  temper.  This  same  feature  permits  the  rapid  adjustment  of  the  machine  from  a simple  cutter 
grinder  to  a surface  grinder. 

The  table  is  moved  forward  and  back  by  means  of  a lever,  which  can  be  placed  to  suit  the  position  or  convenience  of  the 
operator.  For  the  rapid  adjustment  of  table  towards  the  emery  wheel,  the  holder  carrying  it  slides  on  a shaft,  while  for  the 
fine  adjustment  of  grinding  a screw  is  used.  The  table  is  elevated  or  lowered  by  means  of  a rack  and  pinion,  and  has  a 
vertical  adjustment  of  inches.  It  is  20^  inches  long,  has  a horizontal  movement  of  12  inches,  and  will  take  in  work 
between  centers  15  inches  long.  Adjustable  dogs  for  stops  on  each  end  are  provided.  The  table  makes  a complete  revolution 
on  slide,  and  may  be  set  at  any  angle  to  90  degrees.  Any  one  having  used  machines  with  a limited  range  as  to  swiveling  table 
will  appreciate  this  improvement.  As  long  as  the  table  is  parallel  to  the  line  of  motion  of  sUde,  work  ground  will  be  straight 
without  regard  to  its  position  as  to  emery  wheel  spindle.  The  work -holder  or  swiveling-head  swivels  both  vertically  and 
horizontally  for  clearance,  and  for  grinding  work  at  an  angle.  All  adjustments  of  table  and  swiveling-head  are  indicated  in 
degrees.  The  spindle  is  hardened  and  ground  and  runs  in  bronze  bearings.  It  is  provided  with  dust-caps  and  adjustment  for 
wear.  It  has  but  one  speed.  All  the  wheels  furnished  with  the  machine  have  been  selected  for  the  various  work  illustrated, 
and  operate  best  at  the  speed  given.  Endless  belts  may  be  used,  as  the  spindle-head  may  be  moved  up  or  down  for  adjusting 
them.  A hand-rest  is  furnished  for  turning  off  the  emery  wheels  and  grinding  other  work  by  hand.  The  countershaft 
furnished  with  this  machine  for  driving  the  emery  wheel  spindle  is  complete,  including  a novel  device  for  shifting  the  belt. 
The  loose  pulley  is  made  smaller  in  diameter  than  the  tight  pulley  to  relieve  the  belt  when  the  machine  is  not  being  used. 

Write  for  pamphlet  containing  outline  engravings  showing  the  application  of  this  machine  to  the  various  kinds  of  work. 


350 


PREMISS  TQQL  &:5UPFLY(^ 

dy?  - 


Fig-  359- 


PATENT  TWIST  DRILL  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


THIS  machine  is  adapted  for  grinding  to  a proper  angle  and  with  a suitable  clearance  the  cutting  lips  of  twist  drills. 

Please  note  the  following  facts,  viz  : This  machine  holds  in  the  same  chuck  drills  from  '/s  to  i/j  inch,  and  grinds  both 
sides  without  removing  drill  from  the  chuck,  thereby  reducing  the  time  of  grinding  to  less  than  one-half  that  of  any 
other  machine  in  the  market. 

It  grinds  both  sides  exactly  alike,  and  leaves  the  point  a perfect  center.  More  or  less  clearance  can  be  given,  as  desired. 
Nothing  is  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  workman. 

All  wearing  parts  are  made  of  hardened  steel,  carefully  tempered.  All  parts  of  these  machines  are  made  interchange- 
able so  that  any  part  of  any  machine  can  be  duplicated  with  certainty  of  fit. 

The  emery  wheels  are  made  specially,  and  run  with  water  to  prevent  drawing  of  temper.  Size  of  wheel,  9 inches 
diameter  and  1%  inch  face.  The  grinding  is  done  on  side  of  wheel,  which  can  be  properly  dressed  by  using  the  tool-holder 
and  diamond  in  place  of  grinding  attachment  in  taper  socket  on  upper  slide  and  running  same  across  the  wheel  by  means  of 
small  hand  wheel  and  feed  screw.  A wheel  can  be  run  on  left  end  of  spindle  for  ordinary  tool  grinding.  Speed  of  emery 
wheel,  1600  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price  complete,  with  column  and  countershaft,  ...  $100.00 


351 


B 


Fig.  360. 


CUTTER  GRINDING  HACHINE. 


WE  desire  to  call  special  attention  to  this  simple  machine  for  grinding  milling  cutters, 
taps,  taper  reamers,  lathe  tools,  etc.,  etc.  Cutters  to  6 inches  in  diameter,  both  spiral 
or  straight,  reamers  14  inches  and  less  in  length,  can  be  ground  on  this  machine. 
The  bearings  are  adjustable  for  wear,  and  the  ways  are  gibbed,  so  that  the  machine  can 
always  be  kept  in  good  working  order.  The  arbor'is  arranged  for  two  wheels,  one  on  each 
end.  The  base  has  a number  of  shelves,  making  a convenient  place  to  keep  tools.  The 
machine  is  of  thorough  workmanship,  and  substantial  in  all  its  parts. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Weight  of  machine,  complete,  200  pounds. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  500  revolutions  per  minute. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  2 inch  face,  4 inches  diameter. 


We  furnish  this  machine  either  with  or  without  base. 
Over-head  work  accompanies  each  machine. 


Emery  wheels  are  not  included. 


BENCH  CUTTER  GRINDER. 


Fig.  363. 


Universal  Mill  and  Cutter  Grinder. 


Cutter  Grinding  Machine. 


Fig.  361. 


UNIVERSAL  niLL  AND  CUTTER  GRINDER. 


DESCRIPTION. 

Tips  MACHINE  is  designed  for  grinding  milling  cutters,  reamers,  etc.  Is  convenient,  well 
designed  and  smooth  ruuning,  of  sufficient  weight  to  absorb  the  vibration  incident  to  a high 
spindle  velocity.  ...  ...  , , , , , , 

Is  driven  by  cone  with  two  changes  of  speed.  Arbor  is  of  steel,  bearings  are  protected  from  dust, 

and  have  Babbitt  lined  boxes.  Front  journal  is  10  inches  long. . , , 

Will  grind  cutters  (any  length)  up  to  7 inches  diameter,  milled  straight  or  spiral,  bevel  cutlers 
any  angle,  hollow  mills,  straight  or  taper  shell  and  shank  reamers  nulled  straight  or  spiral,  with 
holes  or  shanks  straight  or  taper. 

Furnished  with  countershaft,  wrenches,  etc.  , , , , 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  4 inches  diameter,  for  2^-incli  belt,  and  should  make  450 
revolutions  per  minute.  Weight,  600  pounds.  Price,  $ , ....... 

A11  extra  attachment  is  fitted  to  this  machine  for  the  purpose  of  sharpening  side  or  straiglit-iaced 
lathe  or  planer  tools  required  for  wide  surfacing  cuts.  Tools  ground  on  this  fixture  are  pcrlectly 
straight  across  their  cutting  faces, — a feature  which  is  impossible  to  attain  by  hand  on  eithei  the 
ordinary  grindstone  or  emery  wheel.  , , , , 

Wc  also  furnish  a special  attachment  for  grinding  musket  steel  (or  hardened  tool  steel)  cutlers. 


THIS  small  machine  has  ample  capacity  for  all  the  ordinary  sizes  and  varieties  of  milling 
cutters,  while  its  compactness  and  small  cost  render  it  practicable  to  have  several  dis- 
tributed around  the  shop  in  the  vicinity  of  each  group  of  milling  machines,  where  they 
will  prove  a valuable  addition  to  the  plant,  and  soon  pay  for  themselves  in  time  saved.  The 
machine  is  well  made  throughout,  and  will  grind  straight  or  spiral  mills  and  shell  reamers 
from  5 inches  diameter  and  4 inch  face  down  to  the  smallest ; side  or  face  mills,  bevel  or 
angle  cutters,  from  8 inches  diameter  dowu  ; hand  machine,  rose  and  taper  reamers,  as  lar^e 
as  1 inches  diameter,  and  8 inches  long;  butt  mills,  either  straight  or  taper;  cutters  for 
milling  T-slots  and  hollow  mills,  such  as  used  on  screw  machines.  Saws,  cutters  for  gear 
teeth,  drills,  and  all  such  tools  as  are  generally  ground  by  hand,  can  also  be  handled.  Both 
spindle  and  arbor  are  of  steel,  hardened  and  ground,  the  latter  to  1 inch  standard  size.  All 
adjusting  screws  and  nuts  are  casehardeued, ' and  fit 

wrench  attached  to  the  machine.  The  machine  can  be  FlG.  362. 

placed  on  the  bench  where  most  convenient,  and  driven  by 
straight  or  quarter  turned  belt.  A single  hanger  counter- 
shaft, with  3 x 1J4  inch  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  completes 
the  machine. 


Speed  of  countershaft,  650  revolutions. 

Price  complete  with  emery  wheel  and  countershaft,  $ 
Price  on  column  with  emery  wheel  and  countershaft,  $ 


Shows  Grinder  Arranged  for  Bench. 


Shows  Grinder  Mounted  on 
Column. 


352 


Fig.  365. 


THE  WORCESTER  DRILL  GRINDER,  No.  1.  (STYLE  A) 


Emery  wheel,  .... 
Spindle  pulley, 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Emery  wheel  should  make  about 
Countershaft  “ “ “ 

Weight  of  machine,  crated, 

Weight  of  countershaft, 


9 ins.  diam.,  i'/2  ins.  thick 
3 ins.  diam.,  in.  face 
4^  ins.  diam.,  2)4  in.  face 
1200  revolutions 
250  revolutions 
100  pounds 
50  pounds 


Each  machine  is  fitted  with  emery  wheel,  as  shown  in  cut. 
This  machine  can  be  mounted  on  either  of  the  pedestals  used  in 
styles  B or  C at  any  time. 

Price  without  countershaft,  - $55-°° 

Countershaft  for  same,  - 10.00 

Grinds  drills,  from  % inch  to  2 inches. 

Full  directions  sent  with  each  machine. 


l5-oo 

3.00 

3.00 

4.00 

5.00 
20.00 


EXTRAS. 


Diamond  truer,  - 

Point  thinning  attachment  (including 
emery  wheel),  - 
Attachment  for  3-lip  drills,  - 
No.  1 emery  wheels, 

Style  B pedestal,  - 

Style  C pedestal,  - 


THE  WORCESTER  DRILL  GRINDER,  No.  2.  (STYLE  A). 


Grinds  drills  from  inch  to  2 inches. 

Emery  wheel,  6 ins.  diam.,  iX  ins.  thick. 

Spindle  Pulley,  2 ins.  diam., in.  face. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
4^  ins.  diam.,  2 Y%  in.  face. 

Emery  wheel  should  make  about  1700  rev- 
olutions. 

Countershaft  should  make  about  300  rev- 
olutions. 

Weight  of  machine,  crated,  75  pounds. 

Weight  of  countershaft,  50  pounds. 

Each  machine  is  fitted  with  emery  wheel, 
as  shown  in  cut. 

This  machine  can  be  mounted  on  either 
of  the  pedestals  used  in  styles  B and  C 
at  any  time. 

Price  without  countershaft,  - |45-°° 

Countershaft  for  same,  - - 10.00 

Full  directions  sent  with  each  machine. 

Diamond  truer,  - 
No.  2 emery  wheels, 


FiG.  366. 


EXTRAS. 

$5.00  Style  B pedestal, 

2.50  Style  C pedestal, 


$5.00 

20.00 


353 


THE  WORCESTER  DRILL  GRINDER,  No.  I. 

Style  B. 


THE  WORCESTER  DRILL  GRINDER,  No.  1. 

Style  C. 


Grinds  drills  from  l/x  inch  to  2 inches. 

Emery  wheel,  ...  ...  9 ins.  diatn.,  i]4  ins.  thick 

Spindle  pulley,  ....  - 3 “ “ 1%  " face 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  4%  “ “ 2%  “ face 

Emery  wheel  should  make  about  ....  1200  revolutions 

Countershaft  “ “ “ ....  250  revolutions 

Weight  of  machine,  crated,  ......  175  pounds 

Weight  of  countershaft,  --------  50  pounds 

Each  machine  is  fitted  with  emery  wheel,  as  shown  in  cut. 


Grinds  drills  from  inch  to  2 inches. 

Emery  wheel, 9 ins.  diam.,  1 % ins.  thick 

Spindle  pulley,  - - - - - - 3 11  1%  “ fnee 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  7 “ “ 2%  “ face 

Emery  wheel  should  make  about 1200  revolutions 

Countershaft  “ “ 250  revolutions 

Weight  of  machine,  crated,  ------  200  pounds 

Each  machine  is  fitted  with  emery  wheel,  as  shown  in  cut 


EXTRAS. 

Diamond  truer,  - --  --  --  --  --  $5.00 

Point  thinning  attachment  (including  emery  wheel),  - - 3.00 

Attachment  for  3-lip  drills,  - - - - - - - - - 3.00 

No.  1 emery  wheels,  -------  - 4.00 

Price  without  countershaft,  - --  --  --  - 60.00 

Countershaft  for  same.  - --  --  --  --  - 10.00 


Full  directions  sent  with  each  machine. 


EXTRAS. 


Diamond  truer,  - --  --  -----  J5.00 

Point  thinning  attachment  (including  emery  wheel),  - 3.00 

Attachment  for  3-lip  drills,  - --  --  --  - 3.00 

No.  1 emery  wheels,  - --  --  --  --  4.00 

Price  complete,  $75.00. 


354 


Fig.  369. 


THE  WORCESTER  DRILL  GRINDER,  No.  2. 

(Style  B.) 

Grinds  drills  from  T'F  inch  to  % inch. 

Emery  wheel,  - - 6 ins.  diam.,  i^  ins.  thick 

Spindle  pulley,  - 2%.  ins.  diam.,  in.  face 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

4^  ins.  diam.,  2^4  in.  face 
Emery  wheel  should  make  about  - 1700  revolutions 

Countershaft  “ “ “ - - 300  revolutions 

Weight  of  machine,  crated,  ...  150  pounds 

Weight  of  countershaft,  ...  50  pounds 

Each  machine  fitted  with  emery  wheel,  as  shown  in  cut. 
Price  without  countershaft,  - - $ 50.00 

Countershaft  for  same,  - - 10.00 

EXTRAS. 

Diamond  truer,  - $5.00  No.  2 emery  wheel,  - $2.50 


Fig.  370. 


THE  WORCESTER  DRILL  GRINDER,  No.  2. 

(Style  C. ) 

Grinds  drills  from  ^ inch  to  % inch. 

Emery  wheel,  - - 6 ins.  diam.,  1 % in.  thick 

Spindle  pulley,  ...  234  ins.  diam.,  1%  in.  face 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

7 ins.  diam.,  2 Y%  inch  face 
Emery  wheel  should  make  about  - - 1700  revolutions 

Countershaft  “ “ “ - 300  revolutions 

Weight  of  machine,  crated,  - - 175  pounds 

Each  machine  fitted  with  emery  wheel,  as  shown  in  cut. 
Price  complete,  ...  $ 65.00 

EXTRAS. 

Diamond  truer,  - #5.00  No.  2 emery  wheel,  - $2.50 


355 


Pat.  May  9,  1893. 

CENTER  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


Description. 

THE  engraving  on  this  page  represents  a machine  for  grinding  centers  in  place — one  that  can  be  quickly  placed  in  the 
lathe  with  scarcely  more  care  or  attention  than  is  required  in  setting  an  ordinary  lathe  tool.  The  simple  act  of  placing 
the  machine  upon  centers,  and  clamping  in  tool  post,  gives  both  the  angle  and  position  of  wheel  axis,  in  same  plane  as 
that  of  the  lathe  spindle.  The  lathe  requires  no  change  to  use  the  grinder,  even  the  dog  plate  remaining  in  place.  It  is 
designed  for  centers  of  60  degrees  angle. 

This  Eatlie  Center  Grinding  Machine  is  furnished  complete  with  one  wheel  upon  spindle  ready  for  use  and  one  extra 
wheel,  also  one  Brown  & Sharpe  center  gauge  and  one  center  reamer,  all  nicely  boxed. 

Price,  $40.00  net. 

This  Center  Grinder  is  the  only  one  that  will  grind  centers  perfectly  true  to  the  desired  angle  at  the  first  adjustment. 
It  is  simple,  effective,  convenient,  and  can  be  depended  upon  for  perfect  work.  It  is  quickly  adjusted  by  a turn  of  the  wrist 
and  is  then  ready  to  start,  requiring  no  change  in  the  lathe  to  use  it.  It  is  all  in  one  machine  and  there  are  no  extras.  It  is 
adjustable  to  large  or  small  lathes,  and  grinds  centers  equally  well  on  either.  It  is  accurately  constructed  and  is  durable,  the 
parts  being  covered  for  protection,  adjustable  to  wear,  easily  replaced,  and  not  likely  to  get  out  of  order.  The  proper  speed 
of  emery  wheel  can  be  maintained,  it  being  driven  directly  from  the  cone  of  the  lathe,  and  has  no  belts  or  hand  cranks. 


Fig.  372. 


Fig.  372  is  a section  showing  the  general  construction  of  the  machine  and  its  relative  position  to  the  center  when  ready  to  grind. 


356 


THE  BENCH  TOOL  GRINDER. 


THE  Bench  Tool  Grinder  is  designed  to  sharpen  machinists’  tools  of  all  kinds,  running  a corundum  wheel  in  water,  the 
grade  of  wheel  varying  to  suit  the  kind  of  work  to  be  done.  The  particles  of  corundum  composing  the  wheel  are  hard 
and  sharp,  and  will  cut  many  times  faster  than  the  ordinary  grindstone.  It  takes  up  less  room  ; it  is  cleaner  ; it  makes 
no  offensive  smell,  and  is  the  cheapest  general  tool  grinder  ever  produced.  This  machine  can  be  set  up  anywere,  taking  up 
bench  room  of  only  22  x 12  inches,  thus  allowing  several  to  be  located  on  a floor  in  large  shops,  having  them  conveniently 
situated  for  the  men,  so  as  to  avoid  walking  long  distances  to  sharpen  a tool.  The  saving  of  time  in  this  way  alone  will  soon 
pay  for  the  small  cost  of  the  grinder.  We  have  adopted  for  use  in  this  grinder  a special  corundum  wheel,  which,  by  reason  of 
its  porous  nature,  is  constantly  moist,  and  in  consequence  all  danger  of  drawing  the  temper  from  tools  is  avoided. 

Set  the  grinder  on  bench  or  stand,  slightly  pitched  to  the  front,  the  near  edge  of  pan  projecting  over  the  bench.  The 
water  runs  to  the  front  (where  a hole  is  drilled),  and  into  a bucket  or  pail,  which  can  be  swung  from  a hook  provided 
underneath  the  pan.  A waste  pipe  can  be  attached  to  run  the  water  off,  if  desired. 

Speed  of  wheel,  700  to  900  revolutions  per  minute. 


Price,  with  10  x 1 inch  wheel,  single  or  double  pulleys, 
Price,  with  10  x 2 inch  wheel,  single  or  double  pulleys, 
Countershaft,  extra,  - 
Price  of  adjustable  angle  rest,  shown  above, 

Price  of  adjustable  angle  rest,  with  traverse  table, 


$25.00 

30.00 

12.00 
3-5o 

15-00 


Showing  Bevel  Grinding  Attachment,  with  Traverse  Table  and  Movement  Across  the  Emery  Wheel. 

All  that  is  designed  to  illustrate  here,  as  shown  in  Fig.  374,  is  an  attachment  or  fixture  that  enables  the  operator  to 
grind  straight  and  true  any  length  up  to  12  inches  (or  more  if  required)  by  hand  movements. 

The  work  is  moved  to  the  wheel  by  a screw  shown  in  front  of  the  machine  ; any  angle  can  be  obtained  that  is  desired  ; 
the  traverse  across  the  face  of  the  emery  wheel  is  by  hand  movements,  the  upper  table  upon  which  the  work  is  held  having 
two  V slides  with  corresponding  grooves  to  receive  the  same. 

Price  of  adjustable  angle  rest,  with  traverse  table,  ....  $15.00 


357 


IMPROVED  WATER  TOOL  GRINDER. 


/nrVIIE  above  illustration  represents  the  improved  Water  Tool  Grinder  for  general  shop  use.  This  machine  runs  an 
emery  or  corundum  wheel  14  inches  in  diameter  by  two  inches  thick.  It  has  no  pumps  to  get  out  of  order ; does 
its  work  perfectly,  and  is  easily  cleaned. 

An  abundance  of  water  is  carried  up  from  the  tank  on  the  inside  of  the  column  by  the  wheel,  when  foot  is  placed  on 
the  treadle. 

This  machine  will  grind  four  times  as  fast  as  a grindstone  ; does  all  the  work  of  machines  heretofore  in  the  market  which 
are  sold  for  higher  prices,  and  every  machine  is  guaranteed. 

Size  of  apron,  14  x 30  ; size  of  wheel,  14  inches  diameter,  2 inches  thick. 


358 


Fig.  376. 


TOOL  GRINDER 


For  the  Machine  Shop. 

Description. — The  front  of  the  water  pan  is  in  the  form  of  two  half-round  bowls,  the  cutting  faces  of  the  wheels  being 
in  the  center  of  each  bowl ; the  operator  may  always  stand  at  the  same  distance  from  the  wheels,  in  whatever  position  he 
wishes  to  hold  the  tool ; this  is  a new  feature  in  both  double  and  single  tool  grinders.  The  rests  are  provided  with  guards, 
which  prevent  the  spray  from  rusting  work  and  tools  near  the  machine.  These  guards  are  simple,  positive,  and  not  liable  to 
get  out  of  order. 

Water  Supply. — The  water  supply  may  be  perfectly  regulated  by  the  operator.  Any  desired  amount,  from  a slightly 
moist  stone  to  a flood,  may  be  obtained  without  wetting  either  the  operator  or  the  floor,  by  turning  a hand  wheel,  and  after  the 
water  is  adjusted  the  supply  is  constant,  as  there  are  no  pipes,  cocks  or  pumps  to  clog  the'flow.  The  wheels  are  thus  constantly 
saturated  with  water.  A little  reflection  will  convince  one  that  this  is  a very  desirable  result  as  compared  with  the  intermittent 
wet  and  dry  wheel,  which  is  a feature  of  all  other  machines. 

Device  for  Keeping  Wheels  True. — The  wheels  are  kept  true  and  in  the  most  perfect  condition  for  their  work,  without 
the  use  of  a diamond,  with  its  inevitable  extravagance  in  money  and  time.  This  result  is  accomplished  by  simply  turning  a 
small  hand  wheel.  It  can  be  done  at  any  time  without  in  the  least  interfering  with  the  work,  or  removing  the  rest,  or  any  part 
of  the  machine,  and  requires  but  an  instant  to  make  them  perfectly  true. 

Quality  of  Workmanship  and  Material. — It  has  been  designed  with  great  care  to  meet  all  the  necessities  of  this  class 
of  work;  the  materials  are  the  best  obtainable,  spindle  of  crucible  steel,  carefully  ground  to  size  ; bolts  and  studs  (where 
essential)  of  bronze  metal ; collars  are  turned  all  over,  insuring  a perfect  balance. 

Dimensions. 

Spindle  bearings,  2 1/%  inches,  8 inches  long.  Emery  wheels,  24  inches  diameter,  \'/2  inch  face.  Distance  between 
wheels,  25 yi  inches.  Weight,  crated  for  shipment,  1750  pounds.  Speed  of  countershaft,  440  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price  of  machine,  complete,  with  overhead  works  and  two  emery  wheels,  - - $ 200.00 


359 


THIS  is  an  entirely  new  and  improved  tool  which 
combines  several  valuable  features. 

The  round  table  in  front  allows  the  opeiator  to 
always  be  at  the  same  distance  from  the  emery  wheel, 
in  whatever  position  he  wishes  to  hold  the  tool. 

The  hood  is  in  one  piece,  except  the  front,  which, 
with  the  tool  rest,  is  adjustable  to  the  wear  of  the 
wheel. 

The  inside  of  hood  is  arranged  to  catch  the  water 
or  spray,  keeping  it  from  the  boxes  and  spindle. 

The  emery  wheel  collars  are  dovetailed  and  are 
fitted  with  a device  for  balancing  the  wheel. 

Collars,  pulleys  and  all  running  parts  are  turned 
inside  and  out,  to  obtain  a perfect  running  machine. 
Dust  collars  are  used  to  keep  all  emery  and  dirt  from 
the  bearings. 

Water  is  supplied  to  the  wheel  by  means  of  a water 
pan  on  the  inside  of  the  base.  This  pan  is  raised 
or  lowered  by  means  of  a rack  and  pinion  in  con- 
nection with  ratchet  wheel  and  lever,  shown  on  side 
of  base. 

The  lever  is  pulled  forward  until  the  wheel  touches 
the  water  in  the  pan,  and  is  then  dropped  into  a notch 
in  the  guide.  This  guide  has  four  notches,  thus 
allowing  the  operator  to  supply  as  much  or  as  little 
water  to  the  wheel  as  he  may  desire.  Or  the  lever 
may  be  left  in  one  of  the  notches  in  the  guide  and  the 
wheel  allowed  to  run  constantly  in  the  water  or  by  a 
quick  motion  of  the  hand,  the  lever  may  be  dropped 
back,  allowing  the  wheel  to  run  clear  of  the  water. 
As  the  water  decreases  in  the  pan,  more  may  be  sup- 
plied by  turning  the  ratchet  wheel  on  the  side  of  the 
machine.  When  it  is  necessary  to  clean  the  pan,  it  may  be  very  quickly  drawn  through  the  door  in  front  of  the  base  and 
fresh  water  supplied  by  pouring  it  into  the  table,  from  which  it  will  run  into  the  pan  below. 

Our  machines  all  have  long  bearings  and  heavy'  spindles,  and  with  our  water  arrangement  they  are  always  ready  for 
use  and  need  no  repairs. 


Fig.  377. 


IflPROVED  20  AND  36  INCH  TOOL 
GRINDER. 


20  INCH  TOOL  GRINDER. 

Emery  wheel,  2^  in.  or  3 in.  face,  as  desired, 
Speed  of  wheel  per  minute,  - - - 

Spindle,  diameter, 

Boxes,  self-oiling,  length  each,  - 
Spindle  pulleys,  tight  and  loose,  each, 
Height,  floor  to  center  of  spindle, 

Foot  of  base,  ------ 

Floor  space,  over  all,  - 


diam.,  20  inches 
700  revolutions 
2 inches 
inches 
6x3  y2  inches 
- 36  inches 
20  x 30  inches 
28  x 35  inches 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

36  INCH  TOOL  GRINDER. 

Emery  wheel  3 in.  or  4 in.  face,  as  desired,  diam.,  36  inches 
Speed  of  wheel  per  minute,  - - - 400  revolutions 


Spindle,  diameter,  - - - - 

Boxes,  self -oiling,  length  each, 
Spindle  pulleys,  tight  and  loose,  each, 
Height,  floor  to  center  of  spindle, 

Foot  of  base,  - - - - - 

Floor  space,  over  all, 


inches 

inches 


9 x 4 Yi  inches 

- 36  i 
24  x 46 
38  x 56  inches 


nches 

nches 


360 


No.  2 TOOL  GRINDER. 


SINGLE  WHEEL  TOOL  GRINDERS. 

Fig.  378. 


Emery  Wheel,  i8x2^xiJ(  Inches. 

Weight,  ------  800  pounds 

Size  of  base,  - - - - - 24  x 27  inches 

Height  from  floor  to  centre  of  spindle,  38  inches 
Engine  lathe  boxes  for  bearings,  each,  7 inches 
Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  - 1 y2  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges,  inches 

Diameter  of  conepulleyon  spindle,  5 and  6 x \y2  ins. 
Price  complete,  with  countershaft  and 

truing  device,  - - - $150.00 

Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  8 
inches  in  diameter,  4^  inch  face.  Cone  pulley,  12 
and  13  inches  diameter,  4^  inch  face.  The  drop 
of  hangers  is  10  inches.  Entire  length  of  shaft,  32 
inches.  For  our  No.  2 Tool  Grinder  the  counter- 
shaft should  run  250  revolutions  per  minute.  This 
will  give  the  spindle,  on  the  slowest  speed,  500  rev- 
olutions ; on  the  quickest  speed,  600  revolutions 
per  minute. 


No.  3 TOOL  GRINDER. 

Emery  Wheel,  24  x y/z  Inches. 

Weight, 1500  pounds 

Size  of  base,  -----  26x40  inches 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  36  inches 
Engine  lathe  boxes  for  bearings,  each,  8incheslong 
Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  - 1 y inches 

Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges,  2 inches 

Diameter  of  pulley  on  spindle,  10  inch,  5 inch  face 
Our  patented  and  special  arrangements,  shown 
and  described  for  No.  2 Tool  Grimier,  are  found  in 
this  machine,  and  all  of  our  other  sizes. 

Price  complete,  with  countershaft  and 

truing  device,  - - - - $250.00 

Countershaft  for  No.  3 Tool  Grinder  has  tight 
and  loose  pulley,  10  inches  diameter,  5^  inch  face. 
Driving  pulley,  17  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face. 
Entire  length  of  shaft,  40  inches,  with  drop  of 
hangers,  12  inches. 

It  should  run  260  to  280  revolutions  per  min- 
ute ; this  will  give  to  the  spindle  on  this  machine  a 
speed  of  from  400  to  450  revolutions  per  minute. 


Improved  and  Patented  August  I,  1882 ; May  7,  1889. 


No.  4 TOOL  GRINDER. 


Emery  Wheel,  30  x 4 Inches. 

Weight,  2000  pounds  Length  of  bearings,  each,  ...  9 inches 

Size  of  base,  - - - - - 28  x 45  inches  Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges,  - 3 inches 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  - - 37  inches  Diameter  of  pulley  on  spindle,  - - 14  ins.,  6 in.  face 

Price  complete,  with  countershaft  and  truing  device,  - - $300.00 

Countershaft  for  No.  4 Tool  Grinder  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face.  Driving  pulley,  18  inches 
diameter,  6 inch  face.  Entire  length  of  shaft,  40  inches,  with  drop  hangers,  12  inches. 

Countershaft  should  run  260  to  280  revolutions  per  minute  ; this  would  give  to  the  spindle  on  the  machine  a speed  of  300  to  350 
revolutions  per  minute. 


No.  5 TOOL  GRINDER. 

Emery  Wheel,  36  X 4 Inches. 

Weight,  ------  2500  pounds  Length  of  bearings,  each,  - - - 10  inches 

Size  of  base,  - - - - - 28x51  inches  Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges,  - 3 inches 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  - - 37  inches  Diameter  of  pulley  on  spindle,  - - - 16  ins.,  6 in.  face 

Price  complete,  with  countershaft  and  truing  device,  - $350.00 

Machine  should  run  300  revolutions  per  minute.  Countershaft  for  this  machine  same  dimensions  as  No.  4 Tool  Grinder  countershaft. 


361 


PREMISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  (g, 


Fig.  379. 


BALL  BEARING  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


THE  MACHINE  shown  is  of  interest  to  all  manufacturers  of  bicycles  or  bicycle  parts.  Makers  of  such  goods  who  have 
used  ground  and  true  balls  for  their  bearings  found  that  it  was  essential  to  secure  a true  ground  seat  or  surface  for  the 
balls  to  travel  in,  and  that  without  it,  the  best  results  could  not  be  obtained.  This  has  called  for  the  machine  shown,  to 
grind  true  and  accurate  the  bearings  in  connection  with  the  balls  used.  The  machine  is  arranged  with  two  heads  and  two 
styles  of  chucks.  One  of  the  heads  and  chucks  holds  the  small  circular  hubs  to  be  ground  true  for  the  balls  to  revolve  in.  The 
other  head  and  special  chuck  is  arranged  to  hold  the  bearings  of  the  wheel  hubs  and  pedals,  both  of  which  require  a true  smooth 
surface  to  give  the  best  results.  This  latter  head  is  arranged  to  grind  one  end  of  the  bearings,  after  which  the  head  is  swung 
one-half  way  round  without  removing  the  work  from  the  special  chuck  which  holds  it.  This  insures  both  ends  being  ground 
perfectly  true  and  parallel  with  each  other.  The  carriage  in  which  the  emery  wheel  revolves  has  movements  by  hand  wheel 
and  screw,  both  lateral  and  longitudinal.  It  is  arranged  with  a swivel  head  to  secure  an  angle.  The  emery  spindle  is  made  of 
steel  with  long  bearing  bronze  split  box,  and  fitted  every  \yay  secure  from  emery  dust.  Also  arranged  to  secure  a high  rate  of 
speed  for  the  emery  wheel.  There  is  one  arbor  provided  to  hold  the  small  wheels,  which  latter  is  fitted  to  taper  in  the  spindle 
head.  There  is  one  split  chuck  provided  to  hold  emery  plugs  3 inches  long  which  as  worn  away  can  be  brought  forward  from 
the  chuck.  The  necessary  countershafts  and  drums  are  supplied,  all  of  which  make  this  machine  complete  in  all  its 
appointments  and  satisfactory  in  its  results  to  all  manufacturers  doing  this  class  of  work. 


362 


Fig.  380. 


AUTOHATIC  SURFACE  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  intended  for  grinding  flat  metal  surfaces,  hard  or  soft,  where  great  accuracy  is  required,  or  where 
the  parts  to  be  ground  are  hardened,  so  that  other  methods  of  truing  the  face  are  difficult.  As  will  be  seen  from  the 
cut,  the  machine  has  a very  heavy  base,  supporting  both  the  table  and  the  wheel  directly  from  the  floor,  thus  insuring 
great  rigidity  and  stiffness. 

The  bed  which  supports  the  table  has  suitable  mechanism  to  automatically  carry  the  work  back  and  forth  under  the  wheel, 
or  the  automatic  features  may  be  dispensed  with  at  will,  the  table  moved  with  the  hand  wheel,  or  run  to  one  end  of  the  bed  and 
stopped  entirely,  to  change  the  work,  without  stopping  the  emery  wheel,  or  other  parts  of  the  machine.  Adjustable  stops  are 
provided  to  limit  the  stroke  to  any  desired  length,  or  the  lever  in  front  of  the  machine  may  be  used  to  stop  and  start  the  table 
instantly  at  any  point  desired  by  the  operator. 

The  machine  will  grind  the  surface  of  its  own  table,  thus  insuring  the  accuracy  of  all  work  done  upon  it.  The  emery 
wheel  spindle  which  is  self-oiling  is  large  in  proportion  to  the  diameter  of  the  wheel,  and  is  provided  with  ample  bearings  in 
length  and  diameter.  The  outer  bearings  are  of  bronze  and  are  carried  by  an  overhanging  arm  with  self-oiling  box  and  drip 
to  keep  the  oil  from  the  work. 

The  emery  wheel  is  raised  or  lowered  by  a hand  wheel  and  worm  gear  to  give  proper  setting  to  the  cut  to  be  taken,  and  is 
capable  of  a Very  fine  adjustment.  Graduations  on  the  hand  wheel  indicate  the  amount  of  this  movement.  The  emery  wheel 
has  self-regulating  cross  feed  in  both  directions,  ivdth  adjustments  to  secure  as  much  or  as  little  feed  as  desired.  The  feed  is 
arranged  to  shift  at  one  end  or  at  both  ends  of  the  table,  thereby  economizing  greatly  in  time  over  a planer  or  milling  machine, 
which  cuts  one  way  only.  A guard  is  put  on  and  around  the  table  so  that  water  may  be  used  if  desired.  An  automatic  pump 
is  furnished  when  ordered.  Water  and  the  pans  connected  with  the  same  are  enclosed  inside  of  the  column. 


363 


AUTOMATIC  SURFACE  GRINDING  HACHINE. 

Side  View. 


THE  MACHINE  shown  (No.  3)  will  grind  the  surface  of  a piece  of  work  4S  inches  long,  12  inches  wide  and  9 inches 
thick.  It  is  provided  with  a double  countershaft  carrying  a drum  for  driving  the  emery  wheel.  Step  cones  give  three 
speeds  to  the  table.  The  dimensions  of  the  machine  shown  are  given  below.  Self  oiling  boxes  and  dust  protectors  are 
used  throughout. 

Dimensions. 


Diameter  emery  wheel, 

Height  of  table  from  floor, 

Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  each  - 
Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges, 
Length  of  spindle  bearings,  each 
Thickness  of  work  to  be  ground, 

Floor  space  required. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Speed  of  countershaft  per  minute, 


12  x i]4-  inches 
34  inches 
2 y2  inches 
I'/z  inches 
6 inches 
o to  9 inches 
40  x 44  inches 
10  x 4 Yz  inches 
350  revolutions 


Price  Complete,  with  Countershafts,  Emery  Wheels  and  Wrenches. 


No.  1,  to  grind  work  24  x 12  x 9 inches 

“2,  “ “ 36x12x9  " 

“3,  “ “ 48x12x9“ 

“4,  “ “ 60x12x9  “ 

Add  1 25  to  list  price  for  automatic  pump  and  connections. 


Weighs  3000  pounds 
“ 3500 

“ 4000  “ 

“ 4500  “ 


|5oo.oo 

550.00 

600.00 

650.00 


364 


No.  02  SURFACE  GRINDER. 


/"TNHIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  general  surface  grinding,  and  particularly  for  grinding  and  finishing  punches,  dies  and 
hardened  parts  of  machinery  requiring  true  surfaces. 

The  spindle  and  boxes  are  in  a slide  which  carries  the  wheel  across  the  work,  being  adjustable  to  the  length  of  stroke 
desired  by  the  crank  under  the  slide. 

The  wheel,  traveling  across  the  work,  wears  evenly  and  cuts  more  easily,  being  less  liable  to  glaze. 

This  machine  grinds  14  inches  wide,  32  inches  long,  and  12  inches  high,  under  an  8 inch  wheel. 

It  has  an  overhanging  arm  for  supporting  the  wheel  to  prevent  it  springing  on  a long  stroke. 

Jaws  for  holding  work  on  the  table  are  furnished  with  each  machine. 

Speed  of  countershaft,  350  revolutions.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  6 inch  diameter,  3 *4  inch  face. 

Weight,  1300  pounds. 


365 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  <3 


Fig.  383. 


HAND  SURFACE  GRINDER, 

With  Automatic  Feed. 


/ I \HIS  MACHINE  grinds  4 inches  wide  by  9 inches  long. 

It  is  a very  desirable  tool  for  grinding  or  sharpening 
dies,  punches,  etc.,  and  is  adapted  for  general  surface  grind- 
ing. The  lever  carries  the  work  under  the  wheel,  and  feeds 
with  every  stroke  automatically  in  either  direction. 


No.  01  SURFACE  GRINDER. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  adapted  for  grinding  and  finish- 
ing dies,  punches  and  hardened  parts  of  machinery 
requiring  true  surfaces. 

The  spindle  and  boxes  are  in  a slide  which  carries 
the  wheel  across  the  work,  being  adjustable  to  the  length 
of  stroke  desired  by  the  crank  under  the  slide.  The  wheel 
raveling  across  the  work  wears  evenly  and  cuts  more 
easily,  being  less  liable  to  glaze. 

This  machine  will  grind  8 inches  wide  and  18  inches 
long  using  an  8 inch  wheel,  and  will  take  a piece  12  inches 
high.  It  has  automatic  feed  and  feeds  in  either  direction. 

Jaws  for  holding  work  on  the  table  are  furnished 
with  each  machine.  The  countershaft  has  tight  and 
loose  pulleys,  6 inches  in  diameter,  3^  inch  face,  and 
should  run  350  revolutions  per  minute  for  an  8 inch  wheel. 
Weight,  900  pounds. 


366 


PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g, 


FACE  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  385- 


THIS  MACHINE  is  adapted  to  a variety  of  grinding  where  a small  amount  of  stock  is  to  be  removed,  and  a flat  surface  is 
desired,  the  pieces  being  held  in  suitable  fixtures  fastened  to  the  platen,  or  clamped  to  the  platen  itself.  The  platen  has 
a longitudinal  movement  sufficient  to  grind  pieces  26  inches  long,  either  by  means  of  a hand  wheel  or  crank  shown,  or  by 
automatic  power  feed,  the  distance  of  movement  being  regulated  by  adjustable  dogs  or  stops  on  edge  of  platen. 

The  head,  which  carries  an  annular  or  cup  wheel  14  inches  in  diameter,  has  a transverse  movement  by  means  of  a hand 
wheel  for  adjustment  to  the  work,  and  to  compensate  for  the  wearing  away  of  the  wheel.  This  annular  wheel  can  also  be 
brought  to  the  work  by  an  automatic  cross  feed  which  admits  of  any  adjustment  from  a thousandth  of  an  inch  feed  up  to 
one-sixteenth  or  more.  This  latter  feed  is  not  supplied  to  the  machine  unless  ordered,  and  then  at  an  additional  price  of 
$37-50  to  the  list  given. 

We  can  arrange  this  machine  to  remove  the  wheel  head,  spindle  and  cup  wheel  shown,  in  its  place  providing  a new 
head  with  a disk  wheel  up  to  14  inches  in  diameter,  having  a rise  and  fall  by  means  of  a hand  wheel  and  square  thread  screw 
attached,  which  will  admit  of  placing  under  the  wheel  work  to  the  thickness  of  ten  inches  or  less  for  surface  grinding. 

An  automatic  cross  feed  is  provided  that  will  give  to  the  wheel  a grinding  surface  of  ten  inches  across  the  face  of  the 
work,  thus  securing  full  automatic  feed  both  in  length  and  width  of  the  surface  to  be  ground. 

We  will  furnish  price  of  machine  so  arranged  with  all  details,  upon  application. 

The  bearings  are  well  protected  from  dust,  and  provision  is  made  for  attachment  of  an  exhaust  fan. 

The  countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  10  inches  diameter  with  4 Y%  inch  face,  with  the  necessary  pulleys  for 
driving  the  wheel  and  machine,  and  should  run  280  turns  per  minute. 

Size  of  base  on  floor,  36  x 58.  Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  38  inches. 


No.  1,  26  inch  face  grinder,  including  wheel  and  with  countershaft, 
“ 2,  30  “ “ “ “ “ “ 

weight,  1400  pounds, 
“ 1600  “ 

“ 3.  36  “ 

“ 1800  “ 

“ 4.  50  “ 

1 1 2000  ‘ ‘ 

“ 5,  60  “ “ 

“ 2500  “ 

Add  $25.00  to  list  price  for  automatic  pump  and  connections. 
Add  $37.50  additional  to  list  price  for  automatic  cross  feed  of 

the  wheel  to  the  work. 

$267.50 

287.50 

325.00 

400.00 

475.00 


367 


u 


Fig.  386. 


No.  1 UNIVERSAL  FACE  AND  ANGLE  GRINDER. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  well  adapted  to  a large  variety  of  grinding,  where  hut  a small  amount  of  stock  is  to  be  removed  and  a 
flat,  true  surface  is  desired,  the  pieces  being  held  in  suitable  fixtures  fastened  to  the  platen  or  clamped  to  the  platen 
itself.  The  platen  has  a longitudinal  movement  by  means  of  a hand  wheel  sufficient  to  grind  pieces  12  inches  long.  It 
has  knee  furnished  with  angle  irons  adjustable  on  said  platen,  and  moves  laterally  by  hand  to  the  annular  wheel  as  the  latter 
is  worn  away.  It  has  sufficient  length  to  keep  the  slides  or  wearing  parts  of  the  machine  always  covered. 

The  table  or  platen  is  adjustable  to  any  degree  or  pitch,  and  furnished  with  a graduated  index  finger,  enabling  the 
operator  to  set  and  reset  it  upon  tlie  same  angle  to  grind  bevel  surfaces  alike  and  true.  It  has  a graduated  base  with  additional 
movement  about  a central  pivot,  and  can  be  turned  at  any  angle. 

The  head  carries  an  annular  or  cup  wheel  on  one  end  12  inches  in  diameter,  3^  inches  deep  outside  measure,  with 
2 inch  rim.  The  other  end  is  provided  with  taper  hole  and  arbor,  the  latter  arranged  to  hold  wheel  9 inches  diameter  for 
light  tool  grinding. 

Price,  with  adjustable  platen  and  revolving  base,  with  12-inch  annular  wheel  and  emery  wheel  8 x 1,  with  taper 

arbor,  countershaft  and  wrenches,  -----------  $ 250.00 

Where  ordered  without  pivotal  adjustment  to  base,  ....  ....  225.00 

Weight,  boxed  for  shipment,  1000  pounds. 


368 


II©' 


gm^^PREiVTISS  TQQL^5UPPLY( 


Fig.  387. 


CAR  BOX  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


THE  MACHINE  is  designed  to  run  two  wheels,  as  shown.  Cnp  wheel  is  22  inches  in  diameter  and  6 inch  face,  with  16 
inch  hole,  and  3 inch  cutting  surface.  Emery  wheel  can  be  used  on  the  other  end  of  spindle,  34  inches  in  diameter, 
and  6 inch  face. 

It  is  made  to  grind  car  boxes  or  other  straight  surfaces. 

The  table  measures  36  inches  long  by  13  inches  wide.  The  length  of  parallel  traverse  is  18  inches,  which  can  be  increased 
to  30  inches  if  ordered.  The  end  or  cross  traverse  is  6 inches.  The  rise  and  fall  to  the  knee  is  8 inches.  The  movements  of 
the  table  are  by  hand  wheels,  as  shown. 

We  claim  for  the  machine,  great  strength  in  its  design,  unequaled  workmanship,  and  that  it  is  constructed  to  do  the  work 
named  or  other  straight  surfaces  perfectly  true  and  in  a rapid,  economical  manner,  with  every  adjustment  which  can  be 
required  in  a machine  of  this  class. 

Has  steel  spindle,  engine  lathe  boxes,  arm  for  rest,  both  front  and  back  ; rest  being  provided  with  wrench  permanently 
attached  to  its  proper  place,  and  levers  for  securing  the  rests  firmly  to  the  frame  ; this  latter  is  an  invention  (patented  Aug.  1 
1882)  which  every  manufacturer  will  appreciate.  The  bearings  are  so  close  as  to  prevent  the  admission  of  emery  dust.  Brass 
oil  cups  with  patent  oil  feeders  are  used.  A surface  attachment  to  use  on  this  machine  can  be  provided  when  desired. 

No  railroad  shop  in  the  country  can  afford  to  be  without  this  machine. 


Weight  of  car  box  machine  with  countershaft,  ......  2000  pounds 

Distance  between  wheels,  - --  --  --  --  - 40  inches 

Length  of  bearings,  -----------  9 inches 

Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  ---------  2^  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges,  ---------  2 inches 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  -------  32  inches 

Diameter  of  flanges,  - ..--.-.---8  inches 

Size  of  cones  on  spindles,  - - - - - - - 8,  10  and  12  x 5%  inches 

Size  of  base,  - - - - - - - . 26  x 38  inches 

Size  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  ------  10  x 5%  inches 

Size  of  cone  pulley  on  countershaft,  ------  14,  16  and  18  x Scinches 

Speed  of  countershaft  per  minute,  -------  350  revolutions 


Price  of  machine,  countershaft,  emery  wheel  and  holder,  shown,  -------  $400.00 

Price  of  surface  attachment,  ------------  - 75-oo 

Price  of  adjustable  holder  for  emery  wheel,  ----------  60.00 


369 


Fig.  388. 


IHPROVED  AUTOMATIC  KNIFE  GRINDER. 


THE  MACHINE  shown  is  designed  to  grind  knives  or  other  work  thirty  inches  long.  It  has  automatic  power  feed.  The  angle  iron  upon  which 
the  knife  or  work  to  be  ground  is  held  is  arranged  with  slot  provided  so  that  the  emery  wheel  will  grind  directly  towards  the  edge  of  the 
knife.  The  angle  iron  can  be  reversed  and  the  knife  ground  towards  the  butt  or  away  from  the  edge.  The  table  or  platen  upon  which  the  angle 
iron  (holding  the  knife)  is  held,  brings  the  work  to  the  wheel  by  small  hand  screw  wheels  at  each  end  of  the  platen.  This  arrangement  is  such  that 
when  both  ends  of  the  work  to  be  ground  touch  the  wheel  and  are  supposed  to  be  parallel,  then,  to  keep  and  retain  the  work  in  its  parallel  lines,  the 
operator  brings  the  emery  wheel  forward  by  the  larger  hand  wheel  directly  in  front  of  machine. 

The  center  of  the  angle  (or  knife  bar)  is  encircled  by  a split  yoke.  Ivoosen  the  yoke  screw  and  you  can  swivel  angle  iron  in  any  desired  position 
or  pitch  to  the  wheel.  Tong  bearings  are  an  especial  feature  of  the  machine,  with  every  provision  known  in  our  experience  for  excluding  the  emery 
dust.  The  platen  or  table  is  exceptionally  wide,  furnished  with  extra  width  of  ways  to  traverse  upon.  The  machine  is  made  with  tight  and  loose 
pulley,  or  single  pulley. 

The  water  hood  is  so  arranged  that  all  water  is  distributed  directly  on  the  wheel  in  front  of  knife  or  cutters  being  ground  and  thus  prevents 
drawing  the  temper.  The  inside  hood  leads  all  water  and  spray  directly  back  to  tank,  which  has  our  patent  siphon  arrangement  connecting  with 
the  lower  tank.  This  device  patented  May  7,  1889. 

No  water  will  pass  outside  the  hood  or  from  the  wheel  in  any  manner  beyond  the  table,  which  is  so  arranged  that  it  docs  not  stand  on  the 
machine.  The  pump  is  made  upon  a new  and  improved  principle,  being  compact,  well  made,  and  non-corrosive. 

We  will  furnish  this  machine  with  water  pot  overhead  and  necessary  drip  and  pans  for  list  prices  named.  This  requires  the  operator  to  fill  the 
water  pot  over  the  wheel  when  empty. 

Size  of  base  on  floor,  26  X32  inches.  Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  38  inches. 


26  inch  knife  grinder,  with  24  inch  wheel,  tight  and  loose 


30  “ 

“ 24  “ 

36  “ 

(1 

“ 26  “ 

30  “ 

(( 

“ 26  “ 

60  “ 

“ 26  “ 

80  “ 

“ 26  “ 

pulley,  weight  T200  pounds, 

“ 1400  pounds,  - 

$187.50 

200.00 

“ 1600  pounds, 

250.00 

“ 1800  pounds,  - 

300.00 

“ 2500  pounds, 

350.00 

“ 3000  pounds, 

45000 

Add  $25.00  to  list  prices  given  for  automatic  cross  feed  of  the  wheel  to  the  work. 

Add  $25.00  to  list  prices  for  automatic  pump  and  connections.  Price  of  countershaft  for  this  machine,  $18.00. 

Countershaft  lias  tight  and  loose  pulley,  10  x 4^.  Drop  of  hangers,  10  inches.  Single  driving  pulley,  14  x 4 y2. 
Countershaft  should  make  200  revolutions  per  minute,  which  will  give  to  speed  of  emery  wheel  385  revolutions  per  minute. 


370 


Number. 

Size  Wheels. 
Deduct  2 inches 
for  Wet  Wheel. 
East  figure  de- 
notes hole. 

Price  as  in  cut  in- 
eluding  Wet 
Wheel. 

Price  Counter. 

Slow  Speed 
Counter. 

Driving.Pulley  on 
Counter. 

T.  &%.  Pulley  on 
Counter. 

Pulley  on  Spindle. 

Spindle^Steel. 

Bearings. 

Weight  Machine. 

Weight  Counter. 

Height  to  Center 
Spindle. 

E 

iS  X 2 X 1% 

#165 

$r5 

425 

9*4  and  11x4 

7x4 

4 and5%x4X 

35  x 13/s 

6 X 1 3/z 

600 

IOO 

36 

F 

20  K 2 X 1^2 

213 

20 

550 

9 }4  and  1IX4X 

7 x 4'X 

4 and  5^4  x 4% 

38  x 1% 

7lA  x i % 

725 

120 

36 

G 

24  x 3 X I X 

280 

25 

500 

13  and  12  x 4 "4 

8x4^ 

6 and  7 x 4^4 

48x1^ 

9x1  y& 

IOOO 

150 

34 

H 

30  X 4 X 2 

425 

35 

410 

16  and  18  x 5 yz 

10  x 5 >4 

7 and  9x5^4 

58  x 2% 

12  X 2% 

1700 

300 

32 

WET  AND  SURFACE  GRINDERS. 

Prices,  Dimensions,  Etc. 


371 


WET  AND  PLAIN  DRY  GRINDERS. 


Prices,  Dimensions,  Etc. 


Number. 

Size  Wheel. 

Deduct  2 inches  for 
Wet  Wheel. 

East  Figure  is 
hole. 

Price  as  in  Cut  inc. 
Wet  Wheel. 

Price  Double  Plain 
Grinder  as  above. 

Price  Counter. 

Slow  Speed  Counter. 

Driving  Pulley  on 
Counter. 

T.  & E.  Pulley  on 
Counter. 

Pulley  on  Spindle. 

Spindle  Steel. 

Bearings. 

Weight  as  in  Cut. 

Weight  Double 
Plain  Grinder. 

Weight  Counter. 

Height  to  Centre 
Spindle. 

Price  Set  Plain 
Rests 

Price  Wet  Wheel 
Guard  inc.  Wheel.  1 

Price  Surface 
Attachment. 

E 

18  X 2 X 1% 

$135 

|8o 

$15 

425 

9%  and  xix 4 

7x4 

4 and  5%  x4/4 

35  x 1 H 

6x1  }i 

500 

375 

105 

36 

$10 

$55 

$40 

F 

20X2%  X I % 

175 

95 

20 

550 

9%  and  11x4^ 

7x4  % 

4 and  5^x4^ 

38  x 1 ye 

7ia  x 1 ya 

600 

45° 

R>5 

36 

12 

80 

5° 

G 

24  x 3 X iM 

235 

1 15 

25 

500 

13  and  12x4% 

8x4^ 

6 and  7 X4% 

48  x 1 Yt, 

9x1% 

875 

725 

150 

34 

15 

120 

60 

H 

30  X 4 X 2 

375 

200 

35 

410 

16  and  18  X5% 

10  x 5% 

7 and  9x5^ 

58  X 2 /t 

12  x 2% 

1500 

1250 

300 

32 

20 

175 

70 

372 


>y 


, PREMISS  TQQL  CURTLY  (g> 


Fig.  391. 


DRY  GRINDERS. 


THIS  MACHINE  embodies  a number  of  salient  features.  The  wide  flare  of  the  base  gives  increased  steadiness  on  the 
floor.  The  long  boxes  ’decrease  the  vibration,  and  with  the  large  spindles  insure  a steady  running  wheel  and  perfect 
allignment,  thus  adding  to  the  life  of  the  machine.  The  extra  width  between  wheels  admits  of  two  men  using  the 
machine  at  the  same  time.  The  boxes  are  protected  from  dust,  etc.,  by  special  dust  proof  collars  on  the  end.  The  machine 
is  built  throughout  in  a most  thorough  manner. 


No.  8 DRY  GRINDER. 
Emery  wheels,  diameter, 

Speed  of  wheels  per  minute, 

Distance  between  wheels,  - 
Length  of  spindle, 

Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings, 
Diameter  of  spindle  between  collars,  - 
Boxes,  length  of  each, 

Spindle  cone  pulleys,  - 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle, 

Price,  without  countershaft,  - 
Price,  with  countershaft, 


20  inches 
960  revolutions 
32  inches 
45  inches 
- 1%  inches 
inches 
8 inches 
6 and  4x3^  inches 
34  inches 

- $90.00 

105.00 


No.  7 DRY  GRINDER. 

Emery  wheels,  diameter, 

Speed  of  wheels  per  minute,  - 
Distance  between  wheels, 

Length  of  spindle,  ... 
Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  - 
Diameter  of  spindle  between  collars, 
Boxes,  length  of  each, 

Spindle  cone  pulleys,  - - 5 yi 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle, 
Foot  of  base,  - 
Floor  space,  over  all, 

Price,  without  countershaft,  - 
Price,  with  countershaft,  - 


16  inches 
1200  revolutions 
26  inches 
37  inches 
- 1 % inches 
1 )/t  inches 
7 inches 
and  3^x3^  inches 
36  inches 
22x28  inches 
22x37  inches 

$60.00 

75.00 


373 


DRY  GRINDERS. 


THIS  MACHINE,  although  somewhat  smaller  than  numbers  7 and  8,  has  the  same  excellent  features ; the  wide  flare  of 
base,  the  long  boxes,  the  heavy  spindle  and  great  width  between  wheels.  It  is  also  fitted  with  a small  table,  whereon 
tools,  etc.,  may  be  laid,  or  if  desired  this  table  may  be  left  off. 


SINGLE  WHEEL  DRY  GRINDER. 

Emery  wheel,  - - - 

Speed  of  wheel  per  minute, 

Eength  of  spindle,  - 
Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings, 

Diameter  of  spindle  between  collars, 

Boxes,  length  of  each,  - 

Spindle  pulley,  - - - - 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle, 

Floor  space,  over  all,  - 


24x4  inches 
850  revolutions 
28  inches 
inches 
2 inches 
8 inches 
- 6x4  inches 
31  inches 
- 28x46  inches 


Price,  without  countershaft,  - - - $84.00 

Price,  with  countershaft,  - 100.00 


No.  5 DRY  GRINDER. 

Emery  wheels,  diameter,  - 212  inches  or  4 10 

Distance  between  wheels,  - - - - 18 

Length  of  spindle,  28 

Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  - - - 1 y& 

Diameter  of  spindle  between  collars,  - 
Boxes,  length  of  each,  - - - 5 

Spindle  pulley,  - 3j4x2% 

Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle,  - - 40 

Foot  of  base,  - - - - - 16x20 

Floor  space,  over  all,  - - - 16x28 


inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
1 inch 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 


Price,  without  countershaft,  - - ‘ $ 40.00 

Price,  with  countershaft,  - - - 50.00 


374 


DOUBLE  DRY  GRINDER. 

Prices. 


Number. 

Size  Wheels. 
Last  figure 
is  hole. 

Bench 

Machine. 

Overhead 

Counter. 

Plain  Base 
to  belt  to 
Overhead 
Counter. 

Counter  Base 
to  belt  to 
Main  Shaft. 

B 

10  X i x 54 

$25 

$10 

$35 

$50 

C 

12  X 1 54  X I 

35 

12 

47 

65 

D 

14  X 2 X I 

45 

15 

60 

so 

375 


Fig.  395. 


DRY  AND  SERVICE  GRINDER. 


Prices. 


Number. 

Size  Wheel 
East  figure  is  hole. 

Bench  Machine. 

Overhead 

Counter. 

Plain  Base  to  belt 
to  Overhead 
Counter. 

Counter  Rase  to 
belt  to  Main 
Shaft. 

B 

10  x I x 

$42 

$10 

$52 

$(>7 

C 

12  X I'/z  x I 

57 

12 

69 

87 

I) 

14  X 2 X I 

72 

15 

87 

107 

37t> 


GRINDING  MACHINE  No.  4. 


New  Pattern,  Improved  and  Enlarged.  Mounted  on  Frame, 
with  Driving  Shaft  and  Hadley’s  Patent 
Belt  Shifter  attached. 

Price  of  No.  4 Grinding  Machine,  stand,  and  driving  shaft,  as  shown,  $60.00 
Price  of  No.  4 Grinding  Machine  head,  ...  28.00 

Price  of  frame  with  water  pot  attached,  ...  - 17.00 

Price  of  driving  shaft  and  patent  belt  shifter  attached,  as  shown, 

or  Hadley’s  patent  countershaft,  for  overhead  use,  - i5-°° 

Dimensions  of  Grinding  Machine  No.  4. 

Weight  (with  frame  and  countershaft),  - 300  pounds 

Size  of  base,  .....  . 12  x 8)4  inches 

Height  from  bench  to  center  of  spindle,  - 9 inches 

Distance  between  wheels,  ....  15  inches 

Length  of  bearings,  .....  4 inches 

Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings  ...  1^  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges,  ...  1 inch 

Size  of  pulley  on  spindle,  - - - - 4x3^  inches 

Height  of  stand  from  floor  to  top  of  iron  table,  - 28  inches 

Size  of  iron  table,  - - - - - 25  x 14  inches 

Weight  of  stand,  ------  175  pounds 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  to  run  two  wheels,  14  inches  in  diameter.  It 
has  Babbitt  or  cast-iron  boxes,  as  desired,  the  frame  constituting  the 
lower  half  of  the  box,  and  the  cap  over  the  spindle  the  other  half.  Case- 
hardened  cap  screws  are  used  with  steel  spindles.  The  machine  is  well  made 
and  designed  to  supply  the  demand  for  a low  price,  well  made  grinder. 

Price  of  Standard  Grinding  Machine  as  shown,  ...  $30.00 

Price  of  Standard  Grinding  Machine  head,  - 20.00 

Price  of  Standard  Grinding  Machine  countershaft,  ...  10.00 


Dimensions  of  Standard  Grinder. 


Size  of  base,  - 

Height  from  bench  to  center  of  spindle, 
Length  of  bearings,  - 
Length  of  spindle,  ... 
Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings, 
Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges, 
Size  of  pulley  on  spindle, 

Distance  between  wheels, 


13x6  inches 
10  inches 
4 Yz  inches 
25/4  inches 
1 yi  inches 
1 inch 
4 x 3/4  inches 
16  inches 


Fig.  398. 


377 


Fig.  399. 


BENCH  GRINDERS,  Nos.  2,  3,  4 and  5. 


Number. 

Size  Wheels. 

Last  figure  is  hole. 

Price. 

Price  Counter. 

Price  on  Plain  Col- 
umn to  belt  over- 
head. 

Price  on  Counter 
Column  to  belt  to 
Main  Shaft. 

Speed  Counter. 

Driving  Pulley  on 
Counter. 

Pulley  on  Spindle. 

Spindle,  Steel. 

Height  to  Centre 
Spindle. 

Weight  Machine. 

Weight  Counter. 

ne  pulley.  All  have 
»ped  boxes  and 
ckle-jointed 
rests. 

2 

8xix% 

$10  00 

5° 

$20  OO 

$27  50 

400 

9x2% 

2%X2 

IjKxi 

5X 

20 

45 

0 

“85 

3 

IOXI^XI 

15  00 

10  00 

27  OO 

40  00 

45° 

9x2% 

3X*3 

20%  xll-16 

r y. 

5° 

60 

2 b£ 

4 

I0X2XI 

20  OO 

10  00 

35  00 

50  00 

475 

12x2% 

3Kx3H 

24  x 1 3-16 

9 'A 

70 

60 

>0,2 

d 

5 

16x2x1% 

35  00 

15  00 

55  00 

75  00 

425 

9%&i  1x4 

4&5%X4% 

32%XI% 

11  Vi 

155 

no 

£ 

BENCH  SURFACE  GRINDERS,  Nos.  3,  4 and  5. 


Number. 

Size  Wheels. 

Last  figure  is  hole. 

Price. 

Price  Counter. 

Price  on  Plain  Col- 
umn to  belt  over- 
head. 

Price  on  Counter 
Column  to  belt  to 
Main  Shaft. 

Speed  Counter. 

Driving  Pulley  on 
Counter. 

Pulley  on  Spindle. 

V 

<v 

tf) 

<D 

‘a 

C/2 

Height  to  Centre 
Spindle. 

Weight  Machine. 

j Weight  Counter. 

3 

IOXI^XI 

$35  00 

$10  00 

$47  00 

$60  OO 

450 

12x3% 

3%x3 

20%xll-16 

7 X 

90 

60 

4 

1 2x2x1 

45  00 

10  00 

60  00 

75  00 

475 

12x3% 

3Xx3'A 

24x13-16 

9 X 

115 

60 

5 

16x2x1% 

70  OO 

15  00 

90  00 

no  00 

425 

9%&iix4 

4&5%X4% 

32/4x1  % 

11  % 

240 

no 

Fig.  401. 


Fig.  401.— Countershaft  col- 
umn furnished  for  mounted 
head  shown  above,  for  belting 
direct  to  main  shaft. 

Plain  columns  also  furnished 
and  used  for  belting  heads  to 
overhead  countershafts,  and 
are  solid. 

Price,  No.  i or  2,  $17.50  ; No. 

3,  $25 ; No.  4,  $30 ; No.  5,  $40. 

Price  plain  columns,  No.  1 or 

2,  $10;  No.  3,  $12;  No.  4,  $15  ; 
No.  5,  $20. 

Fig.  402. — C ountersh  a f t 
tables  are  furnished  for  No.  3 
and  No.  4 heads  only.  They 
are  for  belting  direct  to  the 
main  shaft. 

Plain  tables  are  also  fur- 
nished for  No.  3 and  No.  4 
heads  only.  They  are  for 
belting  heads  to  overhead 
countershaft— counteron  table 
being  removed. 

Price  countershaft  table,  No 

3,  $25  ; No.  4,  $30. 

Price  plain  table,  No.  3,  $12;  * 
No.  4,  $15. 

Weight  countershaft  tables, 
No.  3,  135 ; No.  4,  150. 

Weight  plain  tables,  No.  3, 
100 ; No.  4,  120. 


Fig.  402. 


378 


HEAD  GRINDER,  COUNTERSHAFT  AND  COLUMNS. 


Fig.  403. 


Grinder  No.  5. 


This  is  a heavy  substantial  machine,  will  carry  18x3  inch 
wheel. 

Length  of  steel  arbor, 32  y2  inches 

Cone  pulley, 6x4  >4  and  5x4*4  inches 

Journals, 5xItV  inches 

Distance  between  wheels,  -----  22  inches 

Spindle  between  collars,  - - - - - - inches 

Distance  from  bench  to  spindle,  - 12  inches 

Weight  without  counter, 160  pounds 

Price,  - f35.oo 


Fig.  404. 


Countershafts  Nos.  1 and  2. 

Number  1 is  used  with  No.  1 and  No.  2 grinders. 
Number  2 counter  with  Nos  3 and  4 grinders. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  No.  1,  4x1^  in.  No.  2,  6x3^  in 

Driving  pulleys,  - - No.  1,  10x2  in.  No.  2,12x3^  in 

Price,  - - - $10.00  $15.00 


Fig.  405. 


Fig.  406. 


Iron  Column  No.  1. 


Size  of  base,  ------ 

Size  of  table,  ------ 

Height,  -----.. 

Weight,  ------- 

Price,  - $12.00 


14x16 
- 12x14 
32  inches 
90  pounds 


Size  of  base,  - 
Size  of  table, 
Height,  - 
Weight, 

Price, 


No.  2,  16x20 
No.  2,  14x18 
No.  2,  30  inches. 
No.  2,  125  pounds. 
No.  2,  $15.00 


No.  3,  18x22 
No.  3,  16x20 
No.  3,  24  inches 
No.  3,  160  pounds 
No.  3,  $16.00 


379 


Fig.  409. 


GRINDING  HEADS. 


Fig.  410. 


Size  of  wheels,  diameter, 

8 inches 

Size  of  wheels,  diameter, 

8 inches 

Length  of  steel  arbor, 

11  inches 

Length  of  steel  arbor, 

11  inches 

Distance  between  wheels, 

7 inches 

Distance  between  wheels, 

7 inches 

Size  of  spindle  between  collars, 

% inch 

Size  of  spindle  between  collars, 

Y%  inch 

Size  of  pulley  on  arbor, 

2x2  inches 

Size  of  pulley  on  arbor, 

2x2  inches 

Distance  from  base  to  spindle,  - 

5 inches 

Distance  from  base  to  spindle,  - 

5 inches 

Price, 


Price, 


Fig.  411. 


Fig.  412. 


Nos.  3 and  4,  for  4 Wheels. 


No.  3 GRINDER. 


No.  3 GRINDER. 


Size  of  wheels,  diameter, 
Length  of  steel  arbor, 

Distance  between  wheels,  - 
Size  of  spindle  between  collar, 
Size  of  pulley  on  arbor, 
Distance  from  bench  to  spindle, 
Weight,  including  counter, 
Price, 


10  inches 
1714  inches 
11^  inches 
% inch 
3 x inches 
7 inches 
1 15  pounds 

$12.00. 


Size  of  wheels,  diameter, 

Length  of  steel  arbor, 

Distance  between  inside  of  wheels, 

.Size  of  spindle  between  collar, 

Size  of  pulley  on  arbor, 

Distance  from  bench  to  spindle, 

Weight,  including  counter, 

Price,  - - $15.00. 


10  inches 
24  inches 
11  % inches 
inch 

2 x 33.4'  inches 
7 inches 
128  pounds 


No.  4 GRINDER. 

Size  of  wheels,  diameter,  - 

12  inches 

No,  4 GRINDER. 

Size  of  wheels,  diameter, 

12  inches 

Length  of  steel  arbor,  - 

22  inches 

Length  of  steel  arbor, 

30  inches 

Distance  between  wheels,  - 

14X  inches 

Distance  between  inside  wheels, 

14X  inches 

Size  of  spindle  between  collars, 

1 inch 

Size  of  spindle  between  collar, 

1 inch 

Size  of  pulley  on  arbor, 

4 x 314"  inches 

Size  of  pulley  on  arbor, 

4 x 3!^  inches 

Distance  from  bench  to  spindle, 

sy  inches 

Distance  from  bench  to  spindle, 

8 Yi  inches 

Weight,  including  counter, 

145  pounds 

Weight,  including  counter, 

158  pounds 

Price,  - - $18.00. 

Price,  - - $24.00. 

380 


LATHE  GRINDING  ATTACHMENT. 

Shown  with  Countershaft,  Drum  and  Patent  Bei.t  Shifter. 


THIS  arrangement  A shown  above  is  used  attached  to  any  lathe  for  the  purpose  of  grinding  work  upon  centers.  It  has 
the  advantage  of  being  economical,  and  is  in  quite  general  use  among  manufacturers  who  use  a lathe  for  grinding 
purposes.  It  has  no  adjustment  of  raise  and  fall  rest,  such  being  obtained  by  the  raise  and  fall  provided  to  the  carriage 
of  lathe  upon  which  it  is  used . It  is  in  all  respects  equally  as  well  made  as  the  others.  It  will  swing  a wheel  6 inches  in 
diameter.  Has  hardened  steel  spindle  ground  and  fitted  to  bearing.  Size  of  spindle  where  wheel  goes  on,  y inch. 


Attachment  R is  provided  with  an  adjustment  to  raise  or  lower  wheel  to  the  center,  upon  lathes 
not  provided  with  elevating  or  lowering  screw  to  the  carriage,  as  many  of  the  present  style  gib  weight- 
lathes  are  not  arranged  to  use  screws.  It  can  be  adjusted  to  any  lathe  from  13  inch  to  24  inch  swing, 
regardless  of  any  screw  to  raise  or  lower  the  carriage,  by  making  it  in  two  parts,  one  of  which  is 
provided  with  a slot,  making  it  adjustable  to  raise  or  lower  as  desired.  Size  of  spindle  where  wheel 
goes  on,  y inch. 


Attachment  C is  provided  to  use  an  emery  wheel  on  the  outside  of  boxes.  It  is 
made  in  the  best  possible  manner  with  hardened  steel  spindles  and  split  boxes,  with 
every  arrangement  for  end  or  lateral  adjustment.  This  attachment,  with  wheel  outside 
of  the  boxes,  has  advantages  for  many  different  classes  and  kinds  of  work  over  the 
others.  Size  of  spindle  where  wheel  goes  on,  y2  inch. 

Countershaft  has  drop  of  hangers  7 x/2  or  10  inches.  Shaft  can  be  made  of  any 
length.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulley,  6 inches  diameter,  zy  inch  face.  Drum  14  inches 


diameter,  24  inch  face,  (the  face  of  drum  can  be  extended  when  so  ordered).  For  a 
6 inch  wheel  the  countershaft  should  run  400  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price  of  lathe  grinding  attachment,  A,  B,  or  C, $ 25.00 

Price  of  countershaft  shown  with  drum  shaft  45  inches  long  and  drum  14x24,  25.00 

Extra  price  for  additional  length  of  drum  shaft  or  drum,  per  foot,  - - 2.00 


381 


THIS  machine  is  built  for  the  purpose  of  running  belts  covered  with  emery,  for  strapping  and  polishing.  It  consists  of  a 
rigid  bed,  planed  straight  on  surface  with  planed  slot,  upon  which  are  clamped  two  heads,  each  having  a steel  spindle 
carrying  a driving  pulley  between  the  bearings,  and  a flange  pulley  close  to  boxes  on  the  outside.  A hand  wheel  at 
one  end  of  the  bed  operates  a square  thread  screw  for  drawing  one  of  the  heads  along  the  bed  to  secure  the  proper  tension  for 
the  belt.  To  facilitate  the  changing  of  belts,  the  other  head  is  provided  with  a handle  whereby  it  can  be  pushed  quickly  along 
the  bed.  Each  head  is  clamped  by  a lever  and  cam,  shown  and  a slight  movement  is  sufficient  to  release  or  tighten  it.  One 
spindle  is  provided  with  the  regular  arrangement  for  carrying  leather-covered  or  cloth  wheels  on  the  end  opposite  the  flange 
pulley.  Two  adjustable  rests  are  furnished  for  different  varieties  of  work,  one  being  used  under  the  lower  belt,  the  other 
under  the  upper  one. 

The  machine  is  heavy,  well  built,  and  arranged  to  run  at  a high  rate  of  speed.  The  bearings  are  of  the  best  Babbitt 
metal,  and  only  the  best  material  is  used  throughout.  It  is  arranged  to  operate  quickly,  and  adapted  to  all  varieties  of 
strapping  and  polishing  work.  It  can  be  made  of  any  desired  length,  with  any  width  of  flange  pulley  up  to  six  inches. 

An  overhanging  head  can  be  furnished  to  place  on  the  right  hand  end  of  machine,  which  projects  about  two  feet  over 
the  bed,  allowing  the  operator  to  get  inside  of  a cycle  or  ring,  such  work  of  that  class  which  could  not  be  polished  in  the 
ordinary  machine. 


Price,  complete,  with  flange  pulleys  14x2}^  inch  face,  - - - $ 125.00 

Extra  for  overhanging  arm,  25.00 


Length  of  bed,  - 
Height  from  floor  to  center  of  spindle, 
Size  of  flange  pulley  furnished,  - 
Length  of  bearings,  each, 

Diameter  of  spindle  in  bearings,  - 


Dimensions. 


6 feet 
39  inches 
14x2^  inches 
inches 
1 inches 


Diameter  Of  spindle  between  flanges, 
Pulley  on  spindle, 

Floor  space, 

Weight,  complete,  with  countershaft, 


1 inches 
6 x 4 yi  inches 
2x6  feet 
700  pounds 


382 


Driving  Shaft  Under.  With  Beet  Strapping  Attachment  “A.” 


THE  above  illustration  shows  an  attachment  applied  to  our  regular  No.  4 Machine,  whereby  the  polishing  is  done  by  means 
of  an  endless  belt.  It  is  practically  adapted  to  all  kinds  and  shapes  of  articles  in  hardware,  and  other  metals  where  the 
ordinary  polishing  wheel  cannot  be  used.  The  flanged  pulley  can  be  readily  removed  from  the  machine,  and  an  ordinary 
polishing  or  solid  wheel  us§d  in  its  place.  The  belt  strapping  attachment  can  be  supplied  to  use  upon  any  machine  that  will 
run  wheels  12  inches  in  diameter.  We  make  eight  widths  flange  pulleys,  running  belts  up  to  6 inches  wide.  The  one  to  use  2 
inch  belt  will  be  sent  unless  otherwise  ordered.  The  countershaft  used  with  this  machine,  where  the  driving  shaft  shown  is 
not  required,  is  our  No.  1 Regular;  has  tight  and  loose  pulley,  6 inches  in  diameter,  2 ^ inch  face  ; driving  pulley,  12  inches 
in  diameter,  3 inch  face.  For  the  machine  shown,  countershaft  should  run  400  revolutions  per  minute ; this  will  give  to  the 


speed  of  spindle  1200  turns. 

Price,  with  2 inch  flange  pulleys,  12  and  6 (without  belt),  ......  $85.00 

Price  of  No.  4 grinding  machine  (head),  ........  28.00 

Price  of  iron  frame,  with  water  pot,  .........  17.00 

Price  of  driving  shaft  under,  or  patent  countershaft  overhead,  single  driving  pulley,  - - 15.00 

Price  of  belt  strapping  attachment  “A,”  without  belt,  .......  25.00 


383 


Fig.  417. 


BUFFING  LATHE  ON  COLUHN, 

And  Belt  Strapping  Attachment  “A”  Combined. 

THE  head  shown -on  column  stands  7^  inches  from  base  to  center  of  spindle.  It  can  be  furnished  with  single  or  cone 
pulley  on  spindle.  Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges  is  1 inch  (unless  otherwise  ordered),  in  the  bearings,  1 
inches,  the  length  of  which  will  be  made  36  inches  unless  otherwise  ordered.  The  strap  polishing  attachment  can  be 
removed  and  buff  or  solid  wheels  used  on  both  ends  if  desired.  This  arrangement  has  the  advantage  of  being  quickly  placed 
in  position,  and  as  readily  removed.  When  changes  of  belts  are  required,  it  can  be  done  almost  instantly,  by  slacking  up  the 
jointed  standard,  one  end  of  which  is  firmly  attached  to  the  floor.  Flanged  pulleys  are  furnished  from  1 to  6 inches  wide, 
12  and  6 inches  diameter,  with  ^ , 1 and  1 % inch  hole  ; they  are  turned  and  balanced  to  run  perfectly  true.  Price  given  for 
strapping  attachment  ($25.00)  includes  two  flange  pulleys  12  and  6 inches  diameter,  2 yz  inch  face  and  1 inch  hole,  unless 
otherwise  ordered. 

Cone  pulley  on  spindle  is  3 -4 (4  inches  diameter,  3)^  inch  face.  Countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulley  6 inches 
diameter,  i>/4  inch  face.  Cone  pulley  11-12  inches  diameter,  3)^  inch  face. 

The  countershaft  on  this  machine  should  run  430  revolutions  per  minute  ; this  will  give  to  the  slowest  speed  1050 
revolutions  ; to  the  quickest  speed,  1440  revolutions  per  minute. 


Price,  complete,  with  flange  pulleys,  12  and  6 x 2)4, $65.00 

Price  of  buffing  head,  shown  with  A spindle  and  single  pulley,  ...  17.50 

Price  of  buffing  head,  shown  with  D spindle  and  tight  and  loose  pulley,  - - 20.00 

Price  of  buffing  head,  shown  with  G spindle  and  cone  pulley,  - - - - 22.50 

Price  of  hood  shown,  -2.50 

Price  of  iron  column  for  buffing  head, i5-00 

Price  of  strap  polishing  attachment  “A”  shown,  -------  25.00 

Price  of  countershaft  with  single  pulley, - - - i5-°° 

Price  of  countershaft  with  cone  pulley,  17.00 


384 


Number,  - - 3 

Bench  machine  spindle  A.  If  B,  add  $2.00 ; if 

C,  add  $4.00;  if  single  pulley,  deduct  $1.50.  $ 22.00 

Plain  column,  ------  34. 00 

Counter, 12.00 


Dimensions. 


Number  .... 

3 

5 

Bearings,  - - - - 

A'A  x ins. 

5x1^  ins. 

Pulley  on  spindle,  - - 3 and  4x3^  ins. 

4 & 5^x4^  ins. 

Driving  pulley  on  counter, 

12  & 11  X3X  ins. 

<)'/2  & 11  x 4 ins. 

T.  & D.  pulley  on  counter, 

6 x ins. 

7x4  ins. 

Weight  head,  - 

75  pounds 

120  pounds 

Weight  counter,  - 

50  pounds 

no  pounds 

Weight  plain  counter, 

140  pounds 

225  pounds 

Height  bench  machine  to  center 
spindle,  - 

12  feet 

15  feet 

Spindle.  Last  figure  denotes 
hole  in  wheel, 

36  x i^  ins. 

40x1^  ins. 

Weight  counter, 

75  pounds 

no  pounds 

Weight  head, 

60  pounds 

105  pounds 

Weight  on  column, 

150  pounds 

240  pounds 

5 

$30.00 

45-oo 

15.00 


SQUARE  HEAD  AND  COLUHN. 


Prices. 


Number, 

Bench  machine  with  spindle  B.  If  spindle  C,  add  $2.00, 

Counter,  - 

Plain  base  to  belt  to  overhead  counter, 

Counter  base  to  belt  to  main  shaft, 

B C 

$14.00  $24.00 

10.00  12.00 

24.00  36.00 

39.00  54.00 

D 

$34.00 

15.00 

49.00 

69.00 

Dimensions. 

Number, 

Bearings, 

Pulley  on  spindle,  - 

Driving  pulley  on  counter,  - - - - 

T.  & L.  pulley  on  counter,  - - - - 

Height  bench  machine  to  center  spindle, 
Spindle.  Last  figure  denotes  hole  in  wheel, 
Weight  head,  ------ 

Weight  on  plain  base,  - - - - - 

Weight  on  counter  base,  - - - - 

Weight  counter, 

B 

3x1  inches 
2%  x 2X  inches 
9 x 2 A inches 
5x2^  inches 
8 feet 
24  x % inches 
40  pounds 
170  pounds 
220  pounds 
45  pounds 

C 

4 x 1^  inches 
3K  x lA  inches 
12  x 3^  inches 
6 x 3^  inches 
9 feet 
34  x 1 inches 
50  pounds 
215  pounds 
275  pounds 
60  pounds 

D 

5 x IT\  inches 
4x4  inches 

12  x 2>%  inches 

6 x 3 A inches 

10  feet 
36  x I'A  inches 
75  pounds 
290  pounds 
350  pounds 
65  pounds 

385 


Cone  Pulleys.  Tight  and  Loose  Pulleys,  Single  Pulleys. 


No.  2 POLISHING  OR  BUFFING  LATHE. 


Fig.  421. 


mniEQlnm"- 


*EQlini» 


<v  cl>  <u 

3 *3  *0 

Pi  Oh  Ph 
<V  <D  <D 
C P P 
000 
u u u 


10  iL  o 

1-1  01  d to 

V OEj, 

0-< 

^SOKh 

V 

® k'-* 

tuo  a;  <l»  <l> 

O P3P3;=! 
;p  P P P 

V. 

rP  <u  a;  a; 

O C/3  C/3  c/3 

P O o o 

•-  O O O 


^ 'P  T3 
POP 
cfl  cd  cd 


23  p:  33 
M bt)  be 


(N  lO 
N N N 
■ ^ 

QWUh 


p 


p p p 
Pi  Ph  Pi 
<v  <l>  a; 
P P P 

o c o 
o a u 


(N  ION 
j.  N N W 

s ^ 

4-* 

<L> 

P . . . 

O K^»  ^ K*A 

.5  "3  3 *3 

nd  ft  ft  ft 

,2  Cl  <U  1) 
(j  in  in  in 

.2  § ~ ~ 


o 6 
o o 


"P  "P  TJ 
p p p 
p p p 

4-*  -4—*  4-J 

X3  rP 

b^C  b/D  be 


.O 

P 

PQ 


10  ( 


O N I/) 
, N N (N 

S QWft 

rP 

<s 


<u  a;  <v 

'p  3 "3 

Pi  Pi  Ph 

<u  <u  <u 

r3cr3orS) 

.5 .5 .2 

"c/3  C/3  ’ C/3 

8 8 8 

O ci  »o 

CN  (N  CN 

<1  wu 


K*"!  P'1  P*^ 
a;  <12  <l> 

*3  3 3 

Pi  Pi  Pi 

<V  4J 

"tc^ySc 

.2 .2 .2 

"c/3  "c/3  "c/3 

O Q O 
>o  O ‘O 

NO  ^ 

h (N  N 

<i«U 


w 23 

.5? 

‘3 

£ 


w 
W 
H 
<! 
H? 

O 
fc 

- M 

OJ  '2. 


_I 

03 

< 

H 

Z 

o 

a 


- a 

= g 

£ o 

■>  Ph 


z 

s 

3 

-1 

O 

u 

z 

o 

O' 


= « 


M 'O 

fr,Si 

0*  (L) 

n *P 

•ri  Vi 

<u  ° 
3 s 

*3  <U 

3p 
p £ 

£p 

,rH  £ 
<4-i  5 

O p 

^ g 
.N  u 
*C/3 

.~lp 

Pit* 

0 s 

4-*  4-» 

O "P 

4-»  0/ 

<u  ij 
£«3 


O 

Z 

o 

g 

H 

a 

a 

o a 


p 
o 
Cd  3P 
O " 

1*  a 

o | 

w 33 

in  o 

P o 
a 
o 


0 

3 

ft 

bfi 

•E  * 

k'  <u 

*c  pb 
•P  P 

bog 

.2  o 

C/3  O 

H3  "P 
p p 
a3  cd 
a aj 

c^  w 

o o 
o 

TJ  'p 
p p 
aJ  P 

4-*  4-J 

^3  P3 
bo  bO 


<L>  rP 

•3  a 
.9  a 
-►  u 
<^5 

<n  O 
"P 
13  / 

°>  a 
c a 

a a 

Is 

a m 
<d  - 
•P  g 
H S 

P 


p p 

P3  -p 

<n  in 


P P 
P P 
O O 


P P 

cap. 

4. 44. 

o o 

<D  <U 
O O 

•d'E 
ft  ft 


STEEL  SPINDLES  USED  IN  POLISHING  OR  BUFFING  HEADS  No.  2. 


386 


No.  3 POLISHING  OR  BUFFING  LATHE. 

With  Overhanging  Arm. 


A $45-00, 
B 50.00, 
C 55-00, 


single  pulley, 
single  pulley, 
single  pulley. 


D $50.00,  tight  and  loose  pulley. 
E 55-00,  tight  and  loose  pulley. 

F 60.00,  tight  and  loose  pulley. 


G $52.50, 
H 57-50, 
I 62.50, 


cone  pulley, 
cone  pulley, 
cone  pulley. 


Cast-iron  boxes  (4  sets)  are  made  in  halves  and  set  into  the  frame  of  the  head,  as  in  an  engine  lathe.  They  have  patent 
dust-excluding  device  attached.  Hardened  steel  cap  screws  used. 

It  can  be  furnished  with  single,  tight  and  loose,  or  cone  pulley.  This  Polishing  Lathe  can  be  supplied  with  any  of  the 
styles  of  spindles  shown.  It  is  designed  for  a first-class  machine  in  every  respect,  on  any  polishing  or  buffing  work  requiring 
stiffness,  strength  and  durability. 


Dimensions  of  Lathe. 


Size  of  base, 

Height  from  base  to  center  of  spindle, 
Diameter  of  spindle  in  boxes, 
Diameter  of  spindle  between  flanges, 
Length  of  spindle, 

Size  of  single  pulley, 

Size  of  cone  pulley, 

Length  of  bearings, 

Weight, 


17  x 11  inches 
12  inches 
i'/z  inches 
i^  inches 
52  inches 
6x6  inches 
5 x 6 x 4^4  inches 
10  inches 
200  pounds 


Dimensions  of  Column. 


Weight  of  column  on  which  No.  3 machine  is  placed,  - - - - 175  pounds 

Height  from  floor  to  top  of  iron  table,  ------  24  inches 

Dimensions  of  top  of  column,  --------  i6)4  x 10  inches 

Dimensions  of  base  of  column,  - - - 20  x 24  inches 

Weight  of  machine  and  column  shown,  ------  375  pounds 


Price  of  No.  3 Polishing  Machine  (head)  spindle  “H”  shown,  - - - - $57.50 

Price  of  column  (only)  for  No.  3 or  4 polishing  heads,  - - - - - 16.00 

Price  of  countershaft,  tight  and  loose  and  cone  pulley,  with  patent  belt  shifter,  - - 18.00 

Price  of  countershaft,  without  patent  belt  shifter,  ------  16.00 


387 


u 


CUPOLA  POLISHING  FRAME,  No.  1. 


Fig.  423. 


We  also  make  steel  arbors 


This  Frame,  for  wooden  polishing  wheels,  stands  from  floor  to  center  of  pulley 
27  inches  ; takes  arbor  on  centers  to  14^4  inches  long,  and  wheels  up  to  24  inches 
in  diameter. 

Weight,  --------  150  pounds 

Height  from  cross-bar  to  center  of  spindle,  - - 12  inches 

Price,  ....  $17.00 


No.  2. 

Distance  from  floor  to  center  of  pulley,  ... 

Takes  wheels  up  to 

Weight,  - - ------ 

Height  from  cross-bar  to  center  of  spindle,  - 

Price  without  arbors,  - - - $35.00 

Price  with  arbors,  - - 42.50 

for  wooden  wheels  of  all  sizes  to  order.  Special  spindles  to  order. 


34  inches 
32  inches 
350  pounds 
17  inches 


STEEL  SPINDLE  FOR  CUPOLA  FRAME. 

Steel  spindles  with  steel  taper  ends  solid  to  arbor,  - - ' " ' ' ' $5-°° 

Steel  spindles  made  with  steel  taper  ends  into  each  end  of  spindle,  removable  and  hardened,  or  flanges  and  nut,  - 8.00 


DOUBLE  COLUHN  POLISHING  LATHE,  No.  1. 


This  Lathe  is  unequaled  by  anything  in  the  market  for  running  wood  or  leather  wheels  or  large  muslin  buffs  at  a high 
speed.  Unlike  the  old  style  “ single  upright  ” lathes,  there  is  no  vibration. 

Height,  22  inches  to  spindle;  steel  spindle,  38  inches  long,  i}4  inches  diameter  between  flanges;  bearings,  7 inches 
long  ; tight  and  loose  pulleys,  each  6 x \ ; weight,  209  pounds. 

Price,  with  tight  and  loose  pulley,  6x4^,  - - - $30.00 

Price,  with  singlejpulley,  6 x’4^,  -----  25.00 


388 


Fig.  426. 


No.  1 SQUARE  SLIDE  FOOT  PRESS.  No.  2 FOOT  PRESS  WITH  GIBBED  SLIDE,  ON  TABLE. 


Stroke,  1 inches  ; distance  from  bed  to  bottom  of  guide, 
4 Yl  inches;  from  bed  to  bottom  of  slide  when  down,  2 'f 
inches  ; from  center  of  slide  to  upright,  2]/z  inches  ; size  of 
bed,  7x5  inches  ; opening  through  bed,  2^/2  inches  diameter ; 
distance  between  die-bed  bolts,  5 inches. 

Weight,  -----  200  pounds 

Price, | 

Price  without  table,  - - - 


Stroke,  1 ^ inches.  Other  dimensions  same  as  on  previous 
page.  The  table  is  24  x 30  inches,  and  36  inches  high  ; 
iron  drawer  fitted  when  desired.  Price  does  not  include 
die  bed  shown  in  the  above  cut. 

Weight,  -----  300  pounds 

Price, $ 


389 


Fig.  427. 


WEIGHTED  COMPOUND  LEVER  FOOT  PRESS. 


FOOT  PRESS  WITH  IRON  KICK  “TREADLE 


No.  2. 


Stroke,  1 inch  ; distance  from  bed  to  bottom  of  guides, 
6 l/i  inches  ; from  bed  to  bottom  of  slide  when  down,  5 inches; 
from  center  of  slide  to  uprights,  3 inches;  distance  between 
die  bed  bolts,  5^  or  7^  inches  ; size  of  bed,  13  x 6 inches  ; 
opening  in  bed,  2'X  inches  diameter. 

290  pounds 

$ 


This  cut  shows  the  size  and  kind  of  foot  press  in  most  gen- 
eral use  among  the  manufacturers  of  brass  goods;  specifica 
tions  are  as  follows:  Stroke,  inches;  distance  from  bed 
to  bottom  of  guides,  6 inches;  distance  from  bed  to  bottom 
of  slide  when  down,  2%  inches;  from  center  of  slide  to  up- 
right, 3 inches;  distance  between  die-bed  bolts,  5^  inches  or 
7 >2  inches;  opening  in  bed,  2 inches  diameter. 

Weight,  - - - 130  pounds 

Price, $ 


Weight, 

Price, 


390 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  (9j 


Fig.  429. 


POWER  SCREW  PRESS. 


Description  Fig.  No.  430. 

This  Press  has  been  especially  designed  to  supply  a first-class  screw 
press  for  tool  room  use  in  testing  new  dies,  and  is  also  largely  used  by 
bicycle  manufacturers.  The  stroke  of  slide  is  4%  inches  ; the  distance 
from  bottom  of  guides  to  bed,  11  inches;  distance  between  uprights, 
15  inches  ; the  bed  is  10  inches  wide,  with  opening  3 inches  in  diameter, 
or  as  desired  ; diameter  of  steel  screw,  2 y2  inches  ; double  thread  with 
1 14  inches  pitch.  Weight,  1750  pounds. 


Fig.  430. 


ARCH  SCREW  PRESS. 


For  Bicycle,  Sewing  Machine,  Gun  and  Other  Special  Work. 


Description  Fig.  No.  429. 

This  Press  is  a convenient  and  cheap  tool  for  a great  variety  of 
operations  ill  bicycle,  sewing  machine,  gun  and  other  factories. 

It  can  be  used  for  broaching  and  sizing  of  holes,  bending  and 
forming,  also  for  reducing  sheet  metal,  shells,  etc. 

The  uniformity  of  speed  and  the  adjustment  of  the  stroke,  make 
it  a more  preferable  tool  in  many  cases  than  a long  stroke  crank 
press.  The  machine,  as  shown,  is  stopped  and  reversed  by  a jaw 
coupling.  It  will  reverse  automatically  on  the  down  stroke  and  stop 
on  the  up  stroke.  The  stroke  can  be  adjusted  by  dogs  on  the  shifter 
rod.  This  rod  can  be  continued  to  the  floor  and  operated  by  the  foot. 
In  place  of  the  jaw  coupling,  a double  friction  clutch  has  been  used  to 
advantage.  Changes  can  be  made  to  suit  requirements,  and  larger 
and  smaller  sizes  will  be  built. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Largest  stroke,  - - - - - 6 inches 

Space  between  uprights,  - - - - 12  inches 

Space  from  bed  to  bottom  of  slide,  down  stroke,  7 inches 
Ratio  of  gearing,  ....  414  inches 

Diameter  of  screw,  2 inches 


391 


Inclined  Position.  Upright  Position. 

No.  2 POWER  PRESS. 


THE  following  are  the  chief  features  embodied  in  this  improved  line  of  Power  Presses  : 

A new  clutch  of  the  simplest  and  most  effective  description,  working  in  a solid  enlarged  shaft  and  engaging  centrally  in 
the  hub  of  the  fly  wheel,  throwing  the  resistance  on  the  neutral  axis  of  the  revolving  weight  of  the  fly  wheel,  insuring 
equal  distribution  of  the  strain  through  the  full  length  of  the  wheel  bearing,  can  be  removed,  reversed  or  replaced  without 
removing  wheel  or  disturbing  bearing  ; by  touching  a thumb  piece  clutch  can  be  locked,  enabling  the  shaft  to  be  revolved  in 
any  position,  while  setting  dies,  without  danger  of  press  starting  even  when  fly  wheel  is  running. 

The  switch  plate  is  enclosed  in  a housing  which  can  be  adjusted  to  trip  as  early  or  late  as  desired,  thus  adapting  press  to 
a great  variety  of  speeds  and  to  great  variation  of  load  on  shaft,  such  as  cams,  gears,  cranks,  etc.  This  plate,  after  releasing 
wheel,  passes  up  into  a depression  in  shaft,  forming  a positive  stop. 

The  center  rises  little,  if  any,  higher  in  the  inclined  position,  than  when  in  the  upright,  thus  making  it  convenient  for 
the  operator  when  press  is  in  either  of  the  positions.  It  is  raised  and  lowered  by  a self-supporting  ratchet  device. 

An  unusually  long  and  wide  bearing  slide.  A long  slide  adjustment  with  a powerful  grip  for  locking  pitman  stem  by  a 
slight  motion  of  a hand  bar.  A positive  knockout  for  punches  taking  place  of  springs. 

One  bolster,  four  bolts,  one  hand  bar,  one  Coe  monkey  wrench,  and  four  floor  bolts  are  provided  gratis  with  each  press. 


No.  of  Press,  - 

Diameter  of  wheel,  - 

Face  of  wheel,  - 

Opening  through  back  and  bed,  - 

Distance  back  of  die  center  to  check, 

Strike  as  desired,  from 

Weight  of  wheel, 

Weight  of  press,  complete, 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


0 1 2 3 4 


Inches,  18 

22 

28 

34 

42 

2-K 

3/» 

3X 

4 

5 

5 

7 

H 

1 1 

18 

4 

4/4 

4 V\ 

7 

11 

“ o to 

0 to  2 

0 to  2 y2 

0 to  3 

0 to  3$^ 

- Pounds.  85 

175 

280 

550 

900 

- “ 400 

900 

I40O 

2200 

4200 

392 


FOOT  AND  POWER  PRESSES 

For  all  kinds  ok  Sheet  and  Bar  Metal  Work,  are  Described  on  the  next  20  Pages. 

THEY  ARE  CLASSIFIED  AS  FOLLOWS  : 

Class  C,  Cutting,  horning  and  wiring  presses — power,  inclinable  or  fixed. 

Class  D,  Drawing  and  deepening  presses — power,  single  or  double  action. 

Class  E,  Embossing  and  coining  presses— power,  toggle  or  otherwise. 

Class  F,  Foot  and  band  presses — lever,  pendulum,  screw,  etc.,  single  or  double  action. 

Class  Q,  Gravity  presses,  drops — with  band,  foot,  crank,  belt  or  roller-lifters. 

Class  P,  Punching  and  shearing  presses — power,  throated. 

Class  S,  Stamping  and  bending  presses — power,  double  crank,  composite  frame,  throated  or  straight,  upright  or  inclined, 
rectangular  or  round  beds. 

Non-geared  presses  are  commercially  named  with  their  “ type- word  ” “press,”  followed  by  their  “symbol,”  consisting 
of  their  “class-letter”  prefixed  to  a “size-number,”  as  “press  Ci,”  “ press  D3,”  etc.  All  geared  presses  have  a “gear- 
letter,”  “ G,”  after  “ class-letter.”  Thus,  “ press P5,”  when  gearing  is  added,  becomes  “press  PG5,”  and  the  “symbol-plate,” 
attached  to  frame  of  press  is  changed  accordingly. 

KIND  OF  WORK. — They  are  adapted  for  almost  every  kind  of  work  in  cutting,  forming,  punching,  pressing,  embossing, 
coining,  drawing,  deepening,  etc.,  etc.,  and  for  the  production  of  an  immense  variety  of  articles  among  the  manufacturers  of 
tinware,  paint  pails,  coal  hods,  druggists’  tinware,  petroleum  and  other  oil  cans,  meat,  fruit,  vegetable  and  fish  cans,  oil  stoves, 
elevator  buckets,  cornice  work,  drip  pans,  vapor  stoves,  roofing,  speaking  tubes,  gas  fixtures,  cuspidores,  clocks,  silver  ware, 
plated  ware,  lamps,  lanterns,  bird  cages,  tobacco  boxes,  stencils,  electrical  discs  and  hardware,  brass  goods,  shovels,  hinges, 
agricultural  implements,  locks,  kitchen  boilers,  cutlery,  watches,  satchel  frames,  musical  instruments,  buckles,  pen  holders, 
jewelry,  pocket  books,  playing  cards,  trunk  trimmings,  toys,  porous  plasters,  albums,  etc.,  etc.;  also  for  other  metal,  paper, 
cloth  and  leather  goods,  etc. 

QUALITY,  ETC. — All  of  these  presses  are  of  recent  design,  are  built  in  the  same  style  as  first-class  machine  tools,  and  are 
adapted  for  long,  hard  service.  They  are  fitted  up  with  carefully  scraped  working  surfaces,  steel  shafts,  steel  pitmans,  hardened 
steel  clutches,  milled  and  case-hardened  adjusting  bolts  and  nuts,  and  drop  forged  wrenches.  All  gear  teeth  are  accurately  cut 
from  the  solid  metal,  and  the  geared  presses  are  furnished  with  loose  pulleys.  Among  many  other  valuable  features  will  be  found: 

An  unusually  great  height  from  bed  up  to  ram,  so  that  all  sorts  of  high  dies  can  be  used  when  ram  is  adjusted  up.  A long 
ram  adjustment,  usually  3 inches  or  more,  with  a powerful  grip  for  securing  adjustment.  Usually  strong  and  heavy  rams,  with 
very  long  and  wide  slide-bearings,  and  with  a large  recess  in  lower  ends  in  which  bushings  of  various  kinds  can  be  inserted  for 
all  descriptions  of  punch-shanks,  whether  screwed,  cylindrical,  tapering,  octagonal,  square,  etc.,  and  up  to  a size  of  2 inches  to 
3 inches  square  by  3 inches  high.  A new  clutch,  of  the  simplest  description,  working  in  a solid  enlargement  of  the  shaft,  with 
no  nuts  or  screws  to  become  loose — the  whole  device  being  taken  apart  in  less  than  a minute  after  sliding  out  the  fly-wheel. 
A safety-lock  for  clutch,  quickly  operated,  which  enables  the  shaft  to  be  revolved  to  any  position  in  setting  dies,  etc.,  without 
danger  of  press  starting,  even  when  fly-wheel  is  running,  also  an  improved  arrangement  for  oiling  fly-wheel,  etc.,  while  running. 
A clutch,  tripping  device,  which  is  adjustable  through  a large  arc,  about  axis  of  shaft,  and  which  is  graduated  to  be  set  to  trip 
as  early  or  late  as  desired,  thus  adapting  press  not  only  to  a great  variety  of  speeds,  but  to  a considerable  variation  of  load  upon 
shaft,  such  as  cams,  pulleys,  gears,  cranks,  etc., — also  to  various  amounts  of  tightness  in  gib  and  other  joints,  all  this  being 
obtained  with  but  very  slight  brake  pressure.  A simple  durable  spring  brake,  surrounding  and  partly  supporting  the  shaft  at 
the  end  where  the  fly-wheel  would,  by  its  weight,  naturally  wear  down  most  the  journal-box  nearest  it,  yet  set  with  so  light  a 
pinching  pressure  as  not  to  waste  the  power  that  is  squandered  with  ordinary  clutches.  A treadle-lock,  by  which  treadle  can 
be  locked  down  for  continuous  running,  or  up,  to  guard  against  accidental  starting.  Last,  but  not  least,  a very  massive  and 
handsome  design,  with  the  metal  placed  where  it  will  do  thejnost  good,  with  heavily  rounded  corners,  graceful,  harmonious 
curves,  and  an  entire  absence  of  the  external  ribs,  brackets’  etc.,  which  disfigure  so  many  designs  of  otherwise  good  machinery. 
All  necessary  adjusting  cranks,  wrenches,  bed-bolts  and  floor-bolts,  as  shown  on  the  floor  in  the  cuts,  are  provided  gratis,  with 
each  press.  A bushing  for  ram  and  a bolster  are  provided  (at  extra  expense)  if  desired.  This  bushing  is  usually  tapped  to 
1 inch  U.  S.  Standard,  8 threads  per  inch  and  2 inches  deep.  The  bolster  is  usually  provided  with  four  tee-slots,  in  which  are 
“tail-clamps”  for  gripping  die-plates — also  with  % inch  tapped  holes  7,  10,  13  inches,  etc.,  apart,  in  which  are  tap-bolts  for 
use  with  drilled  die-plates.  Unless  stated  to  the  contrary,  all  press-beds  (where  bolster  lies)  are  32  inches  above  floor. 

Presses  ordered  by  symbol  (as,  “ send  press  PG  4 ”)  will  be  equipped  as  above  and  charged  at  what,  in  most  of  the  tables, 
is  “ second  price,”  that  is  with  bolster  and  bushing.  If  bolster  and  bushing  are  not  wanted,  the  order  should  specify  “ first 
price,”  etc. 

Any  other  size  of  central  hole  through  bolster,  as  specified  in  bolster-tables,  may  be  substituted  for  standard  size  mentioned 
in  press-tables,  without  extra  charge,  as  also  may  a solid  bolster  with  no  hole  at  all. 


393 


A LINE  OF  CUTTING  (“  C ”)  PRESSES  ARE  SHOWN  ON  NEXT  TWO  PAGES. 

The  Special  Advantages  in  these  are  as  Follows  : 

First. — A center  of  oscillation  for  frame  so  far  forward  that  the  center  of  the  dies  rises  but  little,  if  any,  higher  in  the 
inclined  position  than  in  the  upright,  thus  avoiding  the  necessity  of  the  operator  standing  upon  a platform  to  handle  the  work 
when  press  is  inclined,  as  is  often  the  case  with  other  makes. 

Second. — A self-supporting  device  by  which  any  inclination  can  be  quickly  obtained  by  slightly  loosening  leg-nuts  and 
revolving  crank  of  elevating  screw,  which  is  geared  on  the  large  sizes. 

Third. — An  unusually  great  height  from  bed  up  to  ram,  so  that  all  sorts  of  high  dies  can  be  used,  when  ram  is  adjusted  up. 

Fourth. — A long  ram  adjustment  of  3 inches,  with  a powerful  grip  for  locking  pitman-stem  by  a slight  motion  of  a wrench 
upon  a single  bolt,  without  moving  any  lock-nuts. 

Fifth. — A11  unusually  strong  and  heavy  ram,  with  very  long  and  wide  slide-bearings,  and  with  a large  recess  in  its  lower 
end,  in  which  bushings  of  various  kinds  can  be  inserted  for  all  possible  descriptions  of  punch-slianks,  whether  screwed, 
cylindrical,  tapering,  octagonal,  square,  etc.,  and  up  to  a size  of  3 inches  high  by  2 inches  to  3 inches  square  ; also  with  flanges 
and  bolts  for  fastening  on  large  flat  upper  dies,  without  shanks. 

Wrenches,  floor-bolts,  elevating  crank,  etc.,  shown  on  the  floor,  are  furnished  with  the  press.  Bolster  is  provided  with 
four  sliding  steel  clamps,  which  will  grip  die-plates  of  any  size  or  shape  within  their  capacity,  and  also  with  tap  bolts  to  screw 
into  the  tapped  holes  shown.  These  bolsters  all  have  4 inch  round  holes  through  them,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  and  are 
secured  to  press  by  the  four  bed-bolts  shown  in  bed.  A ram  bushing  is  also  furnished  if  ordered. 


Variations,  to  Order. 

Bed  may  have  front  cut  out  so  as  to  be  open  from  hole  forward  ; or,  bed-hole  may  be  cast  smaller  or  filled  up  solid.  Stroke 
may  be  any  number  of  quarter-inches  to  as  great  an  amount  as  practical.  Bolster  may  be  varied  in  thickness  and  size  and  shape 
of  hole.  Bushing  may  be  varied  in  height  and  in  kind,  and  size  of  hole.  Bolsters  may  be  omitted  and  also  the  elevating 
apparatus  if  not  wanted. 

Three  sets  of  prices  are  given  in  table  below,  and  presses  may  be  ordered  complete  as  shown,  or  at  lower  prices,  omitting 
the  bolster  and  bushing,  and  also  the  “ elevator.” 

The  “ elevator”  consists  of  two  swinging  cross-beams  and  a supporting  screw,  placed  between  the  legs  and  operated  by  a 
crank  (geared  on  the  larger  presses),  and  is  used  when  changing  the  press-frame  from  “upright”  to  “inclined,”  or  vice 
versa.  When  elevator  is  omitted,  supporting  blocks  are  provided  to  go  in  the  curved  slots.  “Second”  prices  are  also  for 
presses  with  bolster,  etc.,  but  without  elevators. 


Nominal  size,  - 

Price  without  elevator  and  bolster,  & c. 

Price  with  elevator,  but  without  bolster,  &c.  - 

Price  with  elevator  and  bolster,  &c.,  complete, 
Weight  complete  about  - 
Hole  through  bed — rectangular, 

Hole  through  bed — circular  part, 

Hole  through  back — width,  - 
Throat,  from  center  of  ram  back, 

Height  bed  to  ram — when  up, 

Stroke  of  ram, 

Adjustment  of  ram — downward, 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel, 

Width  of  fly-wheel, 

Weight  of  fly-wheel — about,  - - - - 

Speed,  per  minute — about,  - - - - 

Thickness  of  bolster,  - 

Size  of  round  hole  in  bolster, 

Pressure  exerted  by  ram  about, 

Extreme  height— floor  to  top  of  wheel, 

Extreme  depth — front  to  back, 

Extreme  width — right  to  left, 


Nominal  size,  - 

Price — without  bolster  and  bushing, 

Price— with  bolster  and  bushing, 

Weight — about, 

Height — bench  to  bed,  - 
Other  dimensions,  - 
All  of  these  C presses  are  standard,  and 
kept  in  stock,  and  so  can  be  shipped  promptly. 


Ensions,  Etc.,  Table 
Press  C 1 

C 0. 
C 2 

C3 

C 4 

C 5 

C 6 

• $ 

130 

170 

240 

340 

5io 

850 

- - $ 

140 

l8o 

255 

365 

545 

900 

$ 

150 

I90 

270 

390 

580 

950 

pounds 

900 

1400 

2100 

3400 

53oo 

8300 

- inches 

4x6 

6x8 

8x10 

10x14 

14x20 

20x28 

inches 

6 

8 

10 

14 

20 

28 

- inches 

9lA 

11 

12  y* 

15 

iS>4 

22  y2 

inches 

5 

6 

7 

9 

12 

16 

- inches 

9 

9 A 

10 

10^ 

11 

11  'A 

inches 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

inches 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

inches 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

inches 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

pounds 

175 

275 

475 

750 

1 100 

1500 

revolutions 

130 

120 

1 10 

100 

90 

80 

inches 

*'A 

2 

2^ 

3 

3 A 

4 

inches 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

tons 

7 

12 

24 

38 

52 

68 

inches 

66 

7o'A 

75 

79 'A 

84 

88  <4 

inches 

28 

2,4'A 

41 

48^2 

57 

66  )4 

inches 

31 

33 

38 

43 

50  'A 

60 

refers  to  bolster  clamps  and  ram  bushing. 
same  General  Style  Table  C 100. 

press 

C 101 

C 102 

- 

f 

120 

160 

- 

- 

$ 

130 

170 

- 

pounds 

850 

1300 

. 

. 

inches 

U 

' 14 

- 

as  in  table  C O 

t a number  at 

a time  on  the  duplicate  system,  and  the  smaller  sizes 

394 


PRESS  C 2.— Half  Inclined 


BENCH  PRESS  C 101. 

Weight  850  pounds. 
Fig.  433. 


This  cut  represents  also  Bench  Press  C 102. 
Prices  on  previous  page. 


Six  Sizes  of  this  Style  of  Press. 


Weight  1400  pounds. 


395 


For  dimensions,  descriptions,  etc.,  see 
previous  page. 


Fig.  435. 


PRESS  C 3— Upright. 


THESE  PRESSES  can  be  changed  quickly 
from  upright  to  inclined  position  or 
locked  in  any  position  between.  If  elevating 
attachment  is  not  desired  prices  are  less  as 
given  in  Table  C O. 

Weight,  2100  pounds. 

This  cut  represents  also  Presses  C 4,  C 5 and 
C 6. 

For  description  and  dimensions,  prices,  etc., 
see  Table  C O on  page  394. 

Press  C 4 is  adapted  for  cutting  and  form- 
ing, etc.,  up  to  10  x 14  work  and  gives  a 
pressure  of  38  tons. 

Press  C 5 is  suited  for  large 
cutting  and  forming  up  to  14  x 20 
inches  rectangular,  or  20  inches 
round,  and  with  a pressure  of 
about  52  tons. 

Weight,  5300  pounds. 

Press  C 6 will  do  similar  work 
up  to  20  x 28  inches,  or  28  inches 
round,  and  to  about  68  tons. 

Weight,  8300  pounds. 


396 


PRESS  C 53. 

Adjustable  Bed. 


For  cutting,  horning,  wiring  and  curling, 
etc. 

Especially  adapted  for  pieced  tinware,  etc. 
Weight,  2350  lbs.,  - - price,  $325. 

Complete  as  shown. 

For  horning  only,  - - price,  $210. 

Five  sizes  are  given  in  table  below. 


Nominal  size, press 

1st  Price  without  bed  or  other  attachments, 

2d  Price  with  horn,  force-chuck  and  force,  but  without  bed.  For  horning  only, 

3d  Price  with  bed,  bolster  and  bushing,  etc.  For  cutting,  etc.,  but  not  for  horning  or  wiring,  > 
4th  Price  wiih  bed,  bolster,  bushing  and  table,  etc.  For  cutting,  etc.,  also  wiring, 

5th  Price  with  bed,  bolster,  bushing  horn,  force-chuck,  force,  etc.  For  cutting,  etc.,  also  horning,  $ 
6th  Price  with  bed,  bolster,  bushing,  horn,  force-chuck,  force,  table,  etc.  For  cutting  etc.,  and 
also  horning  and  wiring,  as  shown  in  cut  above,  -------  $ 

Weight,  complete,  about,  pounds 

The  dimensions  are  about  as  given  for  press 


c 51 

C52 

C53 

c 54 

C55 

no 

150 

210 

3°° 

450 

125 

170 

235 

335 

505 

140 

190 

270 

39° 

580 

150 

205 

290 

415 

610 

155 

210 

295 

425 

635 

165 

225 

315 

45° 

665 

1000 

1550 

2400 

3650 

5500 

C.i 

C 2 

c3 

C.4 

C5 

397 


PUNCHING  AND  SHEARING  PRESSES,  WITH  SHALLOW  THROATS. 

Six  Sizes. 

AS  FORMERLY  built  from  lighter  patterns,  they  were  known  as  presses  50,  51,  52,  etc.  These  six  sizes  of  punching 
presses  are  adapted  especially  for  cutting  and  punching  articles  in  bar  and  thick  sheet  metals,  such  as  nuts  and  washers, 
parts  of  hardware,  nails,  locks,  cutlery,  carriage  goods,  gas  fixtures,  lamps,  clocks,  watches,  jewelry,  silver  and  brass 
work,  electrical  apparatus,  musical  instruments,  textile  machinery,  agricultural  implements,  various  instruments  and  tools,  and 
for  trimming  drop  forgings,  etc.,  also  for  shearing  and  forming  work. 

They  are  built  with  the  frame  extending  down  in  the  form  of  a square,  hollow  pedestal  for  a support,  thus  making  them 
compact  and  simple.  The  shaft  extends  from  front  to  back,  and  the  fly-wheel  is  at  the  rear.  They  are  enormously  strong  and 
massive,  and  have  forged  steel  shafts  of  unusually  large  diameter  and  great  length  of  bearings,  everything  about  them  being 
adapted  to  doing  hard  work  for  a long  time.  All  gearing  is  cut  from  solid  metal  (not  made  with  rough  cast  teeth);  the  nuts 
and  bolts  are  hardened  and  unusually  large,  and  the  wrenches  are  drop-forged. 

Some  valuable  features,  several  of  which  are  peculiar  to  these  presses,  may  be  noted,  as  follows,  and  others  are  being  added 
from  time  to  time  : 

First. — The  general  design  in  regard  to  correct  proportion  and  beauty  of  appearance,  speaks  for  itself.  The  metal  being 
put  just  where  it  belongs,  gives  the  most  strength  for  the  least  cost,  while  harmony  of  proportion  is  secured  by  unbroken 
surfaces,  flowing  curves  and  heavily  rounded  corners.  The  finish  and  workmanship  is  much  better  than  usually  found  on  this 
class  of  machinery.  The  hollow  frame  gives  a tool  box,  and  the  gap  in  frame  allows  cams,  etc . , to  be  used  for  various 
attachments  which  can  be  bolted  on  to  the  planed  tablets  provided. 

Second. — A very  wide  ram  of  dove  tail  section,  extending  up  to  the  shaft,  having  great  length  and  width  of  bearing,  and 
giving  consequent  firmness  and  accuracy  in  the  working  of  dies.  The  gib  for  the  ram  is  clamped  fast  to  a flat  face,  so  that  it 
cannot  work  loose  with  proper  backing  screws.  The  clamping  arrangement  consists  of  a sliding  jaw  with  V holder,  and  a loose 
bushing  allows  for  using  various  kinds  of  shanks. 

Third. — An  eccentric  on  front  of  shaft,  which  can  be  changed  to  order  for  any  other  of  a different  stroke.  This  is  driven 
on  to  a tapering  bearing,  and  fastened  with  a steel  key  and  nut.  Such  construction  permits  the  clutch  collar  to  be  forged  solid 
upon  shaft,  which  is  an  important  feature. 

Fourth. — The  motion  is  conveyed  to  the  ram  by  means  of  a pitman,  with  graduated  sleeve  passing  through  the  fulcrum 
pin  (provided  with  clamping  and  locking  bolts),  which  gives  an  unusually  long  adjustment,  and  all  parts  are  clamped  securely, 
so  there  is  no  lost  motion. 

Fifth.  — An  improved  automatic  clutch,  very  simple  and  durable,  the  tripping  device  being  adjustable  around  the  axis  of 
the  shaft  and  so  arranged  that  the  shaft  cannot  make  more  than  one  revolution  by  one  action  of  the  treadle.  There  being  two 
jaws  on  the  wheel,  the  operator  never  has  to  wait  more  than  one  half  of  a revolution  for  the  press  to  start,  and  the  time  thus 
saved  is  of  considerable  amount.  This  clutch  is  provided  also  with  a “safety-lock,”  allowing  the  shaft  to  be  revolved  to 
any  position  and  the  dies  adjusted  while  the  fly  wheel  is  in  motion,  thus  dispensing  with  the  need  of  a counter  shaft.  In 
connection  with  it  is  an  adjustable  spring  brake,  which  accurately  controls  the  motion  of  the  press,  and  adapts  it  to  various 
speeds  and  conditions.  It  is  connected  to  the  treadle  which  has  a locking  device  for  continuous  running. 

Sixth. — The  fly-wheel  is  provided  with  two  (or  more)  steel  jaws  and  extra  “ spring  locks,”  when  required,  to  prevent 
“back-lasli.”  The  oiling  arrangements  allow  for  lubricating  when  running.  The  fly-wheel  rims  are  extra  heavy  and  wide, 
thus  giving  ample  belt  power. 

Seventh. — The  bolster  with  steel  clamps  allows  for  various  sizes  of  die  plates,  and  strippers  may  be  bolted  on  to  the  tablets 
provided.  The  table  on  this  page  gives  the  sizes  of  bolsters  which  may  be  ordered,  and  also  various  other  extras  and  variations 
for  special  work. 

Eighth. — The  forged  steel  shafts,  etc. , and  the  steel  and  iron  castings,  bolts,  nuts,  etc.,  are  all  of  the  best  quality  throughout 
and  a set  of  drop-forged  wrenches  and  floor  bolts  are  provided. 


Prices,  Dimensions,  Etc.,  TabeE  P O. 


Nominal  size,  ------ 

press 

P 1 

p 2 

P3 

p 4 

P5 

P 6 

Price — without  bolster  and  bushing, 

$ 

170 

220 

295 

410 

575 

835 

Price — with  bolster  and  bushing, 

$ 

180 

230 

310 

430 

600 

870 

Weight — about 

pounds 

1050 

1800 

2850 

4300 

6500 

10000 

Hole  through  bed — front  to  back, 

inches 

4 

4 

6 

8 

IO 

12 

Hole  through  bed — width, 

inches 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

Throat,  from  center  of  ram  back  to  frame,  - 

inches 

5 

6 

7 

8^ 

10 

12 

Height  bed  to  ram  at  top  of  stroke  and  adjustment, 

inches 

8/2 

9 

9'A 

10 

io'/i 

II 

Size  square  recess  in  ram,  to  grip  punches  (set  diagonally) 

inches 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

Height  of  square  recess — length  of  shank  it  will  take, 

inches 

3 

3 

3 

3. 

3 

3 

Stroke  of  ram — standard,  - - - - 

inches 

I'A 

i'A 

I'A 

1 Yz 

iK 

1 lA 

Stroke  of  ram — maximum — to  order, 

inches 

2 A 

3 

YA 

4 

a'A 

5 

Adjustment  of  ram — downward,  - - - - 

inches 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel,  - - - - 

inches 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

5° 

Width  of  fly-wheel, 

inches 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Weight  of  fly-wheel — about, 

pounds 

275 

475 

750 

1100 

1500 

2000 

Speed  per  minute — about,  revolutions 

120 

no 

100 

90 

SO  . 

70 

Thickness  iron  punchable  with  1 in.  round  dies — about, 

inches 

y& 

X 

7 

H 

• 

To 

1 

Size  of  flat  iron  that  can  be  sheared, 

inches 

tV*4 

7 

TiiXO 

Yx7 

#x8 

Size  of  round  iron  that  can  be  sheared, 

inches 

1 1 
To 

1 r» 
To 

1 'A 

i Yi 

1 yz 

1 Vi 

Thickness  of  bolster,  - 

inches 

IK 

2 

2 X 

3 

YA 

4 

Diameter  central  hole  in  bolster, 

inches 

2 X 

2 Y\ 

2 'A 

2X 

Pressure  exerted  by  ram — about, 

tons 

12 

24 

38 

52 

68 

84 

398 


Fig.  437. 


PUNCHING  PRESS  P 2. 

Weight,  1800  pounds.  Price,  $210,  without  bolster. 

This  cut  represents  Presses  P 1 and  P 2.  For  dimensions,  weights, 
prices,  etc.,  see  Table  P O,  on  opposite  page. 


Fig.  438. 


NEW  PUNCHING  PRESS  P 4. 

Weight,  4300  pounds.  Price,  without  bolster,  $410. 

THIS  cut  represents  all  the  most  recent  improvements  in 
the  whole  line  of  Punching  Presses  (the  other  cuts  not 
showing  the  latest  designs),  and  attention  is  called  to  the 
new  clutch  C,  the  extra  heavy  wheel  W,  the  new  Pitman  lock 
at  P,  the  new  form  of  gib  G,  and  to  the  external  ribs  on  frame. 
The  whole  frame  is  also  much  heavier  and  stronger,  and  there 
are  some  other  minor  improvements. 

This  cut  represents  all  the  latest  improvements  as  now 
embodied  in  all  sizes. 

Dimensions,  etc.,  are  given  in  Table  P O. 


399 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  C9; 


Fig.  439. 


PUNCHING  PRESS  P 6. 


Weight,  ....  - 10000  pounds 

Price,  without  bolster,  - $835.00 

This  cut  represents  presses  P 5 and  P 6.  For  dimensions,  etc.,  see  Table  P O on  previous  page. 


400 


Fig.  440. 


GEARED  PUNCHING  PRESS  PG  4. 


Weight,  - - - 4750  pounds.  Price,  without  bolster,  - - $510.00. 

This  cut  represents  any  of  the  six  sizes  of  punching  presses  when  built  with  gearing,  but  all  the  improvements  shown  in  P,  are 
embodied.  Six  sizes.  For  dimensions,  weights,  prices,  etc.,  see  Table  PG  O,  next  page. 


401 


TABLE  PQ  O— GEARED  POWER  PUNCHING  PRESSES. 


Nominal  size,  - - - . - 

Press 

PG  1 

PG  2 

PG3 

PG  4 

PG  5 

PG  6 

Price,  without  bolster  and  bushing,  ... 

- $ 

220 

280 

375 

5io 

695 

985 

Price,  with  bolster  and  bushing,  .... 

$ 

230 

290 

390 

530 

720 

1020 

Weight,  about,  ...... 

pounds 

1150 

2000 

3150 

4750 

7100 

I IOOO 

Diameter  of  fiy-wlieel  and  loose  pulley, 

inches 

15 

20 

25 

3° 

35 

40 

Width,  each  of  fly-wheel  and  loose  pulley, 

inches 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Weight  of  fly-wheel,  about,  ----- 

- pounds 

IOO 

175 

275 

475 

750 

I IOO 

Speed  of  fly-wheel  and  loose  pulley  per  minute,  about, 

revolutions 

480 

420 

360 

300 

240 

180 

Speed  of  main  shaft  per  minute,  about, 

Thickness  iron  punchable  with  1 inch  round  dies,  about,  - 

- revolutions 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

3° 

- inches 

5 

35 

6 

T<? 

y. 2 

1 1 
ITT 

7A 

ITif 

Size  of  flat  iron  which  can  be  sheared,  - - - 

inches 

l);x3 

3/sM 

icx5 

14x6 

Xx8 

Size  of  round  iron  which  can  be  sheared,  ... 

inches 

% 

I 

1 Vz 

If4 

Pressure  exerted  by  ram,  about, 

Other  dimensions,  ------ 

tons 

12 

24 

38  52 

As  in  Table  P-O. 

68 

84 

GEARED  POWER  PUNCHING 
PRESSES. 

Geared  presses  are  required  if  the  material 
is  as  thick  as  the  diameter  of  the  hole 
punched,  and  are  preferable  if  the  material  is 
very  hard  or  over  half  an  inch  thick  in  any 
case.  They  are  also  preferable  for  many  other 
kinds  of  work  requiring  considerable  power 
or  a slow  motion  in  forming  work,  etc.  These 
geared  presses  are  fitted  up  with  all  the  good 
features,  and  with  the  general  dimensions 
which  are  mentioned  on  page  393,  but  with 
gearing  instead  of  plain  fly-wheels  The 
gear  and  pinion  have  “cut”  (not  cast)  teeth, 
and  a fly-wheel,  and  loose  pulley  (with  safety 
guard ) are  provided  so  they  can  be  run  direct- 
ly from  line  shafting,  thus  saving  the  expense 
of  a countershaft. 

Prices,  dimensions,  etc. — Table  PGO  above. 


Attachments,  such  as  Feed  Roles,  Dial 
Feeds,  Etc., 

will  be  built  to  order  for  the  punching  presses, 
and  there  are  several  kinds  for  special  work, 
as  follows  : single  feed  rolls,  double  feed 
rolls,  sliding  feed  attachments,  placed  either 
at  front  or  on  one  side  of  the  bed,  and  dials 
or  turntables  for  feeding  blanks  into  forming 
dies,  etc.  There  are  also  several  attachments, 
such  as  automatic  finger  gauges,  spring  draw- 
ing attachments,  scrap  clippers,  etc.,  men- 
tioned on  page  398.  Estimates  on  all  of  these 
will  be  given  on  receipt  of  samples  or  draw- 
ing showing  the  kind  of  work  to  be  done . 


Punching  and  Shearing  Tools,  Etc., 
will  be  furnished,  if  desired,  with  these 
presses  (at  extra  cost),  and  a complete  system 
of  shearing  chucks,  also  punch  and  die  chucks 
or  combined  shearing  and  punching  chucks 
have  been  devised  for  them.  Special  shear 
blades,  for  round,  flat  and  angle  iron,  etc., 
and  also  all  necessary  hold-downs,  adjustable 
gauges,  etc. , as  well  as  punches  and  dies  of 
every  description,  will  be  estimated  on  if 
desired,  and  as  they  are  built  in  quantities  on 
a regular  system,  they  can  be  furnished  at 
moderate  prices. 


SPECIAL  DEEP  THROAT  PUNCHING  PRESSES  PG  43. 

Fig.  441. 


This  cut  represents  Press  PG  43. 


FOUR  SIZES  DEEP  THROATED  PRESSES. 

The  four  sizes  of  deep  throated  presses  are  adapted  for  shearing  and  punching  tank  or  light  boiler  work,  and  for  any  other  purpose  where 
a deep  throat  is  required.  They  have  an  automatic  clutch,  simple  adjustment,  and  most  of  the  improvements  mentioned  for  presses  P 1,  etc. 


Table  P 20,  Etc.,  P 40,  Etc. 
Nominal  size  of  presses,  ----- 

Press 

Non-Geared. 
P 21 

Non-Gkared. 
P 43 

Geared. 
PG  21 

Geared. 
PG  43 

Price  complete,  as  shown,  except  dies, 

$ 

220 

560 

270 

640 

Weight,  about,  ------ 

pounds 

1300 

5000 

1400 

53oo 

Throat,  centre  of  ram  back  to  frame, 

- inches 

18 

30 

18 

30 

Height  bed  to  ram,  when  up,  - 

inches 

S>4 

9/4 

8 14 

914 

Stroke  of  ram,  ----- 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel,  ----- 

- inches 

i>4 

1 >4 

i}4 

i>4 

inches 

25 

35 

15 

25 

Speed  of  fly-wheel,  - 

revolutions 

120 

IOO 

480 

360 

Speed  of  main  shaft,  - 

revolutions 

120 

IOO 

80 

60 

Other  dimensions  as  given  in,  ... 

table 

P O 

I*  0 

PG  O 

PG  O 

402 


Fig.  442. 


STRAIGHT  COLUHN  EflBOSSlNG  PRESS 


E 3. 


Six  Sizes  of  Embossing  Presses  Class  E — Series 
E O — Embossing  Presses — Power 
Straight  Column. 

Weight,  2800  pounds.  Price,  #375. 

Without  bolster,  etc. 

/"TAHESE  presses  are  of  entirely  new  design,  and  have 
many  of  the  good  features  previously  mentioned 
on  pages  393  and  398,  in  regard  to  classes  C and  P,  but 
are  adapted  especially  for  embossing  (as  well  as  cutting, 
punching,  etc.),  the  columns  being  solid,  very  strong, 
rigid  and  close  together,  thus  eliminating  most  of  the 
“spring”  incident  to  presses  of  a more  “spread  out” 
order.  They  are  particularly  useful  for  watch-cases, 
jewelry  and  similar  work,  but  have  proved  very  popidar 
also  for  bicycle  work,  hardware,  locks,  sewing  machines 
and  typewriter  parts  and  many  other  lines  where  great 
strength,  stiffness  and  accuracy  is  essential.  The  largest 
size  is  adapted  for  very  heavy  work. 


Nominal  size,  - 

Press 

E 1 

E 2 

E3 

E 4 

E 5 

E 6 

Price,  without  bolster  and  bushing, 

$ 

190 

260 

375 

55o 

800 

1170 

Price,  with  bolster  and  bushing, 

* 

200 

270 

390 

570 

825 

1200 

Weight — about  ----- 

pounds 

1000 

1700 

2800 

4500 

7000 

10500 

Width  between  columns — clear, 

- inches 

9 

10 

11 

13 

15 

I7 

Height  to  ram — when  up,  ... 

inches 

9 

9'A 

10 

11 

11 

Stroke  of  ram,  T 

- inches 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Adjustment  of  ram — downward, 

inches 

3 

3 

3 

. 3 

3 

3 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel,  - 

- inches 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

Width  of  fly-wheel,  - 

inches 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Weight  of  fly-wheel — about 

pounds 

275 

475 

750 

1100 

1500 

2000 

Pressure  exerted  by  ram — about 

tons 

12 

24 

38 

52 

68 

84 

Size  of  each  column, 

- inches 

2x6 

3x7 

4x8 

5x9 

6x11 

7 x 13 

403 


Fig.  443. 


Weight,  5600  pounds.  Price,  $1000. 

SINCE  this  cut  was  made  the  Press  has 
been  improved  with  wider  bed,  longer 
ram,  thicker  pillar  nuts,  higher  columns, 
new  form  of  clutch  and  toggle,  bearings,  etc. 

This  is  a new  form  of 
press,  especially  designed 
for  fine  embossing  and 
coining,  where  a very 
heavy  pressure  is  required. 
They  are  intended  for 
work  on  badges,  medals, 
jewelry,  watch  cases,  small 
silverware  and  other  sim- 
ilar articles,  but  can  be 
used  also  for  punching, 
cutting,  forming,  flatten- 
ing and  compressing  op- 
erations upon  a great 
variety  of  work.  They 
are  built  with  two  solid 
forged  steel  columns  to 
take  the  heavy  tensile 
stresses.  The  shafts  are  of  steel,  also  the  four 
pillar  nuts,  the  ram  and  the  toggles.  There 
is  an  unusually  long  adjustment,  the  bed 
being  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  the 
geared  nuts  underneath  it,  and  the  toggles 
are  arranged  to  give  a quick-return  motion 
to  the  ram — thus  concen- 
trating the  pressure  dur- 
ing a longer  time.  The 
main  shaft  is  driven  by  an 
automatic-stop-clutch  op- 
erated by  the  treadle, 
which  is  provided  with  a 
treadle-lock  as  usual.  The 
bed  is  solid,  and  ram  has 
clamping  devices  as  in 
Punching  Presses. 


COINING  PRESS  E G 24. 


Takt.r  E 20,  Etc. 

Nominal  size,  . 

Price,  without  bolster  and  bushing,  - 
Price,  with  bolster  and  bushing,  - 
Weight,  about 

Pressure  erected  by  ram,  about 


NON-C 

-KARKD 

G 

HARED 

press 

E 24 

E 26 

EG  24 

EG  26 

$ 

880 

2320 

980 

2470 

$ 

900 

2350 

1000 

2500 

pounds 

5300 

15000 

5600 

16000 

tons 

200 

500 

200 

500 

404 


Fig.  444. 


ROUND  BED  PRESS  S 3. 


Weight,  7850  pounds,  with  bolster.  Price,  without  bolster,  $720. 

Distance  between  columns,  46  inches. 

These  Round  Bed  Presses,  from  the  light  patterns,  are  adapted  for  cutting  out  blanks  for  stamped  tinware,  stove  boards, 
pieced  tinware  sections,  and  especially  for  armature  discs,  etc.,  and  when  built  with  gearing  for  the  above  work,  also  for 
forming  and  light  embossing  in  various  round  shapes  in  thin  metals,  up  to  1-32  inch  thick.  When  buii/T  from  The 
HEAVY  patterns  they  are  adapted  for  thicker  metals,  up  to  1-16  inch  thick,  and  when  geared  for  still  thicker  cutting,  and 
also  for  a great  variety  of  forming  and  embossing,  etc.,  in  metal  goods. 

There  are  6 sizes  of  these  Presses,  from  34  inches  to  64  inches  between  columns.  Write  for  prices  and  dimensions. 


405 


•Prentiss  tqql  ^Supply  (?• 


Fig.  445. 


LIGHT  PATTERN  PRESS 
SG  31. 


Weight,  6300  pounds. 

Price,  without  bolster,  $700  00. 
Distance  between  columns,  34  inches. 

These  nine  sizes  of  geared  presses 
are  intended  for  cutting  out  various 
articles  and  for  forming  and  embossing 
articles  requiring  a moderate  amount 
of  pressure,  and  where  a slow  motion 
is  preferred. 

These  presses  are  built  with 
“throated”  columns,  and  also  with 
inclined  beds  (to  order)  same  as  other 
styles. 

Nine  sizes  of  light  pattern  presses 
with  gearing,  also,  nine  sizes  without 
gearing.  Prices,  without  gearing, 
$100.00  less  on  each  size. 


Nominal  size  of  press  with  wide  bed, 
Price  of  press  without  bolster,  - 
Weight  of  press  with  bolster,  about, 
Distance  between  columns, 
Approximate  prices  of  bolsters  for  wide 
beds, 


SG  31 

SG  32 

SG  33 

SG  34 

$ 

700 

750 

800 

850 

pounds 

6300 

6850 

75oo 

8250 

inches 

34 

40 

46 

52 

- 1 

40 

60 

80 

IOO 

SG  35 

SG36 

SG  37 

SG  38 

SG  39 

900 

950 

1020 

1130 

1300 

9000 

9600 

10900 

12650 

14700 

55 

64 

72 

84 

IOO 

120 

140 

160 

200 

240 

406 


HEAVY  PATTERN  PRESS  582. 


Weight,  12560  pounds.  Price,  $1070,  without  Bolster. 

These  six  sizes  of  presses  are  adapted  for  heavy  sheet  metal  work,  such  as  cutting  and  forming  oil  stove  tops, 
ceiling  plates,  stove  boards,  furnace  work,  stoves,  shovels  and  a great  variety  of  work  in  medium  thick  sheet  metals, 
also  for  embossing  work  requiring  considerable  pressure  (up  to  84  tons).  Weights  are  about  double  and  prices  are  about 
60  per  cent,  higher  than  given  on  previous  page. 

Six  sizes  of  heavy  pattern  presses,  as  shown,  also  with  medium  and  narrow  beds,  also  same  presses  with  bearing. 


407 


DOUBLE= ACTION  DRAWING  PRESSES 

Illustrated  on  the  next  two  pages. 


THESE  PRESSES  are  especially  adapted  for  cutting  and  drawing  all  kinds  of  deep-edged  hollow  work,  such  as  shells,  brass  goods, 
boxes,  cups,  dishes,  pans,  &c.,  where  the  blank  is  to  be  held  from  wrinkling  by  the  action  of  the  ram,  while  the  plunger  descends 
and  draws  it  into  any  cup-like  shape  required.  Among  other  sheet-metals  worked  in  such  machines  are  tin-plate,  steel,  iron,  brass, 
copper,  britannia,  silver,  gold,  aluminium,  etc. 

To  those  not  acquainted  with  the  “drawing”  process,  it  may  be  interesting  to  know  that  it  consists  in  holding  the  “ blank  ” of 
sheet  metal  between  two  flat  surfaces  under  pressure  (sometimes  several  tons),  whilst  the  central  descending  punch  draws  it  from  between 
them  in  a conical  or  cylindrical  shape,  leaving  the  sides  without  wrinkles — the  metal  being  “ upset  ” or  thickened  circumferentially,  and 
stretched  or  drawn  out  radially,  as  the  outer  parts  are  reduced  in  diameter.  In  tapering  work,  such  as  pans,  cups,  &c.,  part  of  the  metal 
is  unsupported  while  being  drawn,  aud  “ body  wrinkles  ” sometimes  form.  These  are  afterwards  smoothed  out  in  a spinning  lathe,  as 
described  on  another  page. 


THROATED  DOUBLE-ACTION  DRAWING  PRESSES. 


Illustrated  on  next  page. 


Tables  D O and  DG  O 

Non-Geared  Drawing — Double  Action. 

Geared  Drawing — Double  Action. 

Nominal  size  -------- 

Press 

D 1 

D 2 

D 3 

D 4 

D 5 

D 6 

DG  1 

DG  2 

DG  3 

DG  4 

DG  5 

DG  6 

Price,  without  bolster,  bushings  and  shanks,  - 

* 

210 

280 

390 

550 

830 

1350 

260 

34° 

470 

650 

950 

1500 

Price,  with  bolster,  bushings  and  shanks, 

$ 

230 

300 

420 

600 

900 

1450 

280 

360 

500 

700 

1020 

1600 

Weight,  with  bolster,  bushings  and  shanks,  about 

pounds 

1200 

1800 

2900 

4700 

7400 

12700 

1200 

1800 

2900 

4800 

7600 

ITOOO 

Hole  through  bed,  round,  ..... 

nches 

7 

8 

IO 

14 

18 

7 

7 

8 

IO 

H 

18 

Throat,  center  of  ram  back  to  frame, 

nches 

5 

6 

7 

9 

II 

13 

5 

6 

7 

9 

II 

13 

Hole  back  through  frame,  width,  .... 

nches 

8 

9'A 

II 

13 

1614 

21 

8 

914 

11 

13 

1614 

21 

Height,  bed  to  ram,  when  up,  .... 

nches 

8'A 

9 

10 

12 

14! 4 

18 

814 

9 

10 

12 

1414 

18 

Stroke  of  ram,  standard,  ------ 

nches 

iJ4 

2 

214 

314 

454 

iJ4 

1 14 

2 

214 

3/4 

4l 4 

Adjustment  of  ram,  downward,  - 

nches 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Height,  bed  to  plunger,  when  up,  ...  - 

nches 

H 'A 

12 

14 

17 

2iJ4 

27 

11 14 

12 

14 

17 

21 5£ 

27 

Stroke  of  plunger,  ....... 

nches 

3 

3 

4 

5 

7 

9 

3 

3 

4 

5 

7 

9 

Adjustment  of  plunger,  downward,  ... 

nches 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

5 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

5 

Fly-wheel,  diameter,  ...... 

nches 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

5° 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

Fly-wheel,  width  of  face, 

inches 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Fly-wheel,  weight,  ...... 

pounds 

275 

475 

75° 

1100 

1500 

2000 

IOO 

175 

275 

475 

75° 

1100 

Speed  of  Fly-wheel  per  minute,  about  - - revolutions 

IIO 

IOO 

90 

80 

70 

60 

480 

420 

360 

300 

240 

180 

Speed  of  main  shaft  per  minute,  about  - revolutions 

IIO 

IOO 

90 

80 

70 

60 

80 

70 

60 

5° 

40 

30 

Height,  extreme,  about 

inches 

74 

77 

84 

93 

104 

117 

72 

74 

82 

91 

IOI 

113 

Bolster  thickness, 

inches 

ill 

2 

2% 

3 

3 14 

4 

iJ4 

2 

214 

3 

314 

4 

Bolster  hole,  round, 

inches 

4X 

4K 

514 

7% 

i°!4 

14I4 

414 

454 

5 If 

7K 

,0K 

145? 

Pressure  exerted  by  ram  and  plunger, 

tons 

12 

24 

38 

52 

68 

12 

24 

38 

52 

68 

84 

Drawing  to  maximum  depth  of 

inches 

i'A 

i lA 

2 

2/4 

354 

4'A 

J4 

i!4 

2 

214 

314 

414 

Drawing  “ pushthrough  ” work  to  diameter  of 

inches 

3 

4 

5 

7 

10 

14 

3 

4 

5 

7 

IO 

14 

Drawing  ditto  from  blank  diameter  of  - 

inches 

5 

6 

8 

II 

16 

22 

5 

6 

8 

II 

l6 

22 

Drawing  shallow  work  up  to  blank  diameter  of 

inches 

8 

9 

II 

15 

20 

26 

8 

9 

II 

15 

20 

26 

These  Presses  are  also  built  with  and  without  gearing 

as  Single-Action  Presses,  for  deepening,  &c. 

Prices  about  10  per  cent,  less. 

STRAIGHT  COLUMN 

DOUBLE^  ACTION 

DRAWING  PRESSES. 

Illustrated  on 

second  page  ahead. 

Tables  D 51  and  DG  51. 

Non-Geared  Drawing — Double  Action. 

Geared  Drawing- 

—Double  Action. 

Nominal  size  - - 

Press 

D 51 

D 52 

1)  53 

D 54 

D 55 

D 56 

DG  51 

DG  52 

DG  53 

DG  54 

DG  55 

DG  56 

Price,  without  bolster,  bushings  and  shanks,  - 

- 

* 

190 

250 

34° 

470 

700 

IlOO 

240 

310 

420 

57° 

820 

1300 

Price,  with  bolster,  bushings  and  shanks,  - 

8 

210 

270 

370 

520 

770 

1200 

260 

330 

45° 

620 

S90 

1400 

Weight,  with  bolster,  bushings  and  shanks,  about 

pounds 

1100 

1600 

2600 

4200 

65OO  • 

II 700 

I IOO 

1600 

2600 

4300 

67OO 

12000 

Hole  through  bed,  round,  ..... 

nches 

7 

7 

8 

IO 

14 

18 

7 

7 

8 

10 

14 

18 

Columns,  width  between,  inside,  - 

nches 

12 

14 

l6 

19 

23 

3° 

12 

14 

16 

19 

23 

3° 

Height,  bed  to  ram,  when  up,  .... 

nches 

8‘A 

9 

10 

12 

h'A 

18 

814 

9 

IO 

12 

1414 

18 

Stroke  of  ram  standard,  ..... 

nches 

*34 

2 

2 'A 

314 

45 4 

1 14 

i!4 

2 

214 

314 

454 

Adjustment  of  ram,  downward,  - 

nches 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Height  bed  to  plunger,  when  up,  ... 

nches 

11  'A 

12 

14 

17 

2114 

27 

1 1 14 

12 

14 

'7 

21  % 

27 

Stroke  of  plunger,  ....... 

nches 

3 

3 

4 

5 

7 

9 

3 

3 

4 

5 

7 

9 

Adjustment  of  plunger,  downward,  ... 

nches 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

5 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

5 

Fly-wheel,  diameter,  ------- 

nches 

25 

3° 

35 

40 

45 

5° 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

Fly-wheel,  width  of  face,  ----- 

inches 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Fly-wheel,  weight,  ------- 

pounds 

275 

475 

750 

1100 

1500 

2000 

IOO 

'75 

275 

475 

750 

1100 

Speed  of  fly-wheel  per  minute,  about  - revolutions 

IIO 

IOO 

90 

80 

70 

60 

480 

420 

360 

300 

240 

180 

Speed  of  main  shaft  per  minute,  about  - - revolutions 

IIO 

IOO 

90 

so 

70 

60 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

3o 

Height,  extreme,  about  ..... 

inches 

74 

77 

84 

93 

104 

117 

72 

74 

82 

91 

IOI 

113 

Bolster  thickness,  ....... 

inches 

*lA 

2 

2 14 

3 

314 

4 

2 

214 

3 

04 

4 

Bolster  hole,  round,  ...... 

inches 

454 

5'A 

7K 

i°K 

414 

4* 

514 

7K 

10K 

'414 

Pressure  exerted  by  ram  and  plunger,  - - - 

tons 

12 

24 

38 

52 

68 

?4 

12 

24 

3» 

52 

68 

84 

Drawing  to  maximum  depth  of  - 

inches 

i54 

1 'A 

2 

2J4 

314 

4/'2 

l)4 

i!4 

2 

214 

314 

414 

Draw  “ pushthrough  ” work  to  diameter  of 

inches 

3 

4 

5 

7 

IO 

14 

3 

4 

5 

7 

IO 

14 

Drawing  ditto  from  blank  diameter  of  - - 

inches 

5 

6 

8 

II 

l6 

22 

5 

6 

8 

II 

l6 

22 

Drawing  shallow  work  up  to  blank  diameter  of 

inches 

8 

9 

II 

15 

20 

26 

8 

9 

11 

■5 

20 

26 

These  Presses  are  also  built  with  and  without  gearing  as  .Single -Action  Presses,  for  deepening,  &c.  Prices  about  io  per  cent.  less. 


Fig.  447. 


Weight,  - - - 4700  pounds.  Price,  without  bolster,  - - $550.00. 

These  presses  can  be  used  also  in  inclined  position,  etc.  For  description,  see  previous  page. 

They  are  also  built  with  and  without  gearing  as  single  action  presses. 

Six  sizes  of  open  throat  drawing  presses,  also,  six  sizes  of  similar  presses  with  gearing. 


DOUBLE  ACTION  DRAWING  PRESS  D 4. 


409 


u 


Fig.  448. 


DRAWING  PRESS  DG  56. 


Weight,  - - - 12000  pounds.  Price,  - #1400.00. 

Six  sizes  of  double  action  geared  drawing  presses,  also,  six  sizes  of  similar  presses  without  gearing. 

They  are  also  built  both  with  and  without  gearing,  as  single  action  presses,  with  long  strokes  for  deepening  woik,  etc. 

For  description,  see  previous  pages. 


410 


Fig.  449. 


This  cut  also  represents  four  other  sizes,  same  style. 

FOOT  PRESS  F 2. 


Weight, 

- 

825  pounds 

Price,  - $85. 

Bolster  plate, 

extra, 

$10. 

PRICES,  DIMENSIONS, 

ETC.— TABLE  F O. 

Nominal  size  ... 

- Press 

F 1 

F 2 

F 3 

F 4 

F 5 

Price,  without  bolster,  - 

- t 

65 

85 

no 

150 

215 

Price,  with  bolster, 

$ 

75 

95 

125 

175 

250 

Weight,  about 

pounds 

550 

825 

1125 

1500 

2050 

Hole  through  bed-rectangular, 

inches 

4 x 6] 

6x8 

8 x 10 

10  x 14 

14  X 20 

Hole  through  bed-circular  part, 

inches 

6 

8 

10 

14 

20 

Hole  through  back-width, 

inches 

9'A 

11 

12'A 

15 

l8^ 

Throat,  from  center  of  ram-back, 

inches 

5 

6 

7 

9 

12 

Height,  bed  to  ram  when  up 

inches 

8K 

9 

9'A 

10 

10K 

Stroke  of  ram, 

inches 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

Adjustment  of  ram, 

inches 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

0 to  4 

f 

5:i 

5:r 

5:1 

5:1 

5:i 

Ratio  of  leverage  from  treadle  to 

rams,  -! 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

1 

40:1 

40:1 

40:1 

40:1 

40:1 

Height,  floor  to  top  of  frame, 

inches 

52 

54 

56 

58 

60 

Five  sizes  of  this  style  of  Press. 

Most  of  the  improvements  mentioned  under  Press  273  are 
embodied  in  these  five  sizes  of  presses. 


FOOT  AND  SCREW  PRESSES. 

There  are  a number  of  special  Foot  Presses  with  wiring 
beds  and  other  attachments  for  tinware  manufacturers’  use,  & c. 

Screw  Press  F 32. 

Price,  - $85.  Bolster  plate,  extra,  - - $10. 

Weight,  ------  800  pounds 

These  Presses  are  built  from  the  same  patterns  as  the  5 
sizes  of  Foot  Presses,  Fi,  F2,  etc.,  as  described,  and  the  gen- 
eral dimensions  and  prices  are  about  the  same  as  given  for 
Foot  Presses  in  table  in  left-hand  column. 


411 


Prentiss  Tqql  supply  & 


Fig.  451. 


LONG  STROKE  POWER  PRESS,  WITH  ADJUST- 
ABLE TABLE. 


For  Bending  Bicycle  Handle  Bars,  Fork  Ends, 
etc. 


^npHIS  press  can  be  used  to  great  advantage  for  bend- 
ing  handle  bars,  fork  ends,  etc.,  for  broaching 
and  sizing  of  holes,  redrawing  or  reducing,  for 
forcing  on  cups  and  cranks  and  similar  operations. 

Owing  to  the  great  variation  of  height  of  the  dies 
used  for  this  work,  the  table  has  been  made  adjustable, 
this  being  accomplished  by  means  of  a suspension  screw 
with  flange  nut  (shown  at  the  lower  end  of  the  table). 
Two  hook  bolts  clamp  it  firmly  to  the  body  near  the 
top. 

The  press  is  usually  provided  with  an  automatic 
clutch,  to  stop  it  at  the  highest  part  of  stroke.  As  shown, 
it  has  two,  for  stopping  on  the  up  and  down  stroke,  for 
doing  some  additional  bending  by  hand,  if  it  should  be 
necessary  on  some  special  shapes.  Removal  of  the  lower 
latch  will  make  it  stop  on  the  up  stroke  alone. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Die  space,  down  stroke,  highest  adjustment  of  table, 
Adjustment  of  table,  - 

Stroke  of  slide,  ------ 

Distance  back  from  center  of  slide, 

Ratio  of  gearing, 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel, 

Face,  - 

Speed  of  fly-wheel,  per  minute, 

Diameter  of  fly-wheel  not  geared, 

Height  to  center  of  shaft,  - 

Weight,  ------ 


4 inches 

- 10  inches 
2x6  inches 

5 inches 

1 to  5 

- 24  inches 
4)4  inches 

100  to  200  revolutions 
36  inches 

- 50  inches 
2600  pounds 


412 


Fig.  452. 


POWER  SADDLE  PRESS. 


^nrAHE  PRESS,  as  shown  in  the  illustration, 
is  constructed  on  the  toggle  motion 
principle. 

The  toggles  are  arrange  so  that  the  down 
stroke  of  the  slide  is  positive,  thus  avoiding  all 
sticking  in  the  dies.  The  press  is  thrown  into 
operation  by  the  action  of  the  foot  on  the 
treadle,  which  engages  a friction  clutch.  This 
clutch  can  be  arranged  to  stop  at  any  part  of 
the  stroke  by  taking  the  foot  off  the  treadle,  or 
to  stop  automatically  at  the  end  of  the  stroke. 

Strong  spiral  springs,  adjustable  to  the 
pressure  exerted,  are  placed  at  the  top  of  the 
arch  piece,  to  allow  for  the  variations  in  the 
thickness  of  the  material. 

The  posts  are  2 inches  in  diameter,  and 
made  of  the  best  quality  of  steel. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Motion  of  slides,  6 inches 

Clear  space  between  posts,  right  left,  18  inches 
“ “ “ front-back,  16  inches 

Thickness  of  dies,  - - - 5x7  inches 

Size  of  pulley,  - - - - 28  x 5 inches 

Ratio  of  gearing,  - - - 1 to  7 '/2  inches 

Max.  pressure  exerted,  - - 20-25  tons 

Changes  can  be  made  to  suit  requirements. 


413 


^ PRENTISS  TQQL  tf SUPPLY  (4 


Fig.  453. 


FRAME  NUHBER1NG  AND  LETTERING  MACHINE. 


For  Bicycle  Frames. 


A | MIF  use  of  this  machine  is  based  on  the  supposition  that  frames 
"*■  are  numbered  twice  ; once  in  a plainly  visible  place  and  once 
in  a more  hidden  place. 

The  engraving  shows  the  machine  arranged  for  the  latter.  The 
former  is  stamped  around  the  front  post,  right  above  the  ball  bearing. 

A set  of  figures  are  carried  in  a suspended  head  or  turret.  This 
is  turned  by  hand  and  a respective  figure  is  brought  into  line.  By 
depressing  the  foot  the  impression  is  made.  With  the  fixture,  as 
shown  in  the  engraving,  the  spacing  is  done  likewise  (for  stamping 
in  a straight  line).  Another  fixture  is  furnished  for  numbering  the 
front  post  (in  a circle).  In  this  case  the  turret  is  locked  in  place  by 
a set  screw  and  the  indexing  is  done  by  a notched  segment  on  the 
arbor,  supporting  the  front  post. 

The  work  done  by  the  machine  is  neater  than  that  done  by  hand 
and  hammer,  the  spacing  being  uniform  and  the  impressions  being 
alike.  It  also  constitutes  a large  saving  of  time,  as  it  dispenses  with 
picking  up  single  figures. 


414 


Fig  455- 


BICYCLE  RIM  ROLLING  MACHINE. 


THE  cut  herewith  represents  our  latest  improved  machine  for  rolling  bicycle  mud  guards,  tires,  or  rims.  The  machine 
has  been  carefully  designed  and  constructed  to  meet  all  the  requirements  necessary  for  rolling  bicycle  tires,  or  similar 
work.  The  machine  is  made  in  a first-class  manner  throughout.  The  spindles  are  made  of  hammered  steel  and  are 
amply  strong.  They  are  designed  to  take  one  roll,  or  three  rolls,  6 inches  diameter,  2 inches  thick.  The  spindles  are  driven 
by  a steel  worm  and  copper  and  tin  worm-gears.  The  driving  power  is  32  to  1,  and  the  machine  can  be  run  with  a very  narrow 
or  light  belt.  The  spindles  can  be  started  and  stopped  in  an  instant,  by  means  of  hand-lever  shown,  which  connects  with 
friction  driving  pulley,  at  right  of  cut.  The  guide  rolls  have  an  adjustment  in  the  frame,  and  an  angle  adjustment  toward  the 
center  of  rolls  or  arbors.  The  longitudinal  adjustment  of  the  guide  roll  slides  is  obtained  by  collar  screw,  shown  in  cut,  while 
the  angle  adjustment  is  made  by  means  of  small  hand  wheels,  as  shown.  The  adjustment  of  top  arbor  is  obtained  by  means  of 
large  hand  wheel  on  top  of  machine,  the  hand  wheel  being  connected  with  pinion,  which  runs  into  gears  fastened  to  lifter 
screw. 

Weight  of  the  machine,  1950  pounds. 


415 


Fig.  456. 


BICYCLE= SPOKE  THREADING  MACHINE. 


/'pHE  wires  are  rolled  between  grooved  dies  in  the  method  of  threading 
shown  in  the  illustration  ; the  thread  is  partially  raised  by  this  rolling 
operation,  and  the  diameter  of  the  thread  is  slightly  greater  than  the  diameter 
of  the  plain  wire.  Very  accurate  and  nice  work  can  be  produced  rapidly  and 
economically  by  this  process. 

The  machine  is  designed  specially  for  threading  bicycle  spokes,  which,  for 
convenience  in  handling,  are  fed  horizontally. 


Fig.  457- 


BICYCLE-SPOKE  HEADING  HACHINE. 


THE  illustration  represents  our  special,  single 
stroke,  open  die  header,  for  heading  wire 
to  3-16  inch  in  diameter  when  the  wires  are  too 
long  to  be  fed  automatically.  This  form  of 
machine  is  designed  especially  for  upsetting  or 
heading  bicycle  spokes.  The  dies  are  readily 
accessible,  and  are  so  exposed  cs  to  enable  the 
wires  to  be  easily  and  rapidly  placed  ; the  machine 
is  without  clutch,  is  geared  4 to  1,  and  the  speed 
depends  upon  the  operator’s  ability  to  feed  the 
wires ; say  about  40  or  45  per  minute.  The  fly 
wheel  is  20  inches  in  diameter  and  inches 
face. 


416 


Fig.  458. 


COMBINED  SPOKE  HEADER 
AND  BENDER. 

For  Bicycle  Spokes. 


THIS  MACHINE  will  do  in  one  opera- 
tion, wliat  has  been  done  in  two  here- 
tofore, viz. : bend  and  head  a spoke,  con- 
stituting a saving  of  time  of  50 % and  dispens- 
ing with  the  cost  of  a bending  machine. 

The  bending  being  done  first,  enables  us 
to  make  a perfectly  round  curve  in  the  cor- 
ner of  the  same  or  even  an  enlarged  section, 
dispensing  entirely  with  the  unavoidable  con- 
traction if  the  bending  is  done  after  the 
heading. 

The  way  of  operating  this  machine  does 
not  differ  from  other  headers,  having  the 
same  capacity. 

The  frame  is  a solid,  straight  sided  cast- 
ing, all  bearings  are  large,  and  the  adjustments 
are  convenient  and  exact.  The  fly-wheel  is 
engaged  by  means  of  an  automatic  clutch, 
worked  by  a treadle  (as  on  a power  press). 
The  clamping  and  bending  slide  is  operated 
by  means  of  a toggle  lever  system,  insuring 
(in  comparison  with  cams)  an  easy  running 
and  lasting  machine.  Such  parts  of  the  die 
as  are  subject  to  wear,  consist  of  inserted 
round  tool  steel,  and  are,  consequently, 
quickly  and  cheaply  repaired. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Weight,  complete,  - - 950  pounds 

Size  of  fly-wheel,  - 22  x 3^  inches 

Weight  of  fly-wheel,  - - 175  pounds 

Number  of  revolutions  per  minute,  - 90 


LARGE  RECIPROCATING  SCREW=TH READING 
nACHINE. 


This  Machine  will  thread  ends  of  wire  or  screw 
blanks  T\  inch  in  diameter  and  2 inches  long,  or  will 
thread  with  special  dies  2^(  inches  long.  The  dies  are  6 
inches  in  length.  The  machine  has  quick  return  motion 
and  is  back-geared  4 to  I,  and  is  driven  by  pulley  24 
inches  in  diameter  and  4 y2  inch  face. 

Price  includes  one  set  of  dies  and  hand  feeding 
mechanism. 

Weight,  1500  pounds. 

Price, 


$350.00 


\ 


Prentiss  tqql  ^supply  (3 


Fig.  460. 


CHAIN  STRETCHING  AND  TESTING  MACHINE. 

For  Bicycle  Chains. 

^TAHIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  stretching  and  testing 
bicycle  chains.  The  chains  are  soaked  in  oil  and  run 
from  10  to  15  minutes  under  a load  of  500  to  700  pounds.  The 
conditions  to  which  the  chain  is  subjected  to  are  the  same  as 
when  in  actual  use. 

The  machine  is  simple  and  convenient  to  handle.  The 
tension  can  be  regulated  by  shifting  the  weights.  Chains  of 
various  lengths  can  be  accommodated  by  a series  of  holes  in 
the  connecting  links,  between  levers  and  slide. 

They  are  one  of  the  most  necessary  tools  for  bicycle  fac- 
tories. 


418 


Fig.  461. 


No.  F=  1 62  PENDULUM  FOOT  PRESS. 


ATAHIS  PRESS  is  especially  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  light  punching  and  embossing.  It 
is  built  very  solid  and  compact,  with  accurate  “dove  tail”  ram  provided  with 
adjustment  for  wear,  thus  fitting  it  for  various  irregular-shaped  work.  The  adjustment  of 
stroke  is  regulated  by  a screw  and  lock-nut  in  top  of  ram,  thus  giving  a positive  stop  for 
delicate  work  ; and  it  has  rubber  bumpers  in  treadle  for  return  stroke.  The  ram  is  usually 
tapped  for  screwed  shank  dies  1 inch  diameter,  8 threads  to  the  inch,  and  clamps  with  bolts 
set  in  slots  are  provided  so  that  various  sizes  of  dies  may  be  held.  A chuck  and  bushing, 
not  shown,  can  be  furnished,  if  desired,  at  slight  extra  cost.  The  ram  can  be  bored  or  tapped 
to  special  sizes  if  required. 

Weight,  complete,  with  pedestal,  260  pounds. 

We  also  furnish  the  above  press  without  pedestal  for  mounting  on  bench.  This  is  the 
same  press  in  every  particular,  excepting  pedestal.  Weight,  150  pounds. 

In  writing  or  ordering,  specify  which  style  is  wanted. 


4iy 


SPRUE  CUTTER. 


f ¥ MIIS  MACHINE  is  commonly  known  as  a Sprue  Cutter,  being  designed  for  use  in  brass  foundries  in  cutting  castings 
from  the  gates.  It  is  operated  by  foot  power,  and  particular  attention  lias  been  given  the  design  and  general 
construction  to  make  it  a strong,  durable  machine,  capable  of  withstanding  the  severe  usage  to  which  a tool  of  this 
kind  is  usually  subjected. 

The  dimensions  are  as  follows : depth  of  throat  from  cutting  edge,  inches ; space  up  and  down  back  of 

cutting  tools,  12 E inches;  height  over  all,  about  5 feet;  shipping  weight,  530  pounds;  cutting  capacity  is  the  equivalent 
of  y2  inch  square  common  yellow  brass.  The  cutting  tools  are  made  of  the  best  cast  steel,  Y x 1 inch,  ground  to 
the  proper  taper  for  cutting,  and  carefully  tempered. 

For  general  foundry  work  this  machine  cannot  be  excelled,  as  the  scores  of  foundrymen  who  have  them  in 
use  will  attest,  and  the  price,  which  is  an  important  factor  at  this  time,  is  so  low  that  no  foundryman  who  is 
awake  to  his  own  interests  will  attempt  to  continue  in  the  old  way  with  cold-chisel  and  hammer  when  so  good 
and  serviceable  a machine  can  be  bought  for  so  little  money. 


Fig.  462. 


420 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY 


ELASTIC  ROTARY=BLOW  RIVETING  MACHINES. 


THESE  cuts  represent  our  Elastic  Rotary-Blow  Riveting  Machines,  riveting  together  Fig.  464. 

various  articles  of  hardware,  bicycle  chains,  and  every  class  of  work  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  which  riveting  is  required.  The  most  important  feature  of  these  machines 
is  in  the  combination  and  working  of  the  cylinder  and  hammer-rod.  The  hammer-rod, 

suspended  by  springs  and  confined  air  within 
Fig.  463.  the  cylinder,  partakes  of  its  reciprocating 

motion,  and  produces  sharp,  quick  blows, 
which,  with  its  rotating  motion,  enables  the 
machines  to  perform  the  work  almost  in- 
stantly. The  blows  are  rendered  elastic  by 
the  springs  in  connection  with  the  air  cush- 
ions, and  the  force  can  be  regulated  at  the 
will  of  the  operator  by  more  or  less  pressure 
applied  to  the  treadle  at  the  right  of  the  ma- 
chine. The  yoke,  or  idler  frame,  to  which 
the  treadle  is  attached  is  self-acting,  and  the 
moment  pressure  is  removed  the  blows  cease 
and  the  work  can  be  withdrawn. 

The  style  A represents  the  form  of  ma- 
chine most  generally  used,  and  is  adapted  to 
all  ordinary  work,  but  in  many  classes  of 
work  where  a vise  or  other  special  attach- 
ments are  required  for  holding  the  work 
while  being  riveted,  the  style  B machine 
gives  more  range  and  is  more  suitable.  The 
style  A machine  has  an  adjustable,  round  top 
anvil,  to  which  such  holding  fixtures  as  may 
be  found  necessary  can  be  attached — con- 
venient holes  being  drilled  through  the  top 
to  admit  of  fastening  the  holding  fixtures  at 
almost  any  point.  The  style  B machine  has 
a vertical  anvil  which  is  adjustable  as  to 
height,  and  can  also  be  detached  from  the 
machine  if  desired. 

The  style  C machine  embodies  the  upper 
working  parts  of  the  machines  described 
above,  but  its  frame  is  made  with  a long 
horizontal  foot,  which  can  be  attached  to  the 
top  of  a bench  of  suitable  height  and  strength, 
or  if  preferred  may  be  suspended  by  a frame 
work  from  the  ceiling,  and  in  either  way 
will  admit  of  riveting  on  the  surface  of  work 
of  large  diameter,  or  on  large  awkward 
Style  A.  shapes  that  could  not  be  handled  by  either 

of  the  other  machines. 

These  machines  are  all  made  in  six  sizes,  viz  : in.,  Vi  in.,  t36  in.,  X in.,  Vi  in.,  and  yz  in.,  each  machine  being  capable  of  working 

many  smaller  sizes  of  rivets  than  that  indicated  as  its  size. 


STYLE  B. 


Size  of  Machine. 
l/2  inch,  - 
Vs  inch, 

X inch,  - 
rs  inch, 

Vs  inch,  - 
T4  inch, 


Styles  A and  b.  Style  C. 

$195.00  ------  $135.00 

170.00  115.00 

135-00 95.00 

120.00  -------  90.00 

1 10.00  80.00 

95-oo 75.00 


Countershafts  . 

$18.00 

16.00 

14.00 

14.00 
13-00 

12.00 


421 


Fig.  465 


STYLE  C,  ELASTIC  ROTARY  BLOW  RIVETING 
flACHlNE. 


This  machine  embodies  the  upper  working  parts  of  the 
Style  A machine  described  below,  but  its  frame  is  made  with 
a long  horizontal  foot,  which  can  be  attached  to  the  top  of  a 
bench  of  suitable  height  and  strength,  or  if  preferred  may 
be  suspended  by  a frame  work  from  the  ceiling,  and  in 
either  way  will  admit  of  riveting  on  the  surface  of  work  of 
large  diameter,  or  on  large  awkward  shapes  that  could  not 
be  handled  by  either  of  the  other  machines. 

These  machines  are  made  in  six  sizes,  viz  : inch,  y% 

inch,  inch,  y inch,  y inch,  and  '/z  inch,  each  machine 
being  capable  of  working  many  smaller  sizes  of  rivets  than 
that  indicated  as  its  size. 


Fig.  466. 


RIVETING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  467. 


SMALL  HAND  POWER 
HYDRAULIC  RIVETER. 


This  tool  was  first  designed  for 
riveting  the  connections  in  the 
commutators  of  large  dynamos,  in 
which  cases  the  ends  of  the  jaws 
and  riveting  tools  had  each  less 
than  ^ inch  of  room  in  which  to 
work.  The  one  from  which  this 
cut  was  made,  was  used  on  the 
Chicago  Elevated  Railroad  with 
great  success  in  heading  the  copper 
bonding  wires  in  the  holes  in  the 
rails.  It  had  a power  of  about  15 
tons,  a stroke  of  % inch  and  a 
depth  of  jaw  of  3^  inch  to  center 
of  rivet. 

Weight,  as  shown,  35  pounds 

Price,  - - - |7o.oo 


Light,  strong,  rapid,  compact,  occupying  a space  10 
inches  square  ; smooth  running,  all  gears  being  cut  ; cal- 
culated for  rivets  '/&  inch  diameter,  or  less,  to  1)2  inches  in 
length. 

Makes  any  shaped  head  desired — -flat,  oval  or  corrugated . 

The  header  having  a rotary  motion,  this  machine  is 
particularly  adapted  to  work  where  a swing  joint  is  wanted, 
as  it  makes  a perfect  head,  leaving  the  body  of  the  rivet  a 
good  fit,  and  free,  not  upsetting  the  shank,  as  is  often  the 
case  in  ordinary  press  riveting. 

Adapted  to  lock  work,  sewing  machines,  typewriter 
parts,  electrical  supplies,  etc. 

Price, #75-oo 

No.  2 machine  for  rivets  % inch  diameter,  90,00 


422 


AUTOMATIC  WIRE-STRAIGHTENING  AND  CUTTING  HACHINE. 

Long  Cut. 


THE  LONG  CUT  MACHINE,  as  its  name  implies,  is  designed  for  straightening  wire  and  cutting  it  into  long  lengths.  It  can 
also  be  used  for  cutting  any  length  shorter  than  the  extreme  length  for  which  it  is  arranged,  but  is  not  recommended  for 
continuous  use  in  cutting  short  pieces.  This  machine  is  constructed  upon  the  same  principle  as  the  “ medium  cut  ” which  is 
described  on  another  page,  having  the  balance  wheel  and  clutch  attachment,  and  is  also  provided  with  a grooved  guide  bar  and 
adjustable  gauge  to  insure  accurate  lengths.  Forked  holders  are  employed  in  this  machine  to  catch  the  wire  as  it  is  cut  off  and 
dropped  from  the  groove  in  the  guide  bar.  These  holders  are  mounted  upon  a piece  of  wrought  iron  pipe  which  is  fastened  into  the 
base  of  the  machine  at  one  end  and  at  the  other  is  supported  by  a floor  stand.  Some  of  the  holders  are  carried  up  so  as  to  support 
the  shaft,  guide  bar  and  other  necessary  parts,  thus  rendering  great  security  and  strength  to  the  various  parts  of  the  cutting  extension. 

The  above  engraving  represents  a machine  with  guide  bar  arranged  to  cut  lengths  of  4 feet  and  shorter,  but  we  can  furnish 
the  machines  to  cut  almost  any  length  desired. 

This  machine  is  built  in  the  following  sizes,  viz  : Tx?  inch,  l/%  inch,  T\  inch,  X inch,  inch,  and  ]/2  inch  ; each  machine  being 
capable  of  working  many  smaller  diameters  of  wire  than  that  indicated  as  its  size,  by  having  the  necessary  feeding  and  cutting  tools. 

The  prices  quoted  herewith  include  with  each  machine  a suitable  reel  for  holding  the  coils  of  wire,  a full  set  of  dies  for  the 
straightener  arbor  (either  white  iron,  gun  metal  or  Babbitt,  as  the  wire  to  be  worked  may  require),  also  one  set  of  feeding  and 
cutting  tools  which  can  be  arranged  to  work  from  two  to  three  consecutive  sizes  of  wire  within  the  capacity  of  the  machine. 


Size. 

2 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

3 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

4 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

5 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

6 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

7 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

8 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

9 feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

10  feet  and 
shorter  cut. 

For  each  addi- 
tional foot  add. 

Count- 

ershaft 

inch. 
Y%  inch. 
j\  inch. 
X inch. 
y%  inch. 
Yz  inch. 

$170.00 

170.00 

190.00 

$182.00 

182.00 

203.00 

230.00 

295.00 

$193-50 

193-50 

215-50 

244.00 

310.00 

500.00 

$204.50 

227.50 
257-50 
324-50 

518.50 

$215.00 

239.00 

270.50 

338.50 

536.50 

$225.00 

250.00 

283.00 

352.00 
554-00 

$234-50 

260.50 

295.00 

365.00 
571-00 

$243-50 

270.50 

306.50 
377-50 

587-50 

$252.00 

280.00 

3I7-50 

389-50 

603.50 

$8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

12.00 

16.00 

$17  OO 

17.00 
1900 

20.00 
26  OO 

34.00 

In  writing  for  further  particulars  concerning  these  machines,  be  sure  to  specify  the  sizes  of  wire  required  to  be  straightened 
and  lengths  to  be  cut,  both  the  longest  and  shortest,  so  that  we  can  recommend  the  most  suitable  machine  for  the  work.  When 
sizes  of  wire  are  expressed  by  number,  give  name  of  wire  gauge  used. 

In  ordering,  always  specify  the  sizes  of  wire  for  which  the  machine  is  required,  also  the  kind  of  wire  used,  so  that  we  can  send 
the  proper  sizes  of  feeding  and  cutting  tools,  and  dies  for  the  straightener  arbor  made  of  the  most  suitable  metal. 


423 


AUTOMATIC  WIRE  STRAIGHTENING  AND  CUTTING  HACHINE. 

Medium  Cut. 


THE  MEDIUM  Cut  machine  is  designed  to  straighten  wire,  and  to  cut  it  up  automatically  into  lengths  of  from  i to  3 feet  and 
shorter,  according  to  the  size  of  the  machine. 

In  this  machine,  a shaft,  about  as  long  as  the  machine  is  intended  to  cut,  is  attached  to  the  fulcrum  of  the  cutting  off  lever 
and  rotates  with  each  movement  of  the  lever.  The  guide  bar,  situated  above,  and  forward  of  this  shaft,  is  connected  with  both  the 
shaft  and  cutting  off  lever  and  has  a groove  running  its  entire  length,  in  which  is  located  a movable  adjustable  gauge,  the  gauge 
being  connected  at  its  outer  end  by  a wire  to  a clutch  on  the  cam  shaft.  When  the  straightened  wire  strikes  this  gauge,  as  it  passes 
through  the  groove  from  the  bushing  die,  it  throws  in  the  clutch,  and  the  cutting  off  lever  works  instantly  ; at  the  same  time  the 
rotary  motion  of  the  shaft  throws  the  cover  off  the  groove  in  the  guide  bar,  by  means  of  arms  attached  to  it,  and  the  cut  wire  drops 
out. 

If  straightened  wire  is  run  out  too  far  without  support,  the  end  will  drop  out  of  line  more  or  less  according  to  the  size  of  the  wire, 
and  if  fed  out  by  power  against  a stop  gauge,  it  will  either  bend  or  spring  before  it  can  be  cut  off  and  cannot,  therefore,  be  cut  into 
accurate  lengths.  The  grooved  guide  bar  with  cover  and  gauge  entirely  overcome  these  difficulties,  and  is  one  of  the  important 
features  of  this  machine. 

The  Medium  Cut  machine  is  built  in  the  following  sizes,  viz.:  y&,  T8ff,  Y,  y%,  and  Y inch,  each  machine  being  capable  of 

working  many  smaller  diameters  of  wire  than  that  indicated  as  its  size,  by  having  the  necessary  feeding  and  tutting  tools. 

The  prices  quoted  herewith  include  with  each  machine  a suitable  reel  for  holding  the  coils  of  wire,  a full  set  of  dies  for  the 
straightener  arbor  (either  white  iron,  gun  metal  or  Babbitt,  as  the  wire  to  be  worked  may  require),  also  one  set  of  feeding  and 
cutting  tools  which  can  be  arranged  to  work  from  two  to  three  consecutive  sizes  of  wire  within  the  capacity  of  the  machine. 


tV  Inch. 

Inch. 

u;  Inch. 

% Inch. 

Yt,  Inch. 

Yz  Inch. 

Size. 

To  cut  lengths  of  12 

To  cut  lengths  of  16 

To  cut  lengths  of  20 

To  cut  lengths  of  24 

To  cut  lengths  of  30 

To  cut  lengths  of  36 

inches  and  shorter. 

inches  and  shorter. 

inches  and  shorter. 

inches  and  shorter. 

inches  and  shorter. 

inches  and  shorter. 

$135.00 

$135.00 

$160.00 

$185.00 

$260.00 

#375-oo 

Countershaft. 

17.00 

17.00 

19.00 

20.00 

26.00 

34.00 

In  writing  for  further  particulars  concerning  these  machines,  be  sure  to  specify  the  sizes  of  wire  required  to  be  straightened  and 
lengths  to  be  cut,  both  the  longest  and  shortest,  so  that  we  can  recommend  the  most  suitable  machine  for  the  work.  When  sizes  of 
wire  are  expressed  by  number,  give  name  of  wire  gauge  used. 

In  ordering,  always  specify  the  sizes  and  kinds  of  wire  for  which  the  machine  is  required,  so  that  we  can  send  the  feeding  and 
cutting  tools  made  for  the  proper  sizes,  and  dies  for  the  straightener  arbor  made  of  the  most  suitable  metal. 


424 


COHBINED  HAND  AND  POWER  WIRE  STRAIGHTENING  AND  CUTTING  MACHINES. 


THE  COMBINED  Hand  and  Power  Wire-Straiglitening  and  Cutting  Machine  is  a combination  of  a rotary  wire-straightener 
and  feeding  rolls  run  by  power,  and  a lever  for  cutting  by  hand.  It  is  designed  for  straightening  wire  and  cutting  it 
into  short  pieces,  or  into  long  lengths  that  are  to  be  cut  again. 

Where  the  size  of  wire  and  length  to  be  cut  is  such  as  will  not  spring  or  drop  out  of  line,  it  can  be  cut  accurately  by  means 
of  the  gauge,  but  long  lengths  can  only  be  cut  where  exactness  is  not  essential.  For  cutting  long  lengths  the  machine  can  be 
used  in  connection  with  a trough  in  which  the  wires  may  be  allowed  to  feed  out  to  the  required  length. 

Where  a large  quantity  of  wire  is  to  be  handled,  this  machine  is  not  so  well  adapted  as  the  “ medium  ” or  “ long  cut  ” 
machines  described  on  subsequent  pages,  although  an  experienced  operator  can  manipulate  it  quite  rapidly. 

This  machine  is  built  in  four  sizes,  viz.:  y\.,  % and  inch,  each  machine  being  capable  of  working  many  sizes  of 

wire  by  having  the  necessary  feeding  and  cutting  tools. 

The  prices  quoted  herewith  include  with  each  machine  a suitable  reel  for  holding  the  coils  of  wire,  a full  set  of  dies  for 
the  straiglitener  arbor  (either  white  iron,  gun  metal  or  Babbitt,  as  the  kind  of  wire  to  be  worked  may  require),  and  one  set  of 
feeding  and  cutting  tools  which  we  can  arrange  to  work  for  two  to  three  consecutive  sizes  of  wire  within  the  capacity  of  the 
machine. 

In  sending  orders  or  further  inquiries  be  sure  to  specify  the  sizes  and  kinds  of  wire  for  which  the  machine  is  required, 
and  when  the  sizes  are  expressed  in  numbers  give  name  of  wire  gauge  used. 

The  following  prices  are  net,  f.  o.  b.,  at  New  Haven,  Conn.,  and  are  subject  to  change  without  notice  : 


Sizes.  Countershafts. 

Y% $60.00 $16.00 

TV  70.00 16.50 

80.00 17.00 

y%  ...  . - 1 10.00  - - 22.00 


We  are  prepared  to  build  machines  to  special  order  for  working  T\  and  Yz  inch  wire,  and  shall  be  pleased  to  furnish 
description  and  prices  upon  application. 


425 


Fig.  471. 


HAND  WIRE=CUTTER. 


^ I MilS  MACHINE  is  offered  as  a practical  and  serviceable  tool  for  cutting  up  wire  or 
A rod  that  lias  been  previously  straightened.  It  is  not  a toy  like  most  of  the  so-called 
hand  wire-cutters  on  the  market,  but  a strong,  well-made  machine  calculated  to  meet 
the  wants  of  those  who  occasionally  desire  to  cut  up  a small  quantity  of  wTire,  or 
for  use  in  small  shops  where  the  work  is  largely  done  by  hand  power. 

This  machine  is  made  in  three  sizes,  for  wire  of  yi  inch,  yi  inch  and  yi  inch 
diameter. 

The  cut  shows  a round  weight  at  the  lower  end  of  the  cutting  lever  ; this  is  furnished 
with  the  % inch,  and  yi  inch  sizes  only. 

yi  inch  size  (cuts  wire  yi  inch  and  smaller),  -----  $15.00 

y{  inch  size  (cuts  wire  % inch  and  smaller), 20.00 

yi  inch  size  (cuts  wire  yi  inch  and  smaller), 25.00 

New  size,  T3g  inch  size  (cuts  wire  inch  and  smaller),  - 17.50 


Fig.  472. 


ROTARY  WIRE=CUTTER. 


/nrVIlIS  MACHINE  is  run  by  belt  power  and  is  designed  for  cutting  wire  into  short 
pieces,  such  as  rivets  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cutlery  and  kindred  articles. 
In  this  machine  a pair  of  feeding  rolls  are  arranged  to  take  the  wire  direct  from  the  coil, 
feed  it  out  through  a bushing  die  in  the  face  of  the  machine  and  against  an  adjustable 
gauge,  where  it  is  cut  off  by  rapidly  revolving  cutters.  There  is  no  straiglitener  attached 
to  this  machine,  for  where  wire  is  cut  in  such  short  lengths  the  natural  curve  is  almost 
imperceptible,  and  straightening  the  wire  is  therefore  unnecessary. 

This  machine  is  made  only  in  one  size,  and  will  cut  wire  of  yi  inch  and  smaller 
diameter  into  length  of  1 inch,  and  shorter,  at  the  rate  of  600  lengths  per  minute. 

Price  with  one  set  of  feeding  rolls,  - $ 60.00 

Countershaft,  - - i5-°° 


426 


This  cut  shows  manner  in  which  we  mount  the  Rotary  Wire 
Straighteners  upon  iron  pillar  when  ordered. 

ROTARY  WIRE  STRAIGHTENERS. 

ON  this  page  will  be  found  cuts  representing  the  sizes  and  styles  of  rotary  wire-straighteners  used  for  straightening  wire  of  i inch  diameter  and 
smaller;  the  machines  being  made  in  the  following  sizes,  viz. : 1-32  inch,  1-16  inch,  J4  inch,  3-16  inch,  54  inch,  l/2  inch,  54  inch,  54  inch,  and 
1 inch,  each  machine  being  capable  of  straightening  the  diameter  of  wire  indicated  as  its  size  and  many  diameters  smaller.  The  1-32  inch, 
1*16  inch,  and  J4  inch  sizes  are  made  only  with  five  dies  and  tight  pulley.  The  3-16  inch,  54  inch,  5-16  inch,  and  24  inch  sizes  are  made  with  both 
three  and  five  dies,  and  with  tight,  and  tight  and  loose  pulleys.  The  54  inch,  24  inch,  and  54  inch  sizes  are  made  with  both  three  and  five  dies,  but 
with  tight  pulley  only.  The  1 inch  size  is  made  with  three  dies  and  tight  pulley  only. 

The  machines,  from  the  1-32  inch  to  the  '/2  inch  size  inclusive,  can  be  bolted  to  the  top  of  a bench,  or  we  mount  them  upon  iron  pillars  when  so 
ordered.  The  54  inch  and  54  inch  sizes  can  also  be  bolted  to  the  top  of  a bench  if  preferred,  but  owing  to  their  weight  they  are  usually  ordered 
mounted  upon  legs  (of  which  we  have  a very  strong  pattern  similar  to  that  used  on  ordinary  engine  lathes.  The  1 inch  size  is  made  with  a hollow 
iron  base  for  bolting  to  the  floor. 

The  oscillating  rotary  straightener,  a cut  of  which  is  also  shown,  is  designed  to  be  used  in  connection  with  automatic  wire  forming  machines 
which  have  intermittent  feed,  the  straightening  arbor  being  arranged  to  oscillate,  and  thus  prevent  the  dies  from  injuring  the  wire  while  the  feed 
is  stopped.  The  oscillating  straighteners  are  made  in  six  sizes,  viz.  : 1-16  inch,  J4  inch,  3-16  inch,  % inch,  5-16  inch,  and  ’s  inch.  The  r-i6  inch  and 
J4  inch  sizes  being  made  with  five  dies  only,  while  the  four  larger  sizes  are  made  with  both  three  and  five  dies. 


Size. 

3 Dies. 
Tight  Pulley. 

3 Dies. 
Boose  Pulley. 

5 Dies. 

Tight  Pulley. 

5 Dies. 

Boose  Pulley. 

Iron  Pillar. 
Extra. 

Begs. 

Extra. 

inch,  - 

f 14.00 

$4.00 

ts  inch, 

14.00 

4.00 

Y%  inch,  - 

14.OO 

5.00 

tV  inch, 

$15.00 

$17.00 

17.00 

$19.00 

6.00 

X inch,  --- 

18.00 

21.00 

21.00 

24.00 

7.00 

x\  inch, 

21.00 

24.00 

24.OO 

28.00 

8.00 

Y%  inch,  - 

24.OO 

28.00 

28.00 

32.00 

10.00 

y2  inch, 

35-go 

42.00 

42.00 

49.OO 

15.00 

% inch,  - 

80.00 

100.00 

$20.00 

X inch, 

100.00 

120.00 

20.00 

1 inch,  - 

200.00 

OSCILLATING  ROTARY  WIRE=STRAIGHTENERS. 

Size.  3 Dies.  5 Dies.  Iron  Pillar.  Size.  3 Dies.  5 Dies.  Iron  Pillar. 

1-16  inch,  $23.00  $4.00  54  inch,  $32.00  $37.00  $7.00 

54  inch,  27.00  5.00  5-16  inch,  37.00  42.00  8.00 

3-16  inch,  $27.00  32.00  6.00  24  inch,  42.00  47.00  10.00 

The  above  prices  include  with  each  machine  a full  set  of  dies,  made  of  either  white  iron,  gun  metal  or  Babbitt,  as  the  kind  of  wire  to  be 
straightened  may  require.  In  ordering,  or  writing  for  further  particulars,  be  sure  to  specify  the  sizes  and  kind  of  wire  to  be  straightened,  and, 
where  the  sizes  are  expressed  by  numbers,  give  name  of  wire  gauge  used. 


427 


Eight  Roee,  Central  Foot. 


ROLL  WIRE  STRAIGHTENERS. 


T~)  OLL  WIRE  STRAIGHTENERS,  cuts  of  which  are  shown,  are  generally  used  in  connection  with  automatic  machines, 
the  wire  being  drawn  through  the  straightener  before  passing  into  the  machine,  for  the  purpose  of  removing  the  natural 
curve,  and  putting  the  wire  into  better  shape  to  be  acted  upon  by  the  machine’s  dies. 

Roll  Wire  Straighteners  are  also  used  to  a considerable  extent  by  manufacturers  who  have  no  power,  and  others  who 
occasionally  wish  to  straighten  small  lots  of  wire  by  hand  without  being  obliged  to  use  belt  power.  We  do  not,  however, 
recommend  this  style  of  straightener  for  use  on  stiff,  springy  wire,  especially  if  it  is  desired  to  get  the  wire  very  straight. 

The  cuts  represent  the  different  sizes  of  these  machines  with  both  eight  and  twelve  rolls,  and  with  various  styles  of  foot. 
The  eight  roll  straighteners  are  generally  used  for  large  wire,  and  the  twelve  rolls  for  small  wire,  but  where  much  range  is 
desired  in  large  size  straighteners  it  is  necessary  to  have  twelve  rolls,  as  the  smaller  sizes  of  wire  require  more  points  of  contact 
than  the  larger  ones.  The  cuts  with  eight  rolls  and  square  head  screws  for  adjusting  the  rolls,  represent  the  three  largest  size 
straighteners,  i.  e.,  for  'A , ^ and  A inch  wire,  square  head  screws  being  used  for  adjusting  the  rolls  in  both  the  eight  and 
twelve  roll  machines  of  these  sizes,  but  in  the  three  smaller  sizes,  i.  e.,  XV,  A and  A inch,  thumb  screws  are  used  instead,  for 
both  the  eight  and  twelve  roll  machines. 

The  prices  here  quoted  are  for  the  machines  with  either  central,  vertical  or  horizontal  foot  as  shown  in  the  cuts. 


Size. 

Eight  Roees. 

Tweeve  Roees. 

Mounting  on  Iron 

iV  ■ 

- $22.00 

- $25.00 

- $4.00 

yi 

26.00  - 

30.00  - 

5.00 

rs  ’ 

- 30.00 

- 35-oo 

- 6.00 

A 

34.00  - 

40.00  - 

7.00 

6 

tV 

- 38.OO 

45-00 

- 8.00 

3A 

42.00  - 

50.00  - 

9.00 

428 


ADJUSTABLE  W1RE=REELS. 


/"TAHE  HORIZONTAL  REELS  are  designed  to  be  used  in  connection  with  all  kinds  of  wire  working  machinery,  for 

holding  the  coil  of  wire  in  position  while  it  is  being  fed  into  the  machine.  These  reels  are  made  in  three  sizes  and  are 
designated  Nos.  i,  2 and  3,  being  intended  for  light,  medium  and  heavy  coils  of  wire  ; they  are  adjustable  as  to  height,  also  to 
the  diameter  of  different  coils. 

We  furnish  a horizontal  reel  of  suitable  size  with  each  of  our  automatic  wire-straightening  and  cutting  machines. 
When  sold  singly  they  are  furnished  at  the  following  prices  : 

No.  1,  to  take  coils  of  wire  up  to  about  30  pounds, $2.50 

No.  2,  to  take  coils  of  wire  up  to  about  60  pounds,  - - - - - -3.50 

No.  3,  to  take  coils  of  wire  up  to  about  100  pounds, 4.50 

The  vertical  reel  shown  will  be  found  particularly  convenient  for  holding  coils  of  wire  or  narrow  strip  metal  that  is  to 
be  fed  into  a press  or  machine,  and  especially  where  it  is  found  desirable  to  have  the  coil  revolve  in  a vertical  plane.  These 
reels  are  constructed  in  such  a way  that  they  will  hold  a coil  in  either  a vertical  or  horizontal  position,  as  may  be  required. 

The  vertical  reel  is  made  in  three  sizes,  same  as  the  horizontal  described  at  the  top  of  the  page,  the  sizes  being 
designated  by  number  in  the  same  manner. 

No.  1,  to  take  coils  up  to  about  30  pounds,  -------  $3.00 

No.  2,  to  take  coils  up  to  about  60  pounds,  ...  ...  4.00 

No.  3,  to  take  coils  up  to  about  100  pounds,  -------  5.00 


429 


Fig.  481. 


No.  1 IMPROVED  DOUBLE-GEARED  POWER  SHEAR.-(Rear  View.) 

430 


No.  1 IHPROVED  DOUBLE-GEARED  POWER  SHEAR.— (Front  View.) 

Fig.  482. 


No.  1 IMPROVED  DOUBLE  GEARED  POWER  SHEAR. 


/"^UTS  on  opposite  page  illustrate  the  front  and  rear  view  of  our  improved  double-geared  power  shear,  with  engine.  It  is 
especially  designed  for  rolling  mills  and  heavy  sheet-iron  workers  generally.  The  frame  and  all  parts  are  constructed 
in  the  most  substantial  manner,  and  every  point  contributing  to  durability  and  equalization  of  strength  is  provided  for.  The 
gate  and  clamp  are  constructed  to  lift  high,  admitting  crooked  packs  or  sheets. 

The  clamps  can  be  adjusted  by  right  and  left  screws  for  the  different  thicknesses  of  material  used.  The  bridge  tree  is 
provided  with  center  bearing  to  prevent  spring  of  gate  or  cutter  bar  on  each  machine  90  inches  or  longer.  The  eccentrics 
and  connections  can  also  be  adjusted  for  the  wear  of  the  shear  blades.  Our  automatic  clutch  is  the  most  simple  and  durable 
made.  The  throats  are  15  inches  in  depth,  but  xnay  be  enlarged  if  desirable.  A 7 x 10  engine  is  fastened  on  one  side  of 
housing,  and  it  is  adjustable  in  every  part.  We  furnish  with  each  machine  three  brackets  for  table,  front,  back  and  side 
gauges,  all  necessary  wrenches,  etc. 

Each  shear  is  shipped  set  up  ready  for  use,  and  mounted  on  heavy  oak  skids.  Speed,  200  revolutions. 

We  build  a large  and  small  scrap  cutter  to  run  direct  from  these  shears  for  cutting  the  end  and  side  scrap  of  packs  and 
sheets.  It  has  two  gauges  arranged  so  that  all  scrap  can  be  cut  uniform. 

We  are  able  to  furnish  the  trade  with  shear  blades  of  best  quality  in  all  sizes.  Also  different  shapes  for  special 
purposes,  such  as  for  cutting  corrugated  iron,  etc.  Write  for  prices. 


Inch. 

Will  Cut. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Without 

Engine, 

less. 

Single  Gear, 
less. 

Without 

Clamp, 

less. 

126 

5 

Its 

21000 

$ 75-oo 

102 

5 

Ttf 

20000 

75.00 

90 

H 

18500 

75.00 

78 

H 

17000 

60.00 

431 


No.  2 IMPROVED  DOUBLE=GEARED  POWER  SHEAR. 


/“>UT  above  shows  same  machine  as  described,  only  arranged  for  belt  power.  It  is  run  directly  from  balance  wheel  at  a 
speed  of  200  revolutions.  Brackets,  gauges,  wrenches,  etc.,  are  furnished.  We  also  build  this  machine  single  geared  for 
shearing  lighter  material.  Table  same  as  on  previous  page,  less  $ 225 , the  price  of  engine. 


No.  3.— We  also  build  a shear  No.  3,  or  medium  weight,  of  the  same  type  as  the  above  only  lighter  weight  and  single 
gearing,  with  automatic  clutch  and  clamp.  Brackets,  gauges,  etc.,  furnished.  The  treadle  is  constructed  so  that  it  may  be 
operated  from  either  end.  Size  of  engine,  5x7;  speed,  175  revolutions. 

Medium  Weight  Power  Shear  No.  3. 


Inch. 

Cut. 

Weight 
with  Engine. 

Price 

with  Engine. 

Without  Engine, 
less 

Without  Clamp, 

less 

124 

8 

TI? 

13500 

$150.00 

$60 . 00 

IOO 

'Iff 

I2250 

60.00 

88 

X 

10500 

50.00 

76 

X 

9000 

50.00 

64 

X 

8250 

50.00 

432 


Fig.  484. 


NEW  PACK  SHEAR. 


^TTAHE  above  illustration  is  a new  Pack  Shear  for  tin  plate,  and  has  been  adopted  by  the  mills  generally.  It  is  built  extra 
heavy  to  stand  the  strain  of  rapid  and  continuous  operation,  and  at  the  same  time  cut  accurately  ; and  is  adjustable  for  the 
wear  of  shear  blades  without  the  use  of  liners.  The  machine  will  cut  up  to  ^ inch  metal  easily. 

Blades  41  inches  long,  weight,  about  4200  pounds. 

It  is  built  with  or  without  engine,  and  with  or  without  gearing  ; furnished  with  all  necessary  gauges,  wrenches,  etc.,  etc. 
Made  in  sizes  100  inches,  84  inches,  72  inches,  60  inches,  48  inches,  42  inches. 

Price  with  engine,  Price  without  engine, 

Price  without  engine  or  gearing, 


433 


Fig.  485 


No  4 LIGHT  OVER=GEARED 
POWER  SHEAR. 


In  construction  this  machine  is  mainly  the 
same  as  cut  on  page  6,  except  it  is  shown  here 
without  clamp. 

We  build  it  with  clamp,  however,  unless 
otherwise  ordered,  but  if  not  needed  will  make 
allowance  for  same  as  per  table. 

The  crank  shaft  and  connections  are  made 
of  hammered  steel  ; adjustable  for  wear  and  tear 
of  blades  same  as  our  other  shears. 

All  necessary  tools  are  furnished.  Speed, 
150  revolutions  per  minute.  Shear  is  also  built 
without  gearing  for  cutting  light  sheet  iron  and 
tin  plate  packs. 


Iucli. 

Will 

Cut. 

Cut 

Without 

Gear. 

will  Price. 

Weigh. 

Without 

Clarup. 

84 

No.  10 

l6 

6000  

$40  OO 

72 

No.  10 

l6 

4800  

35  00 

60 

No.  10 

l6 

4200  : 

35  00 

48 

No.  8 

14 

3800 

30  OO 

42 

No.  8 

14 

3200  | 

25  OO 

Fig.  486. 


No.  7 EXTRA  HEAVY  HAND 
SHEAR. 

This  machine  is  especially  made  for 
the  use  of  coppersmiths,  rangemakers, 
and  all  medium  heavy  sheet-iron  workers. 
A sheet  36  inches  wide  may  be  slit  through 
the  middle  and  of  any  length  desired. 
It  cuts  copper  and  brass  sheets  >4  inch 
thick. 

Clamp  and  trap  leaf  table  may  be 
furnished,  if  ordered  extra. 


Length,  36  inches. 

Cuts  No. 

14  iron. 

Weight,  1200  pounds. 

Price,  $ 

Length,  42  inches. 

Cuts  No. 

14  iron. 

Weight,  T400  pounds. 

Price,  $ 

Length,  48  inches. 

Cuts  No. 

14  iron. 

Weight,  1500  pounds. 

Price,  $ 

434 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY 


IRON  CUTTER  AND  SHEAR. 

General  Description. 

All  points  where  pressure  is  applied  have  a rolling  contact,  thus  reduc- 
ing the  friction  to  a minimum. 

The  cutters  for  the  round  iron  are  bushings  made  from  best  cast  steel, 
carefully  tempered  and  held  in  place  by  set-screws. 

Five  sets  of  bushings  accompany  each  machine,  each  set  in  its  proper 
place,  ready  for  instant  use  No  time  lost  in  changing  bushings. 

Bushings  may  be  readily  removed  for  grinding  or  other  purposes,  by 
simply  loosening  the  set  screws.  Keep  the  bushings  close  together  and  the 
set-screws  tight. 

The  shear  blades  have  a drawing  cut,  consequently  there  is  never  any 
tendency  to  crowd  the  work  out  of  the  shear 

Blades  are  of  best  tool  steel  face,  backed  up  with  wrought  iron.  They 
can  be  easily  taken  out  and  ground. 

The  movable  blade  is  raised  by  a neat  steel  band,  thus  dispensing  with 
springs  or  other  devices  which  use  power. 

Each  machine  has  a gauge  for  cutting  stock  to  length. 

Flat  stock  may  be  cut  of  any  length.  The  shears  are  continuous. 

Remove  tie-bolt  for  continuous  cutting. 

Fig.  487. 


Cuts  flat  iron  only, 
inch  and  under. 


No.  3. 

Weight, 
100  pounds. 

Fig.  491. 


Price, 

$24.00 


Cuts  round  iron, 

No.  0. 

y inch  and  under 

T* 

Cuts  flat  iron, 
I Weight, 

- 

1-16  inch  and  under 

Price, 


$18.00 


Fig.  488. 


m 


No.  4. 

Cuts  flat  iron  only,  5-16  inch  and  under.  Weight,  250  pounds.  Price,  $50.00 

No.  5. — Same  as  No.  4,  with  addition  of  bushings  for  cutting  round  iron 
yt  inch  and  under.  Price,  $6000. 


Fig.  492 


Cuts  round  iron, 
inch  and  under. 


No.  1. 

Flat  iron, 

3-16  inch  and  under. 


Weight, 
80  pounds. 


Price, 

$30.00 


Fig.  489. 


Cuts  round  iron, 
ya  inch  and  under. 


No,  2.r- 

Flat  iron, 
yA  inch  and  under. 


Weight, 
no  pounds. 


Price, 

$42.00 


Stock  Room  Cutter.— Has  a full  set  of  bushings,  from  % inch  to  1 inch, 
inclusive.  Cuts  bar  iron  to  y2  inch  thick.  Weight,  400  pounds.  Price,  $125.00 


435 


Fig.  493- 


FLAT  BAR  IRON  SHEAR. 

Rear  Working  Lever. 

(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  493.) 


Size. 

Capacity. 

Blade. 

Weight. 

Price. 

O 

i]4  inches 

4 pounds 

$6.00 

I 

i % * 'A 

3 inches 

30  pounds 

10.00 

2 

iX^X 

3 'A  inches 

68  pounds 

17.00 

3 

2 X A 

3^  inches 

88  pounds 

22.00 

4 

2 X 3/s 

3%  inches 

155  pounds 

35-00 

Size. 

p 

Capacity. 

LATE  IRON  SHEAR. 

(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  494.) 

Blade.  Weight. 

Price. 

I 

A iron 

4 inches 

1 15  pounds 

$40.00 

2 

A iron 

4 inches 

175  pounds 

50.00 

3 

A iron 

4 inches 

300  pounds 

66.00 

4 

Ys  iron 

414  inches 

450  pounds 

90.00 

» 


F1G.J494. 


No.  5 PLATE  IRON  SHEAR. 


This  tool  is  worked  by  a simple  and  peculiarly  formed 
ratchet  on  the  pinion  shaft,  so  that  more  than  one  stroke  of 
a moderately  long  lever  is  necessary  to  make  a complete 
stroke  of  the  plunger,  as  an  excessively  long  lever  is  neces- 
sary to  cut  this  weight  material  at  one  motion.  In  this  tool 
all  work  is  done  from  back  of  machine,  requiring  two  or 
more  men  to  cut  a sheet  of  iron. 

Capacity,  -----  -qr  plate  iron 
Shear  blades,  - - - - s}4  inches  long 

Weight, 750  pounds 

Price,  ...  $150.00 


Fig.  496. 


This  tool  has  a somewhat  different  construction  than 
any  other  Plate  Shears,  and  was  originally  designed  for 
yiecial  conditions,  and  afterward  added  to  the  regular  list. 
The  construction  is  very  clearly  shown  in  cut.  The  bearing 
pins  are  firmly  held  at  each  end,  and  the  lever  working  at 
the  rear  by  means  of  the  pinion  gives  great  power.  The 
link  bears  both  on  steel  pin  and  on  its  ends.  The  front 
plunger-guide  is  planed  to  go  between  supports  011  the  body 
of  machine,  making  it  very  firm,  while  it  is  adjustable  by 
the  bolt  shown  in  front. 

Capacity,  H inch  plate  iron 

Weight,  ------  450  pounds 

Price,  - - - $110.00 


436 


Fig.  497. 


SQUARE  IRON  SHEARS. 


HAND  SHEAR. 


(Specifications  Fig.  No.  498.) 


No.  of  Shear,  - - 

1 

Weight,  about 

lbs. 

50 

Will  shear  or  split  plate  iron, 

in. 

'A 

Length  of  blades, 

in. 

3 

Length  of  levers, 

ft. 

1 K 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

200 

325 

500 

700 

1000 

1200 

1500 

3 

T7T 

X 

A, 

y& 

X 

9 

TIT 

4 

5 K 

7'A 

8Y2 

9'A 

9 XA 

IO 

2^ 

4 

5% 

6 

6'/z 

6 % 

6 y?. 

(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  499.) 

The  body  castings  of  this  Shear  are 
made  extra  heavy,  the  knives  being  very 
heavy,  are  supported  at  each  end  to  pre- 
vent breaking. 

It  will  cut  off  3 x 3 inches  and  smaller 
sizes  of  angle  iron  at  one  motion  of  lever, 
but  as  the  blade  for  3 inch  angle  injures 
the  shape  of  the  smaller  sizes,  we  furnish,  when 
ordered,  an  extra  upper  blade  for  the  2 inch  angles 
and  smaller. 

Machine,  with  one  pair  of  knives,  - - $ 60  00 

Extra  upper  blade  for  2 inch  angle  and 

smaller,  ------  4 00 

Extra  blades,  per  pair,  - - - - 10  00 


SHALL  LEVER  WIRE  ROPE  SHEAR. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  500.) 

Capacity  is  up  to  il/&  in.  steel  cable.  Weight,  175  lbs. 

Cast  iron, $45.00 

Cast  steel  socket  and  swing  piece,  - 56.00 

All  steel,  .....  64.00 


Fig.  500. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  497.) 

These  shears  have  the  holes  through  castings  and  knives  made  square,  so  that  the 
corners  are  not  rounded  or  sides  burred  or  flattened  in  cutting  off.  A great  advantage  and 
saving  of  time  in  making  railings  and  similar  work. 


No.  1 will  cut  - - y inch  and  smaller 

No.  2 will  cut  - - and  Y inch 

No.  3 will  cut  - - ygt  TBy  and  Y inch  - 

No.  4 will  cut  - - Yz,  and  -fc  inch 

No.  5 will  cut  - - y,  yz  and  y$  inch  - 

No.  6 will  cut  - - Y,  H and  Y inch 

No.  7 will  cut  - - 7/&,  Y,  Y%  and  Yz  inch 

No.  8 will  cut  - 1,  A,  Y>  |fs,  and  Yz  inch 

We  do  not  guarantee  Shears  to  cut  steel,  ex- 
cept upon  special  application,  stating  size  and 
quality  of  steel. 


weighs  15  pounds,  - - $11.00 

“ 21  pounds,  - 15.00 

“ 26  pounds,  - - 20.00 

“ 42  pounds,  - 25.00 

“ 94  pounds,  - - 38.00 

“ 135  pounds,  - 52.00 

“ 225  pounds,  - - 65.00 

“ 284  pounds,  - 85.00 

Fig.  498. 


437 


Fig.  501. 


POWER  SHEAR. 


THE  No.  21  is  made  without  legs,  to  be  used  on  a bench.  We  furnish  this 
machine  to  order,  with  the  cam  shaft  extended  through  so  as  to  attach 
the  regular  hand  lever,  making  it  capable  of  use  by  either  hand  or  power,  at  an 
extra  cost  of  10  per  cent. 

These  machines  are  rated  at  what  they  are  capable  of  doing  by  hand. 
For  use  with  a belt,  we  do  not  recommend  them  to  perform  over  one-half  the 
rated  duty. 

All  sizes,  except  No.  21,  have  the  automatic  start  and  stop  motion  ; also, 
the  tie  bolt. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


No.  of  shear, 

- 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

Weight,  about 

lbs. 

75 

225 

400 

55o 

800 

1200 

1400 

1700 

Thickness  of  plate  iron  will 
slit  or  cut, 

| „. 

% 

3 

IT 

X 

Ttf 

Vs 

7 

T6 

A 

9 

Length  of  blades,  - 

in. 

3 

4 

5^2 

iA. 

8/4 

9A 

9A 

IO 

Diameter  of  balance  wheel, 

in. 

12 

14 

17 

21 

25 

28 

30 

30 

Width  of  balance  wheel, 

- in. 

2X 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Revolutions  per  minute,  - 

- 

70 

70 

70 

60 

60 

50 

50 

40 

Fig.  502. 


GEARED  POWER  SHEAR. 


All  Sizes  have  the  Automatic  Start  and  Stop  Motion,  and  are 

FURNISHED  WITH  THE  TlE  BOLT. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


No.  of  shear, 

- 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

Weight,  about  - 

lbs. 

100 

300 

475 

600 

975 

1400 

1600 

1900 

Thickness  of  iron  will  slit  or  ( 
cut  - - - ) 

» 

in. 

A 

3 

X 

5 

TIT 

y% 

7 

A 

3 

TT 

Length  of  blades,  - 

in. 

3 

4 

5 A 

7 A 

8 a 

9A 

9 A 

IO 

Diameter  of  balance  wheel, 

in. 

12 

14 

17 

21 

25 

28 

30 

30 

Width  of  balance  wheel, 

in. 

2X 

3 

3 

$A 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Diameter  of  tight  and  loose  ) 
pulleys,  - - j 

1 

in. 

1 

10 

12 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

Width  of  pulleys, 

in. 

2 A 

3 

3 

3^2 

2>lA 

4 

4 

Speed  of  pulleys — revolu-  ) 
tions  per  minute, 

1 

1 

280 

280 

300 

300 

300 

250 

250 

240 

Ratio  of  gearing, 

H4 

1:4 

1:5 

1:5 

1:5 

i:5 

1:5 

1:6 

438 


Prentiss  tqql  Supply  (§> 


Fig.  503. 


HYDRAULIC  SHEARS  FOR  ROUND  IRON  AND  WIRE  ROPE. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No  503.) 


IN  THIS  TOOL  the  same  features  are  to  be  found  which  make  our  other  special  hydraulic  punches 
so  valuable.  The  blades  of  the  shear  can  be  raised  high  enough  to  allow  the  iron  or  rope  to 
be  easily  placed  in  hollowed  blades,  and  the  upper  blade  brought  immediately  down  on  its 
work  without  the  loss  of  time  caused  by  pumping.  As  the  body  of  the  machine  is  made  of  steel 
it  can  be  made  open  in  front,  and  be  both  strong  and  light.  In  operating,  the  upper  lever  socket 
must  be  brought  down  against  the  lug  before  the  raising  and  lowering  lever  can  be  used. 

No.  1 cuts  1 % inch  round  iron.  Weighs  150  pounds.  Price,  #150.00 

No.  2 cuts  1 % inch  round  iron.  Weighs  225  pounds.  Price,  175.00 

No.  3 cuts  2 inch  round  iron.  Weighs  450  pounds.  Price,  200.00 

No.  4 cuts  2 inch  round  iron.  Weighs  550  pounds.  Price,  250.00 

We  are  alwa}7s  ready  to  build  larger  and  special  sizes  or  shapes  of  shears. 

Plain  wood  truck  with  iron  axles  and  wheels  for  either  size,  #7.50. 


PIPE  CUTTING  AND  SHEET  SPLITTING  SHEAR. 


Fig.  504. 


(Description  Fig.  No  504. 


jm 


THIS  Shear  was  at  first  produced  by  us  for  cutting  off  in  the 
field  lengths  of  wrought  iron  pipe  in  order  to  make  connec- 
tion when  desired.  The  perfect  or  quick  adjustment  of  the 
tool  is  the  same  as  in  our  hydraulic  punches.  The  ram  is  specially 
shaped  to  adapt  it  to  hold  properly  the  shear  blade,  which  guides  closely  upon  the  body.  For 
shearing  off  the  end  of  pipe  the  lower  blade  is  made  approximately  of  same  curvature  as  inside 
of  the  pipe,  so  that  no  distortion  shall  take  place.  The  lever  shown  in  place  raises  and  lowers 
the  ram  when  not  under  pressure,  the  actual  work  of  shearing  having  to  be  done  by  a lever 

placed  in  the  head  socket.  The  tool  is  a No.  1, 
Fig.  505.  cutting  iron  Y%  inch  thick,  the  blade  being  5 

inches  long.  The  depth  of  jaw  6 inches. 
Weight,  225  pounds. 


Price, 


#180.00 


HYDRAULIC  PLATE  IRON  SHEAR. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  505.) 


F'OR  several  years  we  have  been  occasionally  called  upon  for  a portable 
shear  which  could  be  used  upon  plate  iron  heavier  than  X7T,  but  until  we 
devised  the  raising  device  on  our  hydraulic  punch,  could  not  combine 
compactness,  ease  of  operation  and  convenient  return  stroke  to  the  shear 
plunger.  The  satisfactory  working  of  that  device  led  us  to  get  up  this  tool, 
and  it  is  now  offered  after  a long  satisfactory  trial  to  those  wanting  a small 
portable  tool  capable  of  easy  work.  I11  order  to  give  lightness  to  the  tool  and 
strength  to  the  edge  near  the  knives,  the  entire  body  is  made  of  steel.  I11 
operating  this  shear,  until  one  becomes  used  to  it,  the  lug  of  the  lever  had 
better  be  kept  down  until  the  end  of  the  stroke,  then  reverse  the  lever  and 
bring  the  socket  down  on  the  lug  and  lift  plunger  with  lower  socket  lever. 
The  latter  may  be  weighted  and  made  automatic  if  desired. 

No.  3 shear  cuts  plate  steel  % inch  thick  and  weighs  about  475  pounds. 

Price,  ...  #300.00 


439 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  <& 

'J$sh 


Fig-  507- 


Fig.  506. 


No.  4 A,  AND  No.  4 B SHEARS. 


No.  4 O SHEAR. 


For  Boiler  Makers  and  Sheet  Metal  Workers. 


No.  4 O.  This  Shear  will  cut  % inch  plate  of  any  width  or  any  length  ; will  also  do  any  lighter  work.  The  lever  works 
either  to  front  or  rear.  It  can  be  bolted  to  a bench  if  desired.  The  machine  is  furnished  complete  ready  for  use  with  the 
necessary  levers  and  two  upper  and  one  lower  knife.  Weight,  285  pounds.  Price  with  legs,  $ without  legs,  $ 

No.  4 A Shear  will  cut  A inch  plate  of  any  width  or  any  length.  Weight,  520  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  4 B Shear  will  cut  y inch  plate  of  any  width  or  any  length.  Weight,  1135  pounds.  Price,  $ 

These  machines  are  furnished  complete,  ready  for  use,  with  the  necessary  levers  and  two  upper  and  one  lower  knife.  We 
can  furnish  with  either  of  the  above  shears  an  attachment  for  beveling  sheets.  Price,  $ extra. 


Fig.  508. 


PUNCHES,  SHEAR  AND  UPSETTER. 

For  Hand  Power — Two  Sizes. 


These  machines  are  so  arranged  that  the  knives  for  flat  and  round 
iron  are  independent  of  each  other  and  of  the  punch,  and  knives  and 
punch  are  also  independent  of  upsetter,  so  that  the  machine  is  always 
ready  for  use  for  punching,  shearing  or  upsetting  without  any  change. 
The  machines  are  strong  and  powerful  and  guaranteed  to  do  the  work  as 
listed.  We  send  with  each  machine  the  necessary  knives  for  cutting  flat 
and  round  iron,  also  levers  and  wedges  and  three  sets  of  round  punches 
and  dies.  Every  machine  is  tested  before  being  shipped,  and  when 
shipped  it  is  complete,  ready  for  use,  either  as  a punch,  shear  or  upsetter. 

Size  A will  punch  a y2  inch  hole  in  Y inch  iron,  and  will  cut  2 xY 
inch  flat  bar  iron  and  Y inch  round  iron,  and  will  upset  2 inch  tire  or 
less.  Weight  300  pounds.  Price,  $ 

Size  C will  punch  a Y inch  hole  in  Y inch  iron,  and  cut  4X  inch 
flat  bar  iron  or  1 inch  round  iron,  and  upset  4 inch  tire  or  less.  Weight, 
600  pounds.  Price,  $ 


440 


HAND  POWER  PUNCH  AND  SHEAR. 


THE  No.  6 A will  punch  a yz  inch  hole  in  y2  inch  iron  ora  ^ inch  hole  in  Y%  inch  iron,  and  cut  x yz  inch  or  6 x % 
inch  flat  bar  iron,  or  ^ inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  The  knives  for  flat  and  round  iron  are  independent  of 
each  other  and  of  the  punch,  and  both  sets  of  knives  as  well  as  punch  are  at  all  times  read}’  for  use  without  any 
change.  The  machines  are  strong  and  powerful  and  guaranteed  to  do  the  work  as  listed.  We  send  with  each  machine  all 
the  necessary  knives  for  cutting  flat  and  round  iron,  also  necessary  levers  and  one  each  yz  inch,  y inch  and  y inch  round 
punch  and  die.  Each  machine  is  tested  in  our  shops,  and  when  shipped  is  complete,  ready  for  use. 

Weight,  300  pounds.  Price,  $ 


Fig.  510. 


HAND  POWER  PUNCH  AND  SHEAR. 


THE  No.  2 C will  punch  a y inch  hole  in  inch  iron,  and  will  cut  4 x l/z  inch  flat  bar  iron  or  1 inch  round  iron,  or 
6 x y inch  plow  steel.  The  knives  for  flat  and  round  iron  are  independent  of  each  other,  and  of  punch,  and  machine 
is  always  ready  for  cutting  or  punching  without  any  change.  It  is  strong  and  powerful,  and  guaranteed  to  do  the 
work  as  listed.  We  send  with  each  machine  one  round  punch  and  die  of  any  desired  size,  also  all  necessary  knives  for 
cutting  flat  and  round  iron,  and  all  levers.  Machine  is  thoroughly  tested  before  leaving  our  shops,  and  when  shipped  is 
complete,  ready  for  use.  Weight,  600  pounds.  Price,  $ 


441 


Fig.  511. 


No.  3 A AND  No.  3 B SHEARS. 


For  Cutting  Plates  of  Any  Width  or  Any  Length. 

No.  3 A will  cut  plates  ]/%  inch  or  less  in  thickness,  and 
of  any  width  or  any  length.  Weight,  2000  pounds.  Tight 
and  loose  pulleys,  12x3^  inches.  Price,  $ 

No.  3 B will  cut  plates  inch  or  less  in  thickness,  and 
of  any  width  or  any  length.  Weight,  3900  pound.  Tight 
and  loose  pulleys,  18x6  inches.  Price,  $ 

The  shear  will  also  cut  bar  iron  when  link  is  in  place. 


/ 


Fig.  512. 


No.  3 O SHEAR. 

For  Cutting  t:,t  Inch  or  Lighter  Plates  of  Any  Width  or  Any 

Length. 


This  machine  is  especially  adapted  for  cutting  up  light  sheets  of  any  size.  The 
plate  will  clear  the  machine  as  it  is  fed  in  to  the  knives.  The  machine  has  a clutch  by 
which  it  can  be  started  and  stopped  at  any  point  of  the  stroke.  It  has  tight  and  loose 
pulleys,  8 x inches.  Weight,  600  pounds.  Price,  $ 


442 


Fig.  513. 


No.  7 A SHEAR. 


No.  7 B SHEAR. 


No.  7 A Shear  will  cut  3 x ^ inch  flat  bar  iron 
or  1 inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  Belt 
runs  on  balance  wheel,  which  is  24  x inches, 
and  should  make  300  revolutions  per  minute. 


No.  7 B Shear  will  cut  4 x inch  flat  bar  iron  or  inch  round 
iron,  or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  15  x 4 inches, 
which  should  make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 


No.  7 C,  No.  7 D AND  No.  7 E SHEAR. 


No.  7 C Shear  will  cut  5 x S/&  inch  flat  bar  iron  and  I'/i  inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose 
pulleys,  15  by  5 inches,  which  should  make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  7 D Shear  will  cut  6 x Jj1  inch  flat  bar  iron  or  2 inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose 
pulleys,  20  x 6 inches,  which  should  make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  7 E Shear  will  cut  6x1^  inch  flat  bar  iron  or  2j^  inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  or  loose 
pulleys,  24  x 6 inches,  which  should  make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 


443 


iron 


Fig.  516. 


No.  3 C Shear  will  cut  plates  3/  inch  or  less  in  thickness,  and  of  any  width  or  any  length.  It  will  also  cut  angle 
4x4  inches  or  less.  Weight,  8500  pounds.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  24x8  inches.  Price,  $ 


444 


Fig.  517. 


No.  7 F SHEAR. 


No.  7 F Shear  will  cut  6x2  inches  flat  bar  iron  or  3 inches  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose 
pulleys,  30  x 8 inches,  which  should  make  350  revolutions  per  minute. 


445 


8 


Fig.  518. 


SLITTING  SHEARS. 

Made  in  Three  Sizes. 

No.  100  will  slit  sheet  metal,  either  iron  or  brass, 
No.  16  gauge,  into  strips  from  Vz  to  12  inches  wide. 
The  cutters  are  5 inches  in  diameter.  The  driving 
pulleys  30  inches  in  diameter  and  5 inch  face. 

Weight,  475  pounds. 

Price  with  pulley,  $ 

Price  with  tight  and  loose  pulley,  $ 

No.  200. — This  machine  has  cutters  inches  in 
diameter.  It  will  slit  to  center  of  sheets  24  inches 
wide,  No.  10  gauge.  It  is  back-geared  4 to  1,  and 
driven  by  pulley  30  inches  diameter  and  5 inch  face. 

Weight,  1800  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  300. — Specially  designed  for  heavy  work,  and 
will  slit  through  the  center  of  a 36  inch  plate  inch 
thick.  The  cutters  are  it  inches  in  diameter.  All 
necessary  adjustments  are  provided  to  overcome  the 
difficulties  attendant  upon  the  wearing  and  reduced 
diameters  of  the  cutters.  The  machine  is  back-geared 
6 to  1,  and  is  driven  by  pulley  42  inches  diameter  and 
8 inch  face.  Base  of  machine  measures  24  x 40  inches. 
Extreme  space  required  from  front  to  back  is  about 
6'/2  feet,  and  extreme  height  is  5 feet. 

Weight,  4500  pounds.  Price  $ 


WORM-GEARED  UNIVERSAL  POWER  SHEAR. 


^'T'VHIS  illustrates  our  Worm  and  Screw-Gear  Universal 
Power  Shear  It  is  used  by  boilermakers,  safemakers, 
and  all  heavy  sheet-iron  workers.  For  cutting  sheet,  bar 
and  angle  iron  it  has  no  superior.  It  runs  noiselessly  and 
has  anti-friction  rollers  on  both  sides  so  that  heavy  plates 
are  moved  easily  and  the  scrap  runs  off  readily. 

The  worm  is  made  of  hammered  steel,  and  the  worm- 
wheel  of  cast  steel,  both  enclosed  in  oil-tight  boxing.  It  is 
equipped  with  an  automatic  clutch,  which  may  be  operated 
from  either  side. 

The  machine  is  also  made  with  gearing. 

Length  of  blades,  12  inches. 


Price, 


Price  without  table,  $ 


Fig.  519. 


446 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (£> 


Fig.  520. 


HAND  POWER  BEVELING  SHEAR. 


npHIS  illustration  represents  a beveling  shear  recently 
brought  out  by  us,  and  made  from  new  and  improved 
patterns.  It  will  bevel  throat-sheets,  the  flanges  of  domes 
and  sheets  bent  to  a circle  in  addition  to  straight  sheets. 
With  it  the  operator  can  take  a piece  of  plate  in  hand  and 
trim  it  to  almost  any  desired  shape.  There  is  no  tipping  up 
of  the  metal  when  cut,  and  all  tendency  to  a side  or  twisting 
motion  is  overcome  by  the  stop  shown  on  side  of  machine.  It 
is  very  strong  and  powerful  and  does  its  work  easily. 
It  bevels  plates  yz  inch  and  less  in  thickness.  Weight,  820 
pounds.  It  is  shipped  complete,  with  legs,  lever  and  knives 
for  flat  and  curved  work. 

Fig.  521. 


BELT  POWER  BEVELING  SHEAR. 


f | MIIS  SHEAR  will  bevel  throat-sheets,  the  flanges 
of  domes  and  sheets  bent  to  a circle  in  addition  to 
straight  sheets.  With  it  the  operator  can  take  a piece 
of  plate  in  hand  and  trim  it  to  almost  any  desired  shape. 
There  is  no  tipping  up  of  the  metal  when  cut,  and  all 
tendency  to  a side  or  twisting  motion  is  overcome  by  the 
stop  shown  on  side  of  machine.  It  is  very  strong  and 
powerful  and  does  its  work  easily.  Shipped  complete, 
with  legs  and  knives  for  both  flat  and  curved  work. 
We  make  it  in  two  sizes. 

Size  A bevels  plates  yz  inch  and  less  in  thickness. 

Weight,  3350  pounds. 

Size  B bevels  plates  1 inch  and  less  in  thickness. 

Weight,  5000  pounds. 


447 


Fig.  S22. 


BEVELING  SHEARS. 


THE  above  illustration  represents  a tool  new  to  the  trade  for  beveling  boiler  plate  and  angle  iron.  This  machine  is  so 
constructed  that  the  plunger  is  flush  with  the  face  of  the  head,  anti  the  shear  blade  is  flush  with  the  face  of  the  plunger, 
giving  a perfectly  unobstructed  view  of  the  work,  which  is  absolutely  necessary  to  insure  accurate  work. 

We  build  this  tool  in  two  sizes,  Nos.  A and  B. 

No.  A has  a capacity  for  shearing  plates  up  to  $4  inch  in  thickness.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  15  inches  diameter, 
4 14  inch  face.  For  4 inch  belt.  We  recommend  200  revolutions  per  minute,  which  will  give  30  strokes  of  the  plunger. 

No.  B has  capacity  of  beveling  plates  up  to  1 inch  in  thickness.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  20  inches  diameter,  5 % 
inch  face.  For  5 inches  belt.  We  recommend  185  revolutions  per  minute,  which  will  give  30  strokes  of  plunger. 

No.  A,  weight,  Price,  $ 

No.  B,  weight,  Price,  $ 

448 


Fig.  523. 


HEAVY  ALLIGATOR  SHEARS. 


VHE  above  illustration  shows  a simple  but  powerful  machine  for  general  cutting  off  work  in  smith  shops,  rolling  mills,  etc. 

We  build  this  machine  in  different  sizes,  either  steam  or  belt  driven. 

No.  1 machine  will  cut  off  a bar  4x^f  inch,  or  1 y2  inches  round. 

No.  2 machine  will  cut  off  8x1  inch  bar,  or  2 inches  round,  or  inches  square. 

In  writing,  state  size  of  bar  to  be  cut  and  what  shape,  if  special. 


449 


BAR  SHEARS. 


No.  20. — With  capacity  to  cut  inch  square  iron,  or  1^x4  inch  flat  iron,  or  2 inch  round  iron  cold.  Has  opening 
3x6  inches  at  left  hand  side  of  machine  for  sliding  bar  through  when  cutting  long  pieces.  Has  pulleys  28  inches  diameter 
for  6 inch  belt,  and  should  run  at  190  revolutions,  giving  30  strokes  of  plunger.  Knives  are  10  inches  long. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


No.  30. — With  capacity  to  cut  2>£  inch  square  iron,  or  2 x 5 inch  flat  iron,  or  2^  inch  round  iron  cold.  Has  opening 
4x6  inches  at  left  hand  side  of  machine  for  sliding  bar  through  when  cutting  long  pieces.  Has  pulleys  30  inches  diameter 
for  8 inch  belt,  and  should  run  at  165  revolutions  per  minute,  giving  30  strokes  of  the  plunger.  Knives  12  inches  long. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


Each  machine  is  supplied  with  one  set  of  knives.  Duplicate  knives,  or  knives  of  other  shapes  extra.  Clutch  motion 
can  be  arranged  on  either  machine  at  slight  extra  cost. 


450 


No.  20. — For  cutting  angles,  square  or  any  angle  or  bevel,  from  the  smallest  sizes  up  to  light  6x6  inches.  The  knives 
being  without  shear,  make  a perfectly  clean  and  true  cut,  furnished  with  iron  table  and  gauge  as  shown.  Tight  and  loose 
pulleys  attached,  with  shifter  to  the  machine.  Pulleys  24  inches  diameter  and  6 inch  face,  and  should  make  200  revolutions 
per  minute. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


No.  30. — For  cutting  angles,  square  or  any  angle  or  bevel  from  the  smallest  sizes  up  to  6x6x^  inch.  The  knives  bein<* 
without  shear  make  a perfectly  clean  and  true  cut,  furnished  with  iron  table  and  gauge,  and  a heavy  iron  base  plate  inakirm  it 
rigid  and  self-contained.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  attached  with  shifter  to  machine,  pulleys  24  inches  diameter,  and  6 inch 
face,  and  should  make  200  revolutions  per  minute.  In  writing,  state  largest  angle  to  be  cut. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


We  can  also  furnish  these  machines  to  be  driven  by  independent  engine,  or  electric  motor,  if  desired,  and  can  also  furnish 
this  machine  mounted  on  revolving  base. 


No.  20. — Weight,  engine  driven, 
No.  20. — Weight  with  pulleys, 
No.  30. — Weight  with  pulleys, 


Price,  $ No.  20. — Weight,  electric  motor  driven,  Price,  $ 

Price,  $ No.  30. — Weight,  engine  driven,  Price'  $ 

Price,  $ No.  30. — Weight  electric  motor  driven,  Price,'  $ 


451 


HEAVY  PUNCH  AND  BAR  SHEAR. 


/"JAHIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  a great  variety  of  work  in  bar  iron,  such  as  iron  railing,  fence,  wagon,  edge  tool  and 
bridge  work.  It  is  arranged  for  punching  or  shearing,  and  is  easily  changed  from  a punch  to  a shear  or  vice  versa. 

This  machine  will  punch  a l'/i  inch  hole  through  i inch  iron  in  the  center  of  a 15  inch  sheet,  and  shear  8x1  inch  bar, 
or  cut  2 inches  round  or  square  iron. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  20  inches  diameter,  for  a 5 inch  belt,  and  should  run  at  175  revolutions,  giving  30  strokes  of 
plunger. 

One  set  of  either  punching  or  shearing  tools  (and  one  punch  and  die  one  inch  or  less  furnished  with  Punching  tools) 
furnished  with  each  machine — all  others  extra. 

In  writing  state  largest  diameter  of  hole  to  be  punched  and  greatest  thickness  of  metal,  or  give  size  of  bars  to  be  cut. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


452 


Fic.  527. 


SPLITTING  AND  TRIM/TING  SHEARS. 

With  36  Inch  Throat. 


above  illustration  represents  a machine  particularly  adapted  to  the  requirements  of  plate  and  sheet  rolling  mills, 
boiler  shops  and  iron  ship  yards,  for  trimming,  squaring  and  splitting  long  and  wide  sheets.  The  fact  of  having 
engine  attached  gives  the  additional  advantage  of  being  able  to  place  it  in  any  position  or  location. 

The  cut  shows  machine  with  36  inch  throat  and  capable  of  cutting  up  to  % inch  plate  at  full  depth  of  throat.  Heavier 
plate  can  be  cut  when  throat  tie  bars  are  in.  The  maximum  length  of  shear  blade  is  26  inches. 

This  machine  built  with  or  without  engine.  Governor  and  pulleys  furnished  with  engine. 

In  writing  state  size  of  plate  and  thickness  to  be  cut. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


453 


HORIZONTAL  PUNCH 


above  illustration  represents  a heavy  and  powerful  tool  for  punching  the  flanges  of  boiler  heads,  I beams,  angles, 

channels,  bulb  iron,  etc.,  and  is  preferred  by  some  (on  account  of  the  simplicity  of  parts)  as  against  other  designs.  It 
is  quite  accessible  for  repairs,  the  parts  being  so  arranged  that  any  one  can  be  removed  without  having  to  strip  but  one  or  two 
others  at  most. 

This  machine  is  capable  of  punching  a I inch  hole  through  one  inch  thickness  in  center  of  a 20  inch  plate,  and  there- 
fore can  be  used  for  punching  I beams  up  to  20  inches  within  above  capacity. 

Machine  has  pulleys  24  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face,  and  should  run  at  140  revolutions  per  minute,  which  would  give  30 
strokes  of  plunger. 

One  punch  and  die,  one  inch  or  less,  furnished  with  each  machine — all  others  extra. 

In  writing  state  largest  diameter  of  hole  to  be  punched,  and  greatest  thickness  of  metal. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


454 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g; 


Fig.  529. 


LIGHT  HORIZONTAL  PUNCH. 


/nrAHE  above  illustration  represents  a tool  for  punching  boiler  flanges,  angles,  channels,  I beams,  etc.  It  will  punch  a 

inch  hole  in  % inch  iron  in  center  of  a 10  inch  plate,  and  as  close  to  edge  of  plate  as  size  of  die  permits.  This  is  a 
desirable  tool  for  medium  and  rapid  work  in  bridge  and  boiler  shops. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  18  inches  in  diameter,  5 inch  face.  We  recommend  170  revolutions  per  minute,  which 
gives  35  strokes  of  plunger. 

We  build  this  machine  with  round  post,  as  shown  in  partial  cut  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

The  plate  die  holder,  as  shown  on  machine,  is  designed  for  punching  flanges  of  light  angles,  channels,  I beams  and 
various  shapes  of  architectural  and  bridge  iron.  In  writing  state  which  style  is  preferred. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


455 


PATENT  TRIPLE  ARCHITECTURAL  IRON  PUNCH. 


IN  THIS  ILLUSTRATION  two  views  of  a wrouglit-iron  frame  triple  punch  built  for  the  rough  work  which  has  to  be 
done  by  unskilled  men  in  structural  iron  work,  and  which  is  not  so  liable  to  break  if  an  extra  hard  beam  chances  to  get 
in  a job,  as  when  an  ordinary  cast  iron  body  is  used.  As  is  seen,  the  frame  work  is  formed  from  one  pair  of  heavy  20  inch 
steel  beams,  bottom  and  top,  thoroughly  built  together  with  the  plunger  and  guides  situated  between  the  upper  pair.  I he 
small  lever  shown  near  the  lower  edge  of  upper  beam  is  the  stop  motion  of  the  plunger.  In  order  to  show  both  sides  of  the 
tool,  the  center  punch  has  been,  in  the  engraving  shown,  turned  around.  Some  of  its  special  features  are  its  ability,  simplicity, 
convenience,  reliability,  size  of  throat  (68  inches  between  uprights  by  id  inches  high)  its  compactness  without  projecting  parts 
to  prevent  freedom  of  movement  of  material,  and  its  small  cost.  One  has  been  running  steadily  for  five  years  without  showing 
any  weakness,  and  punches  1 inch  hole  in  1 inch  iron. 


PRICES: 


For  single  punch,  including  bearings  and  rolls, 
For  double  punch,  including  bearings  and  rolls, 
For  triple  punch,  including  bearings  and  rolls, 


$500.00  ; weight,  5200  pounds. 
975.00  ; weight,  10000  pounds. 
1450.00  ; weight,  14500  pounds. 


HEAVY  HULTIPLE  PUNCH. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  punching  at  one  stroke  one  or  more  complete  rows  of  holes.  It  is  especially  adapted  for 
tank  work  or  any  place  where  a large  number  of  holes  are  to  be  punched  in  regular  rows.  The  punches  and  dies  are 
adjustable  and  may  be  set  at  any  desired  distances  apart. 

The  machine  is  48  inches  between  housings  and  has  8 inch  throat.  The  slide  is  counterbalanced.  Automatic  stop  is 
fitted  to  this  machine  without  extra  charge.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  22  inches  diameter,  6 inch  face  and  should  make  175 
revolutions  per  minute. 

In  writing  give  number  and  diameter  of  holes  to  be  punched,  distance  between  centers,  thickness  of  material,  etc. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


GATE  SHEAR. 


We  also  furnish  this  machine  arranged  for  shearing  plates  by  substiting  shear  knives  for  punches  shown  in  cut. 

This  machine  will  split  or  trim  long  plates  up  to  X inch  thick,  any  distance  from  edge  not  exceeding  8 inches  which  is 
the  depth  of  throat  in  side  housings.  Plates  up  to  46  inches  wide  may  be  passed  through  the  housings  when  being  sheared. 

The  shear  is  furnished  with  or  without  automatic  hold  down  for  clamping  sheet  as  required.  It  has  iron  table  not 
shown  in  cut,  and  has  automatic  stop. 

In  writing  state  width  and  thickness  of  sheet  to  be  sheared  and  distance  from  edge  of  plate  splitting  is  to  be  done. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


457 


SPECIAL  I BEAH  AND  CHANNEL  PUNCH. 


THIS  machine  is  designed  to  meet  the  special  requirements  of  bridge  and  iron  ship  builders  for  punching  the  webs  and 
flanges  of  I beams,  channels,  bulb  irons,  angles  and  tee  irons,  etc.  The  punch  holder  blocks  are  made  adjustable  to 
punch  from  3 inches  to  24  inches  centers,  and  this  when  punching  two  inch  holes  through  1 inch  iron  or  steel.  For 
smaller  holes  the  centers  can  be  decreased  for  minimum  and  increased  for  maximum  distances.  As  will  be  noticed,  the 
punch  blocks  are  each  provided  with  gags  for  operating  the  punches  separately  or  together.  This  is  found  advantageous 
where  there  are  many  staggering  or  irregular  holes  to  be  punched,  and  in  fact  are  used  in  preference  to  the  clutch  for  all 
work  when  convenient.  It  is  provided  with  capstan,  and  bar  for  turning  plunger  shaft. 

From  the  fact  that  it  will  punch  the  above  mentioned  size  of  holes  at  24  inches  centers,  it  will  punch  much  heavier 
holes  at  center  of  plunger,  also  other  punches  can  be  attached  and  brought  into  use  on  lighter  work. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  30  inches  diameter  for  a 6'/2  inch  belt,  and  should  run  at  1S0  revolutions  per  minute, 
giving  30  strokes  of  the  plunger. 

We  furnish  with  each  machine  two  sets  of  punching  tools  as  per  cut  for  punching  holes  1 % inches  diameter  or  less — all 
others  extra. 

Other  machines  of  the  same  design  can  be  furnished  by  special  agreement. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


458 


u 


Fig.  533. 


SINGLE  PUNCH  OR  SHEAR  WITH  36  INCH  THROAT. 

/yAHE  above  illustration  represents  a machine  particularly  adapted  to  the  requirements  of  boiler  and  bridge  shops,  etc.,  for 

punching  holes  in  long  and  wide  sheets  and  shearing  same. 

The  illustration  is  of  a machine  with  36  inch  depth  of  throat,  and  with  capacity  to  punch  a 1 inch  hole  through  1 inch 
thickness  or  shear  inch  plate. 

This  machine  has  an  adjustable  punch  holder,  which  makes  it  possible  to  punch  holes  very  close  to  edge  of  nose  of  punch, 
thereby  adapting  it  to  punching  boiler  flanges,  etc.,  also  increasing  the  depth  of  throat,  thereby  making  it  possible  to  punch  to 
center  of  larger  sheets.  Punch  should  be  in  center  of  plunger  though  when  punching  large  and  heavy  work.  Throat  tie  bars  should 
be  used  when  punching  and  shearing  heavier  work  than  that  above  stated.  By  using  spiral  punches  this  machine  will  punch  4 inch 
holes  through  l/2  inch  iron. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  20  inches  diameter,  for  a 5 inch  belt,  and  should  run  175  revolutions  per  minute,  giving  30  strokes  of 
plunger. 

One  punch  and  die,  any  size  up  to  one  inch,  accompanies  each  machine. 

Has  automatic  stop,  for  stopping  plunger  when  clear  up,  can  be  applied  to  any  of  these  machines. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


459 


SINGLE  PUNCH  OR  SHEAR  WITH  48  INCH  THROAT. 


/"TAHIS  machine  is  designed  for  heavy  punching  and  shearing,  and  is  especially  adapted  for  use  by  boiler  makers,  bridge  and 
"*■  ship  builders.  It  is  thoroughly  well  made  and  first-class  in  every  particular,  and  can  be  readily  changed  from  a punch  to  a 
shear.  It  has  a capacity  to  punch  6 inch  holes  through  % inch  steel  plate  at  full  depth  of  throat,  or  shear  inches  plate. 

Cut  shows  punch  and  die  in  position  for  punching  man  holes.  It  will  punch  13^  x 7^  inches  man  holes  through  inch 
steel  plate.  This  man  hole  punch  and  die  are  furnished  at  an  extra  price.  Adjustable  punch  holder  and  die  holder  shown  on 
floor,  and  one  punch  and  die  1 inch  or  less  in  diameter  are  furnished  regularly  with  machine  without  extra  charge. 

Depth  of  throat  with  punch  at  center  of  sliding  head  is  48  inches.  With  our  adjustable  punch  holder  and  die  block,  depth 
of  throat  may  be  increased  to  52  inches.  Automatic  stop  is  furnished  on  this  machine  without  extra  charge. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  30  inches  in  diameter,  7^  inch  face.  We  recommend  17$  revolutions  per  minute,  which  will 
give  18  strokes  of  the  punch. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


460 


DOUBLE  PUNCHING  AND  SHEARING  HACHINE. 


operated  independently  of  etch  o^e'/by  S of^lu  Jes^th  foot  Ire?^  W °r  “uUiple  pUUch  Shears. ' Bach  shaffii 

clutch  from  either  side-  The  gearing  is  substantial  1°  SUCh  a.m®nn,er  a®to  enable  the  operator  to  work  the 

in  the  pitmans  8 g suDstantial  and  amply  powerful.  1 he  shafts  are  of  hammered  steel,  and  run  in  phosphor  bronze  bushings 

Machines  of  any  required  capacity  are  constructed  upon  this  design,  or  if  preferred  they  may  be  fitted  with  friction  clutches. 


PUNCHING  AND  SHEARING  MACHINE. 


/npMIE  illustration  shows  a combined  Punching  and  Shearing  Machine.  It  is  especially  adapted  for  use  in  architectural  iron 
works,  ship  building  and  boiler  shops.  It  is  substantially  built,  has  a clutch  attachment,  by  which  the  punch  can  be 
worked  independent  of  the  cutter  and  can  be  run  at  any  desired  speed. 

It  is  capable  of  cutting  6 x i inch  cold  iron,  i '/z  inch  round  iron,  and  will  punch  i inch  hole  in  i inch  flat  or  plate  iron. 
Depth  of  throat,  15  inches. 

Total  weight  of  machine,  about  11500  pounds. 


462 


Fig.  537. 


No.  2 DOUBLE  PUNCH  OR  SHEAR. 


THE  above  illustrates  our  No.  2 Double  Punch,  which  we  build  in  different  sizes,  from  10  to  36  inch  throats,  even  or 
uneven  depths,  and  either  side  used  independently  of  the  other. 

The  tools  for  this  machine  are  interchangeable,  though  one  side  is  generally  used  for  punching,  and  the  other  for  shearing. 
We  build  it  with  engine,  if  desired.  Price  extra,  $ 

To  find  either  weight  or  price  of  machine  with  uneven  throats,  add  the  weights  or  prices  of  the  sizes  wanted  and  divided 
by  two. 

Each  machine  is  provided  with  one  die  block,  one  punch  socket,  one  punch,  one  die,  and  one  set  of  shears.  Prices  on 
special  tools  quoted  on  application 
Speed,  180  revolutions. 


Depth  of 

Will 

Will  Cut 

Weight 

Price  Weight 

Throat. 

Punch. 

Flat 

Round 

Single. 

1 rlce-  Double. 

12  inches 

ixi  inch 

%x6  inches 

1 % inch 

6700  pounds 

1 1000  pounds 

16  inches 

1x1  inch 

^x6  inches 

1 yz  inch 

7350  pounds 

12000  pounds 

20  inches 

inch 

J^x6  inches 

1 Yz  inch 

7875  pounds 

13500  pounds 

24  inches 

y%yL)i  inch 

%x6  inches 

lYi  inch 

8500  pounds 

14750  pounds 

30  inches 

inch 

^x6  inches 

inch 

9450  pounds 

15900  pounds 

36  inches 

^x^  inch 

2^x6  inches 

1 % inch 

1 1 250  pounds 

18250  pounds 

463 


Prentiss  Tqql  ^Supply  (g. 


Big  538. 


WORM  AND  SCREW  ^GEARED  POWER  PUNCH 
AND  SHEAR. 


ABOVE  illustration  represents  our  Combined  Punch  and 
Shear,  which  embodies  a number  of  new  features.  The 
housing  is  made  all  in  one  piece  instead  of  being  bolted 
ogether,  as  is  the  case  in  other  machines  of  this  class.  It  is  run 
(y  a steel  worm  and  cast  steel  worm  wheel,  with  all  working 
Darts  encased.  This  produces  a machine  powerful,  compact, 
md  of  steady  motion.  It  is  built  in  three  sizes.  No.  1 runs  16 
revolutions,  Nos.  2 and  3 run  22  revolutions  to  each  stroke  of 
the  slide,  and  at  this  high  speed  the  machine  runs  with  25  per 
,ent.  less  belt  power  than  any  other  punch  and  shear  of  the  size 
m the  market.  Each  is  supplied  with  one  punch  socket,  one 
punch,  one  die,  one  die  rest,  one  pair  of  shears  for  bar  iron,  and 
one  pair  for  round  iron.  Extra  tools  furnished  at  reasonable 
prices. 


No.  5 DOUBLE  PUNCH  OR  SHEAR  MACHINE. 

THIS  represents  our  No.  5 Double  Punch  or  Shear 
Machine,  which  we  build  in  different  sizes,  even  or  un- 
even throats,  from  7 to  21  inches.  Both  sides  may  be  used  at 
once,  or  either  side  independently  of  the  other,  though 
one  is  generally  for  punching,  and  the  other  for  shearing. 
Each  machine  is  supplied  with  one  die  block,  one  die  holder, 
one  punch  socket,  one  punch  and  die,  one  die  rest,  one  set 
of  shear  blocks  and  shears. 

Speed,  about  180  revolutions. 


Depth  of 

Will 

Will  Cut 

Weight 

Price 

Throat. 

Punch. 

Flat. 

Round.  Single. 

rnce.  Doubie. 

6 inch 

5AxsA 

i/4 

2300 

3800 

8 inch 

%x% 

Vx3 

I'A 

2500 

4200 

10  inch 

Vex'A 

A *3 

1 

2750 

4600 

12  inch 

sAx'A 

'Ax  3 

1 

3000 

5050 

15  inch 

'Ax'A 

% 

3250 

5600 

18  inch 

'Ax'A 

3AX  3 

% 

3500 

5875 

21  inch 

%x3 

% 

3800 

6500 

Fig.  539. 


8 Inch  Throat. 


15  Inch  Throat. 


No. 

1 

2 

3 


Will 

Punch. 


'Ax'A 


Will  Cut 
Round.  Flat. 

Will 

Punch. 

Will  Cut 
Round.  Flat. 

Weight. 

3A  Vm 

J4x5-i6 

■>4 

'AX2% 

2000 

Vi  Ax  4 

%x  Vi 

A. 

ViX3 

2600 

1 'Ax  4 

'AxlA 

V 

Vsxn 

3200 

464 


No.  O HEAVY  SINGLE  PUNCH  OR  SHEAR  MACHINE. 


THIS  illustrates  our  No.  o Heavy  Single  Punch  or  Shear  Machine  with  high  opening  to  admit  beams  and  girder  iron.  We 
build  it  both  double  and  single,  from  15  to  42  inches  in  depth.  Our  patterns  are  arranged  to  suit  any  of  this  class'  of 
work.  It  is  constructed  of  the  best  material  throughout.  The  bearings  are  of  phosphor  bronze  ; the  clutch  is  made  of 
cast  si  eel,  and  the  gearings  of  the  highest  grade.  We  furnish  with  same  one  die  block,  one  die  rest,  one  punch  socket,  one 


die  and  punch,  one  set  of  shear  blades.  Prices  on  extra  or  special  tools  quoted  on  application.  This  machine  may  be  built 

with  engine  if  desired. 

Price  for  engine,  $ 

Speed,  180  revolutions. 

Depth  of 

Will 

Will  Cut 

Will  Cut 

Weight 

Weight 

Throat. 

Punch. 

Flat. 

Round. 

Single.  Price. 

Double.  Price. 

15  inches 

2 xi  inch 

Iks  x 8 inches 

2 inches 

12000  pounds 

19500  pounds 

18  inches 

iX  x 1 inch 

1x8  inches 

2 inches 

12600  pounds 

20700  pounds 

21  inches 

1^  x 1 inch 

1x8  inches 

1 X inches 

13200  pounds 

22500  pounds 

24  inches 

\Y%  x i inch 

1x8  inches 

iX  inches 

14000  pounds 

24000  pounds 

30  inches 

iX  x 1 inch 

Y x 8 inches 

iX  inches 

14900  pounds 

26000  pounds 

36  inches 

1 xi  inch 

X x 8 inches 

iX  inches 

15800  pounds 

27800  pounds 

42  inches 

1 xi  inch 

X x 8 inches 

iX  inches 

1 7 100  pounds 

29500  pounds 

Our  No.  1 

Punch  is  of  the 

same  type  as  No. 

0,  and  made 

in  the  same  sizes,  single  and  double,  with  even  or  uneven 

depths  of  throat. 

Depth  of 

Will 

Will  Cut 

Will  Cut 

Weight 

Weight 

Throat. 

Punch. 

Flat. 

Round. 

Single.  Price. 

Double.  Price. 

12  inches 

iX  x i inch 

1x8  inches 

iX  inches 

9600  pounds 

15500  pounds 

16  inches 

iX  x 1 inch 

1x6  inches 

iX  inches 

10100  pounds 

16500  pounds 

20  inches 

iX  x i inch 

1x6  inches 

1 X inches 

10700  pounds 

17600  pounds 

24  inches 

ix  1 inch 

X x 6 inches 

iX  inches 

1 1 500  pounds 

18900  pounds 

30  inches 

1 x Ys  inch 

Ys  x 6 inches 

iX  inches 

13400  pounds 

21000  pounds 

36  inches 

X x X inch 

X x 6 inches 

iX  inches 

14200  pounds 

22000  pounds 

40  inches 

X x X inch 

X x 6 inches 

iX  inches 

15500  pounds 

24000  pounds 

465 


• 

^^4>RENTISS  TQQL  6f  SUPPLY  0, 


A i \HE  above  cut  represents  our  No.  2 Boiler  Punch  or  Shear,  which  we  build  in  different  sizes,  either  single  or  double. 

The  throats  may  be  even  or  uneven,  with  flat  or  round  lower  jaw,  or  with  removable  jaws.  It  is  adapted  to  all  classes 
of  work,  such  as  punching  up  close  in  the  corners  of  flanges  and  frames,  etc.  It  may  be  used  for  shearing.  Same  built  with 
engine  also,  if  desired.  Speed,  about  180  revolutions. 


Our  No. 

No.  2,  also. 

3 Punch  or 

Shear  Machine 

is  the  same  type  as  No.  2,  only  lighter. 

The  same  tools  are  furnished  as  with 

Depth  of 

Will 

Will  Cut 

Will  Cut 

Weight, 

r-e.  Price. 

Throat. 

Punch. 

Flat. 

Round. 

Single. 

8 inches 

Y&  x y&  inch 

y&  x 5 inches 

iy  inches 

4060  pounds 

6700  pounds 

10  inches 

y&  x y,  inch 

y x 5 inches 

1 Y%  inches 

435°  pounds 

7000  pounds 

12  inches 

y.  x y inch 

y x 5 inches 

1 y inches 

4600  pounds 

7360  pounds 

15  inches 

y x y inch 

y x 5 inches 

iy  inches 

4900  pounds 

7820  pounds 

18  inches 

y x y inch 

y x 5 inches 

1 y inches 

5350  pounds 

8600  pounds 

21  inches 

y x y inch 

y x 5 inches 

1 y inches 

5800  pounds 

10000  pounds 

26  inches 

y x y inch 

y x 5 inches 

1 % inches 

7400  pounds 

1 1500  pounds 

466 


Fig.  542. 


No.  4 SINGLE  PUNCH  OR  SHEAR  MACHINE. 


THE  above  illustrates  No.  4 Single  Punch  or  Shear  Machine,  with  gearing  above,  which  is  sometimes  preferred,  since  it 
requires  less  floor  space. 

We  build  same  with  gearing  below,  also,  same  as  No.  2 and  No.  3 single. 

Speed,  about  180  revolutions.  Price  for  engine,  $ 


Depth  of 

Will 

Will  Cut 

Will  Cut 

Weight 

Weight 

Throat. 

Punch. 

Flat. 

Round. 

Single. 

Price. 

Double. 

7 inches 

inch 

Y x 4 inches 

lY  inches 

2950  pounds 

5200  pounds 

10  inches 

Y x % inch 

^x4  inches 

iY  inches 

3300  pounds 

5700  pounds 

12  inches 

Y x Yi  inch 

% x 4 inches 

l'/i  inches 

3600  pounds 

6100  pounds 

15  inches 

Y x.  $4  inch 

fax  4 inches 

lY  inches 

4000  pounds 

6600  pounds 

18  inches 

Y x $4  inch 

yi  x 4 inches 

1 Yz  inches 

4300  pounds 

7200  pounds 

21  inches 

Y x Y%  inch 

Yz  x 4 inches 

1 inch 

4700  pounds 

7900  pounds 

24  inches 

Y x Y inch 

Yz  x 4 inches 

1 inch 

5200  pounds 

8500  pounds 

467 


Fig.  543. 


RANGE  AND  FURNACE  HAKERS’  PUNCH  SHEAR. 


This  illustration  represents  our  Geared  Power  Punch,  especially 
constructed  for  range  makers.  This  machine  has  a 26  inch  throat  in 
front,  and  the  side  punch  has  a 22  inch  throat,  being  especially 
adapted  for  cutting  out  range  fronts.  It  has  two  cutters  at  right 
angles  with  each  other.  The  front  may  be  operated  by  hand  or  power 
and  the  side  by  hand  only.  The  cutter  in  front  cuts  out  the  opening 
lengthwise,  and  the  side  crosswise.  Openings  from  2 inches  square 
to  any  size  may  be  cut,  and  through  metal  up  to  No.  10  gauge  without 
drawing  or  buckling  sheets.  The  scrap  cut  out  may  be  used  for  the 
doors  without  even  filing  or  chipping  same.  Any  ordinary  punching 
may  also  be  done  on  this  machine.  We  furnish  with  each,  one  die- 
block  and  punch-socket,  one  punch  and  shear,  one  slitting  shear,  and 
and  one  2>A  x A a>id  2 x ^ die  and  block,  punch  and  socket  to  cut 
out  the  range  fronts. 

We  will  furnish  at  reasonable  price  a table  with  gauges  to  lay  the 
sheets  on,  which  can  be  set  for  any  size  openings  required. 

Weight,  about  2600  pounds. 

Price,  $ Price,  with  table,  $ 


No.  6 GEARED  PUNCH  MACHINE. 


This  illustrates  our  No.  6 Geared  Punch  Machine.  We  also 
build  same  double  with  throat,  even  or  uneven  depths.  The  same 
tools  are  furnished  with  this  machine  as  before  mentioned. 
Speed,  180  revolutions. 


Depth  of 
Throat. 

Will 

Punch. 

Will 

Flat. 

Cut 

Round. 

Weight, 

Single. 

Price. 

Weight, 

Double. 

Price. 

7 inch 

'A*'A 

'A*  3 

A 

1800 

3050 

9 inch 

As*2> 

A 

i960 

3275 

12  inch 

A^Ys 

A*  3 

A 

2IOO 

3450 

15  inch 

Ys*Ys 

Ax3 

A 

2300 

3800 

Our  No 

7 Light 

Power 

Punch 

is  the  same  as  illustrated,  only 

without  gearing. 

Depth  of 
Throat. 

Will 

Punch. 

Will  Cut 
Flat.  Round. 

Weight, 

Single. 

Price. 

Weight, 

Double. 

Price. 

6 inch 

Ys*A 

A*2 'A 

a 

1200 

1900 

8 inch 

Y*A 

A*2'A 

A 

1275 

2150 

10  inch 

A&A 

As*2'A 

H 

1425 

2375 

Same  Punch  without  gearing,  with  clutch,  15  per  cent.  less. 


Fig.  544- 


Fig.  545- 


NEW  STANDARD  PUNCHES. 


No. 

Diameter  A. 

Length  B. 

Diameter  C. 

Diameter  of  Hole. 

Price  Each. 

Price  per  Dozen 

I 

Ys  inch 

ff  inch 

if  inch 

Y to  X inch 

$0.40 

#4.25 

2 

ff  inch 

i^f  inches 

if  inch 

% to  Y%  inch 

•50 

5.00 

3 

If  inch 

1^-  inches 

ff  inch 

X to  Ye  inch 

.60 

6.00 

4 

If  inch 

1 Y%  inches 

ft  inch 

to  X inch 

.85 

9.00 

4K 

iTV  inches 

iY  inches 

ff  inch 

Yi  to  yi  inch 

I. OO 

10.00 

5 

1 inches 

2 yi  inches 

i^j inches 

X to  1 inch 

I.25 

13.00 

6 

1 Y%  inches 

2 Y inches 

iff  inches 

X to  ir\  inches 

r-75 

18.00 

7 

if!  inches 

3 inches 

iff  inches 

1 to  \yz  inches 

2-75 

24.00 

NEW  STANDARD  DIES. 


No. 

Diameter  A. 

Length  B. 

Diameter  C. 

Price  Each. 

Price  per  Dozen. 

I 

i inch 

Y%  inch 

Y&  to  Ye  inch 

$1.00 

$10.50 

2 

1-^  inches 

X inch 

Y&  to  X inch 

1.25 

13-50 

3 

1 y2  inches 

1 inch 

Y%  to  7/s  inch 

1.50 

16.00 

4 

iX  inches 

1 inch 

Yz  to  1 inch 

2.00 

22.00 

5 

2X  inches 

iX  inches 

X to  iX  inches 

2.50 

26. CO 

6 

2X  inches 

iX  inches 

1 to  1^  inches 

3-50 

36.00 

Square  or  oval  punches  and  dies  double  the  price  of  round. 


SHEARING  PUNCHES. 


Fig.  547. 


Where  the  thickness  of  the  iron  is  less  than  one-half  the  diameter  of  the  hole  being  punched 
there  is  a saving  in  power  in  using  this  type  of  punch,  and  the  smaller  the  proportion  the  greater 
the  saving.  This  allows  a smaller  tool  to  be  used  with  this  punch  on  thin  material  than  would  be 
necessary  with  a flat  punch.  Where  the  proportion  is  over  one-half,  the  flat  punch  is  better ; also 
less  liable  to  break  and  at  same  time  easier  repaired. 


Dimensions  and  Prices. 


No 

Diameter  A. 

Length  B. 

Diameter  C. 

2 

ff  inch 

lYs  inches 

ff  inch 

3 

ff  inch 

lYs  inches 

ff  inch 

4 

fl  inch 

1 X inches 

ft  inch 

5 

1^  inches 

2%  inches 

IjX  inches 

6 

1 Y%  inches 

2%  inches 

is72  inches 

7 

iff  inches 

3 inches 

iff  inches 

8*' 

9' 

10 

To  suit 

To  suit 

To  suit 

11 

12 


Diameter  of  Hole. 

Price  Each. 

Price  per  Dozen. 

Yi  to  y%  inch 

$0.50 

$6.00 

X to  T9f  inch 

■75 

9-00 

Tii  to  X inch 

1.08 

13.00 

Ye  to  1 inch 

1.50 

18.00 

X to  1 Ye  inches 

2.00 

24.OO 

1 to  iy2  inches 

3.00 

36.00 

A — Diameter  of  head. 


B — Length  over  all.  C — Diameter  of  body. 


469 


No. 

Diameter  A. 

Length  B. 

Diameter  C. 

No.  of  Machine. 

Price. 

O 

Yz  inch 

2Y  inches 

Yz  inch 

1,  hand 

$0.85 

I 

% inch 

1 Y inches 

Yz  inch 

2,  combined 

•95 

2 

Y inch 

iff  inches 

xi  inch 

2,  hand 

1. 00 

3 

Y inch 

ij4  inches 

f| inch 

1 3,  hand 

4,  hand 
(3,  combined 

1-25 

4 

Y inch 

iff  inches 

■fS  inch 

3'A,  hand 

1.50 

5 

inch 

2l/z  inches 

iX  inches 

f 5,  hand 

\ 6,  hand 

1.75 

Reducing  stocks  of  extra  length  to  fit 


Diameter  A. 

Length  B. 

Diameter  C. 

Diameter  E. 

No.  of 
Machine. 

Price. 

Y inch 

t i inch 

Yz  inch 

X inch 

f 1,  hand 
1 2,  comb’d 

fo.90 

1 inch 

iX  inches 

ff  inch 

X inch 

2,  hand 
f 3,  comb.’d 

I .OO 

1 Y%  inches 

f S inch 

ff  inch 

Y inch 

1 3-  hand 

) 2>Y,  hand 

1-25 

1 4,  hand 

1 Ys  inches 

lY  inches  iTBff  inches 

ff  inch 

5,  hand 

1.50 

1 Ys  inches  1 Y inches 

1 T\  inches 

inch 

6,  hand 

1.75 

number  of  couplings,  io  per  cent,  extra. 


Fig.  551. 


NEW  STANDARD  PUNCH  GLANDS. 

I11  our  hydraulic  and  screw  punches,  where  the  jaw  is  very  low,  there  is  not  room  enough  for 
stocks  and  couplings,  and  for  this  class  of  tools  we  use  the  gland  shown  instead  of  the  coupling. 


Diameter  A. 

Length  B. 

Diameter  C. 

Length  D. 

Price. 

$1.00 

I inch 
i}4  inches 

1 inches 
1 Y inches 
1%  inches 

2 Y inches 

Y inch 
{4  inch 
f|  inch 

Y inch 
I-jJj  inches 
iX  inches 

X inch 
Y inch 
ff  inch 
iX  inches 
iy  inches 
iX  inches 

Yz  inch 
X inch 
X inch 
Y inch 
\i  inch 
JS  inch 

’ 1.15 

1.40 

1.65 

2.15 

2.50 

3.00 

470 


Fig.  552. 


COMBINED  PUNCHES  AND  SHEARS. 


Description  of  No.  i B,  No.  i E,  and  No.  i F. 

No.  1 B punches  a 1 X inch  hole  in  % inch  iron,  cuts  % x 5 inches  flat  bar  iron  or  1 y2  inches  round  iron,  or  their  equiv- 
alents. Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  20  x 6 inches,  which  should  make  250  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  1 E punches  1%  inch  hole  in  % inch  iron,  cuts  ^x6  inches  or  X x 14  inches  flat  bar  iron  and  1%  inches  round 
iron  or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  20  x 6 inches,  which  should  make  250  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  1 F punches  \ l/z  inch  hole  in  1 inch  iron  and  cuts  8 x 1 inches  flat  bar  iron  or  2 inches  round  iron,  or  their  equiv- 
alents. Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  24  x 6 inches,  which  should  make  275  revolutions  per  minute. 


471 


Fig.  553. 


C0HB1NED  PUNCHES  AND  SHEARS. 

No.  I C AND  No.  I D. 


No.  1 C punches  1 inch  hole  in  inch  iron,  cuts  ^x4  inches  flat  bar  iron  or  inches  round  iron,  or  their 

equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  18  x 5 inches,  which  should  make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  1 D punches  1 inch  hole  in  % inch  iron,  cuts  X x 4 inches  or  % x 14  inches  flat  bar  iron  or  inches  round  iron, 
or  their  equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  18  x 5 inches,  which  should  make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 


472 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  <& 


Fig.  554- 


COHBINED  PUNCHES  AND  SHEARS. 

No.  i A,  No.  i AX  and  No.  i AX- 


No.  1 A punches  a X inch  hole  in  j76  inch  iron,  cuts  2 X x X 
inch  flat  iron  or  X inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  The 
belt  runs  on  balance  wheel,  which  is  26  x 4 inches,  and  should 
make  225  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  1 AX  punches  X inch  hole  in  X inch  iron,  cuts  3X  x X 
inch  flat  iron  or  1 inch  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents.  It  has 
tight  and  loose  pulleys  15x4  inches,  which  should  make  225 
revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  1 AX  punches  X inch  hole  in  & inch  iron,  cuts  X x 4 
inches  flat  iron  or  1 X inches  round  iron,  or  their  equivalents. 
It  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  15  x 4 inches,  which  should  make 
225  revolutions  per  minute. 


COHBINED  PUNCHES  AND  SHEARS. 

No.  I O AND  No.  1 OX- 

No.  I O punches  a X inch  hole  in  j56  inch  iron,  cuts 
4x  !S6  inch  or  iX  x X inch  or  X inch  round,  or  their 
equivalents.  Belt  runs  on  balance  wheel,  which  is  24  x 3X 
inches,  and  should  make  200  revolutions  per  minute. 

No.  1 OX  punches  X inch  hole  in  X inch  iron,  cuts 
X x 5 inches  or  X x 2 inches  or  X inch  round,  or  their 
equivalents.  Has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  12  x 3 inches. 
Pulleys  should  make  200  revolutions  per  minute. 


473 


No.  16  A and  No.  16  B. 


No.  16  C,  No.  16  D,  No.  16  E,  No.  16  F. 


Fig.  556, 


Fig-  557- 


METAL  PUNCHING  MACHINES. 


Descriptions  of  Machines  in  No.  16  Series— Ten  Sizes. 


Size. 

Back  Geared. 

Opening  in  Bed. 

Depth  of  Jaw. 

Diameter  and 
Thickness  will 
Tunch. 

Size  of  Tight  and 
Toose  Pulleys. 

Stroke  of 
Slide. 

Number  of 
Revolutions 
of  Pulleys. 

Weight, 

Pounds. 

Price. 

A 

66  to  IO 

2x2  inches 

4 inches 

Yz  x Y inch 

10  x 3 inches 

Yz  inch 

200 

600 

B 

67  to  IO 

3x2  inches 

5 inches 

Yz  x y%  inch 

12x3  inches 

Y inch 

200 

950 

C 

66  to  9 

2x4  inches 

6 inches 

Y x Yi  inch 

15  x 4 inches 

Y inch 

225 

2000 

D 

69  to  9 

6x3  inches 

6 inches 

1 x Y inch 

18  x 5 inches 

1 inch 

225 

3400 

E 

86  to  10 

12x3  inches 

7 inches 

1 Y x Y inch 

20  x 6 inches 

l'/2  inch 

250 

5500 

F 

89  to  8 

12x4  inches 

8 inches 

i'Y  x 1 inch 

20  x 6 inches 

2 inch 

225 

8000 

G 

128  to  9 

12x6  inches 

8 inches 

2 x i'Y  inch 

30  x 8 inches 

2 Yz  inch 

350 

I OOOO 

474 


l0' 


Prentiss  Tqql  ^supply  (£,  Q 


Fig.  558. 


No.  12  SERIES  BELT  POWER  PUNCHES. 

For  Boieer  Makers  and  Sheet  Metae  Workers. 


Tabee  of  Weights,  Capacities,  Etc. 


Size. 

Capacity. 

Punches  to  the  Center  of 

Weight 

Size  of  Pulleys. 

00 

X x X inch 

4 inches 

150  pounds 

8x2  inches 

0 

yV  x X inch 

7 inches 

270  pounds 

8x2  inches 

A 

Y x inch 

10  inches 

1400  pounds 

10  x 3 inches 

A%  - 

Y X y%  inch 

15  inches 

1650  pounds 

10  x 3 inches 

A'/z 

Y X y%  inch 

30  inches 

2000  pounds 

10  x 3 inches 

B - - - 

X x yz  inch 

30  inches 

2660  pounds 

15  x 4 inches 

C 

X x Yz  inch 

36  inches 

4000  pounds 

18  x 5 inches 

D 

X x Y inch 

48  inches 

5300  pounds 

18  x 5 inches 

E 

1 x Y inch 

60  inches 

7000  pounds 

24  x 6 inches 

F 

1 x X inch 

74  inches 

9000  pounds 

24  x 6 inches 

No.  12  O AND  No.  12  00. 


We  give  a list  of  ten  sizes  of  these  machines  varying  in  capacity 
and  depth  of  jaw.  We  make  many  other  sizes  of  these  machines 
adapted  to  all  kinds  of  boiler  work.  They  are  all  similar  in  general 
construction  to  cut  shown.  They  are  strong,  powerful  and  well  made. 
The  distance  from  center  of  punch  to  front  of  machine  is  but  X inch, 
so  they  can  be  used  for  punching  flanges.  The  boxes  for  eccentric  shaft 
and  balance  wheel  shaft  are  all  cast  solidly  on  machine  and  every  part 
is  strong  and  stiff.  They  are  shipped  complete,  ready  for  use. 


ill 


475 


Fig.  560. 


HAND  POWER  PUNCH 


The  No.  500  will  punch  a X inch  hole  in  X inch  iron  to  the  center  of  4 inches.  Weight,  50  pounds.  Price,  $ 

The  No.  50  will  punch  a ^ inch  hole  in  X inch  iron  to  the  center  of  7 inches.  Weight,  no  pounds.  Price,  $ 

In  above  machine  the  distance  from  center  of  punch  to  front  of  machine  is  X inch  or  less,  so  they  can  be  used  for 
punching  flanges.  The  lever  works  either  to  front  or  rear,  and  machine  can  be  bolted  to  a bench  or  post.  We  send  with  each 
machine  three  round  punches,  and  one  die  plate  with  six  dies  in  same. 


HAND  POWER  PUNCH. 

For  Boiler  Makers  and  Sheet  Metal  Workers. 


Table  ok  Weights,  Capacities,  etc.,  No.  5 Series. 


Size. 

Capacity. 

Punches  to^the 
Center  of 

Weight. 

Price, 

A ------  - 

% X Yi  inch 

10  inches 

365  pounds 

AX 

X x 3/s  inch 

15  inches 

500  pounds 

A X 

X x X inch 

30  inches 

1100  pounds 

B ------ 

X x X inch 

30  inches 

1400  pounds 

c 

X x X inch 

36  inches 

2350  pounds 

D -----. 

X X X inch 

48  inches 

3000  pounds 

E 

1 x X inch 

60  inches 

5000  pounds 

F ------ 

1 x X inch 

74  inches 

7000  pounds 

Distance  from  center  of  punch  to  front  of  machine  is  but  X inch,  so  machine  can  be  used  for  punching  flanges. 

We  send  with  each  machine  one  round  punch  and  die  of  any  desired  size  ; also  all  necessary  levers.  Machine  is  shipped 
complete,  ready  for  use. 


476 


POWER  PUNCHES. 


Fig.  562. 


THE  No.  71  is  made  without  legs,  to  be  used  on  a bench.  We  make  this  machine 
to  order,  with  the  cam  shaft  extended  through  so  as  to  attach  the  regular  hand 
lever,  making  it  capable  of  use  by  either  hand  or  power,  at  an  extra  cost  of  10  per 
cent.  These  machines  are  rated  at  what  they  are  capable  of  doing  by  hand.  For  use 
with  a belt,  we  do  not  recommend  them  to  perform  over  one-half  the  rated  duty. 

All  sizes,  except  No.  71,  have  the  automatic  start  and  stop  motion. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


No.  of  punch,  .... 

71 

72 

7 3 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

Weight,  about  - - pounds 

100 

200 

390 

620 

760 

1100 

1350 

1700 

Capacity  in  \ diam.  of  hole,  inch 

X 

3 

16 

117 

Vs 

7 

TO 

X 

9 

T6 

plate  iron  1 thickness,  - inch 

V 

3 

T6 

X 

Tff 

X 

7 

T6 

X 

9 

lF 

Greatest  distance  will  punch  ) • , 

from  edge,  - - } mch 

2X 

3^ 

4X 

6 

7 X 

8 X 

9X 

11X 

Movement  of  slide  bar,  - inch 

V 

7A 

7A 

1 

1 

iX 

i X 

IX 

Diameter  of  socket  in  slide  1 • , 

bar,  ....  }lnch 

X 

A 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Diameter  of  socket  in  die  1 • . 

iX 

iX 

IX 

IX 

holder,  ....  }lnch 

I 

2 

2 

2 

Diameter  of  hole  in  bed,  - inch 

IX 

iK 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Diameter  of  balance  wheel,  inch 

10 

12 

16 

20 

24 

28 

30 

30 

Width  of  balance  wheel, 

2 

2 

3 

3X 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Revolutions  per  minute,  - 

IOO 

80 

75 

70 

60 

50 

V 40 

30 

No  dies  or  punches  are  furnished  with  machines. 


Fig.  563. 


if 

GEARED  POWER  PUNCHES. 

Au.  Sizes,  except  No.  81,  have  the  Automatic  Start  and  STor 

Motion. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


No.  of  punch,  .... 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

Weight,  about  - - pounds 

125 

275 

475 

700 

1000 

1400 

1600 

1900 

Capacity  in  / Diam.  of  hole,  inch 

X 

3 

TIT 

X 

5 

TF 

X 

T(I 

X 

9 

1 F 

plate  iron  i Thickness  metal,  inch 

X 

3 

nr 

X 

5 

lF 

X 

tV 

X 

_9_ 

Greatest  distance  will  punch  > • . 

from  edge  of  sheet,  ( inch 

2X 

3X 

4X 

6 

7X 

8X 

9X 

11X 

Movement  of  slide  bar,  - inch 

X 

X 

X 

1 

I 

*X 

iX 

Diameter  of  socket  in  slide  bar,  inch 

X 

X 

X 

u 

X 

X- 

X 

7A 

Diameter  of  socket  in  die  holder,  inch 

I 

iX 

*X 

13/ 

iX 

2 

2 

2 

Diameter  of  hole  in  bed,  - inch 

iX 

m 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Diameter  of  fly  wheel,  - inch 

10 

12 

16 

20 

24 

28 

3° 

3° 

Width  of  fly  wheel,  - - inch 

2 

3 

3 

3X 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Diameter  of  T.  and  L.  pulleys,  inch 

10 

12 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

Width  of  T.  and  D.  pulleys,  inch 

2X 

3 

3 

3X 

3X 

4 

4 

Revolutions  per  minute,  about,  inch 

320 

375 

350 

300 

250 

200 

180 

Ratio  of  gearing,  - - inch 

4:1 

4:1 

5:i 

5:r 

5:i 

5:1 

5:1 

6:1 

477 


COflBINED  GEARED  PUNCH  AND  SHEAR. 


(Dimensions  Fig.  No.  564. 


No.  of  machine,  - 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

Weight,  about  ----- 

pounds 

550 

1150 

1450 

1900 

2200 

2500 

Capacity  in  J Diameter  of  whole  will  punch, 

inch 

X 

TS 

X 

ITS 

X 

9 

1 s 

plate  iron.  J Thickness  of  metal  will  punch  or  shear,  inch 

X 

A 

X 

T 

X 

A 

Greatest  distance  will  punch  from  edge  of  sheet, 

inch 

2 

3X 

3 

3 

3X 

3X 

Movement  of  slide  bar,  - 

inch 

X 

I 

1 

iX 

!X 

i x 

Diameter  of  socket  in  slide  bar, 

inch 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Diameter  of  socket  in  die  holder,  - - - 

inch 

I X 

IX 

IX 

2 

2 

2 

Diameter  of  hole  in  die  bed, 

inch 

IX 

2 

2X 

2X 

2X 

2X 

Length  of  shear  blades.  - 

inch 

5 X 

7 X 

8X 

9X 

9X 

10 

Diameter  of  fly  wheel,  - - - 

inch 

17 

21 

25 

28 

3° 

3° 

Width  of  fly  wheel,  - 

inch 

3 

3X 

4 

4 

5 

5 

Diameter  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  - 

inch 

12 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

Width  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

inch 

3 

3 

3X 

3X 

4 

4 

Revolutions  per  minute,  about 

375 

350 

300 

250 

200 

1 So 

Ratio  of  gearing,  - 

5:1 

5:1 

5:1 

5:1 

5:i 

6:1 

IMPROVED  No.  3 LEVER  PUNCH. 

Rear  Working  Lever. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  565.) 

These  Punches  were  designed  for  use  on  bar  iron,  and  the  edge  of  sheet  iron  with  the  lever  working  to  the  rear,  so  that  the 
operator  can  stand  in  the  rear  of  the  punch  to  operate  the  tool.  All  parts  are  carefully  fitted. 

The  levers,  gears,  blocks  and  pins  are  all  made  of  steel. 

Weight,  164  pounds. 

Thickness  Depth 

of  of 

iron.  Jaw. 

X inch  inches 

Square  or  oval  punches  and  dies  double  the  price  of  round. 


Size 

of 

Hole. 
Y%  inch 


Number  Number 
of  of 

Stock.  Coupling. 

3 3 


Number 

of 

Punch. 

3 


Number 

of 

Die.  Price. 

2 $ 60.00 


Fig.  566. 


HAND  POWER  SCROLL  PUNCH. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  566.) 

This  tool  is  intended  especially  for  the  use  of  those  who  have  to  punch 
holes  through  small  scroll  bends,  and  in  order  to  obtain  the  greatest  stiffness 
with  small  size,  the  dies  are  located  in  the  ends  of  a tool-steel  bar  passing 
through  the  body  of  the  machine,  the  bar  being  1 inch  in  diameter  at  one 
end  and  flattened  to  a larger  circle  at  the  other,  and  the  centers  of  dies  X 
inch  from  end  of  bar.  A small  table  for  punching  flat  iron  is  shown  in 
position  attached  to  die  bar. 

The  punch  as  shown  is  to  be  bolted  down  to  the  bench,  but  it  can  be 
detached  and  bolted  to  a post  if  desired.  There  is  also  a special  projection 
for  holding  it  in  a vise.  The  lever  is  easily  removed,  as  it  slips  into  a socket 
as  shown. 

Capacity  of  tool  % inch  hole  in  X inch  iron. 

The  tool  and  stand  weighs  60  pounds. 

Price,  with  two  punches  and  two  dies,  $30.00. 


478 


Fig.  567 


IHPROVED  No.  6 HAND  PUNCH. 


/"J~\HIS  cut  shows  a heavy  punch  made  for  the  use  of  iron  railing  manufacturers, 
bridge  and  building  contractors  and  truck  manufacturers. 

The  gears  and  arms  are  made  of  crucible  steel  ; the  pins  of  the  best  tool 
steel.  The  plunger  is  square,  the  bearing  very  long,  carefully  fitted  and  scraped, 
thus  insuring  long  wearing  qualities  and  the  punch  entering  any  shaped  die 
properly.  The  strain  between  arm  and  plunger  is  taken  upon  a solid  block,  well 
fitted,  easily  gotten  at  and  lubricated,  and  so  designed  that  it  has  only  inch  of 
revolution.  The  opening  behind  the  punch  is  7 yi  inches  deep  by  6 inches  high. 
The  hole  in  lower  jaw  is  1 x 1 y£,  which  is  large  enough  for  iron  railing  tenoning. 
Upon  special  order  the  hole  in  lower  jaw  is  made  1 % x 3^  inches  for  punching 
truck  wrung  irons  1^x2^  inches.  A hole  of  % of  an  inch  in  diameter  can  be  punched  in  % inch  iron.  The  punch  weighs 
about  1025  pounds. 

Price  of  punch  with  one  size  round  punch  and  die,  - $i75-oo 

Shear  attachment  for  iron  % x 3 inches,  ------  10.00 

Tenoning  attachment,  ---------  12.00 

Angle  iron  shear  for  2 inches  angle  or  smaller,  .....  16.00 

x 3 inches  punch  and  die,  per  pair,  -------  20.00 


PATENT  COHBINED  HAND  PUNCH  AND  SHEAR. 


/'T'SHBSU  machines  will  be  found  very  useful  tools  for  general  use,  as  they  are  a 

combination  of  the  round  and  flat  iron  shears  and  hand  punch,  and  the  work- 
manship put  upon  them  is  of  the  best,  no  casting  fits,  but  all  parts  are  carefully  fitted 
by  hand  or  machine. 

No.  2 will  cut  yi,  */%  and  % inch  round  iron,  and  2 x }(  inch  bar  iron  ; will 
punch  inch  holes  in  ]4  inch  iron,  3^  inches  from  edge  to  centre  of  hole.  Weight, 
200  pounds.  Price,  $50.00. 

Fitted  with  new  standard  stock  No.  1,  coupling  No.  I,  punch  No.  2,  die  No.  2. 

No.  3 will  cut  y(,  Y%  and  inch  round  iron,  and  3 x y%  inch  bar  iron  ; will 
punch  yi  inch  hole  in  yi  inch  iron,  4 inches  from  edge  to  centre  of  hole.  Weight, 
400  pounds.  Price,  $100.00. 

Fitted  with  new  standard  stock  No.  3,  coupling  No.  3,  punch  No.  2,  die  No.  2. 

Punch  and  die  for  tenoning  in  y inch  iron.  Price,  $10.00. 

One  punch  and  die  only  with  each  machine. 


Fig.  568. 


nETAL  PUNCH 


Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  569. 

Plunger,  studs  and  straps  are  steel.  Handle  is  reversible  by  removing  lower  stud,  turn- 
ing handle  and  plunger  half  round  and  replacing  stud  in  opposite  hole. 

One  size  punch  and  die  with  each  machine,  X>  or  X inch.  Extra  sets,  per  set,  75c. 
Capacity,  % inch  through  X inch  iron,  to  center  of  4 inch  work. 

Weight,  25  pounds.  Price,  $15.00. 


HAND  PUNCHES. 


Fig.  570. 


Dimensions  Fig.  No.  570. 


No. 

Depth  of 
Jaw. 

Diameter 
of  Hole. 

Thickness 
of  Iron. 

No.  of  No.  of 
Stock.  Coupl’g. 

No.  of 
Punch. 

No.  of 
Die. 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Prices. 

O 

2]/z  inches 

X inch 

X inch 

II 

I 

33 

$20.00 

I 

3 X inches 

i36  inch 

X inch 

O 

1 

I 

2 

65 

26.00 

2 

3X  inches 

X inch 

X inch 

2 

2 

2 

2 

115 

40.00 

3 

4 inches 

i5e  inch 

16  inch 

3 

3 

3 

2 

175 

52.00 

3K 

4 inches 

X inch 

/(.  inch 

4 

3 

3 2 

200 

65.00 

4 

4 inches 

X inch 

X inch 

3 

3 

3 

2 

325 

88.00 

5 

7X  inches 

X inch 

X inch 

5 

4 

4 

4 

500 

115.00 

One  round  punch  and  die  furnished  with  each  machine.  Square  and  oval  punches  and  dies  double  the 
price  of  round. 


HAND  PUNCH. 


PTg.  572. 


(Dimensions,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  572.) 


No.  of  punch,  - 

Weight  about,  - 
Capacity  in  plate  iron, 

Diameter  of  hole,  - 

Thickness, 

Greatest  distance  will  punch  I 
from  edge,  \ 

Diameter  of  hole  in  bed,  - 
Diameter  of  socket  in  die  holder, 
Diameter  of  socket  in  slide  bar, 
length  of  levers,  - 


- 

61 

62 

63 

64 

pounds 

60 

200 

325 

500 

inches 

% 

3-16 

54 

5-16 

inches 

% 

3-16 

54 

5-16 

inches 

2 a 

314 

434 

6 

inches 

1 14 

1 14 

2 

3 

inches 

1 

1 14 

i54 

Il4 

inches 

>4 

n 

y» 

34 

feet 

234 

4 

514 

65 

66 

67 

68 

700 

1000 

1200 

1500 

34 

7-16 

14 

. 9-16 

34 

7-16 

14 

9- 16 

754 

8J4 

934 

1154 

4 

4 

5 

5 

i34 

2 

2 

2 

34 

x 

% 

% 

6 

614 

614 

6'A 

Fig.  571. 


PEERLESS  PUNCHES. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  571.) 

To  meet  the  occasional  demand  for  a light  punch  with  deeper 
jaw,  we  offer  this  style.  A roller  on  the  end  of  the  lever,  below 
bearing  bolts,  works  in  a slot  in  top  of  plunger.  The  lever 
will  work  either  to  the  front  or  rear. 

No.  I PEERLESS  PUNCH. 

This  size  will  punch  X inch  hole  in 
inch  iron  6 inches  from  edge. 

Weight,  about  - - - 60  pounds 

Price,  -----  $ 

No.  2 PEERLESS  PUNCH. 

This  size  will  punch  X inch  hole  in 
[4  inch  iron  6 inches  from  edge. 

Weight,  - 140  pounds 

Price,  . - - $35-00 


Pig.  573. 


HYDRAULIC  PUNCH. 

For  Base  of  Cable  Slot  Rail- 


(Description  Fig.  No.  573.) 

Another  of  the  special  requirements  of  cable  railroad  construction  is  a special 
form  of  a spike  slot  punch  by  which  the  bolt  holes  can  be  punched  in  the  base  of 
the  slot  or  Z rails  before  or  after  being  laid  in  position.  On  this  tool  clips  are 
placed  upon  the  front  which  drop  into  the  cable  slot,  and  hold  the  tool  up,  while 
gauges  on  the  sides  determine  the  position  of  the  hole  and  act  as  strippers  when 
withdrawing  the  punch.  The  center  of  the  hole  is  regulated  from  the  rear  of  the 
jaw.  Two  men  were  able  to  do  with  this  tool  the  work  which  required  seven  men 
with  a ratchet  and  at  a small  fraction  of  the  time. 

Fitted  with  New  Standard  Gland  No.  5,  Punch  No  5,  Die  No.  4. 

Price, $150.00 


J3f- 


Fig.  574. 


HYDRAULIC  PUNCH. 

For  Web  of  Cable  Slot  Rail. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  574.) 


In  building  cable  railroads  it  was  found  necessary  to  have  a 
punch  which  would  punch  the  hole  for  the  tie  bolt,  in  the  web 
of  the  slot  rail  (“Z’:  bars)  when  both  slot  rails  were  in  place 
and  the  track  laid,  it  being  impossible  to  lay  out  the  holes 
before.  This  made  it  necessary  that  the  jaws  of  the  punch 
should  be  raised  from  below,  have  an  opening  large  enough  to 
let  the  base  of  the  rail  pass  the  die  and  the  punch,  also  to  have 
the  punch  short  enough  to  be  dropped  down  between  the  slot 
and  wheel  rails  and  yet  be  convenient  for  operation.  These 
requirements  were  all  filled  by  the  tool  here  shown,  which  has  the  position  of  the  head  and  pump  opening  on  jaw  side  of  the 
punch  and  which  has  a depth  of  jaw  of  5 inches,  an  opening  of  7 inches  and  weighs  about  300  pounds.  The  body  is  of  steel, 
as  in  all  of  our  punches  of  this  character.  For  steel  rails  a shearing  punch  is  advised.  Two  men  were  able  to  do  with  th  is 
the  work  of  a gang  of  men  with  ratchets.  Fitted  with  Gland  No.  5,  Punch  No.  5,  Die  No.  5.  Price,  $200.00. 


FiG.  575- 


HYDRAULIC  PUNCH. 

For  Web  of  Street  Girder  Rails. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  575.) 

Ill  punching  street  railroad  girder  rails  of  this  pattern  when  in  place  a 
special  form  of  our  hydraulic  punch  has  to  be  used.  The  head  of  the  rail 
being  very  wide  and  the  punch  low  down,  none  of  our  ordinary  forms  were 
convenient,  which  rendered  this  form  of  tool  necessary.  Our  recent  improve- 
ment, whereby  the  ram  can  be  brought  down  to  the  work  without  the  loss  of 
time  and  labor  of  pumping  has  been  augmented  by  placiug  the  die  in  a 
sliding  block  which  can  be  removed  by  simply  raising  a latch,  thus  getting 
a clear  opening  of  five  inches  and  at  the  same  time  keeping  the  length  of  the 
cyliuder  short  enough  to  not  be  in  the  way  of  the  work,  the  head  smaller  aud 
the  whole  tool  lighter.  This  form  of  tool  can  also  be  furnished  for  punching 
“I”  beams.  The  tool  is  steadied  by  bringing  the  punch  against  the  work, 
with  the  quick-acting  lever,  before  beginning  to  operate  the  pumping  lever. 
The  upper  socket  must  be  brought  down  against  the  lug  ou  the  head  before 
the  quick-acting  lever  can  be  used. 

No.  2 fitted  with  Gland  No.  5,  Punch  No.  5.  The  Die  is  special. 


Size. 

2 

3 

4 


Diameter 
of  Hole. 

I inch 
I inch 
lY  inches 


Thickness. 

Yz  inch  (iron) 
Yt  inch  (steel) 
Yz  inch  (steel) 


DJPaw°f  Wei^ht 

5 inches  280  pounds 
5 inches  350  pounds 
5 inches  650  pounds 


Price. 

$225.00 

250.00 

325.00 


481 


HYDRAULIC  PUNCH. 


The  punch  is  driven  down  by  operating  the  pump  inside  the  head  or  reservoir, 
the  piston  of  which  is  connected  to  the  socket  in  which  the  upper  lever  is  shown. 
It  is  raised  by  bringing  the  socket  down  against  the  lug  on  head  and  pushing  down 
the  lower  socket  by  a second  lever,  which  does  not  interfere  with  that  of  the  pump. 

All  parts  are  readily  accessible,  and  very  carefully  designed.  The  head  may  be 
turned  to  bring  the  lever  to  any  desired  position,  and  irregular  dies  may  be  used 
without  danger.  Body  and  working  parts  are  steel. 


Size. 

0 

1 

IX 

2 

2X 

3 
3X 

4 


Diameter 
of  Hole. 

7/s  inch 

Y inch 

Y inch 
i inch 
i inch 

i y inches 
I Y&  inches 
inches 


Thickness 
of  Iron. 

Yi  inch 
)4  inch 
)4  inch 
inch 
inch 
Y inch 
X inch 
i inch 


Depth  of  Number  Number 
Jaw.  of  Gland,  of  Punch. 

1 14  inches  Special  Special 


2)4  inches  4 4 

6 inches  4 4 

2^4  inches  5 5 

4 'A  inches  5 5 

3 inches  6 6 

4 inches  6 6 

3l4  inches  7 7 


Number 
of  Die. 

Special 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 


Weight. 

30  pounds 
105  pounds 
140  pounds 
130  pounds 
165  pounds 
220  pounds 
300  pounds 
325  pounds 


One  Round  Punch  and  Die  furnished  with  each  tool. 


Price. 

$85.00 

1 10.00 

150.00 

140.00 
i75-oo 
i75-oo 

200.00 

225.00 


Fig.  576. 


PORTABLE  HYDRAULIC  BEAH  PUNCH. 

9 Inch  and  1214  Inch  Jaw  Pattern. 


Fig.  577. 


9 Inches.  This  punch  is  operated  by  a pump  worked  by  a lever  inserted  in  the  socket  shown  on  the  side  of  the  head. 
The  parts  are  all  easy  of  access  and  reliable,  and  the  head  may  be  turned  to  operate  the  lever  from  any  position.  The  body 
of  the  punch  is  steel.  The  throat  is  9 inches  deep  by  inches,  allows  a beam  to  be  punched  close  to  the  flange  or  9 inches 

from  edge.  It  also  allows  angle  or  T iron  to  be  punched 
without  pushing  lengthwise  through  the  punch.  Face  of  die 
to  ground,  14X  inches.  One  movement  of  the  lever  in  the 
lower  socket  withdraws  the  punch  entirely  from  the  iron,  or 
brings  the  punch  down  on  the  work  without  the  labor  and 
loss  of  time  necessary  to  pump  it  down.  The  punches  arc 
prevented  from  turning,  thus  allowing  the  use  of  irregular 
shaped  dies  without  danger  of  the  punch  coming  down  on 
the  die.  The  hand-ring  is  put  on  for  lifting  or  suspending 
the  punch.  Larger  sizes  to  order.  Capacity  of  punch,  with 
one  man  on  lever,  1 inch  round  hole  in  1 inch  iron.  Weight, 
645  pounds.  Fitted  with  Gland  No.  6,  Punch  No.  6,  Die 
No.  5.  Price,  $225.00. 

12 y2  Inches.  This  tool  has  a jaw  12)4  inches  deep,  9 
inches  high.  The  edge  of  the  jaw  is  only  inches  from 
the  edge  to  the  center  of  the  die.  The  truck  wheels  are  6 
inches  in  diameter,  and  the  height  of  die  from  the  ground 
is  17)^  inches,  thus  permitting  the  punching  of  beams  on 
flange  as  well  as  in  the  web.  With  reverse  action  the  punch 
may  be  brought  down  at  one  motion  on  the  work  without 
the  delay  or  labor  of  pumping.  The  head  can  be  revolved 
so  that  the  operator  can  stand  in  any  convenient  situation. 
All  parts  are  easy  of  access  for  examination  or  repair.  The 
body  is  all  steel.  The  tool  punches  easily  1 inch  hole  in  1 
inch  iron.  Is  fitted  with  No.  6 Gland,  No.  6 Punch  and 
No.  5 Die.  Weight,  800  pounds.  Price,  $275.00. 


482 


BOILER  HAKERS’  STEEL  SCREW  PUNCHES. 


Sizes,  Prices,  Etc. 

No.  oo,  punches  -fy  inch  hole  in  y inch  iron,  inches  from  edge  of  sheet, 

No.  o,  punches  inch  hole  in  y inch  iron,  iy  inches  from  edge  of  sheet, 

No.  1,  punches  y2  inch  hole  in  inch  iron,  1 % inches  from  edge  of  sheet,  - 

No.  2,  punches  y inch  hole  in  y2  inch  iron,  2 inches  from  edge  of  sheet, 

No.  3,  punches  y inch  hole  in  y inch  iron,  2 %.  inches  from  edge  of  sheet,  - 

No.  $y,  punches  y inch  hole  in  y inch  iron,  y/2  inches  from  edge  of  sheet, 

No.  5,  punches  1 inch  hole  in  1 inch  iron,  4 inches  from  edge  of  sheet,  - 
One  punch  and  die  furnished.  Extra  punches  and  dies,  per  pair,  Nos.  00  and  o,  $ 


Price,  | 

14  pounds 

Price, 

17  pounds 

Price, 

27  pounds 

Price, 

40  pounds 

Price, 

60  pounds 

Price, 

100  pounds 

Price, 

150  pounds 

; Nos.  1 

and  2,  $ ; No.  3, 

REINFORCED  JAW  STEEL  SCREW  PUNCHES. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  578.) 

These  punches  are  made  from  an  extra  quality  of  steel.  The  threads  are  carefully  and  smoothly  cut  in  the  body  and 
on  the  screw,  not  a rough  or  loose  fit,  which  is  destructive  to  the  work,  and  also  to  the  punches  and  dies. 


Price  List  and  Sizes. 


Size  of 

Depth  of 

Punch 

Size. 

Hole. 

Iron. 

Jaw. 

Punch 

Gland. 

Die. 

Weight. 

Price. 

0 

t?  inch 

y inch 

2 inches 

3 inches 

3 inches 

i inch 

21  pounds 

I24.00 

1 

A inch 

inch 

2 y inches 

4 inches 

4 inches 

3 inches 

38  pounds 

30.00 

iA 

Y%  inch 

y»  inch 

5 inches 

4 inches 

4 inches 

3 inches 

50  pounds 

40.00 

IB 

inch 

% inch 

3 y inches 

5 inches 

5 inches 

4 inches 

75  pounds 

45-00 

iC 

inch 

y inch 

6 inches 

5 inches 

5 inches 

4 inches 

88  pounds 

55-oo 

2 

ff  inch 

y inch 

2 y inches 

5 inches 

5 inches 

4 inches 

70  pounds 

40.00 

3 

||  inch 

y inch 

3 inches 

5 inches 

5 inches 

4 inches 

96  pounds 

60.00 

3A 

inch 

y inch 

3 y inches 

5 inches 

5 inches 

4 inches 

105  pounds 

7° -o0 

Fig. 580 


Fig.  579. 


HYDRAULIC  SCREW  PUNCH. 

Upright  Screw. 

(Dimensions  Fig.  Nos.  579,  580.) 

One  round  punch  and  die  furnished  with  each  tool.  Square  or 
oval  punches  double  the  price  of  round.  Extra 
punches  and  dies. 


HYDRAULIC  SCREW  PUNCH. 

Horizontal  screw. 


Diameter 

Thickness 

Depth 

No.  of 

No.  of 

No.  of 

Size. 

of  Hole. 

of  Iron. 

of  Jaw. 

Gland. 

Puuch. 

Die. 

Weight. 

Price. 

I 

inch 

Y%  inch 

2 inches 

4 

4 

3 

45  pounds 

$64.00 

2 

if  inch 

y.  inch 

2^  inches 

5 

5 

4 

70  pounds 

90.00 

3 

inch 

y inch 

3 y inches 

5 

5 

4 

no  pounds 

110.00 

4 

ff  inch 

1 inch 

4 inches 

6 

6 

4 

160  pounds 

140.00 

For  Boiler  Makers  and  Sheet  Iron  Workers. 


List  of  Sizes  and  Prices  of  Bending  Rolls. 


Diameter  of  Rolls. 

Length  of  Rolls 
between  Housings. 

. Price  Rolls  of  Price  Roll 

Weight.  Wrought  Iron.  Steel. 

2 yz  inches 

26  inches 

300  pounds  $ $ 

3 inches 

32  inches 

325  pounds 

3 y2  inches  . 

36  inches 

500  pounds 

4 inches 

40  inches 

1000  pounds 

inches 

40  inches 

1 100  pounds 

5 inches 

40  inches 

1600  pounds 

5 inches 

50  inches 

1800  pounds 

Sl/2  inches 

50  inches 

2000  pounds 

5 inches 

62  inches 

2000  pounds 

5 y2  inches 

62  inches 

2200  pounds 

6 inches 

50  inches 

2300  pounds 

6 y2  inches 

50  inches 

2550  pounds 

6 inches 

62  inches 

2600  pounds 

6%  inches 

62  inches 

2900  pounds 

7 inches 

50  inches 

3000  pounds 

7 inches 

62  inches 

3400  pounds 

7 y2  inches 

62  inches 

3700  pounds 

7 inches 

74  inches 

3750  pounds 

7 y2  inches 

74  inches 

4150  pounds 

8 inches 

74  inches 

4600  pounds 

8 inches 

86  inches 

5100  pounds 

We  can  furnish 

other  sizes  with  longer 

or  shorter  rolls,  with  back-gearing,  double  or  single. 

484 


Fig.  584. 


BENDING  ROLLS. 


WE  build  bending  rolls  of  various  capacities,  but  all  substantially  on  the  same  plan.  There  are  three  rolls,  the  two  lower 
being  geared  together,  while  the  top  roll  is  run  by  the  friction  of  the  plate.  This  roll  is  adjusted  to  suit  the  thickness 
of  the  plate  or  the  desired  curvature  by  means  of  a lever  screw  in  each  of  the  housings.  The  housings  are  hinged  to 
facilitate  the  removal  of  the  rolled  ring.  The  rolls  are  made  of  solid  wrought  iron,  and  mounted  complete  on  a cast  iron  bed 
plate.  They  can  be  furnished  either  for  hand  or  power  bending.  The  power  rolls  are  fitted  either  with  tight  and  loose 
pulleys  or  with  friction  pulleys  for  running  and  reversing.  Prices  on  application. 


Size. 

Diameter 
Top  Roll. 

Diameter 
Bottom  Rolls. 

Distance  Between 
Housings. 

Weight. 

No. 

1 

4.%  inches 

4 inches 

4 feet  0 inches 

1750  pounds 

No. 

2 

534  inches 

434  inches 

5 feet  0 inches 

2850  pounds 

No. 

3 

6 inches 

53^  inches 

6 feet  0 inches 

4250  pounds 

No. 

4 

7 inches 

63^  inches 

7 feet  2 inches 

7150  pounds 

No. 

5 

8 inches 

73^  inches 

8 feet  2 inches 

9100  pounds 

No. 

6 

8J^  inches 

8 inches 

8 feet  6 inches 

10900  pounds 

No. 

7 

9 Yz  inches 

83^  inches 

10  feet  2 inches 

14500  pounds 

No. 

8 

1032  inches 

9 inches 

10  feet  6 inches 

17500  pounds 

No. 

9 

11%  inches 

93^  inches 

12  feet  2 inches 

21800  pounds 

No. 

10 

12  inches 

1034  inches 

12  feet  2 inches 

28000  pounds 

No. 

11 

12%^  inches 

11  inches 

14  feet  2 inches 

32600  pounds 

No. 

12 

13  inches 

1132  inches 

14  feet  2 inches 

38000  pounds 

No. 

13 

12>U  inches 

12  inches 

16  feet  2 inches 

43200  pounds 

485 


Pig.  585. 


POWER  BENDING  ROLL,  WITH  FRICTION  PULLEYS. 


F I MIE  above  illustration  represents  our  regular  type  of  machine  for  bending  boiler  plate  up  to  ^ inches  in  thickness. 

The  rolls  are  mounted  on  a heavy  iron  base  plate,  making  a rigid,  substantial  construction,  which  does  not  require  an 
expensive  foundation. 

The  rolls  are  steel  or  wrought  iron  forgings,  and  have  hinged  housing  for  removing  full  circle  plates.  They  are  driven 
by  friction  pulleys. 

This  machine  has  top  roll  11  inches  diameter,  bottom  roll  8 inches  diameter,  and  is  9 feet  2 inches  between  housings. 

Prices  and  weights  given  on  application. 

In  writing  state  greatest  thickness  and  length  of  plate  to  be  bent,  also  diameter  of  circle. 

We  are  prepared  to  furnish  all  sizes  and  styles  of  rolls,  for  heavy  or  light  duty,  to  be  driven  by  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 
friction  pulleys,  or  reversing  engines. 

Correspondence  solicited. 


486 


Fig.  586 


487 


SLIP  ROLLER. 


/^pHIS  illustrates  a new  Slip  Roller  for  boiler  makers  and  all  heavy  sheet  iron  workers. 

It  is  superior  to  all  others,  less  complex,  and  more  easily  handled.  The  front  bearing  opens  by  lever  A,  which  is 
keyed  on  to  shaft,  reaching  to  opposite  end  of  the  roll  with  eccentric  on  same.  The  top  roll  and  eccentric  are  connected  by 
link  B,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2. 

By  opening  front  bearing  the  eccentric  pulls  down  back  roll  and  raises  front  part  of  same  by  one  operation.  Built 
in  four  sizes. 


No.  1 is  double  geared,  rollers  of  cast  iron  to  work  No.  16  gauge  to  % inch  plates,  pulleys  for  right  or  left  belt,  parallel 
raising  device,  and  from  60  to  90  inches  long. 

No.  2 is  also  double  geared,  steel  rolls,  with  pulleys  for  right  or  left  belt,  to  roll  metal  inch  thick. 

The  rollers  are  raised  by  wedge  and  screw,  which  makes  the  seat  of  sliding  boxes  very  firm  and  steady. 


No.  1 Double  Gear. 

Length.  Diameter  of  Rolls.  Weight.  Price. 

61  inches  6 and  8 inches  7600  pounds 

73  inches  7 and  8%  inches  8300  pounds 

85  inches  8^2  and  9^  inches  10800  pounds 

98  inches  8 and  10  inches  13300  pounds 


No.  2 Double  Gear. 


Length. 

Diameter  of 
Rolls. 

Weight, 

Extra  per  6 inches 
Price.  more  or  less. 

60  inches 

5 inches 

2600  pounds 

$ 26.00 

No.  3. 
60  inches 

.Single  Gear. 
4 inches 

1900  pounds 

E-xra  per  6 inches. 
$ 18.OO 

No.  4. 

50  inches 

3 inches 

1 100  pounds 

$ 12.00 

488 


Prentiss  Tqql  supply 


Fig.  588. 


FIVE=ROLL  STRAIQHTENER. 


nrVHE  above  illustration  is  of  our  Five-Roll  Straightening  or  Leveling  Machine.  We  construct  it  in  three  sizes  with  3,  5 
and  7 inch  rollers,  and  of  any  width  desired.  They  are  built  for  all  classes  of  work,  and  straighten  from  22  gauge  to 
inch  iron  or  steel.  The  machine  is  furnished  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys.  It  is  shipped,  mounted  on  oak  skids,  ready  to 
operate.  The  capacity  of  No.  1 is  30  feet,  No.  2 about  40  feet,  and  No.  3 about  45  feet,  per  minute.  By  running  sheets 
through  twice  the  result  is  very  satisfactory. 


Five-Roll  Straightening  Machine. 


Length  of 
Rolls. 

Diameter. 

Will 

Straighten. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Extra  per  Inch 
more  or  less. 

No.  1 

60  inches 

5 inch 

No.  8,  16  gauge 

4500  pounds 

$5.00 

No.  2 

60  inches 

4 inch 

No.  14,  22  gauge 

3150  pounds 

4.00 

No.  3 

40  inches 

4-3  inch 

No.  18,  24  gauge 

1950  pounds 

3-25 

No  parallel  raising  device. 


489 


^nrAHIS  illustrates  our  eight-roll  straightening  or  leveling  machine.  We  build  it  in  three  sizes  and  of  different  lengths  to 
suit  customer.  These  machines  are  double  geared,  rollers  made  of  solid  steel.  No.  i is  generally  used  by  manufacturers 
of  gas  holders,  safe  makers  and  heavy  sheet-iron  workers.  Nos.  2 and  3 are  used  largely  in  sheet  mills  for  straightening  light 
iron.  They  are  built  with  parallel  raising  device,  so  that  both  sides  open  at  same  time.  We  furnish  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 
but  if  ordered  can  arrange  for  three  pulleys,  so  as  to  run  heavy  sheets,  both  backward  and  forward,  which  is  sometimes 
desirable. 

With  our  No.  3 machine,  when  used  by  galvauizers,  the  best  results  are  obtained  by  putting  the  sheets  through  warm  as 
they  come  from  the  kettles,  w'hen  it  will  smooth  uneven  places  and  level  the  sheet  at  same  time.  The  capacity  is  from  40  to 
45  feet  per  minute. 

We  do  not  claim  that  our  rolls  will  do  perfect  work,  but  with  a few  days’  experience  they  can  be  operated  so  as  to 
improve  sheets  at  least  75  per  cent.,  and  generally  straighten  them  so  that  hammering  is  not  necessary. 


Eight- R 01,1,  Straightening  Machine. 


Eength  of 
Rolls. 

Diameter 
of  Rolls. 

Will 

Straighten. 

Weight.  Price. 

Price  per  Inch, 
Extra,  more 
or  less. 

No. 

I 

60  inches 

5 inch 

No.  8,  16  gauge 

5650  pounds 

#9.00 

No. 

2 

60  inches 

4 inch 

No.  14,  22  gauge 

3900  pounds 

7-50 

No. 

3 - - 

40  inches 

4-3  inch 

No.  18,  28  gauge 

2200  pounds 

6.00 

490 


PREMISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g> 


Fig.  590. 


CRIMPING  ROLL. 


f 1 MIIS  represents  our  latest  improved  Crimping  Roll,  60  inches  wide,  with  10  inch  rollers  and  ^ inch  corrugations.  The 
machine  is  double  geared  on  the  lower  roll,  and  the  top  roller  is  driven  from  the  lower  by  means  of  cut  gearing  on  both 
ends,  which  keeps  same  from  twisting.  This  top  roll  is  also  controlled  by  a geared  parallel  raising  and  lowering  device  which 
is  operated  from  one  end. 

We  have  also  a very  important  arrangement  for  setting  the  rolls  so  that  the  weight  of  top  roll  is  taken  from  the  screws 
and  boxes  and  sets  rolls  so  that  they  do  not  wear  against  each  other  when  machine  is  running  but  not  being  fed.  It  is  built 
in  all  sizes  and  widths  to  suit  requirements  and  with  either  cast  iron  or  steel  rolls.  When  inquiring,  please  give  thickness  of 
material,  width  and  depth  of  corrugations  and  distance  necessary  between  housings. 

Weight,  Price,  $ 


491 


Fig.  591 


<1^  c/5  ^ <aj  <u 

rt  ^ G 'r-  £ r*  o3  b/0  O 

bfC.3  S.2~  ^£,0  S’13 

...  0 G 


■=  ss  -s  a’-o^-s  v.-f'o  « 

g-a-£  g-13  y o u o j*  btf2. 
^eSj^gB-JSflgljao 
0)  G 'G  j)  »G  cO  ^ *G  i*h’2'S. 


'G 

G 

rt  <y  *2  . . -i_>  .Z, 

0)  G 'G  c/5  .G 

-r  r-1  *-<  F°.  O 


4-»  1)  t/5  d) 

^5-3  5 

• 4-> 

b*  c/5  *rh 


O o 

<U  <u  .. 

> ,0  c/5  4; 

“S2o 

' K W 5 ^ 

5.  53  >.  S S U **  « H rt  g "3  8 ai  S’0  <«  "a  2 

Cv-d  ^ £ S »MO  a 

rt  r-i  t3  cO  *-•  • "* 


^>+j  njsa,s«’"s?: 

a aifl  fi  ,,  °^'C  S-c 


0)  t> 


rt 


_ _ _ Oh  ! 

O c3  d d cC  ^ . 
' ' ‘ • R ^3  £ O 


G O 
3 


G G 


rt 


c/5  nd 

. "G  c«  S G 
7:  7-  rT  0 0 <2  rt 

P dd  •?.  O rt  <u  to  « 


Ctl  2Crd  a)  5 C 

H u a Gs«  as 

d)  _ »— 1 n C/5  ^ 


Cj  r- 

ar 


rt 


5P  a ~ -.-S-d 

<u  <u  ,a  8 3 - 

a 


y sj  <-> 


y dd  0 

_ , d y d 

O O <U  C X! 

O _ — -M 


•gP^e 


G 0 


§ fl-| 

0 O & 


o'S^  a * O 

_ h'""  “ o “dl  »j  -g  „ r> 

i 5 to  ^:5 * oq3ls-gS^-s|'< 

•§  ^.5  2||Sc<Oairt<u'*;rt'S-. 

o S-5=£-g-  ^2®^  8^ 

_ a 0 ^ H"-,00'tio2a.ft 
o >>  03  o ko  ..  a.S  <u 

o Mh-a  N 005 


Oj  ^ O J! 

” -a  • S •“  ^ ° 

5 “ ' 


i> 


bo  £ 
n f5 


S u 

>1  & 


c/5  ' 


0) 


a; 


•-0  >H  C 
„ rt  °* 


0 2 O 

s -?-5  "J  ^g. 
S'S  85  s s-s-o 


u 


h Xo-i: 

a By^ 


be 


SboS 


s-llflll6! 

H G 


<D 


^ .r  »-  5 o ^ in-  ri 

<l>  i2  a;  8 • • 


o a"^_,  _ 

► ^ v Z?  d tJ  0 

o o r,  ,T  ® <u  ? 

c u ^ u y.2  ^ £ 

— ■ rdGjCflj,Hb<o2b/ 

u O " - rt 

O S rt 
^ -y  aj  OJ 
T!  3 ± -3  0 
-<U  ti  rt  ^ a T3 


>,  4)  .5 

^•^aa 

? a ^ 

h dd  .5  n 
g rt  K D. 
O Sj  UJ3 
be  •*-*  0 o 


O O d 


G 0 O 


O o3 

CN  G 

^ rt 


d n 
« o£- 
iJ  5 M Qh  O 5 
rt‘  >% 


r?— • , viy  ' — 

_ „ „ „ „ Mu  w_, 7 b a o o mc 

,apiii3"aBati  --.^a  In  •£  S o ° J 

o>uCT'Ou!- 

2 '33  -s  <u  s u 
eg  Mho 
” <u  be  c 

MU  c O £ 

■S  3 3 . S U 

na  m c S ro  a g 
n cn  S (j  u a 


a y JS  "o  c 

Oh  ^ 

^ e.2 
' ST'--  O ^ 

siubSfSac*'' 

i-<  ,_.  _ o ™ rt  *-  kj  'j) 

*>£?<£•*  rt'ir.u 

rt 


s s 


; 


G 

O G 
CJ  <U 


rt  c5^dj'oto>^ 
.•.2*<u  G . . V ^ G 


d»  ' 


a j 


'^2  ^ °*  xT 
““2  g;g 


U C ii  g 5 ^ 

S.S  « ««-  ,«u  „ 

a £ C--2  0 ^ 0 .2 

r®-.paSa^ 


2J  ^ ■ c 0/  U 

ifl.a^^-gsSss 

'•^  S 8 &&«  S 

lUigS.2^3 


<u  _ 

be  ^ c/5 


i ^ ^ 


>-H  C CC  r— 1 flj  Pi  (/) 

ffi  <y  ^ 3 .y  15  5 >vti  ^ _ _ 

^ •OrC  •h'w  rt  u,^! 


c ax 


rt 


£3  % 51  S g » 

^ ' aS^22  = 

O O >-*  *^3  *-m  ^ ^ *g 

SBs-M*SfS 

zis  s s ►§•2 


rt ’c ^ c .S ®2  5'S  o ^ 


a a- 


-.  rtb 
O rt 


c >,8  g 2 !?.§^S  oaaj: 


M Td  ^ c 


Sh 


O rt  T3 


C 'rt  TJ  ■*-> 

a 


bp^.S'&ng-g 


«-S  g<S 
a ° 


C*j  :-v  cw  «n  .f-H  »-  cy  ^ O rt 

c uair!3  c « k 3 2i 

Si -M]y,S'S£o  2 X 

— ' C rt  U ^ 4) 

rt  a sfCs  o 

b <u  i5 1-1  ^ c 
•ti'S 

£ S5tJ  **.5 

sp'1"  •'“’-S  m a b a^-a 

a ss  a 


H 'G 


0 5 2 a ®-g6ac^  S 

i»  d ^ G .G  G b/)  rt 

hr  dj  ic  -p  -p  c rP  .rr 


rt  G3  w 


cr  O 

rt  ^ 

^•c  « s ^ 

rt  T3  rt 

JS.2  § S 

rt^o  h 4j 

— ' • u 


> 2 V 

. ac  dd 


m 1 ^ 5 XI 

P .^1  — • 


•G. 

^ u 'o 

s -rG  _, 

— 1 m a c 

U 7d  rt  O -r- 

D rt  pxd  rt  rt  _!> 
a iu  M0'u  u^d 


rt  ui  "rt  O g 

g>| 

o ax  v •-  o 


a 3 u •- o 

G >-  cCn;  > 

rH  d CJ  (1)  < 


c/5  <y 


o^r* 


biO 


v <v  • 


G G <uf 
rt  O P2 


05  , 


rt-C< 

<u  CJ 


c a *J  <U.  u ^-o  +J  a ■«  x-1 


<u  P.C 

<S)  *G 

c -a  iS 

CO  f \ 

J2  jc  0 


«§a 


,rS  S c 2 

..  CJ  CO  .G 
G G 4)  _ rt 


*G  • •-;  . wh  ♦- 

tj  ^ <u  G 

m 8 a ii  "C  0 

2 u rt  *.  O jh 

J'S'C  o '?-|  o'S.B 


W J-  ^ _h 

ad  « .'O  a 

G > dj  C ^ 


rO 

l-g 

g; 


G 
. O 
CJ'SG 


- ^ Sj  rt  v, 

^rt  g.g  u-^^  « v 
0/ 

P-Ti3  cO  rt  rj 
OJ  »-  . Ill  .G 

<U  <L»  c/5  'u  c 

n g^ii  a | 

a 0 c -rH  -o 

O C M 


Es 

G C« 


n* 


0> 


^ J ^ -E  a | r 

^ u.  j-  0 g 2 

J3  o > c p 5 

a 0 g'd  rt  geo  p;  <n  - 

M-2  %■-£ 


-=  <v 

*-  CJ 

G 


a a-| 

. JJ  M^ 
>•>^2  a <u 
a u-2  h 


ft  ...i 


a 

.s  a" 

dd  2 u 


o (y  £ 'So  o g .*3 


eg  > § s a «|^|'s:a|  s.'s-s  g « 


t c.S  S 

o B 0^  fl  0 ^ “ 

2-S2Td  oj 

urT-,’drthd'a'E*Jfl 
to^dd"^®  3 <u  w>8 

§^a^-28 

h— ( 8 


ftrt  • • rjj  a ^a 

^ rr  - 4j  <U  m-i ’G  > ^ 

o 0 a M rt  <->  O h p 


Vi  rt 


• G O 


G G O 

P g *§  3 p^'g  2irt 


• H ^2*° 
G rt  ^ 

?t*  G rt 


5m'^ 

3 s a> 

^-Sd* 


uuMruxuuu;r-'"arai!rtaou 
+jflpHGG»Sa3ilj<L)i^cr'G™.,-3a3(^o 
G 3 <u  2 .2  o p a/  cr^  p •— J G k 

S Kui  « onfi+irtusaPuHis 


498 


BOILER  HEAD  MAN=HOLE  FACING  MACHINE. 


^JAHE  above  cut  represents  Boiler  Head  Man  Hole  Facing  Machine  with  boiler  head  clamped  in  position  by  four  clamping 
bolts  which  pass  through  heavy  dogs,  securely  fastening  the  work  to  the  table,  it  being  provided  with  tee  slots  extending 
through  its  entire  length,  permitting  boiler  heads  of  the  following  diameters  to  be  clamped  thereon  : 78,  72,  66,  60,  56,  54,  48, 
36,  30  and  24  inches.  Table  mounted  on  cast  base,  30  x 30 — 24  inches  high,  having  a bearing  8 inches  long  in  bottom  of  base. 
To  receive  steel  spindle  5 inches  diameter— 31  inches  long  passing  through  bearing  in  table  to  receive  facing  head  with  cutter, 
the  feed  adjustment  being  regulated  by  a hand  wheel  on  top  of  facing  head  as  shown.  The  driving  mechanism  is  very 
simple,  consisting  of  a driving  pulley,  worm  and  worm-wheel.  The  worm  and  wheel  run  in  oil,  avoiding  all  danger  of  cutting 
or  getting  out  of  order.  When  facing  off  man -hole,  flanges,  etc.,  work  may  be  done  on  this  machine  at  a saving  of  60  per 
cent,  over  any  other  method  known  of  doing  similar  work.  Diameter  driving  pulley,  12  by  6l/i  inch  face,  arranged  with 
clutch,  and  lever  for  starting  and  stopping  machine,  dispensing  with  shifting  belts,  thereby  avoiding  delays  and  annoyance. 
Speed  of  driving  pulley  on  machine  should  make  175  revolutions  per  minute.  Weight  of  machine  complete,  1800  pounds. 
Floor  space  required,  30  x 78  inches. 


493 


PREMISS  Tool  aoSUPPLY  (0, 


Fig.  593. 


NEW  MAN  = HOLE  AND  NOZZLE  FORMING  MACHINE. 


Description. 

THE  machine  illustrated  is  designed  to  press  man-holes  and  nozz.les  in  boiler  heads  and  other  similar  work.  It  will  be 
observed  that  complication  has  been  dispensed  with  in  its  construction,  making  the  tool  extremely  simple,  consequently 
easily  operated  and  not  liable  to  break  or  get  out  of  order  under  the  severest  duty. 

Man-holes  of  the  following  sizes  may  be  formed:  gx  15  inches;  9 x 16  inches;  10  x 15  inches,  and  11  x 16  inches. 
Nozzles  from  6 to  18  inches,  inclusive,  ordinarily  requiring  from  8 to  10  minutes  to  form  either  of  the  sizes  named.  By  referring 
to  the  cut  the  table  is  24  inches  wide,  78  inches  long,  mounted  on  heavy  base  30  x 30  inches  x 24  inches  high,  making  total 
height  27  inches. 

The  base  is  provided  with  a central  bearing  12  inches  long,  bored  3 inches  to  receive  steel  ram.  A mild  steel  bar  1^  x 40 
inches  is  pivoted  at  end  of  ram  by  a steel  pin  1 l/2  inches  diameter.  Two  fulcrum  bars  are  placed  a short  distance  fiom  centet  of 
ram,  and  secured  in  the  base  by  a steel  bolt  i'/2  inches  diameter,  the  lower  end  stradling  the  bar  1%  x 40  inches,  and  secured 
thereto  by  a similar  bolt  \'/2  inches  diameter.  The  outer  end  of  this  bar  is  provided  with  two  steel  connecting  bars  1 x y/2 
inches  x 12  inches,  stradling  the  main  bar,  working  loosely  on  1#  inches  steel  bolt,  the  upper  ends  working  on  steel  wrist  pin 
j I r inches  diameter,  securely  fastened  to  spur  gear.  As  shown,  the  large  spur  is  keyed  to  shaft  2,',,  x 20  inches,  working  in 
bearing  14  inches  long  of  heavy  stand. 

A shrouded  pinion  is  keyed  to  driving  shaft,  one  end  working  in  main  stand,  the  other  having  its  bearing  in  outer  stand. 
The  machine  is  driven  by  tight  and  loose  pulleys  18  inches  diameter,  7 inch  face. 


494 


FLUE  = W ELDING  flACHINE. 


(Herscheel  Patent.) 


COHPLETE  POWER  MACHINE. 

WITH  PEDESTAL. 

The  machine  shown  in  above  cut  is  best  adapted  for  shops  where  power 
may  be  had  and  where  the  repairing  of  flues  is  done  in  such  quantity  as  to 
make  the  use  of  power  au  economy  of  labor  as  well  as  a convenience. 

The  pedestal  is  a box  base  with  door  and  shelves  for  tools.  Power  is  ap- 
plied by  belt  to  a friction  jmlley  in  rear  of  machine,  which  is  operated  by  the 
foot  treadle.  For  stretching  the  flue  after  the  weld,  the  lower  tool  is  tripped 
with  the  left  hand  by  means  of  the  hand  lever  shown  in  cut. 


HAND  POWER  MACHINE. 

This  machine  is  of  the  same  construction  as  the  one  shown,  excepting 
that  it  is  arranged  to  be  operated  by  hand  instead  of  by  power,  and  instead  of 
for  an  irou  pedestal,  it  is  intended  to  be  set  upon  a bench  or  any  suitable  sup- 
port. 

One  complete  set  of  tools  for  operating  upon  any  given  size  of  flue  is 
furnished  with  each  machine.  These  tools  consist  of  scarfing  and  welding 
swages  and  spindle. 

More  than  one  set  of  tools  will  be  extra.  They  may,  however,  be  readily 


made  in  any  shop. 

Complete  Power  Machine,  with  pedestal,  - $120.00 

Hand  Power  Machine,  with  pedestal,  .....  100.00 

Hand  Power  Machine,  plain,  - 80.00 


SHALL  PUNCH  PRESS. 

The  above  illustration  shows  a Small  Punch  Press,  which  is 
used  for  light  work.  This  machine  is  built  in  several  sizes.  It  is 
provided  with  a new  patented  clutch  motion.  They  are  made  with 
a very  long  bearing  and  an  adjustable  slide.  The  pattern  may  be 
changed  for  shorter  or  longer  throat,  and  larger  or  smaller  open- 
ing in  bed  jaw  to  meet  requirements.  Can  also  be  used  as  a shear. 
When  inquiring  state  what  work  is  to  be  done  on  same.  Price 
quoted  on  application. 


Fig.  597- 


C0HB1NED  HAND  PUNCH  AND  SHEAR. 

The  Combined  Hand  Punch  and  Shear  is  built  in  one  size,  with 
6 and  15  inch  throats.  Both  sides  can  be  used  for  punching,  but 
the  long  side  only  for  shearing.  The  6 inch  side  punches  inch 
hole  through  y inch  iron.  The  15  inch  end  punches  % inch  hole 
in  inch  metal.  With  each  machine  we  furnish  one  fe,  one  % , 
one  and  one  y%  inch  die  and  punch,  also  one  pair  of  slitting 
shears.  All  punches  are  made  interchangeable. 

Price,  $ 


495 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  <3 


Fig.  598. 


BENCH  DROP  PRESS. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  598.) 

a~\HE  Bench  Drop  Press  598,  here  illustrated,  is  arranged  to  fasten  on  to  an  ordi- 
nary work  bench,  and  is  intended  for  stamping  the  lettering,  beads,  &c.,  on 
articles  such  as  blacking-box  and  canister  covers,  and  like  work  already  formed  in 
other  presses.  It  can  also  be  used  for  forming  up  small  work  in  tin,  brass,  silver, 
&c.,  where  a sudden  blow  will  best  produce  the  shapes  required.  It  is  complete  with 
pulley  and  rope,  is  provided  with  two  stirrups,  so  it  can  be  used  by  hand  or  foot 
power,  and  the  slides  are  adjustable  to  allow  for  wear.  The  hammer  can  be  held  up 
off  the  work  by  a projecting  hook,  which  engages  with  the  upper  stirrup. 

Dimensions  and  price,  &c.,  are  given  below. 

Other  sizes  of  Drop  Presses  will  be  quoted  on  application,  also  power 
lifters,  &c. 


Distance  between  uprights, 

Length  of  uprights, 

Weight  of  hammer, 

Entire  weight, 

Price,  - 

Pedestal,  if  desired,  extra, 


Fig.  599 


$50.00 

10.00 


Fig.  600. 


inches 
37  inches 
50  pounds 
250  pounds 


BENCH  DROP  PRESSES. 


(Description  Fig.  Nos.  599  and  600.) 

THE  cuts  represent  4 inch  and  6 inch 
Bench  Drop  Presses  for  light  work.  The 
die  beds  are  fastened  to  the  bed  by  two  bolts  on 
the  4 yz  inch.  The  6 inch  has  poppets  of  steel. 
Stanchions  are  4 feet  high. 

The  stanchions  are  connected  at  the  top 
with  a cross  brace,  on  which  is  mounted  a sheave 
pulley,  to  raise  the  hammer. 

The  V slides  on  all  stanchions  and  hammers 
are  hand  scraped  to  a fit. 


6 Inch. 


-PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUFPLY  (o, 


PORTABLE  D;ROP  PRESSES. 


Fig.  6oi. 


npHE  illustration  shows  portable  drop  press,  with  round  base  22  inches  in  diameter  at  the  bottom  and 
-E  36  inches  high.  The  rails  are  5 feet  long.  The  distance  between  poppets  and  between  points  of 
rails  is  8 inches.  The  hammer  can  be  made  from  20  to  50  pounds.  In  this  drop  press  the  base  is 
cored  in  order  to  adapt  the  weight  of  base  to  the  light  weight  hammers.  For  using  a hammer  of  40  to 
80  pounds  weight,  we  cast  the  base  solid. 

Weight  of  press,  with  covered  base  for  light  weight  hammers,  850  pounds.  Weight  of  press  with 
solid  base  for  hammers  40  to  80  pounds,  1150  pounds. 


FOUR  POPPET  DROP  PRESSES. 


Fig.  602. 


WE  will  fit  hammers  to  receive  any  tools,  and  make 
the  form  and  weight  as  desired.  The  hammer  is 
raised  by  aid  of  flanged  pulley  on  an  overhead  shaft,  by 
which  the  operator  has  the  hammer  under  perfect  control, 
and  can  deliver  a light  or  heavy  blow  at  will. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Four  Poppet  Drop  Presses. 

Made  with  heavy  cast  iron  poppets  and  steel  screws. 


No. 

Weight  of 
Hammer. 

Total 

Weight 

Diam.  of 
bottom 
of  Base. 

Height 
from  floor 
to  top  of 
Base. 

Length, 

Uprights. 

Distance 

between 

Uprights. 

Distance 

between 

Poppets. 

I 

IK 

80  lbs. 
120  lbs. 

1250  lbs. 
1850  lbs. 

14  in. 
16  in. 

27  in. 
29  in. 

60  in. 
68  in. 

7%  in- 
9 in. 

6%  in. 
8 in. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Four  Poppet  Drop  Presses. 

Made  with  heavy  wrought  iron  poppets  and  steel  screws. 


No 

Weight  of 
Hammer. 

Total 

Weight. 

Diam.  of 
bottom  of 
Base. 

Height 
from  floor 
to  top  of 
Base. 

Uength  of 
Uprights. 

Distance 

between 

Uprights. 

Distance 

between 

Poppets. 

I 

99  lbs. 

1000  lbs. 

14  in. 

27  in. 

60  in. 

73A  in- 

6A  in. 

2 

150  lbs. 

2000  lbs. 

16  in. 

29K  ln- 

68  in. 

9 A in. 

10  in. 

*A 

175  lbs. 

2500  lbs. 

20  in. 

29 A in- 

72  in. 

9A  in. 

12  in. 

3 

250  lbs. 

3500  lbs. 

24  in. 

30 A in- 

72  in. 

12  in. 

12  in. 

4 

350  lbs. 

5000  lbs. 

26  in. 

33  m. 

72  in. 

14  in. 

14  in. 

5 

500  lbs. 

8500  lbs. 

20  in. 

497 


Fig.  604. 


Dimensions  and  Pricks. 

Prices  include  sheave  pulley  or  flange  pulley  on  top.  Any  sice  made  to  order. 


Width  between 

Weight 

Total 

Price. 

Poppets 
and  Uprights. 

Style. 

of  Hammer 
About 

Weight. 

4 ]/2  inches 

Bench 

20-40  pounds 

150  pounds 

#35.00 

6 inches 

Bench 

Steel  Poppets 

25-50  pounds 

600  pounds 

85.00 

7 inches 

Light 

Cast  Iron  Poppets 

50-75  pounds 

1200  pounds 

IOO.  OO 

6 inches 

Light 

Steel  Poppets 

60-100  pounds 

1400  pounds 

115.00 

6 inches 

Heavy 

Steel  Poppets 

60-120  pounds 

2000  pounds 

f 140.00 

9 inches 

Light 

Steel  Poppets 

75— 1 25  pounds 

2400  pounds 

180.00 

9 inches 

Heavy 

Steel  Poppets 

80-175  pounds 

3200  pounds 

225.00 

12  inches 

Light 

Steel  Poppets 

100-200  pounds 

3800  pounds 

300.00 

12  to  16  inches 

Heavy 

Steel  Poppets 

150-350  pounds 

5000  pounds 

350.00 

16  to  24  inches 

Heavy 

Steel  Poppets 

260-400  pounds 

7000  pounds 

480.00 

498 


DROP  HAMMERS, 


499 


General  Description  of  Figs.  605,  605 A,  and  606. 


/ f MIE  cuts  on  page  499  show  the  improved  head  construction  of  drop  hammers  also  shown  on  same  page.  By  loosening 
the  nuts  on  two  small  swivel  bolts  and  removing  two  head  bolts,  the  caps  can  be  swung  open  by  means  of  the  hinge  joint 
in  the  rear,  and  any  of  the  parts  readily  removed  from  the  machine. 

One  feature  of  this  Drop  Hammer  is  the  extra  heavy  castings  that  we  use.  This  is  not  only  desirable  on  account  of 
strength,  but  also  because  the  extra  weight  of  metal  tends  to  absorb  the  jar  and  vibration  of  the  machine,  and  consequently 
reduces  the  necessity  and  expense  of  repairs.  We  have  records  of  our  hammers  running  two  and  three  years  without  repairs 
being  necessary,  notwithstanding  hard  usage.  We  make  all  the  hammers  and  shoes  of  wrought  material,  and  our  improved 
head  admits  of  either  front  or  back  roll,  or  any  of  the  boxes,  bolts  or  screws  being  removed  without  the  necessity  of  taking 
down  the  entire  head.  This  is  a large  item  in  case  of  repairs, 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Weight  of 
Hammer. 

Weight  of 
Base. 

Total  Weight. 

Length  of 
Uprights. 

Height  from 
Floor  to  Top  of 
Pulleys 

Between  Up- 
rights just 
above  Base. 

Between  Ways 
on  Uprights. 

Size  of  Base  at 
Bottom. 

Diameter  and 
Face  of  Pulleys 

Revolutions 
per  Minute. 

Extreme  Fall 

lbs. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

400 

7000 

1 1000 

7 

3 

11 

7 

13  X 

10X 

36  X 29 

26  x 6 

120 

4 

8 

500 

7000 

1 1500 

7 

3 

11 

7 

13  X 

10X 

36  x 29 

26  x 6 

120 

4 

8 

600 

9000 

14000 

7 

3 

11 

9 

17 

14 

43  x 32 

30  x 7 

IOO 

4 

5 

800 

10500 

15000 

7 

3 

12 

1 

17 

14 

43X  x 32 

30  x 7 

IOO 

4 

5 

IOOO 

12000 

17000 

7 

3 

12 

5 

17 

14 

43 X x 32 

30  x 7 

90 

4 

3 

1200 

13500 

19000 

7 

3 

13 

3 

19 

16 

47^  x 32 

36  x 8 

85 

4 

3 

1600 

15000 

21000 

7 

3 

13 

3 

19 

16 

48  x 32 

36  x 8 

80 

4 

1800 

16500 

24000 

7 

3 

13 

4 

21 

18 

48  x 32 

38  x 9 

75 

4 

2000 

16500 

25000 

7 

3 

13 

4 

21 

18 

48  x 32 

38  x 9 

75 

4 

600 


Fig.  607. 


UPRIGHT  POWER  HAMMER. 


THE  general  principles  of  the  adjustable  connection  rod,  the  eccentric  motion,  the  belt  wheel  with  its  tightener  pulley, 
the  fly  wheel  with  its  brake,  the  control  of  the  blow  by  a foot  treadle,  and  the  separate  anvil  block,  all  thoroughly  tested 
by  many  years’  service  in  our  Cushioned  Helve  Hammer,  are  preserved  in  this  hammer.  We  have  never  found  an  excuse 
for  changing  them.  The  hammer  is  operated  by  an  eccentric  at  the  rear,  connected  by  a pitman  to  the  saddle  or  oscillator 
which  carries  the  helve,  and  by  this  helve  motion  is  imparted  to  the  head  or  ram.  By  the  use  of  a steel  helve  and  the  strap 
in  connection  with  it,  the  force  or  weight  of  the  blow  of  the  ram  is  multiplied  many  times,  but  with  a degree  of  elasticity  that 
reduces  danger  of  breakage,  and  at  the  same  time  so  thoroughly  cushions  the  jar  that  none  is  perceptible  in  the  working 
parts  of  the  hammer  when  the  blow  is  struck.  In  this  way  the  blow  is  made  to  imitate  the  action  of  a hand  hammer,  and  is 
the  nearest  possible  approach  to  that  of  the  smith’s  arm  attainable  by  mechanical  ingenuity  ; the  hammer  head  gets  away 
from  the  work  instantly  after  striking,  and  the  wTork  is  not  chilled.  A common  experiment  with  our  hammer  is  to  make  a 
cold  iron  red  hot  with  a few  blows.  In  the  matter  of  economy  of  power,  it  is  conceded  beyond  argument  that  the  merits  of  a 
properly  constructed  power  hammer  greatly  overshadow  those  of  a steam  hammer,  if  power  costs  anything  ; and  it  has  been 
an  undisputed  claim  of  ours  that  the  power  it  takes  to  operate  one  steam  hammer  woidd  run  five  Bradley  hammers  of 
corresponding  sizes  up  to  their  full  capacity,  an  unanswerable  argument  that  fully  covers  the  all-important  question  of 
economy.  Our  long  experience  in  the  manufacture  of  power  hammers  has  naturally  caused  us  to  become  familiar  with  all 
classes  of  forged  work,  and  the  severe  tests  of  strength  that  many  parts  of  a hammer  are  subject  to.  Having  profited  by  this 
experience,  we  are  able  to  judge  of  the  best  material  to  use  and  the  proper  proportion  of  each  part,  in  order  to  secure  the 
greatest  durability.  This  same  experience  has  also  caused  us  to  “ make  haste  slowly,”  so  much  so  that  hammers  of  this  style 
were  in  daily  use  in  several  factories  besides  our  own  for  more  than  a year  before  bringing  them  to  the  public  notice,  so  that 
now  we  are  in  position  to  give  a strong  guarantee  with  each  hammer  as  to  durability,  as  well  as  to  the  various  other  points 
that  go  to  make  up  a successful  tool  of  this  character. 

We  are  prepared  to  furnish  these  hammers  in  ten  sizes,  the  weights  of  the  hammer  heads  ranging  from  15  pounds  in  the 
smallest  to  500  pounds  in  the  largest.  Many  times  we  can  be  of  service  in  recommending  the  size  most  suitable  for  the  work 
to  be  done,  and  always  hold  ourselves  in  readiness  to  give  our  customers  the  benefit  of  our  experience. 


501 


RUBBER  CUSHIONED  HELVE  HAMMER. 


Fig.  608. 


B 


ELOW  we  submit  a table  giving  approximately  the  capacity  of  each  size  of  the  Rubber  Cushioned  Helve  Hammer, 
together  with  an  estimate  of  the  power  required  : 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

*6 

7 

Diameter  of 

Estimated 

Average  No. 

Average  Size  of 

Size  of 

Driving 

Width  of 

Horse  Power 

of  Blows 

Iron  for 

Floor  Space. 

Hammer. 

Pulley. 

Belt. 

Required. 

per  Minute. 

which  Suited. 

25  pounds 

12  inches 

3 inches 

14  to  I 

400 

i inch 

68 

x 29  inches 

40  pounds 

14  inches 

4 inches 

l'/2  to  2 

300  to  315 

i]4  inches 

82 

x 34  inches 

60  pounds 

18  inches 

6 inches 

2 to  2 y2 

290  to  300 

i^jf  inches 

91 

x 43  inches 

80  pounds 

18  inches 

6 inches 

t'A  to  3 

275 

2 inches 

96 

x 48  inches 

100  pounds 

18  inches 

6 inches 

2^  to  3 

2/5 

2 y2  inches 

96 

x 48  inches 

200  pounds 

26  inches 

8 inches 

3 to  y/2 

225  to  240 

2,'/z  to  4 inches 

106 

x 54  inches 

* These  estimates  are  for  iron. 

Reduce  the  size  oue-tliird  for  steel 

SIZES  ANI) 

PRICES. 

Size. 

Price. 

Size. 

15  pound  head, 
25  pound  head, 
40  pound  head, 
60  pound  head, 
80  pound  head, 
100  pound  head, 


$225  200  pound  head, 

300  40  pound  head,  especially  for  forks,  - 

450  60  pound  head,  especially  for  forks, 

600  70  pound  head,  especially  for  forks,  - 

750  70  pound  head,  short  bed  for  plating, 

850  100  pound  head,  short  bed  for  plating,  - 


Price. 

$lOOO 

450 

600 

700 

700 

800 


502 


Fig.  609. 


THE  IMPROVED  UPRIGHT  POWER  HAMMER. 


/''OCCUPIES  less  space  ; requires  less  power  ; is  simple  in  con- 
struction  ; works  stock  of  greater  extremes  in  size  ; strikes  a 
truer  and  firmer  blow  than  any  other  hammer  made  with  the 
same  weight  of  ram. 

The  dies  never  rest  together  when  the  hammer  is  idle.  The 
anvil  block  is  separate  from  the  frame. 

Dies  are  adjustable  to  any  position,  only  one  man  required, 
and  the  hammer  is  fully  under  his  control  to  start  or  stop 
instantly. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


<+-« 

<U 

(/) 

O 

£ 

Weight  0 
Ram. 

CtJ 

m 

<+-< 

O 

N 

iameter 

Driving 

Pulley. 

ffl 

<4H 

O 

<D 

N 

<55 

a 

<55 

25  pounds 

26  x 26  inches 

10  inches 

3 

inches 

30  pounds 

26  x 26  inches 

10  inches 

3 

inches 

40  pounds 

36  x 35  inches 

10  inches 

3/4 

inches 

50  pounds 

36  x 35  inches 

10  inches 

4 

inches 

60  pounds 

37  x 37  inches 

11  inches 

4'A 

inches 

80  pounds 

37  x 37  inches 

11  inches 

5 

inches 

90  pounds 

39  x 39  inches 

14  inches 

5/4 

inches 

100  pounds 

39  x 39  inches 

14  inches 

6 

inches 

125  pounds 

47  x 48  inches 

18  inches 

6>4 

inches 

150  pounds 

47  x 48  inches 

18  inches 

6H 

inches 

200  pounds 

47  x 48  inches 

20  inches 

6U 

inches 

=!-' 
•z°  3 

S 3 

v 

Wig 
ra  0 l. 

0^' 
■w  0 

■0  2 
vw 
O.M 

a U 

& 

O 

£3  2 

bo's 

CD 

C/5  (fi 

CD 

Ss 

SfcS 

< 

0 

•r*  fl 
W O CD 

feu 

w 

400 

Y to  i inch 

5 feet  8 inches 

5x6  inches 

400 

Yz  to  \Y  inch 

5 feet  8 inches 

5x6  inches 

400 

Yz  to  \Yz  inch 

5 feet  9 inches 

5x7  inches 

400 

Yz  to  \Y  inches 

5 feet  9^4  inches 

5x7  inches 

350 

Y to  2 inches 

6 feet  0 inches 

5J4  x 8 inches 

350 

^ to  2 Yz  inches 

6 feet  2 inches 

5>4  x 8 inches 

300 

1 to  3 inches 

6 feet  5 inches 

6 Yz  x 9 inches 

300 

1 to  3/4  inches 

6 feet  6 inches 

6 >4  x 9 inches 

275 

1/4  to  \Yt  inches 

7 feet  0 inches 

7 J4  x 10  inches 

250 

2 to  5 inches 

7 feet  2 inches 

7^4  x 10  inches 

200 

2 to  5 Y2  inches 

7 feet  2 inqhes 

7f4  x 10  inches 

503 


Prentiss  tqql  Supply  & 


BEAUDRY  CHAHPION  POWER  HAHHER. 

Patented. 


Fig.  6io. 


/nrVHIS  illustration  accurately  represents  the  Beaudry  Champion 
Hammer.  As  will  be  readily  seen,  upon  examination  of  the 
cut,  this  hammer  is  of  the  simplest  construction,  possessing  but 
few  parts,  yet  is  built  upon  scientific  principles  that  all  the  essen- 
tial features  constituting  a superior  tool  are  obtained. 

This  hammer,  it  is  claimed,  is  superior  to  other  hammers  now 
on  the  market,  because  of  the  greater  elasticity  of  blow,  its  simpler 
construction,  its  more  ready  adjustability  to  various  kinds  of  work 
and  its  greater  economy  of  operation. 

It  will  be  seen  that  this  hammer  has  no  beam,  no  saddle,  no 
rubber  nor  spiral  springs,  nor  straps  of  any  sort.  It  is  direct  act- 
ing, completely  under  the  control  of  the  operator,  and  can  be 
instantly  adjusted  so  that  the  full  stroke  can  be  had  on  a piece 
four  inches  square  as  readily  as  on  a piece  one-half  inch  in 
thickness. 

No  other  hammer  possesses  this  feature. 

The  power  is  obtained  by  a short  shaft,  twelve  inches  in  bear- 
ing, having  at  one  end  a heavy  slotted  disc  carrying  an  adjustable 
eccentric  pin  to  which  is  attached  the  rod,  which  can  also  be 
adjusted,  as  shown,  for  short  or  long  stroke  ; the  rod  slips  through 
a spring  box,  which  can,  in  turn,  be  instantly  adjusted.  The 
hammer  will  deliver  equally  powerful  blows  on  widely  varying 
thicknesses  of  metal,  and  no  change  is  necessary  except  for  very 
unusually  heavy  or  special  work.  This  box  holds  two  arms  pro- 
vided with  hardened  steel  rolls  at  their  lower  extremities,  which  i:<  •'•'zr: 

run  in  a circular  concave  track  and  which  serve  to  lift  the  ram 
which  is  entirely  independent  of  the  machine  by  any  other  connection,  thus  doing  away  with  all  jar  or  vibration  and 
effectually  preventing  crystallization  of  any  of  the  parts. 

The  peculiar  construction  of  this  circular  concave  track,  combined  with  the’action  of  the  spring  arms  and  rolls,  imparts  an 
elasticity  to  the  ram  which  no  other  hammer  secures  through  the  medium  of  the  various  kinds  of  springs  used,  spiral,  elliptic 
or  rubber.  The  ram  is  counterbalanced  in  the  pulley  to  raise  it  to  its  highest  position  when  stopped.  The  anvil  sets  through 
the  frame,  but  independent  of  it,  six  inches  below  the  floor  line  on  its  own  foundation.  The  ram,  spring  arms,  rolls  and  spring 
box  are  all  made  of  the  best  of  steel  suited  for  the  purpose.  The  frame  is  built  to  secure  the  greatest  amount  of  strength  and 
solidity,  yet  occupying  but  a small  area  of  floor  space.  The  hammer  can  be  made  to  run  at  the  will  of  the  operator  at  a high 
speed,  and  to  deliver  a blow  from  one  pound  up  to  its  full  capacity,  which,  with  the  ready  adjustability  of  the  machine  to 
receive  large  or  small  work,  renders  it  the  most  economical  running  hammer  ever  built. 

Built  in  nine  sizes  for  every  class  of  work.  Further  information,  prices,  etc.,  mailed  upon  application. 


504 


<PREJVTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  & 

— '~NP'^  j 


% 


Fig.  6ir. 


SINGLE  STANDARD  HACKNEY 
HAHriER. 


A Few  Advantages. 

It  occupies  less  space  than  other  hammers. 

It  requires  much  less  power  to  drive. 

It  strikes  a perfectly  vertical  blow,  whether 
the  work  be  thick  or  thin,  and  it  is  impossi- 
ble to  choke  it. 

It  requires  no  adjustment  in  changing 
from  thick  to  thin  work. 

The  dies  always  stop  apart  ready  for  the 
insertion  of  the  work. 

It  is  under  complete  control. 

The  operator  can  make  it  strike  with  the 
force  of  an  ounce  or  the  full  capacity  of  the 
hammer,  alternately,  as  he  desires.  It  is 
more  powerful  and  yet  more  easily  manipu- 
lated than  most  hammers  and  requires  less 
repairs. 

The  hammer  is  carefully  built,  all  working 
parts  being  interchangeable,  supplied  with 
wrought  steel  die  holders,  and  is  a powerful 
and  durable  tool  of  its  kind  on  the  market. 


605 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  0, 


General  Description  Figs.  505  and  507. 


THE  description  follows,  and  the  specification  of  the  different  styles  and  sizes,  shown  on  pages  505  and  507.  The  operating 
crank  shaft  runs  in  large  bearings  at  the  top  of  the  frame,  having  at  one  end  a driving  pulley  with  friction  surfaces,  and 
on  the  other  end  a counterbalanced  fly  wheel.  The  crank  works  in  a yoke  having  a sliding  box  of  phosphor  bronze,  and 
the  yoke  is  attached  directly  to  an  air  cylinder,  supplied  with  automatic  inlet  valves  in  front  and  outlet  valves  in  the  back, 
the  ports  of  which  are  controlled  by  a wedge  operated  by  a treadle  at  the  base  of  the  frame.  The  treadle  operates  simulta- 
neously the  brake  block,  friction  clutch  and  outlet  valves.  As  the  treadle  is  pressed  down  by  the  foot  of  the  operator,  a vertical 
reciprocating  motion  is  at  once  given  to  the  cylinder  and  head,  the  speed  and  force  of  the  blow  depending  on  the  extent  to 
which  the  treadle  is  pressed  down.  The  cylinder  and  head  stop  instantly  on  withdrawing  the  pressure  from  the  treadle. 

The  fly  wheel  with  counterweight  insures  steady  motion  and  small  duty  on  the  belt.  At  each  stroke  air  is  admitted 
above  and  below  the  piston  through  the  inlet  valves  in  the  front  of  the  cylinder,  so  that  even  with  very  loose  packing  in  the 
gland  the  piston  is  always  suspended  between  two  cushions  of  air,  which  prevents  all  undue  jar  and  concussion. 

This  combination  of  air  cushions,  frictional  brake  and  driving  arrangements  put  the  hammer  under  the  absolute  control 
of  the  operator,  and  he  can  change  instantly  from  a heavy  blow  to  a light  one,  or,  by  holding  the  treadle  stationary,  he  can 
strike  any  number  of  successive  blows  of  the  same  force. 

Every  precaution  is  taken  to  construct  the  hammer  so  that  it  will  be  not  only  effective,  but  durable  ; and  means  are 
provided  for  taking  up  all  wear  where  it  is  liable  to  occur. 

The  crank  shafts,  pistons  and  heads  are  all  forged  of  the  best  open  hearth  steel,  the  valves  are  turned  out  of  solid  steel, 
and  all  the  bearings  are  large  and  carefully  fitted. 

The  travel  of  the  cylinder  is  very  short  as  compared  with  the  travel  of  the  hammer  head,  so  that  the  power  required  to 
run  the  hammer  is  reduced  to  the  minimum. 

The  sizes  of  the  hammers  are  determined  by  the  weight  of  the  falling  parts,  viz.  : piston  rod  and  head. 

All  hammers  of  the  double  standard  style  are  made  with  separate  anvil  blocks,  and  in  all  single  standards  the  frame  is 
made  in  two  parts,  so  that  in  any  case  the  anvil  is  easily  replaced  in  case  of  a break.  In  any  of  the  sizes  a hand  lever  may  be 
attached,  and  the  hammer  operated  by  hand  or  foot  as  desired. 

The  hammers  are  all  supplied  with  wrought  steel  die  holders.  The  working  parts  are  all  milled  to  an  exact  standard 
size,  and  are  entirely  interchangeable. 


TABLE  OF  PRICES  AND  DIMENSIONS. 

Single  Standards. 


Sizes, 

Speed  or  blows  per  minute, 

Distance  between  dies  when  at  rest, 

Travel  of  head,  - 

Length  of  dies,  - 

Size  of  driving  pulley,  - 

Total  height  over  all,  - 

Size  of  bed  plate,  .... 

Weight,  ------- 

Price  on  skids  F.  O B.,  - 


SO  Lbs. 

75  Lbs. 

100  Lbs. 

150  Lbs. 

350 

300 

275 

240 

4" 

a'A" 

5" 

6" 

7" 

8" 

10" 

12" 

5'A " 

6" 

6'A" 

7" 

I4"x4" 

I4"x4" 

I6"X4  y2" 

i6"x4%" 
7'  10" 

6'  8" 

7'  0" 

7/  3„ 

3'  4"x2'  0" 

3'  7"x2'  3" 

3'  8”x2'  6" 

4/  2'/X2/  10” 

2500  pounds 

3500  pounds 

4000  pounds 

5000  pounds 

$500.00 

$575-00 

$675.00 

$850.00 

Double  Standards. 


Sizes, 

100  Lbs. 

150  Lbs. 

200  Lbs. 

Speed  or  blows  per  minute, 
Distance  between  dies  when  | 

3°° 

275 

225 

at  rest,  - - - f 

5" 

5" 

5" 

Travel  of  head,  ... 

8" 

8" 

10" 

Length  of  dies, 

8'A" 

9 V 

10" 

Size  of  driving  pulley, 

i6"x4  'A" 

7/  7// 

i6"x4^" 

20"X5^" 

7/  9" 

Total  height  over  all, 

7'  7" 

Size  of  bed  plate,  - 

4'5"X3'  4" 

4'  5"X3'  4" 

5'  6"x3'  8" 

W eight, 

6500  lbs. 

7000  lbs. 

8500  lbs. 

Price  of  skids  F.  O.  B., 

$750.00 

$940.00 

$1075.00 

250  Lbs. 

300  Lbs. 

350  Lbs. 

300  Lbs. 

Long  Stroke. 

400  Lbs. 

Long  Stroke. 

500  Lbs. 

200 

200 

200 

190 

180 

200 

5" 

w 

8" 

8" 

7" 

10" 

12" 

12" 

15" 

15" 

14" 

11" 

10" 

n" 

10  Yi" 

n>4" 

n 'A" 

2o"x554" 

24"x6^" 

24//x6^// 

26"x6^" 

26"x6}£" 

2b"xb%" 

7'  9" 

8'  0" 

8'  0" 

9'  0" 

9'  0" 

8'  5" 

5'  6"x3'  8" 

6'  o"x4'  0" 

6'  o"x4'  0" 

6'  o"x4'  0" 

6'  o"x4'  0" 

6'  6"x4'  8" 

9000  lbs. 

10000  lbs. 

10500  lbs. 

1 1500  lbs. 

12000  lbs. 

12000  lbs. 

$1125.00 

$1250.00 

$1325.00 

$i375-oo 

$1500.00 

$1500. (X) 

Combinations. 


Size,  .... 

Speed  or  blows  per  minute, 
Distance  between  dies  when  at  rest, 
Travel  of  head, 

Length  of  dies, 

Size  of  driving  pulley, 

Total  height  over  all, 

Size  of  bed  plate, 

Weight, 

Price  on  skids  F.  O.  B., 


250  Lbs. 

350  Lbs. 

" 

200 

8" 

“ 

15” 

15" 

10" 

ll" 

- 

24"x6^" 

2b"xb'A" 
9'  0" 
5'  5"X4'  10" 

9'  0" 

5'  5"x4'  10" 

12000  pounds 

13000  pounds 

- 

$1250.00 

$1,450.00 

506 


I 


Fig.  612. 


DOUBLE  STANDARD  HACKNEY  HAMMER. 


EVERY  precaution  is  taken  to  construct  these  hammers,  so  that  they  will  be  not  only  effective  but  durable,  and  means  are 
provided  for  taking  up  all  wear  where  it  is  liable  to  occur.  The  crank  shafts,  pistons  and  heads  are  all  forged  of  the 
best  open  hearth  steel,  the  valves  are  turned  out  of  solid  steel,  and  all  the  bearings  are  large  and  carefully  fitted.  The 
sizes  of  the  hammer  are  determined  by  the  weight  of  the  falling  parts,  viz.  : piston  rod  and  head.  All  hammers  of  the  double 
standard  style  are  made  with  separate  anvil  blocks.  In  any  of  the  sizes  a hand  lever  may  be  attached,  and  the  hammer 
operated  by  hand  or  foot,  as  desired. 

507 


OPEN  BACK  STEAM  H AMflER, 


THIS  HAMMER  is  fitted  with  a patent  balanced  piston  valve,  controlled  by  an  adjustable  slide  bar  of  original  design 
and  patent,  made  moveable,  to  give  greater  or  less  travel  to  the  valve  as  needed.  Some  of  the  advantages  of  the  open 
back  steam  hammer  are  as  follows  : By  the  use  of  the  two  solid  web  stands,  instead  of  a single  hollow  box  stand,  we  get  a 
better  braced  hammer,  besides  the  stands  are  of  known  thickness,  and  heavily  flanged.  In  the  hollow  box  stands,  the 
thickness  of  the  metal  is  uncertain,  as  the  shifting  of  the  core  in  casting  makes  it  thicker  on  one  side  and  thinner  on  the  other 
than  was  intended.  The  stand  is  no  stronger  than  the  strength  of  the  thinnest  place. 

By  our  arrangement  of  stands  we  obtain  a right-of-way  directly  behind  the  anvil  block,  so  that  work  of  any  length  or 
thickness  within  the  compass  of  the  hammer  can  be  passed  out  between  the  stands. 

By  the  use  of  the  slide  bar,  an  automatic  stroke  can  be  obtained  of  any  length  up  to  the  full  stroke  of  the  hammer. 
The  slide  bar  can  also  be  set  vertical  ; then  the  hammer  is  “ handed,”  or,  in  other  words,  each  blow  is  a dead  blow,  same  as 
if  it  had  no  automatic  motion.  The  length  of  the  ram  does  not  determine  the  length  of  the  automatic  stroke  ; therefore  the 
ram  and  dies  can  be  made  of  any  width  desired.  These  hammers  are  made  with  a treadle  when  desired. 

On  the  top  of  the  cylinder  we  have  a patent  stop,  which  protects  the  cylinder  in  case  of  rod  breaking  or  careless 
running.  All  parts  where  there  is  much  wear  are  brass  bushed.  Every  part  of  the  hammer  has  been  a matter  of  study  to 
make  it  last  as  long  as  possible,  and  when  repair  is  necessary,  is  easy  to  reach. 


Description. 


Size. 

Face, 

Sizes  of  Dies  Ordinarily 

Distance  from  Face 
of 

Diameter  of 
Cylinder. 

5 inches 

Stroke. 

Weight. 

250  pounds 

Furnished. 

3 x inches 

Dower  Die  to  Guides. 
8 inches 

14  inches 

4000  pounds 

400  pounds 

3X  x 7 inches 

<)'/2  inches 

6 inches 

16  inches 

6500  pounds 

600  pounds 

3^x7  inches 

13  inches 

7 inches 

20  inches 

10000  pounds 

800  pounds 

5 x 10  inches 

12  inches 

8 inches 

23  inches 

13000  pounds 

1100  pounds 

6x9  inches 

13  inches 

9 inches 

26  inches 

17000  pounds 

1250  pounds 

6x9  inches 

13  inches 

10  inches 

28  inches 

19000  pounds 

1500  pounds 

6x12  inches 

19  inches 

12  inches 

30  inches 

28000  pounds 

2000  pounds 

6x12  inches 

19  inches 

13  inches 

33  inches 

33000  pounds 

2500  pounds 

8 x 16  inches 

20  inches 

14  inches 

36  inches 

40000  pounds 

508 


THIS  illustration  shows  the  Six  Inch  Steam  Hammer.  It  is  very  useful  in  ordinary  blacksmithing  or  for  any  small  work 
where  speed  is  required.  There  is  nothing  in  the  shape  of  a steam  hammer  to  surpass  it  in  welding  or  making  steel 
knives  for  splitting  leather  or  similar  work  where  quick  sharp  blows  are  necessary.  It  can  strike  120  blows  per  minute,  or 
as  much  quicker  as  it  can  be  handled.  It  is  so  easily  controlled  that  it  can  be  used  to  strike  up  or  drop  any  special  pieces 


adapted  to  the  different  sizes. 

Distance  from  column  to  center  of  die, 
Weight  of  6 inch  hammer, 

Weight  of  anvil  block, 

Weight  of  ram  and  die, 

Length  of  stroke, 

Total  weight,  - 


14  inches 
5000  pounds 
2000  pounds 
250  pounds 
20  inches 
6000  pounds 


All  anvil  blocks  are  separate  from  the  column  or  bed  plate. 


NINE  INCH  HAMMER. 


IT  is  the  same  in  every  respect  as  the  Twelve  Inch  Hammer  shown  on  following  page,  only  smaller  in  proportion,  and  is 
adapted  for  lighter  work.  Distance  from  column  to  center  of  die  16  inches.  It  is  a very  useful  tool  for  ordinary  black- 
smith work  and  will  be  found  to  be  very  effective  on  any  piece  from  8 inches  down. 


Anvil  block, 

Ram  and  die  weight, 
Length  of  stroke, 
Total  weight, 


2300  pounds 
500  pounds 
24  inches 
8000  pounds 


509 


IMPROVED  STEAH  HAHHER. 


THIS  illustration  represents  the  standard  Twelve  Inch  Steam  Hammer.  It  takes  steam  both  ways  and  has  an  extreme 
stroke  of  2S  inches  as  shown,  with  steel  die  keyed  in  ; the  piston  and  ram  is  in  one  forging.  The  valves  are  perfectly 
balanced,  very  sensitive  and  easily  controlled.  The  piston  is  cushioned  by  steam  on  top  to  prevent  striking  the 
cylinder  head  and  prevent  all  rebound  or  kicking. 

These  hammers  present  great  advantages  in  their  simplicity  of  construction  and  the  perfection  of  their  proportions. 
There  are  three  clear  sides  at  which  to  work,  and  the  center  of  the  die  being  22  inches  from  the  column,  there  is  sufficient 
room  for  a piece  of  work  of  any  shape  to  be  readily  handled.  This  hammer  is  capable  of  doing  work  from  12  inches  diameter 
down.  It  is  especially  adapted  for  locomotive  or  general  forging.  The  dies  we  furnish  are  steel  and  can  readily  be  changed 
for  any  form  of  die  for  striking  or  dropping,  or  adapted  to  any  special  work.  Foundation  drawings  furnished. 


TlieTotal  weight  of  the  12-inch  hammer  is 
Weight  in  anvil  block  and  bottom  die, 
Weight  piston  and  ram, 

Length  of  stroke, 


17000  pounds 
5300  pounds 
1000  pounds 
28  inches 


510 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (S> 


Fig.  617. 


DOUBLE  STAND  STEAM  HAMMER. 


/'T'VHIS  HAMMER  is  fitted  with  patent  balanced  piston 

1 valve,  controlled  by  an  adjustable  slide  bar  of 
original  design  and  patent,  made  moveable,  to  give 
greater  or  less  travel  to  the  valve  as  needed. 

Some  of  the  advantages  of  the  adjustable  slide  bar  are  : 
The  weight  of  the  motion  is  carried  on  the  stand.  The 
slide  bar  can  be  adjusted  to  any  angle  desired,  thereby 
making  the  automatic  stroke  any  length  up  to  the  full 
length  of  the  stroke.  The  slide  bar  can  also  be  set  vertical ; 
then  the  hammer  is  ‘ ‘handed,  ’ ’ or  in  other  words  each  blow 
is  a dead  blow,  same  as  if  it  had  no  automatic  motion. 

By  the  use  of  the  slide  bar  the  length  of  the  ram  does 
not  determine  the  length  of  the  automatic  stroke  ; we 
are  therefore  enabled  to  make  the  ram  and  dies  of  any 
width  desired,  and  still  have  the  hammer  automatic. 
For  this  reason  such  work  as  car  axles  and  the  like,  here- 
tofore done  under  a helve  hammer,  because  of  the  large 
die  space  required,  can  be  done  with  this  hammer  with  a 
wide  ram.  The  same  hammer  will  be  just  as  suitable 
for  any  other  work  done  under  a steam  hammer,  and 
thus  save  a large  investment  in  tools  for  making  foi 
gings  for  various  uses. 

By  the  use  of  the  handing  lever, 
a blow  of  any  intensity  within  the 
compass  of  the  hammer  may  be 
had  at  will  of  operator.  On  top 
of  the  cylinder  we  have  a patent 
stop,  which  protects  the  cylinder 
in  case  of  rod  breaking,  or  careless 
running.  All  parts  are  easily  ac- 
cessible, which  will  be  appreciated 
by  those  who  have  repaired  steam 
hammers.  All  parts  where  there 
is  much  wear  are  brass  bushed. 

The  stands  are  solid  web, 
heavily  flanged,  which 
form  is  much  more  cer- 
tain of  proper  strength 
than  the  hollow  box 
stand.  Every  part  of 
the  hammer  has  been  a 
matter  of  study  to  make 
it  last  as  long  as  possible, 
and  when  repair  is  neces 
sary,  is  easy  to  reach. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size. 

1 100  pounds 
1500  pounds 
2000  pounds 
3000  pounds 
5000  pounds 


Face  Sizes  of  Dies 
Ordinarily  Furnished. 

5 x ii  inches 
5x11  inches 

6 x 13  inches 
6)4  x 14  inches 

10  x 13  inches 


Distance  from  Face 
of 

Lower  Die  to  Guides. 
8 or  11  inches 
11  or  14  inches 
16  inches 
19  or  24  inches 
21  or  27  inches 


Usual  Width 
Between  Stands. 

4 feet  2 inches 

4 feet  6 inches 

5 feet  2 inches 

6 feet  o inches 

7 feet  o inches 


Diameter  of 
Cylinder. 

10  inches 

11  inches 

13  inches 

14  inches 
• 18  inches 


Stroke, 

21  inches 
26  inches 
30  inches 
33  inches 
48  inches 


Weight. 

20000  pounds 
27000  pounds 
38000  pounds 
46000  pounds 
66000  pounds 


511 


TRinMING  PRESSES. 


THESE  Trimming  Presses  are  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a general  line  of  drop  forging.  They  are  very  heavy 
and  strong.  A special  feature  is  the  side  attachment,  shown  in  cut,  for  cutting  the  forgings  from  the  bar.  These 
cutters  are  adjustable  to  allow  for  grinding. 

The  adjustment  of  the  plunger  is  accomplished  by  means  of  a right  and  left  screw  and  nut.  The  nut  covers  the  screw, 
thus  keeping  out  dirt  and  dust  and  protecting  the  screw  from  bruises. 


No.  1 TRIMHINQ  PRESS. 

Distance  between  uprights,  - - - - 1 1 inches 

Stroke, 3 inches 

Adjustment,  - 3 inches 

Diameter  of  fly  wheel,  - - - - - 33  inches 

Width  of  belt, 4 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - 190  revolutions 

Weight, 3000  pounds 

Furnished  with  countershaft. 

Price,  $ 


No.  2 TRinniNO  PRESS. 

Distance  between  uprights,  - - - - 17  inches 

Stroke, 3 inches 

Adjustment,  - - 5 inches 

Diameter  of  fly  wheel,  -----  40  inches 

Width  of  belt,  ------  5 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - - - - *75  revolutions 

Weight, 4«oo  pounds 

Furnished  with  countershaft. 

Price,  - - - $ 


512 


THESE  PRESSES  are  adapted  to  making  machine  and  drop  forgings.  As  from  six  to  twelve  sets  of  dies  can  be  placed  in 
the  Press  at  one  time,  it  saves  the  large  amount  of  time  required  to  change  dies  which  is  unavoidable  when  the  work  is 
done  on  a drop  hammer. 

The  dies  can  be  made  of  cast  iron,  for  it  does  not  destroy  them  as  a drop  hammer  does,  giving  a steady  pressure  instead 
of  a jar  or  blow. 

We  would  call  your  attention  to  the  following  manifest  advantages,  many  of  which  are  possessed  by  no  other  machine 
now  on  the  market  : 

The  Duplex  Press  consists  of  two  plungers  on  one  crank  shaft,  so  connected  that  either  plunger  may  be  worked 
independently,  or  they  may  be  run  together,  or  either  may  be  used  as  shears,  or  press,  or  punch,  while  the  other  is  in  use  for 
the  same  or  other  purposes. 

Through  its  whole  stroke  the  plunger  is  under  the  perfect  control  of  the  operator.  By  a simple  device  the  plungers  can 
be  lowered  to  meet  the  dies,  or  to  any  other  point  of  the  stroke,  while  the  shaft  is  running,  and  thus  the  punch  may  be 
brought  exactly  to  a prick  point  or  scratch  mark. 

The  operator  controls  the  plungers  through  a treadle,  thus  leaving  his  hands  free  to  feed  the  machine. 

The  shears  can  be  put  in  either  way,  so  that  large  plates  can  be  cut. 

The  amount  of  power  required  is  very  small. 

It  takes  up  less  floor  room  than  any  press  doing  the  same  amount  of  work,  combining  press,  shears  and  punch. 


513 


No.  7 DUPLEX  FORGING  PRESS. 


THE  demand  for  a Duplex  Forging  Press  for  heavy  forging  has  become  so  great  that  we  have  just  brought  out  a special 
machine  for  this  kind  of  work.  In  common  with  llie  smaller  presses  built,  it  consists  of  two  plungers  on  one  crank 
shaft,  so  constructed  that  they  may  be  run  independently  or  together.  By  a patented  “ step  clutch,”  the  throw  of  the 
plungers  can  be  varied  at  the  will  of  the  operator,  being  made  long  or  short  by  simply  pressing,  more  or  less,  upon  a con' 
veniently  placed  treadle,  in  all  cases  the  movement  of  the  plungers  being  equally  positive. 

This  perfect  control  of  the  plungers,  by  means  of  the  treadle,  leaves  the  operator’s  hands  free  to  attend  to  other  im- 
portant details. 

All  presses  are  pre-eminently  simple  and  free  from  liability  to  get  out  of  order,  requiring  no  special  training  to  operate 
successfully. 

As  shown  by  the  cut,  the  new  press  for  heavy  forging  is  built  in  a thoroughly  substantial  manner,  no  pains  having  been 
spared  to  make  every  part  of  ample  size  and  strength;  and  its  solid  rectangular  “ housings,”  of  great  weight  and  strength, 
adapt  it  to  the  severe  work  of  forging  anvil  tops,  turn  buckles,  shackles,  stone  hammers,  sledges,  draw-bar  heads,  pick-eyes, 
axe  polls,  eye  bolts,  etc.,  in  fact,  all  kinds  of  general  forging,  also  for  bending,  cutting  and  punching  structural  iron  of  all 
kinds,  such  as  railroad  and  angle  iron,  house  hangers,  heavy  beams,  etc. 

Bridge  builders  and  architectural  iron  workers  will  find  it  a most  useful  machine  in  their  work. 


No.  Stroke. 

3 i inch 

4 i]4  inches 

5 2 inches 

6 2]4  to  3 inches 

7 2/4  to  3}J  inches 

8 inches 


Cut 

Round. 

% inch 
il/n  inches 
1%  inches 
2 % inches 
3 inches 
314  inches 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Cut  Flat. 

2 x ]/2  inch 

4 x yj  inch 

5 x % inch 
9 x i inch 

io  x i % inches 
24  x 1 '/2  inches 


Will  Punch. 
Vi  x }4  inch 
% x y«  inch 
1 x % inch 
i]4  x i'/e  inches 
2'A  x 1 inch 
8xi^  inches 


Throat 
Space. 
5 inches 
7 inches 
9 inches 
11  inches 
2fi  inches 
53 1 inches 


Diameter  ofPulley  Speed  of 
and  Face.  Flv  Wheel. 


12  x 354  inches 
16  x 4 inches 
18  x 4‘>  inches 
22  x sb  inches 
30  x 6%  inches 
30  x 8 inches 


350  revolutions 
300  revolutions 
280  revolutions 
250  revolutions 
200  revolutions 
190  revolutions 


Weight. 
1500  pounds 
4500  pounds 
6400  pounds 
12000  pounds 
20000  pounds 
30000  pounds 


ace. 

uches 

nclies 

nches 

nehes 


514 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (g;  * M ^ 


Fig.  621 


REVERSED  CYLINDER  COMBINED  FORGING  AND  DRAWING  PRESS. 


THE  moving  platen  of  this  press,  which  is  cast  as  a part  of  the  arm,  has  T slots  for 
bolting  dies  to  it,  and  is  guided  from  turning  by  the  rods,  while  the  upper  of 
the  two  similar  platens  has  T slots  at  right  angles  to  those  on  the  moving  platen,  so 
that  two  dies  may  be  brought  into  exact  allignment.  The  cylinders  are  a strong  extra 
quality  of  steel,  wrought  iron  rods  and  cast  iron  platens.  Two  small  cylinders 
between  the  rods  serve  to  separate  the  dies  and  raise  the  ram  very  quickly.  The 
lower  platen  has  a plain  surface  on  which  a drawing  die  may  be  placed,  hole  4 
inches  in  diameter  being  cast  through  both  platens  to  allow  blank  to  be  placed  in  the 
press  and  forced  through  die  and  lower  platen.  A single  balance  piston  valve  gov- 
erns all  motions  of  the  press. 


Ram, 

Platens, 

Power, 

Motion, 

Opening, 

Weight, 


HYDRAULIC  FORGING  PRESS. 


THIS  is  a special  form  of  one  of  our  Reinforced  Steam  Cylinder  Presses,  in 
which  the  faces  of  the  upper  and  moving  platens  have  T slots  for  attaching 
the  dies  in  which  the  work  is  to  be  pressed,  the  slots  in  the  two  platens  being 
at  right  angles  to  each  other,  so  that  the  dies  may  be  properly  adjusted.  As  this 
press  has  to  work  from  an  accumulator,  and  very  quickly,  the  pipe  opening  is  com- 
paratively large,  being  1 inches  in  diameter,  and  the  action  of  the  press  is  gov- 
erned by  one  of  our  2 inch  balanced  piston  valves,  the  low  pressure  valve  and  check 
valve  are  introduced  in  the  piping  for  the  filling  of  the  press  by  a light  pressure 
accumulator,  worked  under  a pressure  of  150  pounds  per  square  inch,  while  the 
one  that  gives  the  full  pressure  has  a pressure  in  the  neighborhood  of  2000  pounds 
per  square  inch.  The  ram  of  the  press  is  20  inches  in  diameter,  giving  a pressure 
of  about  300  tons.  The  platens  are  24  x 26  inches,  with  a motion  of  18  inches,  and 
opening  of  20  inches.  Any  other  sizes  desired  can  be  furnished. 

Weight,  ------  13000  pounds 


ioj^  inches 
16  x 22  inches 
150  tons 
18  inches 
24  inches 
4500  pounds 


Fig.  622. 


515 


Fig.  623. 


HYDRAULIC  FLANGING  AND  FORGING  PRESS. 


/nrAHIS  tool  lias  a round  T-slotted  table  4 feet  in  diameter,  a 12  inch  ram  with  a motion  of  3 feet,  and  an  interior  ram  4 inches 
in  diameter  and  2 feet  motion.  The  rods  are  5 feet  3^  inches  between  centers,  and  are  turned  2>'A  inches  with  square 
thread  upon  them  for  adjusting  the  position  of  top  plates.  The  T slots  are  adapted  for  ^ inch  T head  bolts.  The  small  ram 
is  connected  to  the  valves  by  a system  of  swivel  joints,  which  are  very  much  better  than  the  old  type  of  a coil  of  copper  piping. 
The  valves  are  our  balanced  spindle  type  of  inch  and  % inch  sizes.  By  the  substitution  of  dies  or  bending  blocks  many 
forms  of  work  can  be  made.  The  opening  is  adjustable  from  60  to  30  inches.  Platen  is  4 x 5 feet  power  100  tons. 

This  press  weighs  approximately  18000  pounds. 


516 


Fig.  624. 


PLAIN  HYDRAULIC  BROACHING  PRESS. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  624.) 

^'1'MIIS  PRESS  was  first  designed  for  tlie  fitting  of  the  spindles  in  tail  stocks  of  lathes.  The 
ram  is  forced  downward,  the  return  being  either  by  spring  or  hydraulic  cylinder,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances. 

The  table  has  a front  opening  four  inches  wide,  over  which  blocks  are  placed  for  giving 
a support  to  the  collar  entirely  around  the  shaft  or  spindle,  and  also  insuring  a central  strain 
on  the  rods. 

Distance  between  rods  is  25  inches ; the  table  being  24  x 25  inches  ; the  opening,  30 
inches ; ram,  5 inches  ; travel,  12  inches. 

It  will  give  a pressure  of  60  tons,  and  is  driven  by  an  accumulator  system  or  independent 
belt  pump. 

Price,  with  two-plunger  automatic  variable  delivery  belt  pump,  - - $500.00 

Price,  with  single  plunger  belt  pump, 


SINGLE  CYLINDER  PRESS. 

(Description  Fig.  No.  625.) 

THIS  is  the  type  of  smallest  of  the  leather  belt  presses,  the  cut  representing  the  20 
inch  size,  with  valving  as  arranged  for  an  accumulator  governed  plant.  Ihe  main 
pressing  cylinder  is  downward  acting,  with  an  automatic  reverse  cylinder  mounted  on 
top  of  it.  The  packings  are  easy  of  access,  being  located  under  glands,  and  can  be  taken 
out  and  renewed  without  taking  the  press  apart.  By  using  the  lower  of  the  two  valve 
handles  any  desired  pressure  up  to  the  maximum  can  be  put  upon  the  work.  The  gauge 
is  marked  to  read  as  desired,  in  tons  or  in  inches  of  belt,  the  standard  pressure  on  belt 
being  about  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  This  press  stands  upon  one  of  our  press 
stands  of  good  broad  foundation,  making  a steady  and  compact  base.  The  20  inch  press 
is  22  inches  between  the  rods  and  24  inches  in  line  of  belt. 

1400  pounds 
$260.00 


Weight,  about 
Price, 


517 


Fig.  626. 


HYDRAULIC  BROACHING  PRESS, 


With  Variable  Delivery  Pump  Attached. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  626.) 


THIS  PRESS  is  similar  in  design  to  our  Plain  60  Ton  Press  with  a 
variable  delivery  belt  pump  attached,  the  shaft  and  eccentrics 
being  placed  at  the  top  of  the  press  and  one  side  of  the  cylinder  ; 
the  pumps  upon  the  ledge  at  the  side  of  the  lower  platen.  The  main 
tension  rods  are  inches  in  diameter,  placed  in  line  with  the  center  of 
the  ram.  In  the  bed  a square  block  is  inserted,  which  is  bored  to  suit 
the  size  shaft  on  which  work  is  to  be  done,  so  that  the  resistance  may 
come  close  to  the  shaft  and  not  create  any  bending  action  upon  the  work, 
and  cramping  the  shaft  as  it  is  forced  into  the  hole.  The  opening  in  the  bed 
beneath  the  block  is  carried  through  the  base,  so  that  in  case  it  is  desired 
to  force  long  shafts  out,  it  may  be  done,  provided  a hole  is  made  in  the 
floor  underneath.  A small  handle,  which  is  convenient,  shuts  off  the 
action  of  the  large  pump,  and  a small  lever,  operating  an  improved  form 
of  release  valve,  releases  the  pressure  from  the  ram,  allowing  it  to  be 
drawn  back.  In  case  there  is  any 


as  is  shown  in  our  60  ton  form 
injury  by  the  sudden  releasing  of  the  pressure. 


great  variety  of  work  a special  block 
is  made,  which  can  be  easily  at- 
tached to  the  ram  proper,  and  this 
when  placed  in  the  press,  shortens 
the  clear  space  available.  As  the 
strain  of  driving  the  pump  lies  out- 
side of  the  main  tension  rods,  small 
ones  are  placed  outside  of  the 
bearings  of  the  shaft.  One-third 
of  the  base  lies  in  front  of  the 
center  line  of  the  main  bolts  in 
the  100  ton  size,  instead  of  all  back, 
One  of  our  safety  couplings  protects  the  gauge  from 


Fig.  627. 


Ram. 

5 inches 
7 '/2  inches 
9 inches 

Power. 
60  tons 
100  tons 
150  tons 

Motion. 
12  inches 
18  inches 
18  inches 

Table. 

24  x 25  inches 
36  x 38  inches 
36  x 38  inches 

Opening. 
30  inches 
48  inches 
48  inches 

Jaw. 

7 inches 
7 inches 
7 inches 

Price. 

$550 

700 

825 

REINFORCED 

CYLINDER 

PRESS, 

With  Automatic  Reverse  Action  Cylinders. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  627.) 

THE  PRESS  from  which  this  cut  is  made  is  one  of  a lot  used  in  electrical  work.  The 
beam  acting  strain  on  the  cylinder  is  taken  up  by  reinforcement  of  the  body  of 
the  cylinder  and  not  by  a separate  yoke.  On  account  of  the  motion  being  too 
great  to  allow  the  ram  to  be  taken  out  for  repacking  the  cylinder,  without  taking  down 
the  press,  the  packing  is  placed  underneath  a gland.  Small  downward  acting  automatic 
cylinders,  of  12  tons  power,  are  placed  on  each  side  of  the  press  and  force  the  ram  back 

very  quickly  and  steadily,  also  to  part  the  dies  which  may  be  in  the  press,  if  they  should 

stick  together,  i his  cylinder  and  ram  attachment  may  be  placed  on  any  of  our  presses 
if  desired. 

Ram.  Power.  Movement.  Platen.  Opening.  Weight.  Price.  rrT- 

10  inches  150  revolutions  18  inches  16  x 22  inches  24  inches  3150  pounds  $55& 

12  inches  250  revolutions  24  inches  20  x 24  inches  72  inches  6300  pounds  750  - 


Fig.  628. 


THE  RIVETING  MACHINE  proper  consists  of  a cylinder,  with  the  hammer  head  or  die  attached  to  the  end  of  the  piston 
rod,  capable  of  being  easily  changed  to  adopt  the  machine  for  different  sizes  of  rivets  and  heads.  The  valve  is  operated 
directly  by  the  pressure  in  the  cylinder  without  extra  gearing,  and  so  arranged  that  the  length  of  the  stroke  regulates 
itself  automatically  to  correspond  with  the  gradual  reduction  of  the  end  of  the  rivet  as  the  head  is  formed.  The  machine  is 
operated  with  an  atmospheric  pressure  of  from  25  to  30  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  and  makes  from  150  to  200  strokes  per 
minute.  The  time  required  to  form  the  head  of  a ^ inch  rivet  is  about  six  seconds,  and  at  steady,  straight  work,  allowing  for 
ordinary  detention  and  loss  of  time,  two  or  three  rivets  can  readily  be  finished  in  one  minute. 

The  machine  may  be  suspended  from  a bar  arranged  overhead,  to  allow  a longitudinal  motion  to  the  riveter  when 
operating  on  straight  seams,  but  we  advise  fitting  up  a traveling  carriage,  capable  of  a longitudinal  and  side  motion,  whereby, 
if  operating  against  the  side  of  the  boiler  shell,  as  shown  in  Fig.  627  (which  will  be  found  the  most  convenient  way  of  opera- 
ting the  machine),  the  machine  can  easily  be  regulated  for  any  diameter  of  shell.  The  riveter  being  supported  in  a turning 
ring  is  equally  applicable  to  operate  on  the  top,  or  at  any  angle  to  the  shell.  The  operation  with  the  machine  is  as  follows  : 

The  rivet  boy,  after  inserting  the  hot  rivet,  moves  the  die  and  weight  over  the  end  head  of  the  rivet,  when  the  operator 
admits  pressure  into  the  cylinder  (A)  by  moving  the  rod  (B),  thereby  closing  the  long  ends  of  the  bars  and  bringing  the  end 
socket  of  the  riveter  upon  the  plates  over  the  rivet,  thereby  holding  the  plates  together  by  a pressure  of  about  1200  pounds. 
The  operator  then  presses  upon  the  spring  valve  (D),  thereby  admitting  the  air  pressure  into  the  riveter  to  operate  its  hammer, 
and  thus  forms  the  rivet  head  by  a succession  of  rapid  blows.  It  will  thus  be  perceived  that  only  one  man  is  required  to 

operate  with  this  machine,  dispensing  with  one  riveter  and  the  man  to  hold  on. 

By  suspending  the  machine  from  a horizontal  bar  or  traveling  carriage,  it  is  easily  moved  from  one  rivet  hole  to  the 
next  when  operating  on  a horizontal  seam.  The  advantages  of  this  riveting  machine  are  : 

First. — The  facility  of  taking  the  machine  to  the  work  to  be  operated  upon,  instead  of  carrying  the  work  to  the  machine, 
as  is  required  with  all  other  riveting  machines  heretofore  made. 

Second. — The  great  saving  of  labor  and  expense,  as  by  riveting  by  hand,  one  holder-on  and  two  riveters  are  required, 
while  by  the  use  of  this  machine  only  one  man — who  need  not  be  a skilled  riveter — will  be  necessary. 

Third. — Rapidity  of  work.  Nearly  all  boiler  makers  agree  that  to  drive  35  pounds,  or  about  250  rivets,  is  considered 

a good  day’s  work  for  one  holder-on  and  two  riveters,  while  by  the  employment  of  this  machine,  one  man  can  drive  from  800 

to  1000  rivets  a day,  allowing  for  all  necessary  detention. 

Fourth. — The  machine  requires  absolutely  no  preparation  of  foundation  or  other  accompaniments,  and  is  furnished  at  a 
price  much  below  the  cost  of  producing  any  existing  machine. 

These  boiler  riveters  have  recently  been  improved  by  strengthening  the  arms,  making  them  more  rigid,  and  better 
adapted  for  heavy  work,  besides  reducing  the  working  parts  of  the  riveting  cylinder,  and  feel  confident  that  the  change  will 
be  a great  improvement. 


519 


Fig.  629. 


PORTABLE  RIVETER  FOR  BOILER  AND  TANK  WORK. 


THIS  RIVETER  has  been  gradually  introduced  into  some  of  the  principal  boiler  shops  of  the  United  States  and  Europe. 
There  are  at  present  about  135  machines  in  practical  operation  in  the  United  States.  It  possesses  all  the  feature  of  hand 
work,  and  is  capable  of  driving  rivets  with  as  great  rapidity  as  the  large  and  expensive  steam  or  hydraulic  riveters  now 
in  use. 

Fig.  628  represents  the  riveter  detached  from  the  shell. 

Fig.  629  represents  the  riveter  as  operating  on  the  side  of  a boiler  shell. 

One  of  the  chief  objects  of  the  inventor  has  been  to  produce  a perfect  machine  at  a moderate  cost,  with  a view  of 
placing  it  within  the  reach  of  all  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  boilers  or  tanks,  and  to  be  able  to  take  the  machine  to  the 
work  to  be  operated  upon  instead  of  carrying  the  work  to  the  machine,  as  is  required  in  all  other  boiler  riveting  machines 
heretofore  made. 

The  riveter  works  on  the  principle  of  hand  work,  forming  the  head  of  the  rivet  by  a succession  of  rapid  blows  around 
the  rivet  until  the  desired  shape  of  the  head  is  obtained. 

The  machine  consists  of  two  levers,  having  at  one  end  a pressure  cylinder  to  open  and  close  the  levers,  and  at  the  other 
end  the  riveting  machine  on  one  arm,  and  a suitable  die  with  counterweight  attached  on  the  other  arm. 

The  long  arms  of  the  levers  are  made  63,  76  and  90  inches  from  center  of  joint  pin  to  the  center  of  riveter,  capable  of 
reaching  a rivet  60,  72  or  84  inches,  respectively,  from  the  edge  of  the  plate,  so  as  to  operate  upon  the  circular  seams  of  a 
boiler.  The  levers  are  supported  in  a turning  ring  operated  by  a worm  wheel,  to  enable  the  machine  to  be  placed  at  any 
desired  angle  and  position  to  the  boiler  shell. 


Price  of  boiler  riveter,  5 feet  reach,  complete, #750.00 

Weight  of  riveter,  900  pounds. 

Boiler  riveter,  reaching  72  inches,  - --  --  --  - 850.00 

Weight,  1100  pounds. 

Boiler  riveter,  84  inches,  - --  -- 950.00 

Weight,  1300  pounds. 


520 


Fig.  630. 


BOILER  SADDLE. 


TTTHEN  operating  on  a circular  joint,  the  boiler  must  be  turned  so  as  to  bring  the  rivet  in  a line  with  the  riveting 
* cylinder.  For  this  purpose  Mr.  Allen  has  invented  a boiler  saddle,  whereby  the  largest  boiler,  whether  out  of  balance 
or  not,  can  easily  be  turned  by  the  operator  as  may  be  desired,  and  firmly  held  in  position  without  any  extra  manual  labor. 

One  of  the  wheels,  N,  forming  the  front  saddle,  A,  is  provided  with  projecting  pins  and  with  cavities,  which  engage 
either  with  the  rivet  holes  in  the  edge  of  the  boiler  sheet  or  with  the  finished  rivet  heads  on  the  shell,  so  as  to  form  a kind  of 
gear  wheel,  whereby  the  boiler  shell,  by  the  turning  of  this  wheel,  can  be  turned  around  in  any  desired  direction.  A worm 
wheel  operated  by  the  handle  wheel,  M,  works  into  teeth  on  this  wheel,  N,  for  the  purpose  of  turning  the  same,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  turn  the  boiler  shell  in  any  position,  and  hold  the  same,  even  if  one  side  of  the  shell  should  be  heavier  than 
the  other  side. 

The  front  saddle,  A,  should  be  firmly  attached  to  the  floor.  The  after  saddle,  B,  is  provided  with  wheels  to  run  upon 
suitable  rails,  so  that  the  boiler  shell  can  easily  be  moved  backward  while  resting  upon  the  saddle,  B,  for  the  purpose  of 
joining  an  additional  course  to  the  front  of  the  shell. 

Price  of  boiler  saddles  to  support  and  turn  boiler  shell,  ....  $55.00 

Weight, - 545  pounds 


521 


Fig.  631. — Arm  C. 


THESE  RIVETERS  are  principally  intended  for  beams  and  girders  for  bridge  building,  and  forms  the  rivet  head  by 
compressing  the  end  of  the  rivet  into  a suitable  die.  The  levers,  turning  on  a fulcrum,  contain  at  one  end  the  dies,  and 
are  connected  at  the  other  end  to  a toggle  joint,  to  the  center  of  which  the  piston  rod  of  a pressure  cylinder  is  attached. 
The  arms  C and  D are  made  interchangeable,  so  that  the  machine  with  arm  C,  as  represented  in  Fig.  631,  will  straddle  the 
edge  of  girders  or  beams  having  6 inch  angle  irons  011  each  side,  and  when  arranged  with  lever  D,  as  represented  in  Fig.  632, 
plates  may  be  riveted  on  to  5 inch  channel  iron. 

The  pressure  used  in  this  machine  is  from  60  to  75  pounds,  and  the  arms  are  made  of  sufficient  strength  to  operate  on 
1 inch  rivets.  The  weight  of  the  machine  complete  is  about  860  to  925  pounds,  according  to  size.  The  same  is  operated  by 
air,  for  the  convenience  of  handling  the  machine. 

In  consequence  of  the  peculiar  construction  and  arrangement  of  the  elbow  or  toggle  joint,  between  the  power  employed 
for  operating  the  machine  and  the  hinged  or  pivoted  arms  which  carry  the  dies,  a small  10  inch  cylinder  will  produce,  at  the 
end  of  the  stroke  or  when  the  dies  are  nearly  closed,  a pressure  upon  the  rivet  of  about  50  tons. 

Riveter  with  10  inch  cylinder,  - Weight,  860  pounds  Price,  $750.00 

Riveter  with  inch  cylinder,  .....  Weight,  925  pounds  Price,  850.00 


522 


Fig.  632. — Arm  D 


COnPRESSlON  RIVETER.  JAW  RIVETER. 

For  Channel-Iron  Bridge  Work.  For  Bridge  Work. 


THESE  RIVETERS  are  applicable  for  all  descriptions  of  bridge  work,  similar  to  the  Riveter  represented  in  Fig.  631,  and 
will  straddle  the  edge  of  girders  and  beams  having  6 inch  angle-irons  on  each  side,  and  likewise  operate  in  5 inch 
channel-iron  without  change,  except  the  dies. 

These  machines  may  be  operated  by  steam  at  a pressure  of  from  60  to  70  pounds,  but  we  advise  the  use  of  atmospheric 
pressure.  The  piston  rod  connects  levers  of  different  lengths,  forming  a toggle-joint.  The  lower  ends  of  the  larger  levers  are 
attached  to  fixed  centers  on  the  frame,  and  the  end  of  the  central  short  lever  is  attached  to  the  dolly-bar,  into  the  lower  end  of 
which  the  head-die  is  screwed.  By  this  latter  arrangement,  any  desired  change  in  the  distance  between  the  dies  is  easily 
effected.  The  dolly-bar  has  a stroke  of  3 inches,  and  is  acting  in  a direct  line  with  the  axis  of  the  rivet. 

The  machines  are  of  sufficient  strength  to  operate  on  1 inch  rivets. 

The  machines  are  balanced  so  that  when  suspended,  the  same  can  operate  either  vertical  or  horizontal,  as  may  be  found 
most  convenient. 

Machines  above  25  inch  reach  are  provided  with  lugs,  as  shown  on  next  page,  capable  of  fixing  the  same  as  a stationary 
machine  whenever  desired. 

Weight  of  arm  D,  210  and  225  pounds.  Price  of  arm,  made  interchangeable  and  to  fit  riveter,  shown  in  Fig.  631,  $100.00. 


523 


Fig.  634. 


JAW  RIVETERS. 

Operated  by  Turning  Cylinder.  Shown  on  Pages  522,  523  and  524. 


By  actual  experiments  we  have  found  that  the  pressure  upon  the  rivets  in  gross  tons  is  as  follows : 


At  50  pounds  pressure  in  Air  Receiver, 
At  60  “ 

At  70  “ 

At  75  “ 

At  80  “ 

At  85  “ “ 


- 25.9  tons 

30.2  “ 

34-5  “ 
36.6  “ 

- 38.H  “ 

42.0  “ 


Prices  and  Dimensions  of  the  Different  Sizes  in  which  these  Riveters  are  Buiet. 


Reach  at  Center. 

Distance  between  Arms. 

Working  Cylinder. 

Weight. 

Price. 

io}4  inches 

15  inches 

10  inches 

950  pounds 

$700.00 

17  inches 

15  inches 

10  inches 

1100  pounds 

750.00 

25  inches 

15  inches 

10  inches 

1290  pounds 

850.00 

34^  inches 

15  inches 

10  inches 

1800  pounds 

1100.00 

36  inches 

20  inches 

12  inches 

3000  pounds 

1300.00 

55  inches 

20  inches 

12  inches 

3300  pounds 

1400.00 

S'/z  inches 

8 inches 

8 inches 

400.00 

16  inches 

9 inches 

8 inches 

450.00 

19  inches 

10  inches 

8 inches 

500.00 

48  inches 

9 inches 

8 inches 

875.00 

524 


RIVETER  FOR  LATTICE  COLUHNS. 


AJAHIS  RIVETER  is  intended  for  riveting  small  plates  to  channel  trusses  forming  lattice  columns,  and  of  sufficient  strength 
to  operate  on  inch  rivets. 


Price  of  riveter, 
Weight, 


#550.00 
780  pounds 


525 


STATIONARY  BOILER  RIVETER. 


/nrVHIS  STATIONARY  RIVETER  is  designed  for  the  heaviest  description  of  work.  Cylinder  separate  from  main  upright, 
12  inches  diameter,  12  inch  stroke.  Setting  1 inch  boiler  plates  and  1%  inch  rivets  it  can  be  operated  by  steam  or 
compressed  air. 

The  machine  is  properly  proportioned  and  made  of  the  best  materials  in  a strictly  first-class  manner. 

Four  sizes  of  machines  can  be  furnished  with  stake  60,  72,  84  and  96  inches  long.  The  cylinder  is  12  inches  diameter  ; 
stroke,  12  inches. 


526 


VERTICAL  GAP  RIVETING  HACHINE. 

6 Foot  Gap  for  % Inch  Rivets.  8 Foot  Gap  for  i Inch 

Rivets. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  637  with  6 loot  Gap.) 

THIS  MACHINE  as  shown  has  a large  steel  stake,  held  in  ten- 
sion strain  by  the  two  steel  bolts  shown,  one  upon  each  side  of 
the  machine.  The  other  part  of  the  jaw  is  cast  iron,  and  has 
attached  to  the  upper  end  of  it  one  of  our  removable,  inter- 
changeable heads,  with  a 7 inch  hydraulic  cylinder  giving  a pres- 
sure of  about  28  tons,  at  1500  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  Angle 
pieces  are  placed  upon  the  side  of  the  machine  at  the  proper 
height  for  a platform.  The  machine  weighs,  for  this  capacity, 
about  14000  weight,  and  is  operated  entirely  by  a single  lever, 
shown  in  the  side  view  ; the  sliding  head  being  flush  with  the  top 
of  the  machine,  and  sliding  in  large  guides,  allowing  two  angle 
irons  to  be  riveted  back  to  back  in  the  middle  of  a sheet,  if  such  a 
job  was  desired  ; the  depth  of  the  jaw  being  nearly  6 feet  2 inches 
for  the  machine  sold  for  6 foot  gap.  If  a clamp  is  desired  in 
addition  to  the  riveter,  then  we  place  upon  the  machine  a different 
kind  of  a head,  having  two  concentric  rams,  one  of  them  operating 
the  clamp,  and  the  other  for  heading  the  rivet ; both  operated 
independently  of  each  other,  and  returning  to  position  auto- 
matically. Price  for  plain  machine  is  $1750.00.  Clamp  extra, 
$150.00. 


FLOOR 


(Description  Fig.  No.  637  with  S foot  Gap.) 

/-pVHIS  MACHINE  as  shown  has  a large  steel  stake,  held  in  tension  strain  by  the  two  steel  bolts  shown  one  upon  each  side  of 
the  machine.  The  other  part  of  the  jaw  is  cast  iron,  and  has  attached  to  the  upper  end  of  it  one  of  our  removable, 
interchangeable  heads,  with  8)4  inch  hydraulic  cylinder  giving  a pressure  of  about  40  tons  at  1500  pounds  to  the  square  inch. 
Angle  pieces  are  placed  upon  the  side  of  the  machine  at  the  proper  height  for  a platform.  The  machine  weighs, 
for  this  capacity,  about  22500  pounds,  and  is  operated  entirely  by  a single  lever,  shown  in  the  side  view  ; the  sliding  head 
being  flush  with  the  side  of  the  machine,  and  sliding  in  large  guides,  allowing  two  angle  irons  to  be  riveted  back  to  back  in 
the  middle  of  sheet,  if  such  a job  is  desired  ; the  depth  of  the  jaw  is  nearly  8 feet  2 inches  for  the  machine  sold  for  8 foot  gap. 
If  a clamp  is  desired  in  addition  to  the  riveter,  then  we  place  upon  the  machine  a different  kind  of  head,  having  two 
concentric  rams,  one  of  them  operating  the  clamp,  and  the  other  for  heading  the  rivet ; both  operated  independently  of  each 
other,  and  returning  to  position  automatically.  The  price  of  this  machine  without  clamp  is  $2250.00.  Clamp  extra,  $250.00. 


527 


Fig.  638. 


DOUBLE-ACTING  HYDRAULIC  RIVETER. 


Horizontal  Gap.  36"  Gap  for  Rivets. 
AtAHE  machine  shown  by  this  cut  was  made 
originally  for  riveting  up  ship  frames,  and 
for  that  purpose  has  a double-acting  cylinder,  one 
ram  connected  with  a compressor  for  tightening 
the  plates  and  the  other  for  setting  the  rivet.  In 
the  cut  the  upper  pipe  connects  with  the  cylinder 
at  a point  above  the  riveting  ram.  The  lower  pipe, 
which  is  connected  up  to  the  piping  outside  of  the 
governing  valve,  and  in  direct  connection  with  the 
accumulator,  connects  with  small  cylinders,  three 
in  number,  situated  in  a small  block  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  guide,  one  of  which  returns  the  riveting 
ram,  the  other  two  returning  the  compressor  ram. 
The  small  lever  shown  projecting  from  the  side  of 
the  machine  is  connected  with  the  riveting  ram  in 
such  a way  that  the  dies,  in  case  nothing  is  inter- 
posed will  not  come  together  and  become  injured, 
which  they  are  liable  to  do  in  case  they  strike,  as 
the  using  of  heated  rivets  draws  the  temper  of 
tempered  tools.  The  machine  has  a stroke  of  five 
inches  for  each  of  the  rams,  and  the  rivet  die  is 
inclosed  by  the  compressor,  instead  of  being  open, 
as  shown  in  the  cut  for  illustration.  Two  levers 
are  used  for  the  complete  manipulation  of  the  tool, 
one  of  them  throwing  the  accumulator  pressure  on 
the  compressor  ram,  the  other  on  the  riveting- 
ram,  and  each  of  them  working  under  a pressure  of  about  twenty  tons,  the  accumulator  pressure  being  1500  pounds  to  scpiare 
inch.  The  release  of  the  accumulator  pressure  upon  the  compressor  ram  allows  that  much  additional  pressure  to  be  exerted 
upon  the  riveting  ram,  or  making  a total  of  about  forty  tons  for  finishing  the  head  of  the  rivet.  In  operation  it  is  found  that 
the  two  levers  may  be  brought  down  together,  and  that  the  compressor  ram  will  travel  sufficiently  fast  to  get  the  plates  closed 
before  rivet  dies  strike  the  end  of  the  rivet.  The  operating  valves  are  metal-seated  valves,  with  passages  not  easily  described, 
connecting  the  four  valves.  The  hydraulic  cylinders  of  this  tool  are  made  to  be  taken  off  from  the  body  of  the  machine,  so 
that  there  will  be  a certain  interchangeability  of  heads  upon  different  size  machines  of  the  same  capacity.  The  front  face  of 
the  machine  is  made  almost  flush  with  the  rivet  dies,  so  that  any  work  may  be  placed  in  front  of  it,  and  riveting  done  on  the 
angle  iron,  which  is  backed  by  a flat  plate,  there  being  no  trouble  to  close  and  rivet  3 inch  angle  irons. 

Weight,  ....  5800  pounds. 


528 


Fig.  639. 


Fig.  640. 


Fig.  641. 


■|f 


WE  have  at  times  been  called  on  to 
furnish  accumulators  which  at  one 
time  are  desired  to  exert  on  one  kind 
of  work  a low  pressure,  and  an  hour 
later  may  be  desired  to  exert  a high  pressure. 
In  order  to  do  this  we  have  designed  this 
style.  The  ram  extends  through  the  cylinder, 
which  has  packings  at  each  end.  The  ram 
being  smaller  at  the  upper  end,  the  cylinder 
is  raised  at  a speed  depending  on  the  variation 
of  the  two  diameters.  The  weights  are  cast 
square  with  lugs  on  two  sides,  and  by  the 
insertion  of  bolts  any  number  of  weights  de- 
sired may  be  lifted  ; the  change  being  made 
from  one  pressure  to  another  in  a few  min- 
utes, the  extra  weights  remaining  upon  the 
corner  blocks.  This  style  of  accumulator  is 
advisable  when  high  pressures  are  to  be  used, 
as  the  center  of  gravity  is  always  well  below 
the  point  of  support.  We  can  furnish  com- 
plete, with  weights,  or  will  furnish  ram  and 
cylinders,  and  allow  customers  to  furnish  the 
weights  from  drawings  which  will  be  furn- 
ished. 


HYDRAULIC  ACCUflULATOR, 


With  Fixed  Cylinder  Resting  Upon 
Its  Base. 


WHEN  the  greater  part  of  the  work  of  a 
hydraulic  system  is  done  at  a low 
pressure,  and  only  a limited  amount 
of  liquid  is  required  at  a considerable  additional 
pressure,  we  have  furnished  this  tool.  The 
low  pressure  liquid  is  let  into  the  machine  at 
the  bottom,  below  the  large  piston,  which 
drives  a smaller  piston  into  a second  cylinder, 
inserted  in  it,  the  connection  to  the  upper 
cylinder  being  at  the  top  of  iron  beam,  the 
difference  in  proportion  to  the  area  of  the  two 
rams.  The  upper  cylinder  fills  from  an  inde- 
pendent source  through  a check  valve  when 
the  liquid  is  drawn  off  the  lower  cylinder.  The 
one  from  which  this  cut  was  made  has  a low 
pressure  cylinder,  16  inches  and  27  inches 
stroke,  high  pressure  cylinder  3^  inches  and 
27  inches  stroke.  Price,  $ 


HYDRAULIC  INTENS1F1ER. 


THIS  MACHINE,  as  shown  in  the  view, 
has  a heavy  cast  iron  cylinder,  with 
steel  ram  ; the  packing  being  placed 
beneath  a gland  at  the  top  of  the  cylinder, 
where  it  may  be  easily  reached  for  repack- 
ing, if  desired.  The  weight  case  surrounds 
the  cylinder  and  is  double  ; the  interior  tube 
being  slightly  larger  than  the  cylinder,  and 
is  prevented  from  coming  in  contact  with  it 
by  the  stay-bolts  extending  from  the  outside 
to  inside  cylinder,  the  outside  cylinder  having 
guide  rolls  upon  the  post.  The  guide  rolls 
in  the  head  are  adjustable  for  wear  or  for 
position,  so  that  the  machine  will  line  accur- 
ately, and  stay-bolts  from  the  cross  at  the  top 
of  the  weight  case  to  the  bottom  carry  the 
weight.  The  wrought  iron  cases  have  diam- 
eter of  54  inches  and  16  inches.  These  ma- 
chines are  tested  for  a working  strain  of  2500 
pounds  per  square  inch,  though  the  usual 
working  limit  for  this  line  of  tools  is  between 
1500  and  2000  pounds,  if  portable  machines 
are  likely  to  be  brought  into  use.  In  case 
portable  machinery  is  not  to  be  used,  then 
higher  pressures  can  be  used  to  advantage. 
The  proper  trip  levers  for  stopping  and  start- 
ing the  pump  and  the  guide  irons  are  fur- 
nished with  the  accumulator.  About  27  tons 
of  scrap  iron  are  required  for  2000  pounds 
to  square  inch,  and  about  27  feet  vertical 
space  is  necessary  and  about  5 feet  square 
outside  of  posts.  Price,  6 inches  ram  x 12 
feet,  $700. 


I 


529 


IN  the  following  list  it  will  be  observed  that  the  large  air  cylinder  gives  the  capacity  of  the  machine.  It  will  also  be  borne 
in  mind  that  the  small  piston  only  encounters  the  pressure  of  the  final  compression,  and  hence  a smaller  steam  cylinder  or 
a higher  rate  of  expansion  can  be  used  with  the  compound  compressor  than  is  possible  with  a compressor  of  equal  power 
constructed  in  any  other  manner.  This  fact  insures  the  highest  economy  in  steam  consumption. 

Prices  are  quoted  only  to  hold  good  for  reasonably  prompt  acceptance. 

Every  machine  fully  guaranteed. 


Diameter 
of  Air 
Cylinder. 

Length  of 
Stroke. 

Diameter  of 
Compressing 
Cylinder. 

Diameter  of 
Steam 
Cylinder. 

Revolutions  or 
Double  Strokes 
per  Minute. 

Capacity 

Cubic  Feet  Steam  Pipe, 
per  Minute. 

Exhaust 

Pipe. 

Air  Pipe. 

Water 

Pipe. 

Horse 

Power. 

8 inches 

10  inches 

5 inches 

8 inches 

200 

1 16  2 inches 

iy2  inches 

2 inches 

Yz  inch 

15 

io  inches 

12  inches 

6%  inches 

10  inches 

I90 

207  2^  inches 

3 inches 

2/^  inches 

Y inch 

28 

14  inches 

16  inches 

()%  inches 

14  inches 

150 

427  3 inches 

4 inches 

4 inches 

1 inch 

55 

20  inches 

24  inches 

13K  inches 

20  inches 

no 

960  5 inches 

6 inches 

5 inches 

\]i  inch 

125 

26  inches 

30  inches 

17  '/i  inches 

24  inches 

90 

1659  6 inches 

8 inches 

6 inches 

1 Y inch 

215 

32  inches 

36  inches 

21  inches 

30  inches 

80 

2686  7 inches 

10  inches 

8 inches 

1 yz  inch 

350 

We  can  also  furnish,  and  shall  be  pleased  to  mail,  description  and  price  of  the  following  Compressors  for  carbonic  acid  : 

Belt-driven  Compressors,  Compound  Compressors,  Combination  Steam  and  Water  Power  Compressors,  Double 
Compound,  Duplex,  Compressors  for  Coal  Mines,  for  Locomotives,  for  Natural  Gas,  for  High  Speed,  Geared  Compressors, 
Hand  Power,  High  Altitude,  Non-Compound,  Oscilating,  Sectional  and  Light  Weight. 

Some  of  the  prominent  advantages  are  : 

Dry  air,  high  speed,  light  weight,  full  air  supply,  uniform  strains,  highest  economy,  steam  expansion,  utmost  strength, 
greatest  capacity,  small  floor  space,  cold  induction  air,  uniform  air  pressure,  cheap  transportation,  unequaled  durability,  least 
loss  in  clearance,  inexpensive  foundations,  complete  cooling  attachments,  no  working  stress  on  main  shaft,  air  valves  with 
mechanical  movements. 

Every  possible  improvement  adopted  and  used  as  soon  as  thorough  test  demonstrates  its  desirability. 


530 


HIGH  SPEED  AIR  COHPRESSOR. 


. 

Worked  by  a Steam  Cylinder. 

^"TAHESE  illustrations  represent  Mr.  Allen’s  Air  Compressors,  worked  by  a steam  cylinder  and  by  a belt,  as  adapted  for  use 

for  our  riveting  machines,  either  of  which  may  be  used  for  the  boiler  riveters,  but  for  the  compression  riveters  a com- 
pressor operated  by  a steam  cylinder  should  be  used  on  account  of  the  higher  pressure  employed. 

The  principal  features  of  this  compressor  are  : first,  positive  moving  valves  during  the  whole  extent  of  their  motion  ; 
and,  secondly,  heavy  reciprocating  parts. 

By  the  use  of  positive  moving  valves  on  the  air  cylinder,  any  amount  of  speed  can  be  obtained,  in  distinction  to  com- 
pressors heretofore  made  with  self-acting  valves,  whereby  the  speed  of  the  machine  is  limited,  to  allow  sufficient  time, 
naturally  required,  for  the  valves  to  open  and  close  ; and  where,  if  the  machine  is  run  at  anything  approaching  high  speed, 
the  machine  loses  all  control  of  the  valves,  especially  of  the  induction  valves,  through  their  inertia  when  at  rest  and  their 
momentum  when  in  motion,  in  consequence  of  which  an  air  cylinder  constructed  with  self-acting  valves  will  compress  less  air 
at  the  higher  speed  than  it  does  at  a lower  speed. 

By  the  invention  of  Mr.  Allen,  of  applying  positive  moving  valves  to  the  air  cylinder,  the  quantity  of  air  compressed 
is  in  direct  proportion  to  the  speed  of  the  machine. 

The  steam  and  air  cylinders  are  arranged  in  a direct  line,  and  their  respective  piston  rods  are  connected  together  so  as 
to  form  one  rod,  upon  which  heavy  weights  are  arranged,  forming  the  guides  and  crosshead  of  the  machine.  By  the  use  of 
these  heavy  reciprocating  parts,  the  air  is  compressed  with  a considerable  saving  of  power,  when  the  pistons  of  the  steam  and 
air  cylinders  are  upon  the  same  reciprocating  piston  rod,  and  the  latter  is  connected  direct  to  the  crank  shaft. 

The  part  which  these  heavy  reciprocating  weights  perform  in  the  economy  of  power,  consists  by  absorbing  the  force  of 
the  steam  at  the  commencement  of  the  stroke  in  putting  this  weight  in  motion  and  returning  it  at  the  latter  part  of  the  stroke 
by  its  momentum. 


531 


High  Speed  Air  Compressor — Continued. 


This  avoids  the  transmission  of  the  load  through  the  shaft,  and  the  revolving  of  the  latter  while  under  this  load. 

When  the  reciprocating  parts  have  but  little  weight,  the  whole  of  the  force  of  the  steam  will  be  thrown  upon  the  shaft 
at  the  commencement  of  the  stroke  to  get  it  into  the  fly  wheels,  and  as  the  latter  part  of  the  stroke,  when  the  power  is 
actually  required  to  compress  the  air,  the  fly  wheel  throws  the  load  upon  the  shaft  again  in  compressing  the  air  in  the 
cylinder. 

We  have  at  present  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  of  these  air  compressors  in  operation. 

The  belt  compressors,  supplying  air  of  from  25  to  30  pounds  pressure,  as  required  for  the  boiler  riveters,  and  the  com- 
pressor, operated  by  a steam  cylinder  supplying  air  from  50  to  80  pounds  pressure,  as  used  for  the  lever  and  jaw  riveters. 

These  compressors  will  furnish  sufficient  air  for  two  riveters  by  increasing  the  speed  of  the  same. 

The  size  of  the  air  cylinder  for  either  style  of  riveter  is  8 inches  diameter  by  7 inches  length  of  stroke,  while  the  steam 
cylinder  for  the  boiler  riveter  is  7 inches  diameter,  and  for  the  compression  riveters  8 inches  diameter  by  7 inches  length 
of  stroke. 

By  experiment  it  has  been  proved  that  Allen’s  Air  Compressors  supply  nearly  double  the  quantity  of  air  at  any  pressure 
in  comparison  with  any  other  compressor  of  same  capacity  of  cylinder. 

Weight,  .....  1780  pounds. 

Price,  ......  $550.00. 


Fig.  644. 


AIR  COHPRESSOR. 


Operated  by  a Beet. 


Weight, 

Price, 


532 


1085  pounds. 
$350.00. 


DUPLEX  STEAM  HYDRAULIC  PUMP. 


THIS  PUMP  is  a very  compact  one,  requiring  little  more  than  one-half  the  space  ordinarily  occupied  by  other  makes. 
It  has  two  double  acting  pistons  (which  can  be  packed  from  the  outside  of  the  pump),  large  suction  valves,  cast  iron, 
steel  or  bronze  water  ends  according  to  duty,  with  hydraulic  metal  valve  seats.  The  steam  ends  are  of  latest  designs 
and  furnished  complete  with  sight  feed  lubricators  and  cups. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

8 x io  x X inches  or  smaller  piston,  steam  iX  inches,  exhaust  2 inches. 

10  x 10  x 2 X inches  or  smaller  piston,  steam  2 inches,  exhaust  2X  inches. 

12  x 12  x 2X  inches  or  smaller  piston,  steam  2X  inches,  exhaust  3 inches. 

14  x 12  x 2X  inches  or  smaller  piston,  steam  2X  inches,  exhaust  3 inches. 


533 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (3 


Fig.  646. 


PLAIN  SINGLE  PLUNGER  BELT  PUMP. 


THIS  is  made  in  the  most  thorough  manner,  for  use  when  an  interrupted  and 
small  delivery  is  not  undesirable.  The  shaft  has  two  long  Babbitted  bearings  ; 
valves  are  large  and  easy  of  access,  requiring  the  unscrewing  of  one  bonnet  only  to 
get  either  valve  out. 

The  tank  is  13  x 17  x 12  inches  ; the  pulleys  24  x 4 inches. 

At  100  revolutions  per  minute  the  pump  will  deliver  about  80  cubic  inches  per 
minute.  Using  the  same  amount  of  power  and  same  speed,  the  delivery  is  as  fol- 
lows : 

inch  piston  will  deliver  about  80  cubic  inches  at  5000  pounds  to  square  inch 
inch  piston  will  deliver  about  120  cubic  inches  at  3500  pounds  to  square  inch 
1 inch  piston  will  deliver  about  135  cubic  inches  at  2500  pounds  to  square  inch 
I'/i  inches  piston  will  deliver  about  180  cubic  inches  at  2000  pounds  to  square  inch 
inches  piston  will  deliver  about  225  cubic  inches  at  1500  pounds  to  square  inch 
i]/2  inches  piston  will  deliver  about  300  cubic  inches  at  1200  pounds  to  square  inch 
1%  inches  piston  will  deliver  about  375  cubic  inches  at  850  pounds  to  square  inch 
Weight,  - 390  pounds 

Price,  % to  1 inches  piston  - --  --  --  --  - $140.00 

Price,  1 to  inches  piston,  ----------  160.00 

Accumulator  stop  action  w’itli  trips,  extra,  ---------  15.00 


DOUBLE  PLUNGER  SIDE  CISTERN  HAND  PUMP. 


^JAHIS  PUMP  is  made  in  a first  class  manner,  without  any  finish.  As 
the  cut  shows,  there  are  two  plungers,  one  inside  the  other,  with 
the  locking  ring  surrounding  the  upper  part  of  the  larger,  so  that,  by  a 
motion  of  the  small  handle  shown,  the  large  plunger  is  fastened  by  it 
either  to  the  pump  or  to  the  crosshead  of  the  small  plunger,  giving 
pressures  easily  of  about  1500  pounds  per  square  inch  with  the  large 
piston,  and  6000  pounds  per  square  inch  with  the  small  piston.  The 
valves  are  both  of  them  easy  of  access,  either  one  being  reached  by 
simply  unscrewing  one  bonnet.  The  wheel  shown  at  the  center  releases 
the  pressure,  allowing  the  liquid  to  return  to  the  tank. 

I 

The  tank  is  24  inches  high,  8 x 10  inches  across. 

Price,  ------  $125.00 

When  desired  to  be  used  for  a test  pump,  the  extra  attachments, 
together  with  the  hydraulic  gauge  registering  to  6000  pounds  per  square 
inch,  will  be  placed  upon  it  at  an  extra  expense  of  $25. 


534 


Fig.  648. 


PLAIN  TWO  PLUNGER  BELT  PUflP 


Crosshead  Pattern. 


THIS  PUMP  is  the  best  made  for  use  where  a moderate  delivery 
and  a uniform  pressure  is  required,  as  in  accumulators. 

The  valves  are  easy  of  access,  the  bearings  lined  with  Babbitt 
metal,  the  shaft  is  steel,  there  is  a safety  valve  on  each  pump,  and  all 
wearing  surfaces  are  arranged  for  adjustment.  The  stroke  is  two 
inches. 

The  pulleys  are  30  x 4.  The  cistern  30  x 18  x 15,  holding  about 
5000  cubic  inches  of  available  filling,  and  with  J4"  inch  plungers  the 
pump  will  work  well  under  6000  pounds  pressure  to  the  square  inch. 
Release  valve  attached  to  pump,  extra,  $10.00. 

Using  the  same  amount  of  power,  each  piston  will  do  work  as 
follows  at  100  strokes  per  minute  : 


Plunger, 
fs  inches 
Yi  inches 

1 inch 

1 Mi  inches 
iM  inches 
1 M inches 
ij-j  inches 

2 inches 

3 inches 


Pressure. 
9000  pounds 
6000  pounds 
3375  pounds 
2650  pounds 
2x50  pounds 
1500  pounds 
1 too  pounds 
825  pounds 
300  pounds 


Weight, 


Volume  of  Water.  Price. 

58  cubic  inches  $225.00 

8S  cubic  inches  22500 

158  cubic  inches  225.00 

200  cubic  inches  235.00 

245  cubic  inches  235  00 

353  cubic  inches  235.00 

480  cubic  inches  275  00 

678  cubic  inches  275.00 

1400  cubic  inches  275.00 


1100  pounds. 


FOUR  PLUNGER  BELT  PUHP. 


Crosshead  Pattern,  Peain  Styee. 


Fig.  648  A. 


THIS  PUMP  is  similar  in  its  general  features 
to  the  Plain  Two  Plunger  Pump,  but  de- 
livers a larger  and  much  steadier  stream 
than  that  pump,  as  the  cranks  are  turned  at 
right  angles,  so  that  there  is  no  point  in  the 
revolution  when  the  flow  is  not  continuous.  All 
four  chambers  being  connected,  one  safety 
valve  suffices  to  release  the  pump  from  over- 
strain. The  pump  is  driven  by  tight  and  loose 
pulleys  36  x 6 inches,  which  should  have  a 
speed  of  80  to  100  revolutions.  The  cistern  has 
1 1000  cubic  inches  of  available  space  for  filling. 
The  pump  is  built  with  any  size  pistons  from 
y%  inches  to  2 inches  and  2 inches  stroke.  The 
maximum  delivery  (at  100  revolutions)  using 
the  same  amount  of  power  is  about  as  follows  : 


Inches. 
14  pistons 
yA  pistons 
pistons 

1 pistons 
1 1/q  pistons 
i%  pistons 
1 pistons 

2 pistons 


225  cubic  inches 
325  cubic  inches 
450  cubic  inches 
600  cubic  inches 
800  cubic  inches 
1000  cubic  inches 
1250  cubic  inches 
2200  cubic  inches 


Pounds. 

9000  square  inches 
6000  square  inches 
4400  square  inches 
3375  square  inches 
2650  square  inches 
2150  square  inches 
1500  square  inches 
800  square  inches 


Fig.  649. 


PLAIN  LOW  PRESSURE  TEST  PUMP. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  649.) 

THIS  PUMP  has  an  iron  barrel  and 
globe  valves  for  both  suction  and 
dicharge,  and  is  to  be  used  in 
cases  where  the  pressure  does  not  ex- 
ceed 600  pounds  per  square  inch. 
The  plunger  is  one  inch  in  diameter. 


SMALL  'SINGLE  PLUNGER  PRESSURE  PUMP. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  650.) 

THIS  PUMP  has  a very  small  cistern,  7x8x6  inches.  The  con- 
nection for  pipe  being  at  the  rear  of  the  pump,  as  shown  in  the 
cut.  In  order  to  give  steadiness  and  stiffness  to  the  piston,  it  is 
given  an  extra  long  bearing  in  the  body  of  the  pump.  By  the  handle 
shown  on  the  pump  a pressure  of  450  pounds  to  the  square  inch  can 
be  obtained  easily,  while  2000  to  2500  pounds  can  be  obtained  by  the 
use  of  a slip  lever  shown  in  front  of  the  pump. 

piston,  4 inch  stroke,  pressure,  2500  pounds. 

% piston,  4 inch  stroke,  pressure,  9000  pounds. 

Weight,  70  pounds.  16  inches  height  over  all.  Price,  $ 50.00 


Fig.  650. 


Fig.  651. 


PORTABLE  TESTING  PUMP. 


High  Pressure  Double  Peuftger. 


(Description  Fig.  No  651.) 

THIS  PUMP  is  a most  convenient  tool  for  general 
shop  work  where  high  pressures  have  to  be  ob- 
tained. The  tank  is  underneath  the  pump  and 
is  mounted  on  three  wheels,  two  brought  well  forward 
so  that  it  will  not  overturn  when  the  long  lever  is 
used  ; the  third,  a pivoted  one,  to  which  is  attached 
the  pulling  handle.  The  piston  is  a double  one,  the 
outer  one,  with  one  man,  giving  a pressure  of  1000 
pounds  per  square  inch  without  slip  lever,  and  2000 
with  it;  the  smaller  piston,  4000  pounds  without  the 
slip  lever,  and  10000  pounds  to  the  square  inch  with 
it.  The  change  from  one  size  piston  is  accomplished 
by  bringing  the  piston  clear  down  and  turning  the 
clutch.  Both  valves  are  situated  where  they  are 
easily  reached  for  examination,  cleaning  or  regrind- 
ing, which  has  to  be  done  occasionally  when  using 
high  pressures.  These  pumps  hold  their  high  press- 
ures for  hours  at  a time  without  the  use  of  extra  stop 
vaves.  The  gauge  has  a 6 inch  dial,  all  brass  case, 
tool  steel  Bourdon  spring,  and  is  fitted  with  our  im- 
proved safety  coupling,  for  preventing  shocks  to  the 
works. 

Weight,  about  390  pounds. 


536 


HAND  POWER  HYDRAULIC  WHEEL  PRESS. 


rrAHIS  improved  press  embraces  many  changes  from  those  first  made,  and  is  now  a very  complete  tool  for  street  railroad 
shops,  small  railroad  repair  shops  and  engine  shops  for  forcing  in  shafts,  etc.  The  hydraulic  part  is  most  reliable  and 
convenient  style  of  large  jack.  The  lever  works  horizontally  at  right  angles  to  line  of  press,  and  convenient  for  operator  to 
easily  watch  the  work.  The  valves  are  large,  perpendicular  and  easy  of  access.  The  piston  is  entirely  enclosed,  thus 
preventing  all  grit  or  foreign  material  getting  into  the  pump  and  cutting  or  preventing  its  working.  The  cylinder  is  made 
from  crucible  steel  and  has  a good  bearing  on  stationary  beam.  The  movable  beam  runs  on  rollers  upon  the  lower  bar,  which 
is  planed.  It  is  recessed  so  that  blocks  may  be  placed  in  it  of  sufficient  thickness  to  act  as  a template  in  forcing  on  car 
wheels,  etc.  A swinging  chuck  placed  against  the  ram  or  jack  acts  as  a template  for  the  other  end  of  axle.  The  block  can 
be  also  used  when  forcing  a shaft  into  a wheel.  The  pull-back  weight  is  suspended  from  upper  bar  and  does  not  require 
any  pit. 

60  ton  press  complete  for  30  inch  wheels,  weighs  about  1900  pounds,  - - - $350.00 

60  ton  press  complete  for  36  inch  wheels,  weighs  about  2500  pounds, 425.00 

100  ton  press  complete  for  36  inch  wheels,  weighs  about  2700  pounds,  ....  475.00 

100  ton  press  complete  for  40  inch  wheels,  weighs  about  3500  pounds,  -----  525.00 

125  ton  press  complete  for  48  inch  wheels,  weighs  about  4500  pounds,  - 575.00 

Larger  sizes  or  power  presses  to  order.  A gauge  will  be  placed  on  each  press  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

We  make  60  ton  press  for  30  inch  wheels,  of  special  patterns,  for  export,  where  the  heaviest  pieces  weigh  not  over  225 
pounds,  so  that  they  may  be  carried  by  mules.  It  is  known  by  us  as  the  mule  back  pattern. 

Price, - $425.00 


537 


BELT  POWER  WHEEL  PRESS. 

Single  Plunger  Pump,  Crank  Shaft  Parallel  to  Tension  Rods. 


A I VHE  only  difference  between  the  two  belt  power  styles  of  this  press  are  those  made  necessary  by  the  position  of  the  driving 
shaft,  or  to  suit  the  condition  of  shop  shafting.  The  above  cut  shows  the  crank  shaft  parallel  with  the  tension  rods.  We 
also  make  the  press  with  crank  shaft  at  right  angles  when  desired.  Pulleys  are  30  x 4 inches  and  should  be  run  from  80  to  100 
revolutions  per  minute. 

The  suction  and  pressure  valves  are  both  easy  of  access  by  separate  bonnets  situated  on  top  of  pump  casting.  The  pump 
pistons  are  packed  with  a compressive  packing  and  screw  gland,  which  is  tight,  and  yet  works  with  no  undue  friction.  Return 
weights,  water  tank  and  pressure  gauge  are  furnished.  All  pumps  have  safety  valves.  This  style  furnished  unless  otherwise 
specified. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  Car  Wheels. 

Between  Bars. 

Power  in  Tons. 

Movement  of  Ram. 

Weight. 

Price. 

30  inches 

34  inches 

60 

15  inches 

3050  pounds 

$425.00 

36  inches 

40  inches 

IOO 

15  inches 

5200  pounds 

550.00 

36  inches 

40  inches 

150 

15  inches 

6700  pounds 

675.00 

42  inches 

46  inches 

IOO 

18  inches 

6500  pounds 

625.00 

42  inches 

46  inches 

150 

18  inches 

7600  pounds 

750.00 

48  inches 

52  inches 

100 

18  inches 

6700  pounds 

675.00 

48  inches 

52  inches 

150 

18  inches 

8000  pounds 

850.00 

60  inches 

64  inches 

150 

18  inches 

10500  pounds 

1050.00 

72  inches 

76  inches 

200 

18  inches 

14000  pounds 

1300.00 

78  inches 

82  inches 

200 

18  inches 

16500  pounds 

1700.00 

78  inches 

82  inches 

3°° 

18  inches 

22500  pounds 

1900.00 

Double  plunger  pump,  additional,  -----  $75.00 


538 


48  INCH  HYDROSTATIC  CAR  WHEEL  PRESS. 

For  Forcing  on  and  Taking  off  Car  Wheels. 

THIS  PRESS  has  high  pressure  and  quick  acting  pumps;  the  former  generates  a pressure  of  T50  tons,  the  latter  has  a 
plunger  2 % inches  diameter,  which  gives  a double  quick  action  to  ram  up  to  a pressure  of  15  tons.  Cylinder  is  copper 
lined.  Ram  is  8}4  inches  diameter,  and  has  a run  of  20  inches.  Foot  block  is  suspended  on  rolls,  and  is  adjustable  to 
position.  Furnished  with  roller  lifting  jack,  pressure  gauge,  lock-up  safety  valve,  liquid  tank,  return  weights  and  counter- 
shaft. Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  18  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face,  and  should  make  420  revolutions  per  minute. 

Ram  pressure,  150  tons.  Weight,  7500  pounds. 


52  INCH  HYDROSTATIC  CAR  WHEEL  PRESS. 

For  Forcing  on  and  Taking  off  Car  Wheels. 

This  Press  has  high  pressure  and  quick  acting  pumps ; the  former  generates  a pressure  of  175  tons,  the  latter  has  a 
plunger  2%  inches  diameter,  which  gives  a double  quick  action  to  ram  up  to  a pressure  of  15  tons.  Cylinder  is  copper  lined. 
Ram  is  8%  inches  diameter,  and  has  a run  of  20  inches.  Foot  block  is  suspended  on  rolls,  and  is  adjustable  to  position. 
Furnished  with  roller  lifting  jack,  pressure  gauge,  lock-up  safety  valve,  liquid  tank,  return  weights  and  countershaft.  Tight 
and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  18  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face,  and  should  make  420  revolutions  per  minute. 

175  tons  pressure.  Weight,  8000  pounds. 


78  INCH  HYDROSTATIC  DRIVING  WHEEL  PRESS. 

For  Forcing  on  and  Taking  off  Driving  Wheels. 

This  Press  has  two  independent  acting  piftnps,  by  which  the  ram  receives  more  steadiness  of  motion,  and  does  its  work 
quicker,  without  requiring  any  more  power.  Cylinder  is  copper  lined.  Ram  is  10^  inches  diameter,  has  a run  of  18  inches, 
and  will  sustain  a pressure  of  300  tons.  Foot  block  is  suspended  on  rolls,  and  is  adjustable  to  position.  Furnished  with 
pressure  gauge,  lock-up  safety  valve,  liquid  tank,  return  weights  and  countershaft.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  counter,  18 
inches  diameter,  5 inch  face,  and  should  make  420  revolutions  per  minute. 

300  tons  pressure.  Weight,  18900  pounds. 


539 


BELT  POWER  WHEEL  PRESS. 

Two  Plunger  Single  Crank  Style. 


'f'N  this  press  we  have  the  two  pistons  of  different  sizes,  so  that  the  press  may  be  run  over  a certain  space  without  very  much 
pressure,  but  with  greater  speed  ; then  by  turning  the  small  handle  which  is  shown  by  the  side  of  the  gauge  pipe  the  low 
pressure  piston  is  stopped  in  its  delivery,  and  the  high  pressure  piston  continuing  operation  exerts  the  maximum  power  of 
the  press.  The  press  is  reversed  in  its  operation  by  the  hand  wheel  shown  in  the  middle  of  the  cut  ; the  safety  valve  being 
placed  behind  this  valve.  The  pistons  are  packed  with  a gland  packing,  which  can  be  easily  tightened  and  also  easily 
replaced.  The  valves  are  large,  and  all  of  the  four  valves  easily  reached  by  unscrewing  a metal  seated  bonnet.  The  other 
parts  of  the  press  are  the  same  as  in  our  three  other  of  wheel  presses. 

The  additional  expense  for  this  style  of  press  above  that  of  the  “ Plain  ” is  $50.00. 


540 


Fig.  656. 


BELT  POWER  WHEEL  PRESS. 

Automatic  Variable  Delivery  Style. 

tN  this  press  we  offer  several  improvements  over 

other  presses.  The  small  vertical  lever  shown 
inclined  in  the  center  of  the  cut  governs  the  press 
completely.  When  in  the  position  as  shown  the 
press  will  be  driven  out  with  its  fastest  speed. 
When  a certain  low  pressure  is  reached  (about  i 
the  maximum  power  of  the  press)  the  round  ball 
shown  below  it  will  raise  automatically,  and  the 
action  of  the  speed  pump  discontinued.  When  the 
maximum  pressure  desired  is  reached,  the  lever 
being  brought  forward  will  open  a large  patented 
double-seated  valve,  and  allow  the  press  to  run 
back,  the  filling  from  the  press  returning  one  way 
while  the  delivery  of  the  pump  is  returned  to  cistern 
through  a different  passage.  The  position  of  the 
operator  is  by  the  side  of  his  work,  and  by  the 
peculiar  construction  of  the  operating  valve  has 
complete  control  of  the  press  while  standing  there, 
and  also  does  not  require  to  have  word  given  him 
when  to  stop  or  start  the  pump.  On  the  larger 
sizes  there  is  placed  upon  the  ram  a pulley,  and  the 
pull  back  chain  is  attached  at  one  end  of  the 
cylinder  so  that  the  weight  is  of  double  effect. 
There  are  two  cranks  upon  the  shaft,  which  is  made 
of  steel,  with  well  adjusted  and  scraped  bearings 
and  connecting  rods  of  the  best  pattern.  The  valves 
are  of  large  size  and  easy  of  access  for  examination 
or  repairing.  Two  single  hooked  axle  supports  are 
sent  with  the  press.  For  press  of  this  style  add 
fioo.oojto  corresponding  size  of  plain  style. 


1 


541 


Fig.  657. 


FLEXIBLE  SHAFTS. 


THIS  cut  is  a sectional  view  of  the  Stow  Flexible  Shaft.  Fig.  I,  com- 
plete shaft ; Fig.  2,  construction  of  core  ; Fig.  8,  hand  piece  ; Fig.  4, 
head  piece  ; A A,  leather  and  wire  case  ; R,  core  ; C,  cord  for  tighten- 
ing belt ; D,  is  driving  belt.  Core  B must  be  kept  well  lubricated  with  lard 
oil,  tallow  or  other  animal  oil.  Never  use  mineral  oil. 


PRICE  LI5T  OF  FLEXIBLE  SHAFTS,  AS  PER  FIG.  65S. 


Selling  Nos.  - 
Diameter  of  core  in  inches,  - 
Length  of  shaft  in  feet, 
Weight,  complete,  as  per  cut, 
Price,  complete,  as  per  cut, 
Price  per  foot,  extra, 

Selling  Nos.  - 
Diameter  of  core  in  inches,  - 
Length  of  shaft  in  feet,  - 
Weight,  complete,  as  per  cut, 
Price,  complete,  as  per  cut, 
Price  per  foot,  extra, 


0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

X 

5 

Vs 

A 

H 

3 

3^ 

4 

5 

6 

3 

5 

7 

10 

18 

|i6.oo 

18.00 

25.00 

30.00 

40.00 

1.80 

2.40 

2.70 

3.0° 

3-75 

. 

5 

6 

8 

9 

- 

A 

1 

1 A 

l3A 

- 

1 

8 

. 8 

8 

- 

30 

35 

60 

SO 

- 

#50.00 

60.00 

80.00 

100.00 

4-50 

5-25 

8.25 

12.00 

Fig.  658. 


THIS  cut  represents  a Breast  Drill.  It  is  made  of  malleable  iron,  with  steel  spindles  and  thrust 
bearings,  cut  gears,  which  are  covered  as  shown  in  cut,  and  has  a clutch  arrangement  by  which 
it  can  be  thrown  in  and  out  of  gear  as  desired.  Made  with  clutch  ends  of  different  sizes  to 


correspond  with  the  shafts  with  which  it  is  used. 

No.  3 Breast  Drill,  - 
No.  4 Breast  Drill,  - 
No.  5 or  6 Breast  Drill, 

No.  8 or  9 Breast  Drill, 

Trump  chuck  takes  drills  from  o to  }(  inch. 
The  drilling  capacity  is  limited  to  the  weight  of  the 


With  Trump  Chuck. 

With  Whiton  Chuck. 

# 12.00 

#13.00 

13.00 

14.00 

14.00 

15.00 

15-00 

16.00 

Wliiton  takes  drills  from  o to  l/2  inch,  inclusive, 
body. 


542 


Prentiss  tqql  ^supply  <& 


PORTABLE  SCREW  FEED  DRILL  PRESSES. 


We  furnish  five  sizes,  all  of  the  same  type  as  No.  8 shown  in  this  illustration.  They  are 
accurately  and  carefully  made  with  steel  spindles  and  feed  screw,  cut  gears,  hardened  stopping 
and  starting  clutch,  which  may  be  thrown  in  or  out  of  gear  at  will.  They  are  also  arranged  to 
take  the  Morse  twist  drills,  as  follows  : 

Nos.  3 and  4 have  Morse  taper  socket  No.  1,  taking  drills  from  Y inch  to  inch,  inclusive. 
With  No.  3 shaft,  will  drill  to  Y%  inch  ; with  No.  4 shaft  will  drill  to  $ inch.  Price,  $20.00. 

No.  6 has  Morse  taper  socket  Nos.  2 and  3,  taking  drills  from  )4  to  1%  inches,  inclusive. 
Price,  $25.00. 

Nos.  8 and  9 have  Morse  taper  sockets  Nos.  3 and  4,  taking  drills  from  to  2 inches. 

No.  8 press  drills  to  1 yi  inches.  No.  9 press  drills  to  2 inches.  Price,  $30.00. 

All  drill  presses  are  now  fitted  with  steel  clutch  cases. 

The  drill  presses  are  numbered  to  correspond  with  numbers  of  shafts  with  which  they  are 
used — thus,  the  No.  6 press  drill  is  used  with  the  No.  6 shaft. 


Fig.  660. 


Fig.  661. 


UNIVERSAL  JOINT. 


To  prevent  too  sharp  a bend  at  the  end  of  the  flexible  shaft  when  using 
it  in  connection  with  an  electric  motor,  use  the  universal  joint  with  bell,  as 
shown  in  this  illustration  (also  see  illustration  of  electric  motor  plant). 
This  device  greatly  prolongs  the  life  of  the  shaft,  when  used  in  this  way, 
and  also  permits  of  a much  shorter  bend  without  injury  to  it.  The  standard 
pulley  head  is  omitted  when  this  is  used  and  its  price  deducted  from  the 
shaft.  We  strongly  recommend  it  when  the  shaft  is  attached  to  a motor  or 
any  other  equally  rigid  driving  shaft. 


No.  3 universal  joint,  ------- 

No.  4 universal  joint,  --------- 

No.  6 universal  joint,  -------- 

No.  8 universal  joint,  -------- 

No.  9 universal  joint,  ------- 

When  brass  bells  are  desired,  add  $2.00  each  to  the  prices  above  given. 


$16.00 

18.00 

20.00 

22.00 

23.00 


STOP  CLUTCH. 


This  permits  the  working  tool  to  be  stopped  and  started  at  will  without  stopping  the 
motion  of  the  shaft  itself.  It  is  the  same  in  principle  as  the  clutch  case  of  drill  presses, 
made  for  Nos.  3,  4,  5,  6,  8 and  9 shafts.  No.  3,  $4.50  ; No.  4,  $5.00 ; Nos.  5 and  6,  $6.00  ; 
Nos.  8 and  9,  $7.00. 


Fig.  662. 


Fig.  663. 


C L A n P SPINDLE. 


For  holding  all  varieties  of  emery  buffing  and  polishing  wheels  to  be  used  on  edge. 
We  make  a simple  clamp  spindle  or  mandrel  with  tight  and  loose  washer  and  nut. 
This  tool  is  used  with  Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5 and  6 shafts.  Price,  $1.50.  Extra  heavy  clamp 
spindle,  price,  $3.00. 


543 


Fig.  664. 


PORTABLE  EMERY  GRINDER. 


FOR  cleaning  and  grinding  heavy  castings,  for  buffing  and  polishing  all  metals  and  glass, 
it  is  almost  indispensable.  For  ordinary  shop  work,  we  usually  sell  either  No.  4,  5,  or  6 
plant,  the  cost  of  which  as  shown  in  above  cut  would  be  as  follows  (less  driving  rope  and 
couplings,  the  cost  of  which  cannot  be  given  without  knowing  the  height  of  ceilings).  This 
item  will  be  added  to  the  following  totals  : 


1 No.  4 flexible  shaft, 

1 No.  4 stop  clutch, 

1 No.  4 clamp  spindle, 
1 No.  3 countershaft, 


$40.00 

- 5-oo 
1.50 

- 10.00 — $56.50 


CENTER  GRINDER. 


AS  will  be  seen  by  referring  to  the  above  cut,  it  is  very  simple.  Consisting  of  a 
7>'A  foot  flexible  shaft,  with  friction  pulley  on  one  end,  the  other  attached  to 
a sliding  spindle  holding  3 inch  emery  wheel.  The  spindle  turns  in  a tool 
post — same  as  an  ordinary  tool.  It  is  as  quickly  set  as  any  lathe  tool,  and  can  be  used 
on  any  size  lathe  without  any  additional  attachments.  When  desired,  we  can  furnish 
a bracket  to  hold  friction  wheel  against  cone,  which  is  adjustable  to  any  size  lathe,  up 
to  36  inches. 

It  is  well  known  that  lathe  centers  cannot  be  turned  and  hardened  accurately, 
while  with  this  tool  they  can  be  ground  perfectly  true  in  five  minutes,  if  used  frequently. 
It  is  indispensable  to  any  first-class  machinist.  Weight  complete  without  bracket,  4 
pounds  ; with  bracket,  7 pounds. 

Price  with  bracket  and  3 inch  emery  wheel,  - - - $12.00 

Price  without  bracket,  ------  10.00 


Fig.  665. 


Fig.  666. 


RING  GRINDER. 


WE  would  call  the  special  attention  of  railroad  master  mechanics  and  machine  shops  generally  to  the  above  tool,  which 
we  have  specially  designed  for  grinding  steam  pipes,  nigger  heads,  saddle  joints,  etc.  The  tool  is  very  simple,  light 
and  durable  and  will  do  the  work  of  at  least  four  men  grinding  by  hand  and  with  equally  satisfactory  results.  This  machine 
takes  rings  from  4X  to  5 inches  inside  measurements.  On  account  of  lightness  and  consequent  case  in  handling  we  would 
recommend  its  use  with  a No.  4 shaft,  but  it  can  be  fitted  to  any  size  of  flexible  shaft  at  the  following  prices  : 

Fitted  to  No.  4 shaft,  -------  $20.00 

Fitted  to  Nos.  5 and  6 shaft,  ----------  23.00 

Fitted  to  Nos.  8 and  9 shaft,  ---------  25.00 


D MACHINE. 


AS  an  adjunct  to  the  Portable  Emery  Grinder,  when  used  in  connection  with  the  flexible  shaft,  it  is  unsurpassed  for  the 
purpose  for  which  it  is  designed,  viz. : grinding,  shaping  and  polishing  flat  surfaces.  Not  only  in  machine  shops  but  in 
many  of  the  largest  plate  glass  factories  it  is  regarded  as  an  almost  indispensable  tool  for  grinding  and  polishing  their 
product.  Briefly  described,  it  is  attached  to  the  shaft  by  a clutch  case.  The  emery,  sand  or  buffing  wheels  are  inserted  in  a 
turned  recessed  plate  and  held  firmly  in  position.  It  requires  but  a moment  when  a change  of  grade  of  wheels  is  required  to 
unscrew  one  recessed  plate  and  screw  on  another.  We  sell  recessed  plates  at  a very  reasonable  price  as  seen  below,  and  one 
frame  will  receive  any  number  of  wheels  of  different  grades.  The  tool  is  used  with  the  same  sized  shafts  as  the  portable  emery 
grinder,  viz. : 4,  5 and  6. 

No.  4,  price  with  one  plate  and  clutch  case,  - $ 12.00 

No.  5 and  6,  price  with  one  plate  and  clutch  case,  ....  15.00 

4,  5 or  6 inch,  extra  plates,  each  .......  50 

Other  sizes  made  promptly  to  order. 


THE  PERFECTED  RADIAL  FLEXIBLE  BORING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  668. 


THIS  TOOL  has  been  so  long  upon  the  market,  that  a description  at  this  time  seems  unnecessary.  Since  it  was  first 
designed  it  has  been  continually  improved,  and  we  consider  it,  as  the  name  indicates,  as  near  perfect  as  it  is  possible  to 
make  it.  We  would  recommend  its  use  by  patern  makers  and  wood  workers  generally.  We  furnish  them  in  four  sizes  : 
No.  3 with  wood  frame  ; Nos.  4 and  5 with  either  wood  or  iron  frome  ; No.  6 with  iron  frame  only,  and  at  the  following  prices  : 
Complete  No.  3 machine,  with  wood  frame,  ....  - $ 66.60 

Complete  No.  4 machine,  with  wood  frame,  ....  76.60 

Complete  No.  4 machine,  with  iron  frame,  ------  86.60 

Complete  No.  5 machine,  with  wood  frame,  ...  87.50 

Complete  No.  5 machine  with  iron  frame,  - - - - - 97.50 


545 


IflPROVED  FLEXIBLE  BICYCLE  DRILL. 


^TMIE  engraving  on  this  page  illustrates  a tool  which  was  designed  and  built  for  drilling  the  frames  of  bicycles  for  pinning, 
previous  to  the  brazing  operation.  The  frame  is  held  firmly  in  a jig,  as  shown  in  cut,  of  which  we  have  patterns  and  are 
prepared  to  furnish. 

This  tool  combines  the  advantage  of  occupying  no  floor  space — quite  a consideration  in  many  crowded  factories— is 
always  ready,  is  very  simple,  has  nothing  to  get  out  of  repair,  and  does  the  work  rapidly  and  economically. 

The  flexible  drill,  as  will  be  seen  by  cut,  is  suspended  from  the  ceiling,  and  has  balance  arm  carrying  flexible  shaft, 
is  counterbalanced  by  a weight,  which  insures  extensive  range,  and  relieves  the  operator  of  all  unnecessary  weight.  The 
flexible  shaft  is  a No.  3 standard,  and  is  fitted  with  a serviceable  chuck. 

The  machine  has  given  such  splendid  satisfaction  that  we  have  decided  to  oiler  it  to  the  trade  in  general.  We  have 
made  the  price  very  low,  and  cheerfully  recommend  it  to  bicycle  manufacturers  as  the  correct  tool  for  the  purpose. 


546 


Fig.  670. 


PERFECTED,  RADIAL,  FLEXIBLE,  BICYCLE  DRILL. 


MANY  bicycle  manufacturers  in  the  past  have  utilized  the  flexible  shaft  for  drilling  bicycle  frames  with  satisfactory 
results,  but  the  increasing  demand  has  warranted  us  in  devising  a special  machine  for  this  work.  It  is,  as  the  cut 
shows,  a modification  of  the  perfected,  radial,  flexible,  boring  machine,  which,  without  doubt,  is  in  more  general  use 
among  carriage  manufacturers  than  any  special  tool  in  the  market.  Briefly  stated,  it  is  simple  in  construction,  it  hangs  from 
the  ceiling,  thus  occupying  no  floor  space. 

The  frame  has  both  an  up  and  down  and  rotary  motion.  It  stops  automatically,  hence  there  is  no  wear  on  the  machine 
when  not  in  use.  It  will  drill  almost  anywhere  within  a circle  of  nearly  twenty  feet,  so  any  number  of  frames  that  can  be 
placed  within  this  space  can  be  drilled  without  moving  them.  It  is  simple,  neat,  compact  and  durable. 

The  standard  length  of  flexible  shaft  furnished  with  this  drill  is  five  feet,  but  this  necessarily  varies  with  the  height  of 
ceiling,  line  shaft,  etc.  We  can  furnish  shafts  of  any  desired  length,  and  refer  you  in  this  connection  to  page  542,  giving 
prices  and  capacities  of  same.  No  countershaft  is  necessary  with  this  tool,  as  it  can  belt  directly  from  the  line  shaft. 

We  should  be  pleased  to  furnish  prices  on  application. 

• 

Price  of  machine  with  chuck  taking  from  o to  ^ inch,  ------  $66.60 

Price  of  machine  with  chuck  taking  from  o to  X inch,  65.60 

Price  of  machine  with  chuck  taking  one  size  drill,  ......  62.85 


547 


NEW  STRAPPING  ATTACHMENT. 


BICYCLE  manufacturers  will  at  once  see  the  advantages  of  this  machine  over  the  old  style  of  strapper  with  floor  support. 
The  bicycle  frame  can  be  slipped  over  the  belt  and  finished  on  the  inside.  This  part  of  the  frame  has  formerly  been 
done  by  hand  with  file,  emery  cloth,  etc.  There  being  no  floor  support,  the  operator  slips  the  frame  over  the  small 
pulley  and  tips  it  in  any  direction  on  the  belt. 

This  attachment  is  suitable  for  frames,  forks  or  any  parts  of  a bicycle.  The  belt  is  quickly  removed,  or  can  be  tightened 
to  any  required  tension  by  a screw.  The  extending  arm  is  bolted  rigidly  to  the  frame  of  a No.  4 grinder,  and  is  sold  as  an 
attachment  for  the  No.  4 machine.  This  attachment  is  now  in  use  in  several  of  the  largest  bicycle  factories.  It  is 
guaranteed  in  every  particular. 

Full  description  of  the  No.  4 grinder  and  column, 
t 


No.  4 GRINDER. 

Size  of  wheels  in  diameter,  .... 

Length  of  steel  arbor,  .... 

Distance  between  wheels,  .... 

Size  of  spindle  between  collars,  .... 
Size  of  pulley  on  arbor,  ..... 
Distance  from  bench  to  spindle, 

Weight,  including  counter, 


12  inches 
22  inches 

- 14^  inches 

1 inch 

4x3%"  inches 
S'/i  inches 

- 145  pounds 


Size  of  base, 
Size  of  table, 
Height, 
Weight,  - 


DIHENSIONS  IRON  COEUHN  No.  4. 

18  x 22  inches 
16  x 20  inches 
24  inches 
160  pounds 

Price,  - - - - $ 


548 


Prentiss  tqql  Supply  (3 


Fig.  672. 


VISE  AND  DRILL. 


Inserted  Steed  Vise  Jaws. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  672.) 

The  article  to  be  drilled  can  be  held  firmly  in  the  vise,  so  as  to  be  drilled  at  an 
angle.  A bolt  of  iron  or  soft  steel  can  be  drilled  accurately  down  through  the 
center,  which  cannot  be  done  by  hand  with  any  other  tool.  When  the  drill  is  sold 
without  the  anvil,  it  is  attached  to  an  offset  vise,  as  in  Fig.  672.  This  vise  has  steel- 
faced jaws  inches  wide,  which  entirely  overhang  the  screw  and  the  box  which 
covers  it.  For  many  purposes  this  is  the  most  convenient  vise  in  use. 


Weight  of  anvil,  vise  and  drill,  80  pounds, 
Weight  of  anvil,  and  vise,  60  pounds, 
Weight  of  drill  press,  20  pounds, 

Weight  of  offset  vise  and  drill,  61  pounds, 
Weight  of  offset  vise  alone,  41  pounds, 


Price, 

Price, 

Price, 

Price, 

Price, 


515.00 

10.00 

8.00 

15.00 

7.00 


BREAST  DRILL. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  673.) 

A roller  is  placed  under  the  large  gear  wheel,  which  makes  it  equal  to  a double 
gear.  It  has  a malleable  iron  stock,  japanned,  rosewood  handles,  polished  and 
plated  chuck,  changeable  gears,  one  even  and  the  other  3 to  1.  It  has  a Barber 
improved  chuck  with  recent  improvement,  which  makes  it  hold  perfectly  tools  of 
all  shapes  and  sizes. 

Price,  per  dozen,  - - - $30.00 


BREAST  DRILL. 


Description  Fig.  No.  674. 

This  is  the  largest  size  drill  in  the  market,  the  drive  wheel 
being  6 inches  in  diameter,  giving  a speed  of  4J4  to  1.  It  is 
double  geared  and  most  perfect  in  every  part.  It  has  cut 
gears,  steel  stock,  rosewood  handles,  steel  jawed  chuck,  which 
will  hold  any  size  square  and  round  tool  shanks.  It  is  heavily 
nickel  plated.  Both  drill  stocks  have  extra  steel  jaws  for  hold- 
ing small  round  drills.  Price,  per  dozen,  $48.00. 


Fig.  674. 


Fig.  675. 


HAND  DRILL. 


(Description  Fig.  No.  675.) 

The  above  has  all  the  advantages  of  drills  of  this  class, 
and  in  addition  has  a wide  rimmed  gear  to  be  grasped  between 
thumb  and  fingers  when  the  drill  i§  used  for  delicate  work. 
In  this  manner  it  can  be  run  without  liability  of  breaking 
points.  It  is  double  geared,  11%  inches  in  length,  and  weighs 
20  ounces.  With  the  drill  we  furnish  six  points  of  same  style  as  are  put  up  with  our  automatic  bores.  Price,  per  dozen,  $18.00. 


549 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (o, 


IMPROVED  PATENT  UNIVERSAL  ANGULAR  AND  RATCHET 
DRILLING  HACHINE. 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  676.) 

THESE  DRILLING  MACHINES  are  now  made  of  steel,  and  are  first  class 
in  all  respects.  For  repair  work  in  mills  they  are  almost  indispensable, 
as  they  can  be  attached  to  a broken  machine  without  taking  it  apart, 
and  swung  around  to  drill  at  any  angle. 

By  placing  the  crank  on  the  drill  spindle,  it  will  work  with  a ratchet  or 
without.  We  send  a chuck  with  each  machine,  which  will  hold  to  y inch 
drills. 

TWIST  DRILLS. 

We  have  constantly  in  stock  Twist  Drills  which  we  will  send  by  mail, 
postage  paid,  upon  receipt  of  price. 

One  twist  drill,  % inch,  with  y2  inch  shank,  is  sent  with  each  machine. 
For  inch  drills,  and  all  larger  sizes,  the  y2  inch  shanks  are  recommended. 

Price  List. 

No.  1,  weight,  34  pounds.  Drills  up  to  A inch  hole.  Price,  $20.00 

No.  2,  weight,  64  pounds.  Drills  up  to  1 inch  hole.  Price,  25.00 

No.  3,  weight,  108  pounds.  Drills  up  to  1%.  inch  hole.  Price,  40.00 

The  No.  2 drill  has  two  sets  of  gears,  making  either  speeded  or  geared 

back  machine. 


No.  4 FRICTION  BENCH  DRILL. 


Fig.  678 


(Description,  etc.,  Fig.  No.  677.) 

The  accompanying  cut  represents  a small  Friction  Bench  Drill,  designed  for  light 
work,  such  as  jewelry,  electrical,  and  other  light  work. 

Fig.  677.  Capacity  and  Dimensions. 


No.  2 FRICTION  BENCH  DRILL. 

Capacity  and  Dimensions. 

It  will  drill  from  o to  y&  inches,  and  from  center 
of  10  inch  circle. 


It  will  drill  from  o to  T\  inches. 

Greatest  distance  between  table  and  chuck,  6^4  inches 
Diameter  of  table,  ...  6 inches 

Distance  from  center  of  table  to  column,  4)4  inches 

■Ar  inches 


Diameter  of  spindle, 

Vertical  movement  of  spindle, 
Size  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  drills,  from 
Weight, 

Price, 

Price,  with  almond  chuck, 


2^  inches 
i'A  x 3 A inches 
- 800  revolutions 

800  to  2000  revolutions 
35  pounds 
$25.00 
30.00 


Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle, 

Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle, 

Distance  from  column  to  spindle, 

Diameter  of  column, 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - 
Size  of  table,  - 

Speed  of  driving  pulley, 

Speed  of  drills,  - - - 

,Spindlc  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  taper. 


20  inches 
13  inches 
5 inches 
3-X  inches 
% inches 
- 9 x 11  inches 
600  revolutions 

...  400  to  1500  revolutions 

Weight,  1 15  pounds.  Price,  $32.00. 


550 


Fig.  679. 


No.  1 FRICTION  DRILL. 


No.  2 FRICTION  DRILL. 


ONE  of  the  great  advantages  over  all  other  sensitive  drills  is  the  power  is  always  in  the 
proper  relation  to  the  size  of  drill  used.  The  resistance  of  the  drill  on  the  work  is  trans- 
mitted through  the  spindle  to  the  friction  plate  and  pulley.  Thus  a large  drill  has  greater 
resistance  than  a small  one,  and  the  driving  power  is  always  in  the  same  relation. 

This  tool  is  so  very  simple  that  it  is  only  necessary  to  refer  to  the  cut  to  fully  understand 
it.  By  a slight  motion  of  the  feed  or  hand  lever,  it  automatically  starts  and  stops.  It  requires 
about  one-third  as  much  belting  as  other  drills.  The  platen  can  be  instantly  adjusted  from  one 
extreme  to  the  other.  The  workmanship  throughout  is  first-class,  and  the  material  used  is  the 
best  that  can  be  obtained. 

CAPACITY  AND  DlflENSIONS. 

It  will  drill  from  o to  inches,  and  from  center  of  10  inch  circle. 

Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle,  - - - 42  inches 

Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle,  - - - 32  >4  inches 

Distance  from  column  to  spindle,  - - - 5 inches 

Diameter  of  column,  -----  3^  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ------  7/s  inch 

Size  of  table,  - - - - - - 9x11  inches 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  - - - 600  revolutions 

Speed  of  drills,  -----  400  to  1500  revolutions 

Spindle  fitted  for  Morse  taper  - - - - No.  1 

Weight,  - - 140  pounds  Price,  No.  2 Drill,  - $40.00 


THE  principal  feature  of  this  Drill  is  that  power  is  greatest  when  speed  is  slow  and 
large  drills  are  used,  and  most  sensitive  for  small  drills  under  high  speed.  The 
friction  plate  is  always  lowered  out  of  contact  with  the  pulley  when  not  in  motion,  as 
depressions  are  made  in  the  leather  on  pulley  when  left  in  contact  for  any  length  of  time. 
This  tool  has  many  valuable  features,  some  of  which  we  mention  : 

The  platen  is  counterbalanced  by  a weight  in  column,  and  can  be  instantly  raised  and 
lowered,  also  can  be  swung  to  either  side  of  column  and  locked. 

It  requires  about  one-third  as  much  belting  as  other  drills. 

By  a slight  motion  of  the  foot  it  can  be  quickly  started  and  stopped. 

The  workmanship  throughout  is  first-class,  and  the  material  used  is  the  best  that 
can  be  obtained. 


CAPACITY  AND  DIMENSIONS. 


It  will  drill  from  o to  Y%  inches. 

Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle,  - - 46^  inches 

Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle,  - - 35  inches 

Distance  from  column  to  spindle,  - 5 inches 

Diameter  of  column, 3^  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle,  -----  ^ inch 

Vertical  motion  of  spindle,  - - - - 3^2  inches 

Size  of  table, 10  x 14  inches 

Size  of  driving  pulley 2x5  inches 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  - 600  revolutions 

Speed  of  drills,  - 400  to  1500  revolutions 

Spindle  fitted  for  Morse  taper  - - - No.  1 

Weight,  - 160  pounds 

Price,  - - - - • $50.00 


Fig.  680. 


551 


Fig.  68i. 


AUTOMATIC  HUB  DRILLING 
MACHINE. 


THIS  MACHINE  automatically  drills 
bicycle  hubs  without  any  attention, 
except  to  put  the  hub  in  and  take 
it  out.  An  ordinary  boy  can  easily  drill 
25  hubs  an  hour  with  a single  machine, 
and  can  operate  two  with  ease. 

The  cut  is  so  plain  that  it  needs  no  fur 
ther  explanation.  The  hub  can  be  adjusted  to  any  angle  for  both  front  and  rear  hub,  so  the  drill  will  enter  at  right  angles  to 
the  plain  of  rim.  Machine  furnished  to  take  in  hubs  with  holes  in  center  from  1 to  1%  inches,  and  with  index  ratchet  to 
drill  32  holes,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  and  accurately  spaced  intermediate  with  holes  in  opposite  end  of  hub.  No  bicycle 
manufacturer  can  afford  to  be  without  it.  To  operate  machine,  stop  the  drill  upon  its  return,  before  the  ratchet  operates,  then 
put  in  the  hub.  No  countershaft  required. 


ASSEHBLING  DRILL. 


Has  Greatest  Power  when  Speed  is  Si.ow.  Is  most  Sen- 
sitive when  Speed  is  High. 

WE  offer  this  machine  to  the  trade,  feeling  confident  that  it 
will  supply  a long-felt  want  in  the  manufacture  of  bicycles 
for  assembling  frames.  The  machine  is  so  constructed  that  holes 
can  be  drilled  in  any  part  of  the  frame  and  pinned  before  being 
removed  from  the  jig,  thus  insuring  the  frame  absolutely  true. 

The  jig  is  bolted  to  platen,  which  revolves  on  the  end  of  the 
radial  arm,  thereby  enabling  the  operator  to  swing  the  work  into 


any  desired  position. 

CAPACITY  AND  DlflENSIONS. 

It  will  drill  from  o to  inches. 

Greatest  height  from  floor  to  spindle,  ...  44  inches 

Distance  from  center  of  drill  to  columns,  - - 22  inches 

Diameter  of  columns, - 3^  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle, ^ inch 

Vertical  motion  of  spindle, 5 inches 

Size  of  table,  --------  19 y2  inches 

Size  of  driving  pulley,  - - - - - -2x5  inches 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  - 600  revolutions 

Spindle  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  taper.  Weight,  - 325  pounds 

Price  quoted  on  application. 


Fig.  682. 


DIMENSIONS. 


Size  of  driving  pulley,  - - -2x5  inches  Weight,  ------  85  pounds 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  - - 400  revolutions  Price,  complete,  fitted  with  chuck,  $70.00 


Fig.  683. 


No.  1 DRILL  PRESS. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  more  for  jobbing  thati  for  manufacturing,  and  is  fitted  up  with  one 
or  two  spindles.  Those  with  two  spindles  have  a cone  pulley,  allowing  two  speeds  for  each 
spindle.  Those  fitted  up  with  one  spindle  have  a cone  pulley  for  three  speeds.  The  back  shaft 
has  a cone  pulley  for  four  speeds.  With  the  above  mentioned  alterations  the  press  is  the  same  as  No.  2 
in  every  particular. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


The  two-spindle  press  will  drill  holes  from  - 
The  one-spindle  press  will  drill  holes  from 
Size  of  pulleys  on  two-spindle, 

Size  of  pulleys  on  one-spindle, 

Size  of  pulleys  on  countershaft,  tight  and  loose, 
Speed  of  countershaft,  - 

Weight  of  machine  and  countershaft, 

Price  of  two-spindle  press, 

Price  of  one-spindle  press,  as  shown  in  cut, 


, - ^ to  y%  inch  diameter 

fa  to  }4  inch  diameter 
i/4,  2 y,  2 and  3 inches  x 1 inch  face 
2 yz,  3/4  and  yy  inches  x 1 inch  face 
6 x yz  inch 
180  revolutions 
650  pounds 
$160.00 
150.00 


No.  2 DRILL  PRESS. 


Fig.  684. 


THIS  MACHINE  has  three  spindles,  and  runs  at  high 
speed  without  noise,  and  is  well  arranged  for  light 
drilling.  The  spindles  are  made  of  steel  jji  inch 
diameter,  hardened  and  ground,  and  12  inches  long,  with 
taper  holes  for  tool  shanks  % inch  diameter  and  i'/i 
inches  deep,  with  drift-key  way  to  remove  the  tool  from  the  spindles.  The  arrangement  for  the 
spindles  and  the  adjustment  on  the  column  and  table  are  the  same  as  described  in  Press  No.  4. 
The  arrangement  for  communicating  power  to  the  drum  is  unlike  the  other  machines  ; it  is  more 
simple,  and  as  high  speed  and  little  power  is  required  on  this  press  for  drilling  holes  fa  to  inch 
diameter,  we  believe  it  is  the  best ; and  this  opinion  is  founded  on  the  fact  that  we  have  a large 
number  of  these  machines  in  use,  and  they  give  general  satisfaction.  The  base  has  a raised  rim 
around  its  edge  for  catching  oil,  etc.  The  countershaft  hangers  are  adjustable  and  self-oiling. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Greatest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  to  table, 
Shortest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  to  table,  - 
Length  of  table,  - 

Width  of  table,  - - - . - 

Distance,  center  to  center  of  spindles, 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

Speed  of  countershaft  for  fast  motion, 

Speed  of  countershaft  for  slow  motion, 

Weight,  complete,  - - 


6 and 


19  inches 
4 inches 
18  inches 
12  inches 
y%  inches 
inch  x iyz  inch  face 
220  revolutions 
- 165  revolutions 

700  pounds 


Price  as  shown  in  cut,  - $175.00 


Price,  with  four  spindles,  - $190.00 


Fig.  685. 


No.  3 DRILL  PRESS. 


THIS  PRESS  is  designed  to  drill  holes  from  fa  to  yz  inch  diameter.  It  runs  noislessly,  and 
has  no  gearing  except  the  milled  rack  and  pinion  for  raising  and  lowering  the  table.  The 
spindles  are  1 1',;  inch  diameter  and  hardened  and  ground,  as  are  also  the  idler  pulley  studs. 
There  is  a tapered  hole  in  the  spindle  for  receiving  the  shank  of  tool  which  is  yz_  inch  diameter  at 
large  end  and  2%  inches  deep,  with  a mortise  for  drift-key  to  remove  the  tools  from  the  spindle. 
The  upright  shaft  which  carries  the  drum  runs  in  hardened  steel  bearings,  making  this  a perfect 
running  press  in  every  particular. 

When  so  ordered,  we  are  prepared  to  furnish  an  individual  lever  movement  for  the  spindles 
in  place  of  the  regular  table  movement.  In  this  case  the  table  is  mounted  on  a plain  knee  bolted 
to  the  face  of  the  column,  but  adjustable  up  and  down.  The  countershaft  has  two  sets  of  tight 
and  loose  pulleys  and  adjustable  self-oiling  hangers. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Greatest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  to  table, 

Shortest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  to  table, 

Length  of  table,  .... 

Width  of  table, 

Distance,  center  to  center  of  spindles, 

Pulleys  on  countershaft,  tight  and  loose, 

Countershaft  should  run  on  the  8 inch  pulley, 

Countershaft  should  run  on  the  10  inch  pulley, 

Net  weight,  complete,  ....  - 

Price,  as  shown,  - $250.00  Price,  with  six  spindles, 


18  inches 
4 inches 
22  inches 
14  inches 
- yy  inches 
8 and  10  x 3 inch  face 
120  revolutions 
- 90  revolutions 
850  pounds 
$290.00 


553 


Fig.  686. 


No.  4 DRILL  PRESS. 


/nrVHIS  MACHINE  is  very  heavy,  and  designed  for  drilling  holes  ranging  from 
to  7/&  inch  diameter ; also  for  counterboring,  reaming,  face-milling,  or 
any  work  that  is  convenient  to  be  done  on  an  upright  drilling  machine.  The 
spindles  are  made  of  steel,  i/j  inches  diameter  and  20  inches  long,  and  are  held 
down  by  adjustable  hardened  steel  steps  at  top  of  frame.  The  lower  end  has  a 
taper  hole  to  receive  the  shank  of  tools  ^ inch  diameter  and  4 inches  deep,  with 
mortise  for  drift  key  to  remove  the  tools  from  the  spindle.  The  spindles  run  in 
composition  metal  boxes  fitted  up  in  a very  substantial  manner,  with  ample  means 
of  adjustment  for  wear.  The  table  on  which  the  work  is  placed  has  hand  and 
foot  levers  connected  by  a milled  rack  and  gear  to  elevate  and  lower  the  table,  in 
connection  with  adjustable  stops  to  limit  the  exact  motion  required.  The  table 
guide  frame  is  planed  to  fit  the  front  of  the  column  by  tongue  and  groove  guides, 
so  that  the  whole  table  and  frame,  with  all  the  attachments,  can  be  raised  or 
lowered  up  or  down  the  column  by  means  of  a wire  cable  with  a worm  and  gear, 
and  can  be  held  in  a true  position 

Fig.  687. 


at  all  points.  Countershaft  has 
adjustable  self-oiling  hangers, 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Greatest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  to  the  table, 
Shortest  distance  from  lower  end  of  spindle  to  the  table, 

Length  of  table, 

Width  of  table, 

Length  of  spindle,  ------- 

Diameter  of  spindle,  ------- 

Distance  between  spindles,  - 

Pulleys  on  countershaft,  tight  and  loose,  - - - 

Speed  of  countershaft  per  minute,  - - - - 

Weight  of  press,  with  countershaft,  about  - 
Price,  with  countershaft,  as  shown  in  cut, 

Price,  with  six  spindles,  ------ 


20  inches 
6 inches 
26  inches 
16  inches 
20  inches 
i-fg  inches 
5 inches 
12  x inch  face 
140  revolutions 
1200  pounds 
$350.00 
400.00 


Nos.  3 AND  4 AUTOHATIC  FEED  DRILL  PRESS. 

(made  oney  to  order.) 


THESE  MACHINES  are  the  result  of  the  application  of  gearing  to  the 
spindles,  and  an  automatic  vertical  feed  to  the  tables  of  the  regular 
drill  presses  of  these  two  sizes. 

The  machines  are  accordingly  more  powerful  and  positive  in  their 
action,  and  on  certain  classes  of  manufacturing,  where  uniformity  of  work  is 
the  important  point,  are  an  economical  tool.  There  is  an  automatic  trip  for 
feed,  adjustable  to  any  point,  andean  be  readily  disengaged  by  hand. 

The  lever  feed  can  be  employed  when  desired,  without  any  change  of  parts. 
The  capacity  of  the  presses  is  precisely  the  same  as  the  regular  No.  3 
and  No.  4 Drill  Press. 

Price  No.  3,  as  above,  $325.00  net.  Price  No.  4,  as  above,  $450.00  net. 


Fig.  688. 


21  INCH  UPRIGHT  DRILL. 

With  Back  Gears,  Power  Feed  Automatic  Stop,  Wheel  and  Lever 

Feed  Combined. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  furnished  with  back  gears,  power  feed,  quick  return, 
and  automatic  stop  for  determining  the  depth  of  holes.  Has  wheel 
lever  feed  combined.  It  is  powerfully  geared,  and  is  capable  of  doing 
quite  heavy  work.  The  table  is  vertically  adjusted  on  the  column  by  means 
of  a crank  in  connection  with  worm  and  worm  gear,  which  is  preferable  to 
a screw,  as  the  table  can  be  swung  entirely  around  the  column.  The  spindle 
is  operated  by  a worm  and  worm  gear,  in  connection  with  a steel  rack  and 
pinion,  and  has  the  quick  return  movement  common  to  all  drills  of  this 
class.  The  back  gearing  can  be  quickly  connected  or  disconnected,  by 
means  of  the  lever  descending  parallel  with  the  column.  This  machine  was 
designed  to  meet  the  requirements  for  an  all  around  tool  for  light  or  medium 
class  work,  and  is  very  convenient  to  handle.  A countershaft  with  friction 
pulleys  can  be  furnished  when  desired  for  tapping  purposes. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - 1 inches 

Vertical  traverse  of  spindle,  io  inches 
Diameter  of  table,  - - 18^  inches 

Vertical  traverse  of  table,  T-5'A  inches 
Distance  from  post  to  center  of 

spindle,  - - - io^  inches 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle 
to  base,  - - - 43^  inches 

Greatest  distance  from  spindle 
to  table,  - - - - 25  inches 

Hole  in  spindle  conforms  to  Morse  No.  3 
taper. 

Driving  pulleys  are  - 10x2^  inches 

Width  of  belt  on  cones,  - 2 inches 

Speed  of  lower  shaft  for  ordi- 
nary work,  - - 275  revolutions 

Floor  space  required,  - 52  x 22  inches 

Total  height,  - - - 78  inches 

Weight,  - 800  pounds 


Fig.  689 


FRICTION  TURRET  DRILLS. 


ONE  of  the  principal  features  of  the  Drill  is,  that  power  is  greatest  when  speed  is  slow  and  large  drills 
are  used,  and  most  sensitive  for  small  drills  under  high  speed,  a very  valuable  feature  never  before 
obtained  in  a sensitive  drill. 

Another  great  advantage  over  all  other  sensitive  drills  is,  the  power  is  always  in  the  proper  relation 
to  the  size  of  drill  used.  The  resistance  of  the  drill  on  the  work  is  transmitted  through  the  spindle  to 
the  friction  plate  and  pulley.  Thus  a large  drill  has  greater  resistance  than  a small  one  and  the  driving 
power  is  always  in  the  same  relation. 

The  friction  plate  is  always  lowered  out  of  contact  with  the  pulley  when  not  in  motion,  as  depres- 
sions are  made  in  the  leather  on  pulley  when  left  in  contact  for  any  length  of  time.  The  pressure  of  the 
work  coming  against  the  friction  plate  instead  of  collar,  saves  friction  and  wear.  The  drill  also  starts  s 
and  stops  automatically,  and  is  always  at  rest  when  not  in  use.  Hi* 

This  tool  is  so  very  simple  that  it  is  only  necessary  to  refer  to  the  cut  to  fully  understand  it. 

By  a slight  motion  of  the  feed  or  hand  lever  it  automatically  starts  and  stops. 

It  requires  about  one-third  as  much  belting  as  other  drills.  The  platen  can  be  instantly  adjusted 
from  one  extreme  to  the  other.  The  workmanship  throughout  is  first-class,  and  the  material  used  is  the 
best  that  can  be  obtained. 

Capacity  and  Dimensions. 


It  will  drill  from  o to  % inches  and  from  center  of  10  inch  circle. 

Greatest  height  from  base  to  spindle,  - - - - - 

Greatest  height  from  platen  to  spindle,  - - - - - 

Distance  from  column  to  spindle  ------ 

Diameter  of  column,  ------- 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - 

Size  of  table,  - ------- 

Speed  of  driving  pulley,  ------- 

Speed  of  drills. 

Spindle  fitted  for  No.  1 Morse  Taper.  Weight,  180  pounds. 


42  inches 
32  inches 
5 inches 
inches 
y&  inches 
9x11  inches 
600  revolutions 
400  to  1500  revolutions 


Price,  No.  6,  Spindle  Turret  Drill, 
Price,  No.  5,  Spindle  Turret  Drill, 
Price,  No.  4,  Spindle  Turret  Drill, 


$ 165.00 
155-00 

145-00 


555 


Prentiss  tqql  Supply 


SPECIAL  DRILL  FOR  MODERN  BICYCLE  SHOPS. 


Fig.  690. 


THE  cut  represents  the  latest  pattern  24  inch  Drill, 
which  was  designed  especially  for  the  rapid  accom- 
plishment of  work  on  bicycle  parts,  and  also  for 
the  manufacturing  of  machine  parts  where  jigs  are  used 
to  accurately  drill  and  ream  irregularly  placed  holes. 
It  is  so  arranged  that  two  or  more  drills  can  be  used  in  a 
row.  The  drills  can  be  set  30  inches  apart,  allowing 
ample  room  for  changing  belts.  The  countershafts  will 
be  parallel  with  line  shaft. 

The  back  gearing  can  be  engaged  while  the  spindl'j 
is  revolving.  The  handle  by  which  this  is  done  is  within 
easy  reach  of  the  operator.  This  handle  can  also  be 
used  to  stop  the  spindle  revolving. 

The  feed  operated  by  hand  or  power,  also  the  quick 
return  and  approach  motion  and  the  automatic  stop  are 
simple,  powerful,  quick-operating  and  entirely  new. 
The  drill  can  be  instantly  engaged,  and  after  the  auto- 
matic stop  has  done  its  duty  the  drill  can  be  returned 
without  loss  of  time  from  unscrewing  friction  discs,  or 
clutch  arrangements.  The  automatic  stopping  is  done 
by  releasing  the  worm  from  the  worm-wheel.  The 
worm,  which  is  on  a swiveling  shaft,  is  always  revolving; 
it  fits  exactly  in  the  worm-wheel  and  can  be  quickly  and 
easily  engaged  to  same  by  a conveniently  placed  hand 
lever. 

The  spindle  is  counterbalanced  and  works  on  anti- 
friction ball  bearings.  The  table  is  square  ; it  is  arranged 
with  T slots  and  an  oil  channel  which  is  tapped  for  half- 
inch pipe  to  drain  off  the  lubricating  liquids.  It  is  also 
counterbalanced,  works  easily  on  the  column,  and  can  be 
clamped  by  tightening  the  bolt  which  presses  on  the  v 
shaped  gib. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Size  of  table,  - - - - 18  x 20  inches 

Ratio  of  gearing,  ...  1 to  8)4  inches 
Vertical  adjustment  of  table,  - 16  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - - - 1^  inches 

Number  of  Morse  taper,  - - - - 4 

Feed  of  spindle,  - - - - - 10  inches 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  - - 10  x 3 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft, per  minute,  250  revolutions 
Weight,  about  - - - 1150  pounds 


556 


THIS  MACHINE  is  suspended  from  the  ceiling  and  fastened  thereto  or  to  overhead  timbers  by  coach  screws  or  bolts.  There 
is  nothing  in  this  machine  to  interfere  with  the  swing  of  any  work  that  may  be  brought  under  it.  The  frame  is  rigid,  in 
one  casting,  and  needs  no  truss  rods  to  support  it,  the  spindle  is  counterbalanced,  has  hand  and  power  feed,  quick  return  move- 
ment, and  three  changes  of  feed.  Change  gears  can  be  furnished  to  give  any  required  feed,  although  not  shown  in  cut.  This 
Drill  is  supplied  with  a patent  device  for  throwing  the  back  gears  in  or  out.  The  handle  for  operating  it  can  be  made  any 
desired  length,  although  one  is  furnished  which  extends  to  about  the  same  position  as  the  hand  wheel  on  feed,  and  can  be 
reached  by  the  operator  without  the  aid  of  a stepladder.  This  machine  is  capable  of  drilling  holes  two  inches  in  diameter. 
Countershaft  accompanies  this  machine. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

Verticle  traverse  of  spindle,  ----------  19  inches 

Distance  from  ceiling  to  lower  end  of  spindle,  when  spindle  is  at  its  greatest  height,  - - 68  inches 

Diameter  of  spindle,  -----------  2 inches 

Hole  in  spindle  fits  Morse  taper,  ---------  No.  4 

Ceiling  space  required  to  fasten  frame,  --------  36  inches  square 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft,  -----  14  inches  diameter  by  4 inch  face 

Speed  of  countershaft  per  minute,  --------  200  revolutions 

Weight,  1600  pounds.  Price  on  application. 


557 


THIS  DEVICE  is  held  in  the  tool  post  of  a lathe  in  the  ordinary  manner,  the  backing  off  being  such  that  the  cutter  can 
be  ground  without  alteration  of  shape.  The  tool  is  so  constructed  that  it  is  only  necessary  to  place  the  cutter  upon  an 
arbor  in  the  ordinary  way  ; place  the  arbor  on  the  lathe  centers  (of  any  lathe);  start  the  lathe  and  feed  the  tool  in 

by  the  cross-feed  screw  in  order  to  take  the  desired  cut,  the  same  as  would  be  done  in  a plain  job  of  turning. 

As  the  arbor  is  continuous  from  end  to  end  of  the  device,  the  cutter  is  held  quite  rigidly.  As  this  arbor  is  in  precisely 
the  same  position  upon  the  lathe  centers  during  the  cut  upon  each  tooth,  the  teeth  must  be  alike. 

Does  better  work  in  five  minutes  than  can  be  done  by  hand  labor  in  five  hours.  No  machine  shop  can  afford  to  be 

without  this  economical  and  useful  tool.  Of  this  tool,  the  “American  Machinist,”  in  its  issue  of  May  30th,  1895,  says : 
“ This  device  we  believe  to  be  one  of  the  few  really  new  things  in  mechanics.” 

Directions  for  Operating  Backing-Off  Device. 

After  turning  cutter  blanks,  and  before  driving  off  arbor,  rough  out  the  form  of  cutter  with  formed  cutting  tool  furnished 
with  device. 

To  produce  a smooth  finish,  file  the  forming  tool  to  shape  ; and,  before  hardening,  take  out  all  the  file  marks  by- 

scraping  the  cutting  edges  ; harden  and  temper  to  a very  light  straw  color.  Give  cutting  tool  about  15°  clearance. 

Mill  the  required  clearance  slots  in  blank  ; remove  from  arbor  and  cut  keyway  ; place  cutter  on  the  device  and  you  arc 
ready  to  proceed.  Do  not  crowd,  but  take  light  cuts,  and  use  plenty  of  good  lard  oil. 

This  device  will  back  off  cutters  having  9,  12,  18  and  36  teeth  by  setting  pawl  to  take  either  1,  2,  3 or  4 teeth  of  ratchet 

at  each  revolution  of  the  lathe  spindle. 

Pawl  can  be  set  by  loosening  nut  on  left  side  of  tool  and  moving  either  to  or  from  the  center  ; this  will  change  throw 
of  eccentric. 

Under  no  circumstances  attempt  to  rough  out  -the  blank  on  the  tool,  or  before  milling  the  clearance  slots.  This  device 
is  intended  to  give  the  final  finish  to  the  form  and  back  it  off  at  the  same  time.  Have  your  blank  well  annealed  and  you  will 
have  no  trouble  in  making  a first-class  cutter.  Write  for  prices  and  discounts. 


558 


INDEX  MILLING  ATTACHHENT. 

For  Engine  Lathes. 


THE  fixture  shown  in  the  cut,  is  not  only  sold  at  a low  price  but  can  be  used  on  any  engine  lathe  or  on  cut-off  slide  of 
screw  machine,  is  a well  made  and  reliable  tool  and  will  do  all  the  milling  required  for  a group  of  screw  machines, 
Monitor  or  “ Fox  ” lathes,  or  hand  milling  machines.  It  is  not  expected  that  this  will  supersede  the  expensive  milling 
machines  now  in  use  but  it  is  sought  to  provide  a cheap  and  useful  attachment  to  apply  to  engine  or  other  lathes,  that  will 
enable  tool  makers  to  flute  taps,  reamers,  counterbores,  etc.,  make  cutters,  “slab”  bolt  or  screw  heads  and  do  any  light 
milling  required  in  the  tool  room  or  small  shop.  The  attachment  is  held  on  carriage  of  lathe  in  place  of  tool  post,  by  means  of 
steel  bolt  furnished  and  is  so  constructed  that  tapering  or  diagonal  cuts  can  be  made,  by  placing  centers  in  desired  position, 
before  clamping  down.  When  in  use  the  arm  supporting  adjustable  back  center  projects  across  the  lathe  on  left  hand  side 
of  carriage,  the  tool  to  be  milled  is  held  on  the  centers  of  the  attachment,  and  the  cutter  is  revolved  in  the  lathe,  preferably 
on  an  arbor  fitted  to  the  taper  hole  in  spindle. 

Each  machine  is  fitted  with  an  index  plate  and  they  are  adapted  to  use  the  change  gears  of  lathe  on  which  they  are  used 
the  cut  shows  a gear  on  in  place  of  index.  Index  furnished  has  48  teeth  and  will  divide  for  2,  3,  4,  6,  8,  12,  16,  24  and  48  teeth! 

We  are  not  rash  enough  to  claim  that  this  machine  will  stand  up  to  take  a heavy  cut  with  a large  mill  with  coarse  teeth" 
but  with  ordinary  care  and  properly  constructed  cutters,  it  will  be  found  very  efficient  and  will  pay  for  itself  in  a very  short 
time,  as  it  is  simple  in  operation  and  easy  to  apply. 

We  recommend  cutters  to  be  of  1 or  1 y2  inches  in  diameter  and  of  rather  fine  teeth,  say  16  to  24  teeth  for  those  sizes. 
We  can  furnish  cutter  arbors  fitted  to  lathe  to  be  used  with  the  attachment,  or  collect  for  holding  small  cutters  with  shanks 
also  cutters,  special  clamp  dog,  etc.  When  desired,  this  machine  is  furnished  with  an  extra  index  arbor  with  “drawing-in 
spindle,”  using  self-centering  spring  chucks  as  supplied  by  the  Faneuil  Watch  Tool  Co.  This  is  much  more  convenient  than 
dog  and  center  and  is  much  firmer  for  small  work,  and  has  many  convenient  points  that  will  suggest  themselves  in  use. 

PRICES. 

Price  of  attachment  with  face  plate  and  center,  ... 

Price  of  attachment  with  drawing-in  spindle  in  place  of  center  arbor  and  face  plate, 

Price,  extra  for  index  arbor  with  drawing-in  spindle  and  one  size  chuck,  - 
Price  of  cutter  arbor,  M inch,  .... 

Price  of  collet  % inch  hole,  ..... 

Price  of  60  degree  angular  cutter,  .... 

Price  of  round  corner  angular  cutter  for  fluting  taps  and  reamers, 

Price  of  clamp  dog,  ..... 

The  back  center  and  supporting  arm  is  furnished  in  all  cases.  The  cut  is  % size.  The  attachment  with  centers  will  mill 
a tap,  reamer  or  other  tool  6 % inches  long  and  inches  in  diameter.  Weight,  20  pounds. 


$45.00 

55-00 

15.00 

5.00 

3.00 

2.00 
2.50 
1. 00 


559 


SINGLE  SPINDLE  PROFILING  OR  EDGING  HACH1NE. 


Fig.  697. 


THE  cut  herewith  illustrates  our  single  spindle  profiler,  which  is  especially  adapted 
to  use  as  a vertical  spindle  milling  machine,  and  as  the  operator  has  perfect  control 
of  the  cutter,  and  the  work  is  always  in  plain  view  and  quickly  handled,  the  cost 
and  time  of  producing  such  work  as  facing,  spotting  off,  die  sinking,  key  seating,  edge 
milling,  milling  T-slots,  irregular  shapes,  cam  cutting,  etc.,  is  greatly  reduced.  The 
spindle  slide  is  balanced  by  spiral  spring,  and  fitted  with  an  adjusting  screw  with  hand 
wheel  graduated  in  one  thousandths  of  an  inch,  and  a notched  stop,  providing  a quick 
and  accurate  adjustment  of  the  cutter  to  work  on  different  planes.  It  also  has  two 
former  pin  sockets,  so  that  when  the  spindle  has  been  employed  in  cutting  a former 
from  a sample  piece,  the  pin  may  be  transferred  to  the  opposite  socket  and  the  former 
used  in  its  original  position. 

The  spindle  is  driven  by  one  long  belt  running  from  the  countershaft  under 
sliding  idler  pulleys,  giving  a strong  and  uniform  drive. 

The  movement  of  the  table  and  cross  slide  is  by  rack  and  pinion  operated  by  bal- 
anced handles  conveniently  placed,  provision  being  made  for  taking  up  all  wear  in  the 
racks  and  gears,  and  stops  provided  for  the  table  and  cross  slide.  Countershaft  has 
friction  pulleys  giving  two  speeds. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Floor  space  required, 

Working  surface  of  table, 

Movement  of  table,  ... 
Movement  of  cross  slide, 

Distance  from  table  to  cross  slide, 
Diameter  of  spindle, 

Up  and  down  movement, 

Friction  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

Speed  of  countershaft  on  14  inch  pulleys, 
Speed  of  countershaft  on  8 inch  pulleys, 
Net  weight  complete, 


24  x 34  inches 
14  x 10  inches 
18  inches 
11  inches 
5%  inches 
iT6^  inches 
inches 

14  x 3 and  8x3  inches 
75  revolutions 
150  revolutions 
1425  pounds 


SINGLE  SPINDLE  PROFILING  flACHINE, 

With  Circular  Table  and  Power  Feed. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  adapted  to  much  wider  range  of  work  than  the  regular  profiling 
machine.  The  uprights  carrying  the  cross  slide,  are  higher,  giving  a greater  distance 
between  the  cross  slide  and  table.  The  sliding  table  is  larger,  has  three  T slots  its  full 
length,  and  a circular  table  has  been  added,  having  T slots  crossing  at  right  angles  and 
arranged  to  revolve  by  hand  or  power,  and  trip  automatically  at  any  point  as  the  work  may 

require.  . . . 

In  addition  to  the  usual  balanced  handles  for  moving  the  sliding  table,  it  is  also  pro- 
vided with  power  feed  which  is  thrown  in  or  out  by  means  of  a clutch,  and  the  feed  of  either 
the  sliding  or  revolving  table  may  be  reversed  instantly  by  moving  a shipper  rod  in  easy  reach 
of  the  operator. 

The  spindle  slide  is  balanced  and  provided  with  graduated  adjusting  screw  and  stops, 
giving  a quick  and  accurate  adjustment  to  any  height.  The  spindle  is  driven  by  one  long  belt 
passing  from  the  countershaft  under  sliding  idler  pulleys,  insuring  a strong  and  constant  motion. 
Ample  means  of  adjustment  for  wear  are  provided  in  all  gears  and  racks,  and  stops  are  provided 
for  sliding  table  and  cross  slide.  Countershaft  has  friction  pulleys  giving  two  spindle  speeds. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Floor  space  required,  - - 24  x 34 

Size  of  sliding  table,  - 15X  x 24 

Diameter  of  circular  table,  - 14X 

From  sliding  table  to  cross  slide,  io)4 
From  circular  table  to  cross  slide,  J1/ 
Movement  of  cross  slide,  - - 11 

Diameter  of  spindle,  - - i-R 

Up  and  down  movement,  - 3^ 

Diameter  of  circle  that  can  be 

milled  by  power,  - - 13 


inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 


Diameter  of  circle  that  can  be 

milled  by  hand,  - - 28  inches 

Friction  pulleys  on  counter- 
shaft, - - 14  x 3 and  8 x inches 

Speed  of  countershaft  on  14 

inch  pulleys,  - - 75  revolutions 

Speed  of  countershaft  on  8 

inch  pulleys,  - - 150  revolutions 

Net  weight,  complete,  about  1850  pounds 


Fig.  698. 


560 


Fig.  694. 


DIE  SINKING  MACHINE. 


/"tAHIS  MACHINE  is  useful  for  all  kinds  of  light  drilling  and  milling  operations,  and 
is  invaluable  in  such  specialties  as  profiling  the  edges  of  circular  and  irregular 
shaped  pieces,  and  for  milling  T slots,  dovetails,  etc. 

The  spindle  has  a vertical  movement  of  4 inches.  The  table,  which  is  9 inches  in 
diameter,  has  horizontally  a side  movement  of  9 inches  and  a forward  of  5 inches,  as  well 
as  a circular  motion  ; also  vertically  an  adjustment  of  6 inches.  The  spindle-driving 
pulley  is  5 inches  in  diameter,  and  is  made  for  a belt  il/i  inches  wide.  The  cones  are  5, 
7 and  9 inches  in  diameter,  and  are  driven  so  as  to  give  to  the  spindle  speeds  of  about  135, 
250  and  450  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight,  650  pounds.  Price  with  countershaft,  $300.00 

Fig.  695. 


VERTICAL  /TILLING  ITACH1NE. 

(made  oney  to  order.) 


This  MACHINE  is  designed  for  all  that  class  of  milling  that  is  best 
done  with  face  or  butt  mills,  for  which  the  vertical  spindle  is  speci- 
ally adapted,  as  the  work  and  cutter  are  always  in  plain  view,  which 
makes  it  very  valuable  for  milling  irregular  forms  and  surfaces,  as  in  die 
making  and  similar  work,  as  well  as  plain  surface  milling,  edging,  slot- 
ting and  general  machine  work.  The  base  and  spindle  heads  are  heavy , 
and  substantial,  and  are  securely  joined  by  bolts  on  a broad  base.  The 
saddle  is  gibbed  to  the  top  of  base,  and  has  a transverse  motion,  by  screw, 
of  12  inches.  The  table  has  a long  bearing  in  the  slide  block  and  is  fed 
by  a screw. 

The  spindle  has  a vertical  feed  or  adjustment  of  6 inches,  operated 
by  hand  wheel,  and  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  stop,  with  screw,  for 
very  fine  adjusting.  It  is  also  provided  with  a clamp  for  holding  it  in 
any  desired  position,  and  is  driven  by  a belt  from  a three-step  cone, 
which,  with  the  back  gearing  of  five  to  one,  provides  six  changes  of  speed. 

It  is  also  fitted  with  taper  hole  for  arbors,  which  are  held  in  place  and  removed  by  drawn-in  bolt  through  center  of  spindle. 

We  also  furnish  this  machine  with  power  feed,  provided  with  change  gears,  giving  four  feed  changes,  and  so  arranged 
as  to  be  instantly  reversed  by  moving  a clutch,  operated  by  a lever  in  easy  reach  of  the  operator.  Photograph  sent  on  application. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Diameter  of  spindle, 1%  inches 

Distance  between  table  and  spindle  at  highest 

point, 8 inches 

Distance  between  table  and  spindle  at  lowest 

point, 2 inches 

Working  surface  of  table,  - - - 12x30  inches 

Length  of  automatic  feed  (when  furnished),  - 18  inches 


In  and  out  adjustment, 

Length  of  bearing  in  slide-block, 
Dimensions  of  driving  pulley  on  spindle, 
Net  weight,  complete,  - 
Price  without  power  feed,  net, 

Price  with  power  feed,  net, 


12  inches 
19  inches 
8^x3 ]/2  inches 
1500  pounds 
- $450.00 

550.00 


561 


No.  1 BROACHING  HACHINE. 


THE  cut  shows  a tool  especially  designed  for  broaching  out  small,  irregular  shaped  holes  in  iron  and  steel,  and  is  a very 
simple  and  substantial  machine  for  that  purpose.  It  will  be  found  extremely  useful  in  producing  broached  work  for 
bicycles,  guns,  sewing  machines,  and  in  fact  wherever  irregular  holes  that  are  true  to  gauge  are  desired. 

Operation. — In  this  machine  the  broaching  tool  is  drawn  through  the  work  instead  of  pressed,  thus  permitting  the  use 
of  a long  cutting  bar,  reducing  the  wear  of  the  same,  and  often  producing  the  finished  work  at  a single  operation. 

Finishing  Broach. — In  some  cases  the  use  of  a second  or  finishing  tool  is  to  be  recommended  ; especially  where  a large 
number  of  holes  must  be  exactly  similar.  By  the  use  of  our  broaching  bit,  for  which  patent  is  pending,  there  can  be  no 
jamming  or  crowding  due  to  the  dulling  of  the  broach,  and  work  produced  by  these  tools  is  necessarily  in  the  same  position 
relative  to  the  other  parts  of  the  piece  operated  upon. 

Manipulation. — The  manipulation  of  the  machine  is  extremely  simple  ; and  the  time  of  the  operation  is  very  small,  the 
speed  of  the  broaching  cut  being  as  high  as  the  cutting  bar  will  stand.  It  can  be  successfully  operated  by  boys,  and  the 
production  of  work  within  its  range  will  be  found  rapid  and  completely  satisfactory. 

Countershaft. — We  furnish  with  the  tool  a countershaft  with  friction  pulleys,  permitting  a rapid  backward  movement 
of  the  broach.  The  pulleys  are  for  a 3 inch  belt,  and  the  proper  speed  will  be  furnished,  depending  upon  the  character  of  the 
work.  We  also  furnish  the  necessary  wrenches,  oil  cans  and  receptacles.  We  are  prepared  to  furnish  this  machine  in  larger 
sizes  for  the  production  of  broached  work  of  all  classes  and  solicit  correspondence  concerning  the  same. 


562 


IHPROVED  GEAR=CUTTING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  699. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  simple,  strong  and  compact,  and  is 
designed  for  the  use  of  cotton  factories,  tool  and  gen- 
eral machine  and  repair  shops.  It  will  perform  all 
classes  of  gear  cutting  with  great  accuracy  and  dispatch. 

It  occupies  a floor  space  of  24  by  48  inches,  and  weighs 
when  ready  for  shipment  about  900  pounds. 

It  will  cut  every  number  to  100,  every  even  number  to 
186,  and  has  a very  wide  range  of  higher  numbers. 

It  is  furnished  with  all  necessary  change  wheels,  tables 
of  division,  wrenches,  etc.,  one  blank  arbor,  with  nut  for 
withdrawing  same,  and  an  adjustable  rim  rest. 

It  will  cut  spur,  bevel,  and  worm  wheels  to  32  inches 
diameter  by  8 inches  face,  of  6 diametral  pitch  and  less,  in 
steel,  iron,  brass  or  w'ood,  and  is  remarkably  effective  on 
all  sizes  under  15  inches. 

It  may  be  accurately  set  at  any  desired  angle  for  bevel 
gears  by  a nicely  graduated  arc,  and  has  a graduated  adjust- 
ment either  side  of  the  vertical,  so  that  it  may  be  easily  set 
for  cutting  wheels  to  be  operated  by  worms  of  almost  any 
pitch  ; also  for  trimming  the  sides  of  bevel  gear  teeth,  when 
set  over  at  any  angle.  The  cutter  may  be  adjusted  to  the 
center,  or  ]/2  inch  either  side  if  desired. 

The  cutter  is  fed  through  the  blank  by  hand,  as  shown, 
a method  necessary  by  reason  of  the  low  price  of  the  machine, 
and  also  one  by  which  the  largest  amount  of  work  '(Par* 
ticularly  of  light  work ) may  be  accomplished. 

The  countershaft  should  make  about  275  revolutions. 
Pulleys  are  7 inches  diameter  by  2%  inch  face. 

The  machine  is  delivered  f.o.b.  at  New  London,  Conn., 
on  skids  for  shipment,  upon  receipt  of  order,  if  practicable. 

This  machine  is  thoroughly  well  made  throughout,  and 
is  a complete  and  very  convenient  machine,  with  all  the 
adjustments  required  in  modern  practice,  and  has  given 
excellent  satisfaction  wherever  used. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  answer  more  explicitly  "all  in- 
quiries. 

Price,  complete  in  all  respects,  $275.00.  Boxing  extra. 


Fig.  700. 


GEAR  CUTTING  ATTACHHENT  FOR  ENGINE  LATHES. 


THIS  ATTACHMENT  is  designed  to  be  used  on  any  screw  cutting  lathe. 
For  any  one  having  use  for  small  spur,  bevel,  or  mitre  gears,  in  quantities 
that  will  not  warrant  the  purchase  of  a large  gear  cutting  machine,  this 
attachment  is  indispensable  and  will  often  pay  for  itself. 

The  blank  to  be  cut  is  held  on  a mandrel  fitting  a taper  socket  in  the  spindle 
of  the  sliding  head,  and  is  revolved  by  a steel  worm  working  in  a cast  iron  gear 
connected  with  the  dials. 

The  cutters  are  held  on  a mandrel  between  the  centers  of  the  lathe,  the  cross 
feed  screw  of  the  lathe  being  used  to  feed  the  work  over  the  cutters. 

The  spindle  has  a vertical  adjustment  of  4 inches,  and  the  diameter  of  the  gear 
which  can  be  cut  depends  upon  the  swing  of  the  lathe. 

It  can  be  used  for  a great  variety  of  work,  such  as  fluting  taps  and  reamers, 
making  milling  cutters  or  any  work  that  can  be  done  on  an  index  milling  machine. 

Two  dial  plates  giving  133  changes  and  dividing  all  numbers  to  50,  and  all 
even  numbers  to  100,  together  with  a great  variety  of  other  divisions  are  furnished 
with  each  machine. 

Price, - $30.00 


563 


A NEW  AUTOMATIC  GEAR  CUTTING  AND  HOBBING  MACHINE. 

A Universal  Machine  Adapted  for  Cutting  Spur  and  Bevel  Gears,  and  Worm  Gears  by  the  Hobbing  Process 

from  Blanks  not  Previously  Nicked. 


. MECHANICAL  DESCRIPTION. 

THE  general  design  of  the  machine  illustrated  is  the  most  satisfactory  for  a wide  variety  of  the  ordinary  work  for  which 
this  tool  is  particularly  adapted.  The  blanks  are  mounted  upon  a vertical  work  spindle,  and  the  cutter  carriage  slides 
in  a vertical  or  inclined  path  as  required.  Both  the  cutter  and  the  work  performed  may  be  readily  inspected  at  any 
point  in  the  cutter  travel.  The  work  spindle  is  adjusted  toward  or  from  the  cutter  to  accommodate  variations  in  diameter, 
and  clamped  at  the  desired  point.  It  is  hollow  and  of  such  shape  that  chucks  or  special  fixtures  for  holding  the  work  may 
be  readily  fitted.  The  frame  is  a single  rigid  casting,  very  heavy  in  all  cross  sections,  and  accurately  finished.  All  the  details 
of  the  machine  have  received  careful  stud}',  the  parts  being  well  proportioned,  and  having  the  largest  possible  wearing 
surfaces. 

Cutter  Driving  Mechanism. — Power  is  conveyed  from  the  fixed  driving  shaft  through  mitre  gears,  a sliding  splined 
shaft,  and  bevel  gearing,  pivoted  in  the  cutter  carriage  concentric  with  the  cutter  spindle.  A sliding  yoke  holds  the  journals 
of  the  splined  shaft  in  perfect  allignment,  relieving  them  of  all  side  thrust.  The  connections  are  such  as  to  accommodate  any 
possible  position  of  the  cutter  carriage.  The  cutter  spindle  is  mounted  in  a transversely  sliding  box,  which  may  be  adjusted 
as  required  in  setting  the  various  cutters  to  coincide  with  the  center  of  the  dividing  spindle. 

Feeding  or  Sliding  Hechanism. — The  cutter  carriage  or  slider  is  moved  by  a feed  screw  mounted  in  the  cutter  support. 
This  feed  screw  is  driven  from  the  pivotal  shaft,  about  the  bushings  for  which  the  cutter  supporting  frame  may  be  adjusted  at 
any  required  angle,  one  of  the  side  arcs  being  graduated  for  this  purpose.  After  setting,  this  support  may  be  clamped  rigidly 
at  the  necessary  angle  for  bevel  gear  cutting.  The  pivotal  shaft  is  driven  through  spiral  gearing  by  a splined  vertical  shaft 
accommodating  any  desired  vertical  position  of  the  head,  this  vertical  shaft  in  turn  being  driven  by  a horizontal  shaft  mounted 
in  the  frame  of  the  machine.  The  direction  of  movement  of  the  cutter  carriage  is  controlled  by  a sliding  clutch  upon  this 
horizontal  shaft,  the  quick  return  movement  being  at  a constant  velocity,  while  the  feed  may  be  varied  widely  by  the  use  of 
such  change  gears  as  may  be  found  best  in  practice.  The  horizontal  driving  shaft  is  also  provided  with  an  independent  clutch 
controlled  by  the  hand  lever  shown  at  the  front  of  the  machine,  by  means  of  which  the  feed  mechanism  may  be  connected  or 
disconnected,  as  desired.  The  sliding  or  reversing  clutch  may  also  be  moved  to  the  central  position,  out  of  engagement  with 
either  of  its  drivers,  whenever  required.  With  the  sliding  clutch  in  this  neutral  position,  or  the  feed  mechanism  disconnected 
by  the  cut-off  clutch  referred  to,  the  cutter  carriage  may  be  moved  in  either  direction  by  hand,  by  applying  the  crank  handle  to 
the  projecting  end  of  the  pivotal  shaft.  The  machine  may  be  conveniently  fed  by  hand,  if  desired,  in  setting  for  depth  of  cut,  etc. 

Clutch  Sliding  or  Reversing  Mechanism. — The  clutch  through  which  the  feed  shaft  is  driven  in  either  direction  is 
moved  mechanically  into  contact  with  its  opposite  drivers.  By  so  controlling  its  action,  the  successive  steps  in  the  operation 
of  the  machine  are  made  to  depend  upon  the  completion  of  all  previous  movements.  The  clutch  movements  are  accomplished 
by  a rock  shaft,  gear  segment,  and  a rack  on  the  clutch  slider,  and  are  illustrated  in  the  accompanying  diagram,  in  which 
movements  A and  B are  in  a direction  to  engage  with  the  quick  return  driver,  and  move- 
ments C,  D and  E in  a direction  to  engage  with  the  feeding  driver.  Assuming  the  sliding 
clutch  to  be  in  engagement  with  the  feeding  driver,  the  cutter  slider  will  be  fed  forward  until 
it  contacts  with  the  lower  stop,  which  will  be  moved  with  the  slider  so  long  as  the  clutch 
remains  in  engagement  with  its  driver.  The  arrangement  of  the  stop-rods  and  levers  is  sitfch 
that  this  movement  of  the  stop-rod  in  the  direction  of  the  feed  will  withdraw  the  clutch  from 
its  driver.  This  action  gives  the  sliding  clutch  its  movement  A , and  ceases  when  the  clutch 
faces  are  disengaged.  It  also  releases  the  clutch  sliding  mechanism,  which  gives  the  clutch 
its  further  movement  j 9,  causing  engagement  of  the  opposite  clutch  faces  and  reversing  the  feed  screw. 

Contact  of  the  cutter  slider  with  the  upper  stop  causes  similar  action,  the  motion  of  the  stop-rod  giving  the  clutch  its 
movement  C out  of  engagement  with  its  driver,  and  releasing  mechanism  producing  movement  D,  leaving  the  clutch  in  the 
central  position  and  the  feed  screw  at  rest.  The  clutch  sliding  mechanism  is  so  designed  that  the  combined  movements 
C and  D,  (or  No.  2)  are  about  one-half  of  A and  B (or  No.  1)  leaving  E (or  No.  3)  which  again  engages  the  feed,  to  be 
caused  by  the  completion  of  the  spacing  action. 

Spacing  Mechanism. — The  required  divisions  are  accomplished  by  a worm  gear,  worm,  and  suitable  change  wheels. 
The  worm  gear  is  divided  in  the  center,  and  the  parts  are  hobbed  successively  in  different  positions  until  practical  accuracy  is 
attained.  Suitable  provision  is  made  for  taking  up  any  wear  which  may  occur  between  the  worm  and  worm  gear. 


<—  A-x 
< 


B 

/Vo.  / 


<— A/o.  3 


<—D~X—  C— > 

<-/Vo.  2 > 


564 


ro 


Prentiss  Tqql  ^ Supply  S 


The  spacing  mechanism  is  driven  at  the  proper  time  by  a positive  clutch  which  does  not  require  adjustment  or  consume 
power  when  not  in  action.  It  is  started  and  stopped  by  a notched  disc  within  the  spacing  box,  moved  through  a pawl  and 
ratchet  connection  by  the  rock  shaft  which  controls  the  reversing  clutch.  Referring  to  the  clutch  diagram,  the  No.  i 
movement  of  the  rock  shaft  and  clutch  serves  to  move  the  pawl  only,  but  movement  No.  2 carries  the  stop  disc  with  it  and 
releases  the  spacing  mechanism,  which  acts  immediately  upon  the  completion  of  that  movement.  The  initial  spacing  shaft 
may  then  revolve  continuously  unless  interrupted  by  a further  movement  of  the  stop  disc.  This  is  effected  by  a cam  shaft 
geared  to  the  initial  spacing  shaft  and  bearing  a cam  which  gives  the  rock  shaft  its  movement  No.  3,  moving  the  stop  disc  to 
a position  which  disengages  the  spacing  clutch,  and  engages  the  feeding  mechanism.  When  not  in  revolution  the  initial 
spacing  shaft  is  firmly  locked  by  a substantial  bolt. 

Cone  gearing  between  the  initial  shaft  and  the  cam  shaft  is  provided  so  that  the  number  of  initial  revolutions  to  be 
allowed  before  the  cam  shall  act  to  stop  them,  may  be  varied  as  required. 

The  gear  train  which  connects  the  spacing  clutch  driver  and  the  driving  shaft  is  made  of  the  same  ratio  as  that 
connecting  the  driving  shaft  and  the  cutter  spindle,  so  that  the  spacing  shaft  and  cutter  revolve  in  unison.  A hand  lever  is 
provided  by  which  the  initial  spacing 

shaft  may  be  started,  independently  of  Fig.  7°l- 

the  rock  shaft  and  reversing  clutch 
action,  so  that  continuous  revolution  of 
this  spacing  shaft  in  unison  with  the 
cutter,  may  be  availed  of  to  automati- 
cally cut  worm  gears  by  the  Hobbing 
process. 

The  driving  gear  of  the  spacing  train 
is  mounted  on  an  adjustable  clamp  coup- 
ling provided  with  a graduated  ring,  so 
arranged  that  by  releasing  the  clamping 
bolts  the  worm  shaft  and  spacing  train 
may  be  revolved  independently  of  the 
spacing  shaft,  the  amount  of  such  move- 
ment being  easily  registered  by  the  grad- 
uated ring.  This  arrangement  provides 
convenient  means  for  setting  the  blank 
for  the  second  cut  in  bevel  gear  work. 

Stop  Motion  and  Alarm  Mechan= 
ism. — The  dividing  or  work  spindle  is 
provided  with  an  adjustable  graduated 
collar,  having  a notch  into  which,  in  one 
position,  a spring  pressed  plunger  may 
advance.  This  plunger  is  connected  by 
suitable  mechanism  with  a ratchet  guard 
in  the  spacing  box,  which,  when  the 
plunger  is  advanced,  will  prevent  the 
engagement  of  the  pawl  and  ratchet  of 
the  spacing  mechanism  above  referred 
to,  so  that  the  No.  2 movement  of  the 
rock  shaft  will  not  move  the  stop  disc, 
and  spacing  will  not  occur.  The  gradu- 
ated spindle  collar  may  be  set  so  that  the 
plunger  will  advance  upon  the  comple- 
tion of  the  whole,  or  of  any  desired  part 
of  a revolution  of  the  work  spindle.  The 

movement  of  the  plunger  and  its  con-  MACHINE  No.  1.— FRONT  VIEW, 

nections  also  moves  a bell  hammer  into 

the  path  of  a cam,  so  that  upon  the  completion  of  the  desired  series  of  gear  teeth  a continuous  alarm  is  rung.  A clamping 
screw  is  provided,  by  means  of  which  the  alarm  mechanism  may  be  prevented  from  acting,  if  desired. 


565 


Convenience. — Special  study  has  been  given  to  the  convenient  arrangement  and  accessibility  of  all  parts  requiring 
adjustment  in  setting  the  machine. 

The  traversing  screws  have  graduated  dials  reading  to  thousandths,  enabling  depths  of  cut  and  other  movements  to  be 
accurately  determined. 


The  adjustment  of  the  cutter  to  the  center  of  the  dividing  spindle  is  easily  effected,  and  a gauge  by  which  to  set  same 
is  furnished.  The  sliding  box  in  which  the  spindle  is  journaled  has  a movement  of  about  l/2  inch  either  side  of  the  center. 

The  change  gears  are  stored  each  in 
Fig.  702.  its  own  numbered  compartment,  and  an 

index  table  giving  the  changes  is  con- 
veniently mounted.  Any  person  familiar 
with  a thread  cutting  lathe  can  easily 
set  the  change  gears  for  any  number  of 
teeth,  and  mistakes  in  dividing  are  im- 
possible when  the  machine  is  properly 
set. 


A movement  of  the  starting  lever  will 
allow  the  work  spindle  to  revolve  con- 
tinuously, if  desired,  for  testing  the  truth 
of  blanks,  etc.  The  continuous  revolu- 
tion of  the  blank  may  be  stopped  at  any 
time  by  moving  another  lever,  and  the 
blank  will  stop  exactly  on  some  multiple 
of  the  space  for  which  the  machine  is  set. 

The  worm  shaft  is  fitted  to  receive 
the  crank  handle,  and  by  disconnecting 
the  spacing  gear  train,  the  blank  may  be 
revolved  by  hand  in  testing,  if  preferred, 
or  to  set  it  accurately  in  any  desired 
position,  as  for  cutting  out  a small  blow 
hole. 

The  stop  collar  on  the  upper  end  of 
the  work  spindle  is  graduated  in  degrees, 
and  registers  the  angular  movement  of 
the  blank  at  each  spacing.  A reading 
from  this  collar  affords  a convenient 
check  upon  the  accurate  setting  of  the 
change  gears  for  the  required  number 
of  teeth.  The  collar  may  be  set  to  operate 
the  stop  motion  and  alarm  mechanism 
after  any  desired  number  of  degrees  have 
been  spaced. 

The  stop-rod  connections  are  very 
convenient  and  easily  adapted  to  any 
position  of  the  head,  it  being  only  neces- 
sary to  clamp  the  rods  after  the  position 
of  the  head  has  been  determined,  when 
an  adjustment  of  the  stop  collars  for  the 
desired  length  of  stroke  is  all  that  is 

No.  I MACHINE.— REAR  VIEW.  necessary. 

The  cutter  carnage  may  be  moved  to 

any  position  without  disturbing  the  collars,  a convenient  movement  of  the  dog  which  contacts  with  these  stops  enabling 
it  to  pass  them  freely,  and  permitting  hand  movements,  if  desired,  as  in  setting  for  depth  of  cut,  changing  blanks,  etc. 

The  range  of  feed  is  very  wide,  as  any  combination  (either  simple  or  compound)  of  the  forty-five  change  gears  may  be 
readily  made.  A table  giving  the  feed  per  revolution  of  cutter,  and  per  minute,  which  results  from  certain  combinations,  is 
provided,  serving  as  an  approximate  guide  for  setting  the  gears. 

The  feed  may  be  thrown  out  at  any  time,  the  cutter  withdrawn  from  the  cut  and  removed  if  necessary,  as  for  grinding, 
and  returned  again  to  the  same  position  tor  continued  work,  without  disturbing  any  adjustment. 

The  automatic  feeding  and  reversing  mechanism  may  be  disconnected  from  the  feed  screw  by  the  movement  of  a lever, 


whenever  desired. 

In  bevel  gear  cutting  very  convenient  means  are  provided  for  giving  the  blank  the  necessary  set  over  for  the  second 
cut,  as  explained  above  (under  spacing  mechanism),  and  also  for  the  transverse  setting  of  the  cutter. 

The  machine  maybe  set  to  automatically  give  divisions  of  ninety  degrees  or  less,  making  it  convenient  for  finishing 
square  or  hexagonal  nuts,  or  similar  wor-k . 

566 


Its  design  renders  the  use  of  special  attachments  for  unusual  work,  such  as  index  drilling,  internal  gear  cutting,  rack 
cutting,  work  upon  centers,  etc.,  very  convenient.  We  are  prepared  to  adapt  it’for  any  such  work,  and  solicit  correspondence 
in  this  line. 

Size  No.  1 . — This  machine  will  cut  spur  and  bevel  gears  to  5 diametral  pitch,  34  inches  diameter  and  7 inch  face  and 
worm  gears  by  the  Hobbing  process  from  blanks  not  previously  nicked.  The  spindle  is  fitted  to  receive  standard  trade  cutters 
having  % inch  hole.  Cutters  with  larger  holes  can  be  mounted  by  means  of  suitable  bushings.  The  machine  will  divide  for 
all  numbers  from  4 to  100,  all  even  numbers  and  many  others  to  200,  and  a wide  range  of  higher  numbers.  The  countershaft 
gives  a number  of  speed  changes,  and  has  a 10  inch  pulley  for  3 inch  driving  belt.  It  should  make  about  280  revolutions  per 
minute.  The  net  weight  of  the  machine  is  about  1500  pounds.  Gross  weight  ready  for  shipment  about  1700  pounds.  Floor 
space,  28  inches  by  59  inches. 

Price,  $ . It  includes  complete  over  head  works,  all  necessary  wrenches,  gauge  for  setting  cutters  central,  change 

gears,  index  and  feed  tables,  etc.  Cutters  and  work  arbors  are  not  included.  Price  on  these  will  be  quoted  upon  application. 
Tight  boxing  for  sea  shipment  $10.00  net  extra.  Dimensions  of  box,  30  inches  wide,  63  inches  long,  62  inches  high.  Gross 
weight,  about  1750  pounds. 

Size  No.  2. — Similar  in  general  design  to  the  No.  1 machine,  but  for  spur  and  worm  gears  only.  Frame,  and  nearly 
all  details  same  as  the  No.  1.  Design  modified  only  by  the  omission  of  the  bevel  gear  adjustment.  This  machine  will  cut 
spur  gears  to  5 diametral  pitch,  36  inches  diameter  and  8 inch  face,  and  worm  gears  by  the  Hobbing  process  from  blanks  not 
previously  nicked.  Other  details,  same  as  the  No.  1 machine. 

Price,  $ . It  includes  complete  overhead  works,  all  necessary  wrenches,  gauge  for  setting  cutter  central,  change 

gears,  index  and  feed  tables,  etc.  Cutters  and  work  arbors  are  not  included.  Price  on  these  will  be  quoted  upon  application. 
Boxing  for  sea  shipment,  extra,  same  as  for  the  No.  1 machine. 

Size  No.  3. — Similar  in  general  design  to  the  No.  1 machine,  but  for  spur  and  worm  gears  only.  Frame  and  many 
details  same  as  the  No.  1.  Design  modified  by  the  omission  of  the  bevel  gear  adjustment  and  the  use  of  a much  heavier  and 
more  powerfully  geared  cutter  spindle.  This  machine  will  cut  spur  gears  to  3 diametral  pitch,  36  inches  in  diameter  and  8 
inch  face,  and  worm  gears  by  the  Hobbing  process  from  blanks  not  previously  nicked. 

The  spindle  is  fitted  to  receive  special  cutters  having  1 % inch  holes,  and  is  powerfully  driven  by  worm  gearing  running 
in  oil.  The  machine  will  divide  for  all  numbers  from  4 to  100,  all  even  numbers  and  many  others  to  200,  and  a wide  range  of 
higher  numbers.  The  countershaft  gives  a number  of  speed  changes,  and  has  a 6 inch  pulley  for  3 inch  driving  belt.  It 
should  make  about  620  revolutions  per  minute.  The  net  weight  and  floor  space  about  the  same  as  the  No.  1 machine. 

Price,  $ . It  includes  complete  overhead  works,  all  necessary  wrenches,  gauge  for  setting  cutters  central,  change 

gears,  index  and  feed  tables.  Cutters  and  work  arbors  are  not  included.  Price  on  these  will  be  quoted  upon  application. 
Boxing  for  sea  shipment,  extra,  as  for  the  No.  1 machine. 

Attachments. — There  is  a large  class  of  work,  such  as  chuck  and  other  pinions,  made  solid  on  their  shafts,  which  it  is 
necessary  to  cut  upon  centers.  The  center  attachment  is  particularly  designed  to  receive  this  work,  and  will  greatly  relieve 
the  universal  milling  machine,  besides  reducing  the  cost  of  production.  Solid  pinions,  either  spur  or  bevel  may  be  cut 
automatically,  and  solid  worm  gears  of  twelve  or  more  teeth  maybe  hobbed  from  the  turned  blanks,  without  previous  nicking, 
while  mounted  between  centers  upon  this  attachment. 

The  regular  attachment  for  the  No.  1 machine  will  swing  7 inches  and  will  take  16  inches  between  centers.  The 
dividing  spindle  is  connected  with  the  main  work  spindle  of  the  machine  by  mitre  gears.  It  is  hollow,  having  a hole  iji 
inches  in  diameter,  and  is  threaded  to  receive  a chuck  for  holding  long  work.  Variations  in  the  design  may  be  readily  made 
to  suit  any  special  requirement.  Price  quoted  upon  application. 

Vertical  Spindle  Attachment. — For  special  index  or  dial  drilling,  either  automatically  or  by  hand,  or  for  circular 
milling  such  as  arc  and  T slots,  etc.,  and  for  all  work  requiring  vertical  or  circular  feeding  movements  or  adjustments,  this 
attachment  is  very  convenient.  It  is  readily  applied  in  place  of  the  cutter  spindle  box.  Variations  in  design  may  be  made  to 
suit  special  requirements.  Price  quoted  upon  application . 

Internal  Gear  Cutting  Attachment. — The  design  of  the  machine  renders  it  especially  convenient  to  adapt  for  this 
work.  We  are  prepared  to  supply  such  attachments  designed  to  suit  any  special  work  but  prefer  to  correspond  regarding  the 
various  details  of  the  work  required.  Price  quoted  upon  application. 

Power  Feeding  Attachment  for  Hobbing  Worm  Gears.— Where  large  quantities  of  worm  gears  are  used  an 
automatic  feeding  device  will  soon  pay  for  itself  in  time  saved.  But  for  the  ordinary  requirements  the  regular  machine  in 
which  the  feed  is  accomplished  by  hand,  will  afford  a very  great  saving  over  previous  methods,  since  there  is  no  necessity ’for 
nicking  the  blanks  as  a preliminary  operation.  We  can  furnish  a simple  power  feed  for  this  work,  which  will  gradually 
advance  the  blank  at  any  desired  rate  until  the  proper  depth  is  reached,  when  its  action  will  cease  and  a continuous  alarm 
will  be  given.  Price  quoted  upon  application. 

High  Speed  Attachment  for  Brass. — When  the  machine  is  to  be  used  largely  or  exclusively  upon  brass  work  it  will 
be  desirable  to  modify  the  ratio  of  the  cutter  driving  gears  accordingly.  We  can  supply  such  modified  gears,  either 
permanently  or  interchangeably  mounted  as  desired.  Price  quoted  upon  application. 

Rack  Cutting  Attachment.— When  it  is  desired  to  cut  both  racks  and  gears  upon  the  same  machine  the  cutter  driving 
mechanism  must  be  modified  in  order  to  permit  the  unobstructed  passage  of  the  cut  portion  of  the  rack.  When  so  modified 
the  length  of  rack  which  may  be  cut  is  only  limited  by  the  construction  of  the  sliding  carriage  in  which  the  blank  is  mounted. 
We  are  prepared  to  supply  machines  equipped  with  such  attachments,  but  prefer  to  correspond  regarding  the  details  of  the 
work  required.  # . 

Short  Racks,  not  exceeding  10  inches  in  length,  may  be  cut  upon  the  regular  No.  1 machine  without  modification  of 
the  cutter  driving  mechanism.  Price  quoted  upon  application. 

Arbor  Support  or  Back  Rest. — Where  a number  of  duplicate  gears  are  to  be  cut  in  a string  on  a long  arbor,  a support 
or  back  rest  is  essential.  We  can  supply  such  a support  adapted  to  any  special  requirement.  Price  quoted  upon  application. 

567 


Fig.  703. 


VERTICAL  HILLING  MACHINE  No.  1. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

SPINDLE  is  mounted  upon  a vertically  sliding  head,  having  a movement  of  2 inches  and  means  for  locking  same.  Spindle 
pulley  is  3 inches  diameter,  is  18  inches  long,  main  bearing  inch  diameter,  cutters  are  fastened  by  a draw-bar  passing 
through  the  hollow  spindle,  gripping  a collet,  or  the  shank  of  an  end  mill.  Is  hardened  and  finished  by  grinding  to 
insure  accuracy. 

Head  is  controlled  by  a foot  lever,  leaving  the  hands  free  to  operate  the  slides.  A stop-gauge  is  provided  for  the 
accurate  gauging  of  the  depth  of  the  cut.  The  head  is  finely  counterpoised,  and  very  sensitive  to  the  manipulation  of 
the  foot  lever. 

Table  has  a movement  of  12  inches  longitudinally,  10  inches  in  and  out,  vertical  adjustment  6 inches.  It  has  3 tee 
slots  running  lengthwise  of  the  platen,  which  is  15  inches  long,  8 inches  wide.  Two  sets  of  sliding  grips  fitted  to  the  tee  slots 
accompany  the  machine. 

Rotary  attachment  may  be  fitted  up  with  a 4 jaw  chuck,  or,  if  so  preferred,  a circular  table  13  inches  diameter  with  tee 
slots  is  furnished  instead  of  the  chuck,  both  maybe  obtained  in  special  combination  at  a cost  of  $1 2.00  additional,  swings 
clear  plates  18  inches  diameter.  Rotary  table  is  graduated  to  360°. 

Countershaft  has  4 speed  cone,  tight  and  loose  pulleys  5 inches  diameter  and  3 inch  face,  speed  about  800  revolutions. 

Weight  boxed,  about  - 750  pounds 

Price,  complete,  with  rotary,  ------  #250  net  cash 

Price,  without  rotary,  --------  200  net  cash 


568 


VERTICAL  MILLING  MACHINE  No.  2. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

Spindle  is  mounted  upon  a vertically  sliding  head  having  a movement  of  3 inches  and  means  for  locking  same.  It  is 
made  of  tool  steel,  hardened  and  finished  by  grinding  to  secure  accuracy.  Cutters  are  fastened  by  a draw-bar  passing  the 
hollow  spindle.  Diameter,  1 inch.  Length,  22  inches.  Spindle  pulley  is  5 inches  diameter. 

Head  is  controlled  by  a foot  lever  while  the  hands  are  governing  the  slides.  A stop  gauge  is  also  provided  for  accurate 
gauging  of  depth  of  the  cut.  The  head  is  finely  counterpoised,  and  very  sensitive  to  the  operation  of  foot  lever. 

Bearings  of  spindle  are  long,  and  run  in  bronze  boxes  provided  with  means  of  compensation  for  wear. 

Table  has  a working  surface  of  17x9  inches  with  T slots  running  lengthwise.  Longitudinal  traverse,  15  inches.  In 
and  out  motion,  12  inches. 

Knee  has  vertical  adjustment  of  16  inches. 

Rotary  Attachment  is  an  invaluable  accessory,  furnished  with  circular  table  T-slotted,  or  9 inch  4-jaw  chuck, 
according  to  preference.  It  is  rotated  by  worm  and  worm-gear.  Graduations,  360°.  Diameter  of  table,  15  inches. 

Countershaft  has  two  pulleys,  8 and  12  inches  diameter,  ^or  3 inch  belt.  Small  pulley  should  run  from  500  to  800 
revolutions,  according  to  requirements.  Large  pulley,  150  revolutions. 

Gripping  Jaws  fit  the  T slots  of  table.  They  are  very  effective  for  holding  plates,  blocks,  etc. 

Weight,  complete,  about  1300  pounds. 

Price,  complete,  with  rotary  attachments,  - - - $ 400.00  net  cash 

Price,  without  rotary  attachments,  - - - 350.00  net  cash 


569 


Fig.  705. 


VERTICAL  MILLING  MACHINE  No.  3. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

Spindle  is  mounted  upon  a head  having  a ver- 
tical movement  of  4 inches,  with  a locking  device 
for  quickly  fastening  the  head  at  any  point  within 
the  limits  of  its  movement.  Is  hardened  and  fin- 
ished by  grinding  to  secure  rotundity  and  accuracy. 
Tools  are  fastened  by  a draw-bar  passing  through 
the  spindle,  gripping  the  threaded  end  of  a split 
collet,  or  shank  of  an  end  mill.  Diameter  of  lower 
bearings,  1 y2  feet. 

Head  is  controlled  by  a geared  hand  wheel. 
A stop-gauge  graduated  to  read  to  one-thousandths 
of  an  inch  is  provided  for  the  accurate  adjustment 
of  the  depth  of  the  cut. 

Driving  Pulley  of  the  spindle  is  10  inches  di- 
ameter, and  2^  inch  face,  being  independently 
mounted  upon  the  auxiliary  bearing  which  receives 
the  entire  one-sided  action  of  the  belt  pull.  The 
spindle  being  therefore  relieved  from  the  usual 
belt  strain.  It  can  be  run  at  extreme  high  speed 
with  small  cutters  without  any  danger  of  injury  to 
spindle,  besides  preserving  the  allignment  of  the 
spindle  with  relation  to  the  platen. 

Bearings  of  spindle  are  long,  and  the  boxes 
which  are  made  of  bronze,  are  provided  with  means 
of  compensation  for  wear. 

Table  has  a working  surface  of  28  x 10  inches, 
with  automatic  feed  longitudinally,  right  and  left 
band,  21  inches.  Vise,  8x2  inches. 

Saddle  is  same  length  as  the  table.  I11  and 
out  feed,  12  inches,  by  hand.  Both  screws  have 
graduated  dials. 


Rotary  Attachment  has  a circular  table  18  inches  diameter,  rotated  by  worm  and  worm  gear.  For  die-sinking 
purposes  a 4-jaw  chuck  may  be  substituted  for  the  circular  table. 

Knee  has  vertical  adjustment  of  16  inches.  Greatest  distance  between  end  of  spindle  and  table,  17  inches. 

Feeds  are  derived  from  compounded  gears,  giving  6 changes  for  each  change  of  spindle  speed. 

Countershaft  has  2 friction  clutch  pulleys.  Speed  for  8 inch,  500  revolutions,  and  for  the  12  inch  pulley,  125 
revolutions.  Width  of  belt,  3 to  2>'A  inches. 


Price,  complete,  --------  $600.00  net  cash 

Price,  without  rotary,  -------  525.00  net  cash 

Weight,  boxed,  - - 1800  pounds 


570 


Fig.  706. 


BECKER  MILLING  MACHINE  No.  4. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

Spindle  has  long  bearings  running  in  bronze  boxes  pro- 
vided with  means  of  compensation  for  wear.  It  is  2^  inches 
diameter  at  main  bearing.  Tools  are  fastened  by  a draw-bar 
passing  through  center  of  spindle. 

Head  has  vertical  movement  of  5 inches,  with  provision 
made  for  locking  same  at  any  point  within  the  limits  of  its  mo- 
tion. A stop-gauge  graduated  to  read  to  one-thousandths  of  an 
inch  is  provided  for  accurate  gauging  of  the  depth  of  the  cut. 

Driving  Pulley  of  the  spindle  is  12  inches  diameter,  3^ 
inch  face.  It  is  independently  mounted  upon  an  adjustable 
anti-friction  bearing,  (patented)  by  which  means 
the  spindle  is  kept  in  permanent  allignment  with 
relation  to  the  table,  is  relieved  from  all  belt  strain 
and  its  bearings  prevented  from  overheating  and 
from  wear. 

Table  has  a working  surface  of  36  x 10  inches, 
with  automatic  screw  feed  longitudinally,  right 
and  left  hand,  28  inches.  Cross  feed  13  inches,  by 
hand.  Both  screws  have  graduated  dials. 

Knee  has  vertical  adjustment  of  17  inches. 
Greatest  distance  between  end  of  spindle  and 
table,  20  inches. 

Rotary  Attachment  has  a circular  table  20 
inches  diameter  with  automatic  feed  in  both  direc- 
tions. Will  swing  clear,  32  inches. 

Feeds  of  the  tables  are  derived  from  com- 
pounded gears  through  the  universal  joint  connec- 
tions, giving  6 changes  for  each  change  of  spindle 
speed.  The  head  is  fed  by  a hand  wheel  power- 
fully geared,  thus  making  this  milling  machine, 
also  a perfect  boring  and  drilling  machine.  Segments  up  to  25  inches  diameter  can  be  milled  with  the  rotary. 

Vise  made  to  work  in  combination  with  the  T-slots  of  the  table,  is  furnished  with  this  machine.  Size  of  jaws,  steel- 
faced, 8x12  inches,  will  take  in  work  28  inches  in  length,  or,  the  full  working  capacity  of  the  table. 

Countershaft  has  double  friction  clutch  pulleys  for  4 inch  belts.  Pulley  14  inches  diameter,  should  run  about  125 
revolutions,  and  the  10  inch  pulley  about  425  revolutions. 


Price,  complete,  with  rotary,  net 

Price,  without  rotary, - $ net 

Price,  without  automatic  feeds,  but  with  hand  rotary,  - $ net 

Price,  without  automatic  feeds,  and  without  rotary,  - - $ net 

Weight,  boxed,  about  - - 2400  pounds 


VERTICAL  HILLING  HACHINE  No.  5. 


Price,  complete,  with  rotary,  -------  $ net 

Price,  without  rotary,  - - $ net 

Weight,  boxed,  about,  -------  4300  pounds 

Floor  space,  - --  --  --  --  5 feet  x 5 feet 

Height, - ...  6 feet  8 inches 


Fig.  707. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


THE  No.  5,  as  illustrated,  embodies  the  latest 
improvements,  the  spindle  is  powerfully  back- 
geared,  the  frame  is  very  heavy  and  rigid,  capable 
of  sustaining  heavy  cuts  without  vibration. 

Spindle  has  long  bearings  running  in  bronze  boxes 
provided  with  means  of  compensation  for  wear.  Diameter 
of  main  bearing,  3 inches  front  end  is  threaded  for  use 
with  large  surface  mills.  Shanks  of  end  mills  are 
secured  by  the  draw  bar  which  passes  through  the  center 
of  the  spindle.  To  get  rid  of  end  play,  the  lower  bearing 
is  provided  with  ball  thrust  bearings  at  both  ends,  thus 
reducing  friction  and  securing  a level  surface  when 
using  face  mills. 

Driving  Pulley  of  the  spindle  is  15  inches  diameter 
324"  inch  face,  double  back -geared  5 to  1.  It  is  indepen- 
dently mounted,  same  as  on  No.  4 miller,  to  secure  the 
permanent  alignment  of  the  spindle. 
This  is  a valuable  feature  on  a vertical 
spindle  milling  machine,  as  without  it 
the  spindle  is  eventually  worn  out  of 
allignment,  impairing  the  general  use- 
fulness of  the  machine,  by  making  the 
use  of  large  surface  mills  imprac- 
ticable, for  obvious  reasons. 

Head  has  vertical  traverse  of  7 inches 
automatically,  with  automatic  stop. 
Stop  gauge  graduated  to  read  to  thou- 
sandths of  an  inch  is  provided  for  the 
accurate  adjustment  of  the  depth  of 
the  cut.  The  automatic  head  on  this 
machine  thus  makes  it  a superior 
boring  and  drilling  machine. 

Table  has  a working  surface  of  48  x 
13  inches.  Automatic  screw  feed  in 
all  directions.  Longitudinal  feed  40 
inches,  cross  feed  13  inches, 

Rotary  Attachment  has  a circular 
table  22  inches  diameter  with  auto- 
matic feed  in  both  directions  provided 
with  automatic  stops.  Swings  34 
inches  clear. 

Feeds  of  the  tables  are  derived  from 
compounded  gears,  giving  6 changes 
for  each  change  of  spindle  speed. 

Knee  has  vertical  adjustment  of  18 
inches,  greatest  distance  between  end 
of  spindle  and  main  table,  21  inches; 
between  spindle  and  rotary  table,  15% 
inches. 

Size  of  jaws,  steel  faced,  9x2  inches  ; these  are 


Vise  is  made  to  work  in  combination  with  the  T slots  of  the  table, 
quickly  adjusted,  and  their  capacity  is  limited  only  to  the  working  capacity  of  table. 

Countershaft  has  double  friction  clutch  pulleys,  sizes  12  inches  and  18  feet  diameter  by  4 y2  inches, 
revolutions,  respectively. 

Arbor=Support  or  overhanging  arm  is  attached  to  the  knee,  is  used  only  for  straddle  milling  purposes,  gang  milling  and 
kindred  work. 


Speeds,  120  and  400 


572 


w 


Fig.  708. 


No.  3 GRINDER  AND  HILLING  HACHINE  ATTACHHENT. 

Price,  $100,  Net. 


DIE  SINKING  MACHINE. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

SPINDLE  is  mounted  upon  a head  having  a vertical  movement  of  4. inches,  with  a locking  device  for  quickly  fastening  the 
head  at  any  point  within  the  limits  of  its  movement.  Is  ij4  inches  diameter  at  main  bearing,  is  hardened  and  finished 
by  grinding.  Tools  are  fastened  by  a draw-bar  passing  through  the  spindle,  gripping  the  end  of  a collet  or  the  shank 
of  an  end  mill. 

Head  is  operated  by  a geared  hand  wheel,  and  a stop-gauge  finely  graduated  to  read  to  thousandths  of  an  inch,  is 
provided  for  the  accurate  adjustment  of  the  depth  of  the  cut. 

Driving  Pulley  of  the  spindle  is  10  inches  diameter,  2%  inches  face,  is  mounted  same  as  on  the  No.  3 machine,  and  is 
therefore  adapted  to  run  at  high  speed  with  small  cutters.  Spindle  pulleys,  3,  5 and  8 inches  diameter  are  also  made  to 
interchange  with  the  10  inch  pulley. 

Bearings  of  spindles  are  long,  the  boxes  are  made  of  bronze,  and  are  conical  in  form,  are  split  so  that  they  can  be 
readily  depressed  to  take  up  wear. 

Table  has  a working  surface  of  28  x 10  inches;  longitudinal  feed  by  hand,  21  inches;  cross  feed,  12  inches;  vise, 
8x2  inches  ; capacity  is  limited  only  by  the  length  of  the  table.  Jaws,  steel  faced. 

Knee  has  vertical  adjustment  of  16  inches  ; greatest  distance  between  end  of  spindle  and  table,  17  inches. 

Rotary  Attachment  has  circular  table  18  inches  diameter,  rotated  by  worm  gear.  It  is  graduated  to  360°.  The  table 
is  removable  so  that  a 4- jaw  lathe  chuck  can  be  substituted,  which  is  very  desirable  on  many  kinds  of  die  work  usually  done 
in  jewelry  manufacturing  establishments. 

Countershaft  has  2 friction  clutch  pulleys,  8 inches  and  12  inches  diameter,  for  the  fast  speed  counter  should  run  about 
600  revolutions,  and  for  the  slow  speed  125  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price,  complete,  with  rotary,  - - - $475. 00  Price,  5 inch  spindle  driver,  ....  $5.00 

Price,  without  rotary,  - 400.00  Price,  extra  set  of  idlers, 5.00 

Price,  3 inch  spindle  driver,  - - - 5.00  Shipping  weight,  about,  ....  1700  pounds 


573 


Fig.  709. 


SCREW  SLOTTING  MACHINE. 


danger  of  hitting  the  saw. 
any  desired  tension. 


J^N  this  machine  we  have  sought  to  produce  an  easily  and  rapidly  operated 
device,  which  could  be  sold  at  a reasonable  price.  In  the  construction  of 
the  machine  we  have  aimed  at  simplicity  and  convenience  of  working.  The 
entire  operation  is  a straight  downward  motion  for  gripping  and  slotting  the 
screw,  and  the  upward  return  motion  releases  it  and  leaves  the  jaws  ready  for 
the  next.  One  jaw  being  adjustable,  screws  from  to  y>  inch  in  diameter 
can  be  handled  without  the  trouble  of  changing  any  of  the  parts.  The  bearings 
of  the  machine  are  all  adjustable,  to  compensate  for  wear,  and  convenient  ad- 
justments are  provided  for  position  and  depth  of  slot.  This  machine  aside 
from  screw  slotting,  may  be  applied  to  work  which  demands  various  forms  of 
light  milling  where  extra  speed  of  manipulation  is  desired.  We  have  recently 
added  an  improvement  by  which  the  clampling  device  for  holding  screw  can  be 
swung  to  one  side  when  down,  for  removing  and  inserting  screw  without 
We  have  also  added  an  improved  spring  for  balancing  clamping  device,  which  can  be  adjusted  to 


Generae  Dimensions. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

Speed  of  countershaft,  - 

Weight  of  machine,  complete,  - - - 

Price  of  machine,  complete,  - 


8 x 2 yz  inch  face 
155  revolutions 
330  pounds 
$80.00 


COCK  GRINDER. 


Fig.  710. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  designed  for  grinding-in  keys  for  steam, 
water  and  gas  cocks  up  to  2 inches  in  diameter. 

The  spindle  is  rotated  by  a reciprocating  segment,  which  gives 
one  and  one-quarter  revolutions  alternately  in  each  direction. 

The  machine  pulley  is  10  inches  in  diameter  for  a 3 inch 

belt. 

The  countershaft  has  a 10  inch  tight  and  loose  pulleys  for  3 inch 
belt,  and  should  run  at  a speed  of  160  revolutions  per  minute,  which 
gives  the  proper  spindle  speed  for  average  work. 

Floor  space  of  machine,  2 feet  x 4 feet  4 inches.  Weight,  ready 
for  shipment,  450  pounds. 

Note. — In  setting  up  this  machine,  care  should  be  taken  to  see 
that  the  crank  disc  revolves  in  the  direction  indicated  by  the  arrow 
stamped  upon  it. 


574 


Pig.  711. 


No.  1 TAPPING  MACHINE. 

This  machine  is  mounted  on  a planed  iron  table  with  a groove  around  the  edge  to 
catch  the  oil  and  chips.  There  is  also  an  oil  pan  cast  as  part  of  the  bed,  directly  under  the 
tap.  An  almond  chuck  is  furnished  for  holding  taps.  This  machine  will  tap  holes  ranging 
from  ^ to  -j\  inch  diameter,  and  is  fitted  with  adjustable  collar  same  as  described  in  No.  2 
Tapping  Machine.  For  high  speed  tapping  we  make  this  machine  with  friction  clutch 
between  the  pulleys.  Countershaft  hangers  are  adjustable  and  self-oiling. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Greatest  distance  between  chuck  and  face  for  work, 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  - - ... 

Speed  of  countershaft, 

Weight,  complete, 

Price, 


7^"  inches 
6x2  Yz  inch  face 
225  revolutions 
260  pounds 


Fig.  712. 


No.  2 TAPPING  MACHINE. 


In  general  design  this  machine  is  like  the  No.  1 Tapper  described,  but  is  larger 
and  of  sufficient  capacity  for  tapping  holes  from  T%  to  l/z  inch  diameter.  The  spindle  is 
driven  in  the  same  manner.  It  is  fitted  with  an  adjustable  collar  on  the  front  end  to 
regulate  the  depth  of  the  tapping,  and  a universal  three-jaw  chuck  is  furnished  for  hold- 
ing the  tap. 

We  can  also  furnish  with  this  machine  a special  tail  block,  arranged  with  hollow 
spindle  and  spring  chuck  designed  for  threading  rods  or  special  work  that  can  be  best 
held  by  chuck.  This  fixture  has  a capacity  for  T\  to  yz  inch  stock. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Greatest  distance  between  chuck  and  face  for  work, 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  countershaft, 

Speed  of  countershaft,  ------ 

Net  weight,  as  shown  in  cut,  - 


Fig.  713. 


10^  inches 
10  x 3 inches 
150  revolutions 
350  pounds 


No.  3 TAPPING  MACHINE. 


This  machine  operates  on  the  general  plan  of  small  horizontal  tappers, 
but  is  geared  up  sufficient  to  tap  y inch  diameter.  The  work  is  held  on  the 
face  plate  and  pressed  on  to  the  tap  by  the  lever  shown.  When  the  tail- 
stock  slide  strikes  the  stop,  the  driving  clutch  is  gradually  drawn  out  of  gear 
and  then  a slight  backward  pull  on  the  lever  throws  in  the  fast-running  re- 
versing clutch.  The  tap  chuck  is  a self-centering,  two-jawed  chuck  of  spec- 
ial construction.  The  body  of  the  chuck  makes  a universal  joint  with  the 
end  of  the  spindle  to  accommodate  work  out  of  center  or  taps  not  running 
true.  The  chuck  jaws  grip  the  round  shank  of  the  tap  to  center  it,  and  also 
close  in  around  the  square  end  to  drive -by.  The  tail  block  is  adjustable 
along  the  bed  and  bound  by  the  hand  wheel  shown.  Chips  and  oil  fall 
through  the  open  bed  to  the  large  pan  below,  and  the  oil  drains  into  reser- 
voir whence  it  is  drawn  off  to  supply  an  oil  pot  over  head  not  shown  in  cut. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Tight  and  loose  pulleys, 
Speed  of  countershaft, 
Weight, 

Price, 


8x3  inches 
350  revolutions 
540  pounds 
$200.00 


575 


PRENTISS  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE. 

13  Inch  Swing  with  Raise  and  Fade  Rest. 


THE  above  cut  represents  our  Improved  Standard  Engine  Lathe,  13  inch  swing,  with  raise  and  fall  rest.  This  Lathe  is 
made  from  entirely  new  patterns,  much  heavier  than  usually  furnished  on  lathes  of  the  same  size.  The  design  is 
intended  to  give  strength  as  well  as  accuracy,  and  ease  and  quickness  of  operation.  Lathes  are  furnished  with  either 
cast  iron  or  phosphor  bronze  bearings,  as  desired. 

All  Lathes  are  furnished  with  hollow  spindle  made  from  high  carbon  steel. 

The  lead  and  all  actuating  screws,  rack  and  pinions  in  apron  are  made  of  steel  and  cut  from  the  solid.  Lathes  are  fur- 
nished with  raise  and  fall,  plain  gib  or  compound  rests  ; also  with  taper  attachments  and  power  cross  feed  when  required. 

We  carry  a large  stock  of  these  lathes  in  13,  14,  16,  18,  20,  24,  28,  30  and  36  inch  swing  and  any  length  of  bed. 

Lathes  are  furnished  with  either  plain  gib  raise  and  fall  or  compound  rest,  and  with  or  without  compound  rest,  or  taper 
attachment. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Swing  of  lathe, 

Swing  over  plain  gib  rest, 
Swing  over  raise  and  fall  rest, 
Length  of  bed,  - 
Turns  between  centers, 

Hole  through  spindle, 
Number  of  steps  on  cone, 


13  inches 
8 % inches 
7 inches 
5 feet 
26  inches 
- % inches 
4 


Diameter  of  largest  step, 

Face  of  largest  step, 

Diameters  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Face  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Speed  of  countershaft,  - 
Weight, 


8 inches 

2 inches 
- 10  inches 

3 inches 
150  revolutions 

1 100  pounds 


576 


u 


Fig.  715. 


14  INCH  I.ATHE 6 FOOT  BED. 


This  Lathe  has  gun  metal  boxes  and  hollow  spindle.  Diameter  of  hole  in  spindle,  1 Y%  inches. 

Head  is  strongly  back-geared. 

Has  steel  feed  rod  and  leading-screw,  with  open  and  shut  nut,  and  can  be  used  with  either  belt  or  gear  feed  in  turning. 
Cuts  threads,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  16,  18,  20,  22,  24,  26,  28,  30. 

Has  10-pitch  steel  rack,  with  steel  pinion  running  in  it. 

Cone  has  4 sections,  6%,  5/i  and  by  2 inch  face. 

Centers  conform  to  Morse  taper  No.  3. 

Swing  over  ways,  14  inches  ; swing  over  plain  and  comp,  rest,  10  inches. 

Swing  over  elevating  rest,  7%  inches. 

Distance  between  centers,  3 feet  4 inches. 

Has  friction  countershaft,  with  pulleys  10  inches  in  diameter  and  2|4f  inch  face. 

We  make  this  Lathe  with  either  raise  and  fall  back  gibbed  rest,  plain  gibbed  rest  with  power  cross-feed,  or  compound 
rest  with  power  cross  feed.  The  outfit  of  each  Lathe  is  1 large  and  1 small  face  plate,  1 center  rest,  2 centers  of  tool  steel,  a set 
of  change  gears  to  cut  the  above  threads,  countershaft  and  necessary  wrenches. 

Taper  attachment  furnished  if  desired. 


577 


13  INCH  SWING  STANDARD  ENGINE  LATHE, 

Showing  Taper  Attachment. 


THE  LATHE  has  a dovetailed  slide  fitted  into  rest  with  packing,  by  which  to  take  up  the  wear.  The  tool  post  shoe  travels 
on  this  slide,  which  is  extended  back  and  connected  with  a guide  block  fitted  to  an  adjustable,  graduated  guide  bar. 
This  bar  is  held  in  position  by  an  adjustable  bracket  fitted  to  T slot  on  bed.  To  connect  slide,  remove  taper  pin  in  back 
side  of  rest  and  fasten  slide  to  guide  block  with  collar  screw. 

If  the  Lathe  has  power  cross  feed,  be  sure  to  drop  intermediate  gear  in  apron  out  of  slide  before  connecting  it.  The  rest 
screw  is  free  to  adjust  the  tool  at  all  times.  1 

The  guide  block  has  a travel  of  eighteen  inches,  and  with  adjustable  bracket,  the  taper  can  be  obtained  on  any  part  of 
the  bed.  This  attachment  will  turn  a taper  of  3^  inches  to  the  foot. 

This  Lathe  is  made  in  the  most  thorough  and  workman  like  manner  of  the  best  materials.  All  bearings  are  scraped  to  a 
fit  and  all  the  Lathes  are  thoroughly  tested  before  leaving  the  works. 

The  head  spindle  is  of  crucible  steel  and  runs  in  bearings  of  the  best  box  metal,  there  being  no  Babbitt  bearings  in 
the  Lathe.  Length  of  spindle,  20^  inches;  diameter  of  front  bearing,  2j4  inches;  length  of  front  bearing,  3^  inches; 
diameter  of  back  bearing,  i-J  J inches.  inch  hole  through  spindle  with  No.  3 Morse  taper  for  centers.  The  head  is  geared 
8 to  1.  Diameter  of  largest  section  of  cone,  8 inches  ; diameter  of  smallest  section  of  cone,  3^4  inches  ; width  of  belt  2 inches. 

This  combination  makes  a very  powerful  head  for  a 13  inch  Lathe.  The  tail  spindle  is  of  crucible  steel,  1 yi  inches  in 
diameter,  and  has  a travel  of  5 inches.  Both  tail  and  rest  have  long  bearings  on  the  bed,  thus  obviating  any  tendency  to  spring. 

Swings  over  bed,  13  inches  ; turns  26  inches  ; 5 foot  bed  ; swings  over  raise  and  fall  rest,  6'/<  inches  ; swings  over  plain 
gib  or  compound  rest,  8 inches.  Weight,  1150  pounds.  Weight  per  extra  foot,  70  pounds. 


578 


SIX  INCH  CUTTING  OFF  flACHINES. 

Showing  Centering  Attachment. 


THESE  MACHINES  have  a device  by  which  the  speed  of  the  main  spindle  is  increased  or  accelerated  as  the  cutting  tools 
approach  the  center.  This  acceleration  is  produced  by  a mechanism  consisting  of  two  dies,  compressing  between  them- 
selves two  movable  friction  wheels  of  hard  leather  which  drive  the  discs  at  a speed  corresponding  to  the  position  of  the 
wheels  upon  the  discs.  Each  disc  has  a geared  connection  with  the  main  spindle,  and  the  friction  wheels  are  driven  by 
pulleys,  one  of  which  is  shown  in  the  cut,  a corresponding  one  being  at  the  back  of  the  machine. 

The  two  friction  wheels  are  moved  simultaneously  by  a right  and  left  screw  which  is  connected  with  the  cross  screw  of 
the  carriage  so  that  as  the  tools  are  fed  in,  the  wheels  are  also  feed  towards  the  center  of  the  discs,  thus  running  on  a smaller 
diameter  of  the  discs  and  driving  them  at  a higher  speed.  The  acceleration  thus  produced  is  gradual  and  regular  and  the 
fastest  speed  is  about  five  times  that  at  starting. 

The  machine  is  of  a strong,  solid  build  and  has  proved  its  superiority  in  the  four  years  it  has  been  on  the  market.  In 
many  cases  it  has  taken  the  place  of  two  or  more  cone  driven  machines  and  has  repeatedly  proven  that  it  has  nearly  double  the 
capacity  of  any  cone  driven  machine  including  even  our  own  two-tool  machines. 

One  important  feature  of  this  machine  is  the  tool  blocks  or  carriers  which  are  very  solid  and  strong  and  carry  wide 
blades  set  in  recesses  in  the  side  of  the  blocks  and  clamped  with  a cap  and  bolts.  Each  recess  forms  a guide  for  setting  the 
blades  square  and  as  each  blade  is  supported  out  under  the  cutting  point  and  sets  at  an  angle  to  take  a shearing  cut,  danger  of 
breakage  is  reduced  to  a minimum.  A special  circular  on  tool-blocks  will  be  sent  on  application. 

All  sizes  are  provided  with  three  rates  of  automatic  feed,  an  automatic  stop,  patent  chip  box,  countershaft  with  two 
speeds,  all  necessary  wrenches,  gauges,  etc.  The  countershafts  of  these  machines  set  across  the  machine,  but  parallel  counter- 
shafts can  be  supplied  if  necessary. 


579 


Fig.  718. 


CUTTING  OFF  MACHINES. 


Two  Inch  Machine. — Takes  stock  from  one-quarter  to  two  inches  diameter  and  cuts  very  fast,  cutting  two  inch  soft 
stock  in  about  one  minute. 

Countershaft  pulleys,  - - - - - - - - 3 x 10  inches 

Speeds  per  minute,  ......  220  and  310  revolutions 

Shipping  weight,  ........  1000  pounds 

Three  Inch  Machine. — Has  same  general  appearance  as  the  above  and  takes  stock  up  to  3 inches  diameter.  It  has  also 
traveling  carriage. 

Pulleys,  - - - - - - - - - -3x10  inches 

Speeds  per  minute,  .......  220  and  310  revolutions 

Shipping  weight,  .........  1550  pounds 

Four  Inch  flachine. — Takes  rough  stock  from  one-half  to  four  inches  in  diameter  and  has  traveling  carriage. 
Countershaft  pulleys,  - - - - - - - 3^x12  inches 

Speeds  per  minute,  ------  220  and  325  revolutions 

Shipping  weight,  ---------  1900  pounds 

Centering  Attachment. — Any  of  these  machines  can  be  supplied  with  an  attachment  for  drilling  and  centering  the 
ends  of  stock.  This  is  a convenient  and  accurate  machine  for  this  purpose,  and  will  be  found  very  useful  when  this  work  is 
required. 

Six  Inch  Machine. — Appearance  of  five  inch  very  similar,  and  following  applies  to  both  sizes:  Chucks  very  heavy; 

large  bearings  ; traveling  carriage.  Cut  shown  on  page. 

Pulleys,  2,%  x 14  inches 

Speeds  per  minute,  230  and  335  revolutions 

Shipping  weight,  5 inches,  -------  2800  pounds 

Shipping  weight,  six  inches,  -------  3200  pounds 

Prices  on  application. 


580 


CUTTING  OFF  MACHINES. 

(CONE  PATTERN.) 


~y~AQR  occasional,  ordinary  shop  use  we  recommend  the  Cutting  Off  Machine,  which  can  be  run  by  even  inexperienced  help, 
and  which  has  excellent  capacity,  having  two  speeds  on  the  countershaft,  so  that  when  the  tools  are  half-way  through,  the 


shipper  can  be  thrown  over  and  the  faster  speed  used  for  the  remainder  of  the  cut.  This  style  of  machine  is  simple  and  durable 
and  requires  the  minimum  amount  of  attention  and  its  capacity  exceeds  that  of  many  other  machines. 

Two=lnch  riachine. — Has  been  re-designed  this  year  and  is  shown  in  above  cut.  This  machine  cuts  rough  stock  from 


y to  2 inches  diameter,  has  take-up  rings  on  spindle,  and  is  sold  at  a very  low  price  for  a machine  of  this  size. 


Countershaft  pulleys,  ..... 

Speed  per  minute,  ...... 

Shipping  weight,  ...... 

Three=Inch  Machine. — Cuts  rough  stock  y%  inch  to  3 inches  diameter. 

Countershafts  has  two  speeds  with  patent  shipper  and  pulleys, 
Speeds  per  minute,  ------ 

Shipping  weight,  ------- 


3 x 10  inches 
100  revolutions 
800  pounds 


3I2  x 14  inches 
60  to  100  revolutions 
1400  pounds 


581 


CUTTING  OFF  HACH1NES. 


(cone  pattern.) 


Four  Inch  Hachine. — This  machine  cuts  rough  shaft  from  yz  to  4 inches  diameter,  and  is  now  built  with  movable  car- 
riage. Cone  pulley  has  four  steps.  Countershaft  has  two  speeds  and  is  furnished  with  two  pairs  fast  and  loose  pulleys,  3 x 12 
inches,  and  Hurlbut’s  patent  belt  shipper. 

Speed  per  minute,  -------  100  and  160  revolutions 

Shipping  weight,  --------  1750  pounds 

Five  Inch  JTachine. — Cuts  rough  shaft  from  X to  5 inches  diameter,  and  has  movable  carriage.  Countershaft  has  two 
speeds,  and  is  furnished  with  two  pairs  of  T and  L pulleys,  3^  x 14  inches,  and  Hurlbut’s  patent  belt  shipper. 

Speed  per  minute,  - - - - - - 100  and  180  revolutions 

Shipping  weight,  --------  2200  pounds 

Six  Inch  flachine. — Cuts  rough  shaft  from  1 to  6 inches  diameter,  and  has  movable  carriage.  Spindle  bearings,  8C 
inches  diameter.  Chucks  are  very  heavy,  20  inches  diameter.  Countershaft  has  two  speeds  and  is  furnished  with  two  pairs 
of  T and  L,  pulleys  and  Hurlbut’s  patent  belt  shipper.  Shipping  weight,  2900  pounds. 


582 


Fig.  721. 


No. 

Largest 
Diameter 
of  Work. 

Diameter 
of  Arbors. 

Length  of 
Arbors. 

Weight. 

Net 

Price. 

2 

8 inches 

1 inch 

7 inches 

56  pounds 

f 13.00 

3 

12  inches 

1 Yz  inches 

9 inches 

90  pounds 

16.00 

4 

19  inches 

3 inches 

24  inches 

650  pounds 

60.00 

GREENERD  ARBOR  PRESS. 


Points  of  Excellence. 

It  saves  marring,  upsetting  or  springing  the  arbors . 

It  saves  cleaning  out  the  centers  and  taking  off  the  dogs.  (See  cut. ) 
Saves  defacing  or  otherwise  damaging  finished  work. 

It  preserves  the  arbors,  and  will  pay  for  itself  in  the  increased  life  of 
them.  Clamping  on  to  the  end  of  the  lathe  bed,  it  is  always  at  hand. 

A useful  tool  in  the  manufacture  of  machinery. 

Now  built  in  three  sizes. 

Fig.  722. 


No.  3 Press. 


583 


No.  4 Press. 


BENCH  STRAIGHTENING  PRESS  AND  CENTER. 


Fig.  723. 


IT  is  intended  to  be  placed  upon  the  bench  in  the  tool  room  or  machine 
shop,  and  to  be  used  when  centering  work  by  hand,  and  for  straight 
ening  work  centered  by  hand  or  machine.  This  machine,  by  bring- 
ing the  centers  upon  which  the  work  is  tested,  and  the  press  by  which  it 
is  straightened,  together  in  the  most  convenient  form,  obviates  the 
necessity  of  walking  back  and  forth  frQm  the  lathe  to  the  anvil,  block  or 
press,  and,  in  fact,  has  all  the  advan- 
tages for  small  work  which  the  larger 
presses  have  for  straightening  shafting, 
etc.  In  the  tool  room,  it  is  especially 
valuable,  not  only  for  centering  and 
straighteniug  work  in  the  rough,  but 
for  straightening  pieces  which  have 
been  accidentally  sprung  in  use  ; or, 
reamers,  etc.,  which  have  been  sprung 
in  tempering. 

The  blocks  upon  which  the  work 
rests  when  being  straightened  are 
movable  to  or  from  the  screw,  and  are 
kept  in  line  by  tongues  which  fit  the  groove  shown.  The  screw  is  inches  in  diameter,  4 pitch,  of  steel,  and  sufficiently 
powerful  to  bend  a shaft  ij^  inches  in  diameter.  The  shaft  upon  which  the  centering  heads  are  fitted  is  cold  rolled,  1%"  inches 
in  diameter,  40  inches  in  length.  It  is  movable  through  the  arm  which  supports  it,  being  held  in  any  desired  position  by  the  set- 
screw shown,  which  has  a piece  of  brass  over  its  points  to  avoid  marring  the  shaft.  The  centering  heads  are  clamped  in  any 
desired  position  on  the  shaft  by  the  binding  screw  shown.  The  top  of  the  arm  which  supports  the  shaft,  forms  a pocket  for 
chalk  or  other  material  used  in  marking.  The  center  at  the  right  is  pressed  forward  by  a spring,  and  has  a knurled  head  for 
drawing  it  back,  both  centers  being  provided  with  small  oil  wells,  with  brass  fittings  for  convenience  in  oiling  centers.  The 
body  of  the  machine  has  three  lugs  cast  upon  it,  by  means  of  which  it  is  bolted  to  the  bench.  The  block,  which  is  on  the  end 
of  the  screw,  is  of  cast-steel,  case-hardened,  and  the  centers  of  tool  steel  tempered — the  whole  machine  being  so  designed  and 
constructed  as  to  make  it  worthy  of  a place  and  useful  in  any  tool  room  or  machine  shop  where  much  small  work  is  turned. 
Weight,  - 130  pounds.  Price,  - - - $ 40.00 


HAND  POWER  BAR  STRAIGHTENING  PRESS. 


With  Rotters. 


THIS  MACHINE  has  one  of  the  special  jacks  attached  to  a steel  frame,  which  is  mounted  upon  rollers  and  which  rolls  upon 
the  outside  flanges  of  a pair  of  15  inch  “I  ” beams,  which  are  made  regularly  12  feet  long.  The  jack  is  a special  one, 
in  which  the  ram  can  be  moved  up  from  or  down  to  the  bar  without  the  labor  of  pumping,  by  means  of  a lever  placed 
in  the  lower  of  the  two  sockets  shown  in  the  cut,  or  it  can  be  made  to  return  automatically.  The  extreme  motion  of  which  the 
jack  is  capable  of  is  4 inches.  The  shaft,  when  being  revolved,  is  mounted  upon  two  roller  carriages  upon  which  it  can  be 
easily  turned.  When  straightening  it  is  raised  from  the  carriages  by  cams  placed  on  bending  blocks,  which  bear  the  strain  of  bend- 
ing. The  machine  has  a capacity  of  bending  a 4%.  inch  bar  upon  2 feet  centers.  A small  pulley  placed  upon  one  of  the  roller 
shafts  will  allow  the  bar  to  be  revolved  by  power,  if  so  desired.  Price,  75  tons  power,  weight  about  2050  pounds,  #425.00. 


HAND  POWER  CAR  AXLE  STRAIGHTENING  PRESS. 


Fig.  725. 


^nrVHIS  tool,  as  shown,  is  built  from  wrought  iron  beams  with  a jack  of  peculiar  construction  mounted  upon  a carriage  which 
rolls  freely  from  end  to  end  upon  the  flanges  of  the  beam.  There  are  at  each  end  centers  mounted  in  the  carriage  which 
are  adjustable  on  the  bed,  and  which  have  the  spindle  holding  the  screw  resting  on  springs.  Two  sliding  bending  blocks  are 
inside  of  the  centers.  The  jack  itself  is  similar  in  construction  to  our  improved  hydraulic  punch.  The  ram,  which  has  a 

I 

motion  of  four  inches,  can  be  moved  up  or  down,  to  or  from  bending  position  without  the  labor  of  pumping,  by  means  of  the 
lever  in  the  lower  socket,  shown  in  the  cut.  Greater  variations  from  this  can  be  accomplished  in  the  blocking. 

In  operating  the  machine  the  carriage  holding  the  bending  device  is  thrown  to  one  end  of  the  machine,  as  it  can  be 
easily,  with  one  hand,  and  then  the  machine  is  free  to  have  the  work  placed  upon  the  blocks  without  any  drawing  out  or 
putting  in  endwise.  The  screw  can  then  be  brought  up  into  the  centers,  and  will  raise  the  axle  off  the  blocking. 

When  the  pressure  is  applied  the  centers  and  the  spindles  are  first  forced  down  upon  the  spring  upon  which  they  rest, 
until  the  axle  rests  upon  the  block,  then,  when  the  bending  takes  place,  the  centers  raise  upwards  with  the  ends  of  the  axle 
being  perfectly  free  to  move  vertically. 

The  bending  power  of  the  press  is  about  75  tons,  which  is  sufficient  to  bend  a 4 y2  inch  iron  bar  on  30  inch  centers. 

Weight,  - 1200  pounds 

Price> f375.oo 


585 


^remiss  tqql  Supply  <& 


Fig.  726. 


GIANT  KEY  SEATER. 


THE  above  represents  the  working  parts  of  the  machine,  with  some  of  the  details  omitted  or  modified  for  the  sake  of 
greater  clearness.  The  separate  parts  are  explained  on  the  opposite  page.  Take  notice  that  the  post  and  tool  bar  can 
be  of  any  length,  so  that  in  the  case  of  wide  faced  pulleys  with  two  hubs,  or  very  long  chambered  hubs,  the  upper  end 
of  the  keyway  can  first  be  cut,  and  then  the  tool  can  be  lowered  to  cut  the  other  end.  Thus  the  capacity  for  ordinary  work 
can  be  practically  doubled  with  but  little  extra  first  cost. 

A — Post,  grooved  to  receive  the  tool  bar.  It  is  made  of  various  lengths  and  diameters. 

B — Tool  bar,  with  ratchet  teeth  at  lower  end  to  engage  clamp,  //.  The  tool  bar  can  be  of  any  length. 

C — Wedge  bar,  made  of  any  length  to  correspond  to  the  tool  bar. 

D — Wedge,  moves  the  tool  forward  and  supports  it  continuously  while  cutting. 

E — Cross  head,  driven  by  the  pinion.  Its  stroke  is  regulated  by  setting  the  tappet  collars  on  the  rod,  .S'. 

F — Tool  bar  holder,  attached  to  the  cross  head,  011  which  it  has  a slight  vertical  motion. 


586 


9 


G — Wedge  bar  holder,  it  has  a rack  operated  by  the  screw,  /,  by  which  it  is  moved  on  the  cross  head. 

H—  Clamp  for  tool  bar,  with  an  opening  for  wedge  bar,  C,  to  pass  through. 

/ — Screw  to  operate  G,  it  is  reciprocated  by  the  cross  head  and  is  rotated  by  the  splined  shaft,  J,  and  by  the  mitre  gears 
and  handle,  K.  > 

J—  Splined  shaft  which  turns  the  screw,  /,  and  on  which  it  slides. 

AT—  Handle  which  feeds  the  tool  by  moving  the  wedge,  D. 

L — Feed  screw  on  which  the  indicator  nut  works. 

M — Indicator  nut,  which  shows  on  the  scale  the  motion  of  the  tool  and  the  depth  of  the  keyway. 

N — Adjustable  scale,  one  inch  on  which  shows  one-quarter  inch  feed  of  tool.  The  zero  mark  of  the  scale  is  set  under 
the  pointer  when  the  tool  begins  to  cut. 

0 — Spout  to  take  away  the  chips  and  hold  back  the  tool  bar  by  pressure  of  spring,  P. 

P — Spring  to  hold  back  tool  bar.  It  is  swung  sidewise  to  release  the  spout,  O,  when  the  tool  bars  are  to  be  changed. 

Q — Spring  attached  to  cross  head  to  push  back  the  holder,  F.  The  roller,  j,  being  put  between  them  to  reduce  the 
friction. 

R — Release  spring.  When  the  tool  drags  on  the  up  stroke  this  spring  yields  and  the  tool  slips  down  on  the  wedge,  D, 
and  is  thus  relieved.  The  spring,  R,  lifts  the  tool  to  the  proper  place  at  the  end  of  the  up  stroke. 

.S' — Tappet  rod,  which  operates  the  friction  clutch,  by  means  of  the  levers,  U and  V,  and  rod  W. 

T — Tappet  collars,  which  when  struck  by  the  cross  head  move  the  rod,  51.  The  one  on  the  upper  end  is  not  shown. 

V- — Fever  which  can  be  also  moved  by  hand  to  start  and  stop  the  machine. 

IV — Rod,  which  extends  through  the  hollow  shaft  to  shift  the  friction  clutch. 

X — Adjustable  brass  collar  in  which  the  head  of  the  rod,  W,  revolves. 

Y — Stop  collar,  adjustable  to  stop  the  nut,  M,  at  any  depth  of  keyway  in  making  duplicate  pieces. 

Z — Taper  wedge  which  is  fastened  in  the  post,  A,  behind  the  wedge  bar,  C,  when  taper  keyways  are  to  be  cut. 

2 — Is  a clamp  adjustable  vertically,  to  hold  down  the  piece  being  key-seated. 

The  machine  is  so  plain  and  simple  in  its  construction  that  no  extended  description  is  needed  beyond  that  afforded  by 
the  engravings,  and  especially  by  the  outline  drawing  and  description  of  the  separate  working  parts. 

Unlike  other  machines,  the  column  and  table  are  cast  in  one  piece,  and  the  table  is  quite  small,  being  seldom  used. 
To  hold  large  pulleys  no  extension  bars  are  needed,  as  any  piece  requiring  a key-seat  is  supported  solely  by  its  hub. 

The  chief  distinctive  feature  is  the  grooved  post  which  holds  the  work  and  forms  the  guide  for  the  tool.  The  use  of 
this  post  solves  the  whole  question  of  being  able  to  obtain  perfectly  true,  straight,  square  key-ways,  without  regard  to  whether 
the  hole  is  straight  or  taper,  or  whether  the  hub  is  faced  true,  or  left  rough  as  it  comes  from  the  foundry.  Every  job  is  quickly 
and  accurately  set  and  fastened  by  its  bore  only. 

The  great  saving  in  money,  represented  by  this  feature  alone,  will  soon  pay  for  the  machine. 

On  high  grade  machinery  the  hubs  are  usually/aced  true,  but  in  many  shops  there  is  a large  number  of  castings,  such  as 
sprocket  wheels,  gear  wheels,  and  other  pieces  which  do  not  need  to  have  the  hubs  faced,  except  for  the  sake  of  having  a true 
surface  to  work  from  in  cutting  the  keyways. 

It  usually  requires  from  three  to  ten  times  as  long  to  face  off  the  hub  as  is  required  to  cut  the  key-seat. 

If  it  is  profitable  to  use  a key-seater  at  all,  is  it  not  ten  times  more  profitable,  whenever  it  also  saves  turning  off  the  end 
of  a large  hub  ? 

By  means  of  our  new  adjustable  bushings,  which  fit  the  post,  and  which  are  adjustable  to  any  diameter  of  hole,  pieces 
of  all  kinds  are  quickly  and  accurately  fastened.  In  the  average  run  of  work  the  piece  can  be  fastened  on  the  machine,  key- 
seated  and  removed  without  stopping  the  tool,  and  it  is  done  sooner  than  the  same  job  could  be  only  fastened  on  most 
machines. 

A key-seat,  6 inches  long,  yi,  inch  wide  and  yi  inch  deep,  can  be  cut  in  two  minutes,  which  includes  time  of  putting  on 
and  taking  from  machine.  Another,  ii  inches  long,  Y%  inch  wide  and  TBff  inch  deep  in  three  minutes,  without  any  special 
effort  for  haste. 

The  New  Giant  will  finish  two  ordinary  key-seats  before  one  piece  can  be  fastened  ready  for  key-seating  on  other  styles 
of  machines. 

The  cutters  are  simple  and  cheap,  can  be  readily  made  in  any  shop,  and  can  be  changed  to  use  the  different  sizes  with 
the  greatest  facility.  They  can  be  sharpened  without  changing  the  width. 

Straight  or  Taper  Key=Seats. — A wedge  tapered  '/%  of  an  inch  to  the  foot  is  put  in  the  post  back  of  the  tool,  this  fixes 
the  taper  of  the  key-seats  and  maintains  uniformity.  By  taking  out  the  wedge,  straight  key-seats  can  be  cut.  Wedges  of 
different  taper  can  be  used. 

587 


/ 


The  tool  cannot  spring.  It  has  a perfect,  solid  support  behind  it  the  whole  length  of  the  stroke,  making  the  key-seat 
perfectly  straight,  without  the  slightest  springing  at  either  end.  No  other  machine  equals  it  in  this  respect. 

The  tool  is  automatically  relieved  on  the  up  stroke.  It  is  not  necessary  to  jerk  a hand  lfever  back  and  forth  at  every 
stroke  as  in  other  machines.  The  tool  is  moved  as  in  a planer  or  shaper  by  means  of  the  small  crank  shown  in  the  cut. 

Duplicate  Work. — The  nut  on  the  feed  screw  carries  a pointer,  which  indicates  on  a scale,  the  depth  of  the  cut — one 
inch  on  the  scale  indicating  inch  feed  of  the  tool.  A stop  which  is  set  by  a thumbscrew  provides  for  cutting  key-seats  of 
uniform  depth  in  duplicate  work. 

Fig.  727. 


No.  3 GIANT  KEY  SEATER. 


A key-vise  can  be  furnished  as  an  extra  attachment ; being  fastened  to  the  top  of  the  post,  one  supports  the  other, 
forming  a very  simple  and  convenient  arrangement  for  quickly  planing  keys  of  the  exact  taper  of  the  key-seats. 

The  friction  clutch  is  quick  and  strong,  and  by  shifting  the  collars  on  the  tappet  rod,  the  stroke  can  be  set  for  any 
length,  from  orie  inch  to  the  extreme  limit.  The  shaft  can  be  made  of  any  length  as  ordered,  to  bring  the  belts  far  enough 
from  the  machine  to  admit  work  of  the  largest  diameter. 


588 


No.  4 KEY  SEATER,  WITH  3 11  = 16  INCH  POST. 

SHOWING  ALSO  THE  PAIR  OF  ADJUSTABLE  BUSHINGS  AND  THE  HOLDING  DOWN  CLAMP. 

589 


Chips  cannot  fell  on  the  working  parts,  and  the  gears  are  protected  by  a shield.  The  tool  is  easily  stopped  by  means  of 
the  hand  lever,  and  by  it  the  motion  can  be  reversed  at  any  point  of  the  stroke. 

Extra  long  chambered  hubs,  pulleys  of  wide  face  with  double  hubs,  long  drums  for  elevators,  or  cylinders  of  printing 
presses  and  paper  machines,  can  be  key-seated  on  this  machine  when  specially  fitted.  There  is  no  limit  to  the  length  of  such 
work  which  may  be  done,  if  only  each  separate  key-seat  is  not  longer  than  the  stroke  of  the  machine.  For  instance,  the  15 
inch  stroke  machine  can  be  fitted  to  cut  15  inch  key-seats  in  both  ends  of  a hub  which  may  be  four  or  five  feet  long,  or  in  the 
separate  hubs  of  a pulley  of  any  width  of  face.  No  other  machine  can  equal  it  on  this  work. 

The  small  machines  can  be  fitted  to  cut  key-seats  in  holes  as  small  as  one-half  inch,  and  in  key-seating  small  work,  such 
as  steel  milling  cutters  one-half  inch  thick,  eighteen  or  more  pieces  at  one  time  can  be  cut.  No  other  machine  does  this. 

PRICES  OF  GIANT  KEY  SEATERS  AND  EXTRA  PARTS. 

To  meet  the  varied  requirements  of  different  shops,  we  give  the  prices  of  the  machines  separate  from  the  different  tool 
posts  and  cutters  with  which  each  may  be  fitted. 

One  may  need  an  18  inch  stroke  machine  with  cutters  no  wider  than  1 '/  inches,  while  another  would  Want  all  widths  up 
to  2/2  inches.  In  this  way  each  may  buy  only  what  he  needs. 

As  some  prefer  to  furnish  countershaft,  we  name  a separate  price  on  that  also. 

No.  1,  10  inch  stroke,  -----$  No.  4,  19  inch  stroke, $ 

No.  2,  12  inch  stroke, $ No.  5,  25  inch  stroke, $ 

No.  3,  16  inch  stroke, $ No.  6,  31  inch  stroke, - $ 

Countershaft  for  Nos.  1,  2,  3 and  4 machines,  ....  $15.00 

Countershaft  for  Nos.  5 and  6 machines,  ......  25.00 

To  the  price  of  the  machine  must  be  added  the  prices  of  such  parts  as  the  purchaser  may  select  from  the  following  list : 


Size  of  Machine 
to  which  the 
parts  belong. 

Diameter  of 
Post. 

Length  of  Key- 
way which  may 
be  cut. 

Sizes  of  Cutters 
used  in  each 
Post. 

Price  of  Post  and 
full  set  of  Cutters 
with  Top  Clamp 
and  Adjustable 
Bushings. 

1 

Price  of  separate 
Cutters. 

Price  for  Extra 
Length  of  Posts 
per  iuch  addi- 
tional. 

No.  1 

I inch 

9 inches 

X>  TS<  Tff>  A 

'A,  H,  A,  A,  1 

$25.00 

$2.00 

$1.00 

No.  2 

\7/s  inch 

11  inches 

40.00 

2.00 

I. OO 

No.  3 

2 y%  inches 

15  inches 

H,  A,  A,  E 1 A 

45.00 

2.25 

1-25 

No.  3 

2 inches 

15  inches 

3A,  A,  1-  i'A,  i'A 

50.00 

2.50 

1-25 

No.  4 

2,y&  inches 

18  inches 

7/g,  I,  I I'/2,  13/,  2 

55-00 

2-75 

1.50 

No.  4 

3 }-J;  inches 

18  inches 

1,  iX,  1 A,  2, 2X 

60.00 

3.00 

2.00 

No.  5 

47/  inches 

24  inches 

iA>  *A>  'A,  2,  2/,  3 

100.00 

3-50 

2.50 

No.  6 

5%  inches 

30  inches 

1/2,  iX.  2,  2X,  3. 2>A 

125.00 

3-75 

4.00 

Any  machine  may  have  all  the  above  parts  belonging  to  smaller  machines,  but  no  machine  can  have  any  parts  belonging 
to  a larger  size. 

Any  post  with  its  tool  bar  can  be  made  as  long  as  required,  for  operating  in  both  ends  of  long  hubs  having  chambered 
cores,  or  in  the  two  hubs  of  wide  face  pulleys,  long  drums  and  cylinders,  or  in  cases  where  the  hub  to  be  key-seated  is  raised 
considerably  above  the  table.  In  other  words,  any  machine  can  be  fitted  to  cut  one  or  more  key-seats,  one  at  any  height 
above  the  other,  if  each  key-seat  is  not  longer  than  the  stroke  of  the  machine. 

From  the  table  it  will  be  seen  that  if  one  wishes  to  cut  key-seats  18  inches  long,  and  of  all  widths  srom  / inch  up  to 
2 inches,  he  would  require  the  No.  4 machine,  with  the  1 inch,  1 7/  inch  and  35,'  inch  posts,  which  would  cost  $125. 00  in  addition 
to  the  price  of  the  machine  and  countershaft ; or,  if  he  should  wish  to  cut  the  same  length,  and  from  / inch  to  i/  inches 
wide,  he  would  need  the  1 inch  post  and  the  23/  inch  post  lengthened  3 inches,  the  price  of  which  would  be  $73.75,  to  be 
added  as  before.  Separate  cutters  may  be  omitted,  or  intermediate  sizes  may  be  added  at  the  list  prices. 

The  pulleys  on  No.  1 and  No.  2 are  18  inches  and  12  inches  diameter  for  3 inch  belts,  speed  100  and  200  revolutions  per 
minute.  On  the  Nos.  3 and  4,  the  pulleys  are  the  same  sizes  but  the  speeds  are  150  and  300  revolutions  per  minute.  On  the 
No.  5 and  No.  6,  the  pulleys  are  24  x 5 inches,  and  18  x 3 inches,  and  the  speeds  150  and  300  revolutions  per  minute. 

Parties  ordering,  should  always  state  the  diameter  of  the  largest  wheels  they  wish  to  key-seat  that  the  driving  pulley 
and  belt  may  be  set  far  enough  from  the  machine. 

Portable  machines  for  any  length  or  width  of  key  seat  made  to  order. 

If  parties  writing  for  information  will  state  as  fully  as  possible  the  kinds  of  work  they  wish  to  do,  and  mention  any 
special  requirements,  we  can  often  make  suggestions  of  value  to  them. 

590 


c 


No.  3 KEY=SEAT  MILLING  HACHINE. 


THIS  engraving  shows  a machine  for  milling  key -ways  in  shafts,  arbors,  spindles,  etc.,  the  construction  of  which  is 
apparent.  The  frame  of  the  machine,  which  is  very  solid,  and  the  support  for  the  spindle  slide  are  cast  together,  giving 
great  rigidity,  and  when  cutter  is  sunk  the  spindle  slide  is  locked  by  the  hold-fast  nut,  making  the  spindle  and  cutter 
practically  a part  of  the  main  casting,  allowing  the  heaviest  cuts  to  be  taken  free  from  chatter  and  jar. 

A steady  screw  is  provided  close  to  the  cutter,  adding  materially  to  the  stiffness  of  the  cut,  and  a pair  of  expansion 
links  allow  the  spindle  slide  to  move  up  and  down  without  altering  the  tension  in  the  driving  belt.  An  automatic  trip,  which 
can  be  set  for  any  length  key-seat,  releases  the  feed,  and  the  machine  once  started  requires  no  further  attendance. 

The  machine  is  strongly  geared,  and  has  a quick  hand  return  for  the  carriage.  Will  cut  key-ways  in  shafts  from  % inch 
to  4 inches  in  diameter,  and  has  a traverse  of  20  inches  without  shifting  the  carriage.  By  simply  slacking  the  clamping  screw 
and  returning  carriage  key-ways  of  any  length  may  be  cut. 

The  self-centering  form  of  the  bed  and  carriage  render  all  marking  and  laying  off  unnecessary,  and  absolute  uniformity 
of  result  is  certain  even  when  operated  by  ordinary  labor. 

We  can  furnish  at  a slight  additional  cost  a sliding  table  with  index  centers  taking  20  inches  long  and  swinging  5 inches, 
with  which  cutters,  reamers,  nuts,  etc.,  may  be  very  nicely  milled.  We  also  furnish  with  this  table*  a substantial  vise,  with 
jaws  4 inches  wide,  1 % inches  deep,  and  opening  3 inches,  with  which  keys  and  a variety  of  similar  work  may  be  milled.  A 
set  of  mills  with  centering  collet  for  each  is  furnished  with  the  machine  if  desired. 

Countershaft  has  12-inch  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  which  should  run  about  275  revolutions  per  minute. 

Shipping  weight,  about  .....  800  pounds 


591 


Fig  730. 


PRICE  OF  No.  2 KEY  = SEATER,  AS  SHOWN,  $75.00. 


THE  above  cut  shows  our  new  machine  for  light  work.  This  machine  will  cut  from  y$  inch  to  inch  key-seats  in  all 
ordinary  work,  and  do  it  quickly  and  accurately.  The  feed  is  automatic  which  prevents  all  breaking  of  cutters.  This 
machine  will  cut  from  20  to  60  key-seats  per  hour  on  ordinary  work,  and  is  intended  for  all  kinds  of  internal  key  seating 
within  its  range.  The  depth  and  taper  of  the  key  seats  are  measured  accurately  by  scales  and  pointers,  and  any  number  of 
key  seats  can  be  cut  of  any  depth  and  taper  required,  and  all  will  be  uniform. 


Prick  of  Cutters  for  Either  Machine. 

X inch, 

A inch, 

Y%  inch, 

A inch, 

X inch, 

■h  incl>. 

inch,  -------- 

^ inch,  ------- 

X inch,  -------- 

rt  inch, 

J4  inch,  - --  --  --  - 

1 inch,  - - - - 


$2.00 

2.25 

2.50 

2- 75 

3.00 

3- 25 
3-50 

3- 75 

4.00 

4- 25 

4- 5o 

5- oo 


5y2 


Fig.  731. 


PRICE  OF  No.  1 HACHINE,  AS  SHOWN,  $125.00. 


above  cut  shows  our  new  and  improved  No.  1 key-seating  machine,  which  will  cut  seats  from  ^ to  1 inch.  The 
machine  is  complete  with  heavy  clamping  bar  for  large  work,  also  special  clamping  lever  for  small  work.  This  machine 
will  do  all  work  accurately  and  quickly,  the  feed  is  automatic  which  prevents  the  breaking  of  cutters,  and  is  intended  for  all 
machine  shops  having  internal  key-seating  to  do.  The  work  can  be  placed  in  this  machine  and  finished  in  the  time  othe 
machines  are  being  made  ready.  The  depth  and  taper  of  key-seats  are  measured  accurately  by  scales  and  pointers,  and  any 
number  of  key-seats  can  be  cut  of  any  given  depth  and  taper.  The  table  and  special  attachment  can  be  used  on  all  machine 
made  by  us  since  1882. 


693 


PORTABLE  KEY-SEATER. 


THE  above  cut  shows  the  machine  mounted  on  a small  size  shaft.  It  represents  the  machine  as  it  appears  after  having 
cut  a key  way  four  inches  from  the  end  of  shaft.  This  machine  will  mill  key-seats  any  length  in  shafting  from 
inches  to  4X  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  following  widths  : X>  xV>  X>  ts>  X>  tsi  Hi  ts>  Hi  if.  Hi  r!>  r.  itV  and  JH 
inches,  and  any  depth  not  exceeding  y%  inch.  Each  machine  is  furnished  with  six  milling  cutters,  which  by  placing  one  or 
more  on  the  spindle  of  the  machine,  key  seats  the  sizes  mentioned  above  can  be  cut  at  one  operation  the  width  required. 

When  the  cutters  are  kept  sharp  the  machine  will  mill  all  key-seats  up  to  X inch  wide,  by  Y%  inch  deep  at  one  operation, 
but  for  the  wider  key-seats  it  will  be  necessary  to  go  over  the  work  two  or  more  times,  according  to  the  depth  required. 

The  machine  is  provided  with  either  automatic  or  hand  feed  while  cutting,  and  has  a dial  to  show  the  depth  cut  in  the 
shaft.  The  machine  will  mill  four  inches  before  it  is  necessary  to  move  the  base  forward  on  the  shaft.  An  operator  can 
easily  cut  a key-seat  12  inches  long,  X inch  wide,  y5^  inch  deep,  in  one  hour,  and  other  sizes  in  proportion. 

With  this  machine  it  is  not  necessary  to  remove  shafting  from  its  hangers  or  boxes  to  cut  a key-seat,  and  in  this  way  a 
split  pulley  or  coupling  can  be  applied  very  quickly,  or  if  a solid  pulley  is  used,  it  is  only  necessary  to  remove  hanger  or  box, 
so  as  to  slide  the  pulley  on  the  shaft,  thus  saving  time,  which  amounts  to  a great  deal  where  any  number  of  persons  are 
employed. 

Price  of  machine  with  cutters,  - - $ 40.00  net  Weight  of  machine,  45  pounds 

Price  List  of  Cutters  for  the  Portable  KeySeater. 


Widths. 
X inch, 

tV  inch. 
H inch, 
■fg  inch, 
X inch, 


Price  (Net). 

#1.40 

1.50 

I.60 

I.70 

I.80 


Keep  your  cutters  sharp.  We  keep  machines  and  cutters  in  stock  and  can  ship  on  receipt  of  order. 


594 


COMBINED  PUNCH  AND  SHEAR— B. 


^JAHE  above  illustration  is  of  the  Combined  Punch  and  Shear  with  Engine,  which  is  built  in  different  throat  depths,  with  or 
without  engine,  single  or  double  geared,  to  suit  the  various  requirements  of  a heavy  metal  working  tool.  The  cut 
shows  same  as  a shear  for  cutting  5 inch  axles  or  its  equivalent  and  arranged  for  shearing  plates  up  to  1 ^ inch  thick,  or  will 
punch  4 inch  holes  in  ij4  inch  metal.  With  some  slight  changes  in  patterns  it  is  built  as  a fish  plate  punch,  also  for  punching 
up  to  six  holes  in  heavy  plates.  Write  for  additional  information  and  prices. 


595 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (o, 


Fig.  734. 


HEAVY  PLATE  SHEAR. 


AjMIE  above  cut  represents  the  latest  improved  Heavy  Plate  Shear,  with  Engine,  throat  9 inches  in  depth,  with  capacity 
for  shearing  plates  up  to  1 inch  in  thickness.  The  machine  may  be  built  with  or  without  engine,  and  of  any  widtli  up 
to  10  feet,  or  with  throat  depth  to  suit  requirements. 

This  pattern  is  also  used  for  Multiple  Punch  Machine  for  punching  any  number  of  holes  in  heavy  plates.  It  is  equipped 
with  all  necqpsary  gauges,  brackets  and  wrenches.  Further  information,  pricap,  etc.,  on  application. 


596 


42-INCH  THROAT  BOILER  MAKERS’  PUNCH. 


AjAHE  accompanying  illustration  represents  a 42-Inch  Throat,  similar  in  design  to  the  No.  o punches  or  shears  shown  on 

page  540  of  this  catalogue.  These  machines  are  all  of  a heavy  and  of  a substantial  design,  self-contained,  well  propor- 
tioned and  amply  strong  for  their  specified  duty.  The  metal  is  well  distributed,  and  wearing  surfaces  are  large.  All  parts  are 
constructed  of  the  best  material,  and  fitting  and  workmanship  the  best. 

When  both  punching  and  shearing  tools  are  supplied,  either  can  be  removed  from  the  machine  and  the  other 
substituted  in  a few  minutes. 

The  engines  supplied  with  these  machines  are  of  an  extra  heavy  type  and  especially  designed  for  the  purpose. 

Throats  of  different  forms  can  be  furnished  to  suit  ordinary  and  special  punching  and  shearing,  and  we  illustrate  a few 
of  these  types  on  page  601,  which  can  be  applied  to  machines  of  shallow  or  deep  throats. 

In  naming  price  upon  a complete  machine  of  any  size,  we  include  one  set  of  either  standard  or  extension  punching 
attachments,  including  one  punch  and  die  of  any  size  up  to  the  given  capacity  of  the  machine,  or  one  set  of  shear  knives  and 
blocks,  for  plate  or  bar  iron,  or  their  equivalent. 


597 


TURRET  flOUNTED  ANGLE  SHEAR. 


illustration  shows  an  Angle  Iron  Shear  of  the  latest  design,  turret  mounted.  Angles  are  at  the  present  time  being 
rolled  in  such  long  lengths,  that  in  many  cases  they  cannot  be  sheared  on  a stationary  machine,  especially  when  the 
shop  is  narrow  and  space  limited  for  shifting  the  material  to  be  cut. 

The  lower  part  or  base  of  the  machine  is  stationary,  the  upper  part  is  rotary,  and  is  driven  by  hand  wheel  at  right  of 
machine  and  bevel  gear  in  connection  with  the  top  part,  revolving  to  any  desired  angle.  The  lever  on  the  left  hand  side  is 
used  as  a brake,  and  holds  the  machine  secure  and  firm  in  any  position  required.  The  machine  is  driven  by  overhead  countershaft 
and  bevel  gears.  All  working  parts  are  constructed  of  the  best  materials  and  fitted  to  insure  durability,  strength  and  adjust- 
ment. An  iron  table  with  gauge  and  index  for  the  different  angles  is  furnished.  The  above  machine  will  cut  angles  6 x 6 inches 
and  ^ inches  without  any  shear  in  the  blades. 

This  machine  can  also  be  furnished  driven  by  independent  engine. 


598 


UNIVERSAL  GEARED  POWER  SHEAR. 


^JAHIS  cut  illustrates  the  Double  Geared  Universal  Power  Shear  for  cutting  J4  inch  plates.  By  carefully  examining  the 
construction  of  this  machine,  you  will  observe  that  the  gearing  is  so  arranged  that  the  operator  can  get  close  up  to  his 
work  and  yet  be  in  no  danger  from  the  teeth  of  the  gearing,  which  device  is  not  possessed  by  machines  of  this  class  of  other 
makes.  The  front  gear  is  encased  and  fastened  to  the  housing  in  a most  substantial  manner.  The  clutch  is  automatic  and 
stops  when  the  knife  is  at  highest  point.  It  can  be  operated  from  most  any  position,  the  lever  being  almost  universal.  The 
above  superior  advantages  will  commend  themselves  to  all  practical  mechanics.  This  size  machine  will  shear  J4  inch  plate. 
Bars,  4 inches  by  J4  inch.  Angles,  3/4  x 3^  inches. 

The  machine  is  also  built  in  sizes  to  cut  and  y inch  plates.  Pulley  driven  or  engine  driven. 

Weight,  with  pulleys,  . Price,  with  pulleys, 

“ “ engine,  . “ “ engine, 


599 


IMPR0VED*[H0R1Z0NTAL  flange  punch. 


' * \HE  advantages  of  this  design  of  machine  will  be  fully  appreciated  by  all  boiler  makers  and  iron  bridge  builders,  the 
gearing  and  fly-wheel  being  below  the  top  of  the  machine,  leaves  it  perfectly  clear,  so  that  flanges,  heads  or  crooked 
furnace  plates,  as  well  as  bent  angle  iron  or  tee  iron,  may  be  punched  from  either  the  inside  or  outside,  thus  saving  a vast 
amount  of  labor.  A hand  wheel  is  provided  for  placing  the  punch  to  the  center  mark  on  the  work,  before  throwing  in  the 
clutch,  so  that  accurate  work  may  be  done.  Strippers  are  adjustable  for  all  thicknesses  of  iron.  Either  hand  or  foot  levers 
may  be  attached  for  operating,  as  preferred . These  machines  are  built  with  different  designs  of  nose  and  die  seat,  or  die 
stake,  applicable  to  all  Horizontal  Punches,  both  short  and  deep  throat. 

Deep  Throat  Horizontal  Punches  are  particularly  adapted  for  such  work  as  punching  brace  or  stay  bolt  holes  in  locomotive 
boilers. 

The  steel  die  stake  is  specially  convenient  for  general  flange  work,  in  fact  all  close  or  crooked  work,  and  are  built  in 
the  following  sizes  : 

No.  i will  punch  7/&  inch  hole  through  ^ inch  iron,  6 inches  from  the  edge.  Weight,  6390  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  2 will  punch  1 '/%  inch  hole  through  1 inch  iron,  9 inches  from  the  edge.  Weight,  9750  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  3 will  punch  1 y&  inch  hole  through  1 inch  iron,  9 inches  from  the  edge.  Weight,  14680  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  4 will  punch  inch  hole  through  1 inch  iron,  12  inches  from  edge.  Weight,  16000  pounds.  Price,  $ 

There  is  furnished  with  each  machine  one  punch  and  die,  one  die  block  and  one  punch  stock. 

DEEP  THROAT  HACMINES. 

No.  5 will  punch  1 inch  hole  through  1 inch  iron,  18  inches  from  edge.  Weight,  12500  pounds.  Price,  .$ 

No.  6 will  punch  1 inch  hole  through  ^ inch  iron,  30  inches  from  edge.  Weight,  14500  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  7 will  punch  inch  hole  through  ^ inch  iron,  36  inches  from  edge.  Weight,  16900  pounds.  Price,  $ 

No.  8 will  punch  1 % inch  hole  through  ^ inch  iron,  42  inches  from  edge.  Weight,  19200  pounds.  Price,  $ 


600 


PUNCHING  AND  SHEARING  TOOLS. 


Fig.  739. 


Illustrating  cross-cut  shear  block  with  gauge,  shear 
blades,  strippers  and  gauges 


Illustrating  die  block  with  die  rest  and  die,  punch 
socket  and  punch,  slitting  shear  block  and  shear  blades. 
We  furnish  with  each  machine  either  cross-cut  or  slitting 
shear.  Tools  on  double  punch  machines  are  interchangeable. 


Sectional  view  of  Punch  Machine,  showing  removable  lower  jaw,  so  as  to  be  able  to 
punch  close  into  the  corners  of  angle  iron,  I beams  and  flanges. 


601 


9 


PRESSES  WITH  CLAHPING  ATTACHnENT. 


THE  PRESS  represented  is  the  regular  No.  3,  inclinable,  open 
back  press  with  clamping  attachment,  adapting  it  for  any  work 
where  a clamping  action  is  required,  such  as  heading,  upsetting 
of  rods,  flanging  of  tubing,  etc. 

In  the  manufacture  of  bicycles  it  is  used  more  particularly  for 
upsetting  the  ends  of  break  rods  (a  preceding  operation  to  the  flatten- 
ing into  eye  shape),  for  flanging  the  ends  of  tubing  for  lap  joints,  etc. 
The  clamping  attachment  is  self-contained  and  can  be  easily  removed. 
Without  it,  the  press  can  be  used  for  regular  press  work  within  its 
capacity. 

The  clamping  device  is  of  entirely  new  design,  being  operated  by 
a system  of  toggle  levers.  Easier  motions  are  obtained  hereby,  and 
the  strain  of  clamping,  instead  of  being  transferred  to  the  shaft,  is 
taken  up  in  the  clamping  device  itself.  Acts  quicker  than  a hand 
clamp.  Flanges  tubing  cold  or  hot.  Saves  time.  Does  uniform  and 
perfect  work.  The  press,  with  the  attachment,  is  preferably  used  in 
an  incline  or  horizontal  position. 

A fixture  not  shown  on  cut,  for  facilitating  the  inserting  of  work 
and  gauging  same  properly,  is  furnished. 

This  attachment  is  built  for  No.  2 and  No.  3 presses,  and  recom- 
mend the  No.  3 for  tubing  larger  than  1 inch  in  diameter. 

Weight  of  No.  2 press,  complete,  - 1400  pounds 

Weight  of  No.  3 press,  complete,  - - 2200  pounds 


AUTOMATIC  DIAL  POWER  PRESS. 


THIS  MACHINE  is  especially  designed  for  forming  buttons,  cartridge 
shells,  and  similar  work  in  connection  with  a dial  feed  We  refer  to 
the  rigidity  of  frame,  extra  length  of  slide,  handiness  of  manipulation, 
etc.  It  has  a special  mechanism  for  throwing  off  the  connection  between 
the  wheel  and  shaft,  and  thereby  stopping  instantly  the  course  of  the  slide 
should  the  dial  fail  to  stand  in  its  proper  position  when  the  punch  is  ready 
to  do  the  work,  consequently  avoiding  the  damage  which  would  result  in 
case  of  the  punch  striking  the  dial  in  the  wrong  place. 


Fig.  741. 


602 


THREAD  ROLLING  HACHINE  FOR  SPOKES. 

Large  Capacity,  Convenience  of  Feeding,  Simplicity  of  Dies.  Full  Strength  of  Spokes  Retained. 


THE  spoke  is  rolled  between  two  dies — one  stationary,  one  sliding.  The  dies  are  grooved,  corresponding  to  the  pitch  and 
slope  of  the  thread  of  the  spoke.  It  is  partially  raised  and  partially  depressed  in  the  spoke,  and  as  there  is  no  metal 
removed,  as  by  cutting,  the  full  strength  of  the  spoke  is  retained. 

The  spokes  are  placed  in  a small  pan  filled  with  oil  (shown  in  front  of  the  machine);  for  inserting  they  are  pushed 
along  in  a corner  groove,  provided  on  the  right-hand  side  of  the  pan,  and  are  delivered  by  the  machine  in  a depression  of  the 
two  rail  wires. 

The  part  of  the  dies  which  is  subject  to  wear  and  which  has  to  be  renewed,  consists  of  a plain  piece  of  ^-inch  square 
steel.  The  thread  of  the  spoke  is  not  started  the  full  length  at  once,  but  gradually,  from  the  inside  towards  the  end,  thus 
giving  the  spoke  a chance  to  stretch  without  injuring  the  die. 

The  horizontal  construction  has  been  adopted  on  account  of  its  simplicity  and  convenience  of  inserting  the  spokes. 
Tests  have  proved  its  superiority. 

The  capacity  of  the  machine  is  only  limited  by  the  skill  of  the  operator  in  feeding  the  spokes.  We  recommend  a speed 
of  35  or  40  revolutions  per  minute. 

SPECIFICATION. 

Weight,  complete,  600  pounds. 

Size  of  tight  and  loosse  pulley,  - - - -12x3  inches. 

Ratio  of  gearing,  - - - . . 6 to  1. 


603 


1 4 = INCH  SWING  SCREW  CUTTING  ENGINE  LATHE. 

Series  “ G.” 


THIS  Lathe  is  a strictly  high  grade  tool  in  every  respect,  being  carefully  designed,  and  built  from  entirely  new  and  ini 
proved  patterns  comprehending  the  most  acceptable  and  favorable  features  of  the  various  modern  makes,  together  with 
valuable  improvements  suggested  to  builder  by  years  of  experience  in  the  manufacture  of  machine  tools.  The  design 
is  simple,  and  the  adjustments  are  positive  and  most  convenient  for  application. 

The  bearings  are  of  liberal  dimensions,  and  the  various  working  parts  are  constructed  to  give  uniform  strength  and 
utility  throughout,  and  are  all  fitted  with  skillful  accuracy  by  hand  scraping  ; no  grinding  of  any  kind  being  given. 

The  bed  is  heavy  and  constructed  to  properly  resist  all  required  strain. 

The  hollow  spindle  is  made  of  best  crucible  steel,  with  inch  bore  entire  length,  with  boxes  of  either  bronze  com- 
position or  iron  casting,  as  may  be  preferred. 

The  feed  screw,  rods,  studs  and  small  gears  are  all  made  of  selected  steel,  and  all  screws,  nuts  and  wrenches  are  case- 
hardened.  The  feed  rod  and  screw  feed  work  independently  or  in  conjunction  ; the  screw  feed  having  open  and  shut  nut, 
which  is  readily  operated  by  cam.  Carriage  and  cross  feed  with  plain  gib  rest,  or  raise  and  fall  gib  rest  for  cross  feed  can  be 
furnished  for  a small  additional  charge.  Each  Lathe  is  furnished  with  large  and  small  face  plates,  change  gears  and  centre 
rest,  also  improved  countershaft  with  friction  pulleys. 

DETAIL  OP  DIMENSIONS  AND  PRICES. 

Price  with  Price  with 

From  Centre  Approximate  Plain  Gil)  Raise  and  Per  Foot  Additional 

to  Centre.  Weight.  Rest.  Kail  Gib  Rest.  Length  of  lied. 

2 feet  3 inches  1050  pounds 

3 feet  3 inches  1150  pounds  $10.00 

Front  bearing  of  spindle,  4 inches  long,  2 3-16  inches  diameter.  Largest  diameter  of  cone, 


Swing  Swing 

Length  of  Bed.  Over  Ways.  Over  Carriage. 

5 feet  14^  inches  8 inches 

6 feet  14^  inches  8 inches 

Speed  of  countershaft,  125  revolutions  per  minute. 

9 inches,  taking  2^  inch  belt. 


604 


Fig.  745' 


No.  5 FRICTION  HEAD  SCREW  MACHINE,  WITH  POWER  FEED  TO  TURRET. 

THIS  machine  has  been  designed  to  meet  the  wants  of  our  customers  for  a very  heavy  machine  having  ample  belt  power,  and  great 
stiffness  of  construction.  Especial  attention  is  called  to  the  manner  of  securing  both  the  head  stock  and  turret  fixture  to  the  bed,  and 
the  construction  of  the  bed  for  this  purpose.  The  principal  used  is  identical  with  the  method  universally  employed  on  the  tail  stock 
of  all  engine  lathes,  and  c o nsists  of  springing  the  two  sides  of  the  lathe  bed  apart  by  means  of  a wedge  drawn  up  with  an  eccentric  of 
very  short  throw,  this  in  combination  with  the  flat  gibs  under  the  outside  of  both  the  turret  and  cut-off,  make  all  parts,  when  secured,  as 
nearly  one  piece  as  possible. 

The  turret  has  an  extremely  long  base,  and  is  carefully  scraped  to  a fit,  and  provided  with  taper  gibs  for  keeping  in  line.  All  the 
locking  mechanism  is  of  steel  and  hardened.  We  would  also  call  attention  to  the  simple  construction  ami  great  durability  of  the  friction 
geared  head,  the  large  diameter  and  wide  face  of  all  the  gears,  the  ease  with  which  all  parts  can  be  adjusted,  and  their  accessibility. 

The  wide  face  and  large  diameter  of  the  cones,  ensure  ample  belt  power  for  all  cuts.  The  diameter  of  the  bearings  and  the  closeness 
of  the  work  to  the  head  stock  are  also  good  features. 

The  power  feed  has  three  changes  of  speed,  and  the  stop  motion  is  very  accurate,  and  passes  by  in  either  direction. 

The  cut  off  or  cross  slide  is  very  heavy  and  rigid,  and  the  rear  tool  is  to  be  used  in  an  inverted  position  to  avoid  reversing  the  machine. 
The  stop  motion  is  in  the  form  of  an  index,  and  can  be  set  to  stop  in  either  direction.  The  gears  of  the  power  feed  are  large  in  diameter, 
and  the  worm  is  of  course  pitch  and  self  oiling.  There  is  also  a cover  over  all  the  exposed  parts  to  prevent  chips  from  getting  into  the 
gearing. 

The  oil  pan  is  large  and  deep,  and  the  oil  tank  is  cast  with  the  cabinet.  The  cabinet  is  provided  with  a door  and  shelves  for  the 
reception  of  tools  and  wrenches.  There  is  an  oil  pump  of  the  geared  type,  which  will  deliver  a large  amount  of  oil,  and  is  not  liable  to  get 
out  of  order. 


Principal  Dimensions,  Specification  and  Description  of  No.  5 Friction  Head  Screw  Machine  with  Power  Feed  to  Turret. 


Diameter  of  hole  in  spindle, 

Diameter  of  thread  on  spindle, 

Pitch  of  thread  on  spindle, 

Greatest  distance  between  face  of  turret,  and  end  of 
spindle,  ------ 

Diameter  of  turret,  - 
Diameter  of  holes  in  turret, 

Distance  from  centre  of  holes  in  turret  to  top  of 
slide,  ------ 

Length  that  can  be  milled, 


2^  inches. 

z7A  “ 


36  “ 

9K  “ 

13/  “ 

3J4  “ 

12  “ 


Length  of  bed,  - 
Largest  diameter  of  cone, 

Width  of  belt,  - 

Diameter  of  pulleys  on  countershaft, 
Width  of  belt  on  countershaft, 
Countershaft,  speed  of, 

Gives  spindle  speed  of, 

Gives  spindle  speed  with  back  gears  of, 
Floor  space  of  machine, 

Weight  ready  for  shipment, 


5 feet  7 inches. 

13  “ 

• 4 % “ 

14  “ 

- 4'/s  “ 

160  revolutions. 

- 330,  210,  130 

- 65,  40,  25 
7 ft.  x 2 ft.  4 in. 
3,300  pounds. 


Attachments  and  variations  may  be  furnished  as  follows  : Without  power  feed.  With  any  kind  of  chuck  on  end  of  spindle.  With  wire 
feed  and  automatic  chuck.  With  oiling  device  for  forcing  oil  through  hollow  drills  while  in  the  turret,  as  well  as  the  oiling  fixture  usually 
provided. 

Price  List  of  Attachments  and  Extras. 


Friction  head  extra  above  plain  head,  - - $200  00 

Plain  screw  cut-off,  - - - - 85  00 

Lever  and  screw  cut-off,  ...  100  00 

Lever  cut-off,  - - - - - - 85  00 

Forming  attachment,  -----  250  00 


Power  feed  to  turret,  - - - - - $55  00 

Wire  feed  and  collet  chuck,  - 150  00 

Oil  pump  and  fixtures  plain,  - - - - 25  00 

Oil  pump  and  fixtures  with  turret  drill  oiler  arranged  to 

force  oil  through  hollow  drill,  - - - 50  00 


605 


Fig.  747. 


Fig.  746. 


No.  2. 


PROFILING  HACHINE,  No.  3. 


Rack  Feed. 


FOR  PROFILING  with  guide  pin,  and  rapid  handling  of  work,  the  rack  and  pinion  method  of  feed  is  the  best.  This  machine  is  well 
adapted  for  use  in  bicycle  shops,  gun  and  sewing  machine  factories,  for  rapid  duplication  of  parts. 

Spindle  has  long  bearings,  boxes  provided  with  means  of  adjustment.  Diameter  of  lower  bearing,  i'/2  inches.  Is  made  of  tool  steel 
hardened  and  finished  by  grinding.  Tools  fastened  by  draw-bar  through  centre  of  spindle. 

Head  has  vertical  movement  of  4 inches  fed  through  compound  gearing,  with  finely  graduated  stop-gauge. 

Spindle  pulley  is  10  inches  diameter,  3 inch  face,  independently  mounted  upon  an  adjustable  anti-friction  bearing  (patented),  by 
which  means  the  spindle  is  relieved  from  belt  strain,  giving  high  spindle  speed  and  preventing  overheating  of  bearings. 

Table  has  working  surface  of  27  inches  by  10  inches.  Handles  are  adjustable  to  a higher  or  lower  position  to  suit  convenience  of 
operator. 

Vertical  adjustment  of  knee  is  16  inches.  Greatest  distance  between  end  of  spindle  and  table,  17  inches. 

Swivel  vise  with  graduated  base,  has  gripping  capacity  of  7 x 1 y2  x 4 inches,  steel  faced. 

Counter  shaft  has  double  friction  clutch  pulleys  for  3 inch  belt.  Diameter  of  small  pulley,  8 inches  ; of  large  pulley,  12  inches. 
Speed  of  small  pulley,  500  revolutions;  of  large  pulley,  150  revolutions. 

Cones  have  3 steps,  which  with  the  two  counter  speeds  will  give  six  spindle  speeds. 

Price,  including  counter-shaft  and  wrenches,  $425.00  ; of  swivel  vise,  $30.00. 

Weight  boxed,  about  1,750  pounds. 


606 


No.  2. 

CENTRIFUGAL  OIL  SEPARATOR. 


THIS  Oil  Separator  is  designed  to  thoroughly  and  quickly  remove  the  oil  from  metal  turnings  formed  in  the  manufacture  of  bolts  and 
screws,  and  from  small  articles  such  as  screws,  bolts,  and  nuts,  which  in  their  manufacture  are  coated  with  oil. 

The  Oil  Separator  is  made  in  the  best  possible  manner,  will  not  get  out  of  order,  and  is  accompanied  with  countershaft  and  hangers. 
It  is  estimated  by  some  who  have  used  the  machine  that  the  saving  of  oil,  in  any  manufacturing  establishment  consuming  annually  from 
eight  to  ten  barrels  of  oil,  will  be  amply  sufficient  to  warrant  and  necessitate  the  purchase  of  an  Oil  Separator. 

This  revolving  drum  has  within  it  a removable  pan,  in  which  the  oily  chips  or  turnings  or  screws  are  placed,  the  pan  being  removed 

to  discharge  its  contents  when  the  oil  has  been  thrown  off  between  it  and  the  metal  cover,  locked  down  closely  by  a lock-nut.  The  oil 

discharged  into  the  outer  casing  is  delivered  from  an  outlet  into  a suitable  vessel,  ready  to  be  used  over  again. 

The  No.  i Machine  Pan  is  15  inches  across  the  top,  10  inches  across  the  bottom,  5 inches  deep.  (Cut  shown. ) 

The  No.  2 Machine  Pan  is  22  inches  across  the  top,  15  inches  across  the  bottom,  10  inches  deep. 

The  No.  2 machine  is  particularly  adapted  to  light  work  of  all  kinds,  such  as  light  chips  and  punchings  made  in  the  manufacture  of 
bicycles,  etc. 

Details  and  prices  on  application. 


607 


Fig.  749- 


Fig.  750. 


THE  “IDEAL”  REVERSING  TAP  HOLDER. 

(Patented.) 


only  practical  Reversing  Tap  Holder  on  the  market  that  does  not  require  a reversing  belt  or  some  special  connection 
with  the  machine  in  which  it  is  used  to  back  the  tap  out  of  the  work. 

This  Tap  Holder  is  complete  in  itself,  and  when  placed  in  the  spindle  of  a drill  press  or  lathe,  just  as  you  would  place  an 
ordinary  drill  chuck,  you  have  a complete  Tapping  Machine  ready  for  use. 

It  is  well  built  of  good  material,  and  will  tap  all  sizes  to  7-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 


608 


Fig.  755- 


Fig.  755A. 


Weight,  - - 225  pounds  Price,  - - $150.00 

Capacity  up  to  5 inches  diameter  and  4 inches  deep. 


SCREW  THREADING  MACHINE. 


SPRING  SCREW  THREADING  DIE. 


3«o 


X4 


X10 


3 32 
TS 

X T¥18 

X16,  TV4 

H11!  Tff11 

x16,  ai4>  kis4 

1V2.  X11,  X10 1 
X13.  A1*,  X14,l 
X10  J 

H11.  X10.  X9>  i8 
X10-  AX  i8,\ 
iHX  1X7  J 
i8,  rX7, 1X7,  \ 
iXc>  1 X6  J 
iXB.  1X5,  2*>2, 
2X41'2 


Outside 
Diameter 
of  Die. 

Length  of 
Die. 

Price  of 
Die. 

Price  of 

Clamp 

Collar. 

X inch 
X inch 
1 inch 
1^  inch 

iX  inch 
iX  inch 
2 inches 
2X  inches 

fl.50 

i-75 

2.00 

2.00 

$0.50 

.60 

.70 

.SO 

iX  inch 

2_X  inches 

2.00 

.80 

1 X inch 

2X  inches 

2.40 

I. OO 

1 A inch 

2X  inches 

2-75 

1. 20 

2 inches 

3 inches 

3-50 

1.50 

2X  inches 

3X  inches 

5.00 

2.50 

3X  inches 

4 inches 

8.00 

5-00 

Fig.  756. 


SAFETY  DRILL  AND  TAP  HOLDER. 


Illustrates  No.  2 Holder  and  Taps. 


THIS  TOOL  is  intended  for  use  in  the  upright  drill,  lathe,  screw  machine,  or  any  machine  with  a revolving  spindle.  In 
construction  the  holder  is  very  simple  ; there  is  nothing  to  break  or  get  out  of  order,  no  complicated  parts,  and  its 
operation  is  easily  understood  by  the  most  ordinary  mechanic.  If  properly  used  it  is  impossible  to  break  either  drill  or 
tap,  and  the  change  from  one  to  the  other  can  be  instantly  made  without  stopping  the  machine. 

The  holder  consists  of  a body,  G,  screw-threaded  upon  the  outside  and  recessed  to  receive  the  friction  socket,  A,  has 
taper  shank  regularly  made  to  the  Morse  taper,  but  will  be  turned  to  any  desired  taper. 

The  friction  socket,  A,  receives  the  drill  sockets,  E,  or  tap  socket,  D,  and  is  held  between  two  pieces  of  vulcanite  fibre, 
F,  and  is  driven  by  the  friction  obtained  by  tightening  the  friction  cap,  B , so  that  the  friction  produced  will  be  sufficient  to 
drive  the  drill  or  tap  used,  and  when  adjusted  is  held  by  the  check  nut,  C. 

The  tap  socket  and  taps  being  driven  through  feathers,  prevents  all  danger  of  stripping  the  thread  by  careless  hand 

feeding.  All  holes  are  tapped  straight,  and  the  tap  being  held  loosely  it  does  not  cut  larger  than  itself. 

No.  o holder  takes  drills  or  taps  ^ inch  to  ^ inch,  inclusive.  Price,  $ 

No.  1 holder  takes  drills  or  taps  X inch  to  % inch,  inclusive,  shank  turned  to  No.  3 Morse  taper,  is  furnished  with  one 

No.  1 Morse  taper  drill  socket,  two  tap  sockets  and  two  spanner  wrenches.  Price,  $ 

No.  2 holder  takes  drills  or  taps  X to  xX  inches,  inclusive,  shank  is  turned  to  No.  4 Morse  taper,  is  furnished  with  one 
each  Nos.  1,  2 and  3 Morse  taper  drill  sockets,  one  tap  socket  and  two  spanner  wrenches.  Price,  $ 

No.  3 holder  for  taps  iX  to  2X  inches,  inclusive,  shank  No.  6 Morse  taper.  Price,  $ 


612 


Fig.  757. 


No. 

Expansion. 

Length  of  Arbor. 

length  of  Jaw  Bearing. 

Prices. 

OO 

% to  7/&  inch 

6 inches 

inches 

$5-oo 

Special. 

O 

^ to  1 inch 

inches 

2 inches 

6.00 

I 

1 to  inches 

7^  inches 

2 yz  inches 

9.00 

: 

2 

1 % to  i^j  inches 

9 inches 

3 inches 

10.50 

3 

iT\  to  2 inches 

11  yi  inches 

2,%  inches 

14.50 

. 

Id 

4 

2 to  2j^  inches 

14  inches 

5 inches 

20.00 

$>i 25.00. 

(/) 

5 

2%  to  2,32  inches 

14^  inches 

5%  inches 

32  00 

V. 

6 

2>-/it  to  4 inches 

16  inches 

6 inches 

39.00 

a 

7 

4 to  4ff  inches 

18  inches 

6 inches 

40.00 

cti 

8 

4f|  to  inches 

19^4  inches 

6 inches 

41-25 

$125.00. 

55 

9 

5 if  to  7 3V  inches 

20^  inches 

6 inches 

43-75 

Set  of  9 Mandrels  takes  any  size  hole  from  1 to  7 inches.  Best  steel  throughout.  Hardened  and  ground. 


We  furnish  special  Mandrels  for  pulley 
turning  with  longer  arbors  and  jaws,  and  en- 
larged ends  for  carriers. 

We  furnish  special  Mandrels  to  take 
holes  as  large  as  12  inches  diameter  of  any 
length  ; Mandrels  for  turning  eccentrics,  work 
of  tapered  bore,  nut  facing. 


Fig.  758. 


0Af.TLE.  rr  a m.n.z 


Fig.  759. 


STANDARD  tap  and  drill  chuck. 


This  Chuck  is  intended  for  use  in  the  up- 
right drill,  lathe  and  screw  machine.  In  con- 
struction the  Chuck  is  very  simple.  The  cut 
illustrates  No.  2 Chuck  and  Holder  complete, 
and  its  construction  can  be  easily  understood 
by  the  most  ordinary  mechanic. 

The  taper  shanks  are  regularly  made  to  the 
Morse  taper,  but  will  be  turned  to  any  desired 
taper  or  to  fit  any  screw  machine. 

The  tap  holder  will  take  any  standard  tap, 
and  the  change  from  drill  to  tap  can  be  in- 
stantly made  without  slopping  the  machine. 

No.  I Chuck  takes  drills  or  taps  to  V 
inches,  inclusive.  Shank  turned  to  No.  3 Morse 
taper  ; is  furnished  with  one  Nos.  1 and  2 Morse  taper  drill  socket,  one  tap  holder  and  one  spanner  wrench.  Price,  $25. 00. 

No.  2 Chuck  takes  taps  or  drills  $ to  1%  inches,  inclusive,  shank  turned  to  No.  3 Morse  taper  ; is  furnished  with  one  Nos.  1,  2 and 
3 Morse  taper  drill  socket,  one  tap  holder  and  one  spanner  wrench.  Price,  $35.00. 


--11111111111111 


613 


SCREW  HACHINE  AND  TURRET  LATHE  TOOLS 


Fig.  760.  Adjustable  Box  Tool. 


Fig.  762.  Solid  Shank  Die  Holder. 


Fig.  763.  Tap  Holder. 


Fig.  764.  Hollow  Shank  Die  Holder. 


Fig,  770. 
Screw  Chuck. 


Fig.  771. 
Crotch  Center. 


Fig.  772. 
Drill  Pad. 


Fig.  773. 
Point  Center. 


tk 


Fig.  774. 
Cup  Center. 


Fig.  775. 
Spur  Center. 


614 


Fig.  767.  Plain  Chucks  or  Collets. 


BOX  CUTTER, 

For  Turret  Chucks  and  Screw  Machines. 

This  is  used  on  screw  machines 
for  taking  off  stock  and  turning  to 
size  in  making  studs  and  screws  from 
round  rods.  The  back  end  is  reamed 
to  fit  a No.  i mill  holder,  and  the 
other  fits  turret  of  machine.  The 
front  end  is  fitted  with  a hushing, 
that  in  all  cases  is  adapted  to  the  size  of  rod  used. 

A cutter  is  held  back  of  the  bushing  by  a screw  clamp,  and  is 
provided  with  a raising  screw  on  the  under  side  to  adjust  the  cut- 
ting tool  to  the  proper  height.  The  cutter  is  easily  set  to  cut  y% 
inch  stock  down  to  any  desired  size  at  one  cut,  and  when  so  set 
makes  any  number  of  pieces  exact  to  any  determined  size  and 
length.  Each  box  tool  is  furnished  with  one  bushing  and  one 
cutter,  is  all  steel,  and  does  the  work  of  a whole  set  of  hollow 
mills  and  lasts  much  longer. 

Price,  including  one  holder,  as  shown  in  cut,  each,  - - $4.00 


DIE  HOLDER  FOR  TURRET. 

This  engraving  shows  a very  con- 
venient die  holder  for  screw  machine, 
or  turret  chuck.  It  is  so  constructed, 
that  when  properly  set  in  machine,  it 
will  cut  threads  to  a given  point  and 
revolve  with  the  work  when  that  point 
is  reached,  making  it  impossible  to  in- 
jure either  the  work  or  dies.  Size  for  Reece  or  Carpenter  dies,  to 
cut  X inch  and  under,  or  machine  screw  numbers  from  14  down. 
Price,  $4.00 

Smaller  sizes  for  Elterich  dies,  - - 3.50 


Fig.  777. 


IMPROVED  END  CUTTING  HOLLOW  HILLS. 

These  Mills  are  made  of  best 
quality  tool  steel,  fine  finish  and 
temper.  The  teeth  have  proper 
clearance  and  admit  of  grinding 
back  to  X inch.  They  are  an 
improvement  over  any  formerly 
made,  being  provided  with  a tapered 
recess  at  the  back  end,  adapting  them  for  use  on  screw  machines 
or  turret  lathes,  by  simply  fitting  one  end  of  steel  plug  to  inside 
of  mill  and  the  other  end  to  turret,  collet  or  chuck. 

One  plug  of  any  of  the  following  sizes  will  fit  any  mill  of  that 
size.  Plugs  can  be  bored  to  allow  milled  work  to  pass  through. 
Mills  are  made  in  three  regular  outside  sizes  as  per  list.  Other 
sizes  to  order. 

No.  o are  made  from  stock  X inch  diameter,  i'/2  inch  long. 

No.  1 are  made  from  stock  7/&  inch  diameter,  1 y inch  long. 

No.  2 are  made  from  stock  1 X inch  diameter,  2 inches  long. 

No.  o cuts  sizes  from  X to  % inch  by  64U1S,  No.  4 to 

14  machine  screw  sizes,  - - per  dozen,  $12.00 

No.  1 cuts  sizes  from  X to  X inch  by  32nds,  per  doz.  15.00 

No.  2 cuts  sizes  from  X to  X inch  by  32nds,  per  doz.  21.00 


HOLDER  FOR  1HPROVED  HOLLOW  HILLS. 


Fig.  780. 


No.  o,  each  35c. 


No.  1,  50c. 


No.  2,  75c. 


TAP  HOLDER. 

The  Tap  Holder  is  made  on  the  same  principle  as  the  die 
holder,  to  release  automatically,  when  holes  are  tapped  the  desired 
depth.  Holds  taps  with  X inch  shanks. 

Price> #3-50 


This  is  a very  convenient  tool  and  is  sometimes  equivalent  to 
having  a third  tool  post  in  cross  slide,  as  articles  can  be  formed  by 
back  tool,  then  nurled  and  cut  off  with  front  tool. 

Price,  x X, $1.50 

Price,  X x X. 2.50 

Price,  ^xi, 4,00 

SAW  ARBORS. 

For  use  in  the  Lathe  for  Running  Saws,  Polishing 
Wheels,  etc. 

These  arbors  are  made  of  steel  with  end  hardened.  The 
smaller  sizes  have  steel  collars.  The  sizes  given  are  for  the  holes 
in  saws  or  wheels  to  be  used. 

Size,  X A H X X X 1 inch. 

Per  doz.,  - $9.00  9.00  10.20  15.00  18.00  24.00  30.00 

Each,  - - .75  .75  .85  1.25  1.50  2.00  2.50 


LATHE  TOOLS. 

Price  of  full  set  of  12  turning  tools,  made  of  X x X inch  steel,  $3  00 


Price  of  single  tool,  ....  - .30 

Price  of  full  set  of  1 2 turning  tools,  made  of  X x X inch  steel,  3.75 
Price  of  single  tool,  - - - - - -35 

Price  of  full  set  of  12  turning  tools,  made  of  '/2  x 1 inch  steel,  6.00 
Price  of  single  tool,  - - - - - -55 


X x X,  5 inches  long  ; y$  x X,  6 inches  long  ; X x L 7 inches  long. 

The  above  cut  represents  a full  set  of  twelve  turning  tools  for 
use  in  the  engine  lathe.  Made  from  the  best  English  cast  steel, 
ground  and  tempered,  ready  for  use.  > They  are  forged  and  tem- 
pered with  special  care,  so  they  can  be  used  until  worn  out  without 
reforging. 

A full  stock  made  from  X x H>  X x X>  a,'d  X x 1 inch,  neatly 
put  up  in  boxes,  constantly  on  hand.  Other  sizes  and  special 
tools  made  to  order. 


615 


Prentiss  Tqql  ^Supply  (g? 


MISCHKE  AUTOMATIC  OPENING  SCREW  CUTTING  CHUCKS. 


THE  engravings  herewith  represent  the  only  chuck  in  the  world  that  works  automatically  without  any  outside  connecting 
attachment.  By  doing  away  with  all  stopping  and  reversing,  it  performs  its  work  in  less  than  half  the  time  used  by 
Monitor  machines  or  lathes.  It  uses  less  oil  and  will  not  clog.  It  can  be  applied  to  any  lathe  or  Monitor  machine.  It 
will  cut  any  thread  to  any  desired  length  with  exactness.  The  dids  outwear  six  of  the  ordinary  kind,  are  easily  sharpened, 
quickly  changed,  simple  adjustment,  and  can  be  made  by  any  toolmaker. 


Fig.  719. 


Sectional  View, 


To  adjust  the  chuck  for  different  lengths  of  thread,  loosen  set  screw,  K , and  turn  the  gauge  rod,  /,  with  socket  wrench 
to  the  desired  distance  from  face  of  jaws.  If  longer  screws  are  wanted  than  the  length  these  chucks  are  made  to  cut,  take  out 
pieces  marked  /,  / and  K,  and  any  desired  length  can  be  cut.  The  forward  and  backward  motion  of  collar,  N,  which  brings 
the  dies  to  cutting  position,  can  be  accomplished  by  hand  or  arranged  to  work  automatically  by  an  outside  attachment  made 
to  suit  requirements.  All  parts  of  chuck  subject  to  wear  are  made  of  the  best  tempered  steel,  and  ample  provision  is  made  to 
provide  for  any  possible  wear. 


No.  1. 
No.  2. 
No.  3. 
No.  4. 


Fig.  720. 


Showing  Two  Jaws. 


SIZES  AND  PRICES. 

Any  size  up  to  y inch  ; any  length  to  1^  inches, 

Any  size  up  to  y2  inch  ; any  length  to  2 % inches, 

Any  size  up  to  y inch ; any  length  to  2 y2  inches, 

Any  size  up  to  1 inch  ; any  length  to  3^  inches, 

Above  prices  include  one  set  of  jaws. 


2 Jaws. 

3 Jaws. 

$30.00 

35-00 

$40.00 

45.00 

50.00 

60.00 

Extra  set  of  dies  (2  jaws)  up  to  y2  inch,  $2.00  ; blank  dies,  $1.00. 
Extra  set  of  dies  (3  jaws)  up  to  1 inch,  3.00;  blank  dies,  1.50. 


616 


The  above  cut  showing  jaws  reversible. 


The  above  cut  showing  back  view. 


IMPROVED  INDEPENDENT  CHUCK. 


Fig.  723. 


Sizes. 

Diameter,  including 
Projecting 
Pinion  Head. 

Weight. 

Diameter  of  Hole 
through  Center. 

Diameter  of 
Recess  for 
Face  Plate. 

Capacity  of 
Chuck. 

Price. 

4 

4%  inches 

6 pounds 

i inch 

3ii  inches 

4'/2  inches 

#14.00 

6 

6 ]/z  inches 

11  pounds 

inches 

5f*  inches 

6|^  inches 

18.00 

8 

8T9ff  inches 

25  pounds 

iji  inches 

5S^  inches 

8%  inches 

22.00 

10 

io}4  inches 

35  pounds 

2 inches 

5^  inches 

10^  inches 

26.00 

12 

12^  inches 

54  pounds 

3 inches 

7t15  inches 

12^  inches 

30.00 

14 

14!^  inches 

72  pounds 

3 inches 

7^  inches 

14Y  inches 

34.00 

15 

15  ji  inches 

80  pounds 

3 inches 

7^  inches 

15^  inches 

35-oo 

16 

i6f^  inches 

86  pounds 

3 inches 

7^  inches 

16^  inches 

38.00 

18 

18 y2  inches 

1 13  pounds 

4 inches 

8 inches 

19  inches 

44.00 

20 

20 inches 

122  pounds 

4 inches 

8 inches 

21  inches 

50.00 

22 

22^  inches 

172  pounds 

4^  inches 

10  inches 

23  inches 

57.00 

24 

24^  inches 

193  pounds 

4%  inches 

10  inches 

25  inches 

65.00 

30 

30^  inches 

369  pounds 

6 inches 

15  inches 

31  inches 

120.00 

36 

36 yz  inches 

495  pounds 

7X  inches 

18  inches 

36^  inches 

210.00 

617 


LIGHT  INDEPENDENT  LATHE  CHUCK. 


Fig.  724  is  a front  view  of  the  12  inch,  all  having  slots  in  the  body  as  here  represented,  which  are  a great  convenience 
whenjparties  desire  to  bolt  work  to  the  Chuck. 


Fig.  725. 


Fig.  725  shows  a section  of  the  12  inch  Light  Independent  Lathe 
Chuck,  the  center  hub  removed,  also  one  of  the  jaws  and  jaw  screws  re- 
moved with  jaw  reversed.  It  also  shows  the  small  screw  pins  which  hold 
the  jaw  screws  in  place  when  the  center  hub  is  removed  for  reversing  the 
jaws.  These  screw  pins  may  be  quickly  removed,  affording  an  excellent 
opportunity  for  oiling  the  long  bearing  of  the  jaw  screws.  Attention  is 
called  to  the  reversible  jaw  with  solid  nut,  and  to  the  heavy  ways  in 
which  the  jaws  work. 


PRICE  LIST  OF  FOUR  JAW  INDEPENDENT  LATHE  CHUCK. 


With  Reversible  Jaws. 


Diameter  1 

of  Chuck  Body. 

Diameter  of  Hole  Through  Center. 

Diameter  of  Recess  for  Face  Plates. 

Price. 

4^  inches 

- 

- 

- 

24  inch 

- 

- 

224  inches 

- 

- 

- 

$ 14.00 

6T7S.  inches 

- 

- 

- 

i X inches 

- 

- 

4 inches 

- 

- 

- 

18.00 

8 inches 

- 

- 

- 

1 inches 

- 

- 

4 inches 

- 

- 

- 

22.00 

10  inches 

- 

- 

124  inches 

- 

- 

424  inches 

- 

- 

- 

26.00 

2i/i  inches 

- 

- 

- 

2 inches 

- 

- 

6 inches 

- 

- 

- 

30.00 

14  inches 

- 

- 

- 

2^4  inches 

- 

- 

7 inches 

- 

- 

- 

34.00 

16  inches 

- 

- 

- 

2 24  inches 

- 

- 

724  inches 

- 

- 

38.00 

18  inches 

- 

- 

- 

3 inches 

- 

- 

8 inches 

- 

- 

- 

44.00 

20  inches 

- 

- 

- 

3 inches 

- 

- 

10  inches 

- 

- 

- 

50.00 

22  inches 

- 

- 

- 

3 inches 

- 

- 

12  inches 

- 

- 

57.00 

24  inches 

- 

- 

3 inches 

- 

- 

12  inches 

- 

- 

- 

65.OO 

26  inches 

- 

- 

- 

3 inches 

- 

- 

13  inches 

- 

- 

- 

80.00 

28  inches 

- 

- 

- 

3 inches 

- 

- 

14  inches 

- 

- 

- 

100.00 

30  inches 

- 

- 

- 

3^4  inches 

- 

- 

15  inches 

- 

- 

- 

120.00 

36  inches 

- 

- 

324  inches 

- 

- 

18  inches 

- 

- 

- 

210.00 

36  inches 

- 

- 

- 

324  inches 

- 

- 

18  inches 

- 

- 

- 

240.00 

618 


COMBINATION  LATHE  CHUCK. 


With  Reversible  Jaws. 

Fig.  726.  Fig.  727. 


Three  Jaws. 

Diameter. 

6 inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

9 inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

12  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

15  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

18  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

21  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

24  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

30  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

36  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 

42  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  reversible, 


Price. 
$26  OO 

34.00 
44-00 

52.00 
62.00 

80.00 

100.00 

170.00 

230.00 

270.00 


Diameter. 

6 inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 

9 inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
12  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
15  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
18  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
21  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
24  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
30  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
36  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 
42  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  reversible, 


Four  Jaws. 


Price. 

$32.00 

42.00 

56.00 

64.00 

75.00 

95.00 
120.00 
200.00 

285.00 

325.00 


619 


EXTRA  HEAVY  CUTT1NG=0FF  CHUCK. 


The  above  cut  represents  Extra  Heavy  Cutting-Off  Chuck  Jaw  and  Pinion.  We  can  furnish  this  Chuck  promptly,  as  we 
always  carry  them  in  stock.  Prices  : n inch,  $50.00  ; 14  inch,  $60.00  ; 17  inch,  $70.00. 


Dimensions. 


Diameter  of  body,  ...... 

Thickness  of  body,  ------ 

Hole  through  center,  ------ 

Diameter  over  all,  - 

Diameter  of  recess  in  back  for  face  plate, 

Distance  between  centers  of  bolt  holes,  - - - 

Thickness  of  shell,  ...... 

Diameter  of  driving  screws,  ----- 

Distance  from  bottom  of  recess  for  lathe  face  plate  to  face  of  jaws, 
Width  of  jaws,  ------- 

Height  of  jaws  above  face  of  chuck,  - - - - 

Holds  work,  ------- 

Weight,  ------ 


1 1 

ii]4.  inches 
2j^  inches 
3 y%  inches 
12  Yz  inches 
7ji(  inches 
5jig  inches 
iT\  inch 
inch 
4X  inches 
ijf  inch 
ij^  inch 
3j4  inches 
60  pounds 


14 

i4t1,;  inches 
inches 
4l/s  inches 
1 5 rii  inches 
8J-|  inches 
inches 
it7t  inch 
ipj  inch 
5 inches 
ij^  inch 
2 inches 
4>4  inches 
99  pounds 


17 

17  Y%  inches 
3 Y%  inches 
5 Y%  inches 
18^  inches 
11  inches 
inches 
iTV  inch 
i-jJg-  inch 
5 inches 
ij^  inch 
2 inches 
inches 
138  pounds 


Fig.  730. 


TWO=JAWED 

BOX  BODY 

CHUCK. 

With 

Sup  Jaws 

Size. 

Jaws  Take. 

Price 
Box  Body. 

Extra  Slip  Jaws. 

Iron,  Cast  Steel, 

Per  Pair.  Per  Pair. 

7 inches 

3 inches 

$24.00 

$1.00 

$2.00 

9 inches 

4 inches 

30.00 

1-25 

3.00 

12  inches 

6 inches 

36.00 

1-25 

4-00 

15  inches 

8 inches 

42.00 

1.50 

5.00 

If  desired,  the  jaws  can  be  furnished  to  hold  any  special  piece  of  work.  Prices  furnished  upon  application, 

620 


vt 


'Prentiss  toql  Supply  (§>  ^ 


jl 


Fig.  731. 


No.  11  UNIVERSAL  LATHE  CHUCK. 

Common  Jaw. 


Fig.  732. 


No.  12  UNIVERSAL  LATHE  CHUCK. 

Reverse  Jaw. 


The  above  cut  represents  a Universal  Lathe  Chuck, 
which  we  make  in  all  sizes  from  3 to  42  inches,  inclusive. 
We  guarantee  this  make  of  chuck  equal  to  anything  made. 
We  can  furnish  with  two,  three,  or  four  jaws,  as  desired. 


THREE  JAWED  CHUCKS. 

Diameter. 

3 inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 

4 inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
6 inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
9 inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 

12  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
15  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
18  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
21  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
24  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
30  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
36  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
42  inch  chuck,  three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 


Price. 

$18.00 

22.00 

26.00 

34-00 

44.00 

52.00 
62.00 
80.OO 

100.00 

170.00 

230.00 

270.00 


The  above  cut  represents  a Universal  Lathe  Chuck  with 
reverse  jaw. 

This  chuck  is  used  for  [holding  rings,  rods,  pipe,  drills, 
etc.  It  is  an  excellent  chuck  for  brass  finishing. 

We  can  furnish  with  two,  three  and  four  jaws,  as  desired. 


FOUR  JAWED  CHUCKS. 

Diameter. 

4 inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
6 inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
9 inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
12  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
15  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
18  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
21  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
24  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
30  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
36  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
42  inch  chuck,  four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 


Price 

$26.00 

32.00 

42.00 

56.00 

64.00 

75.00 

95.00 

120.00 

200.00 

285.00 
325-00 


Fig.  733. 


No.  25  IMPROVED  SIX  JAW  CAR  WHEEL  CHUCK. 


Generai.  Description. 


This  cut  represents  a Car  Wheel  Chuck,  which  is  guar- 
anted  to  be  equal  to  anything  made. 

It  can  be  attached  to  a boring  machine  table  or  lathe, 
and  is  very  useful  for  general  machine  work. 

Car  wheel  chucks  from  30  to  42  inches. 

Diameter.  Price. 

30  inch  car  wheel  chucks,  three  jaw,  - $185.00 

36  inch  car  wheel  chucks,  three  jaw,  - - - 250.00 

42  inch  car  wheel  chucks,  three  jaw,  - - - 300.00 

42  inch  car  wheel  chucks,  six  jaw  (No.  25),  - 400.00 

We  furnish  car  wheel  chucks  with  six  and  eight  jaws  as 
desired.  Special  prices  furnished  011  application. 


621 


PREJMTISS  Tool  SUPPLY  (9j 


JL 


Pig.  734. 


No.  1 COMMON  JAW  CHUCK. 


This  style  of  chuck  is  the  one  in  general  use.  It  has  a 
large  hole  in  the  center,  which  will  permit  a reamer  or 
drill  to  pass  through  work  without  injuring  the  chuck. 
The  jaws  are  ground  perfectly  true  on  both  face  and  bite. 


Fig.  735. 


No.  2 REVERSE  JAW  CHUCK. 

This  chuck  is  used  for  holding  rings,  rods,  pipe,  drills, 
etc.  It  is  an  excellent  chuck  for  brass  finishing. 

Fig.  736. 


No.  3 COMHON  JAW  CHUCK. 


With  Removable  Hub. 

This  chuck  is  the  same  as  the  No.  1 chuck,  with  the 
addition  of  the  removable  hub.  When  it  is  necessary  to 
clean  or  oil  the  jaws  the  hub  can  be  driven  out  without 
taking  the  chuck  apart.  Extra  for  removable  hub,  $4.00,  list. 


Fig.  737. 


No.  4 INSIDE  JAW  CHUCK. 

This  chuck  is  used  on  milling  machines  and  screw  ma- 
chines, etc.  The  holes  in  the  center  of  these  chucks  are 
large  enough  in  diameter  to  allow  pipes  or  rods  to  pass 
entirely  through  the  chuck.  The  bite  of  these  jaws  is  on 
both  sides  of  the  pinion. 


Fig.  738. 


No.  5 CHUCK  FOR  CUTTING  OFF  LATHE. 

This  chuck  is  made  for  use  on  a cutting  off  lathe.  The 
holes  through  the  center  of  these  chucks  are  extra  large, 
so  that  pipes  or  rods  will  pass  entirely  through  the  chuck. 


Fig.  739. 


No.  6 TWO  JAWED  CHUCK. 


The  above  cut  represents  a two  jawed  chuck,  which  is 
sometimes  preferred  to  either  the  three  jawed  or  four  jawed 
chucks. 


622 


Fig.  740. 


No.  7 TWO  JAWED  CHUCK. 

The  above  cut  represents  a two  jawed  chuck  with  false 
jaw  dovetailed  into  bite.  We  can  furnish  either  universal, 
independent  or  union  patent  combination,  as  desired. 


Fig.  742. 


No.  9 UNION  CAR  WHEEL  CHUCK. 

The  above  cut  represents  a car  wheel  chuck  with  car 
wheel  attached,  and  in  position  for  boring. 

We  funish  car  wheel  chucks  from  30  to  42  inches. 


Fig.  74 1. 


No.  8 TWO  JAWED  CHUCK. 

This  chuck  is  the  same  as  No.  7,  showing  false  jaw  de- 
tached. Parties  ordering  should  specify  whether  a universal, 
independent  or  combination  chuck  is  wanted. 


The  above  cut  represents  a car  wheel  chuck,  which  is 
guaranteed  to  be  equal  to  anything  of  the  kind  made. 

Sizes  from  30  to  42  inches. 


UNION  COflBINATION  CHUCKS. 


Including  Bolts  and  Wrench.  Nos.  i,  2,  3,  4 and  5. 


Diameter. 

3 inch  chuck, 

4 inch  chuck, 
6 inch  chuck, 
9 inch  chuck, 

12  inch  chuck, 
15  inch  chuck, 
18  inch  chuck, 
21  inch  chuck, 
24  inch  chuck, 
30  inch  chuck, 
36  inch  chuck, 
42  inch  chuck, 


4 inch  chuck, 
6 inch  chuck, 
9 inch  chuck, 
12  inch  chuck, 
15  inch  chuck, 
18  inch  chuck, 
21  inch  chuck, 
24  inch  chuck, 
30  inch  chuck, 
36  inch  chuck, 
42  inch  chuck, 


THREE  JAWS. 

three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
three  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 

FOUR  JAWS. 

four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 
four  jaw,  either  style  of  jaw, 


Price. 

$18.00 

22.00 

26.00 

34-00 

44.00 

52.00 

62.00 

80.00 
100.00 

170.00 

230.00 

270.00 


$26.00 

32.00 

42.00 

56.00 

64.00 

75.00 

95.00 
120.00 
200.00 
285.00 
325.CO 


No.  6.  TWO  JAWS. 

Diameter. 

4 inch  chuck,  two  jaws, 

6 inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  - 
9 inch  chuck,  two  jaws, 

12  inch  chuck,  two  jaws  - 
15  inch  chuck,  two  jaws, 

18  inch  chuck,  two  jaws, 

2r  inch  chuck,  two  jaws, 

24  inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  - 


Price. 

$20.00 

22.00 

30.00 

40.00 

48.00 

56.00 

74.00 

92.00 


Nos.  7 ami  8.  TWO  JAW  CHUCK  WITH  FALSE  JAWS. 

4 inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  with  one  pair  false  jaws,  - $22.00 
6 inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  with  one  pair  false  jaws,  - 24.00 

9 inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  with  one  pair  false  jaws,  - 32.00 
12  inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  with  one  pair  false  jaws,  - 42.00 
15  inch  chuck,  two  jaws,  with  one  pair  false  jaws,  - 50.00 
False  jaws  for  4 inch  chuck,  regular  size,  per  set,  - 1.75 

False  jaws  for  6 inch  chuck,  regular  size,  per  set,  - 2.00 

P'alse  jaws  for  9 inch  chuck,  regular  size,  per  set,  - 3.00 

False  jaws  for  12  inch  chuck,  regular  size,  per  set,  - 3.50 

False  jaws  for  15  inch  chuck,  regular  size,  per  set,  - 4.00 

Nos.  9 and  10.  CAR  WHEEL  CHUCKS. 

30  inch  car  wheel  chuck,  three  jaws,  - - - $185.00 

36  inch  car  wheel  chuck,  three  jaws,  - - - 250.00 

42  inch  car  wheel  chuck,  three  jaws,  - - - 300.00 


We  furnish  car  wheel  chucks  with  six  and  eight  jaws,  as  desired.  Special  price  furnished  on  application. 


623 


WEIGHT  AND  DIMENSIONS  OF  CHUCKS 


Are  as  Follows : 


Sizes. 

Diameter  Including  Pro- 
jecting Pinion  Heads. 

Weight,  Three 
Jaw. 

Weight,  P'our 
Jaw. 

Capacity  of 
Chuck. 

Diameter  of  Hole 
in  Chuck. 

4 

sji  inches 

7 pounds 

7 y2  pounds 

4 J4  inches 

ijf  inches 

6 

■jY  inches 
ioT\  inches 

15  pounds 

16  pounds 

6%.  inches 

inches 

9 

30ji>  pounds 

32  y2  pounds 

9j4  inches 

inches 

12 

13  '/&  inches 

47  pounds 

51  pounds 

12^  inches 

1 yi  inches 

15 

16 inches 

66  pounds 

74  pounds 

15^6  inches 

2 inches 

iS 

i8}(  inches 

82  y2  pounds 

90  pounds 

19  inches 

2 Yi  inches 

21 

20^  inches 

hi  pounds 

120  pounds 

2ij£  inches  « 

2j4  inches 

24 

22fij  inches 

131  Yi  pounds 

144  pounds 

24^6  inches 

2%  inches 

30 

29^  inches 

290  pounds 

297  pounds 

31  inches 

3JS2  inches 

36 

35  inches 

390  pounds 

400  pounds 

37  inches 

4 inches 

Please  compare  the  capacities  and  weights  of  these  Chucks  with  other  makes.  In  fitting  Chucks  to  lathes,  if  the  follow- 
ing directions  are  followed,  there  will  be  no  complaint  made  regarding  their  accuracy. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  many  good  Chucks  are  improperly  mounted,  and  often  condemned  as  inaccurate,  the  following  is 
suggested  : 

The  face  plate  should  be  fitted  and  turned  off  true  on  the  spindle  of  the  lathe  or  machine  on  which  the  chuck  is  to  be 
used  ; have  it  fit  perfectly  the  recess  only  in  back  of  Chuck  ; face  off  slightly  concave,  drill  the  bolt  holes  sufficiently  large 
that  there  may  be  no  cramping  on  them  when  the  Chuck  is  bolted  to  it. 


Fig.  744. 


Solid  Jaw. 


Fig.  745- 


Reversible  Jaw. 


GEARED  SCROLL  CHUCKS. 


It  has  been  the  endeavor  to  maintain  in  the  construction  of  these  Chucks,  the  same  high  standard  of  workmanship 
which  is  accorded  to  all  the  other  lines.  The  best  of  material  only  has  been  made  use  of  ; the  working  parts  being  of  steel, 
the  scroll  being  a solid  steel  forging. 

There  is  also  furnished  with  this  line  the  patent  reversible  jaw,  thus  furnishing  a chuck  with  one  set  of  jaws  that  will 
answer  every  purpose,  at  the  same  time  avoiding  the  necessity  and  expense  of  two  sets  of  jaws. 

This  Chuck  is  furnished  with  the  solid  jaw,  as  shown  in  Fig.  744,  and  with  either  the  inside  or  outside  jaw,  or  both,  if 
desired.  We  guarantee  these  Chucks  in  every  particular,  both  as  to  workmanship  and  material,  and  carry  a complete  stock 
of  all  sizes. 

General  Description. 


Price 

Price 

Diameter. 

Diameter  of  Hole. 

Diameter  of  Face  Plate. 

Nos.  34  and  36. 

No.  34  With  Two  Sets  of  Jaws. 

2 Yz  inches 

Y%  inch 

— inches 

$7-50 

$9.00 

3 inches 

inch 

2 inches 

10.00 

12.00 

4 inches 

Y inch 

3iV  inches 

12.00 

14.40 

5 inches 

y%  inch 

yy  inches 

15.00 

18.00 

6 inches 

if',;  inch 

inches 

iB.OO 

21.60 

624 


PRATT’S  PATENT  POSITIVE  DRIVING  DRILL  CHUCKS. 


Tig.  746. 


The  above  cut  shows  the  chuck  body  and  face  plate,  also  the 
positive  driver  engaging  the  shank  of  drill. 

Note — That  it  is  not  necessary  the  end  of  drill  should  be  flat- 
tened centrally ; the  recess  in  chuck  body  for  driver  permits  the 
driver  to  adjust  itself  to  any  inaccuracy  in  this  respect. 

Also,  it  will  drive  equally  well  either  right  or  left  hand  drills, 
reamers,  taps,  etc. 

Aside  from  its  advantages  as  a positive  driving  chuck,  it  is  a 
most  perfect  and  accurate  friction  chuck. 

The  leading  drill  manufacturers  will  furnish  flattened  end, 
straight  shank  drills  for  this  chuck,  when  so  ordered,  without 
extra  charge,  and  the  driver  will  receive  flattened  taper  shank 
drills  without  alteration. 

Fig.  747. 


Fig.  748. 


The  above  cut  shows  the  chuck  assembled. 

The  hole  in  hub  of  chuck  is  bored  to  taper  of  X inch  per  foot, 
and  a spindle  properly  fitted  and  driven  in  will  afford  sufficient 
friction  to  hold  the  chuck  without  the  aid  of  set  screws  or  any 
auxiliary  device. 

We  will  thread  the  hub  of  any  chuck  to  fit  any  template  fur- 
nished. Price,  75  cents  each. 

Note — The  jaws  of  the  chuck  can  be  taken  out  without  re- 
moving face  plate. 


The  above  cuts  show  the  working  parts  of  the  chuck.  The 
jaws  and  screw  are  carefully  tempered  and  surface  ground  after 
tempering,  thereby  insuring  perfect  accuracy.  No  free  emery  is 
used  in  fitting  these  chucks. 


PRATT’S 

PATENT 

IHPROVED  DRILL 

CHUCKS. 

List  Nos. 

Diameter. 

Holding  Drills. 

Price  Each. 

I 

2%  inches 

0 to  X inch 

fS.oo 

2 

3 inches 

0 to  X inch 

9.00 

3 

3X  inches 

0 to  1 inch 

10.00 

4 

5 inches 

0 to  iX  inch 

18.00 

5 

6 inches 

0 to  2 inch 

20.00 

TAPER  STEEL  SPLIT  SLEEVES. 


One  sleeve  for  No.  1 chuck  holding  taper  drills,  X inch  to  inch 
diameter,  ------ 

Two  sleeves  for  No.  2 chuck,  holding  taper  drills,  X inch  to  §§  inch 
diameter,  -------- 

Three  sleeves  for  No.  3 chuck,  holding  taper  drills,  X inch  to  iX 
inches  diameter, 

Four  sleeves  for  No.  4 chuck,  holding  taper  drills,  X inch  to  2 inches 
diameter,  -------- 

Five  sleeves  for  No.  5 chuch,  holding  taper  drills,  X inch  to  2 X 
inches  diameter,  ------ 

Above  applies  to  Morse  and  Standard  tapers. 

The  above  cuts  show  taper  steel  sleeve.  Its  application  to  taj 
and  other  special  tools  to  adopt  the  Pratt  chuck  without  discarding  his 


:r  shank  drill  is  obvious.  It  enables  the  user  of  taper  shank  drills 
tock  of  drills. 


625 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (b> 


Fig.  750. 


SCREWS  AND  JAWS. 

For  Positive  Driving  and  Empire  Chucks. 


THE  EMPIRE  FRICTION  CHUCKS. 


List  Nos. 

Diameter. 

Capacity. 

Price  Kach. 

6 

i % inches 

0 to  X inch 

$5.00 

7 

2'X  inches 

0 to  yz  inch 

6.00 

8 

3 inches 

0 to  inch 

7.00 

9 

3l4f  inches 

0 to  1 inch 

8.00 

10 

5X  inches 

0 to  1 ]/2  inches 

17.00 

11 

6 inches 

0 to  2 inches 

19.00 

Numbers. 

Screws. 

Jaws,  Per  Set 

I 

$1.00 

$2.00 

2 

1.00 

2.00 

3 

1.50 

3.00 

4 

2.50 

4-25 

5 

3.00 

5.00 

6 

1.00 

2.00 

7 

1.00 

2.00 

8 

1.00 

2.00 

9 

1.50 

3.00 

10 

2.50 

4-25 

11 

3.00 

5.00 

Fig.  751. 


THE  “VICTOR”  DRILL  CHUCKS. 


No.  1 holds  from  o to  Y%  inch,  - $8.50 

No.  2 “ “ o to  Yz  inch,  - - 12.50 


The  above  cuts  represent  the  Victor  Drill  Chuck.  It  is  an 
adjustable  drill  chuck,  and  is  simple,  practical  and  effective.  The 
Chuck  is  self  tightening,  and  the  grasping  power  of  the  clutches 
is  much  greater  than  in  other  chucks.  The  clutches  being  flush 
with  face  or  front  of  the  Chuck,  the  workman  has  less  difficulty 
in  adjusting  the  drills,  and  greater  durability  is  assured,  as  they 
are  not  liable  to  be  broken  by  any  strain  or  twist,  or  by  dropping 
the  Chuck.  The  levers  are  enlarged  and  rounded  at  their  ful- 
crums,  forming  spherical  bearings  which  rest  against  adjustable 
set-screws,  producing  a sure  and  easy  adjustment  at  the  will  of  the 
operator.  The  Chuck  is  steel  throughout  and  of  the  finest  mech- 
anism. 


THE  UNION  DRILL  CHUCK. 


The  Union  Drill  Chuck  as  shown  is  intended  for  an  all  around 
chuck,  capable  of  heavy  as  well  as  light  work.  It  is  the  strongest 
Drill  Chuck  on  the  market,  being  made  of  the  best  material  and 


the  best  possible  manner. 
Number.  Diameter. 

Holding. 

Price. 

000  \l/i  inches 

0 to  % inch 

$7.00 

100  2%  inches 

0 to  y2  inch 

8.00 

101  2}(  inches 

0 to  inch 

9.00 

102  2>'A  inches 

0 to  1 inch 

10.00 

“NEW  MODEL”  DRILL  CHUCK. 

THIS  CHUCK  is  especially  adapted  for  all  light  and  rapid  drilling,  such  as  is  done  on  sensitive  drills  and  hand  lathes,  and  where 
accuracy  is  required.  The  chuck  is  made  entirely  of  steel,  and  of  such  grades  as  is  best  adapted  to  the  different  parts,  all  of  which  are 
carefully  constructed.  Fig.  753  represents  the  form  of  the  chuck  with  all  the  parts  complete,  and  Fig.  754  the  construction  and 
arrangement  of  parts. 

By  revolving  the  knurled  nut  the  jaws  are  moved  outward  or  inward  in  the  converging  slots  in  the  chuck  body  as  may  be  desired. 
The  chuck  can  be  operated  by  hand,  and  when  a very  firm  grip  is  desired  it  may  be  obtained  by  the  use  of  a spanner  wrench,  ond  being 
furnished  with  each  chuck.  The  chuck  may  be  taken  apart  readily  for  cleaning  and  oiling  by  removing  the  nut  enough  to  disengage  the 
jaws.  In  putting  the  chuck  together  it  is  necessary  to  notice  that  the  number  on  the  jaws  corresponds  with  the  number  of  the  slot  in  the 
chuck  body.  Each  chuck  is  ground  true  after  the  jaws  are  hardened.  A hole  the  full  capacity  of  the  chuck  may  be  drilled  through  the 
center  without  injury  to  the  chuck. 

Number  11,  Capacity,  o to inch  Price,  each,  #5.50 

Number  12,  Capacity,  o to  ?, i inch  Price,  each,  5.50 

Number  13,  Capacity,  o to  inch  Price,  each,  9 00 


Fig.  755. 


Fig.  756. 


Fig.  757. 


THE  HANDY  DRILL  PRESS  CHUCK,  OR  MILLING  flACHINE  VISE. 

There  is  no  blocking  required  for  holding  work  in  any  position  or  angle.  The  views  show  vise  in  three  different  positions.  It  can 
be  bolted  to  any  ordinary  drill  press  or  milling  machine  table,  and  the  work  held  perfectly  secure. 

The  two  clamping  screws,  as  shown  on  pivot  (Fig.  757),  will  hold  it  rigid  at  any  desired  point. 

Opening  of  jaw,  - 6 inches  Length  of  jaw,  - 6 inches  Depth  of  jaw,  - 2 inches  Weight,  - 60  pound 


627 a 


IHPROVED  PLANER  CHUCKS. 

Adapted  for  Use  on  Peaners,  Shapers,  Mieeing  Machines  and  Upright  Driees. 


THESE  chucks  are  heavy  and  strong,  are  accurately  made  of  the  best  materials,  and  have  a great  capacity.  Set  screws 
and  holding  strips  are  made  of  crucible  steel,  and  the  ends  of  set  screws  are  hardened.  All  nuts  are  thoroughly  case- 

hardened.  A strip  of  tool  steel  is  fitted  to  the  moveable  jaw  to  take  the  thrust  of  the  set  screws.  A drop  forged  steel 

wrench  is  furnished  with  each  chuck. 

These  chucks  will  hold  either  straight  or  taper  work,  and  can  be  instantly  adjusted  from  o to  greatest  capacity,  no 

blocking  or  packing  being  necessary.  The  moveable  jaw  will  not  tip  back  or  raise  work  from  the  bed. 

A rib  1]/%  inches  wide  is  cast  on  the  bottom  of  allround  base  chucks  for  fitting  to  slots  in  planer  table.  We  can 
arrange  the  base  of  these  chucks  to  attach  to  a variety  of  styles  and  makes  of  machines  as  desired.  All  round  base  chucks 
are  accurately  graduated. 

Dimensions  of  Skinner  Improved  Peaner  Chucks. 


Round  Swivee  Base  Chuck.  Square  Base  Chuck. 


Size 

Chuck  No. 

Price. 

Length 
of  Jaw. 

Depth 
of  Jaw. 

Jaws 

will  Open. 

Space 

Required. 

Size 

Chuck  No 

Price. 

Space 

Required. 

6 

$25.00 

7 inches 

inches 

3 l/2  inches 

10  inches 

6 

$20.00 

7X  x 11  inches 

8 

30.00 

9 inches 

1 % inches 

5 inches 

12^  inches 

8 

25.OO 

9 x 12^  inches 

10 

36.00 

11  inches 

inches 

6 inches 

14^  inches 

10 

30.00 

11  x 15  inches 

12 

40.00 

13  inches 

2^4  inches 

8 inches 

16^  inches 

12 

35-oo 

13  x 17  inches 

15 

50.00 

15^  inches 

2]/2  inches 

9J4  inches 

20  inches 

15 

45.00 

15  y2  x 21  inches 

18 

60.00 

18 yz  inches 

inches 

inches 

23  inches 

18 

55-oo 

18  x 24  inches 

24 

90.00 

24^  inches 

2*X  inches 

16  inches 

27  inches 

24 

75.00 

24^  x 28  inches 

30 

120.00 

30^  inches 

2^f  inches 

21^4  inches 

34  inches 

30 

100.00 

30 'X  x 34  inches 

Fig.  760. 


SWIVEL  PLANER  CHUCK. 


This  Planer  Chuck  has  a round  swivel  base  and  can  be  set  at  any  de- 
sired angle.  The  round  pin,  as  shown  in  position  on  side  of  upper  piece, 
is  tapered  and  fitting  into  a taper  hole,  holds  the  chuck  parallel  with 
the  base.  By  withdrawing  the  pin  and  turning  the  chuck  one  quarter, 
the  pin  again  drops  into  position  perfectly  square  with  the  base.  An 
entirely  new  feature  is  the  moveable  cross  piece,  with  two  setting  up 
screws  and  the  two  pins  shown  in  position,  to  prevent  same  from  slipping. 
It  requires  no  blocking  to  follow  up  the  work,  will  hold  irregular  work 
nicely,  and  is  very  easily  adjusted. 

Specifications. 

Diameter.  Opening  of  Jaw,  Eength  of  Jaw.  Depth  of  Jaw.  Weight. 

17  inches  9 inches  14  inches  2 inches  200  pounds 

12  inches  6 inches  10  inches  2^  inches  125  pounds 


627b 


Fig.  782. 


Face;  Plate  Jaw,  Showing  Solid  Jaw  No.  28. 
Fig.  783. 


Face  Plate  Jaw,  Showing  Reversible  Jaw  No.  30. 
Fig.  784. 


Fig.  784. 


liiiimimHillllH 


UUlili 


E 


Face  Plate  Jaw,  with  Reversible  Jaw  No.  30, 
Showing  Method  of  Reversing  Jaw. 


NEW  FACE  PLATE  JAWS. 

Nos.  28  and  30. 

The  general  success  which  the  patent  reversible  jaw  has 
met  in  the  market  during  the  past  few  years,  has  led  the 
manufacturer  to  adopt  same  for  this  new  face  plate  jaw, 
thus  putting  it  on  an  equal  footing  with  this  well  known 
line  of  lathe  chucks.  As  shown  in  cut,  the  jaw  can  be 
reversed  by  simply  loosening  the  screws  and  revolving  the 
top  ; reversing  the  jaw  in  half  the  time  required  by  any 
other  reversible  jaw. 

When  desired,  we  also  furnish  with  solid  jaw,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  782. 

We  furnish  them  in  three  sizes,  as  per  list  below.  They 
are  made  strong  and  compactly,  and  they  are  guaranteed 
against  any  chuck  made. 

We  furnish  two  bolts  with  each  jaw,  and  a steel  key 
with  each  set. 


Size. 

Price  Per  Set  of 
Three,  with  either 
Solid  or 

Reversible  Jaws. 

Price  Per  Set  of 
Four,  with  either 
Solid  or 

Reversible  Jaws. 

8 inches 

$45.00 

$60.00 

10  inches 

60.00 

80.00 

12  inches 

90.00 

120.00 

628 


DROP  FORGED  LATHE  DOGS. 

Common  Dogs. 

Fig.  785. 


Y%  inch, 
y2  inch, 
y inch, 

1 inch, 

For  y inch  dog, 
For  y inch  dog, 
For  y inch  dog, 
For  1 inch  dog, 


•50 

.60 

.70 

.80 


8 cents  each 
10  cents  each 
12  cents  each 
15  cents  each 


1 y inch, 
1 yz  inch, 
1 y inch, 
2 inch, 


For  1 y inch  dog,  - 
For  1 y2  inch  dog, 
For  1 y inch  dog,  - 
For  2 inch  dog, 


1. 10 

- 1.25 

1.40 

Dog  Screws. 

- 15  cents  each 
18  cents  each 

- 20  cents  each 
22  cents  each 


3 inch, 
3'A  inch, 

4 inch, 


For  2 yz  inch  dog, 
For  3 inch  dog, 
For  3^  inch  dog, 
For  4 inch  dog, 


- $ 1.60 

1.80 
2.00 
2.30 

25  cents  each 
30  cents  each 
32  cents  each 
35  cents  each 


CHUCKING  REAHER  HOLDER. 

Drop  Forged  from  Bar  Steed. 

Fig.  786. 


No.  1, 
No.  2, 
No.  3, 
No.  4, 


yVmch 
-JU'inch 
iyg inch 
ix7g  inch 


y inch 
fSs'inch 
inch 
1 y inch 


10  inches 
12  inches 
iyy  inches 
15  inches 


Price. 

I -85 

1. 00 

1-25 

1.50 


LIGHT  STEEL  DOG. 

With  Steel  Screws.  U.  S.  Standard. 
Points  Hardened. 


PATENTj  riALLEABLE  IRON  LATHE  DOG. 

With  Steel  Screws.  U.  S.  Standard.  Points  Hardened. 
Fig.  788. 


I 

y%  inch 

$ -35 

2 

y2  inch 

•35 

3 

y inch 

■50 

4 

1 inch 

.60 

5 

1 y inch 

•75 

6 

iy  inch 

•85 

7 

1 y inch 

1. 00 

8 

2 inch 

1. 10 

Small  set  of  8,  $5.50 

9 

2 y.  inch 

1.40 

10 

3 inch 

1.50 

11 

3 y inch 

1.70 

12 

4 inch 

1.  go 

No. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 


Price. 

No. 

Price. 

A 

inch 

$-30 

7 

1 y inch 

$ -90 

y 

inch 

■3° 

8 

2 inch 

1. 00 

H 

inch 

.40 

9 

2 y inch 

1.20 

1 

inch 

.40 

10 

3 inch 

1.30 

iX 

inch 

.60 

11 

3 >4  inch 

1.40 

T-Vz 

inch 

.6O 

12 

4 inch 

1.60 

Full  Set  of  12,  f 12.00 


Small  set  of  8,  $4.50.  Full  set  of  12,  fio.oo. 


629 


Fig.  792. 


Fig.  789. 


HEAVY  STEEL  DO  Q . 


With  steel  screws.  U.  S.  standard  and  the  points  hardened. 
This  Dog  has  a very  heavy  boss,  so  that  if  the  thread  wears, 
a heavier  screw  can  be  substituted. 


No. 

Inches. 

Price. 

No. 

Inches. 

Price. 

I 

H 

$ -4o 

13 

2 'X 

$i-35 

2 

X 

•50 

14 

2 'A 

i-45 

3 

% 

.60 

15 

3 

1.60 

4 

X 

.60 

16 

3J2 

1.80 

5 

Vs 

.70 

17 

4 

2. 10 

6 

I 

.70 

18 

4X 

2-75 

7 

I'/s 

.80 

19 

5 

3-25 

8 

1'X 

.80 

Full  set  of  19, 

23.60 

9 

irt 

•95 

20 

(extra)  5'V 

4.00 

10 

iV 

•95 

21 

( extra ) 6 

5.00 

11 

I % 

1. 10 

22 

(extra)  7 

6.00 

12 

2 

1.20 

23  (extra)  8 

7.00 

One  small  set  of  No.  8,  by  V to  2 inches,  6.25 

One  set  of  No.  12,  by  % t°  2 inches,  continued  by  ]/z  to  4 
inches  ...  . - 13.20 

When  ordering,  state  as  above,  whether  a full  set,  or  a set 
of  12,  or  small  set  of  8 is  wanted. 


Fig.  790. 


No.  1. 
No.  2. 


DIE  DOG. 


ilV  inches  between  sides, 
Extra  dies,  per  pair, 

2 inches  between  sides, 
Extra  dies,  per  pair, 
Screws,  ... 


f3.oo 

•50 

4.00 

•75 

.10 


Fig.  791. 


DOUBLE  TAIL”  LATHE  DOG. 


The  body  is  extra  strong,  and  two 
large  screws  are  used — thus  securing  a 
double  hold  on  the  work — while  being 
driven  from  two  points  the  twisting 
strain  of  the  bent  tail  dog  is  avoided 
and  itsefficiencj'  increased  accordingly. 


6 inches, 

- 

- 

_ 

$12.00 

7 inches, 

- 

- 

- 

1350 

8 inches, 

- 

- 

- 

14.50 

9 inches, 

- 

- 

17.00 

10  inches, 

- 

- 

- 

19-5° 

11  inches, 

- 

- 

- 

26.00 

12  inches, 

- 

- 

- 

28.00 

STRAIGHT  TAIL  DOG. 


With  Steel  Screws. 


No. 

Inches. 

Price. 

No. 

Inches. 

Price. 

I 

X 

$ .60 

II 

2X 

$i-45 

2 

Vs 

.70 

12 

3 

1,60 

3 

I 

.70 

13 

3X 

1.80 

4 

i Vt 

.80 

14 

4 

2.10 

5 

I# 

.80 

15 

4X 

2-75 

6 

iVs 

•95 

16 

5 

3-25 

7 

iX 

•95 

17 

5V2 

4.00 

8 

iX 

1. 10 

18 

6 

5.00 

9 

2 

1.20 

19 

7 

6.00 

10 

i-35 

20 

8 

7.00 

One  set  to  2 inches,  $7.80.  Full  set,  $44.10. 


CLAMP  DOG. 


No.  1.  inches  between  screws, 
No.  2.  2 V inches  between  screws,  - 

No.  3.  2^  inches  between  screws, 

Per  set  of  three,  - 
No.  1.  Screw,  each, 

No.  2.  Screw,  each,  - 
No.  3.  Screw,  each, 

No.  1.  Screw  for  swivel  jaw,  each, 
No.  2.  Screw  for  swivel  jaw,  each, 
No.  3.  Screw  for  swivel  jaw,  each, 


CLAMP  DOG. 


$1.50 

2.00 

2.50 

5-50 

.10 

•15 

.20 

.12 

.18 

•25 


Ci.amp  Dog,  with  Swivel  Jaw. 

No.  1.  inches  between  screws,  - - - $1.75 

No.  2.  2^  inches  between  screws,  - - - - 2.25 

No.  3.  23^  inches  between  screws,  - • - 2.75 


630 


Fig.  795. 


EXTRA  HEAVY  STEEL  BOILER  CLAITP. 


No.  1,  2 inches, 
No.  2,  3 inches, 
No.  3,  4 inches, 
No.  4,  5 inches, 


$3.00  No.  5,  6 inches, 

4.00  No.  6,  8 inches,  - 

5.00  No.  7,  10  inches, 

6.00 


$7-50 

8.50 

10.00 


Fig.  797. 


6 1=2  INCH  CLAMP. 

6 inches, $12.00 

10  inches,  --------  16.00 


Fig.  796. 


FITTER’S  CLAITP. 

Made  of  Steed.  Very  Strong. 


Fig.  798. 


EXTRA  HEAVY  STEEL  BRIDGE  CLAMP. 


The  Screw  is  Heavy  and  has  Button  on  the  End. 

No.  12  opens  24  inches,  $12.00 

No.  13  opens  30  inches,  ------  16.00 

The  screws  of  all  the  clamps  are  made  to  reach  the 
lower  number. 


Has  a square  thread  steel  screw  with  hardened  point 
running  down  to  the  foot.  The  foot  is  planed  square  by  the 
screw. 

No.  1,  opens  1)4  inches,  runs  back  il/%  inches,  - - $1.25 

No.  2,  opens  i^  inches,  runs  back  1)4  inches,  - 1.5° 

No.  3,  opens  2 Yz  inches,  runs  back  2>£  inches,  - - i-75 


HEAVY  STEEL  CLAMP. 

The  back  is  2^  inches  from  center  of  screw. 

No.  1,  opening  to  2 inches, 

No.  2,  opening  to  3 inches, 

No.  3,  opening  to  4 inches, 

No.  4,  opening  to  5 inches, 

No.  5,  opening  to  6 inches,  - 

No.  6,  opening  to  8 inches, 

No.  7,  opening  to  10  inches,  - 
No.  8,  opening  to  12  inches,  - 

No.  9,  opening  to  14  inches, 

No.  10,  opening  to  16  inches,  - 
No.  11,  opening  to  18  inches,  - 

Full  set,  11  sizes,  - - $40.50 


$i-75 

2.00 
2.25 
2.50 

2- 75 

3- 25 

3- 75 

4- 25 

5.00 

6.00 

7.00 


Fig.  799. 


MECHANIC’S  CLAMP. 


The  back  is  1)4  inches  from  center  of  screw. 


No.  1,  opens  2 inches, 

$1.25 

No.  5,  opens  6 inches, 

$2.25 

No.  2,  opens  3 inches, 

1.50 

No.  6,  opens  7 inches, 

2.50 

No.  3,  opens  4 inches, 

i-75 

No.  7,  opens  8 inches, 

2-75 

No.  4,  opens  5 inches, 

2.00 

No.  8,  opens  9 inches, 

3.00 

Full  set, 

- 

$17.00 

631 


PRENTISS  TQQL  SUPPLY  (o, 


PATENT  CLAMP  DOG. 


No.  1 opens  1 inch, 

- $1.00 

No.  2 opens  1} i inch, 

1. 10 

No.  3 opens  2 inches, 

1.30 

No.  4 opens  3 inches, 

1.60 

Sets  of  four,  - 

- 5-oo 

Fig.  803. 


Fig.  801. 


CAST  IRON  JACK  SCREWS. 

For  use  as  blocking  on  planer,  drill  press, 
milling  machine,  boring  mills,  &c.  This 
useful  little  tool  is  strong,  well  made  and  of 
great  convenience  in  a machine  shop. 


No.  1,  size  1 ys  to  1%,  inch,  - - $ .45 

No.  2,  size  il/2  to  2 inches,  - - .50 

No.  3,  size  2 to  2%  inches,  - - .60 

No.  4,  size  224  to  3 finches,  - .75 

No.  5,  size  324  to  524  inches,  - - .95 

No.  6,  size  524  to  7X  inches,  - 1.50 

Full  set, 4.73 


Fig.  802. 


STEEL  CLAflP  DOG. 

These  are  made  from  the  steel  bar. 


No.  1,  opens  1 inch, 

#1.25 

No.  2,  opens  124  inch, 

- 1.50 

No.  3,  opens  2 inches, 

1.75 

No.  4,  opens  3 inches, 

2.00 

Full’set,  - 

6.50 

Fig.  S04. 


iriPROVED  ADJUSTABLE  BLOCKING. 

An  improved  device  for  use  as  blocking  where  work  is  to  be 
strapped  to  the  machine.  It  is  quickly  adjusted  to  any  point 
within  its  range.  Is  strong,  firm  and  well  made,  and  is  a great 
improvement  over  other  devices  for  this  purpose. 

No.  1,  size  3 to  4 inches, $2.00 

No.  2,  size  4 to  5^  inches, 2.20 

No.  3,  size  5%  to  7^  inches,  2.60 

No.  4,  size  724  to  11  inches, 3.30 

Full  set, 10.30 


STEEL  CHUCK  DRILL  HOLDERS. 

They  are  of  five  sizes.  The  slot  is  rounded  every  way  so  as  to 
avoid  corners  that  interfere  with  centering  the  drill.  If  a plate  is 
put  under  the  screw  in  the  screw  in  the  tool  post  to  prevent  bend 
ing,  they  will  do  good  service. 

No.  1,  taking  drills  from  24  to  4V  inch,  - - - $ .50 

No.  2,  taking  drills  from  A to  24  inch,  - .50 

No.  3,  taking  drills  from  24  to  1 >4  inch,  - - - .60 

No.  4,  taking  drills  from  1 24  to  1^4  inch,  - - .75 

No.  5,  taking  drills  from  i^4  to  2 inches,  ...  ,g0 

Full  set, 3.25 


G32 


STRAIGHT  LIP  INCREASE  TWIST  DRILLS. 

With  Morse  Taper  or  Straight  Shanks,  Taper  Length. 


Price 

Price 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Each. 

Diameter 

Length. 

Each. 

X inch 

6 X inches 

$ .60 

39  64  inch 

8X  inches 

$1.40 

17  64  inch 

6%  inches 

•65 

% inch 

8X  inches 

I.40 

9-32  inch 

6X  inches 

•65 

41-64  inch 

9 inches 

I.50 

19-64  inch 

6X  inches 

.70 

21  32  inch 

9 inches 

I.50 

5-16  inch 

6 X inches 

.70 

43-64  inch 

9X  inches 

I.60 

21-64  inch 

6X  inches 

•75 

1 1-16  inch 

9X  inches 

I.60 

11-32  inch 

6y  inches 

•75 

45  64  inch 

9X  inches 

1.70 

23-64  inch 

6X  inches 

.80 

23-32  inch 

9X  inches 

1.70 

X inch 

6X  inches 

.80 

47  64  inch 

9X  inches 

1.85 

25-64  inch 

7 inches 

.85 

X inch 

9X  inches 

1.85 

13-32  inch 

7 inches 

•85 

49  64  inch 

9X  inches 

2.00 

27-64  inch 

7X  inches 

.90 

25-32  inch 

9X  inches 

2.00 

7-16  inch 

7X  inches 

.90 

51  64  inch 

10  inches 

2.15 

29  64  inch 

7 X inches 

•95 

13  16  inch 

10  inches 

2.15 

15-32  inch 

7X  inches 

•95 

53-64  inch 

10X  inches 

2.30 

31-64  inch 

7X  inches 

I. OO 

27-32  inch 

10X  inches 

2.30 

X inch 

7 X inches 

I. OO 

55-64  inch 

10X  inches 

2.45 

33-64  inch 

8 inches 

I. IO 

X inch 

10X  inches 

245 

17-32  inch 

8 inches 

I. IO 

57-64  inch 

10X  inches 

2.60 

35-64  inch 

8y  inches 

1.20 

29-32  inch 

10X  inches 

2.60 

9-16  inch 
37-64  inch 
19-32  inch 

8y  inches 
8X  inches 
8 y inches 

1.20 

1.30 

1.30 

No.  2.  Socket  for  Standard  or 
taper.  Price,  $1.80. 

Morse 

No.  1.  Socket  for  Standard  or 

Morse 

taper.  Price,  $1. 

20. 

Price 

Price 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Each. 

1 17-64  inches 

14  % inches 

$4.65 

i 17-32  inches 

15 X inches 

$6.30 

1 9-32  inches 

14  X inches 

4-65 

1 9-16  inches 

15X  inches 

6.60 

1 19-64  inches 

14X  inches 

4.80 

1 19  32  inches 

15  X inches 

6.90 

1 5-16  inches 

14X  inches 

4.80 

iX  inches 

15X  inches 

7.20 

1 21-64  inches 

14X  inches 

5.00 

1 21-32  inches 

15X  inches 

7-50 

1 11-32  inches 

14X  inches 

5.00 

1 1 1- 16  inches 

15%  inches 

7.80 

1 23-64  inches 

14 X inches 

5-20 

1 23-32  inches 

15X  inches 

8. 10 

iX  inches 

14 X inches 

5.20 

iX  inches 

16  inches 

8.40 

1 25-64  inches 

14X  inches 

540 

1 25-32  inches 

16X  inches 

8.60 

1 13-32  inches 

14X  inches 

540 

1 13-16  inches 

16X  inches 

8.80 

1 27-64  inches 

14X  inches 

5.60 

1 27-32  inches 

16X  inches 

9.00 

1 7-16  inches 

14X  inches 

5-bo 

1 X inches 

16X  inches 

9.20 

1 29-64  inches 

14X  inches 

5-8o 

1 29  32  inches 

16X  inches 

9-35 

1 15-32  inches 

14X  inches 

5.80 

1 15-16  inches 

16X  inches 

9-50 

1 31-64  inches 

15  inches 

6.00 

1 31-32  inches 

16X  inches 

9-65 

1 X inches 

15  inches 

6.00 

2 inches 

16 y inches 

9.80 

No.  4.  Socket  for  Standard  or 

Morse 

No.  4.  Socket  for  Morse  taper. 

Price, 

taper.  Price,  $4. 

1 1 Standard  ’ ’ or 

OO. 

$4.00. 

Morse  taper,  the 

same. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price 

Each. 

59-64  inch 

10X  inches 

$2.75 

15-16  inch 

10X  inches 

2-75 

61-64  inch 

10X  inches 

2.90 

31-32  inch 

10X  inches 

2.90 

63-64  inch 

11  inches 

3.00 

1 inch 

11  inches 

3.00 

1 1 64  inches 

11X  inches 

3.20 

1 1-32  inches 

11  % inches 

3.20 

1 3-64  inches 

11X  inches 

340 

1 1-16  inches 

11X  inches 

3-40 

1 5-64  inches 

11X  inches 

3.60 

1 3-32  inches 

11X  inches 

3.60 

1 7 64  inches 

11X  inches 

3.80 

1 X inches 

11X  inches 

3.80 

1 9 64  inches 

11  y inches 

4.00 

1 5-32  inches 

11 y inches 

4.00 

1 11-64  inches 

12  inches 

4.20 

1 3-16  inches 

12  inches 

4.20 

1 13-64  inches 

12X  inches 

4.40 

1 7-32  inches 

12X  inches 

4.40 

1 15  64  inches 

12 X inches 

4-50 

iX  inches 

12X  inches 

4-50 

No.  3.  Socket  for  Standard  or 

Morse 

taper.  Price,  $2.50. 


“ Standard  and  Morse  taper,  the 

same. 

Diameter. 

Price 

Length. 

Each. 

2 1-32  inches 

16X  inches 

$10.20 

2 1-16  inches 

17  inches 

IO.  60 

2l/%  inches 

17  inches 

11.20 

2 3-16  inches 

17  inches 

12.00 

2X  inches 

17X  inches 

12.80 

2 5-16  inches 

17X  inches 

13.60 

2-Hi  inches 

18  inches 

14  40 

2 7-16  inches 

18X  inches 

15.00 

2X  inches 

19  inches 

15.60 

2 9 16  inches 

19X  inches 

16.20 

2^  inches 

19X  inches 

16.80 

2 1 1- 16  inches 

20  inches 

17.60 

2X  inches 

20X  inches 

I9.OO 

2 13-16  inches 

20X  inches 

20.00 

2 X inches 

21  inches 

21.00 

2 15-16  inches 

21  inches 

23.OO 

3 inches 

22  inches 

25.00 

No.  5.  Socket  for  Morse  taper. 
$7-50- 

Price, 

STRAIGHT  LIP  INCREASE  TWIST  DRILLS. 

With  Morse  Taper  Shanks,  Straight  Shanks  and  Square  Shanks. 


No. 

t. 

No. 

2. 

No. 

3- 

No. 

4- 

No. 

5- 

No. 

6. 

No. 

7- 

No. 

8. 

No. 

9- 

No. 

10. 

No. 

11. 

No. 

12. 

No. 

I3- 

Set  of  taper  shank  drills,  ^ to  1 inch,  varying  by  i6ths, 

Setof  taper  shank  drills,  X to  1 X inches,  varying  by  i6ths,  ------- 

Set  of  taper  shank  drills,  X to  X inch,  by  32ds,  X to  iX  inches,  by  i6ths,  ..... 

Set  of  taper  shank  drills,  X to  X inch,  by  32ds,  -}£  to  i'/2  inches,  by  i6ths,  ...  $64.00} 

1^  to  2 inches,  by  i6ths,  ....  ......  67.00  } 

Set  drills,  straight  shanks,  to  X inch,  by  64tlis,  mounted,  ....... 

Set  drills,  straight  shanks,  TX  to  X inch,  by  32ds,  mounted,  ...... 

Set  drills,  from  60  to  X inch,  mounted,  - ........ 

Set  drills,  steel  wire  gauge,  from  No.  1 to  60,  mounted,  ........ 

Half  set  drills,  alternate  Nos.  from  1 to  59,  mounted,  ........ 

Jewelers  set  of  36  drills,  No.  30  ( X inch)  to  No.  65,  steel  wire  gauge,  mounted,  in  a Mahogany  case  with  cap, 

Set  of  taper  shank  drills,  ^4  to  1 inches,  by  32ds,  - - - - - 

Set  machine  bits,  X to  X inch,  mounted,  varying  by  32ds,  ........ 

Set  bit  stock  drills,  fa  to  % inch,  by  32ds,  % to  X inch,  by  i6ths,  boxed,  ...... 


Per  Set. 
$20.00 
34-50 

42.00 

131.00 

10.00 
5-4o 
9.90 
8.10 
4-3° 
4-25 

105.00 

7.00 
2.60 


633 


STRAIGHT  SHANK  DRILLS 


Fig.  806. 


No.  105.  No.  106. 


Jobbers’  and  Machinists’  Sets. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price  per  Dozen. 

Price  Each' 

1-16  inch 

2x/2  inches 

$1.00 

9 cents 

5 64  inch 

2%  inches 

1. 10 

10  cents 

3-32  inch 

2|4f  inches 

1.20 

11  cents 

7-64  inch 

27/%  inches 

I.30 

12  cents 

Y%  inch 

3 inches 

1-45 

13  cents 

9-64  inch 

y/%  inches 

I.60 

15  cents 

5-32  inch 

y/  inches 

1.80 

16  cents 

11-64  inch 

3jis  inches 

2.00 

18  cents 

3-16  inch 

y/  inches 

2.20 

20  cents 

13-64  inch 

3f6  inches 

2.40 

21  cents 

7-32  inch 

y/  inches 

2.65 

23  cents 

15-64  inch 

y/%  inches 

2.9O 

26  cents 

y inch 

4 inches 

3-i5 

28  cents 

17-64  inch 

4%  inches 

3-40 

30  cents 

9-32  inch 

41/  inches 

3-65 

32  cents 

19-64  inch 

4 /%  inches 

3-90 

35  cents 

5-16  inch 

4 y2  inches 

4.20 

37  cents 

21-64  inch 

4 /%  inches 

4-50 

40  cents 

11-32  inch 

47/  inches 

4.80 

42  cents 

23-64  inch 

47/  inches 

5.10 

45  cents 

Yi  inch 

5 inches 

5-40 

48  cents 

25-64  inch 

y/s  inches 

5-70 

50  cents 

13-32  inch 

y/  inches 

6.00 

53  cents 

27-64  inch 

53A  inches 

6.40 

55  cents 

7-16  inch 

51/  inches 

6.80 

59  cents 

29-64  inch 

5H  inches 

7.20 

63  cents 

15-32  inch 

y/  inches 

7-50 

65  cents 

31-64  inch 

5 /&  inches 

7-75 

67  cents 

y2  inch 

6 inches 

8.00 

70  cents 

Letter  Sizes. 


Diameter. 

Decimals. 

Length. 

Price  per 
Dozen. 

Price  Each. 

A 

.234  inch 

3 13-16  inches 

$2.90 

26 

cents 

B 

.238  inch 

3 13-16  inches 

3.00 

27 

cents 

C 

.242  inch 

3 13-16  inches 

3.10 

28 

cents 

D 

.246  inch 

3 13-16  inches 

3.20 

29 

cents 

E 

.250  inch 

3 13-16  inches 

3-30 

30 

cents 

F 

.257  inch 

4%  inches 

340 

30 

cents 

G 

.261  inch 

4)4  inches 

3'5° 

31 

cents 

H 

.266  inch 

4 l/  inches 

3.60 

32 

cents 

I 

.272  inch 

41/  inches 

3-70 

33 

cents 

J 

.277  inch 

4 y inches 

3.80 

34 

cents 

K 

.281  inch 

41/  inches 

3-9° 

35 

cents 

L 

.290  inch 

4'/  inches 

4.00 

36 

cents 

M 

.295  inch 

4 y inches 

4. 10 

36 

cents 

N 

.302  inch 

4'/  inches 

4.20 

37 

cents 

O 

.316  inch 

4 y inches 

4-30 

38 

cents 

P 

.323  inch 

4 /%  inches 

440 

39 

cents 

O 

.332  inch 

4 y inches 

4.60 

40 

cents 

R 

•339  inch 

4/  inches 

4.80 

42 

cents 

S 

.348  inch 

47/%  inches 

5.00 

44 

cents 

T 

.358  inch 

47/%  inches 

5.20 

45 

cents 

U 

.368  inch 

5 inches 

540 

47 

cents 

V 

.377  inch 

5 inches 

5.60 

49 

cents 

W 

.386  inch 

5 y%  inches 

5.80 

5i 

cents 

X 

.397  inch 

5y  inches 

6.00 

53 

cents 

Y 

.404  inch 

y/  inches 

6.40 

55 

cents 

Z 

.413  inch 

5j4  inches 

6.80 

59 

cents 

BIT  STOCK  DRILLS. 


Fig.  807. 


For  Metal  or  Wood. 
No.  108. 


Diameter. 

Price  per  Dozen. 

Price  Each. 

1-16  inch 

$1.50 

$ -14 

3-32  inch 

I.65 

.16 

4-32  inch 

2.  IO 

.20 

5-32  inch 

2.60 

• 24 

6-32  inch 

3.10 

•29 

7-32  inch 

3.60 

•33 

8-32  inch 

4.10 

•38 

9-32  inch 

4.70 

•43 

10-32  inch 

540 

.48 

11-32  inch 

6.30 

• 54 

12-32  inch 

7.20 

.62 

13-32  inch 

8.00 

.68 

14-32  inch 

8.80 

•75 

15-32  inch  , 

9.60 

.82 

16-32  inch 

10.30 

.87 

17-32  inch 

11. 00 

•92 

9-36  inch 

14-35 

1.20 

Y inch 

16.15 

i-35 

11-16  inch 

17-95 

1.50 

y inch 

19-75 

1.65 

13-16  inch 

21-55 

1.80 

7/%  inch 

23-35 

i-95 

15-16  inch 

25-75 

2.15 

1 inch 

28.15 

2-35 

These  bit  stock  drills  will  fit  any  brace  in 
the  market,  and  will  drill  steel,  iron  or  other 
metals  as  well  as  wood.  They  are  not  in- 
jured by  contact  with  screws  or  nails,  and 
will  bore  straight  any  kind  of  wood  without 
splitting  it. 

Price  per  set,  to  ^ by  32ds,  1,2  to  Jg 
by  i6ths,  boxed,  - $2.60 


FiG.  808. 


No.  104  A. 


TAPER  SQUARE  SHANK  DRILLS. 


Fitting  Ratchets. 


Diame- 

ter. 

Length. 

Price 

Diame- 

ter. 

Length. 

Price 

Diame- 

ter. 

Length. 

Price 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Each. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Each. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Each. 

X 

5 

$1.00 

II-16 

6'A 

#145 

I 1-8 

9 

$3-10 

9-32 

5 

1.05 

23-32 

6'A 

I.50 

I 5 32 

9 

3-25 

516 

5 

I. IO 

X 

6'/2 

i-55 

I 3-16 

9 

3-40 

n-32 

5 

I.I5 

25-32 

6>^ 

1.65 

1 7 32 

9 

3-55 

3/s 

6 

1.20 

13-16 

7 

i-75 

9'A 

3-75 

13-32 

6 y 

1.25 

27-32 

7 

1.90 

I 9 32 

9 A 

3-95 

7-16 

6 y 

1-25 

H 

7 A 

2.05 

I 516 

9'A 

4.20 

15-32 

6 y 

1.30 

29-32 

7'A 

2.15 

I 1 1-32 

9 A 

4-45 

6 y2 

I.30 

15-16 

8 

2.30 

I Ys 

IO 

4.70 

17-32 

6y 

i-35 

31-32 

8 

2.45 

I 13-32 

IO 

4-95 

9-16 

6y 

i-35 

1 

8^ 

2-55 

I 7-16 

IO 

5.25 

19  32 

ey2 

1.40 

1 1-32 

8^ 

2.70 

I 15-32 

IO 

5-50 

A 

ey2 

1.40 

1 1-16 

sy2 

2.85 

i 'A 

IO 

5-75 

21-32 

6 % 

1-45 

1 3-32 

8'/2 

3.00 

Shanks  X inch  b 

y ys  inch 

and  \ x/2  inches 

long,  and  shanks 

X by 

y inch  and  1%  inches  long. 


634 


-PRENTISS  T9QL  SUPPLY  (g, 


Fig.  809. 


DRILLS  FITTING  BLACKSfllTHS’  DRILL  PRESSES. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

1-8  inch 

4 7-8  inches 

$0.55 

19-32  inch 

6 inches 

I.03 

i 1-16  inch 

6 inches 

2.00 

5-32  inch 

558  inches 

.58 

5-8  inch 

6 inches 

I.05 

i 3-32  inch 

6 inches 

2.10 

3 16  inch 

6 inches 

.60 

21-32  inch 

6 inches 

I.  IO 

1 1-8  inch 

6 inches 

2.20 

7-32  inch 

6 inches 

•65 

1 1 -16  inch 

6 inches 

II5 

1 5-32  inch 

6 inches 

2.25 

1-4  inch 

6 inches 

.70 

23-32  inch 

6 inches 

1.20 

1 3 16  inch 

6 inches 

2.3O 

9-32  inch 

6 inches 

•73 

3-4  inch 

6 inches 

1-25 

1 7-32  inch 

6 inches 

2.35 

5-16  inch 

6 inches 

•75 

25-32  inch 

6 inches 

1.30 

1 1-4  inch 

6 inches 

2.40 

11-32  inch 

6 inches 

.80 

13-16  inch 

6 inches 

i-35 

1 9 32  inch 

6 inches 

2.50 

3-8  inch 

6 inches 

-85 

27-32  inch 

6 inches 

1.40 

1 5-16  inch 

6 inches 

2.60 

13-32  inch 

6 inches 

.88 

7-8  inch 

6 inches 

i-45 

1 11-32  inch 

6 inches 

2.70 

7-16  inch 

6 inches 

.90 

29-32  inch 

6 inches 

i-55 

1 3-8  inch 

6 inches 

2.80 

15-32  inch 

6 inches 

•93 

15-16  inch 

6 inches 

1.60 

1 13-32  inch 

6 inches 

2.90 

1-2  inch 

6 inches 

•95 

31-32  inch 

6 inches 

1.70 

1 7-16  inch 

6 inches 

3.00 

17  32  inch 

6 inches 

.98 

1 inch 

6 inches 

1.80 

1 15-32  inch 

6 inches 

3.10 

9-16  inch 

6 inches 

1. 00 

1 1-32  inch 

6 inches 

1.90 

1 1-2  inch 

6 inches 

3.20 

The  above  drills  have  shanks  2 1-4  inches  long,  and  about  41-64  inch  diameter. 

Can  also  furnish  short  length  drills  of  the  above  design.  Shanks  2 1-4  inches  long  and  1-2  inch  diameter. 


Fig.  810. 


No.  109  E. 

MACHINE  BITS  FOR  WOOD, 


With  Morse  Taper  Shanks. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

pr;„  No.  of  Socket  for 

Morse  Taper. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

1-8  inch 

4 9-16  inches 

$0.50 

15-32  inch 

7 

1-2  inches 

$1.  IO 

5-32  inch 

4 13-16  inches 

•50 

1-2  inch 

7 

3-4  inches 

1.20 

3-16  inch 

5 1-16  inches 

.60 

17-32  inch 

8 inches 

1.30 

7-32  inch 

5 5-16  inches 

.60 

9-16  inch 

8 

1-4  inches 

I.40 

1-4  inch 

618  inches 

.70 

19  32  inch 

8 

1-2  inches 

1.50 

9-32  inch- 

6 1-4  inches 

•75 

- No.  1,  $1.20 

5-8  inch 

8 

3-4  inches 

1.60 

5-16  inch 

6 3-8  inches 

.80 

21-32  inch 

9 inches 

1.70 

11-32  inch 

6 1-2  inches 

.85 

11-16  inch 

9 

1-4  inches 

I.80 

3-8  inch 

6 3-4  inches 

.90 

23-32  inch 

9 

1-2  inches 

I.90 

13-32  inch 

7 inches 

•95 

3-4  inch 

9 

3 4 inches 

2.00 

7-16  inch 

7 1-4  inches 

1. 00 

Fig. 

811. 

No.  of  Socket  for 
Morse  Taper. 

1 

■ No.  I,  $1.20 


No.  2,  1.80 


No.  109  B. 

BIT  STOCK  COUNTERSINK. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

3-8  inch 

41-4  inches 

$ 0.50 

3-4  inch 

5 inches 

$0.90 

1-2  inch 

41-4  inches 

.60 

7-8  inch 

5 inches 

I.05 

5-8  inch 

41-4  inches 

•75 

1 inch 

5 inches 

1.20 

635 


No.  109.  STRAIGHT  SHANK  HACHINE  BITS. 


For  Wood. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price  Each. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price  Each. 

1-8  inch 

3 inches 

$0  20 

15-32  inch 

554  inches 

$0  80 

5-32  inch 

354  inches 

25 

inch 

6 inches 

85 

3-16  inch 

2%  inches 

3° 

17-32  inch 

654  inches 

95 

7-32  inch 

354  inches 

35 

9-16  inch 

6%  inches 

1 00 

H inch 

4 inches  ' 

40 

Ya  inch 

6%  inches 

1 15 

9-32  inch 

4%  inches 

45 

11-16  inch 

7 inches 

1 35 

5-16  inch 

4%  inches 

50 

Yi  inch 

7 1/2  inches 

1 65 

11-32  inch 

4%  inches 

55 

13-16  inch 

8 inches 

1 95 

y%  inch 

5 inches 

65 

Ya  inch 

8J4  inches 

2 30 

13-32  inch 

5%  inches 

70 

15-16  inch 

9 inches 

2 65 

7-16  inch 

5$4  inches 

75 

1 inch 

gJ4  inches 

3 co 

Price  per  set, 

with  bit  point, 

Y»  to  ]/2  inch,  mounted,  varying  by  32ds, 

- 

l7-oo 

Fig.  813. 


No.  113.  STRAIGHT  FLUTED  STRAIGHT  SHANK  DRILLS. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price  per  Doz. 

Price  Each. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price  per  Doz. 

Price  Each. 

1-16  inch 

2^4  inches 

$1  00 

$0  09 

19-64  inch 

4 Ya  inches 

S3  9° 

S°  35 

5-64  inch 

2 Ya  inches 

1 10 

10 

5-16  inch 

414  inches 

4 20 

37 

3-32  inch 

■2?/i  inches 

1 20 

II 

21-64  inch 

4 Ya  jnches 

4 5° 

40 

7-64  inch 

2 Ya  inches 

1 30 

12 

11-32  inch 

454  inches 

4 80 

42 

Ya  inch 

3 inches 

1 45 

13 

23-64  inch 

4 Ya  inches 

5 10 

45 

9-64  inch 

2J/a  inches 

1 60 

15 

¥&  inch 

5 inches 

5 4° 

48 

5-32  inch 

334  inches 

1 80 

l6 

25-64  inch 

5}4  inches 

5 7° 

5° 

11-64  inch 

3 54  inches 

2 00 

18 

13-32  inch 

5J4  inches 

6 00 

53 

3-16  inch 

2%  inches 

2 20 

20 

27-64  inch 

5%  inches 

6 40 

55 

13-64  inch 

3 Ya  inches 

2 40 

21 

7-16  inch 

5 54  inches 

6 80 

59 

7-32  inch 

354  inches 

2 65 

23 

29-64  inch 

5 Ya  inches 

7 20 

53 

15-64  inch 

3 Ye  inches 

2 90 

26 

15-32  inch 

554  inches 

7 50 

65 

% inch 

4 inches 

3 15 

28 

31-64  inch 

5 Ya  inches 

7 75 

67 

x7-64  inch 

4 y%  inches 

3 40 

30 

y2  inch 

6 inches 

8 00 

70 

9-32  inch 

4 Yi  inches 

3 65 

32 

Fig.  814. 


No.  114.  STRAIGHT  FLUTED  TAPER  SHANK  DRILLS. 


Diameter. 

Yi  inch 
9-32  inch 
5-16  inch 
11-32  inch 
Ya  inch 
13-32  inch 
7-16  inch 
13-32  inch 
l/2  inch 
17-32  inch 
9-16  inch 
19-32  inch 
Ye  inch 
21-32  inch 
n-16  inch 
23-32  inch 


Ivength. 

6J4  inches 
6;4  inches 
654  inches  • 
6 54  inches 
6 K inches 

7 inches 
7 ]A  inches 
7 54  inches 
7 54  inches 

8 inches 
8J4  inches 
8 Yi  inches 
854  inches 

9 inches 
954  inches 
954  inches 


We  furnish  the  above  by  64U1S 


Price 

Each. 

Socket  for 
Morse  Taper. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Price 

Each. 

$0  60  ' 

Yi  inch 

954  inches 

#1  85 

65 

25-32  inch 

gYa  inches 

2 00 

70 

13-16  inch 

10  inches 

2 15 

75 

27-32  inch 

io}4  inches 

2 30 

80 

No.  1 , Price,  $ 1 20. 

Ya  inch 

io}4  inches 

2 45 

85 

29-32  inch 

io54  inches 

2 60 

90 

15-16  inch 

1054  inches 

2 75 

95 

3-32  inch 

10%  inches 

2 90 

1 00 
1 10 

1 inch 

11  inches 

3 00 1 

3 20 

1 1-32  inches 

n54  inches 

1 20 

i 1-16  inches 

1154  inches 

3 40 

1 30 

1 3-32  inches 

1154  inches 

3 60 

1 40 

• No.  2,  Price,  $ 1 80. 

1 1-8  inches 

1 1-54  inches 

3 so 

i 50 

1 5-32  inches 

11%  inches 

4 00 

1 60 

1 3-16  inches 

12  inches 

4 20 

1 70 

1 Yi  inches 

1254  inches 

4 50  J 

and  all  sizes  to  3 inches,  if  ordered. 


Socket  for 
Morse  Taper. 


No.  2,  1'rice,  Si  So. 


No.  3,  Trice,  1 2 50. 


636 


Fig.  815. 


No.  122. 

STANDARD  HAND  REAMERS. 


Diameter. 

Full  Length. 

Length  of  Flute. 

Price 

Each. 

Diameter. 

Full  Length. 

Length  of  Flute. 

Price 

Each. 

yi  inch 

3 inches 

i Y2  inches 

$ 1. 00 

i 11-32  inches 

12  17-32  inches 

6 17-64  inches 

$5.40 

5-32  inch 

3X  inches 

1 yi  inches 

1. 10 

1 Yi  inches 

12Y  inches 

6 5-16  inches 

5.60 

3-16  inch 

3X  inches 

iX  inches 

1.20 

1 13-32  inches 

12  23-32  inches 

6 23-64  inches 

5.80 

7-32  inch 

3X  inches 

1 Y&  inches 

1.30 

1 7-16  inches 

12  13-16  inches 

6 Yi  inches 

6.00 

X inch 

4 inches 

2 inches 

1.40 

1 15-32  inches 

12  29-32  inches 

6 29  64  inches 

6. 20 

9-32  inch 

4X  inches 

2%  inches 

i-45 

1 X inches 

13  inches 

6 Yz  inches 

6.40 

5-16  inch 

4 X inches 

2%  inches 

1.50 

1 17-32  inches 

13  inches 

6X  inches 

6.60 

11-32  inch 

4X  inches 

21/i  inches 

i-55 

1 9-16  inches 

13  inches 

6X  inches 

6.80 

Y inch 

5 inches 

2 y2  inches 

1.60 

1 19  32  inches 

13  inches 

6X  inches 

7.00 

13-32  inch 

5X  inches 

2%  inches 

1.65 

iY  inches 

13  inches 

6X  inches 

7.20 

7-16  inch 

5X  inches 

2X  inches 

i-75 

1 21-32  inches 

13 Yz  inches 

6X  inches 

7.40 

15-32  inch 

5X  inches 

2%  inches 

1.85 

1 11-16  inches 

13X  inches 

6X  inches 

7.60 

X inch 

6 inches 

3 inches 

1.90 

1 23-32  inches 

13X  inches 

6X  inches 

7.80 

17-32  inch 

6X  inches 

3 yi  inches 

i-95 

iX  inches 

13X  inches 

6X  inches 

8.00 

9-16  inch 

6 Yz  inches 

3X  inches 

2.00 

1 25-32  inches 

13 Yz  inches 

6X  inches 

8.20 

19-32  inch 

6X  inches 

3X  inches 

2. 10 

1 13  16  inches 

13X  inches 

6X  inches 

8.40 

Y inch 

7 inches 

3X  inches 

2.20 

1 27-32  inches 

13X  inches 

6X  inches 

8.60 

21-32  inch 

7 11-32  inches 

3 43-64  inches 

2.30 

iY  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

8.80 

11-16  inch 

7 11-16  inches 

3 13-16  inches 

2.40 

1 29-32  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

9.00 

23-32  inch 

8 y&  inches 

4 1-16  inches 

2.50 

1 15-16  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

9.20 

X inch 

8 Y&  inches 

4 3-16  inches 

2.60 

1 31-32  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

9.40 

25-32  inch 

8 23-32  inches 

4 23-64  inches 

2.70 

2 inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

9.60 

13-16  inch 

9 1-16  inches 

4 Yz  inches 

2.80 

2 1 -16  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

9.80 

27-32  inch 

9 Yi  inches 

4 11-16  inches 

2-95 

2*4  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

10.00 

Y inch 

9 11-16  inches 

4 13-16  inches 

3.10 

2 3-16  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

10.50 

29-32  inch 

10  3-32  inches 

5 3-64  inches 

3-25 

2X  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

11. 00 

15-16  inch 

10X  inches 

5X  inches 

3-40 

2 5-16  inches 

14  Yz  inches 

7X  inches 

11.60 

31-32  inch 

10  11-16  inches 

5 11-32  inches 

3-55 

2 Yi  inches 

14X  inches 

7X  inches 

12.20 

1 inch 

10 Yi  inches 

5 7-16  inches 

3- 70 

2 7-16  inches 

14X  inches 

7X  inches 

12.85 

1 1-32  inches 

11  1-16  inches 

5 17-32  inches 

3-85 

2 Yz  inches  . 

14 X inches 

7X  inches 

13-50 

1 1 -16  inches 

11X  inches 

5Y  inches 

4.00 

2 9-16  inches 

14 Yz  inches 

7 inches 

14-15 

1 3-32  inches 

11  7-16  inches 

5 23-32  inches 

4-15 

2Y  inches 

14X  inches 

7X  inches 

14.85 

1 X inches 

11 Y inches 

5 13-16  inches 

4-3° 

2 11-16  inches 

14X  inches 

7X  inches 

15-55 

1 5-32  inches 

11  13-16  inches 

6 29-32  inches 

4-45 

2X  inches 

15  inches 

7 Yz  inches 

16. 25 

1 3-16  inches 

12  inches 

6 inches 

4.60 

2 13-16  inches 

15  inches 

7 Yz  inches 

17.00 

1 7-32  inches 

12 Y inches 

6 1-16  inches 

4-75 

2Y  inches 

15  inches 

7 Yz  inches 

17-75 

iX  inches 

12X  inches 

6 y$  inches 

4.90 

2 15-16  inches 

15  inches 

7 X inches 

18.50 

1 9-32  inches 

12  11-32  inches 

6 11-64  inches 

5-05 

3 inches 

15  inches 

7 X inches 

19-25 

1 5-16  inches 

12  7-16  inches 

6 3-16  inches 

5.20 

Fig.  8 1 6a. 


No.  122  A. 

SELF=FEEDING  HAND  REAMERS. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Length  of  Flute. 

Price 

Each. 

Diameter. 

length. 

Length  of  Flute. 

Price 

Each. 

Y inch 

4 inches 

2 inches 

$1  40 

31-32  inch 

10Y  inches 

5 5-16  inches 

3 55 

9-32  inch 

4%  inches 

2 Y%  inches 

1 45 

1 inch 

io7/z  inches 

5 7-16  inches 

3 70 

5-16  inch 

4 Yz  inches 

■zlA  inches 

1 5° 

1 1-32  iuches 

11  inches 

5 % inches 

3 85 

11-32  inch 

Y/i  inches 

2>3  inches 

1 55 

1 1-16  inches 

inches 

inches 

4 00 

y&  inch 

5 inches 

il/2  inches 

1 60 

1 1-32  inches 

11  Yz  inches 

5 11-16  inches 

4 J5 

13-32  inch 

inches 

7.%  inches 

1 65 

i inches 

11^  inches 

5 13-16  inches 

4 3° 

7-16  inch 

5%  inches 

2^  inches 

1 75 

1 5 32  inches 

11  13-16  iuches 

5%  inches 

4 45 

15-32  inch 

5J4  inches 

274  inches 

1 85 

1 3-16  inches 

12  inches 

6 inches 

4 60 

Yz  inch 

6 inches 

3 inches 

1 90 

1 7-32  inches 

12^  inches 

6 1-16  inches 

4 75 

17-32  inch 

6 Vi  inches 

3'/a  inches 

I 95 

1 Ya  inches 

12^  inches 

6J4  inches 

4 90 

9-16  inch 

6 Yi  inches 

i'A  inches 

2 OO 

1 5-16  inches 

12  7-16  inches 

6 3-16  inches 

5 20 

19-32  inch 

6 Yt,  inches 

3Ya  inches 

2 10 

iJ4  inches 

12^8  inches 

6 5-16  inches 

5 60 

Ys  inch 

7 inches 

3i4  inches 

2 20 

1 7-16  inches 

12  13-16  inches 

6%  inches 

6 00 

21-32  inch 

7ji  iuches 

3^8  inches 

2 30 

l'A  inches 

13  inches 

6y2  inches 

6 40 

11-16  inch 

7 11-16  inches 

3 13-16  inches 

2 40 

1 9-16  inches 

13  inches 

6 y2  inches 

6 80 

23-32  inch 

8 inches 

4 inches 

2 50 

1%  inches 

13  inches 

6 1/2  inches 

7 20 

Y inch 

8 Ys  inches 

4 3-16  inches 

2 60 

1 11-16  inches 

13*4  inches 

6%  inches 

7 60 

25-32  inch 

8 n-16  inches 

4 5-16  inches 

2 70 

1 Yi  inches 

13Y  inches 

6 Y/l  inches 

8 00 

13-16  inch 

9 11-16  inches 

4%  inches 

2 80 

1 13-16  inches 

13Y  inches 

6%  inches 

8 40 

27-32  inch 

9%  inches 

4^8  inches 

2 95 

1%  inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

8 80 

Yz  inch 

9 11-16  inches 

4 13-16  inches 

3 10 

1 15-16  inches 

14  inches 

,7  inches 

9 20 

29-32  inch 

10  inches 

5 inches 

3 25 

2 inches 

14  inches 

7 inches 

9 60 

15-16  inch 

io>4  inches 

5J4  inches 

3 4° 

637 


No.  124  A. 

ROSE  CHUCKING  REAMERS. 


Price, 

Price, 

Price, 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Each. 

1-4  inch 

6 inches 

$0  80 

29-32  inch 

10  inches 

$1  90 

1 7-8  inch 

14  inches 

$4  20 

9-32  inch 

6 inches 

85 

15-16  inch 

10  inches 

1 95 

1 15-16  inch 

14  inches 

4 40 

5-16  inch 

6 inches 

90 

3t-32  inch 

10  inches 

2 05 

2 inches 

14  inches 

4 60 

11-32  inch 

6 inches 

95 

1 inch 

10  1-2  inches 

2 10 

2 1-16  inches 

14  1-2  inches 

4 9° 

3-8  inch 

7 inches 

1 00 

r 1-32  inch 

10  1-2  inches 

2 20 

2 1-8  inches 

14  1-2  inches 

5 20 

13-32  inch 

7 inches 

1 °5 

1 1-16  inch 

10  1-2  inches 

2 25 

2 3-16  inches 

I4  1-2  inches 

5 50 

7-16  inch 

7 inches 

1 10 

1 3-32  inch 

10  1-2  inches 

2 35 

2 1-4  inches 

14  1-2  inches 

5 80 

15-32  inch 

7 inches 

r 15 

1 1-8  inch 

11  inches 

2 40 

2 5-16  inches 

15  inches 

6 10 

1-2  inch 

8 inches 

1 20 

1 5-32  inch 

11  inches 

2 50 

2 3-8  inches 

15  inches 

6 40 

17-32  inch 

8 inches 

1 25 

1 3-16  inch 

11  inches 

2 55 

2 7-16  inches 

15  inches 

6 80 

9-16  inch 

8 inches 

1 30 

1 7-32  inch 

11  inches 

2 65 

2 1-2  inches 

15  inches 

7 20 

19-32  inch 

8 inches 

1 35 

1 1-4  inch 

11  1-2  inches 

2 70 

2 9-16  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

7 5° 

5-8  inch 

9 inches 

1 40 

1 5-16  inch 

11  1-2  inches 

2 85 

2 5-8  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

7 80 

21-32  inch 

9 inches 

1 45 

1 3-8  inch 

12  inches 

3 00 

2 11-16  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

8 10 

11-16  inch 

9 inches 

1 5° 

1 7-16  inch 

12  inches 

3 15 

2 3-4  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

8 40 

23-32  inch 

9 inches 

1 55 

1 1-2  inch 

12  1-2  inches 

3 3° 

2 13-16  inches 

16  inches 

8 80 

3-4  inch 

9 1-2  inches 

1 60 

x 9-16  inch 

12  1-2  inches 

3 45 

278  inches 

16  inches 

9 20 

25-32  inch 

9 1-2  inches 

1 65 

1 5-8  inch 

13  inches 

3 60 

2 15-16  inches 

16  inches 

9 60 

13-16  inch 

9 1-2  inches 

1 70 

1 11-16  inch 

13  inches 

3 75 

3 inches 

16  inches 

10  00 

27-32  inch 

9 1-2  inches 

1 75 

1 3-4  inch 

13  1-2  inches 

3 9° 

7-8  inch 

10  inches 

1 80 

1 13-16  inch 

13  1-2  inches 

4 °5 

Fig.  817. 


No.  122  B. 

JOBBERS’  REAHERS  WITH  HORSE  TAPER  SHANKS. 


Length. 

Price, 

Socket  for 

Length 

Price, 

Socket  for 

Diameter. 

Length. 

of  Flute. 

Each. 

Morse  Taper. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

of  Flute. 

Each. 

Morse  Taper. 

1-4  inch 

5 3-16  inches 

2 inches 

$1  5°  ' 

1 13-32  inch 

12  13-16  inches 

6 5-16  inches 

$5 

90  ' 

9-32  inch 

5 3-16  inches 

2 inches 

1 55 

1 7-16  inch 

13  inches 

6 7-16  inches 

6 

IO 

5-16  inch 

5 1-2  inches 

2 1-4  inches 

1 60 

1 15-32  inch 

13  inches 

6 7-16  inches 

6 

30 

11-32  inch 

5 1-2  inches 

2 1-4  inches 

1 65 

. 1 1-2  inch 

13  1-8  inches 

6 1-2  inches 

6 

50 

3-8  inch 

5 13-16  inches 

2 1-2  inches 

I 70 

1 17-32  inch 

13  1-8  inches 

6 1-2  inches 

6 

70 

13-32  inch 

5 13-16  inches 

2 1-2  inches 

I 80 

1 9-16  inch 

13  1-8  inches 

6 1-2  inches 

6 

90 

No.  4, 

$4  00 

7-16  inch 

6 1-8  inches 

234  inches 

I 85 

No.  1 , 

J'l  20 

1 19-32  inch 

13  1-8  inches 

6 1-2  inches 

7 

10 

15-32  inch 

6 1-8  inches 

2 3-4  inches 

1 95 

1 5-8  inch 

13  1-8  inches 

6 1-2  inches 

7 

30 

1-2  inch 

6- 7-16  inches 

3 inches 

2 00 

1 21-32  inch 

13  1-8  inches 

6 1-2  inches 

7 

50 

17-32  inch 

6 7-16  inches 

3 inches 

2 10 

1 n-16  inch 

14  11-16  inches 

6 3-4  inches 

7 

70 

9-16  inch 

6 3-4  inches 

T3  1-4  inches 

2 15 

1 23-32  inch 

14  11-16  inches 

6 3-4  inches 

7 

85 

19-32  inch 

6 3-4  inches 

|3  1-4  inches 

2 25  J 

1 3-4  inch 

14  11-16  inches 

6 3 4 inches 

8 

00 

5-8  inch 

7 9-16  inches 

“3  1-2  inches 

2 30 

1 25-32  inch 

14  11-16  inches 

6 3-4  inches 

8 

20 

21-32  inch 

7 9-16  inches 

,3  1-2  inches 

2 40 

1 13-16  inch 

14  11-16  inches 

6 3-4  inches 

8 

40 

11-16  inch 

8 inches 

|3  7-8  inches 

2 50 

1 27-32  inch 

14  11-16  inches 

6 3-4  inches 

8 

60 

23-32  inch 

8 inches 

3 7-8  inches 

2 60 

1 7-8  inch 

15  inches 

7 inches 

8 

80 

3-4  inch 

8 3-8  inches 

4 3-16  inches 

2 70 

1 29-32  inch 

15  inches 

7 inches 

9 

OO 

25-32  inch 

8 3-8  inches 

4 3-16  inches 

2 80 

No.  2, 

$1  80 

1 15-16  inch 

15  inches 

7 inches 

9 

20 

13-16  inch 

8 13-16  inches 

4 9-16  inches 

2 90 

1 31-32  inch 

15  inches 

7 inches 

9 

40 

27-32  inch 

8 13-16  inches 

4 9-16  inches 

3 05 

2 inches 

15  inches 

7 inches 

9 

60 

7-8  inch 

9 3-16  inches 

14  7-8  inches 

3 20 

2 1-16  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

7 1-4  inches 

10 

00 

29-32  inch 

9 3-16  inches 

4 7-8  inches 

3 35  J 

2 1-8  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

7 1-4  inches 

10 

40 

15-16  inch 

10  inches 

5 1-8  inches 

3 50  I 

2 3-16  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

7 1-4  inches 

10 

80 

31-32  inch 

10  inches 

5 1-8  inches 

3 65 

2 1-4  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

71-4  inches 

II 

30 

No.  5, 

$7  50 

1 inch 

10  3-8  inches 

5 7-16  inches 

3 80 

2 5-16  inches 

16  inches 

7 1-2  inches 

11 

80 

1 1-32  inch 

10  3-8  inches 

5 7-16  inches 

3 95 

2 3-8  inches 

16  inches 

7 1-2  inches 

12 

3° 

1 1-16  inch 

10  5-8  inches 

5 5-8  inches 

4 10 

No.  3, 

2 7-16  inches 

16  inches 

7 1-2  inches 

12 

80 

1 3-32  inch 

10  5-8  inches 

5 5-8  inches 

4 25 

$2  50 

2 1-2  inches 

16  inches 

7 1-2  inches 

13 

40 

1 1-8  inch 

10  7-8  inches 

5 13-16  inches 

4 40 

2 9-16  inches 

16  1-2  inches 

7 3-4  inches 

14 

00 

1 5-32  inch 

10  7-8  inches 

5 13-16  inches 

4 55 

2 5-8  inches 

16  1-2  inches 

7 3-4  inches 

'4 

60 

1 3-16  inch 

11  1-8  inches 

6 inches 

4 70 

2 11-16  inches 

16  1-2  inches 

7 3-4  inches 

15 

40 

1 7-32  inch 

11  1-8  inches 

6 inches 

4 85 

2 3-4  inches 

16  1-2  inches 

7 3-4  inches 

16 

20 

1 1-4  inch 

11  5-8  inches 

6 1-8  inches 

5 00 : 

2 13-16  inches 

17  inches 

8 inches 

17 

00 

1 9-32  inch 

11  5-8  inches 

6 1-8  inches 

5 15 

2 7-8  inches 

17  inches 

8 inches 

17 

80 

1 5-16  inch 

12  11-16  inches 

6 1-4  inches 

5 3° 

No.  4, 

$4  00 

2 15-16  inches 

17  inches 

8 inches 

18 

60 

1 11-32  inch 

12  11-16  inches 

6 1-4  inches 

5 5° 

3 inches 

17  inches 

8 inches 

19 

4° 

1 3-8  inch 

12  13-16  inches 

6 5-16  inches 

5 7°  j 

638 


Fig.  8iS. 


No.  124  D. 


THREE  GROOVE  CHUCKING  REAMER. 


Diameter, 

Inches. 

Length, 

Inches. 

Length  of 
Flutes, 
Inches. 

Price. 

Socket  for 
Morse 
Taper. 

Diameter, 

Inches. 

Length, 

Inches. 

Length  of 
Flutes, 
Inches. 

Price. 

Socket  for 
Morse 
Taper, 

3-8 

6.3-4 

4 

$1  7° 

1 1-4 

16 

10  1-2 

$4  So 

7-16 

7 i-4 

4 1-2 

I SO 

1 5-16 

16 

10  1-2 

5 20 

1-2 

8 

5 

I 90 

1 3-8 

16 

10  1-2 

5 60 

9-16 

9 

6 

2’ OO 

No.  2. 

1 7-16 

16 

10  1-2 

6 00 

No.  4. 

5-8 

J3 

9 

2 60 

1 1-2 

]6 

10  1-2 

6 40 

11-16 

13 

9 

2*75 

1 9-16 

16 

10  1-2 

6 90 

3-4 

13 

9 

2 90 

. 

15-8 

16 

IO  T-2 

7 4° 

13-16 

13 

9 

3 05 

I 11-16 

16 

10  1-2 

7 90 

7-8 

13 

9 

3 20 

I 3-4 

16 

10 

8 40 

15-16 

13 

9 

3 40 

1 13  16 

16 

10 

8 80 

1 

13 

9 

3 60 

No.  3. 

I' 7-8 

16 

10 

9 20 

No.  5. 

1 1-16 

13 

9 

3 80 

1 15-16 

16 

10 

9 5° 

1 1-8 

13 

9 

4 00 

2 

16 

10 

9 80 

1 3-16 

16 

10  1-2 

4 50 

These  chucking  reamers  are  furnished  with  taper  or  straight  shanks,  and  are  1-64  inch  under  size,  unless  otherwise  ordered.  Special  lengths 
made  to  order. 


Fig.  819.  Fig.  819  A. 


No.  123. 


STANDARD  SHELL  REAMERS. 


Diameter, 

Length, 

Size  Hole, 

Price, 

Diameter, 

Length, 

Size  Hole, 

Price, 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Each. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Each. 

1-4 

1 1-2 

1-8 

$1  10 

2 13-16 

4 

1 1-2 

$8  40 

5-16 

1 1-2 

1-8 

1 10 

2 7-8 

4 

1 1-2 

8 80 

3-f 

1 3-4 

3-16 

1 20 

2 15-16 

4 

1 1-2 

9 20 

7-16 

1 3-4 

3-16 

1 30 

3 

4 

1 1-2 

9 60 

1-2 

2 

1-4 

1 40 

3 i-ifi 

4 1-2 

1 3-4 

9 9° 

g-16 

2 

1-4 

i,*  50 

3 1-8 

4 1-2 

1 3-4 

10  20 

5-8 

2 1-4 

3-8 

1 60 

3 3-16 

4 12 

1 3-4 

10  60 

n-16 

2 14 

38 

1 60 

3 1-4 

4 1-2 

1 3-4 

11  00 

3-4 

2 1-2 

1-2 

1 60 

35-16 

4 1-2 

1 3-4 

11  50 

13-16 

2 1-2  • 

1-2 

1 60 

3 3-8 

4 1-2 

1 3-4 

12  00 

7-8 

2 12 

1-2 

1 70 

3 7-16 

4 1 2 

1 3-4 

12  50 

15-16 

2 1-2 

1-2 

1 70 

3 1-2 

4 1-2 

L3-4 

13  OO 

1 

2 3-4 

5-8 

1 80 

39-16 

5 

2 

13  5° 

1 1-16 

2 3-4 

5-8 

1 80 

35-8 

5 

2 

14  00 

1 1-8 

2 3-4 

5-8 

1 90 

3 ii-16 

5 

2 

14  5° 

1 3-16 

2 3-4 

5-8 

2 00 

334 

5 

2 

15  00 

1 1-4 

2 3-4 

5-8 

2 20 

3 13-10 

5 

2 

15  5° 

1 5-i6 

3 

3-4 

2 40 

37-8 

5 

2 

16  00 

13-8 

3 

3-4 

2 60 

3 15-16 

5 

2 

17  00 

1 7-16 

3 

3-4 

2 80 

4 

5 

2 

18  00 

1 1-2 

3 

3-4 

3 00 

4 1-16 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

18  30 

1 9-16 

3 

34 

3 20 

4 1-8 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

18  60 

1 5-8 

3 

3 4 

3 50 

43-16 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

19  00 

1 11-16 

3 1-2 

1 

3 80 

4 1-4 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

19  40 

1 3-4 

3 1-2 

I 

4 10 

45-16 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

19  80 

1 13-16 

3 1-2 

I 

4 40 

4 3-8 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

20  20 

1 7-8 

3 1-2 

1 

4 70 

4 7-16 

5 1-2 

2 1 4 

20  60 

1 15-16 

3 I'2 

1 

5 00 

4 1-2 

5 1-2 

2 1-4 

21  00 

2 

3 1-2 

1 

5 20 

49-16 

5 1-2 

2 14 

21  60 

2 I l6 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

5 40 

45-8 

6 

2 1-2 

22  20 

2 1-8 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

5 60 

4 11-16 

6 

2 1-2 

22  80 

2 3-16 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

5 80 

4 3-4 

6 

2 1-2 

23  4° 

2 I -4 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

6 00 

4 13-16 

6 

2 1-2 

24  00 

2 5-16 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

6 20 

478 

6 

2-1-2 

24  60 

2 3-8 

3 3-4 

I 1-4 

6 40 

4 15-16 

6 

2 1-2 

25  20 

2 7-16 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

6 60 

5 

6 

2 1-2 

26  00 

2 1-2 

3 3-4 

1 1-4 

6 80 

5 14 

6 

2 I 2 

30  00 

2 9-16 

4 

I 1-2 

7 00 

5 1-2 

6 

2 1-2 

34  00 

2 5-8 

4 

I 1-2 

7 30 

5 3-4 

6 

2 12 

38  00 

2 II-I6 

4 

1 1-2 

7 60 

6 

6 

2 1-2 

42  00 

2 3-4 

4 

I 1-2 

8 00 

Shell  Reamers  of  any  size,  or  length  made  to  order. 


639 


cO  •'t  1 


Fig.  S20. 


No.  124  B. 


FLUTED  CHUCKING  REAMERS, 


With  Morse  Taper  Shanks. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Length  of 
Flute. 

Price  Socket 

Each  for  Morse 
Ea  1 • Taper, 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Length  of 
Flute. 

Price 

Each. 

X inch 

6 inches 

X inch 

$1.20 

i 7-32  inches 

1 1 inches 

iX  inches 

$3.40 

9-32  inch 

6 inches 

X inch 

1.20 

iX  inches 

11X  inches 

iX  inches 

3-50 

5-16  inch 

6 inches 

X inch 

I.30 

1 5-16  inches 

11X  inches 

iX  inches 

3-70 

11-32  inch 

6 inches 

X inch 

I.30 

iX  inches 

12  inches 

2 inches 

3-95 

X inch 

7 inches 

1 inch 

i-45 

17-16  inches 

12  inches 

2 inches 

4-i5 

13-32  inch 

7 inches 

1 inch 

1.50 

No.  1. 

1 X inches 

12X  inches 

2l/i  inches 

4.40 

7- 16  inch 

7 inches 

1 inch 

i-55 

1 9 16  inches 

12X  inches 

2X  inches 

4.60 

15-32  inch 

7 inches 

1 inch 

1.60 

iX  inches 

13  inches 

2 X inches 

4-85 

X inch 

8 inches 

iX  inches 

1.65 

1 11-16  inches 

13  inches 

2X  inches 

5.10 

17-32  inch 

8 inches 

iX  inches 

1.70 

iX  inches 

13  X inches 

2X  inches 

5-30 

9-16  inch 

8 inches 

iX  inches 

i-75 

1 13-16  inches 

13X  inches 

2X  inches 

5-50 

19-32  inch 

8 inches 

iX  inches 

1.80 

iX  inches 

14  inches 

2X  inches 

5-70 

X inch 

9 inches 

iX  inches 

1.90 

i 15-16  inches 

14  inches 

2X  inches 

5-95 

21-32  inch 

9 inches 

iX  inches 

1-95 

2 inches 

14  inches 

2X  inches 

6.20 

1 1- 16  inch 

9 inches 

iX  inches 

2.00 

2 1-16  inches 

14X  inches 

2X  inches 

6.50 

23-32  inch 

9 inches 

iX  inches 

2.10 

2X  inches 

14X  inches 

2X  inches 

6.80 

X inch 

9 X inches 

iX  inches 

2.20 

No.  2. 

2 3-16  inches 

14X  inches 

2X  inches 

7. 10 

25-32  inch 

9X  inches 

iX  inches 

2.30 

2X  inches 

14X  inches 

2X  inches 

7.40 

13-16  inch 

9X  inches 

iX  inches 

2.40 

2 5-16  inches 

15  inches 

3 inches 

7.70 

27-32  inch 

9X  inches 

iX  inches 

2.50 

2X  inches 

15  inches 

3 inches 

8.00 

X inch 

10  inches 

iX  inches 

2-55 

2 7-16  inches 

15  inches 

3 inches 

8.40 

29-32  inch 

10  inches 

iX  inches 

2.60 

2X  inches 

15  inches 

3 inches 

8.80 

15-16  inch 

10  inches 

iX  inches 

2.65 

2 9-16  inches 

15  X inches 

3X  inches 

9.20 

31-32  inch 

10  inches 

iX  inches 

2.70 

2X  inches 

15X  inches 

3X  inches 

9.60 

1 inch 

10X  inches 

iX  inches 

2-75 

2 11-16  inches 

15X  inches 

3X  inches 

10.00 

1 1-32  inches 

10X  inches 

iX  inches 

2.80 

2X  inches 

15X  inches 

3X  inches 

10.40 

1 1-16  inches 

10X  inches 

iX  inches 

2.85 

No.  3. 

2 13-16  inches 

16  inches 

3X  inches 

10.80 

1 3-32  inches 

10X  inches 

iX  inches 

2-95 

2X  inches 

16  inches 

3X  inches 

11.20 

1 X inches 

11  inches 

iX  inches 

3.10 

2 15-16  inches 

16  inches 

3X  inches 

11.60 

1 5-32  inches 

11  inches 

iX  inches 

3.20 

3 inches 

16  inches 

3X  inches 

12.00 

1 3- 16  inches 

11  inches 

iX  inches 

3 3° 

Fig.  821. 


Diameter, 

Price, 


No.  128. 


BIT  STOCK  TAPER  REAHERS. 

X inch  5-16  inch  X inch  7-16  inch  ^ inch  9-16  inch  ^ inch 

$ -45  -50  -55  -6o  .70  .80  .90 


1 1 -16  inch 

1.05 


No. 

1 

2 


7 


Fig.  822. 


No.  130. 


ARBORS  FOR  SHELL  REAMERS. 


Fitting  Sizes. 

X to  5-16  inch 
X to  7-16  inch 
X to  9-16  inch 
X to  11-16  inch 
X to  15-16  inch 
1 to  1^  inches 
1 5-16  to  iX  inches 


Full  Length. 

Price 

Fach. 

6 inches 

$1.20 

7 inches 

1.40 

8 inches 

I.60 

9 inches 

I.80 

9X  inches 

2.00 

10  inches 

2.20 

11  inches 

2.40 

No. 

Fitting  Si 

8 

I II-16  to  2 

9 

2 1-16  to  2X 

10 

2 9-16  to  3 

II 

3 1-16  to  3X 

12 

3 9-16  to  4 

13 

4 1-16  to  4X 

M 

4 9-16  to  5 

'CS. 

Full  Length. 

inches 

12  inches 

inches 

13  inches 

inches 

14  inches 

inches 

15  inches 

inches 

16  inches 

inches 

17  inches 

inches 

18  inches 

Socket 
for  Morse 
Taper. 

No  .3. 


No.  4. 


No.  5. 


X inch 
1.20 


Price 

Each. 

$2.7° 

3.00 

3-4o 


640 


Fig.  823. 


Fig.  823  A. 


STEEL  SOCKETS 


FOR  TAPER  SHANK  DRILLS. 


No.  1 holds  1-4  to  19-3?  inch,  inclusive, $1  20 

No.  2 holds  5-8  to  29-32  inch,  inclusive,  - - - - - x 80 

No.  3 holds  15-16  to  1 1-4  inch,  inclusive,  2 50 

No.  4 holds  1 9-32  to  2 inches,  inclusive, -4  00 

No.  5 holds  2 1-16  to  2 1-2  inches,  inclusive, 7 50 

No.  1,  with  shank  fitted  to  No.  2 or  3 socket, 2 00 

No.  2,  with  shank  fitted  to  No.  3 socket, - - - - 2 50 

No.  3,  with  shank  fitted  to  No.  4 socket, 3 20 

No.  4,  with  shank  fitted  to  No.  5 socket,  4 80 


STEEL  SOCKETS  OR  SLEEVES  FOR  TAPER  SHANK  DRILLS. 


No.  1,  fitted  to  No.  2 or  3 socket,  

No.  2,  fitted  to  No.  3 socket, 2 40 

No.  3,  fitted  to  No.  4 socket, 3 00 

No.  4,  fitted  to  No.  5 socket, ---4  40 


Fig.  824. 


Fig.  823  B. 


No.  126. 


STANDARD  TAPER  PIN  REAMERS. 

Taper  X inch  per  foot. 


Size 

Diameter  at 

Length  of 

Total 

Price, 

Size 

Diameter  at 

Length  of 

Total 

Price, 

No. 

Small  End. 

Flute. 

Length. 

Each. 

No. 

Small  End. 

Flute. 

Length. 

Each. 

0 

0.125  inch 

1 1-2  inches 

2 1-4  inches 

$1  00 

6 

0.279  inch 

3 5-8  inches 

5 inches 

$2  25 

1 

0.146  “ 

1 3-4  “ 

2 1-2  “ 

1 00 

7 

0-331  “ 

41-2  “ 

6 - 

2 50 

2 

0.162  “ 

2 “ 

3 “ 

1 25 

8 

0.398  “ 

5 1-4 

6 3-4  “ 

3 00 

3 

0.183  “ 

2 1.4  “ 

■ 3 1-2 

1 5° 

9 

0 482  “ 

6 1-8  “ 

8 “ 

3 50 

4 

0.208  “ 

2 1-2  “ 

4 “ 

1 75 

10 

0.581  “ 

7 “ 

9 “ 

4 00 

5 

0.240  “ 

3 “ 

4 1-2  “ 

2 00 

These  Reamers  have  the  same  taper,  and  each  will  overlay  in  convenient  measure  the  size  next  smaller.  Special  sizes  made  to  order. 


Fig.  825. 


No.  127. 

STANDARD  TAPER  REAMERS, 

For  Locomotive;  Work. 

Taper  1-16  inch  per  foot. 


Diameter 

Length  of 

Price, 

Diameter 

Length  of 

Price, 

at  End. 

Flute. 

Total  Length. 

Each. 

at  End. 

Flute. 

Total  Length. 

Each. 

1-4  inch 

4 inches 

5 5-16  inches 

$2  20 

13-16  inch 

9 inches 

11  1-4  inches 

$4  50 

9-32  “ 

4 “ 

5 5-i6  “ 

2 20 

7.8 

9 “ 

11  1-4  “ 

4 80 

5-16  “ 

4 

5 5-i6  “ 

2 25 

15-16  “ 

9 

11  1-4  “ 

5 10 

n-32  “ 

4 ‘ 

5 5-16  “ 

2 25 

1 “ 

9 4 

11  1-4  “ 

5 40 

3-8  “ 

5 

65-16  “ 

2 30 

1 1-16  “ 

9 “ 

11  1-4  “ 

5 70 

13-32  “ 

5 “ 

65-16  “ 

2 40 

1 1-8  “ 

10  “ 

12  1-4  “ 

6 20 

7-16  “ 

6 “ 

75-16  “ 

2 55 

1 3-16  “ 

10  “ 

12  1-4  “ 

6 60 

15-32  “ 

6 “ 

7 5-i6  " 

2 70 

1 1.4  “ 

10  “ 

12  1-4  “ 

7 00 

1-2  “ 

7 “ 

85-8  “ 

3 00 

1 5-16  “ 

12  “ 

14 1*2  “ 

7 60 

9-16  “ 

8 “ 

9 5-8  “ 

3 20 

138  - 

12  “ 

14 1-2  “ 

8 00 

5-8  “ 

8 “ 

9 7-8  “ 

3 50 

1 7-16  “ 

12  “ 

14  1-2  “ 

8 50 

11-16  “ 

8 “ 

9 7-8  “ 

3 so 

1 1-2  “ 

12  “ 

14 1-2  “ 

9 00 

3-4  “ 

8 “ 

9 7-8  “ 

4 10 

Reamers  of  other  taper  per  foot  than  as  specified  above,  furnished  as  desired. 


641 


8TANDARD  TOOL  CO., 
CLEVELAND,  O. 


Fig.  826. 


DOUBLE-ACTING  RACHET  DRILLS. 


No.  1.  10%  inch  handle,  with  one  socket  taking  Morse 
taper  shank  drills,  from  % inch  to  ff  inch,  inclusive,  and 
one  socket  taking  flat  drills,  $14.00. 

No.  1.  Without  the  two  sockets,  $1 1.00. 

No.  2.  1 3^  inch  handle,  with  one  socket  taking  Morse 
taper  shank  drills,  from  to  itf  inch,  inclusive,  and  one 
socket  for  flat  drills,  $17.00. 

No.  2.  Without  the  two  sockets,  $14.00. 

Socket  No.  i,  for  taper  shank  drills,  from  % to  |§ 
in.,  inclusive,  $1.50. 

Socket,  No.  2,  for  taper  shank  drills, 
from  % to  ff  in.,  inclusive,  $2.00. 

Socket  No.  3,  for  flat  drill,  for  No.  1 
Ratchet,  $1.75. 

Socket  No.  4,  for  flat  drill,  for  No.  2 
ratchet,  $1.75. 


Socket  No.  1 is  fitted  with  taper  shank 
to  slide  into  No.  2 socket,  and  purchasers 
procuring  the  No.  2 ratchet,  with  the  three 
sockets,  can  use  the  whole  list  of  drills. 
The  sockets  used  in  these  drills  can  be 
used  for  lathe  work,  being  of  correct  taper 
for  the  Morse  taper  shank  drills. 


TWIST  DRILL  AND  STEEL  WIRE  GAUGE. 

Fig.  827.  No.  119. 

Price, $1-25 


ifOOOOO  OOOO  OO  Oi) 

jo  2;  21  23  22  21  23  19  13  17  16  15  14  13  o° 

oMOOOOOOOOOOOO  oh 


H ^ 23 


30  Cl  32  33  34  35  36  37  38  39  40 


S*0  ooooooooooooooo..M 

tH  H CO  09  53  57  56  55  54  53  52  51  50  49  43  47  46  45  44  43  42  5°  , 
0000  000000OOO  OOO  0 0 0“ 


25. 

32 


29 

64 


2L 

64 


il 

32 


28 

64 


OOOOOOO ' 

17  _9_  ]9  5_  21  J1  _?3  JL 

4 64  32  64  16  04  32  64 

00 OOOOOOO 0 


Ail  7 3 5 

16  64  32  64  8 61  32  64 

OCOOO000000 


JOBBERS’  DRILL  GAUGE. 

Fig.  828.  No.  120. 

Price, $2.25. 


AUTOMATIC  DRILL  STOCK  No.  1. 

Fig.  829. 

Price,  with  12  drill  points,  assorted,  per  dozen, 


$9  00. 


3 


4 


AUTOMATIC  DRILL  No.  2. 

Fig.  830. 

No.  2 is  a larger  size,  with  hollow  handle,  and  in- 
cludes a set  of  8 drill  points  the  same  size  as  shown 
in  Fig.  829. 

Price,  with  eight  drill  points,  per  dozen,  $18.00. 


2 


5 


6 


642 


fi-75 

2.00 


PACKER  RATCHET  DRILLS. 

With  Taper  Hole  in  Socket. 


No.  2.  12  inch  handle,  taking  No.  i 

Morse  taper  socket  or  Morse  taper 


shank  drills,  from  % to  29-32  inches, 
inclusive,  - - - $16.00 

No.  3.  13  inch  handle,  taking  No.  2 

Morse  taper  socket  or  Morse  taper 
shank  drills,  from  i5-i6to  ilY  inches, 
inclusive,  ...  20.00 

No.  4.  17  inch  handle,  taking  No.  3 

Morse  taper  socket  or  Morse  taper 
shank  drills,  from  1 9-32  to  2 inches, 
inclusive,  - - - 25.00 

Socket  No.  1,  for  taper  shank  drills 
from  X to  19-32  inches,  inclusive,  1.50 
Socket  No.  2,  for  taper  shank  drills 
from  % to  29-32  inches,  inclusive,.  2.00 
Socket  No.  3,  for  taper  shank  drills 
from  15-16  to  inches,  inclusive,  2.50 
No.  3.  Flat  drill  socket  for  No.  2 
Packer  Ratchet  and  fitting  No.  2 
taper  socket,  - - - 1,75 


No.  4.  Flat  drill  socket  for  No.  3 Packer  Ratchet  and  fitting  No.  3 taper  socket, 
No.  5.  Flat  drill  socket  for  No.  4 Ratchet,  - 


No.  2 Packer  Ratchet  with  No.  1 taper  socket  will  take  taper  shank  drills  from  Y to  29  32  inches,  inclusive. 

No.  3 Packer  Ratchet  with  Nos.  1 and  2 taper  sockets  will  take  taper  shank  drills  from  Y to  lY  inches,  inclusive. 
No.  4 Packer  Ratchet  with  Nos.  1,  2 and  3 taper  sockets  will  take  taper  shank  drills  from  X to  2 inches,  inclusive. 


GENUINE  PACKER  RATCHET  DRILLS 


For  Feat  Drills  Only. 


PACKER  RATCHET 


10  inch  handles, 
12  inch  handles, 
15  inch  handles, 
17  inch  handles, 
20  inch  handles, 


RATCHETS. 


BOILER 


10  inch  handles, 
12  inch  handles, 


AUGER  RATCHETS. 


Fig.  833. 


Size, 
Price,  - 


FLAT  DRILLS. 


yi  inch  yz  inch 
.40  .40 


For 

% inch  Y inch 
.40  .45 


Packer  Ratchets. 

Ye,  inch  1 inch  ij4  inches  1 Y inches 
■45  -45  .50  .55 


1 Y%  inches 
.60 


iy2  inches  6 inches  long 
.65  cents  each 


643 


^RENTlIsT^QL  &fSumj & 


Fig.  834.  Fig.  835. 


TAPER.  PLUG. 

Fig.  836. 


BOTTOMING. 

No.  131. 

SETS  OF  MACHINISTS’  HAND  TAPS. 

Three  taps  to  set,  taper,  plug  and  bottoming. 


Number  of 

Price, 

Price, 

Number  of 

Price, 

Price, 

Diameter. 

Threads  to  Inch. 

Each. 

per  Set. 

Diameter. 

Threads  per  Inch. 

Each. 

per  Set. 

1-4  inch 

16,  18,  20 

$0.45 

$i-35 

15-16  inch 

9 

$I.8o 

$5-40 

5-16  inch 

16,  18 

■50 

1.50 

1 inch 

8 

2.00 

6.00 

3-8  inch 

14,  16,  18 

•55 

1.65 

1 1-8  inch 

7.8 

2.25 

6-75 

7-16  inch 

14,  16 

.60 

1.80 

1 1-4  inch 

7 

2.60 

7.80 

1-2  inch 

12,  13,  14 

.70 

2.10 

1 3 8 inch 

6 

3.00 

9.00 

9-16  inch 

12,  14 

• 80 

2.40 

1 1-2  inch 

6 

3-50 

10.50 

5-8  inch 

IO,  II,  12 

.90 

2.70 

1 5-8  inch 

5,  5 1-2 

4.20 

12.60 

11-16  inch 

II,  12 

1.05 

3-15 

1 3-4  inch 

5 

5.00 

15.00 

3-4  inch 

IO,  12 

1.20 

3.60 

1 7 8 inch 

4 1-2,  5 

3.80 

17.40 

13-16  inch 

IO 

1.40 

4.20 

2 inch 

4 12 

6.70 

20.10 

7-8  inch 

9,  IO 

I.60 

4.80 

Unless  advised  to  the  contrary  we  fill  orders  with  the  V threads.  Please  state  number  of  threads  and  exact  size  wanted. 


Fig.  837. 


No.  131  A. 

HACHINE  OR  NUT 


TAPS. 


Number  of 

Price, 

Number  of 

Price, 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Threads  to  Inch. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

Length. 

Threads  to  Inch. 

Each. 

3-16  inch 

4 inches 

24 

$ 0.60 

i 3-4  inches 

15  1-2  inches 

5 

$6.00 

1-4  inch 

41-2  inches 

18, 20, 24 

.60 

1 7-8  inches 

161-4  inches 

4 1-2,  5 

6.80 

5-16  inch 

51-8  inches 

16, 18 

.70 

2 inches 

17  inches 

4 1-2,  5 

7.70 

3-8  inch 

5 3-4  inches 

14, 16, 18 

.80 

21-8  inches 

18  inches 

4 1-2 

9.00 

7-16  inch 

6 3-8  inches 

12, 14, 16 

.90 

21-4  inches 

18  inches 

4 1-2 

10.20 

1-2  inch 

7 inches 

12, 13, 14 

1. 00 

2 3-8  inches 

19  inches 

4 1-2 

II.50 

9-16  inch 

7 3-4  inches 

10, 11, 12 

1. 15 

21-2  inches 

19  inches 

4 

12.50 

5-8  inch 

8 1-2  inches 

10, 11, 12 

I.30 

2 5-8  inches 

19  1-2  inches 

4 

14.00 

11-16  inch 

91-4  inches 

10, 11, 12 

i-45 

2 3-4  inches 

19  1-2  inches 

4 

15.00 

3-4  inch 

9 1-4  inches 

10, 11, 12 

1.60 

2 7-8  inches 

21  inches 

4 

16.50 

13-16  inch 

10  inches 

10 

1.80 

3 inches 

21  inches 

3 I-2 

18.00 

7-8  inch 

10  inches 

9, 10, 12 

2.10 

31-8  inches 

21  inches 

3 1-2 

19-75 

15-16  inch 

11  inches 

9 

2.40 

31-4  inches 

21  inches 

3 1-2 

21.50 

1 inch 

11  inches 

8,  9 

2.80 

3 3-8  inches 

21  inches 

3 1-2 

23.OO 

1 1-8  inch 

13  inches 

7,8 

3.20 

31-2  inches 

21  inches 

3 i-4 

25.00 

1 1-4  inch 

13  inches 

7 

3-7° 

35-8  inches 

21  inches 

3 i-4 

27.OO 

1 3-8  inch 

14  inches 

6 

4.20 

3 3-4  inches 

21  inches 

3 

29.5O 

1 1-2  inch 

14  inches 

6 

4.70 

3 7-8  inches 

21  inches 

3 

31.00 

1 5-8  inch 

14  3-4  inches 

5,  5 1-2 

5-3° 

4 inches 

21  inches 

3 

33-50 

Unless  advised  to  the  contrary,  we  fill  orders  with  V threads.  We  keep  in  stock  the  above,  and  1-32  over  size  for  rough  iron. 


644 


Fig.  838, 


MACHINE  SCREW  TAPS. 


>.  of  Screw 
Gauge. 

Approximate 

Size. 

Standard  No.  of  Threads 
to  Inch. 

Threads  also  Furnished. 

Price  Each. 

Price  Per  ] 

2 

5-64  inch 

56  inches 

48  and  64  inches 

$0  35 

$4 

00 

3 

48  inches 

40  and  56  inches 

35 

4 

00 

4 

7-64  inch 

36  inches 

32  and  40  inches 

35 

4 

00 

5 

36  inches 

30,  32  and  40  inches 

35 

4 

00 

6 

9-64  inch 

32  inches 

30,  36  and  40  inches 

35 

4 

00 

7 

32  inches 

28  and  30  inches 

35 

4 

00 

8 

5-32  inch 

32  inches 

24  and  30  inches 

35 

4 

00 

9 

30  inches 

24,  28  and  32  inches 

35 

4 

00 

10 

3-16  inch 

24  inches 

28,  30  and  32  inches 

35 

4 

00 

n 

24  inches 

28  and  30  inches 

35 

4 

00 

12 

7-32  inch 

24  inches 

20,  22  and  28  inches 

35 

4 

00 

13 

22  inches 

20  and  24  inches 

38 

4 

40 

'4 

l/i  inch 

20  inches 

22  and  24  inches 

38 

4 

40 

15 

20  inches 

18,  22  and  24  inches 

38 

4 

40 

16 

17-64  inch 

18  inches 

16,  20  and  24  inches 

38 

4 

40 

17 

18  inches 

x 16  and  20  inches 

38 

4 

40 

18 

9 32  inch 

18  inches 

16  and  20  inches 

38 

4 

40 

19 

18  inches 

16  and  20  inches 

3§ 

4 

40 

20 

5-16  inch 

16  inches 

18  and  20  inches 

45 

5 

30 

22 

% inch 

16  inches 

18  inches 

45 

5 

30 

24 

16  inches 

14  and  18  inches 

45 

5 

30 

26 

16  inches 

14  inches 

53 

6 

30 

28 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

16  inches 

53 

6 

30 

3° 

14  inches 

16  inches 

53 

6 

30 

Less  than  six  taps  of  a size  and  thread  will  be  charged  as  single  taps. 

Sizes  and  threads  not  on  list  will  be  considered  special,  and  will  be  subject  to  special  prices. 


Fig.  839. 


PULLEY  TAPS. 


No.  of 

Price  Each. 

Diameter. 

Threads  to 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

5^  inch 

20  inches 

$0  65 

$0  70 

$0  80 

$0  90 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

75 

80 

I 00 

1 20 

Ys  inch 

16  inches 

80 

90 

I 10 

1 30 

$1  40 

$1  60 

Si  80 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

90 

1 00 

I 20 

1 40 

1 60 

1 70 

I 9O 

inch 

12,  13  inches 

I OO 

1 3° 

I 40 

1 5° 

1 60 

1 80 

2 00 

$2  20 

9-16  inch 

12  inches 

1 15 

1 35 

1 45 

1 55 

1 70 

1 85 

2 IO 

2 30 

$2  50 

inch 

11  inches 

I 20 

1 40 

1 5° 

1 60 

1 75 

1 90 

2 20 

2 40 

2 60 

$2  80 

11-16  inch 

11  inches 

I 30 

1 50 

1 55 

1 70 

2 00 

2 10 

2 30 

2 50 

2 70 

2 90 

Yi  inch 

10  inches 

I 40 

1 5° 

I 60 

1 80 

2 IO 

2 30 

2 50 

2 70 

2 90 

3 10 

13-16  inch 

10  inches 

1 60 

1 75 

1 80 

2 00 

2 30 

2 50 

2 70 

2 90 

3 

3 3° 

% inch 

9 inches 

I 80 

2 00 

2 IO 

2 30 

2 50 

2 70 

2 90 

3 10 

3 30 

3 5° 

15-16  inch 

9 inches 

2 00 

2 30 

2 40 

2 55 

2 70 

2 90 

3 10 

3 30 

3 5° 

3 70 

1 inch 

8 inches 

2 50 

2 70 

2 80 

3 00 

3 20 

3 4° 

3 60 

3 80 

4 00 

4 20 

Special  sizes  and  threads  furnished  at  special  prices. 


TAPPER  TAPS. 


Diameter. 

No.  of  Threads 
to  Inch. 

Length  of  Thread 
in  Inches. 

Price  Each. 

Whole  Length 

1 1 

Inches. 

12 

Inches. 

14 

Inches. 

15 

Inches. 

1 inch 

20  inches 

1 Yt,  inches 

$ 70 

75 

$0  80 

$0  90 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

2 inches 

80 

85 

9° 

• Ys  inch 

16  inches 

2 inches 

90 

95 

1 00 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

2%  inches 

1 00 

1 °5 

1 15 

Y inch 

12  and  13  inches 

2\l  inches 

1 12 

1 15 

1 25 

9-16  inch 

12  inches 

2%  inches 

1 30 

1 35 

1 45 

1 55 

Ys  inch 

11  inches 

2V2  inches 

1 45 

1 50 

1 65 

1 75 

11-16  inch 

11  inches 

2%  inches 

1 62 

1 70 

1 80 

Yi  inch 

10  inches 

2%  inches 

1 80 

1 85 

2 00 

2 10 

13-16  inch 

10  inches 

2 Yi  inches 

2 05 

2 10 

2 25 

2 35 

Ys  inch 

9 inches 

3 inches 

2 35 

2 45 

2 60 

2 75 

15-16  inch 

9 inches 

3 inches 

2 70 

2 75 

3 00 

3 15 

1 inch 

8 inches 

2%  inches 

3 15 

3 20 

3 5° 

3 65 

iJ4  inches 

7 inches 

3 y2  inches 

3 60 

3 70 

3 95 

4 10 

inches 

7 inches 

2l/i  inches 

4 15 

4 25 

4 50 

4 65 

1 % inches 

6 inches 

4 inches 

4 7° 

4 80 

5 05 

5 20 

il/2  inches 

6 inches 

4 inches 

5 3° 

5 4° 

5 65 

5 80 

Prices  on  special  length  taps  given  on  application. 


645 


Fig.  840. 


HOB  OR  MASTER’S  TAPS. 


Diameter,  inches,  - 

Standard  No.  of  threads  to  inch, 

Threads  also  furnished,  - - 1 

Length  over  all,  - 

Price,  each,  ----- 

X 

20 

16 

18 

4 

$ o-75 

5 

1 S 
18 

l6 

4X 

.87 

x 

16 

14 

5X 

1. 00 

7 

TIT 

14 

l6 

6'A 
1. 12 

X 

12 

13 
6/^2 

1-25 

9 

TS 

12 

6?/s 

1.44 

H 

11 
10 

12 

7 X 

1.62 

1 1 

11 

12 
7 X 

1. 81 

Vat 

10 

8 

2.00 

1 8 
TIT 
IO 

8X 

2.25 

X 

9 

8 >4 

2.62 

Diameter,  inches, 

- 

1 5 

I 

iX 

iX 

1 X 

1 X 

1 X 

iX 

1 X 

2 

Standard  No.  of  threads  to  inch, 

- 

9 

8 

7 

7 

6 

6 

5 

5 

4X 

4X 

Threads  also  furnished, 

- 

8 

8 

5X 

5 

Length  over  all, 

- 

8 X 

9X 

9% 

IO 

10X 

i°X 

nX 

nX 

nX 

12  x 

Price,  each,  - - - 

- 

l3-oo 

3-50 

4.00 

4.62 

5-25 

5.87 

6.62 

7-50 

8.50 

9.62 

These  long  Hob  Taps  are  mostly  used  for  cutting  solid  bolt  dies. 

Master’s  Taps  are  sent  even  size,  unless  over  size  is  called  for. 

Fig.  841. 


SHORT  HOB  TAPS. 


Diameter,  inches,  - - - - 

X 

5 

TIT 

X 

7 

n> 

X 

A 

X 

1 1 
T5 

X 

1 3 
H> 

X 

Standard  No.  of  threads  to  inch, 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

12 

II 

II 

IO 

IO 

9 

Threads  also  furnished,  - - j 

16 

18 

16 

14 

16 

13 

IO 

12 

12 

Length  over  all,  - 

2X 

3X 

3X 

3X 

4 

4X 

4X 

4X 

5 

5X 

5 X 

Price,  each,  ----- 

$0.60 

.70 

.80 

.90 

I. OO 

I.I5 

1.30 

1-45 

1.60 

• 

1.80 

2.10 

Diameter,  inches,  ...  - 

1 5 
Tt> 

I 

iX 

iX 

iX 

iX 

iX 

IX 

1% 

2 

Standard  No.  of  threads  to  inch,  - 

9 

8 

7 

7 

6 

6 

5 

5 

4 X 

4X 

Threads  also  furnished,  - 

8 

8 

5 X 

5 

Length  over  all, 

5X 

6 

6X 

6X 

7 

7X 

8 

8X 

9 

9X 

Price,  each,  ----- 

$2.40 

2.80 

3.20 

3-70 

4.20 

4.70 

5-30 

6.00 

6.80 

7.70 

We  send  these  Hob  Taps  exactly  as  ordered,  even  size,  unless  over  size  is  specified. 

When  these  Hobs  are  desired  over  size  for  cutting  open  dies,  the  allowance  must  be  made  on  the  order. 


Fig.  842. 


SELLER’S  HOB  TAPS. 


United  States 

United  States 

United  States 

Standard  No. 

Standard  No. 

Standard  No. 

Diameter, 

of  Threads 

L,ength 

Price, 

Diameter, 

of  Threads 

Length 

Price, 

Diameter, 

of  Threads 

Length 

Price, 

Inches. 

to  Inch. 

over  all. 

Each. 

Inches. 

to  inch. 

over  all. 

Each. 

Inches. 

to  inch. 

over  all. 

Each. 

X 

20 

4X 

$0.90 

ii 

II 

7 

$2.20 

iX 

7 

IO 

$5-55 

A 

18 

4X 

1.05 

X 

IO 

7X 

2.40 

IX 

6 

10X 

6.30 

Xs 

16 

5 

1.20 

1 8 

TIT 

IO 

8 

2.70 

IX 

6 

II 

7-05 

A 

14 

5X 

i-35 

X 

9 

8X 

3-15 

iX 

5X 

nX 

7-95 

X 

13 

5X 

1.50 

1 5 
TIT 

9 

9 

3.60 

IX 

5 

12 

9.00 

9 

TIT 

12 

6 

i-75 

I 

8 

9X 

4.20 

iX 

5 

I2X 

10.20 

X 

II 

6X 

i-95 

iX 

7 

9X 

4 80 

2 

4X 

13 

11.55 

Unless  otherwise  advised,  we  fill  orders  for  Seller’s  Hob  Taps  with  taps  having  “ United  States  Standard  Threads.” 


Fig.  843. 


BIT=BRACE  TAPS. 


Diameter, 

No.  of  Threads 

Price, 

Diameter, 

No.  of  Threads 

Price, 

Inches. 

to  Inch. 

Each. 

Inches. 

to  Inch. 

Each. 

A 

24 

$0.50 

X 

16 

$0.60 

X 

20 

•50 

A 

14 

.70 

A 

18 

•55 

X 

12  and  13 

.80 

All  Bit-Brace  Taps  are  sent  even  size  unless  over  size  is  called  for  on  the  order. 


646 


STAY  BOLT  TAPS 


Fig.  845. 


Fig.  844. 


Diamete 

r,  Inches. 

Lengths. 

K.  13-16,^ 

15-16,  I. 

1 1-16, 1'/%. 

1 3-16, 1 y. 

1 5-16, 1%. 

I 7-16,  l'/2. 

Price. 

Price. 

Price. 

Price. 

Price. 

Price 

12  inches 
14  inches 
16  inches 

$4  50 

5 00 
5 60 

$6  60 

$7  60 

$9  00 

$11  00 

$13  00 

18  inches 

7 20 

8 50 

9 5° 

10  50 

12  50 

14  50 

21  inches 

8 00 

9 35 

10  35 

12  00 

14  OO 

16  00 

24  inches 

8 80 

IO  20 

II  20 

12  75 

15  OO 

17  00 

27  inches 

10  90 

12  25 

13  25 

14  75 

17  OO 

19  00 

30  inches 

13  00 

14  25 

15  25 

16  50 

18  50 

20  00 

33  inches 

14  00 

15  40 

16  40 

18  00 

20  OO 

22  OO 

36  inches 

15  00 

16  50 

17  50 

19  50 

21  50 

23  50 

3Q inches 

16  50 

18  15 

20  OO 

22  00 

24  OO 

26  OO 

42  inches 

18  00 

19  75 

22  00 

24  00 

26  OO 

28  00 

48  inches 

19  00 

21  00 

23  5° 

25  50 

28  00 

30  00 

54  inches 

20  00 

22  25 

25  00 

27  00 

30  00 

32  00 

In  ordinary  Stay  Bolt  Taps,  state  diameter  and  num- 
ber of  threads  to  the  inch  ; also,  length  of  parts  A,  B,  C, 
D,  and  E. 

All  orders  for  Stay  Bolt  Taps  will  be  filled  with  taps 
cutting  twelve  threads  to  the  inch,  unless  a different  thread 
is  specified. 

Blank  order  slips  furnished  on  application. 


Fig.  846. 




Fig.  847. 


PIPE 

TAPS,  HOBS 

AND 

REAHERS. 

Diameter. 

Price. 

Diam’eter. 

Price. 

Diameter. 

Price. 

54  inch 

$1  12 

1 inch 

$3  12 

2l/x  inches 

$10  50 

yA  inch 

1 25 

1 y inches 

3 75 

3 inches 

15  00 

Y inch 

1 5° 

i54  inches 

4 62 

3%  inches 

22  00 

y2  inch 
Y inch 

1 87 

2 50 

2 inches 

6 25 

4 inches 

33  00 

All  Pipe  Taps  are  sent  with  right  hand  threads,  unless  left 
hand  is  specified  on  order. 


Fig.  848. 


BLACKSMITHS’ 

TAPER  TAPS. 

Price 

Price 

Diameter. 

No.  of  Threads  to  Inch. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

No.  of  Threads  to  Inch. 

Each. 

Vi  inch 

18,  20  and  24  inches 

$0  30 

y2  inch 

10  and  12  inches 

$ 0 65 

5-16  inch 

16,  18  and  20  inches 

30 

Y%  inch 

9 and  10  inches 

9° 

Ya  inch 

14,  16  and  18  inches 

35 

i inch 

8 inches 

1 25 

7-16  inch 

14,  16  and  18  inches 

40 

i54  inches 

7 and  8 inches 

1 5° 

l/2  inch 

12,  14  and  16  inches 

40 

vy  inches 

7 and  8 inches 

1 75 

9-16  inch 

12  and  14  inches 

50 

1 y2  inches 

6 inches 

3 00 

Ya  inch 

10, 11  and  12  inches 

50 

Fig.  849. 

Fig.  850. 

PATCH  BOLT  TAPS. 


No.  of  Threads 

Price 

No.  of  Threads 

Price 

Diameter. 

to  Inch. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

to  Inch. 

Each 

y2  inch 

12  inches 

|o  70 

13-16  inch 

12  inches 

$1  40 

9-16  inch 

12  inches 

80 

Y%  inch 

12  inches 

1 60 

Ya  inch 

12  inches 

9° 

15-16  inch 

12  inches 

1 80 

11-16  inch 

12  inches 

1 05 

1 inch 

12  inches 

2 00 

Yi,  inch 

12  inches 

1 20 

These  taps  are  made  especially  for  boiler  makers. 

They 

are  slightly  tapered,  for  the  purpose  of  making  the 

bolt  a steam  tight  fit. 


STOVE  BOLT  TAPS. 


Diameter 

No.  of  Threads  to  Inch. 

Price  Each. 

Price 

Each. 

5-32  inch 

28  inches 

So  35 

$4  00 

3-16  inch 

24  inches 

35 

4 00 

7-32  inch 

22  inches 

35 

4 00 

Y inch 

18  inches 

38 

4 40 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

38 

4 40 

Yi  inch 

16  inches 

45 

5 30 

Sizes  and  threads  not  on  the 

above  list  will  be  charged  at 

special  prices. 

Less  than  six  taps  of  a size  will  be  charged  as 

single  taps. 

647 


PATENT  SCREW  PLATE  AND  PIPE  CUTTER. 


Fig.  851. 


No,  1 threads  and  cuts  A,  At,  X-,  A, 
“ 2 “ “ “ X,  U,  1-  'A, 

$14.00  Weight,  boxed, 

12  pounds 

16.00 

( ( ( ( 

24 

f t 

“ 3 “ “ 

“ 1,  1 A,  *X,  2,  - - 

20.00 

< i i( 

32 

( t 

“ 3*£ 

“ ^4.  A,  1.  ^A,  'X,  2 • 

22.50 

it  ( t 

34 

( < 

“ 4A 

“ ilA,  2,  2'/2,  3,  - - 

“ 2^,3,  3^,4,  - - 

35-oo 

( ( ( t 

84 

1 1 

“ 4B 

50.00 

it  ( < 

88 

1 1 

“ 5 

“ aYz,  5>  6,  ... 

75.00 

< t ( t 

108 

f ( 

“ 5^4  “ “ 

Number, 

“ 6,  7,  8,  - - - - 
1 2 

125.00 
3 3X 

4A  4B 

5 

5'A 

Dies,  per  set,  right 

or  left  hand,  - $2.00  2.00 

I 2 sets 
2 00  \ 4-00 

3.00  3.00 

6.00 

6.00 

Knives, 

.40  .40 

.40  .40 

.50  .50 

■75 

•75 

The  Nos.  r,  2,  3 and  3 Yz  have  two  handles.  Nos.  4 A and  4B  have  four  handles. 
Nos.  5 and  5^  have  5 handles. 

Can  furnish  extra  dies  for  casing  and  line  pipe,  also  for  English  and  Whitworth 
standard  threads. 


RATCHET  SCREW  PLATE  WITH  LEADER  SCREW. 


Fig.  852. 


A very  valuable  tool  for  threading  pipe  in  corners  and  ditches. 


No.  3 Ratchet  Screw  Plate,  1,  \A,  iX,  2 inch, 
“ 4B  “ “ “ 2>£,  3,  2>y2,  4 inch, 

“ 5 “ “ “ 4/^,  5,  6 inches, 

$2.00 


$ 20.00 
60.00 


Extra  dies  for  No.  3,  per  set, 
“ “ “ No.  4B,  “ 

“ “ “ No.  5, 


Fig.  853. 


3.00 

6.00 


90.00 

Shipping  weight,  boxed,  43  pounds 
“ “ “ 119  “ 


RATCHET  STOCKS. 


No  of 

Weight, 

Sizes  of  Pipes  each  Tool 

Without 

With 

Tool. 

Pounds. 

will  Thread  and  Cut. 

Cut-Off. 

Cut  Off. 

O 

aX 

Ys,  A,  Ys,  Yz 

$12.00 

$15.00 

I 

7 

Ys,  A,  Ys,  Yz,  A 

13.00 

16.00 

T-'/z 

9 

A,  Ys,  A,  A,  1 

14.00 

17.OO 

2 

12 

A,  H,  Yz , A, 1 > 1A 

17  00 

20.00 

3 

22 

1, 1 A,  iX,  2 

22.00 

25.OO 

4 

22 

A,  h 1 A,  1 Yz,  2 

25.00 

28.00 

AY 

23 

Ys,  A,  A,  1,  iA,  iA,  2 

28.00 

31  OO 

5 

64 

iY,  2,  2 A,  3 

40.00 

45-oo 

6 

70 

2X,  3,  3X2,  4 

55-oo 

60.00 

7 

30 

i>  1 A,  *Yz,  2 

25.00 

28.00 

8 

66 

2 Yz,  3.  3X2,  4 

60.00 

65.00 

TRA  DIES,  PER  SET  (FOUR  PIECES),  RIGHT  OR  LEFT  HAND. 

- 

fi-75 

No.  YYz,  - - $2.50 

No.  7,  - 

$2.50 

- 

2.00 

No.  5,  - - - 3.00 

No.  8,  - 

3-50 

- 

2.00 

No.  6,  - 3,50 

No.  o,  - - $1.25  No.  2, 

No.  1,  - - - 1.50  No.  3, 

No.  l'/i,  - - 1.50  No.  4, 

EXTRA  CUT-OFF  BLADES. 

Nos.  o to  4,  30c.  each  ; Nos.  \)A  to  6,  40c.  each  ; Nos.  o to  2 have  pipe  handles  ; Nos.  3 to  8 have  solid  steel  handles. 
No.  7 can  be  fitted  to  thread  '/z  and  A inch  by  adding  $3.00  for  one  set  extra  dies  and  two  bushings. 


Fig.  854. 


FOR  THREADING  PIPE 


WITH  ONE  HANDLE  AS  A RATCHET  STOCK. 

RATCHET  DIE 


WITH  TWO 
HANDLES  AS 
AN  ORDINART 
STOCK. 


STOCKS. 


648 


Price  of  Plates 


No.  o.  Entire  length,  6X  inches,  - - - $2.00 

No.  1.  Entire  length,  15  inches,  - - - 3.25 

No.  2.  Entire  length,  23  inches,  - - 5.00 

No.  3.  Entire  length,  30X  inches,  - - - 6.50 

No.  4.  Entire  length,  41  inches,  - 16.00 

No.  o.  Plate,  length  6X  inches,  with  dies  and  taps,  cutting 

X>  48;  40;  fV,  32;  24;  X-  20,  - - 5-25 

The  same,  nickel-plated,  in  leather- covered  cases, 
lined  with  plush,  - 6.50 

Single  pair  dies,  each,  - - - - .50 

Single  pair  dies,  holding  5 sizes  taps,  - - .50 

Blank  dies  for  No.  o plate,  - - - .37X 

No.  o plate  with  5 dies,  length,  6X  inches,  - - - 4.00 

No.  1,  with  5 pairs  dies,  cutting  X>  20;  18;  X>  16;  t%, 

14;  X.  13.  -----  7.00 

No.  1,  with  5 pairs  dies,  cutting  as  above,  and  5 taper  taps,  9.00 
Single  pair  dies  in  stock  to  fit  No.  1 plate,  from  -j^ths 
to  Xfhs  by  i6ths,  -----  1.00 

Blank  dies  for  No.  1 plate,  per  pair,  - - .75 


Fig.  856. 


THE  OSTER  ADJUSTABLE  RATCHET  DIE  STOCKS. 


This  cut  represents  Nos.  5 and  6 with  cut-off  blades  in  each 
side,  which  makes  them  practically  as  quick  as  wheel  cutters. 
Have  solid  steel  handles. 


Fig.  857. 


THE  OSTER  ADJUSTABLE  RATCHET  DIE  STOCKS. 


Without  Dies. 


No.  2,  with  5 pairs  dies,  cutting  X,  I2;  , 12;  X.  11;  I!,  1 1 ; 

X.  IO>  - • • - - - $10.00 

No.  2,  with  5 pairs  dies,  cutting  as  above,  and  5 taper  taps,  13.50 
Single  pair  dies  in  stock  to  fit  No.  2 plate,  from  X to 
1 inch  by  i6ths,  -----  1.50 

Blank  dies  for  No.  2 plate,  per  pair,  - - - 1.12 

No.  3,  with  5 pairs  dies,  cutting  10;  X>  9!  if,  91  E 8; 

iX.  7.  - - - - - ' - - 15.00 

No.  3,  with  5 pairs  dies,  cutting  as  above,  and  5 taper  taps,  22.00 
Single  pair  dies  in  stock  for  No.  3 plate,  from  X to  1 
inch  by  i6ths;  1 to  iX  inches  by  8ths,  - - 2.00 

Blank  dies  for  No.  3 plate,  per  pair,  - - 1.50 

No.  4,  with  6 pairs  dies,  cutting  iX,  6;  iX>  6;  iX,  5;  iX, 

5;  iX.  4X;  2,  4X.  -----  33.00 

Single  pair  dies,  for  No.  4 plate,  - - - 3.00 

No.  o plates  put  up  in  paper  cases;  Nos.  1,  2,  3 and  4 put  up 
in  wooden  cases. 


Fig.  858. 


MACHINISTS’  TOOLS. 

Machinists’  and  Model  Makers’  tools  are  all  graduated  and 
and  gauged  on  the  dial  to  standard  sizes. 

No.  21. — 8 Sizes. 

In  shipping  case  only,  with  7 sets  of  dies  to  thread  the  follow- 
ing sizes  of  bolt: 

X,  20;  !%,  18;  X.  16;  iV»  J4;  X and  i9<r> I2;  H,  n;  X.  10,  $13.00 

Same,  with  taps,  ------  18.00 

In  finished  oak  case,  with  8 taps  and  7 sets  of  dies  - - 20.00 

Extra  dies,  per  single  set  (4  pieces),  - - - - 1.25 

No.  22. 

In  shipping  case  only,  10  sizes,  9 sets  dies,  without  taps: 

X,  20;  ft,  18;  3/s,  16;  X,  14;  X and  ft,  12;  X,  IE  X-.  10; 


X,  9;  1.  8,  - - - - - - $22.00 

Same,  with  taps,  ------  28.00 

Same,  in  finished  oak  case,  with  10  taps  and  9 sets  dies,  30.00 

Extra  dies,  per  single  set  (4  pieces),  - - - 1.50 


Will  send  above  sets  standard  sizes,  V thread,  unless  otherwise 
ordered. 


649 


Fig.  859. 


HACHINISTS’  SCREW  PLATES. 

No.  2'A 

ii Yz  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  Y,  20;  H,  16; 
Yt,  12.  Each,  $5.00. 

No.  2'A  A 

11 Y inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  Y,  20;  tV>  18; 
Yi,  16.  Each,  $ 4.80 . 

No.  2%  C 

1 1 Yz  inches  long,  5 pair  dies  and  5 taps;  cutting  Y,  20;  , 18; 

H,  16;  T\,  14;  %,  12.  Each,  $7.50. 

No.  3 

14  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  H,  16;  T7¥,  14; 
•4,  12.  Each,  $5-50. 

No.  3,B 

14  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  14;  Yt  I2! 
H,  11.  Each,  $5.90. 


No.  0 

7 Yt  inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  4,  48  ; 6,  40  ; 
10,  32  ; 14,  24.  Each,  $3.00. 

No.  0 A 

7 Yt  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; 
14,  20  ; 16,  18.  Each,  $3.25. 

These  plates  are  furnished  with  plug  machine  screw  taps. 


No.  I 

TY  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  6 taps  ; cutting  4,  40  ; 6,  40  ; 
4,  36  ; 6,  36  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  32.  Each,  $4.50. 


No.  3 D 

14  inches  long,  6 pair  dies  and  6 taps;  cutting  Y,  20;  18; 

H,  16;  TV,  14;  Yt  12;  Ht  II-  Each,  $9.60. 

No.  4 A 

19  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  Yt  12;  Ht  n; 
Y,  10.  Each,  $6.90. 

Machinists’  Taper  Hand  Taps  are  sent  with  the  above  plates. 

BLACKSniTHS’  SCREW  PLATES. 

No.  2'A  D 

11Y  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  Yt  20;  rst  18; 
Ht  l6-  Each,  $4.65. 

No.  2'A  F 

ii  Y inches  long,  5 pair  dies  and  5 taps;  cutting  Yt  2o;  is,  18; 
H,  16;  A.  14;  Yz,  I2-  Each,  $6.85. 

No.  4 

19  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  4 taps;  cutting  H , 16;  Y,  I2> 
H,  12;  Y,  10.  Each,  $6.00 


No.  2 

8Y  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  6 taps  ; cutting  6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 
10,  24;  12,  24;  14,  20;  16,  20.  Each,  $4.50. 

These  plates  are  furnished  with  plug  machine  screw  taps. 

Fig.  862. 


No.  i'A 

9 inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps;  cuttifig  6,  32;  8,  30;  10, 
24;  14,  20.  Each,  $3.25. 

No.  IK  A 

9 inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  4 taps;  cutting  14,  20;  16,  18;  18, 
18;  20,  16.  Each,  $3.40. 

THE  STANDARD  SCREW  PLATE. 


No.  7 

27  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  4 taps;  cutting  Y , I2»  H,  12l 
Y,  10;  1,  8.  Each,  $8.25. 

No.  8 

30  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  6 taps;  cutting  Y > IO>  H,  ro; 
Ht  9;  1,9;  1 Y,  8;  lYt  8-  Each,  $10.50. 


Fig.  860. 


MACHINISTS’  SCREW  PLATES. 

No.  00 

6 inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps ; cutting  2,  64 ; 3,  56 ; 
4,  48  ; 6,  40.  Each,  $2.50. 

No.  00  A 

6 inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32 ; 
8,  32  ; 10,  24.  Each,  $2.50. 


Fig.  863. 


This  Plate  is  drop-forged  from  special  gun  steel.  The  dies  are 
made  in  one  piece,  from  the  best  tool  steel,  and  are  cut  open  on 
one  side.  The  plate  is  provided  with  three  center-pointed  screws, 
one  of  which  enters  the  opening  cut  in  the  die,  and  the  two  others 
enter  holes  in  the  die  opposite  each  other.  By  this  arrangement 
the  dies  can  be  slightly  opened  or  closed.  The  dies  cut  a full 
thread  at  once  running  over.  We  guarantee  them  to  be  a first  class 
tool  in  every  respect.  Length,  6'Y  inches.  Price,  with  5 dies  and 
taps, cutting  sizes  of  American  Screw  Company’s  standard: 


No.  4,  36;  No.  6,  32;  No.  8,  32;  No.  10,  24;  No.  12,  24,  - $5.00 

Single  dies,  each,  -------  .50 

Nickel  plated,  in  Morocco  case,  - - - 6.00 

Standard  plate  and  5 dies  - - - ...  4.00 

Standard  plate,  without  dies  and  taps,  - - - 2.00 


No.  00  M 

6 inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  64 ; 56  ; 

Tgj,  48 ; H,  4o.  Each,  $2.50. 

No.  00  N 

6 inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  Y,  36  ; 32  ; 

Tit  32  ! vs,  24-  Each,  $2.50. 


DIES  IN  STOCK  FOR  THE  STANDARD  PLATE. 


Size. 

No.  Threads  to  Inch. 

Size. 

No.  Threads  to  Inch 

No.  4 

32. 36, 40 

No.  10 

24.  30,  32 

No.  6 

30,  32 

No.  12 

20,  24 

No.  8 

24.  3°.  32 

No.  14 

20,  24 

650 


Fig.  864. 


MACHINISTS’  SCREW  PLATES. 


27  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  Y*  10,  Y&,  9, 

1,  8.  Each,  $10. 

27  inches  long,  9 pair  dies  and  9 taps  ; cutting  Y,  20  ; jj,  18  , 
A,  16  ; jV,  14  ; '/z,  12  ; A>  11 ! 10 ! 7A'  9 i x>  8-  Each,  $21. 

N°’  ?27  inches  long,  7 pair  dies  and  7 taps ; cutting  A>  ! i7s>  *4  1 
J4,  12;  ys,  11  ; 10;  A,  9;  1.  8.  Each,  $18. 

N°’  ?27  inches  long,  5 pair  dies  and  5 taps  ; cutting  '/2,  12  ; ^4,  11  ; 
10 ; A,  9 ; 1,  8.  Each,  $13.50. 

30  inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  3^,  10  ; At  9 ; 
1,  8;iX,  7-  Each,  $13.60. 

N°'  *30  inches  long  ; 7 pair  dies  and  7 taps  ; cutting  *4,  12  ; 11 ; 

10  ; A,  9 ; 1,  8 ; #1,  7 ; 7-  Each.  $24. 

N°  *30  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  1,  8 ; i'/&,  7 ; 
iY,  7.  Each,  $11.75. 

N°‘  *30  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps;  cutting  Y%,  9;  1,  8; 

I Y,  7 • $11-25. 

No  9 A 

44  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps ; cutting  1 , 8 ; 1 Y > 7 > 
i'A,  6.  Each,  $22. 

44  inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps;  cutting  1,  8;  1 A>  7 > 
iY,  7;  iK.  6-  Each,  $26. 

WATCH  riAKERS’  SCREW  PLATE. 

Fig.  865. 

No.  1. 

Stock,  3 Y inches  long; 
dies,  x76  inch  in  diani.; 
4 taps  and  5 dies,  in- 
cluding tap  wrench  die; 
cutting  80,  100,  120,  140 
threads,  $3.50. 

The  sizes  and  threads  in  this 
plate  correspond  to  the  sizes 
of  watch-screws. 

The  dies  in  this  plate  are  ad- 
justable for  making  tight  or 
loose  fits. 


JEWELERS’  SCREW  PLATE. 


No.  1. 

Stock,  inches  long; 
dies,  !76  inch  in  diam.; 
4 taps  and  5 dies,  in- 
cluding tap  wrench  die; 
cutting  A,  72;  32 > 6°; 
Ys,  50;  694.  40.  Each, 
$3-50. 

We  have  selected  these  sizes 
and  threads  as  those  best 
suited  to  the  use  of  jewelers. 
The  dies  in  this  plate  are  ad- 
justable for  making  tight  or 
loose  fits. 


Fig.  866. 


44  inches  long,  5 pair  dies  and  5 taps;  cutting  A>9’  x>  8; 
iA,  7;  ik.  7;  6.  Each,  $29. 

44  inches  long,  6 pair  dies  and  6 taps  ; cutting  Y>  10  > Ai  9 ; 

1,  8;  i'/&,  7;  1%,  7;  6.  Each,  $32. 

No.  9 E . . / 

44  inches  long,  8 pair  dies  and  8 taps  ; cutting  12;  A<  n ; 
Y,  10;  Y,  9;  1,  8;  iX,  7;  itf.  7;  iK-  6-  Each,  $37.50. 

No.  10  A 

50  inches  long,  6 pair  dies  and  6 taps  ; cutting  1 Ys,  6 ; 1 j4,  6 ; 
iH,  5'A  ; 5 ; *A<  5 ; 2,  $50. 

50  inches  long,  9 pair  dies  and  9 taps ; cutting  1,  8 ; iA>  7 1 
iY,  7 ; iH.  6 ; I'A<  6 ; 5^  ; 5 ; i#,  5 ; 2,  4#.  Each, 

$64.50. 

50  inches,  u pair  dies  and  n taps ; cutting  Y>  10  > 91  x>  8; 

1 7 ; 1^,7;  1^,6;  ij4,  6 ; i|^,  5^4  ; i^»  5 ; 5 ; 2,  4/4* 

Each,  $72. 

50  inches  long,  3 pair  dies  and  3 taps  ; cutting  itf,  6;  itf,  5; 

2,  434.  Each,  $33. 

No.  10  E . . , ,/ 

50  inches  long,  4 pair  dies  and  4 taps  ; cutting  1 >4 , 6 I * % 1 

5j4i  l3A>  5;  2,  4}4-  Each,  $39. 

*50  inches  long,  5 pair  dies  and  5 taps  ; cutting  1 >4,  6 ; 1 A,  5 'A\ 
iY,  5 ; *A<  5 ; 2,  4 A-  Each,  $45. 


BICYCLE  SCREW  PLATES. 


Complete  with  Adjustable  Tap  Wrench  and  Round 
Adjustable  Dies  % of  an  Inch  in  Diameter. 

Fig.  867. 


SET  No.  i.— Dies  A of  an  inch  in  diameter,  6 dies  and  6 taps; 
cutting  832,  54;  A*  4°;  Y&y  42;  3>  48;  3>  56;  6,  38.  Price,  com- 
plete, in  hard  wood  case,  $5  00. 

SET  No  2 — Dies  A of  an  inch  in  diameter;  6 dies  and  6 taps; 
cutting  3S2,  56;  674,  56;  094- 4o;  1,  64;  1 >4, 56;  2,48.  Price,  com- 
plete, in  hard  wood  case,  85.00. 

Set  No.  3. — Dies  % of  an  inch  in  diameter;  14  dies  and  14  taps; 
cutting  3S2,  52;  3a2, 54;  sS2.56;  674i  56;  A,  40;  A>  42;  ,"4.40;  x.  64; 
1 A,  56;  2,  48;  3,^48;  3,  56;  4,  42;  6,  38.  Price,  complete,  in 


SET  No.  4. — Dies  A of  an  xncla  in  diameter;  6 dies  and  6 taps; 
cutting  1,  72;  1,  64;  72;  2,  56;  3,  56;  105,  40.  Price,  com- 

plete, in  hard  wood  case,  $5.00. 

Stocks  for  above  plates  5 inches  long. 


651 


Fig.  868. 


DIAMOND  SCREW  PLATES. 


Diamond  A 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  5 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  5 inches  long ; 6 dies  % of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  6 
taps  ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; 14,  20.  Each, 

$6. 

Diamond  B 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  5 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  5 inches  long  ; 5 dies  y%  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  5 
taps  ; cutting  4,  36 ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24.  Each,  I5.25. 

Diamond  C 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  5 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  5 inches  long  ; 4 dies  A of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  4 
taps  ; cutting  6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24.  Each,  $4.60. 

Diamond  D 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  5 inches  long  ; tap 
wrench,  5 inches  long  ; 8 dies  % of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  8 
taps  ; cutting  2,  56  ; 3,  48  ; 4,  36  ; 5,  32  ; 6,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; 

14,  20.  Each,  $7.30. 

Fig. 


Diamond  E 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  5 inches  long  ; tap 
wrench,  5 inches  long  ; 10  dies  % of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and 
10  taps ; cutting  2,  56  ; 3,  4S  ; 4,  36  ; 5,  32  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  32  ; 
10,  24 ; 12,  24 ; 14,  20.  Each,  $8.35. 

Diamond  N 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  7 A inches  long ; 5 dies  Jf  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and 
5 taps  ; cutting  4,  36 ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24.  Each,  $5.75 

Diamond  O 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  7 A inches  long  ; 7 dies  Jf  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and 

7 taps  ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; 14,  20  ; 16, 
18.  Each,  $7. 

Diamond  P 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  7 A inches  long  ; 8 dies  Jf  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and 

8 taps  ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; 14,  20;  16, 
18  ; 18,  18.  $8. 


DIAHOND  SCREW  PLATES. 


No.  16 

Diamond  plate,  9 inches  long;  5 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter,  and 

5 taps;  cutting  Tsj,  24;  X.  20;  T\,  18;  X.  16;  14.  Each,  $7.50. 

No.  17 

Diamond  plate,  9 inches  long;  4 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter,  and 

4 taps;  cutting  X>  20;  i5*,  18;  A>  16;  14.  Each,  $6.50. 

No.  17  A 

Diamond  plate,  9 inches  long;  3 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter,  and 
3 taps;  cutting  X>  20;  18;  A,  16.  Each,  $5.00. 

No.  18 

Diamond  plate,  9 inches  long;  6 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter,  and 

6 taps;  cutting  12,  24;  14,  20;  16,  18;  18,  18;  20,  16;  24,  16. 
Each,  $8.00. 

No.  18  A 

Diamond  plate,  9 inches  long;  5 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter,  and 

5 taps;  cutting  12,  24;  14,  20;  16,  18;  18,  18;  20,  16.  Each,  $7.00. 


No.  19 

Diamond  plate,  9 inches  long;  4 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter,  and 
4 taps;  cutting  14,  20;  16,  18;  18,  18;  20,  16.  Each,  $5.75. 

No.  21 

Diamond  plate,  12  inches  long;  6 dies,  1 ,5lT  inches  in  diameter, 
and  6 taps;  cutting  f’,T.  24;  A > 20;  {\u  18;  A,  16;  14;  A<  12. 

Each,  $10.00. 

No.  22  . 

Diamond  plate,  12  inches  long;  5 dies,  i-/8  inches  111  diameter, 
and  5 tips;  cutting  A<  20;  18;  A,  16;  TV,  14;  A>  12-  Each, 

$9.00. 

No.  23  ..... 

Diamond  plate,  12  inches  long;  4 dies,  inches  111  diameter, 
and  4 taps;  cutting  A,  20;  A,  18;  A,  16;  A,  12.  Each,  #7.75. 
No.  24  ..... 

Diamond  plate,  12  inches  long;  3 dies,  1 niches  111  diameter, 
and  3 taps;  cutting  A>  20;  A,  16;  A<  I2-  Each,  #6.50. 


652 


Fig.  870.  > 


DIAMOND  SCREW  PLATES. 


Diamond  Q 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long  : 5 dies  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  5 taps;  cutting  y£,  32;  5-32,  32;  3-16,  24;  7-32,  24;  20. 

Each,  $5.75. 

Diamond  R 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long;  tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long;  6 dies  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  6 taps  ; cutting  32  ; 5 32,  32  ; 316,  24  ; 7-32,  24  ; %,  20  ; 
5-i6,  18.  $6.50. 


Diamond  S 

Diamond  plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long  ; 5 dies  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  5 taps ; cutting  1-16,  72  ; %,  32  ; 3-16,  24  ; l/,  20  ; 5-16,  18. 
Each,  $5- 75- 

Diamond  T 

Diamond  Plate  with  tap  wrench.  Plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  7 34  inches  long  ; 9 dies  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  9 taps  ; cutting  1-16,  72  ; 3-32,  56  ; '/s>  32  ; 5-32,  32  ; 3-16, 
24  ; 7-32,  24  ; X.  20 ; 9-32.  20  ; 5-i6.  18.  Each,  $8.50. 


Fig.  871. 


IHPROVED  SCREW  PLATES. 


No.  SO 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench  ; plate,  7 inches  long  ; tap 
wrench,  73!  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
5 guides  and  5 taps  ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 
12,  24.  Each,  $5.75. 

No.  51 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench  ; plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  7 34  inches  long  ; 7 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 

7 guides  and  7 taps ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 
12,  24;  14,  20;  16,  18.  Each,  $7. 

No.  52 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench ; plate,  7 inches  long  ; tap 
wrench,  7 34  inches  long  ; 8 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 

8 guides  and  8 taps ; cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 
12,  24  ; 14,  20  ; 16,  18  ; 18,  18.  Each,  $8. 

No.  53 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench  ; plate,  7 inches  long  ; tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
5 guides  and  5 taps;  cutting  ]/&,  32;  5-32,  32;  3-16,  24; 
7-32,  24  ; 'X,  20.  Each,  $5.75. 


No.  54 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench  ; plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long;  6 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 

6 guides  and  6 taps ; cutting  32  ; 5-32,  32  ; 3-16,  24 ; 
7-32,  24;  X,  20:  5-16,  18.  Each,  $6.50. 

No.  55 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench  ; plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long  ; 4 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
4 guides  and  4 taps  ; cutting  '/&,  32;  3-16,  24  ; 34",  20  ; 5-16,  18. 
Each,  $5. 25- 

No.  56 

Improved  plate  with  tap  wrench  ; plate,  7 inches  long ; tap 
wrench,  734  inches  long  ; 7 dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 

7 guides  aud  7 taps ; cutting  34,  32 ; 5-32,  32 ; 3-16,  24 ; 
7-32,  24;  34",  20  ; 9-32,  20;  5-16,  18.  Each,  $7. 


Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  and  plug  machine  screw  taps  are 
sent  with  plates  50,  51  and  52. 

Each  complete  plate  as  catalogued,  sent  in  hardwood  case. 
Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  and  machinists’  plug  hand  taps 
are  sent  with  plates  53,  54,  55  and  56. 

Each  complete  plate  sent  in  hardwood  case. 


Fig.  872. 


653 


IMPROVED  SCREW  PLATES. 


No.  60 

Improved  screw  plate,  ioy  inches  long;  5 dies,  r inch  in 
diameter,  5 guides  and  5 taps;  cutting  3-16,  24;  y,  20; 
5-16,  18;  ys,  16;  7-16,  14.  Each,  $8.75. 

No.  60  A 

Improved  screw  plate,  io>£  inches  long;  4 dies,  1 inch  in 
diameter,  4 guides  and  4 taps ; cutting  y,  20 ; 5-16,  18  ; 
H,  16  ; 7-16,  14.  Each,  $7.50. 

No.  70 

Improved  screw  plate,  14  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  1 5-16  inches  in 
diameter,  5 guides  and  5 taps;  cutting  y,  20;  5-16,  18; 
3/%,  16;  7-16,  14;  yz,  12.  Each,  $10.50. 

No.  70  A 

Improved  screw  plate,  14  inches  long;  4 dies,  1 5-16  inches  in 
diameter,  4 guides  and  4 taps;  cutting  5-16,  18;  y,  16; 
716,  14;  y,  12.  Each,  $890. 

No.  80 

Improved  screw  plate,  23  inches  long;  7 dies,  inches  in 
diameter,  7 guides  and  7 taps ; cutting  y,  20 ; 5-16,  18 ; 
3/s,  16;  7-16,  14;  y,  12;  %,  II  ; y,  10.  Each,  $16. 

No.  80  A 

Improved  screw  plate,  23  inches  long;  5 dies,  iy  inches  in 
diameter,  5 guides  and  5 taps  ; cutting  y,  16;  7-16,  14  ; y,  12  ; 
y,  II  ; y,  10.  Each,  $13. 


No.  90 

Improved  screw  plate,  29  inches  long ; 9 dies,  2 '/  inches  in 
diameter,  9 guides  and  9 taps;  cutting  y,  20;  5-16,  18  • 
y»,  16 ; 7-16,  14;  y,  12;  y,  11  ; 3^,  10;  y,  9;  1,  8.  Each,  $26. 
No.  90  A 

Improved  screw  plate,  29  inches  long ; 7 dies,  2'X  inches  in 
diameter,  7 guides  and  7 taps  ; cutting  %,  16  ; 7 16,  14  ; 12  ; 

H I 11  ; y,  10  ; y,  9 ; I,  8.  Each,  $22. 

No.  90  B 

Improved  screw  plate,  29  inches  long ; 5 dies,  2 ■/  inches  in 
diameter,  5 guides  and  5 taps;  cutting  12;  y,  n ; V,  10; 
y,  9;  1,  8.  Each,  $18.50. 

No.  100 

Two  improved  screw  plates,  9 dies,  9 guides,  and  9 taps.  One 
stock,  14  inches  long,  with  5 dies,  5 guides,  and  5 taps;  cutting 
y,  20;  5 t6,  18;  y,  16;  7-16,  14;  y,  12.  These  dies  are 
1 5-16  inches  in  diameter.  One  stock,  29  inches  long,  with  4 
dies,  4 guides,  and  4 taps  ; cutting  y,  11  ; ^,10;  y,  9 ; 1,  8. 
These  dies  are  2%  inches  in  diameter.  Complete  in  one  case. 
Each,  $25. 

No.  100  A 

Two  improved  screw  plates,  7 dies,  7 guides,  and  7 taps.  One 
stock,  ioy  inches  long,  with  4 dies,  4 guides,  and  4 taps ; 
cutting  y,  20;  5-16,  18;  y,  16:  716,  t 4.  These  dies  are  1 
inch  in  diameter.  One  stock,  23  inches  long,  3 dies,  3 guides, 
and  3 taps;  cutting  y,  12:  y,  11  ; y , 10.  These  dies  are  1 y 
inches  in  diameter.  Complete  in  one  case.  Each,  $17 


No.  80  B 

Improved  screw  plate,  23  inches  long;  3 dies,  \y  inches  in 
diameter,  3 guides  and  3 taps ; cutting  *4,  12;  y,  11;  y,  10. 
Each,  $9.25. 

Fig. 


Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  and  hand-nut  taps  are  sent  with 
these  plates. 

1 lie  dies  and  taps  iii  these  plates  are  sent  1-32  over-size,  unless 
even-size  is  specified  on  the  order. 

874- 


No.  o. 
No.  1. 
No.  2. 


PATENT  ADJUSTABLE  TAP  AND  REAHER  WRENCH. 

Entire  length,  6y  inches,  fitting  taps  from  l/s  to  y inch,  reamers  from  y to  y inch, 

Entire  length,  15  inches,  fitting  taps  from  y to  y inch,  reamers  from  y to  y inch,  - 


No.  o,  - 
No.  1, 
No.  2,  - 


- 

$2.25 

■ 

3-50 

les, 

5.00 

Handles. 

Bodies. 

Dies. 

$ -75 

$1.00 

$ .50 

I. OO 

i-75 

•75 

1.50 

2.25 

1-25 

654 


OUR  FAVORITE 

No.  13  1-2  A 

Our  Favorite  stock,  12  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter, 

5 collets  and  5 taps;  cutting  3-16,  24;  y,  20;  5-16,  18;  y%, 
16;  7-16,  14.  Each,  $10. 

No.  13  12  B. 

Our  Favorite  stock,  12  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter, 

5 collets  and  5 taps;  cutting  3-16,  24;  20;  5-16,  18;  y, 

16  ; 7-16,  14  ; all  1-32  over  size  for  rough  iron.  Each,  $10. 

No.  13  1-2  C 

Our  Favorite  stock,  12  inches  long  ; 7 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter, 

7 collets  and  7 taps;  cutting  10,  24;  12,  24;  14,  20;  16,  18; 
18,  18  ; 20,  16  ; 24,  16.  Each,  $13. 

No.  13  1-2  D 

Our  Favorite  stock,  12  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter, 

5 collets  and  5 taps  ; cutting  14,  20  ; 16,  18  ; 18,  18  ; 20,  16  ; 24, 
16.  Each,  $10. 

No.  14 

Our  Favorite  stock,  18  inches  long;  6 dies,  1 9-16  inches  in 
diameter,  6 collets  and  6 taps;  cutting  y,  2°;  5-16,  18;  y, 
16 ; 7-16,  14;  )4,  12;  %,  11.  Each,  $18. 

No.  15 

Our  Favorite  stock,  24  inches  long ; 5 dies,  2 y inches  in 
diameter,  5 collets  and  5 taps ; cutting  yz,  12  ; ^,11;  %,  10; 
%,9;  1,8.  Each,  $25.75. 


SCREW  PLATE. 

Fig.  876. 


Arranged  for  Brass  Work. 

No.  13  1=2  X 

Our  Favorite  stock,  12  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  1 inch  in  diameter, 
5 collets  and  5 taps;  cutting  %,  27;  3-16,  27  ; y,  27;  5 16, 
27  ; Yi,  27.  Each,  $10.65. 

No.  14  X 

Our  Favorite  stock,  18  inches  long  ; 4 dies,  1 and  916  inches 
in  diameter,  4 colletsand  4 taps;  cutting  y,  27  ; 7-16,  27  ; yz, 
27;  ^,27.  Each,  $13.55. 

No.  15  X 

Our  Favorite  stock,  24  inches  long  ; 5 dies,  2 and  y inches  in 
diameter,  5 collets  and  5 taps  ; cutting  yz,  27  ; y,  27  ; y,  27  ; 

74, 27 ; 1.  27.  $25.75- 

The  dies  and  taps  in  these  plates  are  for  use  on  brass. 

Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  are  sent  with  all  Our  Favorite 
screw  plates. 


Fig.  877. 


No.  A 

Cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32 ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; Each,  $1.50 

No.  B 

Cutting  4,  36  ; 6,  32  ; 8,  30  ; IO,  24  ; 12,  24  , “ 1. 50 


No.  C 

Cutting  6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  • 12,  24  ; 14,  20  ; Each,  $2.00 

The  center  row  of  holes  in  the  Smith  plate  gives  the  size  of 
wire  for  threading. 


DIE  HOLDERS. 


For  use  in  Lathe  or  Turret  of  Screw  Machine. 

No.  1 

Holding  round  adjustable  dies  y of  an  inch  in  diameter. 
Each,  75c. 

The  shanks  of  the  No.  1 holders  are  inch  in  diameter. 

No.  1 1-2 

Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diam- 
eter. Each,  85c. 

The  shanks  of  the  No.  ij4  holdeis  are  9-16,  and  11-16 
inch  in  diameter. 


No.  2 


Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  1 inch  in  diameter. 
Each.  $1. 

The  shanks  of  the  No  2 holders  are  y,  9 16  and  11-16  inch  in 
diameter. 


No.  3 


Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  1 5-16  inch  in  diameter. 
Each  $1.75. 

The  shanks  of  the  No.  3 holders  are  ii»i6.  y and  13-16  inch 
in  diameter. 


No.  4 

Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  1 9 16  inches  in  diameter. 
Each,  $2.75. 

The  shanks  of  the  No.  4 holders  are  y,  13-16  and  1 inch  in 
diameter. 

No.  5 

Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  2 y inches  in  diameter. 
Each,  $4. 

The  shanks  of  the  No.  5 holders  are  1 1-16,  ij^.and  1 y inches 
in  diameter. 


655 


Fig.  S79. 


TAP  WRENCHES. 


No.  0 

5 inches  long  ; fitting  taps  1-16  to  3-16,  - - Each 

No.  I 

7 ]/z  inches  long  ; fitting  taps  % to  V%,  - - “ 

No.  1 1-2 

10  inches  long  ; fitting  taps  3-16  to  yz,  - - “ 

No.  2 

12  inches  long  ; fitting  taps  % to  - - “ 


No.  3 

t1-00  14  inches  long  ; fitting  taps  yz  to  V, 

1.50  No-  4 

19  inches  long  ; fitting  taps  V to  i]/&, 

2.00 

No.  5 

2.00  24  inches  long  ; fitting  taps  ]/s  to  i]4, 

Fig.  880. 


Each,  $3.00 


4.00 


5-25 


CHASERS  FOR  SCREWS 


These  Screw  Chasers  have  V threads. 

Threads  not  given  in  above  list  will  be  charged  at  special 
prices. 

No.  3 N 

No.  3 holder,  with  Smith  patent  adjustable  die.  1 inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  one  bit  brace  tap.  cutting  3-16,  24.  Each,  $2. 

No.  3 O 

No.  3 holder,  with  Smith  patent  adjustable  die,  1 inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  one  bit  brace  tap,  cutting  20.  Each,  $2. 

No.  3 P 

No.  3 holder,  with  Smith  patent  adjustable  die,  1 inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  one  bit-brace  tap,  cutting  5-16,  18.  Each,  $2. 

No.  3Q 

No.  3 holder,  with  Smith  patent  adjustable  die,  1 inch  in  di 
ameter,  and  one  bit  brace  tap,  cutting  Vs,  16.  Each,  $2.25. 
For  pump  rods,  holder  and  die  only.  Each,  $1.75. 

No.  3 R 

No.  3 holder,  with  Smith  patent  adjustable  die,  1 inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  one  bit  brace  tap,  cutting  7-16,  14.  Each,  $2.60. 
For  pump  rods,  holder  and  die  only.  Each,  $1.75. 

No.  3S 

No.  3 holder,  with  Smith  patent  adjustable  die.  1 inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  one  bit  brace  tap,  cutting  yz,  12  Each,  $2.75. 
For  pump  rods,  holder  and  die  only.  Each,  $1.75. 


Fig.  882. 


THE  MANSFIELD  DIE  HOLDERS. 

No.  1 

Holding  6 round  adjustable  dies,  % of  an  inch  in  diameter,  - - - Each,  $2.00 

Fig.  883. 


No.  2 

Holding  6 Smith  patent  adjustable  dies,  13-16  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  - - $2.25 

The  above  prices  are  for  the  holders  only. 

These  Die  Holders  are  made  of  Bessemer  steel. 


Cutting  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  \\'/z,  12,  13,  14,  15  and  16  threads  to 
the  inch.  Each,  30c.  Per  pair,  60c. 

Cutting  17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,  31,  32, 
33.  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,  4°,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45.  46,  47,  48,  49, 
50,  56,  60,  62,  64  and  70  threads  to  the  inch.  Each,  25c. 
Per  pair,  50c. 

Fig.  881. 


BIT-BRACE  DIE  HOLDERS. 

No.  1 

Holding  round  adjustable  dies  V of  an  inch  in  diameter. 
Each,  75c. 

No.  2 

Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  13-16  of  an  inch  in 
diameter.  Each,  85c. 

No.  3 

Holding  Smith  patent  adjustable  dies  1 inch  in  diameter. 
Each,  $1. 


656 


PATENT  ADJUSTABLE  DIES. 


Size 

of  Die. 

Standard  No. 

Standard  No. 

Diame 

Thick- 

Size anil  No.  of 

of  Threads 

Threads  also 

Price 

Size  of 

Die. 

Cutting 

of  Threads 

Threads  also 

Price 

ter. 

ness. 

Screw  Gauge. 

to  Inch. 

Furnished. 

Each. 

Diameter. 

Thickness. 

Size. 

to  Inch. 

Furnished 

Each. 

1 inch 

H inch 

No.  4 

36  inches 

32  and  40  inches 

$o  75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

3 16  inch 

24  inches 

22,  32  and  36  inches 

Si  00 

1 inch 

7 s inch 

No.  5 

36  inches 

30,  32  and  40  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7 16  inch 

13  64  inch 

24  inches 

22,  32  and  36  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  6 

32  inches 

30,  36  and  40  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

7-34  inch 

24  inches 

28,  32  and  36  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

J s inch 

No.  7 

32  inches 

28  and  30  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

15-64  inch 

24  inches 

28,  32  and  36  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  8 

32  inches 

24  and  30  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

Yi  inch 

20  inches 

16  and  18  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  9 

30  inches 

24,  28  and  32  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

16  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

->a  inch 

No.  10 

24  inches 

28,  30  and  32  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

Ya  inch 

16  inches 

14  and  18  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

>k  inch 

No.  11 

24  inches 

28  and  30  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

16  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

f-  inch 

No.  12 

24  inches 

20,  22  and  28  inches 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

Vi  inch 

12  inches 

13  and  14  inches 

1 00 

1 inch 

->8  inch 

No.  13 

22  inches 

20  and  24  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

Yi  inch 

20  inches 

16  and  18  inches 

1 25 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  14 

20  inches 

22  and  24  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

16  inches 

I 25 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  15 

20  inches 

18,  22  and  24  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

Ya  inch 

16  inches 

14  and  18  inches 

i 25 

1 inch 

5 a inch 

No.  16 

18  inches 

16,  20  and  24  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

16  inches 

1 25 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  17 

18  inches 

16  and  20  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9 16  inch 

Y inch 

12  inches 

13  and  14  inches 

i 25 

1 inch 

fa  inch 

No.  18 

18  inches 

16  and  20  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

9-16  inch 

12  inches 

14  inches 

1 25 

1 inch 

fa  inch 

No  19 

18  inches 

16  and  20  inches 

75 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

Ya  inch 

11  inches 

10  and  12  inches 

1 25 

1 inch 

5 s inch 

No.  20 

16  inches 

18  and  20  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

1-4  inch 

20  inches 

16  and  18  inches 

i 5° 

1 inch 

Aa  inch 

No.  22 

16  inches 

18  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

16  inches 

I 5° 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

No.  24 

16  inches 

14  and  18  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

Ya  inch 

16  inches 

14  and  18  inches 

i 50 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

'/a  inch 

40  inches 

32  and  36  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

16  inches 

1 5° 

1 inch 

Ya inch 

9-64  inch 

40  inches 

32  and  36  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

Yi  inch 

12  inches 

13  and  14  inches 

1 50 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

5-32  inch 

32  inches 

36  and  40  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yt  inch 

9-16  inch 

12  inches 

14  inches 

1 80 

1 inch 

inch 

11-64  inch 

32  inches 

36  and  40  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

Ya  inch 

11  inches 

10  and  12  inches 

1 90 

1 inch 

Y m^n 

3-16  inch 

24  inches 

22,  32  and  36  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

11-16  inch 

11  inches 

12  inches 

2 10 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

13-64  inch 

24  inches 

22,  32  and  36  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

Yi  inch 

10  inches 

12  inches 

2 35 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

7-32  inch 

24  inches 

28,  32  and  36  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

13-16  inch 

10  inches 

2 50 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

15-64  inch 

24inches 

28,  32  and  36  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Y inch 

Ya  inch 

9 inches 

10  inches 

2 75 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

Vi  inch 

20  inches 

16  and  iS  inches 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

15-16  inch 

9 inches 

3 00 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

5-16  inch 

18  inches 

16  and  20  inch  es 

75 

2 1-4  inches 

Yi  inch 

1 inch 

8 inches 

3 25 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

Ya  inch 

16  inches 

14  and  18  inches 

75 

1 inch 

Ya  inch 

7-16  inch 

14  inches 

16  inches 

75 

All  orders  for  dies,  i and  516,  1 and  9-16,  and  2 and  ij  inches  in  diameter,  will  be  filled  with  this  style  of  die,  unless  something  dif- 
ferent is  specified. 

These  dies  are  sent  with  standard  number  of  threads  to  the  inch,  unless  otherwise  specified  on  the  order. 

Special  sizes  and  threads  furnished  at  50  per  cent,  advance  on  above  list.  Sizes  and  threads  not  given  in  this  list  will  be  considered 
special. 


Fig.  884. 


No.  885. 


PATENT  ADJUSTABLE  DIES. 


Size  of 
Diame- 

Die. 

Thick- 

Size and  No 

Standard 
No.  of 

Threads  also 

Price 

ter. 

ness. 

of  Screw 

Threads 

Furnished. 

Each. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Gauge. 

to  Inch. 

Inch. 

1316 

1-4 

No.  2 

56 

48  and  64 

#0  40 

13-16 

1-4 

No.  3 

48 

40  and  56 

.40 

13-16 

1-4 

No.  4 

36 

32  and  40 

.40 

i3-!6 

1-4 

No.  5 

36 

30,  32  and  40 

.40 

i3-J6 

1-4 

No.  6 

32 

30,  36  and  40 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

No.  7 

32 

28  and  30 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

No.  8 

32 

24  and  30 

.40 

13-16 

1-4 

No.  9 

30 

24,  28  and  32 

.40 

i3-!6 

i-4 

No.  10 

24 

28,  30  and  32 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

No.  11 

24 

28  and  30 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

No.  12 

24 

20,  22  and  28 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

No.  13 

22 

20  and  24 

.40 

i3-!6 

i-4 

No.  14 

20 

22  and  24 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

No.  15 

20 

18,  22  and  24 

.40 

13-16 

1-4 

No.  16 

18 

16,  20  and  24 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

1-16  inch 

72 

60  and  64 

.40 

i3-!6 

i-4 

5-64  inch 

72 

56,  60  and  64 

•40 

13-16 

i-4 

3-32  inch 

56 

48,  50  and  60 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

7-64  inch 

56 

48,  50  and  60 

.40 

i3-!6 

i-4 

1-8  inch 

40 

32  and  36 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

9 64  inch 

40 

32  and  36 

•40 

13-16 

i-4 

5 32  inch 

32 

36  and  40 

.40 

i3-J6 

i-4 

11-64  inch 

32 

36  and  40 

•40 

13-16 

i-4 

3-16  inch 

24 

22,  32  and  36 

•40 

13-16 

i-4 

13-64  inch 

24 

22,  28,  32  and  36 

•40 

iyi6 

i-4 

7-32  inch 

24 

28,  32  and  36 

•40 

i3-!6 

i-4 

15-64  inch 

24 

28,  32  and  36 

•40 

13-16 

i-4 

1-4  inch 

20  18, 

22,  24,  26  and  32 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

17-64  inch 

20  l8, 

22,  24,  26  and  32 

.40 

13-16 

i-4 

9-32  inch 

20 

16  and  18 

•40 

13-16 

1-4 

5-16  inch 

18 

16  and  20 

.40 

ROUND  ADJUSTABLE  DIES. 


Diame- 
ter, inch. 


Size  of  Die. 

. Size  and  No. 
ThTk-  of  Screw 
ness,  inch.  Gauge 


^8 


H 

H 

H 


% 


H 


A 


X 

X 

X 


X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 


X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 


8 


No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No.  9 
No.  10 
No.  11 
No.  12 
No.  13 
No.  14 
1-16  inch 
5-64  inch 
3-32  inch 
7-64  inch 
1-8  inch 
9 64  inch 
5 32  inch 
1 1-64  inch 
3 16  inch 
13-64  inch 
7-32  inch 
15-64  inch 
1-4  inch 
17-64  inch 


Standard 
No.  of 
Threads 
to  Inch. 
56 
48 
36 
36 
32 
32 
32 
30 
24 
24 
24 
22 
20 
72 

72 

56 

56 

40 

40 

32 

32 

24 

24 

24 

24 

20 

20 


Threads  also 
Furnished. 

48  and  64 
40  and  56 
32  and  40 
30,  32  and  40 
30,  36  and  40 
28  and  30 
24  and  30 
24,  28  and  32 
28,  30  and  32 
28  and  30 
20,  22  and  28 
20  and  24 
22  and  24 
60  and  64 
56,  60  and  64 
48,  50  and  60 
48,  50  and  60 
32  and  36 
32  and  36 
36  and  40 
36  and  40 
22,  32  and  36 
22,  28,  32  and  36 
28,  32  and  36 
28,  32  and  36 
18,  22,  24,  26  and  32 
18,  22,  24,  26  and  32 


All  dies  Y%  of  an  inch  in  diameter  are  made  this  style. 
These  dies  are  made  with  standard  number  of  threads 
inch,  unless  a different  thread  is  called  for. 


Price 

Each. 

$ 0.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.40 

to  the 


657 


I 


Fig.  886. 


I"1 

MACHINE  OR  SOLID  BOLT  DIES. 


Cutting 

Standard 

Threads 

Outside  Dimensions. 

Price 

Each. 

Size. 

No.  of  Threads 

also 

Size  of  Square. 

Thickness. 

Inches. 

to  Inch. 

Furnished. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

1-4 

20 

18 

*Yz 

V- 2 

$1.80 

5-16 

18 

l6 

2 Y 

Yz 

1.80 

3-8 

16 

14 

2 Y 

Yz 

1.80 

7-16 

14 

- 1 

2^ 

Y 

1.80 

1-2 

12 

13 

2/4 

Y 

1.80 

9-16 

12 

2J4 

Y 

1.90 

5-8 

II 

12 

2>4 

Y 

2.00 

11-16 

II 

2)4 

Y 

2-15 

34 

IO 

12 

2 >4 

Y 

2.25 

13-16 

IO 

2>4 

Y 

2.30 

7-8 

9 

12 

2 >4 

Y 

2.40 

15-16 

9 

2>4 

Y 

2.55 

1 

8 

12 

2 >4 

1 

2.70 

I'A 

7 

2 >4 

1 

3.00 

^Y 

7 

2 >4 

1 

3-30 

1 H 

6 

2>4 

1 

3.60 

1 ^ 

6 

3 

1 . 

3-90 

iH 

5 

3 

1 

4.20 

t-Y 

5 

3 

*Y 

540 

iYs 

4Y 

3>4 

1 >4 

6.50 

2 

4 Y 

3Y 

2 

7-50 

All  Solid  Bolt  Dies  will  be  sent  even-size,  unless  over  size  is 
specified  on  the  order. 


Fig.  887. 


Fig.  888. 


ROUND  SOLID  DIES  AND  COLLETS  FOR  ADJUSTABLE 

DIES. 


Size  of 

Die. 

Price 

Diameter. 

Thickness. 

Cutting  Size — Inches. 

Each. 

ya  inch 

1-4  inch 

4,  36 

; 6,  32  ; 8,  32  ; 10,  24  ; 12,  24  ; 14,  20 

$0  40 

ya  inch 

1-4  inch 

I-l6 

; 3-32 

: ; 7-64  ; % ; 3-16  ; 1-4 

40 

1 inch 

ya  inch 

3-l6 

; 1-4 

; 5-16 ; Y* ; 7-16 

75 

1 5-16  inches 

7-16  inch 

3-16 

; 1-4; 

5-16  ; % ; 7-16  ; 54 

1 00 

1 9-16  inches 

9-16  inch 

1-4; 

5-16; 

3-8  ; 7-i6 ; % ; 9-i6.’;  Va 

1 25 

2 1-4  inches 

3 4 inch 

1-4 ; 

5-16; 

3-8  ; 7-16 ; % 

1 50 

2 1-4  inches 

3-4  inch 

9-1^ 

- 

1 80 

2 1-4  inches 

3-4  inch 

5-8 

- 

1 90 

2 1-4  inches 

3-4  inch 

3-4 

- 

- 

2 35 

2 1-4  inches 

3-4  inch 

7*8 

- 

2 75 

2 1-4  inches 

3 4 inch 

1 

- 

- 

3 25 

These  Dies  are  sent  with  standard  number  of  threads  to  the 


inch , unless  the  thread  is  specified  on  the  order. 

COLLETS  FOR  ADJUSTABLE  DIES. 


No. 

Fitting  Adjustable  Die. 
Diameter.  Thickness. 

Price  Each. 

1 

ya  inch 

1-4  inch 

$0  50 

13-16  inch 

1-4  inch 

50 

2 

1 inch 

3-8  inch 

75 

3 

1 15-16  inch 

7-16  inch 

75 

4 

1 19-16  inch 

9-16  inch 

75 

2 1-4  inch 

3-4  inch 

1 00 

Cutting 

Standard 

Size. 

No.  of  Threads 

Inches. 

to  Inch. 

1-4 

20 

5-16 

18 

3-8 

16 

7-16 

14 

1-2 

12 

9-16 

12 

5-8 

II 

11-16 

II 

3-4 

IO 

13-16 

IO 

7-8 

9 

15-16 

9 

1 

8 

1 Y 

7 

'Y 

7 

1 y% 

6 

1-4 

20 

5-16 

18 

38 

16 

7-16 

14 

1-2 

12 

9-16 

12 

5-8 

11 

11-16 

11 

3-4 

10 

13-16 

10 

7-8 

9 

15-16 

9 

1 

8 

1 Ys 

7 

t-Y 

7 

1 H 

6 

iY 

6 

5 

iY 

5 

1 H 

aY 

2 

aVz 

Outside  Dimensions. 

Size  of  Square.  Thickness.  Price  Each. 
Inches.  Inches. 


3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 


1 

1 

1 

1 


Y 

H ' 

Y 

Y 

Y 

Y 

Y 

Y 

Y 

Y 

Y 


1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 


2 


$2.30 

2.30 

2.30 

2.30 

2.30 

2.40 

2.50 

2.65 

2 75 

2.80 
2.90 
3-05 
3-40 
3.60 
3-70 

3.80 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 

2.80 
2.90 

3.00 
3-i5 
3-25 
3-30 
340 

3- 55 
4.20 

4- 50 

4.80 

5.00 

5- 25 
5-50 

6.15 

7-5° 

8.00 


All  Solid  Bolt  Dies  will  be  sent  even-size,  unless  over-size  is 
specified  on  the  order. 


Fig.  S89. 


CUTTERS 

FOR  GROOVING  STRAIGHT 
TWIST  DRILLS. 

LIPPED 

No. 

Price. 

Diameter  Drill. 

Diameter  Cutter. 

Hole  ill  Cutter 

I 

$1.50 

i- 16  inches 

i 3 4 inches 

7 8 inches 

2 

I.70 

1-8  inches 

134  inches 

7-8  inches 

3 

I.90 

3-16  inches 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

4 

2 . IO 

1-4  inches 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

5 

2.30 

5-16  inches 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

6 

2.40 

3 8 inches 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

7 

2.60 

7-16  inches 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

8 

2.80 

1-2  inches 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

9 

3.00 

9-16  inches 

21-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

10 

3-20 

5-8  inches 

2 1-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

11 

3-40 

11-16  inches 

21-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

12 

3.60 

3-4  inches 

21-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

13 

3.80 

13-16  inches 

21-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

14 

4.00 

7-8  inches 

21-2  inches 

7 8 inches 

15 

4.20 

15-16  inches 

21-2  inches 

7-8  inches 

16 

4-50 

1 inches 

2 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

17 

5.00 

1 1-8  inches 

2 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

18 

5-50 

1 1-4  inches 

3 inches 

7-8  inches 

1 9 

6.25 

1 1-2  inches 

3 1-2  inches 

1 inches 

20 

7.00 

1 3-4  inches 

3 1-2  inches 

1 inches 

21 

7-75 

2 inches 

3 3-4  inches 

1 inches 

These  cutters  can  be  sharpened  by  grinding  without  changing 
their  form.  In  ordering,  give  number  of  cutter  or  diameter  of 
drill,  as  by  above  list. 


658 


SPECIAL  GEAR  CUTTERS. 


PATENT  INVOLUTE  CUTTERS. 


Worm  wheel  cutters  and  cutters  of  special  dimensions  are 
made  to  order  at  special  prices. 

Spur  and  bevel  gear  cutters,  shown  in  lists,  when  ordered  with 
special  size  hole,  are  made  to  order  at  an  advance  of  50  cents  each 
on  list  price.  If  six  or  more  of  one  pitch  are  ordered  with  special 
size  hole,  the  list  price  is  charged. 

Fig.  890. 


For  teeth  of  gear  wheels.  All  gears  of  same  pitch  cut  with 
these  cutters  are  interchangeable. 


Diametrical 

Price  of  Each 

Diameter  of 

Hole  in 

Pitch. 

Cutter. 

Cutter. 

Cutter 

*2  inches 

$12.50 

5 inches 

i 1-4  inches 

2 1-4  inches 

II.25 

41-2  inches 

i 1-4  inches 

2 1-2  inches 

10.00 

41-4  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

2 3-4  inches 

9.00 

4 inches 

1 1-4  inches 

3 inches 

7.00 

3 13-16  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

31-4  inches 

6.50 

3 11-16  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

31-2  inches 

6.25 

3 1-2  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

3 3-4  inches 

6.00 

3 3-8  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

4 inches 

5-50 

338  inches 

1 1 4 inches 

41-2  inches 

5.00 

314  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

5 inches 

4-5° 

31-16  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

5 1-2  inches 

4.20 

2 7-8  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

6 inches 

3-9° 

2 3-4  inches 

1 1 -16  inches 

7 inches 

3.60 

2 9-16  inches 

1 1 -16  inches 

8 inches 

3-4° 

21-2  inches 

1 1-16  inches 

9 inches 

3.20 

2 3-8  inches 

1 1-16  inches 

10  inches 

3.00 

21-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

11  inches 

2-75 

2 1-16  inches 

7-8  inches 

12  inches 

2.65 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

*13  inches 

2.60 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

14  inches 

2-55 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

*15  inches 

2.50 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

16  inches 

2-45 

1 15-16  inches 

7-8  inches 

18  inches 

2-35 

1 15-16  inches 

7 8 inches 

20  inches 

2.30 

1 7-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

22  inches 

2.20 

1 13-16  inches 

7-8  inches 

24  inches 

2.10 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

26  inches 

i-95 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

28  inches 

1.80 

1 3 4 inches 

7-8  inches 

30  inches  ' 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

32  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

36  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

.7-8  inches 

*38  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8-inches 

40  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*44  inches 

1,80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

48  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*50  inches 

■ 1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7 8 inches 

*56  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*60  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*64  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*70  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*80  inches 

1.80 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

*120  inches 

1.80 

Cutters  marked  * 

1 3-4  inches 

are  made  to  order. 

7-8  inches 

Fig.  891. 

ANGULAR 

CUTTERS. 

Owing  to  the  increasing  demand  for  these 
cutters,  we  have  decided  to  carry  them  in 
stock.  Angles  are  40°,  450,  50°,  6o°,  70° 
and  8o°,  both  right  and  left  hand.  Cutters 
are  2 y2  inches  diameter,  ]/2  inch  thick,  and 
have  Y&  inch  hole.  Each,  $2.25. 


INVOLUTE  GEAR  CUTTERS. 

Extra  Large  Diameter. 


Diametrical 

Diameter  of 

Hole  in 

Pitch. 

Price. 

Center. 

Center. 

3 inches 

$8.00 

4 3-4  inches 

i 1-4  inches 

*3  1-4  inches 

7-75 

4 1-2  inches 

1 1 4 inches 

*31-2  inches 

7-25 

4 1-2  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

*3  3-4  inches 

6-75 

4 1-4  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

4 inches 

6.25 

4- 1-4  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

*4  1-2  inches 

5-75 

4 1 -4  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

5 inches 

3-25 

4 inches 

1 1-4  inches 

*5  1-2  inches 

5.00 

4 inches 

1 1-4  inches 

6 inches 

4-75 

3 3-4  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

*7  inches 

4-5o 

3 5-8  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

8 inches 

4-25 

3 1-2  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

*9  inches 

4.00 

31-2  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

Cutters  marked  * are  made  to  order. 


These  Gear  Cutters  can  be  sharpened  without  changing  their 
iorm.  According  to  the  system  adopted  by  us  any  wheel  of  one 
pitch  will  gear  into  any  other  wheel  or  into  a rack  of  the  same 
pitch.  Eight  cutters  are  required  for  each  pitch.  These  eight 
cutters  are  adapted  to  cut  from  a pinion  of  twelve  teeth  to  a rack, 
and  are  numbered  respectively  as  follows  : 

No.  1 will  cut  wheels  from  135  teeth  to  a rack. 


t t 2 ‘ 1 1 i < < (( 

55  “ 

“ 134  teeth. 

< t ^ < < it  t i (t 

35  “ 

“ 54  “ 

t < ^ c i i ( it  t ( 

26  “ 

“ 34  “ 

u ^ ( i it  t ( it 

21  “ 

“ 25  “ 

( t ^ t i i i i i it 

17  “ 

“20  • ‘ 

tty  { { i ( t i it 

14  “ 

“ 16  “ 

i i g it  it  it  i i 

12  “ 

“ 13  “ 

In  ordering,  give  the  No.  of 

Cutter  and 

Diametrical  Pitch 

required.  A stock  of  Cutters,  from  3 to  48  pitch,  is  kept  011  hand. 
Cutters  in  stock  can  be  ordered  by  telegraph.  Form  of  telegram  : — 
“ Send  one  Cutter  No.  three,  six  pitch.” 


CUTTERS  FOR  MITRE  AND  BEVEL  GEARS. 


Diametrical 

Pitch. 

Price. 

Diameter  of  Each 
Cutter. 

Hole  iu 
Cutter. 

4 inches 

$5-5o 

3 3-8  inches 

i 1-4  inches 

5 inches 

4-5° 

3 1-16  inches 

1 1-4  inches 

6 inches 

3-9° 

23-4  inches 

1 1 -16  inches 

8 inches 

3-40 

2 1-2  inches 

1 1 16  inches 

10  inches 

3.00 

2 1-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

12  inches 

2.65 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

14  inches 

2-55 

2 inches 

7-8  inches 

16  inches 

2-45 

1 15-16  inches 

7-8  inches 

20  inches 

2.30 

1 7-8  inches 

7-8  inches 

24  inches 

2.10 

1 3-4  inches 

7-8  inches 

These  cutters  are  carried  in  stock.  Cutters  for  pitches  not 
given  in  the  above  list  will  be  made  to  order.  Eight  cutters  are 
made  for  each  pitch  as  by  list  of  Involute  Gear  Cutters.  These 
cutters  are  thin  enough  to  cut  any  bevel  gear  whose  tooth  face  is 
not  longer  than  one-third  the  distance  from  its  outer  end  to  the 
point  where  the  shaft  centre  lines  meet.  In  ordering  cutters  for 
bevel  gears,  if  the  number  of  teeth  in  each  gear  and  the  pitch  are 
given,  also  the  angle  of  the  shafts,  if  different  from  a right  angle, 
can  select  the  proper  cutter  to  send.  When  an  extra  length  of 
face  is  wanted,  requiring  an  especially  thin  cutter,  this  length 
should  be  specified  in  the  order. 

CUTTERS  FOR  SPIRAL  MILLS. 

Fig.  892. 

We  keep  in  stock  a form  of  Cutter  espe- 
cially adapted  to  the  cutting  of  spiral  mills, 
either  530  or  40°,  one  side  and  120  on  the 
other,  and  prefer  the  530  angle,  except  for 
small  and  fine-tooth  cutters.  Right  or  left- 
hand  cutters  are  carried  in  stock. 

2,54  inches  diameter,  y2  inch  thick,  ?/% 
inch  hole,  each,  - ' - - - $2.70 

Special  shaped  cutters  of  any  angle  made 
to  order. 

659 


Fig.  893. 


MILLING  CUTTERS. 

Cutters  not  included  on  list  promptly  furnished  to  order,  and 
special  attention  given  to  designing  gangs  of  cutters  for  milling 
straight,  irregular  or  combined  surfaces.  Listed  cutters  of  one 
inch  face  and  over  have  teeth  of  a spiral  form. 


Width 

ofFace. 

U-l 

°r-  U 
0 cd*j 

X- 

H u 

<JJ . <D 

S o£ 

O qj 

r-  V 

£ 0 

'C  03 

•3 1* 

0 u 
0 co  t* 

U 

a,  u 

<U.  11 

0 oJ 

So 

■£WS 

a 3 

p 0 

•3 

tO* 

N 

Ph  ^ 

5 

3 

U 

'55 w 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

1-2 

$1  75 

2 1-4 

7-8 

I 1-2 

#4  30 

3 

i 1-4 

I 

2 50 

2 I-4 

7-8 

i 34 

4 50 

3 

1 1-4 

i 3-4 

3 30 

2 1-4 

7-8 

2 

4 70 

3 

1 1-4 

3-16 

1 30 

2 1-4 

1 

2 1-2 

5 20 

3 

1 1-4 

3-16 

1 30 

2 1-2 

1 

3 

5 40 

3 

1 1-4 

i-4 

1 40 

2 1-2 

1 

3 1-2 

5 90 

3 

1 1-4 

5-16 

1 50 

2 1-2 

1 

4 

6 40 

3 

1 1-4 

3-8 

1 60 

2 1-2 

1 

5 

7 80 

3 

1 1-4 

7-16 

1 70 

2 1-2 

1 

6 

10  80 

3 

1 1-4 

1-2 

1 80 

2 1-2 

1 

1-2 

3 15 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

9-16 

1 90 

2 1-2 

1 

9-16 

3 30 

3 1-2 

1 1-4 

5-8 

2 00 

2 1-2 

1 

5-8 

3 45 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

11-16 

2 10 

2 1-2 

1 

11-16 

3 65 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

3-4 

2 20 

2 1-2 

1 

3-4 

3 85 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

13-16 

2 30 

2 1-2 

1 

7-8 

4 35 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

7-8 

2 40 

2 1-2 

1 

1 

4 75 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

1 

2 60 

2 1-2 

1 

1 1-4 

5 15 

3 1-2 

1 1-4 

1 1-4 

2 90 

2 1-2 

1 

1 1-2 

5 60 

3 1-2 

1 1-4 

1 1-2 

3 10 

2 1-2 

1 

1 3-4 

6 00 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

1 3-4 

3 40 

2 1-2 

1 

2 

6 40 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

2 

3 70 

2 1-2 

1 

2 1-2 

6 90 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

2 1-2 

4 10 

2 1-2 

1 

3 

7 40 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

3 

4 50 

2 1-2 

1 

3 1-2 

8 15 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

3 1-2 

5 00 

2 1-2 

1 

4 

9 15 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

4 

5 50 

2 1-2 

1 

5 

10  40 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

3-8 

1 70 

2 5-8 

1 

6 

11  90 

3 

1-2 

1 1-4 

7-16 

1 80 

2 5-8 

1 

1-2 

3 9° 

4 

1 1-4 

1-2 

1 90 

2 3-4 

1 

9-16 

4 10 

4 

1 1-4 

9-16 

2 00 

2 3-4 

1 

5-8 

4 30 

4 

1 1-4 

5-8 

2 10 

2 3-4 

1 

11-16 

4 50 

4 

1 1-4 

4 

6 00 

2 3*4 

1 1.4 

3-4 

4 70 

4 

1 1-4 

6 

10  00 

2 3-4 

1 1-4 

7-8 

5 15 

4 

1 1-4 

11-16 

2 20 

2 7-8, 

1 

1 

5 65 

4 

1 1-4 

3-4 

2 30 

2 7-8 

1 

1 1-4 

6 25 

4 

1 1-4 

7-8 

2 50 

2 7-8 

1 

1 1-2 

6 65 

4 

1 1-4 

3-8 

2 10 

3 

1 1.4 

1 3-4 

7 05 

4 

1 1-4 

7-16 

2 25 

3 

1 1.4 

2 

7 45 

4 

1 1-4 

1-2 

2 40 

3 

1 1-4 

2 1-2 

8 40 

4 

1 1-4 

9-16 

2 55 

3 

1 1.4 

3 

9 00 

4 

1 1-4 

5-8 

2 70 

3 

1 1.4 

3 1-2 

10  00 

4 

1 1-4 

11-16 

2 85 

3 

1 1-4 

4 

11  00 

4 

1 1-4 

3-4 

3 00 

3 

1 1-4 

5 

13  50 

4 

1 1-4 

7-8 

3 30 

3 

1 1-4 

6 

15  50 

4 

1 1-4 

1 

3 60 

3 

1 1.4 

3 

9 00 

4 

1 1-2 

1 1-4 

4 00 

3 

1 1.4 

6 

15  50 

4 

1 1-2 

Fig.  894. 

■ 

No. 

35- 

STEEL  STRAIGHT  EDGES. 

rice, 

12  inches  long, 

1 inch  wide 

3-16  inch  thick, 

. 

. 

$1.25 

I’rice, 

18  inches  long, 

inches  wide,  316  inch  thick, 

. 

2.00 

Price, 

24  inches  long, 

1 'A  inches  wide,  3-16  inch  thick, 

. 

2-75 

price, 

36  inches  long, 

2 inches  wide,  X 

inch  thick, 

. 

5.00 

price,  48  inches  long, 

inches  wide,  % 

inch  thick, 

- 

8.00 

IHPROVED  STOCKING  CUTTERS. 

We  are  prepared  to  furnish  Improved  Stocking  Cutters  for 
gears.  By  the  use  of  these  cutters,  the  stocking  or  roughing  of 
gears  is  greatly  facilitated.  Table  showing  depth  of  space  and 
thickness  of  tooth  in  spur  wheels,  when  cut  with  these  cutters. 


Thickness 

Thickness 

Depth  to 

of  Tooth 

Depth  to 

of  Tooth 

Pitch  of 

be  Cut  in 

at  Pitch 

Pitch  of 

be  Cut  in 

at  Pitch 

Cutter. 

Gear. 

Line. 

Cutter. 

Gear. 

Line. 

inches. 

inches. 

inches. 

inches. 

2 

I.078 

•785 

12 

. 180 

• 131 

2 1-4 

.958 

.697 

14 

• 154 

.112 

2 1-2 

.863 

.628 

16 

•135 

.098 

2 3-4 

.784 

• 570 

18 

. 120 

.087 

3 

.719 

.523 

20 

. 108 

.079 

3 1-2 

.616 

.448 

22 

.098 

.071 

4 

•539 

•393 

24 

.O9O 

.065 

5 

.431 

• 314 

26 

.083 

.060 

6 

• 359 

.262 

28 

.077 

.056 

7 

.308 

.224 

30 

.072 

.052 

8 

.270 

.196 

32 

.067 

.049 

9 

.240 

•175 

36 

.060 

.044 

10 

.216 

•157 

40 

•054 

•039 

11 

. 196 

• 143 

48 

,045 

■033 

Fig. 

Ip.5-. 

END  MILLS  WITH  CENTER  CUT. 


Iu  ordering  state  whether  right  or  left  hand  mills  are  wanted. 

These  End  Mills  are  useful  where  it  is  desired  to  cut  into  the  work  with  the 
end  of  the  mill,  and  then  move  along  as  in  cams,  grooves,  etc.,  as  the  teeth  are 
sharp  on  the  inside,  and  thus 'cut  a path  out  from  the  first  entering  point. 
They  are  also  useful  in  taking  heavy  cuts,  especially  in  cast  iron. 


Diam.of  Mill. 

Price. 

Length  of  cut. 

Whole  length. 

No.  of  Taper. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

1-2 

$1  50 

1 

3 1-8 

5 

1-2 

I 80 

■i  1-8 

5 1-8 

7 

9-16 

I 70 

1 

3 1-8 

5 

9-16 

185 

1 1-4 

5 1-4 

7 

5-8 

1 80 

1 1-4 

3 5-16 

5 

5-8 

2 10 

1 1-2 

5 3-8 

7 

11-16 

2 15 

1 1-2 

5 3-8 

7 

n-16 

2 35 

1 1-2 

6 13-16 

9 

3-4 

2 25 

158 

5 1-2 

7 

3-4 

2 45 

1 5-8 

6 15-16 

9 

13-16 

2 35 

1 5-8 

5 3-4 

7 

13-16 

2 50 

15-8 

6 15-16 

9 

7-8 

2 60 

1 3-4 

5 7-8 

7 

7-8 

2 80 

1 3-4 

7 1-16 

9 

15-16 

2 60 

1 3-4 

5 7-8 

7 

15-16 

2 80 

1 3-4 

7 1-16 

9 

1 

2 70 

I 7-8 

6 

7 

1 

285 

1 7-8 

7 3-16 

9 

1 1-16 

2 70 

1 7-8 

6 

7 

1 1-16 

2 95 

I 7-8 

7 3-i6 

9 

1 1-8 

2 80 

2 

6 1-4 

7 

1 1-8 

300 

2 

7 1-4 

9 

1 3-16 

2 80 

2 

6 1-4 

7 

1 3-16 

3 i° 

2 

7 1-4 

9 

1 1-4 

2 80 

2 

6 1-4 

7 

1 1-4 

3 20 

2 

7 1-4 

9 

1 5-16 

345 

2 1-8 

7 3-8 

9 

1 3-8 

345 

2 1-8 

7 3-8 

9 

1 7-16 

3 75 

2 1-4 

7 1-2 

9 

1 1-2 

3 75 

2 1-4 

7 1-2 

9 

ANGULAR  CUTTERS. 

We  keep  in  stock  Angular  Cutters  of  40°, 
450,  50°,  6o°,  70°  and  8o°  angle,  right  and 
left  hand,  suitable  for  cutting  the  teeth  of 
ratchet  wheels,  cutters  and  mills. 

Cutters  2 yz  inches  diameter,  inch  thick, 
7/%  inch  hole.  Each,  $2.70 
Cutters  2 y inches  diameter,  '/i  inch  thick, 
1 inch  hole.  Each,  $3.00 


For  cutting  the  teeth  of  cutters  straight 
or  spiral,  These  cutters  are  kept  in  stock. 
They  can  be  sharpened  without  changing 
their  shape  by  grinding  upon  the  face.  Cut- 
ters are  2 >4  inches  diameter,  inch  thick, 
and  have  ^ inch  holes.  Each,  $3.50 


Fig.  S96. 


660 


Fig.  898. 


SCREW=SLOTTING  CUTTERS. 


These  Cutters  have  a fine  pitch  of  teeth  especially  adapted 
of  screw  heads  and  similar  work. 


£ 

V L. 

it 

0 

u 

<v 

u 

*1 

C/2 

Z2 

£2  CtJ 

3= 

s|8 

3 

O 

43 

0 

a 

W 

l. 

*0  rt 

8l 

V 

a 

C-H 

O 

s 

11 

sjj 

0 
a » 

tJ 

a 

.3 

.a  a 

0 

'C 

3.S 

Q 

H 

PM 

H 

Q 

in. 

No. 

in. 

in. 

7-8 

8 

So  60 

.128 

2 3-4 

13 

9 

5° 

.114 

2 3-4 

JO 

40 

.102 

2 3-4 

5-8 

11 

35 

.091 

2 3-4 

1-2 

12 

3° 

.081 

2 3-4 

1-2 

13 

25 

.072 

2 3-4 

3-8 

14 

20 

.064 

2 3-4 

n*32 

15 

15 

.057 

2 3-4 

5-16 

16 

15 

.051 

2 3*4 

9-32 

17 

15 

.045 

2 3-4 

i-4 

18 

15 

.040 

2 3-4 

7-32 

19 

15 

.035 

2 3-4 

3-16 

20 

15 

.032 

2 3-4 

1-8 

21 

15 

.028 

2 3-4 

1-8 

22 

15 

.025 

2 3-4 

1-8 

23 

15 

.023 

2 3-4 

1-8 

24 

15 

.020 

2 3-4 

1-8 

25 

15 

.018 

2 3-4 

1-8 

26 

15 

.016 

2 3-4 

1-8 

27 

15 

.014 

2 3-4 

1-8 

28 

15 

.012 

2 3-4 

1-8 

30 

15 

.010 

2 3-4 

1-8 

32 

15 

.008 

2 3-4 

1-8 

34 

15 

.006 

2 3-4 

3-8 

14 

20  • 

.064 

2 3-4 

n-32 

15 

15 

.057 

2 3-4 

5-16 

16 

15 

.051 

2 34 

9-32 

17 

15 

.045 

2 3-4 

1-4 

18 

15 

.040 

2 3-4 

7-32 

19 

15 

.035 

2 3-4 

3-16 

20 

15 

.032 

2 3-4 

1-8 

21 

15 

.028 

2 3-4 

1-8 

22 

15 

.025 

2 3-4 

1-8 

23 

15 

.023 

2 3-4 

1-8 

24 

15 

.020 

2 3-4 

1-8 

25 

15 

.018 

2 3-4 

1-8 

26 

15 

.016 

2 3-4 

1-8 

27 

15 

.014 

2 3-4 

1-8 

28 

15 

.012 

2 3-4 

1-8 

30 

15 

.010 

2 3-4 

1-8 

32 

15 

.008 

2 3-4 

1-8 

34 

15 

.006 

2 3-4 

3-16 

20 

15 

.032 

2 3-4 

1-8 

21 

15 

.028 

2 3-4 

1-8 

22 

15 

.025 

2 3-4 

1-8 

23 

15 

.023 

2 3-4 

1-8 

24 

15 

.020 

2 3-4 

1-8 

25 

15 

.018 

2 3-4 

1-8 

26 

15 

.016 

2 3-4 

1-8 

27 

15 

.014 

2 3-4 

1-8 

28 

15 

.012 

2 3-4 

1-8 

30 

15 

.010 

2 3-4 

1-8 

32 

15 

.008 

2 3-4 

1-8 

34 

15 

.006 

2 3-4 

3-16 

20 

15 

.032 

2 1-4 

1-8 

21 

15 

.028 

2 1.4 

1-8 

22 

15 

.025 

2 1-4 

1-8 

23 

15 

.023 

2 1-4 

1-8 

24 

15 

.020 

2 1-4 

1-8 

25 

15 

.018 

2 1-4 

1-8 

26 

15 

.016 

2 1-4 

1-8 

27 

15 

.014 

2 1-4 

1-8 

28 

15 

.012 

2 1-4 

1-8 

3° 

15 

.010 

2 1-4 

1-8 

32 

15 

.008 

2 1-4 

1-8 

34 

15 

.006 

2 1-4 

1-8 

24 

12 

.020 

I 3-4 

1-8 

25 

12 

.018 

1 3-4 

1-8 

26 

12 

.016 

1 3-4 

1-8 

27 

12 

.014 

X 3-4 

1-8 

28 

12 

.012 

1 3-4 

1-8 

3° 

12 

.010 

1 3-4 

1-8 

32 

12 

.008 

1 3-4 

1-8 

34 

12 

,006 

1 3-4 

Cutters  varying  from  the  list  made  to  order. 


for  the  slotting 


<u 

o 


a 


in. 

3-4  and  1 
3-4  “ 1 
3-4  1 

3-4  1 

3-4  ‘ I 
3-4  I 

3-4  I 

3-4  “ 1 
3-4  I 

3-4  “ I 
3-4  1 

3-4  I 

3-4  1 

3-4  “ 1 
3-4  “ 1 
3-4  1 

3-4  “ 1 
3-4  I 

3-4  “ I 
3-4  1 

3-4  “ 1 
3-4  “ 1 
3-4  “ I 
3-4  “ I 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 

1-2,  5-8.  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
1-2,  5-8,  3-4 
r-2,  5-8,  3-4 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 
3-8,  1-2,  5 8 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 
3-8,  1-2,  5-8 


Fig.  899. 


CONCAVE  AND  CONVEX  CUTTERS. 

For  Milling  Half  Circles. 


These  cutters  can  be  sharpened  by  grinding  without  changing 
their  form. 


Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Size 

Convex 

Concave 

Circle. 

Cutter. 

of  Hole. 

Cutter.  Price. 

Cutter  Price. 

y inch 

2 inches 

Ys  inch 

$2.00 

$2.40 

Y inch 

2 inches 

y inch 

2 50 

3 00 

Y%  inch 

2 y inches 

inch 

3.10 

3-70 

inch 

2 Y inches 

y%  inch 

3 60 

4-30 

y inch 

iY  inches 

y&  inch 

4.00 

4.80 

Y inch 

■zY  inches 

y&  inch 

4.40 

5- 25 

y inch 

3 Y inches 

1 inch 

4.80 

5-75 

1 inch 

SY  inches 

1 inch 

5.25 

6.30 

1 Y%  inches 

2,Y  inches 

1 inch 

5-75 

6.90 

lY  inches 

3>4  inches 

iY  inches 

6 25 

7-50 

1 inches 

2,Y  inches 

iY  inches 

7.00 

8.40 

iY  inches 

YY  inches 

iY  inches 

7 75 

9 30 

Fig.  900. 


SIDE  MILLING  CUTTERS. 


Diameter. 

Width  of  Face. 

Hole. 

Price  Each. 

2 inches 

3-16  inch 

y.  inch 

$2.00 

2 inches 

Y inch 

y,  inch 

2.05 

2 inches 

inch 

Yt  inch 

2.10 

2 inches 

3-16  inch 

Y%  inch 

2.00 

2 inches 

Y inch 

y inch 

2.05 

2 inches 

y%  inch 

y inch 

2.  IO 

2 Y inches 

Y inch 

y&  inch 

2 15 

iyz  inches 

y inch 

Ys  inch 

2.20 

2^4  inches 

Y inch 

y inch 

2.25 

iY  inches 

Y inch 

Y,  inch 

2.30 

2 Y inches 

y inch 

Y&  inch 

2.30 

iY  inches 

Y inch 

Y%  inch 

2-35 

3 inches 

Y inch 

1 inch 

2.40 

3 inches 

y inch 

1 inch 

2.50 

3 inches 

Y inch 

1 inch 

2.80 

3J4  inches 

9-16  inch 

1 inch 

3 50 

4 inches 

y inch 

1 inch 

4 70 

5 inches 

Y inch 

1 inch 

6.00 

6 inches 

15-16  inch 

iY  inches 

8.50 

6 inches 

15-16  inch 

1 y inches 

8 50 

7 inches 

1 y inches 

iY  inches 

17  00 

8 inches 

1 y inches 

iY  inches 

23  00 

8 inches 

1 y%  inches 

1 y inches 

23  00 

Cutters  varying  from  the  above  list  are  made  to  order. 


661 


Fig.  901. 


GANGS  OF  HILLING  CUTTERS. 


Standard  and  special  cutters  accurately  assembled  for  milling  any  required  outline. 

Gears  cut  with  these  cutters  will  work  with  gears  cut  in  accordance  with  the  Brown  & Sharpe  system. 


Fig.  902. 


Fig.  904. 


STANDARD  T SLOT  CUTTERS. 

Left  Hand  Cutter. 


No  of 

Thickness 

Diameter  of 

Neck  of 

Fength  of 

No.  of 

•nl^' 

Cutter. 

of  Cutter. 

Cutter. 

Cutter. 

Neck. 

Taper. 

Price 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

4 

5'32 

Y 

7-32 

K 

4 

$1  50 

7 

5-32 

Yz  • 

7-32 

Y 

5 

I 60 

IO 

5-32 

% 

932 

5-16 

5 

I.80 

13 

5-32 

H 

9-32 

5-16 

7 

2.IO 

16 

7-32 

11-16 

II-32 

Y» 

5 

2.00 

Diameter, 

19 

7-32 

11-16 

II-32 

Ys 

7 

2 20 

Inches. 

22 

7-32 

13-16 

H 

7-16 

7 

2-35 

2 1-2 

25 

7-32 

13-16 

Y& 

7-16 

9 

2.50 

2 1-2 

28 

9-32 

15-16 

7-16 

Y* 

7 

2.60 

2 1-2 

31 

9-32 

15-16 

7-16 

'A 1 

9 

2.80 

2 1-2 

34 

13-32 

1 3-16 

17-32 

H 

9 

3 10 

,2  1-2 

37 

17-32 

1 5-16 

21-32 

15-16 

9 

3-45 

3 

The  cutters  are  made  1-32  inch  larger  in  diameter  than  the 
figures  given,  to  allow  for  sharpening. 

Other  sizes  and  right-hand  cutters  made  to  order. 

A desirable  milling  cutter  is  made  of  fine  steel,  is  well  de- 
signed, well  finished,  and  accurate  in  all  its  relative  dimensions. 

A cutter  having  32  teeth  making  40  turns  per  minute  will  mill 
a surface  at  the  rate  of  1-16  inch  to  one  turn  of  the  cutter,  or  2 Y 
inches  a minute.  If  arbor  or  cutter  were  inaccurate,  it  would  be 
necessary  to  reduce  the  feed,  resulting  in  a corresponding  reduction 
of  products. 

Fig.  903. 


FORHED  HILLING  CUTTERS. 

For  Miffing  Parts  of  Machinery. 

These  cutters  can  be  made  in  a great  variety  of  outlines,  and 
can  be  sharpened  by  grinding  without  changing  their  form.  They 
are  economical  in  the  production  of  duplicate  and  interchangeable 
parts. 

In  ordering  send  sketch  of,  or  sample  piece  to  be  milled,  with 
size  of  hole  required,  and  indicate  the  direction  cutter  is  to  revolve. 

Exact  duplicate  cutters  can  be  made  at  any  time.  This  is  of 
great  importance  when  accuracy  in  duplication  of  machine  parts  is 
required. 


Thickness, 

Inches. 

I-32 
3-64 
I-16 
3-32 
1-8 
1-32 
3 '64' 
1-16 
3-32 
1-8 
3 64 
1-16 
3-32 
1-8 
1-16 
3-32 
1-8 
1-8 
1-8 
1-8 
3 16 
1-8 


METAL  SLITTING  SAWS. 

These  are  thin  milling  cut- 
ters with  the  sides  accurately 
ground  concave  for  clearance, 
/ and  are  hardened  to  cut  metals. 
In  ordering  special  saws, 
please  state  for  what  purpose 
they  are  required. 


6 

6 

6 

6 to  8 
8 to  10 


Hole, 

Inches. 

7-8 

7-8 

7-8 

7-8 

7-8 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 1-4 

1 1-2 
1 

1 1-2 
1 


Price. 

$1  OO 
I OO 

90 

90 

90 

25 

10 

OO 

00 
00 
45 

25 

20 
20 
80 
60 
50 
50 
50 
70 
50 
80 


TAP  AND  REAHER  CUTTERS. 

Fig.  905. 

These  cutters  are  adapted  for  fluting 
reamers,  for  which  purpose  it  is  only  neces- 
sary to  cut  one  or  more  grooves  of  a less 
depth  in  order  to  produce  the  flutes  unequal 
distances  apart. 


No.  of  No.  of  No.  of 
Cut-  Teeth  in  Teeth 
ter.  Reamer,  in  Tap. 


Diameter  of 
Reamer. 
Inches. 
i-8  to  1-4 
9-32  to  3-8 
13-32  to  1-2 
17-32  to  1 1-8 
1 5-32  to  1 3-4 
1 25-32  to  2 


Diameter  of 
Tap. 
Inches. 


Diameter  Hole  Price  of 
of  in  each 
Cuter.  Cutter.  Cutter. 
Inches.  Inches. 


0 to  1-8 

1 3 4 

7-8 

$2  00 

5-32  to  1-4 

1 3-4 

7-8 

2 10 

9-32  to  3-8 

1 7-8 

7-8 

2 20 

7-16  to  5-8 

2 

7-8 

2 40 

11-16  to  7-8 

2 1-8 

7-8 

2 70 

15-16  to  1 1-4 

2 1-4 

7-8 

3 00 

5-16  to  1 5-8 

2 3-8 

7-8 

3 30 

11-16  to  2 

2 5-8 

7-8 

3 60 

V . 

These  Cutters  can  be  sharpened  without  changing  their  form. 


Gl>2 


END  HILLS. 

Fig.  906. 


Left  Hand  Mill.  In  ordering  state  whether  Right  or  Left 
Hand  Mills  are  wanted. 


Diameter  of  Mill. 
Inches. 

Price. 

Length  of  Cut. 
Inches 

Whole  length. 
Inches 

NO.  of  Taper. 

1-4 

$1  00 

13-16 

2 7-16 

4 

1-4 

I 15 

1316 

3 

5 

5-16 

I OO 

7-8 

2 7-16 

4 

5-16 

I 15 

7-8 

3 1-16 

5 

3-8 

I IO 

7-8 

2 7-16 

4 

3-8 

I 20 

7-s 

3 1-16 

5 

7-16 

I IO 

15-16 

2 1-2 

4 

7-16 

I 25 

15-16 

31-8 

5 

1-2 

I 30 

1 

3 1-8 

5 

1-2 

1 45 

1 1-8 

5 1-8 

7 

9-16 

1 35 

1 

3 1-8 

5 

9-16 

1 50 

1 1-4 

5 1-4 

7 

5-8 

1 45 

1 1-4 

3 5-16 

5 

5-8 

1 70 

1 1-2 

53-8 

7 

11-16 

1 75 

1 1-2 

53-8 

7 

11-16 

1 90 

1 1-2 

6 13-16 

9 

3-4 

1 80 

1 5-8 

5 1-2 

7 

3-4 

1 95 

1 5-8 

6 15-16 

9 

13-16 

1 90 

1 5-8 

5 3-4 

7 

13-16 

2 00 

r 5-8  : 

6 1516 

9 

7-8 

2 10 

I 3-4 

5 7-8 

7 

7-8 

2 25 

1 3-4 

7 1-16 

9 

i5-!6 

2 10 

1 3-4 

5 7-8 

7 

i5-!6 

2 25 

1 3-4 

7 1-16 

9 

1 

2 15 

1 7-8  . 

6 

7 

1 

2 3° 

1 7-8 

7 3-16 

9 

1 1-16 

2 15 

1 7-8 

6 

7 

1 1-16 

2 35 

1 7-8 

7 3-i6 

9 

1 18 

2 25 

2 

6 1-4 

7 

1 1-8 

2 40 

2 

7 i-4 

9 

1 3-16 

2 25 

2 

6 1-4 

7 

1 3-16 

2 50 

2 

7 i-4 

9 

1 1-4 

2 25 

2 

6 1-4 

7 

1 1-4 

2 55 

2 

7 i-4 

9 

1 5-16 

2 75 

2 1-8 

7 3-8 

9 

138 

2 75 

2 1-8 

7 3-8 

9 

1 7-16 

3 00 

21-4 

7 1-2 

9 

1 1-2 

3 00 

2 1-4 

7 1-2 

9 

Special  End  Mills,  Hollow,  Counterboring,  or  any  special 
Mills  in  this  class  made  to  order. 


WORM  HOBS. 


Fig.  907. 


We  are  prepared,  by  the  use  of  special  machinery,  to  make 
Worm  Hobs  of  any  size,  the  teeth  of  which  can  be  ground  on  their 
faces  without  changing  their  form. 

By  our  method  of  relieving  the  Hobs  they  cut  as  freely  as 
milling  cutters. 

In  ordering  Hobs  state  the  lead  ; i.  e.,  the  advance  in  one 
turn,  the  turns  per  inch,  whether  the  thread  is  single,  double,  etc., 
right  or  left  handed,  size  of  hole,  size  of  keyway,  diameter  of 
worm  and  diameter  of  worm  wheel. 


SPECIAL  CUTTERS  FOR  GROOVING  TAPS. 


Fig.  908. 

These  cutters  do  not  make  as  deep  a 
groove  in  proportion  to  the  width  as  the 
Tap  and  Reamer  Cutters.  They  are  not 
suitable  for  fluting  reamers. 

These  cutters  can  be  sharpened  by  grind- 
ing without  changing  their  form.  In  or- 
dering, give  number  of  Cutter  or  diameter 
of  Tap  as  by  following  list. 


Number  of 
Cutter. 

Price  of 
Each  Cutter. 

Diameter  of  Taps. 

Diameter  of 
Cutter. 

Hole  in 
Cutter. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

I 

$2  OO 

O to  1-8 

1 3-4 

7-8 

2 

2 IO 

5-32  to  1-4 

1 3-4 

7-8 

3 

2 20 

9 32  to  3-8 

1 7-8 

7-8 

4 

2 40 

7-16  to  5-8 

2 

7-8 

5 

2 70 

n-i6to  7-8 

2 1-8 

7-8 

6 

3 00 

15-16  to  1 1-5 

2 1-4 

7-8 

7 

3 30 

1 5-16  to  1 5-8 

2 3-8 

7-8 

8 

3 60 

1 n-16  to  2 

25-8 

7-8 

Fig.  909. 


No.  53. 


DRAWING  TABLE. 


Drawing  Table,  black  walnut  or  cherry  top,  24  x 27  inches, 
folding  arm  with  drawer  and  shelf,  enameled  and  neatly  orna- 
mented, $16. 

Drawing  Table,  black  walnut  or  cherry  top,  24  x 27  inches,  highly 
polished  and  nickel  plated  wheels,  enameled  stand  with  folding 
arm  drawer  and  shelf,  $20. 

The  above  with  foot  rest,  $21. 

The  above  with  foot  rest,  shelf  and  rack  for  easel,  $23. 


Fig.  910. 


No.  9. 

COMBINATION  SET. 


9 inch  set  complete,  - - $4.50 

12  “ “ “ 5.00 

18  “ “ “ - - - 5-75 

24  “ “ “ 6.25 

No.  8. 

SPECIAL  STANDARD  SQUARE. 

18  in.,  blade  it97  in.  wide  by  -fa  in.  thick,  8^  iu.  stock,  - $6.00 

24  “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ - 7.00 


663 


Fig.  91  i. 




Wniliiiii.iL, 

No.  11. 

PATENT  COHBINATION  SQUARE. 

4 in.,  without  center  head  or  level,  - 


6 ‘ 

9 ‘ 
12  ‘ 
18  ‘ 
24  ‘ 


with  center  head, 


- $2.00,  without,  1.50 

2.50,  “ 1.75 

- 3-oo,  “ 2.25 

3-75,  “ 3-oo 

- 4-25,  “ 3-50 

The  6,  9,  12,  18  and  24  inch  have  levels  and  center  heads,  and 

will  be  sent  complete  unless  otherwise  odered.  The  18  and  24  inch 
have  same  stock  as  12  inch. 

Fig.  912. 


IMPROVED  BEVEL  PROTRACTOR. 

Protractor  Head  only, 

“ with  12  in.  blade, 

“ “ “ 18  in.  “ - 

“ “ “ 24  in.  “ ... 

Fig.  913. 


82.00 

3.00 

3- 75 

4- 75 


PATENT  DOUBLE  SQUARE. 

The  seat  against  which  the  blade  is  clamped  being  convex, 
should  corners  of  the  blade  get  injured,  the  accuracy  of  the  square 
is  not  affected.  4 sizes.  Warranted  accurate. 

Price,  4 inch, $1.25,  with  both  blades,  $1.65 

“ 6 “ - 2.00,  “ “ “ 2.50 

“ 9 “ 3-oo 

“ 12  “ - 4.00 

Both  blades  with  4 and  6 inch  always  sent  unless  otherwise 
ordered. 


Fig.  914. 


.I.1. 


This  cut  represents  the  4 inch  and  6 inch  double  square,  with 
hexagon  end  of  blade  applied.  Reverse  it  and  the  octagon  is  in 
position  for  use.  Bevel  blades  are  made  to  fit  only  4 inch  and  6 
inch  sizes. 

Fig.  915. 


UNIVERSAL'  BEVEL  PROTRACTOR. 

Price,  with  7 inch  blade, 

“ “ 12  “ “ 

“ 7 inch,  with  morocco  case,  - 

“ 12  “ “ “ “ 

Fig.  916. 


N247 

IHPROVED  BEVEL. 


6 inch, 
9 “ 


Fig.  917. 


No.  15. 

UNIVERSAL  BEVEL. 


$5.00 
6 00 
5-75 
7.00 


$1.25 

150 

i-75 


Price, 


lh.50 


664 


CTn-£*  CtJ 


Fig.  91S. 


Price,  in  morocco  case, - - - $8.75 

“ without  case, - - 8.00 


Fig.  919. 


2 inch,  1 20  inch  thick, $1.00 

“ 1-20  “ “ 1.50 

“ 1-16  “ “ - - 2.00 

“ 1-16  “ 3.00 

The  2 inch  and  3 inch  are  divided  into  i6ths  and  64ths  on  one 
side,  and  into  32nds  and  64ths  on  the  other.  The  4 inch  and  6 
inch  are  divided  on  both  sides  into  i6ths  and  32nds. 

Fig.  920. 


No.  10. 

PATENT  INCLINOMETER. 


A center  head  sent  with  Inclinometer,  when  ordered,  at  an  extra 
cost  of  75  cents. 

With  12  inch  blade,  --------  $5.00 

“ 18  “ “ - 6.00 

“ 24  “ “ 7.00 


Fig.  921. 


d 

No.  29. 

SCRATCH  GAUGE. 


Graduated.  Not  Graduated. 

Price,  5 inch  (beam  15-64  inch),  - - $1.00  $0.65 

“ 6 “ ( “ 5-16  “ ),  - 1.25  .75 

Unless  otherwise  ordered,  we  shall  send  those  graduated  in  64ths. 
Two  extra  cutters  will  be'  sent  with  each  gauge,  fastened  to  the 
case.  They  should  last  for  years. 


Fig.  922. 


'I'l'i'j'i'l'ii 

V 

n'pi||ll'||l| 

TF|||I|I|I|I|I|I||||||  I|I|I|1 

5 

Id 

III  11 

llol  § 

RELIABLE  TRY  SQUARES. 

Blade  with  Hardened  Edge,  Graduated. 


Length  of  Blade.  Length  of  Beam. 

4 inches,  - - - 2 5-16  inches,  ... 

5 “ - 3 “ ... 

6 “ - - - 3^  “ --- 

9 “ - - - * 5 1-16  “ - - - 

12  “ - 6 “ - 

Blade  with  Hardened  Edge,  not  Graduated. 


Length  of  Blade. 

4 inches, 

5 “ - 

6 “ 

9 “ 

12  “ 


Length  of  Beam. 

2 5 16  inches, 
3 “ 

itt  “ 

- 5 1-16  “ 

6 “ 


Graduated  Blade,  not  Hardened. 


Length  of  Blade.  Length  of  Beam. 

4 inches,  - - - 2 5-16  inches, 

5 “ 3 “ 

6 “ - - - 3^  “ 

9 “ - - - - 5 1-16  “ 

12  “ ...  6 “ 


Price. 

|i-75 

2.25 

3.00 

5.00 

7.00 


Price. 

$1.25 

1.50 

i-75 

2.25 

3.00 


Price. 
$1.00 
I- 15 

1- 25 
2.00 

2- 75 


No.  164. 

IMPROVED  T SQUARE. 


26x  i)^ 
32X1X 
36x1% 
42xiK 
48  x 1% 


10  inch  head,  not  grad., 

$3-50,  grad., 

$4.25 

10  ■ “ 

U H 4 i 

4-25,  “ 

5.00 

10  “ 

4 4 4 4 4 ( 

5.00,  “ 

6.00 

13  “ 

44  44  44 

5-75,  “ 

7.00 

13  “ 

44  44  44 

6.50, 

8.00 

13  “ 

44  44  44 

7-50,  “ 

9-50 

Fig.  924. 


No.  54. 

SURFACE  GAUGE  ATTACHHENT. 

Price  of  the  auxiliary  arbor,  50  cents.  Complete,  fi. 50. 


665 


Fig.  929. 


Fig.  925. 


PATENT  STAIR  GAUGE. 


Plain,  18  inch,  nickel  plated  - - - $1.00 

Plain,  28  inch,  nickel  plated  - - - 1.50 

Graduated,  18  inch,  nickel  plated  - - 1.50 

Graduated,  28  inch,  nickel  plated  - 2.25 

Sent  plain  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Fig.  926. 


TOOL  MAKERS’  UNIVERSAL  SURFACE  GAUGE. 

Price,  ------  $3.00 


Fig.  927. 


UNIVERSAL  SURFACE  GAUGE. 


Price,  9 inch,  --------  $2.50 

Price,  12  inch,  - 3.00 

Price,  with  two  spindles  12  and  18  inches,  - - 3.50 


Extra  spindles  of  any  length  furnished  at  rate  of  3 cents  an  inch. 

Fig.  928. 


Adjustable  Caliper  Gauge  No.  125 


CUT  FULL  SIZE  OF  3 INCH. 
3 INCH  PRICE.  fcl.flO 
6 i-  ••  1.25 


3 inch  with  2 rods,  capacity  from  3 inch  to  inch,  - $1.00 
6 inch  with  3 rods,  capacity  from  6 inch  to  16  inch,  - 1.25 
The  diameter  of  the  steel  rods  is  .150  inch.  Extra  rods  fur- 
nished at  1 cent  per  inch. 


HICROMETER  SURFACE  GAUGE. 

8 inch,  without  extension  - - - $2.50 

12  inch,  without  extension  - 3.50 

12  inch,  with  extension  - 4.00 

In  ordering,  give  the  size  wanted. 


Fig.  930. 

WHITWORTH 


Has  the  following  pitches:  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  n,  12,  13,  14, 
16,  18,  20,  22,  24,  25,  26,  27,  28,  30. 

Price, $1.25 

SCREW  PITCH  GAUGE. 

No.  5- 

26  PlTCHKS,  32  TO  82. 

Of  the  same  form  as  No.  40  Screw  Pitch  Gauge,  for  inside 
and  outside  work.  Has  the  following  pitches  : 32,  34,  36,  38,  40, 
42,  44,  46,  48,  50,  52,  54,  56,  58,  60,  62,  64,  66,  68,  70,  72,  74,  76, 
78,  80,  82. 

Price, $1.25 


666 


Fig.  933. 


Fig.  931. 


No.  46. 

DEPTH  GAUGE. 


Price,  - - - - $1.25. 


Fig.  932. 


No.  52. 

SURFACE  GAUGE. 

8 inch, $2.00 

12  inch,  -----  2.75 

12  inch,  with  6 inch  extension  - 3.25 


SCREW  PITCH  GAUGE. 

No.  n'/i. 


No.  165. 


Fig.  934. 


PROTRACTORS. 

Protractor  only,  - - $5.00 

Jointed  blade,  15  inch,  - 5.00,  with  protractor,  $10.00 

Jointed  blade,  24  inch,  - 6 00,  with  protractor,  11.00 

Jointed  blade,  36  inch,  - 7.00,  with  protractor,  12.00 

With  section  liner,  - - 3.00  extra. 

Long  auxiliary  blades  for  interchangeable  use,  with  clasp,  are 
supplied.  Price,  24  inch,  $2.00;  36  inch,  $2.50. 


Fig.  935. 


No.  120. 

INSIDE  MICROMETOR. 

Micrometer  with  3 rods  covering  lengths  from  4 inches  to  1 1 }4 

inches,  with  case,  - $6.00 

With  extension  sleeve  and  5 rods  covering  lengths  from  four 

inches  to  30  inches,  with  case, 10.00 


Fig.  936. 


No.  32. 


For  pipe  and  brass  work.  This  Gauge  is  the  same  as  No.  40, 
except  that  pitches  8,  11  l/z  and  27  are  substituted  in  place  of  36,  38, 
and  40. 

Price,  - $1.00 


CENTER  GAUGES. 

Price,  - - $0.25  Spring  tempered  - - $0.40 

Those  not  tempered  will  be  sent,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


667 


Fig.  937. 


Fig.  940. 


SCREW  PITCH  GAUGE. 

24  Pitches,  4 to  30.  Cut  Fuel  Size. 
Price, $1.25 


EXTERNAL. 


STANDARD  CALIPER  GAUGES. 


For  convenience  in  using  we  make  the  Standard  Caliper 
Gauges  from  3 to  7 inches  in  two  parts  for  each  size — one  part  for 
inside  measurement  and  the  other  for  outside  measurement. 

These  gauges  are  hardened  and  accurately  ground. 

Gauge  Circular,  with  prices,  sent  on  application. 


Fig.  938. 


Price, $1.00 

SCREW  PITCH  GAUGE. 

No.  6. 

30  Pitches,  4 to  42. 

Of  the  same  form  as  my  No.  4 Screw  Pitch  Gauge.  Has  the 
following  pitches:  4,  \Yz,  5,  S'/z,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  n}4,  12,  13,  14, 
15,  16,  18,  20,  22,  24,  26,  27,  28,  30,  32,  34,  36,  38,  40,  42. 

Price, $i-5° 


Fig.  939. 


WIRE  GAUGE  AND  CALIPER. 

Tongue  Graduated  on  Both  Sides. 

For  store  use  in  selecting  iron,  steel  and  sheet  stock  ; also  for 
iron  and  steel  rollers’  use. 

Price, $7.00 


Fig.  941. 


AHERICAN  STANDARD  WIRE  GAUGE. 

No.  730,  sizes  o to  36,  - - - - $2.50 

No.  732,  sizes  5 to  36, 2.00 

In  order  to  familiarize  the  users  of  the  gauge  with  the  decimal 
equivalents  of  the  gauge  numbers,  we  furnish  No.  732  with  these 
decimal  equivalents,  expressed  in  thousandths,  stamped  on  the 
back,  opposite  to  the  regular  gauge  numbers. 


Fig.  942. 


STANDARD  CALIPER  GAUGES. 

Gauge  Circular,  with  prices,  sent  on  application. 


668 


Fig.  945. 


Fig.  943. 


No.  51. 


EXTENSION  BEAM  TRAMMELS. 

Price,  complete, $.35 

Price,  without  caliper  legs,  - - - 2.50 

Sent  complete  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Fig.  944. 


ENGLISH  STANDARD  WIRE  GAUGE. 


The  same  as  Stub’s  Wire,  or  Birmingham  Gauge. 

No.  734,  sizes  1 to  36,  - - - - $ 2.00 

No.  736,  sizes  6 to  36,  - - - - - 1.50 


Sizes  of  the  numbers  of  English  Standard  Wire  Gauge. 


No.  of 

Size  of  each  No. 

No.  of 

Size  of  each  No. 

No,  of 

Size  of  each  No. 

Wire 

in  dec  parts  of 

Wire 

in  dec.  parts  of 

Wire 

in  dec.  parts  of 

Gauge. 

an  inch. 

Gauge 

an  inch. 

Gauge. 

an  inch. 

OOOO 

•454 

II 

.120 

25 

.020 

OOO 

.425 

12 

.109 

26 

.Ol8 

OO 

.380 

13 

.095 

27 

.Ol6 

O 

•340 

14 

.083 

28 

.014 

I 

.300 

15 

.072 

29 

.013 

2 

.284 

16 

.065 

30 

.012 

3 

• 259 

17 

.058 

31 

.OIO 

4 

• 238 

18 

.049 

32. 

.009 

5 

.220 

19 

.042 

33 

.008 

6 

• 203 

20 

.035 

34 

.007 

7 

.180 

21 

.032 

35 

.005 

8 

.165 

22 

.028 

36 

.004 

9 

.148 

23 

.025 

10 

• 134 

24 

.022 

INTERNA!,. 


STANDARD  INTERNAL  AND  EXTERNAL  CYLINDRICAL 
GAUGES. 

These  Standard  Internal  Cylindrical  Gauges,  or  Plugs,  and 
Standard  External  Cylindrical  Gauges,  or  Rings,  are  made  in  the 
most  careful  manner,  and  furnish  gauges  for  accurate  measure- 
ments. 

These  gauges  are  furnished  singly,  of  any  desired  size,  and  are 
also  furnished  in  regular  sets  containing  sizes  from  X inch  to  2 
inches,  inclusive,  varying  by  sixteenths  of  an  inch. 


Fig.  946. 


No.  3. 

SPEEDED  SCREW  MICROflETER. 


Price, $6.00 

With  morocco  case, 6.50 

Sent  with  case,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


669 


Fig.  948. 


Fig.  949. 


Fig.  947. 


No.  104. 


No.  106. 


No.  107. 


HIGH  SPEED  INDICATOR. 

This  Indicator  may  be  run  at  highest 
speed  required  without  heating,  and  this 
on  account  of  frictionless  bearing  against 
which  the  inner  end  of  the  spindle  re- 
volves (for  which  patent  is  pending). 

The  working  parts  of  this  instrument 
are  encased,  and  the  dial  plate  has  two 
rows  of  figures,  reading  right  or  left,  as 
the  shaft  may  run. 

The  inner  plate  is  friction  ally  clamped 
to  the  revolving  gear  by  a checked  wafer 
head  screw.  By  a pressure  and  twist 
with  the  thumb  the  plate  is  loosened 
when  the  O mark  may  be  instantly  moved 
to  agree  with  the  starting  point,  thus 
saving  time  revolving  the  spindle  to  bring 
it  there. 

Price,  ....  $1.00 

Leatherette  case,  extra,  - - .50 

The  Indicator  in  pasteboard  box  (list 
$1.00)  will  be  sent  unless  otherwise  or- 
dered. 


IMPROVED  SPEED  INDICATOR. 

This  instrument  was  devised  to  auto- 
matically register  hundreds  as  well  as 
units  and  tens;  also  to  furnish  a register- 
ing indicator  at  a more  reasonable  cost. 
The  instrument  will  register  5000  revolu- 
tions. The  large  dial  is  graduated  into 
one  hundred  lines,  each  one  representing 
a revolution  of  the  spindle.  The  small 
dial  has  fifty  lines  cut  upon  its  face,  each 
representing  one  hundred  revolutions  of 
the  spindle,  (or  one  complete  turn  of  the 
large  dial ) . A spring  finger  trip  attached  to 
the  case  engages  with  one  of  the  lines  in 
the  small  dial  and  holds  it  from  revolv- 
ing until  the  large  dial  makes  one  com 
plete  turn,  when  the  trip  pin  passing  under 
the  spring  trip  lifts  it,  and  the  dial  is  fric- 
tionally  carried  along  by  the  large  plate 
one  line,  thus  showing  that  one  hundred 
revolutions  of  the  spindle  have  been  made. 
The  instrument  has  a hard  rubber  handle, 
making  a safe  insulator  when  used  on  elec- 
trical machinery. 

Price,  in  pasteboard  box,  - - #3.00 

Leatherette  case,  extra,  - .50 


No.  105. 

PATENT  KEY=SEAT  RULE. 

6 inches,  ...... 

6 inches,  with  auxiliary  straight  edge,  plain, 

6 inches,  with  auxiliary  straight  edge,  graduated, 
9 inches,  - 

9 inches,  with  auxiliary  straight  edge,  plain, 

9 inches,  with  auxiliary  straight  edge,  graduated, 


REGISTERING  SPEED  INDICATOR. 

This  is  a nicely  made  and  finely  work- 
ing Indicator.  The  working  parts  are  en- 
closed like  a watch,  and  as  well  made. 
The  graduations  show  every  revolution, 
and  with  two  rows  of  figures  read  both 
right  and  left  as  the  shaft  may  run. 
While  looking  on  the  watch  each  hun- 
dred revolutions  may  be  counted  by  al- 
lowing the  oval  headed  pin  on  the 
revolving  disc  to  pass  under  the  thumb 
as  the  instrument  is  pressed  to  its  work. 

The  dial  is  locked  to  a revolving  stud — 
a slight  thumb  pressure  and  twist  on  the 
knurled  eccentric  releases  it  so  that  the 
indicator  mark  may  be  readily  moved  and 
locked  to  agree  with  the  starting  point, 
thus  saving  the  necessity  of  turning  the 
instrument  to  bring  it  there. 

The  instrument  is  nickel  plated,  and 
has  a rosewood  handle,  so  that  it  will  not 
heat  the  fingers  when  run  at  high  speed. 

Every  indicator  is  warranted  first  class. 

Price,  in  pasteboard  box,  - - $1.50 

Leatherette  case,  extra,  - - .50 

Fig.  951. 


$2.25 

2- 75 
3.00 
3.00 

3- 75 

4- 25 


Price, 


670 


FlG.  952. 


IHPROVED  EXTENSION  DIVIDER. 

- $1-25 

- 1.50 
2.25 

- 2.50 


7 inch,  with  divider  legs  only, 
9 inch,  with  divider  legs  only, 
7 inch,  complete, 

9 inch,  complete,  - 


Fig.  953. 


IHPROVED  BRONZE  DIVIDER. 

Price,  with  points  only,  - 
Price,  set  complete,  .... 
Sent  complete  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Fig.  954. 


$2.25 

4.00 


CAST  IRON  STRAIGHT  EDGES. 


Size. 

Price. 

Weight 

by  iA  inches 

$7.00 

5 pounds 

by  1 A inches 

9-50 

8 pounds 

by  1 A inches 

12  00 

13  pounds 

by  1 A inches 

15.00 

17  pounds 

by  2 inches 

20.50 

35  pounds 

by  2 A inches 

26.50 

48  pounds 

by  2 A inches 

33-oo 

72  pounds 

by  2^4  inches 

39.00 

145  pounds 

by  2 A inches 

50.00 

195  pounds 

Fig.  955. 


STANDARD  CAST=IRON  SURFACE  PLATES. 


5 A by  12  inches 

4 by  15  inches 
by  6 inches 

5 by  16  inches 

6 by  6 inches 
6 by  12  inches 

6 by  50  inches 
6 A by  18  inches 

7 by  7 Ai  inches 

7 by  10  inches 

8 by  12  inches 

9 by  9 inches 
9 by  14  inches 

10  by  15  inches 
10  by  30  inches 
12  by  12  inches 
12  by  18  inches 


11  pounds 
16  pounds 
5 pounds 
21  pounds 
7 pounds 
19  pounds 
120  pounds 
30  pounds 
11  pounds 

15  pounds 
21  pounds 

16  pounds 
27  pounds 
35  pounds 
99  counds 
29  pounds 
53  pounds 


Other  sizes  made  to  order. 


12  by  24  inches 
14  by  14  inches 
14  by  iS  inches 

14  by  21  inches 

1 5 by  30  inches 

16  by  16  inches 
18  by  18  inches 
18  by  24  inches 
18  by  36  inches 
20  by  30  inches 
22  by  80  inches 
24  by  24  inches 
24  by  36  inches 
24  by  48  inches 
24  by  60  inches 
36  by  68  inches 


100  pounds 
47  pounds 
62  pounds 
93  pounds 
139  pounds 
62  pounds 
65  pounds 
128  pounds 
22S  pounds 
178  pounds 
752  pounds 
164  pounds 
298  pounds 
442  pounds 
666  pounds 
1024  pounds 


Fig.  956. 


SCREW  THREAD  HICROHETER  CALIPER. 

The  Caliper  is  made  in  two  sizes,  1 and  2 inches. 
Prices  fdrnished  on  application. 


671 


OUTSIDE  AND  INSIDE  CALIPERS, 


Outside,  No.  75.  Inside,  No.  74. 


2 yz  inches, 

Solid 

Nut. 

$1.00 

Spring 

Nut. 

$1.15 

3 inches, 

Solid 

Nut. 

$1.00 

Spring 

Nut 

|i-i5 

*3  inches, 

1. 00 

I- 15 

4 inches, 

1. 10 

1-25 

4 inches. 

1. 10 

1.25 

5 inches, 

1. 10 

1-25 

5 inches, 

1. 10 

1-25 

6 inches, 

i-35 

1.50 

6 inches, 

1.35 

1.50 

These  Calipers  will  be  sent  with  spring  nuts  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


FAY’S  PATENT  SPRING  DIVIDERS. 


With  Spring  Nut. 

The  Fay  Calipers  and  Dividers,  Nos.  74 
to  77,  all  sizes,  are  sent  with  spring  nut 
unless  otherwise  ordered. 

2 yi,  inches,  each,  with  spring  nut, 

3 inches,  each,  with  spring  nut, 

4 inches,  each,  with  spring  nut, 

5 inches,  each,  with  spring  nut, 

6 inches,  each,  with  spring  nut, 

iyz  inches,  with  solid  nut,  - - $i.oc 

3 inches,  with  solid  nut,  - 1.00 

4 inches,  with  solid  nut,  - - 1.25 

5 inches,  with  solid  nut,  - 1.25 

6 inches,  with  solid  nut,  - - 1.50 


IMPROVED  FIRM=JOINT  CALIPERS. 


1. 15 

1. 15 
1.40 
1.40 
i-75 


3 inches, 

I0.40 

4 inches, 

■50 

5 inches, 

•55 

6 inches, 

• 65 

8 inches, 

.So 

10  inches, 

.90 

12  inches, 

1. 00 

14  inches, 

1.50 

16  inches, 

i-75 

18  inches, 

2.10 

20  inches, 

2.50 

24  inches, 

3.00 

The  above 

sizes 

refer  to  the  length 

of  the  Calipers. 

Their  capacity  is 
about  one-tliird 
greater  than  the  size 
given. 


OUTSIDE  AND  INSIDE  CALIPERS. 


No.  79. — 2%  to  S inches,  with  solid  nut.  65c  ; 70c.;  75c.;  80c.;  85c  ; $1.00. 

No.  73. — 2 J4  to8inches,  with  spring  nut.  90c.;  95c.;  $1.00;  $1.05;  $1.10;  $1.25 
Sent  with  solid  nut  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


072 


SPRING  DIVIDERS. 


No.  84. 


iVz  inches,  each,  $0.65 

With 

3 inches,  each, 

.70 

With 

4 inches,  each, 

•75 

With 

5 inches,  each, 

.80 

With 

6 inches,  each, 

■85 

With 

8 inches,  each, 

1. 10 

With 

No.  83. 

thumb  screw  attachment,  $0.80 
thumb  screw  attachment,  .85 
thumb  screw  attachment,  .90 
thumb  screw  attachment,  .95 
thumb  screw  attachment,  1.00 
thumb  screw  attachment,  1.25 


THREAD  AND  INSIDE  CALIPERS. 


Thread,  No.  76  Inside,  No.  78 


3 inches, 

Solid 

Nut. 

fi.co 

Spring 

Nut. 

$1.15 

4 inches, 

Solid 

Nut. 

$1.10 

4 inches,  - 

1. 10 

1.25 

5 inches,  - 

I. IO 

5 inches 

1. 10 

125 

NEW  FIRM=JOINT  HERMAPHRODITE  CALIPERS. 


No.  41. 


3 inches, 

fo.40 

8 inches 

$0.80 

4 inches, 

•50 

10  inches, 

.90 

5 inches, 

6 inches, 

• 55 
.65 

12  inches, 

1. 00 

THREAD  CALIPERS. 


Price,  3 inches,  with  solid  nut,  $0.75 
Price,  4 inches,  with  solid  nut,  .90 
Price,  5 inches,  with  solid  nut,  1.00 


With  spring  nut,  - - $1.00 

With  spring  nut,  - - 1.15 

With  spring  nut,  - - 1.25 


INSIDE  AND  KEYHOLE  CALIPERS. 


Inside  Calipers. — -4  inches,  with  solid  nut,  each,  - - .75 

Inside  Calipers. — 5 inches,  with  solid  nut,  each,  - - - .80 

Inside  Calipers. — 6 inches,  with  solid  nut,  each,  .85 

Keyhole  Calipers.— 3 inches,  with  solid  nut,  each,  - - .70 

Keyhole  Calipers. — 4 inches,  with  solid  nut,  each,  - - .75 


LOCK=JOINT  TRANSFER  CALIPERS. 


4 inches, 
6 inches, 
8 inches, 
10  inches, 
12  inches, 
14  inches, 
16  inches, 
18  inches, 
20  inches, 
24  inches, 


673 


Fig.  957. 


Q.. ,:;,=.a 


Length  of  blade, 
Price  per  dozen, 
Price  per  gross, 


6 

$o.55 
6 60 


7 

.60 

7.20 


STAR 

HACK 

SAW 

B L A|D  E S . 

Ilf 

With  14 

or  23  Points. 

8 

9 

IO 

II 

12 

Assorted,  6 to  q 

.65 

.70 

.85 

■95 

1.05 

•65 

7.80 

8.40 

10.20 

11.40 

12.60 

7.80 

The  blades  in  the  above  list  are  our  standard  goods  with  14  teeth  to  the  inch  ; also  made  in  the  8,  9,  10,  11  and  12  inch  blades,  with 
2^  teeth  to  the  inch,  for  cutting  tubing,  thin  sheets  of  metal  for  brass  work,  the  price  of  each  kind  being  the  same.  Both  kinds  have  a 
good  set.  In  filling  orders  we  shall  always  put  in  the  coarse  blades,  unless  the  fine  ones  are  particularly  named. 

No.  2,  solid  frame,  to  hold  8 inch  blades  only,  and  face 
them  in  four  directions.  Polished  and  nickle-plated.  Coco 
bola  handle. 

Price,  per  dozen,  ....  - $8.40 


Fig.  959. 


This  No  4 is  a patent  cast  iron  frame,  and  so  constructed 
as  to  face  blades  in  four  different  directions.  The  pins 
which  hold  the  blade  are  fast  in  the  frame,  and  cannot  drop 
out.  It  is  a very  stiff  and  desirable  frame  with  Japan  finish. 

No.  4 A,  for  8-inch  blades,  per  dozen,  - - $3.00 

No.  4 B,  for  9-inch  blades,  per  dozen,  - ’ 3.00 


This  is  the  stillest  frame  made.  It  is  highly  polished, 
heavily  nickel-plated,  and  will  face  the  blades  in  four  direc- 
tions. The  handle  is  ebonized.  This  No.,  6 frame  will  hold 
all  blades  from  6 to  12  inches. 

Price  of  No.  6 frame,  per  dozen,  - - - $12.00 


Fig.  960. 


^PATENT  STAR  HACK  SAW/* 
N°  6 . 


Fig.  961. 


PATENT  STAR  HACK  SAW. 

This  frame  holds  blades  from  8 to  12  inches  in  length. 
It  is  an  extension  frame  covered  by  a steel  sheath,  as  seen 
in  the  cut.  The  sheath  makes  it  very  stiff,  and  at  the  same 
time  very  light.  It  is  polished  and  nickel-plated.  The 
blades  may  be  faced  in  either  direction. 

Price,  per  dozen,  - - , - - - $12.00 


PATENT  STAR  HACK  SAW. 

We  offer  this  as  the  best  extensive  frame  in  the  market. 
It  is  light  and  quickly  adjusted,  having  strength  in  the  mid- 
dle, where  strength  is  needed.  It  is  made  of  tempered  steel, 
polished  and  nickel-plated.  The  handles  are  Cocobola  wood, 
highly  finished.  It  carries  blades  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11  and  12 
inches  long. 

Price,  per  dozen,  - - - - - $12.00 


Fig  962. 


No.  10. 


Fig.  963. 


j J 

a ..  - 

No.  11. 


PATENT  STAR  HACK  SAW. 

This  frame  has  a ball  handle  at  forward  end 
which  will  recommend  itself.  In  all  other  respects 
the  frame  is  the  same  as  No.  10. 

Price,  per  dozen,  - - - $13.50 

Fig.  964 


PATENT  STAR  HACK  SAW. 

A prominent  feature  of  this  frame  is  that  the  entire 
length  of  the  blade  can  be  used  without  liability  of  injuring 
the  hand  on  back  stroke.  It  takes  blades  from  6 to  9 inches, 
and  faces  them  in  four  directions.  Polished  and  nickel- 
plated,  and  with  Cocobola  handle. 

Price,  per  dozen,  -----  $9.00 


674 


No.  12 


Fig.  965. 


FIETAL  BAND  SAWS. 


With  Saw  Guide,  Vise  and  Table,  Showing  Vise  and  Method  of  Cutting  Rods. 

THESE  machines  are  made  with  a vise  for  holding  rods,  bars  or  other  stock  that  requires  to  be  clamped.  The  vise  is 
adjustable,  so  that  by  swinging  the  jaws  slightly  out  of  line,  the  rods  to  be  cut  will  pass  in  front  of  the  back  run  of  the 
saw,  and  stock  may  be  cut  to  any  length  that  may  be  desired.  It  will  hold  steel  \ inches  diameter. 

The  table  is  held  in  the  jaws  of  the  vise  for  use  in  cutting  up  sheet  metals  and  for  general  band  saw  work. 

By  means  of  the  saw  guide  the  saw  may  be  turned  out  of  line  with  the  face  of  the  wheel,  and  at  a right  angle  with  the 
jaws  of  the  vise  when  set  for  cutting  up  long  stock.  By  an  adjustment  of  the  guide  the  saw  may  also  be  prevented  from 
running  and  a square  cut  secured. 

The  “ feed  ” is  automatic  and  adjusts  itself  to  the  amount  of  metal  being  cut.  . 

The  saws  are  so  tempered  that  the  liability  of  breakage  is  reduced  to  a minimum,  the  cutting  edge  having  the  usual 
hack  saw  temper,  while  the  back  is  drawn  very  much  lower.  We  make  three  grades  of  saws,  coarse,  for  large  work  ; medium, 
for  ordinary  stock  cutting  ; fine,  for  sheet  metal  or  any  stock  less  than  y,v  inch  thick. 

For  general  use  the  saws  should  run  about  one  hundred  feet  per  minute  or  eighteen  revolutions  of  the  shaft.  I' or  the 
softer  metals  the  speed  may  be  considerably  increased. 

Having  used  one  of  these  machines  several  months  in  our  own  work,  we  do  not  hesitate  to  guarantee  that  they  will  do 
more  work  than  any  others  now  on  the  market,  and  at  less  cost  for  saws  and  labor. 

Complete,  with  saw,  vise  and  table, 

Countershafts, 

Extra  saws,  - 


675 


Each,  $75.00 
- Each,  7.50 
Each,  1.35 


STEEL  AND  CASE-HARDENED  IRON  SET  SCREWS 


No.  i.  Regular  Round  Point  Set. 
“ 2.  Cup  Point,  Set. 

“ 3.  Flat  Point,  Set. 

“ 4.  Cup  Point,  Headless. 

“ 5.  Round  Point,  Headless. 

6.  Cone  Point,  Headless. 


No.  7.  Flat,  Pivot  Point. 

“ 8.  Round,  Pivot  Point. 
“ 9.  Hanger,  Set  Point. 

“ 10.  Cone  Point. 

“ 11.  Necked  Style. 


In  filling  orders,  style  No.  1 is  always  forwarded,  unless  other  kinds  are  specified. 

Oval  and  Cup  Point  Set  Screws  are  regular,  all  other  kinds  are  special,  and  when  ordered  in  lots  of  less  than  500  of  one  diameter 
and  length,  will  be  charged  at  10  per  cent,  less  discount. 

Set  Screw  prices  shall  apply  to  Headless  Set  Screws,  threaded  over  all  or  nearly  so  ; slotted,  and  burrs  removed  from  head  and  slot. 

Set  Screws,  with  ground  or  polished  heads,  10  per  cent,  less  discount.  Set  Screws,  with  heads  polished  after  hardening,  20  per  cent, 
less  discount. 


No  screw,  which  has  a head  more  than  1-16  of  an  inch  larger  than  the  body,  shall  be  classed  as  a set  screw. 

A rough  screw,  requiring  over-size  stock,  shall  take  the  same  price  as  a soft  set  screw,  with  head  of  same  size,  limited  by  the  article 
preceding. 


STEEL  SET  SCREWS. 


Price  per  100. 


Diameter 
of  Screw. 

1-4 

5- 

-l6 

3 

8 

7- 

-16 

1-2 

9- 

16 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

1 

1 1-8 

1 1-4 

3-4 

2 

50 

2 

75 

3 

IO 

3 

60 

4 

25 

5 

3° 

6 

25 

I 

2 

<35 

2 

90 

3 

30 

3 

90 

4 

50 

5 

30 

6 

25 

8 

75 

1 1-4 

2 

85 

3 

10 

3 

50 

4 

15 

4 

75 

5 

60 

6 

55 

8 

75 

14 

10 

18 

60 

I 1-2 

3 

05 

3 

30 

3 

70 

4 

40 

5 

00 

5 

90 

b 

90 

9 

35 

14 

10 

1 3-4 

3 

25 

3 

50 

3 

90 

4 

65 

5 

25 

b 

2.s 

7 

2.5 

IO 

00 

15 

00 

19 

80 

24 

40 

rt  -m 

2 

3 

So 

3 

75 

4 

15 

4 

95 

5 

55 

6 

bo 

7 

bo 

IO 

75 

lb 

10 

21 

25 

26 

35 

31 

60 

2 1-4 

3 

80 

4 

05 

4 

45 

5 

30 

5 

90 

7 

05 

8 

00 

II 

bo 

17 

25 

23 

OO 

28 

bo 

34 

25 

2 1-2 

4 

IO 

4 

45 

4 

80 

S 

75 

b 

35 

7 

55 

8 

50 

12 

50 

18 

50 

24 

70 

30 

85 

37 

00 

<v 

rrt  V 

2 3-4 

4 

45 

4 

80 

5 

25 

b 

20 

6 

«5 

8 

10 

9 

05 

13 

50 

19 

85 

26 

65 

33 

40 

40 

00 

p 2 

3 

4 

75 

5 

20 

5 

70 

b 

75 

7 

45 

8 

75 

9 

70 

14 

bo 

21 

35 

28 

75 

3b 

00 

43 

25 

P a; 

3 1-4 

5 

55 

6 

IO 

7 

3° 

8 

05 

9 

45 

IO 

45 

15 

85 

23 

00 

3° 

85 

38 

75 

46 

75 

£$ 

3 I’2 

b 

55 

7 

90 

8 

70 

IO 

15 

II 

20 

17 

10 

24 

60 

33 

25 

41 

50 

5° 

25 

b/>  a) 

3 3-4 

8 

50 

9 

35 

IO 

«5 

II 

95 

18 

35 

26 

25 

35 

15 

44 

30 

53 

75 

4 

9 

95 

II 

50 

12 

70 

19 

bo 

27 

85 

37 

25 

47 

00 

57 

25 

4 1-4 

12 

20 

13 

45 

20 

85 

29 

50 

39 

40 

49 

75 

60 

75 

4 1-2 

14 

20 

22 

10 

31 

00 

41 

5° 

52 

50 

64 

3° 

43  4 

23 

40 

32 

75 

43 

bo 

55 

25 

67 

95 

5 

34 

40 

45 

75 

58 

00 

71 

25 

Threads  to  inch. 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

12 

II 

IO 

9 

8 

7 

I 

4 inch 

35 

40 

5° 

bo 

70 

80 

90 

I 30 

I 

75 

2 30 

3 00 

3 75 

CASE  HARDENED  IRON  SET  SCREWS. 

Price  per  100. 


Diameter  of 
Screw. 

1-4 

5 

-l6 

3-8 

7 

-16 

-2 

9 

-16 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

I i-S 

I 1-4 

Threads  to  inch . 

20 

[8 

[6 

14 

12 

12 

II 

10 

9 

7 

7 

14  inch. 

25 

3° 

35 

45 

5° 

55 

bo 

1 00 

I 30 

I 70 

2 20 

2 80 

3-4 

2 

00 

2 

20 

2 

5° 

2 

90 

3 

40 

4 

25 

5 

00 

I 

2 

15 

2 

35 

2 

6.5 

3 

10 

3 

60 

4 

25 

5 

00 

7 

00 

I 1-4 

2 

3° 

2 

50 

2 

80 

3 

30 

3 

80 

4 

50 

5 

25 

7 

00 

II 

3° 

O 

I 1-2 

2 

45 

2 

t>5 

2 

95 

3 

50 

4 

00 

4 

75 

5 

50 

7 

50 

II 

30 

■4 

90 

1 3-4 

2 

b<  > 

2 

80 

3 

IO 

3 

70 

4 

20 

5 

00 

5 

75 

8 

00 

12 

00 

‘5 

MM 

19  50 

ctl 

2 

2 

80 

3 

OO 

3 

30 

3 

95 

4 

45 

5 

30 

b 

05 

8 

60 

12 

90 

17 

00 

21  IO 

25  30 

•=1 

2 1-4 

3 

05 

3 

25 

3 

55 

4 

25 

4 

75 

5 

85 

6 

40 

9 

30 

13 

80 

18 

4<> 

22  90 

27  40 

u p< 

2 1-2 

3 

30 

3 

55 

3 

«5 

4 

60 

5 

10 

6 

05 

b 

80 

10 

00 

14 

80 

19 

80 

24  7° 

29  OO 

23-4 

3 

55 

3 

85 

4 

20 

5 

00 

5 

50 

6 

50 

7 

25 

10 

80 

15 

90 

21 

40 

26  70 

32  OO 

a a 

3 

3 

80 

4 

15 

4 

55 

5 

45 

5 

95 

7 

00 

7 

75 

11 

70 

17 

IO 

23 

00 

28  so 

34  60 

P V 

3 1-4 

4 

45 

4 

90 

5 

90 

6 

45 

7 

55 

8 

35 

12 

70 

18 

40 

24 

70 

31  00 

37  40 

& 

3 1-2 

5 

25 

6 

35 

6 

95 

8 

IO 

8 

95 

13 

70 

19 

70 

2b 

40 

33  20 

40  20 

3 3-4 

b 

80 

7 

45 

8 

65 

9 

55 

14 

70 

21 

00 

28 

10 

35  40 

43  00 

4 

7 

95 

9 

20 

10 

15 

15 

70 

22 

30 

29 

So 

37  60 

45  So 

>4 

4 1-4 

9 

75 

10 

75 

lb 

70 

23 

bo 

31 

50 

39  80 

48  60 

4 1-2 

11 

35 

17 

70 

24 

90 

33 

20 

42  00 

4° 

4 3-4 

18 

70 

26 

20 

34 

90 

44  20 

54  20 

5 

27 

50 

36 

bo 

46  40 

57  00 

For  price  of  Steel  Set  Screws,  add  50  per  cent,  to  above  list. 


676 


HEXAGON  HEAD  CAP  SCREWS. 


Price  per  ioo. 


Fig.  966. 


Fig.  967. 


Diameter  I 
of  Head,  f 

7-16 

I 

-2 

9 16 

5-8 

3-4 

13 

l6 

7-8 

I 

1 1-8 

I 

1-4 

I 

3-8 

1 

1-2 

Length  of  1 
Head.  f 

1-4 

5 

-i6 

3-8 

7-16 

1 

-2 

9- 

l6 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

I 

I 

1-8 

1 

1-4 

Diameter  1 
of  Screw,  f 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

7-16 

1 

-2 

9 

l6 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

I 

I 

1-8 

1 

1-4 

X 

3 oo 

3 

25 

3 75 

4 40 

5 

50 

7 

OO 

I 

3 25 

3 

50 

4 oo 

4 70 

5 

70 

7 

OO 

9 50 

o 

iX 

3 50 

3 

75 

4 25 

5 00 

6 

OO 

7 

50 

9 So 

12 

20 

16  00 

0-i 

iX 

3 75 

4 oo 

4 5o 

5 3° 

6 

30 

8 

OO 

10  00 

12 

20 

a 

I X 

4 oo 

4 

25 

4 75 

5 60 

6 

60 

8 

50 

10  60 

12 

80 

16  60 

21 

20 

<u 

u 

2 

4 25 

4 

6o 

5 05 

5 95 

7 

OO 

9 

IO 

II  20 

13 

40 

17  20 

22 

30 

29 

00 

37 

50 

« 

W 

2 X 

4 55 

5 

oo 

5 40 

fa  35 

7 

50 

9 

70 

II  90 

14 

IO 

17  90 

23 

60 

30 

50 

39 

30 

2 X 

4 «5 

5 

40 

5 8o 

6 80 

8 

oo'io 

40 

12  70 

14 

90 

18  80 

25 

IO 

32 

30 

41 

40 

2X 

5 15 

5 

So 

6 50 

7 30 

8 

60  II 

20 

13  60 

15 

90 

20  OO 

26 

90 

34  40 

44 

00 

cd 

3 

5 45 

6 

20 

6 80 

7 90 

9 3°  12 

IO 

14  70 

17 

OO 

21  80 

29 

OO 

37 

00 

47 

50 

X 

3X 

6 

6o 

7 30 

8 50 

IO 

10  13 

IO 

16  00 

18 

60 

23  80 

31 

40 

40 

00 

51 

50 

u 

<v 

3X 

7 80 

9 10 

IO 

9014 

IO 

17  30 

20 

20 

25  80 

33 

80 

43 

00 

55 

50 

G 

3X 

9 70 

II 

70 15 

IO 

18  60 

21 

80 

27  80 

3 fa 

20 

46 

00 

59 

50 

£3 

4 

12 

50 

l6 

IO 

19  90 

23 

40 

29  80 

38 

60 

49 

00 

63 

50 

G 

4X 

17 

IO 

21  20 

25 

OO 

31  80 

41 

OO 

52 

00 

67 

50 

4X 

22  50 

26 

60 

33  80 

43 

40 

55 

00 

71 

50 

4X 

28 

20 

35  80 

45 

80 

58 

00 

75 

50 

5 

37  80 

48 

20 

6l 

00 

79 

50 

Threads  to  ( 
Inch.  f 

20 

18 

l6 

14 

12 

12 

II 

IO 

9 

8 

7 

7 

Add  for  1 
each  inch  | 

30 

40 

50 

60 

80 

I 

OO 

1 30 

I 

60 

2 OO 

2 

40 

3 

00 

4 

00 

No.  1.  Regular  Hexagon  Head  Cap  Screw. 

On  all  screws  of  one  inch  and  less  in  diameter,  and  less 
than  four  inches  long,  threads  are  cut  X of  the  length.  Be 
yond  four  inches,  threads  are  cut  half  of  the  length. 

No.  2.  Tap  Bolt,  Threaded  to  the  Head. 

Regular  cap  screws  are  soft  and  have  ground  heads. 
Black  heads,  5 per  cent,  extra  discount.  Extra  finished,  10 
per  cent,  less  discount.  Case-hardened  and  extra  finished 
heads,  15  per  cent,  less  discount.  Case-hardened,  5 per  cent, 
less  discount. 

Cap  screws  with  over-sized  heads,  take  the  list  of  regu- 
lar cap  screws  with  the  same  sized  head. 

Price  of  steel  screws  will  be  50  per  cent,  above  the  price 
of  iron. 


SQUARE  HEAD  CAP  SCREWS. 


Price  per  ioo. 


Diameter  | 
of  Head,  j 

3-8 

7-16 

1-2 

9 

-l6 

5 

-8 

II 

16 

3 

-4 

7 

-8 

I 

1-8 

I 

1-4 

I 

GO 

rO 

I 

1-2 

I 

5-8 

Length  of  I 
Head.  ) 

i-4 

5-16 

3-8 

7 

-l6 

I 

-2 

9- 

l6 

5 

-8 

3 

-4 

7 

-8 

I 

I 

1-8 

I 

1-4 

I 

3-8 

Diameter  I 
of  Screw.  ( 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

7 

-l6 

I 

-2 

9 

l6 

5 

-8 

3 

-4 

7 

-8 

I 

I 

1-8 

I 

1-4 

1 

co 

X 

2 40 

2 75 

3 20 

3 

80 

4 

40 

5 

75 

g 

I 

2 60 

2 95 

3 40 

4 

OO 

4 

70 

5 

75 

7 

70 

0 

Ph 

1 X 

2 75 

3 10 

3 65 

4 

20 

4 

95 

6 

05 

7 

70 

IO 

50 

ID 

1 X 

2 90 

3 30 

3 85 

4 

45 

5 

25 

6 

35 

8 

25 

IO 

50 

14 

OO 

a 

IX 

3 05 

3 50 

4 10 

4 

70 

5 

55 

6 

fa5 

8 

80 

II 

IO 

14 

80 

18 

OO 

u 

2 

3 25 

3 70 

4 35 

4 

95 

5 

90 

7 

05 

9 

40 

II 

80 

15 

70 

19 

OO 

22 

50 

M 

w 

2X 

3 50 

4 00 

4 65 

5 

25 

6 

30 

7 

55 

IO 

IO 

12 

60 

16 

70 

20 

20 

24 

OO 

30 

OO 

0 

2 X 

3 75 

4 35 

5 00 

5 

60 

6 

75 

8 

1.5 

IO 

90 

13 

50 

17 

80 

21 

50 

25 

80 

32 

OO 

39 

OO 

2X 

4 00 

4 70 

5 45 

6 

OO 

7 

25 

8 

85 

II 

80 

14 

60 

19 

IO 

23 

IO 

27 

90 

34 

20 

41 

50 

cd 

3 

4 25 

5 05 

5 9° 

6 

55 

7 

80 

9 

fa5 

12 

80 

15 

90 

20 

60 

25 

OO 

30 

50 

37 

OO 

45 

OO 

a 

3X 

5 40 

6 35 

7 

IO 

8 

45 

IO 

55 

14 

00 

17 

40 

22 

40 

27 

30 

33 

50 

40 

50 

49 

OO 

u 

<D 

3X 

6 80 

7 

65 

9 

10 

1 1 

45 

15 

20 

18 

90 

24 

20 

29 

60 

3fa 

50 

44 

OO 

53 

OO 

'd 

a 

3X 

8 

20 

9 

75 

12 

35 

16 

40 

20 

40 

26 

OO 

31 

90 

39 

50 

47 

50 

57 

OO 

4 

IO 

40 

13 

25 

17 

60 

21 

90 

27 

80 

34 

20 

42 

50 

5i 

OO 

61 

OO 

.a 

4X 

14 

15 

18 

80 

23 

40 

29 

60 

3 fa 

50 

45 

50 

54 

50 

65 

OO 

bo 

G 

4X 

20 

OO 

24 

90 

31 

40 

3« 

80 

48 

50 

5« 

OO 

69 

OO 

«D 

»4 

4X 

26 

40 

33 

20 

41 

IO 

5i 

50 

6l 

50 

73 

OO 

5 

35 

OO 

43 

40 

54 

50 

65 

OO 

77 

OO 

Threads  to  i 
Inch.  f 

20 

18 

l6 

14 

I 

2 

I 

2 

I 

I 

IO 

9 

8 

7 

7 

6 

Add  for  | 
each  5^  inch  f 

25 

35 

45 

55 

65 

90 

I 

20 

I 

50 

I 

80 

2 

30 

3 

OO 

3 

50 

4 

OO 

Fig.  968. 


Fig.  969. 

2 


No.  1.  Regular  Square  Head  Cap  Screw. 

O11  all  screws  of  one  inch  and  less  in  diameter,  and 
less  than  four  inches  long,  threads  are  cut  of  the 
length.  Beyond  four  inches,  threads  are  cut  '/z  of  the 
length. 

No.  2.  Tap  Bolt,  Threaded  to  the  Head. 

Regular  cap  screws  are  soft  and  have  ground  heads. 
Black  heads,  5 per  cent,  extra  discount.  Extra  fin- 
ished, 10  per  cent,  less  discount.  Case-hardened  and 
extra  finished  heads,  15  per  cent,  less  discount.  Case- 
hardened,  5 per  cent,  less  discount. 

Cap  screws  with  over-sized  heads,  take  the  list  of 
regular  cap  screws  with  the  same  sized  head. 

Price  of  steel  screws  will  be  50  per  cent,  above  the 
price  of  iron. 


677 


Fig.  970. 

I 


ROUND  AND  FILISTER  HEAD  CAP 
SCREWS. 

No.  1 . Filister  Head  Cap  Screw. 

No.  2.  Round  Head  Cap  Screw. 
Threaded  two-thirds  of  the  length. 


Diameter.  1 

of  Head.  ) 

Length  of  | 

Head.  / 

Diameter  1 

of  Screw,  j 

<v 

K • 

8 

i 

<v 

i'A 

u 

U4 

M 

W 

iK 

2 

o 

2K 

T3  . 

2j? 

S Q 

Wo 

3 

zVi 

'd 

Z'A 

CJ 

W 

zVi 

4 

A 

4Vi 

bfi 

4 lA 

a 

►4 

5 

Threads  to ) 
Inch.  / 
Add  for  ) 
Each  Vi  V 
Inch.  ) 


3-16  y 
'A  3-16 

'A  3-16 

2 00  2 25 

2 25  2 50 

2 50  2 75 

2 75  3 00 

3 00  3 25 

3 25  3 5° 

3 50  3 75 

3 75  4 00 

4 25 


40  24 


25  25 


X 7-i6 
V*  5-16 

Vi  5-16 

2 50  3 00 

2 75  3 25 

3 00  3 5° 

3 25  3 75 

3 50  4 00 

3 75  4 35 

4 00  4 75 

4 25  5 15 

4 50  5 55 

4 75  5 95 

6 35 


20  18 


25  4° 


Price 

1-16  Vi 
Vs  7-16 

yi  7-16 

3 50  4 00 

3 75  4 25 

4 00  4 50 

4 25  4 75 

4 50  5 00 

5 00  5 50 

5 50  6 00 

6 00  6 50 

6 50  7 00 

7 00  7 50 

7 50  8 00 

8 00  8 50 

9 00 


16  14 


50  50 


Per  100. 

yi,  13-16 

'A  9-16 

lA  9-16 

5 00 

5 30  6 60 

5 60  6 90 

5 90  7 20 

6 20  7 50 

6 75  8 00 

7 25  8 50 

7 75  9 00 

8 25  9 50 

8 75  10  00 

9 25  10  5o 

9 75  11  00 

10  25  11  50 

10  75  12  00 

12  50 


12  12 


50  50 


% 1 

A X 

Vi  Vi 


9 00 

9 50  12  00 

10  00  12  50 

10  75  13  00 

11  50  13  75 

12  00  14  50 

12  75  15  25 

13  50  16  00 

14  25  16  75 

15  00  17  50 

15  75  is  25 

16  50  19  00 

17  25  19  75 

18  00  20  50 

21 25 


11  10 


75  75 


iH 

% 1 

% 1 


15  25 

16  OO  I9  20 

16  75  20  20 

17  50  21  25 

18  30  22  40 

19  10  23  60 

20  00  24  85 

21  00  26  10 

22  00  27  35 

23  00  28  60 

24  00  29  85 

25  00  31  10 

26  00  32  35 

27  00  33  60 

9 8 


1 00  1 25 


Diameter  of 
Head. 
Diameter  of 
Screw. 


: % 

T-'A  2 

6 l3/Z  2 

! i 

14  3 

Threads  to  I 
Inch.  f 

Add  for  Each  ) 
Vi  Inch.  j 


FLAT  HEAD  CAP  SCREWS. 

Milled  from  Solid  Bar. 
Price  Per  100. 


Vi 

X 

15-32 

Fs 

% 

13-16 

Vi 

I 

154 

iVs 

Vi 

3-16 

Vi 

5-16 

X 

7-16 

'A 

9-l6 

Vi 

Ya 

25 

2 50 

3 10 

4 00 

5 00 

5° 

2 75 

3 35 

4 25 

5 3° 

6 60 

75 

3 00 

3 60 

4 5° 

5 60 

6 90 

9 00 

00 

3 25 

3 85 

4 75 

5 9° 

7 20 

9 5° 

12  00 

25 

3 5° 

4 10 

5 0° 

6 20 

7 5° 

10  00 

12  50 

14  5° 

3 75 

4 35 

5 50 

6 75 

8 00 

10  75 

13  OO 

15  25 

19  20 

4 75 

6 00 

7 25 

8 5° 

11  50 

13  75 

16  00 

20  20 

6 50 

7 75 

9 00 

12  00 

14  50 

16  75 

21  25 

7 00 

8 25 

9 50 

12  75 

15  25 

17  50 

22  40 

8 75 

10  00 

13  5° 

16  00 

18  30 

23  60 

40 

24 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

12 

11 

10 

25 

25 

40 

5° 

5° 

5° 

5° 

75 

1 00 

I 25 

BUTTON  HEAD  CAP  SCREWS. 

Milled  from  Solid  Bar. 
Price  PER  100. 


Head. 
Diameter  of 
Body. 


rrt  M 4-» 

aM.S 

fc>  o 

O Ph 
S3  O 

a o a 


rVi 
1 % 
1% 


2V 
2 A 
2% 

3 

Threads  to 
Inch. 

Add  for  Each 
V Inch. 


1 *7-32 

5-16 

7-16 

9-16 

Vi 

Vi 

13-16 

15-16 

1 

I Va 

(Full 

\ A 

3-16 

Vi 

5-16 

X 

7-16 

V 

9-16 

Vi 

Ya 

2 25 

2 50 

3 0° 

3 50 

4 00 

5 °° 

No.  1. 

2 50 

2 75 

3 25 

3 75 

4 25 

5 3° 

6 60 

2 75 

3 00 

3 50 

4 00 

4 5° 

5 60 

6 90 

9 00 

No.  2. 

3 00 

3 25 

3 75 

4 25 

4 75 

5 9° 

7 20 

9 50 

12  00 

• 

3 25 

3 5° 

4 00 

4 5° 

5 °o 

6 20 

7 5° 

10  00 

12  50 

18  20 

No.  3. 

3 75 

4 35 

5 00 

5 5° 

6 75 

8 00 

10  75 

13  00 

19  20 

4 75 

5 5° 

6 00 

7 25 

8 50 

11  50 

13  75 

20  20 

6 00 

6 50 

7 75 

9 00 

12  00 

14  5° 

21  25 

7 00 

8 25 

9 5° 

12  75 

15  25 

22  40 

8 75 

10  00 

13  50 

16  00 

23  60 

\ 40 

24 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

12 

n 

IO 

1 25 

20 

40 

5° 

50 

5° 

5° 

75 

75 

I 15 

Button  Head  Cap  Screws. 
Flat  Head  Cap  Screws. 
French  Head  Cap  Screws. 


♦No.  4 Wire. 


Fig.  975. 


ORE  WASHER  SCREWS. 

Prices  quoted  on  application. 


678 


PRICK  PKR  ioo. 


FiG.  976. 


COLLAR  SCREWS. 


No.  1.  Regular  Collar  Screw. 

Nos.  2,  3 and  4.  Special  Collar  Screw. 
Threaded  three-fourths  of  length  of  body. 


Diameter  of 
Collar. 

X 

1 1 
JV 

A 

X 

1 1 

Tff 

13 

Tff 

15 

Iff 

I 

Diameter  of 
Screw. 

X 

8 

Tff 

% 

5 

Tff 

7 

Iff 

X 

9 

Tff 

H 

x 

2 50 

2 80 

3 

10 

3 

75 

4 

40 

5 

OO 

6 

25 

n 

I 

2 80 

3 10 

3 

40 

4 

05 

4 

70 

5 

30 

6 

60 

8 

25 

0 

iX 

3 10 

3 4o 

3 

70 

4 

35 

5 

00 

5 

60 

7 

OO 

8 

60 

II 

25 

<u 

1 X 

3 40 

3 7° 

4 

00 

4 

70 

5 

30 

5 

95 

7 

40 

9 

OO 

II 

90 

15  00 

s 

IX 

3 70 

4 05 

4 

35 

5 

05 

5 

65 

6 

35 

7 

80 

9 

45 

12 

60 

15  60 

<v 

u 

2 

4 40 

4 

70 

5 

45 

6 

25 

6 

85 

8 

40 

IO 

OO 

13 

35 

16  25 

M 

2'X 

5 

05 

5 

95 

6 

85 

7 

40 

9 

OO 

IO 

60 

14 

15 

17 10 

O 

2 X 

5 

45 

6 

45 

7 

55 

8 

05 

9 

60 

II 

25 

15 

OO 

18  00 

2^ 

6 

95 

8 

20 

8 

75 

IO 

30 

II 

90 

15 

90 

19  00 

a 

3 

7 

50 

8 

85 

9 

50 

II 

OO 

12 

60 

l6 

85 

20  00 

.3 

Y/a 

9 

50 

IO 

30 

II 

80 

13 

40 

17 

95 

21  20 

u 

<L> 

3X 

IO 

20 

II 

IO 

12 

60 

14 

30 

19 

IO 

22  60 

3 H 

II 

95 

13 

50 

15 

30 

20 

40 

24  20 

4 

12 

80 

14 

40 

l6 

30 

21 

70 

25  80 

*2 

4'X 

15 

40 

17 

50 

23 

20 

27  70 

bJO 

4'/z 

16 

40 

18 

70 

24 

70 

29  60 

< V 

aH 

20 

IO 

26 

50 

31  80 

5 

21 

50 

28 

30 

34  00 

Threads  to 

inch. 

40 

24 

20 

13 

lb 

14 

12 

12 

II 

IO 

Add  for  each 

X inch. 

30 

40 

50 

bo 

so 

I 

OO 

I 

30 

I 

60 

2 

0.  > 

2 40 

Price  per  ioo. 


Diameter. 

X 

7- 

-16 

9- 

-l6 

X 

X 

Ys 

I 

1 X 

1 'A 

3 35 

4 

05 

4 

40 

5 

IO 

iX 

3 50 

4 

20 

4 

60 

5 

30 

6 

IO 

iX 

3 65 

4 

35 

4 

80 

5 

50 

6 

30 

2 

3 80 

4 

50 

5 

OO 

5 

70 

6 

50 

8 

80 

2X 

3 95 

4 

65 

5 

20 

5 

90 

6 

70 

9 

IO 

2X 

4 10 

4 

80 

5 

40 

6 

IO 

6 

90 

9 

40 

12 

OO 

2X 

4 25 

4 

95 

5 

60 

6 

30 

7 

IO 

9 

70 

12 

50 

^3 

3 

4 40 

5 

10 

5 

80 

6 

50 

7 

30 

10 

00 

13 

OO 

17 

00 

21 

00 

3X 

5 

25 

6 

OO 

6 

70 

7 

50 

IO 

30 

13 

50 

17 

75 

22 

00 

tn 

3X 

5 

40 

6 

20 

6 

90 

7 

70 

IO 

6c 

14 

OO 

18 

50 

23 

00 

27  00 

0 

3X 

5 

55 

6 

40 

7 

IO 

7 

90 

IO 

90 

14 

50 

19 

25 

24 

00 

28  00 

$ 

4 

6 

60 

7 

30 

s 

IO 

II 

20 

15 

OO 

20 

00 

25 

00 

29  OO 

bJO 

4X 

6 

70 

7 

40 

8 

25 

II 

45 

15 

40 

20 

50 

23 

75 

29  75 

0) 

4X 

6 

80 

7 

50 

8 

40 

1 1 

65 

15 

75 

21 

00 

26 

50 

30  50 

4X 

7 

60 

8 

55 

II 

90 

l6 

15 

21 

50 

27 

25 

31  25 

5 

7 

70 

8 

70 

12 

10 

l6 

50 

22 

00 

28 

00 

32  OO 

5X 

7 

80 

8 

85 

12 

35 

l6 

90 

22 

50 

28 

75 

32  75 

5/i 

9 

OO 

12 

55 

17 

25 

23 

00 

29 

50 

33  50 

sx 

9 

15 

12 

80 

17 

65 

23 

50 

30 

25 

34  25 

6 

9 

30 

13 

00 

18 

OO 

24 

00 

31 

00 

35  00 

Threads  to 

inch. 

16 

14 

12 

12 

II 

IO 

9 

s 

7 

7 

Add  for  each 

X inch. 

15 

20 

20 

20 

25 

30 

40 

bo 

75 

I OO 

Fig.  977. 


MILLED  IRON  STUDS. 

In  ordering  bolts,  give  total  length,  and  length  of  A and  C,  as 
lettered  above,  and  unless  otherwise  instructed  A end  will  be  tight 
fit,  C end  regular.  State  what  finish  required  at  B. 

No.  1.  Standard  Stud  Bolt. 

Nos.  2 and  3.  Special  Stud  Bolt. 


679 


MACHINE  SCREWS,  WITH  PRESSED  HEADS 


Fig.  978. 


No.  1,  Filister  Head. 


Fig.  979. 


No.  2,  Round  Head. 


Fig.  980. 


IRON  HACHINE  SCREWS. 

Per  Gross. 


Threads 
per  Inch. 

}s6 

48 

32, 36, 40 

30,32 

24, 30, 32 

20,  24 

16,  18, 

20 

16, 18 

14,  l6 

No. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

IO 

12 

14 

l6 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

Inch. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

CfS. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

3 

TIT 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

X 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

65 

65 

75 

75 

* 

5 

TIT 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

65 

65 

75 

75 

H 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

65 

65 

75 

75 

85 

95 

105 

TIT 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

65 

65 

75 

75 

85 

95 

105 

K 

55 

55 

55 

55 

55 

65 

65 

75 

75 

85 

95 

105 

1 15 

120 

135 

150 

H 

60 

60 

60 

60 

65 

65 

75 

75 

S5 

95 

105 

115 

120 

135 

150 

3/( 

65 

65 

65 

65 

65 

75 

75 

85 

95 

105 

120 

125 

140 

150 

160 

X 

75 

75 

75 

75 

S5 

85 

95 

105 

I IO 

125 

130 

150 

160 

170 

190 

I 

85 

85 

85 

95 

95 

95 

no 

1 15  • 

130 

135 

160 

170 

190 

210 

235 

i'A 

95 

95 

95 

95 

IOO 

ns 

120 

130 

140 

170 

180 

2 Op 

220 

250 

*X 

IOO 

IOO 

IOO 

IOO 

120 

125 

135 

145 

180 

190 

200 

230 

260 

T-ti 

no 

no 

120 

125 

130 

140 

150 

190 

200 

210 

246 

270 

*X 

1 10 

120 

130 

135 

145 

160 

190 

200 

215 

245 

275 

1 X 

130 

140 

150 

160 

170 

200 

215 

230 

260 

290 

2 

150 

160 

170 

I90 

215 

230 

245 

275 

310 

2X 

175 

190 

200 

220 

245 

260 

29O 

340 

2 X 

200 

215 

240 

260 

275 

310 

380 

2X 

230 

250 

275 

29O 

340 

420 

3 

275 

29O 

310 

380 

460 

BRASS 

MACHINE 

SCREWS. 

per 

Gross. 

Threads 
per  Inch. 

l56 

48 

32,3 

6,  40 

30,32 

24, 3°,  32 

20,  24 

16,18,20 

16, 18 

14: 

, 16 

No. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

IO 

12 

14 

16 

is 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

Inch. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

cts. 

3 

TIT 

70 

70 

70 

80 

SO 

X 

70 

70 

70 

SO 

80 

IOO 

I IO 

125 

145 

TIT 

70 

70 

70 

SO 

80 

IOO 

no 

125 

145 

X 

70 

70 

70 

80 

80 

IOO 

no 

125 

• 145 

170 

200 

230 

ITT 

70 

70 

70 

SO 

80 

105 

ns 

125 

145 

170 

200 

230 

X 

70 

70 

70 

SO 

80 

105 

1 15 

125 

145 

170 

200 

230 

33° 

370 

420 

470 

H 

90 

90 

90 

90 

no 

120 

140 

155 

180 

220 

250 

33° 

370 

450 

550 

X 

I IO 

no 

no 

120 

125 

160 

165 

195 

240 

270 

360 

400 

550 

630 

660 

X 

I3° 

130 

140 

150 

160 

175 

210 

255 

295 

390 

440 

600 

630 

700 

780 

I 

150 

150 

170 

180 

190 

230 

275 

320 

415 

470 

650 

680 

780 

805 

940 

iX 

180 

180 

200 

220 

250 

300 

350 

450 

510 

675 

730 

790 

870 

1010 

iX 

200 

225 

250 

270 

325 

375 

480 

550 

700 

780 

805 

940 

1080 

m 

250 

270 

325 

350 

410 

5 20 

590 

725 

790 

870 

1010 

1 150 

1 X 

325 

350 

370 

430 

545 

630 

750 

805 

940 

1080 

I 220 

iX 

375 

425 

500 

625 

680 

780 

870 

1010 

1 150 

I ^OO 

2 

500 

575 

675 

780 

860 

940 

1080 

1220 

1400 

2X 

650 

775 

805 

910 

1 010 

1 150 

I300 

1520 

2 X 

800 

870 

980 

1080 

1220 

1400 

1650 

2X 

940 

1050 

1150 

I3OO 

1520 

1800 

3 

I IOO 

1220 

1400 

1650 

2000 

On  machine  screws  made  to  order,  differing  in  length,  size,  thread,  or  head,  from  our  regular  standard  flat  and  round  head  machine 
screws,  special  prices  will  be  given  on  application,  and  also  on  filister  head  machine  screws  when  ordered  in  less  quantity  than  ten  gross 
of  a kind. 


680 


Fig.  981. 


DROP  FORGED  STEEL  THUMB  SCREWS. 


Black  Heads. 


Shoulder. 

Hundred. 

Set. 

Inches 

under 

No.  1. 

No.  2 

No.  3 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

No  To. 

No.  11. 

Head. 

3-16 

y* 

5-16 

JC 

H 

7-16 

a 

lA 

4.00 

5.00 

5-20 

5.00 

6.50 

'A 

4.20 

5.20 

5-50 

5.20 

7.00 

A 

4.40 

5-40 

6.00 

5-50 

7 50 

1 

4.60 

5.60 

6.50 

5.80 

8.00 

10.00 

12.00 

1 'A 

4.80 

5.80 

7.00 

6. 10 

8.50 

10.50 

12.50 

i'A 

5-00 

6.00 

7-50 

6.50 

9.00 

II. 00 

13.00 

1 X 

6.20 

8.00 

7.00 

9-50 

II.50 

13-5° 

2 

8.50 

7-50 

10  00 

12.00 

14.00 

2 % 

9.00 

8.00 

10.50 

12  50 

14.50 

?A 

9-50 

8.50 

1 1. 00 

13.00 

15.00 

2 u 

10.00 

9.00 

11.50 

13-50 

15-50 

3 

10.50 

9-50 

12.00 

14.00 

16.00 

3'A 

11. 00 

10.00 

12.50 

14.50 

16.50 

3 A 

11.50 

10.50 

13.00 

15.00 

17.00 

3 A 

12.00 

11. 00 

13-50 

15-50 

17-50 

4 

12.50 

n.50 

14.00 

16.00 

18.00 

\A 

13.00 

12.00 

14.50 

16.50 

18.50 

4 A 

i3-5o 

12.50 

15.00 

17.00 

19.00 

43A 

14.00 

13.00 

15-50 

17-50 

19.50 

5 

14.50 

13-50 

16.00 

18.00 

20.00 

DROP  FORGED  THUMB  SCREWS. 

No.  1.  Regular  set.  No.  2.  Regular  shoulder. 

No.  3.  Fancy  milled. 

Fig.  982. 


High  finish  25  per  cent,  discount  on  above  list. 
Price  of  wing  nuts  given  on  application. 


WINGED  THUflB  NUTS. 

In  ordering,  state  whether  malleable,  drop  forged,  or  brass. 
Also  style  of  finish  required. 


Fig.  983. 


THUflB  SCREWS. 


3 


6 


4 


5 


No.  1 . 

Regular  knurled  set. 

No.  2. 

Regular  double  knurled  set. 

No.  3. 

Thin  head  plain  set. 

No.  4. 

Fancy  head  set. 

No.  5. 

Fancy  head  set. 

No.  6. 

Fancy  head  set. 

No.  7. 

Regular  shoulder  single  knurl. 

No.  8. 

Regular  shoulder  single  knurl. 

No.  9. 

Regular  shoulder  double  knurl 

In  ordering,  state  whether  brass  or  iron,  whether  bright  or 
blued. 


681 


LENGTH  IN  INCHES. 


COACH  AND  LAG  SCREWS 

With  Square  Heads.  Price  per  ioo. 


Fig.  9S9. 


Diameter. 

5-16 

i'A 

$2.25 

$2.70 

2 

2.40 

2.88 

2.55 

3.06 

3 

2.70 

3 24 

3'A 

2.85 

3-42 

4 

3.00 

3.60 

4^ 

3-15 

3-78 

5 , 

3-3° 

3-96 

5'A 

3 45 

4.14 

6 

3.60 

4-32 

6'A 

7 

7 'A 

9 

10 

11 

12 


7-16 

X 

9-16  & 

$3  15 

$3-75 

3-39 

4-05 

$4-95 

3-63 

4-35 

5-40 

3-87 

4 65 

5 85 

4 11 

4-95 

6.30 

4 35 

5-25 

6-75 

4 59 

5-55 

7.20 

4 83 

5-85 

7 65 

5 °7 

6.15 

8. 10 

5-31 

6 45 

8.55 

5-55 

6-75 

9.00 

5-79 

7-05 

9-45 

6.03 

7-35 

9.90 

6.27 

7-65 

10-35 

6 75 

8.25 

11.25 

8.15 

12.15 

9-45 

13  °5 

10.05 

13.95 

y*  % 


$7.92 

8 58 

$12.30 

9.24 

13.20 

$18.60 

9.90 

14.10 

19  80 

10.56 

15.00 

21  .OO 

11.22 

15-90 

22.20 

n.88 

16.80 

23  4° 

12.54 

17.70 

24  60 

13.20 

18  60 

25.80 

13  86 

19  50 

27.OO 

14  52 

20.40 

28.20 

15.18 

21.30 

29.40 

16.50 

23  IO 

31.80 

17.82 

24  90 

34.20 

19.14 

26.70 

36  60 

20.46 

28.50 

39  00 

The  following  extras  are  to  be  understood  as  a part  of  this  list : 
Hexagon  and  Tee  Heads  10  per  cent,  extra. 

Skein  Screws  sold  at  the  same  price  as  Lag  Screws. 


Skein  Screw. 


Fig.  990. 


Gimlet  Point,  with  Pipe  Thread. 


FiG.  991. 


Double  End,  Gimlet  Point. 


Fig  984. 


Square  Plead, |Gimlet  Pointed  Coach  Screw. 


*Fig.  992.; 


Double  End,  Lag  Screw. 


Fig.  993. 


flACHINE  BOLTS. 


Fig.  986. 


Hexagon  Head,  GimletjPointed  Coach  Screw. 


Finished  points,  with  Square  Heads  and  Square  Nuts. 
Price  per  100. 


Diameter. 

1 

a 

5- 

l6 

% 

7-: 

[6 

y 

9-16 

&X 

X 

% 

iX 

$1 

70 

$2 

00 

$2 

40 

$2 

80 

$3 

60 

$5 

20 

$7  20 

$10 

OO 

2 

I 

78 

2 

IO 

2 

52 

2 

96 

3 

So 

5 

5° 

7 64 

IO 

60 

2 'A 

I 

86 

2 

20 

2 

64 

3 

12 

4 

00 

5 

80 

8 08 

II 

20 

3 

I 

94 

2 

3° 

2 

76 

3 

28 

4 

20 

6 

IO 

8 52 

II 

80 

3 X 

2 

02 

2 

40 

2 

88 

3 

44 

4 

40 

6 

40 

8 96 

12 

40 

4 

2 

IO 

2 

50 

3 

OO 

3 

60 

4 

60 

6 

70 

9 40 

13 

OO 

r/3 

4'A 

2 

is 

2 

60 

3 

12 

3 

76 

4 

80 

7 

00 

9 84 

13 

60 

w 

5 

2 

26 

2 

70 

3 

24 

3 

92 

5 

OO 

7 

30 

10  28 

14 

20 

X 

5'A 

2 

34 

2 

80 

3 

36 

4 

08 

5 

20 

7 

60 

10  72 

14 

80 

u 

6 

2 

42 

2 

90 

3 

48 

4 

24 

5 

40 

7 

90 

II  16 

15 

40 

6 X 

2 

50 

3 

00 

3 

60 

4 

40 

5 

60 

8 

20 

II  60 

l6 

00 

M 

7 

2 

58 

3 

IO 

3 

72 

4 

56 

5 

so 

8 

50 

12  04 

l6 

60 

fc 

7 X 

2 

66 

3 

20 

3 

84 

4 

72 

6 

00 

8 

80 

12  48 

17 

20 

W 

8 

2 

74 

3 

3° 

3 

96 

4 

88 

6 

20 

9 

IO 

12  92 

17 

80 

« 

9 

2 

90 

3 

5° 

4 

20 

5 

20 

6 

60 

9 

70 

13  So 

19 

00 

H 

10 

3 

06 

3 

7° 

4 

44 

5 

52 

7 

00 

IO 

30 

14  68 

20 

20 

0 

II 

3 

22 

3 

90 

4 

68 

5 

84 

7 

40 

IO 

90 

15  56 

21 

40 

fc 

12 

3 

38 

4 

IO 

4 

92 

6 

l6 

7 

80 

1 1 

50 

16  44 

22 

60 

W 

13 

5 

16 

6 

48 

8 

20 

12 

IO 

17  32 

23 

80 

>4 

14 

5 

40 

6 

80 

8 

60 

12 

70 

18  20 

25 

OO 

15 

5 

64 

7 

12 

9 

OO 

13 

30 

19  08 

26 

20 

l6 

5 

88 

7 

44 

9 

40 

13 

90 

19  96 

27 

40 

17 

9 

so 

14 

50 

20  84 

28 

60 

18 

IO 

20 

15 

IO 

21  72 

29 

80 

19 

IO 

60 

15 

70 

22  60 

31 

OO 

20 

II 

00 

l6 

30 

23  48 

32 

20 

$14  40 

15  20 

16  00 

16  80 

17  60 

18  40 

19  20 

20  00 

20  80 

21  60 

22  40 

23  20 

24  00 
24  80 
26  40 

28  00 

29  60 

31  20 

32  80 
34  40 

36  00 

37 

39 

40 
42  40 
44  00 


FlG.5988. 


Fetter  Drive  Screw. 


The  following  extras  are  to  be  understood  as  a pari  of  this  list. 

Bolts  with  hexagon  heads  or  hexagon  nuts,  10  per  cent,  extra. 

If  both  hexagon  heads  or  hexagon  nuts,  20  per  cent,  extra. 

Joint  bolts  with  oblong  nuts,  bolts  with  tee  heads,  askew  heads  and 
eccentric  heads,  10  per  cent  extra. 

For  prices  of  extra  nuts  and  extra  lengths  of  thread,  see  Standard  List. 
Special  bolts  with  irregular  thrends  and  unusual  dimensions  of  heads  or 
nuts  will  be  charged  extra  at  the  discretion  of  the  manufacturer. 


682 


g’gg' 


Prick,  pkr  ioo. 


Diameter. 

3 

-8 

7 

-l6 

9- 

l6 

58 

3 4 

7 8 

No.  ) 

Threads  t 

6 

id 

3 

2 

I I 

IO 

) 

S 

to 

Inch.  ) 

1 K 

4 

OO 

5 

IO 

5 

50 

4 

IO 

5 

25 

5 

65 

2 

4 

20 

5 

40 

5 

80 

8 

50 

8 

50 

12 

40 

2'/ 

4 

30 

5 

55 

5 

95 

8 

75 

8 

75 

12 

70 

2'A 

4 

40 

5 

70 

6 

10 

9 

OO 

9 

OO 

13 

OO 

18 

OO 

2% 

4 

50 

5 

85 

6 

25 

9 

25 

9 

25 

13 

30 

18 

50 

3 

4 

60 

6 

OO 

6 

40 

9 

50 

9 

50 

13 

60 

19 

OO 

27 

80 

<v 

> 

3% 

4 

70 

6 

15 

6 

55 

9 

75 

9 

75 

13 

90 

19 

50 

28 

40 

0 

3'A 

4 

80 

6 

30 

6 

70 

IO 

OO 

IO 

OO 

14 

20 

20 

OO 

29 

00 

£ 

3% 

4 

90 

6 

45 

6 

85 

IO 

25 

IO 

25 

14 

50 

20 

50 

29 

60 

c 

4 

5 

OO 

6 

60 

7 

00 

IO 

50 

.10 

50 

14 

80 

21 

OO 

30 

20 

>4 

4 A 

5 

25 

6 

90 

7 

30 

II 

OO 

II 

OO 

15 

40 

22 

OO 

31 

40 

5 

7 

60 

1 1 

50 

II 

50 

l6 

OO 

23 

OO 

32 

60 

5/4 

8 

00 

12 

OO 

12 

OO 

l6 

60 

24 

OO 

33 

80 

6 

8 

45 

12 

50 

12 

50 

17 

20 

25 

OO 

35 

00 

7 

13 

60 

13 

60 

18 

60 

27 

OO 

37 

50 

8 

14 

80 

14 

80 

20 

IO 

29 

IO 

40 

10 

Fig.  994. 


STUD  BOLTS. 

Rough  Iron,  with  Chamfered  and  Trimmed 


Hexagon  Nuts. 


Milled  studs,  15  per  cent,  extra. 

In  ordering  give  length  of  thread  wanted  on  each  end  and 
length  of  body. 


Price  per  ioo. 


Diameter. 

3 

-8 

716 

'A 

9 

-l6 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

I 

I 

1-8 

1 

14 

13-s 

No.  ) 

Threads  V 
to  Inch.  ( 

16 

14 

13 

12 

I I 

IO 

8 

7 

7 

6 

IX 

3 

35 

4 

05 

4 

40 

5 

IO 

iK 

3 

50 

4 

20 

4 

60 

5 

30 

6 

IO 

3 

65 

4 

35 

4 

80 

5 

50 

6 

30 

2 

3 

80 

4 

50 

5 

OO 

5 

70 

6 

50 

8 

80 

2X 

3 

95 

4 

65 

5 

20 

5 

90 

6 

70 

9 

IO 

< 

4 

IO 

4 

80 

5 

40 

6 

IO 

6 

90 

9 

40 

12 

OO 

Li 

<v 

2 A 

4 

25 

4 

95 

5 

60 

6 

30 

7 

IO 

9 

70 

12 

50 

> 

0 

3 

4 

40 

5 

10 

5 

80 

6 

50 

7 

30 

IO 

OO 

13 

OO 

17 

OO 

21 

00 

3lA 

5 

25 

6 

OO 

6 

70 

7 

50 

IO 

30 

13 

50 

17 

75 

22 

00 

"Si 

3'A 

5 

40 

6 

20 

6 

90 

7 

70 

IO 

60 

14 

OO 

18 

50 

23 

00 

27 

00 

<L> 

3% 

6 

40 

7 

IO 

7 

90 

IO 

90 

14 

50 

19 

25 

24 

00 

28 

00 

>4 

4 

6 

60 

7 

30 

8 

IO 

1 1 

20 

15 

OO 

20 

OO 

25 

00 

29 

00 

33  00 

4 'A 

7 

50 

8 

40 

II 

65 

15 

75 

21 

OO 

26 

50 

30 

50 

34  50 

5 

7 

70 

8 

70 

12 

IO 

l6 

50 

22 

OO 

28 

00 

32 

00 

36  00 

5'A 

9 

00 

12 

55 

17 

25 

23 

OO 

29 

50 

33 

50 

37  50 

6 

9 

30 

13 

OO 

18 

OO 

24 

OO 

31 

00 

35 

00 

39  00 

Fig.  995. 


STUD  BOLTS. 

Rough  Iron,  without  Nuts. 


Milled  studs,  15  per  cent,  extra. 

In  ordering,  give  length  of  thread  wanted  on  each  end,  and 
length  of  body. 


Fig.  996. 


HANGER  BOLTS. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price. 

'A  inch 

4 to  6 inches 

$0.20 

% inch 

5 to  7 inches 

. 16 

A inch 

6 to  8 inches 

, • J5 

Y%  inch 

7 to  9 inches 

.14 

1 inch 

8 to  1 2 inches 

.14 

Any  size  made  to  order. 

Hexagon  nuts,  10  per  cent,  extra. 

STAY  BOLTS. 


Diameter,  3-4  13-16  7-8  15-16 

Per  foot,  16  17  18  19 

A fit  guaranteed  if  order  is  accompanied  by  a size  plate. 
Lengths  shorter  than  3 feet,  special  price. 


21 


[Fig.  997. 


683 


Fig.  998. 


' Fig.  999. 


BELT  OR 

ELEVATOR  BOLTS. 


Button  Head.  Countersunk  Head. 


Diameter. 

Length. 

Price  per  100. 

1-4 

3-4 

$3.00 

1-4 

I 

* 3-25 

i-4 

i A or 

3-50 

5-16 

1 

3-50 

5-16 

1 X or  llA 

3-75 

5-16 

1^  or  2 

4.00 

3-8 

4 20 

3 8 

4-50 

3-8 

1% 

4.80 

3-8 

2 

5-io 

The  Countersunk  Heads  will  always  be  sent,  unless  specially 
ordered  otherwise. 


Fig.  1000. 


HOOK  BOLTS. 

Prices  given  on  application 


Fig.  iooi. 


FORGED  SET  SCREWS  AND  TAP  BOLTS. 


Square  Heads. 


Price 

Per 

I OO 

Diameter  of  { 
Screw.  ( A 

5-x6 

Va 

7-16 

% 

9-16 

and 

y* 

X 

% 

1 

Length. 

1P2 

$1  35 

$1  60  $2  00 

$1  OO 

$1  15 

$3  0° 

u 20 

$6  00 

$8  00 

W* 

I 05 

1 21 

I 42 

I 66 

2 10 

3 12 

4 35 

6 20 

8 25 

2 

I IO 

x 27 

i 49 

1 78 

2 20 

3 24 

4 5° 

6 40 

8 5° 

I 15 

1 33 

1 56 

1 87 

2 30 

3 36 

4 65 

6 60 

8 75 

I 20 

1 39 

1 63 

1 96 

2 40 

3 48 

4 80 

6 80 

9 00 

*x 

I 25 

1 45 

1 70 

2 05 

2 50 

3 6° 

4 95 

7 00 

9 25 

3 

I 30 

1 51 

1 77 

2 14 

2 60 

3 72 

5 10 

7 20 

9 5° 

3H 

1 57 

1 84 

2 23 

2 70 

3 84 

5 25 

7 40 

9 75 

3 X 

1 91 

2 32 

2 80 

3 96 

5 4° 

7 60 

10  00 

3 X 

2 41 

2 90 

4 08 

5 55 

7 80 

10  25 

4 

3 00 

4 20 

5 70 

8 00 

10  50 

With 

Hexagon  heads  10  per  cent. 

extra. 

Heads  of  Hexagon  Tap  Bolts  are  made  finished  size  of  United 
States  Standard  Nuts  for  same  diameter. 


We  carry  in  stock  only  tap  bolts  milled  under  head,  but  make 
them  from  rough  iron  to  order. 


Fig.  1002. 


BRIDGE  AND 


ROOF  RODS. 


Price  per  pound,  with  square  head  on  one  end  and  square  nut  on 
the  other,  or  square  nut  on  each  end,  as  preferred. 


u 

<D 

NOO  U 

<D 

u 

M ^ 

(L) 

<u 

*1 

«S 

n S 

2 S 

-2  a 

w 'r* 

Q 

Hfl 

Q 

20  inches  to  4 feet 

.09.2 

.08.8 

.09.2 

.10.0 

4 feet  to  8 feet 

.08.8 

.08.4 

.08.8 

.09.4 

8 feet  to  12  feet 

.08.4 

.08.0 

.08.4 

.08.8 

12  feet  to  20  feet 

.08.0 

.07.6 

.08.0 

.08.4 

We  furnish  the  usual  forgings  accompanying  structural  bolts, 
such  as  stirrups  and  hanger  bolts,  with  the  necessary  wrought  or 
cast  washers ; also  bolts  with  countersunk  heads  to  fit  into  cast 
header  washers,  as  shown  in  cut  below. 


Fig.  1003. 


SPECIAL  EYE  BOLTS. 


684 


Fig.  1006. 


Fig.  1007. 


Fig.  ioii. 


These  track  bolts  are  threaded  so  that  nuts  fit  closely  when 
screwed  down  to  bearing. 

In  quoting  price  of  track  bolts,  it  will  be  understood,  when 
not  otherwise  expressed,  that  the  quotation  refers  to  track  bolts 
with  button  heads  and  oval  necks,  as  per  cuts. 

Prices  quoted  on  application. 


Fig.  1009. 


BOILER  PATCH  BOLTS. 


Diameter. 

'A 


A 


Milled  and 

Blank 

Milled  and 

Blank 

Threaded. 

Forgings. 

Diameter. 

Threaded. 

Forgings. 

$3  00 

$2  00 

I 

$ IO  OO 

$6  75 

4 00 

2 75 

i A 

13  OO 

9 00 

5 50 

3 75 

16  OO 

12  OO 

7 50 

5 00 

Unless  otherwise  ordered,  patch  bolts  of  all  diameters  will  be 
cut  12  threads  to  the  inch. 

We  also  furnish  taps  for  stay  bolts  and  patch  bolts  when  desired. 
The  angle  of  round  countersunk  head  in  all  boiler  patch  bolts 
will  be  45  degrees. 


BLANK  BOLTS. 


Finished  Points  with  either  Square  or  Round  Heads. 
Price  per  100. 


Diameter. 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

7-16 

1-2 

9-16 

& 

58 

3-4 

78 

I 

1 K 

■jfl  20 

$1  40 

$1  60 

$2  00 

®2  50 

$4  00 

$5  60 

$7  80 

$10  40 

2 

1 3° 

I 52 

1 74 

2 18 

2 74 

4 36 

6 10 

8 30 

II  30 

2^ 

I 40 

I 64 

1 88 

2 36 

2 98 

4 72 

6 60 

9 20 

12  20 

3 

1 50 

1 76 

2 02 

2 54 

3 22 

5 08 

7 10 

9 90 

13  10 

3Vz 

1 60 

I 88 

2 l6 

2 72 

346 

5 44 

7 60 

10  60 

14  OO 

4 

I 70 

2 OO 

2 30 

2 90 

3 7° 

5 80 

8 10 

11  30 

1490 

I 80 

2 12 

2 44 

3 08 

3-94 

6 16 

860 

12  00 

is  80 

5 

I 90 

2 24 

258 

3 26 

4 18 

652 

9 10 

12  70 

16  70 

ui  5/4 

2 OO 

2 36 

2 72 

344 

4 42 

6 88 

9 60 

1340 

17  60 

V 6 

2 10 

2 48 

286 

3 62 

566 

7 24 

10  10 

14  10 

l8  50 

•5  6'A 

2 20 

2 60 

3 00 

3 80, 

490 

7 60 

10  60 

14  80 

19  40 

a 7 

2 30 

2 72 

3 14 

398 

5 14 

7 96 

11  10 

15  50 

20  30 

a 

2 40 

2 84 

328 

4 16 

538 

8 32 

H 60 

16  20 

21  20 

■3  8 

2 50 

2 96 

3 42 

4 34 

s 62 

8 68 

12  10 

16  90 

22  IO 

£ 9 

2 70 

3 20 

3 70 

4 7° 

6 10 

940 

13 10 

iS  30 

23  90 

bfl  IO 

2 90 

344 

3 98 

5 06 

6 58 

IO  12 

14  10 

19  70 

25  70 

E 11 

3 10 

368 

4 26 

542 

7 06 

10  84 

15  10 

21  IO 

27  50 

>4  12 

3 30 

392 

4 54 

578 

7 54 

n 56 

16 10 

22  50 

29  30 

13 

4 §2 

6,14 

8 02 

12  28 

17  10 

23  90 

31  IO 

14 

5 10 

6 50 

8 50 

13  00 

is  10 

25  30 

32  90 

15 

538 

6 86 

8 98 

13  72 

19  10 

26  70 

34  7° 

16 

566 

7 22 

9 46 

14  44 

20  10 

28  IO 

36  50 

17 

9 94 

15  16 

21  10 

29  50 

38  30 

18 

10  42 

15  88 

22  10 

30  90 

40  IO 

19 

10  90 

16  60 

23  10 

32  30 

41 90 

20 

II 38 

17  32 

24  10 

33  7° 

43  70 

The  following  extras  are  to  be  understood  as  a part  of  this  list : 
Blank  Bolts  with  Hexagon  Heads,  Tee  Heads,  Askew  Heads,  and 
Eccentric  Heads,  10  per  cent,  extra. 


Fig.  1012. 


BOLT  ENDS. 

Fitted  with  Square  Nuts. 


Size  of 

Length 

Approximate 

Fist  Price 

in 

Weight 

per 

Inches. 

of  100. 

Pound. 

5-16 

6 

15A 

20 

3-8 

7 

24X 

18 

7-16 

7 

33  A 

16 

1-2 

8 

50 

14 

58 

9 

85 

12 

3-4 

10 

143 

IO 

7-8 

11 

211 

IO 

1 

12 

308 

IO 

1 'A 

13 

423 

IO 

14 

568 

II 

1 A 

15 

732 

JI 

*'A 

16 

937 

1 1 

1 SA 

17 

1 162 

12 

18 

1429 

12 

iA 

i73i 

12 

2 

20 

2075 

12 

Upset  or  enlarged  ends  at  special  prices. 

Bolt  Ends  with  Hexagon  Nuts,  10  per  cent,  extra. 

Bolt  Ends  cut  with  right  or  left  hand  threads. 

Bolt  Ends  ordered  shorter  than  above  Standard  lengths  will  be 
charged  at  the  price  per  hundred  of  Machine  Bolts  of  same  length, 
subject  to  same  discount. 

Wood  Screw  Ends  cut  to  order  at  special  prices. 


685 


Fig.  1013. 


TURNBUCKLES. 


These  Turnbuckles  are  made  without  a weld,  of  one  piece  of  iron  and  smooth  finish.  The  ends  are  drilled  by  special  machin- 
ery so  that  they  are  true  in  line,  and  threaded  U.  S.  Standard  thread. 


Diameter  of 

Inside  Opening 

Outside  Length 

Total  Tength  of  Buckle 

Price. 

Stub  Ends 

of  Buckle. 

of  Buckle. 

with  Stub  Ends  In 

3-8  inch. 

\X  inches. 

by  inches. 

17  inches. 

fo.40  each 

7-16  “ 

4*  “ 

b'/z  “ 

17  “ 

.42  “ 

1-2  “ 

6 “ 

8 “ 

21  <1 

• 45  “ 

5-8  “ 

6 “ 

sy  “ 

23  “ 

.50  “ 

3-4  “ 

6 “ 

sy  “ 

23  “ 

.63  “ 

7-8  “ 

6 “ 

9 “ 

23 

•75  “ 

1 “ 

6 “ 

9 “ 

23  “ 

.88  “ 

“ 

6 “ 

9X  “ 

23  “ 

1. 00  “ 

1#  “ 

6 “ 

9%  “ 

23  “ 

1.25  “ 

“ 

6 “ 

9#  “ 

23  “ 

1.38  “ 

iK  “ 

sy  “ 

10  y 

25 

1-50  “ 

1*  “ 

by  “ 

11/2  “ 

26  “ 

2.00  “ 

Longer  Turnbuckles  are  made  to  order  at  special  prices.  Turnbuckles  with  swivel  in  one  end  furnished  to  order. 


With  Right  and  Left  Hand  Threads  and  Stub  Ends. 


Diameter  of 

Length  of 

Eength  be- 

Length of 

Outside  Diameter 

Thickness 

List  Price. 

Screw. 

Swivel. 

tween  Nuts. 

N uts. 

of  Pipe. 

of  Pipe. 

Each. 

3-8  inch. 

5 inches. 

3 y inches. 

5-8  inches. 

.840  inch. 

.109  inch. 

$0.60 

1-2  “ 

5 y “ 

“ 

7-8 

1.050  “ 

.113  “ 

.80 

5-8  “ 

7 

4^  “ 

1 X “ 

I-3I5  “ 

• 134  “ 

I. OO 

3-4  “ 

7 “ 

4%  “ 

lYs  “ 

I-3I5  “ 

•134  “ 

I.25 

7-8  “ 

8 

5>4  “ 

iy  “ 

1.660  “ 

.140  “ 

1.50 

1 “ 

9Yz  “ 

bYz  “ 

iy  “ 

1.900  “ 

•145  “ 

2.00 

iy  “ 

9'A  “ 

6K  “ 

114:  “ 

1.900  “ 

•145  “ 

2.50 

1 y “ 

11#  “ 

8 

iy  “ 

2-375  “ 

•154  “ 

3.00 

1/8  “ 

11K  “ 

8 

“ 

2.375  “ 

• 154  “ 

3-50 

iy  “ 

* *2>X  “ 

8K  “ 

2^  “ 

2.875  “ 

. 204  ‘ ‘ 

4.00 

I H “ 

13K  “ 

8K  “ 

zy 

2.875  “ 

.204  “ 

4-50 

I#  “ 

13X  “ 

sy  “ 

2y  “ 

2.875  “ 

. 204  ‘ 1 

5.00 

I Ys  “ 

15  “ 

9^  “ 

2^  “ 

3.500  “ 

.217  “ 

5-50 

2 “ 

15 

9^  “ 

2^  “ 

3.500  “ 

.217  “ 

6.00 

List  prices  of  Sleeve  Nuts  same  as  above. 


AWNING  HINGE. 


Price  List  per  Hundred. 

Size  of 
Bolt. 

Awning  Hinge,  - $ 20.00  per  hundred. 

y Awning  Hinge,  - - - 30.00  per  hundred. 

Discount  rpioted  on  application. 


Fig.  1015. 


SCREW 

This  cut  shows  a screw  eye  fastening  for  trolley  wire  support 
for  electric  street  railroads,  and  guys  for  smoke  stacks,  telegraph 
poles,  etc. 

Price  List  per  Hundred. 

Size  of 
Bolt. 

Y%  Screw  Eye,  ------  $ 20.00  per  hundred. 

y2  Screw  Eye,  -------  30.00  per  hundred. 

Discount  quoted  on  application. 


EYE. 


Fig.  1016. 


686 


Length  in  Inches. 


Fig.  1017. 


Fig.  1020. 


Fig.  1018. 


COMMON  CARRIAGE  BOLTS. 


Price  per  ioo. 


Diam- 

eter. 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

7-16 

1-2 

9-16  815  -8 

3-4 

Si  00 

Si  20 

1 y* 

I 04 

1 25 

2 

I 08 

I 30 

Si  50 

S2  20 

2 x 

I 12 

1 35 

I 57 

2 28 

I l6 

I 40 

1 64 

2 36 

2% 

I 20 

I 45 

1 71 

2 44 

3 

1 24 

1 50 

1 78 

252 

S3  00 

$5  00 

$7  20 

3XA 

I 28 

1 55 

185 

2 60 

3 10 

5 15 

7 40 

3'A 

I 32 

I 60 

I 92 

2 68 

3 20 

5 30 

7 60 

3% 

1 36 

1 65 

1 99 

2 76 

3 30 

545 

7 80 

A 

I 40 

I 70 

2 06 

2 84 

3 4° 

5 6° 

8 00 

4S 

1 44 

1 75 

2 13 

2 92 

3 50 

5 75 

8 20 

aA 

1 48 

1 80 

2 20 

3 00 

3 60 

5 9° 

8 40 

43A 

1 52 

185 

2 27 

3 08 

3 70 

6 05 

860 

5 

1 56 

I 90 

234 

3 16 

3 80 

6 20 

880 

5 'A 

1 64 

2 00 

2 48 

3 32 

4 00 

6 so 

9 20 

I 72 

2 10 

2 62 

3 48 

4 20 

6 80 

9 60 

b'A 

1 80 

2 20 

2 76 

364 

440 

7 10 

10  00 

7 

1 88 

2 30 

2 90 

3 80 

4 60 

7 40 

10  40 

7'A 

1 96 

2 40 

3°4 

396 

4 80 

7 70 

10  80 

8 

2 04 

2 50 

318 

4 12 

5 00 

8 00 

11  20 

8K 

2 12 

2 60 

332 

4 28 

5 20 

8 30 

11 60 

9 

2 20 

2 70 

3 46 

444 

5 40 

8 60 

12  00 

9 A 

2 28 

2 80 

3 6° 

4 60 

5 60 

8 90 

12  40 

10 

2 36 

2 90 

3 74 

4 76 

5 80 

9 20 

12  80 

II 

2 52 

3 10 

4 02 

5.08 

6 20 

9 80 

13  60 

12 

2 68 

330 

430 

540 

6 60 

10  40 

1440 

13 

2 84 

350 

4 58 

5 72 

7 00 

11  00 

15  20 

14 

3 °o 

3 70 

4 86 

6 04 

7 40 

11 60 

16  00 

15 

3 16 

390 

5 14 

6 36 

7 80 

12  20 

16  so 

l6 

3 32 

4 10 

542 

6 68 

8 20 

12  80 

17  60 

17 

34s 

4 30 

5 7o 

7 00 

8 60 

13  4o 

18  40 

l8 

3 64 

4 00 

5 98 

732 

9 00 

14  00 

19  20 

19 

3 80 

450 

6 26 

764 

9 40 

14  60 

20  00 

20 

396 

4 7° 

654 

7 96 

9 80 

15  20 

20  80 

Fig.  1019. 


COMHON  TIRE  BOLTS. 

Price  per  ioo. 


Length. 

3-16 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

I 

$0.60 

$0.80 

iX 

.60 

.80 

lA 

.60 

.80 

$1.10 

IX 

•65 

• -85 

1 .10 

2 

.70 

.90 

1-17 

$2.20 

2X 

.75 

•95 

1.24 

2.30 

2 X 

.80 

1. 00 

I-31 

2.40 

2X 

•85 

1.05 

1.38 

.2.50 

3 

.90 

1. 10 

i-45 

2.60 

3X 

•95 

i-i5 

1-52 

2.70 

3X 

1. 00 

1.20 

r-59 

2.80 

3X 

1.05 

1.25 

1.66 

2.90 

4 

1. 10 

1.30 

1-73 

3.00 

4X 

1.40 

1.87 

3.20 

5 

1.50 

2.01 

3-40 

5 X 

2.15 

3.60 

6 

2.29 

3.80 

SQUARE  HEADS. 

Price  List  per  Hundred. 


Length  in  Inches. 

Diameter. 

• 1-4 

3-8 

1-2 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

I 

I X 

8 40 

2 

8 45 

2 X 

8 50 

3 

8.55 

12  IO 

3X 

8 60 

12  20 

18  69 

4 

865 

12  30 

1887 

25  87 

34  23 

4X 

8 70 

12  40 

1905 

26  15 

34  60 

42  40 

5 

8 75 

12  50 

19  22 

26  47 

34  98 

42  90 

54  30 

5X 

12  60 

19  40 

26  70 

35  35 

43  40 

54  95 

6 

12  70 

19  57 

26  97 

35  73 

43  90 

55  60 

6X 

12  80 

19  75 

27  25 

36  10 

44  40 

56  25 

7 

12  90 

19  92 

27  52 

36  48 

44  9° 

56  90 

7 A 

13  00 

20  IO 

27  80 

36  85 

45  40 

57  55 

8 

13  10 

20  30 

28  10 

37  25 

45  9° 

58  20 

9 

20  65 

28  65 

38  00 

47  90 

59  30 

IO 

21  OO 

29  20 

38  75 

48  90 

60  80 

II 

21  35 

29  75 

39  50 

49  90 

62  10 

12 

21 70 

30  30 

40  25 

50  90 

63  40 

Length  of  Case. . . 

iX 

3 

3X 

4 

4 

4X 

5 

Diameter  of  Case.. 

X 

X 

X 

1 1-16 

1 3-16 

1 5-16 

1 X 

For  larger  sizes,  see  Church’s  Patent  Compound  Multiple  Ex- 
pansion Bolt. 

Discount  quoted  on  application. 


THE  PERFECT  EXPANSION  CASE  BOLT. 

Fig.  1021. 


(Size  of 
Bolt  for 
Case. 

X 

H 

A 

X 

X 


CASE  AND  NUT  WITHOUT  BOLT. 


Price  List  per  Hundred. 


Case  and  Nut, 
Case  and  Nut, 
Case  and  Nut, 
Case  and  Nut, 
Case  and  Nut, 
Case  and  Nut, 
Case  and  Nut, 


$ 7 00  per  hundred 
10  00  per  hundred 
15  00  per  hundred 
20  00  per  hundred 
26  00  per  hundred 
30  00  per  hundred 
36  00  per  hundred 


UNITED  STATES  STANDARD  THREADS. 


Diameter, 
No.  threads 


X H A A X A I 

20  16  13  11  10  98 


It  will  be  understood  that  the  diameter  of  the  tap  used  is  one 
thirty-second  inch  larger  in  all  sizes. 


687 


SPECIAL 

SIZES 

OF  PLATE 

WASHERS. 

Thickness 

Size  of 

Diameter.  ISize  of  Hole. 

Wire  Gauge 

Bolt. 

Price  Per 

Inches. 

Inches. 

No. 

Inches. 

Pound 

X 

X 

18 

3-16 

21-5 

9-16 

5-16 

16 

X 

20  O 

X 

5-16 

l6 

X 

16  0 

X 

X 

16 

5-16 

14  5 

X 

7-16 

1 6 

X 

16.0 

X 

7-16 

14 

X 

12  5 

X 

X 

14 

7-16 

15  O 

I 

l/z 

14 

7-16 

11  -5 

I 

916 

14 

X 

14  0 

I 1-16 

9-16 

12 

% 

14.0 

i X 

916 

12 

y* 

12.0 

IX 

916 

12 

X 

10.5 

ll/z 

916 

12 

y* 

9.0 

IX 

X 

12 

9-16 

II  .O 

I X 

X 

12 

9-16 

10.0 

i x 

11-16 

12 

X 

14.0 

IX 

11-16 

12 

X 

II-5 

1 X 

11-16 

12 

X 

10.5 

IX 

11-16 

10 

X 

9-5 

iX 

11-16 

10 

X 

IO  O 

1 X 

13-16 

10 

X 

13.0 

iX 

13-16 

10 

X 

IO. O 

iX 

13-16 

10 

X 

IO. O 

iX 

13-16 

10 

X 

9 3 

iX 

15-16 

10 

• X 

II  .O 

iX 

15-16 

10 

X 

10.0 

2 

15-16 

9 

X 

9-3 

1 X 

I 1-16 

10 

I 

13  0 

2 

I 1-16 

9 

I 

II  .O 

FlG.7I023. 


2X 

2 

2 X 
2X 
2X 
2X 

3 

3X 

3X 

Washers  of 
Washers  of 


1-16 

rX 

rX 

iX 

1 34 

iX 

iX 


1 

1 >4 
i/4 
JX 
iX 
*X 
1 34 
1 X 
IX 


9-3 

12.0 

11 .0 

10. 0 

11. 0 

10. 0 
10. o 
10. o 
10.  o 


thinner  gauges  will  be  charged  at  higher  prices 
irregular  sizes  will  be  made  at  special  prices . 

Fig.  1022. 


T>  <L> 

.. 

X 

M 

2 a 

M .*_> 

° a 

voo  8 

a 

u 

. a 

p 

M5 

4 to  8 feet 

.12.0 

.12.4 

.13.2 

8 to  12  feet 

.11.0 

.11.4 

.12.2 

12  to  16  feet 

.10.0 

.10.4 

.11.2 

16  to  20  feet 

.09.2 

.09.6 

.10.4 

Dimensions  of  Upset  Ends  on 

Round  Iron. 

BRIDGE  AND  ROOF  BOLTS. 

Price  per  pound,  in  cents,  with  both  ends  upset  and  fitted  with 
hexagon  nuts. 


rO  11 
2 «> 
■^1 

.14.4 

.13.2 

.12.4 

.11.6 


JO  A 
id  cj 

<3  a 

CD  h-i 

ja  u 

Ui  V 

4X 
4X 
• 4 

4 
4 
4 
3X 
3X 

We  are  prepared  to  make  upset  rods  up  to  3 inches  diameter 
from  best  refined  iron,  possessing  all  the  standard  requisites  as  to 
tensile  strength,  elastic  limit  and  elongation. 


2 « 
3« 

a 

Q 0 

X 

X 

I 

*X 

134 

iX 

iX 


u . 

<D  -*-* 

, < ■ t x 

CO  .d 

a . 

M 

<L>  «*-* 

^3 

<D  CO 

cd  a 

(D  HH 
Vh 

11  cl 

a « 

CB 

<L)  c/) 

a£ 

cd  ►-> 

1)  p 

Q 0 

14  0 

£ CD 
H Ph 

a 0 

rN  9h 

Q 0 

1 

2X 

8 

xX 

2X 

5X 

1 X 

3 

7 

iX 

2X 

5X 

1 X 

3X 

7 

2 

2X 

6 

IX 

3X 

6 

2X 

2 X 

6X 

I X 

4 

6 

2X 

2X 

6X 

IX 

4X 

5 

2 X 

2X 

7 

xX 

5 

4 

2X 

2X 

7X 

2 

5X 

5X 

2X 

3 

8 

SQUARE  HEAD  SINGLE  EXPANSION  BOLT. 

Price  per  Hundred. 


Length, 

Inches. 


iK 

2 

2X 

3 

3% 

4 

4K 

5 

6 

7 

8 
9 


Length  of 
Expansion. 


Size  Hole  to 
Receive 
Expansion. 


Diameter. 


*3-16 


p 01 

£ SP. 


xo  w 


To 

order 


1-4 


8 20 
8 30 
8 40 
8 50 
8 60 
8 70 
8 So 


I K 


5-16 


$9  50 
9 60 
9 65 
9 75 

9 90 

10  00 
xo  25 

10  50 

11  00 


iK 

& 2 


9-16 


hi  2 00 
12  25 
12  50 

12  75 

13  00 

13  25 

13  50 

14  00 


2,  3 
& 4 


11-16 


$18  00 
18  25 
18  50 

18  75 

19  00 
19  25 

19  50 

20  00 
2050 

21  00 

21  50 

22  00 

22  75 

23  50 


2,  3 & 4 


13-16 


$24  OO 

24  50 

25  00 
2550 

26  00 

26  50 

27  00 

28  00 

2875 

29  25 

30  00 

30  75 

31  50 

32  00 


2,  3 & 4 


3-4 


$34  5° 

34  75 

35  00 

35  5° 

36  00 
3700 

38  00 

39  00 

40  00 

41  00 


3&6 


$43  00 

43  50 

44  00 

45  00 

46  00 
4700 

48  00 

49  00 

50  00 

51  00 


3 K 


$54  00 

54  50 

55  00 

56  00 
5700 
58  00 
5900 

60  00 

61  00 

62  00 


3K 


I 5-16 


in  addition  to  the  above  we  furnish  the  following  sizes  : 1 X > 
iX,  iX>  2 inches  in  diameter,  any  length. 

Thickness  of  metal  to  be  fastened  should  always  be  stated 
when  ordering  bolts. 

The  size  of  a bolt  is  always  understood  to  be  the  diameter  of 
the  iron  of  which  it  is  made,  not  of  the  Expansion  Parts- 

Fig.  1024. 


SQUARE  HEAD  DOUBLE  EXPANSION  BOLT. 

Price  per  Hundred. 


Diameter. 


Inches. 

1-4 

5-16 

38 

1-2 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

1 

2 

$9  00 

$11  OO 

$12  30 

2/2 

9 °5 

II  05 

12  40 

$19  85 

$26  50 

3 

9 10 

II  IO 

12  50 

20  OO 

27  OO 

3J4 

9 15 

II  15 

12  60 

20  15 

27  25 

$42  00 

4 

9 20 

II  20 

12  70 

20  30 

27  50 

4/2 

9-  25 

II  25 

12  80 

20  45 

27  75 

42  30 

$62  OO 

®8t  90 

5 

9 3° 

II  30 

12  90 

20  60 

28  00 

42  60 

5'A 

9 35 

11  35 

13  00 

20  75 

28  25 

42  90 

62  43 

84  45 

6 

9 4° 

II  40 

13  IO 

20  90 

28  SO 

43  20 

62  86 

83  00 

6^ 

13  20 

21  05 

28  75 

43  5o 

63  29 

85  55 

7 

13  3° 

21  20 

29  00 

43  so 

63  72 

86  10 

7lA 

13  40 

21 35 

29  25 

44 10 

64 15 

86  65 

8 

13  50 

21  50 

29  50 

44  40 

64  58 

87  20 

9 

21 65 

29  75 

44  70 

65  01 

87  75 

IO 

21 80 

30  OO 

45  o° 

65  44 

88  30 

Length  of 
Expansion. 

1 'A 

2 H 

3 

4 

4 y* 

5 

Size  Hole  to 
Receive 
Expansion. 

7-16 

9-16 

3-4 

7-8 

I 

1 3-i<> 

13-8 

15-8 

688 


SQUARE  AND  HEXAGON  NUTS. 


Hot  Pressed  and  Reamed. 

Fig.  1025.  Fig.  1026. 


Plain  cold  punched  nuts  are  sold  at  same  list  prices  as  reamed  nuts. 
Reamed  nuts  are  guaranteed  not  to  wear  taps  any  more  rapidly  than 
cold  punched  nuts. 


0 u 

.c  s 

tn  § 

a 

Hole. 

s 

{H 

1-2 

1-4 

• 185=  3 16  scant 

19-32 

5-i6 

.240=  1-4  scant 

II-l6 

3-8 

.294=  19-64  scant 

2532 

7-16 

•344=  n-32 

7-8 

1-2 

.400=  13-32  scant 

31-32 

9-16 

•454=  29-64 

1 1-16 

5-8 

.507=  1-2  full 

1 1-4 

3-4 

.620=  5-8  scant 

1 7-16 

7-8 

• 73I=  47-64  scant 

1 5-8 

1 

.837=  27-32  scant 

1 13-16 

1 1-8 

.940=  15-16  full 

2 

1 1-4 

1.065=1  1-16  full 

2 3-16 

13-8 

1.160=1  5-32  full 

2 3-8 

1 1-2 

1.284=1  9-32  full 

2 9-16 

15-8 

r. 389=1  25-64  scant 

2 3-4 

1 3-4 

1.491=1  1-2  scant 

2 15-16 

17-8 

1.616=1  5-8  scant 

3 1-8 

2 

1.712=1  23-32  scant 

3 5-i6 

2 1-8 

1.836=1  27-32  scant 

3 1-2 

2 1-4 

1.962=1  31-32  scant 

3 11-16 

2 3-8 

2.086=2  5-64  scant 

3 7-8 

2 1-2 

2 3-16 

4 i-4 

23-4 

2 7-16 

4 5-8 

3 

2 11-16 

-*-j  Square.  Hexagon, 

o 


S Price  per  Pound.  Price  per  Pound, 
o 


Size 

Hot 

Pressed 

Reamed 

Hot 

Pressed 

Reamed 

1-4 

I3.0 

13.8 

20.0 

2I.o 

5-16 

12.0 

12.8 

18.0 

IQ.O 

3-8 

IO.5 

II. 0 

14.0 

14.7 

7-16 

IO. O 

10.5 

13.0 

137 

1-2 

9.0 

9-3 

II. 2 

11.5 

9-16 

9.0 

9-3 

II. 2 

11. 5 

5-8 

8-7 

8.9 

IO.5 

10.7 

3-4 

8-5 

8.6 

IO. O 

10.2 

7-8 

8.4 

8.6 

9-9 

10.2 

I 

1-8 

8.2 

8.4 

9-7 

10.0 

I 

8.2 

8.4 

9-7 

10.0 

I 

i-4 

8.4 

8.8 

9-9 

10.5 

I 

3-8 

8.5 

8.8 

10.0 

10.5 

I 

1-2 

8.8 

9.6 

10.3 

n-3 

I 

5-8 

9.0 

9.6 

10.5 

11.3 

I 

3-4 

9-3 

10.2 

10.8 

12.1 

I 

7-8 

9-5 

10.2 

11. 0 

12.1 

2 

1-8 

9-7 

10.6 

11. 2 

12.6 

2 

10. 0 

11.0 

n.7 

13-0 

2 

1-4 

10. 0 

H-5 

11.7 

13-5 

2 

3-8 

10.3 

12.0 

12.2 

14.0 

2 

1-2 

10.5 

12.2 

12  4 

14.2 

2 

3-4 

10.8 

12.5 

12.7 

14.7 

3 

11. 0 

12.7 

12.9 

15.0 

Fig.  1027. 


WEDGE  HEAD  DOUBLE  EXPANSION  SCREW  BOLT. 


Made  with  Our  Improved  1893  Pattern. 
Price  per  100. 


Diameter. 


length, 


over  all. 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

1-2 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

I 

2 

$12  75 

$14  20 

13  OO 

14  25 

$1740 

3 

13  °5 

14  30 

17  5° 

$2550 

$33  00 

3% 

13  IO 

14  40 

17  60 

25  75 

33  20 

4 

13  20 

1450 

1770 

26  00 

33  40 

$48  00 

4/4 

14  60 

17  80 

26  25 

33  6° 

48  25 

5 

14  70 

1790 

26  50 

33  80 

4850 

$68  00 

$88  00 

5% 

14  75 

17  95 

26  60 

3400 

48  75 

68  50 

88  50 

6 

14  80 

18  00 

26  70 

34  20 

49  00 

69  00 

89  00 

6% 

18  10 

26  80 

3440 

49  25 

69  50 

89  50 

2 

18  20 

26  90 

3460 

4950 

70  OO 

90  00 

18  25 

27  IO 

34  so 

49  75 

70  50 

9050 

18  30 

27  20 

35  00 

50  00 

71  00 

91  00 

9 

18  40 

27  30 

35  20 

50  50 

71 50 

91  50 

18  50 

2740 

35  4° 

51  00 

72  00 

92  20 

Eength  of 
Expansion. 

1 Fa 

2% 

2& 

3 

4 

4% 

5 

Size  Hole  to 

Receive 

7-16 

9-16 

3-4 

7-8 

1 

1 3-16 

I 3-8 

i 5*8 

Expansion. 

Average  Number  of  Cone-Head  Boiefr  Rivets  in 


Eength. 

X 

X 1092 
X 1027 

1 940 

x §40 
x 797 

X 760 
X 73° 

5A  7ii 

X 693 
X 648 

2 608 

X 573 
X 555 
X 525 
X 500 

3 460 


100  Pounds. 


Diameter. 

Diameter. 

1 1 
TS" 

X 

Eength. 

SA 

X 

H 

1 1 
T¥ 

X 

665 

3X 

433 

267 

212 

180 

597 

'A 

413 

248 

201 

169 

538 

450 

X 

395 

241 

I92 

160 

512 

415 

4 

230 

I84 

158 

487 

389 

356 

X 

220 

177 

150 

460 

370 

329 

A 

210 

171 

146 

440 

357 

280 

X 

200 

166 

138 

420 

34o 

271 

5 

190 

l6l 

135 

390 

325 

262 

X 

180 

156 

130 

375 

312 

257 

A 

172 

151 

124 

360 

297 

243 

X 

164 

145 

120 

354 

289 

237 

6 

157 

140 

115 

347 

280 

232 

X 

150 

138 

III 

335 

260 

220 

A 

146 

134 

107 

312 

242 

2oS 

X 

143 

I29 

104 

290 

224 

197 

7 

140 

125 

IOO 

BRIDGE 

RIVETS. 

We  also  make  Bridge  Rivets  of  excellent  quality,  suited  to  the 
work,  for  which  prices  will  be  named  on  receipt  of  inquiry,  with 
specifications. 


TANK  RIVETS  OF  NORWAY  IRON. 


Fig.  1030. 


ROUND  HEAD. 


Fig.  1031. 


COUNTERSUNK  HEAD. 

IRON  RIVETS  IN  BULK. 


Fig.  1032. 


feat  HEAD. 


Price  per  Pound. 


Length  of  Rivets. 

Size. 

X 

1 5 
3^ 

7 

1 G 

1 3 

3A 

1 1 

5 

is 

9 

a? 

X 

ws 

3 

TS 

TS  X TS 

> X.  si 

12 

12 

12 

TS 

12X 

12X  12X 

13 

13 

I 

12X 

12^ 

i2y2 

13  13 

13 

2 

12  A 

I2X 

12  X 

13 

13 

13 

14 

3 

12X 

13 

13 

14 

14 

14 

15 

15 

15 

X 

12  X 

13 

13 

14 

14 

14 

15 

15 

15 

16 

l6 

4 

12  X 14 

14 

15 

15 

15 

16 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18 

5 

14 

15 

16 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18 

18 

19 

19 

20  20  21 

6 

14 

15 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  22  23 

3 

IB 

14 

15 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18 

18 

19 

20 

22 

23  24  25 

7 

15 

16 

17 

17 

17 

17 

18 

18 

19 

20 

22 

23  24  25 

8 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18 

18 

19 

19 

19 

21 

22 

23  24  25 

9 

18 

19 

19 

20 

20 

21 

21 

21 

21 

23 

25 

27  29  30 

10 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

25 

27 

28 

28 

30 

33  35  37  38 

11 

20 

22 

24 

26 

27 

28 

30  31 

31 

33 

37 

40  42  45 

12 

21 

24 

26 

28 

29 

30  32  34  35  36 

41 

45  50  55 

13 

25 

27 

30 

33 

34 

35 

37 

39  40  41 

45 

50  55  60 

14 

27 

30 

35 

38  40 

45 

50  52  54  56 

58  60  63  65 

Rivets  made  from  smaller  wire  than  No.  14,  all  lengths,  70  cents 
per  pound. 


689 


SQUARE  AND  HEXAGON  NUTS. 

Chamfered  and  Trimmed  with  DriedEd  Hoees. 


Square. 

Hexagon. 

Wide. 

Thick. 

Hole. 

Bolt. 

Price 

Price 

per  Pound. 

per  Pound. 

1-2 

1-4 

13-64 

i-4 

20.0 

27.0 

19-32 

516 

i-4 

5-16 

18.0 

24.0 

ii- 16 

3-8 

19-64 

3-8 

14-5 

18.5 

25-32 

7-16 

11-32 

7-16 

14.0 

18.0 

7-8 

1-2 

25-64 

1-2 

H-3 

14.0 

31-32 

9-16 

2964 

9-16 

n-3 

14.0 

1 1-16 

5-8 

33-64 

5-8 

10.0 

12.5 

1 1-4 

3-4 

5-8 

3-4 

9-4 

10.9 

1 7-16 

7-8 

47-64 

7-8 

9-4 

10.9 

15-8 

1 

27-32 

1 

9.4 

10.9 

1 13-16 

1 1-8 

15-16 

1 1-8 

9-4 

10.9 

2 

1 1-4 

1 1-16 

1 1-4 

10. 1 

n-5 

2 3-16 

13-8 

1 5-32 

1 3-8 

10.3 

12.0 

2 3-8 

1 1-2 

1 9-32 

1 1-2 

10.7 

12.6 

2 9-16 

1 5-8 

1 13-32 

1 5-8 

11. 1 

13.2 

2 3-4 

1 3-4 

1 1-2 

1 3-3 

II-5 

14.0 

2 15-16 

17-S 

1 5-£ 

17-8 

12.0 

14-5 

3 1-8 

2 

1 23-32 

2 

12.0 

14-5 

3 5-i6 

2 1-8 

1 27-32 

2 1-8 

12.5 

i5-o 

3 1-2 

2 1-4 

1 61-64 

2 1-4 

12.5 

15.0 

3 7-8 

2 1-2 

2 316 

2 1-2 

13-5 

16.0 

4 1-4 

2 3-4 

2 7-16 

2 3-4 

14.0 

16.5 

4 5-8 

3 

2 11-16 

3 

14-5 

17.0 

SQUARE  NUTS 

Short 

Diameter. 

Thickness. 

Hole. 

Size  of 
Bolt. 

Hot  Pressed. 
Price 

per  Pound. 

Reamed. 

Price 
per  Pound 

1-2 

1-4 

7-32 

1-4 

13.0 

13  8 

58 

5-16 

9-32 

5-16 

H-5 

12.3 

3-4 

3-8 

11-32 

3-8 

10.0 

10.8 

7-8 

7-16 

13-32 

7-16 

9.0 

9-3 

1 

1-2 

7-16 

1-2 

8.7 

9.0 

1 1-8 

9-16 

1-2 

916 

8.5 

8.8 

1 1-4 

5-8 

9-16 

5-8 

8.4 

8-5 

1 1-2 

3-4 

21-32 

3-4 

8.2 

8-3 

1 3-4 

7-8 

25-32 

7-8 

8.1 

8.2 

2 

1 

7-8 

1 

8.1 

8.2 

2 1-4 

1 1-8 

15-16 

1 1-8 

8.1 

8.2 

2 1-2 

1 1-4 

1 1-16 

1 1-4 

8.2 

8.6 

2 3-4 

13-8 

1 3-16 

13-8 

8.4 

8-6 

3 

1 1-2 

1 5-16 

1 1-2 

8.6 

9.2 

3 i-4 

1 5-8 

1 7-16 

1 5-8 

8.8 

9.4 

3 I'2 

1 3-4 

1 9-16 

1 3-4 

9.0 

9.8 

3 3-4 

17-8 

1 11-16 

17-8 

9-1 

10.0 

4 

2 

1 13-16 

2 

9.2 

4 

2 1-8 

I 7-8 

2 1-8 

9-4 

4 i-4 

2 1-4 

2 

21-4 

9.6 

Sizes  not  enumerated  on  these  lists  will  be  charged  extra  at  dis- 
cretion of  the  manufacturer. 


HEXAGON  NUTS. 


Short 

Thickness. 

Hole. 

Size  of 

Hot  Pressed. 
Price 

Reamed. 

Price 

Diameter. 

Bolt. 

per  Pound. 

per  Pound. 

1-2 

1-4 

7-32 

1-4 

20.0 

21.0 

5-8 

5-16 

932 

5-16 

16.0 

17.5 

3-4 

3-8 

11-32 

3-8 

13.0 

13.8 

7-8 

7-16 

13-32 

7-16 

11. 2 

11-5 

1 

1-2 

7-16 

1-2 

10.5 

II. O 

1 1-8 

9-16 

1-2 

9-16 

40.3 

10.6 

1 1-4 

5-8 

9-16 

5-8 

10.0 

10. 1 

1 3-8 

3-4 

21-32 

3-4 

9.8 

10. 1 

15-8 

7-8 

25-32 

7-8 

9.6 

9-7 

1 3-4 

1 

7-8 

1 

9.6 

9-7 

2 

1 1-4 

15-16 

1 1-8 

9.6 

9-7 

2 1-4 

1 3-8 

1 1-16 

1 1-4 

9.8 

10. 1 

2 1-2 

1 1-2 

1 3-16 

1 3-8 

10  0 

10. 1 

2 3-4 

1 5-8 

1 5-16 

1 1-2 

10.2 

10.3 

3 

1 3-4 

1 7-16 

1 5-8 

10.5 

10.9 

3 i-4 

1 7-8 

1 9-16 

1 3-4 

10-7 

11. 2 

3 J-2 

2 

1 11-16 

1 7-8 

, 10.8 

12.5 

3 1-2 

2 1-8 

1 13-16 

2 

11.0 

12.5 

3 3-4 

2 1-8 

1 7-8 

2 1-8 

11. 3 

12.8 

3 3-4 

2 1-4 

2 

2 1-4 

H-5 

12.8 

Sizes  not  enumerated  on  these  lists  will  be  charged  extra. 


HOT  PRESSED  SQUARE  AND  HEXAGON  NUTS. 

Narrow  Gauge  Sizes  and  “P”  Sizes. 


Dimensions. 

Square. 

Hexagon. 

Short 

Thickness. 

Hole. 

Size  of 

Price  Per 

Price  Per 

Diameter. 

Bolt. 

100  Pounds. 

100  Pounds. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

ii 

5 

SV 

8 

TS 

X 

$35.00 

1 3 

8 

n> 

6 

TS 

20.00 

1 6 

7 

3^ 

7 

TS 

X 

13.70 

A 

A 

9 

TS 

12.30 

p >6 

X 

2 1 

IT? 

X 

11.50 

$16.00 

H 

X 

H 

X 

IO.7O 

14.00 

p X 

tV 

X 

T<r 

10.00 

13.OO 

p X 

X 

A 

X 

9.00 

11.20 

p I 

TS 

% 

TS 

8.70 

IO.50 

p 1)4 

X 

A 

X 

8.50 

IO.30 

P IX 

X 

21 

TS 

X 

8.50 

IO.  IO 

iH 

X 

2 1 
TS 

X 

8.35 

P i)4 

X 

49 

X 

8.40 

9.80 

X 

25 

TS 

X 

8.15 

9.60 

1 X 

I 

X 

I 

8.25 

9.80 

p iX 

I 

X 

I 

8.15 

9.60 

p 2 

iX 

31 

TS 

iX 

8.15 

9.60 

p 2X 

iX 

iX 

8.30 

9.80 

p 2 

iX 

*A 

iX 

8.40 

10.00 

P2X 

iX 

iX 

8.60 

10.20 

Joint  or  oblong  nuts,  stirrup  nuts,  round  nuts,  double  cupped 
nuts,  extra  thick  and  other  odd  styles  of  nuts  made  to  order  at 
special  prices. 

Several  of  the  “P”  or  light  sizes  are  identical  with  the 
“ narrow  gauge  ” sizes  ; those  which  are  “ P ” sizes  are  so  marked 
in  the  “short  diameter”  column. 


Fig.  1033.  Fig.  1034.  Fig.  1035. 


TAPPING  SQUARE  AND  HEXAGON  NUTS. 


Size  of 

Threads  to 

Square 

Nuts. 

Hexagon 

Nuts. 

u.  s.  s.  u.  s.  s. 

Square  Nuts.  Hexagon  Nuts 

Bolt. 

Inch. 

Price  Per 

Price  Per 

No.  in  100 

No.  in  100 

Inches. 

Pound. 

Pound. 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

X 

20 

6.0 

9.0 

8500 

9500 

TS 

18 

4-5 

7.0 

5000 

6000 

X 

16 

3-7 

6.0 

3000 

33°° 

A 

14 

3-0 

4-5 

2000 

2300 

X 

13  or  12 

2.5 

3-5 

1300 

1650 

Tff 

12 

2. 1 

2.8 

1000 

1230 

X 

11 

1.6 

2.3 

710 

840 

X 

10 

1-3 

2.0 

410 

520 

X 

9 

1 . 2 

1 8 

285 

34o 

I 

8 

1.2 

1.8 

188 

231 

iX 

7 

1.2 

1.8 

142 

165 

iX 

7 

1.5 

2 . 2 

101 

122 

IX 

6 

1.5 

2.2 

75 

90 

iX 

6 

1.5 

2.2 

62 

74 

iX 

5X 

2 2 

2 7 

48 

58 

IX 

5 

2 2 

2.7 

38 

46 

iX 

5 

2 5 

3 2 

31 

38 

2 

5 

2-5 

3-2 

26 

3i 

2X 

4X 

3-0 

4-0 

21 

26 

2X 

4X 

3-o 

4.0 

18  x 

21X 

2 X 

4 

3-5 

4-5 

I2X 

I5X 

2 X 

4 

3-5 

4-5 

9X 

11X 

3 

3X 

3-5 

4-5 

7X 

9 

3X 

3X 

4.0 

5-o 

6X 

7X 

3X 

3X 

4.0 

5-o 

5X 

6X 

690 


Fig.  1036. 


HEXAGON  NUTS. 


Finished  Case  Hardened  and  Semi-Finished. 

The  thread  and  outside  of  each  of  finished  case  hardened  nuts  . 
are  made  to  an  accurate  gauge,  and  to  the  standard  adopted  by 
the  U.  S.  Government. 


The  semi-finished  nuts  are  the  regular  Chamfered  and  trimmed 
United  States  Standard  Hexagon  Nuts,  tapped  and  faced  true  on 
the  bottom. 


Finished 

Semi- 

Case 

Semi- 

Finished, 

For 

Thick- 

No. of 

Hardened 

Finished 

with  Double 

Bolt. 

Width. 

ness. 

Threads. 

Nuts. 

Nuts. 

Chamfer. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Price  Each. 

Price  Each. 

Price  Each. 

A 

A 

A 

20 

.06 

.02 

.02^ 

IS 

1 9 
ST 

VS 

18 

.07 

.02  A 

•03 

H 

H 

A 

l6 

.08 

•°3  A 

.04 

Tff 

25 

rs 

14 

.09 

•03  A 

•04  A 

X 

H 

A 

13  or  (12) 

. IO 

.04 

•04  A 

VS 

31 

T2 

VS 

12 

.12 

.05 

.06 

H 

IT6' 

A 

11 

• 15 

•05  A 

.06^ 

H 

iA 

H 

11 

17 

■o6y 

•07  A 

A 

1 % 

A 

10 

.18 

.07  A 

.08^ 

A 

luff 

A 

9 

.22 

. 10 

■ a A 

1 

1 A 

1 

8 

.30 

• 13  A 

.15  A 

1/s 

T 1 8 

I A 

7 

•35 

.17 

■ 19  A 

2 

1 X 

7 

• 45 

• 24 

■ 27 

I A 

2t\ 

1 A 

6 

•55 

• 34 

.38 

I A 

2 3A 

6 

•65 

.44 

.48 

i H 

N) 

H-' 

1 H 

5 A 

.80 

.54 

.60 

13/ 

2^ 

iA 

5 

1 .00 

.70 

.78 

1 a 

0 1 5 

iA 

5 

1 50 

.90 

1 .00 

2 

3/s 

2 

4 A 

2.00 

I . IO 

1-25 

2X 

3 'A 

2^ 

4 A 

3-50 

1.50 

1.80 

Finished  nuts,  not  case  hardened,  at  a reduction  of  5 percent, 
from  list  prices  ; polished,  not  case  hardened,  at  regular  rates 
Polished,  after  case  hardening,  10  per  cent,  less  discount. 
Case  hardened  semi-polished  nuts,  5 per  cent,  less  discount. 


Fig.  1037. 


WROUGHT  OR  STEEL  WASHERS. 


Diameter. 

Size  of 
Hole. 

Thickness. 
Wire  Gauge. 
No. 

Size  of 
Bolt. 

Price  per 
Pound. 

Average 
Number 
in  100  Pounds. 

9-16 

A 

IS 

3-16 

18.0 

44.075 

A 

5-16 

16 

A 

12.5 

13.845 

A 

. H 

16 

5-16 

n-5 

11,220 

1 

7-16 

14 

3A 

10.5 

6,573 

iA 

A 

14 

7-16 

9-5 

4,261 

iA 

9-16 

12 

A 

9.0 

2,683 

iA 

A 

12 

9-16 

9.0 

2,249 

1 A 

11-16 

IO 

H 

8-5 

1,315 

2 

13-16 

IO 

A 

8.5 

1,013 

2 A 

15-16 

9 

A 

8-5 

858 

*A 

1 1-16 

9 

1 

8-5 

61/ 

2 A 

*X 

9 

i'A 

8-5 

516 

3 

1 H 

9 

1 A 

8-5 

403 

3 A 

1 A/ 

8 

iA 

9.0 

320 

3 A 

l/s 

8 

1 A 

9.0 

278 

3 A 

iA 

8 

1% 

9.0 

247 

4 

8 

1 A 

9.0 

224 

4 A 

2 

8 

iA 

9-0 

200 

4 A 

2'A 

8 

2 

9.0 

180 

4 A 

23/s 

6 

2 A 

9-5 

no 

5 

2 A 

6 

2 A 

9-5 

91 

Fig.  1038. 


SQUARE  WASHERS. 


Standard  Sizes. 


Wide. 

Thick. 

Hole. 

Bolt. 

Price  per 
Pound. 

Number 
in  100  Pounds. 

I A 

A 

A 

7-16 

A 

96 

I.3PO 

I A 

A 

7-16 

9 1 

I,  IOO 

2 

3-16 

9-16 

A 

8 5 

500 

2 A 

X 

23-32 

A 

8-3 

315 

2 A 

A 

27-32 

A 

8 2 

250 

3 

A 

31-32 

A 

8.1 

165 

3 A 

A 

1 3-32 

1 

81 

87 

4 

H 

1 A 

1 A 

8.1 

65 

4 A 

A 

1 A 

*X 

8 1 

48 

5 

A 

t-A 

1 A 

8 2 

40 

6 

A 

1 A 

iA 

8-3 

28 

CAST  WASHERS. 


Fig.  1039. 


Round  Washer. 


Fig.  1040. 


Square  Beveled.  Round  Beveled. 


We  are  prepared  to  furnish  any  style  of  Cast  Washers  on  re- 
ceipt of  pattern  or  description . 

Regular  sizes  carried  in  stock . 

Prices  quoted  on  application . 


691 


STEEL  MEASURING  TAPES 


Fig.  1042. 


Nickel  plated  steel  cases,  flush  handle,  Y%  inch  tapes,  marked 
one  side  only,  in  tenths  or  twelfths. 


Marked  Feet  and 

Marked  feet, 

Twelfths  (In- 
ches and 

Tenths  and  iooths 
of  Feet  for  Sur- 

Lengths. 

Diameter 
of  Case. 

Dozen. 

Eights). 

veyors’  Use. 

No.  240 

No.  240  D 

25  feet 

2^  inches 

$39.00 

No.  243 

No.  243  D 

50  feet 

3 inches 

48.OO 

No.  245 

No.  245  D 

75  feet 

3 Y inches 

63.OO 

No.  246 

No.  246  D 

100  feet 

4 % inches 

81.OO 

With  Y inch  tapes  ; hard  leather  cases,  nickel  plated  trim- 
mings, two  detachable  rings.  The  tape  can  be  readily  detached 
from  the  case,  and  we  furnish  an  extra  ring  for  the  other  end. 
The  steel  is  heavier  and  stronger  than  used  in  the  regular  steel 
tapes,  and  the  cases  are  thinner.  Marked  on  one  side  in  tenths  or 
twelfths. 


Marked  feet  and 
Twelfths  (In- 
ches and 

Marked  feet, 
Tenths  and  iooths 
of  Feet  for  Sur- 

Lengths. 

Diameter 
of  Case. 

Each. 

Eights). 

No.  233 

veyors’  Use. 
No.  233  D 

50  feet 

2,Y  inches 

$6.00 

No.  234 

No.  234  D 

66  feet 

Y/z  inches 

8.00 

No.  235 

No.  235  D 

75  feet 

4 l/z  inches 

9-5o 

No.  236 

No.  236  D 

100  feet 

5 inches 

12.00 

With  '/z  inch  steel  tapes,  nickel  plated  frames  and  trimmings 
and  our  patent  double  folding  flush  handle,  opened  by  pressing 
small  pin  or  button  on  opposite  side. 

Marked  either  in  ioths  or  i2ths  and  links  on  back. 


Marked  Feet  and  Marked  Feet, 


Twelfths  (In- 
ches and 

Tenths  and  iooths  of 
Feet  for  Sur- 

Lentghs. 

Each. 

Eights). 

veyors’  Use. 

No.  323 

No.  323  D 

50  feet 

$7-50 

No.  324 

No.  324  D 

66  feet 

9-50 

No.  325 

No.  325  D 

75  feet 

11.50 

No.  326 

No.  326  D 

100  feet 

f3-5o 

Fig.  1043. 


Paine’s  Pattern. 


Fig.  1044. 


reliable. 


692 


METALLIC  MEASURING  TAPES. 


Fig.  1045. 


Tape  % inch  wide,  made  of  the  best  woven  linen  with  metallic 
warp.  Hard  leather  cases,  folding  handles  with  brass  trimmings. 
These  goods  are  guaranteed  strictly  first  class,  and  form,  in  con- 
nection with  our  line  of  steel  tapes,  the  best  and  most  complete 
line  of  high  grade  measuring  tapes  made. 

Marked  One  Side  Only. 

Length,  - - 25  ft.  33  ft.  40  ft.  50  ft.  66  ft.  75  ft.  100  ft. 

i2ths,  No.  - 500  501  502  503  504  505  506 

Price,  perdoz.,  $2040  2400  26  40  30  00  33  60  37  20  46  80 

Marked  Both  Sides. 

Length,  - 25  ft.  33  ft.  40  ft.  50  ft.  66  ft.  75  ft.  100  ft. 

i2ths&  Links,  No.  500L  501L  502L  503L  504L  505L  506L 
Price,  per  dozen,  $21  60  25  20  27  60  31  20  36  00  39  60  50  40 

ioths&  Links,  No.  500DL  501DL  502DL  503DL  504DL  505DL  506DL 
Price,  per  dozen,  $21  60  25  20  27  60  31  20  36  00  39  60  50  40 


Fig.  1046. 


With  our  patent  double  folding  Flush  Handle,  same  as  we  use 
on  our  “Reliable  Steel  Tapes,’’  opened  by  pressing  pin  on  oppo- 
site side.  Tape  % inch  wide,  made  of  best  woven  linen,  with 
metallic  warp.  Hard  leather  cases. 

Marked  One  Side  Oney. 

Length,  - - 25  ft.  33  ft.  40  ft.  50  ft.  66  ft.  75  ft.  100  ft. 

i2ths,  No.  - 600  601  602  603  604  605  606 

Price,  per  dozen,  $24  00  27  60  30  00  33  60  37  20  40  80  50  40 

Marked  Both  Sides. 

Length,  - - 25  ft.  33  ft.  40  ft.  50  ft.  66  ft.  75  ft.  100  ft. 

I2ths  & Links,  600L  601 L 602L  603L  604L  605L  606L 

Price,  per  dozen,  $25  20  28  So  31  20  34  80  39  60  43  20  54  00 

ioths  & Links,  No.  600DL  601DL  602DL  603DL  604DL  605DL  606DL 
Price,  per  dozen,  $25  20  28  80  31  20  34  80  39  60  43  20  54  00 


BOXWOOD  RULES. 

Fig.  1047.  Fig.  1048 


One  Foot,  Four  Fold,  Narrow. 


Fig.  1049. 


No. 


26. 

27. 
12. 

15. 

6. 

16. 


Square  joint,  slide,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  octagonal  scales,  1}4  inches  wide,  ..... 
Square  joint  bitted,  Gunter’s  slide,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6thsof  inches,  iooths  of  afoot,  drafting  and  octagonal  scales,  ij£ 
Arch  joint,  bitted,  Gunter’s  slide,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  iooths  of  a foot,  drafting  and  octagonal  scales  1 y2 
Arch  joint,  bound,  Gunter’s  slide,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  and  octagonal  scales,  1%  inches  wide, 
Arch  joint,  bitted,  Gunter’s  slide,  engineering,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6thsof  inches,  iooths  of  a foot,  octagonal  scales,  i 
Arch  joint,  bound,  Gunter’s  slide,  engineering,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  octagonal  scales,  l'/i  inches  wide, 


in.  wide,  12 
in.  wide,  14 

- 24 
in.  wide,  18 

- 28 


693 


§ 8 8 8 8 8 8 


BOX  W 0;0  D RULES.  — C o]n  t i n u e d . 


Fig.  1050. 


Two  Feet,  Four  Fold,  Broad  Rules. 

No.  69.  Round  joint,  middle  plates,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  inch  wide, 

“ 65.  Square  joint,  middle  plates,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y%  inch  wide, 

“ 64.  Square  joint,  edge  plates,  8ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y inch  wide, 

“ 654^.  Square  joint,  bound,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  % inch  wide, 

“ 55.  Arch  joint,  middle  plates,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y%  inch  wide, 

“ 56.  Arch  joint,  edge  plates,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y%  inch  wide, 

“ 57.  Arch  joint,  bound,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y inch  wide, 


Two  Feet,  Four  Fold,  Extra  Narrow. 
“ 61%.  Square  joint,  middle  plates,  Sths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y inch  wide, 

“ 63 J4.  Square  joint,  edge  plates,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y inch  wide, 

“ 62^4.  Square  joint,  bound,  Sths,  ioths,  i2ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  Y inch  wide, 


Two  Feet,  Four  Fold,  Broad. 

“ 67.  Round  joint,  middle  plates,  8ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  i}£  inches  wide,  ...... 

“ 70.  Square  joint,  middle  plates,  8ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide,  .... 

“ 72.  Square  joint,  edge  plates,  Sths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  iY%  inches  wide, 

“ 72^2.  Square  joint,  bound,  Sths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide,  .... 

“ 73.  Arch  joint,  middle  plates,  Sths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide,  - 

“ 75.  Arch  joint,  edge  plates,  Sths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide,  - 

“ 76.  Arch  joint,  bound,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  i^4  inches  wide,  .... 

“ 77.  Double  arch  joint,  bitted,  Sths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide, 

“ 78.  Double  arch  joint,  half  bound,  8ths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide, 

“ 78^4.  Double  arch  joint,  bound,  Sths,  ioths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  drafting  scales,  1 Y%  inches  wide, 

“ 83.  Arch  joint,  edge  plates,  slide  8ths,  i2ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  iooths  of  a foot,  octagonal  scales,  if4  inches  wide, 

Fig.  1051.  Tig.  1053. 


Boxwood  Caliper  Rules,  Six  inch. 

No.  Per  Doz. 

36.  Square  joint,  two  fold,  Sths,  ioths,  I2ths  and  i6ths  of 

inches,  ?/%  inch  wide, $7  00 

13.  Square  joint,  two  fold,  8ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  i}4 

inches  wide,  --------1000 

13^2.  Square  joint,  two  fold,  8ths  and  i6ths  of  inches,  1 y2 

inches  wide,  -------  - 12  00 


Fig.  1052. 


Caliper,  One  Foot,  Four  Fold. 

No.  Per  Doz. 

32.  Arch  joint,  edge  plates,  Sths,  ioths,  i2ths  and  i6ths 

of  inches,  1 inch  wide, $12  00 

32 Arch  joint,  bound,  8ths,  ioths,  I2ths  and  i6ths  of 

inches,  1 inch  wide, 20  00 

Caliper,  One  Foot,  Two  Fold. 

36 Yz.  Square  joint,  two  fold,  12  inch,  Sths,  ioths,  I2tlis  and 

i6ths  of  inches,  1 J4  inches  wide,  - - - 1200 


Two  Feet,  Six  Fold,  RulKS. 

No. 

58.  Arch  joint,  edge  plates,  Sths,  ioths,  I2ths  and  i6ths 
of  inches,  Y inch  wide,  - 

5834.  Arch  joint,  bound,  Sths,  ioths,  i2ths  and  i6ths  of 
inches,  Y inch  wide,  ..... 


Per  Doz. 
$ 3 OO 

3 50 

5 OO 

11  OO 

4 00 

6 00 

12  00 


5 50 
8 00 
15  00 


5 50 
7 00 
9 00 
18  00 
9 00 

11  00 
20  00 

12  00 
20  00 
24  00 
14  00 


Per  Doz. 

$'3  00 
36  00 


694 


Fig.  1054. 


FOLDING  STEEL  RULES. 


FOLDING  STEEL  POCKET  RULES. 


No. 

40. 

i ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  y%  in.  x 28  gauge,  3 in.  joints,  4 fold, 

Rules 
only 
per  doz. 

- $4.00 

Rules 
with  cases 
per  doz 

f5-5o 

Nickel 
Plated 
extra, 
per  doz 

I1  -5° 

40. 

2 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  Y%  in.  x 28  gauge,  3 in.  joints,  8 fold, 

8.00 

10.00 

2.50 

41. 

1 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  in.  x 28 gauge,  4 in.  joints,  3 fold, 

4.00 

5-5o 

1.50 

41. 

2 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  in.  x 28  gauge,  4 in.  joints,  6 fold, 

7-50 

9-50 

2.50 

41. 

3 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  Y&  in.  x 28  gauge,  4 in.  joints,  9 fold, 

1 1. 00 

13-50 

3 50 

41. 

4 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  Y in-  x 28  gauge,  4 in.  joints,  12  fold, 

- 14-50 

17  00 

4-50 

46. 

2 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  Y%  in.  x 26  gauge,  6 in.  joints,  4 fold, 

7-5o 

10.00 

2.50 

46. 

3 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  Y&  in.  x 26  gauge,  6 in.  joints,  6 fold, 

1 1. 00 

14.00 

3-50 

46. 

4 ft.,  Folding  Pocket,  Yi  in.  x 26  gauge,  6 in.  joints,  8 fold, 

- 14-50 

•7-50 

4 50 

All  the  above  graduated  i6ths  of  inches  both  sides. 

SURVEYORS’  FOLDING  STEEL  POCKET 

RULES. 

Marked  in  inches  and  i6tlis  one  side,  feet,  loths  and  iooths  feet  other  side. 

NO. 

42.  1 ft.,  Ys  in.  x 28  gauge,  4 in.  joints,  3 fold,  - 

In  Leather 
cases,  per 
dozen. 

$ 7-oo 

Nickel 
Plated  extra 
per  dozen. 

$1.50 

42.  2 ft.,  Yi  in-  x 28  gauge,  4 in.  joints,  6 fold, 

12.00 

2.50 

42.  3 ft.,  Yi  in-  x 28  gauge,  4 in.  joints,  9 fold,  - 

17.00 

3-50 

47.  2 ft.,  Yi  in-  x 26  gauge,  6 in.  joints,  4 fold, 

12.00 

2.50 

47.  3 ft.,  Y in-  x 26  gauge,  6 in.  joints,  6 fold,  - 

17.00 

3-50 

Fig.  1056. 


is!  ti  n 

1!  01 

■E  -8  -L  HMI'-K'i-ririH-lt’i"- 

t""1  71 

1 /-I  9 1 S-l  V \ ■ 

1 Zl  1 

101  -6  -B  Z -9  •£  t -Z 

VI 

» Z 6 1 8 1 l\  S I 

1 v\  n 

M 1 1 0 1 G 8 L 5 S V l 

91 

SPRING  STEEL  BOARD  RULES. 


Nickel  Plated  and  Lacquered. 

No. 

51.  3%  ft.,  3 tier,  Inspector’s  rule,  ------ 

52.  3 ft.,  3 tier,  Board  rule,  ------- 

52.  ft.,  3 tier,  Sorting  rule,  ------ 

58.  3 ft.,  4 tier,  Board  rule,  - ------ 

58  2%  ft.,  4 tier,  Sorting  rule,  ------ 

59-  3 ft-)  5 tier.  Board  rule,  ------ 


Per  do z. 

- $22.00 

26.00 

- 33-oo 

39.00 

- 36.00 

42.00 


Fig.  1057. 


No.  85.  Full  Width. 


No. 

Rules 
only 
per  doz. 

Rules  with 
leather 
cases 
per  doz. 

Nickel 
Plated 
extra 
per  doz. 

70. 

2 ft.  Folding  Pocket,  % in.  x 21  gauge,  6 in.  joints,  4 fold,  - 
8ths  of  inches  on  one  side,  i6ths  on  other. 

$14.00 

$18.00 

$3.00 

77- 

2 ft.  Folding  Pocket,  Y in.  x 21  gauge,  8 in.  joints,  3 fold, 
Board  measure,  8 ft.  to  22  ft.  lengths. 

17.00 

21.00 

3.00 

80. 

2 ft.  Folding,  Y in-  x 21  gauge,  12  in.  joints,  2 fold,  - - - - - 

i6ths  of  inches  on  one  side,  8ths  on  other. 

10.00 

3.00 

85. 

2 ft.  Folding,  Y in.  x 21  gauge,  One  Stop  Joint,  - - - - - 

German  Silver  Ends,  8ths  inches  one  side,  i6ths  on  other. 

12.00 

3.00 

86. 

2 ft.  Folding,  Y in.  x 21  gauge,  One  Stop  Joint,  - - - 

German  Silver  Ends,  i6ths  of  inches  one  side,  circumference  inches  on  other. 

17.00 

3-00 

695 


LOG  AND  BOARD  RULES. 


ACHE  INSPECTOR’S  RULE. 

No.  i.  Acme,  3 1/2  feet  3 tier,  extra  heavy  brazed 

head.  Per  dozen,  ------  $30.00 

No.  2.  Acme,  3 feet,  3 tier,  extra  heavy  brazed  head. 

Per  dozen. 28.00 


Fig.  1059. 


Fig.  1058. 


PICK  AND  HOOK  HEAD  LOG  RULE. 

No.  21.  Pick  and  Hook  Head  Log  Rule.  Per 

dozen,  f 29.00 

Figured  48  inches  with  8 inch  handle  ; full  length 
4 feet  8 inches. 

SQUARE  LOG  RULES. 

No.  23.  1 inch  square,  3 tiers  of  figures  each  side,  without  head.  Per  dozen, $24.00 

No.  24.  1 inch  square,  3 tiers  of  figures  each  side,  with  square  head.  Per  dozen, 30.00 

Figured  48  inches,  full  length. 


Fig.  ic6o. 


HICKORY  LOG  RULES. 

Fig.  1062. 


No.  4.  3 tier,  3 foot  Board  Rule,  patent  socket  steel  head.  Per  dozen, 

A good,  low-priced  serviceable  rule. 

No.  \]/2.  3 tier,  2'/2  foot  Sorting  Rule,  patent  socket  steel  head.  Per  dozen,  - 

N°-  5-  3 tier,  3 foot  Board  Rule,  brass  plates,  patent  socket  steel  head.  Per  dozen, 

i his  rule  is  the  same  as  No.  4,  except  that  it  has  brass  inch  plates. 

No.  20.  Plain  Log  Rule,  no  head,  figured  48  inches,  with  8 inch  handle,  Per  dozen, 
Full  length,  4 feet  8 inches. 

No.  14.  Square  Head  Log  Rule,  figured  48  inches,  with  8 inch  handle.  Per  dozen, 
Full  length,  4 feet  8 inches. 

No.  15.  Square  Head  Log  Ride,  figured  36  inches,  with  6 inch  handle.  Per  dozen, 
Full  length,  3*4  feet. 

No.  22.  T Head  Log  Rule,  Wisconsin  pattern,  figured  48  inches.  Per  dozen, 

With  8 inch  handle.  Full  length,  4 feet  8 inches. 


$21.00 

20.00 

25.00 

21.00 

27.00 

23.00 

27.00 


696 


LUMBERMAN’S  TOOLS. 
IHPROVED  HARKING  STICK. 

Adapted  to  Lumber  Crayons  ok  Standard  Makes. 

Fig.  1063. 


Inspectors’  Stick,  36  inches  long,  with  hickory  handle,  - per  dozen,  $12  00 

Pencil  Holder  only,  without  handle,  > “ “ 10  00 


LUHBER  GAUGE. 

Fig.  1064. 


Measures,  fg,  ^ , 1,  1%,  and  2 in. 
Price,  - - per  doz.,  $6  00 


BEADED  BOOT  CALKS. 


Forged  From  Best  Crucible  Steel.  Blued  or  Bright. 


CALK  SETS  AND  SET  AND  PUNCH  COHBINED. 

For  Setting  all  Sizes  of  Calks. 

Fig.  1065. 


Set. 


Fig.  1066. 


00  o 1 2 34 

Nos.  00,  o,  1 and  2 packed  100  in  box,  1000  in  package, 
and  4 packed  50  in  box,  500  in  package. 

Samples  and  prices  on  application. 


Fig.  1067. 


Combined  Set  and  Punch. 


Nos.  3 


Sets, 

Combined  Set  and  Punch, 


per  dozen,  $ 
<<  << 


chalk=l1ne  reels,  etc. 

Fig.  1068. 


No.  Per  Doz. 

12.  Chalk  line  reels,  3 dozen  in  a box,  - - - - $0  36 

13.  Chalk-line  reels,  with  60  feet  best  quality  chalk-line, 

1 dozen  in  a box,  - - - - - . - 1 75 

14.  Chalk-line  reels,  with  steel  scratch  awls,  1 dozen  in  a 

box,  - 95 

15.  Chalk-line  reels,  with  steel  scratch  awls,  and  60  feet 

best  quality  chalk-line,  1 dozen  in  a box,  - - 2 25 


Fig.  1069. 


ADJUSTABLE  PLUHB  BOBS. 


No.  Each. 

1.  (Small)  Bronze  metal,  with  steel  point,  $1  50 

2.  (Large)  Bronze  metal,  with  steel  point,  1 75 

5.  (Large)  Iron,  with  steel  point,  - - 1 00 


/ 


697 


LEVELS  AND  PLUMBS. 
IRON  BENCH  LEVELS. 

Fig.  1070. 


No. 


10. 


Fuu  Size  Illustration  of  No.  iio. 

Japanned,  4 inches  long,  - - per  dozen,  $5  00  No.  no.  Nickel  plated,  4 inches  long, 

Fig.  1071. 


Full  Size  Illustration  of  No. 


iii. 


F'or  Square  or  Straight  Edge. 


No.  11.  Japanned,  4 inches  long,  - - per  dozen,  $6  50  No.  iii.  Nickel  plated,  4 inches  long, 


HEXAGON 


Fig.  1072. 


No. 

( t 


LEVELS. 

2%  is  3-8  inch  X2j^ 

3 is  .3-8  inch  x 3 
3'A  is  3-8  inch  x 314 

4 is  7-16  inch  x 4 

5 is  7-16  inch  x 5 

inches, 

inches, 

inches, 

inches, 

inches, 

Full  Size  Illustration  of  No.  3. 

IHPROVED  IRON  LEVEL,,  DOUBLE  PLUMB. 


Fig.  1073. 


per  dozen,  $8  00 


per  dozen,  $9  50 


per  dozen 


$3  00 

3 60 

4 20 

5 50 

6 00 


No.  12  is  2 inches  wide  x 12  inches  long,  - per  dozen,  $18  00  No.  24  is  2 inches  wide  x 24  inches  long,  - per  dozen,  $24  00 

“ 18  is  2 inches  wide  x 18  inches  long,  - “ “ 21  00 

ECLIPSE  LEVELS.  POCKET  LEVEL. 


Fig.  1074. 


1 I 


No.  34. 

Eclipse  Level,  Nickel  Plated,  6 inch,  with  Ground  Glasses,  - $i’so 
The  outer  shell  of  the  level  can  be  turned,  so  as  to  completely 
protect  the  glass  from  damage  when  not  in  use. 

MACHINISTS’ 

No.  38.  Iron  Level,  Brass  Top  Plate,  4 nch  - per  dozen,  $3  50 


Fig.  1075. 


No.  46. 

Iron,  Brass  Top  Plate  - - - per  dozen,  #3  50 

RON  LEVELS. 

No.  39.  Iron  Level,  Brass  Top  Plate,  6 inch  per  dozen,  $4  50 


698 


GAUGES  AND  SPOKESHAVES. 

Fig.  1076.  Fig.  1077. 


No.  71. 


GAUGES. 

No.  Per  Doz 

o.  Marking  gauge,  beechwood,  boxwood  thumb  screw,  marked,  steel  point,  1 dozen  in  a box,  - , - - $0.75 

61.  Marking  gauge,  beechwood,  boxwood  thumb  screw,  oval  bar,  marked,  steel  point,  1 dozen  in  a box,  - 1.00 

61^.  Marking  gauge,  beechwood,  boxwood  thumb  screw,  oval  head  and  bar  marked,  steel  point,  1 dozen  in  a box,  - - 1.25 

73.  Patent  mortise  gauge,  boxwood,  polished,  plated  head,  brass  slide,  brass  thumb  screw  and  shoe,  oval  bar,  marked,  steel  points, 

y2  dozen  in  a box,  ---------------  8.00 

76.  Patent  mortise  gauge,  boxwood,  polished,  plated  head,  screw  slide,  brass  thumb  screw  and  shoe,  oval  bar,  marked,  steel 

points,  Yz  dozen  in  a box,  - --  --  --  --  --  --  - u.oo 

80,  Patent  mortise  gauge,  boxwood,  full  plated  head,  plated  bar,  screw  slide,  brass  thumb  screw  and  shoe,  marked,  steel  points, 

Yl  dozen  in  a box,  - --  --  --  --  --  --  --  18.00 

67.  Mortise  gauge,  adjustable  wood  slide,  boxwood  thumb  screw,  oval  bar,  marked,  steel  points,  Yt  dozen  in  a box,  - - 4.00 

68.  Mortise  gauge,  plated  head,  adjustable  wood  slide,  brass  thumb  screw  and  shoe,  oval  bar,  marked,  steel  points,  Y^  dozen  in  box,  6.00 

71.  Patent  double  gauge  (marking  and  mortise  gauge  combined),  beechwood,  polished,  plated  head  and  bars,  brass  thumb  screws 

and  shoes,  oval  bars,  marked,  steel  points,  y2  dozen  in  a box,  --------  8.00 

72.  Patent  double  gauge  (marking  and  mortise  gauge  combined),  beechwood,  polished,  boxwood  thumb  screws,  oval  bars, 

marked,  steel  points,  y2  dozen  in  a box,  - --  --  --  --  --  - 4.00 

74.  Patent  double  gauge  (marking  and  mortise  gauge  combined),  boxwood,  polished,  full  plated  head  and  bars,  brass  thumb 

screws  and  shoes,  oval  bars,  marked,  steel  points,  y2  dozen  in  a box,  --------  14.00 

70.  Cutting  gauge,  mahogany,  polished,  plated  head,  boxwood  thumb  screw,  oval  bar,  marked,  steel  cutter,  1 dozen  in  a box,  4.00 


BAILEY’S  IRON  SPOKE  SHAVE. 

gf'lf’The  Spokeshaves  in  the  following  list  are  superior  in  style,  quality  and  finish  to  any  in  market.  The  cutters  are  made  of  the 
best  English  cast  steel,  tempered  and  ground  by  an  improved  method,  and  are  in  perfect  working  order  when  sent  from  the  factory. 


Fig.  1079. 


No.  51.  Double  iron,  raised  handle,  10  inch,  2)4  inch  cutter,  per  dozen,  - - - - - $3.50 

Fig.  1080. 


No.  55.  Model  double  iron,  hollow  face,  10  inch,  2)4  inch  cutter,  per  dozen,  -----  $3.00 

Fig.  1081. 


No.  60.  Double  cutter,  hollow  and  straight,  10  inch,  i)4  inch  cutter,  per  dozen,  - - - - - $4.50 

Fig.  1082. 


PATENT  REVERSIBLE  SPOKESHAVE. 

No.  62.  Raised  handle  (heavy),  double  cutter,  10  inch,  2 % inch  cutters,  ------  $6.00 

Cast  steel  cutters,  - - .....  1.00 


699 


PLANES 


Fig.  io86. 


Fig.  1083. 


IRON  PLANES. 


No.  1. 

Smooth,  5'/2  inches  in  length,  i# 

“ 2. 

Smooth,  7 

inches  in  length,  i|4 

“ 3. 

Smooth,  8 

inches  in  length,  1 ^ 

“ 4- 

Smooth,  9 

inches  in  length,  2 

“ 4 K- 

Smooth,  10 

inches  in  length,  2)4 

“ 5- 

Jack,  14 

inches  in  length,  2 

“ 6. 

Fore,  18 

inches  in  length,  2)4 

7- 

Jointer,  22 

inches  in  length,  2)4 

“ 8. 

Jointer,  24 

inches  in  length,  2 Y% 

inch  cutter,  each,  $2  25 
inch  cutter,  each,  2 75 
inch  cutter,  each,  3 00 
inch  cutter,  each,  3 25 
inch  cutter,  each,  3 75 
inch  cutter,  each,  3 75 
inch  cutter,  each,  4 75 
inch  cutter,  each,  5 50 
inch  cutter,  each,  6 50 


Fig.  1084. 


WOOD  BENCH  PLANES. 

Single  Irons. 

No.  10.  Smooth,  - 
“ 11.  Jack,  - 
“ 12.  Fore,  - 
“ 13-  Jointer,  26  inch,  - 

Double  Irons. 

No.  14.  Smooth,  - 

“ 15-  Jack,  - - - - - 

“ 16.  Fore,  - - - • 

“ 17.  Jointer,  26  inch, 

“ 18.  Jointer,  28  inch,  - 


Each, 

$0  60 

Each, 

75 

Each, 

1 00 

Each, 

1 10 

Each,  $0  90 

Each, 

I OO 

Each, 

I 40 

Each, 

I 50 

Each, 

I 60 

Fig.  1085. 


STANLEY  ADJUSTABLE  CIRCULAR  PLANE. 

Adjustable  Circular  Plane,  i^  inch  cutter,  - Each,  $4  00 

This  plane  has  a flexible  steel  face,  which  can  he  easily 
shaped  to  any  required  arc,  either  concave  or  convex,  by  turning 
the  knob  on  the  front  of  the  plane. 


IRON  BLOCK  PLANES. 

ft 

No.  7.  7*4  inches  long,  \]/2  inch  cutter,  - Each,  $4  25 

“ 8.  7 $ inches  long,  1 ^ inch  cutter,  - Each,  485 

Fig.  1087. 


IRON  SHOULDER  RABBET  PLANES. 


No.  1.  ^ inch  wide,  $l/2  inches  long,  cast  iron,  each,  - $2  50 

“2.  1 inch  wide,  6%.  inches  long,  cast  iron,  each,  - 3 00 

“3.  1 % inch  wide,  7x/2  inches  long,  cast  iron,  each,  - 3 75 

“4.  \'/2  inch  wide,  8y£  inches  long,  cast  iron,  each,  - 5 00 

“ 5.  )4  inch  wide,  s'A  inches  long,  bell  metal,  each,  - 325 

“ 6.  1 inch  wide,  6 ]/2  inches  long,  bell  metal,  each,  - 4 00 


Fig.  1088. 


ENGLISH  BULL  NOSE  PLANES. 

No.  9.  4 inches  long  1 inch  cutter,  cast  iron,  each,  - $2  50 

“ 10.  4 inches  long,  1 inch  cutter,  bell  metal,  each,  - 3 25 


Fig.  1089. 


BAILEY’S  ADJUSTABLE  WOOD  PLANES. 

No.  . 

21.  Smooth  Plane,  7 inches  in  length,  1%  inch  cutter, 

22.  Smooth  Plane,  8 inches  in  length,  1 % inch  cutter, 

23.  Smooth  Plane,  9 inches  in  length,  1 % inch  cutter, 

24.  Smooth  Plane,  8 inches  in  length,  2 inch  cutter, 

25.  Block  Plane,  9^  inches  in  length,  1 ^ inch  cutter, 

26.  Jack  Plane,  15  inches  in  length,  2 inch  cutter, 

27.  Jack  Plane,  15  inches  in  length,  2l/&  inch  cutter, 

28.  Fore  Plane,  18  inches  in  length,  2)4  inch  cutter, 

29.  Fore  Plane,  20  inches  in  length,  2)4  inch  cutter, 

30.  Jointer  Plane,  22  inches  in  length,  2)4  inch  cutter, 

31.  Jointer  Plane,  24  inches  in  length,  2)4  inch  cutter, 

32.  Jointer  Plane,  26  inches  in  length,  2%  inch  cutter, 

33.  Jointer  Plane,  28  inches  in  length,  2 inch  cutter, 

34.  Jointer  Plane,  30  inches  in  length,  2%  inch  cutter, 


Kach. 

- $2  00 

2 OO 
2 OO 
2 OO 
2 OO 
2 25 
2 50 

2 75 

- 2 75 

3 00 
3 00 

- 3 25 

- 3 25 

- 3 5o 


700 


PLANES. 

Fig.  1090.  Fig.  1093. 


PATENT  IMPROVED  RABBET  PLANE. 


No.  _ Each. 

180.  Iron  Stock,  8 inches  in  length,  i)4  in.  wide  - - $1.00 

181.  Iron  Stock,  8 inches  in  length,  i)4  in.  wide  - - 1.00 

182.  Iron  Stock,  8 inches  in  length,  1 in.  wide  - - 1.00 


190.  Iron  Stock,  8 inches  in  length,  1 )4  in.  wide,  with  spur,  1.15 

191.  Iron  Stock,  8 inches  in  length,  i)4  in.  wide,  with  spur,  1.15 

192.  Iron  Stock,  8 inches  in  length,  1 in.  wide,  with  spur,  1.15 


Fig.  1091. 


PATENT  ADJUSTABLE  BEADING,  RABBET  AND 
SLITTING  PLANE. 

Each  plane  is  accompanied  by  seven  beading  tools  ()4,y8 
'A,  tV>  i7e  and  )4  inch),  nine  plow  and  dado  bits  ( )4,  T\,  X,  1% 
)4,  H and  % inch),  a slitting  tool  and  a tonguing  tool. 
Price,  including  beading  tools,  bits,  slitting  tool,  etc. 

Iron  stock  and  fence,  -----  $8.00 


Fig.  1092. 


TONGUING  AND  GROOVING  PLANE. 

Prices,  including  tonguing  and  grooving  tools. 

No.  Each. 

48.  Iron  stock  and  fence,  for  A to  i)4  inch  hoards,  - $2.50 

49.  Iron  stock  and  fence,  for  )4  to  A inch  boards,  - 2.50 


Fig.  1094. 


IMPROVED  VICTOR  CIRCULAR  PLANE. 

The  flexible  face  of  the  plane  can  be  made  concave,  or  convex, 
by  turning  the  screw  which  is  attached  to  its  centre. 

No.  20.  Adjustable  circular  plane,  nickeled,  iA  inch  cutter,  $6.00 


Fig.  1095. 


CORE=BOX  PLANE. 

No.  57.  Core-Box  Plane,  for  semicircles,  up  to  2)4  inches 
diameter,  - - $3.00 

This  plane  is  constructed  so  that  the  sides  can  be  extended  by 
additional  sections,  2)4  inches  wide,  until  a diameter  of  10  inches 
can  be  worked  if  desired. 

The  price  for  these  additional  sections  - per  pair,  $1.00 


BAILEY’S  PLANE  IRONS. 

Packed,  one  half  dozen  in  a box. 


1 A iH 

Inches. 

1 A 

2 

2 'A 

2)4 

2)4 

Each. 

Single  Irons, 

20 

25 

28 

30 

33 

37 

40  cents 

Double  Irons,  - 

40 

45 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70  cents 

figgf  Orders  for  Plane  Irons  should  designate  the  No  of  the 
Planes  for  which  they  are  wanted. 


701 


PLANE  IRONS,  AND  STEEL  GOUGES 


No. 

. 25.  CAST 

STEEL  CUT 

PLANE  IRONS. 

Made  from  finest  tool  steel 

. Sharpened  re 

ady  for  use. 

1 

1 X 

1 X 

1# 

2 

2% 

2/  inches. 

13-25 

3-25 

3-25 

3-50 

3-75 

4.00 

4.50  per  dozen 

2 x 

2X 

2% 

2X 

27/s, 

3 inches. 

#5.00 

5-25 

6.00 

6.50 

7.00 

8.25  per  dozen 

No.  26.  CAST  STEEL 

DOUBLE  PLANE 

IRONS. 

Sharpened  ready  for  use. 

Tempered  with  special  care. 

iX 

1 X 

1 X 

2 

2/s 

2'/  inches. 

$ 6.00 

6.00 

6.25 

6-75 

7.00 

7-25 

8.00  per  dozen 

2 X 

2/4 

2% 

2X 

2ji 

3 inches. 

$S-75 

9-25 

10.00 

10.75 

12.00 

13.75  per  dozen 

No.  130.  HANDLED  TANGED  FIRMER  GOUGES. 

Outside  bevel.  Sharpened  ready  for  use.  • The  blades  are  made  from 
selected  tool  steel ; with  selected  handles  and  extra  heavy  brass  ferrules. 
Blades  from  544  to  6 inches  long. 

Fig.  109S. 


FIRMERS,  & c. 


Fig.  1096. 


Fig.  1097. 


X 

3" 

X 

$3-25 

3-25 

3-25 

7/ 

1 

1 'A 

$5.00 

5-25 

6.50 

ft 

X 

X 

3-5o 

3-75 

3-75 

iX 

iX 

6-75 

8.00 

No.  91. 

SOCKET 

FlRflER. 

X 

1/  inch. 

4-25 

4.50  per  dozen 

iX 

2 inches. 

9-50 

11.25  per  dozen 

Solid  cast  steel,  with  patent  leather  tipped  handles 
tested  ready  for  use. 


. Outside 
Fig.  1099. 


bevel. 


Regular  sweep.  6 inch  blades.  Sharpened  and 


'A 

3 

Tl> 

X 

5 

IF 

A 

X 

X 

$6.00 

6.50 

6.75 

7.00 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

7/s 

1 

iX 

*X 

*X 

1 X 

$10.00 

10.50 

II. 00 

11.50 

12.50 

13.00 

No.  22. 

SOCKET  FIRHER. 

Solid 

cast  steel. 

Outside  bevel. 

6 inch  blade. 

Fig.  i ioo. 


inch. 

9.50  per  dozen 
2 inches. 
14.00  per  dozen 


X 

X 

X 

X 

$5.00 

5-75 

6.00 

7.00 

I 

iX 

1 X 

iX 

$9.50 

10.50 

11.50 

12.00 

X 

X 

% inch. 

8.00 

8.50 

9.00  per  dozen 

2 

2 X 

3 inches. 

13.00 

20.00 

26.00  per  dozen 

702 


Fig.  iioi. 


No.  67. 
Fig.  1102. 


No.  67. 


S T[  E E L CHISELS. 

EXTRA  QUALITY  SOCKET  FIRMER  CHISELS.  No.  67. 


Blades  6 To 

1-8  3-16  1-4  5-16 

6 X Inches  Long. 

3-8 

Sizes. 

1-2 

5-8 

3 4 inch. 

$5-37  5-37  5-37 

5-37 

5-37 

6.00 

6-75 

7.38  per  dozen, 

7-8  1 1 y% 

iX 

1 X 

2 

inch. 

$7-38  8.00  8.75 

8.75 

9-38 

10.00 

10.75 

per  dozen. 

BEVELED 

EDGE 

SOCKET 

FIRHER.  No.  11. 

Apple  Wood  Handles. 
Fig.  1103. 


6 Inch  Blade.  Solid  Cast  Steel.  Sharpened  Ready  for  Use. 


1-8 

$S.oo 


1-4  3-8  1-2  5-8 

8.00  8.00  9.00  10.00 

X to  2 inch  (12  in  a set)  1 

X to  iX  inch  ( 9 in  a set)  | 

X to  2 inch  ( 8 in  a setl 

X to  2 inch  ( 6 in  a set  ) J 


3-4  7-8  1 1 X 

11. 00  11. 00  12.00  13.00 

ASSORTED  IN  SETS. 

r- 

One  set  in  a box.  - 


iX  iX  2 inch. 

14.00  15.00  16.00  per  dozen, 


$11.25 

7-75 

8.25 

6.25 


SOCKET  FRAMING,  EXTRA  QUALITY.  No.  33. 

Fig.  1104. 


Best  Cast  Steel.  8 Inch  Blade,  with  Hickory  Handles. 


i-4 

5-26 

3-8 

7-16 

1-2 

5-8 

3-4 

7-8 

i inch. 

$12.00 

12.00 

12.00 

12.00 

12.00 

13.00 

14.00 

15.00 

16.00  per  dozen 

i'X 

IX 

iK  . 

2 

2X 

2X 

2X 

3 inch. 

$18.00 

18.00 

20.00 

22.00 

24.00 

28.00 

32.00 

36.00 

40.00  per  dozen. 

LONG  THIN  SOCKET  PARING  CHISELS.  No.  80. 

Fig.  1105. 


Packed  with  Patent  Leather  Tipped  Handles. 
Blades  8 Inches  Long.  Sharpened  Ready  for  Use.  Sizes. 


1-8 

i-4 

3-8 

$7.00 

8.25 

8.50 

1 

iX 

$11.50 

12.50 

3-4 

7-8 

28.00 

30.00 

1-2 

S'8 

9-5o 

10.00 

1 X 

1 X 

13-50 

14.00 

CORNER  CHISELS. 

No.  17. 

1 iX 

IX 

32.00  34-00 

36.00 

Half  dozen  in  a wooden  box. 


3-4  7-8  inch. 

10.50  1 1. 00  per  dozen, 

2 inch. 

15.00  per  dozen. 


I'/i  inch. 

40.00  per  dozen. 


703 


BITS. 

DOWEL  BITS. 

Extension  Lip  Pattern  No.  io.  Square  Shank  for  Brace  Use. 

Fig.  1106. 


Solid  Cast  Steel. 


4 5 6 

fo-oo  3.40  3.80 

Long  or  short  Dowel  Bits  furnished  to  order. 


789  10  i6ths  inch 

4.40  4.80  5.20  5.60  per  dozen 

The  long  measure  about  inches  and  the  short  about  3 inches. 
Price  the  same. 


Improved  Lip  and  Spur  Pattern  No.  30.  Square  Shank. 
Fig.  1107. 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

i2-i6ths  inch 

$4.00 

3-50 

3-5o 

3-75 

3-75 

4.00 

4.25 

4.50 

5.00 

5.50  per  dozen 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

20 

22 

24-i6ths  inch 

$6.00 

6.50 

7-25 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

1 1. 00 

12.00 

14.00  per  dozen 

Extension  Lip  Pattern  Machine  Dowel  Bits.  Round  Shank. 

Fig.  1108. 


Solid  Cast  Steel. 

4567  8-i6ths  inch 

$3.40  3.40  3.80  4-40  4.80  per  dozen 

Machine  bits  with  twist  longer  than  6 inches  will  be  charged  at  special  prices. 


EXPANSIVE  BITS. 


Fig.  1109. 


CUTTER  in  place. 


Bit  with  Cutters  Off.  Made  in  Two  Sizes. 


No.  1. 
“ 2. 


No.  1. 
“ 2. 

“ 3- 
“ 4- 
“ 5- 

Small, 

Large, 


With  two  cutters,  cutting  from  ^ to  3 inches, 

“ “ “ to  1 y inches,  - 


Cutting  from  % to  1 % inches, 
“ “ 1 yi  to  1 y inches, 

“ “ to  1%  inches, 

“ “ 1^3  to  3 inches, 

“ “ 3 to  4 inches, 

Extra  Caps. 


Extra  Cutters. 


each,  12c. 

“ 15c. 


Small, 

Large, 


Extra  Screws. 


per  dozen,  $26.00 
“ 18.00 


per  dozen,  I3.00 
“ 3-75 

“ 5-25 

6.00 

“ 12.00 


per  dozen,  60c. 

70c. 


704 


AUGERS. 


IMPROVED  LIP  AND  SPUR  AUGERS,  No.  30. 

Fig.  iiio. 


4 

$6.50 

12 

$i5-5o 


5 

6-50 


13 

16.50 


6 

7.50 


7 

9.00 


14 

17-75 


12  Inch  Twist. 

8 

10.25 

15 

18.75 


9 

11.25 


16 

20.50 


10 

12.75 


17 

24.00 


n-i6ths  inch 
13.25  per  dozen 

i8-i6ths  inch 
27.00  per  dozen 


$5.00 


Yz 

5.00 


1/8 

&I2.00 


LONG=EYE  BRIGHT  AUGERS,  No.  42. 

Fig.  hi  1. 


Ys 

Yz 

H 

X 

X 

1 

1 % 

$6.50 

6.50 

7-50 

9.00 

9-5o 

10.50 

11.50 

iX 

iX 

2 

2X 

2 X 

3 

3X 

$15.00 

19.00 

22.00 

27.50 

33-oo 

45-oo 

55-oo 

SHORT-EYE 

BRIGHT  AUGERS, 

No.  43. 

Fig.  1112. 


6.00 


1 Yz 

12.50 


X 

7-5o 

iX 

15.00 


8.00 

1 X 

15.00 


1 

8.50 


1% 

18.00 


iy& 

10.00 


iX  inch 
1 2.50  per  dozen 

4 inches 
75.00  per  dozen 


iX  inch 
10.50  per  dozen 


2 inches 
18.00  per  dozen. 


Yz 

$5-50 

$24.00 


6.50 


2 X 

30.00 


X 

8.00 


2X 

35-oo 


CARPENTERS’  NUT  AUGERS. 

Square  Lipped  Pattern,  No.  30. 


X 

8.50 


I 

9-50 

3 

40.00 


10.50 

3X 

45-oo 


itf  iji  iX 

11.50  14.00  17.00 

3X  3X 

50.00  60.00 


2 inches 

20.00  per  dozen 

4 inches 

70.00  per  dozen 


Yz 

$6.00 


7-50 


X 

9.00 


X 

10.50 


Circle  Lipped  Pattern,  No.  33. 
Fig.  1113. 


1 

12.00 


iY 

i3-5o 


iX 

15.00 


T-Yz 

18.00 


C.E.  JENN  IN&S  &-  CO 


l)|  iX  iX  2 inches 

19.50  21.00  22.50  24.00  per  dozen 


X 


X 

10.00 


BORING  MACHINE  AUGERS,  No.  30. 

Fig.  1 1 14. 


Square  Lipped  Pattern. 

1 iH  iX 


10.00 


12.00 


13.00 


14.00 


iX 

16.00 


IX 

18.00 


2 inches 
22.00  per  dozen 


10.00 


705 


SHIP  AUGERS. 

L’HOMMEDIEU  SHIP  AUGERS. 

Fig.  i i 15. 


With  or  Without  Screws. 


Sizes  Yz  inch  and  under 

per  dozen, 

$7  50 

Sizes 

33 

and  34-16  inch 

per  dozen, 

$48 

OO 

< ( 

9 and 

10-16  inch 

( ( 

9 00 

( ( 

35 

“ 36-16 

< i 

< ( 

60 

OO 

t ( 

11  “ 

12-16  “ 

( ( 

10  50 

i l 

37 

“ 3816 

< l 

( ( 

72 

OO 

( t 

13  “ 

14-16  “ 

12  00 

< < 

39 

“ 40-16 

( ( 

_ < ( 

84 

OO 

< ( 

15  “ 

16-16  “ 

( ( 

13  50 

i < 

4i 

“ 42-16 

( ( 

< C 

96 

OO 

( ( 

17  “ 

18-16  “ 

( ( 

15  00 

( ( 

43 

“ 44-16 

( ( 

108 

OO 

< ( 

19  “ 

20-16  “ - - 

( 1 

16  50 

i l 

45 

“ 46-16 

( ( 

( ( 

120 

OO 

( < 

21  << 

22-16  “ 

( ( 

18  00 

< t 

47 

“ 48-16 

( < 

132 

OO 

< ( 

23  “ 

24-16  “ 

( ( 

21  00 

( ( 

5i 

“ 52-16 

< < 

l ( 

156 

OO 

( i 

25  “ 

26-16  “ 

it 

24  00 

< < 

55 

“ 56-16 

( t 

( ( 

180 

OO 

i ( 

27  “ 

28-16  “ 

( ( 

25  50 

( ( 

59 

“ 60-16 

( ( 

(( 

204 

OO 

i ( 

29  “ 

30-16  “ 

( ( 

27  00 

( < 

63 

“ 64-16 

< ^ 

(< 

228 

00 

( ( 

31  “ 

32-16  “ 

< ( 

31  50 

< < 

71 

“ 72-16 

( ( 

< ( 

276 

OO 

The  usual  twist  for  ship  augers  from  6 to  8-16  inch  is  from  7 Yz  to  9^  inches.  Sizes  from  9 to  17-16  inch,  the  twist  will 
run  about  12  inches.  Sizes  from  18  to  30-16  inch  will  average  about  15  inch  twist.  Boxes  of  one-half  dozen. 


SHIP  AUGERS  WITH  RINGS. 

Fig.  1116. 


Yz  inch  and  under 

per  dozen, 

$8  25 

Sizes  29 

and 

30-16  inch 

per  dozen, 

#29  70 

9 

and 

10-16  inch 

- 

( < 

9 90 

< ( 

3i 

( « 

32-16 

( < 

< ( 

34  65 
52  So 

1 1 

< < 

11-16  “ 

- 

< < 

11  55 

33 

< ( 

34-i6 

( ( 

« t 

13 

14-16  “ 

- 

( ( 

13  20 

< f 

35 

( ( 

36-16 

( ( 

( < 

66  00 

15 

16-16  “ 

. 

< C 

14  85 

( ( 

37 

< ( 

38-16 

< ( 

( ( 

79  20 

17 

‘ ‘ 

18-16  “ 

- 

( ( 

16  50 

< « 

39 

( ( 

40-16 

( < 

< C 

92  40 

19 

20  16  “ 

- 

( ( 

18  15 

< ( 

4i 

« < 

42-16 

< ( 

( ( 

105  60 

21 

< < 

22-16  “ 

- 

( ( 

19  80 

( < 

43 

( ( 

44-16 

( ( 

<* 

1 18  So 

23 

< < 

24-16  “ 

- 

( ( 

23  10 

< < 

45 

< ( 

46-16 

« < 

( < 

132  00 

25 

“ 

26-16  “ 

- 

< ( 

26  40 

( ( 

47 

( t 

48-16 

( « 

< t 

145  20 

27 

< ( 

28-16  “ 

< ( 

28  05 

< < 

59 

l < 

60-16 

( < 

(( 

224  40 

Sizes  71  and  72-16  inch,  per  dozen,  $303.60. 

These  augers  are  designed  especially  for  boring  hard  wood.  In  ordering,  be  particular  to  state  whether  wanted  with  or 
without  screw. 


L’HOMHEDIEU’S  SINGLE  TWIST  SHIP  AUGER,  PATTERN  No.  34. 

Designed  for  Hard  Wood. 

Fig.  1 1 17. 


8 9 

IO  II 

12  13 

14  15  16 

17  18 

20  24 

28 

32-16U1S  inch 

$8.25  9,00 

10.00  1075 

11.50  12.50 

13-25  14.00  15.00 

15-75  16.50 

18.20  23.10 

28.00 

34.50  per  dozen 

L’HOMMEDIEU’S  SHIP 

AUGER  BITS. 

With  or  Without  Screws. 

rr — 

Fig.  1118. 



2-16  to  8-16 

9 and  10 

11  and  12 

13  and  14 

15  and  16 

17  and  18 

19 

and  20-i6ths  inch 

$6  00 

7-50 

9.00 

10.50 

12.00 

13-50 

15.00  per  dozen 

706 


SUPERIOR  QUALITY  AUGER  BIT  SETS. 

Fig.  i i 19. 


No.  10  set.  Improved  pattfrn^ens^n^pJuU  po^hed^  bite,  ^Kquartersieeach  ? 5 e^S^q0"  represents  sets  Nos-  10  and  3c 
inches,  per  set,  - - > o » 0^/2  MUdiuers,  one  eacn,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  i5  jS-ie 

I'  3sT ~ V; 8;  ■».  - *4;  .f 

| S S3 KS xtekzzr  =* * * * - - “*•  1:? 

S ' 34^  set  Improved  lip  and  spur,  full  polished,  9 bits,  20^  quarters^ set  ' 

No.  40  set.  Improved  lip  and  spur,  full  polished,  9 bits,  18  quarters  per  set  ’ 

No.  42  set.  Improved  lip  and  spur,  full  polished,  6 bits,  14  quarters,  per  set’  - - ' 

Fig.  1120. 


3-7 

3-0 

2-5« 

2.2, 


MadejFrom  Selected  Tool  Steel. 

tion  represents  sets  Nos!  61^^15^630,^  Wlth  a Spnng  to  hold  one  auSer  bit  of  each  size.  from  4 to  i6-i6ths.  This  illus 

10  set.  fmproved^  pattern  extension  lip.  full  polished,  13^  quarters,  one  each,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  n,  12,  13,  14,  i5,  l6-i6  inches 

1: Illicit. /pand ; ; 

No.  635  set.  ’ Improved  Upland  sp^'rc^^blu^finish bits°  32 ^^uarters,^’  13  “V2#  ^arters’_ 

707 


Fid.  IT2t. 


SUPERIOR  QUALITY  AUGER  BIT  SETS. 


Packed  in  Flexible  Canvas  Roles. 

No  Set  Per  Set‘ 

710  C improved  pattern  extension  lip,  full  polished,  13  bits,  32^  quarters,  one  each,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10, 11,  12,  13, 14,  15,  16-16  inch,  $6  25 

715  Improved  pattern  extension  lip,  straw  finish,  13  bits,  32^  quarters, 6 50 

730  Improved  lip  and  spur,  full  polished,  13  bits,  32^  quarters, 4 25 

730B.  Improved  lip  and  spur,  Stubbs’  finish,  made  from  special  steel,  13  bits,  32 y2  quarters,  - 6 50 

Fig.  1122. 


BORING  flACHINES. 

This  illustration  represents  the  No.  1 machine.  All  the  parts  of 
this  machine  are  made  in  the  best  manner. 


No.  Each. 

4.  Upright,  without  augers,  - - - - - - $5  5® 

1.  Angular,  without  augers,  - - - - - 6 75 

4.  Upright,  with  our  extra  boring  machine  augers,  sets 

of  18-4, 10  00 

1.  Angular,  with  our  extra  boring  machine  augers,  sets 

of  18-4, 25 

4.  Upright,  with  our  extra  boring  machine  augers,  sets 

of  41-4, 15  75 

1.  Angular,  with  our  extra  boring  machine  augers,  sets 

of  41-4,  - - - 17  00 


708 


No.  o.  14  inch  sweep.  Per  dozen, 
No.  1.  12  inch  sweep.  Per  dozen, 


$33  00  No.  2.  10  inch  sweep.  Per  dozen, 

30  00  No.  3.  8 inch  sweep.  Per  dozen, 


27  00 
24  00 


Forged  steel,  sweep  and  jaws,  full  polished  and  nickel -plated,  with  cocobolo  handle  and  lignumvitse  head. 


Fig.  1124. 


No.  1.  CLARK  TOOL  COMPANY’S  BRACE  AND  BIT  SETS. 


Fig.  1123. 


GOODELL’S  IHPROVED  BIT  BRACES. 

Fig.  1126. 


No.  8.  8 inch  sweep, 

packed  in  neat  wood  box, 
containing  one-third  of  a 
dozen.  Weight,  20 
pounds  gross,  14  pounds 
net.  Measurement,  22  x 

12  x 6 inches. 

No.  10.  10  inch  sweep, 

packed  in  neat  wood  box, 
containing  one-third  of  a 
dozen.  Weight,  23 
pounds  gross,  16  pounds 
net.  Measurement,  23  x 

13  x 6 inches. 


No.  1.  Set  contains  one  solid  cast  steel  boring  bit, 
each,  4,  5,  6,  8,  10  and  i6-i6ths  inch . Complete, 
with  brace,  per  dozen  sets,  - - - $24  00 

One  set  in  a box. 


IHPROVED  PATENT  CORNER 
BRACE. 

Fig.  1125. 


CLARK’S  FULL  POLISHED  SLEEVE  BRACES. 


No.  80.  8 inch  sweep,  maple  or  cherry  head  and  handle.  Per  doz.,  $4  50 

No.  100.  10  inch  sweep,  maple  or  cherry  head  and  handle.  Per  doz.,  5 00 

No.  112.  12  inch  sweep,  maple  or  cherry  head  and  handle.  Per  doz.,  5 50 

No.  130.  8 inch  sweep,  maple  or  cherry  head  and  handle, 

plated,  ....  - Per  doz.,  8 00 

No.  140.  10  inch  sweep,  maple  or  cherry  head  and  handle, 

plated,  - Per  doz.,  8 50 

No.  145.  12  inch  sweep,  maple  or  cheery  head  and  handle, 

plated,  .....  Per  doz.,  9 00 


BALL  BRACES. 


No.  250.  8 inch  sweep.  Per  doz., 

One-lialf  dozen  packages. 


$2  50 


GOODELL’S  IMPROVED  RATCHET 
BRACES. 


No.  10. 

14  inch  sweep. 

Per  dozen, 

$42  00 

No.  11. 

12  inch  sweep. 

Per  dozen, 

39  00 

No.  12. 

10  inch  sweep. 

Per  dozen, 

36  OO 

No.  13. 

8 inch  sweep . 

Per  dozen , 

33  00 

Forged  steel,  sweep  and  jaws,  full  polished 
and  nickel-plated,  new  design,  conveniently  oper- 
ated, strong  and  durable. 


SCREW  DRIVER  BITS. 


Fig.  1128. 


Nos.  100,  200  and  300  Per  dozen,  $2  75 
No.  500.  Assorted.  Per  dozen,  2 75 
These  Screw  Driver  Bits  are  designed 
for  fine  mechanics’  use,  and  are  fully 
warranted . 


Fig.  1129. 


Fig.  1130. 


SHEPARDSON’S  ROUND  SCREW  DRIVER 

Best  tool  steel . Assorted.  Per  dozen, 


BITS. 


$2  OO 


No  o 
$1  25 


SHEPARDSON’S  SCREW  DRIVER  BITS. 


I 

I 40 


Best  Cast  Steel,  with  Spring  Temper. 

2 3 

1 60  1 80 

Fig  1131. 


Assorted  o to  3 

1 50  per  dozen 


SHEPARDSON’S  CABINET  SCREW  DRIVER  BITS. 

6 inch.  Per  dozen,  ....  $225  8 inch.  Per  dozen,  - $2  50 

Fig.  1132. 


THE  CHAMPION  MACHINISTS’  SCREW  DRIVER. 


12 

$14  OO 


*1  15 
16  OO 


18 
18  OO 


24 
24  OO 


30  inches. 

30  00  per  dozen 


HINSDALE  BEECHWOOD  HANDLE.  No.  70. 


Forged  Bi.ades.  Brass  Ferrules. 


1 

2 3 

4 

5 6 

7 

$2  OO 

2 00  2 75 

3 00 

3 50  4 OO 

SCREW  DRIVERS.  No. 

5 00 

80. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

$1  60 

2 15 

2 65 

3 20 

3 75 

5 50 

Cast  Steel. 

7 

4 30 


9 

6 50 


10 
8 50 


8 

5 50 


12  inches 
10  50  per  dozen 

10  inches. 

8 00  per  dozen 


710 


SCREW  DRIVERS. 

Fig.  1135. 


“ Eureka  ” Spiral  Screw  Driver. 
Best  steel  blades.  Seamless  brass  tubes. 


No.  1.  14  inches  long  when  open,  9 inches  when  closed,  blades  1-4  inch  wide,  ....  per  dozen,  $20  00 

“ 2.  19  inches  long  when  open,  12  inches  when  closed,  blades  5-16  inch  wide,  - - - - “ “ 24  00 


Fig.  1136. 


Fig.  1137. 


“Samson.”  No.  85. 


Inch.  Per  dozen. 

2 - $2  OO 

3 2 5o 

4 - 3 00 

5 - 3 50 

6 - 4 00 

8 5 50 

9 - 6 00 

10  - 6 50 


Plain  Handled  Scratch  Awls. 

No.  10.  Regular,  assorted,  -----  per  gross,  $7  00 

“ 20.  Earge,  assorted,  -----  “ “ 8 00 

Boxes  of  one  dozen. 

Fig.  1139. 


Handled  Brad  Awls. 


No.  40. 


( < 
t ( 


45- 

50. 


Regular,  with  Plain  Handles,  assorted,  - 

Earge,  with  Plain  Handles,  assorted, 

Regular,  with  Black  Handles,  Nickel  Ferrule,  assorted, 

Earge,  with  Black  Handles,  Nickel  Ferrule,  assorted, 

Earge,  with  Black  Handles,  Nickel  Ferrule,  assorted,  with 
made  Awls,  - 


per  gross,  $7  00 

“ “ 800 

“ “ 900 

“ “ 1000 


hand- 


Fig.  1140. 


Socket  Scratch  Awls. 


No.  35.  Old  pattern, 


per  dozen,  $1 . 25 


Fig.  1141. 


No.  25.  Regular  Pattern,  Standard  size,  - - - per  dozen,  $1  50 

“ 30.  Regular  Pattern,  Extra  Large,  - - - “ “ 2 00 


Fig.  1138. 


“Monarch.”  No. 808 


Inch. 

Per  dozen. 

2 

$2  OO 

3 

2 50 

4 

3 OO 

5 

3 5o 

6 

4 OO 

7 

5 00 

8 

5 50 

9 

6 00 

10 

6 50 

12 

9 OO 

711 


CAST  STEEL  NAIL  SETS 

Fig.  1142. 


Size  2,  3,  4,  5-32  inch.  -----------  per  dozen,  $1  75 

Assorted,  regular,  (2  each  2,  3,  4,  5-32  inch, •<  1 

Assorted,  small,  (3  each  2,  3,  and  6 of  4-32  inch,  --------  <<  j ^ 

CAST  STEEL  RIVET  SETS. 


Fig.  1143. 


Nos. 


Nos. 


00 

19.00 


Full  Size  of  Rivet  Set  Holes. 


9.00 


1 

7.60 


2 

7.60 


3 

6.00 


4 

6.00 


5 

4-50 


6 

4-50 


7 

3-85 


y-—  ^ 

No.  2 is  for  No.  7 rivets  ; No.  3 for  No.  8 rivets  ; No.  4 for  No.  9 rivets.  Half  dozen  in  a box 


3.85  per  dozen 


Fig.  1144. 


PRICK  PUNCHES,  SQUARE 
PATTERN. 

Assorted  sizes,  per  dozen,  - $1  00 


SOLID  PUNCHES,  SQUARE  PATTERN. 

Fig.  1145. 


Assorted  sizes,  Nos.  0 to  8, 

Also  packed,  solid  sizes, 

as  follows : 

per  dozen,  $ 1 00 

Solid  punches,  Nos. 

0 

-1 

2 

3 

4 

Size  of  iron  rivet  each  No.  fits, 

12  lb. 

10  lb. 

8 lb. 

6 lb. 

4 lb. 

Size  of  punches, 

9-32 

8-32' 

7-32 

6-32 

5-32 

Solid  punches,  Nos. 

- 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Size  of  iron  rivet  each  No.  fits, 

. 

2 lb. 

1 lb. 

12  OZ. 

8 oz. 

Size  of  punches, 

. 

4-32 

3-32 

2-32 

3- 64 

OCTAGON  PRICK  AND  SOLID  PUNCHES. 
Fig.  1146. 


Fig.  1147. 


per  dozen,  $1  25 


Assorted  sizes, 


713 


No  6. 


Square,  extra  quality,  per  dozen, 


$2.75 


Fig.  1148. 


REAMERS 


Fig.  1149.  ‘ 


No.  8.  Half  round,  extra  quality,  per  dozen, 


Fig.  1150. 


$2.75 


Square  Reamers. 

Extra  quality  tool  steel,  warranted,  per  dozen,  - 


Fig.  1151. 


Cast  Steel  Reamers. 

No.  5.  Square,  per  dozen, 


Fig.  1152. 


COUNTERSINKS. 


Snail  Countersinks  for  Wood. 


No.  001. 
No.  001. 
No.  001. 
No.  001. 
No.  01. 


Improved  ]/2 , % inch,  per  dozen, 

Improved  ^ inch,  pei  dozen, 

Improved  1 inch,  per  dozen, 

Improved  assorted,  per  dozen, 

Single  cut,  standard  quality,  per  dozen,  - 


Fig.  1153. 


Rose  Countersinks]  for  Brass. 

No.  002.  Extra  quality,  per  dozen,  ..... 

No.  02.  Standard,  per  dozen,  ...... 


Fig.  1154. 


1 2.00 


$i-5o 


$2.25 

2- 75 

3- 50 
2.25 
1.50 


$2.75 

1.50 


Flat  Countersinks  for  Iron. 


No.  004.  Extra  quality,  per  dozen. 
No.  04.  Standard,  per  dozen, 


713 


$2.75 

1.50 


BENCH  HOOKS. 


Fig.  1155. 


No.  20.  Weston  Pattern. 

Per  dozen,  - - - $5.50 


Fig.  1156. 


No.  10.  Weston  Pattern.  No.  25.  New  Pattern. 

Per  dozen,  - $8.00  Per  dozen,  ...  $4.50 


Fig.  1158. 


MALLETS. 


No.  2.  Mortised’Handles. 

No.  Per  Doz.  No- 

1.  Round  Hickory,  Mortised,  5 in.  long,  3 in.  diain.  $1.50  r5- 

2.  Round  Hickory,  Mortised,  5 '/2  in.  long,  3^  in  diam.  - 2.00 

3.  Round  Hickory,  Mortised,  6 in.  long,  4 in.  diam.  - 2.50 

5 . Round  Lignumvitse,  Mortised,  5 in . long,  3 in  . diam . - 3.00 

6.  Round  Lignumvitse,  Mortised,  5^  in.  long,  3^  in.  diam.  4.00 

7.  Round  Lignumvitse,  Mortised,  6 in.  long,  4 in.  diam.  - 5.00 


Fig.  1159. 


No.  Per  Doz. 

16.  Round  Mallet,  Heavy  Malleable  Iron  Socket,  Mortised 

Hickory  Ends,  3 in.  diam.,  - - - - $7.50 

Fig.  1160. 


No.  14. 

No.  _ . Per  Doz. 

14.  Round  Mallet,  Mortised,  Iron  Rings,  6 in.  long,  4 in. 

diam.,  - - - - - - - - $5.50 

14^.  Round  Mallet,  Mortised,  Iron  Rings,  5J4  in.  long, 

I'/z  in.  diam., - $54.00. 


No. 

4- 


No. 

8. 

9- 

10. 

11 . 

12. 
13- 


Fig.  1161. 


Mortised  Handles. 


Per  Doz. 

Round  Iron  Mallet,  Mortised,  Hickory  Ends,  2 yz  in. 

diam.,  - - - - - - - - -$4.00 


TINNERS’  MALLETS. 


Fig.  1162. 


Per  Doz. 

Round  Hickory,  $}/2  in.  long,  assorted,  2%  and  2 y2 

in.  diam,, $1.00 


Fig.  1163. 


No.  13. 

Per  Doz. 

Square  Hickory,  Mortised,  6 in.  long,  2l/2  x 3#  in.  $2.00 
Square  Hickory,  Mortised,  6'/£  in.  long,  2 % x 3^  in.  2.50 
Square  Hickory,  Mortised,  7 in.  long,  3 x 4 in.  - -3.00 

Square  Lignumvitse,  Mortised,  6 in.  long,  2%  x 3^  in.  3.75 
Square  Lignumvitse,  Mortised,  6 y2  in.  long,  2 y x 3^  in.  4.75 
Square  Lignumvitse,  Mortised,  7 in.  long,  3 x4  in.  - 5.75 


714 


COE’S  KNIFE  HANDLE  SCREW  WRENCH. 

Fig.  1164.  Fig.  1165. 


Size. 


Size. 

4 inch, 
6 
8 
10 
12 
15 
18 
21 


Black. 


Per  Doz. 


Bright. 


Per  Doz. 
$IO  OO 

10  OO 

11  OO 

14  OO 
16  OO 
26  OO 
32  OO 
38  OO 


Opening  Capacity  of  Each  Size  Wrench. 


Size  wrench, 

4 6 

8 

IO 

12  15  18 

21 

inches 

Will  open, 

% H 

COMMON 

tU 

PIPE 

2 Y&  2%  3 

TONGS. 

4 Ys 

<< 

Sizes,  Y% 

H 

^ 1 

1 'A 

inches 

Price,  $0  60 
Sizes,  1 Yz 

.65 

.70 

•75 

.90  1 . 10 

1.30 

each 

2 

2^ 

3 

Y/z  4 

5 

inches 

Price,  $1.50 

1.90 

2.50 

3-50 

4.50  6.00 

8.00 

each 

No. 


BROWN’S  ADJUSTABLE  PIPE  TONGS. 

1 Takes  pipe  Y to  ^ 

\Yz  Takes  pipe  ^ to  1 

2 Takes  pipe  % to  i'X  - 
Takes  pipe  1 to  2 
Takes  pipe  1%  to  3 
Takes  pipe  2^  to  4 
Takes  pipe  3 to  5 
Takes  pipe  4 to  7 

Fig.  1166. 


Each. 
$1  30 

1 65 

2 OO 

3 00 
6 00 

11  00 
25  00 
35  00 


JARECKI  ADJUSTABLE  PIPE  TONGS. 

No.  o Grips  gas  burner,  to  Y inch, 

“ 1 Grips  gas  burner,  l/%  to  1 “ 

“ 2 Grips  gas  burner,  % to  \Yz  “ - - - 

“ 3 Grips  gas  burner,  Yz  to  2%  “ ... 

“ 4 Grips  gas  burner,  Y to  “ 

“ 5 Grips  gas  burner,  2^  to  6 “ ... 

ENGINEERS’  COHBINED  NUT  AND  PIPE  WRENCH. 

Fig.  1167.  Fig.  1168. 


$3  00 

3 50 

4 00 

5 00 
9 00 

IO  OO 


6 inch, 

- 

- 

- 

- 

$9 

OO 

8 “ 

- 

10 

OO 

IO  “ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

12 

OO 

12  “ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

14 

OO 

15  “ 

- 

- 

24 

OO 

18  “ 

- 

- 

30 

OO 

21  “ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3b 

OO 

SHORT  NUT. 

10  inch,  bright  finish,  .... 
12  inch,  bright  finish, 

15  inch,  bright  finish, 


10  inch,  bright  finish, 
12  inch,  bright  finish, 
15  inch,  bright  finish, 
18  inch,  bright  finish, 
21  inch,  bright  finish, 


per  dozen,  $23  00 
“ 26  00 

h “ 37  00 

LONG  SLEEVE  NUT. 


per  dozen,  $25  25 
“ 28  <0 


715 


BROCK’S  PATENT  DROP-FORGED  CHAIN  PIPE  WRENCH, 

For  Gripping,  Turning,  or  Holding  Pipe,  Bolts,  Bars,  Shafts,  or  Round  Surfaces  from  A to  12  Inches  in  Diameter.  Made  in  Seven  Sizes. 

Fig.  1169. 


Nos.  2,  3,  2,'A,  4 and  5. 


Descriptive  Price  List. 


Size,  - - - 

No.  0. 

No.  1. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  y/2. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

Price,  each,  - - • 

$2.50 

3-5o 

5 50 

7-50 

9.00 

11. 00 

18.00 

Capacity,  size  pipe,  - 

A to  X in. 

As  to  ij  in. 

£ to  2 A in. 

X to  4 in. 

1 to  6 in . 

1 X to  8 in . 

2 to  12  in. 

Length,  - 

12X  in. 

20  in . 

27  in. 

37  in. 

44  in. 

50  in. 

64  in. 

Length  Chain,  - 

8 X in. 

14  in. 

17 X in. 

22  in. 

30  in. 

34  in. 

48  in. 

Weight,  - 

iX  lbs. 

4 A lbs. 

8 lbs 

15  lbs. 

20  lbs . 

28  lbs. 

47  lbs. 

Extra  Chain,  each, 

$o-75 

1 .00 

i-5o 

2 50 

3-25 

4.00 

6.00 

Extra  Jaws,  pair, 

$1 .00 

i-75 

2-75 

4-00 

4-75 

5-50 

7-50 

Chain  tested  to  - 

3,000  lbs. 

5,500  lbs. 

9,500  lbs. 

11,000  lbs. 

13,000  lbs. 

15,000  lbs. 

20,000  lbs 

STILLMAN’S  PATENT  WRENCH. 


Length,  open,  in  inches, 
Takes  from, 

Price, 

Jaws, 

Frames, 

Nuts, 


- 

6 

8 

IO 

14 

18 

24 

36. 

48 

j % in.  wire  to 

% in.  wire  to 

in  wire  to 

% in.  wire  to 

Y in.  wire  to 

Y in.  wire  to 

Y in.  pipe  to 

i in.  pipe  to 

1 Yz  in.  pipe. 

Yi  in.  pipe. 

1 in.  pipe. 

iy2  in.  pipe. 

2 in.  pipe. 

2 y2  in.  pipe. 

3 lA  in-  pipe- 

5 in.  pipe. 

- 

$2  OO 

$2  OO 

|2  25 

$3  00 

$4  00 

$6  00 

112  OO 

$18  OO 

67 

67 

75 

I OO 

1 33  ‘ 

2 00 

4 OO 

6 00 

- 

25 

25 

33 

45 

55 

65 

75 

I OO 

20 

20 

27 

35 

42 

50 

65 

80 

The  Six-inch  Wrench,  with  Screw  Driver  Attachment  on  end  of  handle,  $2.37.  Nickel  Plated,  38  cents  extra. 


LITTLE  GIANT  RATCHET  NUT  WRENCHES. 

Fig.  1170. 

@8ig  g - — * No.  I. 


No.  of 

Size 

whole 

Price  of 

Price  of 

Price 

Wrench. 

of  Nut. 

Length. 

Handle. 

Socket. 

Complete. 

I 

3-16  & 1-4  in. 

7 in. 

$ 0 45 

$0  30 

$075 

2 

5-16  & 3-8  in. 

8 in. 

60 

40 

1 00 

3 

7-16  & 1-2  in. 

10  in. 

75 

50 

1 25 

4 

5-8  & 3-4  in. 

13  in. 

1 40 

60 

2 00 

5 

7-8  & 1 in. 

16  in. 

2 25 

75 

3 00 

For  the  use  of  blacksmiths  and  carriage  makers. 

For  the  re 

moval  of  nuts,  the  above  tool  will  be  found  a most  convenient  one. 
It  is  complete  in  itself.  Is  strong  and  thoroughly  made.  When 
ordering,  give  number  of  the  wrench  wanted . 

STEEL  DOG  WRENCH. 

Fig.  1171. 


Fitting  screw  heads  from  A to  X inch  square.  Will  answer 
for  both  Dogs  and  Tool  Post . 

Price,  - ■ ■ ■ ' $°-75 


“ACHE”  STEEL  WRENCHES. 


BRIGHT  STANDARD  WRENCHES. 

6 inch.  8 inch.  10 inch.  12  inch.  15  inch.  18  inch.  21  inch. 

$ 9.00  10.00  12.00  14.00  24.00  30.00  36.00  per  doz, 

ALL  NICKEL  WRENCHES. 

6 inch.  8 inch.  10  inch.  12  inch.  15  inch.  18  inch.  21  inch. 

$10.80  12.60  15.00  18.00  28.00  36.00  57.ooperdoz. 

“ ACME  ” STEEL  COMBINATION  PIPE,  BOLT  AND  NUT 
WRENCH. 


10  inch — size  of  pipe,  A to  2 inches, 

- 

per  dozen,  $24.00 

12  inch — size  of  pipe,  X to  2 

X inches, 

- 

< < 

30.00 

15  inch — size  of  pipe,  X to  3X  inches, 

- 

(( 

36.00 

BAXTER 

g WRENCHES. 

Length,  inches, 

4 

6 

8 

IO 

12 

Each, 

- $0.50 

■75 

1. 00 

1.50 

2.00 

THE 

“TRIMO”  PIPE 

WRENCHES. 

Length,  opens, 

6 

8 

10 

14  inches 

Takes  from 

A to  X 

A to  A 

A to  1 

X to  1 X inch  pipe 

Price,  each, 

$2.00 

2.00 

2.25 

3.00 

Length,  opens, 

18 

24 

36 

48  inches 

Takes  from 

X to  2 

XtG2  X 

X to  3X 

1 to  5 

inch  pipe 

Price,  each, 

$4.00 

6.00 

12.00 

18.00 

LIGHTNING  WRENCHES. 

Made  of  forged  steel,  polished. 

10  inch,  per  dozen,  ....  - $18.00 

12  inch,  per  dozen,  ...  - - 24.00 


716 


Fig.  1173. 


ANGLE  END 
MACHINE 
WRENCHES. 


No. 


Length . 
Inches. 


STRAIGHT  SINGLE  END  WRENCHES. 

Fig.  1172. 


Length. 

Inches. 

Thickness 

For  Standard 

Finished. 

Unfinished. 

No. 

of  Head. 

Hex.  Nuts 

Size  of 

Price. 

Size  of 

Price. 

Inches. 

for  Bolts. 

Opening. 

Opening. 

46 

5 lA 

A 

1-4 

1-2 

$0  24 

15-32 

$0  12 

47 

6 

X 

5-16 

19-32 

30 

9-16 

15 

48 

6^ 

A 

3-8 

1116 

36 

21-32 

18 

49 

7/4 

A 

7-16 

25-32 

40 

3-4 

20 

50 

8^ 

A 

1-2 

7-8 

50 

27-32 

25 

5i 

9/4 

A 

9-16 

31-32 

60 

15  16 

30 

52 

11 

A 

5-8 

1 1-16 

70 

1 1-32 

35 

53 

12 

X 

3-4 

1 1-4 

80 

1 7-32 

40 

54 

14 

X 

7-8 

1 7-16 

90 

1 13-32 

45 

55 

15 

A 

1 

1 5-8 

I 20 

1 19-32 

60 

56 

17  X 

7A 

1 A 

1 13-16 

I 50 

1 25-32 

75 

57 

i8>4 

1 

*X 

2 

2 OO 

1 31-32 

1 00 

58 

19A 

1 A 

1 3A 

2 316 

2 50 

2 5-32 

1 25 

59 

20  >4 

1 A 

1 >4 

2 3-8  * 

3 20 

2 11-32 

1 60 

60 

22 

iX 

1 A 

2 9-16 

4 00 

2 17-32 

2 00 

61 

24 

iX 

iX 

2 3-4 

5 00 

2 23  32 

2 50 

Double  End  Wrenches  for  Standard  Hexagon  Nuts. 


Length. 

Inches. 

Thickness 

For  Standard 

Finished. 

Unfinished 

No. 

of  Head. 
Inches. 

Hex.  Nuts 
for  Bolts. 

Size  of 
Opening. 

Price. 

Size  of 
Opening. 

Price. 

62 

6 

H 

1-4  & 5-16 

1-2  & 19-32 

$0  40 

15-32  & 9-16 

fo  20 

63 

7X 

A&  A 

3-8  & 7-16 

11-16  & 25-32 

50 

21-32  & 3-4 

25 

64 

9 A 

A & A 

1-2  & 9-16 

7-8  & 31-32 

70 

27-32  & 15-16 

35 

65 

12 

A & X 

5-8  & 34 

1 1-16  & 1 1-4 

I OO 

I I-32  & I 7-32 

50 

66 

I5X 

X & A 

7-8  & I 

1 7-16  & 1 58 

I 30 

I 13-32  & I 19-32 

65 

67 

19 

A & 1 

i 1-8  & I 1-4 

1 13-16  & 2 

2 50 

I 25-32  & I 31-32 

1 25 

68 

21 A 

1 A 

1 3-8  & 1 1-2 

2 3-16  & 2 3-8 

4 00 

2 5-32  & 2 II-32 

2 00 

69 

24 

iX 

1 5-8  & 1 3-4 

2 9-16  & 2 3-4 

6 00 

2 17-32  &2  23-32 

3 00 

NEW  LINE  DROP-FORGED,  ANGLE  END,  MACHINE  WRENCHES. 

Single  End  Wrenches  for  Standard  Hexagon  Nuts. 


Length. 

Inches. 

Thickness 

Finished. 

Unfinished. 

No. 

of  Head. 
Inches. 

Size  of 
Opening. 

Price. 

Size  of 
Opening. 

Price. 

90 

3 

5-32 

5-16 

$016 

9-32 

So  08 

91 

3% 

5-32 

13-32 

18 

3-8 

09 

92 

5 

1-4 

1-2 

20 

15-32 

10 

93 

5fs 

14 

19-32 

24 

9-16 

12 

94 

6J* 

5-16 

11-16 

28 

21-32 

14 

95 

7% 

5-16 

25-32 

34 

3-4 

17 

96 

m 

7-16 

7-8 

40 

27-32 

20 

97 

91/* 

7-16 

31-32 

5° 

15-16 

25 

98 

10 

9-16 

1 1-16 

64 

1 1-32 

32 

99 

iik 

9-16 

1 1-4 

80 

1 7-32 

40 

100 

13J4 

3-4 

1 7-16 

I 00 

1 13-32 

50 

101 

14% 

3-4 

1 5-8 

I 30 

1 19-32 

65 

102 

16M 

15-16 

1 13-16 

I 70 

I 25-32 

85 

103 

18% 

15-16 

2 

2 20 

1 31-32 

1 10 

104 

20*4 

I 1-8 

2 3-16 

2 80 

25-32 

1 40 

i°5 

22l| 

I 1-8 

23-8 

3 5° 

2 11-32 

1 75 

106 

25 

1 3-16 

2 9-16 

4 20 

2 17-32 

2 10 

107 

28 

I 3-16 

2 3-4 

5 00 

2 23-32 

250 

Double  End  Wrenches  for  Standard  Hexagon  Nuts. 

Thickness  Finished. 

of  Head.  Size  of 

Inches.  Opening. 


Fig.  1174. 


ANGLE  END 
HACHINE 
WRENCHES. 


Price. 


108 

3 

5-32 

5-16  & 13-32 

$0  24 

109 

5 

i-4 

1-2  & 19-32 

36 

no 

6 A 

5-16 

11-16  & 25-32 

50 

III 

7 

3-8 

11-16  & 7-8 

60 

1 1 2 

9 

7-16 

7-8  & 3^-32 

70 

113 

12 

9-16 

1 1-16  & 1 1-4 

1 00 

114 

15 

3-4 

1 7-16  & 1 5-8 

1 60 

115 

19 

15-16 

1 13-16  & 2 

2 5° 

Il6 

21 

1 1-8 

2 3-16  & 2 3-8 

4 00 

117 

24 

1 3-!6 

2 9-16  & 2 3-4 

6 00 

Size  of 
Opening. 


Unfinished. 


9-32 

& 

3-8 

15-32 

& 

9-16 

21-32 

& 

3-4 

21-32 

& 

27-32 

27-32 

& 

15-16 

1 1-32 

& 

1 7-32 

1 13-32 

& 1 

19-32 

1 25-32 

& 1 

31-32 

2 5-32 

& 2 

n-32 

2 17-32 

& 2 

23-32 

Price. 

$0  12 
18 
25 
30 
35 
50 
80 

1 25 

2 00 

3 00 


711 


BROCK"' 

For  Gripping,  Turning,  or  Holdin 


WRENCHES. 


Fig.  1175. 


CHUCK  WRENCHES. 


SPANNER  WRENCHES. 


6 inches,  forgings,  7-16, 

9 inches,  forgings,  15-32,  - - - - 

6 inches,  finished  7-16. 

9 inches,  finished,  15-32,  - - 

Forgings  are  broached  out  to  same  size  as  finished. 


25  cents 
35  cents 
40  cents 
50  cents 


No.  1 Circle, 
No.  2 Circle, 
No.  3 Circle, 
No.  4 Circle, 


Four  Sizes,  Nos.  1,  2,  3 and  4. 

2 inches,  - - 30  cents  each,  1 

2 y2  inches,  - 30  cents  eacln  • 

3 inches,  - 

4 inches,  .... 


Forgings  only. 

30  cents  each 
35  cents  each 


Fig.  1176. 


No.  4. 
No.  4. 


Unfinished, 

Finished, 


fo  40 
60 


BOX  TOOL  POST  WRENCHES. 

No.  5.  Unfinished,  - $0  35 

No.  5.  Finished,  - 50 

Forging  or  unfinished  sizes  are  1-64  less. 


No.  6.  Unfinished,  - 
No.  6.  Finished, 


$0  50 

7° 


Fig.  1177. 


FINISHED  WRENCHES  FOR  SET  SCREWS. 


Only  furnished  in  finished  sizes 


No. 

In. 

Head. 

Size  Opening. 

Price. 

84 

4 

X 

A and  % 

$0  20 

85 

5 

5 

1 6 

b and  ft 

30 

86 

6 

3A 

i9e  and  % 

40 

87 

7 

7 

1 6 

\ 6 and  3/ 

50 

88  8 

X 

i«  and  7/s 

60 

89 

9 

9 

IT 

}{:  and  1 

70 

HEXAGON  g WRENCHES. 

The  size  of  finished  openings  on  list  shows  the  largest  sizes 
the  openings  can  be  finished. 


Thick- 

Length  ness  of 

FINISHED. 

UNFINISHED. 

No.  Inches. 

Head. 

Size  Opening. 

Price. 

Size  Opening. 

Price. 

Inches. 

70 

4 

X 

3/s  and  nV 

$0  20 

TIT  and  /s 

$0  IO 

71 

5 

5 

K and  X 

30 

b and  /z 

15 

72 

6 

ti 

3/  and 

40 

b and  / 

20 

73 

7 

A 

7/s  and  1 

50 

t.t  and  3/ 

25 

74 

8 

X 

1 and  i/s 

60 

1 i!  and  7/s 

30 

75 

9 

A 

1 A and  1% 

70 

f f and  1 

35 

We  also  finish  these  wrenches  to  following  sizes  for 

standard 

nuts : 

No.  71, 

_ 

/z  and  ft 

- 

Price,  $0  30 

No.  72, 

- 

- H and  |E 

- 

Price, 

40 

No.  73, 

- 

7/s  and  ff 

- 

Price, 

50 

No.  74, 

- 

- ff  and  ifj 

- 

Price, 

60 

No.  75, 

- 

- iTV  and  1'/ 

Price, 

70 

In  ordering  finished  wrenches  state  which  sizes  are  wanted, 
the  regular  or  standard. 


New  line  of  Double  End  Wrenches  to  finish  for  Standard 
Hexagon  or  Square  Nuts.  These  wrenches  are  lighter  than  any 
before  made,  and  are  intended  to  meet  the  wants  of  our  customers 
for  a light  wrench. 


V) 

*♦*  l/j 

O <y 
tf)  & 
wi  a 

•SiS 

■ bo 

Q a 

ws 

aJ 

0 . 

Hjf 

W-S 

c/i  a 

<U 

d 

£ 

a 0 

<D  0 

<u  a 
Am 
M . 
.2*0 
-a  £ 

C/5 

. CU  O 

of 

M O 

S-H 

0 

T 

dn 

l-l  <D 
£ P« 

So 

(U 

*2 

d. 

76 

4K 

K 

X 

U.  £ 

A and  / 

Y 

and 

X 

$0  30 

t>c/5 

3/s  and 

A 

15 

77 

5H 

A 

b and  3/ 

1 9 
TS 

and 

11 

th 

40 

1*6  and 

H 

20 

78 

7 

A 

3/s  and  Y* 

H 

and 

50 

1 1 and 

1 8 
1 0 

25 

79 

8 

u 

b and  b 

*t 

and 

iSi 

60 

and 

1 5 
1 G 

30 

80 

9'X 

Ys 

b and  % 

A 

and 

ItV 

70 

tis  and 

I 

35 

81 

iojt 

A 

Y and  7/s 

1 iV 

and 

U7« 

90 

1 b and 

T G 

1 1 G 

45 

718 


Fig.  1178. 


THE  “MODEL”  THREE-WHEEL  PIPE  CUTTER. 


This  tool  is  valuable  for  working  in  corners,  against  the  wall,  between  floors,  etc.,  as  the  wheels  cut  both  sides  of  the  pipe  at  the 


same  time. 

No.  1 cuts  yi  to  1 inch  pipe,  each,  - - $4  50  Extra  wheels,  each,  ....  $0.25 

No.  2 cuts  y2  to  2 inch  pipe,  each,  - - - 6.00  Extra  wheels,  each,  -----  .30 

No.  3 cuts  1 yz  to  3 inch  pipe,  each,  - - 10.00  Extra  wheels,  each,  - - - - .40 

No.  4 cuts  3 to  4 inch  pipe,  each,  - - - 20.00  Extra  wheels,  each,  - .50 

No.  5 cuts  4 to  6 inch  pipe,  each,  - - 30.00  Extra  wheels,  each,  - - - - .75 

ONE  WHEEL  PIPE  CUTTERS. 

No.  1 cuts  Yi  to  1 inch  pipe,  case  hardened,  $1.50  Steel  faced,  §1.75  Cutter  blocks  with  wheels,  $0.40  Wheels,  each,  $0.12 

No.  2 cuts  1 to  2 inch  pipe,  case  hardened,  2.25  Steel  faced,  2.50  Cutter  blocks  with  wheels,  .60  Wheels,  each,  .18 

No.  3 cuts  2 to  3 inch  pipe,  case  hardened,  7.00  Steel  faced,  7. 50  Cutter  blocks  with  wheels,  1.00  Wheels,  each,  .25 


Fig.  1179. 


GAS  PLIERS,  WIRE  CUTTERS,  WRENCH  AND  SCREW-DRIVER  COMBINED. 

This  cut  represents  10  inch  pliers  one-half  size . 

6 inch,  black  finish,  per  dozen,  - - $13.50  Nickel  plated,  per  dozen,  - - - $15.00 

10  inch,  black  finish,  per  dozen,  - - - 18.00  Nickel  plated,  per  dozen,  ....  21.00 

Fig.  1180. 


SAFETY  PLIERS. 


Burner  Pliers,  Patent  Insulation. 

Insulated  burner  pliers,  7 inches,  per  dozen,  - $15.00 

Side  Cutting  Pliers,  Patent  Insulation — Tools  of  the  Highest  Grade  and  Best  Quality. 

For  the  use  of  linemen,  electricians  and  others  who  wish  to  cut  wires  heavily  charged  with  electricity.  Tested  to  insulate  against  a 
current  of  2,500  volts. 

The  insulated  covering  is  not  brittle  and  will  not  flake  off . The  tool  is  of  solid  cast  steel . 

6 inches,  per  dozen,  - $25.00  7 inches,  per  dozen,  - $33  °°  8 inches,  per  dozen,  - $40.00 

Fig.  1181. 


Solid  Cast  Steel  Side  Cutting  Pliers,  with  Raised  Cutter,  Nickel  Plated. 

5 inches,  per  dozen,  - $14.50  6 inches,  per  dozen,  - $15.50  7 inches,  per  dozen,  - $19.50  8 inches,  per  dozen,  - $22.50 

719 


SPRING  AND  SADDLERS’  PUNCHES. 

Fig.  1182.  Fig.  1183. 


REVOLVING  SPRING  PUNCHES. 


No.  20  Assorted  tubes.  - - Per  doz.,  $6  00 

No.  21.  Assorted  tubes,  with  1 extra  tube  for  each.  Perdoz,,  7 50 
No,  22,  Assorted  tubes,  with  2 extra  tubes  for  each.  Perdoz,,  900 
No.  23,  Assorted  tubes,  with  3 extra  tubes  for  each.  Perdoz,  10  50 
Extra  tubes,  assorted.  - - - Perdoz  , 1 50 


No.  34.  Four  tubes,  assorted  sizes.  Per  dozen, 
No.  36.  Six  tubes,  assorted  sizes.  Per  dozen, 
Half  dozen  in  a box . 


SADDLERS’  PUNCHES. 

Fig.  1184. 


$20  00 
24  00 


Full  Size  Cut  of  No.  6. 
Full  Size  of  Holes. 


••••••••## 


6 00  per  dozen 
2 35 

One  dozen  in  a box. 


Nos  1 

2 3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

IO 

12 

Nos.  1 2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

12 

$2  00  2 00 

2 00 

2 00 

2 00 

2 25 

2 25 

2 25 

2 25 

2 50 

3 00 

Assorted,  from  No. 

1 to  6.  Per  dozen, 

- 

$2  10 

Assorted,  from  No.  7 to  10 

Per  dozen, 

WASHER  CUTTERS. 


Fig.  1185. 


No.  4.  Standard  quality,  round  steel  blades.  Per  dozen,  $1100 
Boxes  of  one-half  dozen . Cases  of  ten  dozen . 


Fig.  1186. 


No.  5.  Extra  quality,  steel'blades.  Per  dozen,  - $1600 

Boxes  of  one-half  dozen.  Cases  of  three  dozen. 


720 


Fig.  1187. 


MODEL  TOOL  CHEST,  No.  80. 


Chest  2 feet  6 inches  long,  outside  ; 1 foot  3 inches  wide;  11^  inches  deep.  Made  of  extra  quality  and  heavy  hard 
woods,  nicely  finished  in  oil  and  varnished,  dove-tailed  comers,  extra  heavy  and  ornamental  base,  with  two  large  inside  sliding 
drawers,  and  partitions  and  saw  rack,  with  extra  strong  folding  handles,  and  tumbler  chest  lock. 

Every  tool  in  this  chest  is  warranted.'  It  contains  130  useful  articles. 

This  is  the  most  complete  assortment  of  useful  and  good  quality  tools  ever  placed  on  the  market  in  a tool  chest  Our 
object  in  making  up  this  assortment  is  to  place  tools  of  our  own  manufacture  in  the  hands  of  the  consumer. 


1 block  plane,  with  best  steel  irons. 

1 smooth  plane,  with  best  steel  irons. 

1 jack  plane,  with  best  steel  irons. 

1 fore  plane,  with  best  steel  irons. 

1 steel  hatchet. 

1 mallet. 

1 wrench. 

1 spirit  level . 

1 bit  brace,  with  automatic  jaws,  for 
carpenters’  use. 

1 cast  steel  hammer . 

12  C.  E.  Jennings  & Co.’s  cast  steel 
firmer  chisels,  handled . 

2 cast  steel  gouges . 

1 cast  steel  drawing  knife. 

1 mill  file . 

1 taper  file. 


Contents  of  No.  80. 

1 wing  divider. 

1 nail  set. 

1 reamer. 

1 try  square. 

1 T bevel . 

1 pair  cutting  nippers. 

1 glue  pot,  complete  with  brush  and 
glue. 

1 cast  steel  panel  saw . 

1 cast  steel  hack  saw,  with  13  blades. 
13  auger  bits,  assorted  sizes. 

12  double-cut  bits,  assorted  sizes. 

12  German  pattern  bits,  assorted  sizes 

1 screw-driver  bit . 

2 cast  steel  gimlets. 

1 boxwood  rule . 

1 zinc  oiler. 


1 oil  stone . 

4 steel  screw-drivers,  assorted  sizes. 

1 auger,  with  ring  and  handle. 

1 pair  gas  pliers. 

1 pair  flat  nose  pliers. 

1 cast  steel  trowel . 

1 can  opener. 

1 patent  saw  set. 

1 saddler’s  spring  punch. 

1 saddler’s  belt  punch. 

1 washer  cutter. 

1 tack  claw . 

1 patent  handle,  containing  10  cast 
steel  useful  tools. 

12  handled  brad  awls. 

1 steel  box  opener. 

1 handy  vise. 


Complete, 


Tool  chests  made  to  order  with  any  assortment  of  tools  required. 

721 


each,  $70  00 


TOOL  CHEST,  No.  60. 


Chest,  30  inches  long  ; 15  inches  wide  ; u'/2  inches  deep,  outside.  Made  of  hardwood  ; finished  with  a neat  moulding 
and  patent  locked  corners ; complete,  with  lock  and  key,  and  forty  good  quality  tools,  in  addition  to  one  hollow  handle 
containing  10  brad  awls  and  tools. 

No.  60.  Chests,  complete,  .....  each,  $30  00 

No.  65.  Chests,  complete,  with  same  tools  for  mechanics’ use,  - “4000 


TOOL  CHEST,  No.  55. 


Made  of  hardwood,  with  a neat  moulding  and  patent  locked  corners.  Fitted  with  tumbler  lock.  Made  with  drawer 
at  bottom  with  lock,  and  two  inside  sliding  trays. 

Every  tool  in  these  chests  is  warranted  to  be  of  good  quality. 

Length  of  chest,  22  inches  ; width,  13  inches  ; depth,  12  inches. 

Contains  thirty  good  quality  tools  in  addition  to  one  hollow  handle  containing  ten  small  tools. 


1 panel  saw. 

1 smooth  plane . 

1 boxwood  rule. 

1 spike  gimlet. 

1 nail  gimlet . 

1 bit  brace . 

1 wrench. 

1 steel  screw-driver . 

2 solid  cast  steel  chisels. 

Complete, 


Contents  of  No.  55. 
1 steel  nail  set. 

3 steel  auger  bits. 

1 block  plane. 

1 mallet. 

1 glue  pot  with  glue. 

1 pair  gas  pliers . 

1 pair  nippers . 

1 spirit  level . 

1 drawing  knife. 


1 try  square. 

1 taper  file,  with  handle. 

1 steel  hatchet . 

1 cast  steel  hammer . 

2 steel  gimlet  bits. 

1 steel  countersink,  for  wood. 

1 divider. 

1 oiler. 

1 tool  handle  containing  10  useful  tools 
each,  $20  00 


TOOL  CHEST,  No.  50. 

Same  Chest  as  No.  45,  with  27  tools,  in  addition  to  one  hollow  handle  containing  10  useful  tools. 
Complete,  -------  each,  $15  00 


TOOL  CHEST,  No.  45. 

Made  of  hardwood,  finished  with  a neat  moulding  and  patent  locked  corners,  complete  with  lock  and  key  and 
partition  tray. 

Length  of  chest,  26  inches ; width,  14^  inches  ; depth,  ioy£  inches,  outside  ; contains  21  useful  tools  in  addition  to  one 
hollow  tool  handle,  containing  10  small  tools. 

Complete,  .......  each,  $10  00 


EflPTY  TOOL  CHESTS. 


Made  of  hardwood  with  heavy  moulding  and  patent  locked  corners.  Complete  with  lock  and  key. 

No.  135  18  x 10  x 7^  inches,  black  walnut  moulding,  with  partition  tray,  ...  - each,  $3  00 

No.  150.  26  x 14^  x 10%  inches,  black  walnut  moulding,  with  partition  tray,  ....  each,  4 50 

No.  126.  22  x 13  x 12  inches,  black  walnut  moulding,  machinist’s,  with  2 sliding  traysand  bottom  draw  with  lock,  each,  7 00 

No.  160.  30  x 15  x 11  y2  inches,  black  walnut  moulding,  with  2 sliding  trays  and  saw  rack,  - - each,  15  00 

No.  127.  35^  x 21  x 18  inches,  plain  moulding,  with  two  sliding  trays  and  saw  rack,  - - - each,  12  00 

All  the  sizes  given  are  outside  measure . 


722 


Fig.  1188. 


GARDNER  & HILLER’S  PATENT  BELT  CLAMP. 


For  Drawing  Belts  Together  for  the  Purpose  of  Lacing  Them. 


8 inches, 

- 

- 

- 

$14  00 

24  inches, 

- 

$30  00 

12  inches, 

- 

- 

18  00 

28  inches, 

- 

- 

34  00 

16  inches, 

- 

- 

- 

- 

22  00 

32  inches, 

• 

- 

- 

38  00 

20  inches, 

- 

- 

- 

- 

26  00 

36  inches, 

- 

- 

44  00 

The  above  cut  represents  one  of  the  most  complete  and  useful  articles  for  those  using  belts  of 
and  laced  while  upon  the  pulleys. 


a width  requiring  to  be  drawn  together 


PRICE  LIST  OF  LEATHER  BELTING.  RUBBER  BELTING. 


Adopted  April  17,  1895. 


Width. 

Prices  per 
Running 
Foot. 

Width. 

Price  per 
Running 
Foot. 

1 inch 

- 

$ 0 

12 

18  inches  - 

S3  00 

inches  - 

- 

- 

16 

19  inches 

3 20 

1 14  inches 

- 

- 

20 

20  inches  - 

- 

3 4° 

inches  - 

- 

- 

24 

21  inches 

- 

3 60 

2 inches 

- 

- 

28 

22  inches  - 

- 

3 80 

2J4  inches  - 

- 

- 

32 

23  inches 

- 

4 00 

2^4  inches 

- 

- 

36 

24  inches  - 

- 

4 20 

3 inches  - 

- 

- 

44 

26  inches 

- 

4 60 

314  inches 

- 

52 

28  inches  - 

- 

5 o° 

4 inches  - 

- 

60 

30  inches 

5 5° 

414  inches 

- 

- 

68 

32  inches  - 

- 

6 00 

5 inches  - 

- 

- 

76 

34  inches 

- 

6 50 

514  inches 

- 

- 

84 

36  inches  - 

- 

7 00 

6 inches  - 

- 

- 

92 

40  inches 

- 

- 7 80 

7 inches 

- 

I 

08 

44  inches  - 

- 

8 60 

8 inches  - 

- 

I 

24 

48  inches 

9 4° 

9 inches 

- 

I 

40 

50  inches  - 

- 

9 80 

10  inches  - 

- 

I 

56 

52  inches 

- 

10  20 

11  inches 

- 

I 

72 

54  inches  - 

- 

10  60 

12  inches  - 

- 

I 

88 

56  inches 

- 

11  00 

13  inches 

- 

2 

04 

60  inches  - 

- 

11  80 

14  inches  - 

- 

2 

20 

64  inches 

- 

12  60 

15  inches 

- 

2 

40 

68  inches  - 

* 

13  40 

16  inches  - 

17  inches 

* 

2 

2 

60 

80 

72  inches 

14  40 

Double  belts  twice  the  price  of  single. 


ROUND  RUBBER  BELTING. 


yi  inch 

. 

Per  Foot. 
So  14 

inch 

_ 

Per  Foot. 
So  38 

% inch 

17 

Yz  inch 

- 

- 

48 

54  inch 

- 

20 

1 inch 

- 

59 

34  inch 

27 

1%  inch 

- 

- 

80 

Width 

3 Ply 

5 Ply 

7 Ply 

9 Ply 

11  Ply 

in 

Per 

Per 

Per 

Per 

Per 

Inches. 

Foot. 

Foot. 

Foot. 

Foot. 

Foot. 

1 

$0  08 

Wa. 

10 

I % 

13 

2 

17 

$0  19 

$0  24 

2}4 

20 

25 

29 

3 

25 

29 

31 

3X 

29 

34 

4i 

4 

34 

38 

47 

454 

37 

44 

53 

5 

40 

48 

58 

6 

48 

58 

69 

$0  86 

7 

57 

67 

81 

1 01 

8 

66 

78 

94 

1 17 

$1 40 

9 

75 

89 

1 06 

1 31 

1 58 

10 

84 

1 00 

1 19 

1 48 

1 78 

11 

93 

1 11 

1 3i 

1 64 

1 97 

12 

1 01 

1 20 

1 45 

1 80 

2 19 

13 

1 11 

1 31 

1 58 

1 97 

2 37 

14 

1 20 

1 42 

1 71 

2 14 

2 57 

15 

1 29 

1 53 

1 85 

2 30 

2 77 

16 

1 39 

1 67 

1 98 

2 47 

2 97 

18 

1 57 

1 89 

2 25 

2 80 

3 37 

20 

1 76 

2 11 

2 51 

3 13 

3 77 

22 

1 96 

2 36 

2 80 

3 5o 

4 20 

24 

2 18 

2 62 

3 II 

3 89 

4 67 

26 

2 89 

3 42 

4 28 

5 13 

28 

3 16 

3 73 

4 67 

5 6° 

30 

4 04 

5 05 

6 06 

32 

4 3° 

5 44 

6 53 

34 

4 67 

5 83 

7 00 

36 

4 98 

6 22 

7 46 

38 

5 29 

6 61 

7 93 

40 

5 6° 

7 00 

8 40 

42 

5 91 

7 39 

8 86 

44 

6 22 

7 77 

9 33 

46 

6 53 

8 16 

9 79 

48 

6 84 

8 55 

10  26 

5° 

• 

8 94 

10  73 

52 

9 33 

11  19 

723 


DISSTON’S  PATENT  GULLET  TOOTH  CIRCULAR  SAW 

Fig.  1189. 


Fig.  1190. 


Fig.  1191. 


CIRCULAR  MITRE  SAW  WITH  CLEANER  TEETH. 

This  saw  can  be  made  for  either  ripping  or  cross  cutting. 
When  used  for  ripping  we  put  in  a greater  number  of  cleaner 
teeth  than  when  used  for  cross  cutting.  It  will  cut  equally  as 
smooth  in  either  ripping  or  cross  cutting. 


These  saws  are  ground  to  run  without  set ; especially  adapted 
for  smooth  cutting,  such  as  cabinet  and  cigar  box  work. 

When  ordering,  give  size  of  centre  hole,  also  diameter  of 
collars  on  mandrel. 


CIRCULAR  MITRE  SAWS. 


724 


PATENT  GROUND  AND  TEHPERED  SOLID  TOOTH  CIRCULAR  SAWS. 

Of  Extra  Quality. 


Diameter. 

Thickness. 

Size  of 

Price 

Extra  for  Each 
Additional  Gauge. 

Price  for  Beveling 

New  Saws  (Grinding  Extra  for  Setting  and 

Extra  for 
Setting  and 

Inches. 

Gauge. 

Hole. 

Each. 

(Heavier.) 

or  Beveling  Old 

vSharpening  if 

Sharpening  if 

I 

24 

Inch. 

3-3 

$ 50 

$ OI 

Saws  Extra. ) 

$ 06  per  gauge 

Rip  Saw. 

$ 15 

Cross  Cut  Saw. 
$ 20 

IK 

24 

3-3 

55 

OI 

07  “ 

17 

23 

2 

23 

3-3 

60 

OI  ^ 

08 

18 

25 

2 Vi 

22 

3-3 

65 

02 

09  “ 

20 

28 

3 

21 

r-2 

70 

02*4 

10  “ 

21 

30 

3K 

20 

1-2 

80 

03 

12  “ 

23 

32 

4 

19 

3*4 

1 00 

03 

14 

25 

35 

5 

19 

3-4 

1 20 

04 

16 

28 

40 

6 

18 

3-4 

1 40 

05 

18 

30 

45 

7 

18 

3-4 

1 70 

06 

20  “ 

33 

50 

8 

18 

7-3 

2 00 

08 

22  “ 

35 

55 

9 

17 

7-3 

2 50 

IO 

25  “ 

40 

60 

10 

l6 

1 

3 00 

12 

28 

45 

65 

1 1 

l6 

1 

3 5o 

14 

30  “ 

48 

70 

12 

15 

1 

3 75 

17 

35 

50 

75 

14 

15 

11-8 

4 50 

21 

40  “ 

60 

85 

16 

14 

11-8 

5 50 

25 

50 

65 

95 

18 

13 

11-4 

7 00 

30 

60  “ 

70 

1 05 

20 

13 

T 6 

IT0 

8 50 

35 

70  “ 

80 

1 15 

22 

12 

10  00 

45 

80  “ 

90 

1 30 

24 

II 

13-3 

12  00 

55 

90  “ 

1 00 

1 45 

26 

II 

13-3 

14  00 

65 

1 05 

1 10 

1 60 

28 

IO 

11-2 

16  00 

80 

1 20  “ 

1 20 

1 75 

30 

IO 

11-2 

18  00 

90 

1 30 

1 30 

1 95 

32 

IO 

15-3 

20  00 

1 00 

1 40  “ 

1 40 

2 05 

34 

9 

15-8 

22  50 

1 20 

1 55 

1 60 

2 35 

36 

9 

15-3 

25  50 

1 40 

1 70  . “ 

1 70 

2 55 

38 

9 

15-3 

30  00 

1 75 

1 85 

1 85 

2 75 

40 

9 

2 

35  00 

2 00 

2 00  “ 

2 00 

2 95 

42 

8 

2 

42  00 

2 50 

2 20  “ 

3 15 

44 

8 

2 

50  00 

3 00 

2 40  “ 

3 35 

46 

8 

2 

60  00 

3 50 

2 60  “ 

3 60 

48 

8 

2 

70  00 

4 00 

2 80  “ 

3 80 

50 

7 

2 

80  00 

4 50 

3 00  “ 

4 10 

52 

7 

2 

90  00 

5 00 

3 25 

4 40 

54 

7 

2 

100  00 

6 00 

3 50 

4 70 

56 

7 

2 

115  00 

7 00 

3 75 

5 00 

58 

7 

2 

130  00 

8 00 

4 05 

5 30 

60 

6 

2 

145  00 

9 00 

4 35 

5 60 

62 

6 

2 

160  00 

10  00 

4 65 

6 00 

64 

6 

2 

180  00 

12  00 

5 00 

6 30 

66 

6 

2 

200  00 

15  00 

5 35 

6 60 

68 

5 

2 

225  00 

18  00 

5 75 

6 90 

70 

5 

2 

255  00 

21  00 

6 15 

7 20 

72 

5 

2 

290  00 

24  00 

6 55 

7 50 

74 

5 

2 

330  00 

27  00 

7 00  “ 

7 75 

76 

5 

2 

375  00 

30  00 

7 50 

8 00 

Circular  saws  for  bone  or  ivory  add  50  per  cent,  to  above  list. 

No  extra  charge  for  saws  one  gauge  thicker  than  list. 

Circular  saws  beveled  one  gauge  without  extra  charge  up  to  44  inches.  44  inches  and  larger  beveled  two  gauges  without  extra  charge. 
Circular  saws  48  inches  and  larger,  if  made  thinner  than  10  gauge  are  not  warranted,  and  add  io  per  cent,  for  each  gauge  thinner 
than  No.  10. 


Extra  for  each 

Extra  for  each 

Price 

CIRCULAR 

SAWS  AND  DISCS  FOR 

CUTTING 

HOT  OR 

Size 

Gauge  at 

Gauge  at 

gauge  heavier 

additional  gauge 

COLD 

IRON. 

nches. 

hole. 

teeth. 

than  list. 

beveling. 

each. 

4 

c 

21 

20 

18 

17 

17 

$0  05 
06 

$0  14 
16 

$2  50 

t OO 

Saws  are  toothed  ; in 

ordering,  give  distance  from  point  to  point 

0 

6 

20 

08 

18 

3 50 

of  tooth  ; discs  are  plain 

plates  without  teeth. 

Note  this  in  ordering. 

7 

19 

16 

09 

20 

4 25 

8 

19 

16 

12 

22 

4 75 

Inches.  Gauge. 

Each. 

Inches. 

Gauge. 

Each. 

9 

18 

15 

15 

25 

5 50 

14 

10 

$4  00 

34 

5 

$18  50 

10 

18 

15 

18 

28 

6 00 

16 

10 

5 00 

36 

5 

20  50 

11 

17 

14 

21 

30 

6 50 

18 

* 8 

6 50 

3S 

4 

24  OO 

12 

17 

14 

25 

35 

7 00 

20 

8 

7 50 

40 

3 

29  50 

14 

16 

13 

32 

40 

7 75 

22 

7 

9 00 

42 

3 

35  00 

16 

16 

13 

38 

50 

8 75 

24 

7 

10  50 

44 

3 

41  00 

18 

15 

12 

45 

60 

10  25 

26 

7 

12  00 

46 

3 

50  00 

20 

15 

12 

53 

70 

12  25 

28 

6 

13  50 

48 

3 

60  00 

22 

14 

II 

6S 

80 

15  00 

30 

6 

15  50 

50 

3 

70  00 

24 

14 

1 1 

83 

90 

18  00 

32 

6 

17  00 

725 


Fig.  1192. 


DISSTON  SAWS 


Fig.  1193. 


Box  for  pit  saws,  each, 


TILLERS  AND  BOXES  FOR  PIT  SAWS  COMPLETE. 


Length, 

Price, 


5 feet  5 Yz  feet  6 feet  6%  feet  7 feet  7^  feet  8 feet 
$5.00  5.50  6.00  6.50  7.00  7.50  8.00  each 

Fig.  1195. 


GREAT  AMERICAN  TOOTH. 

4 feet  454  feet  5 feet  5 $4  feet  6 feet  654  feet  7 feet 

Four  gauges  thinner  on  back  than  on  teeth,  $2.56  2.88  3.20  352  3.84  4.16  4.48 

Fig.  1196. 


7 54  feet 
4.80 


8 feet 
5 12  each 


CHAMPION  TOOTH,  No.  I. 

4 feet  4}4|feet  5 feet  5%  feet  6 feet  654  feet  7 feet 

Four  gauges  thinner  on  back  than  on  teeth,  $2.32  2.61  2.90  3.19  3.48  3.77 


Fig.  1197. 


4.06 


754  feet 

4.35 


8 feet 
4.64  each 


4 feet 


Four  gauges  thinner  on  hack  than  on  teeth,  $2.32  2.61  2.90  3.19 

Fig.  1198. 


PLAIN  TOOTH,  No.  I. 

4}4  feet  5 feet  554  feet  6 feet  654  feet  7 feet 


3-48 


3-77 


4.06 


754  feet 
4-35 


8 feet 
4.64  each 


3 feet 
$2.64 


IMPROVED  “1890”  GREAT  AMERICAN  ONE  MAN  SKEW-BACK  CROSS-CUT  SAW. 

354  feet  4 feet  4/4  feet  5 feet  554  feet 

3.08  3.52  3-96  44° 

726 


4.84 


6 feet 
5.28  each 


DISSTON  SAWS. 


3 feet. 
#2  55 


3 Yz  feet. 
2 75 


ONE  MAN  CROSS  CUT  SAW. 

Great  American  Supplementary  Handle. 

4 feet.  4 feet.  5 feet.  5 '/2  feet. 

3 25  3 65  4 10  4 55 


6 feet. 
5 00 


each 


TRIUMPH  NARROW  CROSS-CUT. 

Without  Handles. 


Champion  tooth, 

Diamond  or  Great  American  tooth, 


fl) 

s 

4-j 

l 

L*-. 

<U 

<D 

u-> 

1) 

$ 

V 

<*— 

V 

ju 

r3- 

10 

LO 

vO 

vO 

00 

$1  44 

I 62 

I 80 

1 98 

2 16 

2 34 

2 52 

2 70 

2 88 

each 

1 52 

I 71 

I 90 

2 09 

2 28 

2 47 

2 66 

285 

3 °4 

each 

All  cross-cut  saws  over  8 feet  in  length,  add  10  cents  per  foot,  for  each  foot  or  fraction  of  a foot,  over  8 feet. 


PATENT  CROSS=CUT  HANDLES. 


No.  2. 

CLIMAX  CROSS-CUT 
HANDLE. 

35c.  per  pair. 

No.  12. 

EXTRA  HEAVY 
CLinAX  HANDLE. 

For  Pacific  Coast 
trade. 

50c.  per  pair. 


LOOP  HANDLE. 

30  cents  per  pair. 

No.  13. 

EXTRA  HEAVY  LOOP  HANDLE. 

For  Pacific  Coast  trade. 

60  cents  per  pair. 

No.  5. 

PATENT  HANDLE. 

50  cents  per  pair. 

Fig.  1204. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  HANDLES  FOR 
ONE  MAN  SAW. 

Price  $2.00  per  dozen. 


Fig.  1203. 


ONE  MAN  CROSS-CUT  HANDLE. 
#3-75  Per  dozen. 


P'ig.  1206. 


No.  4. 

CROSS-CUT  SAW  HANDLE,  PLAIN. 
12  cents  per  pair. 


Fig.  1207. 


Showing  the  gauge  in  position  for  filing  the  cleaner-tooth. 


GAUGE  FOR  REGULATING  CLEANING-TEETH. 

Price,  $1.00  per  dozen. 

The  cleaning  teeth  of  all  saws  should  be  somewhat  shorter  than  the  cutting  teeth,  and  although  shortened,  should  be  of 
uniform  length  throughout. 

The  inner  edge  of  the  gauge  rests  on  the  points  of  the  cutting  teeth,  the  cleaner-tooth  projecting  through  the  opening 
in  the  center  of  gauge.  File  the  projecting  point  until  arrested  by  the  edge  of  the  gauge,  which  is  made  of  hardened  steel. 
Thus  tooth  after  tooth  can  he  rapidly  and  correctly  reduced  to  an  even  length  by  any  unskilled  operator. 


727 


Fig.  1208. 


Fig.  1209. 


CIRCULAR  SAW  MANDRELS. 


Diameter  of 

Face  of 

Diameter  of 

Length  of 

Diameter  of 

Size  of  Hole 

Price, 

Pulley. 

Pulley. 

Flange. 

Shaft. 

Shaft. 

in  Saw 

Kach. 

No. 

1 

_ 

2 V>  inches. 

2,%  inches. 

■ inches. 

14  inches. 

I 

i -16  inches. 

I 

inch. 

$7  00 

( ( 

2 

3 “ 

4 “ 

3 “ 

16  “ 

I 

3-16 

I 

18 

8 00 

« ( 

3 

- 

3^  “ 

aA  “ 

iA  “ 

18  “ 

I 

5-16  “ 

I 

i-4 

( ( 

8 50 

( ( 

4 

- 

4 “ 

5 “ 

4 “ 

20  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 

516 

( ( 

9 75 

( ( 

5 

- 

4J4  “ 

5^  “ 

4^  “ 

22  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 

516 

( ( 

11  00 

( ( 

6 

- 

5 “ 

6 “ 

5 “ 

24  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 

3-8 

( ( 

12  50 

( ( 

7 

- 

5 A “ 

6^  “ 

5 A “ 

26  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 

3-8 

( ( 

13  75 

( ( 

8 

- ' 

6 “ 

7 “ 

6 “ 

28  “ 

I 

9 16  “ 

I 

1-2 

( ( 

15  50 

< < 

9 

- 

7 “ 

8 “ 

6 “ 

32  u 

I 

11-16  “ 

I 

5-8 

( < 

21  50 

( < 

10 

- 

8 “ 

8 “ 

6 “ 

36  “ 

I 

I3-J6  “ 

I 

5-8 

( ( 

25  75 

CIRCULAR  SAW 

MANDRELS, 

WITH  PULLEY 

ON  END. 

Diameter  of 

Face  of 

Diameter  of 

Length  of 

Diameter  of 

Size  of  Hole 

Price, 

Pulley. 

Pulley. 

Flange. 

Shaft. 

Shaft 

in  Saw. 

Each. 

No. 

i 

. 

2}4  inches. 

$A  inches. 

2yi  inches. 

16^  inches. 

I 

i -16  inches. 

I 

inch. 

$7  70 

< ( 

2 

- 

3 “ 

4 “ 

3 '• 

19  “ 

I 

3-16  “ 

I 

1-8 

< ( 

8 50 

< ( 

3 

- 

3%  “ 

aA  “ 

3K  “ 

21 A 

I 

516  “ 

I 

i-4 

< < 

9 00 

t < 

4 

- 

4 “ 

5 “ 

4 “ 

24  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 5-16 

i t 

1075 

( < 

5 

- 

4%  “ 

5A  “ 

aA  “ 

26  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 5-16 

( ( 

12  00 

<< 

6 

- 

5 “ 

6 “ 

5 “ 

28  “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 

3-8 

( i 

13  75 

( ( 

7 

- 

5'A  “ 

(>A  “ 

5A  “ 

30  A “ 

I 

7-16  “ 

I 

3-8 

( i 

15  00 

( ( 

8 

- 

6 “ 

7 “ 

6 “ 

3^A  “ 

I 

9-16  “ 

I 

1-2 

t ( 

-19  50 

( i 

9 

7 “ 

8 “ 

6 “ 

37 

I 

n-16  “ 

I 

5-8 

( ( 

23  50 

< ( 

10 

- 

8 “ 

8 “ 

6 “ 

41.  “ 

I 

i3-!6 

I 

5-8 

i i 

28  00 

Larger  sizes  made  to  order. 


Cutters  for  No.  2 Gummer  have  a 5-16  inch  hole. 

Cutters  for  No.  1 Gummer  have  a 9 16  inch  hole. 

yz  H H 7A  1 iiA  i‘X  itt  inch. 

$040  .50  .60  .65  .65  .80  .90  1.05  1.20  each. 

The  1 inch  to  inch  Cutters  are  for  the  No.  1 Gummer,  and  the  A to 
inch  for  the  No.  2 Gummer. 

Special  Cutters  made  to  order. 


F'ig. 


GUnnER  CUTTERS. 


HILL  SAW. 


No.  5 gauge  Mill  Saw,  per  foot,  8 inches  wide,  $2  20 

“ 6 “ “ “ “ - 2 10 

((  y i*  ‘ ‘ li  - I 9° 

When  ordering  give  length,  width  and  thickness  or  gauge  of 
saw  to  point  of  first  tooth. 


No.  8 gauge  Mill  Saw,  per  foot,  8 inches  wide,  $1  75 

“ 9 “ “ “ “ ...  1 65 

“ 10  “ “ “ “ 1 55 

saw,  also  space  from  point  to  point  of  teeth  and  distance  from  end  of 


728 


TOOLS  FOR  REPAIRING  SAWS. 
Fig.  i2ii. 


Brazing  Clamps  for  small  band  saws,  - each,  $i  35  Brazing  Tongs, 


Fig.  1212. 


Saw  Makers  Hammers. 

2 yz  to  3 pounds, 
t,]4.  to  4 pounds, 

4 yz  to  6 pounds,  - 


SAW  MAKERS’  HAMMERS. 


each,  1 1 00 


each,  $1  60 
“ 2 00 

“ 3 20 


Swage  Bars,  Either  8 or  6 Sided. 


Length. 
14  inches. 
12  “ 

10  “ 


Diameter, 
Large  End. 
2 inches. 


Diameter, 
Small  End 
i inch. 


Each. 
$6  50 
4 5o 
3 00 


Fig.  1214. 


Swage  Bar  Hammers,  -----  each,  $1  00 

Fig.  1215. 


Improved  Adjustable  .Setting  .Stake  for  Cir- 
cular Saws. 

Price,  ....  each,  $6  00 

This  valuable  tool  can  be  adjusted  to  set  any  saw 
from  6 to  30  inches  in  diameter.  The  cone  A is 
moved  in  or  out  to  suit  the  diameter  of  the  saw,  and 
raised  or  lowered,  as  may  be  required.  The  movable 
anvil  at  B is  made  of  hardened  steel,  and  some  por- 
tions of  the  face  being  beveled  more  than  others,  the 
operator  can  regulate  the  amount  of  set  as  desired. 

Any  size  or  pattern  of  Swage  Bars  or  Anvils  of 
other  dimensions  than  above  can  be  furnished  at 
special  prices. 


IMPROVED  ADJUSTABLE  SETTING  STAKE  FOR  CIRCULAR  SAWS. 

729 


SAW  GUMHER,  SWAGES  AND  STRAIGHT  EDGE. 


Fig.  i2t6. 


THE  VICTOR  SELF-FEEDING  SAW  GUMMER. 

(Patented  May  27,  1890.) 

Complete  with  one  cutter  shaft,  cutter  grinder  and  three  cutters. 

Price,  $18.00  each. 

We  make  three  sizes  of  cutter  shafts  for  this  gummer.  The  No.  1,  or  large  shaft  is  the 
same  diameter  as  is  used  in  our  No.  1 gummer,  and  is  suitable  for  1,  i'/&,  1% , iy,  and  1%. 
inch  cutters. 

The  No.  2 or  medium  shaft  is  suitable  for  cutters  }4,  H,  ^ an<l  7A  inch. 

The  No.  3 or  small  shaft  is  made  specially  for  y%  inch  cutters. 

In  ordering  gutnmers  state  size  of  cutters  wanted. 

Extra  shafts  can  be  furnished  with  the  gummers  at  $2.00  each,  so  that  all  above  sizes 
can  be  used  in  one  machine  if  so  desired. 


Fig.  1217. 


CUTTER  GRINDER. 

Cutter  Grinder  for  holding  the 
cutter  of  chambering  ma- 
chine in  position  during 
process  of  sharpening. 


No.  1,  - - each,  $1.25 

No.  2,  “ 1.25 


No.  3. 


THE  CONQUEROR  SWAGE,  JUMPER  OR  UPSET. 

No.  00,  - - $4.00.  No.  o,  - . $3.50.  No.  1,  for  large  circular  saws,  - - $3.00;  for  band  saws,  - - $2.50  each. 
No.  2,  for  small  circular  and  mill  saws,  - - $2.50  each.  No.  3,  for  small  circular  saws,  - - $2.00 


SAW  /TAKERS’  ANVILS— DISSTON’S  PATTERN. 

Face,  5^  x 8 inches  ; height,  6 inches  ; weight,  70  pounds,  -------  each,  $11.50 

F'ace,  5 y2  x 8 inches;  height,  7 y2  inches;  weight,  100  pounds,  15.00 

Face,  6 x 10  inches  ; height,  8'/2  inches  ; weight,  150  pounds,  -------  “ 20.00 


SAW  MAKERS’  STRAIGHT-EDGES. 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36  40  44  48  52 

54 

58 

62  inches 

$0.85 

1-25 

1.75 

2.20 

2.60  3.00  3.50  4.00  4.65 

Special  sizes  to  order,  special  prices. 

5.00 

5.60 

6.50  each 

730 


FlG.  1220. 


SAW  SETS  AND  SIDE  FILE. 


Fig.  1221. 


Henry  Disston  & Sons’  Improved  Side  File. 


HENRY  DISSTON  & SONS’  IMPROVED  SIDE 
FILE. 


Made  in  Three  Sizes. 

No.  i,  or  large  size,  suitable  for  saws  40  inches  diameter  and  larger. 

“ 2,  “ med.  “ “ “ “ 38  to  24  inches  diameter. 

“ 3,  “small  “ “ “ “ 24  inches  diameter  and  smaller. 

The  side  file  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  regulating  saw  teeth  after  they  have  been  set.  It  is  impossible  to  set  a saw  so  that  some  of 
the  teeth  will  not  extend  or  be  bent  over  a little  more  than  others,  and  thus  make  rough  lumber.  By  the  use  of  this  tool  all  the  teeth  are 
made  even,  and  a saw  thus  regulated  will  run  twice  as  long  without  sharpening.  The  file  must  be  so  adjusted  by  means  of  the  set-screw, 
as  to  conform  to  any  width  of  set  desired.  The  jam-nuts  are  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  set-screws  in  the  desired  position. 

File  for  Side  File,  ....  each,  $ o 40 

Frame,  - - - - “ 75 

Complete,  - - - - - “ 1 15 

Fig.  1222. 


THE  SAMSON  SAW=SET. 

The  Most  Useful,  Powerful  and  Desirable  Made. 

Price,  No.  1,  large  size,  wooden  handle,  - - each,  $3  50 

Price,  No.  2,  small  size,  iron  handle,  - - - “ 1 75 

It  is  made  of  the  best  refined  cast  steel,  in  two  sections,  and  united  in  the  centre  by  a bolt,  which  serves  as  an  axis  ; thus  it  can  be 
readily  adjusted  by  means  of  the  set-screw,  to  suit  thickness  or  gauge  of  any  saw. 

Fig.  1223. 


BULLY  BOY  SAW=SET. 

Price,  ------  each,  $3  50 

This  is  a first-rate  saw-set,  and  can  be  relied  on  to  give  satisfaction. 


731 


GUIDES,  SAW  CLAHPS,  ETC. 


Fig.  1224. 


DISSTON’S  3 D SAW  FILING  GUIDE. 

Especially  designed  to  assist  those  not  skilled  in  the  art  of  saw  filing  to  file  a saw  correctly. 

This  cut  shows  a saw  and  the  attachment  in  proper  position  for  filing  the  first  side.  There  are  three  marks  on  one  of  the  hubs  of  the 
swivel  attachment. 


Fig.  1226. 


GERMAN  PATTERN  WEBS. 


No.  I ADJUSTABLE  BALL  AND  SOCKET  SAW  CLAMP. 


By  the  use  of  this  clamp,  a saw  can  be  filed  at  any  angle, 
or  square,  as  the  operator  may  desire. 

Japanned,  - - per  dozen,  $14  00 


Length. 

Ya  to  Yi  wide. 

% to  I Ya  wide . 

to  ij4  wide. 

1%  to  2 wide. 

18  inch, 

$2  15 

$2  20 

$2  25 

82  30  per  doz. 

20  “ 

2 20 

2 25 

2 3° 

2 40  “ 

22  “ 

2 25 

2 30 

2 40 

2 50 

24 

2 40 

2 50 

2 60 

2 70  “ 

26  “ 

2 60 

2 70 

2 80 

2 90  “ 

28  “ 

2 80 

2 95 

3 10 

3 20  “ 

30  “ 

3 00 

3 15 

3 30 

3 40 

32  “ 

3 20 

3 35 

3 50 

3 60  “ 

34  “ 

3 40 

3 50 

3 60 

3 75 

36  “ 

3 50 

3 60 

3 75 

3 90 

All  of  above  webs  are  set  and  sharpened. 


Fig.  1227. 


FAY’S  PATENT  SCROLL  SAWS. 


8 inches. 

9 inches. 

10  inches. 

1 1 inches. 

12  inches. 

13  inches. 

$1  75 

2 OO 

2 25 

2 50 

2 75 

3 00  per  dozen. 

14  inches. 

16  inches. 

18  inches. 

20  inches. 

22  iuches. 

24  inches. 

*3  25 

3 50 

4 OO 

4 50 

5 OO 

5 50  per  dozen. 

Webs  to  16-inch,  over  ^ inch  wide,  extra  price.  Webs  from  18  to  24 
inch,  over  one  inch  wide,  extra  price. 


We  make  the  above  webs  from  13  to  16  gauge  in  thickness. 


732 


BAND  AND  GROOVING  SAWS. 


Fig.  1228. 


Band  Saws. 


All  band  saws  six  inches  and  wider  are  made  from  our  Special  Aluminum  Steel,  and  are  hardened  and  tempered  by  our  special  pro- 
cess, which  none  others  possess. 


List  Prices  for  Band  Saws  not  Joined,  Set  or  Filed. 

for  Joining. 


Inches  Wide. 


Guage. 


Per  Foot. 


A 

21 

y% 

21 

A 

21 

H 

21 

A 

20 

A 

20 

1 

20 

1 y% 

20 

*'A 

19 

iH 

19 

iA 

19 

19 

$0  07 
08 

IO 

12 

14 

16 

l8 

20 

23 

26 

28 

34 


Setting  and  filing,  4c.  per  foot  extra. 

Band  saws  for  metal,  add  50  per  cent,  to  above  list. 


Net  Prices 


Each. 

$0  20 
20 
20 
25 

25 

25 

30 

30 

30 

40 

40 

75 


Prices  for  Band  Saws  Set,  sharpened  and  Joined  Complete. 


Inches 

Wide. 

Gauge. 

Per 

Foot. 

2 

18 

$0  50 

2 'A 

18 

60 

2K 

18 

65 

3 

17 

80 

$A 

17 

1 00 

4 

16 

1 20 

4A 

16 

r 35 

5 

16 

1 50 

5 A 

16 

1 65 

Inches 

Wide. 

Gauge. 

Per 

Foot 

6 

16 

$1  So 

7 

16 

2 15 

8 

14  to  16 

2 50 

9 

14  to  16 

3 00 

10 

14  to  16 

3 50 

11 

14  to  16 

4 20 

12 

14  to  16 

5 00 

14 

12 

7 00 

When  ordering,  state  whether  to  be  set,  sharpened  or  joined. 
Toothed  blanks  are  same  price  as  finished  saws.  Band  saw  blanks, 
either  bright  or  black,  of  any  width,  furnished  to  order,  but  not 
warranted. 

Silver  solder,  for  brazing  band  saws,  kept  in  stock. 


SUGGESTIONS  ON  THE  USE  OF  BAND  SAWS. 

Keep  the  correct  pitch  upon  the  tooth,  so  as  to  give  the  saw  a proper  lead  into  the  cut.  This  will  take  the  friction  entirely  off  the 
stay  pin.  By  the  use  of  a round  edge  file,  the  saw  will  be  kept  from  galling  and  breaking.  To  save  trouble  and  expense,  a proper  pitch 
must  be  held  for  each  kind  of  work  and  wood. 

Band  saws  of  any  width,  length  and  tooth,  set,  sharpened  and  joined,  complete. 


GROOVING  SAW. 


Fig.  1229. 


Thickness, 

A inch. 

t35  inch. 

A inch. 

i56  inch 

A inch. 

is  inch. 

A inch. 

Diam.,  4 inches, 

$1  20 

1 40 

1 60 

2 50 

3 50 

4 50 

5 50 

“ 5 “ 

1 55 

1 75 

2 10 

3 00 

4 00 

5 00 

6 00 

“ 6 “ 

1 90 

2 20 

2 70 

3 50 

4 50 

5 50 

6 50 

2 30 

2 70 

3 30 

4 00 

5 00 

6 00 

7 00 

“ 8 “ 

2 70 

3 20 

3 90 

4 75 

5 75 

6 75 

7 75 

“ g “ 

3 30 

3 75 

4 50 

5 25 

6 25 

7 25 

8 25 

“ IO  “ 

3 9° 

4 50 

5 10 

6 00 

7 00 

8 00 

9 00 

“ IT  <« 

4 50 

5 10 

5 70 

6 50 

7 50 

8 50 

9 50 

“ 12  “ 

5 10 

5 70 

6 25 

7 50 

8 50 

9 50 

10  50 

“ 14  “ 

6 00 

7 00 

8 00 

9 00 

10  50 

12  00 

13  5o 

“ l6  “ 

7 00 

8 00 

9 00 

10  00 

12  00 

14  00 

16  00 

Space  of  teeth, 

A inch. 

1 inch. 

1 inch. 

ij£  inches. 

1 A inches. 

1 A inches. 

2 inches. 

Saws  with  less  space  or  special  teeth,  extra  price. 


733 


HAND,  PANEL  AND  RIP  SAWS. 


Fig.  1230. 


Disston  & Sons’  extra  refined  Lon- 
don spring  steel,  patent  ground  and 
tempered,  selected  and  highly  polished 
blade,  handle  carved  and  polished,  4 
improved  brass  screws,  the  finest  hand 
saw  manufactured. 


16 

$20  00 


iS  20 

22  00  24  00 


22 

26  00 


24 

2S  00 


26 

30  00 


28  30  inches. 

34  00  39  00  per  dozen . 


Disston  & Sons’  extra  London 
spring  steel,  warranted,  apple  handle, 
polished  edge,  4 improved  screws, 
grained  blade. 


Fig.  1231. 


16  18 

$15  50  17  00 


20  22  24 

19  00  21  00  23  co 


26 

24  00 


28  30  inches. 

28  00  32  00  per  dozen. 


Fig.  1232. 


Disston  & Sons’  warranted  spring  steel, 
patent  ground  and  tempered  skew-back  saw, 
apple  handle,  polished  edge,  5 improved 
screws.  Rip  saws  with  graduated  teeth. 

RIP. 

16  18  20  # 22  24  26  28  30  inches. 

$14  5-  16  ^.o  17  50  19  50  21  00  22 '00  25  00  28  00  per  dozen. 

These  saws  have  all  the  latest  improvements  in  hand  saws,  and  are  warranted  superior  to  all  others  They  combine  the  popular 
skew  back,  the  peculiar  shaped  butt  or  heel,  which,  with  the  new  screws,  makes  it  almost  impossible  to  work  loose  from  the  handle,  and 
gives  the  full  sweep  of  the  saw  without  the  possibility  of  catching  in  the  work.  All  of  the  above  features  are  patented. 


Disston  & Sons’  cast  steel,  war- 
ranted, patent  ground  and  tempered, 
beech  handle,  polished  edge,  4 im- 
proved screws,  grained  blade  and 
etched. 


Fig.  1233. 


RIP.  No.  7. 


14 

$12  OO 


l6  l8  20  22  24 

13  OO  14  OO  l6  OO  l8  OO  19  OO 


26  28  30 

20  OO  23  50  27  OO 


32  34  36  inches. 

30  50  34  50  39  00  per  dozen 


784 


DISSTON  SAWS. 


BROWN  AVARltANTED  CAST  STEEL,  LATENT,  GROUND  AND 
TEMPERED,  HAND,  PANEL  AND  RIP  SAWS. 

No.  3.  Brown,  beech  handle,  polished  edge,  4 rivets,  grained 
blade,  etched. 


CABINET  SCRAPER. 

2,  2 y2  and  3 x any  multiple  up  to  6 inches, 

3J4,  4 and  5 x any  multiple  up  to  6 inches, 


60c.  dozen 
$1.00  dozen 


14  16  18  20  22  24  26  28  30  inches 

$7.00  S.00  9.00  10.00  11. 00  12.00  13.00  16.00  19.00  per  dozen 


Fig.  1235. 


HENRY  DISSTON  & SONS’  CAST  STEEL  BACK  SAWS. 


No.  4.  Disston  & Sons’  apple  handle,  polished  edge,  blued 
back. 

8 inches  10  inches  12  inches  14  inches  16  inches  18  inches 
$13.00  14.00  16.00  jS.oo  20.00  22.00  perdozen 

No.  5.  Disston  & Sons’  same  quality  as  No.  4,  with  brass 
back. 

8 inches  10  inches  12  inches  14  inches  16  inches  18  inches 
$18.00  19.00  21.00  23.00  26.00  30.00  per  dozen 

No.  7.  Disston  & Sons’  same  quality  as  No.  4,  with  polished 
steel  back. 

8 inches  10  inches  12  inches  14  inches  16  inches  18  inches 
$14.00  15.00  17.00  19.00  2100  23.00  per  dozen 

Fig.  1236. 


Fig.  1238. 


JACKSON  CAST  STEEL  BACK  SAW. 


No.  1.  Jackson’s  beech  handle,  polished  edge,  blued  back. 

8 in.  10  in.  12  in.  14  in.  16  in.  18  in.  20  in.  22  in.  24m. 

$9.00  10.00  12.00  14.00  16.00  18.00  20.00  22.00  24.00  per  doz. 


Fig.  1239. 


KEYHOLE  SAW  AND  PAD. 


Keyhole  Saw,  $1.40,  handle,  60  cents.  $2.00  complete,  per  dozen. 

This  is  a cheap  and  convenient  combination  of  keyhole  saw, 
saw  pad  and  screw  driver. 

Cast  Steel  Keyhole  Saws  extra  ground,  set  and  sharpened,  $2.00 
Cast  Steel  Reversible  Keyhole  Saws,  - - - 2.00 

Cast  Steel  Blind  Makers’  Saws,  - - - 1.75 


No.  2. 

10  inches 
$4.25 


CAST  STEEL  COMPASS  SAW. 

Disston  apple  handle. 

12  inches  14  inches  16  inches  18  inches 

4.50  4.75  5-oo  V25  per  dozen 


Fig.  1240. 


Handle  and  screws, 
Keyhole  blades, 
Compass  blades, 
Pruning  blades, 


NEST  OE 


SAWS. 


Patented  May  26,  1874.  Combining  one  each,  keyhole,  compass  and  table  or  pruning  saw. 


$1.75  per  dozen 

1.75  per  dozen 

2. 75  per  dozen 

4.75  per  dozen 


Three  sets  in  a box. 


735 


$n.oo 


SAW  HANDLES  AND  SCREWS. 

HANDLES. 


Hand  Saw,  No.  o,  Beech, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  i,  Beech, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  3,  Beech, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  107,  Beech, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  7,  Beech, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  8,  Apple, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  D8,  Apple, 

Hand  Saw,  No.  120,  Carved  Apple, 
Hand  Saw,  No.  12,  Carved  Apple, 
Hand  Saw  No.  16,  Carved  Apple, 

Back  Saw,  No.  1,  Beech,  - 
Back  Saw,  No.  4,  Apple, 

Compass  Saw,  - 


16-18  inches. 

20-22  inches. 

24-26  inches. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

#1  25 

per  dozen. 

“ 

' 

• 

I 40 

per  dozen. 

■ 

#1  30 

#1  50 

I 50 

per  dozen. 

■ 

1 75 

1 75 

2 OO 

per  dozen. 

- 

2 25 

2 25 

2 50 

per  dozen. 

- 

3 25 

3 25 

3 50 

per  dozen- 

- 

3 75 

3 75 

4 00 

per  dozen. 

- 

6 50 

6 75 

7 00 

per  dozen. 

- 

6 25 

6 50 

6 75 

per  dozen. 

- 

5 50 

5 75 

6 00 

per  dozen . 

8-J0-12  inches. 

14-16  inches. 

#1  25 

#1  50 

per  dozen. 

- . 

- 

2 50 

2 75 

per  dozen. 

- 

- 

- 

I IO 

per  dozen. 

Pig.  1241. 


Fig.  1242. 


SAW  SCREWS. 
Fig.  1243. 


No.  1. 


No.  2. 


Fig.  1245. 


No.  5. 


No.  6. 


No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 


Centennial  (Brass  Screws), 

Centennial  (Brass  Screws), 

Centennial  (Brass  Screws),  Small  Pagle, 
Centennial  (Brass  Screws),  Large  Eagle 
Raised  (Brass Screws), 

Iron  Screws, 

No.  15.  Brass  Screws,  Round  Head, 


1. 

2. 

3- 

4- 

5- 

6. 


$2  80  per  gross. 

3 25  per  gross. 

4 75  per  gross. 

5 75  per  gross. 
5 00  per  gross. 
5 00  per  gross. 
4 75  per  gross. 


Fig.  1246 


Saw  screws  i tv  half  gross  boxes. 

THOMPSON’S  “PERFECT”  PLUMB  BOBS. 

Fig.  1247. 


Fig,  1248. 


No. 

1. 

I 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each,  #0 

85 

No. 

2. 

2 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each, 

95 

No. 

3- 

3* 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each, 

I 

IO 

No. 

4- 

5 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each , 

I 

25 

No. 

5- 

8 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each, 

I 

50 

No. 

6. 

13  ^ 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each, 

2 

50 

No. 

7- 

18 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each, 

3 

OO 

No. 

8. 

30 

oz.  weight,  Mechanics, 

each, 

3 

50 

No. 

9- 

7/4 

oz.  weight,  Surveyors, 

each, 

2 

00 

No. 

10. 

IO# 

oz.  weight,  Surveyors, 

each, 

2 

50 

3-5  Size  No.  9, 
Surveyors. 


3 5 Size  No.  6, 
Mechanics. 


Complete  Set  of  Thompson’s  Plumb 
Bobs,  one  each,  Nos.  1 to  10,  in  hand- 
some case  with  glass  cover,  per  set, 
#19.15. 

No  extra  charge  for  case  when  full  set 
is  ordered. 


730 


FILES’,  RASPS,  &c. 


Showing  Cuts  of  Files  and  Horse,  Wood  and  Cabinet  Rasps. 


Fig.  1249. 


Flat 

Bastard. 

1 IN.  sec.  20  IN.  A. 


Hand, 
2nd  Cut. 


t IN.  SEC.  20  IN.  B. 


Square, 

Smooth. 

18  IN.  X 7-8  IN.  C. 


Pillar,  Dead 
Smooth. 

1 IN.  SEC.  16  IN.  D. 


I -2  Round, 
Bastard. 

1 IN.  SEC.  20  IN.  E. 


I -2  Round, 
2nd  Cut. 


f IN.  SEC.  20  IN.  f. 


Round, 

Smooth. 

20  IN.  X 1 IN.  G. 


Mill, 

Bastard. 

1 IN.  SEC.  18  fN.  H. 


Mill, 

2nd  Cut,, 

1 IN.  SEC.  18  IN.  I 


Taper  Saw. 

T IN.  SEC.  14  IN.  J. 


Horse  Rasp. 


I IN.  SEC.  14  IN.  L. 


1 IN.  SEC.  18  IN.  K. 


Cabinet 

Rasps. 

1 IN.  SEC.  16  IN.  M. 


Wood  Rasp. 

1 IN.  SEC.  16  IN.  N. 


Special  Cuts  of  Files. 


HAND,  2nd  CUT  HAND,  2nd  CUT,  FLAT  SHAFTING,  HAND,  2nd  CUT,  HAND,  SMOOTH 

NEW  CUT.  0.  SURFACING.  0.  2nd  CUT.  0.  UNION  CUT.  0.  SURFACING.  0. 


MILL,  COARSE.  0.  MILL,  SMOOTH.  0.  FLAT,  FOR  BRASS.  0.  LEAD,  FLOAT.  0.  ^foDLE  CU^  o”  FL#T’  R0UGH'  °- 


737 


asps 


738 


PRICE  LIST  OF  FILES  AND  RASPS 


Mill  and  Round. 


E 

.g 

H 

E 

0 

a 

cd 

a) 

O 

§ 

a 

pq 

pi 

C/5 

4 

$1  80 

$2  15 

$2  40 

5 

2 00 

2 40 

2 65 

6 

2 25 

2 65 

2 95 

7 

2 55 

3 00 

3 30 

8 

2 90 

3 40 

3 70 

9 

3 30 

3 85 

4 20 

io 

3 80 

4 40 

4 80 

H 

4 50 

5 20 

5 65 

12 

5 40 

6 20 

6 75 

13 

6 50 

7 45 

8 05 

14 

7 80 

8 90 

9 65 

15 

9 30 

10  60 

11  45 

16 

11  00 

12  50 

13  40 

*7 

12  90 

14  60 

15  60 

18 

15  10 

16  90 

18  10 

19 

17  60 

19  70 

21  10 

20 

20  40 

22  85 

24  50 

Extras. 


Mill  double  cut,  advance  i in. 
Mill  narrow  points,  advance  i in. 
Cross  cut  blunt,  advance  i in. 


Flat  and  Square. 
^3 

A 

E 

E 

3 

y 

0 

0 

0 

n 

C/3 

cd 

a 

1— 1 

PQ 

pi 

C/3 

4 

$2  00 

$2  40 

$2  65 

5 

2 20 

2 60 

2 90 

6 

2 50 

2 95 

3 25 

7 

2 90 

3 40 

3 75 

8 

3 40 

4 00 

4 35 

9 

4 00 

4 7° 

5 10 

10 

4 70 

5 45 

5 90 

11 

5 60 

6 50 

7 05 

12 

6 70 

7 70 

8 40 

13 

8 00 

9 15 

10  00 

14 

9 5o 

10  90 

11  80 

15 

11  20 

12  75 

13  75 

16 

13  10 

14  85 

16  00 

17 

15  25 

17  25 

18  45 

18 

17  65 

19  75 

21  20 

19 

20  30 

22  75 

24  35 

20 

23  20  20  OO 

Extras. 

27  85 

Cant, 

blunt, 

(double  cut), 
advance  2 inches. 

Hand,  Warding  & Pillar. 


+J- 

-M 

cd 

3 

O 

E 

+■* 

(J 

O 

0 

Q 

C/3 

cd 

T) 

a 

1— 1 

PQ 

pi 

CO 

4 

$2  25 

$2  70 

$3  00 

5 

2 50 

3 00 

3 30 

6 

2 80 

3 30 

3 65 

7 

3 20 

3 75 

4 15 

8 

3 70 

4 35 

4 75 

9 

4 35 

5 10 

5 55 

10 

5 20 

6 00 

6 55 

11 

6 30 

7 30 

7 95 

12 

7 50 

8 60 

9 40 

13 

8 90 

10  20 

11  00 

14 

10  50 

12  00 

13  00 

15 

12  30 

14  00 

15  10 

16 

14  30 

16  20 

17  50 

17 

16  60 

18  75 

20  IO 

18 

19  20 

21  50 

23  OO 

19 

22  10 

24  75 

26  50 

20 

25  30 

28  35 

30  35 

Extras. 


Ginsaw  (single),  take  bastard 
price. 

Slotting  (blunt),  advance  2 in. 


Half-rouud  and  Three-square. 


E 

u 

cd 

to 

-M 

6 

O 

O 

0 

cd 

c 

P 

1— 1 

PQ 

pi 

4 

§2 

50 

$3 

00 

$3 

30 

5 

2 

80 

3 

35 

3 

70 

6 

3 

20 

3 

80 

4 

15 

7 

3 

70 

4 

35 

4 

80 

8 

4 

30 

5 

00 

5 

50 

9 

5 

00 

5 

85 

6 

40 

10 

5 

80 

6 

75 

7 

30 

11 

6 

70 

7 

75 

8 

45 

12 

7 

80 

9 

00 

9 

75 

13 

9 

10 

10 

40 

11 

25 

14 

10 

60 

12 

10 

13 

10 

15 

12 

40 

14 

15 

15 

25 

16 

14 

50 

16 

50 

17 

70 

17 

16 

90 

19 

10 

20 

50 

18 

19 

60 

22 

00 

23 

50 

19 

22 

60 

25 

30 

27 

10 

20 

26 

00 

29 

10 

3i 

20 

Extras. 


Knife,  advance  1 inch. 
Highback,half  rd.(blunt)adv.2in 
Cross  (blunt),  advance  2 inches. 
Feather  edge  (blunt),  adv.  2 in. 


Inch, 

3 

3 y* 

4 

Tapers,  single  cut, 

1 10 

1 10 

1 20 

Tapers,  double  cut, 

1 60 

1 60 

1 75 

Slim  tapers,  single  cut,  - 

1 20 

1 20 

1 30 

Slim  tapers,  double  cut, 

1 80 

1 80 

1 90 

Pitsaw  blunt,  single  cut, 
Hooktooth  blunt,  single 

2 10 
cut, 

2 10 

2 20 

4^ 

5 

5'A 

6 

7 

8 

1 40 

1 70 

2 00 

2 40 

3 00 

3 80 

2 00 

2 40 

2 75 

3 25 

4 00 

4 95 

1 45 

1 70 

1 90 

2 10 

2 50 

3 00 

2 10 

2 40 

2 60 

2 85 

3 30 

3 90 

2 30 

2 50 

2 80 

3 20 
3 60 

3 70 
3 90 

0 0 
pO  •'d* 

Extras. 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

4 60 

5 70 

7 20 

9 00 

11  00 

13  20 

5 9° 

7 10 

8 80 

10  80 

12  90 

15  20 

3 70 

4 50 

5 50 

6 80 

8 3° 

10  00 

4 70 

5 60 

l6  75 

8 20 

9 75 

11  50 

5 00 

5 80 

6 70 

7 70 

5 10 

6 00 

7 10 

8 40 

Bandsaw,  heavy,  blunt,  take  taper  double-cut  price.  Taper  points  same  price. 
Bandsaw,  light,  blunt,  take  slim  taper  double-cut  price.  Taper  points  same  price. 
Cautsaw,  blunt,  single  cut,  take  pitsaw  price. 

Round  gulleting,  blunt,  single  cut,  take  pitsaw  price. 

Round  off,  blunt,  single  cut,  take  hooktootli  price. 

Reversible  taper  saw,  No.  7,  $2.55;  No.  8,  $2.80;  No.  9,  $3.15;  No.  10,  $3.70  per  dozen. 


Inch, 

6 

7 

8 

9 

IO 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

Horse  rasps,  plain. 

6 50 

7 50 

9 00 

10  70 

12  70 

15  00 

17  60 

20  50 

23  70 

Horse  rasps,  beveled  and  rasp,  - 

7 20 

8 30 

10  00 

11 80 

14  00 

16  50 

19  40 

22  50 

26  00 

Horse  rasps,  tanged, 

9 00 

10  25 

12  00 

14  00 

16  50 

19  50 

23  00 

Wood  rasps,  half  round  and  flat,  - 

4 20 

5 00 

6 10 

7 30 

8 75 

10  40 

12  30 

14  50 

16  90 

19  60 

22  50 

Cabinet  rasps,  .... 

6 00 

7 00 

8 20 

9 60 

11  20 

13  00 

15  00 

17  20 

19  60 

22  20 

25  00 

Cabinet  files, 

4 20 

5 00 

6 10 

7 30 

8 75 

10  40 

12  30 

14  50 

16  90 

19  60 

22  50 

Shoe  rasps,  half  round  and  fiat, 

4 60 

5 3° 

6 10 

7 00 

8 00 

9 10 

10  30 

11 60 

13  00 

Shoe  rasps,  oval,  .... 

5 30 

6 10 

7 00 

8 00 

9 10 
Extras. 

10  30 

11 60 

File  rasps,  flat  and  half  round,  take  flat  and  half  round  wood  rasp  price. 
Wood  files,  flat  and  half  round,  take  flat  and  half  round  bastard  rasp  price. 
Last  makers’  rasps,  one  inch  advance  on  cabinet. 


Extras,  (General.) 

One  round  edge,  advance  7 ]/z  per  cent.;  and  two  round  edges,  15  per  cent,  on  respective  kinds  and  cuts. 

Blunt  files  not  specified,  advance  one  inch  on  respective  kinds  and  cuts.  Dead  smooth,  double  the  price  of  bastard  cut. 
Equalings,  (bellied),  advance  two  inches  on  respective  kinds  and  cuts. 

Sizes  below  4 inches,  not  extended,  take  4 inch  price  ; 1-2  inches,  not  specified,  take  next  higher  full  inch  price. 

Rough,  coarse,  union  cut  brass,  or  other  than  regular  cuts  (not  specified),  made  upon  regular  or  standard  shaped  blanks,  advance  oneinch 
on  respective  kinds  and  cuts. 

Single  or  float  cut  (not  specified),  on  regular  shapes,  take  double  cut  price. 

Irregular  Goods. — All  lengths  above  those  listed,  and  files  varying  from  standard  sizes,  to  be  classed  as  irregular  and  subject  to  special  prices. 


Fig.  1251. 


FILE  HANDLES. 

No.  121)4.  Brass  ferrules,  assorted,  4 sizes 

No.  123)4-  Brass  ferrules,  assorted,  2 larger  sizes  only, 

Boxes  of  three  dozen . 


No.  125. 


LOCK  JAW  FILE  HANDLES. 


Assorted  sizes,  ... 

Do  not  split.  Do  not  rust. 


per  gross,  $5  00 


per  gross, 
< < 


$4  00 
4 75  , 


739 


Boxes  of  one  dozen . 


SHOVELS,  SCOOPS  AND  SPADES. 

Fro.  1252. 


Fig.  1253. 


Patent  Long  Handde,  Pdain  Back,  Sodid  Cast  Steed,  Round  Point  Shoved. 
Fig.  1254.  Fig.  1255. 


Socket  Strap,  Back  Strap,  Cast  Steed,  D Handde. 
Fig.  1256. 


Sodid  Cast  Steed,  Socket  Strap,  Raidroad  Shoved  No.  2. 
Fig.  1258. 


Fig.  1260. 


Patent  Pdain  Back  Shoved. 
Fig.  1262. 


Socket  Strap,  Back  Strap,  Cast  Steed,  D Handde. 
[Fig.  1257. 


Socket  Strap  Tamping  Shoved. 
Fig.  1259. 


D Handde,  Cast  Steed  Back  Strap  Shoved. 
Fig.  1261. 


Patent  D Handde,  Sodid  Cast  Steed  Pdain  Back 
Shoved  No.  o. 

Fig.  1263. 


Cast  Steed  Pouished  Scoop. 


740 


SHOVELS,  SCOOPS  AND  SPADES.— Continued. 


Fig.  1265. 


No.  8 Scoop. 


Fig.  1266. 


D Handle,  Plain  Back,  Round  Point  Shovel. 


Broad  Strap. 


Fig.  1267. 


Long  Handle,  Plain  Back,  Square  Point  Shovel. 
Fig.  1268. 


SHOVELS,  SCOOPS  AND  SPADES.— Continued. 

Fig.  1274. 


Fig.  1279. 


V42 


SHOVELS,  SCOOPS  AND  SPADES,— Continued 

Fig.  1280. 


Polished,  D Handle  Ditching  Spade. 

Tapers  from  6}4  inches  at  point  to  5^  inches  at  shoulder. 


14 

16 

18 

20 

22  inches  long 

Steel  Edge, 

- 

- 

I12  75 

13  25 

13  75 

14  25 

14  50  per  dozen 

Steel  Edge, 

- 

- 

- 

10  00 

10  50 

11  00 

11  50 

12  00  per  dozen 

Patent  Solid 

Cast  Steel, 

- 

13  25 

13  75 

14  25 

14  75 

15  00  per  dozen 

Patent  Solid 

Cast  Steel, 

- 

- 

10  25 

ro  75 

11  25 

11  75 

12  25  per  dozen 

Patent  Solid 

Steel, 

8 25 

Ditching  Spades  with  T handles, 
Fig.  1281. 

8 50 

25  cents  extra. 

9 00 

9 50 

9 75  per  dozen 

Cast  Steel  Edge, 

Cast  Steel  Edge, 

Patent  Solid  Cast  Steel, 
Patent  Solid  Cast  Steel, 
Patent  Solid  Steel, 


Polished  Post  Spade. 

.Tapers  from  6 inches  at  point  to  5^  inches  at  shoulder. 


14 

16 

18 

20 

22  inches  long 

- 

" 

- 

$12  00 

12  25 

12  75 

13  25 

14  00  per  dozen 

- 

- 

10  00 

10  25 

10  75 

11  25 

1 1 75  per  dozen 

- 

- 

- 

12  50 

12  75 

13  25 

13  75 

14  50  per  dozen 

- 

- 

10  25 

10  50 

11  00 

11  50 

12  00  per  dozen 

- 

- 

- 

8 25 

8 50 

8 75 

9 25 

9 75  per  dozen 

Fig.  1282. 


New  Style  Ditching  and  Drain  Spades. 


Made  from  best  crucible  cast  steel.  Warranted. 


D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 
D Handle, 


Ditching,  Half  Polished, 
Ditching,  Half  Polished, 
Ditching,  Half  Polished, 
Ditching,  Half  Polished, 
Ditching,  Full  Polished, 
Ditching,  Full  Polished, 
Ditching,  Full  Polished, 
Ditching,  Full  Polished, 
Drain,  Half  Polished, 
Drain,  Half  Polished, 
Drain,  Half  Polished, 
Drain,  Half  Polished, 
Drain,  Full  Polished, 
Drain,  Full  Polished, 
Drain,  Full  Polished, 
Drain,  Full  Polished, 


List  No.  Length,  Inches. 

Size. 

Price. 

“ 

" 

- 

- 

- 

" 

119  14 

2 

$14  25 

- 

- 

“ 

120  16 

3 

15  25 

- 

- 

1 21  l8 

4 

16  50 

" • 

. - 

1 21  ^2  20 

5 

17  OO 

- 

- 

- 

122  14 

2 

14  75 

- 

- 

- 

123  16 

3 

16  00 

- 

- 

- 

- 

124  18 

4 

17  00 

- 

- 

- 

- 

124*4  20 

5 

18  00 

- 

- 

- 

- 

125  17 

2 

14  50 

- 

- 

- 

126  19 

3 

15  50 

- 

- 

- 

127  21 

4 

16  75 

- 

- 

- 

- 

127^  23 

5 

18  00 

' 

- 

- 

- 

128  17 

2 

15  00 

- 

- 

129  19 

3 

16  25 

- 

" 

- 

- 

130  21 

4 

17  25 

- 

13  o'A  23 

5 

19  00 

Use  list  numbers  when  ordering. 


Fig.  1284. 


Drain  Spade  No.  3,  with  Foot  Clasp. 

Tapers  from  4%  inches  at  shoulder  to  3 inches  at  point. 


In  ordering,  give  figure  number,  and  state  length  of  Ditching  and  Post  Spades  wanted. 

Half  Polished  Ditching  and  Post  Spades,  25  cents  per  dozen  less  than  Polished.  Unpolished,  50  cents  per  dozen  less  than  Polished. 


743 


SHOVELS,  SCOOPS  AND  SPADES.— Continued. 

Fig.  1285. 


Tapered  Point,  Solid  Cast  Steel,  D Handle,  Plain  Back  Grafting  Spade. 

Fig.  1286. 


Socket  Strap  No.  2 Spade. 
Solid  Cast  Steel. 

Fig.  1287. 


Concave  Draining  Spade. 


No.  1 

No.  2 

No.  3 

No.  4 

No.  5 

No.  6 

No.  7 

No.  8 

No.  9 

14  in. 

15  in. 

16  in. 

17  in. 

IS  in. 

19  in. 

20  in. 

21  in. 

22  in. 

Black, 

- 

$16  50 

16  50 

l6;50 

i6’so 

16  75 

17  OO 

17  25 

17  50 

17  75 

Polished, 

- 

17  50 

17  50 

17*50 

17:50 

17  75 

18  OO 

18  25 

18  50 

is  75 

Fig.  1288. 


No.  1 

No.  2 

No.  3 

No.  4 

No.  5 

No.  6 

No.  7 

No.  8 

No.  9 

14  in. 

15  in. 

16  in. 

17  in. 

18  in. 

19  in. 

20  in. 

21  in. 

22  in. 

Black, 

- 

- 

- 

$17  50 

17  50 

17  50 

17  50 

17  75 

18  OO 

18  25 

18  50 

18  75 

Polished, 

- 

- 

- 

is  50 

18  50 

18  50 

18  50 

18  75 

19  OO 

19  25 

19  50 

19  75 

Black, 

Polished, 


Black, 

Polished, 


$13  50,  Size  \\3/  x 6]/2  x 5 
14  50,  Size  11/  x 6/  x 5 


Fig.  1290. 


Concave^  Drain  Cleaner  (To  Push). 


$13  5o,  Size  113/  x 5/  xy/2 
14  50,  Size  utf  X 5/  X y/2 


Spoon  for  Digging  Out  Post  holes. 


Spoon  for  digging  out  post  holes,  size  10  x 8/  inches,  length  of  handle,  7 feet,  - - - - *9  00  Per  oozen 

Spoon  for  digging  out  post-holes,  size  10  x 8 / inches,  length  of  handle,  8 feet,  - - - - 10  00  per  dozen 


744 


PRICE  LIST  SHOVELS,  SCOOPS  AND  SPADES.  Fig.  Nos.  1252  to  1291. 


CAST  STEEL  EDGE  PLATED 
Black. 

D handle,  plain  back,  square  point  shovels, 


round 


charcoal 
boys’ 
brick 
point 


Long  handle,  plain  back,  square  point  shovels, 


round  point 


D handle 


back  strap,  square  point  shovels, 


SHOVELS. 

No. 
O. 
X. 
2. 
3- 

- 4- 
5- 

- 6. 

7- 

- 8. 

9- 

- io. 

IX. 

- 12. 

13- 

- 14. 


Socket,  plain  back,  round  point  shovels,  without  handles, 
Polished. 

D handle,  plain  back,  square  point  shovels,  - 


round  point 


Long  handle,  plain  back,  square  point  shovels, 


round  point 


PATENT  PLAIN  BACK  SOLID  CAST  STEEL  SHOVELS 
SPADES. 

D handle,  square  point  shovels,  polished, 

i i <(  (I  l(  < t 

“ “ round  point  “ “ 

((  it  <<  it  it 

Long  handle,  square  point,  shovels,  polished, 

U it  it  it  it 

“ “ round  point  “ “ 

<<  <<  it  <<  << 

D handle,  square  point  shovels,  black, 

“ “ round  point 

< t it  H 

Long  handles,  quare  point 

I < ( i it 

“ “ round  point 

t ( li  it 

D handle  spades,  polished 


Per  Doz. 

$10  75 

10  75 

11  00 

11  50 

12  00 

13  00 

14  00 

15  00 

16  00 

17  00 

18  50 

19  50 

21  50 

23  5o 

25  00 
27  00 
7 00 
11  00 
11  00 
11  25 

11  75 

12  75 

13  50 

15  00 

16  50 
10  75 

10  75 

11  00 

11  50 

12  00 

13  00 
10  75 

10  75 

11  00 

11  50 

12  00 
10  00 

10  00 

11  00 

11  50 

12  50 

13  25 

14  25 
9 50 


11  50 

11  75 

12  25 

11  75 

12  00 
12  50 
11  50 

11  75 

12  25 
11  50 

11  75 

12  25 
AND 


2. 

12 

50 

3- 

13 

00 

2. 

13 

00 

3- 

13 

50 

2. 

12 

50 

3- 

13 

00 

2. 

12 

50 

3- 

13 

00 

2. 

II 

75 

3- 

12 

50 

2. 

12 

50 

3- 

13 

00 

2. 

II 

75 

3- 

12 

50 

2. 

II 

75 

3- 

12 

50 

X. 

12 

50 

2. 

12 

50 

D handle,  square-point  shovels, 
“ “ round -point  “ 


Long  handle,  square-point  shovels, 


round-point 


Long  handle,  California  round-point  shovels, 
“ “ round  spring-point, 

D handle  spades,  ... 


long  strap  spades, 


“ mining 
Long  handle 


long  strap 


Sanderson’s  best  steel  half  polished, 

c t a t < <i  < < 

“ “ “ black, 


COFFEE  SHOVELS,  POLISHED  CAST  STEEL  BACK  STRAP. 

D handle  coffee  shovels,  ...  1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

T handle  coffee  shovels,  $1.00  more  per  dozen. 

EXTRA  HEAVY  RAILROAD  PATENT  WELDED  BROAD 
STRAPS,  SOLID  CAST  STEEL  SHOVELS,  SPADES, 

AND  ROUND  POINTS. 


D handle,  plain  black,  square  points, 

it  < 

Long 
D 


No. 

Per  Doz’ 

9- 

- $16  50 

2. 

12  OO 

3- 

12  50 

4- 

13  50 

1. 

II  50 

2. 

II  50 

3- 

12  OO 

4- 

12  75 

5- 

13  50 

1. 

II  50 

2. 

II  50 

3- 

12  25 

2. 

II  50 

2. 

II  50 

1. 

II  50 

2. 

II  50 

3- 

12  25 

4- 

13  00 

2. 

12  75 

" 3- 

13  50 

IO  OO 

1. 

II  50 

2. 

II  50 

3- 

12  25 

2. 

12  75 

3- 

dozen. 

13  50 

s. 

2. 

8 75 

3- 

9 OO 

2. 

8 50 

3* 

8 75 

Long 


D 


round  points, 


spades, 


SCOOPS. 


O Ames’s  cast  steel,  polished, 


Size. 

Black. 

Polished. 

2. 

$9 

75 

$IO 

25 

3* 

IO 

25 

IO 

75 

2. 

9 

75 

IO 

25 

3- 

IO 

25 

IO 

75 

2. 

9 

75 

IO 

25 

3- 

IO 

25 

IO 

75 

2. 

9 

75 

IO 

25 

3- 

IO 

25 

IO 

75 

2. 

9 

75 

IO 

25 

3- 

IO 

25 

IO 

75 

2. 

9 

75 

IO 

25 

3- 

IO 

25 

IO 

75 

No. 

Per  Doz. 

- 

- 

2. 

$13 

50 

- 

- 

3- 

13 

75 

- 

- 

4- 

14 

25 

- 

- 

5- 

14 

50 

- 

- 

6. 

15 

00 

- 

- 

7- 

15 

50 

- 

- 

8. 

16 

00 

- 

- 

9- 

16 

75 

- 

- 

IO. 

17 

50 

- 

- 

11. 

18 

00 

- 

- 

12. 

19 

00 

- 

- 

13- 

20 

00 

MOULDERS’  SHOVELS,  POLISHED. 


Size. 


T.  Rowland’s  Sons’  D handle,  C.  S.  back  strap,  sq.  pt.,  2. 

“ “ “ “ steel  “ “ • “ 2. 

J.  Thomas’  ' “ “ C.  S.  “ “ “ 2. 


Price 
per  Doz. 

$12  50 
11  00 
IO  50 


745 


HALF  HATCHETS. 


No.  1293,  - 

Size  1, 

- 

per  dozen,  $8.50 

- 

“ 2, 

- 

“ 9.00 

- 

“ 3. 

- 

9.50 

- 

“ 4, 

- 

“ 10.00 

BARREL  HATCHETS. 


Size,  i, 
“ 2, 


per  dozen,  $8.00 

“ &50 


Fig.  1292. 


HATCHETS. 


SHINGLING  HATCHETS. 


No.  1292, 


Size  0, 

per  dozen,  $7.50 

“ 1, 

“ 8.00 

“ 2, 

“ 8.50 

“ 3. 

“ 9.00 

“ 4, 

950 

Half. 

Fig.  1295. 


BROAD 

Size  1, 

HATCHET. 

per  dozen , 

$10.50 

“ 2, 

- 

< i 

11.50 

“ 3. 

- 

I < 

13.00 

“ 4, 

- 

< ( 

14.50 

“ 5, 

- 

( < 

16.50 

“ 6, 

- 

t t 

18.00 

“ 7. 

- 

( ( 

19.50 

“ 8, 

- 

< ( 

22.00 

Fig.  1293. 


Shingling. 


Fig.  1294. 


Claw. 


BROAD  AXES. 


Fig.  1297. 


Fig.  1296. 


Ohio  Pattern. 


New  Orleans  Pattern. 


Fig.  1298.  Fig.  1299. 


BROAD  AXES. 


(Canada  Pattern.) 


Assorted  Weights. 
5 to  7 pounds, 
7 to  9 pounds, 
9 to  11  pounds, 


Per  Dozen. 
$38.00 

42.00 

46.00 


Fig.  1300. 


OHIO,  PENNSYLVANIA  OR  PITTS- 
BURG, WESTERN  AND  NEW 


ORLEANS 

Assorted  Weights. 

5 to  pounds, 

6 to  7 pounds, 
6K  to  7'/2  pounds, 

7 to  8 pounds, 
lYz  to  8Y  pounds, 

7 to  9 pounds, 

8 to  9 pounds, 
8>z  to  gY  pounds, 

8 to  10  pounds, 


PATTERNS. 

Per  Dozen. 

$32.00 

32.00 

- 32.OO 
35-oo 

- 35-oo 
35-oo 

- 38.00 

38.00 

- 38.00 


Canada  Pattern. 

747 


BROAD  AXE 


ADZES, 


Fig.  1301. 


Ship  Pattern. 


Fig.  1302. 


Fig.  1303. 


Ship  Carpenter,  Carpenters’  Half  Head 

with  Spurhead. 


Fig.  1304. 


Carpenters’  Fuel  Head. 


Fig.  1305. 


Railroad  Hale  Head. 


BROAD  AXES. 

(Ship  Pattern.) 

No.  1301,  - $30.00  per  dozen 

SHIP  CARPENTERS’  ADZES. 

(Spur  Head.) 

Width  of  Cut.  per  Doz. 

No.  1302,  4 to  4^  inches,  - - $25.00 

4 to  4^  inches,  (with  lip)  3000 

CARPENTERS’  ADZES. 

(Half  Head.) 

No.  1303,  - . . $24.00  per  dozen 

CARPENTERS’  ADZES. 

(Full  Head.) 

No.  1304,  - - $24.00  per  dozen 

RAILROAD  ADZES. 

(Half  Head.) 

Width  of  Cut. 

No.  1305,  5 to  s'/2  inches, 

5H  to  6 inches,  - 

RAILROAD  ADZES. 

(Full  Head.) 

Width  of  Cut. 

No.  1306,  5 to  5^  inches, 

5%  to  6 inches,  - 


Per  Do/.. 
$26.00 
27.00 


Per  Doz 
$26.00 
27.OO 


Fig.  1306. 


Railroad  Full  Head. 


748 


MATTOCKS,  HOES,  &c. 


Fig.  1307. 


COOPER  FKOES— No.  6,  ADZE  EYE. 

No.  10  8 inches,  per  dozen,  - $13.00 j No.  10  14  inches,  per  dozen,  - $14.50 

“ 10  12  inches,  per^dozen,  - - 14.00  11  10  16  inches,  per  dozen,  - - 15.00 

“ 10  16  inches,  per  dozen,  - 15.00 

Fig.  1309. 


No.  2 Adze  eye,  long  cutter,  6 pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 3 Adze  eye,  short  cutter,  5^  pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 2 Adze  eye,  long  cutter,  light,  per  dozen, 

“ 3 Adze  eye,  short  cutter,  light,  per  dozen, 

“ 4 Hunt  eye,  long  cutter,  6 pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 5 Hunt  eye,  short  cutter,  5/2  pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 6 Adze  eye.  pick  mattocks,  per  dozen, 

“ 7 Hunt  eye,  pick  mattocks,  per  dozen, 


$16.00 

- 15-50 

15.00 

- 15-00 

16.00 

- 15-00 
16.00 

- 16.00 


Fig.  1308. 


No.  2. 


COOPER  FROES,  No.  10. 

Fig.  1311. 


GRUB  HOES,  No.  8. 


No.  8 Western  pattern,  No.  o,  3 pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 8 Western  pattern,  No.  1,  3)4  pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 8 Western  pattern,  No.  2,  4 pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 8 Western  pattern,  No.  3,  4^  pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 9 Baltimore  pattern,  No.  1,  1%  pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 9 Baltimore  pattern,  No.  2,  4 >2  pounds,  per  dozen, 

“ 9 Baltimore  pattern,  No.  3,  5 pounds,  per  dozen,  - 

“ 9 Baltimore  pattern,  No.  4.  5^  pounds,  per  dozen, 

Fig.  1312. 


TAMPING’ PICK — ADZE  EYE,  No.  14. 


749 


$10.50 
11. 00 
n.50 

- 12.00 
11. 00 

- n-75 

12.75 

- 13-50 


PICKS 


Fig.  1313. 


Fig.  1314. 


No.  55. 


Fig.  1315. 


No.  54. 


RAILROAD  OR  CLAY  PICKS. 


No. 

11 

Adze  eye, 

4 

to 

5 lbs., 

per  doz. 

$11 

OO 

11 

5 

to 

6 “ 

( 4 

12 

OO 

< t 

11 

( . 

6 

to 

7 “ 

4 4 

13 

OO 

t < 

11 

7 

to 

8 “ 

4 4 

14 

OO 

t < 

11 

4 4 

8 

to 

9 “ 

4 4 

l6 

OO 

1 < 

11 

9 

to 

10  “ 

4 4 

18 

OO 

< < 

12 

Hunt  eye, 

4 

to 

5 “ 

4 4 

II 

OO 

“ 

12 

5 

to 

6 “ 

4 4 

12 

OO 

( i 

12 

4 ( 

6 

to 

7 “ 

4 4 

13 

OO 

“ 

12 

4 4 

7 

to 

8 “ 

4 4 

14 

OO 

ORE  PICKS. 

Regular  point  and  chisel  ends,  or  double  pointed  when  ordered. 
Extra  quantity  and  quality  of  steel  when  ordered. 


No. 

54  Adze  eye,  5 to 

6 lbs., 

per  doz. 

$12 

OO 

54 

“ 6 to 

7 “ - 

* * 

13 

OO 

4 4 

54 

“ 7 to 

8 “ - - 

* 

14 

OO 

ADZE 

EYE  CONTRACTORS’ 

PICKS. 

No. 

55  Adze  eye,  7 lbs. 

per  doz. 

$18 

OO 

4 4 

55 

“ 7% 

4 4 

4 4 

18 

50 

4 4 

55 

“ 8 

4 4 

4 4 

19 

OO 

4 ( 

55 

“ 8% 

“ 

4 4 

20 

OO 

4 4 

55 

“ 9 

4 4 

21 

OO 

4 4 

55 

“ 9'A 

“ - - - - 

4 4 

22 

OO 

4 4 

55 

“ 10 

- 

- 

23 

OO 

STEEL  LAKE  SUPERIOR  MINING  PICK. 

No.  56,  special  price  and  quality. 


TAMPING  PICKS. 

No.  14  Adze  eye,  6 to  7 lbs., 

“14  “ 7 to  8 “ 

“ 14  “ 8 to  9 “ 

“ 13  Hunt  eye,  6 to  7 “ 

“ 13  “ 7 to  8 “ 

“13  “ 8 to  9 “ 


STONE  PICKS. 

No.  18,  6 to  7 lbs.,  - 
“ 18,  7 to  8 “ 

“ 18,  8 to  9 “ 


per  doz. , 

#17 

OO 

4 4 

18 

OO 

4 4 

19 

OO 

“ 

17 

OO 

4 4 

18 

OO 

4 4 

19 

OO 

per  doz., 

$16 

50 

4 4 

17 

50 

‘ ‘ 

17 

50 

Fig.  1318. 


No.  19. 


Fig.  1319. 


No.  22. 


760 


Fig.  1316. 


No.  18. 


Fig.  1320. 


ADZE  EYE.  No.  15. 


Fig.  1317. 


No.  20. 
Fig.  1321. 


No.  21. 


HAMHERS. 


Fig.  1322. 


AI>ZE-EYE  HAMMERS. 


Per  Doz. 


No.  5.  Round.  Weight,  1 lb.,  4 oz.,  $9.00 
No.  7.  Round.  Weight,  1 lb.,  - - 8.50 

No.  7 Round.  Weight,  13  oz.,  - 8.00 

No.  8.  Round.  Weight,  7 oz.,  - 7.50 

No.  17.  Octagon.  Weight,  ilb.,4oz.,  9.00 
No.  33.  Patent  Nail  Holder,  Bell  Face. 

Weight,  1 lb.,  4 oz.,  - - 9.50 

No.  34.  Patent  Nail  Holder,  Bell  Face. 

Weight,  1 lb.,  - - - 9.00 

No.  35.  Patent  Nail  Holder,  Round  Head. 

Weight,  1 lb.,  40Z.,  - 9.50 

No.  36.  Patent  Nail  Holder,  Round  Head. 

Weight,  1 lb.,  - - - 9.00 

No.  37.  Bell  Face.  Weight,  1 lb.,  4 oz.,  9.00 

No.  38.  Bell  Face.  Weight,  1 lb.,  - 8.50 

No.  3§l4-  Bell  Face.  Weight,  13  oz.,  - 8.00 

No.  39^.  Bell  Face.  Weight,  7 oz.,  - 7.50 


No.  45.  Straight  Claw.  Weight,  1 lb,,  4 oz.,  9.00 


RIVETING  HAMMERS. 

No.  Per  Do z. 

65.  Adze-Eye.  Octagon.  Weight,  1 lb.,  - $8.50 

70.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  1 lb.,  10  oz.,  8 00 

71.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  1 lb.,  2 oz.  7.00 

72.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  15  oz.,  - 6.50 

73.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  12  oz.,  - 6.25 

74.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  9 oz.,  - 6.00 

75.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  7 oz  , - 5.75 

76.  Plain.  Octagon.  Weight,  4 oz.,  • 5.50 

BLACKSMITHS’  HAND  HAMMERS. 

No.  Per  Doz. 

100.  Weight,  3 lbs.,  - - $16.00 

101.  Weight,  2 lbs.,  iooz.,  - - 15.00 

102.  Weight,  2 lbs.,  14  oz.  (Shoulder  Pein),  16.00 


Fig.  1327. 


COOPERS’  HAMMERS. 

Solid  Cast  Steel. 

Numbers. 

290  291  292  293  294  295  296 

Size. 

123  4567 

Weight. 

2 lb.  2 lb.  8 oz.  3 lb.  3 lb.  8 oz.  4 lb.  41b.  8 oz.  5lb. 

Price  Per  Dozen. 

$l6  $17  $l8  $19  $20  $21  $22 


751 


HAMMERS.  — Continued 


MACHINISTS’  KAIL  PEIN  HAMMERS. 
Octagon.  Weight,  3 pounds, 


Fig.  1328. 


No.  90. 

“ 90  'A. 
“ 9i- 
“ 92. 

“ 92^- 
“ 93- 
“ 94. 

“ 95- 
“ 96. 

“ 97- 
“ 98- 


No.  105.  Weight,  2 pounds, 
“ 106.  “ x “ 

“ 107.  “ 


8 ounces 
4 “ - 

12  “ 

8 “ - 

4 “ - 

12  “ 

8 “ ... 

6 “ - 

ENGINEERS’  BALL  PEIN  HAMMERS. 


8 ounces, 
4 ounces, 


Fig.  1329. 


No.  no.  Straight  Pein. 
“ hi. 

“ 112.  “ 

“ 113- 


MACHINISTS’  CHIPPING  HAMMERS. 

Weight,  1 pound,  12  ounces, 

“ 1 “ 8 

“ 1 “ 4 “ 

“ 12  “ 

Fig.  1330. 


No.  270. 
“ 271. 

“ 272. 

“ 273. 

“ 274. 


DOUBLE-FACE  ENGINEERS’  HAMMERS 
Size,  o,  per  dozen, 

“ 1. 

“ 2, 

“ 3, 

“ 4,  “ 

Fig.  1331. 


_ 

- 

- 

$14  50 

- 15  50 

. 

- 

16  50 

_ 

- 

- 

18  00 

- 

19  50 

MACHINISTS’  BARE  l'EIN  HAMMERS 


BOILER-MAKERS’  RIVETING 
HAMMERS. 

Octagon  pattern  face  and  pein. 
Oil  finished,  polished  faces,  solid 
cast  steel. 


MACHINISTS’  CROSS  PEIN  HAMMERS. 


No.  Size. 

2600  I I 

2601  2 2 

2602  3 2 

2603  4 3 

Weights 

handles. 


Weight.  Doz.  Price 


lb. 

lb. 

lb. 

lb. 

d o 


oz.. 


$14  50 

16  50 
19  00 
22  00 

not  include 


8 

8 oz. 


HAND  l>KI  1,1,1  NO  II  AMBERS. 


Solid  cast  steel,  stone  cutters  on  short  pattern. 

No.  890.  Polished  face,  oil  finished,  under  3 pounds, 

“ 890.  “ “ “ “ 3 to  5 pounds, 

“ 892.  Full  polished,  “3  “ 

“ 892.  “ “ “ 3 to  5 “ 


Per  Pound. 

$0  45 
40 

52^ 
47  M 


752 


SLEDGES  AND  HAH/IERS 

Coal  Picks, 


Fig.  1332, 


No,  42. 

Solid  Cast  Steel. 


No. 

16.  Weight,  2 lbs. 
" 2^  “ 


l6. 

l6. 

l6. 


3 

S'/z 


No.  15. 
No.  17, 


Per  doz.  No. 

$8  50  16.  Weight,  4 lbs. 

9 00  16.  “ 4 “ 

9 50  16.  “ 5 “ 

10  00  16.  “ 5 yz  “ 

Adze  Eve  Coal  Picks. 
Anthracite  Coal  Picks. 


Per  doz. 
$IO  50 
II  OO 

11  50 

12  OO 


No. 

16.  Weight,  6 lbs. 
16.  “ 6 ]/2  “ 

16.  ‘,  7 “ 


Same  list  as  No.  16 
Same  list  as  No.  16 

Alton  Pattern  Coal  Picks. 

No.  53.  Long  Ear  Pattern,  - 50  cents  per  dozen  additional  on  list  of  No.  16 

special  Coal  Picks  of  any  desired  pattern  made  to  order  from  templet  or  drawing. 

Mill  Picks. 

No.  22.  Mill  Picks,  Cast  Steel,  2 to  3 lbs  , 

Adze  Eye  Miners’  Picks. 

No.  Per  doz. 


per  dozen,  $22  00 


N°-  Per  doz. 

19.  Surface,  No.  1,4  lbs.$i4  00 
“ 2,4K‘ 

“ 3.5  ‘ 

“ 4,5'A  ‘ 

“ 5.6  ‘ 

*•  6,6 


No. 

21. 


Per  doz. 


15  OO 

20.  Drifting  “ 

i,3  “ 

12  50 

21. 

“ “ 2,4 

16 

OO 

16  OO 

20.  “ “ 

2,4  “ 

14  00 

21. 

“ “ 3.4K  “ 

17 

OO 

17  OO 

20.  “ “ 

3.4K  “ 

15  00 

21. 

“ “ 4,5 

18 

50 

18  OO 

20.  “ “ 

4,5  “ 

16  00 

21. 

“ “ 5,6  “ 

20 

OO 

19  OO 

20.  “ “ 

5,6  “ 

17  50 

21. 

“ “ 6,6^  “ 

21 

50 

Smiths’  Sledges, 
Stone  “ 

Striking  “ 
Coal  “ 


Fig.  1334. 


Solid  Cast  Steel  Sledges. 

5 lbs.  and  over.  3 to  5 lbs.  Under  3 lbs. 


Fig.  1335- 


Fig.  1333. 


No.  44 


$0  30 

$0  36 

* P 

$0  45 

30 

36 

45 

30 

36 

45 

30 

36 

45 

Fig.  1336. 

HAMMERS/1  HAULS,  &c 


Fig.  1337. 


Fig.  1338. 


No.  45. 


SOLID  CAST  STEEL  HAMMERS. 


No. 

5 lbs.  and  over. 

3 to  5 lbs. 

Under  3 lbs. 

43,  Hand  drilling  hammers, 

- $0  36 

$ 40 

$ 45 

45,  Napping  hammers, 

30 

36 

45 

39,  Mason  hammers,  - 

40 

45 

50 

42,  Smiths’  hand  hammers, 

30 

36 

.45 

44,  Drilling  or  striking  hammers, 

30 

36 

45 

40  and  41,  Spalling  or  stone  hammers, 

36 

40 

45 

Fig.  1340. 


No.  38. 


No.  SI. 


SOLID  CAST  STEEL  MAULS,  STEEL  WEDGES,  ETC. 


No.  51,  Steel  wedges,  coal,  ... 

“ 52,  Steel  wedges,  stone, 

“ 68,  Steel  wedges,  wood, 

“ 50,  Steel  wedges,  wood,  truckee,  1st  quality, 

“ 50,  Steel  wedges,  wood,  truckee,  2d  quality, 

‘ ‘ 49,  Skip  or  top  maul  all  sizes, 

“ 46,  Wood  choppers’  maul,  straight  cut 
“ 38,  Stone  or  granite  axe,  all  sizes, 

“ 67,  Octagon  pattern,  turning  sledge, 

Steel-faced,  instead  of  solid  cast  steel  hammers  and 
any  desired  pattern  to  order. 


per  lb.,  $0  20 

- “ 20 

“ 20 

- “ 25 

“ 20 

- “ 42 

36 

- “ 50 

40 

sledges,  made  in 


Fig.  1339. 


No.  39. 

Fig.  1344. 


No.  48. 

RAILROAD  TRACK  CHISEL. 


Fig.  1345. 


RAILROAD  TRACK  PUNCH,  ROUND  POINT.  No.  58. 


Fig.  1346. 


RAILROAD  TRACK  WRENCH.  No.  60. 


754 


Fig.  1347. 


STANDARD  RAILROAD  TRACK  TOOLS. 

Fig.  1349. 


Railroad  Claw  Bar.  No.  66. 


Fig.  1350. 


Railroad  Tamping  Bar.  No.  65.  - 

Fig.  1351. 


Crow  Bar.  Wedge  Point.  No.  63. 
Fig.  1352. 


Crow  Bar.  Pinch  Point.  No.  64. 

Fig.  1353- 


Fig.  1354.  . 


No. 

47  Steel  spike  maul, 

48  Steel  track  chisel, 

57  Steel  sledge,  double  faced, 

58  Steel  track  punch,  round  point, 

59  Steel  track  punch,  square  point, 

60  Steel  track  wrench, 


Per  lb. 

No. 

Per  lb. 

$0  30 

61  Steel  rail  fork,  ... 

$0  20 

25 

62  Steel  rail  tongs,  ... 

20 

30 

63  Steel  crow  bar,  wedge  point, 

8 

25 

64  Steel  crow  bar,  pinch  point,  - 

8 

25 

65  Steel  tamping  bar, 

10 

14 

66  Steel  claw  bar,  ... 

12 

755 


THE  WILEY  PATENT  SAFETY  OIL  CABINET. 


Fig-  I355- 


1S0  Gallon  Factory  Oil  Cabinet,  with  3 Compartments  eor  3 Kinds  ok  Oil. 


The  Wiley  Patent  Safety  Oil  Cabinet  is  con- 
structed of  matched  lumber  of  good  quality, 
bound  with  bands.  A solid  sheet  of  heavy  lead 
resting  upon  a heavy  board  bottom,  catches  all 
the  foreign  substances  in  the  oil,  and  holds 
them  harmless.  The  sides  are  lined  with  heavy 
zinc. 

The  hydraulic  seal  attached  to  the  waste- 
receiving orifice  in  the  Wiley  Cabinet  prevents 
evaporation.  In  all  other  tanks  or  cans  there 
is  a great  waste  of  oil  by  evaporation  and  other 
causes. 

The  oil  is  drawn  and  measured  in  the  sink, 
and  should  there  be  any  slop  or  dripping  in 
measuring  it  goes  directly  back  into  the  cabinet, 
and  not  a drop  is  lost.  The  gauge  rod  attached 
to  our  cabinet  is  of  great  importance,  as  you  can 
at  once  detect  any  shortage.  The  Wiley  Cabi- 
net soon  saves  its  price  in  oil,  and  its  safety  and 
convenience  is  invaluable. 

Danger  in  case  of  fire  is  greatly  lessened  by 
the  use  of  the  Wiley  Cabinet.  The  wTood  case 
and  the  zinc  lining  being  both  non-conductors 
of  heat,  gas  is  not  generated,  so  that  an  explo- 
sion is  impossible.  Besides  this,  these  materials 
keep  the  oil  cool  in  the  hottest  weather,  which 
is  not  the  case  with  iron  tanks.  With  a galvan- 
ized iron  tank  you  have  a double  danger. 

The  galvanic  action  produced  by  a combina- 
tion of  zinc  and  iron  sometimes  leads  to  serious 
results.  A gas  is  generated  which,  under  cer- 
tain conditions,  will  explode  as  quickly  as  the 
gas  from  oil. 

This  engraving  shows  how  heavy  oils  may  be 
run  from  the  barrel  into  the  cabinet,  thus  saving 
the  pumping. 


FACTORY,  MACHINE  SHOP,  RAILROAD,  BREWERY  AND  STEAMSHIP 

CABINETS. 

PRICE  LIST  AND  SIZES  OF  CABINETS  COMPLETE.  SUBJECT  TO  DISCOUNT. 


The  Factory  Cabinets  are  all  39  inches  high,  Front  and  Back. 


Size  iu  Inches. 

Galls. 

Price. 

One  compartment,  32  inches  high,  - - - 

- 22  X 22 

25 

$20  00 

One  compartment  for  one  barrel, 

26  x 28 

60 

25  00 

One  compartment  for  two  barrels,  - 

- 26  x 47 

no 

35  GO 

Two  compartments  for  two  barrels, 

26  x 52 

120 

45  00 

One  compartment  for  three  barrels, 

26  x 66 

160 

40  00 

Two  compartments  for  three  barrels, 

28  x 64 

170 

50  00 

Three  compartments  for  three  barrels, 

- 26  x 76 

180 

60  00 

One  compartment  for  four  barrels, 

30  x 73 

210 

45  00 

Two  compartments  for  four  barrels, 

- 30  x 77 

220 

55  00 

One  compartment  for  five  barrels, 

30  x 89 

260 

50  00 

Two  compartments  for  five  barrels, 

■ 30  x 94 

270 

60  00 

Five  compartments  for  five  barrels, 

30  x 106 

300 

90  00 

Note. — Each  factory  cabinet  is  supplied  with  a tin  pump  for  pumping  the  oil 
from  the  barrel  into  the  cabinet,  or  four  feet  of  rubber  tubing  for  syphoning  the 
oil  from  the  barrel  into  the  cabinet,  as  preferred. 


Fig.  1356. 


60  Gallon  Factory  Oil  Cabinet. 


756 


WOODEN  CASED  CABINETS. 


Fig.  1360. 


' Open  and  in  use. 

Price  of  Wooden  Cased  Cabinets, 
Securely  packed  for  shipping. 

1 compartment,  60  gallons, 


120 

120 

180 

240 


$25  00 
30  00 
36  00 
45  00 
60  00 


The  process  of  transferring  oil  from  the  barrel  to  the  tank. 
Price  of  Perfection  Tanks, 

Securely  packed  for  shipping. 


Fig.  1357 


Movable  pumps,  gauge  rods,  rolling  gear. 


Fig.  1358. 


STANDARD  MEASURES. 


No. 

• 01 

02 

03 

1 Gill. 

3^  Pint. 

1 Pint. 

Per  doz. 

$ 5 25 

6 00 

7 50 

No. 

- 04 

05 

06 

1 Qt. 

2 Qts. 

4 Qts. 

Per  doz. 

$9  75 

12  00 

18  00 

Case  lots,  01-03,  3 doz.  of  a size. 
Case  lots,  04-06,  2 doz.  of  a size. 


Capacity. 

No.  o,  6 gallons,  - 

No.  00,  12  gallons,  - 

No.  000,  25  gallons,  ... 

No.  1,  60  gallons,  - 

No.  2,  100  gallons, 

No.  3,  150  gallons,  - 

No.  4,  200  gallons,  ... 

No.  5,  250  gallons,  .... 

Extras. 

Set  of  measures  (4)  and  funnel  - 

Brass  padlock  and  stop  cock  for  filling  oilers, 


Price 
$5  00 

6 00 

7 50 
12  00 
18  00 
24  00 
30  00 
33  °o 

|i  50 
1 25 


Fig.  1361. 


Fig.  1359. 


FUNNELS. 


No. 

01 

02 

03 

04 

05 

06 

Capacity, 

1 Gill. 

yz  Pint.  1 Pint. 

1 Qt. 

2 Qts. 

4 Qts. 

Per  doz. 

$3  75 

4 50 

5 25 

6 75 

9 00 

13  50 

Each, 


WASTE  OIL  FILTER 
AND  PURIFIER. 


Capacity,  15  gallons  Price,  $18  00 

Is  designed  to  filter  and  purify 
the  drippings  from  all  kinds  of 
bearings,  whether  mixed  with 
water  or  otherwise,  as  well  as  to 
more  thoroughly  cleanse  new  oil  if 
so  desired. 


757 


The  W.  & B.  Tank,  Open  and  in  Usb. 
Fig.  1362. 


W.  & B.  TANKS. 

Securely  Packed  for  Shipping. 


Capacity. 

No.  0,  6 Gallons, 

. 

_ 

. 

_ 

Price. 

$5.00 

“ 00,  12  “ 

- 

- 

- 

6.00 

“ 000,  25  “ - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7-50 

“ 1 , 60  “ 

- 

- 

- 

10.50 

“ 2,  120  “ - 

- 

- 

- 

16.50 

“ 3.  150 

- 

21.00 

“ 4,  200  “ - 

- 

- 

- 

" 

24.00 

“ 5,  250 

- 

- 

28.00 

Tank  Open  and  in  USE. 
Fig.  1364. 


THE  STAR  TANK. 

Prices. 

32  Gallons,  - - - - - - $7-5° 

60  “ - 8.50 

120  - 15-50 

Fig.  1365. 


EXTRAS. 

Set  of  measures  (4)  and  funnel,  - - - i-5° 

Brass  padlock  and  stopcock  for  filling  oilers,  - - 1.25 


N.  Y.  C.  & H.  R.  R.  R.  PATTERN. 
Fig.  1363. 


GALVANIZED  OIL  CANS. 

Brass  Screw  Cap. 


No.  - 

Diameter,  Inches, 
Height,  body,  inches, 
Height,  conetop,  inches, 
Gallons, 

Each, 


Securely  packed  for  shipping.  For  turpentine,  varnish, 


6% 

7 

X. 

8 

$ 

9 

i°X 

heavy  oils,  etc. 

With  either  gate 

or  faucet. 

Price,  $25.00 

9 

10 

12 

Size,  30  Gallons.  Price,  $5.00 

Size  250  Gallons. 

2^ 

2?< 

3 

3'/z 

“ 60  “ 

“ 6,50 

“ 300 

“ 30.00 

1 

$2.30 

2 

2.40 

3 

2.80 

5 

3-oo 

“ 120  “ 

“ 180 

“ 14.00 

“ 20.00 

“ 500  “ 

“ 40.00 

758 


IXXXX'TinJCylinder — No.  18  Gauge  Steel 
Bottom.  Brass  Cocks. 

Fig.  1368. 


GALVANIZED  STORING  OIL  CANS. 


Special  sizes  made  to  order. 


No. 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

80 

100 

Inches, 

14  x 24, 

, 15^  x 

27,  \t'/SK 

28,  18  % x 37, 

li'/s  x 45, 

20^  x 43, 

22  ]/2  X 48, 

iiyi  * 60 

Gal., 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

80 

IOO 

Each  $6.25 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

9-25 

10.50 

H.50 

13-50 

Tin. 

No. 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

80 

IOO 

Gallons, 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

80 

IOO 

Each, 

$5-00 

5-75 

6-75 

7-75 

8.00 

9-25 

10.25 

12.25 

Japanning  tin  cans,  $ 1.25  each,  net. 


GALVANIZED  OIL  WASTE  CANS. 

Self-Closing  Cover  with  Improved  Spring  Attachment. 
The  “ Iron  Clad”  Oil  Waste  Cans  are  made  without  the  use  of 
solder  and  are  galvanized  after  being  put  together.  They  are  recom- 
mended by  the  leading  insurance  companies. 

Round. 


Fig.  1367. 


No.  1 No. 

Inches,  - - nXXI5  Per  dozen, 

Made  to  Order  Only — Round. 
No.  2 3 4 5 6 

Inches,  12x18  13x20  14x22  16x24  18x26 

Dozen,  $24.00  28.00  36.00  42.00  56.00 


1 

18.00 


7 8 
20x30  24x36 

90.00  130.00 


Rectangular. 


No. 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

Length,  Ins., 

20 

20 

24 

26 

28 

30 

Width, 

15 

18 

20 

22 

24 

24 

Depth, 

20 

24 

30 

30 

34 

36 

Per  Doz., 

$70.00 

90.00 

132.00 

140.00 

170.00 

190.00 

Fig.  1369. 


GALVANIZED  ASH  CANS. 

With  Eight  Wood  Straps. 


No. 

7 

Inches, 

15x26 

Each, 

$5  25 

No. 

7 

Price  per  Doz. 

$8.50 

17x26  18x26 

6.00  6.25 

Covers. 

8 9 

9.50  10.00 


JAPANNED  STEEL  ASH  CANS. 

Extra  Heavy. 


No. 

20 

30 

40 

50 

Inches, 

I3XI7 

15x24 

17x24 

18x24 

Each, 

$5.80 

7.00 

8.00 

9-25 

10 

20x26 

7-25 

10 

10.50 


60 

20x24 

10.50 


Fig.  1370. 


GALVANIZED  ASH  CANS. 


With  Heavy  Bail  for  Hoisting. 


No 

250  300 

400 

500 

600 

Inches, 

14x19  15x26 

17x26 

18x26 

20x26 

Each, 

$5-5o  6.50 

7-25 

7-50 

8.50 

With  Eight 

Wood  Straps. 

No. 

70 

80 

90 

IOO 

Inches, 

15x26 

17x26 

18x26 

20x26 

Each, 

$7-25 

8.00 

8.25 

9-25 

GALVANIZED  ASH  CANS. 

“ Elevated  R.R.”  Pattern. 

Made  of  16  gauge  steel.  Weight  40  pounds. 

No.  - - - - 150 

Inches,  - - - - - 18x25 

Each,  ------  $15.00 


Fig.  1371. 


759 


GALVANIZED  FIRE  BUCKETS.  MALLEABLE  IRON  OILERS  WITH  AUTOMATIC  SPRING  BOTTOMS. 


Fig.  1372. 


No.  10  12  14  16 

Quarts,  10  12  14  16 

Per  dozen,  - - - 4 50  5 00  5.50  7.50 

Painted  red,  $1.00  per  dozen  net  extra. 

Covers  for  Galvanized  Fire  Buckets. 

No.  10  12  14  16 

Per  dozen,  - - - 2,00  2.25  2.50  3.00 

GALVANIZED  PAILS— HEAVY. 


Fig.  1376. 


No.  210  212  214  216  220 

Quarts,  io  12  14  16  20 

Per  dozen,  5.50  6.00  6.25  7.50  16.00 

Covers  for  Galvanized  Pails. 

No.  210  212  214  216  220 

Per  dozen,  2.00  2.25  2.50  3.00  4.00 


ENAMELED  WATER  PAILS— Lipped. 


No. 

Quarts,  - 
Inches, 
Per  dozen, 


8x8  814*8%  9^x9%  lo'Aitio'A 

15  00  r’,25  19.50  26.25 


Fig.  1373. 


“ 3-  “ 5'/2  “ 

“ 4-  “ 8 “ 

Extra  tubes, 


Nos.  2 and  3 (Style). 


No.  4 (Extra  Large) 

per  dozen,  $3  60 

“ 4 00 

4 40 

“ 5 20 

“ 1 80 


Fig.  1374. 


Fig.  1375. 


“ THOMPSON  ” 
OILERS. 


O.  K.  OILERS,  WIDE  MOUTH.  IMPROVED  STYLE. 
AUTO/1AT1C  SPRING  BOTTOHS. 


Fig.  1378. 


Height  Per 
No.  Pints.  Inches  Gross 

1 H llA  33  00 

2 'A  4 'A  36  00 

3 1 s'A  39I00 

No.  1 Tubes  always  sent 
with  toilers  Junless  other- 
wise ordered. 


Fig.  1379. 


O.  K.  No.  10 


No.  Per  doz. 

10  - - $5  4° 

20  - • - - - 6 00 

30  6 60 

Extra  tubes,  - - 1 80 


Capacity  No.  10,  4^  oz. 


Flu.  1380. 


O.  K.  Nos.  20  and  30. 


Straight.  Dent. 

No.  Per  doz.  Per  doz. 

10,  9 inch  tubes,  $7  00  $7  25 

20,  9 inch  tubes,  7 50  7 75 

30,  9 inch  tubes,  8 00  8 25 

Extra  9 inch  tubes,  3 40  3 75 

No.  20,  5%  oz.  No.  30,  7 'J  oz. 


760 


STEEL  ANTI-RUST  OILERS. 


No.  15- 


WITH  IMPROVED  CLOCK  STEEL  SPRING  BOTTOMS. 


No. 

12. 

No. 

13- 

No. 

13a. 

No. 

14. 

No. 

15- 

No. 

15a. 

No. 

16. 

No. 

120. 

No. 

130. 

No. 

130a. 

No 

140. 

No. 

140a. 

No. 

i4oaa. 

No. 

140b. 

No. 

150. 

No. 

150a. 

No. 

160. 

Steel  Oiler,  2 24  inch  diameter, 
Steel  Oiler,  324-inch  diameter, 
Steel  Oiler,  324-inch  diameter, 
Steel  Oiler,  324-inch  diameter, 
Steel  Oiler,  4'/$  inch  diameter, 
Steel  Oiler,  424-inch  diameter, 
Steel  Oiler,  424-inch  diameter, 
Nickel- Plated  Oilers,  224  inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  324-inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  324-inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  324-inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  324-incli 
.Nickel  Plated  Oilers,  324-inch 
Nickel  Plated  Oilers,  324-inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  424-inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  424-inch 
Nickel-Plated  Oilers,  424-incli 


224-inch  nozzle, 

3-inch  nozzle,  - 
5-inch  nozzle, 

9 inch  nozzle,  - 
3-inch  nozzle, 

5-inch  nozzle,  - 
9-inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  2 24-inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  3-incli  nozzle, 
diameter,  5-inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  9-inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  3-inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  5 inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  9-inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  3 inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  5 -inch  nozzle, 
diameter,  9-inch  nozzle, 


per  dozen , 
per  dozen , 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 
per  dozen, 

npr  dn7en. 


50 


50 


OO 


50 


75 


10  50 


5° 


8 00 


8 75 


. 


10  00 


10  75 


25 


12  00 


13  00 


14  00 


Fig.  1384. 


Fig.  1385. 

\ 


Fig.  1382. 


Fig.  1383. 


These  Oilers  are  Heavily  Nickel-Plated  on  Electro  Copper-Plate  and  highly  polished.  Nickel  Plated  Railroad 

All  nozzles  from  3 to  18  inches  are  interchangeable,  and  will  fit  any  size  oiler.  OILERS. 

NICKEL-PLATED  RAILROAD  OILERS. 


No.  10  i-pint  Railroad  Oiler,  324-inch  diameter,  5 inches  high,  12-inch  nozzle, 

No.  11.  i-quart  Railroad  Oiler,  424-inch  diameter,  6 inches  high,  18-inch  nozzle, 

No.  17.  1 pint  Railroad  Oiler,  324  inch  diameter,  5 inches  high,  12-inch  nozzle, 

No.  18.  i-quart  Railroad  Oiler,  424-inch  diameter,  6 inches  high,  18-inch  nozzle, 


per  dozen,  $14  00 
per  dozen,  18  00 
per  dozen,  18  00 
per  dozen,  21  00 


These  Railroad  Oilers  have  seamless  drawn  bodies  and  are  indestructible. 
They  are  Heavily  Nickel-Plated  on  Electro  Copper-Plate  and  highly  polished. 


761 


With  Round  Tray. 


Five  Pieces,  Copperized  Steel, 

(Counting  Tray),  - #500 

Six  Pieces,  Copperized  Steel, 

(Counting  Tray),  - 7 00 

Five  Pieces,  Nickel  - Plated, 
(Counting  Tray),  - 7 00 

Six  Pieces,  Nickel  - Plated, 
(Counting  Tray),  - 1000 


STEEL  ANTITRUST  RAILROAD  OILERS. 


These  Oilers  are  made  from  two  seamless  drawn  parts. 

They  are  heavily  Electro  Copper-Plated  Inside  to  prevent  rusting  and  the  oil  from  becoming  gritty. 
The  outside  perfectly  resembles  burnished  copper. 


ENGINEERS’  SETS. 


Fig.  1388. 


No.  35. 
No.  45. 
No.  55. 
No.  65. 


ENGINEERS'  SETS. 

With  Round  and  Oval  Trays.  Copperized,  also  Nickel-Plated. 
With  Ovae  Tray. 

Five  Pieces,  Copperized  Steel,  (Counting  Tray) 

Six  Pieces,  Copperized  Steel,  (Counting  Tray ) - 

Five  Pieces,  Nickel-Plated,  (Counting  Tray) 

Six  Pieces,  Nickel-Plated,  (Counting  Tray) 


Fig.  1387. 


MALLEABLE  IRON  OILERS. 

NEW  PATTERN.  WIDE  MOUTH.  AUTOMATIC  SPRING  BOTTOC1. 


Prices. 


No. 

22, 

44, 


22,  with  9-inch  Tubes, 
44,  with  9 inch  Tubes, 


Straight. 

per  dozen,  $7  25 
per  dozen,  11  00 


Per  doz. 

■ $5  60 
9 50 

Bent. 

$7  50 
11  25 


Nos.  22  and  44. 

Capacity  of  No . 22,  - 5 ozs. 

No.  44,  very  large,  - 12  ozs. 


STEEL,  ALSO  NICKEL=PLATED  TALLOW  POTS. 

No.  Per  doz. 

212.  i-qt.  Copperized  Steel  Tallow  Pots,  5-in.  diam.  5-in.  high,  $21  00 

213.  2-qt.  Copperized  Steel  Tallow  Pots,  6-in.  diam.  6-in.  high,  25  00 

214.  i-qt.  Nickel-Plated  Tallow  Pots,  5-in.  diam.  5-in.  high,  32  00 

215.  2 qt.  Nickel-Plated  Tallow  Pots,  6-in.  diam.  6-in.  high,  36  00 

These  Tallow  Pots  are  made  of  very  heavy  stock,  and  have  a large 
spout,  ^4-inch  diameter,  and  2 inch  filling  opening,  with  tapered  metal 
plug  attached  to  the  handle  by  a chain.  They  are  Heavily  Electro  Cop- 
per-Plated Inside  to  prevent  rusting  and  the  oiPfrom  becoming  gritty. 


No.  30. 


No.  40. 


No.  50. 

$7  00 

10  00  M A 

8 00  No.  60. 

11  OO 


762 


STEEL,  ALSO  N1CKEL-PLATED  ENGI= 
NEERS’  FILLERS. 

Per  doz. 

No.  19.  i -pint  Copperized  Steel  Fillers, 
4^-inch  diam.,  3^-inch  high, 
screw  top,  - - - $14  00 

No.  19a.  i^-pt.  Copperized  Steel  Fillers, 
4^-inch  diam  , 4-inch  high, 
screw  top,  - - - 17  00 

No.  210.  i-quart  Copperized  Steel  Fillers, 

5- inch  diameter,  5 inch  high, 

screw  top,  - - - 20  00 

No.  21 1.  2-quart  Copperized  Steel  Fillers, 

6- inch  diameter,  6-inch  high, 

screw  top,  - - - 24  00 

No.  190.  i^-pint  Nickel-Plated  Fillers, 
4^-inch  diameter,  4 inch  high, 
screw  top,  - - - 22  00 

No.  200.  i-quart  Nickel-Plated  Fillers, 

5- inch  diameter,  5 inch  high, 

screw  top,  - - - 30  00 

No.  201.  2-quart  Nickel-Plated  Fillers, 

6- inch  diameter,  6-inch  high, 

screw  top,  - - - 34  00 

These  Fillers  are  made  of  very  heavy  stock, 
and  handsomely  finished  in  both  copperized 
steel  and  nickel-plated.  They  are  heavily 
electro  copper-plated  inside  to  prevent  rusting 
and  the  oil  from  becoming  gritty. 


Fig.  1391. 


No.  1. 


Fig.  1390. 


No.  hi. 


THE  NEW  COPPERIZED  SEAMLESS 
STEEL  ANTI-RUST  TEXTILE  MILL 
SIPHON  OILERS. 

With  Finely  Hardened  and  Tempered  Steel 
Nozzles. 

Per  gross. 

No.  1.  4'4-inch  high,  2>4-inch  diam  , 

3-inch  nozzle,  - - $48  00 

No.  2.  5-inch  high,  2^-inch  diam., 

5-inch  nozzle,  - - 52  00 


COPPERIZED  STEEL  ANTI-RUST  RAIL- 
ROAD OILERS. 

Per  doz 

No.  101.  i-quart  Railroad  Oiler,  4)4  inch 
diameter,  6-inch  high,  10-inch 
nozzle,  - - - $18  00 

No.  ill.  2-quart  Railroad  Oiler,  5-inch 
diameter,  8-inch  high,  10  inch 
or  14-inch  nozzle,  - - 20  00 

Smooth  surface,  cold  rolled,  No.  20  gauge 
“ Swedoh  ” Steel  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
all  our  oilers.  They  are  heavily  electro  cop- 
per plated  inside  to  prevent  rusting  and  the  oil 
from  becoming  gritty. 

The  outside  perfectly  resembles  burnished 
copper. 

These  Oilers  are  of  the  standard  size  and 
pattern  used  on  all  railroads,  and  are  especially 
adapted  for  locomotive  and  stationary  engines. 
They  are  made  from  two  seamless  drawn  parts, 
with  large  nozzle  1)4  inch  diameter  at  base,  10 
inches  and  14  inches  long. 

Always  order  by  number. 


Fig.  1392. 


No.  2. 


763 


TUBES  FOR  “THOMPSON’S”  OILERS. 


NOZZLES. 


Fig.  1393. 


Fig.  1394. 


Nos.  16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  21  or  22  Wire  Gauge  Bore. 
Nos.  18  and  19  are  the  Regular  Sizes. 

Nos.  123 

Inches, 

Per  Gross, 


1 

3 XA 

R12.00 


2 

6 

16.00 


24.00 


4 

10 

30.00 


5 

12 

40.00 


COPPERIZED  STEEL. 


2)4  inch  Nozzles. 

Per  dozen,  $2.25 

3 “ 

“ 2.75 

5 “ 

“ 3-25 

9 “ 

“ 4.25 

12  “ 

“ 5-75 

18  “ 

“ 7.00 

Nickel 

Plated. 

2]/2  inch  Nozzles. 

Per  dozen,  $3.00 

3 “ 

“ 3-5o 

5 “ 

“ 4-25 

9 “ 

5.00 

12  “ “ 

“ 6.25 

18  “ 

“ 7-50 

6 

16 

48.00 


2^  Inches.  3 Inches. 


m'  :&mm 

5 Inches.  9 Inches.  12  Inches. 


All  nozzles  heavily  electro  copper  plated  inside  to  preven 
rusting  and  the  oil  from  becoming  gritty. 

Nozzles  3 to  18  inches  are  interchangeable  and  fit  any  size 
Oilers.  We  furnish  straight  nozzles  9 to  18  inches  same  list  as 
bent. 


SEAMLESS  STEEL,  ALSO  NICKEL-PLATED  LAHPS. 

Fig.  1395.  Fig.  1396. 


No.  22.  Copperized. 

Always  Order  by  Number. 

No.  22.  Copperized  Steel,  3^  inch  diameter,  - 
No.  23.  Copperized  Steel,  4 inch  diameter, 

No.  220.  Nickel-Plated,  inch  diameter,  - 
No.  230.  Nickel -Plated,  4 inch  diameter, 


No.  23.  Copperized. 


STEEL  ANTI-RUST  JACKET  LAflPS. 

Fig.  1397. 


#9.00 

No. 

lt_ 

20. 

i am  «■ : 

Copperized. 

3^4  inch  diameter, 

$6.00 

12.00 

12.00 

No. 

20^. 

inch  diameter, 

9.00 

15.00 

No. 

21. 

4)4  inch  diameter, 

12.00 

764 


HEAD  LIGHTS, 


STANDARD  HEAD  LIGHTS. 


inch  Signal  Number.  Also  made  without 
signal  number  in  the  following  sizes  : 

23  inch,  20  inch,  18  inch,  16  inch. 

Prices  on  application. 


RAILROAD  LANTERNS. 


Fig.  1399. 


ROUND  HEAD  LIGHT. 

Made  in  18,  16  and  14  inches. 
Prices  on  application. 


Y%  inch  ratchet  burner.  Burns  lard  oil. 


The  cut  shows  the  No.  8.  The  No.  3 lantern 
is  the  same  as  No.  8,  except  that  it  takes  a 
little  smaller  globe,  has  a solid  bottom,  and 
is  lighter  weight.  Finely  finished  brass  and 
nickel  plated  (also  gold  and  silver  plated). 
Hinged  top.  Globe  removable.  Furnished 
with  half  ruby,  green  or  blue,  or  plain  flint 
globe. 

No.  3,  brass,  $4.00  each;  nickel-plated,  #4.50 
each;  silver-plated,  $11.00  each;  gold- 
plated,  $27.00. 

No.  8,  brass,  $4.50  each;  nickel-plated,  $5.00 
each;  silver-plated,  $11.50  each;  gold- 
plated,  $30.00  each. 

Add  for  half  green  or  half  blue  globes,  $1.50; 
half  ruby,  $2.00  each.  Add  for  engrav- 
ing name  on  globe,  $1.00;  name  with 
wreath,  $1.50. 


Fig.  1401. 


Wire  Bottom. 


No.  39  SINGLE  AND  DOUBLE  GUARD 
RAILROAD  LANTERN. 

Standard  size.  Burns  lard  oil. 

The  cut  shows  the  single  guard  lantern. 
The  double  guard  has  an  additional  wire 
around  the  lantern,  and  is  consequently 
stronger. 

Made  in  tin,  brass  and  nickel-plated. 

Bail  fastened  to  the  guard. 

The  bails  are  made  so  that  when  the  lan- 
tern is  put  down  the  bail  stands  up. 

Hinged  top  and  removable  globe. 

Prices. 

Tin,  ....  each,  $0.80 
Brass,  - - - “ 2.50 

Brass,  nickel  plated,  - - “ 3.00 

Wire  bottom,  same  prices  as  No.  39. 


Fig.  1402. 


Standard  Railroad. 


WHITE  GLOBES. 


No.  o,  Tubular  globes,  - per  doz., $0.60 
“ o,  Tubular  globes,  flint  glass,  “ 1.60 

“ o,  Tubular  globes,  bulls-eye,  “ 1.10 

“ 39,  Railroad  globes,  - - “ .87 

“ 39,  Railroad  bulls-eye  globe,  “ 1.20 

COLORED  GLOBES. 


No.  o,  Ruby  tubular  globes,  per  doz., $2. 25 

“ o,  Blue  or  green  tubular  globes,  “ 2.25 

“ o,  Ruby  tubular  globes, 

Corning,  - - “ 7.75 

“ 1,  Ruby  tubular  globes, 

Corning,  - - “ 8.50 

“ 1,  Blue  or  green  globes, 

Corning,  - - “ 6.25 

“ 39,  Ruby  globes,  Corning,  “ 8.00 

“ 39,  Blue  or  green,  “ “ 5.50 

WICKS 

No.  00,  Wicks,  X inch,  per  gross,  $0.50 
“ 3.  “ V%  “ - - “ .50 

“ 1,  “ H “ - “ .70 

“ 2,  “ 1 “ - - “ 1. 00 

“ 3.  “ i'A  “ - “ 1.60 


765 


Fig.  1403. 


THEW.^-MF'r| 

enamele 

^n.MILLlfc  1 
0 ft$T  0 R c H 


BLACK  ENAHELED  SEAHLESS  STEEL  YARD,  HILL,  MINE 
AND  FOUNDRY  LAflPS. 


With  Nickel-Plated  Trimmings,  Strong  and  Durable. 

For  both  hand  use  and  hanging — the  light  is  thrown  in  all  directions 
and  leaves  no  shadow  below  the  lamp.  Always  order  by  number. 

No.  24.  Steel,  1 quart,  2 burners  (located  on  thirds),  per  dozen,  $2 
“25.  “ 1 “ 3 “ “ quarters,  “ 2 

26.  “ 2 “ 2 “ “ thirds,  “ 2 

“27.  “ 2 “ 3 “ “ quarters,  “ 3 

Fig.  1404. 


MALLEABLE  IRON  HAND  LAMPS. 

Price,  per  dozen,  - - $5-50 


Fig.  1405 


SIDE  LIFT  OR  VICTOR  TUBULAR  LANTERN. 

No.  1 burner.  % inch  wick.  No.  o globe. 

The  crank  at  the  side  raises  and  lowers  the  globe  and  locks  the  burner 
in  place  when  down. 

A late  improvement  on  this  lantern  consists  of  a bend  on  the  guard 
wire  over  which  the  crank  moves  thus  perfectly,  locking  the  globe  frame 
and  burner  down. 

Price,  60  cents  each. 


No.  1 B SIDE  LIFT  TUBULAR  LANTERN. 

No.  2 burner.  1 inch  wick.  No.  o globe. 

This  Lantern  has  the  No.  2 burner,  1 inch  wick. 

The  oil  pot  holds  pints  of  oil,  and  the  lantern  will  burn  19  hours 
without  refilling. 

Price,  80  cents  each. 


Fig.  1406. 


ITUBU 


ROUND  TUBE  TUBULAR  FIRE  DEPARTHENT  LANTERN. 

No.  1 burner.  y%  inch  wick.  No.  o flint  globe. 

The  Fire  Department  Lanterns  have  all  latest  improvements.  Made 
extra  heavy,  with  large  double  oil  pots. 

Fitted  with  patent  wind  break  guard.  Can  be  fitted  with  patent  B.  E. 
lens  on  the  perforated  plate — white,  red,  blue,  yellow  or  green. 

Prices. 

Tin,  each,  - - $ 2.00  Brass,  each,  - - $3.50 

With  copper  oil  pot,  - - 2.50  Brass,  nickel  plated,  - - 4.00 

Fitted  with  white  or  colored  B.  E.  lens,  extra  each,  - - - .25 


U.  S.  BRASS  AND  NICKEL  PLATED  TUBULAR  LANTERN. 

No.  o burner.  Y%  inch  wick.  U.  S.  globe.  Smallest  tubular  lantern 
made. 

Brass,  each,  --------  Jti.oo 

“ nickel  plated,  .......  £.25 

IRON  CLAD  TUBULAR  LANTERN, 


Fig.  1408. 


No.  1 burner,  y inch  wick.  No.  o globe.  The  strongest  Tubular  Lantern  made.  I11  addition  to  having  patent  braces,  it  has  an 
iron  bottom,  making  it  indestructible  ; largely  used  by  contractors.  Price,  90  cents  each. 


766 


O M Cn  K) 


Fig.  1409. 


SQUARE  LIFT  BRASS  TUBULAR  FIRE  DEPARTMENT 
LANTERN. 


No.  1 Burner.  Y%  inch  Wick.  No.  o Globe. 

This  is  a good  strong  lantern,  made  of  heavy  brass  and  fitted 
with  patent  wind  break  guard. 

Can  be  fitted  with  patent  bull's  eye  lens  on  the  perforated  plate 
— white,  red,  blue,  yellow  or  green. 

Brass,  ---------  each,  $2  50 

Nickel  plated,  - - - - - - - - “ 3 00 

Fitted  with  white  or  colored  bulls  eye  lens,  - extra,  “ 25 


No.  13  TUBULAR  SIDE  AND  DASH  LAMP. 

No.  1 Burner.  Y inch  Wick.  No.  o Globe. 

Lamp  finished  with  new  bull’s  eye  lens,  can  be  fastened  with 
Coulter  or  Warner  holder. 

Price, - - 90c.  each. 

Coulter  or  Warner  holder,  - 25c.  “ 


Nos.  2 AND  3 GLOBE  TUBULER  SIDE  LAMP. 

Can  be  used  as  a hanging  lamp  or  side  light.  No.  3 can  be  regu- 
lated to  burn  a certain  number  of  hours.  No.  3 has  our  automatic 
extinguisher.  No  chimney.  New  globe  lifter.  Improved  burner. 
Outside  wick  regulator. 

No.  2 has  No.  2 burner.  1 inch  wick.  No.  2 globe.  8 inch 
silvered  glass  reflector. 

No.  3 has  No.  3 burner.  1 yz  inch  wick.  No.  3 globe.  10  inch 
silvered  glass  reflector. 

No.  3,  -----  each,  $5  00 

“ 3,  with  our  new  glass  fount,  same  as  crystal  street 

lamp,  - - - - - - “ 5 25 

“2,  - - - - - - “ 4 00 


No.  3 GLOBE  TUBULAR  STREET  LAHP. 

No.  3 Burner,  il/2  inch  wick.  3 inch  flame.  Will  not  blow  out 
in  the  strongest  wind.  Automatic  extinguisher.  Can  be  regulated 
to  burn  a certain  number  of  hours.  Warranted  to  give  satisfac- 
tion. 27  inches  high. 

No.  3 Globe  Tubular  Street  Lamp,  painted  green.  Iron  brack- 
ets, japanned  black.  Tubular  globes.  Tubular  burners.  Prices 
on  application. 


Fig.  1411. 


Fig.  1412. 


REVOLVING  SEARCH  LIGHT. 


For  outdoor  or  indoor  use.  Will  not  blow  out.  Reflector  can  be  revolved  so  as  to 
throw  the  volume  of  light  in  any  desired  direction. 


No.  30. — No.  2 Burner,  1 inch  wick,  No.  o globe. 
No.  60. — No.  3 Burner,  \]/z  inch  wick,  No.  2 globe. 


No. 


each,  $2  50 
“ 6 00 


60, 


767 


No.  4 TUBULAR  TRIANGULAR  LAHP. 

Fig.  1414. 


No.  3 Burner.  1 inch  Wick.  3 inch  Flame. 

No  chimney.  Improved  burner. 

Flame  regulated  from  the  outside.  Brilliant  light. 

Will  not  blow  out  in  the  strongest  wind. 

Reflector  arranged  to  throw  light  in  three  different  directions. 
21^  inches  high.  Price,  $6.00  each. 

NAVY  LEVER. 

Fig.  1416. 


Cast  Metae  Case,  Brass  or  Nickee  Peated. 

1 Day,  Time.  6 inch  Silvered  Dial. 

Movement  winds  through  side  of  case,  and  has  jeweled  escape- 
ment. Snap  bezel  fitted  with  safety  chains  to  prevent  breakage 
if  bezel  slips  out  of  hand  while  being  removed. 

Front  measurement,  7 inches.  Back  measurement,  7^  inches. 
Price,  - - - $15.00. 


IMPROVED  TUBULAR  SQUARE  LAMP. 

Fig.  1415. 


No. 

1,  No.  2 burner. 

2,  No.  3 burner. 

3,  No.  3 burner. 


Three  Sizes,  Nos.  1,  2 and  3. 


1 inch  wick. 
1 yz  inch  wick. 
1 yz  inch  wick. 


6 inch  silvered  glass  reflector 
8 inch  silvered  glass  reflector 
12  inch  silvered  glass  reflector 


No  chimney.  Improved  burner.  Does  not  smoke.  Outside 
wick  regulator.  Will  not  blow  out  in  the  strongest  wind.  Brilliant 
light. 


No.  1,  19  inches  high.  Each, 

$4.00 

No.  2,  21^  inches  high.  Each, 

- 5-oo 

No.  3,  26  inches  high.  Each, 

.00 

SAFETY  TUBULAR  MILL  LANTERN. 


No.  2 Burner.  1 inch  Wick.  No.  o Globe. 
Price,  - - - - $1.5° 


768 


10  INCH  DROP  OCTAGON,  GILT. 

Rosewood  or  Walnut  Veneer,  Polished. 
Fig.  1418. 


Day,  spring  time.  8 Day,  spring,  strike.  Height,  21^  inches. 
10  inch  dial.  Price,  $6.80. 

LEVER. 

Wood  Case,  Rosewood  or  Walnut  Veneer,  Polished. 

Fig.  1420. 


DROP  OCTAGON^  CALENDAR. 

Rosewood  or  Walnut  Veneer,  Polished. 
Fig.  1419. 


ENGINE  LEVER. 

Metal  Case,  Brass  or  Nickel  Plated. 
Fig.  1421. 


1 Day,  10  inch,  time, 


$4  90 

8 

Day, 

12  inch,  time, 

$7 

90 

5 So 

8 

Day, 

10  inch,  strike, 

8 

25 

6 75 

8 

Day, 

12  inch,  strike, 

9 

40 

1 Day  time.  8 Day,  time.  6 inch  dial.  Price,  $3  75. 


769 


WORLD. 


REGULATOR  No.  2. 


Walnut,  Cherry,  Oak  or  Old  Oak  Veneer,  Polished. 
Fig.  1422. 


Rosewood,  Walnut  or  Old  Oak  Veneer. 


Movement,  2^  x 4X  inches,  lantern  pinions,  Graham  pallets, 
brass  covered  zinc  ball,  and  wood  rod.  Eighty  beats  to  the  minute. 
Movement  has  retaining  power.  Price,  $16.50. 

Fig.  1424. 


8 Da_>  , Spring,  Strike,  Cathedral  Bell.  Price,  $12.00. 
Height,  32  inches.  12  inch  Dial. 


CHRONOMETER  LEVER. 

Porcelain  Dial. 

1 Day,  No.  5003,  y/2  in.  Dial.  1 Day,  No.  5004,  4 y2  in.  Dial.  1 Day,  No.  5006,  4%  in.  Dial. 

We  call  attention  to  this  Fine  Lever  Clock,  specially  designed  for  Locomotive,  Steamers, 
or  other  situations  where  accurate  time-keeping  is  required,  and  a pendulum  clock  can- 
not be  used. 

The  movements  are  made  in  the  best  manner,  with  steel  pinions  and  chronometer 
balance,  jeweled,  and  are  fitted  up  with  finely  tempered  hair  springs. 

They  have  a very  simple  and  perfect  regulator,  which  provides  for  the  most  accurate 
adjustment. 

They  are  put  up  in  three  sizes  of  cast  brass  cases,  with  procelain  dials  : 

Diameter  of  No.  5003  at  front,  5%  inches ; at  back,  6'/i  inches. 

Diameter  of  No.  5004  at  front,  6]4  inches  ; at  back,  7 x/2  inches. 

Diameter  of  No,  5006  at  front,  inches  ; at  back,  8 y2  inches. 

Nos.  5003  and  5004  have  snap  bezels.  The  frontof  5006  is  screwed  on,  and  the  winding 
is  at  the  side  of  case.  No.  5006  is  dust  proof. 

These  clocks  are  warranted  accurate  time  keepers. 

Prices  on  Application. 


770 


A 


RAILWAY  LOCKS 


Fig.  1425. 


Fig.  1426- 


Caboose  Lock,  No.  93. 


Coach  Lock,  No.  83. 


Fig.  1427. 


BRONZE  nETAL  COACH  KNOBS. 

Fig.  1428. 


No.  225  Knob.  (Cut  actual  size.) 


Caboose  Lock,  No.  93,  is  of  iron  with  black  enamel  case.  The  latch  bolt  is  a spring  bolt.  The  locking  bolt  is  operated 
by  a key,  and  the  lock  can  be  made  to  fit  any  key  of  this  style  furnished.  Springs  used  are  flat  tempered  steel. 

Coach  Lock,  No.  83,  is  of  bronze  metal,  except  the  latch  bolt,  which  is  of  iron  blued.  The  lock  is  polished  all  over.  It 
is  a tumbler  lock  with  bronze  locking  bolt.  Hub  made  to  fit  regulation  size  of  spindle,  or  to  order  to  fit  any  size  of  spindle. 
Latch  bolt  is  so  shaped  as  to  operate  practically  as  an  anti-friction  bolt.  It  is  a pivoted  bolt.  Brass  locking  bolt  made  to  fit 
any  standard  key  of  this  style  furnished. 

Saloon  Latch,  No.  15,  is  of  bronze  metal  with  thumb  slide  on  one  side  to  operate  the  locking  bolt,  and  key  hole  on  the 
other  side.  The  latch  bolt  is  made  so  as  to  operate  on  the  anti-friction  order,  and  the  whole  lock  is  highly  polished.  Made  to 
fit  any  standard  key  of  this  style,  furnished. 

Knobs,  No.  225,  are  of  all  bronze  metal  with  standard  size  spindle.  Spring  arrangement  for  taking  up  any  lost  motion 
between  the  knob  and  the  rose.  Knobs  are  highly  polished  and  lacquered.  Prices  are  as  follows : 


No.  93,  Caboose  lock, 

No.  83,  Coach  lock, 

No.  15,  Saloon  latch, 

No.  225,  Knobs, 


No.  1, 
No.  3, 
No.  7, 


No.  1635,  12  keyed, 
No.  1635,  24  keyed, 


Switch  Locks. 


Prices  quoted  without  keys. 


per  dozen, 

$6  00 

33  00 

- “ 

21  00 

per  dozen  pairs, 

6 75 

per  dozen, 

$9  50 

< < 

10  00 

< < 

9 60 

per  dozen, 

$10  00 

< l 

11  30 

Fig.  1429. 


SPRING  SELF-LOCKING  SCANDINAVIAN  LOCK. 

All  malleable  iron  and  steel.  Patented  vertical  tumblers.  Pol- 
ished case,  black  enameled.  Nickel-plated,  polished  shackle.  Oil- 
tempered  steel  springs.  Brass  key-hole  cylinder.  Flat  steel  keys. 


Two  keyed. 

No.  21,  ... 

per  doz. , $9  00 

With  chain,  $ . . 

. . 

No.  22,  - 

“ 11  00 

“ “ . 

* % 

No.  23,  ... 

“ 13  00 

“ “ $ . . 

772 


SWITCH  AND  CAR-DOOR  LOCKS. 

Cuts  shown  Yi  actual  size  of  Locks. 


Fig.  1430. 


Switch  Lock. 

No.  i,  with  chain.  No.  2,  without  chain. 


Switch  Key. 


Fig.  1431. 


Switch  Lock, 


No.  3,  with  chain 


No.  4,  without  chain 


Fig.  1432. 


Switch  Lock. 

No.  7,  with  chain.  No.  8,  without  chain. 


Fig.  1433. 


Switch  Lock. 


No.  1635,  with  chain.  No.  1535,  without  chain. 


Description. 

Switch  Lock  No.  1 is  all  bronze  metal  with  heavy  cast  bronze  metal  tumblers,  bolt  and  shackle  grip.  The  shackle  is  spring  opening 
and  lock  spring  locking.  The  springs  are  all  phosphor-bronze;  locks  made  to  fit  any  key  furnished,  and  where  railroads  want  their  initials 
cast  on  the  lock  the  actual  cost  of  extra  patterns  necessary  for  this  is  all  that  is  charged.  This  also  applies  to  all  of  the  switch  locks. 
The  lock  is  one-half  larger  than  size  of  illustration.  The  chain  used  is  heavy  German  coil,  japanned. 

The  same  description  would  apply  to  lock  No.  3,  except  that  there  is  a slightly  different  arrangement  of  the  interior  mechanism. 
On  both  locks,  Nos.  1 and  3,  the  drop  which  covers  the  keyhole  is  spring  drop.  Rivets  are  button  head  rivets.  All  parts  are  machine  made 
and  finished. 

Lock  No.  7 is  a spring  self  locking  lock,  with  spring  shackle;  of  gun  metal  bronze,  phosphor-springs,  cast  bronze  tumblers,  bolts, 
plungers,  etc.,  spring  drop  over  the  key  hole,  heavy  German  coil  chain,  japanned,  patented  spring  plunger,  which  automatically  closes  the 
shackle  opening  when  the  shackle  is  thrown  from  the  lock,  thereby  preventing  the  admission  of  cinders  or  other  foreign  matter  to  the 
interior  of  the  lock,  drain  hole  at  the  bottom  of  the  lock  to  permit  any  water  which  may  gain  access  to  the  interior  to  run  therefrom, 
thereby  preventing  difficulty  from  freezing  in  winter  time,  and  flush  rivets.  This  same  drain  hole  as  mentioned  in  connection  with  No.  7 
is  also  used  in  lock  Nos.  3 and  1. 


773 


SWITCH  AND  CAR  DOOR  LOCKS,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Cuts  shown,  jj  actual  size  of  Locks. 


Fig.  1435- 


Fig.  1434. 


Switch  Lock. 

No.  1636,  with  chain. 

No.  1536,  without  chain. 

Extra  heavy;  all  bronze  metal;  heavy  pivoted  tumblers;  locks 
polished  and  lacquered  ; phosphor-bronze  springs  ; spring  self- 
locking ; spring  shackle  ; dust-proof  bronze  metal  keys  ; welded 
link  chain. 

No.  1636.  12  keyed,  - - - per  dozen,  $11  20 

24  keyed,  - - - - “ 12  45 

ROTARY  SHACKLE  AUTOMATIC  PAD-LOCKS. 

Fig.  1436. 


No.  941. 
Size  2 inches. 
Operation. 


To  unlock,  the  key  is  turned  in  the  usual  way,  drawing  the 
shackle  into  the  case,  where  it  is  held,  automatically,  by  the  trig 
ger,  shown  in  the  opening  in  the  case,  thereby  releasing  the  object 
locked.  To  lock,  the  staple  or  eye-bolt  is  touched  on  the  trigger 
shown  in  the  opening  of  the  case,  thus  releasing  the  shackle,  which 
automatically  rotates  and  locks  the  lock.  This  trigger,  being  near 
the  top  of  the  lock,  will  permit  contact  with  the  staple,  no  matter 
how  short  it  may  be,  and  consequent  operation  of  lock. 

Highest  grade ; all  parts  best  quality  bronze  metal ; three 
tumblers  ; indestructible  phosphor-bronze  springs  ; depressed  back- 
ground, finished  in  dead  black  enamel,  balance  of  lock  highly  pol- 
ished and  lacquered  ; two  rolled  steel  keys  with  each  lock  ; no  two 
alike  in  a dozen. 


No.  5540. 

With  9 inch  steel  chain. 

No.  5540,  - - - - per  dozen,  #5  60 


No.  406. 

High  grade  ; extra  heavy  ; all  bronze  metal  ; highly  polished 
and  lacquered  ; chased  oval  faced  case  : spring  self-locking  ; spring 
shackle  ; phosphor  bronze  springs  ; shackle-hole  plungers  and  key- 
hole guard  ; rolled  steel  keys,  milled  ; two  keyed. 

No.  406,  -----  per  dozen,  $5  20 

Fig.  1437. 


No.  88. 


Highest  grade  ; extra  heavy  ; gun  metal  bronze  alloy  ; phos- 
phor-bronze springs  ; spring  self-locking  ; lever  lock  ; spring  slid- 
ing shackles ; locks  highly  polished  and  lacquered  ; rolled  steel 
milled  keys  ; two  keyed  ; 9-inch  welded  link  steel  chain. 

No.  88,  .....  per  dozen,  $10  65 


Fig.  1438. 


774 


LOCKS. 

Cuts  shown  two-thirds  actual  size  of  lock. 


Fig.  1439. 


Iron.  Spring  self-locking  Scandanavian.  Maroon  finished 
case.  Polished  shackle.  Two  keyed. 

Price 

Per  dozen,  $8  00 
“ 9.00 

“ 11. 00 

13.00 

“ EnPEROR.” 


No 

1010, 

1011, 

1012, 

1013, 


Fig.  1441. 


Fig.  1440. 


All  malleable  iron.  Extra  heavy.  Key-Locking  Scanda- 
navia.:  Pad  Lock.  Crimson  finished  case.  Polished  shackle. 
Two-keyed  secured  shackle. 

No.  Price. 

109,  - - - Per  dozen,  $8 .00 

1 13,  - - - “ 6.50 

114,  - - - “ 10.00 


PURE  ALUfllNUM  BICYCLE  LOCK. 

Fig.  1442. 


No.  07030.  Highest  Grade.  Best  Quality. 


No.  790.  New.  Bicycle  Sprocket  Wheel  Lock. 

Spring  self -locking.  Spring  opening.  Phosphor  bronze  springs. 
Rolled  steel  keys,  pressed  and  milled  and  nickel  plated.  200  avail- 


able changes.  Two  keyed. 

Price,  Per  Doz. 

No  Description.  24-Keyed. 

790,  all  bronze  metal,  - - #4.30 

791,  all  bronze  metal  nickel  plated,  - 4.65 

792,  all  aluminum  nickel  bronze  alloy,  - 5.00 


Spring  self  locking.  Phosphor  bronze  springs.  Fifteen  inch 
tempered  strong  steel  chain.  Rolled  steel  keys,  milled  and  nickel 
plated.  Two  keyed. 

Price,  Per  Doz. 


No.  Description.  24-Keyed. 

7020,  all  bronze  metal,  highly  polished,  with  chain,  $5-45 

07030,  all  pure  aluminum,  highly  polished,  with  chain,  6.30 

7040,  all  aluminum  silver,  raised  parts  highly  polished, 

back  ground  antique  bronze,  - - 6.60 


BICYCLE  LOCK  OR  LUGGAGE  CHAINS. 


Fig.  1443. 


These  Chains  are  of  cut  steel,  hardened,  very  strong,  with  stout  cast  steel  rings  on  each  end.  Packed  two  dozen  in  a box 

Ramp  Samp  Same 


No. 

Length  of  Chain. 

Polished  Steel. 

Same. 

Nickel  Plated. 

Same. 

Brass  Plated. 

No. 

Length  of  Chain. 

Polished  Steel. 

Same, 

Nickel  Plated. 

Same, 

Brass  Plated. 

I 

12  inches 

$0.90 

$1.40 

$1.50 

5 

36  inches 

$2.50 

$3-i5 

13-20 

2 

18 

I.30 

I.80 

I.90 

6 

43 

2.90 

3.60 

3-65 

3 

24  “ 

1.70 

2.20 

2.30 

7 

48 

3-30 

4.00 

4-05 

4 

30  “ 

2.10 

2.70 

2.75 

775 


Fig.  1444. 


Fig.  1445. 


PATENT  ACHE  TICKET  PUNCH. 


Per  doz. 

Assorted  dies, 

- $30  OO 

L Punches, 

28  OO 

B Punches,  - 

28  OO 

L Punches,  plain, 

24  OO 

Round  dies,  - 

18  OO 

Square  dies,  - 

Single  punches,  $3.00  each. 

19  OO 

EUREKA  TICKET  PUNCH. 

Per  doz. 

Assorted  dies, 

- $24  OO 

L Punches,  - 

23  OO 

B Punches,  - 

24  OO 

L Punches,  plain, 

22  00 

Round  dies,  - 

18  OO 

Square  dies,  - - - - 

19  OO 

Single  punch,  $2.25. 


DESIGNS  FOR  PATENT  TICKET 
PUNCHES. 

All  punches,  highly  finished,  nickel 
plated  and  warranted. 

Fig.  1446. 


Woodman's  Wire  Cutter. 

SEALING  DEVICES. 


111 

113 

113 

114 

115 

118 

117 

118 

119 

120 

121 

122 

123 

124 

125 

T26 

127 

128 

129 

1S7 

1 

A 

F 

♦ 

ft 

V 

♦ 

V 

C 

ft 

X 

r 

♦ 

8 

3 

V 

4*1 

131 

132 

133 

134 

133 

136 

137 

138 

139 

140 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

150 

151 

4 

* 

Y 

X 

i 

1 

M 

1 

E 

A 

*1 

€ 

A, 

< 

4 

♦ 

Y. 

Y 

152  153  154  156  158  157  158  159  160  161  162  163  164  165  166  167  1C8  169  170 /• '171 

M M i ♦ v n « #\  2 * $ C ♦ I * A * 

172  173  174  175  178  177  178  179  180  181  182  183  184  185  186  187  188  189  190  191  192 

1 t + £ * T * 


193 

194 

195 

196 

197 

198 

199 

200 

201 

202 

203 

204 

205 

206 

207 

208 

209 

210 

? 

m 

A 

Jk 

ac 

1 K 

R 

1 

A 

X 

% 

ft 

* 

211 

212 

213 

214 

215 

216 

217 

218 

219 

220 

221 

222  223  224  225 

226 

227 

228  ; 

229  1 

230 

> 

v 

> 

ft 

8 

4 

l 

t 

4 

♦ 

A 

P 1 

h i 

i 

fa 

ft 

i 

9 

A 

231 

232 

233 

234 

235 

236 

237 

238 

239 

240 

241 

212 

243 

244 

245 

216 

217 

248 

249 

250 

1 

♦ 

4 

* 

■ 

9 

/« 

V 

V 

X 

u 

M 

c 

E 

l 

A 

4 

ft 

V 

4 

251 

252r 

253 

254 

355 

256 

„ A®? 

258 

259  260 

261 

262 

263 

264 

265 

288 

267 

sad 

269 

270 

is 

1 

V 

f 

4 

r 

St 

Y 

A 

4 A 

4 

A 

A 

ft 

i 

l 

* 

A 

# 

> 

We  would  respectfully  call 
the  attention  of  electric  compa- 
nies and  others  to  the  superior 
line  of  Sealing  Devices  we  man- 
ufacture for  sealing  electric  me- 
ters, ticket,  and  cash  bags,  and 
for  various  other  purposes,  so 
that  contents  cannot  be  tam- 
pered with  after  once  sealed. 
Prices  will  be  quoted  on  appli- 
cation as  to  quantity,  etc.  Send 
for  regular  list. 


Lead  Seal  and  Wire. 


FlO.  1448. 


No.  4 Lead  Sealing  Tress. 


776 


PATENT  TICKET  PUNCH 


Fig.  1449. 


SIZE 

No.  1. 

General  assortment  of 

dies, 

- 

per  dozen, 

$24 

OO 

Round  dies, 

- 

- 

i < 

18 

OO 

Square  dies, 

- 

- 

“ 

19 

OO 

Single  punch,  - 

- 

- 

each, 

2 

50 

SIZE 

No.  2. 

Assorted  dies, 

- 

- 

per  dozen, 

30 

OO 

Square  dies, 

- 

- 

< < 

19 

OO 

B Punches,  - 

- 

- 

c < 

26 

OO 

Round  dies, 

- 

- 

( < 

18 

OO 

L Punches, 

- 

- 

< < 

28 

OO 

L Punches,  plain, 

- 

- 

< ( 

24 

OO 

Single  punch, 

- 

euch, 

3 

OO 

SIZE 

No.  3. 

B.  C., 

- 

- 

per  dozen, 

40 

OO 

S.  C.,  - 

- 

- 

( i 

40 

OO 

K,  • 

- 

- 

<( 

40 

OO 

Single  punch,  - 

- 

- 

each, 

4 

OO 

PATENT  COUPON  EXTENSION  TICKET  PUNCH. 

Fig.  1450. 


Fayetle 

• • • 

Grand  Rapids 

• • • 

Harnsbu'g 

■ JacKsonvlIle 
Kalamazoo 
La'icaslef 
Minneapolis 


SIZE  No.  4. 

Any  two  designs  from  list  of  dies, 

per  dozen,  $57  00 
Single  punch  with  both  characters,  5 00 
2 C and  - - per  dozen,  72  00 

Single  punch,  with  both  characters,  - 6 50 


PATENT  COUPON  EXTENSION  TICKET  PUNCH. 

These  cuts  very  clearly  demonstrate  the 
construction  of  the  punch  and  its  upper  jaw 
as  well  as  the  margin  of  the  ticket  after  be- 
ing punched. 

No  time  is  lost  in  punching  coupon  tickets 
with  this  punch,  as  all  coupons  are  folded 
and  punched  at  the  same  time.  Such  as 
Stromberg  tickets,  etc. 

Price,  - - • per  dozen,  $42  00 

Singly,  - - - each,  4 00 


PATENT  EDGE  CUTTER  FOR  COHMUTATION  TICKETS. 

Price,  -------  per  dozen,  $40  00 


m 


PATENT  MULTIPLEX  RUBBER  STAHP  HOLDER. 


THE  EASY  PUSHER. 


It  is  stronger  than  any  other 
car  mover  ever  made,  and  will 
move  twice  as  many  cars. 

Price,  $5  oo 


IMPROVED  TYPE  OF  ROLLER  TUBE  EXPANDER. 

Fig.  1454. 


This  Expander  has  a solid  body.  It  is  made  from  the  best  material  and 
with  great  care.  One  expander  will  answer  for  any  thickness  of  tube  sheet. 


In  this  little  ingenious  combination  you  have  a re 
ceptacle  that  will  hold  from  three  to  a dozen  or  more 
rubber  stamps.  Any  one  stamp  can  be  brought  to  the 
front  by  simply  pushing  the  thumb-nut  in  the  opposite 
direction,  and  at  the  same  time  turning  it  around  till 
you  bring  the  desired  stamp  to  the  front,  in  which  case 
it  locks  itself  to  the  index. 

This  little  device  will  be  found  invaluable  in  the 
freight  shipping  departments  ot  railroad  commission 
houses,  wholesale  houses,  banks,  express  companies,  etc. 
It  is  made  in  five  different  styles,  viz.,  triangle,  four-square, 
six-square,  eight  square  and  twelve-square. 

Price,  #9.00  per  dozen. 


Fig.  1455. 


Diameter,  inches, 
Price,  each,  - 

Diameter,  inches, 
Price,  each, 


1 1 Yz  1 H itt  2 2'X  2'/2  2 3/ 

$10.00  1000  1000  1000  1000  1000  1200  1400  1600 

3 3%  3 Yt  3l/\  4 4'4  4'A  5 6 

$18  00  20  00  23  00  25  00  30  00  35  00  40  00  50  00  60  00 


The  dimensions  refer  to  the  outside  diameter  of  the  tube.  Special  sizes  made 

to  order. 

STEEL  STAMPS. 

For  stamping  steel,  iron,  brass,  wood,  leather,  bone,  celluloid  and  other 

substances. 


Size. 

Prices 
per  I.etter. 

Size. 

Prices 
per  Letter. 

1-64  inch, 

|o  20 

1-8  inch, 

- $0.15 

1-32  inch,  - 

- .15 

5-32  inch,  .... 

. 18 

1-24  inch, 

.15 

3-16  inch, 

. 20 

1-20  inch,  - 

- .15 

1-4  inch,  - 

25 

1-16  inch, 

.15 

5-16  inch, 

3° 

3-32  inch,  - 

- .15 

3-8  inch,  - 

■35 

1 -10  inch, 

• 15 

1-2  inch, 

• 45 

No  extra 

charge  for  steel  except 

on  sizes  larger  than  '/&  inch, 

when  the 

charge  for  steel  and  forgings  will  be  at  the  rate  of  40  cents  per  pound 
In  ordering  stamps  write  distinctly  and  state  what  stamps  are 

to  be  used 

for,  as  this  is  very  important. 

STEEL  ALPHABETS  AND  FIGURES. 

Alphabets,  per  set  of  27  pieces. 


size. 

Prices. 

Size. 

Prices. 

Size. 

Prices. 

1 32  inch,  - 

$4  50 

I -10  inch, 

- $4  00 

5-16  inch,  - 

$7  00 

1-24  inch, 

4 50 

1 8 inch, 

4 OO 

3-8  inch, 

8 00 

1-20  inch,  - 

4 OO 

5-32  inch, 

4 50 

1-2  inch,  - 

12  00 

1-16  inch, 

4 OO 

3 16  inch, 

5 5o 

3 4 inch, 

• 17  00 

3 32  inch,  - 

4 00 

1-4  inch, 

6 25 

Figures, 

per  set  of  9 pieces. 

Size. 

Prices. 

Size. 

Prices. 

Size. 

Prices. 

1-32  inch,  - 

$1  50 

1-10  inch, 

P 35 

5-16  inch,  - 

#2  50 

1 24  inch, 

- 1 50 

1-8  inch, 

- 1 35 

3-8  inch, 

3 00 

1-20  inch,  - 

1 50 

5-32  inch, 

1 50 

1-2  inch, 

4 50 

1-16  inch, 

1 50 

3 16  inch, 

1 85 

3 4 inch, 

- 6 00 

3 A2  inch, 

1 35 

1-4  inch, 

2 25 

778 


WASHITA  OILSTONES. 

Fig.  1456. 


This  is  the  best  selection  of  the  extra  quality.  It  is  perfectly 
white,  of  very  even  texture,  free  from  foreign  substances  and  per 
feet  in  finish.  Each  stone  has  a guaranty  label  and  a small  dia- 
mond label  on  one  end,  both  bearing  our  trade  mark. 

This  brand  should  be  used  for  all  tools  requiring  a fine,  smooth 
edge,  such  as  desired  in  working  pine  or  other  soft  lumber. 


Rosy  Red  Washita. 

This  brand  is  especially  selected  from  rock  taken  from  the  old 
“ Rosy  Red  Quarry,”  discovered  about  i860.  It  has  gained  a wide 
reputation  because  of  its  quick  sharpening  qualities.  It  is  tinted 
or  streaked  more  or  less  with  a pinkish  orange  or  dull  red  color,  and 
has  an  even,  porous  grit,  somewhat  courser  than  the  Lily  White. 

Price  List. 


Lily  White  Washita,  per  pound,  - - - Jo. 60 

Rosy  Red  Washita,  per  pound,  ...  .60 

Extra  Washita,  green  paper  wrapper,  per  pound,  - .50 

No.  t Washita,  - - - .40 

No  2 Washita,  - - - - .30 


Packed  in  14  and  25  pound  boxes,  100  and  112  pounds  in  a 
case,  and  furnished  in  four  assortments,  about  as  follows: 

G,  4 to  8 x 2 inches,  x 24  to  i>4  inches. 

H,  6 to  8 x 2 inches,  x 24  to  i'/s  inches. 

K,  8x2  inches,  x 24  to  i'/&  inches. 

L,  9 x 2 to  2 24  inches,  x 24  to  124  inches. 

The  Lily  White  and  Rosy  Red  brands  are  wrapped  in  printed 
circulars  giving  description  and  directions  for  use,  in  the  English, 
French  and  German  languages.  They  are  especially  put  up  for 
retail  trade,  each  stone  in  a strong,  neat  paper  case,  very  conven- 
ient for  window  or  shelf  display. 


ARKANSAS  OILSTONES. 


Regular  Bench  Stones. 

Are  furnished  in  the  following  assortments: 
Asst.  Quality  Length.  Width  Thickness. 

Price  per  Pound. 
Hard.  Soft. 

A, 

No.  1, 

3 to  524  x 124  to  2 x 24  to  1 inch 

$2. 80 

Ji  50 

B, 

No.  1, 

5 24  to  8 x 1 24  to  2 x 24  to  1 inch, 

3-50 

1.70 

c, 

No.  1, 

8 to  12  x 124  to  2 x 24  to  1 inch, 

4.00 

1.90 

D, 

No.  2, 

3 to  524  x 1 24  to  2 x 24  t°  1 inch, 

1. 00 

•50 

E, 

No.  2, 

524  to  8 x 1 24  to  2 x 24  t°  1 inch, 

1.50 

.70 

Packed 

in  14  and  25  pound  boxes. 

Eg.  145S. 


Washita  Slips. 

About  3 to  5 x 1 V to  2 x 24  to  H back  x 24  to  Tsg  inch  edge. 


Lily  White,  per  pound,  ....  Jo.  90 

Rosy  Red,  “ - - - - .90 

Extra,  ------  .80 

No.  1,  - - - - - - .70 

No,  2,  - - - - - - .40 

Flat  Slips. 

* 3 to  5 x i?4  to  2x^4  to  inch,  per  pound,  - - Jo. 70 


Fig.  1459. 


Washita  Mounted. 


In  handsomely  polished  cherry  boxes. 


9 

x 2 inches,  per  dozen, 

No.  1. 
$14.00 

Lily  White 
and 

Rosy  Red. 
J16.OO 

8 

x 2 “ “ 

- 12.00 

14.00 

7 

x 2 “ *• 

1 1. OO 

13  OO 

6 

x 2 “ “ 

- 10.00 

II.50 

5 

x 2 “ “ 

9.00 

10.00 

4 

x 124  “ 

7.00 

9.00 

3'/z 

X I 11  “ 

5-50 

6.00 

3/4 

In  vulcanized  rubber  boxes, 
x 1 inch,  per  dozen, 

7.00 

GRINDSTONES. 

Nova  Scotia,  regular  sizes  and  grits,  per  ton,  - - J 

Ohio,  regular  sizes  and  grits,  ‘ - - - 

Farm  and  shop  stones,  under  2 inches  thick,  per  pound,  .02 

Single  stones,  under  1000  pounds  weight,  “ .02 

Spindle  stones,  Beacon  grit,  4 in.  thick  and  under,  “ - .02 

English  Newcastle  stones,  “ - .02 

Very  thin  stones,  for  shoe  knives  and  moulding  tools,  per  inch 

diameter,  -----  .1224 

Cartage  charged  on  less  than  car  load  lots. 

N.  B. — When  corresponding,  please  state  purpose  for  which 
stone  is  required,  and  size  wanted. 

Nova  Scotia  scythe  stones,  full  oval,  per  gross,  - l3-oo 

Red-Sea  oilstones,  in  25  pound  boxes,  per  pound,  - - .15 

Axe  bits,  per  100,  - - - - - 3.00 

Kitchen  and  shoe  knive  stones,  assorted  sizes,  per  100,  - 5.00 

Currier’s  rub  stones,  per  dozen,  - - - 9.00 

Green  grit,  very  fine,  for  polishing  marble,  per  ton,  - - 20.00 

Red  grit,  “ “ “ “ “ “ - - 20.00 

Yellow  grit,  coarse  and  soft,  for  polishing  marble,  per  ton,  10.00 
Fine  blue  grit,  -----  15.00 


779 


PATENT  CAST  IRON  GRINDSTONE  FRAME 

Fig.  1460. 


MACHINE  SHOP  GRINDSTONES 

Fig.  1462. 


The  above  cut  shows  an  improved  grindstone  frame, "a  most  useful 
article  where  a power  grindstone  is  required.  They  are  handsomely 
finished,  with  adjustable  tool  rests,  all  ready  to  belt  on  to  power. 

Eai  h- 

With  pulley  for  power,  to  swing  stone  30  by  4 ^ inches,  - .$15  00 

Arranged  with  pulley  and  treadle  for  power  and  foot,  - - 16  00 

For  size  to  swing  stone  48  by  6 inches,  with  pulley  for  power,  50  00 

We  have  same  frame  as  above  arranged  to  be  run  by  hand  or  foot, 
suitable  to  swing  30  by  4 inch  stone.  Price,  each,  $12.00. 


Mounted  on  iron  frames  with  water  box.  Stones  expressly 
selected. 

25  inches,  with  either  pulley  or  treadle,  - - - - $14  00 

Shield  and  water  bucket,  extra,  - - • 1 00 

Hand  crank,  extra,  --------  50 


Fig.  1463. 


Frame  for  36  inch  stone,  with  shaft,  boxes  and 

pulley,  20  inch  diameter,  4 inch  face,  - - $35  00 

Frame  for  48  inch  stone,  with  shaft,  boxes  and 

pulley,  22  inch  diameter,  4 inch  face,  - - 45  00 


GRINDSTONE  TROUGH. 

The  casting  is  neat  in  appearance,  and  all  around 
the  top  has  an  ample  channel  that  catches  about  all 
the  water  that  flies  from  the  stone.  At  the  bottom  is 
a plug  that  can  be  removed  when  the  trough  is  to  be 
emptied.  The  shaft  is  carried  in  self  oiling  and  self- 
adjusting  boxes,  and  is  thoroughly  protected  from  the 
excessive  wear  that  is  common  to  the  usual  arrange- 
ment. 


780 


GRINDSTONE  TROUGH  No.  6— LIGHT. 


GRINDSTONE  TRUING  DEVICE. 


Fig.  1464. 


With  American  Stones,  Pulleys  and  Rests. 


Weight  of  Stones.  Size  About.  Price. 

85  to  90  pounds  24  x 2*4  inches  $16.45 

150  to  160  “ 27x3^  “ 24.^0 

200  to  220  “ 30x3^  “ 31-70 


Water  Pots,  $1.00  and  $2.00  extra. 


Size  of  Pulley, 

10  x 2 inches 
10  x 2 “ 

12x3^ 


IMPROVED  GRINDSTONE  TROUGH. 


Fig.  1466. 


This  cut  illustrates  a Grindstone  Trough  combining  a number 
of  very  desirable  features.  In  addition  to  the  ordinary  arrange- 
ment of  trough,  spindle  and  pulley,  which  is  20  inches  diameter 
and  4 yz  inch  face,  it  is  provided  with  self-oiling  boxes,  and  an 
adjustable  truing  device,  which  can  be  instantly  applied  to  the 
face  of  the  stone,  working  automatically,  and  without  dust,  keep- 
ing the  face  always  in  good  shape,  without  interfering  with  its 
constant  use. 

Directions. — The  stone  should  revolve  so  as  to  have  the 
device  upon  the  face  which  moves  upwards.  The  main  stand  or 
bottom  piece  of  the  device  is  securely  clamped  upon  the  trough 
close  to  the  face  of  the  stone,  then  by  turning  the  hand  wheel  the 
threaded  roll  is  brought  into  contact  with  the  stone  and  allowed  to 
remain  as  long  as  is  requisite  to  produce  the  desired  result.  The 
water  is  to  be  left  in  the  trough  as  usual.  When  by  long  use  the 
thread  on  the  hardened  roll  becomes  worn,  it  can  be  re-cut,  which 
operation  may  be  repeated. 

The  stone  should  revolve  at  a surface  speed  of  about  500'  to 
550'  per  minute. 

Weight,  650  pounds,  with  stone  39  inches  diameter,  5 inch  face, 
1280  pounds. 

Price,  without  stone,  $70.00.  Price,  with  stone,  $85.00. 


Fig.  1465. 


One  of  the  most  disagreeable  things  to  be  done  in  a workshop 
is  the  truing  of  grindstones.  It  is,  therefore,  often  the  case  that 
they  are  allowed  to  become  quite  out  of  shape  and  untrue,  very 
much  to  the  annoyance  of  the  workman,  who  finds  it  almost  im- 
possible to  grind  his  tools  in  a proper  manner.  The  above  cut 
illustrates  a device  which  is  well  adapted  for  truing  and  keeping 
the  face  of  grindstones  constantly  in  good  shape.  This  can  be  in- 
stantly applied  to  the  face  of  the  stone,  working  automatically, 
and  without  dust,  keeping  the  face  always  in  good  shape,  without 
interfering  with  its  constant  use. 

Directions.- — The  main  stand  or  bottom  piece  is  securely 
clamped  upon  the  trough,  close  to  the  face  of  the  stone  ; then  by 
turning  the  hand  wheel,  the  threaded  roll  is  brought  into  contact 
with  the  face  of  the  stone,  and  is  allowed  to  remain  as  long  as  is 
requisite  to  produce  the  desired  result.  The  water  is  to  be  left  as 
usual  in  the  trough.  When  by  long  use  the  thread  on  the  hardened 
roll  becomes  worn,  it  can  be  re  cut,  which  operation  may  be 
repeated.  The  stone  should  revolve  so  as  to  have  the  device  upon 
the  face  which  moves  upward,  and  the  device  should  be  well  oiled 
before  it  is  used. 

The  device  should  not  be  used  on  stones  revolving  at  a greater 
surface  speed  than  about  500'  or  550'  per  minute. 

Price,  with  7 inch  roll,  $13  00  Price  of  7 inch  roll,  $6  00 

Price,  with  12  inch  roll,  17.00  Price  of  12  inch  roll,  8.00 


This  Kettle  is  used 
for  cleaning  or  re 
moving  grease  and 
dirt  from  small  tools 
or  parts  of  ma- 
chines. A coil  of 
steam  pipe  is  em- 
ployed to  heat  the 
water,  in  which  a 
quantity  of  soda  has 
been  plaqed,  and 
the  pieces  i minersed 
in  the  solution  when 
taken  out,  dry  with- 
out rusting. 

The  kettles  are 
usually  made  with 
round  'tops  and 
stand  in  the  centre 
of  the  room  among 
the  machines,  but 
they  are  also  made  of  a form  suitable  to  place  against  a wall  or  in 
a corner. 

Outside  diameter  of  top  plate,  38  inches  ; diameter  of  kettles, 
29  inches ; diameter  of  inside  coil  of  pipe,  24  inches  ; height  from 
floor  to  top  of  flange,  37  inches ; depth  of  kettle,  22  inches ; 
diameter  of  wire  basket  or  cage  for  receiving  the  work,  1 1 inches  • 
depth  of  basket,  16  inches.  Capacity  of  kettle,  about  60  gallons. 

A perforated  bucket  or  shaker,  6%  inches  diameter,  13  inches 
long,  is  conveniently  used  in  washing  small  pieces. 

Weight,  about  750  pounds.  Net  weight,  about  555  pounds. 

The  price  includes  interior  coil  of  pipe,  wire  basket,  perforated 
bucket  or  shaker  and  the  pipe  with  valves,  etc. , as  shown  in  cut. 


781 


NEW  VISES  FOR  BICYCLE  HANUFACTURERS. 

Fig.  1468.  Fig  1469. 


This  vise  has  no  equal  for  convenience  and  as  a time  saver. 

The  accompanying  cuts  illustrate  the  several  positions  in  which  frame  can  be  instantly  adjusted,  by  action  of  the  revolving  sleeve, 
necessitating  no  change  in  the  clamping  of  the  frame  ; also  showing  stand,  with  tool  bracket,  especially  adapted  for  use  with  vise. 

Bicycle  manufacturers  will  at  once  recognize  the  value  of  this  vise  as  a time-saver,  and  for  convenience  in  the  filing  of  the  frames- 
The  record  of  it  so  far  is  that  25  per  cent,  more  work  can  be  accomplished,  as  compared  with  the  use  of  the  ordinary  style  of  vise. 

A wheel  is  used  in  place  of  lever  to  clamp  vise,  thus  increasing  the  speed  of  action  and  offering  greater  convenience.  When  the 
frame  is  clamped,  the  same  can  be  rotated  to  right  or  left  instantly,  describing  a complete  circle  if  desired,  without  changing  the  original 
position  of  frame  in  vise.  This  revolving  action  enables  the  operator  to  easily  reach  any  part  of  the  frame,  and  fully  complete  the  work  of 
filing  without  once  changing  the  clamp  on  the  frame. 

The  vise  is  swiveled  t base,  and  is  adapted  to  use  on  a bench,  as  any  ordinary  vise,  but  we  recommend  the  use  of  our  vise  stand,  be 
cause  of  its  economy  in  room  and  the  advantages  to  operator  in  being  able  to  adjust  frame  to  any  position. 

Fig.  1472. 


Fig  1471. 


PATEIVT  BICYCLE  VISE. 

With  Clamp  and  Adjustable  Post. 


This  vise  is  made  especially  for  holding  bicycle  frames,  and  is  equally  good  as  an  assembling  vise  for  sewing  machines,  gun  and 
pistol  work,  and  for  many  other  purposes.  It  has  our  patent  swivel  bottom.  The  jaws  are  made  to  revolve,  and  be  firmly  held  at  any  de- 
sired position.  The  slide  bars  are  of  wrought  steel. 

In  making  this  vise,  we  have  consulted  the  wishes  of  the  people  who  use  this  kind  of  tool,  and  we  believe  it  is  the  best  on  the  market. 
They  are  furnished  with  balance  crank  to  move  jaws  quickly,  as  shown  in  cut,  or  with  the  usual  lever,  as  ordered. 

The  clamp  is  firmly  held  on  vise  jaws  as  shown  in  above  cut 

The  grooves  in  wood  part  of  clamp  are  made  1 inch,  and  il/$  inch  in  diameter,  but  they  can  be  bored  to  any  required  size,  and 

as  the  woods  are  screwed  on,  they  can  be  easily  renewed. 

The  iron  post  for  holding  vise  is  made  adjustable  to  any  required  height  to  suit  workman,  from  30  to  38  inches. 

These  vises  are  sold  with  or  without  clamp  or  post. 

No.  no.  Width  of  jaws,  4 inches;  open,  5 '/2  inches;  weight,  56  pounds,  .....  price,  $\2  00 

“ in.  Wood  faced,  malleable  iron  clamp,  - - - - - - - - -“15° 

“ 113.  Adjustable  iron  post,  - - - - - - - - - “600 


782 


VISES. 


Fig.  1473. 


Fig.  1474. 


No  Price. 

1.  Stationary  bottom.  2^  inch  jaws.  Opens  3 X inches. 

Weight,  13 y2  pounds,  - - - $5  50 

2.  Stationary  bottom.  3X  inch  jaws.  Opens  4X  inches 

Weight,  28  pounds,  - - - - 7 00 

2'/2 ■ Stationary  bottom,  4 inch  jaws.  Opens  5X  inches. 

Weight,  41  pounds,  - - - - 9 00 

3.  Stationary  bottom.  4%  inch  jaws.  Opens  6 inches. 

Weight,  54  pounds,  - - - - 10  50 

4.  Stationary  bottom.  5X  inch  jaws.  Opens  8 inches. 

Weight,  96  pounds,  - - - - 17  00 

5.  Stationary  bottom.  6 inch  jaws  Opens  9 inches. 

Weight,  146  pounds,  - - - - 24  00 

6.  Stationary  bottom.  7 inch  jaws.  Opens  1 1 inches. 

Weight,  184  pounds,  - - - 30  00 


Fig.  1475. 


PRENTISS’  PATENT  SELF-ADJUSTING  JAW  MACHINISTS 
SWIVEL  BOTTOM  VISE. 


STATIONARY  BOTTOM,  FILERS’  SELF-ADJUSTING  JAW  VISE 
We  call  special  attention  to  new  model  filers’  or  finishers’  vises, 
having  increased  the  weight  and  size,  making  them  the  strongest 
vises  of  this  style  ever  offered. 

Rough-cut  or  smooth  jaws,  as  ordered. 

No.  Price 

42.  Stationary  bottom.  4%  inch  jaws.  Opens  5X  inches. 

Weight,  42  pounds,  - - - - $8  00 


Fig.  1476. 


PATENT  SWIVEL  BOTTOM,  FILERS’  SELF-ADJUSTING  JAW 

VISE. 

These  implements  are  especially  designed  to  satisfy  demand 
for  a vise  of  this  class,  embracing  the  advantages  of  our  patent 
self-adjusting  jaw  and  patent  swivel  bottom.  The  peculiarities  of 
its  construction  are  lean,  high  jaws,  long  arm  and  large  throat. 

No  _ Price. 

47.  Patent  swivel  Bottom  4X  inch  jaw.  Opens  5X  inches. 

Weight,  47  pounds,  - - - - $10  00 


No. 

18.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  2%  inch  jaws. 

Weight,  17  pounds, 

19.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  3X  inch  jaws. 

Weight,  32  pounds, 

19X.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  4 inch  jaws. 
Weight,  46  pounds, 

20.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  4X  inch  jaws. 

Weight,  65  pounds, 

21.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  5X  inch  jaws. 

Weight,  109  pounds, 

22.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  6 inch  jaws. 

Weight,  168  pounds, 

23.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  7 inch  jaws. 

Weight,  207  pounds, 


Price. 


Opens  3X  inches. 

i 

Opens  4X  inches. 
Opens  5X  inches. 


75 


8 50 


10  50 

Opens  6 inches.  ® 

12  50 

Opens  8 inches. 

- 

19  OO 

Opens  9 inches. 

27  OO 

jaws, 

Opens  11  inches. 

No. 

34- 

- 

35  00 

39- 

Fig.  1478. 


NEW  SOLID  JAW  JEWELERS’  VISES. 


Price. 
$3  00 
4 00 


783 


VISES — Continued. 


Fig.  1479. 


STATIONARY  BOTTOM,  COACH-MAKERS’  SELF-ADJ  CSTING 
JAW  VISE. 

Coach-Makers’  Vises  which  are  constructed  upon  the  same 
principles  as  the  Iron -Workers’  before  described,  are  acknowledged 
to  possess  many  advantages  over  any  other  yet  offered  for  use  of 
car  and  carriage  builders,  furniture  manufacturers,  pattern  makers 
and  all  wood  workers. 

No.  Price. 

12.  Stationary  bottom.  3^  inch  jaws.  Opens  7 inches. 

Weight,  30  pounds,  - $8  00 

10.  Stationary  bottom.  4 x/2  inch  jaws.  Opens  9 y2  inches. 

Weight,  59  pounds,  - - - - 11  00 


Fig.  1481. 


PRENTISS’  PATENT  SELF-ADJUSTING  JAW  VISES  FOR 


JEWELERS. 

No.  Price. 

30.  Stationary  bottom.  1 y inch  jaws.  Opens  1 inches,  $3  50 

31.  Same  as  above,  nickel  plated,  - - - 5 75 

32.  Stationary  bottom.  2 inch  jaws.  Opens  2 inches,  4 00 

33.  Same  as  above,  nickel  plated,  - - - 6 50 


Fig.  1483. 


A 


No.  Price. 

35.  Swivel  bottom.  1%  inch  jaws.  Opens  inches,  $4  50 

36.  Same  as  above,  nickel  plated,  - - - 6 75 

37.  Swivel  bottom.  2 inch  jaws.  Opens  2 inches,  - 5 00 

38.  Same  as  above,  nickel  plated,  - - - 7 50 


Fig.  1480. 


PATENT  SWIVEL  BOTTOM,  COACH-MAKERS’  SELF-ADJUST- 
ING JAW  VISE. 

Self-Adjusting  Jaw,  combined  with  the  patent  swivel  bottom, 
makes  the  best  vise  ever  offered  artisans  in  wood,  the  large  sur- 
faces ol  the  jaws  (which  are  finished  perfectly  smooth)  protecting 
the  work  from  injury,  while  the  self-adjusting  jaw  easily  and 
firmly  holds  articles  of  any  shape. 

No.  Price. 

27.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  3^  inch  jaws.  Opens  7 inches. 

Weight,  34  pounds,  - - - -$9  5° 

26.  Patent  swivel  bottom.  4)4  inch  jaws.  Opens  9J2  inches. 

Weight,  67  pounds,  - - - - 13  00 


Fig.  1482. 


PRENTISS’  PATENT  MACHINISTS’  NEW  RAPID  TRANSIT  VISE. 


No.  Price. 

70.  Stationary  bottom.  3 inch  jaws.  Opens  3 )4  inches. 

Weight,  22  pounds,  - - - $6  50 

71.  Stationary  bottom.  3^  inch  jaws.  Opens  4 inches. 

Weight,  33  pounds,  - - - 8 00 

72.  Stationary  bottom.  4%  inch  jaws.  Opens  5 '/£  inches. 

Weight,  54  pounds,  - - - - 1 1 00 

73.  Stationary  bottom.  4J^  inch  jaws.  Opens  6'/2  inches. 

Weight,  65  pounds,  - - - 13  50 

74.  Stationary  bottom.  5)4  inch  jaws.  Opens  8 inches. 

Weight,  98  pounds,  - - - 19  00 

75.  Stationary  bottom.  6)4  inch  jaws.  Opens  <))4  inches. 

Weight,  150  pounds,  - - - - 28  00 


784 


VISES— Continued. 


Pig.  1484. 


PRENTISS’  NEW  “ BULL  DOG  ” VISES. 
Best  plain  vises  made. 


Fig.  14S6. 


PRENTISS’  “RULE  DOG”  STATIONARY  BOTTOM,  MACHINISTS’ 
SOLID  JAW,  PARALLEL  VISE. 


No, 

50. 

SI- 

52. 

53- 

54- 

55- 
56. 


Price. 

Stationary  bottom.  3%  inch  jaws.  Opens  4 inches. 

Weight,  22  pounds,  - - - $6  00 

Stationary  bottom.  3 Y%  inch  jaws.  Opens  5 inches. 

Weight,  28  pounds,  - - - - 7 00 

Stationary  bottom.  4 inch  jaws.  Opens  5 y2  inches. 

Weight,  42  pounds,  - - - - 8 50 

Stationary  bottom.  inch  jaws.  Opens  6%  inches. 

Weight,  52  pounds,  - - - - 10  00 

Stationary  bottom.  5 inch  jaws.  Opens  7 inches. 

Weight,  72  pounds,  - - - - 13  00 

Stationary  bottom.  5^  inch  jaws.  Opens  8 inches. 

Weight,  100  pounds,  - - - - 18  50 

Stationary  bottom.  6 inch  jaws.  Opens  9 l/2  inches. 

Weight,  135  pounds,  - - - 25  00 


SWIVEL  BOTTOM,  MACHINISTS’  SOLID  JAW  PARALLEL  VISE. 
No.  Price. 

90.  Swivel  bottom  3^  inch  jaws.  Opens  4 inches. 

Weight,  28  pounds,  - - - $7  50 

91.  Swivel  bottom.  3^  inch  jaws.  Opens  5 inches. 

Weight,  36  pounds,  - - - - 8 75 

92.  Swivel  bottom.  \]/%  inch  jaws.  Opens  5%  inches. 

Weight,  52  pounds,  - - . 10  50 

93.  Swivel  bottom.  4^  inch  jaws.  Opens  inches. 

Weight,  64  pounds,  - - - - 12  50 

94.  Swivel  bottom.  5 inch  jaws.  Opens  7 inches. 

Weight,  85  pounds,  - - - 16  00 

95.  Swivel  bottom.  5^  inch  jaws.  Opens  inches. 

Weight,  1 15  pounds,  - - - 22  00 

96.  Swivel  bottom.  6 inch  jaws.  Opens  9 ]/2  inches. 

Weight,  155  pounds,  - - - - 30  00 


Fig.  1485. 


NEW  SWIVEL  BOTTOM  ATTACHMENT. 


By  use  of  which  all  sizes  of  our  Stationary  Bottom  rapid 
transit  vises  may  be  changed  to  swivel  bottom  vises.  Prices  in 
eluding  bolts  and  nuts. 


For  Vise.  Each.  Per  Vise. 

No.  70,  - - $1.00  No.  74, 

No.  71,  - - - 1.50  No.  75, 

Nos.  72  and  73,  - 1.75  No.  76, 


Each. 

$2.50 

3-25 

i-75 


PRENTISS’  NEW  STEEL  (CHANNEL)  BAR  FILERS’  VISES 

SWIVEL  BOTTOM. 

Our  wrought  iron  steel  (channel)  sliding  bar  renders  it  possi- 
ble to  construct  this  vise  with  the  highest  jaws  and  largest  throat 
opening  of  any  vise  ever  before  offered,  thus  holding  the  largest 
and  most  complicated  work,  being  particularly  adapted  to  bicycle 
manufacturing  and  repair  shops. 

Rough  cut  or  smooth  jaws,  as  ordered. 

No.  48.  Swivel  bottom.  4 inch  jaws.  Opens  6 inches. 

Weight,  45  pounds,  - - - $8.00 


Fig.  1488. 


PRENTISS’  IMPROVED  COMBINATION  PIPE  VISES. 

Pipe  may  be  held  at  various  angles  and  a slight  turn  of  lever 
releases  it.  Capacity  greater  than  other  vises. 

No.  _ Each. 

81.  Jaws  t,'/2  in.,  holds  '/$  to  2'/2  in.  pipe.  Weight,  35  lbs.,  $16  00 

82.  Jaws  4lX  in.,  holds  % to  4 in.  pipe.  Weight,  55  lbs.,  20.00 

83.  Jaws  5 in.,  holds  to  6 in.  pipe.  Weight,  100  lbs.,  30.00 


785 


Fig.  1489. 


VISES — Continued. 


PRENTISS’  NEW  STEEL  (CHANNEL)  BAR  FILERS’  VISES 

STATIONARY  BOTTOM. 

The  Prentiss  is  absolutely  as  inflexible  and  rigid  as  though 
made  with  cast  iron  slide,  thus  insuring  the  user  a parallel  vise 
that  will  not  spring  nor  break.  The  nut  is  fastened  in  the  center 
of  vise  body,  giving  a maximum  grip  with  minimum  friction  and 
strain. 

No.  43.  Stationary  bottom,  - - $7.00 

4 inch  jaws.  Opens  6 inches.  Weight,  37  pounds. 


Fig.  1491. 


HAND  VISE,  No.  3. 


This  vise  is  made  of  solid  steel  castings,  well  tempered,  with  a 
heavy  spring  inside  to  open  the  jaws,  which  are  closed  with  a bolt 
and  nut,  as  seen  in  the  cut.  It  has  a blue  finish  with  polished 
jaws.  The  jaws  are  i'/i  inches  wide,  and  open  i */2  inches.  Length 
of  vise,  5 inches.  Weight  one  pound. 

Price,  per  dozen,  - • $9  00 


Fig.  1490. 


No. 

Takes 

Price, 


1 A 
Vito  2 
$12.00 


2 A 

A to  4 

16.00 


PATENT  PIPE  VISE. 

It.  will  be  seen  by  re- 
ferring to  the  cut  of  this 
vise,  that  the  beams 
which  holds  the  upper 
jaw  is  hinged.  By  this 
improvement  the  pipe  can 
be  placed  in  the  vise  at 
any  point.  The  side  open- 
ing has  other  advantages, 
that  the  vise  may  be  used 
for  holding  pipes  while 
fittings  are  screwed  on  one 
or  both  ends,  or  for  taking 
apart  old  pipe  work. 

3 A 4 A 

1 yz  to  6 6 to  12 

24.00  60.00 


Fig.  1492. 


WROUGHT  IRON  SOLID  BOX  VISES. 


Width  of 

Weight 

Jaw. 

about . 

Price. 

3 A inches. 

35 

pounds. 

$10 

OO 

4 “ 

40 

< ( 

IO 

50 

4 % “ 

45 

( ( 

II 

OO 

4#  “ 

50 

< i 

II 

50 

4 U “ 

55 

( ( 

12 

OO 

5 “ 

60 

( ( 

13 

OO 

5 “ 

65 

( ( 

14 

OO 

5'A  “ 

70 

t i 

15 

OO 

514:  “ 

75 

( t 

l6 

OO 

5'A  “ 

80 

( ( 

17 

50 

5'A  “ 

85 

( t 

18 

50 

“ 

90 

( ( 

20 

OO 

53A  “ 

95 

( ( 

21 

OO 

In  ordering  solid  box  vises, 
mate  weight. 


Width  of  Weight 

Jaw.  about  Price. 


6 inches. 

100  pounds.  $22  00 

6 

( ( 

no 

“ 24  00 

6 

t ( 

1 15 

1 • 25  00 

6/4 

( ( 

120 

“ 26  00 

614' 

< ( 

125 

“ 27  50 

6>4 

i ( 

130 

“ 29  00 

7 

< ( 

140 

“ 33  00 

7 

150 

“ 36  00 

7'X 

( ( 

l6o 

“ 41  30 

7 'A 

( ( 

170 

“ 44  50 

7'A 

« ( 

l8o 

“ 47  00 

TYa 

( ( 

I90 

“ 53 00 

8 

( c 

200 

“ 56  00 

give 

width  of  jaw 

and  approxi 

786 


VISES — Continued. 


Fig.  1493- 


Fig.  1494. 


This  is  a forged  steel  vise,  with  a cocobola  handle  It  is  blue 
finish  with  polished  jaws.  As  seen  in  the  cut  the  handle  may  be 
taken  off  and  the  shank  placed  in  a bit  brace.  The  jaws  are 
creased  to  hold  a twist  drill.  It  may  be  used  as  a vise,  wrench  or 
drill  chuck.  It  is  a very  substantial  tool. 

Width  of  jaws,  1 X inches;  diameter  of  screw,  y2  inch;  length 
over  all,  6X  inches  ; jaws  open,  1%  inches;  width  of  thumb  nut, 
iX  inches;  weight,  17  ounces. 

Price,  .....  per  dozen,  $18  00 


NEW  PEERLESS  PATENT  PIPE  GRIP. 

New  Improved  (Swivel  Jaw)  Pipe  Grip,  “Peerless.”  Made 
of  steel. 

No.  1.  Fits  any  3 to  4 % inch  vise,  will  hold  % to  2 X inch 

pipe,  - - - - $2.50 

No.  2.  Fits  any  4X  to  5X  inch  vise,  will  hold  % to  5 inch 

pipe,  -----  2.75 

No.  3.  Fits  any  6 to  8%  inch  vise,  will  hold  % to  6 inch 

pipe,  -----  3.00 


Fig.  1495. 


ALFORD  HAND  VISE. 


The  jaws  are  of  forged  and  tempered  steel,  the  screw  and  cross- 
bar are  also  made  of  steel,  the  handle  is  made  of  rosewood  with 
lignumvitae  cap.  It  is  hollow,  and  the  bit  shank  and  tools  seen  in 
the  cut  are  placed  inside.  The  blades  bent  at  right  angle  are  used 
for  cutting  washers. 

The  vise  jaws  are  iX  inches  wide  and  open  i'/s  inches.  They 
will  center  and  hold  tools  firmly  of  any  shape . The  vise  is  one- 
tliird  larger  than  the  cut,  while  the  tools  are  full  size.  The  handle 
can  be  unscrewed  from  the  vise  and  the  bit  shank  put  in  its  place, 
to  be  used  with  a bit  brace  for  any  kind  of  boring,  drilling  or  cut- 
ting washers.  The  handle  can  also  be  screwed  into  the  vise  at 
right  angles  with  its  usual  position,  which  is  desirable  for  many 
kinds  of  work . 

Price,  with  all  the  tools,  - - - per  dozen,  $21  00 


787 


Fig.  1496. 


VISES— Continued. 


Fig.  1497. 


PRENTISS’  HEAVY  CHIPPING  VISE. 

This  is  the  largest  and  heaviest  vise  in  the  market,  and  pos- 
sesses all  the  requisites  to  meet  the  heavy  demands  made  upon  a 
vise  of  this  class  in  railroad  and  machine  shops,  foundries,  glass 
works,  mills  and  large  manufactories. 

No.  Price. 

58.  inch  jaws.  Opens  12  inches,  Weight,  275  pounds,  $50  00 
Swivel  bottom  attachment  for  this  vise,  $5  00 
Fig.  1498. 


Fig.  1500. 


MALLEABLE  IRON 
HINGED  PIPE 
VISE. 

No.  Takes  Pipe.  Price. 

3 to  2 inches,  $10.00 

5 /i  to  3 inches  14.00 

6 X to  4 inches  20.00 

7 1 to  6 inches  36.00 

We  make  angle  plates 

for  Nos.  5 and  6. 


MALLEABLE  IRON  HINGED  PIPE  VISE. 

No.  Takes  Pipe.  Trice, 

o,  - - % to  2 inches,  - - $8.00 


Fig.  1499. 


MALLEABLE  IRON 
HINGED  PIPE 
VISE. 

Heavy  Pattern. 

No.  Takes  Pipe.  Price. 

1,  % to  2'/2  in.,  $10-00 

2,  '/s  to  2,'A.  in.,  14.50 

Light  Pattern. 

1 E.,  '/%  to  2 in.,  8.00 

2 E.,  '/$  to  3 in.,  i2.o> 


PRENTISS’  NEW 
OPEN  SIDE  PIPE 
VISES. 

No.  86,  jaws  3^ 
inches,  holds  to 
3 inch  pipe. Weight, 
18  pounds.  Price, 
$10.00. 

No.  88,  jaws  4'X 
inches,  holds  % to 
4'/2  inch  pipe. 
Weight,  40  pounds. 
Price,  $16.00. 


788 


*Horseshoer’s 

Special. 


Fig.  1502. 


EAGLE  ANVILS. 

Cast  Iron,  with  Patent  Double  Thick  Steel  on  Both  Edges  of  Face,  Whole  Length. 
BLACKSMITHS’.  PETER  WRIGHT’S  ANVILS. 


—Face. 

N 

Horn. 

Weight. 

Length 

Width. 

Cutter-Hole 

Square. 

Length. 

Pounds. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

IOO 

12 

3J4 

3A 

8 A 

no 

12^ 

3J4 

3A 

8 A 

120 

12  3A 

3'A 

U 

8 A 

13° 

13A 

33A 

3A 

8 A 

140 

14 

4 

A 

8 A 

- 150 

h'A 

4 

A 

IO 

150 

15 

4 

A 

TO 

l6o 

15 

4*C 

1 

IO 

170 

15 

4'A 

I 

IO 

l8o 

15  ^ 

4'A 

I 

10 

200 

16K 

4 3A 

i'A 

u'A 

225 

16  a 

43A 

1 A 

a A 

250 

17'A 

5'A 

i'A 

a A 

275 

i73A 

5'A 

i'A 

11 K 

300 

19 

5 'A 

*'A 

u'A. 

350 

20 

6 

1 A 

13 

400 

21 

6 

1 A 

13 

500 

23 

6% 

i'A 

14  A 

600 

23 

(>A 

i'A 

14  A 

AXE  MAKERS’. 

Weight. 

Length. 

Width. 

Height. 

Pounds. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

150 

9'A 

4 3A 

IO 

165 

IO 

4 

IO'/ 

175 

IO 

4'A 

IO  'A 

225 

12 

4 3A 

U'A 

260 

14 

4% 

II 

CUTLERS’. 

Two  steel  slots. 

440 

19 

5 A 

14 

Horn  8 inches  long — 3 steel  slots . 

300 

17 

5 

12 

FILE  MAKERS’. 


Two  steel  slots . 


Weights  from  84  to  500  pounds, 

- 

— 

cents  per  pound. 

“ 70  “ 84 

advance,  - 

1 

< 4 ( ( 

“ “ 60  “ 70  “ 

i i 

iA 

<C  (« 

“ “ 50  “ 60 

1 1 

2 

il  H 

“ under  50  pounds, 

a 

3 

“ 

SMALL  ANVILS  (MINIMS.) 

No.  000 

2 A 

K 

— 

1 A 

‘ 1 - 

- 5 A 

1 A 

A 

3A 

‘ 2 - - - - - 

6 x 

2 A 

A 

4 

‘ 3 

- 7 'A 

2'A 

A 

4 

‘ 4 

8A 

3 

A 

5'A 

‘ 5 - - - - 

■ 9lA 

3 

A 

6 A 

‘ 6 

10 

3 

A 

6'A 

‘ t ...  - 

- ioj^ 

3'A 

A 

6A 

1 8 

3'A 

A 

7'A 

‘ 9 

11 

3'A 

A 

7'A 

ARMITAGE  MOUSE  HOLE  ANVILS. 

Weights  from  84  to  500  pounds,  - - — cents  per  pound . 

“ “ 65  “ 84  “ advance,  1 “ “ 

“ “ 50  “ 65  “ “ - i'/2  “ “ 

AMERICAN  HORSE  SHOER  ANVIL. 

Price,  .....  — cents  per  pound. 


FISHER  PLOW  MAKERS. 


Face. — 

Horn. 

Weight. 

Length. 

Width. 

Cutter-Hole 

Square. 

Length. 

Pounds. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

190 

I7A 

4'A 

I 

loA 

BIT  MAKERS’. 

Two  steel  slots. 

1 350  6 x 5 6 long. 

WROUGHT  IRON,  STEEL  FACE  ANVILS. 


400 


19  K 


Number. 


5'A 


Weight. 

Pounds. 


13 

CHAIN  MAKERS’. 

Face. 

Inches. 


In  all  patterns,  from  50  to  500  pounds, 


Horn. 

Inches. 


I 

90 

9 x 3 A 

4^ 

2 

115 

8x3 

5 double 

3 

220 

14  x 4 

\A  double 

4 

325 

18  x \'/z 

4 1/2  double 

5 

360 

16  x 5 A 

9 

6 

275 

16  x 4 A 

7 

675 

22  x 6l/2 

8 

75o 

25  x 6 A 

9 

1000 

26  X 7 

cents  per  pound. 


EVERY  ANVIL  WARRANTED. 


789 


BLACKSHITH  TOOLS 


Fig.  1503- 


Fullers,  Top  and  Bottom.  50c.  per  lb. 


Fig.  1507. 


Swedges,  Top  and  Bottom.  50c.  per  lb. 


Collar  Swedges,  Top  and  Bottom,  60c.  per  lb. 


Fig.  1509. 


Flatters.  Set  Hammers. 

50c.  per  lb.  50c.  per  lb. 


Fig.  1511. 


Hardies. 
50c.  per  lb. 


Blacksmiths’  Punches.  (Round  and  Square. ) 

Round,  - - per  lb.,  55c.  Square,  - - per  lb.  55c 


(Blacksmiths’  Heading  Tools.  Per  lb. , 50c 


Fig.  1515. 


Cold  Chisels.  From  Best  Tool  Steel. 

Size,  - X y$  ^ % % y&  18  inches  long. 

Price,  - .30  .35  .35  .40  .50  .55  .60  cents  each. 

Fig.  1516. 


Cape  Chisels.  From  Best  Tool  Steel. 


Size,  - - 3-16  y 5-16  3/»  'A  H H 8 inches  long. 

Price,  - .35  .40  .50  .60  .70  .80  .90  cents  each. 


Fig.  1517. 


Blacksmiths’  Creasers,  Adze  Eye.  Per  doz.,  $10.00- 


;Fig.  1518. 


Cold  Chisel.  Per  lb.  50  cents.  Hot  Chisels,  same  price. 


Plugs  and  Feathers.  Weight,  4 to  6 ounces.  Per  lb.,  40  cents. 


790 


BLACKSMITHS’  T0NQ5. 


Gad. 

Single  Pick  Up. 

Round  Jaw. 

Angle  Jaw. 

Clip. 

Bolt. 

Rivet. 

Pick. 

40c.  per  lb. 

40c.  per  lb. 

40c.  per  lb. 

60c.  per  lb. 

Si. 20  per  lb. 

Fig.  1529. 

40c.  per  lb. 

60c.  per  lb.  "73 

60c.  per  lb. 

liSsgB 

Lathe  Tool. 
6oc.  per  lb . 


Straight  Lip  Tongs. 

No.  _ Per  doz.  No.  Per  doz.  No.  Per  doz.  No.  Per  doz.  No. 

1330  Length  12  inches  $5.75  1331  Length  14  inches  $6-75  1332  Length  16  inches  $7-75  1333  Length  18  inches  $8.75  1334 

1335  “ 22  “ 11. 00  1336  “ 24  “ 12.50  1337  “ 26  “ 14.00  1338  “ 28  “ 15.75  1339 


Fig.  1530. 


Per  doz. 
Length  20  inches  $9.75 
“ 3°  “ 17-5° 


Curved  Lip,  Fluted  Jaw. 

No.  Per  doz.  No.  _ Per  doz.  No.  Per  doz.  No.  Per  doz.  No.  Per  doz. 

1340  Length  12  inches  8650  1341  Length  14  inches  87.50  1342  Length  16  inches  88.50  1343  Length  18  inches  89.50  1344  Length  20  inches  810.50 

1345  ‘ 22  “ 12.00  1346  ‘ 24  “ 13.50  1347  ,T  26  “ 15.00  1348  ,T  28  “ 17.00  1349  “ 30  “ 19.00 


791 


Fig.  1531. 


ROOT’S  FOUNDRY  BLOWERS. 

Root’s  Rotary  Positive  Pressure  Blower  stands  without  an  equal  in  design,  construction,  operation,  simplicity,  efficiency,  durability 
and  economy  of  power. 

Every  part  is  as  accurately  finished  as  it  is  possible  for  the  latest  improved  machinery  and  skilled  labor  to  do  the  work.  The  blast 
can  be  discharged  in  any  direction,  as  we  construct  these  blowers  with  top,  bottom  or  side  discharge.  We  also  fit  them  up  with  one  or  two 
pulleys,  or  with  one  or  two  engines  as  required.  For  all  kinds  of  general,  and  some  special  work,  we  recommend  one  pulley  or  one 
engine. 

During  the  last  few  years  we  have  fitted  up  a great  many  of  our  blowers  and  pumps  with  electric  motors  on  same  bed  plate.  This 
makes  a very  compact  and  desirable  arrangement  in  a great  many  cases,  and  we  are  always  pleased  to  furnish  plans  and  estimates  on  any 
of  these  blowers  or  pumps  fitted  in  this  manner. 

Speeds  and  Capacities  of  our  Blowers  for  Cupolas. 


No.  l/z  Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  21  to  24  inches  inside  lining. 
Discharges  1 y2  cubic  feet  per  revolution. 

400  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  1 1-5  tons  per  hour. 

445  “ “ “ 1 i-3  “ 

500  “ “ “ 1 1-2  “ “ 

No.  1 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  24  to  28  inches  inside  lining. 
Discharges  3 cubic  feet  per  revolution. 

350  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  2 1-10  tons  per  hour. 
390  “ “ “ 2 1-3  “ 

445  “ “ “ 2 2‘3  “ 

No.  2 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  28  to  32  inches  inside  lining. 
Discharges  5 cubic  feet  per  revolution. 

320  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  31-5  tons  per  hour. 

375  “ “ “ 3 3-4  “ 

420  “ “ “415  “ “ 


No.  3 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  32  to  42  inches  inside  lining. 
Discharges  8 cubic  feet  per  revolution. 

270  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  41-3  tons  per  hour. 

325  “ “ “ 5 1-6  “ 

375  “ “ “ 6 

No.  4 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  42  to  45  inches  inside  lining. 
Discharges  13  cubic  feet  per  revolution. 

240  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  61-3  tons  per  hour. 

280  “ “ “ 7 i-3  “ 

330  “ “ " 82-3  “ 


No.  5 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  48  to  54  inches  inside  lining. 
Discharges  22  cubic  feet  per  revolution. 

205  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  9 tons  per  hour. 

250  “ “ “ 10  1-2  “ “ 

285  “ “ “ 12  1-2  “ “ 

No.  6 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  60  to  72  inches,  or  two  42  to 
48  inches  inside  lining.  Discharges  37  cubic  feet  per  revo- 
lution. 

175  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  13  tons  per  hour. 

215  “ “ “ 16  “ “ 

260  “ “ “ 19  “ *• 

No.  7 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  72  to  84  inches,  or  two  48  to 
54  inches  inside  lining.  Discharges  63  cubic  feet  per  revo- 
lution. 

150  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  19  tons  per  hour. 

175  <■  “ “ 22  “ “ 

200  “ “ “ 25  “ “ 

No.  8 Blower. — Adapted  to  a cupola  78  to  84  inches,  or  two  60  to 
66  inches  inside  lining.  Discharges  116  cubic  feet  per  revo. 
lution. 

100  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  23  1-5  tons  per  hour. 

125  “ “ “ 29  “ 

150  “ “ “ 34  2-3  “ 

No.  9 Blower. — Adapted  to  two  cupolas  60  to  72  inches,  or  two  78 
to  84  inches  inside  lining.  Discharges  197  cubic  feet  per 
revolution. 

75  revolutions  per  minute  will  melt  29  1-2  tons  per  hour. 

100  “ “ “ 39  1-2  “ “ 

125  m ..  ..  49  .. 


792 


ROOT’S  HIGH  PRESSURE  BLOWER. 


THE  New  Rotary  Positive  Pressure  Blowers  have  such  form,  and  the  system  by  which  they  are  dressed  is  such  that  they 
are  susceptible  of  being  finished  with  such  accuracy  that  they  will  maintain  a mathematically  accurate  contact  with 
each  other,  and  the  case,  during  the  entire  revolution.  Owing  to  this  perfect  contact  of  the  pistons  with  each  other,  and  a 
number  of  other  improvements  which  have  been  recently  patented,  we  are  enabled  to  obtain  a much  higher  pressure  than 
with  the  old  style  blowers.  With  this  improved  construction,  we  can  obtain  without  difficulty  a pressure  of  ten  (io  pounds) 
per  square  inch,  and  we  would  not  hesitate  to  undertake  to  build  blowers  that  would  give  a still  higher  pressure  than  this  ; the 
matter  resolves  itself  simply  into  questions  of  the  strength  and  accuracy  of  the  blower  and  the  power  necessary  to  operate  it. 
It  will  be  apparent  however  at  once,  that  to  give  such  high  pressures  as  those  named  above,  the  internal  operating  parts  must 
be  fitted  to  work  together  with  the  utmost  accuracy,  and  that  all  the  parts  must  have  weight  and  strength,  corresponding  with 
the  work  to  be  done,  which,  of  course,  will  add  to  its  cost  in  a corresponding  ratio.  But  a rotary  blower  capable  of  giving 
the  pressures  named  above,  will  have  advantages  that  will  much  more  than  compensate  for  the  additional  cost.  Among  those 
that  might  be  named  are  the  following  : 

ist.  On  account  of  their  rotary  motion  and  the  higher  speed  at  which  they  may  be  run,  and  their  compactness,  they 
have  a much  greater  capacity  in  volume  of  air  discharged,  as  compared  with  size  and  space  occupied,  than  blowing  cylinders. 
This,  for  many  purposes,  is  almost  a vital  consideration,  especially  where  it  is  necessary  that  they  should  be  portable  ; as,  for 
elevating  and  transferring  grain  from  one  car  to  another,  or  into  storage  houses,  or  from  vessels  to  canal  boats,  or  vice  versa. 

2d.  With  rotary  blowers,  valves,  or  their  equivalents,  are  unnecessary,  while  with  piston  blowers  they  are  indispenable. 
This  greatly  simplifies  their  construction. 

3d.  As  the  rotary  blower  dispenses  with  valves  and  receivers,  and  is  direct  in  its  action,  it  is  much  simpler  in  its  con- 
struction, and  is  also  much  more  compact  in  form,  and  will  bear  a higher  speed  ; it  will,  therefore,  for  any  given  size  of 
blower,  discharge  a much  larger  volume  of  air  than  any  other  style.  We  are  able,  therefore,  to  build  a blower  capable  of  doing 
any  given  work,  for  a less  price  than  blowing  cylinders  of  the  same  capacity  can  be  built. 

An  important  feature  in  the  construction  of  our  blower  is  that  all  parts  requiring  attention  are  external,  visible,  and 
easily  accessible.  As  before  stated,  the  internal  operating  parts  do  not  run  in  actual  contact,  and,  therefore,  require  no  atten- 
tion beyond  occasional  lubrication.  The  wear  is  all  confined  to  the  journal  and  gears,  and  all  changes,  adjustments  and 
renewals  can  be  made  from  the  outside,  while  in  other  blowers  these  parts  are  internal,  and  can  only  be  reached  by  taking  the 
machine  apart,  and  putting  it  together  again.  A little  consideration  will  show  the  advantage  and  importance  of  this  arrange- 
ment. 

ist.  It  is  simpler  than  any  other  blower. 

2d.  It  is  the  only  positive  rotary  blower  made  with  impellers  constructed  on  correct  principles. 

3d.  It  is  the  best  because  it  has  stood  the  test  of  years  and  is  the  result  of  long  experience. 

4th.  In  case  of  wear  of  the  journals  the  impellers  will  not  come  together  and  break  or  consume  unnecessary  power,  as 
is  the  case  with  competing  machines. 

5th.  The  principles  upon  which  our  blowers  are  constructed  admit  of  more  perfect  mechanical  proportions  than  any 

other. 

6th.  The  only  perfectly  adjustable  journal  box  for  this  type  of  machine  is  used. 


793 


ROOT’S^  FOUNDRY  BLOWER  WITH  ENGINE. 

Blower  and  Engine  Combined  on  Same  Bed  Plate. 


DURING  the  past  ten  years  the  manufacturer  has  spent  a great  deal  of  time  and  money  in  perfecting  the  Rotary  Force 
Pump.  We  have  found,  after  testing  in  a practical  way,  under  exactly  the  same  conditions,  what  seemed  to  be  the 
best  forms  of  pistons  for  rotary  force  pumps,  that  the  form  of  piston  we  illustrate  herewith  is  immensely  superior,  in  sim- 
plicity, durability,  efficiency  and  economy  of  power — the  four  most  essential  elements  to  embody  in  any  machine — to  any 
other  form  of  rotary  pump.  They  have  gone  further:  they  have  found  that  with  the  pump  they  can  guarantee  a higher 
percentage  of  useful  effect,  and  a greater  saving  in  the  consumption  of  coal  than  any  other  pump  made,  whether  rotary  or 
reciprocating. 

For  irrigating  purposes  it  is  “par  excellence,”  and  for  any  other  purpose  where  a pump  is  required  we  guarantee  it  in 
every  particular.  By  means  of  a coupling,  spur  or  mortise  gears,  it  is  easily  connected  direct  or  by  belt  or  gear,  thus 
constituting  a plain,  simple  pumping  station,  and  one  as  highly  efficient  and  economical  as  any  pumping  plant  in  existence. 

In  offering  this  pump  to  the  public,  it  is  done  so  after  an  experience  of  thirty-six  years  in  the  construction  of  machines 
of  the  rotary  type — after  the  most  exhaustive  practical  tests,  and  after  subjecting  it  to  years  of  service  in  all  kinds  of  work; 
and  we  unhesitatingly  assert  that  to-day  they  offer  the  most  perfect  rotary  pump — and  in  some  respects  and  for  certain 
purposes  the  most  perfect  pump  ( whether  rotary,  reciprocating  or  centrifugal ) on  the  market. 


794 


Fig.  1534. 


IMPROVED  PATTERN  POSITIVE  PRESSURE  BLOWER  OR  ROTARY  AIR  PUHP. 

These  Blowers  are  in  successful  operation  in  many  branches  of  business,  and  are  being  used  for  many  classes  of  work, 
such  as : — 

Soldering — Brazing — Sand  Blast — Melting  of  Metals — Glass  Work — Agitating  Liquids — Atomizers — Court-Plaster — 
Increasing  Draft  or  Ventilation — Piano  Cleaning,  and  for  many  other  uses,  where  air  at  a certain  pressure  is  required. 

Speed. — As  this  blower  gives  a positive  blast,  measuring  and  forcing  a certain  amount  of  air  at  each  revolution,  it  is 
important  that  the  speed  should  be  regulated  as  per  table  below. 

Air  Pipes  — The  size  of  air  pipe  to  convey  the  air  should  be  as  large  as  the  nipple  or  short  pipe  that  is  fitted  in  each 
blower.  It  is  of  great  importance  in  all  blowers  that  the  conducting  pipes  should  not  only  be  of  suitable  size,  but  should  be 
free  from  elbows  or  turns  as  much  as  possible,  as  all  tend  to  resist  the  passage  of  air  and  create  friction,  thereby  making  it 
necessary  to  increase  the  power  to  force  the  air  around  the  short  turns,  or  through  the  small  passage  or  small  pipes  And  this 
increase  of  friction,  caused  by  small  pipes,  bends  and  elbows,  is  both  unnecessary  and  expensive. 

Directions  for  Running. — The  friction  of  this  blower  is  confined  to  the  bearings  for  the  shaft,  also  to  the  cylinder  in 
which  the  fans  revolve. 

To  oil  the  shaft,  unscrew  the  plugs  in  each  head  and  drop  in  a candle,  such  as  are  sent  with  every  machine.  Screw  the 
plugs  in  tight  again . 

These  candles  will  last  about  one  week,  when  a new  candle  should  be  put  in  each  receiver. 

To  oil  the  cylinder,  the  sight  feed  oil  cup  on  top  of  the  machine  should  be  filled  with  heavy  oil  (such  as  cylinder  oil), 
and  set  the  screw  on  cup  at  about  No.  3 or  4,  so  as  to  feed  one  drop  of  oil  about  every  five  minutes,  which  is  all  the  machine 
requires. 

By  ordinary  attention  to  oiling,  the  blower  will  keep  in  perfect  running  condition. 


Spec  1 fications. 


Number  of 

Diameter  of 

Diameter  of 

Face  of 

Revolutions 

Horse-Power 

Cubic  Inches 

Blower. 

Cylinder. 

Pulleys. 

Pulleys. 

per  Minute. 

Required. 

Delivered  per 
Revolution. 

Pressure  to 

I 

4 ]/z  inches. 

3 inches. 

1 inch. 

600 

A 

15  inches. 

8 pounds. 

2 

6 “ 

4 “ 

114  “ 

400 

A 

40  “ 

“ 

3 

8 “ 

5 “ 

2>4  “ 

300 

Vz 

90  “ 

“ 

4 

8 “ 

7 ‘ 

3 “ 

250 

I 

200  “ 

t ( 

5 

12  “ 

10  “ 

3 “ 

250 

I 

400  “ 

a 

6 

12  << 

12  u 

4 “ 

250 

600  “ 

a 

795 


Fig.  1535- 


HIGH  PRESSURE  BLOWER  No.  3. 

THIS  machine  was  designed  to  produce  a forced  blast  of  any  desired  pressure,  but  more  especially  to  deliver  a steady  and 
continuous  air  blast  of  greatest  possible  volume  under  a pressure  per  square  inch  of  from  one-half  (yi)  to  two  (2) 
pounds,  variable  according  to  requirements.  It  is  practically  noiseless  in  operation,  runs  at  moderate  speed,  and  requires 
less  power  than  other  machines  of  the  same  capacity. 

While  more  especially  designed  for  operating  oil  gas  machines  and  gas  blast  furnaces,  the  Blower  is  applicable  wherever 
a steady  air  blast  under  definite  pressure  is  needed. 

These  machines  are  now  made  in  six  regular  sizes  as  per  table  on  following  page,  and  for  any  other  desired  capacity  and 
pressure  “ to  order.” 

Where  wanted  to  replace  some  other  blower  or  air  compressor,  we  warrant  satisfaction  when  correctly  advised  respecting 
the  required  pressure  and  volume  of  discharge. 

We  warrant  the  perfect  working  of  this  Blower  for  two  years,  during  which  period  we  will  remedy  promptly  any 
defect  disclosed,  at  our  own  expense,  provided  directions  for  placing  and  operating  the  Blower,  sent  with  invoice,  are  strictly 
complied  with. 

We  claim  that  no  other  blower  will  equal  it  for  economy  in  power,  and  that  it  is  the  smallest  and  most  compact  machine 
now  in  the  market,  for  equal  capacity. 

Barring  mechanical  defects  from  imperfect  workmanship,  against  which  we  insure  our  patrons,  there  can  be  no  clatter, 
thumping  or  other  noises,  except  that  incident  to  the  escape  of  compressed  air  from  a relief  valve,  and  this  can  be  removed 
if  desired.  With  proper  lubrication,  which  is  amply  provided  for  by  four  oil  cups  to  be  regularly  filled,  we  assume  no 
risk  in  warranting  the  proper  working  of  this  Blower  for  several  years,  because  the  possibility  of  a derangement  lies  in 
minor  working  parts  only,  such  as  the  guide  blocks  G,  and  pivot  pin  P,  which  are  easily  renewed  at  small  cost  if  necessary. 


796 


HIGH  PRESSURE  BLOWER  No.  1. 


PRICE  LIST  AND  CAPACITY  OP  BLOWERS. 

The  following  table  shows  the  working  capacity  of  each  blower  at 
the  proper  normal  speed,  the  number  of  cubic  inches  of  air  moved  by  each 
revolution,  and  the  exact  size  of  the  open  round  nozzle  through  which  it 
will  discharge  into  the  air,  under  different  pressures,  stated  in  pounds  to  the 
square  inch. 


<u 

N 

n OT’ 
TrS 
•ti  a 

6 n 
> V . 
OJ  p,  ID 
W t/5  ^ 

Discharge 

Under  Pressure  of  : 

C/3 

cd  0 

a;  0.2 
<u  5? 

Vi 

Lb.  to 

Vir 

Iyb.  tO 

I 

Lb  to 

1% 

Lb.  to 

Lb 

to 

C/3  ' 

Sq. 

In. 

Sq.  In. 

Sq.  In. 

Sq.  In. 

Sq. 

In. 

I 

450 

250 

29 

in. 

% in. 

13  in 
Tl>  in • 

H in- 

X 

in. 

2 

675 

250 

ITfi 

in. 

lire  m. 

I in. 

if  m. 

2 5 

II 

in. 

3 

1320 

200 

1* 

in. 

1 m. 

iX  m. 

!rV  in- 

3 1 
TZ 

iu. 

4 

1980 

200 

1 % 

in. 

1 y%  in. 

lil  in. 

iyV  in. 

T 3 

in. 

5 

3564 

I90 

2H 

in. 

2 ire  m. 

2 ire  m. 

1%  in. 

T 9 

1 nr 

in. 

6 

5346 

I90 

2 H 

in. 

2 Si  m. 

2tI  m. 

2 ire  m. 

T 1 5 

IT6 

in. 

Nos.  123456 

Price,  $75  00  100  00  150  00  215  00  320  00  425  00 

Note. — This  table  is  made  from  actual  test  of  several  blowers  of  each 

size. 


Fig.  1537. 


BICYCLE  BRAZING  TABLE. 


This  machine  has  a very  large  table  20  x 22  inches,  which  is 
covered  with  fire  brick  inches  thick.  This  large  size  of  table 
admits  of  placing  the  work  to  the  best  advantage  and  leaves  plenty 
of  room  for  fire  brick  to  be  placed  around  the  parts  being  operated 
upon. 

The  style  of  burners  used  has  been  found  to  produce  the 
greatest  amount  of  heat  with  the  least  consumption  of  gas.  The 
flame  can  be  thrown  in  any  direction  desired,  and  both  air  and  gas 
are  controlled  by  valves,  at  the  will  of  the  operator. 

The  air  reservoir  is  very  large,  and  the  pressure  is  controlled 
by  a safety  valve,  with  detachable  weights,  and  can  be  varied  to 
suit  the  work . 

Weight,  as  shown,  280  pounds.  Size  of  gas  pipe  connection,  1 inch. 

Size  of  air  pipe  connection,  inch. 


Fig.  1538. 


IMPROVED  GASOLINE  BRAZER. 

This  improved  brazer  is  a portable  machine,  48  inches  high, 
weighs  20  pounds,  and  can  be  put  anywhere  in  the  shop.  It  has  a 
low  temperature  generator,  which  makes  it  much  less  liable  to 
carbon  deposit  in  the  pipes,  and  is  so  constructed  that  the  coils 
can  be  easily  cleaned  when  necessary.  It  has  an  improved  natural 
blast,  keeping  out  cold  air  and  preventing  scale  on  the  work;  the 
fire  is  perfectly  clean  and  steady  and  is  under  the  entire  control  of 
the  operator,  being  easily  adjusted  for  light  or  heavy  work. 

This  brazer  is  also  a most  desirable  forge  tempering  or  harden- 
ing tools,  or  for  any  mechanical  work  requiring  high  grade  and 
perfectly  clean  fire. 


797 


Fig.  1539. 


BICYCLE  BRAZING  TABLE. 

This  is  a convenient  forge  for  brazing  joints  in  various  po- 
sitions. The  blow  pipes,  L L,  are  pivoted  and  hinged  so  as  to 
be  easily  adjusted  to  any  desired  angle  or  height  by  the  set- 
screw, K,  which  controls  both  pivot  and  hinge,  so  that  when 
released  the  blow  pipes  can  be  placed  in  any  position  and 
secured  by  tightening  the  set  screw,  K.  N,  is  a fire-clay  slab 
14  inches  square,  and  the  fire-brick,  OPQ,  can  be  moved  and 
placed  so  as  to  enclose  the  joint  to  be  brazed  and  thus  concen- 
trate the  heat  upon  the  desired  spot.  A few  extra  bricks  afford 
the  opportunity  to  enclose  any  desired  space.  Gas  connects  at 
G,  and  air  at  C.  The  air  pressure  is  controlled  by  the  escape- 
valve,  B,  which  has  detachable  weights,  and  can  be  varied  from 
Yz  to  Y and  1 pound  to  the  square  inch,  according  to  heat 
desired.  It  was  built  for  bicycle  work,  but  has  since  found 
favor  with  manufacturers  for  many  other  purposes. 


Brazing  Table  No.  1. 


MELTING  FURNACE  No.  2. 

Fig.  1540. 

This  furnace  is  used  principally  for  melting  gold  and  silver  by 
jewelry  manufacturers,  for  assay  work,  and  small  melts  of  copper, 
brass,  etc.  It  can  be  used  only  in  connection  with  pressure  blowers. 

The  furnace  proper  consists  of  three  principal  parts,  the  bottom, 

F,  the  burner  ring  with  burner  tips,  E,  projecting  into  it,  and  the 
cylinder,  K,  which  rests  upon  the  bottom,  F,  by  its  own  weight.  The 
bottom  contains  the  rest  or  support  upon  which  the  crucible  stands, 
and  is  slotted  underneath  so  as  to  cover,  but  not  obstruct,  a passage- 
way in  the  bottom  to  the  crucible  which  is  screwed  against  it  from 
below,  to  receive  leakage  or  overflow. 

The  burner  ring  is  clamped  to  the  table  and  incloses  the  bottom, 
the  tips  projecting  into  it  through  the  slots,  E,  which  are  tightly 
fitted  with  fire-clay  putty  so  as  to  make  a tight  joint  between  the  tips 
and  the  bottom.  The  three  tips  are  so  directed  that  the  flames  do  not 
strike  the  crucible  but  rotate  around  it  in  the  space  between  the 
cylinder  and  crucible,  and  a most  perfect  combustion  is  secured 
before  its  products  escape  through  the  vent  hole  in  the  cover,  L. 

All  parts  are  detachable  and  easily  replaced.  The  bottom  drops 
down  by  unscrewing  the  wing  nuts,  I,  which  pass  through  the  plat- 
form, H.  The  burner  ring  is  held  in  position  by  three  clamps 
secured  to  the  table  by  bolts,  shown  on  top,  and  the  drip  cup  or  cruci- 
ble is  held  by  the  set  screw  which  passes  through  the  arm.  Blast 
pipe  connects  at  A,  gas,  Y inch  pipe,  at  G.  B is  the  pressure  relief 
valve. 

Floor  space,  29  x 24  inches.  Height  to  table,  29  inches.  Gas 
consumed,  50  to  75  cubic  feet  per  hour.  Time  of  melting  5 pounds 
copper,  10  minutes. 

Capacity  : 

Black  lead  crucible,  No.  5,  5%  inches  high. 

Round'sand  crucible,  “ Sixes, ”^6  inches  high. 


798 


Fig.  1542. 


Fig.  1541. 


BABBITT  nETAL  FURNACE  No.  1. 


BABBITT  METAL  MELTER  No.  2 


Capacity  : 6 pounds. 


Capacity  : 25  pounds. 


A I MIESE  Babbitt  Metal  Melters  are  intended  for  melting  and  keeping  at  the  proper  temperature  smaller  quantities  of 
Babbitt  metal,  and  are  usually  placed  on  a work  bench,  as  shown.  We  can  supply  them  mounted  on  cast  iron  stand, 
same  as  soft  metal  furnaces,  at  an  extra  charge  of  ten  dollars,  including  an  air  drum  attached  to  stand. 

No.  1 holds  a pot  which  is  removable  by  detachable  handle,  C,  and  is  a ladle  and  melting  pot  in  one. 

No.  2 holds  a pot  which  is  too  heavy  for  convenient  handling,  and  the  metal  is  dipped  out  by  the  ordinary  ladle. 

To  supply  the  required  positive  air  pressure  for  a single  furnace  of  either  size,  a No.  1 “Crowell  Blower”  ($15.00)  is 
used,  and  from  Nos.  2 to  4 furnaces  a No.  2 “ Crowell  Blower  ” ($20.00). 

Gas  supply  by  Y pipe,  reduced  to  % near  furnace. 

Any  desired  size  to  order.  For  large  quantities  the  soft  metal  furnaces  Nos.  2 and  3,  are  used  and  still  larger  furnaces 
made  on  the  same  plan. 

Fig.  1543. 


STATIONARY  BLAST  FORGE  No.  12. 

Height  26  inches,  size  of  hearth  39x52  over  all,  in- 
cluding water  tank  39  x 63,  - - - $35  00 

Canopy  hood,  extra, 3 75 

Height  26  inches,  size  of  hearth  48  x 61  inches  ; over 

all  48  x 73  inches,  .....  70  00 


799 


Pig.  1544. 


Fig.  1545. 


Gas  Forge  No.  i.  Gas  Forge  No.  3. 

Floor  space  : 24  x 20  inches.  Floor  space:  30  x 26  inches. 

Heating  space:  8 inches  wide,  10  inches  deep. 

Entrance:  8x3  inches. 

GAS  FORGES. 

GAS  FORGE  No.  i is  the  type  commonly  used  for  dressing  and  hardening  tools  and  smaller  forgings.  The  burner  is  such  as  is 
used  in  melting  furnaces,  in  vertical  position.  The  heating  chamber  is  circular  inside,  and  its  capacity  is  limited  to  the  size  of  the 
entrance  to  the  heating  chamber,  which  is  3 inches  wide  by  2 inches  high.  A corresponding  opening  in  the  back,  3 yi,  x 2 yz  inches,  is 
ordinarily  closed  by  a plug,  but  can  be  removed  when  a clear  passage  through  the  furnace  is  required,  or  to  insert  something  which  is  too 
large  for  the  front  opening.  Three  burners  project  into  the  heating  chamber  from  the  distributing  ring,  so  directed  that  direct  contact 
of  the  flames  with  the  work  is  avoided.  Thus  perfect  combustion  is  steadily  maintained,  the  work  is  quickly  and  evenly  heated,  and 
oxidation  reduced  to  a minimum. 

The  furnace  is  connected  with  air  by  tin  pipe,  which  must  run  downward  and  connect  with  a supply  pipe  brought  to  the  furnace 
along  the  floor  or  not  to  exceed  one  foot  above  it. 

The  cock  controls  the  air  supply.  Gas  connects  with  a union  from  the  nearest  supply  pipe  by  ^ inch  pipe.  A globe  valve  controls 
the  gas  supply  and  a small  cock  feeds  a “ torchlight  ” in  the  mouth  of  the  furnace. 

Gas  Forge  No.  2 is  identical  in  construction  with  No.  1 but  of  larger  capacity.  The  heating  chamber  is  8 inches  deep  with 
entrance  6x3  inches.  The  burner,  L,  is  a solid  cast  iron  ring  with  detachable  burner  tips,  M.  A,  cast  iron  shelf,  P affords  a support  for 
the  work.  The  gas  supply  is  connected  at  H and  blast  at  R. 

These  forges  are  made  for  oil,  water,  natural  and  any  kind  of  illuminating  gas  as  ordered. 

Gas  Forge  No.  3.  This  style  of  forge  is  especially  recommended  for  drop  forgings,  to  heat  blanks  continuously  and  keep  them 
at  the  proper  heat.  The  heating  space  is  10  inches  deep,  8 inches  wide  and  3 inches  high.  The  burners,  L,  penetrate  the  chamber  from 
opposite  sides  and  are  so  directed  that  they  do  not  strike  the  work  direct.  The  blanks  rest  upon  a fire  brick  bottom,  which  is  removable 
from  the  rear  for  cleaning  out  the  chamber.  This  forge  is  extensively  used  in  connection  with  oil  gas,  but  can  be  adapted  to  every  other 
kind,  and  dimensions  varied  as  desired. 

Gas  Forge  No.  4.  This  is  one  of  the  many  types  of  forges  made  for  special  work,  and  can  be  varied  in  dimensions  and  arrange- 
ment to  suit  special  purposes.  It  was  made  to  heat  small  pieces  of  steel  rapidly,  to  forge  and  harden  them.  The  pieces  are  placed  in  the 
slot,  K L.  The  heat  is  generated  in  the  combustion  chamber  below  from  a burner  inserted  in  the  rear,  and  is  sufficiently  confined  to  come 
up  evenly  through  the  narrow  slot  in  the  lining.  To  relieve  the  operator  from  needless  exposure  to  the  heat  it  is  drawn  off  through  the 
flue,  M,  instead  of  being  driven  against  him. 

Made  of  any  desired  dimensions  to  order  only. 


800 


Fig.  1546. 


CASE  HARDENING  FURNACES. 


No.  1, 
No.  2, 


Floor  Space 
Required. 
29  X 40 
29  x 74 


Clear  Inside  Space  Available.  Entrance. 

Wide — Deep.  Wide— High. 

io>£  x 19^  8>£x6^ 

ioj^  X 38  8<4  X 6% 


CASE  HARDENING  FURNACE  No.  3. 

Also  for  Annealing  Steel,  Heating  Large  Dies,  Etc. 

Floor  space,  - - - - - 47  x 39 

Heating  space ; two  compartments  each,  - 13  x 16 

Entrance,  - - - - - 11X  x io'/£ 


These  Furnaces  are  precisely  similar  to  the  Oven  Furnaces 
in  construction,  and  are  intended  for  work  requiring  higher 
heat  continuously  applied  for  several  hours,  such  as  “Case 
Hardening”  and  the  annealing  of  steel  dies,  hubs,  tool  steel, 
etc.  The  linings  are  much  thicker  than  those  of  oven  furnaces, 
as  is  also  the  slab,  which  separates  the  cumbustion  chamber 
below,  from  the  heating  chamber  above  it.  In  place  of  the 
usual  iron  door,  as  applied  to  Oven  Furnaces,  the  entrance  is 
closed  by  the  fire  clay  Plug  P,  which  is  carried  by  the  door 
frame  D,  by  means  of  which  it  is  inserted  or  drawn  out  with 
ease.  The  Plug,  when  in  position,  is  flush  with  the  inside  walls 
of  the  heating  chamber,  which  is  thus  enclosed  by  an  even 
thickness  of  fire  brick  on  all  sides. 

The  Furnaces  are  used  for  annealing  blanks  and  dies  in  the 
U.  S.  Mint,  and  for  case  hardening  biycle  chain  links,  etc. 

Nos.  - - - - 1 2 

Estimated  gas  consumed,  per  hour,  100  150  cubic  feet 


CASE  HARDENING  FURNACE  No.  3. 

(No.  1 is  the  same  but  shorter.) 

High  Pressure  Blowers  are  indispensable.  For  Furnaces  No.  1,  2,  3 
No.  2.  The  No.  4 requires  a No.  2 Blower. 


CASE  HARDENING  FURNACE  No.  4. 

Also  used  for  Annealing  Steel,  Heating  Dies,  Etc. 

Floor  space,  - - - - - - 66  x 40 

Heating  space,  - - - - - 45  x 21 

Entrance,  - - - - - - 18  x 8 

Nos.  ....  3 4 

Estimated  gas  consumed,  per  hour,  200  350  cubic  feet 

In  placing  an  order  the  outside  dimensions  should  be  given 
of  the  box  or  boxes  to  be  inserted,  or  the  cubic  space  required 
for  the  largest  body  to  be  heated,  when  we  will  make  the  cor- 
rect allowances  for  clearances,  etc. 
our  No.  1 Blower  is  sufficient  and  will  run  two  furnaces,  No.  1 or 


Fig.  1548. 


TOOLfl  AKERS’ 


LEVER 


FORGE. 


No. 


6.  Toolmakers’  Forge,  half  hood,  fan, 
10  inches  ; height,  33  inches  ; hearth,  22 
inches  diameter  ; weight,  85  pounds. 
Price, 


$27.00 


MACHINISTS’  HAND’AND  POWER  FORGE 
COMBINED. 


Forge  No.  10.  Pan,  12  inches  ; hearth,  23  by 
35  inches ; height,  30  inches;  weight, 
160  pounds.  Price,  complete, 


$48.00 


801 


HEATING  FORGES. 

For?Hard  Coal  or  Coke. 


No.  8 has  2 grates,  each  4^x18  inches,  giving  a total  grate 
surface  of  9x18  inches.  Brick  required  : For  box,  26  common, 
2'Am'A*9  ; for  top,  7 arch,  3 y%  and  3^x4^xi2  inches. 


No. 

Grate  Surface. 

Price. 

6, 

without  bricks, 

- 9 x 9 

$3°  00 

7. 

< < 4 ( 

9x14 

40  00 

8, 

H ii 

- 9 x 18 

50  00 

9. 

ii  l l 

14  x 23 

55  00 

10, 

((  it 

- 9x41 

70  00 

Hi 

it  a 

23  x 28 

90  OO 

12, 

a a 

- 14  X 74 

125  OO 

Grate  surfaces  given  are  inside  measurements  after  brick  are  in 
place. 

In  ordering  always  state  plainly  style  and  size,  and  which  way 
you  wish  to  use  the  forge. 

Brick  : Common,  5 cts.  each  ; arch,  10  cts.  each,  net. 


Fig.  1550. 


No.  12  has  4 grates,  each  7x37  inches, 
giving  a total  grate  surface  of  14x74  inches. 
Open  ends. 

Brick  required  : For  box,  120  common, 
2/4x4,l£x9  inches;  for  top,  40  common, 
2j^x4^x9  inches,  and  40  arch,  2 and  2^x- 
4h>x9  inches. 

In  filling  top,  put  a common  brick  in  first, 
then  a taper  one,  and  thus  alternate  until 
complete. 


Fig.  1551. 


ptPWOt 


Fig.  1552. 


MACHINISTS’  PORTABLE 
LEVER  FORGE. 

No.  3,  Machinists’  Forge,  half  hood, 
fan  12  inches,  hearth  23x35  inches, 
height  30  inches,  weight  130  pounds. 
Price,  ....  $40  00 


BLACKSMITHS’  HAND  AND 
POWER  FORGE. 

Forge  No.  13,  fan  16  inches,  hearth 
32x45  inches,  height  30  inches. 

Price,  with  slope  bottom  coal 

box,  without  water  tank,  - $58  00 

Price,  with  water  tank  complete,  63  00 


802 


Fig.  1553- 


No.  i y2.  Made  only  in  Half  Hood. 

LEVER  BLACKSMITH  FORGE. 

The  size  of  fan  is  16  inches,  fly  wheel  25  inches  in  diameter. 
Warranted  to  give  sufficient  blast  for  all  kinds  of  blacksmith  work. 

No.  1 yz  Lever  Blacksmith  Forge,  fan,  16  inches ; hearth,  28  x 
41  inches  ; height,  30  inches  ; weight,  25a  lbs. 

Price,  without  water  tank,  ------  550  00 

Price,  with  water  tank,  - -----  - 54  00 


Fig.  1555. 


MACHINISTS’  LEVER  FORGE. 

No.  4,  Lever  Forge,  closed  hood;  fan,  12  inches;  hearth,  23 
x 35  inches  ; height,  30  inches  ; weight,  140  pounds. 

Price,  $42  00 


Fig.  1554- 


Forge  No.  15.  With  Shield. 

BOILERH  AKERS’  CRANK  FORGE. 

No.  15,  Boilermakers’  Crank  Forge,  with  shield.  Fan,  10 
inches;  hearth,  22  x 28  inches;  height,  30  inches;  weight,  120 
pounds. 

Price, $29  00 

Fig.  1556. 


Forge  No.  5.  With  Shield. 

PORTABLE  LEVER  RIVET  FORGE. 

No.  5,  Rivet  Forge,  with  shield.  Fan,  10  inches ; height,  33 
inches ; hearth,  22  inches  diameter  ; weight,  80  pounds. 

Price,  $24  00 


803 


BOILERMAKERS’  LEVER  FORGE. 

No.  2,  Boilermakers’  Forge,  with  shield.  Fan,  12  inches; 
hearth,  23  x 35  inches ; height,  30  inches  ; weight,  120  pounds. 
Price, - $36  00 


Fig.  1559. 


FAN  BLOWER. 


l-J 

a 

O 

t+H 

O 

O 

a; 

a O . <u 

r\ 

a O l,  a; 

t*_.  <u 
O t n 

6 rt 
ft  A 
* M 

W 

Price. 

Height  i 
Inches. 

Diameter 

Inlet. 

Diameter 

Outlet. 

Diameter 

Pulley. 

P 

Ph 

0 

aj 

u 

cd 

Revolutio 
er  Min.  2 
Blast  foi 
Boiler  Fir 

Revolutio 
er  Min.  4 
Blast  fo 
Forge  Fir 

Ph 

ft 

I 

$15  OO 

15 

5 

4 

O 9 

2t^ 

2 

3000 

4000 

2 

20  OO 

18 

53A 

4A 

3 

2^ 

2600 

3600 

3 

26  OO 

21lA 

6'A 

5 H 

2j4 

23OO 

3200 

4 

33  00 

25 'A 

7'A 

i'A 

4'A 

3^ 

I928 

2682 

5 

44  00 

29'X 

9 

9 

5 'A 

4 

1638 

2279 

6 

55  00 

34 

io% 

IOJ^ 

6 

4^ 

1410 

1961 

7 

70  00 

40 

12 

12 

6^ 

5^ 

1194 

1662 

8 

90  00 

45 

14 

14 

8 

6)4 

1018 

1417 

9 

150  00 

50 

16 

l6 

9 

8 

878 

1234 

10 

200  00 

57 

18 

18 

IO 

9 

766 

1065 

11 

250  00 

65 

21 

21 

12 

10^ 

671 

932 

Fig.  1558. 


EXHAUST  FAN. 


U 

<u 

*+*  -M 

O tn 
. P 
O cd 
JZ  rP 

w 

Price. 

Height  in 
Inches. 

Diameter  of 
Inlet. 

Diameter  of 
Outlet. 

Diameter  of 
Pulley. 

ace  of  Pulley. 

Revolutions 
er  Min.  2 Oz. 

Blast  for 
Boiler  Fires. 

Revolutions 
er  Min.  4 Oz. 

Blast  for 
?orge  Fires. 

ft 

Ph 

ft  " 

I 

$15  00 

15 

5 

4 

0 9 
2 

2 

3000 

4000 

2 

20  00 

18 

5# 

4^ 

3 

2>4 

2600 

3600 

3 

26  00 

21  'A 

(>A 

5^ 

2>'A 

2 'A 

23OO 

3200 

4 

33  00 

2$'A 

i'A 

i'A 

4'A 

3 'A 

1928 

2682 

5 

44  00 

29% 

9 

9 

5'A 

4 

1638 

2279 

6 

55  00 

34 

10  yz 

10K 

6 

43A 

1410 

1961 

7 

70  00 

40 

12 

12 

6^ 

5'A 

1194 

1662 

8 

90  00 

45 

14 

14 

8 

5%. 

1018 

1417 

9 

150  00 

50 

l6 

l6 

9 

8 

878 

1234 

10 

200  00 

57 

18 

18 

10 

9 

766 

1065 

11 

250  00 

65 

21 

21 

12 

io'/2 

671 

932 

Fig.  1560. 


LEVER  BLACKSMITH  BLOWER. 


Price,  complete,  with  Tuyere  iron  and  piping,  f.  o.  b.  factory,  $ 10  00 
Bvery  Blower  Warranted. 


804 


Fig.  1562. 


Fig.  1561. 


THE  CHAJTPION  TIRE  BENDER. 


Puce, 


Fig.  1563. 


$9.00 


THE  EUREKA  TIRE  BENDER. 

No.  i,  - - $16.00  No.  2, 


$25.00 


LEVER  BLOWER  No.  4'/2. 

No.  4 yz  Lever  Blower,  iron  frame,  fan  16  inches,  complete, 

with  Tuyere  iron  and  piping,  - - - $ 22  00 


Fig.  1564. 


THE  PATENT  ADJUSTABLE  NOZZLE  TUYERE  IRON. 


805 


PEERLESS  TIRE  BENDERS 


Fig.  1567. 


Fig.  1568. 


No.  o,  heavy,  bends  6x1,  inch, 
No.  1,  bends  5x1  inch, 

No.  2,  bends  3 x 7/&  inch, 

No.  3,  bends  3 x ^ inch. 


$45  00 

40.00 

30.00 

24.00 


Fig.  1569. 


THE  PATENT  GIANT  TIRE  BENDER. 


Made  in  5 Sizes. 


Weight  375  pounds,  extra  heavy,  bends  6x1, 

Weight  330  pounds,  No.  1,  bends  5x1, 

Weight  236  pounds,  No.  2,  bends  3x1, 

Weight  175  pounds,  No.  3,  bends  3 x 

All  benders  can  be  made  to  run  by  power,  when 
ordered,  for  which  an  extra  charge  will  be  made. 


l45-oo 

- 40.00 
30.00 

- 24.00 
specially 


Fig  1570. 


THE  LANCASTER  TIRE  AND  AXLE  SHRINKER. 


Weight  150  pounds.  Price,  - - - $17.00 


806 


EMERY  AND  CORUNDUH  WHEELS. 

Standard  Price  List. 


Diam- 

Thickness  in  Inches. 

Revolu- 

Inches. 

X 

X 

I 

x 

1% 

iX 

z'A 

2^ 

zX 

3X 

Z'A 

zX 

4 

Minute. 

$ 

40 

$ 

45 

$ 

50 

$ 

55 

$ 

60 

$ 

65 

$ 

70 

$ 

75 

$ 

80 

$ 

85 

$ 

90 

$ 

95 

$ I 

00 

$ 1 

05 

$ 1 

IO 

14,000 

2 

50 

55 

60 

t>5 

70 

75 

80 

85 

90 

95 

I 

OO 

I 

05 

I 

10 

I 

15 

I 

20 

10,000 

2^ 

65 

75 

85 

95 

I 

05 

1 

15 

I 

25 

I 

35 

I 

45 

I 

55 

I 

65 

I 

75 

I 

85 

I 

95 

2 

05 

8,500 

3 

80 

95 

I 

IO 

I 

25 

I 

40 

I 

55 

I 

70 

I 

85 

2 

OO 

2 

15 

2 

30 

2 

45 

2 

60 

2 

75 

2 

90 

7,000 

3'/z 

95 

I 

15 

I 

35 

I 

55 

I 

75 

I 

95 

2 

15 

2 

35 

2 

55 

2 

75 

2 

95 

3 

15 

3 

35 

3 

55 

3 

75 

6,035 

4 

I 

IO 

I 

35 

I 

60 

I 

85 

2 

IO 

2 

35 

2 

60 

2 

85 

3 

IO 

3 

35 

3 

60 

3 

85 

4 

10 

4 

35 

4 

60 

5,300 

4'/z 

I 

25 

I 

55 

I 

85 

2 

15 

2 

45 

2 

75 

3 

05 

3 

35 

3 

65 

3 

95 

4 

25 

4 

55 

4 

85 

5 

15 

5 

45 

4,700 

5 

I 

40 

I 

80 

2 

20 

2 

60 

3 

OO 

3 

40 

3 

80 

4 

20 

4 

60 

5 

OO 

5 

40 

5 

80 

6 

20 

6 

60 

7 

OO 

4,200 

6 

I 

75 

2 

40 

3 

05 

3 

70 

4 

35 

5 

OO 

5 

65 

6 

30 

6 

95 

' 7 

60 

8 

25 

8 

90 

9 

55 

IO 

20 

IO 

85 

3,5oo 

7 

2 

15 

3 

OO 

3 

85 

4 

70 

5 

55 

6 

40 

7 

25 

8 

IO 

8 

95 

9 

80 

IO 

65 

II 

50 

12 

35 

13 

20 

14 

05 

3,000 

8 

2 

60 

3 

60 

4 

60 

5 

60 

6 

60 

7 

60 

8 

60 

9 

60 

10 

60 

II 

60 

12 

60 

13 

60 

14 

60 

15 

60 

l6 

60 

2,600 

9 

3 

IO 

4 

25 

5 

40 

6 

55 

7 

70 

8 

85 

IO 

OO 

II 

15 

12 

30 

13 

45 

14 

60 

15 

75 

16 

90 

18 

05 

19 

20 

2,300 

IO 

3 

65 

5 

OO 

6 

35 

7 

70 

9 

05 

IO 

40 

II 

75 

1.3 

IO 

14 

45 

15 

80 

17 

15 

18 

50 

19 

85 

21 

20 

22 

55 

2,100 

12 

4 

60 

6 

35 

8 

IO 

9 

85 

II 

60 

13 

35 

15 

IO 

16 

85 

18 

60 

20 

35 

22 

IO 

23 

85 

25 

60 

27 

35 

29 

IO 

1,750 

14 

6 

25 

8 

45 

IO 

65 

12 

85 

15 

05 

17 

25 

J9 

45 

21 

65 

23 

85 

26 

05 

28 

25 

30 

45 

32 

65 

34 

85 

37 

05 

1,500 

l6 

8 

OO 

IO 

85 

13 

70 

16 

55 

19 

40 

22 

25 

25 

IO 

27 

95 

30 

80 

33 

65 

36 

50 

39 

45 

42 

20 

45 

05 

47 

90 

1,300 

18 

9 

50 

13 

25 

17 

OO 

20 

75 

24 

50 

28 

25 

32 

00 

35 

75 

39 

50 

43 

25 

47 

OO 

50 

75 

54 

50 

58 

25 

62 

OO 

1,150 

20 

II 

25 

15 

75 

20 

25 

24 

75 

29 

25 

33 

75 

38 

25 

42 

75 

47 

25 

51 

75 

56 

25 

60 

75 

65 

25 

69 

75 

74 

25 

1,050 

22 

13 

OO 

19 

OO 

25 

OO 

31 

OO 

37 

OO 

43 

OO 

49 

00 

55 

OO 

6l 

OO 

67 

OO 

73 

OO 

79 

OO 

85 

00 

91 

OO 

97 

OO 

950 

24 

15 

OO 

22 

OO 

29 

OO 

36 

OO 

43 

OO 

50 

OO 

57 

00 

64 

OO 

71 

OO 

78 

OO 

85 

OO 

92 

OO 

99 

00 

106 

OO 

1 13 

OO 

850 

26 

- 

- 

- 

- 

35 

OO 

43 

OO 

5i 

OO 

59 

OO 

67 

00 

75 

OO 

83 

OO 

91 

OO 

99 

OO 

107 

OO 

115 

00 

123 

OO 

131 

OO 

775 

30 

- 

- 

- 

- 

50 

OO 

6l 

OO 

72 

OO 

83 

00 

94 

OO 

105 

OO 

116 

OO 

127 

OO 

138 

OO 

149 

00 

160 

OO 

171 

OO 

700 

36 

95 

OO 

no 

50 

126 

00 

141 

50 

157 

OO 

172 

50 

188 

OO 

203 

50 

219 

00 

234 

50 

250 

OO 

525 

42 

- 

- 

160 

00 

178 

OO 

196 

OO 

214 

OO 

232 

OO 

250 

OO 

268 

00 

286 

OO 

304 

OO 

400 

48 

185 

00 

207 

OO 

229 

OO 

25' 

OO 

273 

OO 

295 

OO 

317 

00 

339 

OO 

361 

OO 

350 

Wheels  less  than  )2  inch  thick  same  price  as  >4  inch. 


FLINT  PAPER. — Our  Best. 

In  sheets  9x11  inches. 

Nos.  000  to  1 y2  and  assorted,  - - $4  50  per  ream. 

“ 2 “ 3,  - - - - - 5 00  “ 

“ 3%, 5 50 

STAR  FLINT  PAPER. 

In  sheets  8^  x io}4  inches. 

All  numbers  (o  to  3 and  assorted),  - - $3  75  per  ream. 

EXTRA  FLINT  PAPER.— In  Rolls. 

Per  roll  50  yards  long. 


Width. 

Nos. 

No.  No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

00  to  1% 

2 2X 

3 

354 

4 

24  inches, 

$ 5 00 

$5  50  $6  00 

$6  50 

$7  5o 

$8  50 

30  inches, 

8 00 

9 00  10  00 

11  00 

13 

00 

15  00 

36  inches, 

10  00 

11  00  12  00 

13  00 

15 

00 

17  OO 

40  inches, 

12  00 

13  00  14  00 

15  00 

17 

00 

20  OO 

42  inches, 

13  00 

14  00  15  00 

16  00 

18 

00 

21  OO 

48  inches, 

15  00 

17  00  18  00 

20  00 

23 

00 

26  OO 

EHERY 

PAPER. — Per  Ream. 

In  sheets  9x11  inches. 

Nos.  00  to  1 X 

No.  2 

No.  2% 

No.  3 

No.  3 lA 

$6  50 

$7  50 

$9  50 

$11  50 

$13  50 

EMERY 

PAPER. — Per  Roll. 

24  inches  wide  and  50  yards  long. 

Nos.  00  to  1 X 

No.  2 

No.  2% 

No.  3 

NO.  3% 

$6  50 

$7  5o 

$9  50 

$11  50 

$*3  50 

EHERY  CLOTH. — Per  Ream. 

In  sheets  9x11  inches. 

Nos.  FF  to  i No.  2 No.  No.  3 No.  3%  Crocus  Cloth. 

$18  OO  $20  OO  $24  OO  $26  OO  $28  OO  $18  OO 

SAND  CLOTH.— Per  Roll. 

14  inches  wide  and  50  yards  long. 

Nos.  00  to  2 Nos.  2 Yz  and  3 

$ IO  OO  $12  50 


EHERY  CLOTH.— Per  Roll. 


50  yards  long. 


Width. 

Nos.  00  to  1 X 

No.  2 

NO.  2% 

No.  3 

No.  3 X 

9 inches, 

$7  50 

$9  OO 

$10  50 

$12  50 

$14  50 

18  inches. 

15  00 

18  OO 

21  OO 

25  OO 

29  OO 

27  inches, 

22  50 

27  OO 

31  50 

37  50 

43  50 

Summary  of  Quantities  in  Original  Pack= 
ages  Well  Pressed  and  Bound. 


“ FLINT” 

Each  bundle  contains  : 

No.  00  0 

AND  “STAR”  PAPER. 

J4  1 iX  2 z'X  3 

314 

Reams, 

5 5 

4 3l/z  3 

2^ 

2 i'y 

No. 

GARNET 

OO  O 

AND  EHERY 

X 1 U4 

PAPER. 

2 2X  3 

3 14 

Reams, 

- 4l/z  4 

3'/z  3 *Vz 

2 

i'/z  iy 

£ iK 

EMERY  CLOTH 

Each  bundle  contains : 

No.  00  0 X 1 iX  z 

3 354 

Crocus. 

Reams,  - 

2^  2 K 2 

1^  i'/2  i'A 

I 

% % 

2 

GARNET  PAPER. 

In  sheets  9x11  inches. 

Nos.  00  to  1 yz, 

$5  50  per  ream. 

“ 2, 

“ 2^, 

- 

. 

. 

6 00 

1 1 

- 

- 

- 

6 50 

< < 

“ 3, 

- 

. 

- 

7 00 

< 1 

Width. 

Per  Roll  50  Yards  Long. 

Nos.  No.  No.  No. 

No. 

No. 

00  to  iX 

2 2lX 

3 

3/4 

4 

24  inches, 

$6  00 

$6  50  $7  25 

$8  25 

$9  50 

$IO  50 

30  inches, 

9 OO 

10  00  II  00 

12  00 

14  00 

16  OO 

36  inches, 

II  OO 

12  OO  13  OO 

14  00 

16  00 

l8  OO 

40  inches, 

13  OO 

14  OO  15  OO 

16  00 

18  00 

21  OO 

42  inches, 

15  OO 

l6  OO  17  OO 

18  00 

20  00 

23  OO 

48  inches, 

18  OO 

20  OO  22  OO 

25  00 

29  00 

32  OO 

807 


Fig.  1571. 


DUSTERS,  BRUSHES  AND  CAR  WASHERS. 


Fig.  1572. 


No.  1, 
“ 2> 
“ 3. 
“ 4, 
“ 5. 


CARRIAGE  DUSTERS. 


'or  railway  coaches,  carriages,  etc.  Very  heavy, 


per  dozen,  §25 
“ 32 

“ 36 

IQ 


No.  1, 

“ 2, 

“ 3. 

“ 62, 

20 

“ 69, 

40 

“ 7°> 

OO 

“ 79. 

60 

“ 78, 

20 

“ 87, 

FACTORY  AND  MILL  DUSTERS. 


per  dozen,  $612 
“ 7 88 

“ 20  40 

“ 21  66 

24  50 

“ 24  00 

“ 26  50 

“ 28  00 

30  50 


Fig.  1573. 


RAILWAY  CAR  WASHERS. 


Many  of  the  leading  railroad  companies,  having  used  our  Car 
Washers,  pronounce  them  the  best  in  the  market. 


No.  80.  All  gray  bristles,  ... 

“ 95.  Black  horse  hair,  copper  fastened, 

Extra  gray  bristles,  cased  with  white, 
“ 90.  Black  horse  hair,  copper  fastened, 

“ 100.  “ “ “ “ “ 


per  dozen,  $24  44 

“ 27  76 

“ 28  88 

“ 30  00 

“ 35  55 


Fig.  1575. 


CEILING  BRUSHES. 


No.  1, 
“ 2, 


per  dozen,  $26  88 
32  80 


Fig.  1574. 


FLOOR  BROOMS,— Wire  Fastened. 


Made  on  polished  blocks  of  all  black  horse  hair. 


No. 

I32. 

Size  Blocks. 
12  inch. 

. 

per  dozen,  $15  30 

133- 

13  “ 

- 

18  25 

134. 

14 

- 

- 

“ 20  00 

136. 

16  “ 

- 

- 

“ 24  00 

Fig.  1576. 


ROUND  CAR  WASHERS. 


Made  of  the  best  quality  of  bristles,  fastened  with  copper  wire. 
The  block  is  surrounded  by  an  endless  ring  or  band  of  vulcanized 
rubber  which  protects  the  sashes  and  other  objects  from  injury. 


No.  14, 
“ 15, 
“ 16, 


per  dozen,  $26  66 
“ 33  32 

“ 36  66 


WATER  CLOSET  BRUSHES. 


SPIDER  BRUSHES. 


No.  1, 
“ o. 


Long-handled  brushes  for 
Bent'bandles, 


washing  closet  hoppers. 


per  dozen,  $5  56 
6 25 
11  40 
18  00 


Same  style  as  ceiling  brushes,  but  smaller.  All  pure  bristles. 
For  washing  windows,  brushing  cobwebs,  etc. 

No.  o.  All  gray,  - per  dozen,  $10  00 

“ 1.  “ »“  ....  “ 15  50 

“ 2.  White  outside,  - - - “ 17  20 


808 


DUSTERS,  BRUSHES,  AND  CAR  WASHERS— Continued. 


Fig.  1578. 


ROOF  BRUSHES. 

Size, 

(( 

( ( 

2 knots, 

3 “ 

4 “ 

QUALITY  B. 

per  dozen, 

f < 

< < 

$14  60 
19  50 
26  50 

Size, 

if 
< < 

2 knots,  - 

3 “ 

4 “ 

QUALITY  C. 

per  dozen, 

< i 
<( 

$19  00 
24  00 
30  50 

Size, 

2 knots,  - 

3 “ 

4 “ 

QUALITY  EXTRA. 

per  dozen, 

( i 

$28  00 
37  50 
50  00 

Fig.  1580. 

Fig.  1579. 


Soli(i_Blocks. 

CLAMP  OK  DECK  SCRUB  BRUSHES. 

With  four  feet  handles. 

Size,  5 row,  .....  per  dozen,  $2  25 
“ 6 “ - - - - - “ 2 50 

“ 7 “ “ 2 88 

“ 8 “ - - - - - • 3 00 


Fig.  1581. 


SCRUB  BRUSHES. 
Two-pieced,  hand  made. 


A full  line  of  Rattan  Bass  and  Steel  Brooms  always  in  stock. 
Prices  on  application. 

Fig.  1582. 


No 

209, 

White  tampico,  double  end, 

per  dozen,  $ 0 90 

211, 

Gray  and  white  tampico,  double  end, 

i i 

95 

if 

213. 

Gray  tampico,  double  end, 

i < 

1 00 

f < 

215, 

White  tampico,  double  end, 

( i 

1 05 

t f 

217, 

Gray  and  white  tampico,  double  end, 

f i 

1 10 

ft 

219, 

Gray  tampico,  double  end, 

i ( 

1 15 

if 

221, 

White  tampico,  double  end, 

i f 

1 15 

if 

223, 

Gray  and  white  tampico,  double  end, 

i i 

1 25 

ft 

225, 

Gray  tampico,  double  end, 

it 

1 38 

1 1 

1000, 

White  tampico,  extra  quality, 

it 

2 00 

it 

2000, 

White  tampico,  extra  quality, 

< t 

2 12 

Fig.  1583. 


MOLDERS’  DUSTERS. 


Made  of  pure  gray  bristles  for  foundry  use. 


35, 

8 inch  block, 

- 

per  dozen , 

$7  12 

No. 

XX, 

55, 

9 

- 

i i 

8 00 

9, 

45, 

9 

- 

t < 

8 44 

it 

XXX, 

65, 

9 

- 

“ 

9 60 

ii 

17, 

5, 

S'/2 

- 

it 

10  00 

it 

75, 

10%  “ 

- 

it 

12  80 

3, 

1, 

Molders’  hard  brush,  wire  drawn, 

i i 

6 10 

45, 

3, 

it  it  tt 

‘ < << 

1 1 

9j75 

ii 

63, 

STOVE  BRUSHES. 


per  dozen, 


$1  25 
1 25 
1 38 
1 50 
1 62 

1 88 

2 25 


809 


STEEL  WIRE  BRUSHES  AND  BROOMS 


FARLEY  FLUE  BRUSH 

Is  sold  by  all  the  leading  Hardware  Houses  in  the 
United  States. 


( 20-inch  Brush.) 

We  make  any  diameter  from  \'/%  to  24  inches. 
Standard  length  about  6 inches. 

Use  leather  washers  for  cold  flues. 

Lise  metal  washers  for  hot  flues. 

In  ordering,  give  inside  diameter  of  flue. 
Every  brush  is  made  inside  of  a standard  tube. 


PRICES: 

With  leather  washers,  per  inch  diameter, 
“ metal  “ “ “ 


$1.00 

1-25 


ROTARY 

STEEL-WIRE  CLEANING  BRUSH. 


TWO-HANDLE  STEEL-WIRE  MILL  BROOM. 


Price  per  doz $12.00 


IRON-BOUND  STEEL-WIRE  MILL  BROOM. 


Price, $45°° 

The  above  brush,  without  adjustable  table,  made 
any  length  or  diameter  required.  The  supporting 
bars  to  each  row  of  wires  prevent  them  from  snap- 
ping, and  can  be  adjusted  lower  when  bristles  wear 
down. 

PRICES  ACCORDING  TO  SIZES. 


Price  per  doz. $13-50 


STEEL-WIRE  CLEANING  BRUSH. 


ROTARY 

STEEL-WIRE  CLEANING  BRUSH. 


With  adjustable  table ; especially  adapted  for 
scaling  in  shovel  factories,  and  other  steel  or  iron 
plates.  Can  be  made  any  size  to  suit  plates  to  be 
scaled. 

Give  length  and  diameter  of  brush 
when  writing  for  price. 


In  ordering,  give  standard  size  of  flue, 
which  is  outside  measurement. 


FARLEY 


Patent  Flue  Brush. 


With  strap  handles,  25  cents  per  dozen  extra. 


For  cleaning  tubes  and  flues,  this  latest 
invention  excels  all  others  in  use.  Its 
complete,  compact,  symmetrical  and  effect- 
ive qualities  cannot  be  surpassed. 

PRICKS: 

With  Leather  Washers,  per  inch  dinm.,  . $1.00 

“ Metal  “ “ “ . 1.25 

BRUSHES  UNDER  2 INCHES,  SAME  PRICE  AS  2-INCH. 


810 


:ngth  of  Stei 


FOUNDRY  SUPPLIES. 


With  Square  or  Round  Head. 


PRICE  PER  ico. 


Diameter  head  i in. 


Diameter  Head  i in. 


Diameter  Stem  3-16  in. 


Diameter  stem  3-16  in. 


K in 

....&)  $2  60 

% " 

. @ 2 60 

v,  ••  .... 

@ 2 60 

% •' 

. .©  2.60 

1 

...@  2.60 

lli  " ■ 

....©  2.67 

\\i"  .... 

. ...@  2.67 

1%  - .... 

. ...@  2.70 

1V£  in 

@ $2  76 

1 % •• .... 

fa)  2.76 

" .... 

(§  2.82 

1 X " ■■■■ 

. .©  2.82 

2 

® 2.  as 

2%  ■• .... 

@ 2.98 

I'A  • .... 

@ 2.97 

1-4  op  5-10  Stems  made  to  order. 
Tinned  and  Silvered  Stock  to  Order. 


Annealed  Wire  Switch  Brush. 


For  Cleaning  Castings. 

The  wires  do  not  break  off  but  wear  off 
gradually.  Will  reach  places  where  the  ordin- 
ary wire  brush  fails. 

Price,  $4.00  per  doz. 


FOUNDRY  BUCKETS 


GALVANIZED  IRON 

3 Gal 

3 X “ 

4 “ 

3%  “ extra  heavy 

4 “ “ “ 


CEDAR  WOOD. 

3}4  Gal $16.50  per  dor. 

4 “ 19.10  “ 


$ 6.75  per  dor 
8.00  “ 
9.00  “ 

. 15.00  “ 

. 21.00  “ 


CRUCIBLES  FOR  MELT- 
ING BRASS. 


For  all  numbers  above  No.  12, 
price  according  to  quantity. 

Discount, 


CRUCIBLES 


PHILADELPHIA  MAKE. 

IPrice  according  to  Quantity' 


SPRAYING  BELLOWS. 


For  Sprinkling  or  Spraying  Molasses, 
Water  or  other  liquids  on  the  Moulds. 

Price,  $5.00  Each. 


FOUNDRY  SWABS 


Moulders’  Patent  Raw  Hide  Mallets. 


LIST  OF  PRICES. 


N" 

Diain 

Length. 

Weight. 

Pei  Doz. 

0 

1 in. 

23  in. 

li  OZ. 

* 5 75 

1 

u ■■ 

23  “ 

34  “ 

7 20 

2 

15  “ 

3 “ 

6 “ 

8 64 

3 

1}  - 

3J  “ 

74  “ 

10  08 

4 

2 “ 

3}  “ 

10 

12  96 

5 

23  “ 

“ 

21  “ 

28  80 

6 

23  “ 

43  “ 

23  “ 

36  00 

These  are  light  Mallets,  made  entirely  of  hide, 
(except  the  handle),  and  suited  to  a variety  of  uses. 


BENCH  RAMMERS. 


in.  Face $1.00  per  pair. 

“ 1.20  “ 

" Brass  Tips 1.75  “ 

“ “ 2.00 


Is  made  of  malleable  IRON  thoroughly  tested  betore 
leaving  factory,  and  obviates  the  necessity  of 
having  a variety  of  sizes  on  hand: 


No.  1 f<*r  7%  to  1 1 inch  flask 8 4 80  per  dor. 

No.  2 *’  9 "14  **  " 7.20  " " 

No.  3 " 13^  " 24  **  " 18.00  " " 


811 


STAND-UP  SAND  AND 
COAL  SCREEN. 


LADLES,  SAND  SIFTERS,  &c. 


These  ladles  are  made  of  wrought  iron,  well  braced,  durable  and  light  in  weight. 

We  keep  several  makes  and  styles  on  hand.  The  shanks,  bowls  and  bails  also  sold  separately  if  desired. 
Prices  furnished  on  application. 


PRICES. 


30  inches  ...  . I15.80 

24  *'  10.50 


Discount, 


TIN  PARTING  SAND  DUSTERS. 


For  hardware  and 
stove  shops. 
Block  tin,  per  doz„ 
$12.00 


Discount, 


LADLE  BOWLS. 


SAWYER'S 

MAGNETIC  SEPARATOR. 

To  separate  Iron  Turnings,  etc., 
from  Brass,  etc. 

No.  1 machine  $290.00 
No.  2 “ . 505.00 

The  No.  1 machine  is  large 
enough  for  ordinary  shops. 


GLUE  ROTS. 


Price  according  to  size. 


HAV  ROPE. 


Price  per  spool 


fooo 


Discount, 


The  hay  rope  form9  its  own  spool ; made  in  %,  }(,  t 
and  1 inch.  Long  salt  hay  in  bales  for 
making  hay  rope  in  stock, 


STEAM  POWER  SAND  SIFTER. 


A large  number  of  these  are  in  use. 

Size  of  sieve,  bottom  54  by  19  inches,  motion  3 inches. 
Price  complete,  with  one  sieve,  $165.00. 

Extra  sieves  made  to  order. 

Discount, 


HAND  SIFTER. 


Size  of  sieve,  bottom  30  by  19  inches. 
Price,  with  one  sieve  .....  $57.00 

Extra  sieves  made  to  order, 


812 


METAL  LETTERS,  CORE  OVEN, 

Metallic  Pattern  Letters 

Be  particular  in  specifying 
STYLE,  SIZE  AND  QUANTITY 


Order  a Font — Containing  125  letters  and  figures  as- 
sorted in  such  a manner  that  any 
name  can  be  made. 


FOUNDRY  RIDDLES  AND  WIRE  CLOTH. 

miLLETT  PATENT  CORE  OVEN. 


DOUBLE  DOORS. 

ONE  CLOSING  THE  OVEN, 

WHEN  THE  OTHER  OPENS. 

Made  in  any  size  with  shelves  to  suit.  Will  save  fuel 
and  bake  in  less  time  than  other  ovens.  Write  for  Prices. 


FOUNDRY  GRADE  STEEL  WIRE 
CLOTH. 


'Pattern  Letters  are  always  Measured  on 
their  Face. 


Foundry  Riddles. 


ROMAN  OR  GOTHIC  STYLE 

For  Pattern  Makers  and  Founders. 


V*  inch 

3 16  " 

•4  - 

6-16“  

3 “ 

% “ 

7-16“  

3K" 

k “ 

SH  " 

% - 

% ••  

IK  " 

1 inch , 

M “ 
IK  “ 
IK  “ 

2 “ 
2K  “ 

3 

4 


5K  cts. 

7 

8 ,* 
9 

10  u 
16  “ 
21 
26 


FOR  BRANDING  IRONS. 


H InCb,,  11  CtS. 

% •>  12  " 

K ••  — 13  ‘ 

K " j • • •(/  13  " 

**  IT...  . i (TT ^ " 

K nwM--  • • 1 1 1^  < m 1 <s  (.*  j 1 »44  24 


We  weave  the  wire  used  in  our  sieves  and,  together 
with  selected  OAK  rims  and  careful  workmanship,  know 
that  they  cannot  be  excelled. 


16  In. 

diara.  Iron  or  Steel  Wire 

@ 

$ 9.50  per 

18  “ 

“ “ “ “ “ 

@ 

10.50  “ 

19  “ 

“ “ 44  “ “ 

@ 

11.50  “ 

20  “ 

“ “ “ “ “ 

..  ..@ 

12.50  “ 

16  in. 

diam.  Galv.  Iron  Wire 

@ 

11.00  “ 

18  “ 

@ 

13.50  “ 

19  “ 

««  44  41  “ 

@ 

14.00  « 

20  “ 

«*  14  “ “ ....... 

15.00  “ 

16  in. 

diam.  Brass  Wire. 

@ 

15.00  “ 

18  “ 

41  *•  44  

® 

16  .00  “ 

19  “ 

a (i  •*  ^ ,i_  - - . . « 

@ 

18.00  “ 

C 

© 

C4 

24.00  “ 

No  length  less  than  100  feet  shall  be  understood  to  be  a 
Roll. 


No.  2 Mesh,  No.  14  Wire Per  sq.  ft.,  80  17 


2M 

3 

3H 

4 

44  15  44  

44  17 

|« 

44  16  44  

44  17 

II 

44  17  44  

44  17 

II 

44  18  44  

44  17 

II 

6 

44  19  44  

44  17 

U 

6 

44  2 0 44  

44  17 

II 

8 

44  22  44  

44  17 

1. 

10 

44  24  44  

II 

12 

44  25  44  

41 

14 

44  26  44  

<1 

16 

44  27  4‘  

II 

18 

44  28  44  

44  17 

*« 

20 

44  31  44  

Discount.. per  cent 


RIDDLE  GRADE  STEEL  WIRE 
CLOTH. 

No  length  less  than  100  feet  shall  be  understood  to  be  a 
Roll. 


2 Mesh,  No.  16  Wire-. 


2K 

44 

17 

3 

18 

3K 

“ 

19 

4 

ir 

20 

5 

21 

6 

it 

22 

8 

•* 

2A 

10 

26 

12 

44 

27 

14 

29 

16 

80 

18 

31 

20 

“ 

34 

.Per  sq.  ft.,  80  12 
44  12 
. “ 12 
12 
12 


Discount. 


813 


percent. 


aaasiiaaaa 


WIRE  ROPE  AND  FASTENINGS 


NEW  LIST,  SEPTEMBER  1,  1894. 

STANDARD  HOISTING  ROPE. 

With  19  Wires  to  the  Strand. 


TRANSMISSION  AND  STANDING 
ROPE. 

With  7 Wires  to  the  Strand. 


SWEDISH  CHARCOAL  IRON. 


a 

a 

■S&d 

•9 

,-8-a 

as 

O £ M 

a 

I 

8.2 

2 

O) 

8 

a 

e 

0.3 

if; 

u © 6 

si 

to 

ir>~ 
a o 

a co 

3 a 
T,  o 
o**  . 

m 

O 
't?  o 

o > 

N 05 

•33  Ja 

1 

O 4) 

*c  « 

§ 

O p 

•ag 

& aj  © 

(J  (Uv. 

«-  P o 

d *- 

■p  0 

£ 

A 

V 

« 

a 

O 

P3 

1 

76 

2 '4 

o% 

8.00 

74 

15 

14 

13 

2 

60 

2 

6 

6.30 

65 

13 

13 

12 

3 

62 

Ifc 

o'A 

5.25 

54 

11 

12 

10 

4 

41 

6 

4.10 

44 

9 

11 

6 

37 

‘H 

ft 

3.65 

39 

8 

10 

6K 

31 

3.00 

33 

e y. 

9X 

7 

0 

26 

IX 

ix 

4 

2.50 

27 

w* 

6K 

7 

21 

3% 

2.00 

20 

4 

Iq 

f, 

8 

16 

1 

3% 

1.58 

16 

3 

5)4 

9 

12 

'A 

1.20 

11.50 

2K 

4H 

10 

10 

% 

2% 

0.88 

8.01 

i 

4 

il 

% 

A 

2 

IX 

0.60 

0.48 

5.13 

427 

ti 

S 

ml 

6 

k 

1% 

0.39 

348 

A 

3 

10a 

$ 

A 

1% 

0.29 

3.00 

234 

2)1 

2 

10  % 

% 

Vi 

0.23 

2.50 

& 

1)4 

Note.— Siemens-Martin  Steel  Rope  same  price  as  Iron 
ope'  CAST  STEEL. 


1 

92 

2)4 

6% 

8.00 

155 

31 

8 % 

2 

72 

2 

6 

6.30 

125 

25 

8 

3 

60 

1J4 

5)4 

5.25 

106 

21 

7X 

4 

48 

1% 

5 

4.10 

86 

17 

15 

6X 

5 

43 

■154 

3.65 

77 

15 

14 

5g 

5)4 

36 

iff 

4)1 

3.00 

63 

12 

13 

5>| 

6 

30 

ik 

4 

2.50 

52 

10 

12 

5 

7 

25 

3)4 

2.00 

42 

8 

11 

4)4 

8 

19 

1 

3)4 

1.58 

33 

6 

VX 

4 

9 

15 

2)4 

1.20 

25 

5 

8% 

3)4 

10 

u% 

$ 

2)4 

0.88 

18 

8)4 

7 

3 

10  X 

9 

% 

2 

0.60 

12 

2)1 

5?4 

lOK 

8 

A 

Ik 

0.4« 

9 

1)1 

5 

ik 

lO’S 

7 

1)4 

0.39 

7 

1 

i'A 

1)4 

1)4 

10  1 

e% 

A 

0 29 

5 'A 

K 

3 A 

10% 

6 

% 

$ 

0.23 

4)1 

X 

3 % 

1 

Note. —When  made  with  Wire  Center,  the  price  per  foot 
is  10  per  cent,  extra 

Note.— When  either  the  Iron  or  Steel  rope  named 
above  is  galvanized,  7%  per  cent,  lees  discount. 


SWEDISH  CHARCOAL  IRON. 


Trade  Number. 

Price  per  foot  in 
cents 

Diameter. 

Circumference. 

Weight  per  foot  in 
pounds  of  rope 
with  hemp  cen. 

Breaking  strain  in 
tons  of  2000  lbs. 

Proper  working 
load  in  tons  of 
2000  lbs. 

Circumference  of  1 
new  Manilla  rope, 
of  equal  strength. 

Min.  size  of  drum 
or  sheave  in  feet. 

11 

33 

1)4 

4J4 

3.37 

36 

9 

10 

13 

12 

28 

IX 

4K 

2.77 

30 

9 

12 

13 

23 

Iff 

3g 

2.28 

25 

0% 

8)4 

iqx 

14 

19 

IK 

3% 

1.82 

20 

5 

7X 

9X 

15 

15 

1 

3 

150 

16 

4 

6>| 

8X 

16 

17 

11 X 

9 

3 

1.12 

0.92 

12.3 

8.8 

3 

2 X 

4 

18 

j* 

2)| 

0.70 

7.6 

?. 

4 X 

6 

19 

0% 

% 

1% 

0 57 

5.8 

1)4 

4 

ft 

20 

5 

A 

1% 

0.41 

4.1 

1 

3)4 

21 

4 

k 

IX 

0.31 

2.83 

K 

254 

4 

22 

3)4 

1)4 

0.23 

2.13 

2)4 

3)4 

23 

3 

k 

0.21 

1.65 

2)4 

2X 

24 

2)4 

1 

0.16 

1.38 

2 

2X 

25 

2 

% 

0.125 

1.03 

V/* 

2% 

Note.— Siemens-Martin  Steel  Rope  same  price  as  Iron 
Rope. 

CAST  STEEL. 


11 

39 

ik 

4% 

3.37 

62 

13 

13 

8)4 

12 

33 

1% 

4K 

2.77 

52 

10 

12 

8 

13 

28 

1)4 

§4 

2.28 

44 

9 

11 

7X 

14 

23 

1)4 

1.82 

36 

1% 

10 

§Q 

15 

18 

1 

3 

1.50 

30 

6 

9 

16 

14 

2X 

1.12 

22 

4k 

8 

6 

17 

10 

2 X 

0.92 

17 

3H 

7 

4)4 

18 

8)4 

u 

2)1 

0.70 

14 

3 

6 

4 

19 

20 
21 

k 

ft 

1 

0.57 

0.41 

0.31 

11 

8 

6 

1 

ft 

4 

3)4 

3 

2K 

22 

4 

1)4 

0.23 

4)4 

1% 

3)4 

2X 

23 

0.21 

4 

1 

2 

24 

294 

1 

0.16 

3 

% 

194 

1)4 

25 

2k 

& 

% 

0.125 

2 

A 

2)4 

Note  — When  made  with  Wire  Center,  the  price  per  foot 
is  10  per  cent,  extra. 

Note.— When  either  the  Iron  or  Steel  rope  named  above 
is  galvanized,  1%  per  cent,  less  discount. 


GALVANIZED  STEEL  WIRE 
STRAND 

For  Smokestack  Guys,  Signal  Strand,  Trolley  Line 
Span  Wire  and  other  Purposes. 


This  strand  is  composed  of  7 wires,  twisted  together 
into  a single  strand. 


Diameter. 

Weight  per  100  feet 

Estimated  breaking 
strength. 

Price  per  100  feet. 

k in. 

51  lbs. 

8,320  lbs. 

82  25 

51 

48 

7,500 

2 05 

37 

6,000 

1 65 

% 

30 

4,700 

1 40 

21 

3,300 

1 05 

18 

2,600 

90 

Vi 

15 

2,250 

75 

k 

\\% 

1,750 

60 

8 X 

1.300 

50 

1,000 

45 

4>i 

700 

35 

3)| 

525 

28 

Vs 

2% 

375 

22 

A 

2 

320 

20 

For  special  purposes  these  strands  can  be  made  of  60 
10  100  per  cent,  greater  tensile  strength.  When  used  to 
run  over  sheaves  or  pulleys,  the  use  of  soft  iron  stock  is 
advisable.  The  special  steel  and  soft  iron  strands  are  at 
special  prices,  furnished  on  application. 


WIRE  ROPE  FASTENINGS. 

Made  from  Best  Charcoal  Iron. 


CLOSED  SOCKETS. 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

Dia 

IjOosc. 

Fast'd, 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

Din 

Loose 

Fasrd 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

2% 

814 

25 

816 

50 

811 

25 

813 

50 

1 % 

83 

25 

8-1 

50 

82 

25 

83 

50 

2 

12 

50 

14 

25 

9 

00 

11 

00 

1 

2 

75 

3 

75 

2 

00 

3 

CM) 

194 

10 

75 

12 

50 

7 

50 

9 

25 

% 

2 

25 

3 

25 

1 

60 

2 

50 

1% 

9 

00 

10 

50 

6 

00 

7 

50 

il 

1 

85 

2 

75 

1 

20 

2 

10 

1)4 

7 

50 

9 

CM) 

4 

50 

6 

00 

K 

1 

50 

2 

25 

1 

00 

1 

75 

1% 

6 

00 

7 

25 

3 

25 

4 

60 

). 

1 

20 

1 

80 

85 

1 

50 

1)4 

4 

50 

5 

75 

2 

75 

4 

00 

% 

1 

16 

1 

60 

75 

1 

20 

OPEN  SOCKETS 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

Dia 

Loose. 

Fast’d 

Ijoose. 

Fast'd 

Dia 

Loose 

Fast'd 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

2% 

816 

50 

819 

00 

812 

50 

815 

00 

1% 

8-1 

00 

85 

00 

*3 

00 

84 

00 

2 

14 

25 

16 

25 

10 

50 

12 

60 

1 

3 

25 

1 

25 

2 

50 

3 

50 

i-'4 

12 

50 

14 

00 

9 

00 

10 

60 

% 

2 

75 

3 

75 

2 

00 

3 

00 

19? 

10 

50 

12 

00 

7 

25 

8 

75 

Y\ 

2 

50 

3 

40 

1 

75 

2 

60 

1'4 

8 

75 

10 

25 

5 

50 

7 

00 

2 

00 

2 

75 

1 

50 

2 

25 

$ 

7 

25 

8 

50 

4 

00 

5 

25 

A 

1 

70 

2 

30 

1 

35 

2 

00 

1% 

5 

50 

6 

50 

3 

25 

4 

25 

% 

1 

6U 

2 

00 

1 

20 

1 

65 

SWIVEL  HOOKS. 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

Dia 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

Jjoose. 

Fast’d 

Dia 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

2'A 

819 

50 

821 

75 

816 

00 

818 

25 

1 % 

85 

25 

86 

25 

81 

25 

85 

25 

2 

17 

50 

19 

50 

14 

25 

16 

25 

1 

4 

50 

5 

60 

3 

75 

4 

75 

i94 

15 

50 

17 

50 

12 

00 

14 

00 

•% 

4 

25 

5 

15 

3 

35 

4 

1% 

12 

75 

14 

25 

9 

50 

11 

00 

Yi 

3 

75 

4 

65 

3 

05 

4 

00 

VA 

9 

76 

11 

25 

6 

75 

8 

25 

% 

3 

35 

4 

15 

2 

90 

3 

70 

Ws 

8 

25 

9 

50 

5 

50 

6 

75 

1 

3 

00 

3 

60 

2 

65 

3 

26 

m 

6 

60 

7 

60 

4 

50 

5 

50 

2 

65 

3 

10 

2 

25 

2 

70 

TURN  BUCKLE,  WITH  SOCKET. 


Prices  according  to  size  and  weight, 


HOOK  AND  SOCKET. 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

Dia  I Loose. 

Fast'd 

Loose.  \ Fast'd 

Dia 

L008(. 

Loose 

Fast'd 

IX  1 86  25 

87  26 

84  30 

85  30 

% 

83  05 

83  85 

82  30 

83  10 

IX  5 00 

6 00 

3 75 

4 75 

% 

2 65 

3 40 

2 00 

2 75 

1 | 4 16 

5 10 

3 20 

4 15 

K 

2 55 

3 10 

1 90 

2 45 

94  1 3 65 

4 50 

2 75 

8 70 

1 90 

2 45 

1 60 

2 05 

— ' SL 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

Dia 

L008C 

Fast’d 

Ia)08C. 

Fast'd 

Dia 

Loose. 

Fast'd 

Loose. 

FasVd 

83  00 

85  25 

82  65 

84  60 

3A 

81  30 

82  80 

81  15 

82  25 

1% 

2 50 

4 35 

1 90 

3 60 

Y 

1 20 

2 60 

1 00 

2 00 

1 

1 90 

3 75 

1 60 

3 00 

Vn 

95 

2 10 

90 

1 80 

Ve 

1 50 

3 25 

1-30 

2 66 

X 

80 

1 70 

76 

1 40 

HOOK  AND  THIMBLE. 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

Dia 

Loose 

Fast'd 

Loose. 

Fast’d 

Dia 

Loose 

Fist'd 

Loose. 

Fist'd 

IK 

83  00 

85  26 

82  55 

84  60 

K 

81  30 

82  80 

81  15 

82  25 

i)| 

2 60 

4 35 

1 90 

3 60 

% 

1 20 

2 60 

1 00 

2 00 

1 

l 90 

3 75 

1 50 

3 00 

H 

95 

2 10 

90 

1 80 

% 

1 60 

3 25 

1 30 

2 65 

% 

80 

1 70 

76 

1 40 

OVAL  AND  ROUND  THIMBLES,  SPLICED  IN. 


For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Rope. 

For  Steel  Rope. 

Iron  Ropo. 

Diam. 

Fast'd. 

Fastened. 

Diam. 

Fist’d. 

Fastened. 

iK 

83  60 

83  00 

K 

81  60 

81  80 

1‘4 

2 65 

2 26 

% 

1 35 

1 J5 

1 

2 25 

1 90 

k 

I 20 

1 05 

% 

1 90 

1 60 

1 05 

85 

SOCKET,  WITH  CHAIN. 


Prices  according  to  size  and  length  of  chain. 


EXTRA  HEAVY  OVAL  WIRE  ROPE 
THIMBLES. 


Width  of 

Score. 

K>n 

%in 

K in 

% In 

% in 

% In 

1 in 

IX  In 

1 X ^ 

IX  in 

IX  in 

IX  in 


Galvanized. 


Circumference 
of  Rope. 

Xin 

1 in 

IX  in 

2 in 

2X  in 

2X  in 

8 in 

8X  in 

3X  in 

4 in 

4X  in 

6 in 


Price,  each. 
SO  08 


11 

12 

12 

14 

15 
19 
22 
26 
30 


Larger  and  special  thimbles  on  application. 


PATENT  WIRE  ROPE  CLAMPS. 


Clamp  allowing  ropo  neeurod.  Sootional  view  of  clamp. 


For  IX  in.  circ.  ropo.. 

80  70 

For  2%  in.  ciro.  ropo.. 

81  20 

•'  IX  '•  •' 

85 

" 3 “ «* 

1 30 

„ l%  „ ..  .. 

90 

M 3X  n 

1 46 

“ 2 " 

90 

" »x  ••  “ .. 

1 55 

" 2 K “ " .. 

1 00 

••  m “ .. 

1 65 

M 2%  “ " . 

1 10 

.<  4 «« 

l 80 

814 


s § 


WIRE  ROPE  CLIPS,  LOCOHOTIVE  SWITCHING  AND  WRECKING  ROPES,  TACKLE  BLOCKS,  HOISTING  WHEELS 

AND  SHEAVES. 


THE  “JUPITER”  CLIP 
FOR  WIRE  ROPE  AND  STRAND. 


Compact. 

Patent  applied  for. 

Inexpensive. 

Simple. 

PRICE  LIST. 

Fortin,  diam.  rope 

::  ft  ::  :: 


80  19 

For  % 

19 

“ 1 

19 

••  i H 

23 

■■  \\ 

28 

“ 

31 

“ i % 

£ in.  diam.  rope. .80  34 
“ ..  38 

44  “ 44 

“ “ ..  44 

“ “ ..  49 

“ 44  ..  53 


The  "Jupiter”  Clip  is  practically  one  part,  as  it  can  be 
applied  by  simply  loosening  the  nut  and  swinging  the 
bolt  back,  putting  in  rope  to  be  held  and  then  swinging 
the  bolt  forward  and  tightening  the  nut. 


THE  “CROSBY”  WIRE  ROPE  CLIP. 


Light,  Durable  and  Convenient  Wire  Rope 
Fastening. 

EASILY  APPLIED. 


A 

% in.  diam.  rope. 


. SO  21 
21 
21 
25 
30 
34 


yQ  in.  diam.  rope 80  38 

1 

1H  “ 

IX  44 


HEAVY  IRON  HOISTING  WHEELS. 


6 feet  diameter,  1100  lbs.  Price,  bored  to  fit  shaft 

5 44  886  lbs.  

4 “ 622  lbs.  44  “ " 

3 " 367  ft>s.  

Special  prices  for  larger  wheels,  with  either  cast  or 
w rough  t-iron  arms. 


HEAVY  WOOD-LINED  IRON 
HOISTING  WHEELS. 


6 feet  diameter,  1300  fbs. 
5 M 975  lbs. 

4 “ 700  lbs. 

5 ••  470  fi>s. 


Price,  bored  to  fit  shaft... 


8pecial  prices  for  larger  wheels,  with  wrought  or  cast- 

iron  arms. 


LOCOMOTIVE  SWITCHING  AND 
WRECKING  ROPES. 


Cast  Steel  or  Iron. 


Diameter  of  Rope...  1%  1%  1 24  1%  1 % finches. 
Breaking  Strength..  75  60  50  40  32  24  18  tons. 

Made  up  in  lengths  of  25  or  30  feet,  or  greater  lengths  ii 
required,  with  suitable  fastenings  on  ends. 

For  Switching  Ropes— The  fastenings  are  made  of 
size  and  strength  to  suit  the  use  intended. 

For  Wrecking  Ropes— Hooks  and  links  are  made 
extra  heavy,  to  stand  a strain  equal  to  the  strength  of  the 
rope. 

Prices  on  application. 


SOLID  IRON  SHEAVES. 


For  Elevators  and  Derricks. 


IRON  TACKLE  BLOCKS. 

Phosphor-Bronze  Bushings. 


SINGLE  SHEAVE. 

10  in.  diameter,  each 817  00 

12  “ “ 19  00 

14  “ 44  21  00 

16  “ “ 36  00 

18  44  “ 40  00 

DOUBLE  SHEAVE. 

10  in.  diameter,  each 826  00 

12  ” " 29  00 

14  “ 44  31  00 

16  “ **  50  00 

18  “ 44  56  00 


Triple  and  Quadruple  Sheaves  special  prices. 


WIRE  ROPE  GRIP  WHEELS. 


Sizes  4,  5,  6, 7 and  8 feet  diameter. 
Prices  on  application. 


WHEELS  FOR  TRANSMISSION  OF 
POWER  BY  WIRE  ROPE. 


LIGHT-ARMED  SUPPORTING 
WHEELS. 


12  in.  diameter,  22  lbs.  weight 82  50 

14  " “ 27  lbs.  “ 2 80 

16  “ “ 38  lbs.  “ 3 40 

18  “ " 46  lbs.  “ 3 60 

20  44  44  55  fts.  “ 4 40 

22  “ “ 85  lbs.  “ 5 80 

24  " “ 88  fi>s.  44  6 00 

26  44  “ 133  ft>s.  “ 8 00 

28  44  14  147Dis.  “ 9 00 

30  “ “ 170  ft»s.  " ; 1100 


Wheels  bored  to  fit  shaft,  and  furnished  with  set 
screws. 


Wheels  Bored  to  Fit  Shaft,  and  Lined  with  Patent 
Rubber. 


1%  ft.  diam.,  each 85  60 

2 44  ” 7 50 

2%  44  44  ......  10  50 

3 44  44  15  00 

4 4 4 44  24  00 

6 44  44  87  00 

6 44  14  69  00 


7 ft.  diam.,  each 

872  00 

8 44  “ ... 

95  00 

9 44  44 

120  00 

10  44  in  halves, 

150  00 

n 44  “ 11 

220  00 

12  44  44  44 

235  00 

Special  prices  for  larger  wheels. 


PATENT  RUBBER  LINING  FOR 
TRANSMISSION  WHEELS. 


816 


Above  show  reduced  sections. 


BELLOWS  AND  TROWELS. 


Fig.  1584. 


Fig.  1585. 


HAND  BELLOWS. 

5 67  8 9 10  T2  inches. 

Price,  $7.00  8.00  9.00  10.00  1100  12.00  14.00  per  dozen 


Price, 


MOULDERS’  BELLOWS. 

9 10  11  12  13  14  15  inches. 

$15.00  17.00  20.00  24.00  26.00  28.00  33.00  per  dozen 


Fig.  1586. 


STANDARD  BLACKSMITHS’  BELLOWS. 

18  to  24  26  28  30  32  34  36  38  40  42  44  inches 

Price,  $10.00  11. 00  12.00  13.00  14.00  16.00  18.00  20.00  23.00  27.00  32.00  each 


Fig.  1587. 


BRICK  TROWEL. 

London  Pattern. 


7'A 

8 

8'A 

9 inches. 

$7-50 

8.00 

8.50 

9.00  per  dozen 

9'A 

10 

10% 

11  inches. 

$9-50 

10.00 

10.50 

1 1. 00  per  dozen 

u'A 

12  12^ 

13  I3>4 

14  inches 

$11.50 

12.00  12.75 

13.50  14.25 

15.00  per  dozen 

Fig.  1588. 


BRICK  TROWEL. 

Philadelphia  Pattern. 


7'A 

8 

8^ 

9 ^ 

™ 9 Yz  inches. 

$9.00 

9- 50 

10.00 

10.50 

1 1. 00  per  dozen 

10 

10% 

11 

n'A 

12  inches. 

$11.50 

12.00 

12.50 

13.0° 

13.50  per  dozen 

12  'A 

13 

t— 1 

Oo 

14  inches. 

$14.25 

15.00 

15-75 

16.50  per  dozen 

Fig.  1589. 


Price, 


$5.25  per  dozen 


4 

$4-25 


4^ 

4-5o 


5 

4-75 


5/4 

5.00 


6 inches. 
5.25  per  dozen 


816 


Fig.  1591 


When  partitioned  into  two  compartments  (of 
any  desired  length),  each  having  its  own  inde- 
pendent door,  a barrel  of  this  kind  becomes  the 
same  as  two  small  barrels ; but,  it  costs  less  and 
occupies  less  room.  By  extending  the  driving 
shaft,  and  setting  up  more  frames,  a long  double 
line  of  barrels  can  be  mounted  and  driven  in  this 
way. 


No.  of  Plates. 

Size. 

IO 

22  x 38  inches. 

IO 

22  x 44  “ 

12 

26  x 38  “ 

12 

26  x 44  “ 

STEEL  PLATE,  DOUBLE  EXHAUST  TUHBLING  BARRELS,  FRICTION  GEARED. 


No.  of 
Staves. 

Size. 

No.  of 
Staves. 

Size. 

6 

14  x 30  inches. 

9 

20  x 42  inches. 

6 

14  x 36  “ 

IO 

22  x 30  “ 

6 

14  x 42  “ 

IO 

22  x 36  “ 

7 

16  x 30  “ 

IO 

22  x 42  “ 

7 

16  x 36  “ 

II 

24x36  “ 

7 

16  x 42  “ 

II 

24  x 42  “ 

8 

18  x 30  “ 

II 

24  X 48  “ 

8 

18  x 36  “ 

12 

26  X 36  “ 

8 

18x42  “ 

12 

26  x 42  “ 

9 

20x30  “ 

12 

26  X 48  “ 

9 

20  X 36  “ 

Fig.  1592. 


Size,  24  x 42  inches.  Weight,  5,800  pounds. 


SET  OF  FOUR  TUMBLING  BARRELS,  EXHAUST  OR  NON=EXHAUST. 


Friction  geared,  with  hand  wheels  for  stopping  and  starting  each  barrel , an  excellent  way  of  mounting  and  driving  four  heavily 
loaded  barrels.  Made  in  compartments  to  order.  Prices  on  application. 

Fig.  1593. 


IMPROVED  FOUNDRY  TUMBLING  BARREL. 


These  barrels  have  no  shaft  through  them  (none  of  our  barrels 
have),  against  which  the  work  could  get  wedged.  In  strength 
and  capacity  they  are  well  adapted  for  large,  heavy  work  ; also 
for  sprews  and  cupola  dumpings. 


No.  of  Staves. 
20 
15 


14 


13 


Size  Inside. 

45  x 48  inches 
33  x 48  “ 

30  x 48 
28  x 48  “ 


Approximate  Weight. 

4780  pounds. 

2330 

2150 

2000  “ 


817 


IMPROVED  FOUNDRY  TUHBLING  BARREL. 


Exhaust  or  Non-Exhaust. 


No.  of  Staves.  Size. 

15.  33  x 48  inches. 

14.  30  x 48  inches. 

13.  28  x 48  inches. 


Approximate  Weight. 
233°  pounds. 
2150  pounds. 
2000  pounds. 


Can  be  made  longer  or  shorter.  For  large  barrels, 
mounted  singly,  we  recommend  spur  gearing,  with  tight 
and  loose  pulleys. 


Fig.  1595. 


WATER  POLISHING  BARREL. 

Size,  20  x 30  inches. 


FOUNDRY  RATTLERS. 

We  have  had  in  use  a number  of  foundry  rattlers,  of  a form  of  construction  usually 
found  in  most  foundries.  The  results  were  so  unsatisfactory  that  we  have  designed  and 
constructed  new  rattlers,  which  have  proven  satisfactory. 

These  rattlers  have  iron  frames,  self  oiling  boxes,  and  are  so  encased  as  to  keep  all 
dust  from  bearings  and  the  room. 

These  we  are  prepared  to  furnish  in  three  sizes,  as  follows  : 

Inside  Diameter.  Length. 

23  J4  inches  26  inches 

31  y2  inches  31^4  inches 

31^4  inches  52  inches 

54  inches  ; No.  2,  58  x 64  inches ; 


No.  1, 
No.  2, 
No.  3, 

Floor  space,  No.  1, 


44  x 


Weight,  about 
2050  pounds 
4800  pounds 
5700  pounds 
No.  3,  69  x 82  inches. 


Additional  information  furnished  on  application. 
Fig.  1596. 


BARREL  FOR  STOVE  PLATES  AND  SIMILAR  ARTICLES. 

Patent  Double  Exhaust. 

Size,  37  inches  square,  48  inches  long. 

“ 31  inches  square,  42  inches  long. 

“ 23  inches  square,  42  inches  long. 


Fig.  1597. 


TWO  COMPARTMENT  WATER  POLISHING  BARREL.  When  this  barrel  is  intended  for  dry  rolling  the  door  is  made 

Each  compartment  20  inches  diameter,  16  inches  long.  flush  and  full  length. 

When  so  ordered,  Water  Polishing  Barrels  are  provided  with  a gland  for  connecting  a water  pipe  to  supply  a constant  flow  of  water. 

818 


Fig.  1599- 


TUnBLING  BARREL,  FOR  WET  OR  DRY 
TUnBLING. 

Well  adapted  for  Brass  Castings. 

Size,  26x30  inches.  Weight,  1520  pounds. 


Fig.  1601. 


FRICTION  GEARED  OBLIQUE  BARREL. 

Running  position.  For  wet  or  dry  tumbling. 

Dimensions  of  brass  and  steel  barrels  for  oblique 
machines. 


Diameter, 

36  inches 

Length,  31  inches 

< < 

28  “ 

“ 27)4  “ 

( ( 

24  “ 

“ 25  >4  “ 

‘ ‘ 

20  “ 

“ 22  “ 

( ( 

18  “ 

“ 20  “ 

( ( 

15  “ 

“ 15 

TUMBLING  BARREL  WITH  CONVEX  HEADS. 

For  dry  rolling.  Has  full  length  flush  door. 

Body,  20  inches  diameter,  30  inches  long. 

This  barrel  imparts  three  distinct  motions  to  the 
goods,  rolling,  shaking,  spreading,  and  does  its  work 
very  rapidly. 


819 


Fig.  1604. 


TILTING  TUMBLING  BARRELS. 

These  barrels  are  made  of  hard  wood,  and  can  be  used  for 
both  wet  and  dry  tumbling. 

By  means  of  the  lever  these  barrels  can  be  adjusted  to  work 
at  any  angle.  They  are  very  strong,  and  are  unekcelled  for 
brightening  goods,  saving  much  buffing  and  burnishing. 

Width  of  frame,  36  inches  ; height  of  frame,  38  inches ; pul- 
leys, 18  inch  diameter  by  4-inch  face  ; diameter  of  barrel  at 
bottom,  inside,  30  inches  ; diameter  of  barrel  at  top,  inside,  24 
inches  ; depth  of  barrel,  inside,  25  inches  ; floor  space,  3x5 
feet ; finished  weight,  700  pounds. ' Price,  $75.00. 

WHEELBARROWS. 

WOOD,  STEEL  TRAY.  JACOBS’  WHEEL. 

The  most  substantial,  cheapest,  and  best  Steel  Tray  Barrow 
manufactured.  Specially  adapted  for  heavy  work. 

Steel  wheel,  i6y£  inches  diameter  ; tire,  \y%  x y inches  ; steel 
spokes,  inch  round  ; the  tray,  of  No.  15  best  steel,  pressed 
from  a single  sheet,  without  joint,  seam  or  rivet.  Stronger  and 
more  durable  than  riveted  iron  trays  of  same  thickness.  The 
flange  of  tray  is  turned  over  a 5-16  steel  rod,  which  passes  en- 
tirely around  the  tray,  giving  a smooth  finish  to  the  edge  of  the 
bowl,  preventing  breaking,  and  stiffening  and  strengthening  it 
Size  of  tray  : greatest  length,  32  inches ; greatest  width,  33 
inches;  depth  at  wheel  end,  11  inches;  depth  at  handle  end, 
7 y2  inches. 

No.  1.  Capacity,  3 cubic  feet,  - - price,  $4  00 

“ 2.  “ 4 “ - - “4  25 

Fig.  1603. 


Fig. ”1602. 


In  Position  for  Work. 


Railroad  or  Canal  Barrow. 


BOLTED  R.  R.  OR  CANAL  BARROW. 

Diameter  of  wheel,  17  inches ; tire,  3-16  x 1 J4  inches  ; sppkes.  % x 1 
inch  ; J^-inch  axle  bolt. 

The  barrow  for  railroad  contractors. 

Knocks  down  completely  for  shipping,  and  is  easily  set  up. 

Weight,  50  pounds. 

Price,  ------  per  dozen,  $20  00 


Wood,  Steel  Tray.  Jacobs’  Wheel. 

RAILROAD,  OR  CANAL  BARROW. 

With  Steel  Spoke  Wheel. 

Same  as  above,  but  with  Lewis  or  Jacobs’  Patent  Steel  Wheel,  as 
ordered. 

Diameter  of  wheel,  16 inches  ; wrought  iron  tire.  1 y%  inches 
wide,  y%  inch  thick  ; steel  spokes,  in  Lewis’  wheel  y%  inch  round, 
in  Jacob’s  wheel,  fjs  x y ; hub,  6 inches  long,  J^-inch  bore  ; 
weight,  55  pounds.  Price,  per  dozen,  $22.00. 

Fig.  1605. 


Bolted  R.  R.  or  Canal  Barrow. 


820 


WHEELBARROWS. 

Fig.  1606. 


TUBULAR  STEEL  FOUNDRY  BARROW. 


No.  9 Steel  Foundry  Barrow,  with  No.  15  Lewis  Round  Spoke  Steel  Wheel. 

Wheels  and  leg  braces  on  these  barrows  are  same  as  Nos.  6 and  7.  Intended  for  wheeling  castings,  hot  irons,  etc.,  and 
for  general  foundry  and  furnace  use. 

No.  8.  Tray  made  of  No.  12  steel.  Size  of  tray,  same  as  Nos.  4 and  6.  Weight  of  barrow,  95  pounds.  Price,  each,  $14.00 

No.  9.  Tray  made  of  No.  12  steel.  Size  of  tray,  same  as  Nos.  5 and  7.  Weight  of  barrow,  98  pounds.  Price,  each,  16.00 

COAL  AND  COKE  BARROWS. 

The  No.  15  Lewis  Steel  Wheels  are  16 ]/z  inches  in  diameter,  with  iron  tire  i^x  y$  inches,  and  steel  spokes  l/z  inch  round, 
and  extra  heavy  malleable  hubs.  The  legs  and  leg  braces  are  extra  heavy. 

No.  7.  Same  as  our  No.  7 Mining  Barrow,  shown  on  another  page.  Capacity,  215  to  250  pounds  of  coal.  Greatest 

width  of  tray,  29  inches.  Weight  of  barrow.  88  pounds.  Price,  each,  - - - - $14.25 

No.  10.  Tray  of  No.  13  steel.  Capacity,  400  to  450  ponnds  of  lump  coal.  Greatest  width  of  tray,  33  inches.  Weight  of 

barrow,  109  pounds.  Price,  each,  - - - - - - - - 20.00 

No.  12.  Tray  made  of  No.  15  steel.  Capacity,  5 bushels  of  coke  or  charcoal.  Greatest  width  of  tray,  33  inches. 

Weight  of  barrow,  93  pounds.  Price,  each,  .......  18.50 

Greatest  height  of  Nos.  10  and  12  Barrows  is  25^  inches. 

No.  12  Barrow  is  intended  for  carrying  coke,  charcoal  or  other  light  material,  and  is  not  intended  for  use  as  a coal  barrow. 

Fig.  1607. 


TUBULAR  STEEL  WHEELBARROW. 

Capacity,  10  cubic  feet.  Weight,  220  pounds. 

Price,  ...  $38.00 


Two-Wheel  Coal,  Ore,  or  Mining  Barrow. 


Fig.  1608. 


These  barrows  are  intended  for  moving  earth,  sand,  gravel,  mortar,  etc. 


STEEL  DIRT  BARROWS. 

The  No.  14  Lewis  Steel  Wheels  are  16  Yz  inches 
in  diameter,  with  iron  tire  i^x^  inches,  and 
steel  spokes  yz  inch  round. 

No.  4.  Tray  made  of  No.  15  steel.  Capacity, 

3 cubic  feet  of  earth.  Suitable  for  light 
r work,  such  as  carrying  loose  earth,  sand, 

C~  etc.  Weight  of  barrow,  70  pounds. 

Price,  each,  - - - $10.75 

No.  \l/t.  Tray  made  of  No.  14  steel.  Ca- 
pacity, 3 cubic  feet  of  earth.  Weight  of 

barrow,  75  pounds.  Price,  each,  - ri.50 

No.  5.  Tray  made  of  No.  14  steel.  Capacity, 

4 cubic  feet  of  earth.  Weight  of  barrow, 

78  pounds.  Price,  each,  - - 13.50 


STEEL  MINING  AND  GENERAL  PURPOSE  BARROWS. 

The  No.  15  Lewis  Steel  Wheels  are  16^  inches  in  diameter,  with  iron  tire  x y%  inches,  and  steel  spoke  yi.  inch 
round,  and  extra  heavy,  malleable  iron  hubs. 

These  barrows  have  extra  heavy  leg  braces,  are  intended  for  hard  usage,  and  are  the  best  general  purpose,  all  metal 
barrows  manufactured. 

No.  6.  Tray  made  of  No.  14  steel.  Size  of  tray,  same  as  No.  4 dirt  barrow.  Weight  of  barrow,  83  pounds.  Price,  each,  $12.25 
No.  7.  Tray  made  of  No.  14  steel.  Size  of  tray,  same  as  No.  5 dirt  barrow.  Also  suitable  for  small  coal  barrow. 
Weight  of  barrow,  88  pounds.  Price,  each,  - - 


821 


14-25 


Fig.  1609. 


Fra.  1610. 


STANDARD  STEEL  CHARGING  BARROW  No.  1. 

Capacity,  10  cubic  feet;  i,5co  lbs.  iron  ore;  500  lbs.  coal. 
Weight  of  barrow  complete,  630  lbs. 

Anti-friction  steel  roller  bearing.  Needs  no  oil.  Stock  bar- 
row  for  blast  furnaces  and  gas  works  ; also  for  coal  docks,  boiler 
rooms,  etc. 


Fig.  1611. 


PIG  METAL  BARROW  No.  13. 

For  wheeling  pig  metal,  etc. 

Bottom  made  of  X inch  steel,  22  inches  wide  at  handles  by 
25  inches  long.  Dash,  20  inches  wide  at  top  and  14  inches  high. 
Side  straps,  y%x.\Y%  inch  iron.  Lewis  Patent  Wheels,  i6)4  inches 
diameter  ; tire,  inches  ; steel  spokes  Yi  inch  round.  Weight 

of  barrow,  no  lbs.  Price,  each,  $18.00. 


Fig.  1613. 


BAR  IRON  TRUCK. 


Platform  25^4  inches  wide  by  63  inches  long.  Iron  handle  ex- 
tends 59  inches  in  front  of  platform.  Truck  stands  on  platform 
scale  3 feet  square.  With  wrought  staggered  spoke  wheels  2 x 20 
inches,  with  extra  3 inch  wrought  iron  tire.  Weight,  350  lbs. 
Price,  $5.00. 


nETAL  TRUCK. 

Platform,  42  inches  long,  20  inches  wide,  1 X inches  thick, 
with  heavy  iron  band  around  top  and  countersunk,  as  shown  in 
cut.  All  bolts  countersunk.  Extra  heavy  wheels,  9^  by  4 inches. 
Wrought  iron  fifth  wheel,  7 yi.  inches  in  diameter.  Iron  handle, 
36  inches  long.  Well  braced.  Weight,  235  lbs.  Price,  $30.00. 


Fig.  1612. 


[NEW  YORK  PATTERN  TRUCKS. 


Length  of 

Width  at 

Width  at 

Diam.  of 

Handles. 

Nose. 

Upper  Bar. 

Wheel. 

No. 

Ft. 

In. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Price. 

O 

3 

6 K 

12 

18 

6 

$4  50 

1 

4 

I 

13 

l8'/2 

6 

4 85 

2 

4 

5 

H'X 

iSH 

7% 

6 00 

3 

4 

8 

I5>4 

2I'X 

sy 

7 OO 

4 

5 

0 

15^ 

2l'X 

10 

8 00 

5 

5 

4 

T-7% 

22 

12 

9 50 

With  Rubbered 

No. 

Strapped  Up. 

Full  Ironed. 

Wheels. 

O 

$ 5 75 

$6  75 

$IO 

25 

I 

6 50 

7 00 

II 

OO 

2 

8 00 

9 50 

14 

OO 

3 

9 00 

10  00 

16 

OO 

4 

10  00 

11  00 

18 

OO 

5 

11  50 

12  75 

23 

50 

The  cut  represents  the  truck  plain.  By  strapped  up,  we  mean 
the  iron  carried  up  to  the  upper  crossbars  on  arms.  By  full  ironed, 
we  mean  crossbars  and  arms  plated  with  iron,  The  rubbered 
wheel  trucks  are  made  plain,  as  shown  in  cut. 


822 


Fig.  1614. 


MACHINE  SHOP  WAGON. 

Capacity,  4 tons. 

Bed,  6 feet  long  by  3 feet  wide  by  21  inches  high 
from  floor  to  top. 

Heavy  cast  iron  wheels,  16  inches  in  diameter,  3 
inches  tread,  and  extra  heavy  cast  rims. 

Steel  axles,  2 inches  square. 

Steel  fifth  wheel,  15  inches  in  diameter,  well  braced. 
Weight,  800  pounds. 

Price,  - - ,$60  00 


Fig.  1615. 


SHEET  METAL  TRUCK. 

Axles  bored.  Wheels  turned. 

Platform,  30  inches  wide  by  78  inches  long  by  20^  inches 
high.  Wheels,  13^  inches  diameter,  2^  inch  tread.  Front  axle. 
1 Y%  inch  square.  Rear  axle,  1 y2  inch  round.  Now  made  with  cast 
iron  fifth  wheel.  Iron  handle,  y&  inch  round,  by  42  inches  long, 
with  hounds  and  brace.  Weight,  350  pounds.  Price,  $40  00. 


COAL  TRUCK. 

Capacity,  half  ton. 

Box,  length  at  bottom,  4 feet;  over  all,  5 feet ; width  at  bot- 
tom, 21  feet ; at  top,  2j£  feet ; depth  inside,  2 feet.  All  of  i'/i  oak. 

Four  iron  straps  (i^  x }i ) entire  length  on  bottom,  fastened 
by  screws,  extending  up  and  bent  over  at  both  ends,  and  four  in- 
side braces  (ix^)  bolted  through  sides  and  bottom.  Iron  strapped 
(i}4  x:  %)  all  round  top  edge. 

Handles,  fSs  inch  round  iron,  bolted  on.  All  bolts  inside  box 
are  countersunk. 

Wheels,  11  y inches  in  diameter;  2 inch  face.  Castor  wheels, 
6x1  y%  inches.  Iron  axle,  inches  square. 

Box  painted  brown  outside,  unpainted  inside.  Iron  parts 
blacked.  Weight,  325  lbs. 

Price, $35  00 


Fig.  1617. 


BOX  TRUCKS. 

A low  truck,  strong  and  well  made,  for  handling  large  boxes 
or  bales.  Sharp  cone-head  bolts  to  prevent  package  from  slipping. 
Axles  turned  and  wheels  bored. 

6=WHEEL  BOX  TRUCKS. 

Balanced  on  center  wheels,  which  are  set  lower  than  end 
wheels,  so  that  truck  turns  easily  in  any  direction  without  injur- 
ing floor.  Wood  bolsters  between  frame  and  axles.  Axles  turned 
and  wheels  bored. 


No. 

Width, 

Inches. 

Length, 

Inches. 

Wheels, 

Inches. 

Price. 

Rubbered 

Wheels. 

I, 

18 

18 

4x1  y% 

$5  00 

$12  50 

2, 

6- wheel, 

18 

26 

4x  I3/S 

6 00 

14  OO 

18 

24 

33/s  x 1^ 

8 00 

17  50 

Fig.  1616. 


PORTABLE  PLATFORM  DROP  LEVER  SCALES. 


With  heavy  wheels  and  notched  beam. 


New 

Capacity. 

Platform. 

Price. 

No. 

L,bs. 

In. 

n66 

2500  x y2 

26  X 34 

$94.00 

n68 

2000  x ) Vz 

25  x 33 

82.00 

1170 

1500  x y2 

21  x 28 

70.00 

1172 

1200  x y2 

20  x 28 

59.OO 

1174 

1000  x y2 

17  x 26 

51.00 

1176 

800  x y2 

17  x 26 

46.00 

1178 

600  x y 

16  x 25 

41. CO 

n8o 

400  x y 

15  x 21 

34.00 

PORTABLE 

PLATFORM  SCALES. 

Without  wheels. 

New 

Capacity. 

Platform. 

Price. 

No. 

Lbs. 

In. 

I IOO 

2500  x y2 

26  x 34 

$80.00 

1102 

2000  x y2 

25  x 33 

70.00 

II04 

1500  x y2 

21  x 28 

52.00 

1106 

1200  x y2 

20  X 28 

45.00 

1108 

1000  x y2 

17  X 26 

39.00 

iiio 

800  x y2 

17  X 26 

34.00 

1112 

600  x y 

16  X 25 

30.00 

1114 

400  x y2 

15  X 21 

23.00 

823 


Fig.  1618. 


Fig.  1619 


PORTABLE  WAREHOUSE  SCALES. 

These  scales  are  furnished  with  a very  large  platform,  and  the 
wheels  are  placed  underneath  out  of  the  way.  They  are  adapted 
for  general  warehouse  use  where  a large  portable  scale  is  required. 
Nos.  1004  and  1010  have  the  pillar  on  the  long  side  of  the  scale. 

Without  Wheels. 


New 

Capacity. 

Platform. 

No. 

Pounds. 

Inches. 

Price. 

IOOO 

5000  x y2 

48  X 48 

$170.00 

1002 

3500  X ^ 

42  X 44 

1 10.00 

1004 

2500  x y2 

46  x 37 

95.00 

With  Wheels. 

1006 

5000  x y2 

48  x 48 

185.00 

1008 

3500  X 

42  X 44 

125.00 

1010 

2500  x y2 

46  x 37 

105.00 

DORHANT  WAREHOUSE  SCALES. 

With  Two  Iron  Pillars  and  Double  Beam. 

The  Double  Beam  shown  on  these  Scales  is  very  convenient 
whenever  the  tare  of  trucks  or  cases  is  to  be  taken. 

If  desired,  this  pattern  of  Scale  will  be  furnished  with  a com- 
pound beam,  giving  the  entire  capacity  without  loose  weights,  at 
the  price  given  on  preceding  page. 


New 

Capacity 

Platform 

Platform 

Price 

No. 

Pounds. 

Inches. 

to  Pillars. 

1046  D. 

5,000  x y2 

48  x 48 

23  inches. 

$180  OO 

1048  D. 

3,500  x K 

42  X44 

13  “ 

133  OO 

1050  D. 

2,500  x 

46  x 37 

12  “ 

113  OO 

1052  D. 

3,500  x >4 
With  extra  long 

42  x 44 
neck, 

20  “ \ 

i 

143  OO 

Patent  Adjustable-Bar  Folder. 
Will  turn  locks  from  3-32  to  1 inch  in  width. 


Fig.  1621. 


Brass  Mounted  Groover. 


PATENT  ADJUSTABLE-BAR  FOLDER. 

No.  50.  17  inches,  for  tin,  will  turn  locks  from  3-32  to  yz  inch,  #25  00 


“ 52.  20  inches,  will  turn  locks  from  3-32  to  1 inch,  - 30  00 

“ 54.  30  inches,  will  turn  locks  from  1-32  to  1 inch,  - 40  00 

“ 56.  42  inches,  will  turn  close  locks  only  from  3-16  to  i$£ 

inch,  - - - - - 80  00 

“ 58.  42  inches,  will  turn  close  or  open  locks  from  3-16  to  ifjs 

inch,  - - - - - 90  00 


We  are  also  making  special  Folders  for  forming  any  width  locks, 


on  light  or  heavy  plate,  of  any  length  desired. 

BRASS  MOUNTED  GROOVER. 

No.  1.  F'or  heavy  work,  20  inches,  with  stand.  - #13  50 

“ 2.  For  common  work,  17  inches,  with  stand,  - - 1 1 00 

Extra  stands  for  either  No.  1 or  No.  2,  - - each,  75 

Extra  rollers  (three  rollers  constitute  a set),  - - -l  75 

Groover  ratchet,  with  brass  mounting,  - “3  25 

Grooveriratchet,  without  brass  mounting,  • “ 2 25 


824 


Fig.  1622. 


Fig.  1623. 


DORMANT 

WAREHOUSE 

SCALES 

With  Single  Wood 

Pillar,  Drop  Lever  and 
Beam. 

Notched 

New 

Capacity. 

Platform. 

Platform  to 

Price. 

No. 

Pounds. 

Inches. 

Pillar. 

1026 

5000  X a. 

48  x 48 

24  inches 

$150.00 

1028 

3500  X 

42  x 44 

13  “ 

105.00 

1030 

2500  X A. 

46  x 37 

12  A “ 

92.00 

1032 

2000  X Yz 

25  x 34 

10  “ 

78.00 

1034 

1500  X Yz 

21  X 31 

4 14 

68.00 

PORTABLE  FOUNDRY  SCALES. 


Extra  heavy,  with  12  inch  wheels  and  drop  lever. 


beam. 

New 

Capacity. 

Platform. 

No. 

Iybs 

In. 

1164 

3000  x a 

31  x 40 

Without 

Drop  Lever. 

120S 

3000  x Y* 

31  x 40 

Notched 


Price. 
$1 25.OO 

$125.00 


Fig.  1626. 


PIG  IRON  SCALES. 


With  Drop  Lever  and  Brass  Sliding  Poise. 

This  scale  is  made  very  heavy  and  constructed  entirely  of 
metal,  so  that  it  is  most  suitable  for  foundry  use.  It  is  also  furn- 
ished with  a special  pattern  drop  lever,  which  is  convenient  for  re- 
lieving the  bearings  of  the  scale  when  not  in  actual  use. 

With  Wheels. 

No.  Capacity.  Pounds.  Platform.  Inches.  Price. 

1412  2500x1  23x37  $110.00 

1414  3000  xi  23  x 37  120.00 


FURNACE  STOCK  CHARGING  SCALES. 


With  Improved  Beam  and  Patent  Poise  Fastening. 


The  frame  and  platform  are  made  of  iron,  and  the  latter  is  fur- 


nished  with  an  inverted  V-shaped  flange,  which  serves 
for  the  wheels  and  keeps  dirt  from  entering  the  scale. 

as  a guard 

No. 

Beams. 

Platform, 

Inches. 

Price. 

1641, 

- . 4 

48  x 48 

$260  OO 

1643,  - 

- 5 

48  x 48 

270  OO 

1645, 

6 

48  x 48 

280  OO 

1647,  - 

- 7 

48  x 48 

290  OO 

1649, 

8 

48  x 48 

300  OO 

1651,  - 

- 4 

42  x 44 

230  OO 

1653. 

5 

42  X 44 

240  OO 

1655,  - 

- 6 

42  x 44 

250  OO 

1657, 

7 

42  x 44 

260  OO 

1659,  - 

- 8 

42  x 44 

270  OO 

Fig.  1625. 


ROLLING  HILL  OR  IRON  SCALES. 


No. 

1416 

1418 

1420 

1422 

1424 

1426 


With  rubber  spring  platform  rack. 
With  Sliding  Poise. 


Capacity. 

Platform. 

Price. 

Lbs. 

In. 

2500  X Yi 

23  x 31 

$125.00 

4000  x A 

31  x 40 

160.00 

6000  x Yi 

31  x 40 

185.00 

8000  x I 

31  x 40 

210.00 

IOOOO  x I 

31  x 40 

225. CO 

12000  X I 

31  x 40 

240.00 

With  Drop  Lever  and  Notched  Beam. 


1428 

2500 

1430 

4000 

1432 

6000 

1434 

8000 

1436 

IOOOO 

1438 

12000 

X 23  X 

X Yi  31  X 

x A 31  x 

xi  31  x 

XI  31  x 

xi  31  x 


31 

$125.00 

40 

160.00 

40 

185.00 

40 

210.00 

40 

225.00 

40 

240.00 

825 


Fig.  1627. 


Fig.  1628. 


IMPROVED  flACHINE  STANDARDS. 


Encased  machines  are  all  packed  with  these  standards. 

These  standards  are  so  made  as  to  be  used  on  any  bench,  varying  in  thickness  from  1 to 
3 Yz  inches.  The  necessity  of  cutting  holes  in  the  benches  is  obviated,  and  the  tinner  is 
enabled  to  use  a machine  in  any  part  of  his  shop  most  convenient  to  his  work.  The  wrench 
is  always  attached  to  the  standard. 

These  standard  machines  are  also  adapted  to  Raymond’s  No.  1 and  Columbian  machines. 


Improved  machine  standards,  --------  $1.00 

A full  set  of  encased  machines  is  made  up  as  follows : 

Adjustable  bar  Folder,  No.  52,  20  inches,  - - ...  $30.00 

Encased  grooving  machine,  No.  1,  20  inches,  with  standard,  - 13.50 

Encased  wiring  machine,  with  standard,  - - - - - - - 14.00 

Encased  setting  down  machine,  with  standard,  ------  g.75 

Encased  large  turning  machine,  with  standard,  - 11.50 

Encased  small  turning  machine,  with  standard,  ------  11.25 

Encased  large  burring  machine,  with  standard,  ' - - - 10.50 

Encased  small  burring  machine,  with  standard,  ------  10.00 


Full  set  of  encased  machines,  with  standards,  ------  $110.50 

Full  set  of  encased  machines,  without  standards,  - - - - 106.00 

Full  set  of  encased  machines,  without  folder  and  groover,  - 67.00 


LARGE  TURNING  MACHINES. 


SMALL  TURNING  HACH1NES. 


Fig.  1629. 


\ — ^1 

I ^ 3 

J 

K=d 

The  parts  lettered  in  these  cuts  are 
the  same  as  the  encased  machines,  and 
the  same  price. 


Large  turning  machine,  with  ex- 
tra upper  and  lower  face,  with 
standard,  - 

Large  turning  machine,  with  ex- 
tra upper  and  lower  face,  with- 
out standard, 

Small  turning  machine,  with  ex- 
tra upper  and  lower  face,  with 
standard,  - 

Small  turning  machine,  with  ex- 
tra upper  and  lower  face,  with- 
out standard,  ... 


9-75 


Scale,  1 to  4. 


Fig.  1630. 


LARGE  BURRING  MACHINE. 


SMALL  BURRING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  1631. 


The  parts  lettered  in  these  cuts  are  the 
same  as  the  encased  machines,  and  the  same 
price. 

Large  burr,  with  extra  upper  face,  with 

standard, $10.00 

Large  burr,  with  extra  upper  face, 

without  standard,  - - - 9.25 

Small  burr,  with  extra  upper  face,  witTi 

standard, 9.50 

Small  burr,  with  extra  upper  face, 
without  standard,  - - - 8.75 

Scale,  1 to  4. 


Fig.  1632. 


826 


Fig.  1633. 


SETTING  DOWN  MACHINE. 


Setting  Down  Machine,  with  Standard,  $9-75 
Setting  Down  Machine,  without  Standard,  9x0 


No.  7.  Stove  Pipe  Crimper  and  Beader  complete,  with 
Standard,  .... 


Patent  Standard. 
Used  with  Crimping 
$ 12.00  Machine. 


Fig.  1635. 


Fig.  1636. 


PATENT  BEADING  MACHINES. 

No.  4 Beading  Machine,  with  Stand. 


Moore’s  Patent  Double  Seaming  Machine,  with  Standard 


No.  1.  Moore’s  patent,  15  inches,  for  heavy  metal,  4 

inch  face,  with  Standard,  - - $ 21.00 

No.  2.  Moore’s  patent,  13  inches,  for  common  work,  4 

inch  face,  with  Standard,  - - - 19.00 

No.  3.  Moore’s  patent,  10  inches,  for  coffee  pots,  3 inch 

face,  with  Standard,  - - - - 16.00 

Extra  faces,  for  Moore’s  Double  Seamer,  each,  - 2.50 

Extra  top  plate,  for  Moore’s  Double  Seamer,  No.  2,  - 1.50 

Frame  for  Moore’s  Double  Seamer,  No.  2,  - - 2.50 

Frame  for  Moore’s  Double  Seamer,  No.  3,  - - 2.00 

Extra  stands,  for  either  Nos.  1,  2,  or  3,  each,  • 1.00 

Thin  steel  wheel  for  Moore’s  Double  Seamer,  each,  - 75 


With  Adjustable  Boxes  and  Duplicate  Parts. 


These  Beading  Machines  are  made  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Encased 
Machines.  All  the  parts  are  made  to  standard  gauges  and  are  lettered,  so  that 
any  piece  can  be  replaced  by  designating  the  number  of  the  Beader  and  the 
letter  stamped  upon  the  part  wanted. 

The  four  pairs  of  rollers  accompanying  the  No.  4 Beader  are  the  Single 
Bead,  O.  G Bead,  Triple  and  Triple  Coffee  Pot,  as  represented  in  the  above 
cut. 

No.  4.  Patent  6 inch,  with  four  pairs  rollers  and  rotary  stand,  - $19. 75 

Size  of  Beads  as  follows  : O.  G.,  ^ inch  ; Triple,  s/a  inch  ; Triple  Coffee 
Pot,  inch  ; Single,  3-16  inch. 

No.  5.  Patent  4 inch  ; for  tin,  with  five  pairs  rollers  and  rotary  stand,  $16.75 


Size  of  Beads  as  follows  : Astral, 
Pot,  5-16  inch  ; Triple  Coffee  Pot,  fine,  } 
Extra  wrought  iron  rollers  for  No.  4, 
Extra  wrought  iron  rollers  for  No  5, 
Extra  stands  for  Nos . 4 and  5 Beaders, 
Gauge  for  No.  4 Beader, 

Cap  and  crank  screw  for  No.  4 Beader, 


i4  inch  ; O G , % inch  ; Triple  Coffee 
inch  ; Single  Bead,  *4  inch. 

per  pair,  $2.00 

1.25 

- each,  75 
75 
2.00 


827 


l 


Fig.  1637. 


GUTTERSMACHINES. 

Ikon  Bottom  Gutter  Beader,  with  Enclosed  Rod. 


No.  A2.  Iron  bottom,  with  enclosed  rod,  96  inches,  - - $30  00 

“ Ai.  Iron  bottom,  with  enclosed  rod,  60  inches,  - 20  00 

“ 01.  Iron  bottom,  with  enclosed  rod,  42  inches,  - 9 00 

“ 02.  Iron  bottom,  with  enclosed  rod,  30  inches,  - 6 00 

“ 11.  Iron  bottom,  with  enclosed  rod,  20  inches,  - - 400 

“ 12.  Iron  bottom,  with  enclosed  rod,  15  inches,  - 3 50 


In  ordering  the  above  Gutter  Beaders  be  sure  and  specify  the 
the  diameter  of  rod  wanted. 


Fig.  1638. 


Fig.  1639. 


IMPROVED  SQUARING  SHEARS  FOR  CUTTING 
SHEET  METAL. 


Patent  Former,  with  Compensating  Gear, 


No.  120.  Will  cut  tin,  22  inches  long,  - $38  00 

“ 125.  Will  cut  tin,  25  inches  long,  - 48  00 

“ 130.  Will  cut  No.  18  iron,  30  inches 

long,  - - - 54  00 

“ 140.  Will  cut  No.  18  iron,  42  inches 

long,  - - - 155  00 

FORMING  HACHINES. 

No.  1 1 . Patent  Stove  Pipe  Former,  1 inch 

rolls,  30  inches  long,  - $ 20  00 

“ 12.  Patent  Stove  Pipe  Former,  2 inch 

rolls,  30  inches  long,  - 22  00 

“ 13.  Patent  Stove  Pipe  Former,  2 inch 

rolls,  37  inches  long,  - 27  00 

“ 21.  Patent  Tin  Pipe  Former,  i'/z  inch 

rolls,  16  inches  long,  - 11  00 

“ 22.  Patent  Tin  Pipe  Former,  1^  inch 

rolls,  20  inches  long,  - 12  00 


ROTARY  SHEARS. 


Fig.  1640. 


No.  1.  Cuts  14-inch  circles,  - I33  00 

“ 1.  With  squaring  attachment, 

weight,  70  pounds,  - - 43  00 

“ 2.  Cuts  20  inch  circles,  - 38  00 

“ 2.  With  squaring  attachment, 

weight,  80  pounds,  - 48  00 

“ 3.  For  both  hand  and  power, 
will  cut  40-inch  circles,  weight, 

225  pounds,  ...  75  00 

No.  3 will  cut  circles  as  small 
as  5 inches. 

“ 4.  For  both  hand  and  power, 


will  cut  circles  from  5 to  48 
inches  from  No.  16  iron.  It 
has  a 12-inch  throat,  with  slit- 
ting gauge  to  go  in  place  of 
disc  head;  back  geared;  weight, 

500  pounds,  - - • 175  00 


Patent  Bevee,  Square  and  Circular  Shears. 


828 


Fig.  1641. 


FLANDER’S  PATENT  CIRCULAR  SHEARS. 

With  four  pairs  of  discs— one  pair  each  of  i?£,  3>  4%<  and 
7 inches  in  diameter. 

No.  o will  cut  circles  from  4 to  30  inches  in  diameter. 
No.  1 will  cut  circles  from  2>£  to  23  inches  in  diameter. 

No.  o,  operated  by  steam  or  hand  power,  for  gas 
meters,  &c.,  with  one  pair  io^  inch  discs 
and  one  pair  cutters  on  iron  frame,  - - $150  00 

No.  1,  operated  by  hand,  for  tin,  &c.,  with  four 
pairs  discs,  one  pair  cutters,  and  edge 
turner,  - - - - - 30  00 

No.  1,  without  edge  turner,  - - 25  00 

Extra  discs  for  No.  o,  not  over  15  inches  in  diameter, 

per  pair,  9 00 

Extra  discs  for  No.  1,  not  over  8 inches  in  diameter, 

per  pair,  1 50 

Extra  cutters  for  No.  o,  - - - Per  Pair>  3 5° 

Extra  cutters  for  No.  1,  - - per  pair,  1 50 

Extra  cutter  stocks  for  No.  1,  - - per  pair,  250 

Extra  edge  turner,  - - - * - 5 00 


Fig,  1642. 


SHEAR  FOR  CUTTING  CIRCLES  OR  RINGS 


This  machine  is  constructed  so  that  it  can  be  used  either  by 
hand  or  power.  It  is  designed  for  cutting  rings  from  a sheet  of 
metal  without  cutting  through  the  outer  edge  ; also  can  be  used  as 
a regular  circular  shear.  It  is  made  in  one  size  only,  and  will  cut 
circles  from  3 to  40  inches  in  diameter,  and  rings  from  3 to  39 
inches  in  diameter.  It  can  be  used  on  sheet  iron  as  heavy  as  No. 
16.  Weight,  400  pounds. 

No.  20,  Ring  and  Circular  Shear,  - - - $120  00 


TINNERS’  BENCH  SHEARS. 


Fig.  1643. 


'Jo.  00, 

Bench, 

cui 

12  inches, 

each,  $13  50 

“ 0, 

< ( 

< 4 

10K  “ 

“ 12  00 

“ r. 

t ( 

( < 

9 “ 

“ 8 00 

“ 2, 

1 4 

4 4 

8H  “ 

“ 7 00 

“ 3. 

4 ( 

4 4 

8ys  “ 

“ 6 00 

“ 4. 

4 4 

4 4 

8 “ 

5 00 

“ 5. 

4 c 

4 4 

7 “ 

“ 4 00 

“ 6, 

4 4 

4 4 

6 “ 

3 50 

4 4 — 

Elbow  Bench, 

Elbow  Bench,  extra  heavy,  cut  6 inches, 
Elbow  Bench,  double  extra  heavy,  cut  7%  inches,  extreme  length,  46  inches,  and  will  cut  No,  12  iron, 

829 


5 25 

12  00 
25  00 


TINNERS’  STAKES. 

Cast  Iron,  Wrought  Iron  and  Steed. 


No.  i.  Large  stake,  or  beakhorn,  45  pounds,  - - $15  00 

“ 2.  Large  stake,  or  beakhorn,  40  pounds,  - - 13  25 

" 4.  Large  stake,  or  beakhorn,  30  pounds,  - - 10  00 

“ 1.  Double  seaming,  large  end  17  in.,  small  end  12  in.,  9 00 

“ 1.  Double  seaming,  each  end  11  inches,  - - - 8 00 

“ 0.  Conductor,  each  end  14  inches,  ...  6 00 

“ 1.  Bevel  edged  square,  face  3x5  inches,  - - - 6 00 

“ 2.  Bevel  edged  square,  face  2^x4^  inches,  - 5 oj 

Hollow  mandrel,  3 feet  4 inches  entire  length,  - - - 5 50 

Extra  hollow  mandrel,  4 feet  entire  length,  round  part  11 
inches  diameter,  flat  part  15  inches  wide,  weight  300 

pounds, 25.00 

Common  blowhorn,  large  end  9 inches,  small  end  17 )4  inches,  5.00 
Creasing,  with  horn,  round  end  9)4  inches,  flat  end  6)4  inches,  4.50 

Common  creasing,  14)4  inches  long,  ' 4.00 

Coppersmith’s  square,  2%  x 4)4  inches,  ....  3.50 

Common  square,  face  2%  x 4)4  inches,  ....  3,00 

Large  square,  face  3^  x 5^  inches,  -----  7.00 

Small  square,  face  2 y%  x 1 )4  inches,  - - - 2.00 

Candle  mould,  small  end  18  inches,  horn  8)4  inches,  - 2.75 

Needle  case,  flat  end  8 inches,  small  end  io)4  inches,  - - 2.25 

Tea  kettle,  with  four  steel  heads, 15-75 

Steel  heads  for  tea  kettle,  each,  ------  1.75 


HAND  SHEARS  OR  SNIPS,  LEFT  HAND. 

No.  o6)4.  Hand,  cut  4 )4  inches,  extra  heavy,  entire  length, 
18  inches,  each,  - - - - 

“ 6)4 • Hand,  cut  4 )4  inches,  each,  - - *• 

“ 7.  Hand,  cut  4 inches,  each,  - 

“ 8.  Hand,  cut  3 )4  inches,  each, 

“ 9.  Hand,  cut  3 inches,  each,  - 

“ 10.  Hand,  cut  2)4  inches,  each, 

We  can  furnish  Nos.  8 and  9 snips  made  for  left  handed 
at  an  extra  cost  of  fifty  cents  each,  net. 


$4.50 

3.00 

2.50 

2.00 

1.50 
1.40 
men 


SWEDQES. 

Cullender  swedge,  $4.75  Square  pan  swedge,  $5.00 

Creasing  swedge,  $5.25 


RAISING  HAHMERS. 


No.  12  3 4 

Each,  $2.25  1-75  I>25  -75 

Handles,  per  dozen,  extra,  - - * - I>25 

PLANISHING  HAHHER. 

Planishing  hammer,  per  pound,  - - - $1.00 


Hand  Groover. 

Nos.  00  and  o 1 and  2 3 and  4 5 and  6 7 and  8 Cast  steel  extra 
Each,  75  63  50  37  25  cents 


Fig.  1644. 


IMPROVED  CUTTING  NIPPERS. 

The  jaws  of  these  nippers  are  made 
from  best  cast  steel. 

No.  Each. 

0.  Very  large  and  strong,  2 inch  jaws, 

14  inches  long,  - - - $3,75 

1.  Extra  large  size,  12  inches  long,  2.25 

2.  Large  size,  1 1 inches  long,  - 2.00 

3.  Common  size,  10  inches,  - 1.50 

4.  Small  size,  9 inches,  - - 1.40 

5.  Small  size,  8 inches,  - - 1.00 


Fig.  1646. 


GAS  HEATER. 


For  Tempering  Dri  dds,  Punches,  Chisels,  Smai.l  Tools  &c. 

This  Gas  Heater  produces  a colorless  flame  free  from  smoke 
and  is  a substitute  for  a forge  in  heating  small  tools  to  be  hardened 
or  tempered.  A piece  of  steel  one  half  inch  in  diameter  can  be 
heated  sufficiently  for  hardening  in  about  six  minutes. 

Directions: — Put  on  a sufficient  head  of  gas  to  prevent  the 
flame  from  descending  into  the  tube.  For  heating  larger  pieces, 
the  flame  should  be  nearly  three  inches  wide.  The  upper  ends  of 
the  curved  side  pieces  should  not  be  more  than  one-quarter  of  an 
inch  apart.  The  articles  to  be  heated  should  be  held  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  flame,  above  the  central  blue  part  and  parallel  with  it. 
The  larger  the  piece  to  be  heated  the  further  it  should  extend  into 
the  flame.  The  heater  should  be  located  in  a dark  place,  and  sup- 
ports may  be  provided  for  greater  convenience  in  heating  heavy 
articles. 

Price,  - 75  cents. 

Fig.  1648. 


GAS  SOLDERING  FURNACE. 

The  Gas  Soldering  Furnace  is  rapidly  coming  into  general  use 
on  account  of  its  convenience  and  cleanliness.  Fitted  with  two 
powerful  burners. 

Price,  - - • * • $5  (>° 


830 


Fig.  1649.  Fig.  1650. 


This  combined  “ Tinner’s  and  Plumber’s  Furnace  ” is  the  most 
powerful,  economical  and  convenient  furnace  ever  manufactured, 
and  is  made  of  the  heaviest  and  best  material.  The  new  burner 
with  which  they  are  fitted  will  heat  a 6 pound  copper  in  less  than 
four  minutes,  and  melt  10  pounds  solder  in  eight  minutes,  and  the 
burner  being  almost  noiseless,  removes  the  serious  objection  here- 
tofore existing  against  furnaces  and  fire  pots. 

Price,  - - - - - $9  00 


Fig.  1651. 


GASOLINE  LABORATORY  LAHP. 

Our  Laboratory  Lamp,  after  a severe  test,  secured  the  endorse- 
ment of  the  “American  Analyst,”  which  is  a sufficient  guarantee 
of  the  merits  of  this  powerful  heater.  With  ordinary  pressure  a 
temperature  of  mo°  F.  can  be  obtained,  and  much  higher  if  de- 
sired. The  reservoir  is  filled  two  thirds  full  of  gasoline,  being 
about  three  pints.  The  brass  valve  is  then  opened  and  air  forced 
into  the  reservoir  by  squeezing  the  rubber  bulb  until  sufficient 
pressure  is  obtained,  when  the  brass  valve  is  shut  tight  and  the 
burner  valve  opened,  and  allowing  the  cup  to  become  nearly  full, 
when  the  valve  is  shut  off  and  the  fluid  ignited.  When  nearly 
burnt  out,  open  the  valve  again  and  light  at  cone,  and  you  will 
have  an  intense  vapor  fire.  Is  largely  used  by  druggists,  labora- 
tories and  analysts. 

Price,  - - - - - $5  00 


“ WELLS  LIGHT.” 

No.  1.  800  candle  power.  Flame,  15  inches  long  ; oil  used,  '/z  gallon  per 
hour.  Size  of  tank,  10^  x 16  inches.  Weight  when  full,  75  pounds.  When  empty, 
45  pounds. 

This  size  is  designed  for  extreme  portability,  has  a single  handle  on  the  top, 
and  can  be  carried  easily  by  a boy. 

It  holds  sufficient  oil  to  burn  for  about  5 hours,  but  can  be  refilled  while  burn- 
ing— without  danger,  or  putting  out  the  light. 

It  is  a handy  shop  light,  for  foundries,  boiler  works,  machine  shops,  round 
houses,  etc. , and  in  any  work  requiring  a smaller  light  than  the  No.  3,  and  for  repair 
work  generally. 

Price,  complete,  - - $75.00 

No.  3.  2000  candle  power.  Flame,  30  inches  long ; oil  used,  1 gallon  per 

hour.  Size  of 'tank,  18x24  inches.  Weight  when  full,  245  pounds;  when  empty, 
no  pounds.  • 

This  tank  is  of  steel  boiler  plate  (galvanized)  with  handles  on  each  side. 

It  holds  sufficient  oil  to  burn  14  hours,  but  may  be  refilled  while  burning. 

Absolutely  free  from  danger,  giving  a clear  white  light  without  smoke  or  spray, 
is  not  dazzling,  and  does  not  throw  intense  shadows  like  the  electric  light. 

Price,  complete,  - - $100.00 

Extra  burners  for  No.  1 light,  $10.00  ; for  No.  3 light,  $12.00. 

An  extra  light  is  of  value  where  lights  are  in  constant  use  in  tunnels,  mines, 
etc.  A spare  burner  being  kept  always  clean  ready  for  immediate  use  is  always  an 
advantage. 

No.  1 burners  to  work  with  No.  3 Lights  are  very  useful,  as  a light  of  800  candle 
power  is  often  sufficient  in  clearing  up  foundries  and  in  machine  shops,  and  enables 
users  to  have  either  800  or  2000  candle  power  light  as  desired  with  a No.  3 Light. 

All  lamps  sent  complete  with  chimney,  wind  guard,  spanners,  cleaners  and 
book  of  instructions. 


831 


Pm.  1652, 


Pm.  1653. 


CARRIAGE  FOR  No.  3 LIGHT. 

This  handy  carriage  is  made  to 
pick  up  any  No.  3 lamp. 

By  its  use,  lamps  when  full  of  oil 
can  be  easily  wheeled  about  by  one 
person. 

Price  carriage  only,  to  fit  any  No.  3 
lamp,  $18.00 


OIL  TORCH. 

Price,  $2.00 

Our  * ‘ electric  ’ ’ oil  torches  are  largely  used  in 
foundries,  blacksmith  shops,  mills,  machine  shops, 
round  houses,  tunnels,  etc.,  and  principally  for  in- 
door use.  Light  is  very  brilliant.  Bums  best 
water-white  oil. 


Fig.  1654. 


Fig.  1656. 


OIL  TORCH  BURNER. 

This  cut  represents  the  burner  that  is  used  011 
above  torch. 

Sold  separately. 

Price,  $ 1.25 


ARRANGEMENT  FOR  HEATING  OR  LIGHTING. 


As  an  adjunct  to  our  No.  3 light,  the  arrangement 
shown  will  be  found  very  useful  for  many  purposes. 

The  burner  can  be  swung  up  to  a wooden  pole  or 
beam,  or  lowered  below  the  level  of  the  lamp,  and  is 
thus  rendered  practically  independent  of  the  tank. 

For  use  in  dry  docks,  for  heating  quickly,  for 
builders’  use,  it  will  be  found  serviceable,  as  the 
burner  can  stand  anywhere  on  a scaffold,  while  the 
tank  remains  in  a secure  position. 

Prices. 

Tripod  burner,  with  brass  gland  to  drop  any 
size  burner  in,  telescope  tail  pipe,  with  10 
feet  flexible  oil  hose  and  couplings,  $16.00 

Snatch  block  4a,  with  hook  and  spike,  and  20 

feet  of  flexible  wire,  ....  5.00 

Longer  lengths  of  special  oil  piping  supplied  if 
required. 


Fig.  1655. 


“JUMBO”  GASOLINE  TORCH  BURNER. 

No.  14,  - $ 2.00  No.  12,  torch,  complete,  - $3.00 

Our  “ jumbo  ” torch  is  the  largest  and  most  pow- 
erful light  that  is  on  the  market.  Has  five  times  the 
lighting  capacity  of  the  regular  torch  and  at  less  cost 
in  proportion. 


832 


JACKS. 


Fig.  1666. 


THE  “SURE  DROP”  TRACK  JACK. 

The  only  Jack  in  the  market  that  will  trip  easily  and  instantly  under  all  conditions, 
quickly  and  easily  operated.  Perfectly  made.  Least  number  of  wearing  parts. 


Fig.  1667.  Fig.  1668. 


Fig.  1669. 


No.  i. 

No.  2. 

No.  3 

No.  4. 

Style. 

Height 

Rise  of  Bar. 

Size  of  (Steel)  Bar. 

Weight  of  Jack. 

Capacity. 

List  Price. 

No.  I 

28  inches 

15  inches 

2x1^  inches 

78  pounds 

IO  tons 

$20.00 

No.  2 

20l/2  “ 

IO  “ 

2X2  “ 

80  “ 

15  “ 

24.OO 

No.  3 

22  “ 

12  “ 

iX  x 1#  “ 

50  “ 

5 “ 

16.OO 

No.  4 

• 

32 

18  “ 

2 X 2 “ 

120  “ 

15  “ 

35-00 

JACK 

SCREWS. 

Fig.  1670. 

Both  roller  bearing,  and  ordinary  style.  If  roller  bearing  Jacks  are 
wanted  so  specify  on  orders,  otherwise  ordinary  style  will  be  sent. 

Order  by  numbers  and  thus  avoid  errors. 

Instead  of  balls  we  put  in  rollers.  These  rollers  will  stand  any  load  that 
the  Jack  will  carry,  and  are  not  liable  to  get  out  of  order.  We  have  thoroughly 
tested  these  Roller  Jacks  with  a spring  balance  and  find  a saving  of  75  per 
cent,  of  power  needed  to  lift  a given  weight. 

The  price  is  about  10  per  cent,  more  for  Roller  Jacks,  and  the  gain  is  75 

per  cent.  This  ought  to  insure  their  sale  as  fast  as  the  facts  become  known. 

Height  of  Jack 
when  turned 


Diam.  of 

Height 

down  to  the 

Net 

Whole 

No. 

Screw 

of  Barrel. 

lowest  point. 

Rise. 

Height. 

Weight 

Price. 

Inches. 

Inches . 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds 

I 

*X 

6 

8 

4 

12 

IO 

$2  50 

2 

IX 

7 

10 

6 

16 

11X 

3 00 

3 

IX 

7X 

10 

5 

15 

I8K 

3 25 

4 

I X 

9 

12 

7 

19 

18 

3 75 

5 

1 X 

IOJ4 

14 

9 

23 

25 

4 00 

6 

iX 

9 

12 

6 

18 

24 

4 25 

7 

IX 

io'/i 

14 

8 

22 

28X 

4 50 

8 

IX 

12X 

16 

10 

26 

33  X 

5 00 

9 

IX 

15 

18 

12 

30 

37  X 

5 50 

10 

2 

8'/z 

12 

5 

17 

3i 

5 50 

11 

2 

14 

7 

21 

36 

6 00 

12 

2 

12 

16 

9 

25 

41 X 

7 00 

13 

2 

l6 

20 

13 

33 

50 

8 00 

14 

2 X 

IO 

14 

8 

22 

48 

8 50 

15 

2X 

12 

16 

10 

26 

53X 

9 50 

16 

2 X 

I5K 

20 

14 

34 

69 

11  00 

17 

2X 

20 

24 

18 

42 

85 

13  00 

Fig.  1671. 


Fig.  1672. 


Fig.  1673. 


CAR  JACKS. 


No.  6,  10  Tons.  No.  7,  8 Tons. 


No.  8,  8 Tons. 


Height  of  Jack 

Diam.  of  Height  of  when  turned  down  Net  Whole 


No. 

Screw. 

Barrel. 

to  the  lowest  point. 

Rise. 

Height. 

Weight. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds. 

17  X 

2 

6 

IO 

4 

14 

20 

18 

2 

8'A 

12 

5 

17 

31 

19 

2 

10X 

14 

7 

21 

36 

20 

2 

12 

16 

9 

25 

41 

These  Jacks  have  cast  iron  barrels,  with  steel  screws  cut  in  a lathe.  There 
Jacks  made. 


Price. 

$5  00 
5 50 

RAILWAY  JACKS  WITHOUT  BALL  BEARING 
INSPECTOR’S  OR  JOURNAL  JACKS. 

. CAR 

No. 

Height. 

Rise. 

Weight. 

Capacity. 

List 

6 00 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds. 

Tons. 

Price. 

7 00 

6 

II 

6 

40 

IO 

$20.00 

no  better 

7 

IO 

5 

21 

8 

18.00 

8 

7 

3 

17 

8 

18.00 

833 


JACKS — Continued. 


Fig.  1674. 


Cut  of  Norton’s 
New  Street  Railway  Jack. 


Fig.  1675. 


10  Tons  Jack, 
Square  Front  Base. 


NEW  STREET  RAILWAY  JACKS. 

Height  over  all,  20  inches.  Height  of  toot  from  ground,  3 
inches.  Rise,  10  inches.  Diameter  of  base,  8 inches.  Weight,  60 
pounds.  Capacity,  10  tons.  Price,  $24.00. 

This  Jack  is  designed  for  electric  and  street  railway  service,  and 
has  been  adopted  by  the  West  End  Street  Railway  Co.,  of  Boston, 
for  use  on  their  lines. 


Fig.  1677. 


No.  1.  The  height  of  Jack  is  16  inches,  the  rise  of  the  bar  being 

10  inches.  Weight  of  Jack,  32  pounds.  Capacity,  2 tons.  Price, 
$10.00. 

No.  3.  The  height  of  Jack  is  19  inches,  the  rise  of  the  bar  being 

11  inches.  Weight  of  Jack,  60  pounds.  Capacity,  6 tons,  with 
foot  lift.  Price,  $16.00. 

No.  14.  The  height  of  Jack  is  24  inches,  the  rise  of  the  bar  being 
15  inches.  Weight  of  Jack,  70  pounds.  Capacity,  6 tons.  Price, 
$25.00. 

No.  15.  The  height  of  Jack  is  28  inches,  the  rise  of  the  bar  being 
15  inches.  Weight  of  Jack,  1 15  pounds.  Capacity,  13  tons.  Price, 
$35.00. 


Capacity,  15  tons.  Height,  28  inches.  Rise,  15  inches.  Weight, 
120  pounds.  Price,  $40.00. 

FTg.  1678. 


No.  0 BUILDING  ANI)  BRIDGE  JACK. 

Height,  16  inches.  Rise,  9 inches.  Weight,  28  pounds.  Cap- 
acity, 20  tons.  Steel  screw  2 inch  diameter.  Gun  metal  nut. 
Price.  $22.00. 


834 


BALL-BEARING  JACKS. 


Pig.  1679. 


I)OCBLE-SFEED  BALL-BEARING  JACK. 

15  Tons,  with  Ground  Lift. 

Height,  24  inches.  Rise,  10  inches.  Di- 
ameter of  base,  10  inches.  Weight,  1 15  lbs. 
Capacity,  15  tons.  Price,  $60.00. 


Fig.  1680. 


15  TONS  CARPENTERS’  AND 
BUILDERS’  JACK, 

With  Hook. 

Steel  screw,  gears  and  ratchets.  Cast 
iron  shell  and  standard. 

Height,  22  inches.  Raises  12  inches. 
Base,  10  inches.  Weight,  80  lbs.  Ca- 
pacity, 15  tons.  List  price,  $25.00.  Hook, 
extra,  $5.00. 


Fig.  1683. 


BALL-BEARING  TRAVERSING  JACK  “ C,”  35  TONS,  20-INCH 
TRAVERSE. 


Fig.  1684. 


LIST  PRICE  OF  STEEL 

BASE  TO  TRAVERSE. 


Traverse. 
20  in. 
15  in. 


BALL-BEARING  TRAVERSE  JACKS,  COMPLETE. 


Height 

Capacity. 

over  all. 

Rise. 

Traverse . 

Price. 

15  tons. 

28  inches. 

10  inches. 

20  inches. 

$100  OO 

20 

< ( 

30  “ 

14  “ 

20  “ 

120  OO 

25 

< ( 

30  “ 

14  “ 

20  “ 

130  OO 

35 

( i 

30  “ 

14  “ 

20  “ 

165  OO 

60 

( ( 

30 

12  “ 

20  “ 

215  OO 

20 

< < 

24  “ 

9 “ 

20  “ 

115  OO 

NON-BALL-BEARING 

TRAVERSE 

JACKS,  COMPLETE. 

Capacity. 

Height  over  all. 

Traverse. 

Price. 

15  tons. 

30  inches.  15  inches. 

$85  OO 

IO  “ 

24 

‘ 15  “ 

59  00 

15  “ 

26 

15  “ 

60  00 

IO 

16  ‘ 

‘ 15  “ 

55  00 

These  jacks  can  be  taken  off  the  bases  and  used  separately  if 
desired.  It  is  the  most  complete  tool  car  outfit  in  the  market. 
Jacks  are  self-lubricating  and  require  no  attention  whatever  when 
left  in  car  or  shop  for  months  at  a time,  winter  or  summer. 

Any  size,  height  or  capacity  fitted  to  either  base. 


Fig.  1682. 


Fig.  1681. 


26  inch. 


BALL-BEARING  JACKS,  35  TONS. 


Height,  Rise, 

Inches.  Inches. 

26  14 

31  18 


Diameter 

of  Base,  Weight, 

Inches.  Pounds. 

12  165 

12  I90 


Capacity, 

Tons.  Iyist  Price. 

35  $125  00 

35  135  GO 


Hook, 

Extra. 


$8  00 
8 00 


This  Jack  is  designed  for  heavy  locomotive  and  wrecking  car 
service,  pulling  well  pipes,  and  all  other  heavy  work. 


BALL-BEARING  JACK,  25  TONS,  WITH 
HOOK  FOR  GROUND  LIFT. 

Height,  26  inches.  Rise,  14  inches.  Di 
ameter  of  base  10  inches.  Weight,  105  lbs. 
Capacity,  25  tons.  List  price,  $90.00.  Extra 
hook,  $6.00. 


Fig.  1685. 


Weight.  List  Price. 
124  lbs.  $40  OO 

60  lbs.  35  00 


835 


BALL-BEARING  JACKS. 


Fig.  1686. 


Sectional  view  of  Norton’s  Ball-Bearing  Jack. 

BALL-BEARING  ItATCHET  screw  jacks. 


Fig.  1688. 


BALL-BEARING  JACK,  20  TONS. 

Any  of  these  jacks  will  be  furnished  with 
square  base  at  same  price. 

Height,  26  inches  ; rise,  14  inches  ; Diame- 
ter of  base,  10  inches ; weight,  90  pounds ; 
capacity,  20  tons.  List  price,  $80.00.  Hook, 
extra,  $6.00. 


PLAIN  HYDRAULIC  JACKS. 


Fig.  1690. 


Jacks 
to  Lift. 

Raise. 

Height. 

Size  of 
Bottom. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Tons. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds. 

4 

3 

II 

3 'A  sq. 

22 

$40 

OO 

4 

12 

25 

3'A  “ 

41 

50 

OO 

7 

3 

II 

4/4  “ 

25 

46 

OO 

7 

12 

25 

4'A  “ 

50 

56 

OO 

7 

18 

31 

4K  “ 

72 

60 

OO 

7 

24 

37 

4K  “ 

80 

64 

OO 

10 

12 

25 

5%  “ 

75 

64 

OO 

10 

18 

3i 

5X  “ 

92 

72 

OO 

10 

22 

35 

5'X  “ 

109 

78 

OO 

10 

24 

37 

5 'A  “ 

120 

80 

OO 

15 

12 

25 

5 3A  “ 

100 

80 

OO 

15 

18 

32 

5 X “ 

n8 

92 

OO 

15 

24 

38K 

6 “ 

143 

IOO 

OO 

20 

12 

26 

6 % “ 

121 

96 

OO 

20 

18 

32J4 

6'A  “ 

155 

115 

OO 

30 

9 

21  Yz 

9'A  “ 

160 

120 

OO 

30 

12 

26  iA 

11  “ 

218 

140 

OO 

Fig.  1687. 


BALL-BEARING  JACK,  20  TONS. 

Designed  for  elevated  railroad  service. 

Height,  20  inches  ; rise,  9 inches  ; diameter 
of  base,  12  inches;  weight,  80  pounds;  capacity, 
20  tons.  List  price,  $75.00.  Hook,  extra,  $ 5.00 . 

Fig.  1689. 


BALL-BEARING  JACKS, 

20  AND  25  TONS. 

These  jacks  are  intended  for  car 
work,  where  long  lift  is  needed,  and 
can  be  used  with  crank  on  empty  cars, 
or  light  load,  which  is  much  quicker 
than  pumping  up  with  lever.  Another 
saving  of  time  is,  the  car  can  be  raised 
and  left  standing  on  the  jacks  without 
blocking,  while  trucks  are  changed. 


Height, 

Inches. 


Diameter 
Rise,  of  Base, 

Inches  Inches. 


Weight, 

Pounds. 


Capacity 

Tons. 


List 

Price. 


Hook, 

Extra. 


33  20  12 

33  20  I2 


135 

135 


20  $go.oo  $6.00 

25  95-oo  6.00 


PRICE  LIST  AND  SIZES  OF  “ BROAD  BASE  ” HYDRAULIC 

JACKS. 


Jacks 
to  Lift. 

Raise. 

Total 

Height. 

Diam.  of 

Base. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Tons. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds . 

4 

3 

II 

5 (sq-' 

1 26 

$45 

OO 

4 

12 

25 

8 ( rd. ' 

) 54 

56 

OO 

7 

3 

11 

6 (sq. 

) 32 

50 

OO 

7 

12 

25 

11  (rd. 

) 93 

64 

OO 

7 

18 

31 

11 

102 

67 

OO 

7 . 

24 

37 

11 

114 

70 

OO 

10 

12 

25 

12 

98 

76 

OO 

10 

18 

31 

12 

no 

88 

OO 

10 

22 

36 

12 

115 

96 

OO 

10 

24 

38 

12 

120 

100 

OO 

15 

12 

25  >4 

13 

140 

IOO 

OO 

15 

18 

32 

13 

161 

120 

OO 

15 

22 

3614 

13 

180 

135 

OO 

20 

12 

26 

13  lA 

156 

120 

OO 

20 

18 

32 

13  'A 

182 

I40 

OO 

20 

22 

36 

13  'A 

213 

150 

OO 

20 

24 

38 

13  lA 

235 

160 

OO 

30 

9 

21  'A 

j3/4 

180 

1.36 

OO 

30 

12 

26  A 

13  'A 

200 

l6o 

OO 

30 

18 

34 

13  'A 

243 

200 

OO 

30 

22 

38 

13  >4 

304 

225 

OO 

40  all 

12 

27 

15 

245 

l8o 

OO 

steel 


Fig.  1691. 


This  style  is  to  be  used  when  the  jack  stands  upon  the  ground 
or  light  board,  and  can  be  placed  under  the  work,  or  where  stead 
iness  is  required.  They  are  used  largely  under  locomotives,  cars, 
etc.  Special  lengths  made  to  order  at  price  of  next  longer  length. 


836 


BALL-BEARING  AND  HYDRAULIC  JACKS. 


Fig.  1692. 


70-T0NS  Bridge  Jack. 


Fig.  1693. 


40-T0NS  Bridge:  Jack. 


BALL-HEARING  COMPOUND  BRIDGE  JACKS,  40  TO  70  TONS. 


Height . 

Rise. 

Diameter 
of  Base. 

Diameter 
of  Head. 

Weight. 

Capacity. 

List 

Price. 

26  in. 

12  in. 

14  in. 

IO y2  in. 

3I5  lbs. 

70  tons. 

$ 200  OO 

26  in. 

12  in. 

14  in. 

ioJ^  in. 

250  lbs. 

60  tons. 

175  OO 

ii)4  in. 

10  in. 

8 x 6 in. 

8 in. 

180  lbs. 

40  tons. 

140  OO 

CLAW  HYDRAULIC  JACKS. 


Price  List  and  Sizes. 


Jacks 
to  Lift. 

Raise. 

Height 
when  down. 

H eighth 
of  Claw. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Tons. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds. 

4 

12 

25 

4'X 

58 

$58  OO 

7 

12 

25 

4)4 

86 

68  00 

7 

18 

31  Yi 

4/2 

102 

70  00 

7 

24 

38 

4/4 

120 

72  00 

10 

12 

25  K 

5% 

117 

80  00 

10 

18 

32 

5H 

142 

90  00 

15 

12 

25  Vi 

6)4 

153 

120  00 

IS 

18 

32  u 

ey2 

178 

135  00 

20 

12 

25 14 

6 

185 

160  00 

20 

18 

32J4 

6 

222 

180  00 

30 

12 

26^ 

5% 

318 

200  00 

Fig.  1695. 


Fig.  1699. 


“INDEPENDENT  CLAW”  HYDRAULIC 
JACKS. 


Size. 

Lift. 

Plain 

Style. 

Base 

Style. 

Horizon- 
tal Style. 

7 tons. 

12  in. 

$64  00 

$72 

00 

$68  00 

7 “ 

18  “ 

70  00 

77 

00 

75  00 

10  “ 

12  “ 

74  00 

86 

00 

68  00 

10  “ 

18  “ 

84  00 

100 

00 

88  00 

15  “ 

12  “ 

92  00 

115 

00 

98  00 

15  “ 

18  “ 

107  00 

135 

00 

113  00 

20  “ 

12  “ 

120  00 

135 

00 

128  00 

20  “ 

18  “ 

145  00 

160 

00 

155  00 

30  “ 

12  “ 

160  00 

IO 

co 

00 

170  00 

Fig.  1694. 


LARGE  ROUND  BASE  CLAW  JACK. 


Jack  to 
lift. 

Raise. 

Total 

height. 

Diameter. 

base. 

Weight. 

Height  of 
Claw. 

Price. 

IO  tons. 

10  in. 

25  in. 

12  in. 

125  lbs. 

4 in. 

$IOO  OO 

15  “ 

10  “ 

25J^  “ 

12K  “ 

175  “ 

4 “ 

140  OO 

20  “ 

10  “ 

26  “ 

13  “ 

225  “ 

4)4  “ 

185  OO 

Fig.  1 696. 


“HORIZONTAL  CLAW”  HYDRAULIC  JACKS. 


Jack  to 
lift. 

Raise. 

Dength  when 
closed. 

Weight. 

Price. 

4 tons. 

12  inches. 

14)4  inches. 

63  lbs. 

$58  00 

7 “ 

12  “ 

25  )4  “ 

90  “ 

68  00 

7 “ 

24  “ 

38 

127  “ 

72  00 

10  “ 

12  “ 

25^  “ 

125  “ 

80  00 

10  “ 

18  “ 

32 

150  “ 

90  00 

15  “ 

12  •* 

25)4  “ 

160  “ 

120  00 

20  “ 

12  “ 

25^  “ 

185  “ 

160  00 

20  “ 

18  “ 

52'A  “ 

220  “ 

180  00 

30  “ 

12  “ 

26%  “ 

320  “ 

200  00 

Fig.  1698. 


Low  Style. 


Base  Style. 


HYDRAULIC  “JOURNAL  BOX”  HYDRAULIC  JACKS. 

Total 


Capacity. 

Height. 

Base. 

Raise. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Plain  style, 

4 ton 

11  in. 

5)4  x 5)4 

3 in. 

22  lbs. 

$40.00 

«<  a 

7 “ 

ii  in. 

5)4  x 5)4 

3 in. 

25  lbs. 

46.00 

Base  ‘ ‘ 

4 “ 

11  in. 

5 x 5 

3 in- 

23  lbs. 

45.00 

< < it 

7 “ 

11  in. 

6 x 6 

3 in. 

29  lbs. 

50.00 

< < << 

10  “ 

11  in. 

6 x 6 

3 in. 

36  lbs. 

60.00 

Low  “ 

7 “ 

11  in. 

5)4  x 8% 

6 in. 

68  lbs. 

60.00 

(1  << 

10  “ 

11  in. 

5)4  x 8X 

6 in. 

80  lbs. 

70.00 

837 


HYDRAULIC  JACKS— Continued 


Diameter. 


Jack  to  lift.  Raise. 

Total  Height. 

Weight. 

of  Base. 

Price. 

60  tons  12  inches 

22  inches 

380  lbs. 

12  inches 

$225.00 

60  “ 18  “ 

28  “ 

430  lbs. 

13  “ 

260.00 

100  “ 12  “ 

22  “ 

480  lbs. 

T3  “ 

. 300.00 

100  “ 18  “ 

28  “ 

580  lbs. 

14  “ 

34000 

125  “ 12  “ 

23  “ 

600  lbs. 

14  “ 

360.00 

125  “ 18  “ 

29  “ 

700  lbs. 

13  “ 

400.00 

Fig.  1703. 


Plain  Traverse. 

TRAVERSING  JACK. 

The  carriage  is  10  x 12  inches,  and  in  the  regular  size,  has  16 
inches  motion  with  a height  of  5 inches. 

Price,  without  Jack,  ....  $4000 

Price,  with  10  ton  hydraulic  Jack,  - 1 16  00 

Price,  with  15  ton  hydraulic  Jack,  - - 140  00 

Price,  with  20  ton  hydraulic  Jack,  - - - 160  00 

Price,  with  30  ton  hydraulic  Jack,  - 176  00 

Fig.  I1704. 


IMPROVED  HYDRAULIC  PEELING  JACK. 
For  hoisting  or  pulling  heavy  weights  in 
engine  rooms  or  other  circumscribed  places. 

Hooks  instead  of  rings  will  be  furnished  if 
desired. 


Jack  to 

Total 

GK'DKHAM 

Pull. 

Length. 

Weight. 

Price. 

Tons. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Pounds. 

7 

12 

30 

65 

$150 

“I,OW” 

HYDRAULIC  JACKS. 

7 

24 

42 

95 

165 

Jack 
to  Lift 

Raise 

Height. 

Total 

Diameter 

Price. 

Extra  for 

10 

12 

30 

85 

200 

Tons. 

Inches. 

Weight . 

Base. 

Claw. 

IO 

12 

20  inches 

120  lbs. 

IO 

$8o.OO 

$8.00 

10 

24 

42 

115 

220 

15 

12 

20  “ 

180  “ 

12 

100.00 

10.00 

15 

12 

3° 

IOO 

250 

15 

18 

26  “ 

200  “ 

12 

120.00 

12.00 

15 

22 

30  “ 

215 

12 

140.00 

14.00 

15 

24 

44 

150 

275 

20 

12 

20  “ 

I90  “ 

12 

120.00 

12  00 

20 

12 

32 

140 

3°° 

20 

18 

26  “ 

235  “ 

12 

150.00 

16.00 

20 

22 

30  “ 

270  “ 

12 

165  OO 

18.00 

20 

24 

44 

200 

325 

30 

12 

21  “ 

245  “ 

13 

150.00 

18.00 

30 

12 

34 

180 

360 

30 

18 

27  “ 

265  ‘ ‘ 

13 

175  OO 

20  00 

30 

24 

33  “ 

290  11 

14. 

2 10.00 

24.00 

30 

24 

46 

300 

400 

45 

12 

21  “ 

293  “ 

14 

1 75.OO 

22.00 

45 

18 

27  “ 

320  “ 

14 

225.00 

24.00 

60 

9 

18  “ 

290  “ 

15 

185.00 

22,00 

60 

12 

21  “ 

360  ‘ ‘ 

15 

200.00 

24.00 

80 

12 

22  n 

400  “ 

18 

235.OO 

26.00 

IOO 

9 

18  “ 

550  “ 

15 

225.00 

26.00 

IOO 

12 

22  “ 

670  “ 

20 

275.OO 

30.00 

838 


HYDRAULIC  JACKS— Continued 


Fig.  1705. 


“WRECKING”  HYDRAULIC  JACK. 


Capacity. 

Tons. 

Raise. 

Height.  Weight 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches.  Pounds 

15 

18 

32 

169 

20 

18 

32 

200 

30 

9 

20 

190 

30 

12 

27 

250 

30 

18 

33 

300 

Steel  Claw  Extra 


Price. 

Weight. 

Pounds. 

Price. 

$110  00 

50 

$15  OO 

135  00 

65 

20  OO 

135  OO 

50 

l8  OO 

165  OO 

63 

20  OO 

190  OO 

80 

24  OO 

Fig.  1707. 


fj£LOB'B&rr,£- 


MOUNTED  1 (FINCH  GIRDER  RAIL  BENDER. 


With  Flinged  Yoke. 

The  yoke  swings  back  for  the  rail  to  be  inserted  sideways.  One 
set  of  blocks  are  necessary  for  each  shape  of  rail  to  be  bent.  The 
ram  exerts  a bending  power  of  75  tons,  has  a motion  of  2!^  inches, 
and  is  graduated  to  assist  in  making  regular  bends.  The  outer 
blocks  are  26  inches  apart.  The  action  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
Flydraulic  Punches — complete  control  of  the  ram  by  lever,  without 
pumping,  and  accessibility  of  parts.  The  truck  is  made  of  iron, 
the  rest  of  the  tool  is  steel.  One  set  of  bending  blocks  only  are 
furnished  with  the  tool.  Weight  of  the  tool,  980  pounds. 

Price,  - - - - $330  00 


Fig.  1706. 


HYDRAULIC  “T”  RAIL  BENDER. 

No.  3 for  70  pound  rail  weighs  200  pounds  ; price,  $ 160 . No.  4 
for  ioo-pound  rail  weighs  275  pounds ; price,  $200. 


Fig.  1708. 


PLAIN  CRANK  PIN  PRESS. 

This  cut  shows  plain  pattern  of  crank  pin  press,  designed  for 
forcing  crank  pins  into  locomotive  driving  wheels,  forcing  on  and 
off  balance  wheels,  crank  discs,  pulleys,  gears,  drums,  etc.  The 
operating  mechanism  is  the  same  as  in  the  best  style  of  large  hor- 
izontal jacks,  in  which  the  piston  is  inclosed,  thus  keeping  foreign 
matter  from  the  pump.  The  operator,  when  using  it,  stands  close 
to  the  work  and  gauge.  To  a projection  on  the  ram  a chain  is 
attached  for  easily  forcing  the  ram  back  into  the  cylinder.  The 
pump  valves  are  large  and  fall  on  their  seats,  requiring  no  rush  of 
water  to  seat  them,  and  in  all  parts  are  made  so  that  they  can  be 
easily  examined  or  repaired 


Press. 
60  tons 
100  “ 

125  “ 

150  “ 


Movement . 
12  inches 
12  “ 

12  “ 

12  “ 


Weight 
950  pounds 
1250 

1600  “ 

2200  “ . 


Trice 

$265.00 

350.00 

400.00 

475-00 


Other  sizes  built  special  to  order.  As  working  conditions  vary 
so  much,  rods  are  not  included,  and  are  made  to  order  only. 


839 


VREELAND  PATENT  TRANSFER  PIT  JACK. 


Fig.  1709. 


The  attention  of  railroad  companies  and  master  mechanics  is  respectfully 
called  to  this  very  simple,  cheap  and  quick  device  for  removing  from  under  loco- 
motives either  the  drivers  or  trucks  and  replacing  the  same.  All  railroad  men 
recognize  the  necessity  for  the  occasional  removal  of  locomotive  drivers  and 
trucks,  but  have  lacked  a tool  which  is  safe,  expeditious  and  at  the  same  time  not 
too  cumbersome  and  expensive. 

The  advantages  claimed  for  this  invention  are  that  the  engine  is  not  dis 
turbed  from  its  regular  height;  there  is  no  jacking  up  first  one  end  of  the  engine 
and  then  the  other  until  the  drivers  will  roll  out  under  the  tail-piece,  and  then  ob 
structing  the  work  underneath  and  the  floor  around  by  girders  and  blocking.  They 
are  neither  cumbersome  nor  as  expensive  as  drop  tables  or  large  steam  hoists,  and 
no  floor  space  is  required  for  the  tool. 

The  cut  shows  that  the  working  part  of  this  device  is  a specially  designed 
hydraulic  jack  mounted  on  a track  which  crosses  the  regular  pit  at  right  angles. 

All  working  parts  of  this  jack  are  designed  so  that  they  can  be  gotten  at  easily 
without  disturbing  any  other  parts.  The  top  of  the  ram  has  a semi-cylindrical 
head  in  which  the  axle  rests  and  in  which  it  may  be  revolved  so  that  it  can  be 
dropped  on  a track  running  at  any  angle  with  the  pit. 

In  operating,  the  engine  is  run  over  the  pit  until  the  axle  or  truck  to  be  re- 
moved is  over  the  jack  track  ; the  jack  is  then  run  under  the  locomotive  and 
pumped  up  until  the  weight  is  taken  off  the  section  of  tracks,  which  are  then 
moved  sideways,  when  the  wheels  are  lowered  until  they  clear  the  frame,  when 
the  jack  is  moved  sideways,  and  when  as  far  as  desired  is  pumped  up  and  track 
placed  under  them  again,  and  jack  ram  lowered  until  the  head  clears,  when  they 
can  be  rolled  away.  Three  men  only  are  required  to  work  it,  one  in  the  pit  and 
one  at  each  wheel. 

Four  pair  of  drivers  have  been  placed  under  a consolidation  engine  by  a gang  of  five  men  in  thirty-eight  minutes,  and  it  is  a com- 
mon occurrence  to  run  an  engine  into  the  shop  or  round-house  in  the  morning  after  her  regular  trip  and  drop  a pair  of  drivers,  refit 
one  or  more  new  boxes  and  send  her  out  on  the  after  noon  trip  without  dropping  the  fire,  thus  saving  expense  and  time  of  knocking 
out  and  rebuilding  it. 

A special  circular  for  this  tool  has  been  prepared,  giving  minute  details  and  showing  the  several  standards  adopted  by  various 
railroad  companies. 

Price,  including  one  set  of  pit  drawings, $350  00 


Fig.  1710. 


VREELAND  PIT  JACK  FOR  ENGINE  TRUCKS. 


The  lack  of  any  central  point  under  the  forward  truck  which  could  sustain  it 
upon  the  regular  form  of  transfer  jack  prevented  its  adoption  for  removing  the 
trucks,  and  to  fill  this  requirement  we  devised,  in  1892,  this  type  of  the  tool.  The 
The  cap  of  the  older  types  is  replaced  by  a long  steel  beam  having  sliding  bearing 
blocks,  which  are  adjustable  by  a right  and  left  screw,  to  take  trucks  with  axle 
centres  varying  from  4 feet  8 inches  to  6 feet  8 inches.  The  height  from  rail  to 
cap  is  3 feet  % inch  ; the  length  from  rail  to  the  end  of  cylinder,  3 feet  inches  ; 
the  guage,  18  inches,  and  the  wheels  6 inches  in  diameter.  The  steel  beams  add 
about  750  pounds  to  the  regular  style.  Price,  $500. 


840 


Fm.  1711. 


SPECIAL  FITTINGS  FOR  CRANK  PIN 
PRESSES. 

In  Connection  with  Locomotive  Work. 

When  putting  crank  pins  in,  nothing  is 
required  in  connection  with  the  Crank  Pin  Press 
except  rods  and  a pair  of  washers ; but,  in 
taking  out  the  crank  pins  more  appliances  are 
necessary,  and  for  this  purpose,  as  shown  by 
the  view  we  furnish  a steel  beam,  faced,  and 
recessed  slightly  to  allow  all  the  riveting  length 
to  be  forced  through  the  hub.  This  beam  can 
then  be  used  in  place  of  washers  upon  the  rods 
in  forcing  the  pin  in,  and  better  work  done.  Then 


the  special  attachments  for  taking  out  are  a chuck  which  is  about  24  inches  long, 
and  a forcing  pin.  The  rods  are  made  with  two  collars  at  one  end  and  with  a pin  at 
the  other.  These  prevent  a press  from  assuming  a position  other  than  true, 
and  also  avoids  the  liability  of  screwing  up  a nut  unevenly.  The  beam  is  made 
with  two  hooks,  so  that  it  may  be  swung  from  the  axle  and  avoid  blocking,  and 
is  sufficiently  light  so  that  two  men  can  handle  it  without  trouble.  It  is  made 
with  the  same  length  arms  as  the  beam  upon  the  press.  The  approximate 
weights  of  the  attachments  complete  are  as  follows  : 

60  tons  pressure,  -----  675  pounds 

100  tons  pressure,  -----  750  pounds 

125  tons  pressure,  ...  850  pounds 

150  tons  pressure,  - - - - - 1000  pounds 

And  the  prices  are,  respectively,  $105,  120,  135  and  160. 


Fig.  1712. 


Fig.  1713. 


Method  of  Using  Special  Fittings  for  Crank  Pin 


Press. 


IHPROVED  CRANK  PIN  PRESS. 

1893  Type  and  Raising  Screws. 

To  avoid  the  tendency  to  force  the  crank  pin  out  of  true,  which  was  the  case 
in  the  older  forms  of  crank  pin  presses  when  the  beam  is  at  the  rear  end  of  the 
machine,  and  acts  as  a weight  with  a leverage  of  the  length  of  the  press,  this  type 
of  machine  was  devised,  bringing  the  beam  as  close  as  possible  to  the  work,  and 
the  placing  of  the  pump  close  behind  it  with  the  lever  at  right  angles  to  the  line 
of  the  jack  allows  the  operator  to  watch  closely  the  work  he  is  doing.  All  of  the 
larger  pieces  of  the  machine  are  made  of  steel,  in  order  to  secure  lightness.  The  very 
satisfactory  working  of  the  rack  and  pinion  in  hydraulic  punches  and  rail 
benders  suggested  the  desirability  of  applying  it  tothistool,  so  that  the  loss 
of  time  caused  in  the  older  types  by  having  to  pump  the  ram  out  to  working 
position,  can  now  be  done  away  with,  and  at  the  same  time  a very  satisfac- 
tory return  motion  is  attained.  We  have  retained  the  rack  and  pinion  pump 
go  satisfactorily  used  for  the  last  few  years  upon  this  tool.  The  four 
sprocket  wheels  on  the  raising  screws  are,  when  sent  out, 
connected  with  one  chain  which  can,  if  desired,  be 
placed  upon  them  in  pairs,  or  taken  off  entirely.  The 
hydraulic  gauge  has  one  of  the  improved  safety  coup- 
lings to  avoid  the  shock  caused  by  the  sudden  releasing 
of  pressure,  and  the  working  parts  of  the  press  are  all  of 
them  easy  of  access  for  repairs  or  examination.  The 
valves  are  situated  directly  beneath  bonnets,  fitted  metal 
to  metal,  and  requiring  no  packings. 


60  tons 

Movement. 

12  inches 

Weight  About. 
750  pounds 
900  “ 

Price. 
$325  OO 

100  “ 

< < 

390  OO 

125  “ 

1150  “ 

450  OO 

150  “ 

1450  “ 

525  OO 

The  length  of  beam  on  the  60  ton  is  28  inches  : 100  ton,  32  inches  ; 125  ton,  34  inches  ; 150  ton,  36  inches.  The  rods,  chucks  and  pins 
are  not  included  in  the  price  of  the  machine,  as  the  requirements  for  these  are  so  variable.  If  adjustable  is  not  wanted,  price  is  $25  00  less. 


841 


Fig.  1714- 


No.  i Snatch, 
Self-Acting. 


WROUGHT  IRON  AND  STEEL  PULLEY  BLOCKS. 


Fig.  1715. 


No.  2 Snatch, 
New 


Fig.  1717.  Fig.  1718. 


Dimensions  and  Prices- 


Fig.  1719. 


No.  6. 


Rope  size,  - - inches,  1-2 

58 

3-4 

7-8 

1 

1 1 4 

I I 2 

1 3 4 

2 

2 1-4 

2 1-2 

2 3-4 

3^  3 i-4 

3 1 2 

Chain  size,  - - inches, 

- 

3-16 

1-4 

5 16 

38 

7-16 

I 2 

5-8 

n-16 

3-4 

13-16  7-8 

15-16 

Length  of  shell,  - inches,  434 

6 

7 1-2 

8 1-2 

9 1-2 

IO  1-2 

12 

13 

14  1-2 

17 

19 

21 

23  25 

2<S 

Diameter  of  sheave,  inches,  2 1-2 

3 J-2 

4 

4 3-4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

TO 

II 

12 

14  15 

16 

Diameter  of  mortise,  inches,  3-4 

7-8 

I 

1 1-4 

138 

I 1-2 

1 3-4 

2 

2 3-8 

2 3-4 

3 1-4 

3 1-2 

3 3-4  4 i-4 

4 1-2 

Snatch,  No.  1,  - - - $2.70 

2-75 

3.00 

3.60 

4.80 

550 

6.90 

8.80 

13.20 

27.40 

33-20 

v 

, 

— 

Snatch,  No.  2,  - - - - 3 80 

3-85 

4.40 

5-25 

6.35 

7 45 

8.80 

1 r.6o 

16.50 

23.20 

31.20 

13  >» 

Single,  No.  3,  with  hook,  - 1.65 

2.IO 

2.25 

3-05 

3-65 

4 35 

5-50 

7-25 

11.60 

17.60 

26.40 

5 a 

rt  g 

Double,  No.  4,  with  hook,  - 2.20 

2.9O 

3-40 

4.20 

5 50 

6.65 

9-25 

13.00 

18.50 

29  60 

53-oo 

Triple,  No  5,  with  hook  2.75 

3-45 

4 35 

5-5o 

7- 50 

9 25 

12.70 

18  50 

Triple,  as  No.  7,  with  ring, 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

24.60 

42.40 

69.50 

>*15 

Triple,  as  No.  8,  with  shackle, 

24.60 

28.90 

47.60 

"o  - 

Fourfold,  No.  6,  with  hook  - 3.60 

4-35 

5.20 

7-50 

9 55 

12.  TO 

17-8.5 

<D  3 "M 

xi 

Fourfold,  as  No.  7,  with  ring, 

- 

- 

- 

26.00 

37-50 

70.50 

105.00 

S*  <D  2 

Fourfold,  as  No  8,  with  shackle, 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

26.00 

37-5« 

43-50 

64.00 

u U* 
cd 

Iron  sheaves,  plain,  - - .15 

.20 

•30 

• 50 

.70 

•85 

1.40 

1.80 

2-35 

3-30 

4-50 

M 1-  u 

Iron  sheaves,  roller  bushed,  .55 

• 75 

•85 

r.io 

i-35 

2.00 

2-75 

3 75 

5.00 

bo  d 

Brass  sheaves,  plain,  - - .55 

•85 

1-25 

2.  TO 

2 75 

3-45 

4.70 

6.90 

10.30 

i7-5o 

21.00 

« p 

N.  B. — The  single  and  double  blocks  for  2^  and  2'/z  inch  rope  have  swivel  rings  instead  of  hooks  Blocks,  if  required  with  roller 
bushed  or  all  brass  sheaves,  will  be  charged  the  extra  price  for  said  sheaves  minus  the  price  of  common  sheaves.  On  the  larger  blocks  we 
generally  supply  the  upper  one  of  a pair  with  a shackle,  and  the  lower  one  with  a swivel  ring,  but  they  may  be  ordered  with  shackle  or 
ring  as  desired.  Becket  or  chain  eye  supplied  to  one  block  of  every  pair. 


GIN  BLOCKS. 


The  frame  is  wrought  iron  in  all  sizes  except  6 and  7 inch,  which  are 
malleable  iron.  Wrought  iron  hooks,  sheaves  bored  and  pins  turned. 


Diameter  of  sheave, 

inches, 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Rope  diameter, 

inches, 

1 

1 1-8 

-I  1-8 

1 1-8 

1 1-8 

1 1-8 

Price,  - 

each, 

$2  55 

3 IS 

3-90 

4.00 

4 3o 

4,60 

Extra  sheaves, 

- each, 

.60 

•75 

.90 

1. 10 

1.20 

i-35 

Diameter  of  sheave, 

inches, 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

Rope  diameter,  - 

inches, 

1' 1-8 

1 3-8 

1 1-2 

1 1-2 

1 1-2 

1 1-2 

Price,  - - - 

each, 

$5-3° 

6.00 

7.70 

8.85 

10.50 

12.00 

Extra  sheaves, 

- each, 

l-6o 

2.15 

3-T5 

3-45 

4-15 

4.90 

CRANE  PULLEY  BLOCKS. 

The  frame  is  wrought  iron  in  all  sizes  except  9 inch  and  smaller,  which 
which  are  malleable  iron.  Wrought  iron  hooks,  sheaves  bored  and  pins  turned. 


Diameter  of  sheave,  inches. 

4 3-4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Takes  chain,  diameter,  inch’s 

3-16 

1-4 

5-16 

3-8 

7-16 

1-2 

Approximate  weight,  pounds, 

4 1-4 

6 

9 

13 

2.3 

30 

Test  load,  - - tons, 

3-4 

1 

1 1 2 

2 

3 

4 

Price,  - each, 

$1.85 

2.30 

2-75 

3-5° 

5-5° 

7.00 

Diameter  of  sheave,  inches, 

10 

11 

12 

H 

15 

16 

Takes  chain,  diameter,  inch’s 

9.16 

5-8 

11-16 

3-4 

13-16 

7 8 

Approximate  weight,  pounds, 

5<> 

72 

90 

121 

1S4 

207 

Test  load,  - - - tons, 

5 

6 

8 

10 

12 

13 

Price,  - c*ch, 

$20,00 

26.00 

32.00 

43-00 

55-00 

66.00 

842 


IRON  MOISTING  CRABS  OR  CARGO  WINCHES 


Fig.  1724. 


Single  purchase,  cast  iron  sides,  with  lever  brake. 
Screw  brake  supplied  if  required.  Sizes  No.  101  to  104. 


Single  purchase,  wrought  iron  sides,  showing  lever  brake. 
Screw  brake  supplied  if  required.  Sizes  No.  131  to  134. 


SINGLE  PURCHASE  CARGO  WINCHES  OR  HOISTING  CRABS. 


With  Cast  Iron  Sides. 


Size,  No.  ...  . 

101 

102 

103 

104 

Lifts  with  a 2 and  3 \ . 
sheave  pulley  block,  1 ’ 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Lifts  direct  from  barrel,  cwt., 

8 

12 

16 

20 

Size  of  barrel,  - inches, 

12  x 4| 

14  X 

16  x 4I 

18  x 4 \ 

Approximate  weight,  pounds, 

250 

280 

340 

365 

Price,  with  lever  brake,  each, 
Extras,  if  ordered  : 

$30.00 

32.00 

37.00 

42.00 

screw  brake,  - each, 

3.5o 

3-50 

3-50 

3-50 

brass  bushing,  - each, 

6.50 

6.50 

7.00 

7-50 

With  Wrought  Iron  Sides. 


Size,  No.  .... 

131 

132 

133 

134 

Capacity  and  dimensions  as 

above,  - - tons, 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Price,  with  lever  brake,  each, 

$43.00 

45.00 

52  00 

57.00 

Extras,  if  ordered  : 

screw  brake,  - each, 

350 

3-50 

3-50 

3-50 

brass  bushing,  - each, 

6.50 

6.50 

7 00 

7-50 

DOUBLE  PURCHASE  CARGO  WINCHES  OR  HOISTING  CRABS. 

With  Wrought  Iron  Sides. 


Size,  No. 

- 

140 

141 

142 

M3 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

Capacity  and  dimensions  as  above, 

tons, 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

IO 

12 

15 

20 

Price,  with  lever  brake,  - 
Extras,  if  ordered  : 

each, 

$58.00 

64.00 

78.00 

83  00 

89.00 

95  00 

103.00 

125.00 

200.00 

screw  brake, 

each, 

5.00 

5 00 

5.00 

5-00 

5.00 

10.00 

10.00 

10.00 

10.00 

brass  bushing, 

each, 

8.50 

9 00 

9 50 

10  00 

10.50 

11  00 

12.00 

15.00 

19.00 

The  double  purchase  crab  is  arranged  with  two  speeds,  and  can  be  worked  either  single  or  double  purchase.  The  crank  shaft  can  be 
thrown  out  of  gear  when  lowering  with  the  brake,  so  the  handles  will  not  fly  around.  Lowering  can  be  done  either  with  the  handles  or 
with  the  brake.  The  power  is  increased  or  diminished  by  the  number  of  pulleys  used  in  the  blocks. 


TREBLE  PURI 

MASK 

MANILLA  ROPE 

CRABS 

Size,  No. 

- 

406 

408 

410 

415 

Lifts  direct  from  barrel, 

tons, 

6 

8 

IO 

15 

Size  of  barrel,  - inches, 

36  x 9 

39  Vo 

42  X 12 

42  x 15 

Approximate  weight, 

tons, 

1 1-4 

1 1-2 

2 I 4 

3 1 2 

Price,  with  screw  brake 

and  brass  bushing, 

each, 

$560.00 

675.00 

860.00 

1275.00 

TREBLE  PURCHASE  WIRE  ROPE  CRABS. 

With  Larger  Barrels. 


Size,  No. 

Lifts  direct  from  barrel, 

503 

504 

505 

508 

s 

tons, 

3 

4 

5 

Diameter  of  barrel, 

inches, 

20 

22 

25 

3° 

Length  of  barrel, 
Circumference  of  wire  rope 

inches, 

21 

22 

24 

27 

recommended, 

inches, 

3 

3 12 

4 

5 

140 

Length  taken  in  one  lap, 

feet, 

no 

120 

130 

Approximate  weight, 

Price,  with  screw  brake  an 

tons, 

d 

1 14 

1 1 2 

2 1-4 

3 1 2 

brass  bushing, 

each,  $560.00 

675-00 

860.00 

1275.00 

843 


THIS  is  the  latest  improved  machine  of  the  kind  on  the  market. 

The  bed  raises  and  lowers  by  power  on  inclines. 

It  is  provided  with  divided  rolls  and  chip  breakers. 

It  has  two  rates  of  feed,  which  are  under  the  control  of  the  operator  by  means  of  lever  placed  convenient,  so  that  when 
running  on  the  fast  feed  and  it  is  desired  to  plane  on  the  slow  feed  over  a bad,  knotty  or  cross  grained  spot,  by  a single  move- 
ment of  the  lever  the  feed  can  be  reduced  one-half  until  the  imperfect  spot  has  been  planed,  when  by  reversing  the  lever  the 
speed  is  immediately  increased  to  its  full  capacity. 

The  bottom  head  is  placed  in  front,  so  that  in  planing  band  sawed  lumber  the  uneven  portion  can  be  taken  off  with  the 
bottom  head,  thus  leveling  the  stock  and  giving  the  board  a true  or  level  surface,  or  bearing,  upon  the  table  so  that  it  will  rest 
evenly  on  the  bed  of  the  machine  when  the  top  head  is  doing  its  work. 

The  lower  head  is  easily  accessible,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  and  has  a vertical  adjustment  on  inclines,  giving  a solid  bearing. 
The  bearings  are  unusually  long  and  heavy,  and  the  cylinders  are  made  of  forged  steel  and  carry  four  knives  each. 

To  plane  28  inches  wide  by  10  inches  thick,  6 roll,  tight  and  loose  pulleys  14  inches  diameter  by  8 inch  face,  and  should 

run  850  revolutions  per  minute. 

To  plane  30  inches  wide  by  12  inches  thick,  8 roll,  tight  and  loose  pulleys  16  inches  diameter  by  10  inch  face,  and 
should  run  850  revolutions  per  minute. 

To  plane  28  inches  wide  by  10  inches  thick,  weight  10,400  pounds. 

To  plane  30  inches  wide  by  12  inches  thick,  weight  14,000  pounds. 


844 


P* 

ft 

S’ 

1 1 

w g 

S'  w 

ft  -ft- 

s.  S' 

g S' 

I"  ffi 

g M 

w ^ 
P-*  El 


B.  g 
5 gf 

rt  ft 
c n to 


ft 

P 

p. 

ft 


Pi  P 


*4 

2. 

o 

a> 

O ^ 

o M 


C.  " B *5  B 


tr  - 

rt 


g 1 

cr  o' 


rri^ 

s »&| 

- O'  8 o;  £ 


ft 


B j 


o 

p 

Crq 


aq  n 

rt 


r p 

p. 

£ B 

3.  p 


o P" 
o rt 


S g 

I* 


►§  B 

►a 

g.^s'pp' 

p ^ s*  ^ & 

p f^'  - gi- 
P P W n 0) 


10 


-P 
fD  p* 

C/3  P 

o o 
cr 
cr  ~ 

S.  ^ 


« o ®, 


ft  g*  W 
*-t  p Cn 

S'"  ft.  ? 
2 pi  o 
Pi  ^ o 
p pi  ‘ 
o'  2 
° Pi 

n w 
^ p 
rt  Crq 

& g* 

S'  cp 

Z I 

S g 

rt 

p p 

ft  ft 
P“  B 

Pi  & 

ft  g 

O'  P 


p 3 


o o 

IS 

5*  o 

OTQ  ^ 
C/3 

c+-  ”* 
g“  rt' 

<T>  O 

P d 
P ^ 

P-  g 

fD  P 
*n  fD 

O O 

PI  fD 

Pi  E2. 
fD  £L 


S' & 

P fD 


M p X 

^ p |4 

- S'  ft 

B ~ 


s v 

ft  ft 

CO  d 


£:  P hrj 
P fD  ^ 
fD  CL  ^ 

o o £ pi  pi 

fD 

CO 

O *4 
*-t  fD 
CC  fD 
Cf  a 
fD  ^ 
CL 

g> 

^ S’ 
£:<& 
^ fD 

P*  03 

fD  d 
to 

On  P 
O 

P‘  ^ 
P *1 
o 

p*  p 

0 p 
Cl  Qj 

O 
P 


O CL  PI 

B g.  S 
^ f?  ^ 
% ft  _. 

p 0 
P-i  >•+»  o 

-Or; 

o a3  £ 
P rt  ct 

fD  CL 

C/D  r+-  03 

fD  ° JC 

^ ^ ft 


g 


Pi  i-i 

o'  p 
O 3 
ft  Pi 
o 


B g | S 

„ p n ft 


ft  * 
&*►§ 


ft 

to  fD 
ON  fD 
— ^ 
n a> 
ft  B 

Pi°ft 
o <T> 

Is5 


o p 

^ C^ 
P 

§ g 

CL  p 


_ P 
fP  P ft 
CL  fD  O 
P P* 
C-a.  CL  fD 
c/3  >"t 

ft  CP  ^ 

S ft  ft' 

crq  g'  ft 
ft  2 g 

fD  y. 


B „ 
o ft 

S'  I s 


ft  ^i 

M p 
O 3 
p p 
ft 

^ O 
^ 3 
ft  P 
P a 


P 

rt  c 

ft  ft 


p. 

ft 


. ft 


to  o 

rt  ft  — 
0 P p 

p 5 

Crq  ft  P 
- rt  rt 

£.  ^ | 
C/D  u 

2 I? 

g »*  01 

ft  § -P 
ft  fD  H. 


_ > V 

«— i.  O C/3 
2."“, 
ft  cp  S. 

ft.  O pi 

Sop 

Crq  3. 
ft  Crq  ^ 

S.  o ‘ 
< P 


ft 
3 
P. 

2 M 

^ -p. 

p „ 
ft  S 

■-;•  n 
C ft 

Pi  ft 

(t  to 

2 t 

ft  o 

fD 

p 5’ 
C£  o 

P Cd 
O fD 

Cd  C/3 

§ ft 

5-  S’ 

03  ^ 

cr  ** 

fD  P 

rs. 

Crq  B 


ft 

, , ft  3 

o 8 « 


3 - 
o - 


to  l_  tt> 

_ i.  3 


"0  g 


•ft  Hi. 

r g 3 

? ft  » 


l J IK 

CL  C/3 


3 ft. 
Crq  ft 


Co  Q-* 
C n fD 


P4  P 


gi 

S’ 

Crq 


Pu  » 

fD 


o 

S3 

B 

?. 
p’ 

p 

to  g P 
ON  p aq 
^ ~ 
s ? * 


; ft  p c 

O P rt  b 

ft  8?  o B 
t>  rt  ft  ft 

3 « m g p‘ 

Pi  rt  <1  g p 

o 2.  CL  M 


o 

3 S' 

o 


O; 

S’ 

g) 


-§ 
•-t  fD 


S'  u>  ft  P 

n rt 


o ft  SE 

S.  H.  « 


0>  rt,  < 

rt  & 2 8 £ 

rt  ft  rt,  2 -•  2. 

g>  ft 

•g  rt.w 

pi  o*  2.  o ft 

ft  ft  2 5 

31  P^  [ft. 
ft  o ft  2 3 

p vj  oq  to  O 

'LL  ►— * - ►— 

ft'  ft  rt  in 

pi  p.  2 cw 

p 5 ft  ft 

n 


Pi 

w 

S’ 

(»i 

g* 


ft 

gj 

ft 
2 *o 

fD  £1. 
CL  fl, 

►4 

fD 
fD 
CL 


ON 


-m  ^ 3 


P 

P 

P- 


4 
5'  ° 

P*  S- 

fD 

C/3 


ft.  O'  S' 
ft  ft  S’ 

rt 

S'  o'  O) 
ft.  o ft 

^ S*  S> 


*P 

o 


CL  4^ 
p’ 

B 

fD 


2 ^ 

O'  « ft 


’Hi 

fD* 


rr  P m 
fD  CL  fD 

;^i 

p.  cr 


fD  p p 
^ P CL  C/3 
n-  CL  fD  O 


LL  P 
P^  >-t>  n . 
O ^ 

? g 

C/3  p 

2-  « 
^ p- 

fD  fD 
Pa  *-t 


P 

Crq 

P1 

fD 

P 

P 


o 

a 

cl 

fD 


P O 

3.  § J 

p ^ 2 

^ <j  ° 

w ^ 

- n Td 
to  § p 

3’  & P Crq 

& s ^ s.  s* 

fD  p . 

c/3  d*  cr  ^ 

pa  t“3  fD  pa 

Pt  O C/3  Pi 

P P 

B U o 5 

fD  p *1  ^ ^ 

S'  B ^ p*  2 

►i  r°  p4  o P 


. i fD 
fp  n 

O* 
P 
P 


P 

Crq 


O 

S’  5' 

O o 


V i \Z  W 

p*  2 


o ^ * 

p 5-’ 

Crq  fD 


P 

CL 


X I v 

o 


S'  cr 

2 ft 


ft 


ft  i 


2 c2 

o it 
cn 

ON  P' 

o 

o a 
o 
o 


o p, 
c ^ 

fD  p 


cr 

o 


W 

w 

jq 

o 

w 

w 

« 

W 

« 

o 

gl 

o 

ft1 

r 

> 

% 

o 

w 

V 

o 

H 

« 

Z 

ft 

» 

M 

in 

in 

d 

w 

M 

ft 

> 

W 


ft 
3 
pi 

ft 

B* 
3 »5' 
O' 


h— » r-’i 

ft  o 


o' 

rt 

o' 

3 

°S. 

S' 

Crq 


o 

tr 

B , 

ft 

o 

cr 


o 

g B* 


io  B 

O orq 


n 

o 

r 

c 


> 

z 

Cfl 

z 

g3 

o 

r 

r 

g: 

> 

■c 


■n 

rn 

rn 

o 

o 

o 

c 

CO 

r 

rn 

(Z> 

c 

go 

n 

> 

n 

m 

go 

> 

z 

o 

S 

> 

H 

n 

2 

m 

go 


845 


Fig.  1726. 


PORTLAND  FOUR  ROLL  DOUBLE  SURFACER  AND  MATCHER. 

View  of  Geared  Side. 


PORTLAND  24  inch  Four  Roll  Double  Surfacer  and  Matcher,  to  plane  two  sides  24  inches  wide,  6 yz  inches  thick,  and  match  24  inches 
wide  and  under,  complete  with  forged  solid  steel  top  and  bottom  cylinders  slotted  on  four  sides,  with  long  journals,  pressure  bars  and 
chip  breakers  adjustable  to  and  from  the  knives,  solid  in  feeding  rolls,  top  rolls  and  cylinder  to  raise  and  lower  6^  inches,  bed 
stationary,  cylinders  and  rolls  each  5 '/z  inches  diameter,  cylinders  belted  at  both  ends;  matcher  heads  adjustable  the  full  width  of  the 
machine  to  admit  of  changing  position  as  the  knives  on  the  main  cylinders  become  dull ; complete  with  two  24  inch  plain  knives  for  the 
top  and  two  for  the  bottom  cylinders,  one  set  (2)  Shinier  patent  matcher  heads  with  one  set  of  flooring  cutters,  one  set  (2)  slotted  jointing 
heads  with  one  set  (4)  jointing  knives,  one  set  (2)  beading  bits,  one  set  (2)  novelty  siding  knives  and  five  wrenches.  Price,  #750.00. 

Portland  24  inch  Four  Roll  Single  Surfacer  and  Matcher,  complete  as  described  above  for  the  24  inch  double  surfacer  and  matcher, 
omitting  the  under  cylinder  and  the  attachments  belonging  to  it.  Price,  #650.00. 

1 ortland  24  inch  Four  Roll  Double  Surfacer  only,  to  plane  two  sides  24  inches  wide  and  inches  thick,  complete  with  two  24  inch 
plain  knives  for  the  top  and  two  for  the  bottom  cylinders.  Price,  #600.00. 

I ortland  24  inch  Four  Roll  Single  Surfacer  only,  to  plane  one  side  24  inches  wide,  complete  with  two  plain  knives  for  the  top 
cylinder.  Price.  #500.00, 


846 


PEACEMAKER  DOUBLE  BELTED  SINGLE  SURFACER. 


THIS  cut  illustrates  our  new  Double  Belted  Single  Surfacer,  to  plane  from  l/&  of  an  inch  to  8 inches  thick  and  26  inches  wide.  It  is 
a heavy,  strong  and  compact  machine  of  new  design,  for  doing  smooth  and  rapid  work  in  planing  mills,  jobbing  shops,  casket,  furni- 
ture and  carriage  factories,  etc.,  and  has  many  new  and  valuable  features. 

The  cylinder  is  made  of  solid  forged  steel  with  long  bearings  of  large  diameter,  and  belted  at  both  ends.  The  bearings  are  carefully 
fitted  and  the  boxes  scraped  to  them.  The  bed  is  very  rigid,  solidly  ribbed  under  the  cylinder  and  gibbed  in  the  slides  to  take  up  lost 
motion,  and  by  our  new  device  can  be  quickly  and  securely  clamped  to  the  frame,  making  it  as  solid  as  the  frame  itself.  The  chip-breaker 
and  pressure  bars  are  carefully  and  accurately  fitted.  The  chip-breaker  rises  and  falls  with  the  in-feeding  roll.  Both  the  chip-breaker 
and  pressure  bar  work  close  to  the  knives  and  are  adjustable  to  the  lumber  independent  of  each  other  and  the  feed  rolls.  The  feed  works 
are  very  strong  and  the  gearing  extra  heavy.  The  rolls  are  set  as  close  to  the  cylinder  as  possible  and  are  all  driven.  The  upper  in-feeding 
roll,  which  is  a fluted  roll,  is  weighted  ; and  being  connected  with  our  improved  compensating  weight  levers,  equal  pressure  is  secured  on 
the  lumber  the  entire  width  of  the  machine.  This  roll  is  adjustable  for  light  or  heavy  cut.  The  gears  are  made  from  iron  cut  patterns, 
and  all  adjustable  gears  are  bushed  with  brass,  and  travel  together  so  as  to  be  in  uniform  mesh  and  not  ride  on  the  points  of  the  teeth, 
making  a very  positive  and  powerful  feed.  The  feed  is  started  and  stopped  by  a belt  tightener  placed  convenient  to  the  operator.  It  has 
two  rates  of  feed  : 45  and  64  lineal  feet  per  minute. 

We  build  this  machine  either  single  or  double,  as  required,  and  furnish  a countershaft  with  each  machine. 

Peace-Maker  26-inch  Double  Surfacer,  to  plane  two  sides  26  inches  wide,  8 inches  thick  ; complete  with  one  set  of  plain  knives,  three 
wrenches  and  countershaft.  Price,  $450.00. 

Peace-Maker  26-inch  Single  Surfacer,  to  plane  one  side  26  inches  wide,  8 inches  thick ; complete  with  one  set  of  knives,  three 
wrenches  and  countershaft.  Price,  $375.00. 

847 


-PRENTISS  TQOL  SUPPLY  (& 


Fig.  1729. 


EXTRA  HEAVY  CABINET  PLANER. 


THE  above  cut  illustrates  our  new  improved  twenty-six  inch  Extra  Heavy  Single  Cabinet  Planer,  for  use  in  planing  mills,  furniture 
factories,  etc.,  etc.,  and  is  especially  recommended  for  surfacing  rough  hardwood  and  yellow  pine  lumber,  producing  a uniform  and 
very  smooth  surface.  The  frame  is  very  heavy  and  is  absolutely  rigid  against  the  strain  put  upon  it  by  the  working  parts,  as  the  cut 
plainly  shows. 

The  table  frame  is  a heavy  casting  in  one  piece,  and  rests  upon  inclined  planes  or  sliding  wedges,  making  the  most  solid  support 
known  for  holding  lumber  to  planer  knives. 

The  wedges  are  moved  by  a hand  wheel  conveniently  located,  one  turn  of  which  raises  the  table  one-sixteenth  inch. 

The  cylinder  is  of  forged  steel,  with  long  and  heavy  journals  running  in  genuine  Babbitt  lined  boxes,  and  has  ample  belt  power  for 
any  duty,  and  is  belted  at  both  ends. 

The  feed  rolls  are  five  inches  diameter  and  are  operated  by  a train  of  heavy  gearing,  which  makes  them  positive  and  powerful,  and 
the  mesh  of  the  gears  is  not  in  the  least  affected  by  heavy  cuts  or  by  raising  or  lowering  the  table.  All  rolls  are  geared  and  the  connec- 
tions are  strong  and  durable. 

The  chip-breaker  is  very  close  to  the  cutting  edge  of  the  knives  and  moves  in  a circle,  the  center  of  which  is  the  center  of  the 
cylinder,  so  the  same  relative  position  is  always  secured,  preventing  clipping  of  ends. 

This  machine  has  many  other  new  and  important  features  not  enumerated  above,  which  make  it  the  best  machine  of  its  class  in  the 
market.  It  will  plane  one-sixteenth  to  eight  inches  thick,  and  has  two  rates  of  feed,  viz.:  30  and  40  lineal  feet  per  minute. 

The  countershaft  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys  12  inches  diameter  by  7 inch  face,  and  should  run  800  revolutions  per  minute. 

Pulleys  on  cylinder,  inches  diameter  by  5 inch  face  ; speed  of  cylinder,  4250  revolutions. 

Built  in  four  sizes,  to  work  24,  26,  28  and  30  inches  wide. 

Extra  heavy  single  furniture  or  cabinet  planer,  with  bed  to  raise  and  lower  on  inclines,  forged  solid  steel  cylinders,  with  long  heavy 
journals,  belted  at  both  ends,  four  powerfully  geared  feed  rolls;  complete  with  one  set  (2)  knives  and  one  countershaft; 
built  in  four  sizes  as  follows : 

To  plane  one  side  24  inches  wide,  1-16  to  8 inches  thick,  - - - $500  00 

To  plane  one  side  26  inches  wide,  1-16  to  8 inches  thick,  ------  520  00 

To  plane  one  side  28  inches  wide,  1-16  to  8 inches  thick,  - 540  00 

To  plane  one  side  30  inches  wide,  1-16  to  8 inches  thick,  ------  560  00 


848 


Fig.  1730. 


1HPR0VED  HAND  JOINTER  OR  BUZZ  PLANER. 


THIS  machine  is  capable  of  a large  variety  of  work,  such  as  planing  out  of  wind,  cornering,  beveling,  rabbiting,  chamfering  squaring- 
up,  making  glue  joints,  etc.,  making  it  indispensable  in  sash  and  door,  agricultural  implement,  furniture,  car  works,  pattern  shops 
and  other  wood-working  establishments.  The  frame  is  cast  in  one  piece,  making  it  strong  and  substantial.  The  tables  are  seven 
feet  long.  Each  table  has  an  independent  vertical  adjustment,  operated  by  hand  wheels,  shown  at  each  end  of  machine,  also  an  inde- 
pendent lateral  adjustment  of  seven  inches,  shown  in  small  view,  to  and  from  the  path  of  the  cutters,  operated  by  hand  wheels,  shown  on 
the  front  or  working  side  of  the  machine.  This  unusual  space  (14  inches)  allows  free  access  to  the  cylinder,  and  will  be  appreciated  by 
mechanics.  Our  improved  dovetailed  incline  adjustment  for  raising  and  lowering  the  tables  makes  it  almost  impossible  to  get  the  tables 
out  of  position,  and  if  once  out  can  be  readjusted  in  two  minutes.  This  is  a great  improvement  over  any  other  machine  of  this  kind. 

The  cylinder  is  made  of  solid  forged  steel,  small  in  diameter,  so  it  can  be  run  at  a high  speed,  which  is  very  essential  for  doing 
smooth  work  on  brash  or  cross-grained  lumber.  It  is  provided  with  bolts  on  two  sides  for  carrying  straight  knives,  and  slotted  on  the 
other  two  sides  for  carrying  rabbiting  and  other  odd  knives.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  gauge,  which  can  be  set  square  or  at  any 
desired  bevel,  also  wooden  safety  guard  to  prevent  accidents  to  the  fingers  of  the  operator. 

We  furnish  with  each  machine  one  countershaft,  one  set  (2)  straight  knives  for  the  cylinder  and  necessary  wrenches. 

DIRECTIONS. 

Never  screw  or  fasten  the  machine  to  the  floor.  The  tables  should  be  set  level  to  do  perfect  work.  Level  the  planer  by  putting  thin 
wedges  under  the  base  of  machine.  The  belt  on  the  cylinder  should  be  endless,  light  and  of  even  thickness,  without  hooks,  rivets  or 
lacers.  The  laps  should  be  cemented,  and  it  will  last  longer,  cylinder  will  run  better,  and  do  smoother  work. 

Belts  for  the  8,  12  and  16  inch  machines  should  be  3 y2  inches  wide  ; on  the  24  and  30  inch  machines  4 inches  wide. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  8 inches  in  diameter  by  4 inch  face,  and  should  run  780  revolutions  per  minute. 

New  pattern  Improved  Hand  Jointer  or  Buzz  Planer,  tables  7 feet  long,  opening  14  inches,  and  raise  and  lower  on  dovetail  inclines ; 
complete  with  countershaft,  two  plain  knives,  adjustable  bevel  gauge  and  wooden  safety  guard.  Built  in  the  following  sizes : 

To  plane  8 inches  wide,  ------------  $135.00 

To  plane  12  inches  wide,  -------  - - 165.00 

To  plane  16  inches  wide,  -----  - 185.00 

To  plane  24  inches  wide,  - - - - - - - 220.00 

Extra  for  steel  lips  on  tables  : 

For  the  8 and  12  inch  machines,  -----  - 6.00 

For  the  16  inch  machines,  - - - - - - 8.00 

For  the  24  inch  machines,  -----------  10.00 


849 


IMPROVED  NEW  CHAMPION  RE-SAWING  MACHINE. 


THF'above  cut  represents  38  inch  New  Champion  Re-Sawing  Machine.  The  frame  is  very  heavy.  It  is  cast  in  one  piece 
and  is  especially  designed  to  rigidly  support  the  working  parts.  The  arbor  is  made  of  steel  and  is  heavy.  It  overhangs 
the  box  next  to  the  saw,  which  admits  of  the  saw  being  easily  removed.  The  saw  arbor  boxes  are  connected  by  a heavy 
yoke  and  gibbed  to  the  frame,  and  are  moved  to  and  from  the  rolls  by  means  of  a screw,  keeping  the  saw  always  in  line  with 
them.  The  rolls  move  upon  the  platen  in  pairs,  and  readily  adjust  themselves  to  unequal  thicknesses  of  lumber,  and  are  per- 
fectly self-centering.  They  open  6 inches,  and  a i-inch  board  may  be  cut  from  a 4 inch  plank.  One  pair  of  rolls  may  be  made 
stationary,  and  lumber  of  even  thickness  cut  upon  that  side,  and  all  inequalities  in  thickness  be  confined  to  the  other  side. 
The  table  upon  which  the  lumber  rests  is  very  close  to  the  rolls,  which  admits  the  sawing  of  narrow  boards.  The  lumber  is 
guided  by  adjustable  arms  on  each  side  of  the  saw  ; both  arms  are  fitted  with  springs  and  may  be  swung  entirely  free  of  the 
saw  by  simply  removing  a pin.  The  feed  works  are  strong  and  reversible,  and  by  a slight  movement  of  the  lever  shown  at 
front  of  machine,  the  lumber  may  be  run  from  the  saw  more  rapidly  than  it  is  fed  to  the  saw.  The  feeding  gears  are  large, 
strong  and  not  liable  to  wear  out  nor  break  by  hard  service.  The  platen  that  supports  the  rolls  turns  upon  a centre  for  sawing 
beveled  sidings,  etc.,  and  is  regulated  by  a graduated  index  plate,  which  can  be  conveniently  seen  by  the  operator.  By  means 
of  a novel  attachment  the  saw  may  be  easily  lifted  out  of  the  frame  and  kept  suspended  on  a pin  in  the  centre,  thus  avoiding 
the  bending  and  twisting  of  the  teeth  which  often  occurs  when  the  saw  is  rolled  out  in  the  usual  way,  as  the  teeth  are  very 
thin  and  saw  heavy.  The  saws  are  furnished  either  segment  or  solid  plate,  and  are  ground  taper  to  No.  16  gauge  unless  other- 
wise ordered.  The  segment  saw  of  large  size  will  not  buckle  when  hot,  as  the  joints  permit  the  expansion  of  the  metal,  and 
will  cut  picture  frame  backing  as  well  as  the  thickest  plank.  The  saw  is  filed  and  set,  and  the  machine  is  thoroughly  tested 
before  leaving  the  works,  and  is  guaranteed  to  give  entire  satisfaction. 


Made  in  the  following  sizes  : 

CIRCULAR 

RE-SAWS. 

Size  of  Saw 

Width  of 

Size  of  Pulley 

Speed  of 

Cubic 

Approximate 

Average  II. -P. 

Price 

Cut. 

on  Mandrel. 

Mandrel.  Measurements. 

Weight. 

Required. 

60-inch  Segment  Saw, 
54-inch  “ 

27  inches. 

24  x 12 

650 

200 

55oo 

12  to  15 

$1050 

00 

25  “ 

20  x 10 

700 

190 

5000 

12  “ 15 

900 

00 

50-inch  “ 

22  “ 

18  x 10 

750 

185 

4600 

10  “ 12 

800 

00 

44-inch  “ 

20  “ 

18  x 10 

850 

■175 

4200 

10  “ 12 

700 

00 

42-inch  “ 

19 

18  x 10 

850 

170 

3900 

9 “ 10 

675 

00 

42-inch  Solid  Plate  Saw, 

l9  “ 

18  x 10 

850 

170 

3900 

9 “ 10 

575 

00 

38-inch  Segment  Saw, 

17  “ 

14  x 8 

950 

132 

3700 

8 “ 10 

575 

00 

38-inch  Solid  Plate  Saw, 

17 

14  x 8 

950 

132 

3700 

8 “ 10 

500 

00 

34-inch  Segment  Saw, 

15 

14  x 8 

1050 

120 

3400 

6“  9 

525 

00 

34-inch  Solid  Plate  Saw, 

15 

14  x 8 

1050 

120 

3400 

6 “ 9 

450 

00 

30-inch  “ “ “ 

13  “ 

12x8 

1200 

1 1 2 

3200 

4“  8 

400 

00 

24-inch  “ “ “ 

Countershaft  for  either  of  the 

10  “ 8x6  1500 

Re-Sawing  Machines.  If  wanted,  extra,  $35.00  to  $45.00 

80 

2000 

4 “ 6 

300 

00 

Fig.  1731. 


850 


-PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  <& 


Fig.  1732. 


IMPROVED  NEW  PATENT  SWING 
CUT=OFF  SAW. 


THIS  machine  is  entirely  new,  and  has  the 
following  advantages  over  any  other 
swing  saws  made. 

1st. — The  frame  swings  upon  the  hangers,  instead  of 
upon  the  countershaft,  as  in  other  machines. 

2d. — The  hub  on  the  hanger  is  turned,  and  the  top  of 
the  frame  is  Babbitted  to  fit,  thereby  securing  accurate 
cross  cutting. 

3d. — It  is  adjustable  for  different  heights  of  ceiling,  as 
the  saddle  holding  the  arbor  has  a sliding  adjustment  of 
five  inches. 

4th. — Being-  adjustable,  the  saw  can  be  used  entirely 
up. 

5th. — It  has  our  patent  sliding  cap  box. 

6th. — The  saw  is  protected  by  a shield. 

7th. — The  machine  is  also  provided  with  an  improved 
counterbalance,  which  holds  the  saw  in  any  desired  posi 
tion.  When  the  saw  has  been  drawn  forward  and  the  cut 
completed,  a slight  push  returns  the  frame  to  its  normal 
position,  where  it  will  remain,  as  shown  in  cut. 

The  great  objection  to  swing  saws  has  been  that  accu 
rate  sawing  was  impossible.  With  the  above  arrangement 
we  have  overcome  the  difficulty.  We  furnish  one  14  inch 
saw  with  machine.  Distance  from  base  of  hanger  to  center 
of  arbor,  at  highest  point,  6 feet  7 inches.  Tight  and  loose 
pulley,  10  inches  diameter  by  5 inch  face,  and  should  make 
700  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price,  $75-oo 


851 


Fig.  1733. 


ADJUSTABLE  SAW  TABLE 


'"T'MIIS  machine  has  a heavy,  substantial  frame, 
JL  cast  in  one  piece,  which  makes  it  very  rigid. 
It  has  an  iron  table,  arranged  to  work  straight 
or  on  a bevel,  which  raises  and  lowers  in  a direct 
line  on  gibbed  slides  by  simply  turning  the  large 
hand  wheel  shown  on  the  front  of  the  machine  ; 
and  the  slides  have  an  adjustment  for  taking  up 
any  wear  that  may  occur  at  this  point.  It  tilts  on 
large  circles  to  45  degrees,  and  is  easily  and  quickly 
tilted  by  loosening  one  nut ; and  when  it  is  set  it 
is  rigidly  held  in  place. 

The  arbor  is  placed  in  the  frame  and  held  by 
solid  cap  boxes,  which  hold  it  firmly  in  position , 
thus  allowing  perfect  work  to  be  done  in  mitering 
and  dadoing. 

It  is  also  provided  with  a degree  index  plate, 
shown  on  the  circle  in  front  of  the  machine,  for 
setting  the  table  at  an}'  angle  with  the  saw. 

The  machine  is  fitted  with  adjustable  cut  off 
and  combined  rip  and  bevel  gauges.  The  cut-off 
gauges  can  be  adjusted  to  45  degrees  in  either 
direction,  and  can  be  used  on  either  or  both  sides 
of  the  saw.  They  are  all  slotted  to  receive  wooden 
gauges  of  any  length.  The  combined  rip  and 
bevel  gauge  is  adjustable  for  straight  or  bevel 
sawing. 

Dadoing,  grooving,  jointing,  moulding  and 
rabbiting  heads  can  be  used  on  this  machine  if  it 
is  desired. 

The  large  throat  plate  in  the  center  of  the  table 
can  be  quickly  removed  to  facilitate  changing  the 
head  or  saw.  Wooden  throat  plates  can  be  used  if 
desired. 

All  parts  are  accurately  fitted,  and  adjustments 
true  and  square,  so  that  a fine  joint  can  be  made 
without  subsequent  hand  fitting.  We  furnish  with 
each  machine  two  adjustable  cut-off  gauges,  one 
combined  adjustable  rip  and  bevel  gauge,  one 
12  inch  cross-cut  saw,  one  12  inch  rip  saw,  two 
wrenches  and  a countershaft.  This  table  is  36  inches  wide  by  39  inches  long.  Pulley  on  the  arbor  is  4 inches  in  diameter  by 
5 inches  face,  and  should  run  3,000  revolutions  per  minute.  The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  the  countershaft  are  10x5,  and 
should  run  600  revolutions  per  minute. 

Adjustable  saw  table  with  iron  top,  arranged  to  work  straight  or  on  a bevel,  provided  with  degree  index  plate  for 
setting  the  table  at  any  angle  with  the  saw,  complete  with  two  adjustable  cutoff  gauges,  one  combined  adjustable  rip  and 
bevel  gauge,  one  12  inch  cross-cut  and  one  12  inch  rip  saw,  two  wrenches  and  countershaft,  without  dado  head.  Will  saw  15 


inches  wide.  Price,  $135.00. 

The  same  machine,  with  patent  expanding  dado-head  and  five  sets  of  cutters.  Price,  $160.00. 


Fig.  1734. 


PATENTED  JULY  18th,  1893. 

NEW  HEAVY  PATTERN  IMPROVED  No.  2 LIGHTNING  SELF=FEEDING  RIP  SAW  TABLE. 

With  Iron  Table,  Outside  Bearing  and  Improved  Table  Raising  Device. 


THE  accompanying  engraving  represents  the  New  Improved  Heavy  No.  2 Lightning  Self- Feeding  Rip  Saw  Table,  adapted  to  all  kinds 
of  ripping  and  suited  to  a great  variety  of  work. 

The  iron  frame  is  cast  in  one  piece,  very  heavy  and  strong,  with  a substantial  outside  bearing  for  the  saw  arbor,  strongly  braced  to 
the  side  and  the  bottom  of  the  frame. 

The  table  is  iron,  3 feet  8 inches  wide,  by  5 feet  2 iifches  long,  with  an  opening  around  the  saw,  into  which  an  iron  plate  is  accurately 
fitted,  which  is  taken  out  when  saws  are  to  be  changed,  thus  avoiding  lifting  up  the  table. 

The  iron  table  is  raised  or  lowered  vertically  by  our  Improved  Patent  Table  Raising  Device,  with  a crank  at  the  front  end,  as  shown 
in  the  cut.  The  table  is  provided  with  two  long  idle  rolls,  which  relieve  it  from  friction  and  wear. 

The  feed  works  are  powerful  and  reliable,  capable  of  doing  rapid  work,  and  are  started  and  stopped  by  a tightener.  The  feed  roll 
marks  are  taken  out  by  the  saw,  leaving  no  mark  on  the  lumber. 

It  is  the  strongest  feeding  machine  on  the  market.  There  are  three  rates  of  feed,  slow,  medium  and  fast,  72,  132  and  190  lineal  feet 
per  minute  respectively. 

The  method  of  changing  from  self -feed  to  hand-feed  by  means  of  a hand  wheel,  shown  at  front  of  machine,  is  simple,  rapid  and  easy  ; 
and  the  feed  arm  is  self  adjusting  for  irregularities  in  thickness  of  lumber. 

The  patent  setting  device  for  adjusting  the  gauge,  is  entirely  new  and  novel.  The  gauge  can  be  set  at  any  mark  on  the  index  plate, 
or  at  any  fraction  of  an  inch,  and  by  a slight  movement  of  the  lever  is  locked  rigidly  in  position. 

A shield  covers  the  saw  when  in  operation,  and  the  table  is  supplied  with  a spreader,  making  it  absolutely  impossible  for  a board  or 
short  pieces  to  be  caught  and  thrown  over  the  saw,  thus  avoiding  accidents  from  that  cause. 

This  machine  is  particularly  adapted  for  ripping  boards,  planks,  moulding  and  general  planing  mill  work,  it  will  rip  up  to  18  inches 
wide  and  8 inches  thick.  An  attachment  for  sawing  straight  or  bevel  siding  is  furnished  at  extra  cost  if  desired. 

A 24-inch  saw  can  be  used,  but  one  18-inch  saw  only,  with  one  feed  saw  and  the  necessary  wrenches,  are  furnished  with  each  machine 
regularly.  Two  or  more  saws  can  be  used  at  one  time  if  so  desired,  by  having  extra  collars  for  the  saw  arbor  and  feed  arbor.  We  guarantee 
this  machine  to  be  the  best  self  feed  rip  saw  table  on  the  market,  and  only  ask  its  trial  beside  any  other  make  of  similar  machine  for  30  days. 
Weight,  1800  pounds. 

This  machine  can  be  built  as  a right  or  left-hand  machine,  but  is  always  furnished  as  a right-hand  machine  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Size  of  pulley  on  arbor,  8x8,  and  should  run  2,000  revolutions  per  minute. 

Countershaft  furnished  at  extra  cost  when  ordered,  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  12x8,  and  should  run  700  revolutions  per  minute. 
Price,  without  countershaft,  $230.00.  Countershaft,  $35.00. 


863 


Fig.  1735. 


No.  1. 


NEW  PATTERN  No.  1 BAND  SAW. 

WE  recommend  this  machine  for  agricultural, 
bracket,  cabinet,  car,  carpenter,  carriage, 
chair,  organ,  piano,  sash  and  door,  wagon, 
pattern  and  job  shops,  planing  mills,  etc.  It  works 
equally  well  in  hard  or  soft  wood,  and  will  carry 
blades  up  to  1 *4  inches  in  width. 

The  main  frame  is  cored  out  and  cast  in  one  piece, 
well  proportioned  with  a good  solid  base,  and  of  great 
strength. 

The  wheels  are  36-inch  diameter,  with  ij4  inch  face, 
light,  strong  and  carefully  balanced.  They  are  cov- 
ered with  pure  para  rubber,  securely  cemented  and 
ground  perfectly  true.  They  are  provided  with  verti- 
cal, horizontal  and  angular  adjustments,  by  which  the 
saw  can  always  be  made  to  run  accurately  on  any  por- 
tion of  their  faces. 

All  the  adjustable  parts  of  the  machine  are  careful]}^ 
and  accurately  fitted.  The  raising  screw  has  square 
thread,  and  is  much  less  liable  to  bind  and  wear  than 
the  V thread  used  on  other  makes  of  similar  machines. 
A steel  compensating  spring  is  provided  to  allow  for 
the  contraction  and  expansion  of  the  saw,  thus  avoid- 
ing the  breakage  of  saws. 

The  table  is  made  of  iron  or  of  wood,  as  ordered, 
and  is  adjustable  to  any  angle  not  exceeding  450.  It 
is  provided  with  an  improved  belt  shifter,  placed  con- 
venient to  the  operator.  The  driving  shaft  and  guide 
rod  are  of  the  best  crucible  steel.  The  guide  rod  being 
of  steel,  instead  of  iron  used  in  other  makes  of  Band 
Sawing  Machines,  is  much  stiller  and  admits  of  the 
saw  being  held  more  rigid. 

Saws  from  1-7  feet  to  18  feet  6 inches  long  can  be 
operated.  The  machine  will  cut  18  inches  thick,  and 
being  33 yz  inches  from  blade  to  frame,  will  swing  a 
circle  of  67  inches. 

We  furnish  a parallel  slitting  gauge,  scarfing 
frame,  one  pair  soldering  tongs,  one  j4-incli  saw  blade 
and  the  necessary  wrenches  with  each  machine. 

Each  machine  is  tested  on  actual  work  before  it 
leaves  the  factory,  and  we  warrant  entire  satisfaction 
on  a trial  of  thirty  days. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  12  inches  diameter  by  4 
inches  face,  and  should  run  350  revolutions  per 
minute. 

Weight,  1,500  pounds. 


Improved  No.  1 Band  Saw  with  36-incli  wheels,  iron  tilting  table,  parallel  slitting  gauge,  scarfing  frame,  one  pair  of 
soldering  tongs,  one  >4-inch  saw  blade  and  the  necessary  wrenches,  $I75.°°- 

No.  2 Band  Saw  with  32-iiich  wheels,  iron  tilting  table,  including  the  same  attachments  described  with  the  No.  1 
machine,  $140.00. 

No.  2 Band  Saw  with  32-inch  wheels,  stationary  wood  table  glued  up  in  strips,  including  the  attachments  described  for 
the  No.  1 machine,  $120.00. 

The  No.  2 Band  Saw  is  not  shown  in  catalogue. 


854 


IMPROVED  KEYSTONE  SCROLL  SAW. 


THIS  cut  represents  the  improved  Keystone  Scroll  Saw, 
which  is  intended  for  furniture,  sash,  door  and  blind 
factories,  piano,  carriage  and  pattern  shops,  etc.,  etc. 

The  frame  is  cast  in  one  piece,  making  a very  solid  base, 
which  allows  a high  rate  of  speed  without  jar  or  trembling. 

*■  The  strain  is  the  best  on  the  market,  arranged  to  produce 
an  unusually  even  tension,  admitting  of  high  speed,  and  can  be?1 
raised  or  lowered  for  any  thickness  up  to  12  inches. 

The  operator  can  change  the  rake  of  the  saw  while  in 
motion,  by  hand  wheel  under  the  table  which  cannot  be  done 
on  any  other  make  of  scroll  saw. 

There  is  no  friction  on  the  strain,  and  the  lightness  of  the 
pitman  and  cross  head  prevents  any  perceptible  jar  when 
running  at  the  highest  rate  of  speed. 

Changing  from  inside  to  outside  work  is  instantaneous. 
The  saw  is  passed  through  the  table  and  slides  into  the  cross- 
head, which  it  cannot  miss  catching. 

An  important  feature  is  the  adjustment  of  the  box  on  the 
lower  end  of  the  pitman,  which  can  be  adjusted  up  until  the 
box  is  worn  out.  A new  box  can  be  substituted  in  a few 
minutes,  saving  the  cost  of  a pitman. 

The  machine  has  a combined  brake  and  shifter,  operated 
by  hand  lever  convenient  to  the  operator.  It  has  great  force 
and  will  stop  the  machine  instantly. 

The  top  is  of  hard  wood  strips  glued  together. 

It  carries  its  own  countershaft  running  in  our  patent  three- 
part  journal  box,  which  causes  it  to  run  very  steadily.  In  fact, 
it  has  all  the  good  points  of  the  best  machines,  together  with 
our  improvements,  making  it  the  best  scroll  saw  on  the 
market. 

Every  machine  is  thoroughly  tested  on  actual  work  before 
leaving  our  factory,  and  warranted  to  give  satisfaction. 

The  stroke  is  5 inches.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  6 inches 
in ‘diameter  x 2 inch  face,  and  should  run  800  revolutions  per 
minute. 

Keystone  Improved  Scroll  Saw,  with  spiral  spring  top 
strain,  air  pump,  combined  brake  and  shifter,  stationary  hard 
wood  top,  three  saws  (one  each,  X inch,  Y%  inch  and  y2  inch), 
and  two  wrenches.  Price,  $110.00. 

The  same  machine,  with  stationary  iron  top  in  place  of 
wood  top.  Price,  $120.00, 


Fig.  1736. 


855 


NEW  PATTERN  TWO-SPINDLE  EDGE  MOULDER  AND  SHAPER. 


A STRONG,  durable  machine  of  excellent  design,  with  points  of  superiority  over  any  other  machine  of  its  kind  yet  produced. 
The  frame  is  heavy,  cored  out  and  cast  in  one  piece,  making  it  very  rigid.  It  extends  beyond  the  headstocks  that  carry  the 
spindles,  allowing  sufficient  space  for  the  belts  to  pass  through.  A closet  within  the  frame  provides  a convenient  place  for 
collars,  knives  and  wrenches. 

The  spindles  are  of  the  best  steel,  1%  inches  in  diameter,  26  inches  between  centers,  perfectly  balanced,  and  run  in  long  self- 
oiling  bearings,  with  V grooves  in  ends,  and  rest  on  adjustable  copper  steps,  encased  in  oil  to  prevent  heating,  and  are  raised  or 
lowered  with  hand  wheels  convenient  to  the  operator. 

Either  spindle  can  be  dropped  below  the  surface  of  the  table. 

The  spindles  can  be  made  to  receive  different  sized  stems  if  desired,  at  a slight  additional  cost. 

The  headstocks  are  dovetailed  in  the  frame,  and  when  set  in  position  are  held  perfectly  rigid  by  an  entirely  new  device,  making 
them  as  rigid  at  the  frame  itself,  thus  insuring  perfectly  smooth  work. 

the  table  is  of  iron,  very  heavy,  and  planed  perfectly  true.  It  can  be  made  of  wood  if  ordered.  Wood  tables  are  made  of 
alternate  cherry  and  maple  strips  glued  together,  with  long  bolts  passing  entirely  through  the  width  of  the  table, 
f he  table  is  38  x 50  inches  and  has  brass  rings  inserted  around  the  spindles. 

The  countershaft  is  provided  with  a belt  shifter  attached  to  a rod  that  passes  through  the  frame,  to  which  is  connected  a foot 
treadle  so  that  the  operator  can  shift  the  belt  without  leaving  his  work. 

This  new  feature  will  be  appreciated  by  practical  purchasers. 

We  furnish  with  each  machine  one  set  of  grooved  collars,  one  set  of  straight  knives,  spanner  and  necessary  wrenches. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  8x5  inches  and  should  run  950  revolutions  per  minute. 

New  Pattern  Two  Spindle  Edge  Moulder  and  Shaper  with  iron  top  and  countershaft,  one  set  of  grooved  steel  collars,  with  one 
set  (4)  plain  cutters,  one  spanner  and  necessary  wrenches,  including  foot  treadle  for  shifting  the  belt.  Price,  $200.00. 

The  same  machine  with  hard  wood  top.  Price,  $190,00. 


856 


PATENTED  OCTOBER  10,  1893.  JANUARY  23,  1894,  JUNE  12,  1894  AND  FEB’Y  12,  1895. 

NEW  COLUMN  I0=INCH  FOUR=SIDED  HOULDER. 


Ate  Adjustments  Made  From  the  Front  Side  of  the  Machine. 


THIS  MACHINE  has  all  the  strength,  durability,  improved  adjustment,  capacity  for  quantity  and  quality  of  work  of  the  larger 
machines.  We  call  attention  to  the  following  special  features  in  this  machine,  viz. : The  heavy  outside  bearing  for  the  top  arbor, 

which  extends  to  the  floor  and  acts  as  an  extra  support.  The  feed  works,  the  best  in  use,  are  started  and  stopped  with  a binder.  The 
feed  is  as  perfect  when  the  table  is  lowered  to  the  full  capacity  of  the  machine  as  when  at  its  highest  position.  All  feed  rolls  are  driven. 
The  top  rolls  raise  parallel  with  the  bed  and  bear  their  full  weight  evenly  on  all  parts  of  the  work,  whether  narrow  or  wide,  which  insures 
a strong,  positive  and  steady  feed  at  all  times.  The  upper  rolls  are  quickly  raised  by  a lever  to  admit  of  placing  a form  for  setting  up  the 
machine  for  different  kinds  of  work.  There  are  four  rates  of  feed,  viz.:  20,  31,  38  and  55  lineal  feet  per  minute.  The  side  heads  raise  and 

lower  with  the  table.  Both  the  inside  and  outside  spindles  are  adjustable  from  the  front  or  working  side  of  the  machine  while  in  operation 
Either  spindle  can  be  set  at  an  angle,  and  raised  or  lower,  or  moved  in  and  out  independently  of  the  other  without  changing  the  angle. 
Both  of  these  heads  have  adjustable  chip  breakers.  An  independent  adjustment  for  both  of  the  side  spindles,  by  which  the  bottom  of 
either  spindle  is  moved  in  either  direction  for  tipping  the  head  the  slightest  degree  to  conform  to  the  pattern.  The  top  head  has  a lateral 
adjustment.  Bottom  head  has  a lateral  and  vertical  adjustment,  and  is  provided  with  adjustable  chip  breakers  on  both  sides.  The  under 
head  has  three  bearings,  one  of  them  outside  of  the  pulley.  The  inside  head  is  perfectly  free  of  all  encumbrances,  and  as  easy  of 
access  as  any  other  head  on  the  machine.  Ample  space  has  been  allowed  about  all  the  heads  to  admit  of  using  bits  for  any  kind  of  work. 
Special  attention  has  been  given  this  feature,  as  it  is  necessary,  in  doing  certain  kinds  of  work,  to  have  abundant  space  for  long  bits  to 
revolve.  It  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  tightener  for  the  belt  that  drives  the  top  head,  by  which  the  slack  can  be  yistantly  taken  up. 
In  running  narrow  moulding  or  other  light  work  the  strain  can  be  taken  off  the  belt.  This  is  an  important  feature  no  other  moulder 
contains.  The  patent  compensating  spring  is  placed  under  the  weight  bar  to  relieve  the  chip  breaker  from  jar.  This  is  a new  and  very 
important  feature,  as  it  prevents  friction,  and  in  planing  roughly  sawed  or  uneven  lumber  holds  the  chip  breaker  firmly  upon  the  material 
and  causes  it  to  ride  smoothly  over  the  rough  projections,  thus  avoiding  wavy  and  imperfect  work;  and  the  pressure  of  the  chip  breaker  is 
always  the  same.  The  arbors  are  of  the  best  steel,  unusually  heavy,  with  extraordinarily  long  bearings.  All  belts  pull  on  the  bottom  of  the 
boxes.  The  table  is  so  securely  clamped  to  the  frame  by  three  heavy  bolts  that  it  is  as  solid  as  the  frame  itself;  and  a convenient  device 
is  provided  for  raising  and  lowering  the  table.  A double  spring  rest  is  provided  for  placing  the  pressure  close  to  the  cutting  circle  in  the 
rear  of  top  cutter  head.  It  will  dress  10  inches  wide  by  4 % inches  thick  on  four  sides,  and  the  table  will  lower  12  inches.  Each  machine 
is  furnished  with  five  heads,  slotted  on  four  sides,  two  plain  kuives  for  each  head,  one  double  spring  rest,  one  extra  double  flange  feed 
pulley,  four  collars,  two  extra  pressure  shoes,  two  extra  feed  spurs  and  the  necessary  wrenches  and  springs  as  shown  in  the  cut.  This 
machine  covers  all  the  advantages  contained  in  other  moulders  and  many  improvements  that  are  on  no  other  make  of  similar  machine. 


Complete  as  shown  and  described  to  work  4 sides, 
Complete  as  shown  and  described  to  work  3 sides, 
Complete  as  shown  and  described  to  work  2 sides, 
Complete  as  shown  and  described  to  work  1 side, 


$675  00 
625  00 
575  00 
525  00 


857 


IMPROVED  NEW  STYLE  No  2 POWER  MORTISER, 

. With  Boring  Attachment,  Clamp  Table  and  Rack  and  Pinion  Feed. 


■USES 


A~r\HIS  machine  is  principally  used  on  hard  wood,  and  the  heavier 
classes  of  building  material. 

It  has  no  superior  for  furniture,  wagon,  and  agricultural  imple- 
ment factories. 

The  frame  is  cast  in  one  solid  piece,  and  extends  over  the  crank 
shaft,  while  the  caps  are  placed  below,  thus  the  entire  strain,  or  jar, 
comes  upon  the  frame  instead  of  on  the  caps  of  the  boxes,  as  in  all 
other  mortisers  made.  This  is  a feature  worthy  of  attention. 

The  clamp  table  is  simple,  durable  and  effective.  The  piece  to  be 
bored  or  mortised  is  clamped,  and  moved  forward  by  the  hand  wheel 
which  moves  the  bed  and  bored,  and  then  run  under  the  chisel  and 
mortised,  without  releasing  it  from  its  position. 

The  table  can  be  tilted  to  any  angle  for  radial  mortising  and  will 
take  in  a piece  8 inches  wide. 

The  boring  attachment  is  bolted  to  the  side  of  the  frame  and  driven 
by  gearing.  It  is  provided  with  a belt  shifter  for  starting  or  stopping, 
and  can  be  used  or  not  at  will. 

It  is  provided  with  the  belt  friction  reverse,  which  reverses  the 
chisel  instantaneously,  whether  working  or  at  rest.  This  reverse  is 
acknowledged  to  be  the  best  in  use. 

We  furnish  with  each  machine  five  mortising  chisels  and  five  augers, 
one  each  of  the  following  sizes  : Y>  A>  % and  Y inch. 

The  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  12  inches  in  diameter  by  3 inch 
face  and  should  run  600  revolutions  per  minute. 

Price  List. 

Improved  New  Style  No.  2 Power  Mortiser  with  Boring  Attach- 
ment, Clamp  Table,  Rack  and  Pinion  Feed,  complete  with  five  chisels 
and  five  boring  bits,  one  each  of  the  following  sizes:  Y<  A,  A>  H 
and  Y inch-  Price,  $245.00. 

Improved  New  Style  No.  2 Power  Mortiser  with  Boring  Attachment 
and  Plain  Table,  complete  with  one  chisel  and  one  boring  bit  each  of 
the  following  sizes  : Y<  A*  H and  A inch.  Price,  $225.00. 

Improved  New  Style  No.  2 Power  Mortiser  with  Clamp  Table,  Rack 
and  Pinion  Feed,  without  Boring  Attachment,  complete  with  one 
chisel  each  of  the  following  sizes:  Y<  3/»<  A<  A and  H inch.  Price, 
$215.00. 


868 


IRON  FRAME  VERTICAL  BORING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  1740. 


/npHIS  machine  is  intended  for  use  in  planing  mills, 
furniture  factories,  carriage,  wagon  and  agri- 
cultural works,  and  for  straight  or  angular  boring  it 
has  no  equal. 

The  frame  is  iron,  cast  in  one  piece,  cored  out,  and 
very  strong.  It  is  provided  with  a large  base,  so  that 
when  bolted  to  the  floor  the  machine  will  not  sway  or 
vibrate. 

The  table  is  iron,  16  x 24  inches,  and  has  an  angle 
adjustment  of  450,  also  a vertical  adjustment  of  6 
inches. 

The  gauge  is  adjustable  to  any  position  on  the  table, 
and  can  be  used  in  front  or  back  of  the  spindle.  The 
spindle  is  steel  and  runs  in  self-oiling  boxes.  The  bit 
and  spindle  are  brought  down  to  the  work  by  the  foot 
treadle. 

The  idler  pulleys  run  at  the  proper  angle  to  keep 
the  belt  true  on  the  spindle  pulley.  It  will  bore  10 
inches  deep,  and  has  a space  of  10  inches  between  the 
centre  of  bit  and  inside  of  the  frame. 

We  furnish  with  each  machine  one  one  '/i,  and 
one  % inch  boring  bits. 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  8x3,  and  should  run 
700  revolutions  per  minute. 

Weight,  650  pounds. 

Price  List. 

Vertical  Boring  Machine,  iron  frame,  iron  table  i6x 
24  inches,  gauge  adjustable  to  any  position  on  the 
table,  to  bore  6 inches  deep,  complete  with  one  y, 
one  y2 , and  one  % inch  boring  bits.  Price,  $125. 00. 

Three  Spindle  Horizontal  Boring  Machine.  Price, 
#150.00. 

Two  Spindle  Horizontal  Boring  Machine.  Price, 
#120.00.  „ 


859 


u 


Fig.  1741. 


IMPROVED  ADJUSTABLE  PANEL  RAISER. 


THE  above  cut  represents  the  New  Improved  Adjustable  Panel  Raiser,  for  raising  any  style  of  moulding,  O.  G.,  square  or 
bevel.  It  will  raise  a panel  on  one  or  both  sides,  at  one  operation,  from  inch  up  to  4]4.  inches  without  change  of 
head  or  cutters.  Can  raise  a bevel  on  one  side  and  O.  G.  on  the  other,  if  desired,  at  one  operation. 

It  is  the  strongest  and  most  substantially  built  panel  raiser  on  the  market;  simply,  easily  and  quickly  adjusted,  and 
superior  in  every  particular  to  any  similar  machine  yet  produced. 

The  frame  is  cast  in  one  piece,  making  it  very  rigid. 

We  claim  for  it  the  following  advantages  over  any  similar  machine: 

1st.  The  right  hand  head  setting  in  front  of  the  left  hand  head  admits  of  easier  and  quicker  adjustment,  and  the  guide 
being  on  the  right  of  the  operator  makes  it  easier  to  operate. 

2d.  It  will  raise  a panel  on  one  or  both  sides  at  the  same  time,  and  make  any  desired  variation  on  either  side,  up  to  4 y2 
inches,  without  change  of  heads  or  cutters. 

3d.  The  heads  have  a lateral  adjustment,  and  as  they  raise  or  lower  on  an  incline  the  tension  of  the  belt  remains  the 


same. 

4 th. 

stuff. 


The  cutters  are  set  in  a position  to  give  a shear  cut,  thus  making  the  panel  perfectly  smooth  in  brash  or  cross-grain 


5th.  It  will  cut  smoother  across  the  ends  of  panels  than  any  other  panel  raiser  made. 

6th.  Each  head  is  provided  with  an  independent  adjustable  pressure  shoe,  which  holds  the  work  perfectly  rigid. 
We  guarantee  this  machine  to  give  entire  satisfaction. 


Price,  complete,  with  two  sets  of  cutters,  ------  $19000 


8G0 


Fig.  1742. 


PURCHASERS  in  need  of 
Tenoning  Machines  nat- 
urally wish  the  best.  The 
above  machine  has  all  the 
advantages  of  other  machines 
of  its  class,  together  with 
valuable  improvements  not 
found  in  any  other  Tenoning 
Machine  made. 

It  is  adapted  for  tenoning 
doors,  sash  and  blinds,  fram- 
ing furniture  and  other  like 
work.  It  will  cut  tenons  of 
any  required  thickness,  and 
from  >4  inch  to  inches 
long,  in  once  passing 
through,  or  by  passing 
through  twice,  to  9 inches 
long. 

It  is  heavy,  strong,  dura- 
ble and  well  made  in  all  its 
parts. 

Either  headstock  can  be 
moved  up  or  down  indepen- 
dently. The  top  headstock 
can  be  adjusted  horizontally, 
to  permit  the  shoulders  to  be 
cut  at  uneven  distances  from 
the  end.  By  a simple  but 
effective  arrangement  the 
upper  and  lower  heads  are 
instantly  connected,  and 
both  heads  can  be  raised 
and  lowered  without  chang- 
ing the  thickness  of  the 
tenon  in  the  least. 

A single  belt  drives  both 
cutter  heads  at  the  same 
speed.  This  belt  is  tight- 
ened by  a self  - adjusting 
idler  pulley,  operated  by  a 
weighted  lever,  with  ratchet 
and  pawl,  which  keeps  the 
belt  always  at  the  proper 
tension. 

The  copes  are  attached  to 
main  headstocks  and  move 
vertically  with  them.  Each 
has  also  an  independent  hor- 
izontal and  vertical  adjust- 
ment. They  are  driven  from 
the  vertical  countershaft  at- 
tached to  the  rear  of  the  ma- 
chine. The  cutter  heads  are  

either  single,  3^  inches  in 

length,  or  double,  6]4.  inches  long,  as  may  be  ordered,  and  are  provided  with  our  patent  corrugated  spurs. 

The  table  is  mounted  on  rollers,  which  relieves  the  friction,  making  it  capable  of  turning  out  a larger  amount  of  work  with  greater 
ease  than  any  machine  with  sliding  table.  It  has  a safety  hook  uuderneath  to  prevent  rising  and  getting  into  the  cutters,  a common  acci- 
dent in  other  machines.  The  hold-down  bar  is  convenient  to  the  operator,  and  can  be  adjusted  for  different  thicknesses  of  work.  The 
fence  is  adjustable  to  any  angle  desired.  There  is  a tool  box  on  top  of  machine.  We  guarantee  it  to  be  equal  if  not  superior  to  any  other 
tenoner  made,  and  to  give  entire  satisfaction.  Tight  and  loose  pulleys,  10  inches  diameter  and  4 inch  face,  and  should  run  900  revolu- 
tions per  minute.  Weight  i,5°°  pounds. 


NEW  PATENT  IHPROVED  PEDESTAL  No.  2 TENONING  HACHINE. 


Improved  No.  2 Tenoner  with  double  heads  and  two 

copes,  to  tenon  6 y2  inches  long  in  one  operation,  $240.00 
Same  machine  with  double  heads  and  one  cope,  - - 232.00 

Same  machine  with  double  heads,  without  copes,  - 215.00 

game  machine  with  single  heads  and  two  copes,  - 225.00 


Same  machine  wdth  single  heads  and  one  cope,  - $215.00 

Same  machine  with  single  heads,  without  copes,  - 200.00 

Rear  cut-off  saw  attachment  for  either  machine,  extra,  15.00 
Front  cut-off  saw  attachment  for  either  machine,  extra,  30.00 


861 


NICHOL’S  PATENT  IMPROVED  EXTRA  HEAVY  SAND-PAPERING  MACHINE,  WITH  SUCTION  FAN. 


HE  above  cut  illustrates  the  New  Pattern  Extra  Heavy  Sand  Papering  Machine,  with  Suction  Fan,  which  is  acknowl 


edged  to  be  the  best  machine  in  the  market  for  scouring,  finishing  and  polishing  sash,  doors,  blinds,  furniture,  piano 
cases  or  any  flat  surface.  One  great  advantage  of  this  machine  is  the  suction  fan  attachment.  The  dust  is  drawn 
through  hollow  arms  into  the  fan,  and  by  attaching  tin  pipes  is  deposited  in  any  required  place,  keeping  the  surface  of  the 
work  and  the  shop  free  from  dust,  thus  avoiding  slow  but  sure  death  to  the  operator  and  workman  in  the  room,  caused  by 
inhaling  fine  flinty  dust  into  the  lungs.  It  is  simple  in  construction,  not  liable  to  get  out  of  order,  and  has  recently  been 
improved.  It  has  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  8 inches  in  diameter  by  4 inch  face,  and  should  run  600  revolutions  per  minute. 

Those  in  want  of  a sand  papering  machine  should  examine  the  advantages  this  machine  has  over  the  small,  cheap 
machines  that  have  no  suction  fan  attachment.  The  difference  in  the  price  is  not  so  great,  when  the  cost  of  making  a table  to 
raise  and  fall,  and  the  difference  in  setting  up  the  machine,  is  taken  into  consideration. 


Price,  complete,  with  suction  fan 


$180  00 


862 


Fig.  1744. 


IMPROVED  WOOD  TURNING  LATHES. 


WE  submit  new  cuts  of  the  Improved  Wood  Lathes  for  the  inspection  of  the  most  critical  mechanic,  believing  that 
comparison  will  show  the  advantage  of  these  lathes.  The  quick  return  tail  stock  is  an  important  improvement,  as 
small  work  can  be  more  quickly  centered  and  removed  after  it  is  finished  than  by  the  old  style  screw  tail  stock.  This 
improvement  will  be  appreciated  in  furniture,  sash  and  door  factories,  etc.,  as  it  often  takes  more  time  to  adjust  and  remove 
the  small  pieces  than  to  turn  them. 

Each  lathe  is  furnished  with  one  post,  three  rests  (short,  medium  and  long),  one  face  plate,  one  spur  and  one  hollow 
center,  two  eccentric  plates  and  levers,  and  three  rods  for  holding  head  and  tail  stocks  and  post  in  position. 

We  build  these  lathes  either  with  the  common  screw  tail  stock  or  quick  return,  as  ordered. 

The  cones  are  made  of  cherry,  and  are  accurately  balanced. 

The  cut  of  the  20  inch  lathe  shows  the  rear  end  face  plate,  which  is  furnished  at  extra  price. 

Twelve  inch  swing  lathe  without  shears,  complete  with  head  and  tail  stocks  (either  screw  or  quick  return  tail  stock), 
two  posts,  one  3 feet  double  rest,  oue  medium  single  and  one  short  single  rests,  one  face  plate,  one  spur  and  one  hollow 
centers,  two  eccentric  plates  and  levers,  and  four  rods  for  holding  head  and  tail  stocks  and  posts  in  position.  Price,  $ 60.00 . 
Sixteen  inch  swing  lathe  without  shears,  complete  as  above.  Price,  $70.00. 

Twenty  inch  swing  lathe  without  shears,  complete  as  above.  Price,  $80.00. 

Rear  end  face  plate  for  either  lathe,  extra.  Price,  $ 15.00 . 

Floor  stand  for  either  lathe,  extra.  Price,  $10.00. 


863 


SIZES,  HORSE-POWER,  &c.,  OF  NEW  PATENT  IMPROVED  PUTNAM  AUTOMATIC  CUT=OFF  STEAH  ENGINES. 


Cylinder, 

Horse 

Power. 

Fly  Wheels  for  Belts. 

Space 

Required. 

80  tbs.  Initial  Pressure 

Center 

of  Crank  Shaft  to 

Knd  of 

Diameter, 

Stroke, 

Cut-off  i 

n Stroke. 

Revolutions 

Diameter, 

Face, 

Weight. 

Total  Weight, 

Cylinder,  with  average  width  shaft. 

Price. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

2/l0 

3/10 

per  Minute. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

L,ength. 

Width. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

9 

21 

20 

25 

85 

7 

13 

1500 

5865 

9 

I 

6 

O 

$ 

lo 

24 

30 

35 

80 

8 

13 

2100 

0 

CO 

M 

'IO 

I 

6 

9 

II 

30 

35 

45 

70 

8 

l6 

3200 

IOIC2 

12 

7 

7 

2 

12 

33 

45 

55 

65 

IO 

19 

4200 

12370 

14 

4 

7 

2 

12 

34 

50 

60 

65 

IO 

*9 

4400 

I277O 

14 

5 

7 

2 

14 

36 

60 

80 

60 

IO 

21 

5000 

14730 

15 

6 

8 

3’ 

15 

36 

70 

90 

60 

IO 

23 

6600 

18090 

15 

7 

8 

3 

16 

36 

80 

105 

60 

IO 

25 

8200 

21334 

15 

6 

9 

2 

16 

42 

90 

115 

60 

12 

25 

7800 

23600 

17 

O 

9 

2 

18 

42 

105 

135 

55 

14 

25 

8300 

22750 

17 

5 

9 

6 

20 

42 

130 

170 

55 

15 

25 

14800 

36000 

17 

8 

IO 

2 

20 

48 

150 

200 

55 

l6 

31 

16000 

39000 

19 

5 

IO 

2 

22 

42 

160 

210 

55 

l6 

33 

18000 

38970 

17 

9 

IO 

5 

22 

48 

180 

235 

55 

16 

36 

20000 

48000 

20 

5 

12 

3 

24 

48 

215 

260 

55 

l6 

40 

21000 

58000 

26 

48 

250 

330 

55 

18 

44 

30255 

62000 

20 

6 

13 

9 

28 

48 

295 

385 

55 

18 

48 

3° 

54 

345 

450 

50 

18 

51 

' 32 

54 

390 

510 

5°  . 

18 

54 

34 

54 

445 

570 

50 

20 

58 

32000 

81000 

23 

7 

17 

8 

36 

54 

500 

650 

50 

20 

62 

38000 

96000 

23 

7 

17 

S 

For  total  length  over  all  add  to  figures  given  above  one-half  the  diameter  of  fly-wheel  used. 

Fly-wheels  are  turned  on  the  face  and  edges,  and  as  given  in  above  table  are  such  as  we  recommend  for  ordinary  use ; but 
they  can  be  varied  in  size,  weight,  etc.,  to  meet  special  requirements. 


864 


Important  Features  and  Superior  Qualities  of  the  New  Putnam  Engine  : 

Admitting  steam  to  the  cylinder  at  boiler  pressure. 

Combining  regulator  with  cut-off,  by  which  the  whole  expansive  force  of  the  steam  is  made  available,  and  uniform  speed 
maintained. 

Reducing  the  friction  and  power  required  to  operate  the  engine  to  a very  small  amount. 

Simplicity  of  construction  and  accessibility  to  all  parts  of  the  engine. 

Greatest  power,  durability,  economy  of  fuel,  and  smallest  running  expenses. 

The  most  attractive  and  cleanly  engine,  easily  cared  for.  Requires  only  ordinary  skill,  and  least  attention  in  running. 

Small  clearance  and  quick  exhaust. 

High  class  of  finish.  Heavy  and  substantial.  Superior  quality  of  material  and  perfection  of  workmanship.  Large  bearings, 
quick  regulation  and  uniform  speed. 

Freedom  from  repairs  and  consequent  loss  of  time. 

Changing  of  engine  from  right  to  left  hand,  or  vice  versa. 

Dynamos  : The  Putnam  Engine  is  giving  the  highest  satisfaction  running  dynamos. 

The  Putnam  Engine  makes  its  own  railing  and  safety  guard,  saving  the  expense  of  same  after  engine  is  set  up,  and  also  catches 
its  own  drip  from  the  connecting  rod,  piston,  etc.,  thereby  saving  the  expense  of  pans  and  the  annoyance  of  oil  about  the  engine 
room.  The  gears  are  also  protected  from  danger  by  shield.  The  general  construction  of  the  engine  is  one  of  greatest  safety, 
economy  and  power. 


865 


g g 

w’  p' 

B B 

n 


o o 

**>  »-h 
53  n 

S M 

p cr 

P 

^ e 
•a  55- 
*3’  >tf 
™ -5' 
B*  -n> 
S*  5* 

rr>  2. 
t/>  t? 


0 ^ t-1  0 

S’  & 8 S' 
B p<3  B 

ft  ^ J Hi 

2,  S re  ° 

- q 
rSo 

B o-  LL  k 

^ q,  m *d 
■ I*?*  - P*  E* 
*x3  _••  - D 
a a M.  - 
n P p* 
S'  S*  O B 
5 re  a*  q. 

2,01  ft  ? 

“ ~ c/>  rc 

o>  - cn 


aq  cr^ 

5 P* 


“*  “ - c 
B 
o* 


P O H» 

3 o B 

n>  2.  n 


2 ^ 
^ P 


a.  o a 2 


rp  - 

</>  ^ ? 
i ffW  C 

S' B- 


£»  3 ; 

B B*  ft  „ 

g o £?  o 

|?oj| 

o p»  h,  rti 


P>  P* 
m.  g*  y> 
g ST  m. 

o . g 

p* 


O <3  ^ 

p p*  Cfl 

m.  a c 


t n 


eo 


rt> 


< o 2 P 

2.  S-  - S. 

E 5 o >7 
5".  §•  t 
5 « 5. 

-“  re 

. 0. 


M M i£. 

w “ is  & ^ 
^ ' 


CO  03  Cn  Os  © 


^ M *0  ^ £ M 

X M ~ as  ^ ^ ^ ^ Pr  •£  oocn  oo- 

CON  ■-  CON  "J  oo  OJ  ° 


s;  ^ 


^'“■S\'J^>5S0'“§£  fp  g>  5 M m 
o £ 10 


^I^Sxb.'S^I  g>  g „ - 

O 4*- 


*£."**« 


JKc 


Xs>ES 


O K>  00  O C/I 


<■"  ^ ^ CO  ^ ^ ffc  -Jj  m 

s is  ° “ 
is 


K.-S.  « OOW  y w M 

^ COy.^  ^ « g <£ 


o 

„ vji  m p C^  4n  kK  ^ M 


& o on  O & 00 
4-  O 

nN 


, NT  W 

“S5R'o^'X||;^5St« 
s:  5 


\M  "fp  M 4 4k  *Q\  _ 

kXXo^x^S!E^-sis; 

4*-  ■ • 

5£ 


+St  'P  K>  O m Os  *2?S  0> 


\U  *vj  o as  u>  o ■— 

Os  K> 


rt\  h CO  C\  W\  os 
00  ^ ^ ^ £ _Pr  C?  MM 


■ • O CO  4*- 
Os  00 


-^aS-aff^flgaagS 

Os  CO  ° 


n ft*  U Q h 00  B'  w H 

°'S;»j'io  ^ w » x !>  .!?  ,3>  « 


CA  OO 


'-l  Cyi  CO  O'  yi  ■k 


t/i 

”0 

rn 

o 

t5 

n 

> 

H 

O 

2 

C/> 


d*  >d 

B 8. 


ts*  5 
re  2 

n ft 

1-a 

E?  03 


St  o 
Pt  ft 

P ft5 


P 
P 

P- 
P 
<1 
n> 

p 

B 

"O 

p 

B w 
Pj  n> 
B*  S° 
o 

§•  ^ 

- g- 


w ta  2 

U p S 

S1  r S*. 

w a»  p 

S <B.  B 

^ s 


cr*  ►;*  o 

S^s  8 
£s  ? 


B g- 

P^  CO 

p p 
p»  ^ 
P-*  n> 

*-*•  to 
O - 
P crq 
P o 
^ < 
O (T> 
tj*  >-t 
p P 


M d P 
(T)  CS 

tf  * 

t3'CS.  tt 

sl| 

p. 

V)  '* 

P 


P* 

P 0. 
^ p 
P M 

^crq  ^ 

P*  p 


OQ 


; 4 
2 8 
5*  3. 

a*  p 
» 0,5 
W c 


2.  3 
Po»9 
® g. 

p 3- 

ct  B 
Pj  ot 

& 8 

<T  n) 


866 


Fig.  1746. 


Fig.  1747. 


STATIONARY  (SIDE  CRANK)  ENGINES. 

12  to  125  Horse  Power.  Smaller  Engines  than  20  Horse  Power  Have  Cylinders  Overhanging  Bed 


THE  cut  above  illustrates  the  Stationary  (Side  Crank)  Engines.  These  Engines  have  steel  piston,  valve  rods  and  wrist  pins  The  beds 
are  well  proportioned  and  sufficiently  heavy  for  duty  required.  The  shalts  are  forged  steel.  The  slides  and  cross-heads  are  extain 
length  and  width,  furnishing  large  wearing  surfaces.  The  cylinders  are  set  low  on  the  beds  and  have  hot  air  jackets  thereb  de 
creasing  condensation,  special  attention  having  been  paid  to  the  arrangement  of  the  steam  chest,  ports  and  exhaust  so  that  the  most 
feet  drainage  is  secured.  The  heater  is  independent  of  the  bed,  and  all  pipes  easily  accessible.  ’ S ^6r" 

The  engine  complete  includes  band  wheel,  governor  with  belt,  throttle  valve,  sight  feed  lubricator,  and  all  necessary  oil  cups  c lin 
der  and  air  cocks.  . ' 

When  ordering  please  state  whether  right  or  left-hand  engine  is  preferred.  The  cut  illustrates  a right-hand  engine 
Each  engine  is  carefully  tested  under  steam  before  shipment. 

Any  parts  can  be  duplicated,  special  tools  and  templates  being  used  in  the  construction  of  these  engines. 

Engines  Nos.  3 to  n can  have  pump  and  heater  attached  at  small  additional  charge. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number  of  size, 

Horse  power, 

Usual  number  of  revolutions,  - 
Diam . cylinder  and  length  of  stroke,  in . , 


Diameter  of  band  wheel,  inches, 

Face  of  band  wheel,  - inches, 

Diameter  of  shaft,  - - inches, 

Length  of  shaft,  - - - feet. 

Length  of  journals,  - - inches, 

Diameter  of  crank  pin,  - inches, 

Diameter  of  steam  pipe,  inches, 

Diameter  of  exhaust  pipe,  inches, 

Diameter  of  water  pipe,  - inches, 


3 

4 

5 

6 

12 

15 

20 

25 

l6o 

160 

170 

170 

7XIO 

Sxio 

8x12 

9x12 

48 

48 

54 

60 

12  )7 

12)4 

12)4 

14  )7 

2)7 

2)7 

3 

33/$ 

4 

4 

4)4 

4)7 

6)7 

6)7 

7 

8 

2)7 

2 )7 

*X 

3)4 

2 

2 

2)7 

2 

2/4 

2)7 

3 

57 

X 

57 

I 

7 

8 

9 

10 

30 

35 

40 

50 

170 

150 

150 

150 

10x12 

10x15 

11x15 

12x16 

60 

72 

72 

84 

14)7 

14)7 

14)7 

16)4 

354 

4)4 

4)7 

4)7 

5 

5)7 

5)7 

6 

8 

9 

9 

11 

357 

3)7 

3)7 

457 

2lA 

2)7 

3 

3)7 

3 A 

3)7 

4 

4)7 

I 

I 

I 

1)7 

1 1 

12 

13 

i4 

60 

So 

100 

125 

150 

150 

150 

165 

13x16 

14x18 

15x18 

i6xiS 

84 

84 

84 

96 

I6J7 

16)7 

i6)7 

i8>4 

4)7 

6)7 

6)7 

6)4 

6 

6 

6 

6 

11 

12 

12 

12 

457 

6 

6 

6 

3)7 

4 

4)7 

4)7 

4)7 

1)7 

5 

6 

6 

Sizes  of  Fly  Wheel  and  Pulley. 


(Substituted  in  place  of  balance  wheel  when  so  ordered.) 


Diameter  of  fly  wheel, 
Diameter  of  pulley, 
Face  of  pulley, 


inches 

60 

62 

72 

72 

inches 

36 

36 

40 

40 

inches 

io)4 

12)7 

12)4 

12)7 

84 

44 

12K 


84 

44 


84 
44 
16  )7 


96 

48 

16K 


96 

48 

i6)7 


96 

48 

18K 


867 


Fig.  1748. 


b 


PORTABLE  ENGINES. 


6 to  50  H.  P.  Engines  Smaeeer  than  20  H.  P.  have  Cylinder  Overhanging  Bed. 

THE  cut  shows  Portable  Engine,  6 tc  50  horse  power,  inclusive.  We  have  described  the  engine  used  and  boiler  on  separate  pages. 
This  style  of  engine  and  boiler  combined  is  particularly  adapted  for  portable  work,  where  no  expensive  or  permanent  foundation  is 
required,  the  outfit  being  complete  and  ready  for  use  when  leaving  our  works.  The  engine  may  at  any  time  be  detached  from  boiler 
by  simply  taking  out  the  bolts  holding  it  to  the  iron  saddles  on  the  boiler,  leaving  no  holes  to  plug  and  disconnecting  the  steam  pipe.  The 
sizes  of  pulleys,  as  given  in  specifications,  will  be  found  suitable  for  nearly  all  kinds  of  work,  but  can  be  changed,  if  necessary,  adding 
or  deducting  in  price  as  the  case  maybe.  Nos.  9 and  10  have  extra  feet  and  additional  leg  for  sufficient  support.  A cold  water  suction 
pump  driven  by  belt  or  hand  will  be  furnished,  if  desired,  but  charged  extra.  Each  Portable  Engine  is  thoroughly  tested  under  steam 
(after  cold  water  test)  before  shipment. 

These  engines  complete,  have  the  necessary  oil  cups,  sight  feed  lubricator,  steam  gauge,  water  gauge,  whistle,  gauge  cocks,  throttle, 
blow-off,  check,  stop  and  safety  valve,  stack  and  guy  rods,  governor  with  belt,  pulleys,  pump  and  heater. 


Number  of  size, 

0 

1 

2 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

3 4 5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Horse  power, 

Diameter  of  cylinder,  inches, 

6 

8 

10 

12  15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

50 

5 

5 

6 

7 8 

8 

9 

10 

10 

11 

12 

Length  of  stroke,  inches, 

8 

8 

9 

10  10 

12 

12 

12 

15 

15 

16 

Usual  number  of  revolutions, 

185 

240 

190 

160  160 

170 

170 

170 

150 

150 

150 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  inches, 

14*32 

14*32 

1 6*36 

20&44  20*44 

30&4S 

32*54 

32*54 

36*60 

36*60 

36*72 

Face  of  pulleys,  inches, 

8'/2&8'/2 

8/2&8y2 

8y&s}4 

lo'/i&ioyi  io^&ioj^ 

8'/4&i2'/4 

iot^&i2  y2 

IO>^&I2^ 

io^*i4^ 

10^*14^ 

I2^*14K 

Diameter  of  boiler,  inches, 

26 

28 

30 

32  32 

34 

36 

36 

40 

40 

40 

Length  of  furnace,  inches, 

34 

36 

38 

38  44 

52 

52  . 

52 

52 

60 

60 

Height  of  furnace,  inches, 

30 

32 

34 

38  38 

38 

40 

40 

44 

44 

44 

Width  of  furnace,  inches, 

21 

22 

24 

26  26 

28 

30 

30 

34 

34 

34 

Number  of  3-inch  tubes, 

17 

20 

22 

26  26 

30 

34 

34 

40 

42 

42 

Length  of  tubes,  inches, 

54 

66 

72 

72  78 

90 

96 

T02 

102 

120 

144 

Diameter  of  stack,  inches, 

12 

14 

M 

15  15 

l6 

18 

18 

20 

26 

20 

Length  of  stack,  feet, 

18 

20 

20 

20  20 

24 

24 

3° 

35 

35 

40 

868 


M 


PORTABLE  ENGINES  ON  WHEELS. 

6,  8,  io,  12,  15,  20,  25,  30  and  35  Horse  Power. 


ON  this  page  is  illlustrated  the  Portable  Engine  on  Wheels.  The  boilers  used  are  the  regular  portable  boilers.  On  small  sizes  6 8 10 
12  and  15  horse  power,  the  engines  have  cylinders  overhanging  bed,  as  shown  in  cut.  On  all  sizes  above  15  horse  power  the  regular 
engines  are  used.  The  stack,  with  spark  arrester,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  and  hinged  to  lie  down,  must  necessarily  be  shorter  but  if 
the  usual  stack  is  desired,  we  will  substitute  that  for  the  one  shown  in  cut,  without  change  in  price.  When  ordering,  please  state  which 
stack  is  preferred.  Each  portable  is  thoroughly  tested  under  steam  (after  cold  water  test)  before  shipment. 

These  engines,  complete,  have  the  necessary  oil  cups,  sight-feed  lubricator,  steam  gauge,  water  gauge,  whistle,  gauge  cocks 
throttle,  blow-off,  check,  stop  and  safety  valve,  governor,  with  belt,  pulleys,  pump  and  heater,  pole,  neck  yoke,  evener,  whiffletrees  and 
brake. 

A hand  pump,  with  hose  for  filling  boiler,  will  be  furnished,  if  desired,  but  charged  extra. 


Number  of  size, 

- 

0 

1 

Horse  power, 

- 

6 

8 

Diameter  of  cylinder. 

inches, 

5 

5 

Length  of  stroke, 

inches, 

8 

8 

Usual  number  of  revolutions, 

185 

240 

Diameter  of  pulleys, 

■ inches, 

14&32 

14&32 

Face  of  pulleys, 

inches, 

8'A&8'A 

Diameter  of  boiler,  - 

inches, 

26 

28 

Length  of  furnace,  - 

inches, 

34 

36 

Height  of  furnace,  - 

inches, 

30 

32 

Width  of  furnace, 

inches, 

21 

22 

Number  of  3-inch  tubes, 

17 

20 

Length  of  tubes, 

inches, 

54 

66 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

10 

12 

15 

20 

6 

7 

8 

8 

9 

10 

10 

12 

190 

160 

160 

170 

16&36 

20&44 

20&44 

30&48 

%'A&9'A 

IOj^&IOj^ 

io'A&io'A 

8<4&12  A 

30 

32 

32 

34' 

38 

38 

44 

52 

34 

38 

38 

38 

24 

26 

26 

28 

22 

26 

26 

30 

72 

72 

78 

90 

6 

25 

9 

12 

170 

32&54 

10'A&12'A 

36 

52 

40 

30 

34 

96 


7 

30 

10 

12 

170 

32&54 

ioy£&i2j^ 

36 

52 

40 

30 

34 

102 


8 

35 

10 

15 

150 

36&60 

10A&14A 

40 

52 

44 

34 

40 

102 


869 


/'Prentiss  tqql  supply  <& 


Fig.  1750. 


COMBINED  ENGINES  AND  VERTICAL  BOILERS. 


ON  this  page  is  illustrated  the  Vertical  Boiler  and  detached  engine  connected  together,  which  we  term  the  Combined 
Engine.  Our  attention  having  been  called  to  numerous  localities  for  an  engine  and  boiler  of  small  power,  where  space 
is  also  limited,  we  introduce  this  particular  style,  sufficient  for  such  demands,  claiming  it  more  preferable  to  the  many 
outfits  offered  with  vertical  engines  used.  The  outfit  complete  is  furnished  as  shown  in  the  cut,  with  all  trimmings  and  pipe 
connections  made.  The  bases  on  which  both  engine  and  boiler  rest  can  be  disconnected,  if  desired. 

The  engine  or  boiler  will  be  furnished  separately,  if  desired. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number  of  size, 

0 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Horse  power,  - 

6 

8 

IO 

12 

15 

20 

25 

Diameter  of  cylinder, 

inches,  5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

8 

9 

Length  of  stroke, 

inches,  8 

8 

9 

IO 

10 

12 

12 

Usual  number  of  revolutions,  - 

185 

240 

190 

160 

160 

170 

170 

Diameter  of  pulleys,  - 

inches,  14  & 32 

14  & 32 

16  & 36 

20  & 44 

20  & 44  30 

& 48 

32  & 54 

Face  of  pulleys, 

inches,  &'/2  & 8 y2 

8 1/2  & 8 

syi  & 9X  10; 

10Y&10Y 

12  x 

10X  & 12X 

Diameter  of  boiler, 

inches,  30 

30 

30 

36 

36 

36 

42 

Diameter  of  furnace, 

inches,  25 

25 

25 

31 

31 

31 

3i 

Height  of  furnace, 

inches,  27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

Length  of  tubes  (2  inches  diam.), 

inches,  30 

39 

45 

45 

57 

73 

73 

Number  of  tubes, 

• 49 

5i 

53 

68 

68 

68 

109 

Size  feed  pipe, 

inches,  % 

X 

X 

Ya 

Ya 

I 

1 

Size  blow-off  pipe, 

inches,  1 

1 

1 

1 

iX 

iX 

iX 

Size  of  safety  valve, 

inches,  1 

• 1 X 

1 X 

2 

2 

2X 

These  vertical  boilers  will 

be  furnished  with  tubes  submerged,  same  dimensions, 

excepting  height 

over 

all,  will  be 

increased  14  to  20  inches  on  boilers  30  and  36  inches  in  diameter. 


870 


SKINNER  BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE  ENGINES. 

Strictly  High  Grade  Throttling  Engines. 

T N proportions,  workmanship  and  design  it  is  the  equal  of  any  automatic  engine,  and  will  give  as  much  power  (which  is 
greatly  in  excess  of  the  capacity  of  ordinary  slide  valve  engines). 

We  guarantee  the  power  that  these  engines  will  develop  (see  table),  and  to  be  of  such  strength  and  proportions  that  they 
may  be  brought  to  a standstill  by  overload  with  a boiler  pressure  of  125  pounds  without  distress  or  heating  of  any  part.  This 
is  obtained  by  massive  proportions  and  superior  steam  distribution. 

The  bed  of  this  engine  is  a massive  casting,  with  base  rectangular  in  form,  having  firm  bearing  on  every  part  of  a simply 
built  foundation.  Side  walls  extend  above  centre  line  of  engine  from  shaft  to  cylinder,  with  web  connecting  the  two  walls 
Catches  all  drip  from  different  parts  of  the  engine,  conveying  it  to  one  point  of  exit.  In  side-crank  form  it  is  superior  to  any 
construction  known. 

The  valve  is  one  of  the  important  features  of  this  engine.  It  is  of  the  plain  slide  pattern,  accurately  fitted  to  the  seat  by 
scraping,  80  per  cent,  of  the  area  relieved  from  pressure.  This  valve  is  free  to  lift  from  seat,  follows  up  natural  wear,  requires 
no  adjustment,  insuring  easy  movement,  saves  wear  of  the  seat,  valve,  slides  and  eccentric,  and  adds  to  efficiency  of  the  engine. 
Guaranteed  to  be  and  to  remain  steam  tight  under  all  operating  conditions 

Shaft  and  pin  made  of  hammered  steel  of  large  diameters  and  ground  to  gauge. 

Large  governor  ; steam  and  exhaust  openings  for  heavy  duty.  Governor  has  stop  motion  attachment. 

Heavy  wheel  weight. — No  part  subject  to  wear  cast  with  bed  or  cylinder  but  attached  thereto  by  machine  surfaces  held 
in  place  by  stud  bolts  and  case  hardened  nuts  instead  of  tap  bolts,  such  as  main  bearings,  guides,  stuffing  boxes  and  valve 
slides,  which  are  adjustable  by  simple  means,  removable  and  duplicated  from  stock  Sight-feed  flushing  oil  cups  used  through- 
out. 

An  alignment  device  never  before  used.  No  part  necessary  to  completeness  charged  as  extras. 

The  main  shaft  and  crank  pin  are  made  of  the  best  open  hearth  steel,  of  the  best  known  proportions,  and  by  sizes  given 
in  table,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  crank  pins  are  larger  than  ever  before  used  on  engines  of  same  size.  They  are  all  carefully 
ground  to  size  after  turning. 

The  guides  are  adjustable  and  removable  and  have  large  wearing  surfaces,  and  are  the  regular  locomotive  pattern. 

The  cross  head,  which  is  very  large,  contains  most  of  the  reciprocating  weight  that  has  been  found  necessary  to  smooth 
running.  Formerly  the  cross-head  pins  have  been  the  source  of  much  trouble,  but  these  will  be  found  exceptionally  large. 

The  reciprocating  parts  are  accurately  counterbalanced  by  a suitable  weight  in  the  crank  disc. 

Every  engine  tested  before  shipping,  and  will  be  found  to  be  and  to  do  just  as  represented  in  this  catalogue. 

The  whole  make  up  of  this  engine  is  equal  to  the  best  automatic  engine  in  the  market,  and  is  complete  with  standard 
stop  motion  governor  of  any  desired  make  ; governor  belt ; sight  feed  glass  oilers  for  every  bearing  ; sight  feed  cylinder  lubri 
qator  ; throttle  valve  and  anchor  bolts. 


871 


SKINNER  BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE  ENGINES. 


Fig.  1751. 


Strictly  High  Grade  Throttling  Engines. 

.For  all  Manufacturing  Purposes. 


CENTER  CRANK  ENGINES.— 25  to  150  H.  P. 


Fig.  1 752- 


8IDE  CRANK  ENGINES.— Full  Side  View.— 25  to  260  H.  P, 


872 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY  S 


SKINNER  BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE  ENGINES. 

Side  Crank.  25  to  250  H.-P. 


Eugine 

No. 

Size  of 
Cylinder. 

Revolutions 
per  Minute. 

Horse  Power. 

Band  Fly  Wheel. 
Diam.  | Face.  | Weight. 

Size  of  vShaft. 
Fength.  | Diam. 

Size  of  Pipes. 
Steam  | Exhaust. 

Size  of  Bearings 
and  Shaft. 

Diam.  | Length. 

Size  of 
Crank  Pin. 

Diam.  ) Length. 

Weight. 

9'A 

IO  X 12 

150  to  250 

24  to  48 

54 

12 

800 

60 

4 

2 % 

3 

4 

8 

4 

2>'A 

4-000 

10 

10  X 15 

150  to  225 

O 

0 

Os 

O 

60 

12 

1000 

72 

5 

2 % 

3 

5 

9 

4 

3 A 

4600 

11 

II  x 15 

150  to  225 

36  to  72 

60 

14 

1200 

72 

5 

2 Vz 

3 

5 

9 

4 

y/z 

4800 

11 X 

12  X 15 

130  to  200 

40  to  75 

72 

14 

1400 

72 

5 

3 

3 

5 

9 

4 

yA 

5400 

12 

12  X 18 

130  to  200 

45  to  90 

72 

16 

1800 

s4 

5 

3 

3 A 

5 

11 

5 

4'A 

8400 

13 

14  x 18 

130  to  200 

60  to  125 

84 

16 

2300 

84 

6 

3'A 

4 

6 

1 1 

5 

4'A 

8800 

14 

15  X 18 

130  tO  200 

72  to  145 

96 

18 

2800 

90 

6/4 

5 

6 

6>4 

13 

5 

4'A 

9500 

15 

16  X 18 

1 30  tO  200 

82  to  165 

96 

is 

3200 

90 

6K 

5 

6 

13 

5 

4 A 

10500 

16 

18  x 24 

120  to  I50 

IOO  to  200 

96 

24 

4000 

108 

8 

5 

7 

8 

141 

6 

4 A 

18000 

17 

20  X 24 

120  tO  150 

225  to  250 

108 

24 

5000 

10S 

8 

6 

8 

8 

15! 

6 

4 A 

20000 

Size  of  large 

wheels,  on  centre  or  side  crank,  changed  to  suit  requirements  with 

same 

weight  retained. 

Extra  charge  for  extra  weight. 

THROTTLING  ENGINES. 

Center  Crank. 


Size  of  Bearings 


Size  of 


Engine 

No. 

Size  of 
Cylinder. 

Revolutions 
per  Minute. 

Horse  Power 

Size  of 
Fly  Wheel. 

Bore  of 

Size  of  FTy  Wheel 

Pulley.  and  Pulley. 

Size  of  Pipe  and  Shaft. 

Steam.  | Exhaust.  Diam.  | Length. 

Crank  Pin. 
Diam.  | Length. 

Weight. 

9J4 

IO  X 12 

150  to  300 

24  to  48 

54  x 12 

30  X 12 

4 

2>2 

3 

4 

8A 

4 

3A 

4000 

10 

10  X 15 

1 50  to  225 

30  to  60 

60  x 12 

30  X 12 

3 A 

2 A 

3 

5 

9 

4 

3A 

4100 

11 

II  X 15 

150  to  225 

36  to  72 

60  X 12 

30  X 12 

3 A 

2 A 

3 

5 

9 

4 

3A 

4500 

1 1 A 

12  X 15 

130  to  200 

40  to  75 

60  X 12 

30  X 12 

5 

3 

3 A 

5 

9 

4 

3 A 

5000 

12 

12  X l8 

130  to  200 

45  to  9° 

72  X 14 

36  x 14 

5 

3 

3 A 

5 

1 1 

5 

4 A 

7500 

13 

14  x 18 

I30  to  200 

60  to  125 

72  x 14 

36  x 14 

5 

3 A 

4 

6 

1 1 

5 

4 A 

8100 

14 

15  x 18 

130  tO  200 

72  to  145 

78  X 16 

42  X 16 

6 

5 

6 

6 A 

13 

6 

4 A 

8500 

15 

16  X 18 

130  tO  200 

82  to  165 

78  X 16 

42  X 16 

6 

5 

6 

6 A 

13 

6 

4 A 

9000 

Power  that  these  Engines 

WILL 

Develop  at  a 

Given 

Speed  and 

Boiler  Pressure. 

. 

1 30 

1 50 

1 75 

200 

225- 

' 

Boiler  pressure,  - 

- 70 

80 

90 

70 

80 

90 

70 

80 

90 

70 

80 

90 

70  80 

90 

9 A 

IO  X 12 

24 

27 

31 

29 

33 

37 

33 

38 

43 

37  42 

47 

10 

IO  x 15 

31 

36 

•40 

36 

41 

46 

4i 

47 

53 

47  53 

59 

1 1 

II  x 15 

37 

43 

48 

44 

50 

56 

50 

57 

64 

56  64 

72 

UA 

12  X 15 

39 

44 

49 

44 

51 

58 

52 

60 

68 

60 

68 

76 

12 

12  X 18 

46 

53 

60 

54 

61 

69 

63 

72 

81 

72 

82 

92 

13 

14  x 18 

6l 

72 

83 

74 

84 

94 

85 

98 

III 

98 

1 1 2 

126 

14 

15  x 18 

73 

83 

94 

84 

96 

108 

98 

1 1 2 

126 

1 1 2 

128 

144 

15 

16  X 18 

83 

95 

107 

96 

109 

123 

1 1 2 

128 

144 

127 

146 

165 

16 

18  x 24 

120 

140 

160 

138 

1 6 1 

185  l 

These  Engines  are  of 

massive  proportions  and  capable  of  safely 

17 

20  X 24 

148 

172 

197 

171 

200 

228  i 

transmitting  much  greater  power  than  here  given. 

873 


THE  table  below  gives  sizes  anil  principal  dimensions  of  engine  illustrated  above.  This  is  the  well-known  engine,  which  has  given 
such  universal  satisfaction  in  the  past,  and  which  is  made  in  the  same  thorough  manner  as  heretofore.  These  engines  are  sent  out 
complete  in  every  part,  with  disc  counterbalanced  crank,  automatic  stop  governor,  governor  belt,  sight  feed  cylinder  lubricator,  sight 
feed  oil  cups  on  all  bearings,  foundation  bolts,  wrenches,  exhaust  pipe,  and  all  necessary  fittings  to  put  the  same  in  running  order.  They 
are  the  only  sizes  to  which  we  attach  pump  and  heater,  when  desired  ; and  they  can  be  furnished  at  small  extra  cost  with  sub-base,  as 
shown  in  cut,  or  mounted  on  the  portable  return  flue  boiler  or  the  locomotive  fire  box  boiler,  either  on  skids  or  on  wheels. 

We  call  attention  to  the  solidity  and  completeness  of  these  engines.  The  shafts  are  made  of  open  hearth  steel.  The  guides  are 
adjustable.  We  use  the  removable  stuffing  boxes,  also  studs  and  case  hardened  nuts  in  place  of  ordinary  tap  bolts. 

These  engines  will  economically  develop  the  power  given  in  the  table  below,  and  a corresponding  addition  to  pressure  if  boiler  power 
and  speed  are  increased. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Number,  - - - 

Horse  power, 

Size  of  engine, 

Pressure  required  to  develop  full  H.  P. , pounds, 

Number  of  revolutions  per  minute, 

Size  of  steam  pipe,  inches, 

Size  of  exhaust  pipe,  inches, 

Size  of  fly-wheel,  inches, 

Size  of  pulley,  inches,  - 
Weight  complete,  about,  pounds 

Dimensions  of 

Number,  - - 

Horse  power,  - 

Length  at  floor  line,  inches, 

Width  at  floor  line,  inches,  - 
Length  at  top  line,  inches,  - 

Width  at  top  line,  inches,  - ... 

Height  from  floor  line  to  bottom  of  bed,  inches, 

Distance  from  floor  line  to  center  shaft,  inches,  - 


6 

7 

8 

0 

8 

10 

15 

20 

6x8 

7 x 10 

8x12 

9X12 

6o 

60 

60 

60 

LSo 

150 

150 

iSj 

if* 

1 Vi 

2 

2 

1 % 

iK 

2 

2^ 

36x8 

42  X I 1 

48  X I I 

48  X II 

24  x 8 

24  X 8}4 

24  X 8 yi 

24  x 8% 

1250 

1700 

2400 

2500 

Foundations. 

6 7 

8 9 

8 10 

15  20 

. 

- 

- 48  57 

70  70 

. 

18  22 

29  29 

. 

- 46  55 

64  64 

. 

- 

16  20 

23  23 

- 17  19 

16  20 

25  28 

28  32 

874 


HALF  FRONT  STATIONARY  TUBULAR  BOILER. 


Fig.  1754- 


Fig.  1755. 


FULL  FRONT  STATIONARY  TUBULAR  BOILER. 


875 


t-J  <J 
o < < 

rt-  2.2. 

SLcSi'crq’ 

«,trtr 

p|  rt-  c-f 

H,  £•  C 
O ^ p" 
3 2 
^ o o> 

o-  2.  3 


5 ^ O' 

-•B> 

n>  M 5T 

1 ?OC  c 


o <j  < c»  co  co  <!  f r1 

§■  2".  2.  8 S S pi  S S 

-<*<£  O o ofM 

o* S £f ^ ”■ "■ „ 0*0- 

1—0  cf  B-.  ft  SO  *-*>  o o 

S £2.§ 

g 2.3  oU'l  S3g 
O'*®  Jit  ^ 

- h— * ft  J_.C/)  C/3  — 

V - ^ 3 - _ 


EBtg  s 

o o R ds 

i^pr  5-™ 


p P P 

B^'b 

o £ ft 


PaBU  . „ 

M U o>fl  g\2  3,  5 
p-  H-  w* « o oS 
S 0 n>  _ g-  g o s- 


P-3 


S 3 2 » 3 545  » 

pm  - “ 


O O J" 

M 3* 


1 B & 

m m 

. M - 

r+ 

rD 

-<^6- 

3)^  1 

3 

5.  o’ 

Vi 

3 3 

1 o’  ’ 

W H ■ 

3 

SP  C/3 

P 

5^ 

• 1 

, b . 
CL 

°o° 

W g Oj 

S’  o § 

o - 3 

fc'B-rc 

’S' S' S' 

■ 5' 8*  S' 

o (l>  & 
tftn  tr 

ir  - (Ti 


B B 

ft  ft  "i  _ 

Ho2 

2.S,?g 

3*“.  cr  of 

S?S-“ 

a.  pi-  - 

W Q G->  B 

8.^5' S’ 

o'  a*  ft  ft 

O o.  B-r- 

— 3;  ft 

S 2 “ 


dOWK 

g'3  S 8 

0 l B'n 

ff  Sw1* 

1 acn  2 

O p>  B < 
32 
c rP  p - 
2.»  8 

2 Bp 

- P US  . 

■ 3 


* a> 


to 


a> 


th 

P 

n> 

cl 

o 

o 


s.8 

3 tJ" 
<* 8 


a> 

p 

B 

"S 

"5* 


W c/)  JO 


, *-h  Ht 

• a>  o 
rD  ^ 

^ ?T 

r ^ 


CO  M W CO  M ’“' 
ONnO  ON  O -f^  01 
G->  4-  CO  ON  CO^l 
CO  C/i  COIOOiv> 


COnO  COCo  4-  CO 
— 4*.  ON  Cn  CO  ON 
*-»  Cn  On  O Cn  *41  m 


CO  G-> 
tO  O 


G->  tO  _ tO  nuj  s-  tO 
ON  CO  4^  O COoP-P  O' 


0-1  Cj  10  „ K)  M 
) O On  j04_  O CO 


4^  IO  toOJ  w to 

^OOCOON^t-tM 

— j\  On  to  to  nO  • - \n  G->  Co  to  to  to  • 

"j  C/1  to  — Cn  ON-f*\+-\  K)  On  On  4-  to  O' 


- w Co  CO  - 
\Cn  ^4  QwQ  4-  to 


bJ 


P 

o 


? X 
e w 
S » 

P-  W 


w 

o 


8 s 
S1  p 
Ch  S 

8 & 
O P 

=?  'S 

nn  ft 


3 5 

I S- 

a"  ft 
rt  3 
B Or? 


P,  B 


ON  Co 

”4  o KK 


- OJ  CfJ  to  H to  to  '> 
to  ON  ON  CO  to  o r-"x 


v>-  tO  Gj  tJ  H 
+-\  CO  CO  Gwo  ON  CM 


4-^  to  to  4^  m to 
VO  to  ON  CO  CO  H 
00  Cn  o O o V- 
0 -P  ONCn  4-  hh  +*\ 


V-  Co  4-*  Co  h 
+*N  to  ON  to  C/l  ON 


to  ^ ^ ^ ^ \r  ^ 

to  0 CO  o ONNN  o o 


Cn  to  Co  Cn  to  Co 
CO  on  to  Co  O to  M M 

O O O to  Co  COc«  V-  -P  CO  to  to  to  to  ' 

Cn  h 4^  m *-j  -P  +i\-^S  to  to  ON  CO  q 4^*  to  : 

On  to  Co  On  to  Co 
Cn  CO^l  O to  CO  h h to 
^4  h cn  CO  Cn  Co  v*- \ - P P Co  to  to  to 

to  Cn  v£)  4-*  Cn  ^N-t-NNN  to  to  Cn  q -P  to  * 


to  ^4  Cn  vO  -P  Pn  ’ 

vioo  P On  to  4^ 

CO  H H vO  ON  to  H 

ON'-J  vO  OCo^JNh 

on  m cn  no  to  •<*  w \ 


. Co  _p. 
c 00  CO  to 


\m  v»«  -P  P CO  to  tO  tO  ' 

tKtPP  to  Cn  13  p p 1 


COCO  p*4  toP 
OCO^t  ON^]  P M hH 
NO  Co  ON  Co  NO  00\«  \« 
C/J  h-1  to  ON  to  P tptp 


CO  o ^ P P c 


„CO  M P 

oc)  o tS 


P M P 

-O' 


. P M p 
ON  to  p 


o Co 

Nr  S to ; 

o o 

M 

to  Co 


01 


COC/J  Cn  COCO  Cn 
nO  ONGj  Cn  m P m 1-1 

\OCnpP  h to  X-\H  PCnCn  to  to  to 
CO  to  On  Co  CO  n\gj  p p O to  4^  P 


SKSI- 


H P CO  ^ 
CO  ON  o 

P Cn  sj 
\t)Cj  Co 
u»  x O Cn 


ON  ON 
O p 
N\tO  O 1 


\D  CO  Cn  CO  Co  Cn 

OCnCnONOONHH  vt  . ^ ,n  _ - 9>  ^ 

4)OiOJ  Ch-ai\«\H  PPP  K)  to  to  ^ -P  **  O p 

to  Co  NO  COP  P tPtPCo  CO  CO  O p CO  CO°°x^  w to  CO  On  O o 

O Co  (On  NO  CO  ON 
-<  CO  tO  ON  to  P m 
O O'flNJ  ON  O P 
-•  COCO  CONx 


ON 

P Cn  Cn  to  tO  to  N^O'C'?  h 4.  H M 4* 
•CO  COP  o p CO  CO°°x*-l  to  p CO  co^1  Cn 


O Co  ON  O Co  ^-1 

MCOCOlOtoOHH 

COnO  P to  to  \«  N-  Cn  P P to  CO  GJ 

ONP  to  Cn  p m nNn\Co  P CO  O on-P  O 351 


H^Cn  ® 

CO  O o 


to  p CO  to  CO  CO  to  Q 

ONCo  Co  m ONp  m hh  , . _ C'  NO  w 

^1  PPP  CO  On\;h  cn  Cl  Cn  to  GJ  Oj  P\m  Cn\H  h On>T 

-o  ON  bh  ON  ON  O ^txp  p p o 3nP  O “•  ^ -POip-KO  o 

Co  P CO  to  Co  CO  ^ m 

- Ot  Cn  Cn  O v)  H H 'P 

P on  CO1  co  co  no  \r\r  ^n-p  -fe  to  co  gj  ^ « on  to  o on 

vj  at  P o ^4  Co  nnn\P  O CO  O co  CJn  to  C-1  to  to  o O O O 

>-(  >-• 

p p no  co  p no  to^r^- 

at  coonnO  o CC'H  h ^ too  . v 

P ON'-T  toco  COn~\~  On  Gi  Cn  to  Co  Co  JO  m On\-.Gj  M 

p P co  On  nNp  op  O 00  On  to  ^ ^top  O n\0  O 


Cn  Cn  O Cn  p O 
CO  -h  '■>4  to  CO  VO 
NO  CO 


to  M _* 


COCn  to  QNCn  ON  to  Co  Co  CO  m on CO  Co 

NO  P cn  to  COP  to  to  ns  o P O co  On  to  *1  Mpto  ON  o tp  to  O 

CC  ON  to  vi  Cn  to  to  h 

to  o to  ON  o ON  _ , . P to  . 

Cn  cn  O Cn  O Cn  ONCn  Ong>  P G-*  H^'pvo  m Onm^nO  nO  ^ 

cop  p Cn  o Cn  to  to  Cn  OnP  O o O On^  °°x  0°Cn  OnP\  On  O 

CO  On  to  COCn  Gj  m 

nO  0 CO  Co  0 Co  _ Gj  m 

to  Cn  on  H O -<  ONCn  ONgj  p G->  i-h  qnCo  Q ^ 

o Co  M GJ  P to  tocn  ONp  O to  O ON^i  oo\  CO  ON  onGj  ^4  o 


to  ONCn  hh  cn  On 
P CO  On  ONG-)  to 

Gi  to  h to  vj  cn  Cn  Ongj  P G->  \hH 

ai  Cn  o ai  H 4 K)  tocn  tOPOpO  on  tp^-i 


) Co  G->  On  ^4  to  to  Gi 


S' S' 


p o ONtpoaj* 


1-1  on  m 

w M -vj  CT\  K)  O' 
o O'  to  OO'Ji 


o-  O'  O'  vl 
S CO  to  O'  0 0 


7) 

13 

m 

n 

2 

o 

> 

H 

O 

Z 


p 

CL 

o 

"d 


a 

cl 

p 


B 

a> 

rD 

S' 

Crq 

P 


. n> 

P 

£ 

crq’ 

tr 

o 


: 3 

CTQ 
• •d 


at 

us 

3 


3) 


3* 

c,  ,2 
p ^ 

p 


0 rD 
W OL 

S’  § 

3 g 

5-  ™ 

3"  o' 
rD  p 

Qj  i-»- 

O 
3 


a>  t3 

w n> 

p p 


876 


Fig.  1757. 


CAST  FRONT  PORTABLE  BOILER. 


THE  cut  illustrates  the  Portable  Boiler  on  skids,  or  more  frequently  called  “ Water-Bottom  Boiler,”  and  so  generally  used  as  a detached 
boiler,  taking  the  place  of  the  stationary,  no  brick  work  being  required.  It  is  made  of  steel  throughout.  No  brick  linings  are 
required  in  the  furnace.  All  parts  exposed  to  the  fire  are  heating  surfaces,  and  protected  by  water  space  around  the  fire,  which 
forms  a perfect  safeguard  against  burning  the  iron.  This  water  space  also  secures  free  circulation  of  water,  and  allows  all  sediment  to 
settle  below  the  fire  line.  A fusible  plug  is  placed  in  the  crown  sheet,  which  will  melt  and  allow  the  steam  to  extinguish  the  fire  in  case  of 
low  water.  In  addition  to  the  blow-off  valve,  hand  hole  plates  are  provided  in  suitable  places  for  cleaning.  The  fronts  are  easily  removed, 
giving  free  access  to  the  flues  and  fire  box,  and  are  so  constructed  as  to  allow  for  contraction  and  expansion,  thereby  preventing  cracking, 
as  often  occurs.  The  door  liner  is  not  bolted  nor  riveted  to  the  door,  as  is  usually  done,  and  is  easily  removed  when  a new  liner  is  required. 
The  draft  door  hangs  on  a hinge,  and  has  a slide  damper  to  more  easily  regulate  the  fire.  The  boiler  is  well  stayed,  braced  and  riveted, 
and  has  steel  dome. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  number, 

0 

I 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

I I 

12 

13 

Horse  power, 

6 

8 

10 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

60 

Diameter  of  boiler,  inches, 

26 

28 

30 

32 

32 

34 

36 

36 

40 

40 

40 

44 

44 

Length  of  furnace,  inches, 

34 

36 

38 

38 

44 

52 

52 

52 

52 

60 

60 

60 

60 

Height  of  furnace,  inches, 

29 

32 

34 

38 

38 

38 

40 

40 

44 

44 

44 

48 

48 

Width  of  furnace,  inches, 

2 1 

22 

24 

26 

26 

28 

30 

30 

34 

34 

34 

38 

38 

Number  of  3 inch  tubes, 

17 

20 

22 

26 

26 

30 

34 

34 

40 

42 

42 

48 

48 

Length  of  tubes,  inches, 

60 

66 

72 

72 

78 

90 

96 

102 

102 

120 

144 

13S 

144 

Diameter  of  stack,  inches, 

12 

13 

14 

15 

15 

16 

18 

20 

20 

20 

20 

22 

22 

Length  of  stack,  - feet, 

18 

18 

20 

20 

20 

24 

24 

30 

35 

35 

40 

40 

40 

Fixtures  comprise:  Grates,  steam  gauge,  water  gauge,  gauge  cocks, whistle  and  pipe,  blow  off,  check,  stop  and  safety  valves,  smoke- 

stack and  guy  rods. 


Water  Front  and  Bottom  Portable  Boilers. 

These  boilers  are  made  to  the  same  specifications  as  the  cast  front  portables,  except  that  the  furnace  is  four  inches  shorter,  due  to  the 
water  space  and  projection  of  casting  being  taken  from  its  length.  There  is  a slight  difference  in  price. 

877 


LOCOMOTIVE  PORTABLE  BOILERS. 


THESE  BOILERS  are  made  in  the  best  manner  of  steel  throughout,  with  fusible  plugs  in  the  crown  sheet.  The  longitudinal  seams 
are  double  riveted  and  the  firebox  thoroughly  staybolted. 

The  bottom  ring  of  the  furnace,  and  door  ring,  are  made  of  two  by  three  inch  wrought  iron  bars,  giving  a three  inch  water  space  on 
all  sides  of  the  fire,  and  all  parts  of  the  boilers  are  strongly  stayed  and  braced.  The  furnaces  are  large  size  with  ample  grate  surface,  and 
the  boilers  are  first  class  in  every  respect.  The  dome  may  be  placed  over  the  firebox  of  the  boiler  instead  of  upon  the  barrel,  if  desired. 

Fixtures  comprise  : grates,  steam  gauge,  water  gauge,  gauge  cocks,  whistle  and  pipe,  safety  valve,  blow-off  valve,  check  and  stop 
valves,  smoke  stack  and  guys. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

With  Water  Front  and  Open  Bottom. 


Size  number, 

Horse  power  as  usually  rated, 

Diameter  of  boiler,  - 
Length  of  furnace,  inside,  - 
Width  of  furnace,  inside, 

Height  of  furnace  above  grates,  - 
Thickness  of  shell  and  outside  of  firebox, 
Thickness  of  furnace  plate, 

Thickness  of  tube  sheets, 

Number  of  tubes,  three  inches  diameter, 

Length  of  tubes, 

Diameter  of  dome,  .... 

Height  of  dome,  - - - - 

Diameter  of  stack,  .... 

Length  of  stack,  ...  - 

Weight  of  boiler  without  fixtures,  approx: 
Weight  of  fixtures,  approximate, 

Weight,  complete,  approximate, 


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

iO 

1 1 

12 

13 

M 

15 

- 

25 

30 

35 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

IOO 

I IO 

125 

inches, 

40 

42 

44 

44 

48 

54 

56 

58 

58 

62 

64 

66 

inches, 

48 

50 

50 

50 

54 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

inches, 

34 

36 

38 

38 

42 

48 

50 

52 

52 

56 

5» 

60 

inches, 

33 

34 

36 

36 

40 

44 

44 

48 

48 

50 

52 

58 

inches, 

9 32 

9 32 

9-32 

9-32 

5 16 

5-16 

n-32 

n-32 

u-32 

3-8 

3 8 

3 8 

inches, 

516 

5 16 

5-16 

5-16 

5 16 

5 16 

5 '6 

5 16 

5-16 

5-16 

5-16 

5 16 

inches, 

38 

3-8 

3-8 

3-8 

38 

3 8 

38 

38 

3 s 

3-8 

3 8 

7 16 

- 

34 

40 

44 

44 

54 

60 

67 

76 

76 

90 

ICO 

108 

inches, 

96 

96 

102 

120 

126 

132 

144 

144 

168 

168 

168 

ISO 

inches, 

22 

22 

26 

26 

26 

30 

30 

32 

32 

32 

36 

36 

inches, 

24 

24 

28 

28 

28 

34 

34 

36 

36 

40 

40 

40 

inches, 

18 

30 

20 

• 20 

22 

24 

26 

26 

26 

30 

30 

32 

- feet, 

24 

24 

30 

36 

36 

36 

40 

40 

50 

50 

50 

50 

late,  - 

6300 

6900 

7600 

8100 

9000 

I IOOO 

12800 

14000 

15000 

16500 

17700 

18400 

1150 

1250 

1400 

1500 

1600 

1850 

2000 

2150 

2400 

2600 

2800 

3000 

- 

7450 

8150 

9000 

9600 

1 0600 

12850 

14800 

16150 

17400 

19100 

20500 

21400 

878 


Pig.  1759. 


THE  Vertical  Boilers  are  made  of  open  hearth  homogeneous  steel  plates,  with  wrought  iron  door  rings  and  with  ogee  flanges  forming 
the  connection  of  the  fire  box  to  the  shell.  The  longitudinal  seams  of  boilers  36  inches  in  diameter  and  larger,  are  double  riveted. 
Boilers  24,  30  and  36  inches  in  diameter  have  two  hand  holes  in  the  water  leg  around  firebox,  and  larger  sizes  have  three,  with  the 
same  number  at  the  level  of  the  crown  sheet.  ' 

Fixtures  and  fittings  comprise  : Base,  grates,  hood,  steam  gauge,  water  gauge,  safety  valve,  blow-off  valve,  check  valve  and  stop 
valve  for  feed.  Hoods  are  not  required  or  included  with  the  submerged  tube  style  of  vertical  boilers. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  number,  - 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

IO 

1 1 

Horse  power,  as  usually  rated, 

6 

8 

10 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

40 

50 

60 

Diameter  of  boiler,  inches, 

• 30 

30 

30 

36 

36 

36 

42 

42 

48 

48 

54 

Height  of  boiler,  inches, 

57 

66 

72 

72 

84 

100 

84 

100 

102 

120 

108 

Diameter  of  furnace,  inches, 

25 

25 

25 

31 

3i 

3i 

37 

37 

43 

43 

48 

Height  of  furnace,  inches,  - 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

30 

30 

30 

Thickness  of  shell,  inches, 

- X 

A 

X 

X 

X 

X 

9 

SS 

A 

A 

t 

5 

1 

Thickness  of  furnace  plate,  inches, 

5 

TS 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Thickness  of  heads,  inches, 

■ A 

A 

A 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Length  of  tubes,  inches, 

30 

39 

45 

45 

57 

73 

57 

73 

72 

90 

78 

Number  of  2 inch  tubes, 

49 

51 

53 

68 

68 

68 

109 

109 

149 

149 

201 

Weight  of  boiler  without  fixtures,  pounds, 

1200 

1300 

1400 

1780 

2000 

2350 

2700 

3200 

4700 

5300 

63OO 

Weight  of  boiler  fixtures,  pounds, 

- 525 

555 

525 

670 

700 

700 

1000 

1000 

1700 

1700 

1800 

Weight  complete,  about,  pounds,  - 

- 1725 

1855 

1925 

2450 

2700 

3050 

3700 

4200 

6400 

7000 

8lOO 

Specifications  of 

Vertical 

Boilers,  with  Submerged  Tubes. 

Size  number,  - 

. 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1 1 

Horse  power,  as  usually  rated, 

6 

8 

10 

12 

15 

20 

25 

30 

40 

50 

60 

Diameter  of  boiler,  inches, 

- 30 

30 

30 

36 

36 

36 

42 

42 

48 

48 

54 

Height  of  boiler,  inches, 

69 

75 

81 

75 

84 

96 

90 

96 

108 

120 

1 14 

Diameter  of  furnace,  inches,  - 

25 

25 

25 

3i 

3i 

3i 

37 

37 

43 

43 

48 

Height  of  furnace,  inches,  - 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

30 

Height  of  chamber,  inches, 

• 18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

18 

2. 4 

24 

30 

30 

3° 

Thickness  of  shell,  inches, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

3? 

9 

TS 

6 

TH 

A 

A 

Thickness  of  heads,  inches, 

5 

A 

A 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Thickness  of  furnace  and  chamber,  inches, 

A 

5 

liT 

A 

A 

A 

;* 

TS 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Length  of  tubes,  inches, 

- 24 

30 

36 

30 

39 

51 

39 

45 

48 

63 

54 

Number  of  2 inch  tubes, 

49 

51 

53 

68 

68 

68 

109 

109 

149 

149 

201 

Weight  of  boiler  without  fixtures,  pounds, 

1400 

1500 

1750 

2000 

2300 

2500 

2900 

3100 

4300 

4800 

5550 

Weight  of  boiler  fixtures,  pounds, 

500 

500 

500 

700 

700 

700 

I IOO 

1100 

1500 

1500 

2100 

Weight  complete,  about,  pounds, 

1900 

2000 

2250 

2700 

3000 

3200 

4000 

4200 

5800 

6300 

7650 

The  extension  of  shell  forming  base,  and  an  ash  pan,  will  not  be  furnished  with  either  style  boiler  unless  specified  in  order.  Price 
will  be  the  same  as  for  cast  iron  base. 


879 


THE  “COLUMBIA”  COHPOUND  BOILER. 


THE  extraordinary  performance  of  the  “ Columbia  ” Boiler,  when  cased  in  a portable  setting  of  sheet  iron,  is  so  analogous  to  that  of  a 
compound  steam  engine  that  we  feel  warranted  in  adopting  the  term  of  description  of  its  performance.  As  may  be  seen  by  the 
sectional  drawing,  the  hot  gases  are  passed  through  the  furnace  and  tubes  of  the  boiler,  and  are  then  utilized  again  by  being  more 
slowly  drawn  through  the  hot-air  chamber  or  casing  surrounding  the  boiler,  passing  to  the  chimney  at  such  a low  temperature  as  to  give 
quick  evidence  of  the  saving  thereby  effected. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 


Size  number,  ..... 

3 

5 

7 

9 

1 1 

13 

15 

Horse  power,  ..... 

12 

20 

25 

30 

40 

45 

50 

Diameter  of  boiler,  inches, 

29 

32 

36 

40 

42 

44 

48 

Length  of  boiler,  inches, 

1 18 

124 

L39 

152 

168 

170 

182 

Number  of  tubes,  - - - - 

19 

30 

35 

43 

40 

47 

54 

Diameter  of  tubes,  inches, 

l'/l 

2^ 

2^ 

2 /2 

3 

3 

3 

Length  of  tubes,  inches,  .... 

75 

75 

90 

90 

108 

108 

108 

Length  of  furnace,  inches, 

45 

5i 

51 

66 

66 

66 

78 

Size  of  dome,  inches,  - 

16  x 16 

18  x 18 

20  X 20 

22  x 22 

22  x 22 

26  x 26 

28  x 28 

Length  of  casing,  inches, 

132 

133 

155 

168 

188 

188 

202 

Width  of  casing,  inches,  ... 

37 

40 

46 

50 

52 

54 

60 

Height  of  casing,  inches, 

45 

48 

55 

61 

64 

66 

72 

Height  to  top  of  dome,  inches, 

60 

66 

72 

82 

86 

90 

100 

Diameter  of  stack,  inches, 

16 

18 

20 

22 

22 

24 

26 

Height  of  stack,  feet, 

40 

40 

40 

50 

50 

50 

60 

Shipping  weight,  .... 

5000 

5500 

6600 

8000 

yooo 

10400 

12200 

1,0 ' 


Prentiss  Tqql  supply  0;  cpt^ 


THE  MARSH  STEAH  PUHP. 

Comparative  Advantages. 


A GREAT  deal  has  been  said  and  written  on  the  superior  merits  of  duplex  direct  acting  steam  pumps,  which  is  calculated 
to  deceive  operators  and  purchasers  alike.  There  are  some  points  which  escape,  seemingly,  the  observation  of  engineers 
in  regard  to  duplex  steam  pumps.  They  do  not,  it  is  claimed  by  the  designers  of  the  pump  illustrated  herewith,  have 
two  independent  pumps.  They  have  in  reality  only  one.  If  anything  gives  wa^  or  breaks  on  either  pump  both  are  disabled, 
and  as  a double  number  of  parts  are  more  liable  to  break  down  or  give  out  than  one-half  that  number  of  parts,  it  is  self-evident 
that  a good  single  steam  pump  is  more  reliable  than  two  pumps  so  constructed,  when  one  depends  entirely  on  the  action  of 
the  other  for  its  movements;  and  what  is  more  important  still  is  the  question  of  economy  in  the  use  of  steam  in  the  two 
kinds  ; the  advantage  is  greatly  in  favor  of  the  single  type  of  the  same  capacity,  from  the  fact  that  the  single  pump,  making 
only  one-half  the  number  of  stops,  traveling  a given  number  of  feet  in  a given  time,  and  with  one-half  the  waste  of  steam, 
and  from  another  fact  that  all  duplex  pumps  have  four  long  ports  or  passageways  in  each  cylinder,  or  eight  long  ports  in  the 
two  cylinders,  while  the  single  pump  has  only  two  ports,  and  as  steam  in  the  ports  is  of  no  use  in  propelling  the  pistons,  the 
steam  wasted  in  the  eight  ports  in  a duplex  pump  is  enormous. 

A greater  waste  of  steam  occurs  in  the  clearance  in  the  cylinder  ends,  it  is  further  claimed,  than  in  a single  pump, 
through  the  uncertainty  of  the  length  of  stroke,  that  varies  under  the  slightest  change  of  condition,  either  in  the  friction  of 
the  stuffing  boxes  or  the  slightest  variation  of  pressure.  In  other  words,  there  are  in  a duplex  pump  more  than  double  the 
number  of  parts,  with  double  the  number  of  chances  to  break  down  ; also  double  the  waste  in  clearance  in  the  cylinders 
through  having  double  the  number  of  long  steam  and  separate  exhaust  passages  in  each  cylinder,  which  makes  the  direct 
acting  duplex  pump  by  far  the  most  extravagant  pump  in  the  use  of  steam  that  has  ever  been  designed  as  a hydraulic  motor, 
especially  for  light  service  ; and,  as  proof  of  this  statement,  there  are  many  cases  on  record  where  a direct  acting  duplex  pump 
has  been  applied  as  a vacuum  pump  to  a non-condensing  steam  engine,  where  it  has  not  done  much  more  than  get  rid  of  the 
exhaust  steam,  as  the  amount  of  steam  required  to  run  the  pump  is,  in  many  cases,  in  excess  of  the  gain  of  the  vacuum 
produced  on  the  main  engine. 

Uses  to  which  the  Pump  may  be  Applied. 

The  sectional  view  on  the  following  page  shows  the  Marsh  Steam  Pump,  which,  from  its  novel  construction,  admits  of 
its  being  successfully  applied  to  the  handling  of  hot  water  of  condensation  direct  from  steam  radiating  coils  of  office,  factory, 
public  or  apartment  buildings,  dry  kilns,  dryers  of  paper  mills,  clarifiers,  evaporators,  double  or  triple  effects,  pressure  vaccum 
pans,  steam  jackets  of  simple,  compound,  triple  or  quadruple  engines,  steam  separators,  drainage  pockets  of  steam  pipes, 
surface  condensers  or  jet  condensers,  and  feeding  the  water  of  condensation  in  its  hottest  condition  directly  to  the  boiler.  It 
does  entirely  away  with  the  expense  of  traps,  tank,  float  and  balance  steam  throttle  valves,  and  is  perfectly  reliable  in  returning 
the  condensation,  vapor  or  saturated  steam  to  the  boilers  in  a steady  and  continuous  flow,  thereby  accelerating  the  circulation 
of  the  steam  and  increasing  the  efficiency  of  the  radiation  in  a heating  system,  producing  a large  saving  of  fuel  over  all  other 
pumps.  It  can  also  be  used  for  many  purposes,  such  as  regulating  the  brine  circulation  in  refrigerating  machinery,  for  the 
temporation  apparatus  and  beer  cooling,  and  for  all  other  circulating  purposes. 

On  evaporators  and  multiple  effect  vacuum  apparatus  of  all  kinds,  the  vacuum  that  can  be  obtained  by  the  Marsh  Steam 
Pump  is  superior,  more  excellent  and  economical  than  that  produced  by  the  best  crank  fly  wheel  or  duplex  pump,  and  while 
they  are  less  costly,  they  are  positive  and  less  liable  to  derangement. 

For  independent  air  pump  and  condenser  it  has  no  equal,  as  it  can  be  attached  to  any  suitable  tank  to  which  the  exhaust 
steam  and  injection  water  can  flow,  and  the  pump  requiring  no  expensive  foundation,  being  self-contained,  occupies  little 
floor  space,  and  the  governing  element  of  the  steam  valve  is  so  perfect  there  is  no  danger  of  the  pump  running  away,  and 
never  the  least  jar  in  the  working.  Applied  to  a surface  condenser  it  has  no  equal. 


881 


THE  MARSH  LIVE  STEAM  ACTUATING  AND  GOVERNING  VALVE. 


Fig.  1761. 


THE  cut  given  herewith  shows  a section  of  steam  chest  and  valve  as  now  made  and  used  in  all  our  pumps.  The  valves  are 
solid,  and  in  one  piece,  except  one  head  is  screwed  on,  as  shown  in  cut  below. 


Fig.  1762. 


Explanation  of  the  Governing  Element.— The  governing  element  of  the  valve  is  the  enlarged  heads,  which  presents 
differential  areas  to  the  action  of  steam.  The  inner  area  of  the  valve  head  is  reduced  by  an  amount  equal  to  the  cross-sectional 
area  of  the  valve  body,  and  is  acted  upon  by  live  steam  pressure,  which  varies  with  the  annular  opening  of  the  valve  due  to 
linear  movement.  The  outer  area  of  the  valve  head  is  larger,  and  is  acted  upon  by  the 

THE  MARSH  PATENT  EASY-SEATING  WATER  VALVE. 


Fig.  1763. 


Sectional  View  of  Easy-Seating  Water  Valve. 


OUR  new  Water  Valve  as  shown  is,  like  the  other  features  of  the  Marsh  Pump,  simplicity  itself.  It  consists  of  a cup- 
shaped valve  with  central  guiding  pin,  and  a valve  seat  and  disc  cast  solid  as  shown  in  cut.  This  disc  is  slightly  larger 
than  the  aperture  below  it  in  the  valve  seat,  and  causes  the  fluids  pumped  to  be  deflected  at  right  angles,  just  the  same 
as  an  ordinary  water  valve  does  with  its  lift  limited  by  a stop.  The  fluids  therefore  have  power  to  raise  the  valve  as  high  as  the 
disc  only,  and  for  that  reason  a stop  to  limit  the  lift  of  the  water  valve  is  not  necessary.  This  is  the  only  water  valve  used  in 
a pump  that  does  not  strike  against  a stop  in  its  upward  movement.  When  it  closes  it  does  not  seat  with  a harsh  abrasive 
action  like  other  valves,  but  being  partially  cushioned  on  the  water  between  the  disc  and  valve,  it  seats  softly,  and  we  believe 
it  is  the  most  durable  and  satisfactory  water  valve  ever  devised.  The  waterways  are  large  and  the  valve  has  capacity  equal  to 
any  other.  This  water  valve  is  secured  by  letters  patent  issued  February  9,  1S92,  and  is  used  only  in  the  Marsh  Steam  l’ump. 

882 

i 


THE  MARSH  STEAM  PUiTP. 

Count  Its  Parts. 

Maximum  of  Strength,  Simplicity  and  Service.  Minimum  of  Weight,  Wear  and  Waste. 


See  table  of  details  on  page  882. 

THE  Marsh  Steam  Pump  (sizes  150  to  1500  horse  power  capacity)  is  new  and  novel  in  design,  and  has  all  the  latest  im- 
provements in  construction.  The  base  is  cast  hollow,  forming  a chamber  into  which  the  exhaust  from  the  steam  cylinder 
passes.  The  suction  is  connected  to  this  chamber  on  either  side,  right  or  left,  and  from  thence  to  the  water  cvlinder 
through  the  elbow  on  under  side  of  cylinder.  After  starting  the  pump  the  exhaust  deflecting  lever  may  be  thrown  over,  ad 
mitting  the  exhaust  steam  to  this  chamber,  where  it  is  immediately  condensed,  raising  temperature  of  the  water  according  to 
the  amount  of  steam  used  or  labor  performed,  effecting  a corresponding  saving  of  fuel  by  returning  the  heat  of  the  steam  used 
to  run  the  pump  to  the  boiler.  This  centre  also  forms  the  base  upon  which  the  pump  rests.  As  it  is  comparatively  small,  it 
does  not  require  a large  and  expensive  foundation.  Its  construction  also  admits  of  an  interchange  of  cylinders,  so  that  a com 
bination  for  any  required  duty  may  be  made.  The  same  general  features  are  retained  in  the  steam  valves  as  in  the  smaller 
sizes,  which  are  of  a different  pattern.  The  composition  linings  in  the  water  cylinders  are  removable,  and  can  be  taken  out 
without  disconnecting  any  of  the  pipes.  The  water  valves  are  our  new  patented  noiseless  composition  valves,  which  are  the 
only  quiet  metal  valves  yet  discovered.  These  pumps  are  simple  in  construction,  durable  and  very  powerful ; the  valves  are 
interchangeable.  The  water  ways  are  large  and  direct,  reducing  friction  to  a minimum.  The  pump  has  no  outside  valve 
gearing  ; the  steam  valve  is  self-governing  and  the  pump  is  not  injured  by  breaking  suction.  It  will  pump  hot  or  cold  water, 
light  or  heavy  liquids,  and  although  only  seven  years  on  the  market,  there  are  over  14,000  Marsh  Pumps  in  use  to-day  on 
marine,  portable,  stationary  boilers  and  other  duties. 

Sizes  E,  F,  G,  H,  I,  L and  M are  of  this  pattern  as  illustrated. 

E,  5 x 3 x 6 inches, 

G,  x 3)4  x 6 inches, 

F,  6 x3^x  8 inches, 

H,  7 x 4 x 8 inches, 

I,  8 x 5 x 10  inches, 

E,  10  x 6 x 12  inches, 

M,  12  x 7^  x 12  inches, 


150  horse  power  capacity. 
200  horse  power  capacity. 
250  horse  power  capacity. 
350  horse  power  capacity. 
600  horse  power  capacity. 
1000  horse  power  capacity. 
1500  horse  power  capacity. 


883 


THE  IMPROVED  MARSH  STEAM  PUMP. 

Designed  for  Stationary,  Marine  or  Portable  Boilers. 


TABLE  OF  DETAILS. 


Size. 

Steam 

Cylindei 

Water 

Cylindei 

Stroke. 

Gallons 

per 

Stroke. 

Gallons 

per 

Minute. 

Gallons 

per 

Hour. 

Steam 

Pipe. 

B 

2>4 

i Vs 

2 

.0128 

3-33 

200 

A 

BB 

3 

I# 

I'A 

.0260 

6.66 

400 

Vi 

C 

4 

3 

•0575 

10.83 

650 

Vs 

D 

5 

3 

3/4 

. 1071 

16.66 

IOOO 

'A 

E 

5 

3 

6 

.1836 

25 

1500 

A 

G 

5'A 

3/4 

6 

.2499 

33 

2000 

A 

F 

6 

3sA 

8 

•3574 

45 

2700 

A 

H 

7 

4 

8 

• 4352 

58 

3500 

1 

I 

8 

5 

IO 

.85 

100 

6000 

1 

L 

IO 

6 

12 

1.46 

146 

8750 

1 

M 

12 

7X 

12 

2.14 

216 

13000 

1A 

O 

16 

IO 

l6 

5-44 

408 

25000 

3 

(0  . 

a 

. 

r . 

3 <D 

2.  & 

O qj 

V,  ^ 

a/  a/ 

.>  a 

k 41 
2 u 

4/  U 
c/3  qj 

,3  *8 

bOfl 

u 

K h 

w 

3 Ph 

C/3 

Q 

0 a 

r a 

" U) 

° g 
ip 

d, 

V 3 
&£ 

0 

•2 

£ 

y» 

X 

A. 

7 x 12 

20 

40 

$30 . 00 

A 

1 

A 

7 x 16 

35 

75 

50  00 

A 

A 

10  x 21 

60 

145 

75.00 

A 

i>4 

1 

11  x 23 

100 

190 

100.00 

A 

2 

iX 

10  x 32 

150 

275 

150.00 

1 

2 

i34 

12  x 34 

200 

400 

i75-oo 

1 

2>4 

2 

13  * 37 

250 

375 

200.00 

1 A 

2>4 

2 

15  x 39 

350 

525 

250  00 

i>4 

3J4 

2/4 

18  x 48 

600 

950 

325.00 

1 A 

4 

3 

18  X 52 

1000 

1150 

425.00 

2 

5 

4 

19x56 

1500 

1350 

52500 

sA 

8 

7 

24  x 68 

2500 

3040 

750.00 

We  have  discarded  many  wearing  parts  found  in  other  pumps,  and  get  our  results  with  what  is  left. 

884 


1 


MARSH  AIR  COMPRESSOR. 

Direct,  Double- Acting,  For  Racking  off  Beer,  Agitating  Oies,  Syrups  and  Chemical  Preparations  ; also 
for  Compressing  Air  for  Elevating  Acids  and  Other  Liquids  by  Direct  Air  Pressure. 


OUR  improved  steam  valve  that  possesses  absolute  actuation  and  regulation  is  of  especial  value  on  this  type  of  air  com- 
pressor, as  it  permits  the  piston  to  travel  close  up  to  the  heads  of  the  air  cylinders  thus  reducing  clearance  to  minimum, 
and  therefore  combining  greatest  economy  in  the  use  of  steam  with  most  efficient  work. 

The  pistons  are  specially  designed,  combining  lightness,  strength  and  durability.  The  air  valves  are  made  of  gun  metal 
and  are  placed  so  close  to  the  piston  bore  that  valve  port  clearance  is  almost  entirely  eliminated. 


Table  of  Details  of  Marsh  Air  Compressors. 


No. 

Steam 

Cylinder 

Inches 

Ait- 

Cylinder. 

Inches. 

Stroke. 

Inches. 

Cubic  feet 
free  air  per 
revolution. 

Cubic  feet 
of  air  per 
minute. 

Dead  pressure, 
Steam  at  80 
pounds. 

Live  press- 
ure, Steam  at 
80  pounds. 

Cold  water 
jacke* 

Price. 

I 

2 % 

2 

.0056 

2 

40 

r5 

without. 

$30  00 

2 

3 

3 

2 K 

.0102 

3 

40 

15 

without. 

50  00 

3 

4 

3xi 

•0339 

7 

70 

25 

without. 

75  00 

4 

5 

6 

6 

•1963 

20 

45 

25 

without. 

150  00 

5 

5 

6 

6 

•1963 

20 

45 

25 

with. 

150  00 

6 

5'A 

6 

6 

■1963 

20 

55 

30 

with. 

150  00 

7 

5 H 

6 

6 

•1963 

20 

55 

30 

without. 

150  00 

8 

6 

6 

6 

•1963 

20 

60 

35 

without. 

175  00 

9 

6 

6 

6 

•1963 

20 

60 

35 

with. 

175  00  . 

IO 

6 

8 

8 

.4653 

45 

40 

20 

without. 

200  00 

ii 

6 

8 

8 

•4653 

45 

40 

20 

with. 

200  00 

12 

7 

8 

8 

.4653 

45 

50 

25 

without. 

250  00 

13 

7 

8 

8 

.4653 

45 

50 

25 

with. 

250  00 

i4 

8 

8 

12 

.6979 

60 

60 

35 

with. 

350  00 

15 

IO 

8 

12 

.6979 

60 

95 

70 

with. 

400  00 

16 

12 

8 

12 

.6979 

60 

no 

85 

with. 

450  00 

885 


PRENTISS  TQQL  ^SUPPLY 


FEED  WATER  HEATER. 


The  National  Heater  consists  of  single 
and  double  coils  of  seamless  drawn  copper 
or  brass  tubes  in  an  iron  shell.  The  feed 
water  for  the  boiler,  passing  through  the 
coil,  is  heated  by  the  exhaust  steam  from 
the  engine 

It  is  a plain  common  sense  Heater,  and 
carries  with  it  the  following  valuable 
points : — The  liability  to  leaky  joints  is 
wholly  obviated  by  the  coil,  which  takes 
care  of  all  contraction  and  expansion. 
The  flow  of  the  feed  water  is  free  and 
easy.  The  trouble  from  back  pressure  on 
the  engines  is  obviated  as  the  exhaust 
passage  through  the  Heater  is  from  four 
to  ten  times  larger  than  the  exhaust  pipe 
from  the  engine.  It  will  deliver  feed 
water  at  206°  to  21 2°  for  ten  hours  a day 
and  without  one  ounce  of  back  pressure  : 
and  last  but  not  least,  it  is  the  lowest 
priced  Heater  in  the  market. 

A single  coil  of  brass  tube  is  used  in  all 
Heaters  up  to  No.  10  inclusive  : Nos.  12 
to  30  have  two  coils  ; Nos.  40  and  50,  three 
coils  ; Nos.  60  and  So  have  four  coils ; 
Nos.  100,  125  and  150  have  five  coils,  and  Nos.  200  and  250  have  six 
coils.  These  Heaters  have  special  brass  fittings  for  connecting  the 
coils  into  one  flow  of  feed  water,  both  at  the  inlet  and  outlet. 
Each  coil  is  carefully  secured,  and  great  care  is  taken  to  make  a 
Heater  that  shall  be  low  priced,  but  at  the  same  time  economical 
and  durable.  All  coils  are  tested  to  200  lbs.  pressure,  and  are 
guaranteed  to  stand  600  lbs. 

No.  05  to  2'/z  exhaust  in  and  out  at  top.  No.  3,  and  above, 
exhaust  in  at  bottom  and  out  at  top 

Size  of  exhaust  pipe  can  be  varied  to  suit  engine. 

Never  reduce  the  size  of  the  drip  pipe,  and  always  keep  it  open. 

In  connection  with  a condenser,  it  will  heat  water  to  130°  or 
140°,  increasing  the  vacuum.  It  is  the  best  Heater  ever  used  on  a 
steamboat,  either  with  or  without  a condenser. 

We  also  manufacture  special  Heaters  for  use  in  Hotels,  Hospitals, 
Breweries,  Laundries,  Dye  Houses,  etc.,  and  shall  be  pleased  to 
give  full  information  when  desired. 

Estimates  given  on  Heaters  for  special  location  or  special 
purposes. 


Fig.  1767. 


DETAILS  AND  DIMENSIONS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  FEED-WATER  HEATER. 


No. 


Horse 

Power. 


Outside 

Diameter  Diameter  of  Dimensions 

of  Exhaust  of  Heater.  weight. 


Feed  Pipe.  Pipe. 


Inches. 


Inch. 


Height. 

Inch.  Inch.  Lbs. 


Price. 


.05 

5 

yi. 

2 

10 

7 

30 

$ 15  00 

I 

10 

2 

12  * 

11 

50 

20.00 

iH 

15 

'A 

I'A 

17  s. 

11 

65 

25.00 

2 

20 

u 

2j! 

18.0 

16 

200 

35-00 

2K 

25 

I 

3 

20  M 

19 

250 

45.00 

3 

30 

I 

4 

22  - 

20 

330 

55  00 

4 

40 

I 

4 

35  § 

20 

375 

65  00 

5 

50 

I 

4 

41  io 

20 

420 

SO  OO 

6 

60 

I 

4 

46 

20 

455 

100.00 

8 

80 

I 

4 

51  S’s 

20 

5i5 

120  OO 

10 

IOO 

i or  iX 

5 

56 

22 

775 

140  OO 

12 

125 

t'A  or  1% 

5 

57 

22 

850 

175.00 

15 

150 

8 

60  a” 

26 

1000 

220  OO 

20 

200 

1 x/z  or  2 

8 

70  «*i 

26 

1250 

280  OO 

25 

250 

1^  or  2 

8 

y,  o n 

29 

1310 

340.00 

30 

300 

2 

8 

89 

29 

1400 

400  OO 

40 

400 

2 or  2 Yz 

10 

88  gg 

36 

1900 

500  OO 

50 

500 

2 or  2)/z 

10 

102  Z. 

36 

2000 

600  OO 

60 

600 

2 Yz.  or  3 

12 

101  5 

42 

2600 

700  OO 

70 

700 

3 

12 

105  * 

42 

2800 

1000.00 

80 

SOO 

3 

12 

iio£ 

42 

3000 

1400.00 

ioo 

IOOO 

3 or  4 

• 18 

U7.5f 

56 

4750 

1600.00 

1 25 

1250 

4 

18 

133- 

56 

5550 

2000.00 

150 

1500 

4 

18 

143  .c 

56 

6000 

2500  OO 

200 

2000 

4'A  or  5 

18 

138  H 

65 

8000 

3000.00 

250 

2500 

5 

18 

153 

65 

8500 

3750  OO 

Sizes  No.  05  to  7.y2  have  exhaust  inlet  and  outlet  in  top  head  ; 
sizes  No.  3 and  over  have  inlet  in  bottom  and  outlet  in  top  heads, 
unless  ordered  otherwise. 


Size  of  exhaust  varied  to  suit  requirements  of  engine.  Two  or 
more  exhausts  in  bottom  head  if  necessary. 


Fig.  1768. 


THE  BROOKS  FLEXIBLE  AND  ADJUSTABLE  FLUE  CLEANERS. 


i'/z  inches, 
2 


$ 2.00 
2.00 


2 Yz  inches, 
3 


$2.50  y/z  inches,  - $3-5°  5 inches, 

3.00  4 “ - 4 • 00  ^ 

Thev  are  flexible  to  adjust.  They  fit  the  flue  perfectly.  They  leave  no  scale  or  warts  in  the  flues.  They  are  made  of  drawn  steel 
made  especially  for  this  use  and  the  temper  cannot  be  drawn  'out,  thereby  making  them  lasting  and  durable,  and  indestructible  when  use. 
for  cleaning  hot  flues  ; as  this  Cleaner  is  used  it  wears  itself  sharp  by  coming  in  contact  with  the  sides  of  l’»e  ,;  . . h d tllen 

To  adjust  the  Cleaner  do  not  try  to  lengthen  it,  but  remove  the  key  at  the  end  and  turn  the  nut  until  the  desired  size  is  reaciie  1,  1 
insert  the  split  key  through  burr  and  through  the  hollow  shaft.  But  as  the  back  end  of  the  tubes  fillup  wtUiscae  fastcuthan  the  f on 
ends  it  is  necessary  to  adjust  the  Cleaner  so  it  will  go  through  easily  for  the  first  few  times  using,  and  then  let  it  out  gradually 
standard  size  is  obtained. 


886 


Fig.  1169. 


tu 

“S| 

55  c o 


S V* 

c/2:d 

Ph 


8 « 
rt  5 


<u  a 

W* 


1 

5 

5 

8 

10 

20 

1400 

1000 

28 

68 

40 

3600 

2 

6 

s'A 

8 

10 

20 

1500 

1200 

28 

68 

40 

3650 

3 

7 

6% 

8 

12 

20 

1600 

1500 

28 

68 

40 

3900 

4 

9 

6 % 

10 

14 

22 

2000 

1800 

3° 

78 

50 

4800 

5 

10 

7 

10 

14 

22 

2500 

2000 

32 

80 

55 

5100 

6 

1 1 

7 

10 

14 

24 

2600 

2000 

34 

84 

60 

5400 

7 

12K 

I'A 

10 

14 

24 

3500 

2200 

36 

84 

65 

6100 

8 

15 

8'A 

10 

14 

24 

4000 

2600 

36 

84 

65 

6500 

9 

l6 

8'A 

10 

14 

24 

4000 

2600 

38 

96 

77 

6800 

10 

20 

8 % 

12 

16 

28 

5500 

4000 

40 

90 

85 

8800 

11 

25 

10 

12 

16 

28 

7000 

5000 

42 

96 

90 

98OO 

12 

30 

10% 

14 

16 

3° 

8000 

6000 

42 

96 

90 

10500 

»n 
2 ^ 
grs 
•JS^i 
t«5  c 


•d 

'd  . *3  <C 
22  a^J 


O.Q  'd 


" « p ,?.  u 
« •=  g W u- 

a.Sf  v£ 


w 


U V 

~ *,  a,* 

d ’’■'  c3 

Sg-  S’« 

0 'mo 
a O 

fife 

"p 

p.S 


aTi 

■c'l 


SQ 

w 


Single  Cylinder,  Patent  Friction  Drum  Hoisting-  Engine, 

WITH  BOILER  AND  FIXTURES  COHPLETE. 


Specially  adapted  for  pile  driving,  contractors,  railroads,  bridge  builders,  docks,  coal  yards,  stevedores,  ships,  quarries,  running 
pentrifugal  pumps  and  general  hoisting  purposes. 


EVERY  ENGINE  TESTED  AND  GUARANTEED. 

887 


Fig.  1170. 


0 

U 

<L> 

£ 

<LI  c/5 

,Q  4/ 

*0 

£ bflfc 

£ a <2  . 

u 

u 

a> 

rP 
O • 

p.£  «j 

Hi 2 t4ii 

0 C bfl 
0 p p . 

u 

<u 

.0 

C qJ 

P 3 

rt 

C/5 

'O 

p 

K*-!  • 

U s 

O 

J-. 

02 

jp.  C/5* 
4;  (L» 

P 

£• 

Q 

c*_  • 
0 

<U 

6 a 

£r 

r a 

— .C'O 
•Si4  £ 
0 y 
«"<a 
-*-»  bC'Z 

iiitable  Wt. 
Pile  - Drivi 
Hammer 
Quick  Work 

’0 

PQ 

*0  c/5 
0 ^ 

‘0 

« 

. 

O c/5 
_ 4/ 

.2  <B 

^ p 
op 

ited  Sh 
Wt.  w: 
Comple 

•aa^e- 

C a ISO 

“S'-ss 

«||£ 

^ b£ 
V ,3 
nW 

3 u 

'O-C 
p 0 
;p  p 
►»*-< 

go 

“S 

5 <D 

« £ 
<D  ■*-* 

•=  a 2 

a| 

“a 

<U  M 

So 

P w 

a bc£ 

■K-S« 

O 4/  CO  C/5 

u.-acu  0 

■en<83 

47  O 

° ►J-C0 
•£°0  flfc 

0} 

x 

0 

a 

5 

hT 

p* 

02 

0 

X 

fc 

W 

Ph 

Ph 

13 

8 

5 

8 

12 

22 

2000 

1500 

32 

80 

57 

5200 

14 

10 

5H 

8 

12 

22 

2500 

1800 

34 

84 

60 

5450 

15 

14 

6J4 

8 

14 

22 

3100 

2000 

34 

84 

60 

5S00 

16 

18 

ty2 

10 

14 

24 

4500 

2800 

36 

84 

65 

7200 

17 

20 

7 

10 

'4 

24 

5000 

2800 

3» 

90 

77 

7800 

18 

20 

7 

10 

14 

28 

5000 

3500 

40 

90 

85 

8000 

19 

25 

7^ 

10 

14 

28 

6500 

4000 

42 

9b 

90 

9000 

20 

30 

10 

14 

28 

8000 

5000 

42 

96 

90 

9400 

21 

40 

8J4 

12 

16 

32 

10000 

8000 

48 

102 

142 

14500 

22 

50 

10 

12 

l6 

32 

12000 

10000 

5° 

102 

155 

18500 

23 

60 

10% 

14 

18 

34 

16000 

12000 

52 

108 

160 

22000 

23a 

85 

12J4 

l6 

20 

38 

22000 

18000 

60 

120 

200 

2S000 

Double  Cylinder  Patent  Friction  Drum  Hoisting  Engine, 

WITH  ; BOILER  AND  FIXTURES  COMPLETE. 


Specially  adapted  for  pile  driving,  contractors,  railroads,  bridge  builders,  docks,  coal  yards,  stevedores,  ships,  quarries  and  general 
hoisting  purposes. 


EVERY  ENGINE  TESTED  AND  GUARANTEED, 

888 


Fig.  1171. 


standard  Double  Cylinder,  Double  Patent  Friction  Drum,  Double 

Winch  Hoisting'  Engine. 

WITH  RATCHETS  AND  PAWLS,  WITH  BOILER  AND  FIXTURES  COMPLETE. 

Specially  adapted  for  quarries,  bridge  building,  pile  driving,  dock  building,  contractors’  use  and  general  hoisting. 

889 


i/i 

<v 

bfl^ 

bfl»-<  'd’d  ft 

’O  a 

oi 

<u 

A 

<D 

bfl 

P 

*bfl 

a 

P 0 

<u 

a « a g " 

ft”*  ^ 

p—i  cn 
w <v 

4; 

a 

‘bfl 

p 

V 

T3 

<D 

U 

>> 

0 

.2 

i-T 

<v 

TJ 

p 

tn 

<v 

•C 

<u 

A 

0 

.2 

a 

rt 

<P 

P 

<d 

TJ 
• V 

'a  v 

QJ  ft 

1/5  W 
*3  P 

'O 
« 0 
ft 

L.’ 

'O 

.Q 

O 

Li’ 

a 

*0 

X 

u 

p 

i ship; 
with  b 0 
e. 

engine 
ratchets 
and  fix 
e. 

engine 
complete 
foot  bra 

0 

2 

2 

.0 

•=  g 

tP  <D 

0 

uh  bfl 

6 

£ 

V 

N 

W) 

p 

ft 

0 

a 

rt 

<u 

M 

O 

«H 

'V 

a 

A 

bfl 

P 

Is* 

©22 

r eight 
haraiu 
work. 

cu 

ID 

8 

rt 

£ 

bfl 

oj 

Xi 

B 

P 

stimat 
weigh 
com  pi 

rice  0 
boiler, 
pawl 
com  pi 

rice  0 
boiler 
cludin 

</3 

K 

5 

CO 

0 

a 

£ 

ts 

5 

H 

z 

W a. 

ft 

36 

IO 

514 

8 

12 

22 

2500 

1800 

34 

84 

60 

6500 

37 

14 

6>4 

8 

14 

22 

3100 

2000 

34 

84 

60 

7000 

38 

18 

6# 

IO 

14 

24 

4500 

2800 

36 

84 

65 

8200 

38^ 

20 

7 

IO 

14 

24 

5000 

2800 

38 

90 

77 

9000 

39 

20 

7 

IO 

14 

28 

5000 

3500 

40 

90 

85 

9800 

40 

25 

7^ 

IO 

14 

28 

6500 

4000 

42 

96 

90 

10500 

41 

30 

814 

IO 

14 

28 

8000 

5000 

42 

96 

90 

11500 

42 

40 

S>4 

12 

16 

32 

I OOOO 

8000 

48 

102 

142 

20500 

44 

50  IO>£ 

12 

16 

32 

12000 

I OOOO 

50 

102 

155 

21500 

45 

60  10^4 

14 

18 

34 

16000 

12000 

52 

108 

160 

24000 

46 

85  12^ 

16 

20 

38 

22000 

18000 

60 

120 

200 

29000 

_N  W 

<75 


o .-8 

SJiJ-g 


u 

5 A 

6 K 

6lA 

7 

7 A 

8 A 
8^ 
9K 

io 

ro'4 


V O 

'V  a 


jq  bfl 
bee  ^ • 
•S o.J4 
a-* 

> > v-  o 
' <u  > 
<L>  ^ g * 

3fl  S? 
™ . g-g 
K o- 


8 

12 

16 

2500 

1600 

8 

12 

16 

3000 

2000 

10 

14 

18 

4000 

2400 

10 

14 

18 

5000 

3000 

10 

m 

24 

6500 

4000 

10 

14 

24 

8000 

5000 

12 

16 

30 

10000 

8000 

12 

16 

30 

1 1000 

8500 

12 

16 

30 

12000 

9000 

14 

16 

32 

16000 

10000 

4000 

4200 

5200 

5500 

6000 
6650 
10500 
1 1000 
13000 
18000 


W <u 


w Z,  v > 


as 


O •—  (j  ^ 

u £ « 

’C  o ^ 

0.  ^ 


•«  o 

0 o 

.2  |~-o 

b 8 fl  a 


£ 8«  3 

£*<  K o 


a,!4 
Oo  . 
. ojn 

.ofis 


« aJ= 
i o > 
MiSP 
W 


Doable  Cylinder,  Double  Patent  Friction  Drum  and  Winch  Hoisting- 

Engine,  with  Ratchets  and  Pawls. 

WITH  OR  WITHOUT  FOOT  BRAKES,  AND  WITHOUT  BOILER. 


Fig.  1772. 


Specially  adapted  lor  quarries,  bridge  building,  contractors,  lighters,  railroads,  etc 


Size'No.  of 

H.  P.  Usu- 

Dimension  of  Cylinders. 

Dimension  of  Hoisting 
Drums. 

Engines. 

ally  Rated. 

Diameter 

Stroke 

Diameter 

Length 

47 

8 

Inches. 

5 

Inches. 

6 

Inches. 

IO 

Inches. 

14 

48 

10 

5/4 

8 

IO 

l6 

49 

14 

6 14 

8 

12 

16 

50 

18 

6>4 

IO 

14 

18 

51 

20 

7 

IO 

14 

18 

52 

25 

1'A 

IO 

14 

24 

53 

30 

s>4 

IO 

14 

24 

54 

40 

8K 

12 

16 

30 

55 

50 

IO 

12 

16 

30 

56 

6o 

io>£ 

14 

iS 

32 

Price  of 

Price  of 

Engine 

Weight 

Estimated 

Engine 

complete 

Extra  for 

hoisted, 

shipping 

complete 

without 

cast  iron 

single  line 

weight, 

without 

Boiler. 

dock 

in  lbs. 

lbs 

Boiler. 

with  foot 

wheels. 

brakes. 

1600 

1600 

2500 

2350 

3000 

2600 

4000 

3150 

5000 

3250 

6500 

4100 

8000 

4600 

I OOOO 

8750 

12000 

9100 

16000 

9800 

Double  Cylinder,  Single  Patent  Friction  Drum  and  Winch  Hoisting 

Engine. 

WITH  OR  WITHOUT  FOOT  BRAKE  AND  WITHOUT  BOILER. 

Specially  adapted  for  warehouses,  steam  lighters,  bridge  building,  contractors,  railroads,  barges,  steamboats,  sailing  vessels 

and  general  hoisting, 


891 


Specially  adapted  for  coal  hoisting,  steam'dighters,? vessels,  quarries,  docks, '/warehouses,  railroads,  contractors  and  general  hoisting.  5 


This  engine  is  very  desirable  where  a small,  simple  and  compact 
engine  is  desired  and  where  boilers  are  already  in  place,  or  where 
an  independent  boiler  is  used  to  run  one  or  more  engines,  rock 
drills  or  other  machinery.  They  are  very  convenient  where  fre- 
quent moving  is  necessary,  and,  in  fact,  for  all  purposes  where  a 
light,  independent  hoisting  engine  can  be  used.  Every  engine  has 
a winch-head  on  the  drum  shaft  and  a band  fly  wheel  on  the  crank 
shaft.  Foot  brakes  are  furnished  if  desired.  Independent  boilers 
and  fixtures  supplied  with  these  engines. 

Reverse  Link-Motion  Engines  furnished  without  friction  drum. 
Prices  on  application. 


Size  No 
of 

Engine. 

Horse 

Power. 

, Cylinders. , 

Diameter.  Stroke. 
Inches.  Inches. 

Will  Hoist  Diameter 
with  Single  of  Hoisting 
Dine,  Drums, 

in  Pounds.  Inches. 

Estimated 

Shipping 

Weight. 

Pounds. 

57 

4 

5 

6 

800 

8 

IOOO 

58 

5 

5 

8 

1200 

10 

1500 

59 

6 

5'A 

8 

1400 

12 

1600 

60 

8 

6'A 

10 

1700 

14 

2000 

61 

10 

7 

10 

2000 

14 

2300 

62 

12  Yz 

7'A 

10 

2500 

14 

2500 

63 

16 

8'A 

10 

3200^ 

14 

3000 

64 

20 

8 % 

12 

5000 

16 

4200 

65 

25 

10 

12 

5500 

16 

5000 

66 

30 

ioj^ 

14 

7000 

16 

5500 

Fig.  1774. 


Single  Cylinder  Single  Patent  Friction  Drum  Single  Wincli 


Hoisting*  Engine. 

WITH  FOOT  BRAKE  WITHOUT  BOILER. 


m 


ao;^,  # nfc 

-Prentiss  tqql  Supply  (& 


Fio’1775- 


rd 

bfl  03 

1-1 

a 

<D 

u 

03 

fl  C/3 
G CD 

3 bfl 

■oS 

.2  s 

U 

03 

0 . 

>> 

•S 

Q W 
" aj 

Jh 

A § 

w-,  q3 

(0  3 
O J'O 

^ H ^ 

0 a +* 

W H 03 
H U 13 

a 

O 

m w 

03 

Size  No. 
Engine. 

3 

t/3 

3 

di 

W 

u ^ 

03  0 
|-2 

u 

03  O 

*o  a 
.2 ’T" 

*>> 

u 

O 0 
h a 

5 

u 

Q 

0 a 
.c  <u 

■H  03 
be  t. 

a ^ 

03  qj 

►4,0 

a 

bfl- 
— bfl 

£•§ 

43 

bflftS 

cd'O*-' 

1-1  QJ 

'Ll  <u 

> a 

< C/3 

Boiler  Di 
inches 

OA 

O 

S.S 

.bfl 

’43 

a 

67 

14 

6/^ 

8 

20 

22 

2100 

250 

34 

84 

68 

18 

6^ 

10 

20 

24 

2500 

275 

36 

84 

69 

20 

7 

IO 

22 

28 

3000 

300 

38 

90 

70 

25 

7^ 

IO 

24 

28 

4000 

300 

40 

90 

71 

30 

8^ 

10 

24 

28 

4500 

300 

42 

96 

72 

40 

8K 

12 

30 

32 

6000 

300 

42 

96 

73 

50 

IO 

12 

30 

32 

8000 

300 

48 

102 

Write  for  Descriptive  Circulars  and  Prices. 


60 

65 

77 

85 

90 

90 

142 


6500 

8000 

8500 

8750 

9500 

16500 

17500 


Prospecting  Engine,  Double  or  Single  Cylinder. 

Specially  adapted  for  prospecting  and  opening  small  mines,  and  sinking  shafts  less  than  600  feet  deep,  with  boiler  and  fixtures 
Complete  and  with  foot  brake, 


893 


74 

14 

6>4 

8 

24 

24 

# 

250 

1800 

350 

3800 

75 

18 

6/4 

10 

28 

24 

H 

300 

2000 

350 

5000 

76 

20 

7 

10 

30 

24 

% 

300 

2200 

375 

5500 

77 

25 

rVz 

10 

36 

30 

54 

360 

3000 

375 

7 ocx) 

78 

30 

8/4 

10 

36 

3° 

360 

3500 

450 

8000 

79 

40 

8 J4  ' • 

12 

40 

36 

54 

475 

4000 

450 

1 1000 

80 

50 

10 

12 

48 

40 

1 

490 

4500 

475 

1 2000 

81 

60 

io'/i 

14 

54 

40- 

1 

550 

5000 

475 

13500 

82 

80 

12  >4 

l6 

60 

48 

1 

700 

7000 

500 

22000 

83 

120 

14/4 

l8 

66 

60 

1 

1000 

8000 

500 

24500 

Fig.  1776. 


Double  Cylinder,  Reversible  Link  Motion  Hoisting  Engine,  with  Brake, 

Adapted  for  high-speed  hoisting,  inclines  and  mines. 


Write  for  descriptive  circulars  and  prices. 

894 


phentiss  tqql  # supply  (g, 


Fig.  1777. 


Double  Cylinder,  High  Speed,  Coal  Hoisting  Engine,  with  Patent  Friction 

Drum  and  Foot  Brake. 


Proportion  of  gearing  three  to  one  or  five  to  one  as  desired. 
Average  Hoisting  Speed,  500  to  700  feet  per  minute. 


895 


N 

<4-.  CO 
O V 
& 

> 

■°  s 

So 
= « 
S3 

60 

60 


65 

77 

90 


90 

142 


155 


£ <U 

Ss-g. 

rt  bflg4 

3 oj  S 

W 

8000 
8500 
10500 
1 1500 
13500 
14500 
22000 
28000 


Standard  Double  Cylinder  Double  Patent  Friction  Drum  Hoisting 

Engine. 

WITH  BOILER  AND  FIXTURES  COHPLETE,  WITH  TWO  EXTRA  FRICTION  kDRUHS. 


For  swinging  boom  derrick,  for  contractors,  quarries,  etc.,  where  it  is  required  to  swing  derrick  by  steam  power. 

896 


Fig.  1779. 


Double  Patent  Friction  Drum  Electric  Hoist.  With  Foot  Brakes 

and  Controller. 

FOR  COAL  HOISTING,  MINING,  ETC. 


Prices  on  application. 


Double  Cylinder  Double  Friction  Drum  Hoisting-  Engine. 


With  five  Winch  Heads,  four  independent  with  ratchet  and  pawls  and  one  keyed  to  shaft,  especially  adapted  to  bridge 
building  and  general  construction  work. 

Further  information  and  prices  on  application.  . 


898 


CALENDERED  IRON  AND  STEEL  SHAFTING. 

Cut  to  Length  (i  to  24  Feet)  Without  Extra  Charge. 


V »Q 

I.S 


I*  P 
« O 
P*  u 

jfi  F* 

Ss 


& . 
(U  -*-» 
'P  03 
it- 
'd </) 

a >> 

p 

5^ 

■p  o 
§ 


A 

•093 

A 

.164 

A 

.256 

H 

.368 

A 

.501 

A 

.654 

A 

•83 

A 

1.02 

'A  x A 

H 

1.23 

A*l\ 

X 

1.47 

8 -e-  3 

TIT  X W 

u 

1.74 

T$  x A 

A 

2.00 

'A  x As 

44 

Tff 

2.30 

A*X 

I 

2.61 

'Ax'/s 

riV 

2.96 

A x A 

1 X 

3-3i 

'A*  A 

rA 

3-70 

5 v 5 
Ttf  X It? 

1 A 

4.09 

5 Y 5 

Iff  X 8^ 

T 6 

4 50 

1 6 X S? 

iH 

4-95 

13c. 


9C- 


7%c. 


6'zic. 


5'Ac. 


U p 

P-  l~ 
£ U 


A 
a . 

i>  -*-> 
'p  p 
<v 

TJ  w) 
B >. 

01  V 

.arj 

•o  o 


1 7-16 

541 

H X3-16) 

iX 

5-89 

3A  X3-16 

1 9-16 

6.40 

^8x3-16 

I X 

6.91 

X X3-16 

I 11-16 

7-45 

Hx  3-16 

*a 

8.01 

H x3‘l6 

I 13-16 

8.60 

H X3-16 

1% 

9.20 

1 15-16 

9 83 

A x A 

2 

10.47 

A x A 

2 I-l6 

11  15 

'AxA 

2% 

11.82 

'A*  A 

2 3-16 

12.54 

A*  A 

2 A 

1325 

A x A 

2 5-16 

14.00 

AzxA 

2A 

14.76 

X X5-16 

2 7-16 

15.57 

A x 5-16 

2'A 

16.37 

A x 5-16 

2 9 l6 

17.20 

A x 5-16 

2 A 

18.03 

A x 5-16 

2 II-l6 

1.891 

A X5-16 

2 A 

19.80 

A X5  16 

2 13-16 

20.71 

A x 5-16 

2 y& 

21.63 

A x X 

2 15-16 

22.60 

AxA 

3 

23-56 

AXA  . 

: 5c- 


Turned  Shafting. 


.d 

£ 

O 

p.  . 

O 

P.  . 

d 

v-  'p 
<D  0 

jQ 

.2 

u«  "o' 
f 0 

H3  cd 

—a  V 

fO  ui 

jQ 

P<2 

d >> 

L. 

i»  cn 

a; 

d >> 

W) 

Jc  O 

1- 

P- 

*■8 

P. 

Sa 

rt  *-* 

^ 0 

14 

O 

£ c 

C0,rH 

O 

O 

*c 

Q 

is 

£ 

‘5 

* 

£ 

3'A 

25.60 

^x 

3 H 

39-31 

is.  A 

3ve 

26.60 

x)4 

3 15-16 

40.59 

I X 

3X 

27.65 

^x  A 

r i/p 

4 

41.88 

1 x At 

3 X 

29.82 

XxTS 

0/2^  • 

4 3-16 

45-91 

1 X 

- 6c 

3 A 

30.95 

A X A 

4^ 

47.29 

I X ^ 

3 A 

32.07 

# x a 

4 7-i6 

51-55 

1 x A. 

aAz 

53-01 

i*  A . 

3X 

3440 

^ x a 

3rff 

35-60 

% x A 

[.  6c. 

4 15-16 

63.82 

Ix^  \ 61/ 

3 A 

36.81 

K x a 

5 

6545 

1 *A  j 7 

Pump  and  piston  rods  extra. 


PATENT  SAFETY  SET  COLLARS  (SPLIT). 

The  set  screw  is  protected  and  cannot  catch  belts,  clothes, 
etc.  Furnished  only  when  specially  ordered. 


Fig.  1781. 


COflPRESSION  COUPLINGS. 


Key-seated  and  Furnished  with  Keys. 


These  Couplings  can  be  applied  to  shafts  or  removed  there- 
from very'quickly  and  easily,  and  are  shipped  by  us  finished  and 
fitted  ready  for  use. 

Couplings  should  always  be  located  as  near  bearings  as  possi- 
ble. They  should  never  be  more  than  24  inches  therefrom. 

When  correctly  put  up  in  a workmanlike  manner,  we  guar- 
antee full  and  entire  satisfaction  in  every  particular. 

At  the  present  time  the  above  form  of  compression  coupling 
is  the  only  one  we  manufacture,  although  we  have  tested  many 
other  forms  and  at  different  times  adopted  several  of  them  tempo- 
rarily. A long  and  satisfactory  experience  with  the  clamp  form  of 
compression  coupling  leads  us  to  believe  that  it  is  not  only  the 
simplest,  but  the  most  powerful,  durable  and  reliable  compression 
coupling  in  the  market. 


COMPRESSION  COUPLINGS  AND  SLIP  COLLARS. 


Size 

Comp’n 

Solid 

Set 

Patent 
Safety  Split 

inches. 

Coupling. 

Collar. 

Collars. 

15-16 

$ 5-20 

1 -50 

$ -75 

1 3-16 

540 

.60 

.90 

1 5-16 

5.60 

•70 

1.05 

1 7-16 

5-75 

1. 00 

1.50 

1 11-16 

6.30 

1.20 

1.80 

1 1516 

7.00 

1.50 

2.25 

2 3-16 

7-50 

1.85 

2-75 

2 7-16 

8.25 

2.20 

3-25 

2 11-16 

10.00 

2.50 

3-75 

2 15-16 

11.50 

2.85 

4-25 

3 316 

13-75 

3-15 

4-65 

3 7-i6 

16.00 

3.50 

5-25 

3 u-16 

19.00 

3.85 

5-75 

3 15-16 

22.00 

4-15 

6.25 

4 3-i6 

25.00 

4-50 

6-75 

4 7-i6 

30.00 

4.80 

7-25 

4 1 1 - 1 6 

36.00 

5-io 

7-75 

8.15 

4 1516 

42.00 

545 

5 3 16 

5 7-i6 
5 1116 
5 1516 

Couplings  fitted  for  shafts  and 

5- 75 
6.00 

6- 75 

7- 50 

furnished  with 

8.65 
9.00 
10. 10 
11.25 

keys  and  bolts. 

Reduction  compression  couplings,  for  connecting  shafts  of 
different  diameters,  same  price  as  plain  compression  couplings  for 
shafting  of  the  larger  size. 


809 


Fig.  1783. 


FLANGED=FACED  OR  PLATE  COUPLING. 

Keyseated  and  Furnished  with  Keys  and  Bolts. 


Diameter  of  Shaft, 


15-16 
1 3-16 
1 5-16 

1 7-16 
1 11-16 

1 15-16 

2 3-16 

2 7-16 

2 11-16 

2 15-16 

3 3-i6 

3 7-i8 

3 11-16 

3 I5-i6 

4 3 16 

4 7-i6 

4 11-16 

4 15-16 

5 7-i6 

5 15-16 


Fitted,  per  pair,  $ 6.50 
“ “ 6.75 

“ “ 7.00 

“ “ 7.25 

“ “ 7-50 

“ “ 9.00 

“ “ 10.50 

“ “ 12.50 

“ “ 15-50 

“ “ 18.50 

“ “ 21.75 

“ “ 25.00 

“ “ 28.75 

“ “ 32-50 

“ “ 37-25 

“ “ 42.00 

47.75 

“ “ 53-50 

“ “ 63.50 

“ “ 77.00 


Fig.  1784. 


ADJUSTABLE  DOUBLE  BRACED  SELF-OILING 
HANGER. 


Variable  Drop,  with  Babbitted  Boxes.  ( 1 ^ to  2 in.  range.) 

Construction  such  as  to  permit  of  quick  adjustment  to  any 
drops  that  may  be  desired  within  the  range  specified. 


Fig.  1785. 


JAW  CLUTCH  COUPLING. 


Diameter  of  Shaft, 


15-16 

Fitted,  per  pair, 

$ 9-50 

I 3-16 

( ( ( ( 

10.00 

I 5-16 

11. 00 

I 7-16 

1 1 « ( 

12.00 

I 11-16 

((  ii 

12-75 

I 15-16 

i < ( ( 

13-50 

2 316 

< ( i < 

15-75 

2 7-16 

< ( ( < 

18.75 

2 II-16 

( ( < ( 

23-25 

2 1516 

( ( i t 

27-75 

3 3-16 

( ( i i 

32  50 

3 7-16 

<<  (i 

37-50 

3 11  16 

( ( ( ( 

43.00 

3 1516 

< < ( ( 

48.75 

Fig.  1786. 


ADJUSTABLE  DOUBLE  BRACED  SELF-OILING 


FLOOR  STAND. 

Variable  Drop,  with  Babbitted  Boxes. 

Double  Braced  Self-Oiling  Drop  Hangers  are  readily  conver- 
tible into  Floor  Stands  by  simply  inverting  the  boxes,  as  shown 
in  this  cut.  Brices  same  as  for  Adjustable  Self-Oiling  Hangers. 


900 


Diameter  of  Shaft.  Dia.of  shaft. 


Double  Braced  Drop  Hangers  and  Floor  Stands. 


Range  of  Drop 
(in  Inches) 

15-16 
1 3-16 
1 5 16 
1 716 
1 11-16 


6 

8)4 

to  8 

to  10 

$2.45 

2.80 

2-95 

3 30 

3.20 

3-55 

3-45 

3.80 

4.00 

4.30 

10A 

12)4 

to  12 

to  14 

3-3« 

3-75 

3.60 

4.00 

3 90 

4-30 

4.10 

4-50 

4.60 

5.00 

H)4 

i6)4 

to  16 

to  18 

4.10 

4-30 

4-55 

4.70 

4.80 

4.90 

5-30 

5-4o 

18A  20A 

to  20  to  22 


4- 85  5-oo 

5- 15  5-30 

5- 60  5.75 


Quotations  on 
extra  heavy 
hangers  and  on 
extra  long  drops 
furnished  on  ap 
plication. 


Range  of  Drop 

(in  Inches) 


f 1 1516 

2 3 16 

2 7-16 

2 11  16 

( 2 1516 

3 316 

3 7 16 

3 ii  16 
3 1516 

4 316 
4 7 16 

' 4 15-16 


Fig.  1787. 


/ 

to  9 

5-35 
6.50 
8. 10 
10.10 
12.00 


IO 

13 

l6 

19 

22 

25 

28 

3i 

34 

to  12 

to  15 

to  18 

to  21 

to  24 

to  27 

to  30 

to  33 

to  36 

5.85 

6.35 

6.85 

7-35 

7.85 

8-35 

9.60 

11. 00 

12.50 

7.20 

7.80 

8.30 

8.85 

9.60 

10.30 

H-55 

12.25 

13-75 

8.60 

9 25 

10.00 

10.75 

11.60 

12.40 

13-75 

14.50 

15-25 

10.60 

11.80 

12.30 

13-00 

14.10 

i5-5o 

17-50 

18.50 

19-50 

12.90 

13.90 

14.80 

15-50 

16  75 

18.00 

20.25 

21.25 

22.25 

15.25 

16.30 

17-25 

18.00 

19-50 

20.75 

23.00 

24.25 

25-25 

19-50 

21.00 

22.25 

23-25 

25.00 

26.50 

29.00 

30.50 

32.00 

22.00 

23-25 

24-25 

25-50 

27.25 

29.00 

31.00 

32.25 

34-25 

24.00 

25-50 

26.75 

27-75 

29.50 

3i-5o 

33-oo 

35.50 

37-5o 

28.00 

29.00 

30.00 

31.00 

33  00 

34.00 

37.00 

40.50 

42.50 

32.50 

33-oo 

33-75 

35-oo 

36.50 

38.50 

41.00 

45-50 

47-50 

36.00 

37-50 

39-25 

4i-5o 

44-50 

46.00 

48.00 

50.00 

52.00 

ADJUSTABLE  SELF=OILING  POST  HANGERS. 

With  Babbitted  Boxes. 

BASE  MEASUREMENT. 


Diameter 

of 

Shaft. 

No.  of 
Hanger 

Length 

of 

Bearing. 

Centre  of  Shaft 
to  Bottom 
of  Base. 

Length 
Over  All. 

Width. 

Center  to 
Center 
of  Bolts. 

Thickness 

No.  of 
Bolts. 

Diam. 

of 

Bolts. 

Price. 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

inches. 

inches 

inches. 

inches. 

inches. 

inches. 

inches. 

1 3 16 

I 

5 

4 

9)4 

3 

6% 

H 

2 

)4 

$ 3-00 

1 7 16 

2 

6 

4% 

\o% 

3% 

7)4 

A 

2 

)4 

3-50 

1 11-16 

2 

7 

4)4 

10  A 

3)4 

7 X 

U 

2 

>4 

4-25 

1 15-16 

3 

7 

5)4 

12% 

4)4 

9 

1 

2 

A 

5-25 

2 3-16 

3 

9 

5)4 

12% 

4)4 

9 

1 

2 

A 

6.50 

2 7-16 

4 

10 

6)4 

15 

5 

11X 

i/4 

2 

A 

8.00 

2 11-16 

4 

11 

6)4 

15 

5 

n)4 

i/4 

2 

A 

9-75 

2 15-16 

5 

12 

8 

18 

6 

13  A 

i)4 

2 

H 

H-75 

3 3-16 

5 

13 

8 

18 

6 

13  A 

1 )4 

2 

A 

14.00 

3 7-16 

6 

14 

9)4 

21% 

7 

16  X 

1 v% 

2 

7A 

17.00 

3 11-16 

6 

14 

9)4 

21 % 

7 

16X 

1% 

2 

A 

20.50 

3 15-16 

7 

16 

10)4 

25 

8 

18% 

i)4 

2 

1 

24.00 

43-16 

7 

16 

10)4 

25 

8 

iS'A 

i/4 

2 

1 

28.50 

47-16 

8 

16 

13 

29X 

8)4 

23 

i/4 

2 

i)4 

33-oo 

ADJUSTABLE  SELF=0IL1NG  PILLOW  BLOCKS  AND  “SHORT  DROP”  HANGERS. 


Fig.  1788. 


With  Babbitted  Boxes.  (Interchangeable.)  Drop  Variable. 


Diameter  Number  Length 
of  of  of 

Shaft.  Hanger.  Bearing. 


Center 
of  Shaft 
to 

Bottom 
of  Base. 


BASE  MEASUREMENT. 


Length 

Over 

All. 


Width. 


Center  to  Center 
of  Bolts. 


Thick- 

ness. 


Holding-Down 

Bolts 


A 

B 

c 

D 

E 

F 

Diameter. 

No. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

I5-i6 

1 

4 

3 J4 

io% 

4 

7 

I 

'A 

2 

I 3-16 

1 

5 

3)4 

10)4 

4 

7 

I 

A 

2 

I 5-16 

1 

5 

3)4 

10)4 

4 

7 

I 

A 

2 

I 7-16 

2 

6 

4)4 

12)4 

4 A 

8/$ 

i)4 

A 

2 

I II-16 

2 

7 

4)4 

12  A 

4 A 

8/s 

i)4 

'A 

2 

I 15-16 

3 

8 

4)4 

14 

4 As 

9)4 

i)4 

A 

2 

2 3-16 

3 

9 

4)4 

14 

4 As 

9)4 

i)4 

A 

2 

2 7-16 

4 

10 

5)4 

17 

63/s 

ii)4 

1 A 

7A 

2 

2 II-16 

4 

11 

5)4 

17 

6/s 

11  A. 

1 H 

7A 

2 

2 15-16 

5 

12 

6)4 

19 

6 )4 

13 

!)4 

7A 

2 

3 3-i6 

5 

12 

6)4 

19 

6)4 

13 

i)4 

7A 

2 

3 7-i6 

6 

14 

7 

21)4 

8 % 

14)4 

2% 

i)4 

7A 

4 

3 n-16 

6 

14 

7 

21)4 

8)4 

14)4 

2 As 

1 A 

7A 

4 

3 15-16 

7 

16 

7)4 

2314 

8)4 

16 

2 A* 

i)4 

1 

4 

4 3-16 

7 

16 

7)4 

23)4 

8)4 

16 

2 '-A 

i)4 

1 

4 

4 7-i6 

8 

16 

7)4 

24  >4 

9/4 

17)4 

3)4 

i)4 

1 

4 

4 15-16 

9 

18 

8)4 

26 

10 

19 

3 7A 

i7A 

1 

4 

5 7-i6 

10 

20 

8 A 

27)4 

io/8 

19)4 

4 

iA 

1 

4 

5 15-16 

10 

20 

8 % 

27)4 

10  As 

19)4 

4 

i)4 

1 

4 

Price. 


$2  40 

2 85 

3 30 

3 80 

4 25 

5 00 

6 50 

8 00 

9 75 
11  50 
14  50 
17  00 
20  50 

24  50 

29  00 
33  50 
43  00 
52  00 
65  00 


901 


RIGID  JOURNAL  BOXES 

With  Babbitted  Bearings. 


Diameter 

of 

Shaft. 

Inches. 

Length 

Bearing. 

Inches. 

base. 

Length.  Width. 

A F 

Inches.  Inches. 

Center 
of  Shaft 
to 

Bottom 
of  Base. 
C 

Inches. 

Height 

Over 

All. 

D 

Inches. 

Center 

to 

Center 

of 

Bolts. 

E 

Inches. 

Holding-Down 

Bolts. 

Size.  No* 

Inches, 

Price. 

15 16 

3# 

7 

iX 

i'A 

2A 

5 A 

At 

2 

$1  30 

1 316 

5 

7 A 

2% 

i/s 

2 A 

5 A 

'A 

2 

1 60 

1 7-16 

5 

7 A 

2 A 

1 9-16 

2 A 

5 A 

lA 

2 

2 OO 

1 11 16 

5A 

9 

3 

1 9-16 

3'A 

7 

A 

2 

2 65 

1 1516 

6 X 

9% 

3X 

iX 

4 

7 'A 

A 

2 

3 35 

2 3-16 

7'A 

9.X 

4 

iA 

4X 

7'A 

A 

2 

4 00 

2716 

8 

nX 

4'A 

2 

4V% 

8'A 

A 

2 

4 80 

2 11 16 

9 

11X 

4X 

2A 

4A 

9 

A 

2 

5 65 

2 15-16 

9A 

13 

5/4 

2 A 

5 A 

IO 

A 

2 

6 70 

3 3 16 

10  A 

13X 

5'A 

2 A 

5 A 

103/S 

A 

2 

7 75 

3 7-16 

nX 

14 

(>'/& 

2A 

6 

10A 

A 

2 

8 90 

3 11-16 

12 

15  A 

6X 

3'/s 

6A 

11 A 

I 

2 

10  10 

3 15-16 

13 

l6 

7 

3'A 

6X 

12  A 

I 

2 

11  50 

4 3-16 

13 

18 

8 

3A 

7'A 

14 

I 

2 

13  50 

4 7-16 

13 

18 

8 

3% 

7 A 

14 

I 

2 

15  00 

4 15-16 

5 7-16 
5 15-16 

6 7-16 
6 15-16 

l6 

18  X 

9 

4 A 

9 

15 

I 

2 

19  00 

23  50 

28  50 
34  00 
40  00 

Fig.  1789. 


Fig.  1790. 


SPECIAL  BALL  AND  SOCKET  PILLOW  BLOCK. 

For  Electrical  or  other  Heavy  High  Speed  Service. 


Not  carried  in  stock. 


These  Pillow  Blocks  are  extra  heavy,  self-oiling,  Babbitted  with 
strictly  number  one  metal,  finely  finished  and  guaranteed  to  satisfacto- 
rily meet  the  requirements  of  the  hardest  and  most  exacting  service. 

They  are  made  for  3 15-16  and  larger  sizes  of  shafting,  and  are 
largely  used  in  electric-light  plants  in  connection  with  the  adjustable 
floor  stands  illustrated. 


3 I5-i6 

4 7-i6 

4 I5-i6 

5 7-i6 


Length  of  Bearings. 

20  inches  5 15-16  - 

22  inches  6 7-16 

24  inches  6 1516  - 

- 25X  inches 


27  X inches 
29  inches 
31  % inches 


Prices  quoted  upon  application. 


UPRIGHT  SHAFT  FLOOR  BEARING. 

Self  Oiling. 


Fig.  1791. 


Diam. 

of 

Shaft. 

A 

B 

C 

D 

Price. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

I 7-16 

6 A 

4 A 

5 A 

A 14-75 

I II*l6 

7'A 

5 

6 

X 

5-25 

1 15 16 

8 A 

5 A, 

6X 

X 

6.00 

2 3-16 

8 A, 

6 

6A 

X 

7.00 

2 7-16 

9 A 

6 H 

7'/s 

A 

8.00 

2 11-16 

9 A 

6X 

7 A 

A 

9-75 

2 15-16 

II 

7 A 

8 X 

A 

12.00 

3 3 16 

II 

7 A 

8 X 

A 14.50 

3 7-16 

12 

8X 

9'A 

A 17-00 

3 15-16 

13 

9 X 

10  'A 

I 

24.50 

VERTICAL  SHAFT  BOX. 

Babbitted.  Not  Self-Oiling. 


Fig.  1792. 


Diam. 

of  Shaft,  1 3-16, 

||  4 1 

“ 1 7 16, 

1 111  “ 

“ 1 n-16, 

m * * 

“ 1 15-16, 

M 

“ 2 3-16, 

In 

“ 2 716, 

m 

“ 2 11  16, 

111  44 

“ 2 15  16, 

81  “ 

“ 3 3-i6, 

M|  “ 

“ 3 7i6, 

$ 2.75 

325 

3-75 
5 00 
6.25 
7-50 
9.00 
11.25 
13.00 
I6.OO 


902 


ADJUSTABLE  FLOOR  STAND  FOR  PILLOW  BLOCK  OR 
JOURNAL  BOX. 


Fig.  1794. 


ADJUSTABLE  SELF-OILING  BRACKET  HANGER. 

With  Babbitted  Boxes.  (Interchangeable.  ) 

to 

REACH. 


Size 

of  Shaft. 


(Center 
of  Shaft  to 
Bottom 
of  Base.) 


PRICE. 


$4  50 

4 75 

5 25 

5 80 

6 75 

7 15 
7 50 
7 80 
9 80 

10  10 

1045 

10  75 

14  50 

15  25 

15  75 

16  00 


DIMENSIONS. 


ROD 


14 

15# 

17# 

i8^S 

15% 

17  Vs 

18^4 

19^ 

18 
18K 

19^4 
20^4 
20^4 
2IJ4 
22  fg 
23?< 


3^  10  J4 


33/ 

4 

4 

4/4 

4/4 

4% 

4% 

5 
5 


nyk 
13% 
15 

n# 
12% 
H'/s 
15  H 

16^4 

17 

5X  17^4 
S3A 
6 
6 


FINGERS 


n is® 

COLLARS 


CLAMP. 


Shifting  Attachments. 

SHIFTING  FIXTURES  FOR  COUNTERSHAFT  HANGERS. 

These  attachments  can  be  added  to  any  size  of  hanger  that 
may  be  desired. 

The  following  items  comprise  a complete  shifting  attachment, 
by  means  of  which  any  one  of  our  large  stock  of  Drop  Hangers 
can  readily  be  fitted  up  as  a countershaft  hanger  with  a very  sitn 
pie  and  desirable  belt  shifting  rig  attached  : 2 hanger  arms  ; 2 belt 
fingers  ; 2 check  collars  ; 1 lever  clamp ; 1 shifting  rod. 


Hanger 

No. 

1 

2 

3 

4 


Size. 

15  16  to  I 5 16 
I 3A  to  I 

I 13-16  to  2 5-16 
244  tO  2 V 


Price  Complete 
Attachment. 

I2.25  net. 
2.50  net. 
3.00  net. 
3.70  net. 


Fixtures 
Without  Arms 

$1.25  net. 
1.25  net. 
1.25  net. 
1.25  net. 


Price 
per  Arm. 

jSo.50  net. 
.65  net. 
.90  net. 
1.25  net. 


Not  carried  in  stock. 

Prices  quoted  upon  application. 

Floor  bolts  and  bolts  shown  by  dotted  lines  are  extra,  there- 
fore are  only  furnished  when  specified  in  orders,  and  an  additional 
charge  is  made  for  the  same. 

Designed  for  heavy  shafting  (344  and  larger  diameter)  and 
service  where  our  regular  Floor  stands,  illustrated,  cannot  be 
used.  They  are  very  strong  and  rigid,  and  either  rigid  or  adjus- 
table pillow  blocks  may  be  used  upon  them. 

Distance  from  floor  to  center  of  box,  30  to  48  inches. 

The  eight  adjusting  bolts,  of  which  but  five  are  visible  in  the 
cut  above  shown,  permit  of  a close  adjustment  both  laterally  and 
vertically,  and  enable  the  shafting  to  be  very  accurately  aligned. 

Especially  suitable  for  use  in  electric  light  plants. 


Fig.  1795. 


903 


Fig.  1796. 


SOLE  OR  BASE  PLATE. 

For  Self-Oiling  Pillow  Block  or  Rigid  Journal  Box,  with  Bolts  for  securing 
box,  but  without  “ holding  down  ” or  foundation  bolts. 

Designed  for  use  when  extra  large  or  heavy  bases  are  required.  Any  style 
of  pedestal  or  box  desired  can  be  used  upon  them,  and  can  be  adjusted  both 
laterally  and  vertically. 

Diameter  of  Shaft. 

17-16  1 1 1 - 16  11516  2316  27-16  21116  215-16  33-16  3716  3 


$2.30  2.60  2.60  3.50  3.50  5.00  5.00  5.60  6.20 

PATENT  STEEL  RIM  PULLEYS. 

$ 

Either  Solid  or  Split  in  Halves. 

These  pulleys  are  earnestly  recommended  to  the  special 
attention  of  all  persons  interested  in  the  subject  of  power  trans- 
mission. 

We  claim  they  are  the  best  pulleys  in  the  market,  on  the 
following  grounds  : 

They  are  all  made  running  balance. 

They  are  from  25  to  40  per  cent,  lighter  than  corresponding 
sizes  of  ordinary  cast  iron  pulleys,  but  are  much  stronger  and  cap- 
able of  transmitting  fully  15  percent,  more  power. 

The  saving  in  weight  is  principally  made  in  the  rim,  where, 
for  several  reasons,  lightness  is  most  desirable. 

The  rims  being  made  of  rolled  steel  cannot  be  chipped  while 
in  transit  to  destination,  or  broken  by  accidents  in  handling  that 
would  ruin  an  ordinary  cast  pulley. 

The  continuous  cast  iron  inner  rim  (connecting  the  outer  ends 
of  the  pulley  arms)  effectually  preserves  the  pulley’s  perfect  round 
ness,  no  matter  how  tight  the  belt  or  how  high  the  speed  at  which 
it  may  be  run. 

The  steel  rims  are  so  securely  riveted  to  the  supporting  cast 
rims  that  they  cannot  possibly  work  loose. 


Made  in  the  Following  Designs  : 
Crowning  fnced  pulley, 

“ “ split  pulley.  .... 

Flat  faced  pulley,  - - .... 

“ “ split  pulley, 

Crowning  faced  pulley,  for  double  belt, 

“ “ split  pulley,  for  double  belt, 

Flat  faced  pulley,  for  double  belt, 

“ “ split  pulley,  for  double  belt, 

Double  arm  pulley,  crowning  face, 

“ “ “ flat  face,  ... 

Pair  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 

Wood  split  pulley,  crowning  face, 

“ “ “ flat  face,  ----- 


n-16  315-16  4 3‘l6  4 7-i6  411-16  415-16  5716  51516 

7. So  9.40  10.50  11.50  13.50  14.50  1630  21.50 


Fig.  1797. 


Prices  of  steel  rim  pulleys  upon  application. 

Minimum  Sizes  — We  do  not  manufacture  Steel  Rim  Pulleys 
in  diameters  smaller  than  12  in.  or  with  narrower  than  6 in.  faces, 
unless  by  special  contract  or  arrangement.  For  49  in.  or  larger 
Steel  Rim  Pulleys  the  narrowest  face  is  8 inches. 

Pulleys  with  eyes  or  bores  disproportionate  to  their  diameters 
or  with  special  hubs,  are  subject  to  extra  charges. 

Intermediate  Faces.— Pulleys  having  faces  yz  inch  or  more 
wider  than  those  specified  in  price  list  will  be  charged  for  at  prices 
of  next  wider  faces. 

Pulleys  finished  with  both  keyways  and  set  screws  and  single 
belt  pulleys  having  keyways  will  be  subject  to  extra  charges. 


STATIONARY  STEP  FOR  UPRIGHT  SHAFT. 

Diam.  of  Shaft,  1 7-16,  with  Iron  Bush, 

Fig.  1798. 


“ “ 

i-n-16, 

4 ( 

( < 

“ 

450 

((  ( 

1 15  16, 

( ( 

4 4 

4 4 

525 

4 4 4 4 

2 3-16, 

( ( 

4 4 

4 4 

5-75 

4 4 4 4 

2 7-16, 

( ( 

4 4 

4 4 

6.50 

4 4 4 4 

2 11  16, 

4 4 

4 4 

4 4 

7.00 

4 4 n 

2 15  16. 

4 ( 

4 4 

4 4 

7-75 

( 1 ( ( 

3 3-i6, 

4 t 

4 4 

4 4 

8.50 

4 4 c i 

3 7-i6, 

4 4 

4 4 

4 4 

9.80 

< < < < 

3 1 1 16, 

4 ( 

4 4 

4 4 

12.30 

3 1516, 

t 4 

4 4 

4 4 

15-75 

ADJUSTABLE 

Fig.  1799. 


STEP 


desired.  Prices  upon  application. 

FOR  UPRIGHT  SHAFT. 


Diam.  of  Sh 


ift,  2 7-16,  with  Iron  Bush,  $8.40 


1 11  16, 

2 15  16, 
3 3-i6, 
3 7-i6, 

3 n-16, 

3 15-16, 


11.20 

14.00 
18.25 
21.80 

24.00 

30.00 


Fitted  with  Brass  Bushings  if  desired.  Prices  upon  application. 


Fig.  1800. 


CAST  IRON  PULLEY. 


904 


Fig.  1801 


With  Bolts  for  Securing  Pillow  Block  or  Journal  Box. 


Diameter  of 
Shaft. 

Reach. 

(Drop.) 

Price . 

Diameter  of 
Shaft 

Reach. 

(Drop.) 

Price 

1 7 16 

18  inches. 

$6  25 

2 15-16 

| 18  inches. 

1 9 75 

to 

24 

6 75 

to 

24 
( 30 

10  75 

I 11-16 

.3° 

7 25 

3 3-i6 

11  75 

I 15-16 

18 

6 50 

3 7-i6 

( 18 

22  50 

to 

24  “ 

7 00 

to 

\ 24 

25  25 

2 3-I6 

3° 

7 60 

3 ii-16 

26  75 

2 7-16 

18 

6 75 

3 1516 

( 18 

24  25 

to 

24 

7 50 

to 

\ 24 

27  5o 

2 Il-l6 

.30 

8 25 

4 3-i6 

( 30 

28  75 

MACHINE  HOLDED 

FINISHED  PULLEYS. 

BORED,  TURNED,  BALANCED  AND  WITH  SET  SCREWS. 


A C) 

<U 

■rC 

V 

c . 

•rC 

.a  aJ 

c . 

si 

“•3 

2 ° 
§.s 

±2 

a£ 

2 ci 

S3 .3 

p 

a£ 

*■8 

Qs 

^ 0 

35 m 

Ss 

fee. 
^ 0 

•</)« 

3 

$1  50 

IO 

8 

$4  10 

14 

6 

$4  50 

4 

1 75 

9 

4 50 

7 

4 90 

5 

2 00 

10 

5 00 

8 

5 20 

6 

2 25 

12 

5 60 

9 

5 70 

7 

2 50 

14 

6 40 

10 

6 10 

8 

2 75 

II 

3 

2 90 

12 

7 IO 

3 

1 70 

4 

3 10 

14 

8 30 

4 

1 90 

5 

3 45 

15 

3 

3 70 

5 

2 10 

6 

3 80 

4 

4 00 

6 

2 50 

7 

4 10 

5 

4 30 

7 

2 95 

8 

4 40 

6 

4 70 

8 

3 35 

9 

4 70 

7 

5 10 

9 

3 75 

10 

5 25 

8 

5 50 

10 

4 20 

12 

5 90 

9 

6 00 

3 

2 00 

14 

6 80 

IO 

6 50 

4 

2 20 

12 

3 

3 00 

12 

7 50 

5 

2 50 

4 

3 30 

14 

8 80 

6 

2 90 

5 

3 60 

16 

3 

3 90 

7 

3 30 

6 

4 00 

4 

4 20 

8 

3 70 

7 

4 30 

5 

4 5o 

9 

4 20 

8 

4 60 

6 

5 00 

10 

4 70 

9 

4 90 

7 

5 5o 

12 

5 30 

10 

5 50 

8 

6 00 

3 

2 25 

12 

6 20 

9 

6 50 

4 

2 50 

14 

7 30 

IO 

7 00 

5 

2 80 

13 

3 

3 10 

12 

8 00 

6 

3 10 

4 

3 40 

14 

9 40 

7 

3 50 

5 

3 80 

16 

10  80 

8 

3 90 

6 

4 20 

17 

3 

4 IO 

9 

4 30 

7 

4 55 

4 

4 40 

10 

4 70 

8 

5 00 

5 

4 70 

12 

5 30 

9 

5 40 

6 

5 20 

14 

6 10 

10 

5 80 

7 

5 70 

3 

2 80 

12 

6 60 

8 

6 20 

4 

3 00 

14 

7 70 

9 

6 80 

5 

3 25 

14 

3 

3 50 

IO 

7 40 

6 

3 50 

4 

3 80 

12 

8 50 

7 

3 80 

5 

4 20 

14 

10  00 

16 

11  07 

Fig.  1802. 


WALL  FRAHE  OR  BOX. 


For  Pillow  Blocks  of  any  Style,  or  Rigid  Journal 


Boxes 

Size  of  Shaft, 

1 7-16 

in. 

- 

Price, 

$4  25 

( ( (l 

1 11-16 

in. 

1 1 

4 75 

( ( d 

1 1516 

in. 

- 

t t 

5 25 

2 3-16 

in. 

- 

t f 

6 00 

1 1 t < 

2 7-16 

in. 

- 

ft 

7 00 

11  1 1 

2 11-16 

in. 

- 

t t 

8 50 

( » It 

2 15-16 

in. 

- 

• f 

10  25 

( t 1 1 

3 3-i6 

in. 

- 

1 1 

11  75 

it  it 

3 7-i6 

in. 

- 

1 1 

13  60 

t t 1 1 

3 11  16 

in. 

- 

1 1 

15  75 

1 1 1 1 

3 i5-i6 

in. 

- 

U 

19  35 

ft  ft 

4 3-i6 

in. 

- 

f t 

23  5o 

t 1 1 

i 

4 7-i6 

in. 

- 

1 1 

28  25 

it  it 

4 11-16 

in. 

- 

1 1 

33  50 

4 15-16 

in. 

- 

t t 

37  20 

1 1 it 

5 7-i6 

in. 

- 

1 1 

44  00 

1 1 ( ( 

5 15  16 

in. 

- 

1 1 

50  80 

CAST  IRON  PULLEYS. 

FINISHED  PULLEYS. 


BORED,  TURNED,  BALANCED,  WITH  KEYWAYS  OR  SET  SCREWS. 


•2 

.C  d 
*->  u 

Cl  . 

a ^ 

c . 
2^ 
3 O 

sf 

3 a 

.a  ci 

■3  u 
TJ  cd 

Cl  . 

S3  2 

Cl  . 

2 £ 
3 Cl 

Ss 

£■8 

•a  02 

CD 

O C3 
Q 

Sa 

P‘3 

0 eq 
Q 

18 

3 

$4  30 

$5  60 

21 

4 

$5  30 

$7  00 

4 

4 60 

6 20 

5 

5 80 

7 65 

5 

4 95 

6 75 

6 

6 40 

8 20 

6 

5 50 

7 30 

7 

7 20 

9 20 

7 

6 05 

8 05 

8 

7 90 

10  00 

8 

6 60 

8 75 

9 

8 65 

11  00 

9 

6 85 

9 55 

IO 

9 40 

11  80 

IO 

7 90 

10  30 

12 

11  00 

14  15 

12 

9 IO 

n 85 

14 

13  10 

16  55 

14 

13  80 

16 

19  05 

16 

15  85 

18 

22  45 

18 

18  50 

20 

26  35 

19 

3 

4 50 

5 85 

22 

4 

5 60 

7 40 

4 

4 80 

6 60 

5 

6 10 

7 90 

5 

5 15 

7 IO 

6 

7 00 

8 80 

6 

5 80 

7 60 

7 

7 75 

9 60 

7 

6 40 

8 40 

8 

8 40 

10  55 

8 

7 00 

9 15 

9 

9 20 

11  40 

9 

7 80 

10  IO 

IO 

10  00 

12  40 

IO 

8 30 

10  70 

12 

11  80 

15  15 

12 

9 70 

12  60 

14 

13  90 

17  50 

14 

14  70 

16 

20  35 

16 

l6  85 

18 

23  90 

18 

19  85 

20 

28  00 

20 

3 

4 70 

6 15 

23 

4 

5 80 

8 00 

4 

5 00 

6 50 

5 

7 20 

8 60 

5 

5 55 

7 35 

6 

7 40 

9 50 

6 

6 20 

8 00 

7 

8 15 

10  40 

7 

6 85 

8 80 

8 

8 90 

11  30 

8 

7 50 

9 65 

9 

9 75 

12  55 

9 

8 20 

10  50 

IO 

10  60 

13  35 

IO 

8 90 

11  3° 

12 

12  50 

16  10 

12 

10  30 

13  30 

14 

14  80 

18  75 

14 

12  30 

15  65 

16 

21  70 

16 

17  90 

iS 

25  45 

18 

21  35 

20 

29  40 

20 

25  00 

905 


FINISHED  PULLEYS.— Continued 


J3  4J 

<L> 

<D 

A 4) 

<D  # 

(0 

_•  .a 

•d  ai 

i.s 

■M  O 

rO  rt 

•w  U-l 

b/D^=; 

a « 

AJ  4-» 

oS 

S y 

S.g 

a ° 
tt-< 

'So+s 

0 v 

J.g 

*3  0 
rd  « 

■r.  4-, 

S.s 

0 

35 « 

® a 

•h  rQ 

C/3  ^ 

3 P3 
P w 

A a 

‘4“1 
P*  O 

24 

4 

*6  : 

20 

00 

30 

30 

8 

$13  20 

$16  55 

36 

14 

5 

7 1 

oo 

9 

15 

9 

14  60 

18  00 

l6 

6 

7 : 

80 

9 1 

95 

10 

15  9° 

19  5o 

18 

7 

8 

45 

10 

80 

12 

18  70 

23  25 

20 

8 

9 

40 

11 

80 

14 

21  80 

26  60 

37 

6 

9 

10 

35 

13 

00 

16 

30  55 

8 

10 

11 

30 

14 

00 

18 

34  60 

10 

12 

13 

30 

16 

90 

20 

40  05 

12 

14 

15 

70 

19 

65 

31 

4 

9 00 

12  15 

14 

16 

22 

90 

5 

io  35 

13  55 

16 

18 

26 

65 

6 

11  70 

14  85 

18 

20 

30 

80 

7 

12  85 

16  20 

20 

25 

4 

6 

50 

8 

75 

8 

14  00 

17  45 

38 

6 

5 

7 

40 

9 

70 

9 

15  40 

19  05 

8 

6 

8 

30 

10 

55 

10 

16  80 

20  55 

10 

7 

9 

10 

11 

60 

12 

19  70 

24  35 

12 

8 

10 

00 

12 

55 

14 

22  90 

27  85 

14 

9 

10 

95 

13 

70 

16 

31  85 

16 

10 

11 

90 

14 

75 

18 

36  05 

18 

12 

14 

10 

17 

85 

20 

4i  75 

20 

14 

16 

70 

20 

75 

32 

4 

9 40 

12  75 

39 

6 

16 

24 

15 

5 

10  85 

14  20 

8 

18 

27 

95 

6 

12  30 

15  65 

10 

26 

20 

32 

25 

7 

13  55 

17  00 

12 

4 

6 

90 

9 

30 

8 

14  80 

18  40 

14 

5 

7 

80 

10 

20 

9 

16  20 

20  00 

16 

6 

8 

70 

11 

10 

10 

17  60 

21  50 

18 

7 

9 

65 

12 

30 

12 

20  60 

25  40 

20 

8 

10 

60 

13 

35 

14 

23  90 

29  05 

40 

6 

9 

1 1 

65 

14 

60 

16 

33  10 

8 

10 

12 

70 

15 

70 

18 

37  55 

10 

12 

15 

00 

18 

95 

20 

43  45 

12 

14 

J7 

70 

21 

9.0 

33 

4 

9 90 

13  35 

14 

16 

25 

45 

5 

11  45 

15  9° 

16 

18 

29 

30 

6 

13  00 

16  45 

18 

20 

33 

85 

7 

14  30 

17  90 

20 

27 

4 

7 

20 

9 

75 

8 

15  60 

19  35 

4i 

6 

5 

8 

25 

10 

85 

9 

17  00 

20  90 

8 

6 

9 

30 

11 

85 

10 

18  40 

22  45 

10 

7 

10 

30 

13 

00 

12 

21  50 

26  45 

12 

8 

11 

30 

14 

15 

14 

24  90 

30  35 

14 

9 

12 

40 

15 

45 

16 

34  50 

16 

10 

13 

5o 

16 

65 

18 

39  00 

18 

12 

16 

00 

20 

05 

20 

45  00 

20 

14 

18 

70 

23 

05 

34 

4 

10  40 

14  00 

42 

6 

16 

26 

65 

5 

12  05 

15  65 

8 

18 

30 

55 

6 

13  70 

17  30 

10 

20 

60 

35 

35 

7 

15  00 

18  60 

12 

28 

4 

7 

10 

35 

8 

16  30 

20  25 

14 

5 

8 

30 

11 

50 

9 

17  80 

21  40 

16 

6 

9 

90 

12 

65 

10 

19  30 

23  50 

18 

7 

10 

90 

13 

80 

12 

22  40 

27  55 

20 

8 

T I 

90 

14 

90 

14 

25  90 

31  65 

43 

6 

9 

>3 

70 

16 

20 

16 

35  90 

8 

10 

14 

30 

17 

65 

18 

40  55 

10 

12 

16 

90 

21 

10 

20 

46  75 

12 

14 

19 

70 

24 

25 

35 

4 

10  90 

14  65 

14 

16 

27 

90 

5 

12  65 

16  40 

16 

18 

32 

05 

6 

14  40 

18  15 

18 

20 

8 

36 

90 

7 

15  80 

19  70 

20 

29 

4 

00 

10 

85 

8 

17  20 

21  25 

44 

6 

5 

9 

25 

12 

15 

9 

18  70 

22  70 

8 

6 

10 

50 

13 

35 

10 

20  20 

24  55 

10 

7 

11 

50 

14 

50 

12 

23  40 

28  65 

12 

8 

12 

50 

15 

65 

14 

27  00 

32  85 

14 

9 

13 

80 

17 

05 

16 

37  40 

16 

10 

15 

10 

18 

45 

18 

42  T5 

18 

12 

17 

80 

22 

15 

20 

48  55 

20 

14 

20 

80 

25 

45 

36 

4 

11  50 

15  45 

45 

6 

16 

29 

15 

5 

13  30 

17  30 

8 

18 

33 

25 

6 

15  10 

*9  05 

10 

20 

8 

38 

45 

7 

16  55 

20  65 

12 

30 

4 

50 

11 

50 

8 

18  00 

22  20 

14 

5 

9 

80 

12 

85 

9 

19  55 

23  95 

16 

6 

11 

10 

14 

10 

10 

21  10 

25  65 

18 

7 

J? 

20 

15 

40 

12 

24  40 

29  80 

20 

• ji 

<v 

JU 

■ A 

X\  oj 

v . 

<v 

Doub 

Belt 

Diam 
in  inc 

5 cd 

ss 

^ 0 

Singl 

Belt 

Doub 

Belt 

Diam 
in  inc 

jS  cd 

0*-. 

^ 0 

Singl 

Belt 

Doub 

Belt 

$34  ■ 

00 

46 

6 

$24  20 

$3°  80 

54 

6 

$32  60 

$4i 

60 

38 

80 

8 

28  20 

35  40 

8 

37  50 

47 

10 

44  ' 

00 

10 

31  60 

39  40 

10 

4i  50 

51 

70 

50 

50 

12 

35  60 

44  40 

12 

46  30 

57 

20 

20 

00 

14 

40  30 

49  9° 

14 

52  40 

64 

20 

23 

40 

16 

56  00 

16 

7i 

80 

26 

65 

18 

62  70 

18 

80 

00 

3i 

10 

20 

70  70 

20 

89 

90 

35 

50 

47 

6 

25  20 

32  10 

22 

105 

70 

40 

30 

8 

29  30 

36  80 

24 

122 

80 

45 

60 

JO 

32  80 

40  90 

55 

6 

33  70 

43 

00 

52 

20 

12 

36  70 

45  60 

8 

38  70 

48 

60 

20 

90 

14 

41  70 

5i  50 

10 

42  80 

53 

30 

24 

50 

16 

58  00 

12 

47  80 

59 

00 

28 

20 

18 

65  00 

14 

54  00 

66 

00 

32 

50 

20 

72  80 

16 

74 

10 

36 

90 

48 

6 

26  20 

33  40 

18 

82 

50 

4i 

80 

8 

30  40 

38  20 

20 

92 

70 

47 

20 

10 

34  00 

42  40 

22 

108 

70 

54 

10 

12 

38  00 

47  00 

24 

34  80 

125 

70 

22 

20 

14 

43  20 

53  20 

56 

6 

44 

40 

25 

90 

16 

60  20 

8 

39  90 

50 

10 

29 

50 

18 

67  30 

10 

44  00 

54 

80 

34 

00 

20 

74  90 

12 

49  30 

60 

80 

38 

60 

22 

91  00 

14 

55  50 

67 

80 

43 

30 

24 

105  50 

16 

76 

50 

48 

90 

49 

6 

27  20 

34  70 

18 

84 

80 

55 

90 

8 

31  60 

39  70 

20 

95 

50 

23 

40 

10 

35  20 

43  9o 

22 

hi 

60 

27 

20 

12 

39  30 

48  80 

24 

36  00 

129 

00 

30 

80 

14 

44  70 

55  00 

57 

6 

45 

90 

35 

50 

16 

62  20 

8 

41  00 

5i 

50 

40 

00 

18 

69  50 

10 

45  30 

56 

40 

45 

00 

20 

77  80 

12 

50  80 

62 

60 

50 

70 

22 

93  5o 

14 

57  00 

69 

50 

58 

00 

24 

108  40 

16 

78 

90 

24 

50 

50 

6 

28  20 

36  00 

18 

87 

30- 

28 

50 

8 

32  70 

41  10 

20 

97 

90 

32 

10 

10 

36  40 

45  40 

22 

114 

30 

37 

00 

12 

40  50 

50  40 

24 

132 

20 

4i 

75 

14 

46  20 

56  80 

58 

6 

37  20 

47 

40 

46 

40 

16 

64  00 

8 

42  30 

53 

10 

52 

40 

18 

71  So 

10 

46  70 

58 

10 

59 

70 

20 

80  50 

12 

52  30 

64 

40 

25 

70 

22 

96  00 

14 

58  80 

71 

40 

29 

90 

24 

hi  30 

16 

81 

50 

33 

50 

51 

6 

29  30 

37  4o 

18 

90 

00 

38 

60 

8 

33  90 

42  60 

20 

100 

50 

43 

20 

10 

37  7o 

47  00 

22 

ii7 

20 

48 

10 

12 

42  00 

52  00 

24 

135 

50 

54 

30 

14 

47  80 

58  60 

59 

6 

38  40 

48 

90 

61 

60 

16 

66  00 

8 

43  50 

54 

60 

27 

00 

18 

74  00 

10 

48  10 

59 

80 

3i 

30 

20 

82  80 

12 

53  80 

66 

20 

34 

90 

22 

98  40 

14 

60  40 

73 

30 

40 

00 

24 

1 14  20 

16 

83 

70 

44 

70 

52 

6 

30  40 

38  80 

18 

92 

50 

50 

00 

8 

35  10 

44  to 

20 

103 

00 

56 

40 

10 

39  o° 

48  60 

22 

120 

00 

64 

00 

12 

43  30 

53  60 

60 

24 

138 

40 

28 

20 

14 

49  30 

60  50 

6 

39  50 

50 

30 

32 

70 

16 

67  90 

8 

44  80 

56 

20 

36 

50 

18 

76  00 

10 

49  50 

61 

50 

4i 

50 

20 

85  50 

12 

55  30 

67 

90 

46 

40 

22 

100  80 

14 

62  00 

75 

20 

52 

00 

24 

1 16  90 

16 

85 

90 

58 

40 

53 

6 

31  50 

40  20 

18 

95 

00 

66 

25 

8 

36  30 

45  60 

20 

105 

70 

29 

40 

10 

40  20 

50  00 

22 

122 

80 

34 

10 

12 

44  80 

55  4o 

24 

141 

50 

37 

90 

14 

50  80 

62  30 

26 

162 

60 

42 

80 

16 

69  80 

28 

184 

20 

48 

20 

18 

78  00 

30 

207 

10 

54 

00 

20 

87  50 

61 

6 

40  70 

5i 

80 

60 

60 

22 

104  00 

8 

46  00 

57 

70 

68 

60 

24 

120  00 

10 

50  80 

63 

IQ 

v . 

'bbS 

a 4i 

.3  eq 

CO 

$28  00 

15  90 

18  90 

22  OO 

25  40 

29  20 

l6  70 

19  70 

22  80 

26  50 

3°  30 

17  70 

20  80 

23  80 

27  60 

31  50 

l8  60 

21  80 

24  80 

28  80 

32  70 

19  40 

22  80 

25  80 

29  90 

33  90 

20  30 

23  90 

26  90 

31  10 

35  00 

21  30 

25  00 

28  00 

32  20 

36  30 

41  10 

22  20 

26  10 

29  30 

33  40 

37  60 

23  10 

27  20 

30  40 

34  40 

39  00 

#06 


FINISHED  PULLEYS. — Continued. 


■ A 

<v 

JU 

JV 

• XI 

.a  i> 

<L> 

. 3 

V . 

3 

..a' 

,P  0) 

<U 

• •?'  x <u 

JV  . 

a s 
s.s 

'd  03 

•H  <4_t 

’S+i 

a <v 

3 

a g 
.2 

*3  0 
Td  co 

•*H  U-l 

'Sod 

P <L> 

3 +* 

5 <D 

J .2 

P <D 

3 

5 <D 

a a 

co  .3 

T3  a 

•r-t  t+_, 

p v 

0 v 

fl  O +j  O 

2 p d oj 

CQ  .H  <4-4 

p ^ 

3 ^ 
S 0 

P a 

^ O 

c/5 123 

°PQ 

A a 

^ O 

5 PQ 

Q 

p _g 

5 PQ 
Q 

0 a 

^3 

35 « 

O r£ 

k**  t4_< 

c.s  0 

<2 w 

5 PQ 

Q 

61 

12 

$56  80 

$69  70 

63 

22 

$131  30 

66 

6 

|47  10 

$59  70 

68 

16 

$103  60 

70  26 

$195  50 

H 

63  50 

77  00 

24 

150  80 

8 

52  80 

66  00 

18 

1 14  70 

28 

219  30 

16 

87  90 

26 

172 10 

10 

57  80 

71  60 

20 

126  20 

30 

$53  so 

244  00 

18 

97  20 

28 

194  80 

12 

64  00 

79  00 

22 

146  00 

71  6 

67  90 

20 

108  00 

30 

217  90 

14 

72  00 

87  00 

24 

166  40 

8 

59  40 

74 10 

22 

125  70 

64 

6 

$44  50 

56  50 

16 

99  00 

26 

189  10 

10 

64  80 

80 10 

24 

144  60 

8 

50  00 

62  60 

18 

109  80 

28 

212  30 

12 

72  60 

88  50 

26 

165  70 

10 

54  90 

68  10 

20 

120  90 

30 

236  80 

14 

80  90 

97  40 

28 

187  60 

12 

61  40 

75  20 

22 

140  00 

69 

6 

$51  00 

64  50 

16 

1 10  70 

30 

210  70 

14 

68  40 

82  80 

24 

160  00 

8 

56  70 

70  80 

iS 

122  30 

62 

6 

42  00 

53  40 

16 

94  00 

26 

181  90 

10 

62  00 

76  70 

20 

134  40 

8 

47  30 

59  30 

18 

104  70 

28 

205  00 

12 

69  50 

84  80 

22 

155  00 

10 

52  10 

64  70 

20 

115  80 

30 

229  30 

14 

77  30 

93  20 

24 

175  70 

12 

58  30 

7i  50 

22 

134  20 

67 

6 

48  40 

61  30 

16 

106  00 

26 

198  60 

14 

65  20 

79  00 

24 

154  00 

8 

54  10 

67  60 

18 

1 17  40 

28 

222  50 

16 

90  20 

26 

175  70 

10 

59  20 

73  30 

20 

128  80 

30 

247  40 

18 

99  70 

28 

198  30 

12 

66  30 

81  00 

22 

149  20 

72  6 

55  30 

69  70 

20 

no  60 

30 

222  10 

14 

73  60 

88  90 

24 

169  50 

8 

60  80 

75  80 

22 

128  70 

65 

6 

45  80 

58  10 

16 

101  20 

26 

191  90 

10 

66  20 

81  80 

24 

148  00 

8 

5i  40 

64  30 

18 

1 12  20 

28 

215  60 

12 

74  20 

90  40 

26 

169  00 

10 

56  30 

69  80 

20 

123  40 

30 

240  40 

14 

82  80 

99  60 

28 

1 91  40 

12 

63  00 

77  10 

22 

142  80 

70 

6 

52  40 

66  20 

16 

93  90 

1 13  10 

30 

214  60 

14 

70  20 

84  90 

24 

163  20 

8 

58  10 

72  50 

18 

124  80 

63 

6 

43  20 

54  90 

16 

96  90 

26 

185  50 

10 

63  40 

78  40 

20 

137  40 

8 

48  60 

-60  90 

18 

107  20 

28 

208  50 

12 

71  IO 

86  70 

22 

157  80 

xo 

53  50 

66  40 

20 

118  30 

30 

232  90 

14 

79  20 

95  40 

24 

178  70 

12 

59  80 

73  30 

22 

137  00 

68 

6 

49  7o 

62  90 

16 

108  40 

26 

202  00 

14 

66  80 

80  90 

24 

157  20 

8 

55  40 

69  20 

18 

1 19  90 

28 

225  90 

16 

92  40 

26 

178  80 

10 

60  60 

75  00 

20 

131  80 

30 

251  20 

18 

102  20 

28 

201  60 

12 

68  00 

83  00 

22 

152  30 

20 

113  10 

30 

225  40 

14 

75  40 

91  00 

24 

172  So 

4 xl 

(1 1 *P 

CD 

<D 

<D 

CL) 

p 3 

-rp" 

<11 

<u 

<u 

<v 

• rP 

5 <D 

0 

<D  <D 

•X 

~rP 

<V  . 

1) 

0) 

<D 

a y 

ca  a 

« y 

T3od 

□ (D 

3 ^ 

3 

3 

a « 

cO  0 

CJ  0 

co  .3 

n <V 

xii 
p i> 

X 

p 

g'1 

% 

P O 
cd  .5 

flj  rj  r—, 

O 0 b4)pp 

c d -P  H <D 

Spq 

P V 

P V P 

u 

a a 

cO 

<D  O 

S.5 

P ^ 

2 x 
% v 

3 

Bi 

Pa 

*’s 

35 

PQ 

5 PQ 
Q 

0 

Q 

PQ 

Pa 

* a 

'co 

PQ 

0 pq 

Q 

0 

Q 

PQ 

Q.g 

CO 

PQ 

0 w 
Q 

1 

PQ 

Q a 

a 

• *h  CQ 

CO 

O C2 

Q 

0 

Q 

PQ 

74 

8 

$58 

90 

$75 

75 

78 

8 

$ 64 

75 

$82 

35 

82" 

8 

$70 

65 

$89 

55 

90 

8~ 

$104 

75 

9 

63 

40 

81 

90 

9 

69 

70 

89 

10 

9 

75 

90 

96 

70 

9 

112 

80 

10 

68 

00 

88 

50 

10 

74 

70 

95 

90 

10 

81 

30 

103 

85 

10 

121 

00 

11 

72 

75 

94 

80 

11 

79 

80 

102 

85 

n 

86 

80 

in 

15 

11 

129 

40 

12 

77 

60 

101 

00 

12 

85 

00 

no 

CO 

12 

92 

30 

118 

65 

12 

138 

00 

14 

87 

65 

114 

45 

14 

95 

65 

124 

50 

14 

104 

05 

134 

50 

14 

155 

60 

16 

98 

00 

128 

25 

16 

106 

65 

139 

25 

16 

116 

20 

*5° 

65 

16 

173 

40 

18 

142 

50 

18 

154 

50 

18 

167 

10 

$211 

18 

191 

50 

20 

157 

10  $180 

65 

20 

170 

30  $195 

85 

20 

183 

90 

48 

20 

210 

70  $242 

30 

22 

172 

00 

'97 

80 

22 

186 

10 

214 

00 

22 

200 

70 

230 

80 

22 

230 

05 

264 

55 

24 

187 

00 

215 

05 

24 

202 

00 

232 

30 

24 

218 

00 

250 

70 

24 

249 

50 

286 

95 

26 

232 

10 

26 

250 

65 

26 

269 

85 

26 

309 

3° 

28 

249 

25 

28 

269 

05 

28 

289 

50 

28 

33i 

70 

3° 

266 

45 

30 

287 

45 

30 

309 

IO 

30 

354 

15 

32 

283 

60 

32 

305 

90 

32 

328 

90 

32 

376 

65 

34 

300 

85 

34 

324 

30 

34 

348 

55 

34 

389 

05 

36 

317 

95 

36 

342 

70 

36 

368 

20 

36 

421 

50 

38 

335 

10 

38 

361 

10 

38 

388 

00 

38 

443 

90 

76 

40 

61 

352 

30 

40 

379 

50 

40 

407 

65 

40 

466 

30 

8 

80 

79 

05 

80 

8 

67 

65 

85 

95 

84 

8 

73 

65 

93 

25 

96 

8 

117 

10 

9 

66 

50 

85 

50 

9 

72 

80 

92 

90 

9 

79 

IO 

100 

50 

9 

125 

85 

10 

7i 

30 

92 

70 

10 

78 

00 

99 

85 

10 

84 

65 

107 

85 

10 

134 

75 

11 

76 

25 

99 

30 

11 

83 

30 

106 

95 

11 

90 

30 

1 15 

35 

n 

i43 

85. 

12  ' 

81 

30 

105 

50 

12 

88 

60 

114 

30 

12 

96 

OO 

123 

00 

12 

i53 

00 

14 

9i 

60 

119 

45 

14 

99 

85 

129 

50 

14 

108 

35 

139 

60 

14 

172 

10 

16 

102 

30 

133 

75 

16 

in 

40 

144 

95 

16 

121 

00 

156 

40 

16 

191 

75 

18 

148 

45 

18 

160 

80 

18 

173 

50 

18 

212 

50 

20 

163 

70 

188 

25 

20 

177 

10 

203 

65 

20 

190 

75 

219 

35 

20 

233 

00 

267 

95 

22 

179 

00 

205 

85 

22 

193 

40 

222 

40 

22 

208 

10 

239 

30 

22 

254 

5°. 

292 

70 

24 

194 

50 

223 

70 

24 

210 

00 

241 

50 

24 

225 

50 

259 

30 

24 

276 

oc 

3'7 

40 

26 

241 

30 

26 

260 

20 

26 

279 

50 

26 

34i 

55 

28 

259 

15 

28 

279 

30 

28 

299 

75 

28 

365 

70 

30 

276 

90 

30 

298 

25 

30 

320 

05 

30 

390 

45 

32 

294 

75 

32 

317 

40 

32 

340 

40 

32 

4i5 

15 

34 

312 

55 

34 

336 

35 

34 

360 

75 

34 

439 

65 

36 

330 

30 

36 

355 

45 

36 

381 

10 

36 

464 

15 

38 

348 

00 

38 

374 

55 

38 

401 

45 

38 

488 

65 

40 

366 

PO 

40 

383 

55 

40 

421 

80 

4Q 

513 

J5 

907 


FINISHED  PULLEYS.— Continued. 


s <=> 

A .G 

<D  U 
O G 

CtJ  • •-* 

( V 

2 K 

<D  . 
G ^ 

<L>  ^ CD 

1 e"!  ^ 

G rG 

0 0 

rt  a 

Cl’S 

3.2 

<D 

D D D 

3 8 3*; 

B D St.Cn) 

iam. 

inch. 

ace, 

inch. 

<v 

3 ^ 

G 3 

4)  D _ D 

3c44  *2  8 •S  44 

3 D P C 3 41 

■A 
£ u 

5 .8 

<d  O 
O G 
cti  ■ * 

<v 

3 ±i 

G <d 

4)  ^ <D 

"3d  2 g‘S 

rj  (D  G G G (L» 

A #G 

fe.2 

O CQ 

•r-t  CQ 

Sc 

a 

O CQ 

Q 

•rH  DC  0 <1  0 S2 

O a a 

0 PQ 

Q 

• -S3  0 <<  O 03 

Sc 

U*  Z 

O CQ 

Q 

CQ  O 0 CQ 

102 

8 

I130 

75 

108 

8 

$H4  35 

1 14  8 

$!59  45 

120 

8 

$172  85 

9 

140 

70 

9 

154  75 

9 

170  75 

9 

184  60 

10 

150 

75 

10 

165  35 

10 

182  10 

10 

196  55 

11 

160 

85 

11 

176  10 

11 

193  50 

11 

208  65 

12 

171 

00 

12 

187  00 

11 

205  00 

12 

221  00 

14 

192 

00 

14 

209  50 

14 

228  40 

14 

246  10 

16 

213 

40 

16 

232  50 

16 

252  45 

16 

271  75 

18 

233 

50 

18 

256  00 

18 

277  00 

18 

298  00 

20 

256 

25  $294  70 

20 

280  20  $322  25 

20 

303  00  $348  50 

20 

325  90  1374  80 

22 

279 

05  320  90 

22 

304  55  350  25 

22 

329  50  379  40 

24 

302 

00  347  30 

24 

329  00  378  35 

24 

356  00  409  40 

26 

373  70 

26 

406  35 

26 

439  60 

28 

400  15 

28 

434  35 

28 

470  00 

30 

426  60 

30 

462  70 

30 

500  60 

32 

453  10 

32 

49i  05 

32 

53i  30 

34 

479  65 

34 

5i9  35 

34 

562  00 

36 

506  25 

36 

547  65 

36 

592  50 

38 

532  80 

38 

575  90 

38 

623  10 

40 

559  35 

40 

604  20 

40 

653  70 

Note. — For  Pulleys  with  bore  less  than  i % inch  no  discount  from  list  prices  will  be  given.  Write  for  discounts.  Can  also  furnish 
Patent  Steel  Rim  Pulleys  in  above  sizes.  Prices  on  application.  Additional  prices  for  Clamp,  Hub,  Split,  Tight  and  Loose  and  Flange  Pulleys. 


PULLEYS.— SPLIT,  CLAMP,  HUB,  FLANGE  AND  TIGHT  AND  LOOSE. 


Fig.  1804. 


Fig.  1803. 


Additional  prices,  to  be  added  to  regular  list  prices  in  order  to 
obtain  list  prices  for  Split  Pulleys,  cast  iron. 


Diameter  in 

Width 

Additional 

Diameter  in 

Width 

Additional 

Inches. 

of  Face 

Price . 

Inches 

of  Face. 

Price. 

6 to  12 

3 to  4 

$1 

40 

37  to 

47 

6 to  10 

$10  00 

5 to  6 

1 

60 

11  to  14 

13  00 

7 to  IO 

2 

OO 

15  to  20 

18  00 

II  to  14 

2 

50 

48  to 

60 

6 to  10 

12  50 

13  to  18 

3 to  4 

1 

50 

11  to  14 

18  00 

5 to  6 

2 

OO 

15  to  20 

25  00 

7 to  10 

2 

50 

21  to  30 

34  00 

11  to  14 

3 

50 

19  to  23 

3 to  4 
5 to  6 

60 

20 

61  to 

84 

6 to  10 

20  00 

2 

3 

11  to  14 

25  00 

7 to  10 
11  to  14 
15  to  20 

4 

5 

6 

OO 

OO 

60 

15  to  20 
21  to  30 
31  to  40 

35  00 

48  00 
64  00 

24  to  30 

4 to  6 

4 

OO 

85  to 

144 

up  to  14 

38  00 

7 to  10 

5 

OO 

15  to  20 

53  50 

11  to  14 

6 

50 

21  to  30 

70  OO 

15  to  20 

9 

OO 

31  to  40 

90  OO 

3 [ to  36 

4 to  6 

5 

OO 

7 to  10 

6 

OO 

11  to  14 

8 

50 

15  to  20 

11 

50 

Additional  prices,  to  be  added  to  regular  list  prices  in  order  to 
obtain  list  prices  for  Clamp  Hub  Pulleys. 


Diameter  in 

v 

/idth 

Additional 

Diameter  in 

Width 

Additional 

Inches. 

of 

Face. 

Price. 

Inches. 

of 

Face. 

Price. 

6 to  12 

3 

to 

4 

$ 

85 

37  to 

47 

* 6 

to 

IO 

$6 

OO 

5 

to 

6 

I 

00 

11 

to 

14 

8 

OO 

7 

to 

IO 

I 

20 

15 

to 

20 

10 

OO 

11 

to 

14 

I 

50 

13  to  18 

3 

to 

4 

90 

48  to 

60 

6 

to 

IO 

7 

50 

5 

to 

6 

I 

20 

11 

to 

14 

IO 

OO 

7 

to 

IO 

I 

50 

15 

to 

20 

15 

OO 

11 

to 

16 

2 

10 

21 

to 

30 

20 

OO 

19  to  23 

3 

to 

4 

I 

60 

61  to 

cc 

4^ 

6 

to 

IO 

12 

OO 

5 

to 

6 

2 

00 

11 

to 

14 

15 

OO 

7 

to 

IO 

2 

40 

15 

to 

20 

21 

OO 

11 

to 

14 

3 

00 

21 

to 

30 

28 

OO 

15 

to 

20 

4 

00 

3i 

to 

40 

38 

40 

24  to  30 

4 

to 

6 

2 

50 

85  to 

144 

up 

to 

14 

22 

80 

7 

to 

IO 

3 

00 

15 

to 

20 

32 

IO 

11 

to 

14 

4 

00 

21 

to 

30 

42 

00 

15 

to 

20 

5 

40 

3i 

to 

40 

54 

00 

31  to  36 

4 

to 

6 

3 

00 

7 

to 

IO 

3 

60 

11 

to 

14 

5 

00 

15 

to 

20 

7 

00 

908 


Fig.  1805. 


Additional  prices,  to  be  added  to  regular  list  prices  in  order  to 
obtain  list  prices  for  tight  and  loose  pulleys  (per  pair),  patented 
steel  rim  or  cast  iron. 


Diameter  in 

Additional  Price 

Diameter  in 

Additional  Price 

Inches. 

per  Pair. 

Inches. 

per 

Pair. 

6 

to 

8 

$1 

50 

31 

to 

32 

$5 

30 

9 

to 

10 

I 

75 

33 

to 

34 

5 

60 

11 

to 

12 

2 

00 

35 

to 

36 

6 

00 

13 

to 

14 

2 

35 

37 

to 

40 

6 

50 

15 

to 

16 

2 

70 

41 

to 

44 

7 

00 

17 

to 

18 

3 

00 

45 

to 

48 

7 

75 

19 

to 

20 

3 

35 

49 

to 

52 

8 

40 

21 

to 

22 

3 

70 

53 

to 

56 

9 

00 

23 

to 

24 

4 

00 

57 

to 

60 

9 

70 

25 

to 

26 

4 

30 

61 

to 

66 

10 

50 

27 

to 

28 

4 

60 

67 

to 

72 

12 

50 

29 

to 

30 

5 

00 

Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  always  made  with  crowning  faces, 
while  pulleys  that  drive  them  are  made  with  flat  faces. 


Fig.  1807. 


Additional  prices,  to  be  added  to  regular  list  prices  in  order  to 
obtain  list  prices  for  finished  flange  pulleys.  Made  to  order  with 
one,  two  or  three  flanges. 


Diameter  in 

Additional  Price 

Inches. 

for  each  Flange. 

6 to  8 

$2  00 

9 to  10 

2 30 

11  to  12 

2 60 

13  to  14 

285 

15  to  16 

3 25 

17  to  18 

3 60 

19  to  20 

4 00 

21  tO  22 

4 50 

23  to  24 

5 00 

25  to  26 

5 50 

27  to  28 

6 20 

29  to  30 

7 00 

Diameter  in 

Additional  Price 

Inches. 

for  each  Flange. 

31  to  32 

$7  70 

33  to  34 

8 40 

35  to  36 

9 20 

37  to  40 

10  40 

41  to  44 

11  80 

45  to  48 

13  35 

49  to  52 

15  00 

53  to  56 

16  30 

57  to  60 

18  30 

61  to  66 

20  80 

67  to  72 

23  25 

Fig.  1806. 


BELT  TIGHTENERS. 


<V 

U 

cd 

z 

O 

c-h 

3 

eC 

3 

Diameter  and 
of  pulley. 

'S’ 

cd 

< G 
0 V 

JH  3 
bfi 

a 

V 

W-i 

0 

u 

<v 

a 

'5 

Floor  length. 

Floor  width. 

Price,  with  iro 
side  frames. 

Price,  without 
frames. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft, 

In. 

12x9 

18 

T 1 1 
1TW 

3 

5 

2 

7X 

$60.00 

$48.00 

18x12 

18 

Xfff 

3 

II 

2 

io'X 

80.00 

64.00 

20  X 14 

is 

Hi 

4 

I 

3 

0% 

100.00 

80.00 

20  X 16 

is 

T 1 1 

1T1T 

4 

I 

3 

2'A 

1 10.00 

88.00 

28  x 18 

24 

iff 

5 

3 

3 

4X 

120.00 

96.00 

28  X 20 

24 

m ' 

5 

3 

3 

6'X 

140.00 

I 12.00 

30  X 22 

24 

2fV 

5 

5 

3 

SX 

160.00 

128.00 

30  x 24 

24 

2TfT 

5 

5 

3 

10'X 

200.00 

160.00 

36  X 28 

30 

2 nr 

6 

5 

4 

2 X 

250.00 

200.00 

36  X 32 

30 

2,V 

6 

5 

4 

(>x 

320.00 

256.00 

36  x 36 

30 

2'rH 

6 

5 

4 

10X 

400.00 

320.00 

36  x 40 

36 

/)1  i) 
2 T <5 

6 

5 

5 

•2'X 

500.00 

400  00 

Fig.  1808. 


WEB  PULLEY. 


These  Pulleys  are  manufactured  with  cast  iron  webs  and  steel 
rims,  or  of  solid  cast  iron.  They  are  extensively  used  on  dynamos. 
Prices  quoted  on  application. 


909 


Fig.  1809. 


GUIDE  OR  GALLOWS  PULLEY  AND 

FRAHE. 

No.  1. 

With  10  x 

4 inch  pulley,  - 

- 

- $12.00 

4 4 

With  10  x 

8 inch  pulley, 

- 

18.00 

No.  2. 

With  18  x 

4 inch  pulley,  - 

- 

18.00 

4 < 

With  18  x 

8 inch  pulley, 

- 

25.00 

THE  FALLS  PATENT  FRICTION 
COUPLINGS. 

I.argest  Shaft  . 

CLUTCH  CUT-OFF 

to  which 

Diameter  of  Space  on  Horse  Power 

Price  of  Coupling 

Clutch  can  be 
Fitted. 
Inches. 

Clutch. 

Inches. 

Shaft.  100  Rev. 

Inches. 

Complete. 

2 

12 

IS'A 

3 

$45  00 

3'A 

14 

'5'X 

4 

50  00 

3 'A 

16 

17% 

5 

55  00 

4 

18 

18/s 

7 

60  00 

4% 

20 

18 % 

10 

73  00 

4 lA 

22 

21  iV 

14 

85  00 

4 A 

24 

23^ 

19 

100  00 

4'/z 

26 

23  A 

23 

no  00 

4'A 

28 

24X 

26 

118  00 

4H 

30 

26% 

30 

125  00 

5'A 

33 

27 

34 

140  00 

6 

. 36 

29rf 

53 

160  00 

6^ 

40 

32t7tt 

75 

260  00 

7 

42 

34tV 

90 

270  00 

7 'A 

48 

38 

105 

360  00 

9 

54 

40  H 

175 

460  00 

9'A 

60 

43 

280 

700  00 

11 

72 

48 

410 

850  00 

The  horse  power  indicated  above  is  for  four  arms.  A corre 
sponding  increase  will  be  obtained  if  six-arm  clutch  is  used.  We 
have  patterns  for  six-arm  clutches  in  principal  sizes,  and  prices 
will  be  quoted  upon  application, 


STATIONARY  HULE  PULLEY  STAND. 


For  2 

inch 

Belt,  with 

2 

Pulleys, 

IO  X 

3 inches, 

- - - $22.50 

“ 3 

4 i 

2 

4 4 

IO  X 

4 “ 

- - - 25.00 

“ 4 

4 ( 

< < < < 

2 

4 4 

12  X 

5 

- - - 30.00 

“ 5 

( 4 

4 ( 4 4 

2 

4 4 

12  X 

6 

- - - 32.00 

“ 6 

4 ( 

4 4 4 4 

2 

4 4 

16  X 

7 

- - - 37-50 

“ 7 

( < 

4 4 (4 

2 

4 4 

16  X 

8 

- - - 40.00 

“ 8 

4 ( 

4 4 4 4 

2 

4 4 

24  X 

10  “ 

- - - 60.00 

“ 10 

4 < 

4 4 4 4 

2 

4 1 

24  X 

12  “ 

- - - 65.00 

“ 12 

( ( 

4 4 4 4 

2 

4 4 

30  X 

14 

- - - 100.00 

910 


Fig.  1813. 


Fig.  1814. 


ADJUSTABLE  flULE  PULLEY  STAND. 


For  4 

inch 

Belt,  with  2 Pulleys, 

12  X 

5 inches, 

- - - $60.00 

“ 5 

< ( 

ct  tt  2 

12  X 

6 

- - - 62.00 

“ 6 

< t 

“ “ 2 

16  X 

7 

- - 75  00 

“ 7 

( ( 

“ “ 2 

16  X 

8 

- - - 78  co 

“ 8 

< < 

“ “ 2 

16  X 

9 . “ 

- 85.00 

“ 10 

( « 

“ “ 2 “ 

24  X 

12  “ 

- 112.00 

“ 12 

<< 

tt  <1  2 “ 

30  X 

14 

- 160.00 

Fig.  1815. 


SHIFTER  FORKS. 

“A”  represents  a long  fork  designed  for  use  when  the  lever 
fulcrum  is  located  on  the  opposite  side  of  shaft  from  the  operator. 

“B”  represents  a short  fork  designed  for  use  when  the 
fulcrum  is  located  between  operator  and  shaft. 


STEEL  RIM  PULLEY  WITH  FOUR  ARH  CLUTCH. 

There  is  absolutely  no  contact  of  frictional  surfaces  when  not 
“in  clutch.”  The  operation  of  clutching  and  releasing  is  so  easy 
that  it  can  be  readily  accomplished  by  moving  the  cone  by  hand, 
unaided  by  the  lever. 

Fig.  1816. 


FOUR  ARM  FRICTION  CLUTCH  CUT=OFF  COUPLING. 

Operates  upon  the  same  principle  as  the  Friction  Clutch  Pulleys. 
The  ring  is  keyed  to  the  driving  shaft  and  the  clutch  to  the  driven, 
or  vice  versa,  permitting  of  the  instantaneous  stopping  or  starting 
of  that  portion  of  the  shafting  which  lies  beyond  the  clutch. 

They  are  perfectly  balanced,  fitted  with  straight  keys  and  set- 
screws, and  may  be  run  at  any  speed  desired. 


911 


BALANCED  FRICTION  CLUTCH  PULLEYS. 

With  Four  or  Six  Arms,  According  to  Amount  of  Power  to  be  Transmitted,  and  with  Steel  Rims. 

THE  Steel  Rim  Pulleys  are  about  40  per  cent,  lighter  than  ordinary  cast  iron  pulleys,  but  at  the  same  time  much  stronger.  For  these 
reasons  they  are  especially  well  adapted  for  use  in  connection  with  Friction  Clutches,  there  being  much  less  friction  on  bearings, 
wearing  of  sleeves  and  strain  on  shaft  than  there  would  be  with  heavier  pulleys. 


0 ^ 
• D 

0 >. 

kJ; 

Q • 

O c bfi 

— a 

o't: 

u 

cd 

pi 

> 

<u 

d 

o,c 
o£r 
o 3 

r. 

0 <v 
C3 

O . 

Sd 

0 * 

0 — 

0 ' Wfi 

0 a 

•rt  C 

U 

cd 

pi 

> 

<U 

Pi 

o,c 

O' 

0 

O 3 

13 

0 >, 
g= 

° >> 
O S 

0.2  bo 

cd 

pi 

O 

Pi 

o,c 

O 1 

0 z> 

O 5 

Tj  O 

a ~ 

0 * 
sf 

. 

0 >, 

<uu 

§i  sp 
0^.5 

o^-u 

U 

^d 

pi 

:! 

«/£' 

O 3 

X5  O 

CS 

« *3 
a* 

rt’3 

fed. 

rt  « 3 

CL»a  '7"'. 

</)</> 0 

O 

U 

a 

8 

p 

ri  3 

P. 

cd  s 

5* 

« = 
&<P< 

cd  cd  3 

O 

U 

a 

8 

cd  3 
Ph 

3 3 

a* 

” pi 

<d  £ 3 

O 

U 

a 

O 

O 

Pi3 

cd  3 
P< 

rt  3 

3* 

a 

bPn 

cd  cd  3 

C/3  C/5  0 

O 

U 

a 

8 

PiU 

cd  5 
Pi 

16 

4 

17 

3 

25 

|29 

OO 

25 

7 

21 

14 

50 

$47 

65 

30 

14 

32 

34 

90 

$83 

45 

35 

14 

33 

40 

50 

$102 

25 

5 

18 

4 

00 

30 

15 

8 

22 

16 

60 

49 

65 

15 

33 

37 

40 

87 

65 

15 

34 

43 

62 

107 

35 

6 

19 

4 

50 

31 

25 

9 

23 

18 

70 

51 

70 

16 

34 

39 

25 

92 

00 

l6 

35 

46 

20 

112 

70 

7 

20 

6 

00 

33 

5° 

10 

24 

20 

80 

53 

85 

17 

35 

42 

20 

96 

60 

17 

36 

49 

50 

1 18 

35 

8 

21 

7 

50 

35 

OO 

11 

25 

22 

80 

56 

05 

18 

36 

44 

50 

101 

45 

l8 

37 

51 

35 

124 

25 

'7 

4 

17 

4 

15 

30 

OO 

12 

26 

24 

90 

58 

40 

31 

5 

19 

12 

86 

56 

10 

36 

5 

l9 

*4 

96 

68 

80 

5 

18 

5 

20 

3i 

25 

13 

27 

27 

00 

60 

85 

6 

20 

15 

40 

58 

90 

6 

21 

17 

90 

72 

20 

6 

19 

6 

50 

33 

20 

14 

28 

29 

00 

63 

35 

7 

21 

18 

00 

61 

85 

7 

22 

20 

90 

75 

80 

7 

20 

7 

75 

34 

25 

26 

4 

l8 

8 

60 

43 

90 

8 

25 

20 

58 

64 

95 

8 

23 

23 

50 

79 

60 

8 

21 

9 

80 

35 

75 

5 

19 

10 

82 

46 

10 

9 

26 

23 

00 

68 

15 

9 

24 

26 

25 

83 

60 

18 

4 

17 

5 

67 

3i 

70 

6 

20 

12 

90 

48 

40 

10 

26 

25 

73 

7i 

55 

10 

27 

29 

10 

87 

75 

5 

18 

7 

08 

32 

95 

7 

21 

15 

00 

50 

80 

11 

27 

28 

3° 

75 

15 

11 

28 

32 

15 

92 

15 

6 

19 

8 

50 

34 

3° 

8 

22 

17 

25 

53 

35 

12 

28 

30 

50 

78 

90 

12 

29 

35 

25 

96 

75 

7 

20 

10 

02 

35 

65 

9 

23 

19 

40 

56 

00 

13 

29 

33 

20 

82 

90 

13 

3o 

38 

50 

101 

60 

8 

21 

11 

34 

37 

10 

10 

24 

21 

50 

5S 

So 

14 

32 

36 

00 

87 

05 

14 

33 

41 

00 

106 

65 

19 

4 

17 

6 

x3 

33 

00 

11 

25 

23 

80 

61 

75 

15 

33 

38 

59 

9i 

35 

15 

34 

44 

50 

112 

00 

5 

18 

7 

66 

34 

3° 

12 

28 

25 

75 

64 

80 

16 

34 

4i 

10 

95 

90 

16 

35 

47 

10 

117 

55 

6 

19 

9 

20 

35 

70 

13 

29 

28 

00 

68 

05 

17 

35 

43 

50 

100 

70 

17 

38 

50 

20 

123 

45 

7 

20 

10 

73 

37 

10 

14 

30 

30 

10 

7i 

45 

1 8 

36 

46 

3i 

105 

75 

18 

39 

53 

25 

129 

60 

8 

21 

12 

26 

38 

60 

15 

31 

32 

25 

75 

05 

32 

5 

19 

13 

28 

58 

40 

19 

40 

56 

25 

136 

10 

9 

22 

13 

80 

40 

15 

16 

32 

34 

50 

78 

80 

6 

20 

15 

94 

61 

3° 

20 

4i 

59 

25 

142 

90 

20 

4 

18 

6 

30 

34 

3° 

27 

5 

18 

11 

10 

47 

65 

7 

21 

18 

60 

64 

40 

37 

5 

J9 

15 

25 

7i 

50 

5 

19 

7 

88 

35 

70 

6 

20 

13 

40 

50 

05 

8 

25 

21 

20 

67 

60 

6 

20 

18 

25 

75 

05 

6 

20 

9 

45 

37 

10 

7 

21 

15 

70 

52 

55 

9 

26 

23 

90 

70 

95 

7 

21 

21 

25 

78 

80 

7 

21 

11 

03 

38 

60 

8 

22 

17 

90 

55 

15 

10 

27 

26 

56 

74 

50 

8 

25 

24 

50 

82 

75 

8 

22 

12 

60 

40 

15 

9 

23 

20 

00 

57 

90 

11 

28 

29 

22 

78 

20 

9 

26 

27 

50 

86 

90 

9 

23 

14 

18 

4i 

75 

10 

24 

22 

10 

60 

80 

12 

29 

32 

88 

82 

15 

10 

27 

30 

76 

91 

25 

10 

24 

15 

75 

43 

40 

11 

25 

24 

70 

63 

80 

13 

30 

34 

24 

S6 

25 

11 

28 

33 

80 

95 

80 

12 

26 

17 

90 

57 

85 

12 

29 

26 

50 

67 

00 

14 

3i 

37 

19 

90 

55 

12 

31 

36 

50 

100 

55 

21 

4 

18 

6 

80 

35 

70 

13 

29 

29 

10 

70 

35 

15 

32 

39 

60 

95 

05 

13 

32 

39 

90 

105 

60 

5 

19 

8 

5i 

37 

10 

14 

30 

3i 

25 

73 

85 

16 

34 

42 

20 

99 

80 

14 

33 

43 

00 

no 

85 

6 

20 

10 

21 

38 

60 

15 

31 

33 

50 

77 

55 

17 

35 

45 

10 

104 

80 

15 

34 

46 

00 

116 

40 

7 

21 

11 

9i 

40 

15 

16 

32 

35 

80 

81 

40 

18 

' 36 

46 

81 

1 10 

05 

16 

35 

49 

00 

122 

20 

8 

22 

13 

4i 

4i 

75 

28 

5 

19 

11 

50 

49 

65 

33 

5 

19 

13 

50 

60 

85 

17 

37 

52 

00 

128 

30 

9 

23 

15 

3i 

43 

40 

6 

19 

13 

90 

52 

15 

6 

20 

16 

10  ' 

63 

90 

18 

38 

55 

25 

134 

70 

10 

24 

17 

01 

45 

15 

7 

21 

16 

21 

54 

75 

7 

21 

19 

10 

67 

10 

19 

39 

58 

25 

141 

45 

11 

25 

18 

7i 

46 

95 

8 

22 

18 

50 

57 

45 

8 

22 

21 

50 

70 

45 

20 

40 

61 

25 

148 

50 

12 

26 

20 

4i 

48 

80 

9 

23 

20 

25 

60 

35 

9 

23 

24 

10 

73 

95 

38 

5 

19 

15 

80 

74 

35 

22 

4 

18 

7 

29 

37 

3° 

10 

24 

23 

20 

63 

35 

10 

26 

27 

15 

77 

65 

6 

20 

18 

50 

78 

05 

5 

19 

9 

14 

38 

85 

1 1 

25 

25 

50 

66 

50 

11 

28 

30 

00 

81 

65 

7 

23 

22 

12 

81 

95 

6 

20 

10 

96 

40 

45 

12 

28 

27 

92 

69 

80 

12 

29 

32 

05 

85 

70 

8 

24 

25 

29 

86 

05 

7 

21 

12 

79 

42 

15 

13 

29 

30 

25 

73 

30 

13 

30 

34 

90 

90 

00 

9 

26 

28 

20 

90 

35 

8 

22 

14 

62 

42 

90 

14 

30 

32 

5° 

76 

95 

14 

32 

38 

00 

94 

50 

10 

29 

31 

00 

94 

85 

9 

23 

16 

44 

45 

75 

15 

31 

34 

90 

80 

80 

15 

33 

4i 

00 

98 

20 

11 

3° 

34 

76 

99 

60 

10 

24 

18 

21 

47 

65 

16 

32 

37 

30 

84 

85 

16 

34 

43 

85 

103 

15 

12 

3i 

37 

25 

104 

60 

11 

25 

20 

10 

49 

65 

17 

33 

39 

50 

89 

10 

17 

35 

46 

53 

108 

30 

13 

34 

41 

00 

109 

80 

12 

26 

22 

92 

5i 

70 

18 

34 

4i 

50 

93 

55 

18 

36 

49 

00 

113 

70 

14 

34 

44 

00 

II5 

30 

23 

4 

18 

7 

69 

38 

85 

29 

5 

19 

12 

00 

5i 

70 

34 

5 

19 

14 

00 

63 

35 

15 

35 

47 

00 

121 

05 

5 

19 

9 

61 

40 

45 

6 

19 

14 

40 

54 

30 

6 

20 

16 

90 

66 

50 

16 

36 

50 

5° 

127 

10 

6 

20 

11 

53 

42 

15 

7 

21 

16 

60 

57 

00 

7 

21 

19 

50 

69 

85 

17 

37 

53 

73 

133 

45 

7 

21 

13 

45 

43 

90 

8 

21 

19 

20 

59 

85 

8 

22 

22 

00 

73 

30 

18 

39 

56 

25 

140 

10 

8 

22 

15 

37 

45 

75 

9 

23 

21 

70 

62 

80 

9 

23 

25 

15 

76 

95 

19 

40 

59 

90 

147 

10 

9 

23 

17 

30 

47 

65 

10 

24 

24 

10 

65 

95 

10 

27 

28 

00 

80 

85 

20 

41 

63 

00 

154 

45 

10 

24 

19 

22 

49 

65 

1 1 

25 

26 

50 

69 

25 

11 

28 

3i 

00 

84 

45 

39 

5 

19 

16 

20 

77 

35 

11 

25 

21 

19 

5i 

70 

12 

28 

28 

98 

72 

70 

12 

29 

33 

50 

89 

10 

6 

20 

19 

40 

81 

20 

12 

26 

23 

05 

53 

85 

13 

29 

3i 

15 

76 

3° 

13 

30 

36 

50 

93 

55 

7 

23 

22 

25 

85 

25 

24 

4 

18 

8 

07 

40 

45 

H 

30 

33 

80 

80 

15 

14 

32 

39 

10 

98 

20 

8 

24 

25 

75 

89 

55 

5 

19 

10 

08 

42 

15 

15 

3i 

36 

23 

84 

15 

15 

34 

42 

30 

103 

15 

9 

25 

29 

00 

94 

00 

6 

20 

12 

20 

43 

90 

16 

32 

38 

50 

88 

35 

16 

36 

45 

19 

108 

30 

10 

28 

32 

00 

98 

70 

7 

21 

14 

11 

45 

75 

17 

33 

4i 

05 

92 

75 

17 

36 

48 

00 

113 

70 

11 

29 

35 

25 

103 

65 

8 

22 

16 

13 

47 

65 

18 

34 

43 

45 

97 

35 

18 

37 

50 

50 

”9 

40 

12 

30 

38 

50 

108 

80 

9 

23 

18 

14 

49 

65 

30 

5 

19 

12 

50 

53 

85 

35 

5 

19 

14 

54 

66 

00 

13 

31 

42 

00 

114 

25 

10 

24 

20 

16 

5i 

70 

6 

20 

16 

00 

56 

55 

6 

20 

17 

40 

69 

30 

14 

34 

45 

00 

119 

95 

11 

25 

22 

15 

53 

85 

7 

23 

17 

40 

59 

35 

7 

21 

20 

25 

72 

70 

15 

35 

48 

25 

125 

95 

12 

26 

24 

50 

56 

05 

8 

24 

20 

00 

62 

30 

8 

22 

23 

20 

76 

35 

16 

36 

52 

25 

132 

25 

13 

27 

25 

90 

58 

40 

9 

25 

22 

45 

65 

45 

9 

23 

26 

00 

80 

15 

17 

37 

55 

00 

138 

85 

14 

28 

27 

90 

60 

85 

10 

26 

24 

90 

68 

70 

10 

26 

29 

00 

84 

15 

18 

38 

57 

50 

145 

80 

25 

4 

18 

8 

30 

42 

15 

11 

27 

27 

40 

72 

15 

11 

28 

31 

50 

88 

35 

19 

39 

61 

25 

153 

05 

5 

19 

10 

45 

43 

90 

12 

28 

29 

50 

75 

75 

12 

29 

35 

00 

92 

75 

20 

40 

64 

00 

160 

70 

6 

20 

12 

45 

45 

75 

13 

29 

32 

25 

79 

50 

13 

30 

37 

50 

97 

40 

40 

5 

21 

16 

00 

80 

40 

912 


BALANCED  FRICTION  CLUTCH  PULLEYS.— Continued 


Diara.  of 
Pulley. 

Face  of 
Pulley. 

Space  on 
Shaft  in- 
cluding 
Collar 

H.  P. 
100  Rev 

Price  of 
Clutch 
and 
Pulley. 

Diam  of 
Pulley. 

Face  of 
Pulley. 

Space  on 
Shaft  in- 
cluding 
Collar. 

H P. 
100  Rev. 

Price  of 
Clutch 
and 
Pulley. 

Diam.  of 
Pulley. 

Face  of 
Pulley. 

Space  on 
Shaft  in- 
cluding 
Collar. 

k § 

Price  of 
Clutch 
and 
Pulley. 

Diam  of 
Pulley. 

Face  of 
Pulley. 

Space  on 
Shaft  in- 
cluding 
Collar" 

H.  P. 
100  Rev. 

Price  of 
Clutch 
and 
Pulley. 

40 

6 

22 

19  25 

$84  40 

43 

22 

45 

75  75 

$207  15 

47 

16 

38 

59  90 

$180  95 

50 

27 

51 

107  00 

$344  70 

7 

23 

23  OO 

88  65 

23 

46 

79  00 

217  50 

17 

39 

64  20 

190  OO 

28 

52 

hi  25 

361  95 

8 

27 

26  25 

93  05 

24 

47 

82  OO 

228  36 

18 

4i 

68  10 

199  50 

51 

6 

24 

25  00 

126  20 

9 

28 

29  50 

99  70 

44 

5 

24 

18  OO 

94  05 

19 

42 

72  00 

209  45 

7 

25 

29  00 

132  55 

10 

29 

33  00 

102  60 

6 

25 

21  OO 

98  75 

20 

43 

76  00 

217  90 

8 

26 

30  00 

139  15 

ri 

30 

36  50 

107  70 

7 

26 

25  OO 

103  70 

21 

44 

78  50 

228  80 

9 

27 

37  00 

146  10 

12 

31 

39  50 

X13  10 

8 

27 

28  OO 

108  85 

22 

45 

83  00 

240  25 

10 

32 

41  00 

153  4o 

'3 

32 

43  27 

1 18  75 

9 

28 

32  OO 

1 14  30 

23 

46 

86  00 

252  25 

11 

33 

45  00 

161  05 

14 

33 

45  00 

124  70 

10 

32 

35  00 

120  OO 

24 

47 

90  00 

264  85 

12 

34 

49  00 

169  10 

15 

34 

48  00 

130  90 

11 

33 

39  00 

126  OO 

25 

48 

94  00 

278  IO 

13 

35 

53  00 

177  55 

16 

35 

5i  25 

137  45 

12 

34 

42  OO 

132  30 

26 

49 

97  25 

292  OO 

14 

36 

57  00 

186  45 

17 

36 

54  10 

144  35 

13 

35 

46  OO 

138  90 

4s 

5 

24 

19  50 

IIO  OO 

15 

38 

61  00 

195  75 

18 

39 

57  75 

151  55 

14 

36 

49  25 

145  85 

6 

25 

23  00 

1 15  50 

16 

39 

65  00 

205  55 

19 

40 

61  00 

159  15 

15 

37 

53  00 

153  15 

7 

26 

27  25 

1 2 1 25 

17 

40 

69  00 

215  80 

20 

4i 

64  00 

167  10 

16 

39 

56  OO 

160  80 

8 

27 

3r  50 

127  35 

18 

4i 

73  00 

226  60 

21 

43 

67  OO 

174  45 

17 

40 

60  OO 

168  85 

9 

28 

35  50 

133  7o 

19 

42 

77  00 

237  95 

22 

44 

69  25 

184  20 

18 

4i 

63  OO 

177  30 

10 

32 

39  00 

140  35 

20 

43 

80  50 

249  80 

23 

45 

73  00 

193  40 

19 

42 

67  OO 

186  15 

11 

33 

42  50 

147  40 

21 

44 

85  00 

262  30 

24 

46 

76  25 

203  05 

20 

43 

70  OO 

195  45 

12 

34 

46  25 

154  75 

22 

45 

9°  25 

274  40 

41 

5 

22 

16  50 

83  65 

21 

44 

74  00 

205  20 

13 

35 

50  25 

162  45 

23 

46 

93  25 

288  15 

6 

23 

20  OO 

87  85 

22 

45 

77  OO 

215  45 

14 

36 

54  00 

170  60 

24 

48 

97  50 

302  55 

7 

26 

23  00 

92  20 

23 

46 

81  OO 

226  25 

15 

3S 

58  00 

179  15 

25 

49 

102  00 

317  65 

8 

27 

26  50 

96  85 

24 

47 

84  OO 

237  55 

16 

39 

61  25 

188  10 

26 

50 

105  25 

333  55 

9 

28 

30  00 

101  65 

45 

5 

24 

18  OO 

97  80 

17 

4i 

65  00 

197  50 

27 

51 

109  25 

350  20 

10 

3i 

33  00 

106  75 

6 

25 

22  OO 

102  70 

18 

42 

69  00 

207  35 

28 

52 

113  50 

367  70 

11 

32 

36  OO 

112  10 

7 

26 

25  00 

107  80 

19 

43 

73  00 

217  70 

52 

6 

24 

25  00 

128  75 

12 

33 

39  50 

117  70 

8 

27 

29  OO 

1 13  20 

20 

44 

76  50 

228  60 

7 

25 

29  00 

135  15 

13 

34 

43  00 

123  55 

9 

28 

33  00 

1 18  85 

21 

45 

79  25 

240  00 

8 

26 

30  25 

141  90 

14 

35 

46  OO 

129  70 

10 

32 

36  OO 

124  80 

22 

46 

84  00 

252  00 

9 

27 

37  50 

149  00 

15 

36 

49  OO 

136  20 

11 

33 

40  OO 

I31  °5 

23 

47 

88  00 

264  60 

10 

32 

41  25 

156  45 

16 

38 

52  25 

143  OO 

12 

34 

43  00 

137  60 

24 

49 

91  75 

277  85 

11 

33 

46  00 

164  25 

17 

39 

56  OO 

150  15 

13 

35 

47  00 

144  50 

25 

50  1 

95  50 

291  70 

12 

34 

50  00 

172  50 

18 

40 

59  00 

157  65 

14 

36 

50  25 

151  70 

26 

5i 

99  25 

306  30 

13 

35 

54  00 

181  10 

19 

41 

62  OO 

165  55 

15 

37 

54  25 

159  30 

49 

5 

24 

20  00 

1 14  40 

14 

36 

58  00 

190  15 

20 

42 

66  00 

173  80 

16 

39 

58  10 

167  25 

6 

25 

24  00 

120  10 

15 

39 

62  25 

199  65 

21 

43 

69  OO. 

182  50 

17 

40 

61  50 

175  60 

7 

26 

27  75 

126  10 

16 

40 

66  50 

209  65 

22 

44 

72  OO 

191  70 

18 

4i 

65  50 

184  40 

8 

27 

3i  50 

132  40 

17 

4i 

70  75 

220  10 

23 

46 

75  00 

201  3cf 

19 

42 

68  25 

193  60 

9 

28 

35  00 

139  05 

18 

42 

75  00 

231  10 

24 

47 

78  00 

211  35 

20 

43 

72  OO 

203  30 

10 

32 

39  25 

146  00 

19 

43 

79  00 

242  50 

42 

5 

23 

17  OO 

86  95 

21 

44 

75  50 

213  45 

11 

33 

43  47 

153  30 

20 

44 

83  00 

254  75 

6 

24 

20  OO 

91  30 

22 

45 

79  5o 

224  10 

12 

34 

47  00 

160  95 

21 

45 

87  00 

267  45 

7 

25 

24  OO 

95  85 

23 

46 

83  OO 

235  30 

13 

35 

5i  54 

169  00 

22 

46 

91  00 

280  85 

8 

26 

27  OO 

IQo  55 

46 

24 

47 

86  75 

247  05 

14 

36 

54  75 

177  40 

23 

47 

95  00 

294  85 

9 

27 

30  OO 

!Q5  55 

5 

24 

19  50 

101  70 

15 

38 

58  75 

186  40 

24 

49 

99  25 

309  60 

10 

31 

33  50 

no  85 

6 

25 

22  25 

106  80 

16 

39 

62  50 

195  70 

25 

50 

103  25 

325  10 

11 

32 

37  00 

1 16  40 

7 

26 

26  50 

112  10 

17 

40 

66  25 

205  50 

26 

5i 

107  75 

34i  35 

12 

33 

40  25 

122  20 

8 

27 

30  25 

1 17  70 

18 

42 

70  25 

215  75 

27 

52 

112  00 

358  40 

13 

34 

44  OO 

128  30 

9 

28 

33  50 

123  60 

19 

43 

74  00 

226  55 

28 

53 

116  00 

376  30 

14 

35 

47  00 

134  70 

10 

32 

37  50 

129  70 

20 

44 

78  00 

237  85 

53 

6 

24 

26  00 

131  30 

15 

36 

50  25 

J4r  45 

11 

33 

4i  50 

136  25 

21 

45 

82  00 

249  75 

7 

25 

30  00 

137  85 

16 

38 

53  75 

148  50 

12 

34 

44  25 

M3  05 

22 

46 

86  00 

262  20 

8 

26 

34  00 

144  75 

17 

39 

57  00 

!55  95 

13 

35 

48  50 

150  20 

23 

47 

89  50 

275  30 

9 

27 

38  25 

152  00 

18 

40 

60  OO 

j63  75 

14 

36 

52  25 

157  70 

24 

48 

93  75 

289  05 

10 

32 

42  50 

159  55 

19 

4i 

64  OO 

171  90 

15 

37 

55  75 

165  55 

25 

49 

97  50 

303  50 

11 

33 

47  00 

167  55 

20 

43 

67  00 

180  50 

16 

39 

59  25 

173  85 

26 

50 

101  25 

318  70 

12 

34 

51  00 

175  9° 

21 

44 

70  00 

189  50 

S 

17 

40 

63  50 

182  55 

50 

6 

24 

24  00 

123  75 

13 

35 

55  00 

184  70 

22 

45 

74  OO 

199  OO 

18 

4i 

66  75 

191  65 

7 

25 

28  00 

129. 95 

14 

36 

59  25 

193  95 

23 

46 

77  OO 

208  95 

19 

42 

69  95 

201  25 

8 

26 

32  00 

136  40 

15 

37 

63  75 

203  60 

24 

47 

80  OO 

219  35 

20 

43 

74  25 

211  30 

9 

27 

36  00 

143  3° 

16 

38 

68  00 

213  80 

43 

5 

24 

18  OO 

90  45 

21 

44 

77  25 

221  25 

10 

32 

40  00 

150  45 

17 

39 

72  00 

224  45 

6 

25 

21  OO 

94  95 

22 

45 

81  25 

232  95 

11 

33 

44  00 

157  95 

18 

40 

76  00 

235  70 

7 

26 

24  OO 

99  70 

23 

46 

84  50 

244  60 

12 

34 

48  00 

165  85 

19 

4i 

80  00 

247  45 

8 

27 

27  75 

104  70 

24 

47 

88  50 

256  80 

13 

35 

52  00 

174  15 

20 

42 

84  75 

2.59  75 

9 

28 

31  OO 

109  70 

25 

48 

92  OO 

269  65 

14 

36 

56  00 

182  85 

21 

43 

88  50 

272  75 

10 

32 

35  00 

1 15  40 

26 

49 

95  00 

283  10 

15 

38 

60  00 

192  00 

22 

44 

93  00 

286  40 

11 

33 

38  OO 

12 1 20 

47 

5 

24 

18  90 

105  80 

16 

39 

64  25 

201  60 

23 

45 

97  00 

300  70 

12 

34 

41  OO 

127  25 

6 

25 

23  OO 

hi  10 

17 

40 

68  00 

21 1 65 

24 

46 

101  25 

3i5  75 

13 

35 

45  00 

133  60 

7 

26 

27  00 

116  65 

18 

42 

7i  75 

222  25 

25 

50 

105  50 

33i  5o 

14 

36 

48  00 

140  25 

8 

27 

30  25 

122  45 

19 

43 

76  00 

233  35 

26 

5i 

IIO  00 

348  10 

15 

37 

52  00 

147  25 

9 

28 

34  25 

128  60 

20 

44 

81  00 

245  00 

27 

52 

1 14  00 

365  50 

16 

39 

55  00 

154  65 

10 

32 

38  50 

135  00 

21 

45 

84  75 

257  25 

28 

53 

118  00 

383  75 

17 

40 

58  25 

j62  35 

11 

33 

42  00 

141  75 

22 

46 

87  75 

270  10 

54 

6 

24 

26  00 

T33  95 

18 

4i 

62  OO 

170  45 

12 

34 

45  25 

14S  85 

23 

47 

91  50 

283  60 

7 

25 

30  25 

140  65 

19 

42 

65  OO 

J78  95 

13 

35 

49  OO 

156  35 

24 

48 

95  75 

297  80 

8 

26 

35  00 

147  65 

20 

43 

69  OO 

187  90 

14 

36 

53  5o 

164  15 

25 

49 

99  50 

312  65 

9 

27 

39  00 

155  05 

21 

44 

72  OO 

197  30 

15 

36 

56  00 

172  35 

26 

50 

103  00 

328  30 

10 

32 

43  00 

162  80 

913 


BALANCED  FRICTION  CLUTCH  PULLEYS.— Continued. 


Uu 

° * 
as 

O >> 

a; 

j-. 

o.S  ^ 

v 

a S 

<U 

OrC 

vW 

v 3 

O V 

a ~ 

° £ 
8 s 

Cm  . 

O >, 
QJ 

0)  — 

rj  OO 

Mg1 

u • 

rt  P4 

► 

<L» 

OH  x 

u cj-o  5? 
y 3 ns 

0 >, 
sf 

W-o  • 

O >> 

<v  X 
u ri 

oi  “ 

v^j-5 

uCt) 

Ih* 

«J  Ph 

> 

<v 

PH 

<4H 

O.C 

Oi 
<t»  -M 

u p 

as 

0 1; 
as 

«*-«  • 
° 

"s 

SC'S 

. > 
1 ^ 
PH 

on 

uU 

•03  <u 

n s 

to  3 

B* 

co  ^ 
(1,(1. 

cj  2 5 
men  0 

§ w 

8 

cd  3 

fc 

cd  p 

•go. 

CO  P 
(!,&. 

CO  co  a 

ixc- 

C/5C/3  0 

3 * 

8 

*-•  T"! 

CO  3 

A. 

co  3 

B* 

cd  ^ 

co  to  3 
dm  7. 
cflc/l  0 

3 w 

8 

& 

co  a 
Ac 

03 P 
d,fl. 

co  CO  a 

as -3 

03  c/3 

§ * 

'S 

co  a 
n. 

54 

II 

33 

47 

50 

$170 

95 

57 

l6 

40 

73 

00 

$231 

40 

60 

30 

57 

143 

00 

$473 

00 

72 

18 

45 

103 

OO 

$370 

30 

12 

34 

52 

00 

179 

50 

17 

41 

77 

00 

242 

95 

32 

58 

153 

00 

515 

55 

20 

47 

ns 

OO 

396 

25 

13 

35 

56 

00 

188 

45 

18 

44 

82 

00 

254 

10 

34 

60 

162 

00 

561 

95 

22 

49 

126 

OO 

423 

95 

14 

36 

60 

00 

197 

85 

19 

45 

86 

00 

266 

80 

36 

61 

172 

00 

612 

55 

24 

5i 

138 

OO 

453 

65 

15 

37 

65 

00 

207 

75 

20 

46 

90 

25 

280 

10 

62 

8 

29 

40 

00 

207 

15 

26 

53 

149 

OO 

485 

40 

l6 

40 

69 

00 

218 

15 

21 

47 

95 

00 

294 

10 

10 

32 

50 

00 

224 

75 

28 

55 

160 

OO 

519 

35 

17 

4i 

73 

00 

229 

05 

22 

48 

100 

25 

308 

80 

12 

35 

59 

00 

242 

70 

30 

56 

172 

OO 

555 

70 

18 

43 

77 

25 

240 

50 

23 

49 

104 

00 

324 

25 

14 

39 

69 

00 

262 

10 

74 

8 

32 

47 

OO 

262 

10 

19 

44 

81 

25 

252 

50 

24 

5o 

109 

00 

340 

45 

16 

42 

79 

00 

283 

10 

10 

34 

59 

OO 

283 

05 

20 

45 

86 

00 

265 

15 

25 

5i 

113 

00 

357 

45 

18 

45 

89 

00 

305 

70 

12 

36 

71 

OO 

305 

70 

21 

46 

89 

25 

278 

40 

26 

52 

118 

00 

375 

35 

20 

46 

99 

00 

330 

15 

14 

38 

83 

OO 

330 

15 

22 

47 

94 

00 

292 

30 

27 

53 

122 

00 

394 

10 

22 

48 

109 

00 

355 

55 

16 

43 

94 

OO 

353 

25 

23 

48 

99 

00 

306 

90 

28 

54 

127 

00 

413 

80 

24 

50 

118 

00 

384 

00 

18 

45 

106 

OO 

378 

00 

24 

49 

103 

00 

322 

25 

29 

55 

131 

00 

434 

50 

26 

52 

128 

00 

414 

75 

20 

47 

ns 

OO 

404 

45 

25 

50 

107 

00 

338 

35 

30 

56 

136 

00 

45i 

85 

28 

54 

138 

00 

447 

90 

22 

49 

130 

OO 

432 

75 

26 

5i 

hi 

50 

355 

25 

58 

6 

25 

28 

00 

144 

95 

30 

56 

148 

00 

483 

75 

24 

5i 

141 

OO 

463 

05 

27 

52 

116 

00 

373 

00 

7 

26 

33 

00 

152 

20 

32 

58 

158 

00 

522 

40 

26 

53 

153 

OO 

495 

45 

28 

53 

120 

00 

391 

65 

8 

29 

37 

00 

159 

80 

34 

60 

167 

00 

569 

45 

28 

55 

165 

OO 

53° 

10 

55 

6 

25 

26 

50 

136 

60 

9 

30 

42 

00 

167 

75 

64 

36 

62 

177 

00 

620 

55 

30 

57 

177 

OO 

567 

20 

7 

26 

3i 

00 

143 

45 

10 

3i 

46 

00 

176 

15 

8 

30 

41 

00 

215 

45 

76 

8 

32 

49 

OO 

272 

60 

8 

27 

35 

00 

150 

65 

11 

32 

5i 

00 

184 

95 

10 

32 

51 

00 

232 

70 

10 

34 

61 

OO 

294 

40 

9 

28 

39 

50 

158 

15 

12 

33 

55 

75 

194 

20 

12 

37 

61 

00 

251 

30 

12 

36 

73 

OO 

315 

00 

10 

32 

44 

00 

166 

05 

13 

37 

60 

00 

203 

90 

24 

39 

71 

00 

271 

40 

14 

38 

85 

OO 

337 

05 

11 

33 

48 

25 

174 

35 

14 

38 

65 

00 

214 

10 

16 

42 

82 

00 

293 

10 

16 

43 

97 

OO 

360 

65 

12 

34 

53 

00 

183 

05 

15 

39 

69 

00 

224 

80 

18 

44 

92 

00 

316 

55 

18 

45 

109 

OO 

385 

90 

13 

35 

57 

00 

192 

20 

16 

40 

74 

00 

236 

05 

20 

46 

102 

00 

341 

85 

20 

47 

121 

OO 

412 

90 

14 

38 

61 

25 

201 

80 

17 

4i 

79 

00 

247 

85 

22 

48 

112 

00 

369 

20 

22 

49 

133 

OO 

441 

80 

15 

39 

66 

00 

211 

85 

18 

42 

83 

00 

260 

24 

24 

50 

122 

00 

398 

75 

24 

5i 

145 

OO 

472 

70 

16 

40 

70 

00 

222 

45 

19 

43 

88 

00 

273 

25 

26 

52 

132 

00 

430 

60 

26 

53 

157 

OO 

505 

80 

17 

4i 

74 

25 

233 

55 

20 

46 

92 

00 

286 

90 

28 

54 

142 

00 

465 

05 

28 

55 

169 

OO 

54i 

20 

18 

44 

79 

00 

245 

25 

21 

47 

97 

00 

301 

25 

30 

56 

153 

00 

502 

25 

30 

63 

181 

OO 

579 

05 

19 

45 

83 

00 

257 

5o 

22 

48 

IOI 

00 

316 

30 

32 

59 

163 

00 

542 

45 

78 

8 

32 

50 

OO 

283 

50 

20 

46 

87 

50 

270 

35 

23 

49 

106 

00 

332 

10 

34 

61 

173 

00 

5S5 

85 

10 

34 

62 

OO 

303 

35 

21 

47 

92 

00 

283 

55 

24 

50 

in 

00 

348 

7o 

66 

36 

63 

183 

00 

632 

70 

12 

36 

75 

OO 

324 

55 

22 

48 

96 

25 

298 

05 

25 

5i 

115 

00 

366 

15 

8 

30 

42 

00 

224 

05 

14 

38 

87 

OO 

347 

30 

23 

49 

100 

75 

312 

95 

26 

52 

120 

00 

384 

45 

10 

32 

53 

00 

241 

95 

16 

43 

100 

OO 

37i 

60 

24 

5i 

105 

00 

328 

60 

27 

53 

124 

00 

403 

65 

12 

38 

63 

00 

261 

30 

18 

• 45 

112 

OO 

397 

60 

25 

52 

109 

00 

345 

05 

28 

54 

129 

00 

423 

§5 

14 

40 

74 

00 

282 

20 

20 

5i 

124 

OO 

425 

40 

26 

53 

114 

00 

362 

30 

29 

55 

134 

00 

445 

00 

16 

42 

84 

00 

304 

80 

22 

53 

137 

OO 

455 

20 

27 

54 

118 

00 

380 

40 

30 

56 

*38 

00 

467 

25 

18 

44 

95 

00 

329 

15 

24 

55 

150 

OO 

487 

05 

28 

55 

122 

00 

399 

40 

59 

6 

25 

29 

00 

147 

85 

20 

46 

105 

00 

355 

50 

26 

57 

161 

OO 

521 

15 

56 

6 

25 

27 

00 

139 

35 

7 

26 

33 

00 

155 

25 

22 

48 

116 

00 

383 

95 

28 

59 

174 

OO 

567 

60 

7 

26 

3i 

50 

146 

30 

8 

28 

38 

00 

163 

00 

24 

50 

126 

00 

414 

65 

30 

61 

186 

OO 

596 

65 

8 

27 

36 

00 

153 

60 

9 

29 

43 

00 

171 

15 

26 

52 

136 

00 

447 

80 

80 

10 

34 

64 

OO 

315 

00 

9 

3i 

40 

25 

161 

30 

10 

30 

47 

00 

179 

5o 

28 

55 

147 

00 

483 

60 

12 

36 

77 

OO 

337 

60 

10 

32 

45 

00 

169 

35 

11 

3i 

52 

00 

188 

45 

68 

3°- 

57 

157 

00 

522 

30 

4t 

89 

OO 

361 

25 

11 

33 

49 

00 

177 

80 

12 

32 

57 

00 

197 

85 

8 

30 

44 

00 

233 

00 

16 

43 

102 

OO 

3S6 

50 

12 

34 

54 

00 

186 

70 

13 

35 

61 

00 

207 

75 

10 

36 

54 

00 

251 

65 

18 

49 

115 

OO 

413 

55 

13 

35 

58 

00 

196 

05 

14 

36 

66 

00 

218 

15 

12 

38 

65 

00 

271 

75 

20 

5i 

128 

OO 

442 

50 

14 

38 

62 

75 

205 

85 

15 

37 

7r 

00 

229 

°5 

14 

40 

76 

00 

293 

50 

22 

53 

140 

OO 

473 

45 

15 

39 

67 

00 

216 

10 

16 

42 

75 

00 

240 

5o 

16 

42 

87 

00 

314 

30 

24 

55 

153 

OO 

506 

60 

16 

40 

7i 

00 

226 

90 

17 

43 

80 

00 

252 

50 

18 

44 

98 

00 

339 

45 

26 

57 

166 

OO 

542 

10 

17 

4i 

76 

00 

238 

25 

18 

44 

85 

00 

265 

15 

20 

46 

108 

00 

366 

60 

28 

59 

178 

OO 

580 

00 

18 

44 

80 

00 

250 

75 

19 

45 

89 

00 

278 

4o 

22 

48 

”9 

00 

395 

90 

82 

30 

61 

i9i 

OO 

620 

60 

19 

45 

85 

75 

263 

30 

20 

46 

94 

00 

292 

3o 

24 

50 

130 

00 

427 

85 

10 

34 

66 

OO 

328 

10 

20 

46 

89 

00 

276 

45 

21 

47 

99 

00 

306 

90 

26 

52 

141 

00 

462 

05 

12 

36 

79 

OO 

35i 

10 

21 

47 

93 

75 

290 

30 

22 

48 

103 

00 

322 

25 

28 

54 

151 

00 

494 

40 

14 

4i 

92 

OO 

375 

65 

22 

48 

99 

00 

304 

80 

23 

49 

108 

00 

338 

35 

30 

56 

162 

00 

529 

00 

16 

47 

105 

OO 

401 

95 

23 

49 

102 

00 

320 

00 

24 

50 

113 

00 

355 

25 

32 

58 

173 

00 

566 

00 

18 

49 

118 

OO 

430 

10 

24 

5i 

107 

00 

336 

00 

25 

5i 

117 

00 

373 

00 

70 

8 

3i 

45 

00 

242 

35 

20 

5i 

131 

OO 

460 

15 

25 

52 

hi 

00 

352 

80 

26 

52 

122 

00 

39i 

65 

10 

33 

56 

00 

261 

75 

22 

53 

144 

OO 

492 

40 

26 

53 

115 

75 

370 

45 

27 

53 

127 

00 

411 

25 

12 

35 

67 

00 

282 

65 

24 

55 

157 

OO 

526 

85 

27 

54 

120 

00 

388 

95 

28 

54 

131 

00 

430 

10 

14 

37 

78 

00 

305 

25 

26 

57 

170 

OO 

563 

70 

28 

55 

124 

75 

408 

40 

29 

55 

136 

00 

452 

00 

16 

43 

89 

00 

329 

70 

28 

59 

183 

OO 

603 

15 

29 

56 

129 

00 

428 

80 

3° 

56 

141 

00 

470 

°5 

18 

45 

100 

00 

356 

05 

84 

30 

61 

196 

OO 

645 

40 

30 

57 

133 

25 

450 

25 

60 

8 

29 

39 

00 

199 

20 

20 

47 

112 

00 

384 

55 

10 

37 

67 

OO 

34i 

20 

57 

6 

25 

27 

50 

142 

10 

10 

32 

48 

00 

215 

l5 

22 

49 

123 

00 

415 

30 

12 

39 

81 

OO 

365 

10 

7 

26 

32 

00 

149 

20 

12 

35 

58 

00 

232 

35 

24 

5i 

134 

00 

444 

35 

14 

4i 

94 

OO 

390 

65 

8 

27 

36 

50 

156 

65 

14 

38 

67 

00 

250 

90 

26 

53 

145 

00 

475 

45 

16 

47 

107 

OO 

418 

00 

9 

28 

4i 

00 

164 

5o 

16 

40 

77 

00 

271 

00 

28 

55 

156 

CO 

508 

75 

18 

49 

121 

OO 

447 

25 

10 

33 

45 

75 

172 

70 

18 

42 

86 

00 

292 

65 

30 

57 

167 

00 

544 

35 

20 

5i 

134 

OO 

178 

55 

11 

34 

50 

00 

181 

35 

20 

44 

96 

00 

316 

°5 

72 

8 

3i 

46 

00 

252 

05 

22 

53 

147 

OO 

512 

05 

12 

35 

55 

00 

190 

4o 

22 

48 

105 

00 

34i 

35 

10 

33 

58 

00 

272 

20 

24 

55 

161 

OO 

547 

85 

13 

36 

59 

00 

199 

90 

24 

50 

115 

00 

368 

65 

12 

35 

69 

00 

294 

00 

26 

57 

174 

OO 

586 

20 

14 

38 

64 

00 

209 

90 

26 

53 

124 

00 

398 

15 

14 

37 

80 

00 

317 

5o 

28 

59 

188 

OO 

627 

25 

15 

39 

68 

00 

220 

40 

28 

56 

134 

00 

434 

00 

16 

43 

92 

00 

342 

90 

3° 

61 

201 

OO 

671 

15 

914 


BALANCED  FRICTION  CLUTCH  PULLEYS.— Continued . 

With  Four  or  Six  Arms,  According  to  Amount  of  Power  to  be  Transmitted,  and  with  Steed  Rims. 

The  Steel  Rim  Pulleys  are  about  40  per  cent,  lighter  than  ordinary  cast  iron  pulleys,  but  at  the  same  time  much  stronger.  For  these 
reasons  they  are  especially  well  adapted  for  use  in  connection  with  Friction  Clutches,  there  being  much  less  friction  on  bearings,  wearing 
of  sleeves  and  strain  on  shaft  than  there  would  be  with  heavier  pulleys. 


* 

*o  >> 

A* 

Pi 
. p$ 

Of; 

° * 

0 

§i“ 

I-'  . £ 

O 

0 * 

O >•» 

§.9g> 

u 

> 

4-. 

0^3  >> 

° x 

O 

o.2  ^ 

u • > 

O A 

. <D 

<v 

<V~ 

0 rz 

0 a 

9- 

<v 
<u  — 

0 

V — 
0---0 

~ * 

U 3 0 r-. 

9s 

a j 
<u  £2 

CII-.'C 

5 *5 

U'O  <u 

W+J  Ir- 

9 s 

X* 

V+i-S 

u-«  T3 

S *5 

<J  3 3 — 

IS 

« cs  3 0 
U3C/5 

Kg 

£ 

Ctf  3 

3* 

tf  ? 

aj  rt  3 
(fit n u 

8 ® 2 

•r!~  cu  3 

tx 

a 3 

3* 

as  3 3 
03  C/3 

3 « 

0 

0 

C3  3 

8°  (x 

a 3 

3fc 

a as  3 
M 7; 
C/3  03  ° 

3 K 8 

90 

12 

39 

86 

OO 

$410  60 

96 

16 

43 

122  00 

$520  80 

102 

22 

52 

178 

OO 

$728  65 

28 

62 

240  00  $1004  05 

14 

41 

101 

OO 

439  35 

18 

49 

138  00 

565  80 

24 

58 

195 

OO 

779  65 

30 

64 

258  00 

1074  35 

l6 

43 

115 

OO 

470  10 

20 

5i 

153  00 

605  40 

26 

60 

211 

OO 

834  20 

1 14 

14 

48 

127  00 

703  35 

l8 

49 

129 

OO 

503  00 

22 

53 

168  00 

647  75 

28 

62 

227 

OO 

892  60 

16 

50 

145  00 

752  60 

20 

5r 

143 

OO 

538  20 

24 

55 

183  00 

693  10 

30 

64 

243 

OO 

955  10 

18 

52 

163  00 

805  25 

22 

53 

158 

OO 

575  85 

26 

57 

199  00 

741  60 

108 

14 

44 

120 

OO 

625  30 

20 

54 

181  00 

861  60 

24 

55 

172 

OO 

616  15 

28 

63 

214  00 

793  55 

l6 

46 

138 

OO 

669  05 

22 

56 

199  00 

921  90 

26 

57 

186 

OO 

659  3° 

30 

65 

229  00 

849  05 

18 

48 

155 

OO 

7 '5  9° 

24 

58 

217  00 

986  45 

28 

59 

201 

OO 

705  45 

102 

U 

44 

114  00 

555  90 

20 

54 

172 

OO 

766  00 

26 

60 

236  00 

1050  50 

96 

30 

61 

215 

OO 

754  85 

16 

46 

130  00 

594  So 

22 

56 

189 

OO 

819  65 

28 

62 

254  00 

1129  35 

12 

39 

92 

OO 

461  85 

18 

48 

146  00 

636  45 

24 

58 

206 

OO 

877  10 

30 

64 

272  00 

1208  40 

14 

4L» 

107 

OO 

494  20 

20 

50 

162  00 

681  00 

26 

60 

223 

OO 

938  40 

Fig.  1817. 


SHEAVES  OR  GROOVED  PULLEYS. 

F“or  Manii.ua  or  Hemp  Ropes. 

We  are  prepared  to  furnish  these  sheaves  from  3 feet  to  30  feet  pitch  diameter,  with 
any  number  of  grooves  required. 

Tabue  of  the  Horse  Power  of  Transmission  Rope,  By  C.  W.  Hunt. 


The  working  strain  is  800  lbs.  for  a 2 inch  diameter  rope  and  is  the  same  at  all 
speeds,  due  allowance  having  been  made  for  loss  by  centrifugal  force. 


Rope 

ches. 

Speed 

OF  THE 

Rope 

in  Feet  Per 

Minute. 

6000 

allest 
. Pul- 
Ins. 

Dia. 

In 

1500 

2000 

2500 

3000 

35oo 

4000 

4500 

5000 

7000 

Sm 

Dia 

leys 

X 

3-3 

4-3 

5-2 

58 

6.7 

7.2 

7-7 

7-7 

7-i 

4-9 

30 

n 

4 5 

5-9 

7 0 

8.2 

9-i 

9.8 

10.8 

10.8 

9-3 

6.9 

36 

1 

58 

7-7 

9.2 

10,7 

n.9 

12.8 

13.6 

13-7 

12.5 

8.8 

42 

1 X 

9.2 

12. 1 

14  3 

168 

18.6 

20  0 

21.2 

21.4 

19-5 

138 

54 

iX 

i3-i 

17.4 

20  7 

23-1 

26.8 

28.8 

30  6 

30.8 

28.2 

19  8 

60 

*X 

18.0 

23  7 

28.2 

32.8 

36  4 

39-2 

41.5 

41.8 

37-4 

27.6 

72 

2 

23.1 

3-8 

36.8 

42.8 

47.6 

5'-2 

544 

54-8 

50.0 

35-2 

84 

Prices  given  on  application. 


915 


\ 


Forty  seven  different  patterns,  transmitting  from  one  to  forty  horse  power,  changing  the  speed  of  all  kinds  of  machinery  while  running. 

Thousands  in  use.  Send  for  special  catalogue. 


HANGING  PATTERN  No.  5. 

Represents  a set  of  hanging  pulleys,  made  especially  for  driving  machinery  from  overhead,  and  to  take  the  place  of  common  countershafts 
having  step  cones.  Any  speed  desired  may  be  obtained  while  the  machine  is  running,  by  pulling  belt.  C,  from  end  to  end  of  cone,  by 
means  of  cords  connected  with  shipper  traveling  on  rod,  E,  through  which  belt,  C,  revolves.  These  cords  may  be  connected  at  any  point 
convenient  to  operator. 

Diameters,  4 inches  and  12  inches;  length,  24  inches;  working  variation,  120  to  765.  Is  intended  for  machinery  that  requires 
frequent  change,  such  as  wood  and  iron  turning. 


Read  the  following  directions  for  ordering. 

In  order  to  determine  the  smallest  size  of  cone  pulleys  to  drive  any  machine,  the  pulley  “G”  on  the  end  oi  cone  ■■  ±J  '• 
should  not  be  larger  in  diameter  than  the  middle  of  cones,  and  the  face  of  the  pulley  the  same  width  as  the  friction  belt  “O." 
If  the  diameter  is  increased  for  the  sake  of  speed  (not  power)  the  width  of  its  face  should  be  decreased  in  proportion. 


Fig.  1 


Hanging  Sizes.  These  Prices  do  not  include  Pulleys,  G,  G. 


Transmitting  Power 


Diam. 

Diam 

length  Width 

Drop 

Variation 

Variation  of 

equal  to  Pulley. 

Diam. 

Weight 

Ilorsc 

Price. 

No. 

Small 

End. 

Inches. 

Large 

End. 

Inches. 

of  of 

Cone.  Belt. 

Inches.  Inches. 

of 

Cone. 

Inches. 

of 

Cones. 

Driven  Cone 
Speed. 

Diam.  P'ace 

If  not  Overworked. 
Inches.  Inches. 

of 

Shaft, 

Inches. 

Complete. 

Power. 

2 

2 

6 

12 

2 

5/4 

100  to  900 

125  to  720 

4 

2 

13-16 

IOO 

#30  00 

4 

3 

5 

12 

2 

5'A 

180  to  500 

195  to  455 

4 

2 

13  16 

ns 

35  00 

6 

3 

9 

l6 

3 

1\4 

100  to  900 

130  to  710 

6 

3 

I I 16 

125 

40  00 

8 

4 

8 

l6 

3 

7 'A 

150  to  600 

175  to  520 

6 

3 

I I-16 

130 

45  00 

10 

4 

12 

24 

3 

9/4 

IOO  to  900 

120  to  765 

8 

3 

I 7 16 

350 

60  00 

12 

5 

10 

24 

4 

9/4 

1 50  to  600 

170  to  530 

8 

4 

I 7-16 

375 

60  00 

13 

6 

12 

24 

4 

9/4 

150  to  600 
Subject  to 

170  to  530 
a discount  of 

9 

per  cent 

4 

I 7-16 

400 

65  00 

Horse  power  is  rated  at  300  revolutions  of  driver — belt  in  center  of  cone — with  1000  feet  of  belting  one  inch  wide,  per  minute  for  one 
horse  power. 


91 G 


Diam. 

Inches. 


Fig.  1822. 


d 

X3 

X3 

X3 

x: 

X 

1 

d 

d 

x 

x: 

a 

O 

a 

u 

u 

0 

g 

C 

g 

G 

a 

G 

KH 

w 

. C/j 

. C/J 

. C/j 

- C/5 

hH 

. t/) 

. C/j 

. C/j 

<u 

u 

aJ 

£ 4/ 

<lT 

0 

47 

u 

- 07 

G .c 

of 

0 

07 

_o 

03  O 

<u 

u 

07 

_U 

g x: 

CC  0 

07 

a 

07 

JU 

r-i  47 

sf, 

07 

C7 

47 

JJ 

d 4; 

5u 

47' 

a 

47 

_C7 

- 47 

G X, 

aT 

0 

47 

_a 

aJ  0 

iT 

a 

47 

_U 

cc  a 

<lT 

0 

47 

U 

c a 
Ph 

n 

Ph 

55 

Ph 

Ph 

55 

Ph 

Ph 

55 

Ph 

£ 

55 

Ph 

qS 

pH 

it 

Ph 

Q M 

Ph 

£ 

q£ 

Ph 

u 

QS 

£ 

Ph 

oS 

Ph 

P* 

3 

$2.50 

'5 

II 

$6.18 

20 

6 

$6.00 

24 

7 

$8  05 

27 

9 

$10.63 

3° 

II 

$14.90 

33 

12 

$18  95 

36 

13 

$24  5° 

42 

21 

$53-50 

50 

II 

$37-25 

4 

2 65 

12 

6.50 

7 

6 60 

8 

8.80 

IO 

n-75 

12 

16.50 

13 

21 45 

'4 

26.50 

22 

56  00 

12 

39.00 

5 

2.90 

13 

6 85 

8 

7-15 

9 

9 65 

II 

13  25 

13 

18.75 

14 

23.62 

15 

29-45 

23 

59-00 

13 

41  50 

6 

3-15 

14 

7.20 

9 

7 60 

10 

1°  45 

12 

14  72 

14 

21  .00 

15 

26.25 

l6 

32  40 

24 

63  00 

14 

44.00 

3.28 

IO 

8.00 

11 

11  55 

13 

16  47 

15 

23  20 

l6 

28.87 

17 

34-7° 

25 

68  00 

IS 

47.00 

8 

3-40 

l6 

3 

3-3° 

II 

3.75 

12 

12  70 

14 

18  25 

l6 

25  40 

17 

3112 

IS 

37-oo 

16 

50  00 

4 

3 65 

12 

9 5° 

13 

13.90 

15 

20.17 

17 

27.70 

18 

33-37 

20 

4i-5o 

44 

6 

19  5° 

17 

53  00 

3 

2.60 

5 

4 °5 

13 

10  25 

14 

15  IO 

l6 

21.90 

IS 

30  00 

20 

37  00 

21 

43  50 

7 

21 65 

is 

56.00 

4 

2 75 

6 

4 60 

14 

11  00 

15 

16  30 

17 

23  7° 

20 

34-50 

21 

39-50 

22 

45-50 

8 

2375 

20 

65  00 

5 

3.00 

7 

5 05 

15 

11.80 

16 

17-50 

l8 

25-50 

21 

36  25 

22 

41-50 

23 

47  5° 

9 

25-65 

21 

69  75 

6 

3 25 

8 

5 5° 

l6 

12.60 

17 

18  75 

20 

32-25 

22 

38.45 

23 

43  50 

24 

49-5° 

10 

27  50 

22 

74  5° 

7 

3-40 

9 

5-9° 

17 

13  60 

18 

20.00 

21 

34  25 

23 

40  25 

24 

45-50 

25 

53  00 

11 

29  50 

23 

79  50 

s 

3 55 

10 

6 30 

18 

14.70 

20 

28.50 

22 

36-25 

24 

42.25 

25 

47  75 

12 

3i-5o 

24 

85  50 

9 

3.72 

II 

6.65 

21 

30.50 

23 

3825 

25 

45  50 

38 

6 

14.50 

• 13 

33-75 

25 

90.00 

IO 

3 9° 

12 

7.00 

21 

4 

4.70 

22 

32-5° 

24 

40  75 

7 

16  05 

14 

36  00 

8 

13 

7-35 

5 

5.60 

23 

35  50 

25 

44.00 

31 

4 

8.40 

34 

4 

9.60 

8 

17  60 

15 

38  40 

52 

34  00 

3 

2 70 

14 

7.70 

6 

6 40 

24 

37  50 

28 

5 

9.00 

s 

10.50 

9 

19-15 

16 

40  75 

9 

36  OO 

4 

2 85 

15 

8 35 

7 

6-95 

25 

41  OO 

4 

7.20 

6 

9 85 

6 

11.50 

IO 

20.70 

17 

41-35 

IO 

38.00 

5 

3.1° 

8 

7 50 

5 80 

s 

7.80 

7 

II  02 

7 

I3.00 

II 

22.70 

18 

46.00 

II 

40  OO 

6 

3-35 

17 

3 

3 50 

9 

8 10 

25 

4 

6 

8 60 

8 

12.20 

8 

14.50 

12 

24-75 

20 

54  00 

12 

42.00 

7 

3-53 

4 

3-85 

10 

6 65 

5 

6 65 

7 

9-45 

9 

13  17 

9 

15-75 

13 

26.60 

21 

56  5° 

13 

44  00 

8 

3 7° 

5 

4-25 

11 

9 55 

6 

7.60 

8 

10  30 

IO 

14.13 

IO 

17  OO 

14 

28 . 50 

22 

59.00 

14 

46.00 

9 

3 9° 

6 

4-85 

12 

10 .40 

7 

8 40 

9 

II  20 

II 

15.68 

JI 

18.50 

15 

31  50 

23 

62.00 

15 

49-50 

IO 

4.10 

7 

5-35 

13 

11.20 

8 

9 20 

10 

12.10 

12 

17.20 

12 

20.00 

l6 

34-50 

24 

67.OO 

l6 

52.50 

8 

5.85 

14 

12.00 

9 

9 85 

11 

13.70 

13 

19  52 

13 

22  50 

17 

36  90 

25 

73.00 

17 

56.50 

3 

2.80 

9 

6.30 

is 

12  85 

10 

10.90 

12 

15  25 

14 

21.87 

14 

24  50 

18 

39-25 

18 

60  00 

4 

2 95 

IO 

6.70 

16 

13-70 

II 

12  15 

13 

17  IO 

15 

24  22 

15 

27.25 

20 

45.00 

46 

6 

22,00 

20 

68  00 

5 

3 20 

II 

7 10 

17 

14.70 

12 

13-40 

14 

19.00 

l6 

26.57 

l6 

30  OO 

21 

47.00 

7 

24  00 

21 

72  50 

6 

3 55 

12 

7-5°, 

18 

15.80 

13 

14.80 

15 

21.00 

17 

28  85 

17 

32  25 

22 

49  00 

8 

26  00 

22 

77.00 

7 

3 7° 

13 

7.88 

14 

16.25 

16 

23.OO 

18 

31.12 

18 

34  50 

23 

51 50 

9 

28.00 

23 

81 50 

8 

3 85 

14 

8 25 

15 

17.70 

17 

24  95 

20 

35-37 

20 

38-75 

24 

54  00 

IO 

30.00 

24 

86.25 

9 

4 08 

15 

9 °5 

22 

4 

4-95 

16 

19.10 

18 

26.90 

21 

37-25 

21 

40  75 

25 

58  00 

II 

31-75 

25 

93.00 

10 

4-30 

18 

5 

5*90 

17 

20  55 

20 

33  00 

22 

39-25 

22 

42  75 

16  00 

12 

33-50 

II 

4.70 

3 

3-7° 

6 

6.85 

18 

22.00 

21 

35-oo 

23 

41  25 

23 

44  75 

40 

6 

13 

36  00 

54 

8 

37-50 

12 

5 10 

4 

4 05 

7 

7-45 

20 

30  00 

22 

37  00 

24 

43-25 

24 

46  75 

7 

17-50 

14 

38  5° 

9 

39-25 

5 

4 55 

8 

8.00 

21 

32  00 

23 

39.00 

25 

46.00 

25 

49-00 

8 

19  00 

15 

40  75 

10 

41.00 

3 

2.90 

6 

5.10 

9 

8.70 

22 

34.00 

24 

41.50 

8.80 

9 

20  75 

l6 

43.00 

11 

43.00 

4 

3.10 

7 

5.65 

IO 

9.40 

23 

36  50 

25 

44-50 

32 

4 

35 

4 

IO  IO 

IO 

22.50 

17 

45  5° 

12 

45  00 

5 

3 40 

8 

6.20 

II 

10.30 

24 

39.00 

7 60 

5 

9.40 

5 

11.20 

II 

24  65 

18 

48.00 

13 

47-25 

6 

3-75 

9 

6.65 

12 

11.20 

25 

42  50 

39 

4 

6 

10  30 

6 

12.25 

12 

26.75 

20 

58.00 

14 

49  50 

7 

4.00 

10 

7 10 

13 

12  10 

26 

6.35 

5 

8.20 

7 

11.60 

7 

13-75 

13 

28  85 

21 

61.00 

15 

52-50 

8 

4.25 

II 

7-55 

14 

13.00 

4 

6 

9 00 

8 

12  90 

8 

15-25 

14 

31.00 

22 

64  OO 

16 

55-50 

9 

4-53 

12 

8 00 

15 

13.60 

5 

7.00 

7 

9-95 

9 

13-95 

9 

16.65 

IS 

33-65 

23 

68.00 

17 

60.00 

10 

4.80 

13 

8.50 

l6 

14.20 

6 

7-95 

8 

IO.9O 

II 

15.00 

IO 

18.05 

l6 

36.25 

24 

72.00 

is 

64.50 

11 

5.20 

14 

9 00 

17 

15.60 

7 

8 80 

9 

11.80 

IO 

16  45 

II 

19.62 

17 

38.85 

25 

78.00 

20 

73-5° 

12 

5 60 

15 

9 80 

18 

17.00 

8 

9.60 

IO 

12  67 

12 

17  9° 

12 

21  25 

is 

41.50 

21 

78.25 

16 

10.70 

9 

10.05 

II 

14.20 

13 

20.30 

13 

23  5° 

20 

48  00 

48 

6 

24.50 

22 

83.00 

3 

3.00 

17 

u-75 

IO 

11.40 

12 

15  87 

14 

22.75 

14 

25-50 

21 

50.50 

7 

26.25 

23 

87-75 

4 

3 '25 

18 

13  00 

23 

4 

5-20 

II 

12  80 

13 

17.92 

15 

25  25 

15 

28  35 

22 

52.50 

8 

28.00 

24 

92.50 

5 

365 

5 

6.15 

12 

14.20 

14 

20.00 

l6 

27-75 

l6 

31.20 

23 

55  00 

9 

. 30  50 

25 

98.00 

6 

4.10 

19 

4 

4-25 

6 

7-°5 

13 

15  85 

15 

22.10 

17 

30.00 

17 

33-47 

24 

58.00 

10 

32  50 

56 

8 

7 

4.40 

5 

4.80 

7 

7.70 

14 

17.50 

l6 

24.20 

IS 

32.25 

18 

35  75 

25 

63.00 

11 

34  25 

40-50 

8 

4.70 

6 

5 5° 

8 

8.40 

IS 

19  15 

17 

26.32 

20 

36  25 

20 

40.12 

12 

36.00 

9 

42  50 

9 

5.02 

7 

613 

9 

9 20 

l6 

20.80 

18 

28  45 

21 

38  25 

21 

42.12 

13 

38  50 

IO 

44  50 

10 

5-35 

8 

6-75 

IO 

9-95 

17 

22.45 

20 

33-75 

22 

40.25 

22 

44-12 

42 

6 

17  5° 

14 

41 .00 

II 

46.50 

II 

5-68 

9 

7-15 

II 

II  05 

IS 

24.  IO 

21 

35  62 

23 

42.25 

23 

46  12 

7 

19-5° 

15 

43.00 

12 

48.50 

12 

6 00 

10 

7-5° 

12 

12  OO 

20 

31-50 

22 

37  62 

24 

44  35 

24 

48.12 

8 

21  50 

16 

45.00 

13 

51.00 

13 

6.30 

II 

8.05 

13 

13  OO 

21 

33  50 

23 

39.62 

25 

46.50 

25 

51.00 

9 

23.25 

17 

47-5° 

14 

53-50 

14 

6 60 

12 

8.60 

14 

14.00 

22 

35-50 

24 

41.87 

36 

10.60 

10 

25.00 

% 

18 

50  00 

15 

56  75 

13 

9.20 

*5 

15.10 

23 

37-50 

25 

45  00 

4 

II 

27  00 

20 

62  00 

l6 

60.00 

3 

3.10 

14 

9.80 

l6 

l6  20 

24 

40  00 

8.00 

33 

4 

9.20 

s 

11.90 

12 

29.00 

21 

66.75 

17 

63-75 

4 

3-45 

IS 

10.70 

17 

17.00 

25 

43  50 

30 

4 

s 

9-95 

6 

13.00 

13 

31-25 

22 

71-50 

18 

69.50 

5 

3-«5 

l6 

11.70 

18 

18.50 

6.78 

5 

8 60 

6 

IO.9O 

7 

14.50 

14 

33-5° 

23 

76.00 

20 

84.OO 

6 

4-35 

17 

12  75 

27 

4 

6 

9.40 

7 

12.30 

8 

16.00 

IS 

36.00 

24 

80.00 

21 

88.50 

7 

4-75 

18 

13.80 

5 

7.40 

7 

10.45 

8 

13.70 

9 

17-55 

l6 

38-5° 

25 

84  00 

22 

93-25 

8 

5-10 

24 

4 

5-4° 

6 

8 27 

8 

ii-5° 

9 

1485 

IO 

19.10 

17 

41 . IO 

5° 

8 

31.50 

23 

98.00 

9 

5-48 

20 

4 

4-45 

5 

6-35 

7 

9-13 

9 

12.40 

IO 

16.00 

II 

20.80 

18 

43-75 

9 

33  50 

24 

102.50 

10 

5.85 

5 

5-20 

6 

7-3° 

8 

9-95 

10 

13-25 

II 

17.47 

12 

22  50 

20 

51.00 

• 

IO 

35-50 

25 

I06  OO 

917 


Fig.  1824. 


THE  PNEUMATIC  HOIST. 

A IR  HOISTS  have  become  a standard  tool  in  well-equipped  machine  shops.  Their  merits  are 
^ ^ well  known.  We  desire  to  call  special  attention  to  the  new  governor  valve  that  is  applied 
to  these  air  hoists.  This  valve  is  so  constructed  that  by  pulling  on  the  cord  on  the  left  air  is 
admitted  to  the  cylinder,  thus  raising  the  piston  ; and  by  pulling  on  the  right  cord  the  exhaust 
port  is  opened,  causing  the  weight  to  lower.  By  pulling  vertically  on  the  handle  attached  to  both 
cords  the  cross  bar  becomes  horizontal,  closing  both  entrance  and  exhaust  ports,  and  stopping  the 
piston  whether  it  be  raising  or  lowering.  When  the  ports  admitting  air  to  the  cylinder  are  wide 
open , bodies  of  any  weight  from  the  unloaded 

Fig.  1825. 

piston  to  the  extreme  capacity  of  the  hoist 
will  be  lifted  at  the  same  rate  of  speed 
throughout.  With  the  ports  wide  open  a 
light  load  is  not  jerked  up  suddenly,  as 
would  be  the  case  with  an  ordinary  stop 
valve,  but  is  carried  just  as  slowly  as  is  the 
heaviest  one. 

The  speed  at  which  bodies  are  raised  can 
also  be  regulated  by  means  of  the  milled 

head  shown  on  the  lower  side  of  the  valve.  By  unscrewing  this  head,  thereby  reducing  the  ten- 
sion of  an  enclosed  spiral  spring,  the  air  secures  more  rapid  admission  into  the  piston  with 
consequent  increase  of  speed  of  weight  raised.  By  tightening  the  head,  the  quantity  of  air 


Fig.  1826. 


entering  the  piston  in  a given  time  is  reduced,  and  the  speed  of 
lifting  correspondingly  diminished.  The  speed  of  lowering  is 
altered  by  means  of  a small  screw  which  changes  the  size  of 
opening  of  exhaust  port.  The  special  advantage  of  this  valve 
is  its  economical  use  of  air,  only  enough  of  which  is  used  to  do 
the  required  work.  The  mechanism  of  the  valve  is  so  simple 
that  it  cannot  easily  get  out  of  order  or  fail  to  work.  Wherever 
these  hoists  have  been  used  they  have  given  perfect  satisfaction. 

There  is  provided  on  the  hoists  of  8 inches  diameter  and 
over  an  automatic  shut-off  valve,  which  can  be  set  to  shut  off 
the  air  at  any  point  in  the  stroke  of  the  piston.  This  prevents  the  hoist  when  not  in  use— even  if  the  regular  valve  is  left  open— from 
becoming  a storage  tank  of  air  at  the  same  pressure  as  that  in  the  main  reservoir. 

Air  hoists  are  made  with  any  capacity  from  500  pounds  to  5 tons,  and  with  any  lift  from  4 to  10  feet.  They  have  been  made  to  fit 
shop  cranes,  to  run  on  radial  tracks,  and  to  attach  to  small  traveling  cranes.  We  invite  correspondence,  and  will  cheerfully  furnish  any 
further  information.  We  also  furnish  a small  rotary  air  motor,  an  illustration  of  which  is  here  given.  This  motor  runs  equally  well  in 
either  direction,  the  shaft  having  a speed  of  about  700  revolutions  per  minute,  and  with  an  air  pressure  of  80  pounds  per  square  inch, 
developing  two  horse  power.  This  motor  is  self  lubricating,  oil  being  admitted  to  the  working  parts  only  when  the  machine  is  in  use.  It 
has  been  applied  to  a 10  ton  traveling  crane  with  a span  of  50  feet,  one  motor  being  geared  to  the  hoisting  mechanism,  and  another  being 
used  to  propel  the  crane  forward  and  back.  The  motor  can  be  readily  applied  to  a boom  derrick  or  shop  crane,  and  can  be  operated 
with  steam  as  well  as  air. 


918 


Fin.  1827. 


PATENT  ECONOMIC  SAFETY  HOISTS. 

With  Two-Spekd  Blocks. 

These  hoists  are  spur  geared,  they  have  an  auto- 
matic brake  which  does  not  absorb  any  of  the  ap- 
plied power  for  raising  a load  and  acts  automatic 
ally  whenever  the  load  hangs  suspended  from  the 
hoist.  For  lowering  the  load  pull  slightly  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  hand  chain.  They  have  two 
speeds,  the  regular  or  slow  speed  for  the  full  capac- 
ity of  the  hoist,  and  the  fast  speed  (twice  the 
former)  for  lighter  loads.  In  all  of  Speidel’s  hoists 
one  man  can  lift  the  full  load  up  to  8000  pounds 
capacity,  two  men  up  to  16,000  pounds,  and  for  the 
largest  sizes  made  not  more  than  three  men  are 
required,  making  this  the  best  and  strongest  hoist 
on  the  market 

Hoist  up  to  4000  pounds  safe  working  capacity. 


Fig.  1829 


Weight 

Price  for 

Shortest 

Capacity 

Price 

Height  Complete 

Each 

Distance 

of  Hoist 

Complete  of  1,1ft. 

with 

Foot  of 

between 

Pounds. 

with 

Feet. 

Chain 

Extra 

Hooks 

Chain. 

Pounds. 

Lift. 

Ft.  In . 

500 

$20  OO 

8 

25 

$ 80 

19 

1000 

25  00 

8 

40 

90 

21 

2000 

30  OO 

8 

61 

1 00 

24 

3000 

40  00 

8 

88 

1 25 

28 

4000 

55  00 

9 

130 

1 40 

32 

6000 

7500 

10 

175 

1 60 

34 

8000 

95  00 

10 

240 

1 90 

34 

10000 

120  00 

12 

300 

2 20 

3 0 

12000 

140  00 

12 

345 

2 75 

3 4 

16000 

17500 

12 

400 

3 25 

3 9 

20000 

250  00 

12 

645 

3 75 

4 0 

30000 

350  00 

12 

842 

5 00 

4 4 

Fig.  1828- 


Discount, 


per  cent. 


THE  WESTON  DIFFERENTIAL 
PULLEY  BLOCK. 

The  name  Differential  refers  to  the 
device  for  obtaining  power,  and  auto- 
matically sustaining  the  load.  This 
consists  of  a double  differential  sheave, 
cast  in  one  piece,  which  (without  gear- 
ing of  any  kind)  performs  both  of  these 
functions.  It  is  the  reduction  of  a me- 
chanical problem  to  its  simplest  terms. 


Capac-  Price 
ity  in  Corn- 
Tons.  plete. 

Hoist  * 

Price 

Extra  Hoist. 

Net 

Weight 

Ft. 

In 

First 

Foot. 

Addition- 
al Foot. 

Lbs. 

V $13- 

5 

8 

$1  72 

|i  44 

22 

Vi  15. 

6 

0 

1 85 

1 52 

3° 

I 20. 

6 

6 

I 90 

1 60 

5i 

154  25. 

6 

8 

2 02 

1 68 

81 

2 30. 

7 

0 

2 II 

1 76 

122 

* Note  — Figures  denote  height  in  feet  which 
blocks,  with  regular  lengths  of  chain,  will  hoist 
from  level  on  which  operator  stands.  Each 
additional  foot  of  hoist  requires  four  feet  of 
additional  chain. 

Fig.  1830. 


PORTABLE  CHAIN  HOIST. 

Teal  Patent. 

Quick  hoisting  and  lowering  of  empty  hook  by  pulling  on  lift-chain. 

No  complicated  mechanism,  being  built  with  direct  acting  spur  gears,  and 
using  the  differential  principle. 

Small  sprocket  wheels,  insuring  a proper  seating  of  the  chain,  and  provided 
with  chain  guides 

Self  oilers,  so  constructed  as  to  prevent  leakage  in  any  position. 

No  worm  gearing  to  run  dry  and  cut.  Steel  hooks  and  best  material  through- 
out. 

All  spur  gears,  giving  great  ease  and  speed  in  use  with  a minimum  expendi- 
ture of  power. 

Two  speeds  of  lift  on  5,  6,  8 and  10-ton  sizes. 

One  Speed  Lift. 


Capacity. 

Price. 

Lift. 

Extra  Lift, 
Per  Foot. 

Weight 

Complete. 

Shortest  Distance 
f rom 

Hoo.i  to  Hook 

% ton 

% 22  50 

8 feet. 

$ so 

27  pounds. 
47 

18  inches. 

Vi 

25  OO 

8 “ 

90 

19 

I “ 

30  OO 

8 “ 

I OO 

73  “ 

20  “ 

2 “ 

50  OO 

9’  “ 

I 40 

147 

27 

3 “ 

70  OO 

10  “ 

I 70 

193 

28  “ 

4 “ 

95  00 

10  “ 

2 IO 

236 

36  “ 

5 “ 

125  00 

12  “ 

2 60 

308 

38  “ 

6 “ 

160  00 

12  “ 

3 20 

350 

42 

8 “ 

225  00 

12  “ 

3 90 

675 

45 

10  “ 

300  00 

12  “ 

4 75 

825 

5i 

All  sizes  above  y2  ton  have  steel  gears. 
Two  Speed  Lift. 


Capacity 

Price. 

Lift. 

Extra  Lift, 
Per  Foot. 

Weight 

Complete. 

Shortest  Distance 
from 

Hook  to  Hook 

S tons 

$145  00 

12  feet. 

$2  60 

335  pounds 
380 

38  inches. 

6 “ 

180  OO 

12  “ 

3 20 

42 

8 “ 

250  00 

12  “ 

3 90 

705 

45  “ 

10  “ 

330  00 

12  “ 

4 75 

860 

5i 

?-Ton. 


Extra  Length  of  Lift  for  Hoists. 

In  ordering  extra  lift  allow  two  feet  of  hand-chain  and  two  feet  of  lift  chain  to 
each  foot  of  lift,  and  state  clearly  whether  so  many  feet  of  Extra  Lift  are  wanted, 
' or  so  many  running  feet  of  Extra  Chain. 


919 


Fig  1831. 


THE 

DUPLEX 

CONVERTIBLE  SCREW 

BLOCK. 

Capacity  in 
Tons. 

Price 

Complete. 

Price  Extra  Hoist. 

Hoist 

First  Foot.  Additional  Foot. 

Net  Weight 
in  Lbs. 

Vz 

$25.00 

8 

$1.80 

$1.52 

43 

I 

30.00 

8 

1.85 

1.56 

57 

I'/z 

40.00 

8 

i-95 

1 .60 

76 

2 

55-00 

9 

2.00 

1.64 

no 

i'/z 

90.00 

IO 

2 25 

1.88 

2 IO 

5 

I^O.OO 

12 

2.40 

2.00 

340 

7 

175.00 

12 

3-55 

2.96 

378 

10 

260.00 

1 2 

3-85 

3.20 

570 

* Note.— Figures  denote  height  in  feet  which  blocks,  with  regular  lengths  of  chain,  will  hoist  from  level  on  which  operator  stands. 

As  indicated  by  its  name  Screw  Block,  the  leverage  by  which  the  hoisting  capacity  is  obtained  is 
that  of  a screw  or,  more  properly,  a worm  and  worm  wheel.  The  device  by  which  the  load  is  sustained, 
and  which  acts  in  conjunction  with  the  worm,  is  capable  of  conversion  at  the  will  of  the  operator  so 
that  a Dispatch  lowering  action  may  be  obtained  when  so  desired. 

Fig.  1832. 


THE  WESTON  TRIPLEX  SPURGEAR  BLOCK. 


Has  any  actual  efficiency 
other  block. 


of  79  per  cent.,  or  nearly  three-fold  that  of  any 


The  trade  name  Triplex  (Latin  for  three-fold  or  triple)  has  been  adopted  for  this 
block  because  it  has  the  three  following  important  features,  viz. : 

1.  A triple  gear,  having  the  equivalent  of  three  parallel  shafts,  each  pair  geared 
together. 

2.  A triple  sun-and-planet  wheel  motion,  with  three  pairs  of  double  pinions, 
ensuring  equal  distribution  of  the  load  and  large  wearing  surfaces. 

3.  Three  fold  the  efficiency  of  its  predecessors. 

For  sizes  above  two  tons  capacity  the  Triplex  Block  is  made  in  the  "combination"  form,  in  which,  by 
using  as  many  parts  of  chain  as  may  be  required,  the  capacity  of  the  Triplex  Block  may  be  multiplied 
to  any  desired  extent,  retaining  the  high  efficiency  of  the  direct  block. 

Two  forms  of  Triplex  Combination  Block  are  made,  to  meet  the  practical  requirements. 

Type  A is  made  with  a wrought  iron  yoke,  from  one  end  of  which  the  Triplex  Block  is  suspended,  while 
the  end  of  the  chain,  or  in  larger  sizes,  the  upper  sheave,  is  held  at  the  other  end.  The  yoke  is  carried  by  the 
single  upper  hook  and  the  entire  combination  is  self  contained.  This  is  the  form  more  generally  used,  and 
meets  the  usual  requirements  completely. 

Type  B omits  the  yoke,  and  uses  instead  two  hooks,  the  Triplex  Block  and  the  upper  sheave 
being  separately  suspended.  This  form  is  adapted  for  use  with  trolleys  for  overhead  tramrail,  or  for 
permanent  suspension  from  fixed  eye-bolts. 

The  difference  between  Type  A and  Type  B consists  entirely  in  the  mode  of  suspension  ; by  varying 
the  sheave  combinations  either  form  can  be  adapted  to  any  capacity  desired, 


920 


THE  WESTON  DOUBLE  LIFT  HOIST. 


Distance  from 

center  of 

Price,  Complete, 

Price 

Capacity 

Rope  Wheel 

( except 

for  Fxtra 

Hand-Rope  or  Chain  extra 

in  Pounds. 

to  center  of 

Hand  Rope 

Hoist, 

Chain  Sheave, 

or  Chain. ) 

per  Foot. 

Rope. 

Chain. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

500 

16 

4 9-16 

$25.00 

$0.40 

$3-00 

$5.00 

IOOO 

24 

85B 

50  00 

•44 

4 00 

7 00 

1500 

2S 

9 1-8 

65  00 

48 

4 50 

8.00 

2000 

32 

10  1 8 

80.00 

52 

5 00 

9 00 

Fig.  1834. 


PORTABLE  FOLDING  DERRICKS. 


The  cut  illustrates  our  Portable  Folding  Derricks,  which  are  made  in  all 
sizes  up  to  30000  pounds  capacity.  Together  with  our  hoist  they  form  a ver)- 
compact  hoisting  apparatus  and  have  no  equal. 

These  derricks  are  made  of  wrought  iron  pipe,  and  can  be  folded 
together.  They  are  light,  cheap,  convenient  to  handle,  and  take  up  little 
room  when  not  in  use.  They  are  always  ready,  as  nothing  has  to  be  taken 
apart  which  might  get  lost.  They  are  specially  adapted  for  la)-ing  heavy  sewer 
pipes  for  erecting  monuments,  for  use  in  stone  yards,  factories,  &c. 


No. 

Capacity. 

Height. 

Weight  of  Derrick. 

Price. 

1 

330 

i 2 

45 

$7  20 

2 

540 

12 

58 

8 12 

3 

1050 

T 2 

68 

9 38 

4 

2300 

12 

86 

11  25 

5 

3700 

12 

120 

15  00 

6 

5800 

14 

165 

18  75 

7 

3 3000 

14 

285 

28  12 

8 

17000 

l6 

375 

42  50 

9 

25000 

l6 

425 

46  25 

10 

30000 

l6 

450 

48  75 

921 


OVERHEAD  TRAHWAYS. 

Single  Track  Railway  with  Plain  Traveler. 


>>TS 

a 
% 3 
ctJ  o 


V t- 
O W 
C M 
M C 

3j3  ■ 

•>-  -C  t/i 

^ 0 o 

If)  V 

V <D 


" <3  o 
o'3~ 

<U  M 

m a 


CtJ 

V 

3.0 

u 

(It 

Ph 

£ 

U 

P4 

500, 

IOOO 

5 ft.  to  6ft. 

$ .35 

$ 9 00 

$ i-5o 

$26  25 

2000, 

3000 

< < 

.50 

u.25 

2.25 

28.50 

4000, 

6000 

“ 

.80 

18.00 

3.00 

30  OO 

SOOO, 

I OOOO 

“ 

I. TO 

22.50 

4 50 

33-75 

SPEIDEL’S  PATENT  OVERHEAD  TRAMWAY  SWITCH. 


The  above  cut  very  clearly  shows  all  parts  of  the  switch,  and 
needs  no  further  description. 

For  transferring  a load,  without  loss  of  time,  from  one  track 
to  another,  the  above  illustrated  switch  can  be  put  at  any  conveni 
ent  place  and  worked  from  the  floor  by  an  endless  hand  chain. 
The  latter  can  be  placed  at  any  distance  from  the  track  by  simply 
shortening  or  lengthening  the  connecting  rod,  so  as  not  to  inter- 
fere with  the  handling  of  the  larger  pieces.  The  sliding  rail  is 
firmly  locked  in  all  positions,  and  no  accidents  can  occur. 

Prices  on  application. 


Fig.  1836. 


OVERHEAD  TRAMWAYS. 

Single  Track  Railway  with  Geared  Traveler. 

This  illustrated  Overhead  Tramway  with  I beam  Rail  can  be  bolted  directly  to  the 
ceiling  or  supported  on  trussels,  and  is  -well  adapted  for  Foundries,  Machine  Shops, 
Warehouses,  Stoneyards,  Shipyards,  etc. 

In  this  type  the  trolley  is  geared  and  calculated  for  heavier  loads  or  where  the 
loads  have  to  be  moved  carefully  as  in  Foundries,  etc. 

By  means  of  an  endless  hand  chain  the  operator  moves  the  trolley  very  steady 
and  without  jerking.  Prices  on  application. 


922 


Single  Track  Railway  with  Plain  Trolley. 


i 

li 


3 

Et. 

O 

III. 

Is 

Ph 

CL, 

500 

8 

O 

$ -30 

$ -90 

$ 9-75 

$ -75 

$27.75 

1000 

5 

O 

.40 

1.00 

10. 50 

•75 

28.50 

1500 

6 

O 

• 50 

1.15 

11.25 

1. 10 

29.25 

2000 

6 

6 

•65 

1.40 

12.00 

1.50 

30.00 

3000 

5 

0 

•75 

1.70 

13  5o 

1 50 

31-50 

4000 

5 

6 

.90 

2.00 

15.00 

1.85 

33-75 

6000 

5 

0 

1.05 

2.40 

17-25 

2.25 

34-50 

8000 

5 

0 

1.20 

2 75 

18  75 

3.00 

36.00 

10000 

4 

0 

1.30 

3-35 

20.25 

3.00 

37-50 

OVERHEAD  TRAHWAYS,  TROLLEYS,  HAND  TRAVEL- 
ING CRANES,  ETC. 

In  connection  with  portable  chain  hoists,  overhead  tracks, 
either  single  rail  with  trolley  or  double  track  with  a traveling 
bridge,  are  very  often  used  to  great  advantage  in  the  quick  and 
easy  handling  of  heavy  articles  in  machine  shops,  foundries, 
boiler  shops,  warehouses,  mills,  factories,  marble  and  stone  yards, 
etc.  We  make  our  trolleys,  regardless  of  low-priced  competition, 
with  large  wheels — about  double  the  size  they  are  usually  made — 
running  on  large,  well-fitted  pins  of  such  size  that  one  would  be 
sufficient  to  carry  the  full  load.  In  addition,  we  are  using  a smaller 
guide  roller  on  the  side  or  bottom  of  the  rail,  as  the  case  may  be, 
which  reduces  friction  very  much  if  the  load  is  pushed  at  an  angle, 
which  is  always  the  case  in  going  around  curves. 

We  have  furnished  overhead  tramways  for  rolling  mills  with 
two  and  three  way  switches,  radial  swinging  tracks  to  take  iron  in 
and  out  of  furnaces  and  carry  it  to  the  rolls.  Trolleys  being  con. 
stantly  on  the  run,  day  and  night,  have  given  the  best  of  satisfac- 
tion, and  never  caused  any  delay  under  the  most  severe  tests 

Where  ceilings  are  low,  or  where  it  is  important  to  get  as  much 
lift  with  the  hoist  as  possible,  the  overhead  tramways  may  be  used, 
or  where  the  hoist  is  to  remain  on  the  track  a combined  hoist  and 
traveler  can  be  used,  as  shown  in  connection  with  the  turn  table, 
still  more  increasing  the  lift.  In  many  cases  these  latter  systems 
will  be  cheaper  than  the  flat  iron  track,  as  they  require  no  hangers. 

Where  every  portion  of  a given  space  shall  be  reached,  we 
recommend  the  overhead  traveling  cranes,  which  we  build  up  to 
50  feet  span  and  15  tons  safe  working  capacity.  They  are  very 
handy  and  easy  to  be  operated  and  will  last  a lifetime.  When 
ordering  or  writing  for  prices  for  overhead  tramways,  please  state 
maximum  load  to  be  handled  ; where  long  hangers  are  required, 
give  the  distance  between  overhead  timbers  and  trolley  wheels, 
clearing  all  obstructions,  state  length  of  track  required,  whether 
straight  or  curved,  in  the  latter  case  showing  on  a plain  sketch 
location  of  the  track. 

For  traveling  cranes  state  maximum  load,  distance  from  floor 
to  top  of  rails,  and  distance  from  center  to  center  of  rails 


Fig.  1838. 


HAND  TRAVELING  CRANE  WITH  DOUBLE  I BEAMS. 


We  build  hand 


traveling  cranes,  bridge  either  of  I beams  or  riveted  girders,  up  to  60  ft.  span  and  25  tons  safe  working  capacity. 


HAND  TRAVELING  CRANE, 

With  Single  I Beam. 

With  geared  trolley  to  be  worked  from  floor  by  an  endless 
hand  chain.  Bridge  is  made  of  single  I Beam  with  trolley  run- 
ning on  lower  flanges  of  same,  All  motions  are  effected  by 
endless  hand  chains  and  are  as  follows  : 

Hoisting  and  lowering,  two  speeds. 

Bridge  travel,  one  speed. 

Trolley  travel,  one  speed. 

_ Bridge  and  trolley  wheels  are  turned  in  the  grooves,  have 
anti -friction  roller  bearings  and  work  very  freely  without  a jar. 
These  cranes  are  built  strong  and  durable  and  cause  no  vibra- 
tion, Prices  on  application. 


923 


I‘IG 


840. 


AT'MIE  Overhead  Traveller  pre- 

I sented  upon  this  page,  while 
in  no  sense  intended  to  cover 
the  space  of  a regular  traveling 
crane,  or  to  any  extent  replace  it, 
still  in  a limited  way  is  a very  ser- 
viceable device  for  machine  and 
oilier  shops,  either  as  an  effective 
means  for  reaching  tools  located 
below  it,  or  as  an  assistance  in  the 
erecting  of  light  work.  It  is  oper- 
ated entirely  by  hand,  and  is  in 
tended  for  use  with  an  ordinary  set 
of  shop  chain  falls. 

The  construction  of  this  crane  is 
quite  simple,  refers  principally  to 
the  bridge  and  the  carriages  at 
either  end  upon  which  it  travels. 

The  former  of  these  is  a plain  I 
beam  of  size  and  weight  suited  to 
span  and  capacity.  It  rests  upon 
the  carriages  to  which  it  is  rigidly 
attached  and  braced,  and  upon  its 
upper  surface  offers  a suitable  track 
for  the  traversing  of  the  trolley, 
which  consists  merely  of  its  two 
wheels  and  a frame  work  suspended 
from  these  and  hanging  below  the 
bridge.  Traversing  in  the  instance 
shown  is  effected  from  the  floor  by 
pushing  the  weight  in  the  desired 
direction. 

A light  frame  work  forms  the 
body  of  each  carriage,  with  bear- 
ings at  the  ends  for  the  short  axles 
of  the  traveling  wheels.  One  of 
the  axles  in  each  carriage  is  length- 
ened sufficiently  on  the  inside  for  a 
single  gear,  which  connects  with  pinions  on  a continuous  driving  shaft  extending  from  carriage  to  carriage  and  supported  at  either 
chain  wheel  upon  this  shaft,  with  an  endlessh  and  chain  running  to  the  floor  below,  affords  the  means  for  operating  this  propelling 
ism.  This  Overhead  Traveller  is  thoroughly  built  from  good  materials  and  will  be  found  an  effective  appliance. 


olj 

OVERHEAD  TRAVELER. 


end.  A 
mechau- 


Fig.  1841. 


HAND  TRAVELING  CRANE. 


EjESIDES  power  traveling  cranes,  those  operated  by  hand  are,  many  times,  more  conveniently  used,  and  cranes  of  this  type  may  be 
) entirely  successful,  easily  mauipidated  and  suitable  for  many  requirements.  Their  construction  in  so  far  as  pertains  to  span,  design  of 
bridge  and  trolley,  and  other  particulars,  need  not  differ  materially  from  the  cranes  already  described,  although  cost  may  be  somewhat 
cheapened  by  the  substitution  of  a straight  I beam  trussed  bridge,  or  one  of  wood  and  iron  combined.  Cranes  of  this  class  are  especially 
suited  to  lighter  service,  although  they  may  be  successfully  operated  up  to  capacities  of  from  fifteen  to  twenty  tons. 

The  crane  shown  herewith  has  a bridge  composed  of  two  steel  plate  girders  of  requisite  depth  and  thickness.  The  top  and  bottom 
flanges  are  formed  of  angles  and  cover  plates  riveted  together  and  to  the  webs,  and  the  girders  are  made  strong  with  broad  splices,  and 
stiffened  at  intervals  of  their  depth  with  suitable  T pieces.  Properly  joined  at  their  extremities,  a bridge  strong  and  ridid  is  produced,  and 
mounted  upon  four  double  flanged  traveling  wheels. 

The  mechanism  for  the  operation  of  all  parts  of  this  crane  is  contained  within  or  proceeds  directly  from  the  trolley,  which  consists 
of  a cast  iron  supporting  frame  work  moving  upon  four  track  wheels.  Connected  with  the  axle  of  one  set  of  these  wheels  is  a simple 
arrangement  of  independent  hand  gearing,  by  means  of  which  the  trolley  is  traversed  in  either  direction. 

For  the  hoisting  of  the  load  the  geared  connections  are  such  that  sufficient  purchase  is  secured  for  readily  handling  maximum 
weights,  and  two  speeds  are  attained  adapted  to  light  or  heavy  lifts.  A suitable  hoisting  block  multiplies  the  power,  and  the  application  of 
a friction  strap  brake  and  other  devices  ensures  perfect  safety  to  the  attendants. 

This  crane  equipment  is  complete  in  every  respect,  carefully  built  from  the  best  of  materials,  and  efficient  for  a variety  of  uses. 


924 


Fig.  1842. 


POWER  TRAVELING  CRANE. 

The  preceding  description  explains  a successful  method  of  applying  electricity  to  the  working  of  a powerful  traveling  crane,  and  one 
simplifying  its  use  so  far  as  possible.  Excellent  as  is  this  motive  power  for  the  operation  of  cranes,  the  presence  of  a suitable  generating 
apparatus  is  necessary,  and  often  in  the  absence  of  such  some  other  form  of  power  is  desired  or  suggested  by  the  surroundings.  Line 
shafting  is  usually  found  in  buildings  where  the  traveling  crane  is  made  use  of,  and  from  this  may  be  taken  the  power  necessary  for  its 
operation.  This  may  be  applied  in  different  ways,  but  by  none  perhaps  with  greater  convenience  or  advantage  than  through  the  flying 
rope  running  continuously  from  end  to  end  of  the  space  traveled.  The  cut  represents  a crane  designed  for  use  with  the  flying  rope,  and 
with  the  power  distributed  for  its  various  operations  in  a manner  repeatedly  proven  very  satisfactory. 

The  crane  illustrated  is  one  with  a span  of  50  feet,  and  capacity  for  lifting  15  tons,  its  bridge  being  composed  of  two  steel  plate 
girders  of  good  depth  and  thickness.  The  top  and  bottom  flanges  are  formed  of  heavy  angles  and  cover  plates  riveted  together  and  to  the 
webs,  and  the  girders  are  made  strong  with  ample  splices,  and  stiffened  at  intervals  of  their  depth  with  suitable  T pieces.  These  girders 
are  properly  joined  at  their  extremities,  and  form  a bridge  exceedingly  rigid  and  strong. 

Upon  one  end  of  this  bridge  is  mounted  a cast-iron  frame  work  which  carries  three  independent  shafts,  each  driven  by  the  flying 
rope  passing  under  and  over  their  respective  sheaves.  Each  of  these  short  shafts,  provided  with  a set  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  permits  of 
immediate  connection  through  direct  and  reversing  belts  with  three  longitudinal  shafts  extending  to  the  further  extremity  of  the  bridge, 
and  from  which  respectively  power  is  distributed  for  the  three  operations  of  the  crane,  viz  : the  propelling  of  the  bridge,  traversing  of  the 
trolley,  and  hoisting  of  the  load. 

The  first  of  these  is  very  simply  accomplished  by  means  of  pinions  at  the  ends  of  one  of  these  longitudinal  shafts  which  drive  the 
axles  of  the  propelling  wheels. 

The  construction  and  equipment  of  this  type  of  cranes  is  first-class  and  complete  in  every  respect,  and  this  method  of  power 
transmission  may  be  applied  to  those  of  large  capacity. 


Fig.  1843. 


HAND  JIB  CRANE. 


Brief  mention  is  made  of  steam,  compressed  air  and 
electricity  as  the  means  for  operating  jib  cranes  of  a 
heavier  class.  As  steam  can,  in  a majority  of  cases,  be 
the  more  conveniently  applied,  it  is  the  power  perhaps 
more  generally  made  use  of.  With  suitable  connections 
and  the  exhaust  properly  provided  for,  it  affords  complete 
satisfaction.  Instances  will  present  themselves,  however, 
where  compressed  air  may  be  used  to  advantage.  It  is 
easily  conveyed  considerable  distances,  does  not  freeze 
up,  and  condensation  and  exhaust  present  no  difficulties. 
Its  use,  however,  presumes  the  presence  of  an  air  com- 
pressor and  reservoir,  and  renders  these  necessary 
adjuncts. 

For  many  locations,  and  especially  where  a dynamo 
is  used  for  lighting  by  night  or  for  other  purposes, 
electricity  will  be  found  a most  convenient  means  for 
driving  the  machinery  of  such  a crane.  It  can  be 
carried  any  distance  necessary  and  at  a comparatively 
small  expense,  is  not  affected  by  the  weather,  and  is  easily  applied  through  a suitable  motor  attached 
to  the  crane  and  connected  with  its  ordinary  gearing. 

The  use  of  some  form  of  power  other  than  hand,  and  which  can  usually  be  easily  secured,  is 
recommended  for  most  jib  cranes.  The  cut  represents  a crane  of  this  type,  of  light  capacity, 
with  ability  to  lift  five  tons,  where  hand  power  is  all  that  is  necessary  for  its  convenient  handling. 

Here  the  framework  is  constructed  throughout  of  steel  beams,  properly  connected,  bolted  and 
riveted  together.  A cast-iron  foundation  plate  takes  the  weight  of  the  crane,  an  i a suitable  casting  at 
its  top,  attached  to  the  overhead  work,  retains  it  in  position. 

A cast  iron  frame  fastened  to  the  vertical  members  of  the  crane  supports  the  hoisting  mechanism, 
which  consists  of  shafting  and  a series  of  gears  affording  a triple  purchase  and  a satisfactory  speed.  A 
friction  strap  brake  with  weighted  lever  permits  of  controlling  the  position  of  the  load  at  all  times  with 
entire  safety  to  the  operating  attendants. 

The  position  and  movement  of  the  trolley  in  either  direction  is  controlled  and  effected  from  the 
floor  by  means  of  an  endless  hand  chain  connected  with  gearing  at  the  inner  extremity  of  the  horizontal 
members,  this  in  turn  operating  chain  work  attached  to  either  end  of  the  trolley  and  passing  over  a 
sheave  at  the  outer  extremity  of  the  jib. 

Cranes  of  this  class  are  constructed  of  heights  and  radii  to  suit  requirements,  of  the  best  of  mate- 
rials and  in  a workmanlike  manner. 


925 


Fig.  1S44. 


IHRROVED  RAILROAD  CRANE. 

The  column  is  a casting  in  one  piece,  and  from  1 to  2^  inches 
thick  (according  to  size  of  crane).  Bottom  of  post  and  top  of 
deck  plate  are  faced,  making  a fitted  joint,  and  are  held  together 
by  the  foundation  bolts,  which  pass  through  the  stone  foundation, 
and  are  secured  to  the  anchor  plates  at  the  bottom  of  pit.  A disc 
is  fitted  into  the  top  of  column  with  a large  steel  pin  (which  has 
an  anti  friction  bearing),  and  on  which  the  jib  turns,  the  jib  being 
secured  to  column  by  bolt  rods,  which  run  from  the  end  of  jib  to 
the  yoke,  which  turns  freely  oh  the  swivel  pin  and  its  bearing. 
Yoke  has  two  vertical  rods,  which  pass  through  the  shoe  (casting) 
at  the  bottom.  The  shoe  has  two  turned  cast  iron  rolls  of  large 
diameter,  which  track  around  a turned  belt  on  the  column  so  that 
the  jib  turns  easily,  having  the  friction  only  on  the  swivel  pin 
bearing  and  shoe  wheels  The  jib  consists  of  two  wrought  iron 
channel  beams,  which  are  bolted  at  top  to  the  bonnet,  and  at  bot- 
tom to  the  shoe  ; tie  bolts  connect  the  beams  at  intervals  between 
the  bonnet  and  shoe.  The  gearing  is  double,  with  the  pinion  on 
crank  shaft,  which  works  into  both  gears  for  fast  or  slow  motion, 
or  at  half  way  between  each  locks  both,  or  can  be  shipped  out  of 
both,  so  that  the  load  can  be  lowered  without  the  crank’s  whip 
ping,  ' Drum  shaft  and  gear  shaft  are  large  ; gearing  throughout  is 
unusually  powerful.  Chain  drum  is  a hollow  casting,  with  longi- 
tudinal internal  ribs  and  spiral  around  the  outside  for  chain  to 
follow  in.  Short  linked  crane  chain  of  the  best  quality  is  used  on 
all  our  cranes,  the  bonnet  sheaves  are  large,  and  operate  with  but 
little  friction.  Improved  friction  brake  is  conveniently  located, 
and  arranged  so  that  by  its  use  the  operator  may  hold  the  load  at 
any  desired  point,  or  control  the  rapidity  of  its  descent.  The 
whole  crane  is  simple  in  construction,  easily'  operated  (any  one 
can  use  it),  and  is  guaranteed  to  give  satisfaction. 

Foundation  should  be  built  of  stone  and  thoroughly  grouted. 
Foundation  plans  furnished  on  application.  These  cranes  are 
furnished  with  the  iron  work  complete.  Purchasers  are  to  put  in 
the  foundation. 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

9 ton  crane,  14  ft.  radius,  weight,  18000  pounds 
12  ton  crane,  16  ft.  radius,  weight,  20000  pounds 
15  ton  crane,  18  ft.  radius,  weight,  25000  pounds 
2u  ton  crane,  20  ft.  radius,  weight,  28000  pounds 


Fig.  1S45 


In  numerous  instances,  the  use  of  travel- 
ing or  walking  cranes  is  impracticable  owing 
to  the  construction  of  buildings,  and  possibly 
the  space  which  it  is  desirable  to  cover  is  a 
limited  one,  and  for  these  reasons  some 
other  form  of  crane  preferable.  Where  the 
overhead  work  of  a building  will  permit  of 
attachment  to  it,  whether  it  be  to  roof  or 
floor  timbers,  the  jib  crane  is  a common  type 
for  machine  and  boiler  shops,  foundries,  iron 
and  rolling  mills,  and  advantageously  used 
in  a multitude  of  other  places.  It  is  built  of 
varying  lifting  capacities,  and  for  light  ser- 
vice is  generally  manipulated  with  hand 
power.  Heavier  designs  usually  show  an 
equipment  for  using  steam,  compressed  air 


or  electricity,  or  with  a line  shaft  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  power  may  be  readily  conveyed  from 
this  and  applied  to  the  operation  of  the  crane. 

The  Jib  Crane  herewith  illustrated,  is  one  of  medium  capacity,  arranged  for  steam  or  com- 

' In  construction,  the  vertical  and  horizontal  members  of  the  crane  as  well  as  the  knee  braces 
are  steel  beams  joined  at  the  base  in  a suitable  casting,  and  otherwise  connected  and  riveted 
together.  A cast  iron  foundation  plate  takes  the  weight  of  the  crane,  and  a top  casting  attached 
to  the  overhead  work  retains  it  in  its  upright  position,  this  casting,  as  well  as  the  center  pm  being 
hollow  for  the  passage  of  the  steam  or  air  pipe  to  the  engine  below. 

I11  the  V formed  by  the  vertical  and  knee  beams  is  carried  the  frame  work  tor  suppoi ting 
the  hoisting  mechanism,  a double  cylinder  reversing  engine  of  suitable  capacity  attached  to  the 

vertical  members  of  the  crane,  furnishing  the  necessary  power  for  operating  this,  as  well  as  tor 
moving  the  trolley.  From  the  engine  for  hoisting  purposes,  a quadruple  purchase  is  attained 
through  a series  of  gears,  and  a fast  or  slow  speed  as  maybe  suitable  for  the  load.  I lie  luting 
power  may  be  further  multiplied  in  the  hoisting  block  if  necessary,  and  a clutch  arrangemen 
permits  of  the  use  of  hand  power,  with  a similar  purchase  and  speeds,  if  at  any  time  desirable 
The  position  of  the  load,  both  in  raising  and  lowering,  is  constantly  controlled  by  a tnction  strap 
foot  brake  worked  by  the  crane  attendant. 


PORTABLE  EXTENSION  PILE  DRIVER. 


OUUttCL 


THE  Pile  Driver  to  be  used  advantageously  in  railroad  work  must  be  portable,  so  as  to  be  readily  moved  to  any  point.  If 
self-propelling,  a desirable  feature  is  added,  as  in  operation  it  can  often  take  care  of  itself,  and  dispense  with  the  use  of  a 
locomotive.  It  must  have  great  strength,  as  its  work  is  of  a nature  which  imparts  sudden  strains  in  all  directions.  It 
should  have  capabilities  for  reaching  extreme  points  for  driving,  whether  directly  ahead  or  out  to  either  side  of  track,  and  the 
best  arrangement  of  its  leaders  in  raising,  lowering  or  slewing,  whether  for  washout  work  or  in  steady  service  where  passing 
trains  are  to  be  avoided,  must  be  with  a view  to  quick  handling  and  the  least  possible  delay. 

The  Pile  Driver  herewith  shown,  successfully  combines  all  of  these  important  features,  with  many  minor  conveniences, 
and  in  construction  consists  of  a heavy  oaken  car,  fully  equipped  and  supplied  with  jacks  at  its  front  to  give  additional 
stability.  This  car,  at  one  end,  carries  an  upright  steel  boiler,  with  a double  cylinder  double  friction  drum  hoisting  engine  of 
the  latest  type.  A separate  drum  is  provided  for  lifting  the  pile  into  position  and  working  the  hammer.  The  same  engine 
has  self-propelling  connections,  if  desired.  The  leaders  are  ordinarily  37  feet  high,  and  the  hammer  used  2,500  pounds  in 
weight.  Complete  mechanism  is  provided  upon  the  front  end  of  the  car  for  raising  or  lowering  the  leaders,  and  for  extending 
or  slewing  them,  so  as  to  drive  as  far  as  16  feet  ahead  of  the  car,  or  from  12  to  14  feet  out  on  either  side,  from  center  of  track. 
This  Pile  Driver  is  suitable  for  light,  heavy  or  any  variety  of  railroad  work. 

Details  and  full  description  furnished  upon  application. 


927 


and  the  equipment  is  completed  with  the  necessary  blocks  and  tackle  for  regular  service. 
Details  and  full  description  furnished  upon  application. 


928 


Fig.  1846 


Fig.  1847. 


CD 

to 


CD 

43 


a. 

Ph 

cd 

O 

CO 

Id 


£ 

G 

Ph 


cO 

td 

CD 

bo 

<D 

a 

43 

^P 

u 

<v 

O 

co 

43 

bo 

co" 

4-* 

Ph 

P 

Ph 

P 

43 

u 

cd 

O 

V-. 

O 

U 

g 

0 

2 

u 

co 

Ph 

<4 

S 

> 

d 

CD 

2 

0 

CD 
n 3 
cd 

B 


,2  co 


A 44 


£ p 


C S 

a;  43 

00  *-» 

b0 

« 8 


a 

c 

Ph 

p 


£ co 

r» 


cd  2 

33  1? 

Sf  33 

2 I 


a 

. Cd 

^ -g 

o <-> 

cd  J} 

s;  B 


d 

a 

o 

CD 

43 


P 

.2 

"cd 

a 

2 

3 

o 


CO  73 
<D  u 
P d 
~ P 
cd 


.t!  > 

cd 

co  d 

«*  33 

T3  "2 
(D  p 
P cd 
Cp  ^ 
p > 

8 1 
d 
p 

3 


d 

cd 

O 

Jh 

£*■> 

P 

cd 

a 


<D 


> TO 

£ o 

(D  i-< 

*00  d 

<V  S 
p p 
cd  o 


43  u 

^ td 

43 


d 

bo 

P 

o 


bo 

P 

a; 

P 

£ 

o 


Ph  '> 
O 

b a 

o 


£ 

o 

Ph 

(D 

43 


O £ 

iP  ^ 


P 44 


M <L)  Cd 


P P 

J 2 

Ph  P 
Ph  O 
cd  Ph 


cd 


co  d 

•PI  P 


co  hG  P 


d 


£ 

o 

Ph 

cd 

be 

p 


h-»  cd 

a 2 

a,  £ 


44  hG 


>H  ^ 


0) 

Oh 

<D 

U 

Ph 

d 

P 

cd 

bo 

P 


-a 

b/o 

P 


d 
p 
CD 

B . 

a -a 


o 

43 , 
<D 
43 


<D  O 

>H  . 

cd  d 
„ P 
bo  « 

P Vh 
•h  CD 
43 


(D 

Ph 

O 

U- 

Ph 

d 

P 


^ CD 

<D  J-h 

3 

’co  <JJ 

n w 

O 3 

Ph  _ 


cd  • 

& £ 

a 43 

p 3 


o 

& 

44 

u 

‘3 

cr 


Ph  O 
r*>  vh 


cd 

£ 

d 

p 

cd 


cd  r^-J 

be  £j 

•2  a 

I I 


HI 

33 


O <U 

8 be 

CL  2 

CL  <3 

a3  be 

2 ^ 
P u 
cd  cd 

- 'S 

a -2 
*1  “ 
<D  cd 


CD 

£ 

O 

Ph 

I* 

P 

O 

43 

H— * 

"cd 


o ^ 
& 0 
U <D 

(D  5 

be  _ 

s.  a 


33  33 

-M  4-» 

'$  '5 

c -33 

« -3 

'I  1 

„,  >1 

a cl 

33  ^ 


T3  «*- 

a 0 

03  ^ 

* 33 

S .Sf 

bo  <d 
‘cd  ^ 
»P  <D 


43 

be 

p 

o 

43 


P 

O 

CD 

be 

cd 

•+-» 

P 

cd 


43 
> > 
cd 

B 


Ph 

cd 

o 

d 

§ 

a 


Ph  cd 


d 

CD 


£ 
o o 

Ph  co 

co  o 

S 


cd 


44  d 
o p 
cd  g 
O 


<D 

S3  iS 

3 « 

'o  P 

- 'S 

o 


43 

fH 


d 

2 


cd  d 
. <D 

^ * 

.d  o 

be  ^ 

P 

•P  _o 

CO 

cd  9 

* s 


a 

c3 
<U 
33 

be  £ 

a o 


o ~ 

<u  'S 
« a 
3 03 


a g 

<1  j ’r~* 


CD 

d 

p 

cd 

bo 

P 


O a 

u 

bo  d 


y‘29 


enters  largely  into  the  construction  of  car,  crane  and  boiler. 
Details  and  full  description  furnished  upon  applicatio: 


Details  and  full  description  furnished  upon  application. 


rt> 

3 

& 

5’ 

Crq 


3 

3 

o’ 

3 


3 


P 

3 

P 


3 


P 

B 

d 


3 


2 3 


B - 


o 

B 

d 

O 


3* 

o> 


o 

P 

d 

p 


3 

Crq 


o 

3> 


p 

5 


d 

Q 


*3: 

3 

3 

P 

C/5  * 

3 

P 

Ch 

M 

►H 

CD 

P 

3 

O 

p 

C/) 

*-* 

P 

3 

3 

crq 


d 

o 


p 

3 

o 

3 

3 

3 


3 

n> 


3 O 
? H 
1 S 
r W 

d 


m o 


d 

O 


o 

a 


3" 

p 

3 


3 

o 


o 

3 

3 

P 


d 

O 


B 

p 

3 

d 

O 


P 

3 

P 


Crq 

3 


3* 

o> 


3 

O 

3 

3 


3 

P 


P 

3 


Crq 

3 


Crq 

P 

3 

crq 

a> 


o 

3 

3 

d 

o 

3 


3 

Crq 

3 

O 

o 

3 


P 

3 

P 


3 

3 


C/5 

r+- 

p 

crq  * 

C/) 

g 

1 

3 

to’ 

►i 

O 

o 

ft 

tr 

3 

Crq 

r+- 

3 

» 

P* 

(0 

(-*■ 

3 

rt> 

ct- 

n> 

p 

P 

o 

a> 

3 

<T> 

5 

o 

o 

3 

O 

*-t 

(3* 

B 

d 

P 

3 

a> 

P 

C/5 

P 

aT 

s> 

3 

P 

<2 

3 

O 

C/5 

rt> 

3 

d 

►-t 

o 

d 


crq 


P 

3 

P 


3 

3 


a> 

p 

B 

d 

o 

3 

(D 


3 


3 

P 


d 

*-* 

o 

5. 

p 


p 

3 

P 


1 J 

O t 
d c 


3 


3 

O 


P Crq 
r d a> 

P 3 


3 


930 


Fig.  1849. 


T3 

O 

o 

£ 


be 


be 

p 


o 

p- 


„ o 


be 

a i 

P. 


a 

P 

o 

u 


a 

o 

biO 

.5 

a 

p 

o 

,6 

a 

Cd 


cd 


.0 


O 

£ 

> 

cd 


A 

R 


P4 

W 

a 

H 

O 

a 


rd 

P 

cd 


£ 

O 

a 


03  r-< 

° S) 

'g  *55 

p 0 

Cd 

P ^ 

2 2 

o o 

T3  & 

3 ” 

rP  t+_T 

O 

O <jj 


a. 

g 

cd 

*3 


a 

cd 

C/3 

M 


f * 


a 

cd 

,P 

a 


o 

.P 

T3 

P 

cd 


c 


a. 

g 

o 


E 

& 

‘3 

cr 

<v 

<u 

P 

cd 


P 

O 

<L> 

rP 


cd 

a. 


931 


Details  and  full  description  furnished  upon  application. 


use,  and  unusually  strong,  is  provided  with  an  ample  tool  box,  and  equipped  with  a Westinghouse  air  brake,  if  specified,  as  well  as  suitable  jacks  and  track  clamps  to 
relieve  the  trucks  and  increase  its  stability;  the  jib  curved  at  its  extremity,  is  in  its  most  convenient  shape  ; the  hoisting  mechanism  most  efficient  and  safe  in  its  operation  ; 
and  the  means  afforded  for  hoisting  with  the  assistance  of  a locomotive,  adds  to  its  general  usefulness.  This  crane  will  lift  fifteen  tons,  and  two  similar  cranes  may  be 
mounted  upon  one  car,  forming  a powerful  and  convenient  combination. 


o 


fj 

cr 

n 


►d 


b 

-1 

o 


d 

hj 

O 

B 

B 


O' 

B 


a. 

o' 

o 

< 

n 

►o 

o 


o 

B 

r-t- 

tr 

n> 


3 

o’ 

cr 

P 

H 

O 

3 

o 


p 

p. 


P* 

o 

d 

w 

P 

P 

Pi 

VJ 

P 


W 

o 

< 


Cd 


P* 

P 


d 

p 


Crq 

rt> 

vf 

o 


p 

p 

Pi 

o 

o 

p 

<2 


3 

o’ 

P* 

B 

p 


p* 

p 

p 

Pi 

d 


Pd 


p 

(D 


P 

d 

p 


d 

C 


3 

tr 


d 

o 


o 

P) 

o 


cr 


Pi 


p 

Pi 


d 


Crq 

P 


Pi 

O 

P 

2 

P 

C/f 

O 


d 


cr 

P 


P 

crq 


932 


Fig.  1850. 


Fig.  1S51 


£ 

o 

P 

X 

n 

cd 

a 


cd 

fl 

a 

a 

x 

a 

cd 


P 

M 

<d 

<v 

X 

2 

3 

o 

£ 


£ 

o 

p 

a 

cd 

CD 


a 

cd 

co 

<d 

X 


be 

a 


p 

o 


;>. 

X 


T3 

a 

CD 


W 

x 

w 

ffi 


p 

p 

cd 


£ 

O 

P 

<d 

X 

H 


cd 

P 

cd 

u 

X 

be 


X 

fl 

cd 

tuO 

a 

jd 

a 

(D 

> 


P 

O 

<D 

X 


cd 

X 


p 

p 

cd 


£ 


X 

u 

O 

* 

<D 

a 

cd 


<D 

X 

H 


3 

cr 


CD 

X 

4-* 

a 

o 


o 

o 

S3 

o 

be 

.a 

*3 

p 


~ <D 
N 

rs  co 
Sj  ^ 
•c  3 

gr 


T3 

O 


cd 


X 

bo 


o 

p 

nd 

S3 

cd 

X 

cd 


<D 

> 

o 

X 

cd 

3 

0 

<D 

XI 


CD 

X 


CD 

X 


be 

o 


fl 
cd 


bo 

P 

o 

X 


be 

a 

o 


X 

fl 

cd 

T 

.g 

x 

S3 

4-> 

To 

a 

o 


x 

a 

cd 

CD 

5 


cd 

O 

C/3 

X 

<D 

g 

x 

0 

cd 

a 

X 

S3 

cd 

X 

cd 


X 

g 

X 

£ 

a 

o 

p 


ID 

<D 

X 

£ 

> -> 
fl 
cd 


<D 

X 


X 

a> 

a 

fl 

o 

0 


bo 

fl 


fl 

cd 

'3 

(D 

X 

cd 


X X 


cd  y 

3 3 

cd 

X ^ 

.S  03 

co  CD 

y x 


X 

fl 

CD 


X 

fl 

(D 

3 

<D 


X 

£ 


cd 

X 


P 

o 


bo 

fl 


cd 

X 


CD 

X 

H 


bo 

C 


.2  x 


x 

£ 


X 

H 


P Tj 
fl  cd 

fl  5 
p ^ 


x 

H 


bo 

fl 


X 

CD 

X 

c 

<D 

P 


X 

fl 

o 

CD 

X 

X 

<D 

X 

a 

CD 


X 

bo 


p 

C/3 

£ 

o 


X 

fl 

cd 


P 

O 


fl 

C/3 

O 

O 

X 

C/3 

CO 

a 

T 

O 

'$ 

X 

cd 

03 

^cj 

CD 

X 

TJ 

X 

X 

X 

£ 

(D 

4-* 

CD 

> 

£ 

0) 

CO 

(D 

X 

' X 

O 

a 

0) 

s 

U 

CD 

H 

(D 

U 

0 

u 

> 

CO 

rt 

P*'* 

cd 

a 


p 

p 

a 


o 

p 

p 

fl 


fl 

.2 

‘3 

CD 

X 

X 

cd 

X 


X 

CD 

X 

fl 

<D 

4-* 

M 

w 


CD 

fl 

fl 

o 

u 

X 

fl 

cd 


X 

o 

X 


X 

fl 

cd 

CD 

P 

o 


o 

o 

p 


p 

o 


(D 

X 


X 

cd 

a 


p 

u 

CD 

X 

o 

X 


bo 

fl 


bo 


X 

fl 

cd 


X 

fl 

cd 


<D 

X 


cd 

P 

fl 


fl 

.2 

o 

a 

•X 

fl 

cd 


bo 

fl 


CD 

X 


bo 

.9 

x 

a 

cd 

X 

i_ 

o 

X 


£ 

o 

p 


X 

CJ 

fl 


fl 

CD 

a 

o 

bo 

fl 

cd 


P 

a 


a 

p 


bo  S 

•9  2 
n o 

bo  5 


X 

bo 


bo  C/3 
fl  jD 

fl  OJ 

p 

a 

o 

CJ 


X 

•X 

fl 

cd 

C/3 

CD 

td 

CD 

X 


X 

a 

CD 


X 

£ 


fl 

.9 

Ip 

p 

cd 


cd 

P 


CD 

X 

> 

bo 

.9 

X 

<D 

X 

T 

0 

CO 

X 

CO 

*cd 

’C 

O 

P 

CD 

CJ 

cd 

•4-J 

p 

C/3 

X 

CD 

cd 

X 

P 

O 

td 

CD 

P 

bO 

fl 

a 

4-* 

X 

P 

C O 

O 

Vh 

O 

*h 

*0 

£ 

bo 

Vh 

O 

X 

V 

X 

£ 

cd 

-X 

X 

X 

CO 

CD 

_c 

(D 

bo 

V 

X 

]fl 

cd 

C/3 

4-» 

U 

rrl 

X 

4-< 

.9 

cd 

P 

>-» 

CD 

be 

.5 

X 

fl 

cd 


X 

o 

n 


X X 


<u 

P 

o 

u 

P 


X 

<D 

fl 

fl 


bo 

fl 

o 


X 

cd 

u 

fl 

X 

X 

fl 

fl 

o 


> 

x 

o 

X 

£ 

X 

fl 

cd 

X 

To 

fl 

(D 


bo 


o 

p 

X 

p 

X 

£ 


933 


1 § 

a4  o 


P 

2 

K 

S’ 

orq 

p 

a 

a 


o 

d 


OTQ 

P 

a 

p . 

o 

S 


p 

a 

CL, 

►a 

S. 

o’ 

£ 

vf 

p 


d 

-t 

O 


pi  *-t 

►a  £ 


a 

Hri  crq 
d 73 


a4  2- 


p 

a 

■-t 

a 

S 


a 3 


a 

a 


"3 

O 

4 


o 

a 


p v* 

C/3  *— ■ 1 

I I 


p 

£3 

ft 

ft 

O 

M 

rt 


o 

3 

3 

ft 


p 

B 

Sj 

ft 


i-5 
ft 
ft  Crq 

SJ  ^ 
ft  3 

li 

C/3  C/3 

_,  n> 
a c/3 
d • 
o 
a 


d 

*-t 

o 

p 

O 

o 

p 

►-». 

CTQ* 

d 

o 

n> 

M 

a& 

o 

a 

a’ 

O 

a 

*-t 

a 

o 

.a 

B 

p 

vj 

cr 


3 

a* 


c/Q 


n> 


a* 


a 

crq 

a1 

o 

a 


crq 

a 


a o 

d <? 

§ ! 
a>  o 
P tfq 
o o 

a g. 
<2.  S 


o a" 

2 a 
o o 
•-»  <-*■ 

^ < 
$ n 

a*  d 

o o 

2-  3 

o 

p ^ 

3 C/3* 


o cr 


a 

-t 

o 

o Crq 


Cl.  ^ 


a.  a 
a*  P4 

r+  p 

a a 

C/3  £L* 


a. 

crq 

*-t 

o 

a 

a 

a 


O n> 

a c/s 

u | 

a o 

« Be 


ft-  > 
p o 

a IT 


a4 

3 

a 

o 


a4 

o 

3 

B 

p 

a* 

crq 


P 

a 

a 

d 

*-t 

o 

d 

(T> 


a 

d 

d 

o 


a 

Grq 

P 


d 

o 


cr  a 


2**3 


73. 

h 

re 

ft 

ft 

cr 

O 

a 

a 

o 

o 

p 

a 

ft. 

(-+■ 

o 

P 

a4 

o 

a 

o 

o 

o 

-t 

a* 

*-t 

o 

o 

<3 

O 

73 

(/> 

a 

a* 

o 

73 

a* 

a4 

73 

o 

p 

3 

o 

< 

o 

CL 

a* 

a 

o 

P 

o 

o 

>-{ 

o 

p 

d 

o’ 

d 

d 

o 

a 

a 

o 

a 

tfq 


a 

Crq 


P 


J P 
^ d 

a 


a4 

p 

B 

d 


d 

a 


Crq 


o 


o 

a 

Crq. 

S' 

a 

a’ 

p, 

p 

a 

a 


a 

o 

< 

a’ 

Crq 


P 

a 

a 


d 

a1 


crq 


a4  p 
^ a 
a a 
a> 

d 2. 


o 

Crq 


a.  7q 

n S 


orq  ft. 
ft  3 
re  crq 


a4  o> 
o *q 


w M 


p d 

(/>  j-* 

JsL  3 


p cr 


o 


aj 

o 


o 

d 

% 

a* 

crq 

d 

O 


p 

a 

a 


o 

B 

d 


a p 


n> 

a 
a 
a 

cr  ^ 
rt> 


a 

o 


^ 73 

a4  d 


73  P 


p 

a 

a tn 

Crq’ 

o a 


. £° 

a ■“» 

a.  ^ 

p cl 
d 

p d 


a 
. o 
a^ 
a 
a 


g.  ? 

& a 

o ~ 


8L  o 


^ s 


p 


p 

a 

a 


a a> 


a*  a 

p a 

73  a 

ST  crq 
^ 3 


3 

o 

»-t 

K 


a 

73  crq 

I 2, 

O rf. 


Crq. 

a 


a o p- 


a 

a aq 


a a 

o 

P o 

a n> 


cr  < 

O C/3 


P 

d 

d 

p’ 

a 

o 


a p 

p rt‘ 

a r+ 

% S 

^ K-. 

ft  3 

0 ro 

73  c/3 


a p 

>-t 

73  -t 

cr  a 

o a 

3 Crq 


a 

a 


>-*  d CL 

p a- 

^2-5' 

o-  » ” 

CP  P O 


B 

a 

o 

a4 

crq 


a4 

o 

d 


934 


Fig.  1853. 


\ NOTHER  form  of  crane  very  popular  with  railway  companies  and  manufacturing  establishments,  and  adapted  to  uses  quite  similar  to 
^ those  enumerated  for  the  regular  transfer  crane,  is  that  of  the  pillar  type.  For  some  locations  it  is  preferable  to  the  other  from 
the  fact  that  a considerable  space  in  different  directions  is  covered  by  the  radius  of  its  jib  in  a complete  circuit.  The  ground  room 
occupied  with  its  base  is  but  small,  so  that  including  within  its  reach,  if  necessary,  a track  on  either  side,  considerable  space  for  storage 
or  other  use  still  remains. 

This  hand  pillar  crane  is  constructed  in  a manner  and  of  materials  which  permit  of  its  safe  and  constant  use  in  any  climate  ; it  is 
built  of  capacities  for  lifting  10,  15,  20  and  30  tons,  and  with  a fixed  radius  of  jib  to  suit  location  and  requirements,  ordinarily  ranging 
from  15  to  20  feet.  The  base  plate  of  this  crane  is  a massive  casting  possessing  all  the  strength  requisite  to  withstanding  the  strains  of  its 
heaviest  lift.  It  is  more  suitably  used  with  a foundation  of  masonry,  and  is  retained  in  position  by  anchor  bolts  passing  down  through  it. 
This  base  plate  is  fitted  with  a series  of  set  bolts,  capable  of  adjustment,  around  the  opening  for  the  mast,  and  which  screwed  up 
against  this  member  hold  it  rigidly  in  place.  The  mast  or  center  post  is  built  entirely  of  flange  steel,  rolled  to  proper  size  and  riveted 
together  in  sections,  the  lower  of  these  being  cylindrical  in  form,  the  upper  tapering  towards  the  top.  This  mast  is  reinforced  at 
different  points  on  the  inside  with  plates  and  collars  to  afford  additional  strength,  and  to  take  the  thrust  of  set  bolts,  and  that  of  the  jib 
when  lifting.  At  its  top  it  is  capped  with  a casting  taking  the  forged  center  pin. 

The  jib  is  composed  of  steel  I beams  or  channels,  according  to  capacity,  and  is  securely  braced  and  latticed  with  distance  pieces  as 
may  be  necessary.  With  the  heaviest  cranes  the  shoe  is  fitted  with  anti  friction  rollers  so  that  the  slewing  motion  is  an  easy  one.  The 
hoisting  mechanism  in  similar  cases  has  a quadruple  purchase  attained  through  a series  of  gears,  and  the  lifting  power  is  further  multiplied 
in  the  hoisting  block.  For  the  maximum  load  of  the  crane,  the  slower  and  more  powerfully  geared  purchase  is  made  use  of,  while  with 
lighter  weights  a faster  motion  is  attained  through  a lesser  purchase.  The  position  of  the  load  at  all  times,  both  in  raising  and  lowering,  is 
readily  controlled  through  a pawl  and  ratchet,  and  a friction  strap  brake  with  weighted  lever,  ensuring  absolute  safety  to  the  attendants. 

The  hoisting  chain  is  of  the  best  tested  quality,  and  with  all  other  materials  in  keeping,  and  workmanship  first  class,  these  cranes  are 
both  efficient  and  durable. 


935 


Fig.  1854. 


STEAM  SHOVELS. 


No,  1 .Shovel,  dipper  capacity,  cubic  yards.  Weight,  49  tons. 
No.  2 Shovel,  dipper  capacity,  2 cubic  yards.  Weight,  55  tons. 


936 


r 


f 


' 


I 


